+2004-06-01 Lars Gullik Bjonnes <larsbj@gullik.net>
+
+ * configure.ac (AC_CONFIG_FILES): add lib/doc/Makefile
+
2004-05-28 Lars Gullik Bjonnes <larsbj@gullik.net>
* mkinstalldirs: remove file
development/Makefile \
development/lyx.spec \
lib/Makefile \
+ lib/doc/Makefile \
intl/Makefile \
po/Makefile.in \
sourcedoc/Doxyfile \
+2004-06-01 Lars Gullik Bjonnes <larsbj@gullik.net>
+
+ * Makefile.am: include common.am, add subdir doc, remove doc
+ releated entries.
+
2004-06-01 Georg Baum <Georg.Baum@post.rwth-aachen.de>
* external_templates: add ReferencedFile commands where appropriate
-AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign
-DISTCLEANFILES = *.orig *.rej *~ *.bak core textclass.lst packages.lst \
- lyxrc.defaults doc/LyXConfig.lyx doc/LaTeXConfig.lyx
-MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
-SUBDIRS = reLyX
+include $(top_srcdir)/config/common.am
+
+DISTCLEANFILES += textclass.lst packages.lst lyxrc.defaults
+
+SUBDIRS = doc reLyX
EXTRA_DIST = CREDITS chkconfig.ltx configure.cmd lyxrc.example \
- external_templates bind clipart doc/LaTeXConfig.lyx.in doc/LyXConfig.lyx.in examples images \
+ external_templates bind clipart examples images \
kbd layouts lyx2lyx scripts templates tex ui encodings \
languages symbols configure configure.m4
clipartdir = $(pkgdatadir)/clipart
clipart_DATA = clipart/platypus.eps
-docdir = $(pkgdatadir)/doc
-doc_DATA = \
- doc/LaTeXConfig.lyx
-
examplesdir = $(pkgdatadir)/examples
examples_DATA = \
examples/Foils.lyx \
uninstall-local: uninstall-xfonts
-
-# dist-hook:
-# cd $(distdir) ; rm -rf `find . -name \*CVS\*` ; \
-# rm -rf doc/.cvsignore; \
-# [ -f doc/UserGuide.lyx ] || { cvs -Q export -r HEAD -d doc lyxdoc || \
-# echo "WARNING: Unable to get LyX Documentation from CVS!" ; true ; }
+Makefile.in
+Makefile
LaTeXConfig.lyx
--- /dev/null
+2004-06-01 Lars Gullik Bjonnes <larsbj@gullik.net>
+
+ * Doc files and Changelog included form lyxdoc CVS module.
+
+2004-05-28 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes <lasgouttes@lyx.org>
+
+ * eu_*.lyx: update fom dooteo
+
+2004-05-10 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes <lasgouttes@lyx.org>
+
+ * de_Extended.lyx: update from Hartmut Haase
+
+2004-04-22 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes <lasgouttes@lyx.org>
+
+ * de_Extended.lyx: update from Hartmut Haase
+
+2004-04-13 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes <lasgouttes@lyx.org>
+
+ * de_UserGuide.lyx: another update from Hartmut Haase
+
+2004-03-31 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes <lasgouttes@lyx.org>
+
+ * ro_Intro.lyx: small update from Claudiu Costin
+
+2004-03-11 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes <lasgouttes@lyx.org>
+
+ * eu_FAQ.lyx: new file from dooteo
+
+ * ro_splash.lyx: removed
+
+2004-02-12 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes <lasgouttes@lyx.org>
+
+ * eu_Customization.lyx: new file from dooteo
+
+ * eu_Extended.lyx:
+ * eu_UserGuide.lyx:
+ * eu_Intro.lyx:
+ * eu_Tutorial.lyx: updates from dooteo
+
+2004-02-17 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes <lasgouttes@lyx.org>
+
+ * Extended.lyx:
+ * de_Extended.lyx:
+ * eu_Extended.lyx:
+ * fr_Extended.lyx:
+ * pl_Extended.lyx: change reference to old ev-en.org wiki to the
+ new wiki.lyx.org version
+
+2004-02-12 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes <lasgouttes@lyx.org>
+
+ * eu_Extended.lyx:
+ * eu_UserGuide.lyx: new files from dooteo
+
+ * eu_Intro.lyx:
+ * eu_Tutorial.lyx: updates from dooteo
+
+ * no_Intro.lyx: new file from Helge Hafting
+
+2004-01-19 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes <lasgouttes@lyx.org>
+
+ * de_UserGuide.lyx: turn varioref errors into warnings
+
+2004-01-15 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes <lasgouttes@lyx.org>
+
+ * de_UserGuide.lyx: another update from Hartmut Haase
+
+2004-01-07 Vitaly Lipatov <LAV@VL3143.spb.edu>
+
+ * TOC_top/ru_TOC_top.lyx: new file
+
+2003-09-23 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes <lasgouttes@lyx.org>
+
+ * de_Customization.lyx:
+ * de_Extended.lyx:
+ * de_UserGuide.lyx: yet more updates from Hartmut Haase
+
+2003-09-22 Juergen Spitzmueller <j.spitzmueller@gmx.de>
+
+ * Extended.lyx: document memoir textclass
+
+2003-09-17 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes <lasgouttes@lyx.org>
+
+ * de_Intro.lyx:
+ * de_Tutorial.lyx: update from Hartmut Haase
+
+2003-09-12 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes <lasgouttes@lyx.org>
+
+ * de_Customization.lyx: update from Hartmut Haase
+
+2003-09-11 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes <lasgouttes@lyx.org>
+
+ * de_UserGuide.lyx: update from Hartmut Haase
+
+2003-07-30 Alfredo Braunstein <abraunst@libero.it>
+
+ * UserGuide.lyx: fix a broken cross-reference
+
+2003-07-21 Christian Ridderström <chr@home.se>
+
+ * UserGuide.lyx: fix menu entry, document "Keep Space"
+ (bug 996)
+
+2003-07-07 Adrien Rebollo <adrien.rebollo@gmx.fr>
+
+ * Customization.lyx:
+ * Extended.lyx:
+ * UserGuide.lyx: fix various typos
+ * fr_Customization.lyx:
+ * fr_Extended.lyx:
+ * fr_Intro.lyx:
+ * fr_Tutorial.lyx:
+ * fr_UserGuide.lyx: translation update
+
+2003-06-27 Martin Vermeer <martin.vermeer@hut.fi>
+
+ * Extended.lyx: improve docs for agu journals
+
+2003-05-26 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes <lasgouttes@lyx.org>
+
+ * fr_Customization.lyx:
+ * fr_Extended.lyx: fix wrong ERT that prevented typesetting
+
+2003-05-07 John Levon <levon@movementarian.org>
+
+ * UserGuide.lyx:
+ * Tutorial.lyx: menu structure updates
+
+2003-05-07 John Levon <levon@movementarian.org>
+
+ * FAQ.lyx: menu structure updates
+
+2003-05-01 John Levon <levon@movementarian.org>
+
+ * Extended.lyx: fix up for new menu structure
+
+2003-05-01 John Levon <levon@movementarian.org>
+
+ * DocStyle.lyx: minor updates
+
+2003-04-30 John Levon <levon@movementarian.org>
+
+ * Customization.lyx: update for new menu structure
+
+2003-03-22 John Levon <levon@movementarian.org>
+
+ * Doc_toc.pl: handle short title insets
+
+ * TOC files: regenerate
+
+2003-03-20 John Levon <levon@movementarian.org>
+
+ * Extended.lyx: fix preamble menu mention (bug 900)
+
+2003-03-17 John Levon <levon@movementarian.org>
+
+ * Customisation.lyx: remove the discussion of LaTeX 2.09
+ style files
+
+2003-03-16 John Levon <levon@movementarian.org>
+
+ * Customisation.lyx: updates. Remove the printer
+ tutorial: most definitely the wrong place to have it.
+ Move LyX server to the end.
+
+2003-03-16 John Levon <levon@movementarian.org>
+
+ * Extended.lyx: updates and tweaks
+
+2003-03-16 John Levon <levon@movementarian.org>
+
+ * Intro.lyx: small tweaks
+
+2003-03-16 John Levon <levon@movementarian.org>
+
+ * Tutorial.lyx: various updates. Remove some math
+ stuff that was basically a duplicate of stuff in the
+ user guide.
+
+2003-03-15 John Levon <levon@movementarian.org>
+
+ * Reference.lyx: note that it's out of date
+
+2003-03-15 John Levon <levon@movementarian.org>
+
+ * UserGuide.lyx: some more updates
+
+2003-03-15 John Levon <levon@movementarian.org>
+
+ * UserGuide.lyx: updates and fixes for chapter 5,
+ also some re-organisation
+
+2003-03-15 John Levon <levon@movementarian.org>
+
+ * UserGuide.lyx: updates and fixes for chapter 4
+
+2003-03-14 John Levon <levon@movementarian.org>
+
+ * UserGuide.lyx: updates and fixes for chapter 3
+
+2003-03-13 John Levon <levon@movementarian.org>
+
+ * UserGuide.lyx: updates and fixes for chapters 1 and 2
+
+2003-03-13 John Levon <levon@movementarian.org>
+
+ * DocStyle.lyx:
+ * UserGuide.lyx:
+ * Intro.lyx:
+ * fr_Intro.lyx: don't say "et cetera, et cetera"
+
+2003-03-03 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes <Jean-Marc.Lasgouttes@inria.fr>
+
+ * UserGuide.lyx: remove mention of iletter class, which has been
+ removed.
+
+2003-02-27 Adrien Rebollo <adrien.rebollo@gmx.fr>
+
+ * fr_Customization.lyx:
+ * fr_Extended.lyx:
+ * fr_FAQ.lyx:
+ * fr_Intro.lyx:
+ * fr_Tutorial.lyx:
+ * fr_UserGuide.lyx: translation update
+
+ * Extended.lyx: minor fixes
+
+2003-02-18 Juergen Spitzmueller <j.spitzmueller@gmx.de>
+
+ * Extended.lyx:
+ * de_Extended.lyx: document the KOMA updates and the new
+ scrlttr2 class
+
+ * UserGuide.lyx: finally document Ligature Break Insert.
+
+2003-02-16 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes <lasgouttes@freesurf.fr>
+
+ * Customization.lyx: document new textclass entries Float and
+ Counter.
+
+2003-02-15 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes <lasgouttes@freesurf.fr>
+
+ * Extended.lyx: many changes suggested by Hartmut Haase.
+
+ * Tutorial.lyx: mention that Section* is different fro, Section,
+ since people seem to make the mistake often.
+
+ * Customization.lyx: begin to document new syntax elements in
+ layout files (DependsOn, TitleLatexType/Command).
+
+2003-02-06 Adrien Rebollo <adrien.rebollo@gmx.fr>
+
+ * fr_Extended.lyx: translation update
+
+2003-02-03 John Levon <levon@movementarian.org>
+
+ * pl_Extended.lyx: new translation from Tomasz Luczak
+
+2003-01-27 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes <Jean-Marc.Lasgouttes@inria.fr>
+
+ * it_UserGuide.lyx: update from Claudio Coco
+
+2003-01-13 Martin Vermeer <martin.vermeer@hut.fi>
+
+ * Extended.lyx: add doc for egs layout
+
+2003-01-10 Dekel Tsur <dekelts@tau.ac.il>
+
+ * Extended.lyx: add some doc for wrapinset
+
+2003-01-10 Martin Vermeer <martin.vermeer@hut.fi>
+
+ * Extended.lyx: add doc for agu journals
+
+2002-12-18 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes <Jean-Marc.Lasgouttes@inria.fr>
+
+ * it_UserGuide.lyx: update from Claudio Coco
+
+2002-12-01 Adrien Rebollo <adrien.rebollo@gmx.fr>
+
+ * fr_Customization.lyx:
+ * fr_Extended.lyx:
+ * fr_FAQ.lyx: translation update
+
+ * Customization.lyx: minor corrections
+
+2002-11-28 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes <Jean-Marc.Lasgouttes@inria.fr>
+
+ * Reference.lyx: remove section on bindings which has been moved
+ to Customization.lyx already.
+
+ * Customization.lyx: remove use of accent-vector; change syntax of
+ math-insert
+
+2002-11-20 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes <Jean-Marc.Lasgouttes@inria.fr>
+
+ * FAQ.lyx: update. I tried to correct some information that was
+ too old, but a lot remains to do. Added book from Yann Collette.
+ Added tip about \date{} from Christian Ridderström.
+
+2002-11-15 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes <Jean-Marc.Lasgouttes@inria.fr>
+
+ * ru_Intro.lyx:
+ * ru_Tutorial.lyx: update from Vitaly Lipatov
+
+ * ru_FAQ.lyx: new file
+
+2002-10-23 Gady Kozma <gadykozma@yahoo.com>
+
+ * he_Intro.lyx: updated
+
+ * he_Tutorial.lyx: new translation
+
+2002-10-21 Martin Vermeer <martin.vermeer@hut.fi>
+
+ * Extended.lyx:
+ * de_Extended.lyx: document new layouts in foils
+
+2002-10-14 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes <Jean-Marc.Lasgouttes@inria.fr>
+
+ * Extended.lyx: add documentation for ijmpd class (from PAP)
+
+2002-10-07 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes <Jean-Marc.Lasgouttes@inria.fr>
+
+ * de_Customization.lyx:
+ * de_FAQ.lyx:
+ * de_Intro.lyx:
+ * de_Tutorial.lyx: update from Pit
+
+ * fr_Customization.lyx:
+ * fr_Extended.lyx:
+ * fr_FAQ.lyx:
+ * fr_Intro.lyx:
+ * fr_Tutorial.lyx:
+ * fr_UserGuide.lyx: update from Adrien Rebollo
+
+2002-09-10 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes <Jean-Marc.Lasgouttes@inria.fr>
+
+ * de_UserGuide.lyx:
+ * de_Extended.lyx: updates from Hartmut Haase
+
+2002-09-05 John Levon <levon@movementarian.org>
+
+ * UserGuide.lyx: many changes suggested by Hartmut Haase,
+ and some more. LOTS more to do :(
+
+2002-08-23 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes <lasgouttes@freesurf.fr>
+
+ * de_UserGuide.lyx: another update from Hartmut Haase
+
+2002-08-22 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes <lasgouttes@freesurf.fr>
+
+ * de_UserGuide.lyx: update from Hartmut Haase
+
+ * *.lyx: replace maintainer addresses with lyx-docs mailing list
+ (from Peter Suetterlin)
+
+2002-07-24 Adrien Rebollo <adrien.rebollo@gmx.fr>
+
+ * fr_Customization.lyx:
+ * fr_Extended.lyx:
+ * fr_Tutorial.lyx:
+ * fr_UserGuide.lyx: update
+
+2002-07-17 Helge Hafting <helgehaf@aitel.hist.no>
+
+ * UserGuide.lyx:
+ * Reference.lyx: document how to use the minibuffer
+
+2002-07-16 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes <lasgouttes@freesurf.fr>
+
+ * Customization.lyx: document EndLabelType and EndLabelString;
+ update bindings a bit (more to do)
+
+ * Tutorial.lyx: incorporate changes suggested by Gady Kozma (plus
+ a few random others)
+
+2002-06-16 Adrien Rebollo <adrien.rebollo@gmx.fr>
+
+ * fr_Customization.lyx:
+ * fr_Tutorial.lyx:
+ * fr_UserGuide.lyx: update
+
+2002-05-31 John Levon <moz@compsoc.man.ac.uk>
+
+ * he_Intro.lyx: from Gady Kozma
+
+2002-05-28 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes <lasgouttes@freesurf.fr>
+
+ * Customization.lyx: add description of the defaults.lyx template.
+
+ * Tutorial.lyx: updates here and there. Probably more work is
+ necessary
+
+2002-05-22 Adrian Penisoara <ady@ady.ro>
+
+ * ro_splash.lyx: Romanian splash added
+
+2002-05-02 Adrien Rebollo <adrien.rebollo@gmx.fr>
+
+ * fr_Extended.lyx:
+ * fr_FAQ.lyx:
+ * fr_Tutorial.lyx:
+ * fr_UserGuide.lyx: updating translation
+
+2002-05-01 John Levon <moz@compsoc.man.ac.uk>
+
+ * Tutorial.lyx: some typos pointed out by David Green <dgreen@uab.edu>
+
+2002-04-26 John Levon <moz@compsoc.man.ac.uk>
+
+ * Extended.lyx: Literate update from Kayvan
+
+2002-04-25 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes <lasgouttes@freesurf.fr>
+
+ * Doc_toc.pl: try to improve the code that ignores some insets in
+ headings.
+
+ * *TOC.lyx: regenerate
+
+2002-04-24 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes <lasgouttes@freesurf.fr>
+
+ * it_Customization.lyx: update to format 220. Juergen did fix the
+ format problems this file has, but it did not typeset due to the
+ 'creative' redefinition of accents that the italian babel option
+ does. I therefore removed the occurences of the tie accent (\t)
+ and stand-alone circumflex accent that this file had.
+
+2002-04-23 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes <lasgouttes@freesurf.fr>
+
+ * sk_UserGuide.lyx: update to format 220
+
+2002-04-09 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes <lasgouttes@freesurf.fr>
+
+ * all files: stupid me. The right file format we want is 220, of
+ course. Made sure everything has format 220. The only additional
+ one I did not touch is it_Customization, which has some (small)
+ conversion problems.
+
+ * fr_BUGS.lyx:
+ * de_BUGS.lyx: removed.
+
+2002-04-08 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes <lasgouttes@freesurf.fr>
+
+ * all files: make sure lyxformat is 218. Only sk_UserGuide is left
+ untouched, since it triggers an error (solitary \end_inset) when
+ loading.
+
+2002-03-28 Adrien Rebollo <adrien.rebollo@gmx.fr>
+
+ * fr_Customization.lyx:
+ * fr_Extended.lyx:
+ * fr_Tutorial.lyx:
+ * fr_UserGuide.lyx: updating translation
+
+2002-03-28 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes <lasgouttes@freesurf.fr>
+
+ * ru_Intro.lyx: update from Vitaly Lipatov
+
+2002-03-26 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes <lasgouttes@freesurf.fr>
+
+ * Customization.lyx: update information on layout files
+
+2002-03-19 Adrien Rebollo <adrien.rebollo@gmx.fr>
+
+ * fr_Customization.lyx:
+ * fr_Extended.lyx:
+ * fr_FAQ.lyx:
+ * fr_Intro.lyx:
+ * fr_UserGuide.lyx: update
+
+2002-03-20 John Levon <moz@compsoc.man.ac.uk>
+
+ * TOC.lyx: update again
+
+2002-03-20 John Levon <moz@compsoc.man.ac.uk>
+
+ * UserGuide.lyx: remove LaTeX environment mentions,
+ update for graphics inset, minor fixes
+
+2002-03-19 John Levon <moz@compsoc.man.ac.uk>
+
+ * Tutorial.lyx: some minor changes (menus etc.)
+
+2002-03-19 John Levon <moz@compsoc.man.ac.uk>
+
+ * Extended.lyx: update discussion of LaTeX inserting,
+ menu fixes, update (and remove) sections on floatflt,
+ s/popup/dialog/, various other fixes.
+
+2002-03-18 John Levon <moz@compsoc.man.ac.uk>
+
+ * Intro.lyx: remove outdated stuff about our crash
+ handler.
+
+ * Customization.lyx: small updates for 1.2.0,
+ s/popup/dialog/, change some stuff to refer to
+ Edit->Preferences
+
+2002-03-14 John Levon <moz@compsoc.man.ac.uk>
+
+ * Doc_toc.pl: add usage, mention bug.
+
+ * TOC.lyx: update
+
+ * FAQ.lyx: mention XWin32 bug
+
+2002-03-13 John Levon <moz@compsoc.man.ac.uk>
+
+ * UserGuide.lyx: fix build, remove wrong note
+
+ * TOC.lyx: fix build
+
+ * Reference.lyx: fix build
+
+ * FAQ.lyx: fix references to PDF stuff, add FAQ about
+ fonts in acroread. Mention gs 6.53
+
+ * Customization.lyx: fix build for 1.2.0
+
+ * DocStyle.lyx: removed mention of ancient versions
+
+2002-03-08 Martin Vermeer <martin.vermeer@hut.fi>
+
+ * Extended.lyx: replace information on ejour2 by svjour
+
+2002-03-08 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes <lasgouttes@freesurf.fr>
+
+ * sk_Intro.lyx:
+ * sk_Tutorial.lyx:
+ * ru_Intro.lyx:
+ * ru_Tutorial.lyx: New translations
+
+2002-01-24 John Levon <moz@compsoc.man.ac.uk>
+
+ * Intro.lyx: change bugzilla URL
+
+2001-11-23 Panayotis "PAP" Papasotiriou <papasot@physics.upatras.gr>
+
+ * Extended.lyx: document new kluwer layout.
+
+2001-11-05 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes <Jean-Marc.Lasgouttes@inria.fr>
+
+ * it_Customization.lyx: new italian customization guide from Lino
+ Muoio.
+
+2001-10-29 John Levon <moz@compsoc.man.ac.uk>
+
+ * BUGS.lyx: remove
+ * Intro.lyx: add details on reporting bugs
+
+2001-10-28 Adrien Rebollo <adrien.rebollo@gmx.fr>
+
+ * fr_BUGS.lyx:
+ * fr_Customization.lyx:
+ * fr_Extended.lyx:
+ * fr_FAQ.lyx:
+ * fr_Intro.lyx:
+ * fr_Tutorial.lyx:
+ * fr_UserGuide.lyx: update, switching to 1.2.0 format
+
+2001-10-24 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes <Jean-Marc.Lasgouttes@inria.fr>
+
+ * it_UserGuide.lyx: update from Claudio Coco.
+
+2001-10-15 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes <Jean-Marc.Lasgouttes@inria.fr>
+
+ * BUGS.lyx: remove some bugs that have been fixed
+
+2001-09-18 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes <Jean-Marc.Lasgouttes@inria.fr>
+
+ * it_UserGuide.lyx: update from Claudio Coco
+
+2001-09-17 Mike Ressler <mike.ressler@alum.mit.edu>
+
+ * Intro: fixes suggested by list
+
+2001-09-13 Mike Ressler <mike.ressler@alum.mit.edu>
+
+ * Intro: tried to smooth out introductory comments
+ * Tutorial: changed "popup" to "dialog"
+
+2001-08-02 Mike Ressler <mike.ressler@alum.mit.edu>
+
+ * Finised reorg (I think).
+ * UserGuide: fix appendix discussion
+
+2001-08-01 Mike Ressler <mike.ressler@alum.mit.edu>
+
+ * Intro, Tutorial, User Guide: first reorg changes
+
+2001-07-30 Mike Ressler <mike.ressler@alum.mit.edu>
+
+ * UserGuide.lyx, Tutorial.lyx, Customization.lyx: converted to 1.2.0
+
+2001-07-25 Mike Ressler <mike.ressler@alum.mit.edu>
+
+ * BUGS.lyx DocStyle.lyx Extended.lyx FAQ.lyx Intro.lyx Reference.lyx:
+ convert to 1.2.0; having major problems with UG, Custom, and Tutorial
+
+2001-07-24 Mike Ressler <mike.ressler@alum.mit.edu>
+
+ * Tutorial.lyx: fix cross-reference link discussion
+ * UserGuide.lyx: typo fix, fixed editing labels discussion
+ * Customization.lyx: typo fix
+
+2001-07-24 John Levon <moz@compsoc.man.ac.uk>
+
+ * Customisation.lyx: document \view_dvi_paper_option
+
+2001-07-19 Mike Ressler <mike.ressler@alum.mit.edu>
+
+ * all: last few typos, clarifications, etc. before 1.1.6fix3,
+ removed historical references to LyX before 1.1.6
+
+2001-07-16 Mike Ressler <mike.ressler@alum.mit.edu>
+
+ * Intro.lyx: reverted to 1.1.6 format, but kept John's changes
+ * Tutorial.lyx: fixed menu references, updated Bibliographies
+ * UserGuide.lyx: fixed menu references, updated Bibliography
+
+2001-06-02 John Levon <moz@compsoc.man.ac.uk>
+
+ * Intro.lyx: minor fixes and updates for 1.2.0
--- /dev/null
+#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
+\lyxformat 221
+\textclass book
+\begin_preamble
+\usepackage{multicol}
+\newcommand{\extratablespace}[1]{\noalign{\vskip#1}}
+\end_preamble
+\language english
+\inputencoding latin1
+\fontscheme default
+\graphics default
+\paperfontsize default
+\spacing single
+\papersize Default
+\paperpackage a4
+\use_geometry 0
+\use_amsmath 0
+\use_natbib 0
+\use_numerical_citations 0
+\paperorientation portrait
+\secnumdepth 3
+\tocdepth 3
+\paragraph_separation indent
+\defskip medskip
+\quotes_language english
+\quotes_times 2
+\papercolumns 1
+\papersides 2
+\paperpagestyle headings
+
+\layout Title
+
+Extended LyX Features
+\layout Author
+
+by the LyX Team
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+\noindent
+Principal maintainer of this file is
+\noun on
+ Mike Ressler
+\noun default
+.
+ If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX
+ Documentation mailing list, <lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org>.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Chapter
+
+Introduction
+\layout Standard
+
+The
+\emph on
+Extended LyX Features
+\emph default
+ manual, which you are now reading, is essentially Part II of the
+\emph on
+User's Guide\SpecialChar \@.
+
+\emph default
+ The reason for splitting this document is simple: the
+\emph on
+User's Guide
+\emph default
+ is already huge, and it contains all of the basic features one needs to
+ know in order to prepare most documents.
+ However, the LyX Team has a long-term goal of making LyX extensible through
+ various configuration files and external packages.
+ That means that if you want to support the Fizzwizzle LaTeX package, you
+ can create a layout file for it without having to alter LyX itself.
+ We've already had contributions of several new features this way.
+ This is the place where all of that gets documented.
+\layout Standard
+
+This manual also documents some special features, like fax support, version
+ control, and SGML support, which require additional software to work properly.
+ Lastly, there's a chapter of LaTeX tools and tips, things you can use to
+ spruce up your documents by directly using the powerful features of LaTeX.
+ After all, LyX
+\emph on
+is
+\emph default
+ only WYSIWYM, and will only ever interface to certain LaTeX features.
+\layout Standard
+
+Of course, with all of this extra documentation,
+\emph on
+Extended LyX Features
+\emph default
+ may itself grow too big for its britches.
+ In that case, you can just call it the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Overextended Manual
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ for fun!
+\layout Standard
+
+If you haven't read the
+\emph on
+Introduction
+\emph default
+yet, you are definitely in the wrong manual.
+ The
+\emph on
+Introduction
+\emph default
+ is the first place to go, since it will direct you to the correct manual,
+ and it also describes the notation and format of all of the manuals.
+ You should also be thoroughly familiar with the
+\emph on
+User's Guide
+\emph default
+ and all of the basic features of LyX.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+In this document, many sections are independent articles contributed by
+ an individual and are noted as such.
+ This person is generally whoever wrote the layout file for the new document
+ class or LaTeX package, or implemented the feature.
+ If there is no mention of an author to a chapter [or chapter sections],
+ that means it was written by the LyX Documentation Team.
+\layout Standard
+
+Since all the topics in this manual depend heavily on LyX's interaction
+ with LaTeX, this first chapter covers
+\emph on
+
+\emph default
+the inner workings of LyX and how to direct LyX to generate exactly the
+ LaTeX code you want.
+ It is obviously for more seasoned LyX users.
+\layout Chapter
+
+LyX and LaTeX
+\layout Section
+
+How LyX Uses LaTeX
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:lyxandlatex}
+
+\end_inset
+
+This chapter is for both TeX-nicians and the LaTeX-curious.
+ In it, we'll explain how LyX and LaTeX work together to produce printable
+ output.
+ This is the only place in any of the manuals where we assume you know something
+ about LaTeX.
+\layout Standard
+
+At one time, we called LyX a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+WYSIWYM frontend to LaTeX,
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ but that's no longer true.
+ There are frontends to LaTeX out there.
+ They are basically editors with the ability to run LaTeX and mark any errors
+ in the file you're editing.
+ Although LyX
+\emph on
+is
+\emph default
+ an editor, and it
+\emph on
+does
+\emph default
+ run LaTeX, and it also marks errors in the file, it also does much, much
+ more.
+ Thanks to the WYSIWYM concept, you don't need LaTeX to use LyX effectively.
+ LyX has also added a few extensions to LaTeX.
+ Try the following sometime: select
+\family sans
+Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+LaTeX
+\family default
+ from the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ile
+\family default
+ menu, then look at the preamble of the resulting
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+ file.
+ You'll notice a variety of new macros defined specifically by LyX.
+ These macros are defined automatically, according to the features you use
+ in the document.
+\layout Standard
+
+There are several commands that automatically invoke LaTeX.
+ They are:
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+V
+\bar default
+iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+View\SpecialChar ~
+
+\emph on
+Format
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+V
+\bar default
+iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+U
+\bar default
+pdate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\emph on
+Format
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ile
+\bar under
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+P
+\bar default
+rint
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ile
+\bar under
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+F
+\bar default
+ax
+\layout Standard
+
+They will only invoke LaTeX if the file has changed since the last time
+ LaTeX was run.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+When you run LaTeX on the file you're editing, LyX performs these steps:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Convert the document to LaTeX and save to a file with the extension
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+ in place of
+\family typewriter
+.lyx
+\family default
+.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Run LaTeX on the
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+ file (maybe several times).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+If there are any errors, insert error boxes in the document to mark where
+ they are.
+ These boxes are transient and are not saved along with the document.
+\layout Standard
+
+If you've run LaTeX using
+\family sans
+View\SpecialChar ~
+DVI
+\family default
+, LyX then executes
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\family default
+ on the Dvi file.
+ If you've used
+\family sans
+View\SpecialChar ~
+PostScript
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+rint
+\family default
+, LyX performs two more steps:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Run
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+ to convert the Dvi file to PostScript®:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+For
+\family sans
+View\SpecialChar ~
+PostScript
+\family default
+, the output file has the extension
+\family typewriter
+.ps_tmp
+\layout Itemize
+
+For
+\family sans
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+rint
+\family default
+\SpecialChar ~
+, the output file has the extension
+\family typewriter
+.ps
+\family default
+, as expected.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Execute
+\family typewriter
+ghostview
+\family default
+ or send the PostScript® file to the printer.
+\layout Section
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Help! LyX generated an unreadable
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+ file!
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Die-hard LaTeX users will scream and howl this into the night, then declare
+ LyX useless, simply because they didn't RTFM.
+\layout Standard
+
+We're going to set the record straight.
+ LyX produces two kinds of LaTeX files.
+ One is human readable.
+ The other is LyX readable.
+ Every time LyX executes LaTeX, it produces a LaTeX file that it can easily
+ scan for errors.
+ The resulting
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+ file is not human readable.
+ Don't even try to read it.
+ If you want a
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+ file that you can send to a colleague, select
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+xport\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+aTeX
+\family default
+ from the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ile
+\family default
+ menu.
+\layout Section
+
+Translating LaTeX files into LyX
+\layout Standard
+
+You can import a LaTeX file into LyX by using the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+aTeX
+\family default
+ command in LyX.
+ This will call a Perl script named
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+---which will create a file
+\family typewriter
+foo.lyx
+\family default
+ from the file
+\family typewriter
+foo.tex
+\family default
+---and then open that file.
+ If the translation doesn't work, you can try calling
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+ from the command line, possibly using fancier options.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+ will translate most legal LaTeX, but not everything.
+ It will leave things it doesn't understand in TeX mode, so after translating
+ a file with
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+, you can look for red text and hand-edit it to look right.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+ has its own section in the
+\emph on
+Extended Features
+\emph default
+ manual (as well as a Unix manpage equivalent), which you should read to
+ find out about what LaTeX isn't supported, bugs (and how to get around
+ them), and how to use the various options.
+\layout Standard
+
+If you can't get
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+ to work, or you just want to put a piece of LaTeX code into a LyX file,
+ see Section
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:latexcodes}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Section
+
+Inserting LaTeX Code into LyX Documents
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:Inserting-LaTeX-Code}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:latexcodes}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ This is a rather important point: You can always insert LaTeX code into
+ any LyX document.
+ LyX simply cannot, and will probably never be able to, display every possible
+ LaTeX construct.
+ If ever you need to insert LaTeX commands into your LyX document, you can
+ use the ERT box, which you can insert into your document with
+\family sans
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+eX
+\family default
+.
+ The ERT box comes in three forms: collapsed, open, and inlined.
+ The first two are used just like any other collapsable (foldable) box (such
+ as footnotes), and are useful for significant amounts of LaTeX commands.
+ An
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+inlined
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ ERT box displays its content as part of the button, and is useful for very
+ short sections of LaTeX commands.
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+% like this
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+You can switch between all three by right-clicking on the ERT.
+ Note that if you want more than one line of LaTeX commands, you cannot
+ use the inlined mode.
+\layout Standard
+
+Here's an example of inserting LaTeX commands in a LyX document.
+ The code looks like this:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+begin{tabular}{ll}
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+begin{minipage}{5cm}
+\newline
+This is an example for a minipage environment.
+ You
+\newline
+can put nearly everything in it, even (non-floating)
+\newline
+figures and tables.
+
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+end{minipage}
+\newline
+&
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+begin{minipage}{5cm}
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+begin{verbatim}
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+begin{minipage}{5cm}
+\newline
+This ...
+
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+end{minipage}
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+end{verbatim}
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+end{minipage}
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+end{tabular}
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+\layout Standard
+
+The ERT box containing this text is directly after this paragraph.
+ Those of you reading the manual online will only see a bunch of funky text
+ in red.
+ Those reading a printed version of the manuals will see the actual results:
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+begin{tabular}{ll}
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+begin{minipage}{5cm}
+\newline
+This is an example for a minipage environment. You can put nearly everything in it, even (non-floating) figures and tables.
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+end{minipage}
+\newline
+&
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+begin{minipage}{5cm}
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+begin{verbatim}
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+begin{minipage}{5cm}
+\newline
+This ...
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+end{minipage}
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+end{verbatim}
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+end{minipage}
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+end{tabular}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+In addition to these two methods, you can also create a separate file containing
+ some complex LaTeX structure.
+ You can then use
+\family sans
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Chil
+\bar under
+d
+\bar default
+\SpecialChar ~
+Document
+\family default
+ to include your file (you should select the type
+\family sans
+Input
+\family default
+).
+ We recommend that you only do this if you have a
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+ file which you
+\emph on
+know
+\emph default
+ works already.
+ Otherwise, you'll have a big job tracking down LaTeX errors\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\layout Standard
+
+There are a few last notes to emphasize:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Inside of LyX, LaTeX code appears
+\emph on
+in red
+\layout Itemize
+
+LyX
+\emph on
+does not
+\emph default
+ check if your LaTeX code is correct.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Beware reinventing the wheel.
+\layout Standard
+
+That last note refers to two things.
+ First, LyX does have quite a few features tucked into it, and more are
+ coming.
+ Be sure to check the manuals to make sure that LyX doesn't have such-and-such
+ feature before you go off merrily coding LaTeX.
+ Second, there are numerous LaTeX packages out there to do all sorts of
+ things, from labels to envelopes to fancy multipage tables.
+ Check out a CTAN site for details (see Section
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Requirements
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ of the
+\emph on
+User's Guide
+\emph default
+).
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Note from
+\noun on
+John Weiss
+\noun default
+: I seem to do this an awful lot.
+ Sat down and merrily began coding something to print out labels, only to
+ learn that there were already 2 different LaTeX packages to do this.
+ Worse yet --- I had them already!
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+If you do need to do some wild and fancy things within your document, be
+ sure to check out a good LaTeX book for assistance.
+ There are a number of them listed in the bibliography of the
+\emph on
+User's Guide
+\emph default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+There are a number of LaTeX commands which have to be placed before the
+ beginning of the actual text.
+ They go into the preamble, and this is explained in the next section.
+\layout Section
+
+LyX and the LaTeX Preamble
+\layout Subsection
+
+About the LaTeX Preamble
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:preamble}
+
+\end_inset
+
+If you already know LaTeX, there is no need to explain here what the preamble
+ is good for.
+ If you don't, the following will give you some ideas --- we recommend again
+ that you consult a LaTeX book for further information.
+ In any case, you should read the points below, because they explain what
+ you can do and what you don't need to do in the LaTeX preamble of a LyX
+ document.
+\layout Standard
+
+The LaTeX preamble comes at the very beginning of a document,
+\emph on
+before
+\emph default
+the text.
+ It serves to:
+\layout Itemize
+
+declare the document class.
+ LyX already does this for you.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+If you're a seasoned LaTeX-nician, and you have some custom document class
+ you want to use, check out the
+\emph on
+Customization Manual
+\emph default
+ for information on how to make LyX interface to it.
+ Be sure to submit your efforts to the LyX Team for inclusion in future
+ versions!
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+declare the usage of packages.
+ LaTeX packages provide special commands, which are only available within
+ a document when the package has been declared in the preamble.
+ For example, the
+\family typewriter
+
+\family default
+package
+\family typewriter
+indentfirst
+\family default
+ forces all paragraphs to be indented.
+ There are other packages for labels, envelopes, margins, etc.
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+set counters, variables, lengths and widths.
+ There are several LaTeX counters and variables which
+\emph on
+must
+\emph default
+ be set globally from within the preamble in order to have the desired effect.
+ [There are other variables which you can set and reset inside the document,
+ too.] Margins are a good example of something which must be set in the preamble.
+ Another example is the label format for lists.
+ You can actually set these just about anywhere, but it's best to do it
+ just once, inside the preamble.
+\layout Itemize
+
+declare user defined commands [with
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+newcommand
+\family default
+or
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand
+\family default
+], mostly abbreviations for LaTeX commands which appear very often inside
+ a document.
+ Although the preamble is a good place to declare such commands, they
+\emph on
+can
+\emph default
+ be declared anywhere else [but
+\emph on
+before
+\emph default
+ they are used for the first time, of course\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+].
+ This can be useful if there is a lot of raw LaTeX code in your document,
+ which normally should not be the case.
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX adds its own set of definitions to the preamble of the
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+ file it produces.
+ This makes LaTeX files generated by LyX portable.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Changing the Preamble
+\layout Standard
+
+The commands which LyX adds to the preamble of a LaTeX file are fixed; you
+ can't change them without patching LyX itself.
+ You can, however, add your own stuff to the preamble.
+ There are two ways to do this:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Select
+\family sans
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+aTeX\SpecialChar ~
+
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+reamble
+\family default
+ from the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+ocument
+\family default
+ menu, or via the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+ocument
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+ettings
+\family default
+ dialog, depending on your frontend.
+ Note that the LyX keybindings will not work in this dialog, alas.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Use the preamble contents you've added as your default template (see
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Basic LyX Setup
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ in the
+\emph on
+User's Guide
+\emph default
+), so that it will be the default preamble for any file you create.
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX adds anything in the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+reamble
+\family default
+ dialog to its own built-in preamble.
+ Before adding your own declarations in the preamble, you should make sure
+ that LyX doesn't already support what you want to do (remember what we
+ said about reinventing the wheel?).
+ Also,
+\emph on
+make sure your preamble code is correct
+\emph default
+.
+ LyX doesn't check it.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Examples
+\layout Standard
+
+Here are some examples of what you can add to a preamble, and what they
+ do:
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Example #1: Offsets
+\layout Standard
+
+There are two variables under LaTeX that control page position:
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+hoffset
+\family default
+ and
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+voffset
+\family default
+.
+ Their names should be self-explanatory.
+ These variables are useful if you think for a moment about computer labels.
+ Sometimes, the size of a print medium and the area of the medium that you
+ can actually print on aren't the same.
+ This is where
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+hoffset
+\family default
+ and
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+voffset
+\family default
+ come in.
+\layout Standard
+
+The default values for
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+hoffset
+\family default
+ and
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+voffset
+\family default
+ are both 0 pt.,\SpecialChar ~
+i.\SpecialChar ~
+e.\SpecialChar ~
+the page isn't shifted.
+\layout Standard
+
+Unfortunately, some DVI drivers always seem to shift the page.
+ We have no idea why, or why the sysadmin hasn't fixed such behavior.
+ If you're using LyX on a system that you don't personally maintain, and
+ your sysadmin is a doofus,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+hoffset
+\family default
+ and
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+voffset
+\family default
+ can save the day.
+ Suppose you're left and top margins are always 0.5 inches too big.
+ You can add this to the preamble:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+setlength{
+\backslash
+hoffset}{-0.5 in}
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+setlength{
+\backslash
+voffset}{-0.5 in}
+\layout Standard
+
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+and your margins should now be correct.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Example #2: Labels
+\layout Standard
+
+Speaking of labels, suppose you wanted to print out a bunch of address labels.
+ There's a rather nice package, available at your nearest CTAN archive,
+ for printing sheets of labels, called
+\family typewriter
+labels.sty
+\family default
+.
+ Now, your system may not have this package installed by default.
+ We leave that up to you to check.
+ You'll also want to read the documentation for it; we're not going to do
+ that for you.
+ Since this is an example, however, we'll give you an example of how you
+ use this package.
+\layout Standard
+
+First, make sure you're using the
+\family sans
+article
+\family default
+document class.
+ Next, you need to put the following in your preamble:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+usepackage{labels}
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+LabelCols=3
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+LabelRows=7
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+LeftBorder=8mm
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+RightBorder=8mm
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+TopBorder=9mm
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+BottomBorder=2mm
+\layout Standard
+
+This sets things up for Avery® label sheets, stock #5360.
+ You're now ready to print labels, but you'll need to insert LaTeX code,
+ placing the commands
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{labels}
+\family default
+ and
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+end{labels}
+\family default
+ around each label text.
+ This and other special features of
+\family typewriter
+labels.sty
+\family default
+ are explained in its documentation.
+\layout Standard
+
+Someday, someone may write a LyX layout file to support this package directly.
+ Maybe that someone is you.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Example #3: Paragraph Indentation
+\layout Standard
+
+Americans are trained to indent the first line of
+\emph on
+every
+\emph default
+ paragraph.
+ As with all of their other weird quirks, most Americans will whine and
+ moan until they can have their way and indent the first line of all paragraphs.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Note from
+\noun on
+John Weiss
+\noun default
+: This was written by an American ---
+\emph on
+me
+\emph default
+! It's my perception of my fellow countrymen.
+ Tough if you don't like it.
+ Thpbpbpbpbpbpbpbp!
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Of course, this behavior isn't standard typography.
+ In books, you typically only indent the first line of a paragraph
+\emph on
+if
+\emph default
+ it follows another one.
+ The idea behind indenting the first line of a paragraph is to distinguish
+ neighboring paragraphs from one another.
+ If there is no previous paragraph, for example, it follows a figure, or
+ is the first paragraph in a section, then there is no special indentation.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+If you're a typical American, though, you don't care about such esoteric
+ things; you want your indentation! Add this to the preamble:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+usepackage{indentfirst}
+\layout Standard
+
+If your TeX distribution isn't a braindead one, you'll have this package,
+ and all of your paragraphs will get the indentation you think they deserve.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Example #4: This Document
+\layout Standard
+
+You can also check out the preamble of this document to get an idea of some
+ of the advanced things you can do.
+ You'll probably need to make the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+reamble\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\family default
+ dialog full-screen to see most of it.
+ Also, there are more examples and an assortment of LaTeX
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+dirty tricks
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ given in Chapter\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{cha:secrets}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+
+\layout Section
+
+LyX and LaTeX Errors
+\layout Standard
+
+When LyX calls LaTeX, it tells LaTeX to blithely ignore any errors and keep
+ going.
+ It then uses the log-file from the LaTeX run to do a post-mortem.
+ As we stated earlier in the chapter, LyX generates two kinds of
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+ files, one of which it uses to locate errors in the document.
+ If there was an error someplace, LyX will put a box with the word
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Error
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ at the appropriate place in the document.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX will occasionally misguess where the error was.
+ This will typically happen with tables, figures, math, and the preamble.
+\end_inset
+
+ It will also display a message alerting you to the fact that there were
+ errors.
+\layout Standard
+
+You can navigate through the errors by using
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+rror
+\family default
+ in the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+N
+\bar default
+avigate
+\family default
+ menu.
+ You can
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+open
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ the error-boxes and view the error message LaTeX produced by clicking on
+ it.
+\layout Standard
+
+Some folks also like to look at the log file directly, accessible from
+\family sans
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+aTeX\SpecialChar ~
+Log\SpecialChar ~
+File
+\family default
+.
+ There are some fairly common error messages and warnings.
+ We'll cover those here.
+ You should look at a good LaTeX book for a complete listing.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+LaTeX Warning:
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Anything beginning with these word is a warning message for the purpose
+ of
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+debugging
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ the LaTeX code itself.
+ You'll get messages like this if you added or changed cross-references
+ or bibliography entries, in which case, LaTeX is trying to tell you that
+ you need to make another run.
+\layout Standard
+
+You can by-and-large ignore these.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+LaTeX Font Warning:
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Another warning message, this time about fonts which LaTeX couldn't find.
+ The rest of the message will often say something about a replacement font
+ that LaTeX used.
+\layout Standard
+
+You can safely ignore these.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+Overfull
+\backslash
+hbox
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+LaTeX absolutely
+\emph on
+loves
+\emph default
+ to spew these out.
+ They are warning you about lines that were too long and run past the right
+ margin.
+ Almost always, this is unnoticeable in the final output.
+ Or, only one or two characters extend past the margin.
+ LaTeX seems to generate at least one of these messages for just about any
+ document you write.
+\layout Standard
+
+You can ignore these stupid messages.
+ Your eyes will tell you if there's a problem with something that's too
+ wide; just look at the output.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+Underfull
+\backslash
+hbox
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Not quite as common as its cousin.
+ LaTeX seems to like to print lines that are a bit too wide as opposed to
+ ones that are a bit too narrow.
+ We have no idea why.
+\layout Standard
+
+You can ignore these, too.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+Overfull
+\backslash
+vbox
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+Underfull
+\backslash
+vbox
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Warnings about troubles breaking the page.
+ Once again, just look at the output.
+ Your eyes will tell you where something has gone wrong.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+LaTeX Error: File
+\begin_inset Quotes els
+\end_inset
+
+Xxxx
+\begin_inset Quotes ers
+\end_inset
+
+ not found
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+The file
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Xxxx
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ isn't installed on this system.
+ This usually appears because some package your document needs isn't installed.
+ If you didn't touch the preamble or didn't use the
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+usepackage{}
+\family default
+ command, then one of the packages LyX tried to load is missing.
+ Use
+\family sans
+\bar under
+H
+\bar default
+elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+L
+\bar under
+a
+\bar default
+TeX Configuration
+\family default
+, to get a list of packages that LyX knows about.
+ This file is updated whenever you reconfigure LyX (using
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+ools
+\bar under
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+R
+\bar default
+econfigure
+\family default
+) and tells you which packages have been detected and what they do.
+\layout Standard
+
+If you
+\emph on
+did
+\emph default
+ use the
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+usepackage{}
+\family default
+ command, and the package in question isn't installed, you'll need to install
+ it yourself.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+LaTeX Error: Unknown option
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Error messages beginning with this are trying to tell you that you specified
+ a bad or undefined option to a package.
+ Check the package's documentation.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+Undefined control sequence
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+If you've inserted LaTeX code into your document, but made a typo, you'll
+ get one of these.
+ You may have forgotten to load a package.
+ In any case, this error message usually means that you used an undefined
+ command.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+There are other error and warning messages.
+ Some are self-explanatory.
+ These are usually LaTeX messages.
+ Others are downright cryptic.
+ These are actually TeX error messages, and we really have
+\emph on
+no clue
+\emph default
+ what they mean or how to decipher them.
+\layout Standard
+
+There's a general sequence you should follow if you get error messages:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Look at the LaTeX code you inserted for typos.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+If there are no typos, check and see that you used the command(s) correctly.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+If you get a bunch of error boxes piled up at the very top of the document,
+ it means that there are errors in the preamble.
+ Start debugging your preamble.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+If you didn't add anything to the preamble and didn't add any LaTeX code
+ to the document, the first suspect is your LaTeX distribution itself.
+ Check for missing packages and install them.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Okay, so there are no missing packages.
+ Did you use any of the fine-tuning options in LyX? Specifically, did you
+
+\emph on
+misuse
+\emph default
+ any of them, like trying to manually insert lots of
+\family sans
+Protected\SpecialChar ~
+Blank
+\family default
+s,
+\family sans
+Linebreak
+\family default
+s, or
+\family sans
+Pagebreak
+\family default
+s? Did you try to kludge something together with these instead of using
+ the appropriate paragraph environment?
+\layout Enumerate
+
+All right, you didn't use any of the fine-tuning options, you played by
+ the rules.
+ Did you try to pull a fancy maneuver? Did you do something funky inside
+ a table or an equation, like inserting a graphic into a table cell?
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Do you have long sections of text where LaTeX cannot find a place to break
+ a line? By default, LaTeX is rather strict about how much extra inter-word
+ spacing it will add in order to break a line.
+ Preferrably, you should rework the paragraph to avoid the problem.
+ If this isn't an option, you can wrap your text in
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+sloppypar
+\family default
+ to make LaTeX's line breaking more, well, sloppy.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Did you go overboard with the nesting? LyX (currently) doesn't check to
+ make sure you're in the limits for nesting environments.
+ If you nested a bunch of environments to the
+\begin_inset Formula $17^{\mathrm{th}}$
+\end_inset
+
+ level, that's the problem.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Okay, you didn't get any error messages, but your output looks whacked.
+ If you have a table or figure that's too wide or long for the page, you
+ need to:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+rescale the figure so it fits.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+trim down the table so it fits.
+\layout Standard
+
+If something else is wrong with the output, and you didn't try to pull anything
+ fancy or kludge the fine-tuning options, we're not sure what's wrong.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+If all this doesn't help --- well, then
+\emph on
+perhaps
+\emph default
+ you might have found a bug in LyX\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\layout Chapter
+
+Supplemental Tools
+\layout Section
+
+Preparing a Bibliography with BibTeX
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_bottom bigskip
+by
+\noun on
+Mike Ressler
+\layout Standard
+\noindent
+STOP! If you don't know what BibTeX is, or have a reasonably good idea of
+ how to use it (
+\emph on
+e.g.
+
+\emph default
+ setting up your own bibliographic databases),
+\emph on
+run
+\emph default
+, do not walk, to your nearest copy of the 2nd edition of Lamport's
+\emph on
+LaTeX: A Document Preparation System
+\emph default
+, particularly Appendix B.
+ The rest of this discussion assumes you have created a correct bibliography
+ file, that you have all relevant environment variables set correctly (esp.
+
+\family typewriter
+BIBINPUTS
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+BSTINPUTS
+\family default
+, and
+\family typewriter
+TEXINPUTS
+\family default
+), and that if sufficiently desperate, you could create and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+TeX
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ a LaTeX file with a BibTeX database.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+For those who don't know what BibTeX is, it is a system for creating a large
+ database of your most used journal references.
+ For all future articles you write, you only need to include this standard
+ database and reference the appropriate key to each reference.
+ Even if you write only a few papers with handful of references each, it
+ is well worth your time to examine BibTeX and decide whether it will be
+ useful to you.
+\layout Standard
+
+To use BibTeX with LyX, first read the
+\emph on
+User Guide
+\emph default
+ where it describes how to insert citations.
+ The basic mechanism for inserting BibTeX references is the same.
+ Then, at the very end of your document, select
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+List
+\family default
+ /
+\family sans
+TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+BibTeX Reference
+\family default
+.
+ In the resulting dialog, fill out the dialog boxes as follows:
+\layout Description
+
+Database: enter the name of your
+\family typewriter
+.bib
+\family default
+ file
+\emph on
+without
+\emph default
+ the
+\family typewriter
+.bib
+\family default
+ extension.
+ For searching multiple
+\family typewriter
+.bib
+\family default
+ files, just enter them in the desired order, separated by commas.
+
+\layout Description
+
+Style: enter the name of your BibTeX style file *without* the
+\family typewriter
+.bst
+\family default
+ extension.
+ The default style is
+\family typewriter
+plain
+\family default
+ (which should be included in your LaTeX distribution, so you don't have
+ to worry about creating it).
+\layout Standard
+
+For each citation, assuming that the source is in the
+\family typewriter
+.bib
+\family default
+ file, just call
+\family sans
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+C
+\bar default
+itation Reference
+\family default
+ at the correct location in the text, and enter the appropriate reference
+ key.
+ Nothing else is required; when invoking
+\family sans
+\bar under
+V
+\bar default
+iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+VI
+\family default
+, for example, you should see that BibTex and LaTeX are invoked as needed,
+ including multiple invocations of LaTeX.
+
+\layout Section
+
+Making an Index
+\layout Standard
+
+A good index is one of the hardest things to make in a lengthy document,
+ but LyX helps make things a bit simpler by interfacing to the
+\family typewriter
+makeindex
+\family default
+ program which is found in most recent LaTeX distributions.
+ Inserting an index and marking words to include in it works much the same
+ way as preparing a bibliography as mentioned in the last section.
+\layout Standard
+
+First, go to the end of your file and select
+\family sans
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+List
+\family default
+\SpecialChar ~
+/\SpecialChar ~
+
+\family sans
+T
+\bar under
+O
+\bar default
+C\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+ndex
+\family default
+\SpecialChar ~
+
+\family sans
+List
+\family default
+.
+ Then, for each word you would like to include in the index, go to the end
+ of that word and click on
+\family sans
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+ndex
+\family default
+\SpecialChar ~
+
+\family sans
+Entry
+\family default
+.
+ This will insert a tag showing the word as it will appear in the index.
+ That's all there is to it; LyX will automatically call
+\family typewriter
+makeindex
+\family default
+ for you and create the index itself.
+ The text in the dialog available from right-clicking on the index button
+ accepts LaTeX, so you'll need to be careful to avoid using any special
+ characters.
+ On the positive side, you can use the advanced options - have a look at
+ the documentation which comes with your LaTeX distribution to find out
+ how to do things like
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+nested entries
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+, etc.
+\layout Standard
+
+Be careful not to put spaces between the word in the text and the index
+ marker; apparently the wrong page number can be produced if this happens.
+\layout Section
+
+Multipart Documents
+\layout Subsection
+
+General Operation
+\layout Standard
+
+When you are working on a large file with many sections, it is often convenient
+ to break up the document into several files, or perhaps you have something
+ where a table may change from time to time, but the preceding text does
+ not.
+ In these cases, you should seriously consider using multipart documents.
+ For example, scientific papers often have five major sections: the introduction
+, observations, results, discussion, and conclusion.
+ Each of these could be its own separate LyX file, with one
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+master
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ file which contains the title, authors, abstract, references, etc., plus
+ the five included files.
+ It is important to note that each of these files is a full LyX file which
+ can be formatted and printed on its own, as well as included in a master
+ file.
+ Each of these files must have the same document class, however--- don't
+ attempt to mix book classes with article classes.
+ You may also include LaTeX files; however, these files must not have their
+ own preamble
+\emph on
+(i.e.
+
+\emph default
+ everything up to and including the
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{document}
+\family default
+ line as well as the
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+end{document}
+\family default
+ line must be deleted) or else errors will be generated when you try to
+ make a DVI file.
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX allows you to include files quite easily with
+\family sans
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+ChiI
+\bar under
+d
+\bar default
+\SpecialChar ~
+Document
+\family default
+.
+ When you click on this selection a small box is inserted into the file
+ at the current cursor location.
+ Clicking on the box raises a dialog which allows you to select the file
+ to be included, and the method of its inclusion.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+The file selection box should by now be obvious.
+ The three inclusion methods are
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+include
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+input
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+, and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+verbatim
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ The difference between
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+include
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+input
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ is really only meaningful to LaTeXperts, but the practical difference is
+ that files which are
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+included
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ are typeset beginning on a new page, while files which are
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+inputted
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ are typeset starting on the current page.
+ Perhaps the labeling in LyX will be changed someday to reflect this.
+\layout Standard
+
+Generally, the master file is converted into a full LaTeX file before typesettin
+g, while the included files are converted to LaTeX files which do not have
+ all the preamble information.
+ Checking the
+\family sans
+Don't
+\family default
+\SpecialChar ~
+
+\family sans
+typeset
+\family default
+ button prevents this conversion.
+\layout Standard
+
+A
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+verbatim
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ included file allows you to include a file typeset exactly as it appears
+ in the file, i.e.\SpecialChar ~
+verbatim mode, with the characters set in a fixed-width
+ typewriter font.
+ Normally, spaces in this file are invisible, though two consecutive spaces
+ are conserved, unlike LyX's normal treatment of spaces.
+ However, setting the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+M
+\bar default
+ark\SpecialChar ~
+spaces\SpecialChar ~
+in\SpecialChar ~
+output
+\family default
+ checkbox typesets a mark to unambiguously define the presence of a space.
+
+\emph on
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+Cross-References Between Files
+\layout Standard
+
+It is possible to set up cross-references between the different files.
+ First, open all the files in question: let's call them A and B in a two
+ file example, where B is included in A.
+ Let's say you insert a label in A, then want to reference it in B.
+ Open the cross-reference dialog in whilst in document B, and you can select
+ the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+buffer
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ to use.
+\layout Section
+
+Algorithms
+\layout Standard
+
+The package
+\family sans
+algorithm
+\family default
+ is needed by LyX to be able to output algorithm floats.
+ These are useful in placing short algorithms across page breaks and support
+ an index of algorithms too.
+\layout Section
+
+Subfigures
+\layout Standard
+
+The package
+\family sans
+ subfigure
+\family default
+is used by LyX when you select ``subfigure'' in the graphics dialog and
+ enter the subfigure caption.
+ Several figures marked in this way can be packed into a single float with
+ individual sub-captions.
+\layout Section
+
+Fancy Headers and Footers
+\layout Standard
+
+The default page layout is rather plain; for an article document class,
+ all you get is a centered page number at the bottom of the page.
+ This document is the book class, so it appears to be a bit fancier, but
+ to really put on a show, you need to set the document page style to
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+fancy
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+, as mentioned in the
+\family sans
+User\SpecialChar ~
+Guide
+\family default
+.
+ This section describes the LaTeX codes you need to insert in your LaTeX
+ preamble or the text in order to get the desired effects.
+\layout Standard
+
+The page header is divided into three fields, not surprisingly labeled
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+left
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+center
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+, and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+right
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ The footer is also divided into these three fields.
+ The LaTeX commands to set these fields in the simplest manner are
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+lhead
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+chead
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+rhead
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+lfoot
+\family default
+, etc.
+ Suppose you wish to put your name in the upper left hand corner of each
+ page.
+ Simply insert the following command in the preamble:
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+lhead{John Q.
+ DocWriter}
+\layout Standard
+
+You will now see your name in the upper left.
+ If a field has a default entry that you would like to get rid of (often
+ the page number appears in the central footer, simply include a command
+ with a blank argument, e.g.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+cfoot{}
+\layout Standard
+
+Let's get really fancy: lets put the section number with the word
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Section
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ (e.g.
+ Section 3) in the upper left, the page number (e.g.
+ Page 4) in the upper right, your name in the lower left, and the date in
+ the lower right.
+ The following commands should now appear in the preamble:
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+lhead{Section
+\backslash
+thesection}
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+chead{}
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+rhead{Page
+\backslash
+thepage}
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+lfoot{John Q.
+ DocWriter}
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+cfoot{}
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+rfoot{
+\backslash
+today}
+\layout Standard
+
+The codes
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+thesection
+\family default
+ and
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+thepage
+\family default
+ access LaTeX's section and page counters, and so print out the current
+ section and page numbers.
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+today
+\family default
+ simply prints out today's date.
+\layout Standard
+
+The thicknesses of the horizontal rules drawn beneath the header and above
+ the footer can also be modified.
+ If you don't want one of the headers, set its thickness to 0.
+ The header rule has a default thickness of 0.4pt, the footer rule is 0pt.
+ Use the commands, e.g.
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+headrulewidth}{0.4pt}
+\family default
+ and
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+footrulewidth}{0.4pt}
+\family default
+ to set the thicknesses.
+\layout Standard
+
+You can switch the header/footer settings on and off for individual pages
+ using commands like
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+thispagestyle{empty}
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+thispagestyle{plain}
+\family default
+, and
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+thispagestyle{fancy}
+\family default
+.
+ Simply insert them in the text on the page you want changed and mark them
+ as TeX code.
+ In fact, title pages are marked as plain by default, while following pages
+ are marked fancy when using the global fancy setting.
+\layout Standard
+
+There are more complex commands which will let you insert things in the
+ upper left on odd numbered pages, etc., but I will refer you to the
+\family typewriter
+fancyhdr
+\family default
+ package documentation for more descriptions.
+ For example, if you have a teTeX installation, look for
+\family typewriter
+/usr/share/texmf/doc/latex/fancyhdr/\SpecialChar \-
+fancyhdr.dvi
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+As a final example, it is possible to include an Encapsulated PostScript®
+ file in the header or footer.
+ Suppose you want to put a company logo in the upper lefthand corner.
+ You might try something like
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+lhead{
+\backslash
+resizebox{1in}{!}{
+\backslash
+includegraphics{logo.eps}}}
+\layout Standard
+\noindent
+(you may need to preface this with
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+usepackage{graphics}
+\family default
+ if you don't include EPS files elsewhere in your document).
+\layout Section
+
+Minipages
+\layout Standard
+
+LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
+ called minipages.
+ Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.\SpecialChar ~
+apply.
+ LyX also provides some of the minipage capability.
+\layout Standard
+
+Minipages in LyX have their own collapsable box; insert one via
+\family sans
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Mini
+\bar under
+p
+\bar default
+age
+\family default
+.
+ Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the minipage's width and
+ alignment within the page.
+ Warning: if the minipage is too long to fit on a page, it is truncated,
+ not wrapped onto the next page.
+\layout Standard
+
+If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
+\family sans
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+pecial\SpecialChar ~
+Character
+\family default
+ to insert a special instruction known in the LaTeX world as an
+\family typewriter
+hfill
+\family default
+ to put a maximum amount of space between them; it forces one minipage to
+ the left edge, the other to the right edge.
+ The examples below show the difference.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Minipage
+position 0
+inner_position 0
+height "0pt"
+width "1.5in"
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+This is a minipage which does not use hfill.
+ This is the second sentence of a minipage which does not use hfill.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Minipage
+position 0
+inner_position 0
+height "0pt"
+width "1.5in"
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+This is a second minipage which does not use hfill.
+ This is the second sentence of a second minipage which does not use hfill.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_top medskip \added_space_bottom medskip
+Here is some normal text to separate the two examples.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Minipage
+position 0
+inner_position 0
+height "0pt"
+width "1.5in"
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+This is a minipage which does use hfill.
+ This is the second sentence of a minipage which does use hfill.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\hfill
+
+\begin_inset Minipage
+position 0
+inner_position 0
+height "0pt"
+width "1.5in"
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+This is a second minipage which does use hfill.
+ This is the second sentence of a second minipage which does use hfill.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Section
+
+Wrapping Text Around Figures
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:floatflt}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Wrap figure
+placement r
+width "6cm"
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename mobius.eps
+ display color
+ width 40col%
+ rotateOrigin center
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Caption
+
+This is a wrapped figure, and this is the brilliant caption that describes
+ it
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+A very frequently asked question is whether text can be made to
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+wrap
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ around figures so that a figure occupies some fraction of the column width
+ and text fills the rest.
+ If you have the LaTeX package
+\family typewriter
+floatflt
+\family default
+ installed (you can find out about it in the
+\emph on
+LaTeX Configuration
+\emph default
+ manual) you can do this.
+\layout Standard
+
+At the right is a figure of a mobius strip---you should have already seen
+ this in the
+\emph on
+User's Guide
+\emph default
+.
+ To wrap the text like this insert a wrap box via
+\family sans
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Flo
+\bar under
+a
+\bar default
+ts\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Floatflt Figure
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Note: this package is very fragile! For example, having a figure too close
+ to the bottom of the page will mess things up, as will having two figures
+ close together.
+ Use this package sparingly and do read the documentation that came with
+ it (which will also tell you how to wrap text around tables).
+\layout Section
+
+Extra Table Options
+\layout Standard
+
+While the standard table layout will suffice in 99% of all tables you generate,
+ occasionally you will run into one which requires a bit of extra tweaking.
+ The table dialog which appears on a right-click of a table allows these
+ tweaks to be made.
+ It will give you access to some extra column alignment parameters.
+ A little bit of LaTeX background is useful here: when you set up a table
+ in LaTeX, each column is given an alignment type.
+ For example, you would give it
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+l
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+c
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+, or
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+r
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ for left-aligned, centered, and right-aligned columns respectively (which
+ appear as the left/center/right radio buttons in LyX).
+ A fourth type is
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+p
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+, which will make a column of a specified width (the width box in LyX),
+ and will wrap text within that box.
+ A fifth type is
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+|
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ (vertical bar) which rather than making a column will make a vertical rule
+ at that point; this manifests itself in LyX as the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+borders
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ buttons.
+ Finally, there is a type
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+@
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+, which allows you to use whatever is enclosed in the accompanying braces
+ as the column separator, including a null argument.
+ The reasons for doing this may not be obvious, but they can be very powerful.
+ They are best demonstrated by example.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Removing Extra Column Space
+\layout Standard
+
+Here is a standard table:
+\layout Standard
+\align center
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="2">
+<features>
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Type
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Example
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Rock
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Granite
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Mineral
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Quartz
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Notice that the horizontal rule extends a bit past the text on both sides.
+ If you wanted the line to end even with the text, we can put a null separator
+ on the ends to get rid of the bit of extra space LaTeX adds by default.
+ Here is the example:
+\layout Standard
+\align center
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="2">
+<features>
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt" special="@{} l">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt" special="l @{}">
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Type
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Example
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Rock
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Granite
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Mineral
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Quartz
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+In this case, the column specifier for the left column was set to
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+@{} l
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+, while the right column was set to
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+l @{}
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+, in order to put the null characters on the edges.
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+Changing the Column Separator Character
+\layout Standard
+
+Now suppose you really wanted, for reasons that are completely opaque, to
+ use
+\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{\pi}$
+\end_inset
+
+ with some space around it for the column separator.
+ Simply turn off the vertical border, then set the right column specifier
+ to
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+@{~$
+\backslash
+sqrt{
+\backslash
+pi}$~} l
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ You could now make a table like this:
+\layout Standard
+\align center
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="2">
+<features>
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0in" special="@{~$\sqrt{\pi}$~}l">
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Type
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Example
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Rock
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Granite
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Mineral
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Quartz
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+Making a Decimal Point Aligned Column
+\layout Standard
+
+Okay, that last example was very silly, but here is one that is not.
+ Suppose you want to make a table that has a column which is aligned on
+ a decimal point.
+ A standard LaTeX trick to do this is to set the whole number part in a
+ right-aligned column, use a decimal point for the column separator, then
+ set the fractional part as a left-aligned column.
+ A variation on this is to include the decimal point explicitly with the
+ whole part, then use just a null separator in between.
+ The latter variation is demonstrated here:
+\layout Standard
+\align center
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt" special="@{} l">
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Expression
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Value
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\pi$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+3.
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+1416
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\pi^{\pi}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+36.
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+462
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+
+\begin_inset Formula $(\pi^{\pi})^{\pi}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+80663.
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\pi^{\pi^{\pi}}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+1.
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+3402
+\begin_inset Formula $\times10^{18}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Though it appears a bit funny in LyX, on paper it will produce what appears
+ to be a 2-column table in which the right column is aligned on the decimal
+ point and the header appears to be centered over it.
+\layout Standard
+
+Perhaps it is best if I described just what I did: first, create a 3
+\begin_inset Formula $\times$
+\end_inset
+
+3 table and remove all the borders.
+ Then re-add a bottom border to the top row, and a right border to the first
+ column.
+ Type in the values for the first column and set its alignment to
+\family sans
+center
+\family default
+.
+ Type in the
+\family typewriter
+3.
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+36.
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+80663.
+\family default
+, and
+\family typewriter
+1.
+
+\family default
+ and set that column's alignment to
+\family sans
+right
+\family default
+.
+ Type in the
+\family typewriter
+1416
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+462
+\family default
+, and
+\family typewriter
+3402
+\begin_inset Formula $\times10^{18}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ and set the extra column alignment to
+\family typewriter
+@{} l
+\family default
+.
+ Finally type in the word
+\family typewriter
+Value
+\family default
+ in the middle column, highlight it and the blank entry to its right, and
+ check the
+\family sans
+Special Cell
+\family default
+ entry
+\family sans
+multicolumn
+\family default
+.
+ Easy, right?
+\layout Subsection
+
+A Better Decimal-Alignment Solution
+\layout Standard
+
+An alternative way to have decimal alignment in tables is through the
+\family typewriter
+dcolumn
+\family default
+ package.
+ Add the following to the LateX preamble:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+usepackage{dcolumn}
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+newcolumntype{d}[1]{D{.}{.}{#1}}
+\layout Standard
+
+To have a column decimally aligned, enter in the
+\family sans
+Special Column Alignment
+\family default
+ box of the
+\family sans
+Table
+\family default
+ dialog the following:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+d{number of decimals of the data}
+\layout Standard
+
+To create extra column space just increase the number of decimals in
+\family typewriter
+d{}
+\family default
+.
+ Setting the multicolumn attribute for a single cell makes it insensitive
+ to the decimal alignment which comes in handy as well.
+ A drawback of this method is that math mode is not allowed in a column
+ with decimal alignment except if the multicolumn attribute is set.
+\layout Standard
+
+This method offers the same flexibility as the
+\family typewriter
+dcolumn
+\family default
+ package.
+ One could, for example, change the alignment separator, and have different
+ alignment separators for different columns by defining multiple column
+ types in the preamble.
+ The syntax is as follows:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+D{inputsep}{outputsep}{decimal places}
+\layout Standard
+
+The interested reader is directed towards the
+\family typewriter
+dcolumn
+\family default
+ package documentation for more details.
+\layout Section
+
+Itemize Bullet Selection
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:bullet}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+by
+\noun on
+ Allan Rae
+\layout Subsection
+
+Introduction
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX provides 216 bullet shapes that can be accessed from a simple dialog.
+ Using this dialog you can easily specify what bullet shape to use at each
+ level of an itemized list.
+ These settings are document-wide so you won't be able to specify different
+ sets of bullets for different paragraphs
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Well, actually you can but you'll have to do it by hand.
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Subsection
+
+How it looks
+\layout Standard
+
+Open the dialog by selecting the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+ettings
+\family default
+ menu item and then select the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+ullets
+\family default
+ tab.
+\layout Standard
+
+The dialog provides you with a table of bullet shapes.
+ A column of buttons on the left of the table provides access to the six
+ different panels of bullet shapes.
+ The row of buttons across the top is used to select which bullet depth
+ you are changing.
+ A text entry under the table shows the currently selected bullet shape's
+ LaTeX equivalent and this can be edited if desired.
+ If you do modify the text you will also need to specify any needed packages
+ in the LaTeX preamble.
+\layout Standard
+
+The six panels are divided up by the packages they require.
+ The following table shows the mappings from button name to LaTeX packages.
+\layout Standard
+\align center
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="7" columns="2">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Button
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Packages Required
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Standard
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+base LaTeX
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Maths
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+amssymb.sty
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Ding1
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+pifont.sty
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Ding2
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+pifont.sty
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Ding3
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+pifont.sty
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Ding4
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+pifont.sty
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX doesn't stop you using bullets from packages you don't have.
+ If you get errors from LaTeX when you try to view or print the file then
+ its likely you are missing a package.
+ LyX doesn't restrict your use since you may be editing locally and exporting
+ elsewhere.
+\layout Subsection
+
+How to use it
+\layout Standard
+
+Select which bullet depth you want to change then select the bullet shape
+ and size.
+
+\family sans
+
+\family default
+Any changes will not be visible in LyX, but are visible when viewing the
+ document using xdvi or ghostview.
+\layout Standard
+
+You can reset a bullet shape to the default simply by clicking your right
+ mouse button on the appropriate bullet depth button.
+\layout Standard
+
+If you
+\emph on
+really
+\emph default
+ want to have multiple sets of paragraphs with different sets of bullets
+ in each then you're going to have to get your hands dirty.
+ The itemize bullet selection dialog can help though because it provides
+ you with the LaTeX code for a wide range of bullet shapes.
+ To make your own custom paragraphs you have the following options:
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+let
+\backslash
+savelabelitemi=
+\backslash
+labelitemi
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand
+\backslash
+labelitemi[0]{
+\backslash
+small
+\backslash
+(
+\backslash
+sharp
+\backslash
+)}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+Use the LaTeX command
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand{}{}
+\family default
+ to specify a new bullet shape for a given depth.
+ You'll also need to save the current bullet shape so you can restore it
+ again afterwards.
+ In this itemized list the following LaTeX code was used to change the bullet
+ used for the first depth.
+\newline
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+let
+\backslash
+savelabelitemi=
+\backslash
+labelitemi
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand
+\backslash
+labelitemi[0]{
+\backslash
+small
+\backslash
+(
+\backslash
+sharp
+\backslash
+)}
+\newline
+
+\family default
+Note that the itemize depth is specified in Roman numerals as part of the
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+labelitem
+\family default
+ command.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+[
+\backslash
+(
+\backslash
+star
+\backslash
+)]
+\end_inset
+
+ Specify each individual entry by starting each item with the bullet shape
+ enclosed in square brackets and set as TeX.
+ For example, this item was started with
+\family typewriter
+[
+\backslash
+(
+\backslash
+star
+\backslash
+)]
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand
+\backslash
+labelitemi[0]{
+\backslash
+savelabelitemi}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+You'll also need to revert the labelitem back to its previous setting for
+ the global bullet shape settings to remain in effect.
+ The way used here was:
+\newline
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand
+\backslash
+labelitemi[0]{
+\backslash
+savelabelitemi}
+\layout Chapter
+
+Special Document Classes
+\layout Section
+
+AMS LaTeX
+\layout Standard
+
+by
+\noun on
+David Johnson
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_top bigskip \noindent
+The AMS LaTeX layouts are set up to conform to suggested styles for mathematical
+ papers to be submitted to American Mathematical Society publications.
+ The layouts are not tailored to a specific journal, but easily can be.
+ You should refer to the AMS documentation for specific instructions for
+ each journal (usually it will entail only changing a single line in the
+ TeX output).
+ That documentation is available on the Web at
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.ams.org}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ or by ftp at
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ftp.ams.org/pub/tex/amslatex/}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.These layouts are appropriate, and useful, for any mathematical writing.
+ There are currently 4 distinct AMS LaTeX layouts:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+amsart: The standard AMS-article format.
+ All results and similar statements are numbered as
+\begin_inset Formula $(n.m)$
+\end_inset
+
+, where the first number refers to the section, and the second refers to
+ the total number of results (Theorems, Corollaries, Propositions, Definitions
+ and Remarks, etc.) in that section.
+ There are also many (but not all) environments available unnumbered, which
+ is occasionally needed.
+ Unnumbered environments indicated by an asterisk at the end.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+amsart-seq: Here, numbering for each type of statement is in its own sequence,
+ with no reference to the section number.
+ There are also many (but not all) environments available unnumbered, which
+ is occasionally needed.
+ Unnumbered environments indicated by an asterisk at the end.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+amsart-plain: This one is even more terse, since all the environments are
+ unnumbered.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+amsbook: the standard AMS book (really, monograph) format.
+ Numbering is similar to the amsart layout, except that all numbering is
+ by
+\begin_inset Formula $(n.m.p)$
+\end_inset
+
+, where the first number refers to the chapter, the second to the section,
+ and the third is the number of the results (Theorems, Corollaries, Propositions
+, Definitions and Remarks, etc.) in that section.
+ There are also many (but not all) environments available unnumbered, which
+ is occasionally needed.
+ Unnumbered environments indicated by an asterisk at the end.
+\layout Standard
+
+Any AMS LyX file can be converted to either of the numbering schemes by
+ simply changing the document class in the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+ettings
+\family default
+ dialog.
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+What these layouts provide
+\layout Standard
+
+There is a long list of included environments provided by these layouts.
+ Most mathematical papers or books will set as special statements most of
+ these environments, in AMS-LaTeX there is an opportunity to define an unlimited
+ variety of such declarations.
+ However, the AMS recommends the environments that are available in LyX.
+ The list of environments (not counting the standard environments such as
+
+\family sans
+sections, bibliography, title, author, date
+\family default
+), is:
+\layout Description
+
+Theorem This is typically used for the statements of major results.
+ The word
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+Theorem
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ appears in bold type, along with an automatically-determined number (an
+ unnumbered version,
+\family sans
+Theorem*
+\family default
+, is also available).
+ The text is italicized.
+\layout Description
+
+Corollary This is used for statements which follow fairly directly from
+ previous statements.
+ Again, these can be major results.
+ Unnumbered version
+\family sans
+Corollary*
+\family default
+ is available.
+\layout Description
+
+Lemma These are smaller results needed to prove other statements.
+\layout Description
+
+Proposition These are less major results which (hopefully) add to the general
+ theory being discussed.
+\layout Description
+
+Conjecture These are statements provided without justification, which the
+ author does not know how to prove, but which seem to be true (to the author,
+ at least).
+\layout Description
+
+Criterion A required condition.
+\layout Description
+
+Algorithm A general procedure to be used.
+\layout Description
+
+Axiom This is a property or statement taken as true within the system being
+ discussed.
+\layout Description
+
+Definition Guess what this is for.
+ The font, both on-screen and in the output, is different for this environment
+ than for the previous ones.
+ The heading (
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+definition
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+) is still set in boldface, along with the number, if any, but the rest
+ is set upright.
+\layout Description
+
+Example Typeset similarly to Definition.
+\layout Description
+
+Condition
+\layout Description
+
+Problem
+\layout Description
+
+Exercise
+\layout Description
+
+Remark This environment is also a new type of theorem.
+ This is set with the word Remark in italics, and the rest upright.
+\layout Description
+
+Note Set similarly to the Remark environment.
+\layout Description
+
+Notation
+\layout Description
+
+Claim
+\layout Description
+
+Summary
+\layout Description
+
+Acknowledgement
+\layout Description
+
+Case Generally, these are used to break up long arguments, using specific
+ instances of some condition.
+ The numbering scheme for cases is on its own, not together with other numbered
+ statements.
+
+\layout Description
+
+Conclusion
+\layout Description
+
+Fact
+\layout Description
+
+Proof The word
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\shape italic
+Proof
+\shape default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ is set in italics, but the rest is set upright.
+ At the end of this environment (other environments can be nested within
+ this one, of course) a QED symbol (usually a square, but it can vary with
+ different styles) is placed.
+\layout Description
+
+Address This should be the author's permanent address.
+\layout Description
+
+Current\SpecialChar ~
+Address This should be the author's temporary address at the time
+ of submission, if different from the Address.
+\layout Description
+
+Email Author's e-mail address
+\layout Description
+
+URL Author's Web address, if desired.
+\layout Description
+
+Keywords Key words or phrases used to identify specific topics discussed
+ in the paper.
+\layout Description
+
+Subjectclass These refer to the AMS Subject Classifications, published and
+ described in
+\emph on
+Mathematical Reviews
+\emph default
+.
+ These are also available online at the AMS cites listed above.
+\layout Description
+
+Thanks
+\layout Description
+
+Dedicatory
+\layout Description
+
+Translator
+\layout Standard
+
+In addition, these environments automatically provide the AMS LaTeX and
+ AMS fonts packages.
+ They need to be available on your system in order to use these environments.
+\layout Section
+
+Dinbrief
+\layout Standard
+
+The document class
+\family sans
+dinbrief
+\family default
+ can be used to type letters according to German conventions.
+ A template file is included in
+\family typewriter
+.../lyx/share/templates
+\family default
+ for you to use as a starting point.
+\layout Section
+
+Paper
+\layout Standard
+
+The document class
+\family sans
+paper
+\family default
+ provides an alternative to the standard
+\family sans
+article
+\family default
+ class.
+ It provides similar functionality, but you might prefer this layout with
+ sans serif sections, headings, and more.
+\layout Section
+
+A&A Paper
+\layout Standard
+
+by
+\noun on
+Peter Sütterlin
+\layout Subsection
+
+Introduction
+\layout Standard
+
+This section describes how LyX can be used to write articles for submission
+ to the scientific journal
+\emph on
+Astronomy and Astrophysics
+\emph default
+ (
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url[www.edpsciences.fr/aa/]{http://www.edpsciences.fr/aa/}
+
+\end_inset
+
+)
+\emph on
+
+\emph default
+using
+\emph on
+
+\emph default
+Version 5.01 of the document class
+\family typewriter
+aa.cls
+\family default
+.
+ This package can be downloaded from the ftp site
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_top medskip \added_space_bottom medskip \align center
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ftp.edpsciences.org/pub/aa/readme.html}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+A manual comes together with that package, and this text is not meant to
+ replace the original manual but merely a short guide how to realize the
+ correct form of your paper.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Please note that the publisher of the journal was changed from Springer
+ to EDP Sciences starting January 1, 2001.
+ That change implicated also some slight changes of the style files, namely
+ the removal of the thesaurus command.
+ The LyX class aa supports the newest version of these style files, V 5.01.
+ If you have an older version installed, please upgrade.
+ For compatibility, the old (version 4) layout has been kept as
+\family sans
+article (A&A V4)
+\family default
+.
+ Please refer to the comments in
+\family typewriter
+LyXDir/layouts/aapaper.layout
+\family default
+.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Getting started
+\layout Standard
+
+It is recommended you start from the example template distributed with LyX.
+ If you are not using a template, note the following settings:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Select
+\family sans
+article (A&A)
+\family default
+ in the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+ettings
+\family default
+ dialog (OK, that one was obvious).
+\layout Itemize
+
+Don't change the option
+\family sans
+Page\SpecialChar ~
+style
+\family default
+: Leave it set to
+\family sans
+default
+\family default
+.
+ The whole layout is done by the macros, you shouldn't change anything.
+\layout Subsection
+
+The header block
+\layout Standard
+
+First thing to enter is the header information.
+ It consists of seven entries, of which some are optional.
+ They are
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Title
+\family default
+: [required]
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Subtitle
+\family default
+: [optional]
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Author
+\family default
+: [required]
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Address
+\family default
+: [required]
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Offprints
+\family default
+: [optional] if more than one author: whom to contact for offprint requests.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Mail
+\family default
+: [optional] mail address for contacts.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Date
+\family default
+: [required].
+ Suggested format is
+\family typewriter
+Received: <date>; Accepted <date>
+\layout Standard
+
+There is no need to issue the
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+maketitle
+\family default
+ command, this is done automatically by LyX when the header is finished.
+ Although the order of the single header entries doesn't matter it is advised
+ to keep the above sequence, just to get the best optics and meets the layout
+ of the real document.
+\layout Standard
+
+If you want to place footnotes in the header block, e.g.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+
+\end_inset
+
+to state your present address, just use the standard footnote via
+\family sans
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ootnote.
+
+\family default
+LyX will automagically use the term
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+thanks{}
+\family default
+ in that case.
+\layout Standard
+
+In addition to these topics, the macros use three additional LaTeX commands
+ that have no counterpart in LyX:
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+and
+\family default
+ to separate different names for more than one author and institute, respectivel
+y.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+inst{<nr>}
+\family default
+to mark corresponding author/institute pairs.
+ The institutes are numbered sequentially as they appear in the
+\family sans
+Address
+\family default
+ field, so you have to put a marker to each author.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+email{address}
+\family default
+ to supply an email address for fast contact.
+\layout Standard
+
+In all cases, the appropriate command has to be entered in LyX an marked
+ as LaTeX code.
+ See the examples.
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+The abstract
+\layout Standard
+
+The abstract should immediately follow the header block.
+ With version 5 the abstract environment was changed to a command, and there
+ is now a resctriction to only one paragraph.
+ In addition, it should contain an entry with the keywords.
+ This is not yet implemented for LyX, therefore you have to enter the LaTeX
+ command
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+keywords{}
+\family default
+ by hand and mark it as LaTeX code.
+ Refer to the example paper.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Supported environments
+\layout Standard
+
+The A&A paper layout supports the following environments for structuring
+ your text:
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Standard
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Section
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Subsection
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Subsubsection
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Description
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Caption
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Acknowledgment
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+LaTeX
+\layout Subsection
+
+Commands not supported by LyX
+\layout Standard
+
+Some commands are not yet supported by the
+\family sans
+paper (A&A)
+\family default
+ layout for LyX.
+ Some have already been mentioned.
+ For the sake of completeness, they are listed all together here:
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+and
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+email
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+appendix
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+authorrunning
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+inst{}
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+keywords{}
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+object{}
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+titlerunning{}
+\layout Standard
+
+If you want to use any of these commands, you have to enter them yourself.
+
+\series bold
+Do not forget to mark them as LaTeX code!
+\layout Subsection
+
+Figure and Table Floats
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX provides support for the necessary float environments
+\family sans
+figure, figure*, table
+\family default
+and
+\family sans
+table*
+\family default
+, therefore we won't tell much about it here.
+ Refer to the
+\emph on
+User's\SpecialChar ~
+Guide
+\emph default
+.
+ Just remember that tables should be left-aligned.
+ For that, select the table and change the alignment in
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+aragraph\SpecialChar ~
+Settings.
+\layout Standard
+
+There is
+\family sans
+
+\family default
+only one special thing: the figures with caption besides the figure.
+ To create such a figure, you have to do the following:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Create a wide figure float:
+\family sans
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Flo
+\bar under
+a
+\bar default
+t\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Figure
+\family default
+, then right click in the figure and select
+\family sans
+
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+pan\SpecialChar ~
+columns
+\family default
+.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Enter your caption text.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Press
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ to move the cursor above the caption.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Insert your figure
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Position the cursor behind the figure and insert a horizontal fill:
+\family sans
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+pecial\SpecialChar ~
+Character
+\bar under
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+H
+\bar default
+orizontal\SpecialChar ~
+Fill
+\family default
+.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Switch to LaTeX mode:
+\family sans
+M-c\SpecialChar ~
+t
+\family default
+.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Enter
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+parbox[b]{55mm}{
+\family default
+.
+
+\series bold
+Do not close the brace!
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Position the cursor behind the caption text, switch to LaTeX mode and insert
+ the closing brace:
+\family sans
+M-c\SpecialChar ~
+t
+\family typewriter
+}
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Also, refer to the figures in the example paper.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Referee layout
+\layout Standard
+
+For submission, the paper has to be formated in a special double-spacing
+ layout.
+ For this purpose, you have to give the option
+\family typewriter
+referee
+\family default
+ to the documentclass.
+ This must be done using the extra class options field in the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+ettings
+\family default
+ dialog.
+ Just enter the string
+\family typewriter
+referee
+\family default
+ there.
+\layout Subsection
+
+The example paper
+\layout Standard
+
+The
+\family sans
+Examples
+\family default
+ directory contains an example paper written with LyX.
+ It is the example paper from the original macro package, translated to
+ LyX.
+ Use it for inspiration, and compare the original LaTeX code with LyX way
+ of writing.
+\layout Section
+
+AASTeX
+\layout Standard
+
+by
+\noun on
+Mike Ressler
+\layout Subsection
+
+Introduction
+\layout Standard
+
+AASTeX is a set of macros produced by the American Astronomical Society
+ to facilitate electronic manuscript submission to the three journals they
+ publish: the Astrophysical Journal (including the Letters and Supplement),
+ the Astronomical Journal, and the Publications of the Astronomical Society
+ of the Pacific.
+ LyX requires version 5.0 (or higher) of these macros.
+ Versions prior to 5.0 are intended for use with LaTeX2.09 and are fundamentally
+ incompatible with LyX.
+ The AASTeX package may be downloaded from the AAS's ftp site
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_top medskip \added_space_bottom medskip \align center
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ftp.aas.org/pubs}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+A complete user guide is contained in that package and you should familiarize
+ yourself with it thoroughly before embarking on writing a paper in LyX.
+ LyX will not reduce the need to figure out all the AASTeX commands, it
+ will only reduce the drudgery of typing everything in.
+ It is your responsibility to ensure that the final exported LaTeX document
+ conforms completely to the requirements of the journal to which you are
+ submitting your paper.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Starting a New Paper
+\layout Standard
+
+I strongly suggest that you start with the AASTeX template file.
+ Click on
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+New from
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+emplate
+\family default
+, enter the new file name, then choose the
+\family typewriter
+aastex.lyx
+\family default
+ template.
+ This will show the most common fields found in a manuscript.
+ Simply overwrite the existing text (including the brackets,
+\family typewriter
+<>
+\family default
+) with the correct information.
+ Many of the AASTeX commands and environments can be implemented directly
+ in LyX, but some cannot: most noticeably
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+altaffilmark
+\family default
+ and
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+altaffiltext
+\family default
+, which should stick out like a sore thumb if you actually just opened the
+ template file.
+ For commands such as these, the LaTeX code must be entered directly and
+ marked as such.
+ Such commands are referred to as ERT, or Evil Red Text.
+ I tried to minimize the amount of ERT needed in an AASTeX document, but
+ there is still more required than any of us would like.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Finishing Your Paper
+\layout Standard
+
+When the paper is finished to your satisfaction and previews/prints correctly,
+ there are a few
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+postprocessing
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ actions which need to be done before you submit it to the journals.
+
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Export your paper as a LaTeX file (
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+xport\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+ateX
+\family default
+).
+
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Edit the resulting
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+ file with your favorite text editor
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+remove the comment lines before the
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+documentclass
+\family default
+ command
+\layout Enumerate
+
+remove the
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+usepackage...{fontenc}
+\family default
+ line if it appears (usually just after
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+documentclass
+\family default
+}; also remove the
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+secnumdepth
+\family default
+ line if it appears.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+remove everything between (and including) the
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+makeatletter
+\family default
+ and
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+makeatother
+\family default
+ commands, except for any commands you specifically put into the LaTeX preamble
+ (which should appear immediately after the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+User specified LaTeX commands
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ comment in the
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+ file).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+search for any
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+figcaption
+\family default
+ commands and replace
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+FileName
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ with the correct, real file name.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+alter any
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+cite
+\family default
+ commands, if necessary (see section\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{cite}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ below).
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Run the resulting file through LaTeX to make sure it still processes correctly.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Reread the journal requirements to make sure your filenames and formats
+ are correct.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Submit it.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Comments On Specific Commands
+\layout Standard
+
+I will not describe the detailed usage of the individual AASTeX commands:
+ the AASTeX User Guide (
+\family typewriter
+aasguide.tex
+\family default
+) gives a good description of each.
+ Thus it's probably easiest for me to go down the list as found in the guide
+ and offer comments where necessary.
+ So let's begin \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Things that work as expected
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+begin{sloppypar}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Because they work as you might expect, I simply list them and the section
+ they are found in:
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+documentclass
+\family default
+ (2.1.1),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{document}
+\family default
+ (2.2),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+title
+\family default
+ (2.3),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+author
+\family default
+ (2.3),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+affil
+\family default
+ (2.3),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+abstract
+\family default
+ (2.4),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+keywords
+\family default
+ (2.5),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+section
+\family default
+ (2.7),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+subsection
+\family default
+ (2.7),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+subsubsection
+\family default
+ (2.7),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+paragraph
+\family default
+ (2.7),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{displaymath}
+\family default
+ (2.11),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{equation}
+\family default
+ (2.11),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{eqnarray}
+\family default
+ (2.11),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{mathletters}
+\family default
+ (2.11),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{thebibliography}
+\family default
+ (2.12.1),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+bibitem
+\family default
+ (2.12.2),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{table}
+\family default
+ (2.14.4),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{tabular}
+\family default
+ (2.14.4),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+caption
+\family default
+ (2.14.4),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+label
+\family default
+ (2.14.4, amongst other places),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+tablerefs
+\family default
+ (2.14.5),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+tablecomments
+\family default
+ (2.14.5),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+url
+\family default
+ (2.15.4),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+end{document}
+\family default
+ (2.16).
+\layout Standard
+
+The following style options also work correctly:
+\family typewriter
+preprint
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+preprint2
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+eqsecnum
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+flushrt
+\family default
+ (3, 3.1, 3.2).
+ Simply put them in
+\family sans
+Extra Options
+\family default
+ box in
+\family sans
+Layout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+end{sloppypar}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Things that work, but require more comment
+\layout Standard
+
+The following items work, but require a little more discussion:
+\layout Itemize
+
+These items are reserved for use by the journal editors, but you can put
+ them into the LaTeX preamble if you feel compelled to do so:
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+received
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+revised
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+accepted
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+ccc
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+cpright
+\family default
+ (all from 2.1.3)
+\layout Itemize
+
+These items may be placed in the LaTeX preamble, and are included as blanks
+ in the template file:
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+slugcomment
+\family default
+ (2.1.4),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+shorttitle
+\family default
+ (2.1.5),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+shortauthors
+\family default
+ (2.1.5)
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+email
+\family default
+ (2.3) -- can only be used
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+standalone
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+, not in the middle of a paragraph.
+ Use ERT if you need to embed it.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+and
+\family default
+ (2.3) -- will have extra {} after it.
+ This should not cause an error.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+notetoeditor
+\family default
+ (2.6) -- can only be used
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+standalone
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+, not in the middle of a paragraph.
+ Use ERT if you need to embed it.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+placetable
+\family default
+ (2.8) -- can't insert a cross-reference tag, you must type the tag name
+ by hand
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+placefigure
+\family default
+ (2.8) -- same as for
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+placetable
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+acknowledgements
+\family default
+ (2.9) -- will have extra {} after it.
+ This should not cause an error.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+appendix
+\family default
+ (2.10) -- will have extra {} after it.
+ This should not cause an error.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+figcaption
+\family default
+ (2.13.2) -- you will have to edit the optional argument by hand in the final
+ LaTeX file.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Things not implemented, use ERT
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+begin{sloppypar}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+altaffilmark
+\family default
+ (2.3),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+altaffiltext
+\family default
+ (2.3),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+eqnum
+\family default
+ (2.11),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+setcounter{equation}
+\family default
+ (2.11),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+citet
+\family default
+ (2.12),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+citep
+\family default
+ (2.12), Journal name abbreviations (2.12.4),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+figurenum
+\family default
+ (2.13.1),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+epsscale
+\family default
+ (2.13.1),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+plotone
+\family default
+ (2.13.1),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+plottwo
+\family default
+ (2.13.1),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+tablenum
+\family default
+ (2.14.4),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+tableline
+\family default
+ (2.14.4, insert it as the first element in the lefthand cell after where
+ you want it.
+ Don't use any of LyX's rules in the table),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+tablenotemark
+\family default
+ (2.14.5),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+tablenotetext
+\family default
+ (2.14.5), most everything in Misc (2.15, except
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+url
+\family default
+ and
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+email
+\family default
+; see above),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+singlespace
+\family default
+ (3.1),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+doublespace
+\family default
+ (3.1),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+onecolumn
+\family default
+ (3.2),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+twocolumn
+\family default
+ (3.2)
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+end{sloppypar}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Things that cannot be implemented
+\layout Standard
+
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+ at least in any meaningful sort of way, so I suggest ignoring them.
+ They are the references environment (2.12.3), and the deluxetable environment
+ (2.14).
+ If you really, really need to use deluxetable, I suggest editing it in
+ a separate file with a text editor, then using
+\family sans
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Chil
+\bar under
+d
+\bar default
+\SpecialChar ~
+Document
+\family default
+ to include it in your LyX document.
+ See the
+\family typewriter
+aas_sample.lyx
+\family default
+ file to see an example of this.
+\layout Subsection
+
+FAQs, Tips, Tricks, and Other Ruminations
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Getting LyX and AASTeX to cooperate
+\layout Standard
+
+It can be a bit tricky to get LyX to recognize a new layout and document
+ class.
+ When all else fails, do this:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Make certain that LaTeX can find AASTeX.
+ Copy sample.tex (and perhaps table.tex) from the AASTeX distribution into
+ a directory completely unrelated to LaTeX or AASTeX and run LaTeX on
+\family typewriter
+sample.tex
+\family default
+.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Make certain that
+\family typewriter
+aastex.layout
+\family default
+ appears in
+\family typewriter
+/usr/.../share/lyx/layouts
+\family default
+ or
+\family typewriter
+~/.lyx/layouts
+\family default
+.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Rerun
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+R
+\bar default
+econfigure
+\family default
+ in LyX, then restart LyX.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Open a regular new file, not from a template.
+ Does AASTeX appear in the class list in
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+ettings
+\family default
+?
+\layout Standard
+
+If you get a warning from an existing AASTeX document about not being able
+ to find the AASTeX layout or a message about
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+You should not mix title layouts with normal ones
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+, things haven't been installed correctly.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+LaTeX error processing a table
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX, by default, attempts to center the table caption/title.
+ This seems to produce a bad interaction in AASTeX so you should click somewhere
+ in the caption/title, then select
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+aragraph\SpecialChar ~
+Settings
+\family default
+, then set the
+\family sans
+Alignment
+\family default
+ to
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+lock
+\family default
+.
+ This took care of it for me.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+References
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{cite}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+A few things: 1) I have noticed some funny spacing in the reference entries
+ in the text.
+ When you enter the bibliography item data, make sure their is
+\emph on
+no
+\emph default
+ space between the last author and the parenthesis setting off the year;
+
+\emph on
+e.g.
+
+\emph default
+type
+\family typewriter
+ Ressler(1992)
+\family default
+, not
+\family typewriter
+Ressler (1992)
+\family default
+.
+ 2) I am really unhappy that I can't make
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+citet
+\family default
+ and
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+citep
+\family default
+ more automatic, but that would require changes to the LyX source code.
+ For now you can do one of two things: a) enter all your citations using
+ the built-in
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Citation Reference
+\family default
+ mechanism; at least you can take advantage of the automatic insertions.
+ Then edit the exported LaTeX file by hand changing the
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+cite
+\family default
+ entries to the appropriate
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+citet
+\family default
+ or
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+citep
+\family default
+ commands before you submit it (
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+cite
+\family default
+ is currently equivalent to
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+citet
+\family default
+, so you wouldn't necessarily have to change those).
+ Or b) you can simply enter all your citations as ERT using the same key
+ for the argument that you used in the bibliography dialog,
+\emph on
+e.g.
+
+\emph default
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+citet{key}
+\family default
+.
+ Neither choice is pleasant, but until LyX's citation mechanism understands
+
+\family typewriter
+natbib
+\family default
+, we'll have to put up with it.
+ 3) Entering the references at all is not obvious.
+ The easiest thing is to start typing your first reference at the end of
+ the document, then mark it as type
+\family sans
+References
+\family default
+.
+ That will put a small gray box in front of what you just typed.
+ Click on the box to fill in the rest of the information.
+ For new references, go to the end of an existing reference and press return.
+ That will create a new line with its own box, etc.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Including EPS files
+\layout Standard
+
+With all due respect to Chris Biemesderfer and the others who have helped
+ to write the AASTeX package, the figure handling mechanism smells really
+ foul.
+ You can insert the
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+plotone
+\family default
+, etc.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+
+\end_inset
+
+commands as ERT into a Figure Float box, but I never have much luck getting
+ the layout right.
+ My advice would be to avoid all EPS inclusions in the manuscript you submit
+ to the journal, but then use the standard LyX EPS file inclusion mechanism
+ when you want to make your nicer looking preprints.
+ LyX will insert a
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+usepackage{graphics}
+\family default
+ command into the LaTeX preamble and handle the figures in the standard
+ LaTeX2e way.
+ Anyone who attempts to print your AASTeX 5.0 manuscript must have a LaTeX2e
+ installation anyway, so why not take advantage of the infinitely better
+ graphics handling mechanism? If they complain about LaTeX2e or the graphics
+ package, point out that it appears in the second edition of Lamport (1994),
+ so it was time to upgrade many years ago.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Things I could have done, but didn't
+\layout Standard
+
+There are a few
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+pretty
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ things I could have implemented, but chose not to.
+ For instance, I saw no point in double-spacing the text in the LyX window,
+ even though it is double-spaced in the paper manuscript.
+ Also, I chose not to make separate layouts for the preprint and preprint2
+ styles.
+ Since I assume you will spend most of your time in the plain manuscript
+ mode anyway, I decided not to chew up more disk space with this.
+ If you feel strongly that I should make such layouts, I will adhere to
+ the spirit of the rules laid out by the Mudgeeraba Creek Emu-Riding and
+ Boomerang-Throwing Association:
+\layout Quotation
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Decisions of the judges will be final unless shouted down by a really overwhelmi
+ng majority of the crowd present.
+ Abusive and obscene language may not be used by contestants when addressing
+ members of the judging panel, or, conversely, by members of the judging
+ panel when addressing contestants (unless struck by a boomerang).
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+Final Caveat
+\layout Standard
+
+To mangle the infamous quote by Donald Knuth about a computer algorithm,
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+I have only proved this to be correct, I have not actually tried it.
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ I believe following the above procedures will produce an acceptable AASTeX
+ document, but as of this update (Jan 25, 2000), I have not yet submitted
+ a paper using it.
+ Hopefully in the next few months \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\layout Section
+
+ijmpd
+\layout Standard
+
+by
+\noun on
+Panayotis Papasotiriou
+\layout Subsection
+
+Overview
+\layout Standard
+
+The ijmpd package is a set of macros that facilitates electronic manuscript
+ submission to the
+\emph on
+International Journal of Modern Physics D
+\emph default
+ published by World Scientific.
+ The name of the document class is
+\family typewriter
+ws-ijmpd.cls
+\family default
+.
+ This file, together with instructions for the authors, can be downloaded
+ from the site
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.worldscinet.com/ijmpd/mkt/guidelines.shtml}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ The ijmpd package is a modified version of the standard
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+article
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ package.
+ Most of its features are supported by LyX.
+ I have recently used LyX successfully to write an article submitted to
+ the
+\emph on
+International Journal of Modern Physics D
+\emph default
+.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Writing a paper
+\layout Standard
+
+As usual, the easiest way to write a paper is to start with a template.
+ Click on
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+New from
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+emplate
+\family default
+, then choose the
+\family typewriter
+ijmpd.lyx
+\family default
+ template.
+ This will give an (almost) empty document that includes the most common
+ fields found in a manuscript.
+ Simply overwrite the existing text (including the brackets,
+\family typewriter
+<>
+\family default
+) with the correct information.
+ You should keep in mind the following remarks.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+LyX won't let you change the font size and the page style of the document,
+ because the ijmpd package does not allow such modifications.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+The ijmpd package requires that the language of the document should not
+ be changed.
+ Before previewing your paper, be sure that the babel package is not used.
+ To do this, click on
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+references
+\family default
+, deselect the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+U
+\bar default
+se babel
+\family default
+ checkbox in the language settings, and click on
+\family sans
+\bar under
+A
+\bar default
+pply
+\family default
+ (or
+\family sans
+Save
+\family default
+, if you wish to make this change permanent).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Two new environments, named
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Theorem
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Proof
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ are available (their use is obvious).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Appendices may be added to the paper.
+ LyX offers a special environment, called
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Appendix
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ which marks the beginning of the appendix.
+ An appendix can contain normal sections, subsections, or subsubsections.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+The ijmpd package implements table captions quite differently than LyX does.
+ As a result, a table created by LyX is printed correctly, but its caption
+ is ignored.
+ If you need table captions, you should implement the whole table float
+ in a
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+ file, then include this file to the LyX document (
+\family sans
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Chil
+\bar under
+d
+\bar default
+\SpecialChar ~
+Document
+\family default
+).
+ Details on how to create an ijmpd table float can be found in the file
+
+\family typewriter
+ws-ijmpd.tex
+\family default
+, which is included in the ijmpd package.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Preparing a paper for submission
+\layout Standard
+
+Before you submit your paper you must export the LyX document as a LaTeX
+ file (
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+xport\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+ateX
+\family default
+), then make the following changes to the resulting
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+ file.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Remove the comment lines before the
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+documentclass
+\family default
+ command.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Remove everything between (and including) the
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+makeatletter
+\family default
+ and
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+makeatother
+\family default
+ commands, except for any commands you specifically put into the LaTeX preamble.
+\layout Standard
+
+The modified
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+ file should be saved and processed through LaTeX as many times as necessary.
+ You may also want to check the resulting
+\family typewriter
+.dvi
+\family default
+ document.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Use of ERT
+\layout Standard
+
+The use of ERT is optional, and is reduced to three commands, which affect
+ the look of the page.
+ If you started writing your paper by using the
+\family typewriter
+ijmpd.lyx
+\family default
+ template, the ERT needed is already in its place; you usually don't need
+ to delete it.
+ You may only change the first ERT to specify the information printed to
+ the top of odd and even pages (authors' names and short paper's title,
+ respectively).
+ This ERT must have the form
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+markboth{Authors' Names}{Short Paper's Title}
+\family default
+.
+\layout Section
+
+Kluwer
+\layout Standard
+
+by
+\noun on
+Panayotis Papasotiriou
+\layout Subsection
+
+Overview
+\layout Standard
+
+The Kluwer package is a set of macros produced by Kluwer Academic Publishers
+ that facilitates electronic manuscript submission to the journals they
+ publish.
+ Most known of them (at least in my domain of interest) are
+\emph on
+Astrophysics and Space Science
+\emph default
+ and
+\emph on
+Solar Physics
+\emph default
+, but there are many others (see a complete list at
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.wkap.nl/jrnllist.htm/JRNLHOME}
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ The Kluwer package may be downloaded from the site
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.wkap.nl/kaphtml.htm/STYLEFILES}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ A complete user guide is contained in that package (but it can also be
+ downloaded separately).
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX supports many features of the package but not everything.
+ However, the ERT needed is reduced to some
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+peculiar
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ commands of the package (see\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{subsec:kluwer_peculiarities}
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ I have recently used LyX to write an article submitted to the
+\emph on
+Astrophysics and Space Science
+\emph default
+ without any problem.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Writing a paper
+\layout Standard
+
+The easiest way to write a paper is to start with the Kluwer template file.
+ Click on
+\family sans
+File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+New from
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+emplate
+\family default
+, then choose the
+\family typewriter
+kluwer.lyx
+\family default
+ template.
+ This will give an (almost) empty document that includes the most common
+ fields found in a manuscript and a short description of their use.
+ As in most templates, simply overwrite the existing text (including the
+ brackets,
+\family typewriter
+<>
+\family default
+) with the correct information.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Preparing a paper for submission
+\layout Standard
+
+As in the AASTeX package, before you submit your paper to a journal you
+ must
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+postprocess
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ it as follows.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Export your paper as a LaTeX file.
+ To do this, click on
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+xport\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+ateX
+\family default
+.
+
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Edit the resulting
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+ file with a text editor and make the following changes
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+remove the comment lines before the
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+documentclass
+\family default
+ command,
+\layout Enumerate
+
+remove everything between (and including) the
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+makeatletter
+\family default
+ and
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+makeatother
+\family default
+ commands, except for any commands you specifically put into the LaTeX preamble.
+\layout Standard
+
+Save the resulting
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+ file.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Run the
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+ file through LaTeX as many times as necessary (usually up to three).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+View the resulting
+\family typewriter
+.dvi
+\family default
+ document using, e.g.,
+\family sans
+xdvi
+\family default
+, and check if everything is ok (it should, if you didn't make any mistake).
+\layout Subsection
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Peculiarities
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ of the Kluwer package
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{subsec:kluwer_peculiarities}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+The Kluwer package has the following
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+peculiarities
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+It is possible to write multiple articles in the same LaTeX file
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+I can't imagine any good reason to do this.
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Each article must be included in the environment
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+article
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Unfortunately, this environment cannot be omitted, even if you write just
+ one article.
+ Therefore, each article starts with the command
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{article}
+\family default
+ and, obviously, ends with the command
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+end{article}
+\family default
+.
+ Although this can be implemented in LyX, I didn't included it, since it
+ looks ugly and can confuse the novice user.
+ Therefore, you need to enter them directly and mark them as LaTeX code
+ (the well-known
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+ERT
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Information given at the beginning of the article (i.e., title, subtitle,
+ author, institution, running title, running author, abstract and keywords)
+ must be included in an environment called
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+opening
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ This is not implemented in LyX, so you must enter title, subtitle etc.
+ between two ERT lines (
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{opening}
+\family default
+ and
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+end{opening}
+\family default
+).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+According to the user manual, the label of each bibliography item must be
+ written as
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+protect
+\backslash
+citeauthoryear{
+\family default
+\emph on
+author(s)
+\family typewriter
+\emph default
+}{
+\family default
+\emph on
+year
+\family typewriter
+\emph default
+}
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+The
+\family typewriter
+kluwer.lyx
+\family default
+ template takes care of all these
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+peculiarities
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ If you start a new paper using this template you don't need to do anything
+ special.
+ Just
+\layout Enumerate
+
+don't delete the ERT included in the template, and
+\layout Enumerate
+
+copy the example bibliography item included in the template and modify it
+ as necessary to enter new bibliography items.
+\layout Section
+
+Koma-Script
+\layout Standard
+
+by
+\noun on
+Bernd Rellermeyer
+\layout Subsection
+
+Overview
+\layout Standard
+
+The LyX document classes
+\emph on
+ article (koma-script)
+\emph default
+,
+\emph on
+report (koma-script)
+\emph default
+,
+\emph on
+book
+\emph default
+
+\emph on
+(koma-script)
+\emph default
+, and
+\emph on
+letter
+\emph default
+
+\emph on
+(koma-script)
+\emph default
+ correspond to the LaTeX document classes
+\family typewriter
+scrartcl.cls
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+scrreprt.cls
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+scrbook.cls
+\family default
+, and
+\family typewriter
+scrlettr.cls
+\family default
+, resp.
+ of the Koma-Script family.
+ They are replacements for the standard document classes
+\family typewriter
+article.cls
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+report.cls
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+book.cls
+\family default
+ and
+\family typewriter
+letter.cls
+\family default
+, resp., and fit better to European typography conventions in a number of
+ points.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Standard character size is 11pt in
+\emph on
+article (koma-script)
+\emph default
+,
+\emph on
+report (koma-script)
+\emph default
+, and
+\emph on
+book (koma-script)
+\emph default
+, and 12pt in
+\emph on
+letter (koma-script)
+\emph default
+.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Headings, labels of the description environment, and a number of elements
+ of the
+\emph on
+letter (koma-script)
+\emph default
+document class are set in a bold sans serif font.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+There is a big difference between the bold sans serif old cm fonts and new
+ ec fonts, especially in the appearance of headings.
+ In comparison, the ec bold sans serif fonts look a bit thin.
+ Here the LaTeX package
+\family typewriter
+cmsd.sty by
+\family default
+\shape smallcaps
+Walter Schmidt
+\shape default
+ helps to produce the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+usual
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ appearance when using the ec fonts.
+\end_inset
+
+ The numbering of chapter headings is made in the same way as the numbering
+ of section headings, that is without the extra line
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Chapter\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ In addition, the appearance of the headings can be modified by using a
+ number of options (in LyX to be entered in the field
+\family sans
+E
+\bar under
+x
+\bar default
+tra\SpecialChar ~
+Options
+\family default
+ of the dialog
+\family sans
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+ocument
+\family default
+).
+ A detailed German description of these options can be found in the Koma-Script
+ documentation
+\emph on
+scrguide
+\emph default
+.
+\layout Itemize
+
+The main means in the Koma-Script document classes to design the type area
+ are the options
+\family sans
+BCOR
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+DIV
+\family default
+ (in LyX to be entered in the extra class options field in the dialog
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+ettings
+\family default
+).
+ They make a clearer modification of page margins possible as do the options
+ of the dialog
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+ettings
+\family default
+.
+ A detailed German description of these and other type area options can
+ be found in the Koma-Script documentation
+\emph on
+scrguide
+\emph default
+.
+\layout Itemize
+
+The LaTeX document classes of the Koma-Script family define a number of
+ additional commands.
+ Those part of it which makes sense in LyX is implemented in corresponding
+ paragraph types.
+\layout Standard
+
+A detailed German description of the LaTeX document classes of the Koma-Script
+ family can be found in the Koma-Script documentation
+\emph on
+scrguide
+\emph default
+.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+There is an English translation
+\emph on
+screnggu
+\emph default
+, but it is not a complete one.
+\end_inset
+
+ The following sections describe only those aspects, which are relevant
+ in LyX.
+\layout Subsection
+
+article (koma-script), report (koma-script), and book (koma-script)
+\layout Standard
+
+The document classes
+\emph on
+article (koma-script)
+\emph default
+,
+\emph on
+report (koma-script)
+\emph default
+, and
+\emph on
+book
+\emph default
+
+\emph on
+(koma-script)
+\emph default
+ are implemented in the layout files
+\family typewriter
+scrartcl.layout
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+scrreprt.layout
+\family default
+, and
+\family typewriter
+scrbook.layout
+\family default
+, resp.
+ They contain all the paragraph types of the corresponding standard document
+ classes
+\emph on
+article
+\emph default
+,
+\emph on
+report
+\emph default
+, and
+\emph on
+book
+\emph default
+, resp., partly modified, with the exception of the LyX specific
+\family sans
+List
+\family default
+-type, which is replaced by the new
+\family sans
+Labeling
+\family default
+-type having the same functionality.
+ Beside the
+\family sans
+Labeling
+\family default
+-Type there is a number of new paragraph types added.
+ They are
+\emph on
+not
+\emph default
+ part of
+\emph on
+letter (koma-script)
+\emph default
+.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Addpart, Addchap
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Addsec
+\family default
+: are equivalents to
+\family sans
+Part*, Chapter*
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Section*
+\family default
+, resp., additionally inserting an entry in the table of contents.
+
+\family sans
+Addpart
+\family default
+and
+\family sans
+ Addchap
+\family default
+ are not contained in
+\emph on
+article (koma-script)
+\emph default
+.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Addchap*
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Addsec*
+\family default
+: behave exactly as
+\family sans
+Addchap
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Addsec
+\family default
+, resp., additionally clearing running heads.
+
+\family sans
+ Addchap*
+\family default
+ is not contained in
+\emph on
+article (koma-script)
+\emph default
+.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+There is also an
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+addpart*
+\family default
+ command in
+\emph on
+book (koma-script)
+\emph default
+ and in
+\emph on
+report (koma-script)
+\emph default
+, but since this is identical to
+\family sans
+Part*
+\family default
+, is has not been implemented in LyX.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Minisec
+\family default
+: generates a heading directly above the following paragraph in the standard
+ character size without affecting the structure of the document.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Captionabove
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Captionbelow
+\family default
+are special captions which respect the different space settings needed for
+ captions placed above or below an element (if you follow strict typographic
+ rules, you might want to place table captions always above the table).
+ You can also use the class option
+\family typewriter
+tablecaptionsabove
+\family default
+, which will switch
+\family sans
+caption
+\family default
+ to
+\family sans
+captionabove
+\family default
+ for tables and
+\family sans
+captionbelow
+\family default
+ for figures.
+ You need at least Koma-Script version 2.8q to use this.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Dictum
+\family default
+: can be used to set a bonmot, e.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+,
+\end_inset
+
+g.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+
+\end_inset
+
+at the beginning of a chapter.
+ If you use the optional argument (
+\family sans
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Short\SpecialChar ~
+Title
+\family default
+), you can insert the dictum's author there.
+ Dictum and author are separated by a line.
+ You need at least Koma-Script version 2.8q to use this.
+
+\family sans
+Dictum
+\family default
+ is not contained in
+\emph on
+article (koma-script)
+\emph default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+The following types, together with the standard types
+\family sans
+Title
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Author
+\family default
+, and
+\family sans
+Date
+\family default
+, form the title area of the document.
+ They must be entered ahead of the first
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+ordinary
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ paragraph.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+The corresponding LaTeX commands must appear before the
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+maketitle
+\family default
+ command.
+\end_inset
+
+ When such a type is used more than once, the latter usage overwrites the
+ former one, that means, for every type only the latest usage is valid.
+ The order of the different types however has, like
+\family sans
+Title
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Author
+\family default
+, and
+\family sans
+Date
+\family default
+, no effect on the appearance of the produced document.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Subject
+\family default
+: produces a centered paragraph above the ordinary title (
+\family sans
+Title
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Author
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Date
+\family default
+) for the subject of the document.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Publishers
+\family default
+: produces a centered paragraph below the ordinary title (
+\family sans
+Title
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Author
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Date
+\family default
+) for the publishers' name.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Dedication
+\family default
+: in
+\emph on
+report (koma-script)
+\emph default
+ and
+\emph on
+book (koma-script)
+\emph default
+ produces a centered paragraph on its own page behind the title page, or
+ in
+\emph on
+article (koma-script)
+\emph default
+ produces a centered paragraph below the ordinary title (
+\family sans
+Title
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Author
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Date
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Publishers
+\family default
+) for a dedication.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Titlehead
+\family default
+: produces a left aligned paragraph above the ordinary title (
+\family sans
+Title
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Author
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Date
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Subject
+\family default
+) for a document`s head.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Uppertitleback
+\family default
+: produces in a double-sided print in
+\emph on
+report (koma-script)
+\emph default
+ and
+\emph on
+book (koma-script)
+\emph default
+ a left-aligned paragraph at the top of the title page`s back or has no
+ effect in a single-sided print or in
+\emph on
+article (koma-script)
+\emph default
+.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Lowertitleback
+\family default
+: produces in a double-sided print in
+\emph on
+report (koma-script)
+\emph default
+ and
+\emph on
+book (koma-script)
+\emph default
+ a left-aligned paragraph at the bottom of the title page`s back or has
+ no effect in a single-sided print or in
+\emph on
+article (koma-script)
+\emph default
+.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Extratitle
+\family default
+: produces a special
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+dirty
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ page ahead of the actual document containing a paragraph without special
+ formatting.
+\layout Standard
+
+The layout files for the document classes
+\emph on
+article (koma-script)
+\emph default
+,
+\emph on
+report (koma-script)
+\emph default
+, and
+\emph on
+book (koma-script)
+\emph default
+ do include the file
+\family typewriter
+scrmacros.inc
+\family default
+.
+ This is thought of as a place to define your own types.
+ Copy s
+\family typewriter
+crmacros.inc
+\family default
+ in your personal layout directory and edit the file!
+\layout Subsection
+
+letter (koma-script)
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+begin{sloppypar}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+\noindent
+The document class
+\emph on
+letter (koma-script)
+\emph default
+ is implemented in the layout file
+\family typewriter
+scrlettr.layout
+\family default
+.
+ It contains all the paragraph types of the corresponding standard document
+ class
+\emph on
+letter
+\emph default
+, partly modified, with the exception of the LyX specific types
+\family sans
+LyX-Code
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Comment
+\family default
+ and the
+\family sans
+List
+\family default
+ type, which is replaced by the new
+\family sans
+Labeling
+\family default
+ type.
+ In addition, it contains, in contrast to the standard document class, the
+ standard types
+\family sans
+LaTeX
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Quotation
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Quote
+\family default
+, and
+\family sans
+Verse
+\family default
+.
+ Furthermore, there are a number of new letter specific types.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+end{sloppypar}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+The appearance of the letter produced by this document class can be controlled
+ by a number of LaTeX commands, which you can put in the LaTeX preamble.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+For example, the standard appearance of the letter`s heading, consisting
+ of name and address, is quite self-willed.
+ An
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+ordinary
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ heading is produced by the following LaTeX commands in the preamble:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+firsthead{
+\backslash
+parbox[b]{
+\backslash
+textwidth}
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ {
+\backslash
+ignorespaces
+\backslash
+fromname
+\backslash
+
+\backslash
+
+\backslash
+ignorespaces
+\backslash
+fromaddress}}
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+nexthead{
+\backslash
+parbox[b]{
+\backslash
+textwidth}
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ {
+\backslash
+ignorespaces
+\backslash
+fromname
+\backslash
+hfill
+\backslash
+ignorespaces
+\backslash
+pagename
+\backslash
+
+\backslash
+thepage}}
+\end_inset
+
+ A detailed German description of such LaTeX commands can be found in the
+ Koma-Script documentation
+\emph on
+scrguide
+\emph default
+.
+ With it, the letter's author can produce his personal letter layout.
+\layout Standard
+
+The types
+\family sans
+Letter
+\family default
+and
+\family sans
+Opening
+\family default
+ define the beginning of the letter and must be used in every letter.
+ To emphasize them in the LyX document class, they are marked with the letter
+
+\shape italic
+L
+\shape default
+ or
+\shape italic
+O
+\shape default
+, resp.
+ in the left margin.
+ It is possible to write any number of letters in one file.
+ An
+\family sans
+Opening
+\family default
+ type produces a new letter using the same addressee and a
+\family sans
+Letter
+\family default
+ type produces a new addressee.
+ The types
+\family sans
+Closing
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+PS
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+CC
+\family default
+, and
+\family sans
+Encl
+\family default
+ are ordinary paragraph types and can also be used several times in one
+ and the same letter.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Letter
+\family default
+: produces a paragraph for the addressee and implicitly defines the beginning
+ of the letter.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Opening
+\family default
+: produces a paragraph for the form of address and implicitly produces a
+ new letter.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Closing
+\family default
+: produces a paragraph for a close.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+PS
+\family default
+: produces a paragraph for a postscript.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+CC
+\family default
+: produces a paragraph for a distribution list.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Encl
+\family default
+: produces a paragraph for enclosures.
+\layout Standard
+
+The types
+\family sans
+Name
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Signature
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Address
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+ Telephone
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Place
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Backaddress
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Specialmail
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Location
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Title
+\family default
+, and
+\family sans
+Subject
+\family default
+ are input types provided with a label to enter information, which will
+ be processed by the document class.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+It could be seen as a matter of inconsequence, that the types
+\family sans
+Letter
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Opening
+\family default
+ described above are not such input types as well.
+ Because of the special meaning of those types, however, I have implemented
+ them as ordinary paragraph types with a one letter mark in the left margin.
+ Moreover, it would affect my feeling of symmetry, if the
+\family sans
+Opening
+\family default
+ type and the
+\family sans
+Closing
+\family default
+ type had such a serious different appearance.
+\end_inset
+
+ The types must be used ahead of the corresponding
+\family sans
+Opening
+\family default
+ type.
+\layout Standard
+
+An implementation of these types in a WYSIWYG fashion does not seem to make
+ sense, because the real appearance of the produced letter does not only
+ depend on the usage of the particular type, but also on other factors.
+ For example, a signature entered in the
+\family sans
+Signature
+\family default
+ type will in the standard behavior appear in the produced letter only,
+ when in the same letter also a
+\family sans
+Closing
+\family default
+ type is used.
+ The entered value of the
+\family sans
+Telephone
+\family default
+ type will in the standard behavior not appear in the produced letter at
+ all.
+ The possibility to design the letter`s heading freely is already indicated
+ in a footnote above.
+\layout Standard
+
+The input types can also be used as empty paragraphs.
+ This makes sense e.\SpecialChar ~
+g.
+ for the
+\family sans
+Signature
+\family default
+ type.
+ If the
+\family sans
+Signature
+\family default
+ type is not used at all, in the standard behavior the value of the
+\family sans
+Name
+\family default
+ type is used as signature, whereas if an empty
+\family sans
+Signature
+\family default
+ type is used, no signature value is defined.
+\layout Standard
+
+By using the input types it is possible to write a letter template, containing
+ filled input types with your personal dates (name, address, etc.) and empty
+ input types for other dates you want to enter.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Name
+\family default
+: sender's name, in the standard behavior appears as a centered paragraph
+ in small caps in the letter`s heading.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Signature
+\family default
+: sender's signature, in the standard behavior appears below the
+\family sans
+Closing
+\family default
+ type.
+ If no
+\family sans
+Signature
+\family default
+ type is used, the value of the
+\family sans
+Name
+\family default
+ type appears instead.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Address
+\family default
+: sender's address, in the standard behavior appears in a centered paragraph
+ in the letter`s heading below the sender's name.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Telephone
+\family default
+: sender's telephone number, in the standard behavior only sets the LaTeX
+ variable
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+telephonenum
+\family default
+.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Place
+\family default
+: place of the letter`s making.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Date
+\family default
+: date of the letter`s making.
+
+\family sans
+Place
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Date
+\family default
+, in the standard behavior, produce the place and the date in a right-aligned
+ line below the addressee's field.
+ If an empty
+\family sans
+Date
+\family default
+ type is used, neither place nor date appear, independent of the value of
+ the
+\family sans
+Place
+\family default
+ type.
+ If no
+\family sans
+Date
+\family default
+ type is used, the date of the letter `s production is used.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Backaddress
+\family default
+: sender`s back address, in the standard behavior appears above the addressee's
+ field in a small sans serif font.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Specialmail
+\family default
+: special mail information, in the standard behavior appears underlined
+ above the addressee's field below the back address.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Location
+\family default
+: additional information, in the standard behavior appears on right side
+ below the addressee`s field.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Title
+\family default
+: the letter's title, in the standard behavior appears in a big, bold, sans
+ serif font above the subject.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Subject
+\family default
+: the letter's subject, in the standard behavior appears in a bold font
+ above the
+\family sans
+Opening
+\family default
+ paragraph.
+\layout Standard
+
+The types
+\family sans
+Yourref
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Yourmail
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Myref
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Customer
+\family default
+, and
+\family sans
+Invoice
+\family default
+ produce a business letter like line above the
+\family sans
+Title
+\family default
+ line containing the fields
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Your ref.
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Your letter of
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Our ref.
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Customer no.
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Invoice no.
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+, and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Date
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ For the date field, the value of the
+\family sans
+Date
+\family default
+ type is used.
+ If one of these
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+business letter types
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ is used, the value of the
+\family sans
+Place
+\family default
+ type however does not appear, but only the LaTeX variable
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+fromplace
+\family default
+ is set.
+ The ordinary output of place and date in a right-aligned line below the
+ addressee`s field is suppressed.
+ The types are implemented as input types provided with a label and must
+ be used ahead of the corresponding
+\family sans
+Opening
+\family default
+ type.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Yourref
+\family default
+: Your ref.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Yourmail
+\family default
+: Your letter of.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Myref
+\family default
+: Our ref.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Customer
+\family default
+: Customer no.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Invoice
+\family default
+: Invoice no.
+\layout Subsection
+
+The new letter class: letter (koma-script v.2)
+\layout Standard
+
+by
+\noun on
+Jürgen Spitzmüller
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_top medskip \noindent
+Koma-Script version 2.8 has introduced a new letter class
+\family typewriter
+scrlttr2
+\family default
+ which superceeds the now unsupported
+\family typewriter
+scrlettr
+\family default
+.
+ It has --- on the LaTeX side --- a completely new interface and is not
+ compatible with the old class.
+ Therefore, LyX supports both, though it is recommended to use the new class.
+\layout Standard
+
+This class covers the same functionality as
+\emph on
+letter (koma-script),
+\emph default
+ and a few more.
+ The basic items are
+\family sans
+Address
+\family default
+ (receiver's address, same as
+\family sans
+Letter
+\family default
+ in the old layout),
+\family sans
+Opening
+\family default
+, and
+\family sans
+Closing
+\family default
+.
+
+\family sans
+NextAddress
+\family default
+ will start a new letter (i.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+,
+\end_inset
+
+e.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+
+\end_inset
+
+you can write several letters per document).
+ New elements are sender's
+\family sans
+E-Mail
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+URL
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Fax
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Bank
+\family default
+ and the possibility to use a
+\family sans
+Logo
+\family default
+ (via
+\family sans
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+G
+\bar default
+raphics
+\family default
+) in the header.
+\layout Standard
+
+The biggest improvement is, though, that the letter's layout is configurable
+ at almost any needs.
+ This can be done via the preamble or with a special style file (Letter
+ Class Option, extension
+\family typewriter
+*.lco
+\family default
+), that will be read in as a class option.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+The KOMA package comes with some default
+\family typewriter
+*.lco
+\family default
+ files.
+ There is, for instance, a
+\family typewriter
+DIN.lco
+\family default
+ file that follows german typesetting rules, or a
+\family typewriter
+KOMAold.lco
+\family default
+ that provides the default layout of the old
+\family typewriter
+scrlettr
+\family default
+ class.
+ The latter can be loaded with the class option
+\family typewriter
+KOMAold
+\family default
+, inserted via the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Extra Options
+\family default
+field.
+\end_inset
+
+ Have a look at the
+\emph on
+koma-letter2
+\emph default
+ template that is included in LyX for examples.
+ A detailed description is to be found in the Koma-Script documentation
+ (
+\emph on
+scrguide
+\emph default
+).
+\layout Subsection
+
+Problems
+\layout Standard
+
+Visualizing the Koma-Script document classes in LyX, the LyX internals cause
+ some problems.
+\layout Itemize
+
+The chapter number of a
+\family sans
+Chapter
+\family default
+ type appears on a line of its own above the chapter heading instead of
+ appearing in the same line ahead of it.
+ The cause for that is the LyX internal behavior for the labeltype
+\family sans
+Counter_Chapter
+\family default
+ in the layout file.
+\layout Itemize
+
+The headings of the types
+\family sans
+Addchap
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Addsec
+\family default
+ are only put in the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+true
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ LaTeX table of contents, but not in the LyX table of contents (
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+able\SpecialChar ~
+of\SpecialChar ~
+Contents
+\family default
+).
+\layout Itemize
+
+The paragraphs in a
+\emph on
+letter
+\emph default
+ document class appear in a skip separation mode, not indented.
+ This is the standard behavior, no special LaTeX commands are needed for
+ that.
+ But in the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+ettings
+\family default
+ dialog the corresponding radio button indicates
+\family sans
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+ndent
+\family default
+.
+ A
+\family sans
+S
+\bar under
+k
+\bar default
+ip
+\family default
+ value always has the effect that extra LaTeX commands are inserted in the
+ document to produce the gap, which is not what is wanted in this case.
+\layout Section
+
+Springer Journals (
+\family sans
+svjour
+\family default
+)
+\layout Standard
+
+by
+\noun on
+Martin Vermeer
+\layout Subsection
+
+Description
+\layout Standard
+
+These are the layout files for some of the journal formats used by Springer
+ Verlag and listed on
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.springer.de/author/tex/help-journals.html}
+
+\end_inset
+
+, where you should also go to fetch the class files (yes, these are LaTeX2e
+ now!).
+ It is a modular system: the things common to all journals are implemented
+ in
+\family typewriter
+svjour.inc
+\family default
+, which journal-specific layout files (such as, e.g.,
+\family typewriter
+svjog.layout
+\family default
+ for Journal of Geodesy) can include.
+\layout Standard
+
+This means that implementing support for any other Springer journal on this
+ list is as simple as writing your own
+\family typewriter
+sv
+\family default
+<myjournal>
+\family typewriter
+.layout
+\family default
+ file following the outline given in
+\family typewriter
+svjog.layout
+\family default
+.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+It is reasonably well tested only for the Journal of Geodesy.
+
+\family typewriter
+svjour
+\family default
+ and
+\family typewriter
+svjog
+\family default
+ come with the standard LyX distribution.
+ Install the relevant class file (downloaded from Springer) in a proper
+ directory, reconfigure LaTeX (in the teTeX case by running
+\family typewriter
+texhash
+\family default
+, as root if necessary --- doesn't LyX take care of this?), reconfigure
+ LyX and it should work.
+\layout Subsection
+
+New styles
+\layout Standard
+
+A large number of theorem-like styles ---
+\family sans
+Claim, Conjecture,
+\family default
+
+\family sans
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+Theorem
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Headnote, Dedication, Subtitle, Running_LaTeX_Title, Author_Running, Institute,
+ Mail, Offprints, Keywords, Acknowledgements, Acknowledgement
+\family default
+.
+ See the Springer class file documentation for details.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Supported journals
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\emph on
+Journal of Geodesy
+\emph default
+:
+\family typewriter
+svjog.layout
+\family default
+--- Martin Vermeer
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\emph on
+Probability Theory and Related Fields
+\emph default
+:
+\family typewriter
+svprobth.layout
+\family default
+ --- Jean-Marc Lasgouttes
+\layout Standard
+
+Add your own, it isn't so hard!
+\layout Subsection
+
+Credits
+\layout Standard
+
+These files are partly based on the older
+\family typewriter
+ejour2.layout
+\family default
+, which was again based on a tinkered-with version of an old LaTeX 2.09 style
+ file from Springer.
+ All this, and the
+\family typewriter
+ejour2
+\family default
+ layout, are now defunct.
+ Jean-Marc Lasgouttes helped out big in making me find my way around the
+ LyX layout file mechanism.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Bugs
+\layout Standard
+
+Probably.
+ But probably less than in the old hacked-LaTeX
+\family typewriter
+ejour2
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Limitations e.g.: does not display the number for theorem-like layouts, just
+ #.
+\layout Section
+
+AGU journals (
+\family sans
+aguplus
+\family default
+)
+\layout Standard
+
+by
+\shape smallcaps
+Martin Vermeer
+\layout Subsection
+
+Description
+\layout Standard
+
+These are the layout files for some of the journals of the American Geophysical
+ Society.
+ It is assumed that you have both the AGU's own class files and AGUplus
+ installed (everything to be found at
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ftp.agu.org/journals/latex/journals}
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+\layout Subsection
+
+New styles
+\layout Standard
+
+Redefined are
+\family sans
+Paragraph
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Paragraph*
+\family default
+.
+ They are still called this in the LyX GUI, though their LaTeX equivalents
+ in the AGU classes are
+\family sans
+Subsubsubsection
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Subsubsubsection*
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Newly defined styles are
+\family sans
+Left_Header
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Right_Header
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Received
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Revised
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Accepted
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+CCC
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+PaperId
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+AuthorAddr
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+SlugComment
+\family default
+.
+ These are mostly manuscript attributes and defined in the AGU class documentati
+on.
+\layout Standard
+
+I suspect this is still badly incomplete.
+\layout Subsection
+
+New floats
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Planotable
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Plate
+\family default
+.
+ We also have a new
+\family sans
+Table_Caption
+\family default
+.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Supported journals
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\emph on
+Journal of Geophysical Research
+\emph default
+:
+\family typewriter
+jgrga.layout
+\family default
+--- Martin Vermeer
+\layout Standard
+
+Add your own, it isn't so hard! Look at the
+\family typewriter
+jgrga.layout
+\family default
+ example and
+\family typewriter
+aguplus.inc
+\family default
+.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Bugs and things to remember
+\layout Standard
+
+In order to use the new layouts, you must remember to do the following for
+ a new document:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\emph on
+Turn off babel
+\emph default
+.
+ This can be done in the
+\family sans
+layout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+document
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+settings
+\family default
+ menu item.
+ (AGU articles are always in English, right? So
+\emph on
+don't
+\emph default
+ choose a language.)
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Enter
+\family typewriter
+jgrga
+\family default
+ into the document's
+\family sans
+Extra Options
+\family default
+ field.
+ (Yes, this is a bug.)
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Make sure you use the
+\family typewriter
+agu.bst
+\family default
+ bibliography style, by entering
+\family sans
+agu
+\family default
+ into the second field of the BibTeX inset.
+ None of the standard styles will do.
+\layout Section
+
+EGS journals (
+\family sans
+egs
+\family default
+)
+\layout Standard
+
+by
+\shape smallcaps
+Martin Vermeer
+\layout Subsection
+
+Description
+\layout Standard
+
+This is the layout file for the European Geophysical Society journals.
+ The needed
+\family typewriter
+egs.cls
+\family default
+ can be downloaded from the web site of the EGS under
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{www.copernicus.org}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Subsection
+
+New styles
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Right_address, Latex_Title, Affil, Journal, msnumber, FirstAuthor, Received,
+ Accepted
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Offsets
+\family default
+.
+ The current layout file is unfortunately very unmodular and would benefit
+ from using the various
+\family typewriter
+std*.inc
+\family default
+ file inclusions.
+\layout Section
+
+Slides [aka
+\noun on
+Sli
+\noun default
+TeX]
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:slitex}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+by
+\noun on
+John Weiss
+\noun default
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+Introduction
+\layout Standard
+
+This section describes how to use LyX to make slides for overhead projectors.
+ There are two document classes that can do this: the default slides class
+ and the
+\family sans
+Foil
+\family default
+TeX slides class.
+ This section documents the former.
+\layout Standard
+
+I'm going to say this again, nice and clear, so that there's no misunderstanding
+:
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_top bigskip \added_space_bottom bigskip \align center
+
+\size large
+This section documents the class
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+slides (default)
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\emph on
+only.
+\layout Standard
+
+If you're looking for the documentation for
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+slides (FoilTeX)
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+, check out section\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:foiltex}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ The
+\family sans
+foils
+\family default
+class [
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+slides (FoilTeX)
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+] is actually somewhat better than the default
+\family sans
+slides
+\family default
+ class,
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+or so I've been told repeatedly by its advocates.
+ Having never used it, I have no idea if this claim is true or not.
+\end_inset
+
+ which this section documents.
+\layout Standard
+
+This class is the LaTeX2e improvement of the old
+\noun on
+Sli
+\noun default
+TeX package.
+ Every LaTeX2e distribution includes this class [which I'll just refer to
+ as
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+slides
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ from now on], so you're bound to have it.
+ As I noted earlier, there are other classes, such as
+\family sans
+foils
+\family default
+, which also produce slides for overhead projectors and do a better job
+ at it.
+ However, there are some things which
+\family sans
+slides
+\family default
+ can do which the others can't, such as generate overlays.
+ Read on to learn more!
+\layout Subsection
+
+Getting Started
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:slidesetup}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Obviously, to use this document class, you need to select
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+slides (default)
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ from the class list in the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+ettings
+\family default
+ dialog.
+ There are some other special things you should know about this class:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Don't bother changing the options
+\family sans
+Sides and Columns
+\family default
+.
+ They're not supported by the
+\family sans
+slides
+\family default
+ class, anyways.
+\layout Itemize
+
+The option
+\family sans
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+age\SpecialChar ~
+style
+\family default
+ behaves a bit differently for this class.
+ The possible choices and what they do are as follows:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family sans
+plain
+\family default
+ The final output contains page numbers in the lower right corner.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family sans
+headings
+\family default
+ Like
+\family sans
+plain
+\family default
+, but also prints out any time markers you've put in.
+ This is the default.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family sans
+empty
+\family default
+ The final output contains no page numbers, time markers, or alignment markers.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+The
+\family sans
+slides
+\family default
+ class has an extra option:
+\family typewriter
+clock
+\family default
+.
+ To use it, put
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+clock
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ in the extra class options.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Using this options allows you to add time markers to
+\family sans
+Note
+\family default
+s.
+ See section\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:slideNote}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ for more details.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+You can also use the template file
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+slides.lyx
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ to automatically set up a document to use the
+\family sans
+slides
+\family default
+class [using
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+New\SpecialChar ~
+from\SpecialChar ~
+
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+emplate
+\family default
+ to open your new document].
+ The template file also contains some examples of the special paragraph
+ environments used by this class.
+ I'll describe those next.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Paragraph Environments
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Supported Environments
+\layout Standard
+
+The first thing you'll notice when you start up a new
+\family sans
+slides
+\family default
+document is the font size and type: it's the equivalent of the size
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+Largest
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ in the
+\family sans
+Sans\SpecialChar ~
+Serif
+\family default
+ font.
+ This is also what's used in the output.
+ Think of this as a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+visual cue
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ to remind you that this is a slide.
+ Your final slides will use a larger font; ergo, you'll have less space.
+ Of course, the larger default screen font isn't WYSIWYG, only a reminder.
+\layout Standard
+
+The next thing that becomes obvious is the changes to the paragraph environment
+ pull-down box [at the far-left end of the toolbar].
+ Most of the paragraph environments you're used to seeing are missing.
+ There are also five new ones.
+ That's because the
+\family sans
+slides
+\family default
+ class itself only supports certain paragraph environments:
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Standard
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Description
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+List
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Quotation
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Quote
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Verse
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Caption
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+LyX-Code
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Comment
+\layout Standard
+
+All of the other standard environments, including the section-heading environmen
+ts, aren't used in the
+\family sans
+slides
+\family default
+ class.
+\layout Standard
+
+On the other hand, you'll notice the following new environments:
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Slide
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Note
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+InvisibleText
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+VisibleText
+\layout Standard
+
+These five are kind of quirky, due to a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+feature
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ in LyX.
+ You see, LyX doesn't permit you to nest any other paragraph environment
+ into an empty environment.
+ Now, that's fine and dandy, but it means that you wouldn't be able to start
+ a slide with anything except plain text.
+ To deal with this, I've performed a little
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+LaTeX magic.
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Quirks of the New Environments
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:slideQuirk}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+All five of the new paragraph environments are somewhat quirky due to inherent
+ limitiations in the current version of LyX.
+ As I just mentioned, LyX forbids environments that begin with another environme
+nt.
+ To get around this, the
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+ environment isn't a paragraph environment as described in the
+\emph on
+User's Guide
+\emph default
+.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+You should consider
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+, and
+\family sans
+Note
+\family default
+ to be
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+pseudo-environments.
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ They look like a section heading or a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+Caption
+\family default
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ but really begin a [and, if necessary, end the previous] paragraph environment.
+ Likewise, treat
+\family sans
+InvisibleText
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+VisibleText
+\family default
+ as
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+pseudo-commands.
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ These two perform some action.
+\layout Standard
+
+A common feature of all five environments,
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Note
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+InvisibleText
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+VisibleText
+\family default
+, is a rather long-ish label.
+ The text following this label --- ordinarily the contents of the paragraph
+ environment --- is utterly irrelevant for
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Note
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+InvisibleText
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+VisibleText
+\family default
+.
+ LyX completely ignores it.
+ In fact, you can leave these five environments completely empty.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+While you don't
+\emph on
+have
+\emph default
+ to put any text after the rather long-ish label, you might want to.
+ This could be a short description of the contents of the
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+, for example.
+ In that case, enter in your descriptive comment and hit
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ as you normally would.
+\layout Standard
+
+If, on the other hand, you don't want to enter in any descriptive text,
+ you'll hit another LyX quirk.
+ LyX, like nature, abhors a vacuum, and will not let you start a new paragraph
+ environment until you put something in the old one.
+ So, do this:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Start entering the text that will
+\emph on
+follow
+\emph default
+ the new
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Note
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+InvisibleText
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+VisibleText
+\family default
+.
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+Now move to the beginning of that paragraph.
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+Next, hit
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+.
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+Finally, change this new, empty paragraph to a
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Note
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+InvisibleText
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+VisibleText
+\family default
+.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Some future version of LyX will, hopefully, resolve this quirkiness\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+Making a Presentation with
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+ Overlay
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Note
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Using the
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+ Environment
+\layout Standard
+
+If you're expecting this section to teach you how to actually make a presentatio
+n, you'll be sorely disappointed.
+ Naturally, I'll describe all of the ways the
+\family sans
+slides
+\family default
+ class can assist you in preparing the materials for a presentation.
+ Filling in the contents, however, is up to you.
+ [Then again, that
+\emph on
+is
+\emph default
+ the LyX philosophy.]
+\layout Standard
+
+Choosing the
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+ environment [in the manner described in section\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:slideQuirk}
+
+\end_inset
+
+] tells LyX to begin a new slide [duh].
+ The label for this environment/
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+pseudo-command
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ is an
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+ASCII line,
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ in cool blue, followed by the label,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+NewSlide:
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Any text or paragraph environments that follow this one go on the new slide.
+ It's that simple.
+\layout Standard
+
+Slides are probably the only time you'll need to forcibly end pages in LyX
+ (this can be specified in the
+\family sans
+Paragraph Layout
+\family default
+ dialog).
+ In fact, you'll want to, once you finish entering the contents of one slide.
+ If you've entered more text than can physically fit on a slide, the extra
+ overflows onto a new slide.
+ I don't recommend doing this, however, since the overflow slide won't have
+ any page number on it.
+ Furthermore, it may interfere with any
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+ you've made to accompany the oversized
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+The
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Note
+\family default
+ environments work the same way as the
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+environment.
+ They both create an
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+ASCII line
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ followed by a label [
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+NewOverlay:
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+NewNote:
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+, respectively].
+ The color is a stunning magenta instead of blue, and the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+ASCII line
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ will look different, in style and in length.
+ The label fonts of all three also differ from one another.
+\layout Standard
+
+As with a
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+, if the contents of a
+\family sans
+Note
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+ exceed the physical size of a slide or sheet of paper, the extra will overflow
+ onto a new sheet.
+ Again, you should avoid this.
+ It defeats the whole purpose of
+\family sans
+Note
+\family default
+s and
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+s.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Using
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+ with
+\family sans
+Slide
+\layout Standard
+
+The idea behind an
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+ is a slide that sits atop another slide.
+ Perhaps you wish to discuss a figure on the main
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+ before displaying the text associated with it.
+ One way to accomplish this is tape a flap of dark paper over the part of
+ the
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+ you want to display later.
+ This method fails, however, if you wish to overlap one graph with another,
+ for example.
+ You would then have to fumble while speaking to align the two separate,
+ overlapping
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+s to align the two graphs.
+ The use of an
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+ environment in both cases makes life much easier.
+\layout Standard
+
+Each
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+ receives the page number of its
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+parent
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+, appended by
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+-a
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Presumably, mutliple
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+s would have
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+-a
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+-b
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+-c
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+, etc.\SpecialChar ~
+appended to the page number of the parent
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+.
+
+\end_inset
+
+ Clearly, you want the contents of both the
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+ and the
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+ to each fit on a single physical slide! You should probably consider an
+
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+ as
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+part of
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ a
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+.
+ Indeed, the LyX
+\family sans
+slides
+\family default
+ class provides a visual cue for this: the label at the start of an
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+ is shorter than that at the start of a
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+.
+ Lastly, when you generate printable output, you'll find alignment markers
+ in all four corners of both the
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+ page and its parent
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+.
+ These will assist you in lining up the two physical slides.
+\layout Standard
+
+The major problem in overlaying two slides is aligning the contents of the
+ two transparencies.
+ How much space should you leave for that graph on the second slide? Worse
+ still, what if you want a graph and a sentence on second slide, but there
+ is text on the main transparency that goes in between them? You could try
+ and insert vertical space of the right size.
+ The better way is to use
+\family sans
+InvisibleText
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+VisibleText
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+As their names imply,
+\family sans
+InvisibleText
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+VisibleText
+\family default
+ are two command-like paragraph environments that make all subsequent text
+ invisible and visible, respectively.
+ Note from section\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:slideQuirk}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ that you don't place anything
+\emph on
+into
+\emph default
+ these two environments, however.
+ When you create an
+\family sans
+InvisibleText
+\family default
+, it inserts a centered, sky-blue label into the page reading
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+<Invisible Text Follows>
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ For paragraphs following this label, the parts of the
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+ [or
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+; it doesn't matter which] where they would be contain instead blank space.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+For
+\family sans
+VisibleText
+\family default
+, the corresponding centered label is
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+<Visible Text Follows>
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ in blazing green.
+ Paragraphs following this label behave normally.
+ Note that the beginning of a new
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+, or
+\family sans
+Note
+\family default
+ automatically shuts off an
+\family sans
+InvisibleText
+\family default
+.
+ It's therefore not necessary to use
+\family sans
+VisibleText
+\family default
+ at the end of a
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+By now, it should be obvious how to create overlay transparencies using
+ the proper combination of
+\family sans
+InvisibleText
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+VisibleText
+\family default
+ on a
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Create a
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+, including everything that will appear on it, whether on the main slide
+ or on the
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Before each figure or paragraph that will appear only on the
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+, insert an
+\family sans
+InvisibleText
+\family default
+ environment.
+ If necessary, insert a
+\family sans
+VisibleText
+\family default
+ environment after the
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+-only text.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Start an
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+ immediately following the
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Copy the contents of this
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+ into the
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Within the
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+, change all of the
+\family sans
+InvisibleText
+\family default
+ lines to
+\family sans
+VisibleText
+\family default
+ and vice-versa.
+\layout Standard
+
+That's it.
+ You've just made an
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+There's one problem with the way I've designed the LyX
+\family sans
+slides
+\family default
+ class: you can't make text in the middle of a paragraph invisible, nor
+ make text in the middle of an invisible paragraph visible again.
+ To accomplish this feat, you'll need to use some inlined LaTeX codes.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+The commands of interest are:
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+{
+\backslash
+invisible \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+ }
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+{
+\backslash
+visible \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+ }
+\layout Standard
+
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+and need to be marked as TeX.
+ The text whose
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+visibility
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ you wish to change goes in between the brackets [and after the
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+invisible
+\family default
+ or
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+visible
+\family default
+ command].
+ If you don't know how to mark text as TeX, see the apprpriate section of
+ the
+\emph on
+User's Guide
+\emph default
+.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Using
+\family sans
+Note
+\family default
+ with
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:slideNote}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Like an
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+, a
+\family sans
+Note
+\family default
+ is associated with a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+parent
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+.
+ Here, too, the LyX
+\family sans
+slides
+\family default
+ class provides visual cues.
+ The label for a
+\family sans
+Note
+\family default
+ is shorter than that of a
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+ [yet longer than that of an
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+] and, like the label of an
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+ is shockingly magenta.
+ Additionally, the printed
+\family sans
+Note
+\family default
+ has the page number of its
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+parent
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+, appended by
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+-
+\family default
+1
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+-
+\family default
+2
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+-
+\family default
+3
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+, etc.
+ You can have multiple
+\family sans
+Note
+\family default
+s associated with a single
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+, and, as with
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+, you'll probably want to break up long
+\family sans
+Note
+\family default
+s so that they fit on a single sheet of paper.
+\layout Standard
+
+The purpose of a
+\family sans
+Note
+\family default
+ is obvious: it contains anything additional you might want to say about
+ a
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+.
+ It could also be used as a sheet of reminders for a particular
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+.
+ In the case of the latter, you might want to make use of time markers.
+ Currently, the LyX
+\family sans
+slides
+\family default
+ class has no
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+native
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ support for time markers, a
+\noun on
+Sli
+\noun default
+TeX feature.
+ So, you'll have to resort to using the LaTeX codes.
+\layout Standard
+
+To use time markers, you'll need to specify the extra class option
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+clock
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ [see section\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:slidesetup}
+
+\end_inset
+
+].
+ This option turns on timing marks, which will appear in the lower-left-hand
+ corner of every
+\family sans
+Note
+\family default
+ you generate.
+ To set what appears in the time marker, you use the LaTeX commands
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+settime{}
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+addtime{}
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ The arguments of both commands are time measured in seconds.
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+settime{}
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ sets the time marker to a given time.
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+addtime{}
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ increments the time marker by the specified amount.
+ Using time markers and
+\family sans
+Note
+\family default
+s in this fashion, you can remind yourself how much time to spend on a particula
+r
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+There's one last feature to describe.
+ Clearly, you'd like to print out all of your
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+s and
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+s on transparencies while printing all of your
+\family sans
+Note
+\family default
+s on plain paper.
+ However, a
+\family sans
+Note
+\family default
+
+\emph on
+must
+\emph default
+ follow the
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+ with which it is associated.
+ What's a person to do?
+\layout Standard
+
+Luckily, there are two LaTeX commands that allow you to select what to print
+ out.
+ Both must be placed into the preamble of your document.
+ The command
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+onlyslides{
+\backslash
+slides}
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ will cause the output to contain only the
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+s and
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+s.
+ Correspondingly, the command
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+onlynotes{
+\backslash
+notes}
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ prevents the output of anything but
+\family sans
+Note
+\family default
+s.
+ I'd advise placing both commands in the preamble and initially comment
+ both out.
+ You can then preview your entire presentation as you write.
+ When you're done writing, you can then uncomment one of the two to select
+ what you want to print.
+ I like to uncomment
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+onlyslides{
+\backslash
+slides}
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ , print to a file with
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+-slides
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ in its name, comment it back out, then uncomment
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+onlynotes{
+\backslash
+notes}
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ and print to a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+*-notes.ps
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ file.
+ I can then send either file to a printer, loading transparencies or plain
+ paper as appropriate.
+\layout Standard
+
+You can also provide other arguments to the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+onlyslides{}
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+onlynotes{}
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ commands.
+ See a good LaTeX book for details.
+\layout Subsection
+
+The
+\family sans
+slides
+\family default
+ Class Template File
+\layout Standard
+
+I have also provided a template file,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+slides.lyx
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+, with the
+\family sans
+slides
+\family default
+ class.
+ To use it, begin your new presentation with
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+New\SpecialChar ~
+from\SpecialChar ~
+
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+emplate
+\family default
+.
+ Your new LyX presentation file will contain an example
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+ --
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+ --
+\family sans
+ Note
+\family default
+ triplet.
+ The
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+ additionally contain an example of the use of
+\family sans
+InvisibleText
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+VisibleText
+\family default
+.
+ Lastly, the preamble will contain:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+% Uncomment to print out only slides and overlays
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+%
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+%
+\backslash
+onlyslides{
+\backslash
+slides}
+\newline
+
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+% Uncomment to print out only notes
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+%
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+%
+\backslash
+onlynotes{
+\backslash
+notes}
+\layout Standard
+
+One final thing: I created this class to support the LaTeX2e
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\noun on
+Sli
+\noun default
+TeX emulation
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ class, one of the built-in LaTeX2e classes.
+ Neither I nor the rest of the LyX Team endorse or oppose the use of this
+ built-in slide class.
+ It's here if you want it or need it.
+ There exist other LaTeX2e classes for creating presentations, such as the
+
+\family sans
+Foils
+\family default
+ class [see section\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:foiltex}
+
+\end_inset
+
+] or the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+seminar
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ package [present on some TeX distributions].
+ The latter is not yet supported under LyX.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Perhaps you can take on the task\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ I know nothing about these other classes.
+ Try them out to see what sort of alternative they provide.
+\layout Section
+
+Foils [aka
+\family sans
+Foil
+\family default
+\noun on
+TeX
+\noun default
+]
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:foiltex}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+by
+\noun on
+Allan Rae
+\layout Subsection
+
+Introduction
+\layout Standard
+
+This section describes how to use LyX to make slides for overhead projectors.
+ There are two document classes that can do this: the default slides class
+ and the
+\family sans
+Foil
+\family default
+TeX slides class.
+ This section documents the latter.
+\layout Standard
+
+I'm going to say this again, nice and clear, so that there's no misunderstanding
+:
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_top bigskip \added_space_bottom bigskip \align center
+
+\size large
+This section documents the class
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+slides (FoilTeX)
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\emph on
+only.
+\layout Standard
+
+If you're looking for the documentation for
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+slides (default)
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+, check out section\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:slitex}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ If your machine doesn't have the
+\family sans
+foils
+\family default
+class [
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+slides (FoilTeX)
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+] installed, you'll probably have to use the default
+\family sans
+slides
+\family default
+ class, which isn't quite as good as
+\family sans
+foils.
+\layout Standard
+
+The
+\family sans
+foils
+\family default
+ class is designed for use with version 2.1 of the
+\family sans
+foils.cls
+\family default
+ LaTeX class file which is now an integral part of LaTeX2e.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Getting Started
+\layout Standard
+
+Obviously, to use this document class, you need to select
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+slides (FoilTeX)
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ from the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+C
+\bar default
+lass
+\family default
+ entry in the
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar ~
+Layout
+\family default
+ dialog.
+ There are some settings in the
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar ~
+Layout
+\family default
+ dialog that you should know about that are specific to this class:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Don't change the options
+\family sans
+Sides
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Columns
+\family default
+ on the
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar ~
+Layout
+\family default
+ dialog.
+ They're ignored by the
+\family sans
+foils
+\family default
+ class.
+\layout Itemize
+
+The default font size is 20pt with the other options being 17pt, 25pt and
+ 30pt.
+\layout Itemize
+
+The default font is
+\family sans
+sans
+\family default
+
+\family sans
+serif
+\family default
+ but all math equations are still typeset in the usual roman font.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Foil
+\family default
+TeX supports A4 and Letter paper sizes as well as a special size for working
+ with 35mm slides.
+ It doesn't support A5, B5, legal or executive paper sizes.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Don't bother changing the
+\family sans
+Float Placement
+\family default
+ settings because they are ignored anyway.
+ All floats appear where they are defined in the text.
+\layout Itemize
+
+The
+\family sans
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+agestyle
+\family default
+ setting behaves a bit differently for this class.
+
+\family sans
+Foil
+\family default
+TeX provides extensive footer and header capabilities including a user-defined
+ logo.
+ See section\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:foilfoot}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ for more details.
+ The title page is treated differently to all other pages in the document
+ and is
+\emph on
+always
+\emph default
+ unnumbered and
+\emph on
+always
+\emph default
+ has the logo centered at the bottom of the page (if one is defined).
+ The possible page style choices and what they do are as follows:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+\series bold
+empty
+\family default
+\series default
+ The final output contains no page numbers, or other headers or footers
+ (except footnotes of course).
+
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+\series bold
+plain
+\family default
+\series default
+ The final output contains page numbers centered at the bottom of the page.
+ No other headings or footers (other than footnotes).
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
+
+
+\series bold
+foilheadings
+\series default
+ Page numbers in lower right corner.
+ Additional headers and footers are also shown.
+ This is also the default.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
+
+
+\series bold
+fancy
+\series default
+ Gives you access to the
+\family sans
+fancyheadings
+\family default
+ package although its use with
+\family sans
+Foil
+\family default
+TeX is discouraged by the writer of the
+\family sans
+Foil
+\family default
+TeX package because of some potential page layout clashes.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Extra Options
+\layout Standard
+
+The following options may be used in the extra class options in the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+ettings
+\family default
+ dialog.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
+
+
+\series bold
+35mmSlide
+\series default
+ This sets up the page layout for 7.33in by 11in paper, which is about the
+ same aspect ratio as a 35mm slide, making it a bit easier to work with
+ this medium.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
+
+
+\series bold
+headrule
+\series default
+ Places a rule across the page below the header on every page except the
+ title page.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
+
+
+\series bold
+footrule
+\series default
+ Places a rule across the page above the footer on every page except the
+ title page.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
+
+
+\series bold
+dvips
+\series default
+ This is automatically set each time you create a new
+\family sans
+foils
+\family default
+ document.
+ This option tells
+\family sans
+Foil
+\family default
+TeX to use the dvips driver to rotate those pages that are set as landscape
+ foils.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
+
+
+\series bold
+landscape
+\series default
+ Simply changes the page dimensions to those of a landscape page but doesn't
+ do any rotation.
+ Thus if you use this option you need to use an external program to rotate
+ each page or feed your paper through your printer as landscape.
+ Note that this option effectively reverses the roles of the
+\family sans
+Foilhead
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Rotatefoilhead
+\family default
+ environments (don't worry these are described in the next section).
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
+
+
+\series bold
+leqno
+\series default
+ Equation numbers on the left.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
+
+
+\series bold
+fleqn
+\series default
+ Flush-left equations.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Supported Environments
+\layout Standard
+
+Most of the environments commonly supported in other classes are also supported
+ by the
+\family sans
+foils
+\family default
+ class.
+ There are several additional environments provided by
+\family sans
+Foil
+\family default
+TeX as well as a couple added by LyX.
+ The following environments are shared with other classes:
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+begin{multicols}{2}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Standard
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Description
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+List
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+LyX-Code
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Verse
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Quote
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Quotation
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Title
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Author
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Date
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Address
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+RightAddress
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Caption
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Comment
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+end{multicols}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+That is, all the major environments apart from the sectioning environments.
+ Since foils are essentially self-contained sections, with a title and body,
+
+\family sans
+Foil
+\family default
+TeX provides specific commands for starting new foils and these are:
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Foilhead
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Rotatefoilhead
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX also provides slightly modified versions of these two environments called:
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+ShortFoilhead
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+ShortRotatefoilhead
+\layout Standard
+
+and the differences will be explained in the next section.
+\layout Standard
+
+Since foils are often used in presenting ideas or new theorems and such
+
+\family sans
+Foil
+\family default
+TeX also provides a comprehensive box of goodies for presenting them:
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+begin{multicols}{2}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Theorem
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Lemma
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Corollary
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Proposition
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Definition
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Proof
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Theorem*
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Lemma*
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Corollary*
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Proposition*
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Definition*
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+end{multicols}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+The starred versions are unnumbered while the unstarred versions are numbered.
+ There are also two list environments added by LyX and these are:
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+TickList
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+CrossList
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Foil
+\family default
+TeX provides some powerful header and footer capabilities that are best
+ set in the preamble although they may be set at any point in a document.
+ If you want to change these settings in your document the best place to
+ do so is at the very top of a foil,
+\emph on
+i.e.
+
+\emph default
+ straight after the foilhead.
+\layout Standard
+
+For this purpose, the following command styles are provided [
+\shape smallcaps
+Martin Vermeer
+\shape default
+]:
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+begin{multicols}{2}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+My\SpecialChar ~
+Logo
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Restriction
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Right\SpecialChar ~
+Footer
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Right\SpecialChar ~
+Header
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Left\SpecialChar ~
+Header
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+end{multicols}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+There are also a few commands provided by
+\family sans
+Foil
+\family default
+TeX that aren't directly supported by LyX but I'll tell you what they do
+ and how to use them in section\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:unsuppfoils}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Building a Set of Foils
+\layout Standard
+
+This section will give a simple introduction to using the different environments
+ to build a set of foils.
+ If you want to see an example set of foils take a look at the
+\family typewriter
+Foils.lyx
+\family default
+ file accessible from the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+O
+\bar default
+pen\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\family default
+ dialog under the
+\family sans
+Examples
+\family default
+ button.
+
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Give It a Title Page
+\layout Standard
+
+Unlike other classes that provide
+\family sans
+Title
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Author
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Date
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\family default
+ environments,
+\family sans
+foils
+\family default
+ creates the title on a page of its own.
+ If you leave out the
+\family sans
+Date
+\family default
+ environment LaTeX will substitute the current date (every time you regenerate
+ the output).
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Start a New Foil
+\layout Standard
+
+As I mentioned earlier, there are four ways of starting a new foil.
+ For portrait foils you should use
+\family sans
+Foilhead
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+ShortFoilhead.
+
+\family default
+ The difference between these two environments is the amount of space between
+ the title of the foil (the foilhead) and the body of the foil.
+\layout Standard
+
+Landscape foils are generated using the
+\family sans
+Rotatefoilhead
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+ShortRotatefoilhead
+\family default
+ environments.
+ Again the only difference is the spacing between foilhead and body.
+ Both of the short versions have 0.5 inches less separation between the foilhead
+ and the body.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+One problem with the support for landscape foils is the requirement that
+ you have to use the
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+ driver to generate the PostScript® output otherwise the foils won't be
+ rotated.
+ It is possible to get landscape foils even if you haven't got the
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+ driver provided you can feed your foils sideways through your printer ;-)
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Theorems, Lemmas, Proofs and more
+\layout Standard
+
+Due to a small bug in LyX you can't have two of the same type of these environme
+nts directly following each other.
+ They must be separated by something.
+ If you try, you will just be extending the previous environment as if you
+ had merged the two environments together.
+ So, how do you get around this problem? The simplest option is to insert
+ some text between the two environments or add a
+\family sans
+LaTeX
+\family default
+ environment between the two with just a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+%
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ in it.
+ This will force LyX to produce two separate environments and hence the
+ correct LaTeX output.
+ An example is provided in the example file included with the LyX distribution.
+ Remember, this problem only occurs if you are trying to place two of the
+ same type of theorem-like environments one directly after the other.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Lists
+\layout Standard
+
+You get all the commonly supported list styles found in other classes as
+ well as two new ones.
+ I'll only describe the new ones here.
+ If you want to find out more about the other list environments check out
+ the
+\emph on
+User's Guide.
+
+\emph default
+ If you intend to use itemized lists you might also want to read about the
+
+\family sans
+Itemize\SpecialChar ~
+Bullet\SpecialChar ~
+Selection
+\family default
+ dialog described above in section\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:bullet}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+The two new list styles,
+\family sans
+TickList
+\family default
+and
+\family sans
+CrossList
+\family default
+, are designed to make it easier for you to create lists of do's and don'ts
+ or right and wrong by providing dedicated environments that use a tick
+ or a cross as the label of the list.
+ These lists are in fact dedicated variants of the
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\family default
+ environment.
+ They do however require that you have the
+\family typewriter
+psnfss
+\family default
+ packages installed.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Figures and Tables
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Foil
+\family default
+TeX redefines the floating tables and figures so that they appear exactly
+ where they are in the text rather than pushing them to the top of the page
+ or to some user specified location.
+ In fact if you change the float placement settings they are simply ignored.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Page Headers and Footers
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:foilfoot}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+My\SpecialChar ~
+Logo
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Restriction
+\family default
+ are two commands used to control the left-footer text string.
+ The first is meant to allow you to include a graphic logo on your foils
+ and defaults to
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+-Typeset by
+\family sans
+Foil
+\family default
+TeX-
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ While the second is meant to provide a classification for the audience,
+
+\emph on
+e.g.
+
+\emph default
+ Confidential.
+ It is empty by default.
+\layout Standard
+
+The remaining page corners can be filled by
+\family sans
+ Right\SpecialChar ~
+Footer
+\family default
+ (which defaults to page numbers),
+\family sans
+Right\SpecialChar ~
+Header
+\family default
+ (top right) and
+\family sans
+Left\SpecialChar ~
+Header
+\family default
+ (top left).
+\layout Subsection
+
+Unsupported
+\family sans
+Foil
+\family default
+TeX Goodies
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:unsuppfoils}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+All the commands mentioned below need to be set in a
+\family sans
+LaTeX
+\family default
+ environment or as
+\family sans
+TeX
+\family default
+ within another environment.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Lengths
+\layout Standard
+
+All lengths are adjusted using the
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+setlength{
+\family default
+\emph on
+lengthname
+\family typewriter
+\emph default
+}{
+\family default
+\emph on
+newlength
+\family typewriter
+\emph default
+}
+\family default
+ command.
+ Where
+\emph on
+lengthname
+\emph default
+ should be replaced by the name given to the length you want to change and
+
+\emph on
+newlength
+\emph default
+ is the length value.
+ All lengths should be specified in units of length such as inches (
+\family typewriter
+in
+\family default
+), millimeters (
+\family typewriter
+mm
+\family default
+) or points (
+\family typewriter
+pt
+\family default
+) or relative to some document or font-based length such as
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+textwidth
+\family default
+.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+It's possible to change the spacing between a foilhead and the body of the
+ foil by adjusting the length specified by
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+foilheadskip
+\family default
+.
+ For example, to make
+\emph on
+all
+\emph default
+ foilheads 0.5 inches closer to their bodies put the following in the preamble:
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+setlength{
+\backslash
+foilheadskip}{-0.5in}
+\layout Standard
+
+The spacings around floats can be adjusted by setting these lengths:
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+abovefloatskip
+\family default
+Separation between the text and the top of the float
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+abovecaptionskip
+\family default
+Separation between the float and the caption
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+belowcaptionskip
+\family default
+Separation between the caption and the following text
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+captionwidth
+\family default
+ You can make the captions narrower than the surrounding text by adjusting
+ this length.
+ Best done relative to
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+textwidth
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+There are also several title page related lengths that you may find useful
+ if you have a long title or several authors:
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+abovetitleskip
+\family default
+ Separation from headers to
+\family sans
+Title
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+titleauthorskip
+\family default
+ between
+\family sans
+Title
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Author
+\family default
+ environments
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+authorauthorskip
+\family default
+ between multiple
+\family sans
+Author
+\family default
+ lines
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+authordateskip
+\family default
+ between the
+\family sans
+Author
+\family default
+ and the
+\family sans
+Date
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+dateabstractskip
+\family default
+ between the
+\family sans
+Date
+\family default
+ and the
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\layout Standard
+
+The last length related command affects all the list environments.
+ If you place
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+zerolistvertdimens
+\family default
+
+\emph on
+inside
+\emph default
+ a list environment then all the vertical spacing between the list items
+ is removed.
+ Note that this is a command not a length so it doesn't require
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+setlength
+\family default
+ like the stuff mentioned above.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Headers and Footers
+\layout Standard
+
+The
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+LogoOn
+\family default
+ and
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+LogoOff
+\family default
+ commands control whether the logo in the
+\family sans
+MyLogo
+\family default
+ definition appear on a given page.
+ If you put
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+LogoOff
+\family default
+ in the preamble then none of the foils will have the logo on them.
+ If you don't want the logo on a particular page place the
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+LogoOff
+\family default
+ directly after the foilhead of that page and the
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+LogoOn
+\family default
+ directly after the next foilhead.
+\layout Standard
+
+If you decide to use the
+\family sans
+fancy
+\family default
+ page style setting in the
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar ~
+Layout
+\family default
+ dialog you should probably add
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+let
+\backslash
+headwidth
+\backslash
+textwidth
+\family default
+ to your preamble so headers and footers on landscape pages are correctly
+ placed when rotated.
+ This is due to some clashes between the page layouts provided by the
+\family sans
+fancyheadings
+\family default
+ package and the
+\family sans
+foils
+\family default
+ class.
+\layout Section
+
+Latex8 (IEEE Conference Papers)
+\layout Standard
+
+by
+\noun on
+Allan Rae
+\layout Subsection
+
+Introduction
+\layout Standard
+
+Since this class is specifically for writing submissions to IEEE sponsored
+ conferences I strongly recommend that you get a copy of their Authors Kit.
+ The
+\family sans
+latex.sty
+\family default
+ package and associated bibliography style file is included in the kit.
+ The Authors Kit is usually sent out by email once your initial submission
+ has been accepted.
+ There is a lot of useful information in the Authors Kit explaining formatting
+ restrictions and so on and I will assume you have read this since that
+ means I don't have to repeat it all here.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Getting Started
+\layout Standard
+
+[AR\SpecialChar \@.
+ more to come]
+\layout Subsection
+
+Supported Environments
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Standard
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Title
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Author
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+E-mail
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Affiliation
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Section
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+SubSection
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Caption
+\layout Subsection
+
+Differences Between Screen and Paper
+\layout Standard
+
+There are slight differences in appearance mainly with the presentation
+ of section counters.
+ On screen the trailing period of the section counter is missing but it
+ will appear in the output so don't let this worry you.
+\layout Section
+
+Hollywood (Hollywood spec scripts)
+\layout Standard
+
+by
+\shape smallcaps
+Garst Reese
+\layout Subsection
+
+Introduction
+\layout Standard
+
+Getting the format of a Hollywood script right is a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+rite of passage.
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ It is designed to make the readers focus on content and to be easy and
+ familiar for the actors to read.
+ Each page of a script should be one minute of film.
+ Nothing goes in a script that you cannot see or hear on screen.
+ The courier 12 pt font should be used throughout.
+ No italics.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Special problems
+\layout Standard
+
+Speakers' lines should NEVER break in mid-sentence.
+ If a speaker's lines continue over a page break, repeat the
+\family sans
+Speaker
+\family default
+ title followed by (Cont'd).
+\layout Subsection
+
+Special features
+\layout Standard
+
+Insert the
+\family sans
+Speaker
+\family default
+ names as labels then cross-reference the label to insert the name.
+ The cross-reference dialog will show the current cast of characters.
+ You can use this to insert the speaker name in narratives also.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Paper size and Margins
+\layout Standard
+
+USLetter, left 1.6in, right 0.75in, top 0.5in, bottom 0.75in
+\layout Subsection
+
+Environments
+\layout Standard
+
+The following environments are available.
+ You can use hollywood.bind to get the bind keys shown at the right.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Standard
+\newline
+
+\family default
+Used where nothing else works.
+ Try to avoid it.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+FADE_IN
+\family default
+:
+\hfill
+
+\family sans
+M-z S-I
+\family default
+
+\newline
+Usually followed by something like
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+on Sally waking up.
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+INT:
+\hfill
+M-z i
+\newline
+
+\family default
+Introduces a new INTERIOR camera set-up.
+ Always followed by DAY or NIGHT, or something similar to define the lighting
+ required.
+ Everthing on this line in CAPS.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+EXT:
+\hfill
+M-z e
+\newline
+
+\family default
+Introduces a new EXTERIOR camera set-up.
+ Everthing on this line in CAPS.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Speaker
+\hfill
+M-z s
+\newline
+
+\family default
+The character speaking.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Parenthetical
+\hfill
+M-z p
+\newline
+
+\family default
+Instructions to the speaker.
+ The () are automatically inserted, but only the ( will show in LyX.
+ Both will be printed.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Dialogue
+\hfill
+M-z d
+\newline
+
+\family default
+What the
+\family sans
+Speaker
+\family default
+ says.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Transition
+\hfill
+M-z t
+\newline
+
+\family default
+Camera movement instruction.
+ e.g.
+ CUT TO:
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+FADE OUT:
+\hfill
+M-z S-I
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Author
+\hfill
+M-z S-A
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Title
+\hfill
+M-z S-T
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Right_Address
+\hfill
+M-z r
+\layout Subsection
+
+Script jargon
+\layout Itemize
+
+(O.S) --- off screen
+\layout Itemize
+
+(V.0) --- voice over
+\layout Itemize
+
+b.g.
+ --- background
+\layout Itemize
+
+C.U.
+ --- close-up
+\layout Itemize
+
+PAN --- camera movement
+\layout Itemize
+
+INSERT --- cut to close-up of
+\layout Section
+
+Broadway
+\layout Standard
+
+by
+\shape smallcaps
+Garst Reese
+\layout Subsection
+
+Introduction
+\layout Standard
+
+Broadway is for writing plays.
+ The format is more decorative than Hollywood, and much less standardized.
+ This format should be suitable for workshops.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Special problems
+\layout Standard
+
+The same as in Hollywood.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Special features
+\layout Standard
+
+Insert the
+\family sans
+Speaker
+\family default
+ names as labels then cross-reference the label to insert the name.
+ The cross-reference dialog will show the current cast of characters.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Paper size and Margins
+\layout Standard
+
+USLetter, left 1.6in, right 0.75in, top 0.5in, bottom 0.75in
+\layout Subsection
+
+Environments
+\layout Standard
+
+The following environments are available.
+ You can use broadway.bind to get the bind keys shown at the right.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Standard
+\newline
+
+\family default
+You should not have to use this, but it is here for anything that does not
+ fit otherwise.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Narrative
+\hfill
+M-z n
+\newline
+
+\family default
+Used to describe stage setting and the action.
+ First use of speaker names in all CAPs.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+ACT
+\hfill
+M-z a
+\newline
+
+\family default
+Automatically numbered.
+ On screen it will be arabic, but will print as Roman.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+ACT*
+\hfill
+M-z S at
+\newline
+
+\family default
+Subtitle for
+\family sans
+ACT.
+
+\family default
+It is just centered text.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+SCENE
+\hfill
+M-z S-S
+\newline
+
+\family default
+Not automatically numbered.
+ You supply the number.
+ This is because I couldn't figure out how.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+AT_RISE:
+\hfill
+M-z S-R
+\newline
+
+\family default
+A special case of Narrative to describe the setting and action as the curtain
+ rises.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Speaker
+\hfill
+M-z s
+\newline
+
+\family default
+The speaker's (actor's) title, centered in all CAPS.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Parenthetical
+\hfill
+M-z p
+\newline
+
+\family default
+Instructions to the speaker.
+ The parentheses are automatically inserted.
+ The ( will appear on screen, but both will be in the printed play.
+ This environment is only used within
+\family sans
+Dialogue
+\family default
+.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Dialogue
+\hfill
+M-z d
+\newline
+
+\family default
+What the Speaker says.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+CURTAIN
+\hfill
+M-z S-C
+\newline
+
+\family default
+The curtain comes down.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Title
+\hfill
+M-z S-T
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Author
+\hfill
+M-z S-A
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Right_Address
+\hfill
+M-z r
+\layout Standard
+
+Hello there.
+\layout Section
+
+RevTeX4
+\layout Standard
+
+by
+\noun on
+Amir Karger
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_top bigskip \noindent
+The
+\family sans
+Revtex\SpecialChar ~
+4
+\family default
+ textclass works with the American Physical Sociey's RevTeX 4.0 (the
+\begin_inset Formula $\beta$
+\end_inset
+
+ release of May, 1999) class.
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX has a
+\family sans
+Revtex
+\family default
+ textclass, which works with RevTeX 3.1.
+ However, v3.1 is basically obsolete, as it works with LaTeX 2.09.
+ That means that it doesn't interact very well with LyX, which requires
+ LaTeX2e, although it has been kludged to work.
+ Since RevTeX 4.0 has been designed to work much more cleanly with LaTeX2e,
+ LyX with the
+\family sans
+RevTeX\SpecialChar ~
+4
+\family default
+ textclass should also be pretty easy to use.
+\layout Standard
+
+These documents are supposed to be used in
+\emph on
+addition
+\emph default
+ to the RevTeX 4.0 documents, so we don't describe any of the special RevTeX
+ macros, and assume you'll know what to put in the preamble if necessary.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Installation
+\layout Standard
+
+All you need to do is install RevTeX 4, as described in the package's README
+ file.
+ the package can be found at
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url[The RevTeX 4 Web Site]{http://publish.aps.org/revtex4/}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Install it somewhere that LaTeX can see it.
+ Test it by trying to LaTeX a short RevTeX 4 document in some random directory
+ (i.e., not the directory where you installed the class file.) Then, if you
+ reconfigure LyX, it will find the class file and let you use the RevTeX4
+ textclass.
+\layout Standard
+
+Probably the easiest way to get started is either to import a RevTeX 4 document
+ using
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+, or to use the
+\family sans
+Revtex\SpecialChar ~
+4
+\family default
+ template, found in the templates directory.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Preamble Matter
+\layout Standard
+
+Optional arguments to
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+documentclass
+\family default
+, like
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+preprint
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+aps
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+, go in the
+\family sans
+E
+\bar under
+x
+\bar default
+tra\SpecialChar ~
+Options
+\family default
+ field in the
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar ~
+Layout
+\family default
+ dialog, as usual.
+ Remember that in RevTeX, at least one optional argument is required!
+\layout Standard
+
+Other preamble matter, like
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+draft
+\family default
+ etc.
+ goes in the
+\family sans
+Latex\SpecialChar ~
+Preamble
+\family default
+ dialog, also as usual.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Layouts
+\layout Standard
+
+The layouts basically correspond to the commands in RevTeX4.0.
+ For example, the Email layout corresponds to
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+email{}
+\family default
+.
+ Note that (at least as of RevTeX 4.0 Beta), the
+\family sans
+Address
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Affiliation
+\family default
+ layouts are exactly equivalent, so you shouldn't need to use both.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+In case you're curious, both were included so that
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+ would be able to translate both
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+address
+\family default
+ and
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+affiliation
+\family default
+.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+Important Notes
+\layout Standard
+
+There are a couple of important unique aspects of RevTeX 4 which might cause
+ bugs that will be even more confusing in LyX.
+\layout Standard
+
+In RevTeX, the
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+thanks
+\family default
+ command goes
+\emph on
+outside
+\emph default
+ the
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+author
+\family default
+ command.
+ The LyX equivalent is that there is a separate Thanks layout.
+ Do
+\emph on
+not
+\emph default
+ write footnotes in the
+\family sans
+Author
+\family default
+ layout, or weird things may happen.
+ See the RevTeX 4 documentation for more details.
+\layout Standard
+
+Also, the
+\family sans
+Author\SpecialChar ~
+Email
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Author\SpecialChar ~
+URL
+\family default
+, and
+\family sans
+Thanks
+\family default
+ layouts must be placed
+\emph on
+in between
+\emph default
+ the
+\family sans
+Author
+\family default
+ layout and the corresponding
+\family sans
+Address
+\family default
+ (or equivalent
+\family sans
+Affiliation
+\family default
+) layout.
+ If you put the
+\family sans
+Thanks
+\family default
+ after the
+\family sans
+Address
+\family default
+, the LaTeX won't compile.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Drawbacks
+\layout Standard
+
+The main problem with this layout is that you can't use the optional arguments
+ to layouts like Email and Title.
+ (The problem is not unique to this layout; you can't use optional arguments
+ to the Section layouts either.) This means that after you export that file
+ to LaTeX (which you'll need to do eventually to send it in to APS), you'll
+ need to edit the LaTeX file with a text editor to add the optional arguments
+ to set, e.g., the running title for the page headers.
+ Lacking these layouts makes the
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+altaffiliation
+\family default
+ (and the equivalent
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+altaddress
+\family default
+) useless, so the corresponding layouts don't exist, and will have to be
+ added by hand.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\emph on
+Note from JMarc:
+\emph default
+ actually, LyX 1.3.0 supports some forms of optional arguments, but this layout
+ has not been updated yet to take advantage of it.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Section
+
+Article (mwart), book (mwbk) and report (mwrep)
+\begin_inset OptArg
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+The
+\family typewriter
+mw
+\family default
+ Classes
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+by
+\noun on
+Tomasz Luczak
+\layout Standard
+
+The LyX document classes
+\emph on
+ article (mwart)
+\emph default
+,
+\emph on
+report (mwrep)
+\emph default
+ and
+\emph on
+book
+\emph default
+
+\emph on
+(mwbk)
+\emph default
+ correspond to the LaTeX document classes
+\family typewriter
+mwart.cls
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+mwrep.cls
+\family default
+ and
+\family typewriter
+mwbk.cls
+\family default
+, resp.
+ They are replacements for the standard document classes
+\family typewriter
+article.cls
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+report.cls
+\family default
+ and
+\family typewriter
+book.cls
+\family default
+, resp., and fit better to Polish typography conventions in a number of points.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Basic differences:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Unnumbered titles (with star, eg.
+
+\family sans
+Section*
+\family default
+) are added into table of contents,
+\layout Itemize
+
+Additional page styles:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+
+uheadings header with separated lines,
+\layout Description
+
+myheadings custom header, contents headers via commands:
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+markright
+\family default
+ and
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+markboth
+\family default
+,
+\layout Description
+
+myuheadings custom header with separated lines,
+\layout Description
+
+outer page number is placed on outer side of page
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Options
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+
+rmheadings serif titles --- default,
+\layout Description
+
+sfheadings sansserif titles,
+\layout Description
+
+authortitle on title page first placed is author next title --- default,
+\layout Description
+
+titleauthor on title page first placed is title next author,
+\layout Description
+
+withmarginpar reserve place on page for margins.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Section
+
+Elsevier Journals
+\layout Standard
+
+By
+\noun on
+Rod Pinna
+\layout Standard
+
+Elsevier Science Publishers B.V.
+ provides a standard LaTeX document class (
+\family typewriter
+elsart.cls
+\family default
+) for submitting articles to their various journals.
+ The style file can be downloaded directly from their web site:
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://authors.elsevier.com/}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Instructions are supplied along with the class file, which details the
+ requirements of the publishers.
+ LyX includes package that allows for the use of this class, by a layout
+ and a template file.
+ Installation of the class file is the same as for any other LaTeX package;
+ instructions are provided in the Elsevier documentation.
+\layout Standard
+
+To make use of
+\family typewriter
+elsart.cls
+\family default
+, a file
+\family typewriter
+elsart.layout
+\family default
+ is supplied.
+ As the Elsevier class file is based mainly on the standard article class,
+ most of the normal functionality is provided.
+ The Elsevier class defines a number of mathematical environments, which
+ are similar to the AMS environments.
+ These commands are all described in the Elsevier documentation, and are
+ available in LyX.
+\layout Standard
+
+The easiest way to use the Elsevier style is to base documents on the included
+ template file.
+ It is best not to use options such as fancy headings or the geometry package,
+ as elements such as these are defined by Elsevier in their style file.
+ Ideally, no extra packages except those mentioned in the Elsevier documentation
+ should be used.
+ Essentially, Elsevier require as
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+clean
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ a
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+LaTeX
+\end_inset
+
+ file as possible, as their intention is to take the supplied file and replace
+ the class file with one for the particular journal to which the paper has
+ been submitted.
+ This also means that not too much time should be spent on the formating
+ of the document.
+ When it comes to be published, this will change anyway.
+ The rest of the usage for this layout is substantially the same as for
+ the normal article class.
+ For details of what Elsevier do and don't allow, refer to their documentation.
+\layout Section
+
+Memoir
+\layout Standard
+
+By
+\noun on
+Jürgen Spitzmüller
+\layout Subsection
+
+Overview
+\layout Standard
+
+Memoir is a very powerful and constantly evolving class.
+ It has been designed with regard to fictional and non-fictional literature.
+ Its aim is to let the user have maximum control over the typesetting of
+ his document.
+ Memoir is based on the standard book class, but it can also emulate the
+ article class (see below).
+\layout Standard
+
+Peter Wilson, the developer of Memoir, is known as the author of lots of
+ useful packages in the LaTeX world.
+ Most of them have been merged with Memoir.
+ Therefore, it is much easier to layout the table of contents, appendices,
+ chapter designs and such.
+ LyX, though, does not support all of these goodies natively.
+ Some of them might be added to forthcoming releases
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+You are invited to send suggestions to
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_inset
+
+, lots will probably never, due to the limitations of LyX's framework.
+ Of course you can still use all features with the help of some native LaTeX
+ commands (ERT
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Cf.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+
+\end_inset
+
+section\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:Inserting-LaTeX-Code}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ for details.
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ In this section, we can only list those features which are natively supported
+ by LyX.
+ For detailed descriptions (and for the rest of features) we are recommending
+ to have a look at the detailed manual of the Memoir class
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Cf.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{CTAN:/macros/latex/memoir/memman.pdf}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_inset
+
+, which is not only a user guide for the class, but also both a comprehensive
+ description on good typesetting and a superb example for good typesetting
+ itself.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Basic features and restrictions
+\layout Standard
+
+Memoir supports basically all features of the standard book classes.
+ There are, however, some differences, as follows:
+\layout Description
+
+Font\SpecialChar ~
+sizes: Memoir has a broader range of font sizes: 9, 10, 11, 12, 14,
+ 17
+\layout Description
+
+Page\SpecialChar ~
+style: The fancy page style is not supported, due to a command clash
+ between Memoir and the fancyhdr package (they are both defining a command
+ with the same name, which confuses LaTeX).
+ Instead, Memoir comes with a bunch of own page styles (see
+\family sans
+Layout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Page\SpecialChar ~
+Style
+\family default
+).
+ If you want to use these for the chapter pages, you have to use the command
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+chapterstyle
+\family default
+ in the main text or in preamble (e.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+,
+\end_inset
+
+g.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+chapterstyle{companion}
+\family default
+).
+\layout Description
+
+Sectioning: Sectionings (chapter, section, subsection etc.) are coming with
+ an optional argument in the standard classes.
+ With this, you can specify an alternative version of the title for the
+ table of contents and the headers (for instance, if the title is too long).
+ In LyX, you can do this via
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Short\SpecialChar ~
+Title
+\family default
+ at the beginning of a chapter/section.
+ Memoir features a second optional argument and thus separates the table
+ of contents from the header.
+ You can define three variants of a title with this: one for the main text,
+ one for the table of contents, and one for the headers.
+ Unfortunately, LyX does not support two optional arguments yet.
+ But you can fool it.
+ Just insert a pair of brackets in ERT-Mode (
+\family sans
+C-l
+\family default
+) between the first and the second argument.
+ That is, type
+\emph on
+<short title for the toc>
+\emph default
+
+\family typewriter
+][
+\family default
+
+\emph on
+<short title for the headers>
+\emph default
+in the Short Title inset (where
+\family typewriter
+][
+\family default
+ is in TeX-Mode).
+\layout Description
+
+TOC/LOT/LOF: In the standard classes (and in many other classes), the table
+ of contents, the list of figures and the list of table start a new page
+ automatically.
+ Memoir does not follow this route.
+ You have to insert a page break yourself, if you want to have one.
+\layout Description
+
+Titlepage: For some unknown reason, Memoir uses pagination on the title
+ page (in the standard classes, title pages are
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+empty
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+, i.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+,
+\end_inset
+
+e.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+
+\end_inset
+
+without pagina).
+ If you want an empty title page, type
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+aliaspagestyle{title}{empty}
+\family default
+in the preamble.
+\layout Description
+
+Article: With the class option
+\emph on
+article
+\emph default
+(to be inserted in
+\family sans
+Layout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Extra\SpecialChar ~
+Options
+\family default
+), you can emulate article style.
+ That is, counters (footnotes, figures, tables etc.) will not be reset on
+ new chapters, chapters don't start a new page (but are---in contrary to
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+real
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ article classes---still allowed), parts, though, use their own page, as
+ in book.
+\layout Description
+
+Oldfontcommands: By default, Memoir does not allow the use of the deprecated
+ font commands, which have been used in the old LaTeX version 2.09 (e.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+,
+\end_inset
+
+g.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+rm
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+it
+\family default
+).
+ It produces an error and stops LaTeX whenever such a command appears.
+ The class option
+\emph on
+oldfontcommands
+\emph default
+ reallows the commands and spits out warnings instead (which does at least
+ not stop LaTeX).
+ Since a lot of packages and particularly BibTeX style files are still using
+ those commands, we have decided to use this option by default.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Extra features
+\layout Standard
+
+We will only describe the features supported by LyX (which is not much currently
+).
+ Please consult the Memoir manual
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Cf.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{CTAN:/macros/latex/memoir/memman.pdf}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_inset
+
+ for details.
+\layout Description
+
+Abstract: You may wonder why an abstract is an extra feature.
+ Well, it is in book class.
+ Usually books don't have abstracts.
+ Memoir, however, has.
+ You can use it whereever and how often you like.
+\layout Description
+
+Chapterprecis: You may know this from belletristic: The contents of a chapter
+ is shortly described below the title and also in the table of contents
+ (e.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+,
+\end_inset
+
+g.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\emph on
+Our hero arrives in Troia; he loses some friends; he finds others
+\emph default
+).
+ Chapterprecis does exactly this.
+ It is therefore only sensible below a chapter.
+\layout Description
+
+Epigraph: An epigraph is a smart slogan or motto at the beginning of a chapter.
+ The epigraph environment provides an elegant way of typesetting such a
+ motto.
+ The motto itself (text) and its author (source) are divided by a short
+ line.
+ Unfortunately, we have to fool LyX a bit here again, since the environment
+ needs two arguments (text and source).
+ In this case, we have to use curly brackets (in TeX mode) between the two
+ arguments:
+\emph on
+<smart slogan>
+\emph default
+
+\family typewriter
+}{
+\family default
+
+\emph on
+<author of the slogan>.
+\layout Description
+
+Poemtitle: Memoir has lots of possibilities to typeset poetry (up to very
+ complex figurative poems).
+ Lyx can only support a few of them.
+ One is poemtitle, which is a centered title for poems, which will also
+ be added to the table of contents (verse is the standard environment for
+ poems.
+ Memoir has some enhanced versions of verse, but you need to use ERT, because
+ they have to be nested inside regular verse environments, which is not
+ possible with LyX).
+\layout Description
+
+Poemtitle*: Same as poemtitle, but it adds no entry to the table of contents.
+\layout Chapter
+
+Importing and Exporting Alternate File Formats
+\begin_inset OptArg
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Importing and Exporting
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Section
+
+Considerations
+\layout Standard
+
+Importing and exporting LyX documents from/to other formats has been touched
+ on briefly in the
+\emph on
+User Guide
+\emph default
+.
+ Here we describe more of the gory details needed to understand just what
+ is going on when you click on the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+mport
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+E
+\bar under
+x
+\bar default
+port
+\family default
+ menu items.
+
+\layout Section
+
+Importing Other Formats
+\layout Subsection
+
+LaTeX
+\layout Standard
+
+Translating from LaTeX into LyX is performed by a Perl script called reLyX.
+ Although it is a standalone program which can be called from the command
+ line, LyX will call it automatically when a LaTeX document is imported.
+ See section\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:reLyX}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ for a complete description.
+ There are no user tunable parameters for reLyX within LyX.
+\layout Subsection
+
+ASCII Text
+\layout Standard
+
+When importing plain ASCII text, there are two methods of reading the file.
+ Importing
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+as lines
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ preserves all the linebreaks in the ASCII; to LyX, then, each line looks
+ like a paragraph.
+ Importing
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+as paragraphs
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ assumes that consecutive lines separated by only a single linebreak form
+ a single paragraph.
+ Successive linebreaks with no intervening text are thus assumed to be paragraph
+ delimiters.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Noweb
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\emph on
+[Editor's note: Needs to be written, obviously - any volunteers? --- mer]
+\layout Section
+
+Exporting Other Formats
+\layout Subsection
+
+LaTeX
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX generates two types of LaTeX files: stripped down versions for the normal
+ processing (
+\family sans
+View DVI
+\family default
+, etc.) which one normally never sees
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+The resulting file is a perfectly valid LaTeX file, though the preamble
+ might look a bit strange since it includes some definitions used by LyX
+ which wouldn't show up in most human-written files.
+\end_inset
+
+, and human readable forms which are suitable for exchanging with your colleague
+s.
+ The only settable option for the translation is the line length of the
+ output file.
+ The default is 65 characters, but it can be set in
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+ools
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+references
+\family default
+ using the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+A
+\bar default
+scii\SpecialChar ~
+line\SpecialChar ~
+length
+\family default
+ field.
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+Device Independent Files
+\layout Standard
+
+Device Independent files (DVI files) are produced by running LaTeX on your
+ document.
+ There are no user settable options.
+\layout Subsection
+
+PostScript®
+\layout Standard
+
+The next step in the conversion chain is converting a DVI file into Postscript®.
+ You can either use
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ile
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+xport
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family sans
+Pos
+\bar under
+t
+\bar default
+script
+\family default
+ or, if you need more control on the result,
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ile
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+rint
+\family default
+.
+ If you use the later, note that it is possible to configure, in
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+ools
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+references
+\family default
+, the options passed to the dvips program to achieve different effects.
+\layout Subsection
+
+ASCII text
+\layout Standard
+
+Exporting as ASCII attempts to preserve the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+shape
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ of the document as well as possible, but things like centering and indentation
+ are thrown out; paragraphs are separated by blank lines.
+ Section numbering and cross-references are done correctly, so the resulting
+ text files is remarkably readable.
+ The only changeable option is the length of lines, as for LaTeX output.
+\layout Subsection
+
+HTML
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX documents can be converted to hypertext markup, usually by converting
+ to LaTeX first, then converting that to HTML\SpecialChar \@.
+ Three LaTeX
+\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+HTML converters are currently known to LyX:
+\family typewriter
+tth
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+latex2html
+\family default
+, and
+\family typewriter
+hevea
+\family default
+.
+ Though they are autodetected, you can overide the selection in preferences.
+ You can also include further command line options in this dialog.
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+PDF
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_bottom bigskip
+by
+\noun on
+Dekel Tsur
+\noun default
+ (mostly)
+\layout Standard
+
+The fastest way to generate a basic PDF file (no tags, links, etc.) with
+ any version of LyX is to save the document as a Postscript® file, then
+ run the
+\family typewriter
+ps2pdf
+\family default
+ command on it.
+ Starting with version 1.1.6, the menu item
+\family sans
+File->Export->PDF
+\family default
+ will do all this for you.
+ There are some issues with fonts that you need to pay attention to: see
+ Section\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:badfonts}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Also, as of version 1.1.6, there is a better method that will generate much
+ more sophisticated files.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Use pdfLaTeX
+\layout Standard
+
+With pdfLaTeX you need to convert your eps figures to PDF (see Section\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:pdfeps}
+
+\end_inset
+
+), and you cannot use pstricks.
+ On the other hand, with pdfLaTeX it is possible to insert directly images
+ in JPEG or PNG format, use TrueType fonts, and more.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Why does the text look so bad when viewed with Acrobat Reader?
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:badfonts}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset OptArg
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Bad Fonts in Acrobat Reader
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+The problem is that bitmap fonts are displayed poorly by Acrobat Reader.
+ When creating a PDF from the LyX file, you need to use outline font instead
+ of the default bitmap fonts (in fact, you should also use outline fonts
+ for Postscript files).
+ Recent LaTeX distributions come with Postscript® Type 1 version of the
+ standard (Computer Modern) fonts.
+ pdfLaTeX uses these font by default.
+ Dvips doesn't use these fonts by default, so to make it use them, add the
+ following to lines to your
+\family typewriter
+~/.dvipsrc
+\family default
+ file
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+p+ psfonts.cmz
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+p+ psfonts.amz
+\layout Standard
+
+If the default LaTeX font encoding (OT1) is used, nothing else need to be
+ done.
+ However, if the T1 font encoding is used, then LaTeX uses the newer EC
+ fonts, for which there are no Type1 version.
+ The solution is to use the ae package which emulates T1 coded fonts using
+ the standard CM fonts.
+ This is done by adding
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+usepackage{ae,aecompl}
+\family default
+ to the preamble of the LyX file.
+ However, some glyphs are missing from the CM fonts (e.g.
+ eth, thorn), and they are taken from the EC fonts.
+ Therefore you get these glyphs as bitmaps.
+\layout Standard
+
+Note: LyX uses by default the T1 font encoding.
+ If you wish to use the default font encoding (this is not recommended,
+ unless you only write English documents), clear the field
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+eX\SpecialChar ~
+encoding
+\family default
+ in preferences (tabs
+\family sans
+Outputs
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Misc
+\family default
+).
+
+\layout Standard
+
+An alternate option is to use the standard Postscript® fonts instead of
+ the Computer Modern fonts.
+ To do that, you need to select
+\family sans
+pslatex
+\family default
+ as the global font in the document layout dialog.
+ When using the Postscript® fonts, the result PDF file is smaller as the
+ fonts are not saved into the file.
+ Furthermore, the Postscript® fonts include all T1 glyphs.
+ On the other hand, the Postscript® fonts have no bold symbol font, so poor
+ man's bold must be used (see Section\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:pdfbold}
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ The Postscript® fonts also look different from the Computer Modern fonts.
+\layout Standard
+
+To sum up, both the Computer Modern and the Postscript® fonts gives good
+ results (with few exceptions).
+ The decision of which one to use is a matter of taste.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Why doesn't the
+\backslash
+boldsymbol{} command work when I use pslatex?
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:pdfbold}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset OptArg
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+boldsymbol{}
+\family default
+ and
+\family typewriter
+pslatex
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+The Postscript® fonts do not have a bold symbol font.
+ The solution is to use the
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+pmb{}
+\family default
+ (poor man's bold) command.
+\layout Standard
+
+It is possible to redefine the
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+boldsymbol
+\family default
+ command to use
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+pmb
+\family default
+ by putting
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+boldsymbol}[1]{
+\backslash
+pmb{#1}}
+\layout Standard
+
+in the preamble.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Is it possible to do write latex code which is processed only when running
+ pdfLaTeX?
+\begin_inset OptArg
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Conditionals with pdfLaTeX
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Yes.
+ Here is an example:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+newif
+\backslash
+ifpdf
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+ifx
+\backslash
+pdfoutput
+\backslash
+undefined
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+pdffalse
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+else
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+pdftrue
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+fi
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+ifpdf
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+pdfinfo { /Author (your name and e-mail address)
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ /Title (official title -- i.e., title element)
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ /Subject (one line description of the document)
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ }
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+pdfcatalog { /PageMode (/UseNone)
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ % /OpenAction (fitbh)
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ }
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+usepackage[pdftex]{hyperref}
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+else
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+usepackage[ps2pdf]{hyperref}
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+fi
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+How can I make URLs clickable ?
+\layout Standard
+
+See the references here :
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://wiki.lyx.org/pmwiki.php/FAQ/PDF}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+Custom
+\layout Standard
+
+Custom exports are possible if you have some particularly weird format you
+ wish to convert to, assuming you have the relevant converter, of course.
+ The format of the
+\emph on
+input
+\emph default
+ file can be chosen in the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+xport\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+C
+\bar default
+ustom
+\family default
+dialog; LyX will automatically convert the file to this point, then feed
+ it to your custom converter.
+ The possible values are all formats that LyX can produce from its own documents.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+The converter command is also specified in the dialog.It should be a completely
+ qualified command line which uses the variable
+\family typewriter
+$$FName
+\family default
+ to specify the name of the file.
+ If this variable is not given, then the file will be sent to the standard
+ input of your command.
+ You may have to apply a bit of ingenuity to escape this sequence correctly
+ so that it is compatible with your shell.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+While it is not possible to save this command using the
+\family sans
+Preferences
+\family default
+dialog, you can manually edit your
+\family typewriter
+.lyx/preferences
+\family default
+ to add a line like
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+custom_export_command "mycommand $$FName"
+\layout Section
+
+The Complete reLyX Description
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:reLyX}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+Synopsis
+\layout Standard
+
+The simplest way to use reLyX is via the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+mport
+\family default
+ command in LyX.
+ That runs reLyX on the given file and loads the resulting file into LyX.
+ You should try that first, and call it from the command line only if you
+ need to use more complicated options.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series bold
+reLyX
+\series default
+ [
+\series bold
+-c
+\series default
+
+\shape italic
+textclass
+\shape default
+ ] [
+\series bold
+-df
+\series default
+ ] [
+\series bold
+-o
+\series default
+
+\shape italic
+outputdir
+\shape default
+ ] [
+\series bold
+ -r
+\series default
+\shape italic
+ renv1
+\shape default
+[,
+\shape italic
+renv2
+\shape default
+...]] [
+\series bold
+ -s
+\series default
+\shape italic
+ sfile1
+\shape default
+[,
+\shape italic
+sfile2
+\shape default
+...]]
+\emph on
+inputfile
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series bold
+reLyX
+\series default
+
+\series bold
+-p
+\series default
+
+\series bold
+-c
+\series default
+
+\shape italic
+textclass
+\shape default
+ [
+\series bold
+-df
+\series default
+ ] [
+\series bold
+-o
+\series default
+
+\shape italic
+outputdir
+\shape default
+ ] [
+\series bold
+ -r
+\series default
+\shape italic
+ renv1
+\shape default
+[,
+\shape italic
+renv2
+\shape default
+...]] [
+\series bold
+ -s
+\series default
+\shape italic
+ sfile1
+\shape default
+[,
+\shape italic
+sfile2
+\shape default
+...]]
+\emph on
+inputfiles
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series bold
+reLyX
+\series default
+
+\series bold
+-h
+\layout Subsection
+
+Options
+\layout Description
+
+
+\series bold
+-c
+\series default
+ Class.
+ By default, when reLyX sees a
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+documentclass{foo}
+\family default
+ command, it creates a file of textclass
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+foo
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ and reads the LyX layout file for that class.
+ Use
+\series bold
+-c
+\series default
+ to declare a different textclass (and read a different layout file).
+\layout Description
+
+
+\series bold
+-d
+\series default
+ Debug.
+ By default, reLyX gives sparse output and deletes the temporary files which
+ were created during translation.
+ Using the
+\series bold
+-d
+\series default
+ flag will create much more output (both to stdout and stderr) and leave
+ the temporary files around.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\series bold
+-f
+\series default
+ Force.
+ reLyX will not run if the
+\family typewriter
+.lyx
+\family default
+ file it would generate already exists Use the
+\series bold
+-f
+\series default
+ option (carefully) to clobber any existing files.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\series bold
+-h
+\series default
+ Help.
+ Print out usage information and quit
+\layout Description
+
+
+\series bold
+-o
+\series default
+ Output directory.
+ With this option, all temporary files and LyX output files (for the given
+ input file, for any included files, or for any file fragments given with
+ the
+\series bold
+-p
+\series default
+ option) will be put into
+\shape italic
+outputdir
+\shape default
+.
+ Otherwise, for each file
+\emph on
+dir/foo.tex
+\emph default
+, the temporary files and the LyX output file will be created in
+\emph on
+dir
+\emph default
+.
+ This can be useful if a file includes files from other directories which
+ you want to consolidate in one directory, or if you don't have write permission
+ on the directory the LaTeX files are in.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\series bold
+-p
+\series default
+ Partial file.
+ The input files are LaTeX fragments, with no preamble matter or
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{document}
+\family default
+ commands.
+ This option requires the
+\series bold
+-c
+\series default
+ option, since there are no
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+documentclass
+\family default
+ commands in the files reLyX is translating.
+ When using this option, you can translate more than one file, as long as
+ all files are the same class.
+ The LyX file created by reLyX can be included in an existing LyX file using
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Fil
+\bar under
+e
+\bar default
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Ly
+\bar under
+X
+\bar default
+\SpecialChar ~
+Document
+\family default
+.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\series bold
+-r
+\series default
+ Regular environments (see the Section\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sub:relyx-syntax}
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ If you give more than one environment, separate them with commas (not
+ spaces).
+ You'll probably need to quote the environment list, especially if it has
+ asterisk environments (foo*) in it.
+ If you use this command often, considering creating a personal syntax file.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\series bold
+-s
+\series default
+ Syntax files.
+ Input (one or more quoted, comma-separated) syntax files to read in addition
+ to the default.
+ (see the section Section\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sub:relyx-syntax}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ for details).
+\layout Subsection
+
+Description
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Introduction
+\layout Standard
+
+reLyX will create a LyX file
+\emph on
+dir/foo.lyx
+\emph default
+ from the LaTeX file
+\emph on
+dir/foo.tex
+\emph default
+ (unless the
+\series bold
+-o
+\series default
+ option is used).
+\layout Standard
+
+Suffixes
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+.ltx
+\family default
+ and
+\family typewriter
+.latex
+\family default
+ are supported.
+ If
+\emph on
+inputfile
+\emph default
+ does not exist and does not have one of these suffixes, reLyX will try
+ to translate
+\emph on
+inputfile.tex
+\emph default
+.
+ (This is similar to the behavior of LaTeX.)
+\layout Standard
+
+The purpose of reLyX is to translate
+\shape italic
+well-behaved
+\shape default
+ LaTeX2e into LyX.
+ If your LaTeX file doesn't compile---or if you do weird things, like redefining
+ standard LaTeX commands---it may choke.
+ LaTeX209 will often be translated correctly, but it's not guaranteed.
+\layout Standard
+
+reLyX has some bugs and lacks a few features.
+ However, its main goals are:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Get through a well-behaved LaTeX2e file without crashing
+\layout Itemize
+
+Translate a lot of that file.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Localize the parts that can't be translated and copy them in TeX mode
+\layout Standard
+
+It achieves these main goals pretty well on most files.
+\layout Standard
+
+There are many improvements that can and will be made to reLyX in the future.
+ However, we wanted to get reLyX out there early on, to make it easier for
+ new LyX users to read in their existing LaTeX files.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Usage
+\layout Standard
+
+Here's a more lengthy description of what you should do to translate a LaTeX
+ document into LyX.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Run reLyX.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+reLyX will inform you of its progress and give any warnings to stderr, so
+ if you don't want any output at all, try (in csh)
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+reLyX foo.tex >& /dev/null
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ or (in bash)
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+reLyX foo.tex
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+2>&1 >/dev/null
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ You should NOT redirect standard output to
+\family typewriter
+foo.lyx
+\family default
+.
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Run LyX on the resulting .lyx file.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+In theory, most of the file will have been translated, and anything that's
+ untranslatable will be highlighted in red (TeX mode).
+ In theory, LyX will be able to read in the file, and to create printed
+ documents from it, because all that untranslated red stuff will be passed
+ directly back to LaTeX, which LyX uses as a backend.
+ Unfortunately, reality doesn't always reflect theory.
+ If reLyX crashes, or LyX cannot read the generated LyX file, see Section\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sub:relyx-bugs}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ or the
+\family typewriter
+BUGS
+\family default
+ file.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Change things that are in ERT boxes (TeX code) by hand in LyX.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+As mentioned above, you should be able to print out the LyX file even without
+ doing this.
+ However, changing a command in TeX mode to the corresponding LyX object
+ will allow you to take advantage of LyX's WYSIWYM editing.
+\layout Standard
+
+reLyX is not guaranteed to create a LyX file which generates exactly the
+ same output as the LaTeX file, but it should come close.
+ reLyX will generally err on the side of translating less to ensure that
+ dvi or ps files are accurate, even though this leads to more
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+evil red text
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ and less WYSIWYM.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+PROOFREAD THE DOCUMENT!!
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+I'm sure you were planning on doing this anyway, but it's particularly important
+ after translating a LaTeX document.
+ reLyX is, at least now, better at
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+macro-translating
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ (translating the whole document) than
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+micro-translating
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ (translating every little detail).
+ For example, you may see extra spaces or deleted spaces.
+ Space handling has improved, but it's not perfect.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+What reLyX Can Handle
+\layout Standard
+
+reLyX understands many LaTeX commands.
+ It will translate:
+\layout Itemize
+
+regular text, including mini-commands like ~, '',
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+@
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+TeX
+\family default
+, as well as accented characters like
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+'{a}
+\family default
+, and the special cases ?` and !`
+\layout Itemize
+
+title commands like
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+author
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+date
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+title
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+thanks
+\family default
+ and the abstract environment
+\layout Itemize
+
+heading commands like
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+section
+\family default
+ including starred commands (
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+section*
+\family default
+)
+\layout Itemize
+
+Environments:
+\family typewriter
+quote
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+quotation
+\family default
+, and
+\family typewriter
+verse
+\family default
+;
+\family typewriter
+center
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+flushright
+\family default
+, and
+\family typewriter
+flushleft
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+itemize
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+enumerate
+\family default
+, and
+\family typewriter
+description
+\family default
+ environments, and their
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+item
+\family default
+ commands.
+ Also, well-behaved nested lists
+\layout Itemize
+
+cross-referencing commands:
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+ref
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+pageref
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+label
+\family default
+, and
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+cite
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+footnote
+\family default
+ and
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+margin
+\layout Itemize
+
+font-changing commands including
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+em
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+emph
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+textit
+\family default
+, and corresponding commands to change family, size, series, and shape
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+input{foo}
+\family default
+ (or
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+input{foo.blah}
+\family default
+) and
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+include{foo}
+\family default
+.
+ Plain TeX
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+input
+\family default
+ command
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+input foo.tex
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ is also supported.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+tabular
+\family default
+ environment, and commands that go inside it like
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+hline
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+cline
+\family default
+, and
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+multicolumn
+\family default
+ (but see below)
+\layout Itemize
+
+float environments
+\family typewriter
+table
+\family default
+ and
+\family typewriter
+table*
+\family default
+, as well as
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+caption
+\family default
+ commands within them
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+thebibliography
+\family default
+ environment and
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+bibitem
+\family default
+ command, as well as BibTeX's
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+bibliography
+\family default
+ and
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+bibliographystyle
+\family default
+ commands
+\layout Itemize
+
+miscellaneous commands:
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+hfill
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+
+\backslash
+
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+noindent
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+ldots
+\family default
+...
+\layout Itemize
+
+documentclass-specific environments (and some commands) which can be translated
+ to LyX layouts
+\layout Itemize
+
+arguments to certain untranslatable commands (e.g.
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+mbox
+\family default
+)
+\layout Standard
+
+Some of this support may not be 100% yet.
+ See below for details
+\layout Standard
+
+reLyX copies math (almost) verbatim from your LaTeX file.
+ Luckily, LyX reads in LaTeX math, so (almost) any math which is supported
+ by LyX should work just fine.
+ A few math commands which are not supported by LyX will be replaced with
+ their equivalents, e.g.,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+to
+\family default
+ is converted to
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+rightarrow
+\family default
+.
+ See the section on
+\shape italic
+Syntax Files
+\shape default
+ for more details.
+\layout Standard
+
+reLyX will also copy any preamble commands (i.e., anything before
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{document}
+\family default
+) verbatim, so fancy stuff you've got in your preamble should be conserved
+ in dvi and printed documents, although it will not of course show up in
+ the LyX window.
+ Check the preamble to make sure.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+What reLyX Can't Handle --- But it's OK
+\layout Itemize
+
+figures and
+\family typewriter
+tabular*
+\family default
+ tables
+\layout Itemize
+
+minipages
+\layout Itemize
+
+spacing commands (
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+vspace
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+pagebreak
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+par
+\family default
+)
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+centering
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+raggedleft
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+raggedright
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+verb
+\family default
+ and
+\family typewriter
+verbatim
+\family default
+ environment.
+ reLyX is careful to copy
+\shape italic
+exactly
+\shape default
+ in this case, including comments and whitespace.
+\layout Itemize
+
+some unknown (e.g., user-defined) environments and commands
+\layout Standard
+
+reLyX copies unknown commands, along with their arguments, verbatim into
+ the LyX file.
+ Also, if it sees a
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{foo}
+\family default
+ where it doesn't recognize the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+foo
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ environment, it will copy verbatim until it sees
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+end{foo}
+\family default
+ (unless you use the
+\series bold
+-r
+\series default
+ option).
+ Hopefully, then, most of these unknown commands won't cause reLyX to break;
+ they'll merely require you to do some editing once you've loaded the file
+ up in LyX.
+ That should be less painful than editing either the
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+ or the
+\family typewriter
+.lyx
+\family default
+ file using a text editor.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+What reLyX Handles Badly --- a.\SpecialChar ~
+k.\SpecialChar ~
+a.
+ BUGS
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sub:relyx-bugs}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Since reLyX is relatively new, it's got a number of problems.
+ As it matures, these bugs will be squished.
+ A number of bugs and missing features can be found listed on the LyX bug
+ tracker,
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url[LyX Bugzilla]{http://bugzilla.lyx.org/}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+If reLyX is choking on something, or LyX can't read it after reLyX translates
+ it, the best thing to do is to put
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{reLyXskip}
+\family default
+ before the offending text, and
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+end{reLyXskip}
+\family default
+ after it.
+ I call this a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+skip
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ block.
+ reLyX will copy this block exactly, in TeX mode.
+ Then edit the resulting LyX file, and translate the unknown stuff by hand.
+ The
+\family typewriter
+reLyXskip
+\family default
+ environment is magical; the
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin
+\family default
+ and
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+end
+\family default
+ commands will not be put into the LyX file.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Exact
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ copying of unknown environments and commands isn't quite exact.
+ Specifically, newlines and comments may be lost.
+ This will yield ugly LyX, but in almost all cases the output will be the
+ same.
+ However, certain parts of the file will be copied perfectly, including
+ whitespace and comments.
+ This includes: the LaTeX preamble,
+\family typewriter
+verbatim
+\family default
+ environments and
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+verb
+\family default
+ commands, and skip blocks.
+\layout Itemize
+
+reLyX translates only a few options to the
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+documentclass
+\family default
+ command.
+ (Specifically 1[012]pt, [letter|legal|executive|a4|a5|b5]paper, [one|two]side,
+ landscape, and [one|two]column.) Other options are placed in the extra class
+ options field in the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+ettings
+\family default
+ dialog.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+More importantly, reLyX doesn't translate
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+usepackage
+\family default
+ commands, margin commands,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+newcommand
+\family default
+s, or, in fact, anything else from the preamble.
+ It simply copies them into the LaTeX preamble.
+ If you have margin commands in your preamble, then the LyX file will generate
+ the right margins.
+ However, these margins will override any margins you set in the LyX
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+ocument
+\bar under
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+S
+\bar default
+ettings
+\family default
+ dialog.
+ So you should remove the options from the preamble to be safe.
+ The same goes for setting your language with babel,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+inputencoding
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+pagestyle
+\family default
+, etc.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+The foil class has a couple bugs.
+ reLyX may do weird things with optional arguments to
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+foilhead
+\family default
+ commands.
+ Also, it may handle
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{dinglist}
+\family default
+ incorrectly (although the stuff in the environment should translate normally).
+\layout Standard
+
+reLyX is hopefully rather robust.
+ As mentioned above, it may not translate your file perfectly, but it shouldn't
+ crash.
+ If it does crash---and the problem is not one of those mentioned above
+ or in the
+\emph on
+BUGS
+\emph default
+ file---see Section\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sub:relyx-bug-reports}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+What LyX Can't Handle
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX itself is missing a couple features, such that even if reLyX translates
+ things perfectly, LyX may still have trouble reading it.
+ If you really need these features, you can export your final document as
+ LaTeX, and put them back in.
+ See
+\emph on
+BUGS
+\emph default
+ for more details on these bugs.
+\layout Itemize
+
+For a number of commands, LyX does not support the optional argument.
+ Examples include
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+sqrt
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+chapter
+\family default
+ (and other sectioning commands), and
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+
+\backslash
+
+\family default
+.
+ reLyX will automatically discard the optional arguments with a warning
+ to stdout.
+ LyX also ignores the width argument for the
+\family typewriter
+thebibliography
+\family default
+ environment.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Centering (or right or left justifying) works on full paragraphs.
+\layout Itemize
+
+LyX support for tables isn't perfect.
+ For complicated tables, use a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+skip
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ block, so that they will be copied in TeX mode.
+\layout Itemize
+
+The LyX math editor can't handle the AMS-LaTeX math environments align,
+ split, etc.
+ So those environments will be copied in TeX mode.
+ You can change
+\family typewriter
+equation*
+\family default
+ environments to the exactly equivalent displaymath, and then they will
+ be translated correctly.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Examples
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+reLyX -df -o
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+my/dir
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ -r
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+myenv
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ foo.tex > foo.debug
+\layout Standard
+
+The above will create a file my/dir/foo.lyx from foo.tex, overwriting if necessary.
+ When it finds a
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{myenv} ...
+
+\backslash
+end{myenv}
+\family default
+ block, it will translate the stuff within the block, but copy the
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin
+\family default
+ and
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+end
+\family default
+ commands in TeX mode.
+ Finally, I'm going to keep the temporary files around (they will also
+ be in my/dir/) and output lots of debugging information into the file foo.debug.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Notes
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Bug Reports
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sub:relyx-bug-reports}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+If reLyX is crashing or otherwise acting strangely---in ways other than
+ those described in Section\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sub:relyx-bugs}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ or the bug tracker---then please run reLyX
+\series bold
+ -d
+\series default
+.
+ That will allow you to figure out where in the reLyXing process it crashed.
+ That, in turn, will allow you to write a better bug report, which will
+ allow the developers to fix it more quickly and easily.
+\layout Standard
+
+Bug reports should be sent to the LyX developers' mailing list.
+ Its address is currently
+\family typewriter
+lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org
+\family default
+.
+ If you are running reLyX on a huge file, please do not send all of the
+ output in your bug report.
+ Just include the last ten or twenty lines of output, along with the piece
+ of the LaTeX file it crashed on.
+ Or, even better, attach a small but complete file which causes the same
+ problem as your original file.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Implementation Details:
+\layout Standard
+
+reLyX makes several
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+passes
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ in order to translate a TeX file.
+ On each pass, it creates one or two files.
+\layout Description
+
+Pass\SpecialChar ~
+0 \SpecialChar ~
+
+\newline
+Before doing anything, read the syntax file (or files).
+\layout Description
+
+Pass\SpecialChar ~
+1a \SpecialChar ~
+
+\newline
+Split preamble (anything before a
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{document}
+\family default
+ command) off the rest of the file.
+ It saves the two pieces in separate files.
+ This is necessary because there may be very strange stuff in a preamble.
+ It also ignores anything after the
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+end{document}
+\family default
+, on the assumption that it isn't LaTeX.
+\layout Description
+
+Pass\SpecialChar ~
+1b \SpecialChar ~
+
+\newline
+Translate the preamble.
+ Currently, that just means translating the
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+documentclass
+\family default
+ command and copying the rest exactly into the LyX preamble.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Once you know what class the document is, read the LyX layout file for that
+ class.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+
+Pass\SpecialChar ~
+2 \SpecialChar ~
+
+\newline
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Clean
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ the TeX file, generating slightly stricter LaTeX.
+ This includes:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Change, e.g.,
+\family typewriter
+x^2
+\family default
+ to the equivalent but clearer
+\family typewriter
+x^{2}
+\layout Itemize
+
+Removing optional arguments that LyX can't handle (e.g., from
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+sqrt
+\family default
+)
+\layout Itemize
+
+Changing
+\family typewriter
+{
+\backslash
+em foo}
+\family default
+ to
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+emph{foo}
+\family default
+, etc.
+ This is necessary because LyX always writes out the non-local forms anyway.
+ This should very rarely make a difference.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+
+Pass\SpecialChar ~
+3 \SpecialChar ~
+
+\newline
+Translate LaTeX text, commands, and environments to LyX.
+\layout Description
+
+Pass\SpecialChar ~
+4 \SpecialChar ~
+
+\newline
+Put the two pieces back together, and do some final tweaking, to generate
+ the LyX file
+\layout Standard
+
+If there are any
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+input
+\family default
+ or
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+include
+\family default
+ commands, reLyX will loop back to the beginning and translate those.
+ It assumes that the included files are the same class as the main file,
+ and that they have no preamble matter.
+ (If you have an
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+input
+\family default
+ command in the preamble of a file, the command will be copied exactly into
+ the LaTeX preamble portion of the LyX file, so the included file won't
+ be translated.) So when translating included files, it skips passes 0 and
+ 1.
+\layout Standard
+
+If reLyX doesn't find a file you wanted to include, it will give a warning,
+ but will continue to translate any files it does find.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Layout Files
+\layout Standard
+
+reLyX reads a LyX layout file to know how to handle LaTeX environments and
+ commands which get translated to LyX layouts.
+ This file will include all
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+normal
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ non-math environments (i.e., including quote and itemize, but not tabular,
+ minipage, and some other fancy environments), and commands like
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+section
+\family default
+ and
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+title
+\family default
+.
+ If you want to reLyX a class that doesn't have an existing layout file,
+ then you'll have to create a layout file.
+ But you have to do this anyway, in order to LyX the file, since LyX depends
+ on layout files to know how to display and process its files.
+ Check the LyX documentation for help with this task (which can be hard
+ or easy, depending on the class you want to create a layout file for.) If
+ your class is quite similar to a class that has a layout file, then consider
+ using the
+\series bold
+-c
+\series default
+ option.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Syntax Files
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sub:relyx-syntax}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+reLyX always reads at least one syntax file, called the default syntax file.
+ reLyX will read your personal syntax file if it exists; otherwise it will
+ read the system-wide file.
+ reLyX will read additional syntax files if you specify them with the
+\series bold
+-s
+\series default
+ option.
+ (These extra files should have the same format as the default file, but
+ will tend to be shorter, since they only have to specify extra commands
+ not found in the default file.) A syntax file tells reLyX a few things.
+\layout Standard
+
+First, it describes the syntax of each command, that is, how many required
+ arguments and how many optional arguments the command takes.
+ Knowing this makes it easier for reLyX to copy (in TeX mode) commands that
+ it doesn't know how to translate.
+ The syntax file simply has a command, followed by braces or brackets describing
+ its arguments in the correct order.
+ For example, a syntax file entry
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+bibitem[]{}
+\family default
+ means that the
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+bibitem
+\family default
+ command takes an optional argument followed by a required one, while the
+ entry
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+bf
+\family default
+ means that the
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+bf
+\family default
+ command takes no arguments at all.
+ When reLyX encounters a token that it doesn't know how to translate into
+ LyX, it will copy the token---along with the correct number of arguments---exac
+tly.
+ If the token is not in the syntax file, then reLyX just copies as many
+ arguments as it finds.
+ This means that it may copy too much.
+ But since the user can specify additional syntax files, that shouldn't
+ happen often.
+\layout Standard
+
+Some commands that cannot be translated to LyX, like
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+mbox
+\family default
+, have as one of their arguments regular LaTeX text.
+ If the string
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+translate
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ is put into an argument of an (untranslatable) command in the syntax file,
+ then reLyX will translate that argument instead of copying it verbatim.
+ So, for example, the default syntax file has
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+raisebox{}[][]{translate}
+\family default
+.
+ This means that the
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+raisebox
+\family default
+ command and the first argument (and optional arguments if they exist) are
+ copied in TeX mode, but the last argument (which may contain math, complicated
+ LaTeX, other untranslatable commands, etc.) will be translated into LyX.
+ You can't use
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+translate
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ on optional arguments.
+\layout Standard
+
+User-defined syntax files are allowed to define new commands and their syntax,
+ or override the number of arguments for a command given in the default
+ syntax file.
+ (E.g., if you're using a style that gives an extra argument to some command...)
+ However, this will only be useful for commands copied in TeX mode.
+ Commands which are actually translated by reLyX (like
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+item
+\family default
+) have their argument syntax hard-coded.
+ The hard-coded commands are identified in the default syntax file.
+\layout Standard
+
+Second, the syntax file describes any
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+regular environments
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Usually, an entire unknown environment will be copied in TeX mode.
+ If you define a regular environment
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+foo
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+, though, then only the
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{foo}
+\family default
+ and
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+end{foo}
+\family default
+ commands will be copied in TeX mode; the text within the environment will
+ be treated (i.e., translated) by reLyX as regular LaTeX, rather than being
+ copied into TeX mode.
+ Don't try to declare
+\family typewriter
+tabbing
+\family default
+ and
+\family typewriter
+picture
+\family default
+ as regular environments, as the text within those environments will confuse
+ reLyX; use this capability for new environments you create that have plain
+ text or math or simple commands in them.
+ You also can't declare unknown math environments (like
+\family typewriter
+equation*
+\family default
+) as regular environments, either, since the LyX math editor won't understand
+ them.
+ The names of regular environments appear, whitespace-separated, between
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{reLyXre}
+\family default
+ and
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+end{reLyXre}
+\family default
+ statements in the syntax file.
+ (If you have a regular environment which you won't use very often, you
+ can use the
+\series bold
+-r
+\series default
+ option rather than writing a syntax file.)
+\layout Standard
+
+Third, the syntax file describes a math translation table.
+ The LyX math editor doesn't support a few commands.
+ For example,
+\family typewriter
+_
+\family default
+ is supported, but the equivalent
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+sb
+\family default
+ is not.
+ Put any commands you'd like translate between
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{reLyXmt}
+\family default
+ and
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+end{reLyXmt}
+\family default
+ statements.
+ The statement
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+| {
+\backslash
+Vert}
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ means that any
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+|
+\family default
+ in math mode will be converted to
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+Vert
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\family default
+(in cases where a token made up of a backslash and a non-letter is translated
+ to something with letters at the end, a space is added by reLyX.
+ That way,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+|a
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ is correctly translated to
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+Vert a
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+).
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Miscellaneous
+\layout Standard
+
+You need Perl version 5.002 or later to run reLyX.
+ <plug> If you don't have Perl, you should get it anyway (at
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url[Perl]{http://www.perl.com/}
+
+\end_inset
+
+), because it's a really useful tool for pretty much anything.
+ </plug>
+\layout Subsection
+
+Diagnostics
+\layout Standard
+
+reLyX should always explain why it crashes, if it crashes.
+ Some diagnostics may be very technical, though, if they come from the guts
+ of the code.
+ reLyX gives much more information while running if you use the
+\series bold
+-d
+\series default
+ option, but you shouldn't need that unless something goes wrong.
+\layout Standard
+
+When it's finished, reLyX will tell you if it finished successfully or died
+ due to some error.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Warnings
+\layout Standard
+
+Always keep a copy of your original LaTeX files either under a different
+ name or in a different directory.
+ There are a couple ways in which using LyX could lead to overwriting the
+ original LaTeX file.
+\layout Standard
+
+If you import
+\family typewriter
+foo.tex
+\family default
+ to create
+\family typewriter
+foo.lyx
+\family default
+, then edit
+\family typewriter
+foo.lyx
+\family default
+ and want to re-export it, note that it will overwrite the original
+\family typewriter
+foo.tex
+\family default
+.
+ (LyX will
+\emph on
+not
+\emph default
+ ask you if you want to overwrite it.)
+\layout Standard
+
+If you have chosen not to use a temporary directory in the preferences,
+ then LyX will create its temporary files in your current directory, which
+ means your LaTeX original may be overwritten (without a warning from LyX)
+ when you
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+view dvi
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ or print the LyX document.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Files
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+MY_LYXDIR/layouts/*.layout
+\family default
+\series default
+ \SpecialChar ~
+
+\newline
+User's personal layout files for document classes
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+MY_LYXDIR/reLyX/syntax.default
+\family default
+\series default
+ \SpecialChar ~
+
+\newline
+User's personal syntax file
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+LIBDIR/layouts/*.layout
+\family default
+\series default
+ \SpecialChar ~
+
+\newline
+System-wide layout files for document classes
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+LIBDIR/reLyX/syntax.default
+\family default
+\series default
+ \SpecialChar ~
+
+\newline
+System-wide LaTeX syntax file
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+LIBDIR
+\family default
+ is the system-wide LyX directory, usually something like
+\family typewriter
+/usr/local/share/lyx/
+\family default
+.
+
+\family typewriter
+MY_LYXDIR
+\family default
+ is your personal LyX directory, something like
+\family typewriter
+.lyx/
+\family default
+ in your home directory.
+ You can see their actual values in the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+H
+\bar default
+elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+About\SpecialChar ~
+Ly
+\bar under
+X
+\family default
+\bar default
+ dialog.
+\layout Subsection
+
+See also
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\shape italic
+lyx
+\shape default
+(1),
+\shape italic
+latex
+\shape default
+(1)
+\layout Subsection
+
+Authors
+\layout Standard
+
+Copyright (c) 1998--9
+\noun on
+Amir Karger
+\noun default
+ (
+\family typewriter
+karger@voth.chem.utah.edu
+\family default
+)
+\layout Standard
+
+Code contributors:
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\noun on
+John Weiss
+\noun default
+ wrote the original CleanTeX pass.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\noun on
+Etienne Grossmann
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\noun on
+Jos\i \'{e}
+ Ab\i \'{\i}
+lio Oliveira Matos
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\noun on
+David Suarez de Lis
+\layout Standard
+
+Other contributors:
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\noun on
+Jean-Marc Lasgouttes
+\noun default
+ worked on the wrapper script and offered lots of bug reports, advice, and
+ feature suggestions.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\noun on
+Asger K.
+ Alstrup Nielsen
+\noun default
+ and
+\noun on
+Marc Pavese
+\noun default
+ provided advice.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Various members of the LyX developers' and users' lists provided bug reports
+ and feature suggestions.
+\layout Standard
+
+reLyX uses a modified version the Perl TeX parser
+\family typewriter
+Text::TeX
+\family default
+ package written by
+\noun on
+Ilya Zakharevich
+\noun default
+ (
+\family typewriter
+ilya@math.ohio-state.edu
+\family default
+), available on CPAN.
+\layout Chapter
+
+LyX Features needing Extra Software
+\layout Section
+
+Using LyX with SGML-Tools (aka LinuxDoc)
+\layout Standard
+
+by
+\noun on
+Paul Evans
+\layout Subsection
+
+Overview
+\layout Standard
+
+LinuxDoc is a document class available in LyX if you have the
+\family typewriter
+sgml-tools
+\family default
+ package installed.
+ You can use it to produce documents in the so-called Standardized General
+ Mark-up Language (SGML) in the particular format used by the Linux Documentatio
+n Project.
+ That is obviously helpful if you are contributing to that project.
+ You can use the SGML format with the
+\family typewriter
+sgml-tools
+\family default
+ package of scripts and programs (to produce other formats, including Latex,
+ HTML, plain text, man pages and\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+).
+ You may therefore prefer to use this document class if you want to write
+ something that can be easily translated into other formats.
+\layout Standard
+
+You will find that LinuxDoc has fewer layout options than the other text
+ classes in LyX.
+ This is mainly so that the translations into other formats have a chance
+ of making some sense.
+ In this section we describe:
+\layout Itemize
+
+how to setup and use a document in LinuxDoc
+\layout Itemize
+
+how to use the tags in LinuxDoc to layout your document
+\layout Itemize
+
+how to use the SGML packages to produce the various formats
+\layout Itemize
+
+how to sort out some problems.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Preparing and using a LinuxDoc document
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Getting started
+\layout Standard
+
+You start by selecting the LinuxDoc class using the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+ettings
+\family default
+ dialog.
+
+\family sans
+
+\family default
+Then you will find that there are fewer paragraph environments than for
+ most other classes.
+ You can see them on the pull down box on the left of the tool bar.
+ How to use them is described in section\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:sgmlparas}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+You
+\emph on
+must
+\emph default
+ enter a title for the document, followed by an author, marking each with
+ the appropriate paragraph environment.
+ If you don't do this, you will get errors when you try to print the file.
+ You can then enter the date and an abstract.
+ The document proper must start with a Section paragraph environment rather
+ than any standard layout.
+\layout Standard
+
+After that you can prepare a document as usual using the available range
+ of paragraph environments.
+ See section\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:sgmlparas}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ for the full list and their uses.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Output from LinuxDoc
+\layout Standard
+
+You can print and save these documents in the normal way.
+ To use the other features of the SGML package you need to save your document
+ as LinuxDoc; this is a version in which the document is translated into
+ the basic sgml tags.
+ Use
+\family sans
+
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+xport\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Linu
+\bar under
+x
+\bar default
+Doc.
+
+\family default
+ You will get a file with the same name and a
+\family typewriter
+.sgml
+\family default
+ extension rather than a
+\family typewriter
+.lyx
+\family default
+ extension.
+ See\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:sgmloperate}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ on how you than make use of this file.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Using the paragraph environments in LinuxDoc
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+The Structure of a LinuxDoc Document
+\layout Standard
+
+There is a formal structure for LinuxDoc which limits how you can place
+ tags.
+ There are two parts to all documents:
+\layout Description
+
+Header: this is everything up to the first time you insert a Section layout
+ marker.
+ It can include title, author, date, abstract and ToC.
+ You must include the first two.
+\layout Description
+
+Body: from the beginning of the first section onwards.
+ All other tags are allowed.
+
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+The LinuxDoc Paragraph Environments
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:sgmlparas}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Here is a list of all the tags you will find listed on the layout bar in
+ the order they come there, with some comments where the purpose or use
+ is not obvious:
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Standard:
+\family roman
+ works as described in [cross reference]
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Title
+\family default
+: This will appear at the top left of the document when printed, above a
+ heavy horizontal rule, although you will not see this on the LyX screen.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Section, Subsection, Subsubsection, Paragraph and Subparagraph:
+\family default
+ all do what you would expect and in the usual order.
+ Whether they are numbered or not is controlled by the
+\family sans
+Section\SpecialChar ~
+number\SpecialChar ~
+depth
+\family default
+ setting.
+ You cannot get the equivalent number free versions in any other way; there
+ is no
+\family sans
+Section*
+\family default
+ or similar
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Enumerate:
+\family default
+ As usual this produces a numbered and indented list as described in the
+
+\emph on
+User's Guide
+\emph default
+.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Itemize:
+\family roman
+Again much the same as in the other classes: see the
+\emph on
+User's Guide
+\emph default
+.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Description
+\family default
+: As explained in the
+\emph on
+User's Guide
+\emph default
+.
+ Remember that if you want the bold element at the start of a description
+ to be more than one word then you need to put protected spaces between
+ the words.
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Verbatim:
+\family default
+As usual.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Code: similar to the Lyx-Code
+\family roman
+ environment
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Author
+\family default
+: Anything you mark with this will appear on the left of the heading of
+ the document, under the heavy rule.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Date:
+\family default
+ Anything you mark with this will appear on the right of the heading under
+ the rule.
+ You do not have to make this a date.
+ Any text can be entered, e.\SpecialChar ~
+g.
+ a version number.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\family default
+: You can use this to produce a free standing paragraph after the author
+ and date, and before the first section.
+ You are only allowed one such paragraph.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\emph on
+Author's note.
+
+\emph default
+This needs checking ---
+\emph on
+pe.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Displaymath
+\family default
+:
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\emph on
+Author's note:
+\emph default
+I have not yet checked this ---
+\emph on
+pe.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Other document features
+\layout Standard
+
+You can also use the
+\family sans
+Layout
+\family default
+menu to set fonts or to emphasis words.
+ You can also use the table of contents as usual; see the corresponding
+ section of the
+\emph on
+User's Guide
+\emph default
+.
+ Although you will find some some other features on the menus e.\SpecialChar ~
+g.
+ inserting footnotes.
+ There is some doubt about whether these will work correctly.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\emph on
+Author's note:
+\emph default
+Again still checking to see whether this is my system
+\emph on
+ ---pe.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Cross references and HTML
+\layout Standard
+
+On the
+\family sans
+ Insert
+\family default
+ menu you will find two new options relating to the inclusion of URL addresses.
+ If you use either option you will find some highlighted TeX code inserted
+ into your document in three separate blocks with spaces available between.
+ The blocks will be:
+\layout Quote
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+htmlurl{
+\family default
+ or
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+url{
+\family roman
+
+\hfill
+space
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\hfill
+}{
+\family roman
+
+\hfill
+space
+\hfill
+
+\family typewriter
+}
+\layout Standard
+
+You insert a full HTML tag between the first and second blocks.
+ This can be
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://any.address}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ or other valid tags such as
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{mailto:me@my.address}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+.
+\family default
+Then y
+\family roman
+ou
+\family default
+insert some description between the second and third blocks.
+ The differences are:
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+URL:
+\family roman
+ both the HTML tag and the description will appear in the document
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+HTML\SpecialChar ~
+URL:
+\family roman
+only the description appears in the printed version
+\layout Subsection
+
+Using the LinuxDoc Sgml scripts
+\begin_inset Note
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+This section is completely outdated.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:sgmloperate}
+
+\end_inset
+
+You can use LinuxDoc as a text class without any additional scripts or programs,
+ but there is not much point in doing this.
+ All you will get is a document that looks like a
+\emph on
+Linux Documentation Project Howto
+\family sans
+\emph default
+.
+
+\family default
+To do the document translation you need to get and install the
+\family typewriter
+sgml-tools-1.0.x.tar.gz
+\family default
+(with
+\begin_inset Formula $x\geq3$
+\end_inset
+
+) package from
+\family roman
+the SGML-Tools WWW Page
+\family default
+ at
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\family roman
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://pobox.com/~cg/sgmltools}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Alternatively, you can go to the
+\family typewriter
+sunsite
+\family default
+ archive at
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Note that, at the time of this writing (01/1998), version 1.0.3 of sgml-tools
+ has not yet been made available at
+\family typewriter
+sunsite
+\family default
+.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\family roman
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://sunsite.unc.edu/pub/Linux/utils/text/sgml-tools-1.0.x.tar.gz}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+The
+\family default
+ file
+\family typewriter
+sgml-tools-1.0.x.tar.gz
+\family default
+ contains everything that you need to write SGML documents and convert them
+ to groff, LaTeX, HTML, GNU info, LyX, and RTF\SpecialChar \@.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+This package was renamed from
+\family typewriter
+linuxdoc-sgml-1.5.tar.gz
+\family default
+ in January 1997.
+\layout Standard
+
+Follow the instructions in that package on how to install it and how to
+ use it.
+ All this has to be done outside of LyX, before you can use the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+xport\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+as\SpecialChar ~
+LinuxDoc
+\family roman
+option.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Troubleshooting LinuxDoc
+\layout Standard
+
+When you print or preview a LinuxDoc document some checking is done of the
+ tags before LaTeX is run.
+ Some errors are trapped here, especially those concerning the structure
+ of the document.
+ LyX may produce an error message, but not leave an error box in the document
+ for you to open.
+ You may have to look at the files directly to discover what is wrong.
+ Most problems seem to come from the use of options that are not fully available
+ in the text class.
+\layout Section
+
+Checking TeX
+\layout Standard
+
+by
+\noun on
+Asger Alstrup
+\layout Subsection
+
+Introduction
+\layout Standard
+
+Under the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+ools
+\family default
+ menu, you'll find a
+\family sans
+\bar under
+C
+\bar default
+heck\SpecialChar ~
+TeX
+\family default
+ command.
+ This feature requires you to have the
+\family typewriter
+chktex
+\family default
+ program installed, and is grayed out if you don't have it.
+ You can get it from your nearest CTAN mirror, or over the Web from
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.ifi.uio.no/~jensthi/chktex/}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+The
+\family sans
+ChkTeX
+\family default
+ package is a program that was written by
+\noun on
+Jens T.
+ Berger Thielemann
+\noun default
+ in frustration because some constructs in LaTeX are sometimes non-intuitive,
+ and easy to forget.
+ The program runs over your LaTeX file and checks the integrity of the file,
+ and flags some common errors.
+ In other technical words, it is
+\family typewriter
+Lint
+\family default
+ for LaTeX.
+\layout Standard
+
+Well, what is a syntax checker doing in LyX which is supposed to produce
+ correct LaTeX anyways? The answer is simple: Just as
+\family typewriter
+Lint
+\family default
+ not only checks the
+\emph on
+syntax
+\emph default
+ of C programs, but also does
+\emph on
+semantic
+\emph default
+ checks for type-errors,
+\family sans
+ChkTeX
+\family default
+ catches some common
+\emph on
+typographic
+\emph default
+ errors, in addition to the syntactical ones.
+ Specifically,
+\family sans
+ChkTeX
+\family default
+ is capable of detecting several common errors, such as
+\layout Itemize
+
+Ellipsis detection:
+\newline
+Use \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+ instead of ...
+\layout Itemize
+
+No space in front of/after parenthesis:
+\newline
+( wrong spacing )
+\layout Itemize
+
+Enforcement of normal space after common abbreviations:
+\newline
+e.
+ g.
+ is too wide spacing.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Enforcement of end-of-sentence space when the last sentence ends with a
+ capital letter:
+\newline
+This is a TEST.
+ And this is wrong spacing.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Space in front of labels and similar commands:
+\newline
+The label should stick right up to the text to avoid falling to a wrong
+ page.
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:chktex}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+This footnote is in danger of falling off to a wrong page
+\end_inset
+
+ The label is separated too much.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Space in front of references, instead of hard spaces:
+\newline
+In you are in bad luck, the text will break right between the referenced
+ text and reference number, and that's a pity.
+ See section
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:chktex}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Use of
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+x
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ instead of
+\begin_inset Formula $\times$
+\end_inset
+
+ between numbers:
+\newline
+2x2 looks cheap compared to
+\begin_inset Formula $2\times2$
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+and more \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+ It is an invaluable tool when you are
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+finishing up
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ your document before printing, and you should run it right after the obligatory
+ spelling check, and before you go fine tuning the typesetting.
+\layout Subsection
+
+How to use it
+\layout Standard
+
+If you have the program installed, usage is as simple as choosing
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+C
+\bar default
+heck\SpecialChar ~
+TeX
+\family default
+.
+ This will make LyX generate a LaTeX file of your document, start
+\family sans
+ChkTeX
+\family default
+ to check it, and then make LyX insert
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+error boxes
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ with the warnings from
+\family sans
+ChkTeX
+\family default
+, if there were any.
+ The warnings will be placed close to the point of the mistake, and you
+ can quickly find them by using the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+N
+\bar default
+avigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+rror
+\family default
+ menu item, or the shortcut key
+\family sans
+C-g
+\family default
+ from the default
+\family typewriter
+cua
+\family default
+ bind file.
+ Open the error boxes by clicking on them with the mouse, or use the shortcut
+ key
+\family sans
+C-i
+\family default
+ from
+\family typewriter
+cua
+\family default
+ bindings, or the corresponding
+\family sans
+C-o
+\family default
+ for the alternate
+\family typewriter
+emacs
+\family default
+ bind file.
+ Read the warning and correct the mistake, if it is a mistake.
+ If you have trouble understanding what the warning is about, you can safely
+ ignore it.
+ Remember that there is a hidden layer between the document on screen and
+ the technical details in invoking
+\family sans
+ChkTeX
+\family default
+, and this gap can make some warnings seem arcane or just right down plain
+ silly.
+\layout Standard
+
+This document is an excellent testing bed for the feature, and it should
+ provide quite a few warnings for you to fiddle with.
+ Since computers are only so smart, expect most of the warnings to be false
+ alarms, though.
+\layout Subsection
+
+How to fine tune it
+\layout Standard
+
+Sometimes, you'll find that
+\family sans
+ChkTeX
+\family default
+ makes more noise than suits your mood.
+ Then you can choose not to use it, wait until your mood changes, or try
+ to customize
+\family sans
+ChkTeX
+\family default
+ to get better along with you.
+ Another choice in the most desperate situations is to use
+\family sans
+\bar under
+V
+\bar default
+iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+R
+\bar default
+emove\SpecialChar ~
+All\SpecialChar ~
+Error\SpecialChar ~
+Boxes
+\family default
+, which will get rid of all warnings instantly.
+\layout Standard
+
+Although
+\family sans
+ChkTeX
+\family default
+
+\emph on
+is
+\emph default
+ very configurable and extensible, you shouldn't expect to solve all problems
+ with
+\family sans
+ChkTeX
+\family default
+ in LyX this way.
+ Since LyX has to generate a somewhat special LaTeX file to be able to match
+ the line numbers from the
+\family sans
+ChkTeX
+\family default
+ output
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+You can inspect the specific output from
+\family sans
+chktex
+\family default
+ by using
+\family sans
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+View\SpecialChar ~
+LaTeX\SpecialChar ~
+Log
+\family default
+ right after a
+\family sans
+chktex
+\family default
+ run.
+\end_inset
+
+ to the internal document structure, some of the warnings will not seen
+ to appear correctly.
+ There are two things you can do about this:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Fine tune the
+\family sans
+ChkTeX
+\family default
+ invocation command line in
+\family sans
+Preferences
+\family default
+ (tabs
+\family sans
+Outputs
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Misc
+\family default
+), or the global
+\family sans
+ChkTeX
+\family default
+ installation configuration file (usually with the file
+\family typewriter
+/usr/local/share/chktexrc
+\family default
+).
+ See below to learn what warnings can be enabled and disabled on the command
+ line.
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+Export your document as a raw LaTeX file using
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+xport\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+aTeX
+\family default
+ and run
+\family typewriter
+chktex
+\family default
+ manually on that.
+ Invoked in this way, it can be a hassle to find the corresponding place
+ in the document inside LyX, but with a little patience, you should be able
+ to do it.
+\layout Standard
+
+Here follows the warning messages that can be enabled and disabled in
+\family sans
+Preferences
+\family default
+.
+ Use
+\family typewriter
+-n#
+\family default
+ to disable a warning, and
+\family typewriter
+-w#
+\family default
+ to enable a warning.
+ The emphasized entries are disabled by default, because the default is
+ "
+\family typewriter
+chktex -n1 -n3 -n6 -n9 -n22 -n25 -n30 -n38
+\family default
+".
+\layout Standard
+
+Notice that you should only use the options that enable and disable warnings,
+ because LyX relies on some of the other command line parameters to be set
+ in a specific way to have a chance to communicate with
+\family typewriter
+chktex
+\family default
+.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+\emph on
+Command terminated with space.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+Non-breaking space (
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+~
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+) should have been used.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+\emph on
+You should enclose the previous parenthesis with
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+{}
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+Italic correction (
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+/
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+) found in non-italic buffer.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+Italic correction (
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+/
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+) found more than once.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+\emph on
+No italic correction (
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+/
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+) found.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+Accent command
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+cmd
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ needs use of
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+cmd
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+Wrong length of dash may have been used.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+\emph on
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+%s
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ expected, found
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+%s
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+Solo
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+%s
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ found.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+You should use
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+%s
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ to achieve an ellipsis.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+Inter-word spacing (
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+) should perhaps be used.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+Inter-sentence spacing (
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+@
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+) should perhaps be used.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+Could not find argument for command.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+No match found for
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+%s
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+Math mode still on at end of LaTeX file.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+Number of
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+char
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ doesn't match the number of
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+char
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+You should use either
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ or
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ as an alternative to
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+"
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+You should use "
+\family typewriter
+'
+\family default
+" (ASCII 39) instead of "
+\family typewriter
+´
+\family default
+" (ASCII 180).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+User-specified pattern found.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+This command might not be intended.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+\emph on
+Comment displayed.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+Either
+\family typewriter
+''
+\backslash
+,'
+\family default
+ or
+\family typewriter
+'
+\backslash
+,''
+\family default
+ will look better.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+Delete this space to maintain correct page references.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+\emph on
+You might wish to put this between a pair of
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+{}
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+You ought to remove spaces in front of punctuation.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+Could not execute LaTeX command.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+Don't use
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+/
+\family default
+ in front of small punctuation.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\size small
+$
+\backslash
+times$
+\family default
+ may look prettier here.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+\emph on
+Multiple spaces detected in output.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+This text may be ignored.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+Use
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ to begin quotation, not
+\family typewriter
+'
+\family default
+.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+Use
+\family typewriter
+'
+\family default
+ to end quotation, not
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+Don't mix quotes.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+You should perhaps use
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+cmd
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ instead.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+You should put a space in front of/after parenthesis.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+You should avoid spaces in front of/after parenthesis.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+\emph on
+You should not use punctuation in front of/after quotes.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+Double space found.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+You should put punctuation outside inner/inside display math mode.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+You ought to not use primitive TeX in LaTeX code.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+You should remove spaces in front of
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+%s
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+%s
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ is normally not followed by
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+%c
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+In later versions of LyX, we hope to provide a more complete interface to
+ this tool (and it's smaller cousin
+\family typewriter
+lacheck
+\family default
+) to exploit the full power of it.
+ But it's not exactly useless as it is now: go try it on one of your existing
+ documents of a certain length and be surprised.
+\layout Section
+
+Version Control in LyX
+\layout Standard
+
+by
+\noun on
+ Lars Gullik Bjønnes
+\layout Subsection
+
+Introduction
+\layout Standard
+
+A friend of mine wanted to try LyX for a group project.
+ When he didn't find support for version control or file locking, he dropped
+ it.
+ This angered me a bit, so I thought that I should at least make support
+ for RCS (with the possibility of CVS and/or SCCS as a future improvement.)
+ This has now been done.
+ LyX now supports some of the most basic RCS commands.
+ If you need to something a bit more sophisticated you will have to do that
+ manually in an xterm.
+\layout Standard
+
+Before you begin to use the version control features in LyX, you should
+ read
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+rcsintro
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ (a man file, read it with
+\family typewriter
+man rcsintro
+\family default
+).
+ This file describes all the basic features of RCS.
+ You should especially notice the comment about a RCS directory, and the
+ notion of a master RCS file (the file ending in
+\family typewriter
+,v
+\family default
+).
+\layout Standard
+
+The implementation in LyX assumes a recent version of the GNU RCS package---no
+ guarantees are made for older versions.
+\layout Subsection
+
+RCS commands in LyX
+\layout Standard
+
+The following sections describe the RCS commands supported by LyX.
+ You can find them in the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+V
+\bar default
+ersion\SpecialChar ~
+Control
+\family default
+ submenu.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+
+\family sans
+Register
+\layout Standard
+
+If your document is not under revision control, this is the only item shown
+ in the menu.
+ And if it is under revision control, the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+R
+\bar default
+egister
+\family default
+ item is grayed out.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+This command registers your document with RCS\SpecialChar \@.
+ You are asked interactively
+ to supply an initial description of the document.
+ The document is now set in Read-Only mode and you have to
+\family sans
+Check\SpecialChar ~
+Out\SpecialChar ~
+For\SpecialChar ~
+Edit
+\family default
+, before making any changes to it.
+ A document under revision control has a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+[RCS:<version> <locker>]
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ item tagged to the filename in the minibuffer.
+\layout Standard
+
+RCS command that is run:
+\family typewriter
+ci -q -u -i -t-"<initial description>" <file-name>
+\layout Standard
+
+Read
+\family typewriter
+man ci
+\family default
+ to understand the switches.
+
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+
+\family sans
+Check In Changes
+\layout Standard
+
+When you are finished editing a file, you check in your changes.
+ When you do this, you are asked for a description of the changes.
+ This is stored in the history log.
+ The version number is bumped, your changes are applied to the master RCS
+ file, the document is unlocked and set to Read-Only mode.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+RCS command:
+\family typewriter
+ci -q -u -m"<description>" <file-name>
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+
+\family sans
+Check Out For Edit
+\layout Standard
+
+By doing this you lock the document so that only you can edit it.
+ This will also make the document Read-Write only for you.
+ You will usually continue editing for a while and when you are finished
+ you check in your changes.
+ The status line is changed to reflect that you have locked the file.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+RCS command:
+\family typewriter
+co -q -l <file-name>
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+
+\family sans
+Revert To Last Version
+\layout Standard
+
+This will discard all changes made to the document since the last check
+ in.
+ You get a warning before changes are discarded.
+\layout Standard
+
+RCS command:
+\family typewriter
+co -f -u<version> <file-name>
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+
+\family sans
+Undo Last Checkin
+\layout Standard
+
+This makes as if the last check in never happened.
+ No changes are made to the document loaded into LyX, but the last version
+ is removed from the master RCS file.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+RCS command:
+\family typewriter
+rcs -o<version> <file-name>
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+
+\family sans
+Show History
+\layout Standard
+
+This show the complete history of the RCS document.
+ The output of
+\family typewriter
+rlog <file-name>
+\family default
+ is shown in a browser.
+ See
+\family typewriter
+man rlog
+\family default
+ for more info.
+\layout Section
+
+Literate Programming
+\layout Standard
+
+Updated by
+\noun on
+Kayvan Sylvan
+\noun default
+(kayvan@sylvan.com)
+\noun on
+,
+\noun default
+original documentation written by
+\noun on
+Edmar Wienskoski Jr.
+
+\noun default
+ (edmar-w-jr@technologist.com)
+\layout Subsection
+
+Introduction
+\layout Standard
+
+The main purpose of this documentation is to show you how to use LyX for
+ literate programming.
+ Where it is assumed that you are familiar with this programming technique,
+ and know what
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+tangling
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+weaving
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ means.
+ If that is not the case, please follow the web links provided in the following
+ sections.
+ There is a lot of good documentation out there covering old development
+ history to the latest tools tips.
+\layout Standard
+
+It is also assumed that you are familiar with LyX itself to a point that
+ you are comfortable changing your LyX preferences, and X resources file.
+ If that is not the case please refer to other LyX documentation to cover
+ your specific needs.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Literate Programming
+\layout Standard
+
+From the Literate Programming FAQ:
+\layout Quotation
+
+Literate programming is the combination of documentation and source together
+ in a fashion suited for reading by human beings.
+ In fact, literate programs should be enjoyable reading, even inviting!
+ (Sorry Bob, I couldn't resist!) In general, literate programs combine source
+ and documentation in a single file.
+ Literate programming tools then parse the file to produce either readable
+ documentation or compilable source.
+ The WEB style of literate programming was created by D.E.
+ Knuth during the development of his TeX typesetting software.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Another excerpt says:
+\layout Quotation
+
+
+\emph on
+How is literate programming different from verbose commenting?
+\layout Quotation
+
+There are three distinguishing characteristics.
+ In order of importance, they are:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+flexible order of elaboration
+\layout Itemize
+
+automatic support for browsing
+\layout Itemize
+
+typeset documentation, especially diagrams and mathematics
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Now that I sparked your curiosity, take a look in the references.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+References
+\layout Standard
+
+The complete Literate Programming FAQ can be found at:
+\layout Quote
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url[Literate Programming FAQ]{http://shelob.ce.ttu.edu/daves/lpfaq/faq.html}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+The FAQ lists 23 (twenty three!) different literate programming tools.
+ Where some are specialized or
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+tailored
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ for particular programming languages, while other have general scope.
+ I selected
+\noun on
+Noweb
+\noun default
+ for my own use for several reasons:
+\layout Itemize
+
+It can generate the documentation either in latex or html.
+\layout Itemize
+
+It has a open architecture, i.e., it is easy to plug in new filters and to
+ perform special processing that you may need.
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+There is a good selection of filters available already (the html is one
+ of them).
+\layout Itemize
+
+It is free.
+\layout Standard
+
+The Noweb web page can be found at:
+\layout Quote
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url[Noweb home page]{http://www.cs.virginia.edu/~nr/noweb/}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Starting from there you can reach many other interesting links and even
+ some literate program examples.
+\layout Subsection
+
+LyX and Literate Programming
+\layout Standard
+
+The LyX support for Literate Programming is provided by using the generic
+ LyX convertors mechanism.
+ This support is provided in a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Noweb independent
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ way, i.e., you will be able to use this new LyX feature with some other literate
+ programming tool of your choice by just changing your LyX preferences.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Generating documents and code (weaving and tangling)
+\layout Paragraph
+
+Selecting the document class
+\layout Standard
+
+If you have installed Noweb and LyX successfully, whenever you open a new
+ document or try to change the document class of an existing one, you will
+ find that there are three new document classes available:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Article (Noweb)
+\layout Itemize
+
+Book (Noweb)
+\layout Itemize
+
+Report (Noweb)
+\layout Standard
+
+You must select one of them to create your literate documents from.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Note that literate documents are not limited to these three classes.
+ New classes can be generated from other styles like letter or in combination
+ with other class variations like Article (AMS).
+ If you have special needs that cannot be covered by one of the existing
+ classes, let the LyX developers list (lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org) know and we
+ will arrange to insert a new entry, or teach you how to do it.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+It is very simple, it involves the creation of a file with four lines, and
+ re-running of the auto configuration.
+\end_inset
+
+ Moreover, if you use a literate tool other than Noweb you may need to create
+ a new set of document classes for it.
+\layout Paragraph
+
+Typing code in
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX enables you to write code with a layout named
+\noun on
+Scrap
+\noun default
+.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+The equivalent Noweb term is
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Chunk
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ For historical reasons, I got used to the term
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+scrap
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ introduced by other literate tool named Nuweb, which I used for many years
+ before rendering myself to Noweb.
+\end_inset
+
+ Noweb delimits scraps like this:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+<<My scrap>>=
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ code
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ more code
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ even more code
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ @
+\layout Standard
+
+The problem is that whatever is written in between the << and the
+\family typewriter
+@
+\family default
+ must be taken literally, i.e., LyX should be prevented from making any special
+ interpretation of what has been written.
+ This is handled by a special layout named Scrap, that works like a normal
+ paragraph but has a free spacing capability.
+\layout Standard
+
+The down side of the Scrap paragraph layout is that consecutive paragraphs
+ of code will be spaced with one empty line in the source code and also
+ in the printed documentation.
+ The work around is to enter each line of code within a single Scrap, with
+ a newline (ctrl-return).
+ The example above will look like this:
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+If you have a printed version of this document you will not see any difference
+ between the previous example and this one.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+<<My scrap>>=
+\newline
+ code
+\newline
+ more code
+\newline
+ even more code
+\newline
+ @
+\layout Standard
+
+This layout works fine.
+ The only real inconvenience is that you have to type ctrl-return instead
+ of a plain return.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+It is in my list of
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+improvements
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ to fix that.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+As a special note, you can also use the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+%def
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ construct of Noweb in your scraps to add items to Noweb's identifier cross-refe
+rence:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+<<My scrap>>=
+\newline
+ def some_function(args):
+\newline
+ "This is the doc string for this function."
+\newline
+ print "My args: ", args
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+@ %def some_function
+\layout Standard
+
+For an example of this usage and the resulting cross-reference output, look
+ at the Literate python program in
+\emph on
+LIBDIR/examples/listerrors.lyx
+\emph default
+which should make this all clear.
+\layout Paragraph
+
+Generating the documentation
+\layout Standard
+
+At this point you already have a new document file with a proper document
+ class, and with some code and text on it.
+ How do I print it? The answer is simple, you select
+\family sans
+\bar under
+V
+\bar default
+iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+VI,
+\family default
+ etc.
+ Just like you would do for a plain document.
+ No special procedure is required.
+\layout Standard
+
+To help orientate you, I will now explain what happens inside LyX:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+When the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+U
+\bar default
+pdate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+VI
+\family default
+menu option is chosen, a latex file is generated.
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+If the document is of any literate class the generated file will be named
+ with an extension name defined by the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+literate
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ format (defined in the Preferences panel), otherwise the file will have
+ the usual
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+extension.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Note that the only difference so far is in the name of the file, no special
+ processing is required by LyX.
+ Given that you formatted the code using the Scrap layout that, by itself,
+ takes care of the business.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+If the document is of any literate class LyX will then use the internal
+ LyX to Noweb converter, followed by the Noweb to LaTeX converter
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+The converters are defined in the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+references
+\family default
+ panel, under the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Conversion
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ tab.
+\end_inset
+
+ to generate the LaTeX file.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Otherwise it will just skip this step.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Finally, LaTeX is invoked and the regular post processing continues as in
+ a plain document.
+\layout Standard
+
+Independence from a particular
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+literate tool
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ is easily achieved by changing the commands that are run by the various
+ converters.
+\layout Paragraph
+
+Generating the code
+\layout Standard
+
+When the build menu option is chosen or the corresponding button in the
+ toolbar is pressed, a latex file is generated just like step 1 above.
+ Next, LyX invokes the
+\family typewriter
+ Noweb->Program
+\family default
+ converter.
+ Typically, this converter (like any other converter), has two parts:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+The converter program itself.
+ This program performs the conversion from the one format to the other (in
+ this case, from the Noweb format to the Program pseudo-format).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+The error log parser.
+ This is a program whose sole purpose is to rewrite error messages in a
+ format that LyX understands.
+ This makes it possible for LyX to place error boxes in the right places
+ in the file buffer.
+\layout Standard
+
+The first part, the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Converter
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ setting, should be set to
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+build-script $$i
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ This basically means that LyX will call
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+build-script
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ (a program or script) with the name of the Noweb file (generally a file
+ in the LyX temp directory).
+
+\layout Standard
+
+This is an implementation of
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+build-script
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ that you can place in a directory on your path:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+#!/bin/sh
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+#
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+notangle -Rbuild-script $1 | env NOWEB_SOURCE=$1 sh
+\layout Standard
+
+The next part of the converter setting is the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Flags
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ which is to be set to
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+originaldir,parselog=listerrors
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ This will run any errors that are generated by the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+build-script
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ process through the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+listerrors
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ program.
+\layout Standard
+
+The converter code looks in
+\emph on
+MYLYXDIR/scripts
+\emph default
+first, then in
+\emph on
+ LIBDIR/scripts
+\emph default
+then on the path for the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+listerrors
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ program.
+\layout Paragraph
+
+Build instructions in the document
+\layout Standard
+
+The last piece of the integration between LyX and noweb is the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+build-script
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ scrap.
+ Generally, the instructions for building your program should be embedded
+ in a scrap of its own.
+ The noweb-specific
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+build-script
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ above uses the notangle command to look for this scrap (called
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+build-script
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+) and runs its contents through
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+sh
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Typically, such a scrap would look something like this:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+<<build-script>>=
+\newline
+#!/bin/sh
+\newline
+
+\newline
+if [ -z "${NOWEB_SOURCE}" ]
+\newline
+then
+\newline
+ NOWEB_SOURCE=myfile.nw
+\newline
+fi
+\newline
+[...
+ code to extract files ...]
+\newline
+[...
+ code to compile files ...]
+\newline
+@
+\layout Standard
+
+Look in
+\emph on
+LIBDIR/examples/listerrors.lyx
+\emph default
+or in
+\emph on
+LIBDIR/examples/Literate.lyx
+\emph default
+ which implement two versions of the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+listerrors
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ program for some illustrations of how all of these pieces go together or
+ in
+\emph on
+LIBDIR/examples/noweb2lyx.lyx.
+
+\emph default
+Interestingly, these three files show off the language-indepence of the
+ LyX literate programming support since they are written in Python, C and
+ Perl respectively.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Configuring LyX
+\layout Standard
+
+All the Literate Programming support is configured by the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+references
+\family default
+ panel in the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Conversion
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ tab.
+ The important parts are:
+\layout Description
+
+the\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+literate
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+format Set up via the Formats tab, this is where the Noweb-specific pieces
+ are set up.
+ The
+\family sans
+GUI Name
+\family default
+ is set to
+\family typewriter
+NoWeb
+\family default
+, the file extension is set to
+\family typewriter
+.nw
+\family default
+.
+ This tells LyX to create a file with a
+\family typewriter
+.nw
+\family default
+ extension in the first step of the conversion process.
+\layout Description
+
+the\SpecialChar ~
+
+\family sans
+Program
+\family default
+\SpecialChar ~
+format This is an empty format whose sole purpose is to be the endpoint
+ of a conversion (which then allows us to set up a converter for it).
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family sans
+NoWeb
+\family default
+->
+\family sans
+LaTeX
+\family default
+ This converter performs the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+weaving
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ of the literate document.
+ For Noweb, it is set to
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+noweave -delay -index $$i > $$o
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family sans
+NoWeb
+\family default
+->
+\family sans
+Program
+\family default
+ This performs the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+tangling step
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ As stated above, the Converter is set to
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+build-script $$i
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+, with Flags set to
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+originaldir,parselog=listerrors
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Debug extensions
+\layout Standard
+
+There is also a new function implemented in the LyX server, the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+server-goto-file-row" function, to be used with ddd/gdb or other debugger.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+When debugging code with ddd/gdb, it is possible to invoke a text editor
+ at the current execution position with a single key stroke.
+ The default ddd configuration for that is shift-ctrl-V.
+ It happens that you can define the editor command line invocation in ddd
+ by accessing the
+\family sans
+
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+references\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+H
+\bar default
+elpers
+\family default
+dialog and changing the "Edit Sources" entry.
+\layout Standard
+
+I take advantage of the new created LyX server function and this ddd feature,
+ and set
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Edit Sources
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ to:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+echo "LYXCMD:monitor:server-goto-file-row:@FILE@ @LINE@" >~/.lyxpipe.in
+\layout Standard
+
+With this, whenever you are using ddd and find a point in the program that
+ you want to edit, you just press shift-ctrl-V (in the ddd window), and
+ ddd you forward this information to LyX through the LyX server and then
+ the LyX window will show the same file with the cursor at the same position
+ ddd was pointing to.
+ No more guessing or long scrolling to locate a point in the program back
+ from debugging !
+\layout Standard
+
+Note however that you must enable the LyX server to get this feature working
+ (it is disabled by default).
+ You can enable it in
+\family sans
+Preferences
+\family default
+ (tabs
+\family sans
+Inputs
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Paths
+\family default
+) by entering in the
+\family sans
+LyXserver pipe
+\family default
+ a path like
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+/home/<your-home-directory>/.lyx/lyxpipe
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Read the LyX server documentation in the
+\emph on
+Customization Manual
+\emph default
+ for further information.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Toolbar extensions
+\layout Standard
+
+There are six new buttons that can be added to your LyX toolbar.
+ Five of these buttons are short cuts to layout styles:
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Section
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+LaTeX
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+LyX-Code
+\family default
+, and
+\family sans
+Scrap
+\family default
+.
+ The last one is a short cut to the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Build Program
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ File menu entry.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX has a range of buttons that are available for tool bar customization.
+ In my toolbar I like to combine the six short cuts above with two more:
+ One for
+\family sans
+\bar under
+V
+\bar default
+iew
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+U
+\bar default
+pdate
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+VI
+\family default
+ and the other for
+\family sans
+\bar under
+V
+\bar default
+iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+VI
+\family default
+ File menu entries.
+ Here is how it looks like:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+Toolbar
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Layouts
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Icon "layout Standard"
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Icon "layout Section"
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Icon "layout LaTeX"
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Icon "layout LyX-Code"
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Icon "layout Scrap"
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Separator
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Icon "buffer-view"
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Icon "buffer-typeset"
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Icon "build-program"
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Separator
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+.
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+.
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+.
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+End
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Colors customization
+\layout Standard
+
+There are a number of colors in LyX that can be customized in
+\family sans
+Preferences
+\family default
+.
+ One of the things that bothers people is the LaTeX font color.
+ The default color is red, since the scraps uses LaTeX font, and there is
+ a lot of scraps in literate documents, you may get tired of seeing everything
+ in red.
+ You can change it by going to the tabs
+\family sans
+Look&Feel
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Colors.
+\layout Standard
+
+The next thing is the visible presence of the newline character in the screen.
+ You can choose the color of this particular character and make it blend
+ in the background.
+ I recommend you choosing a color that is close to the background but not
+ equal, that way you still can see it is there, but it is not bothering
+ you anymore.
+
+\layout Chapter
+
+Secrets of the LaTeX Masters
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{cha:secrets}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Though LyX is a powerful tool, it cannot hope to support everything that
+ can be done with pure TeX/LaTeX.
+ However, many familiar dirty TeX and LaTeX tricks can be done within LyX,
+ as long as you are not afraid to use that
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+TeX
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ button on the toolbar or add things to the LaTeX preamble.
+ This section lists some tips, tricks, and otherwise cool ideas to give
+ your document that extra little flair.
+
+\emph on
+Do try this at home
+\emph default
+, just start with something a little smaller and less important than your
+ dissertation!
+\layout Standard
+
+Most ideas in this section require less common files in your LaTeX installation.
+ If you have a system like teTeX, most will already be available.
+ A few, however, will need to be downloaded from one of the CTAN archives.
+ Often, there are several ways to do something, or several LaTeX style files
+ which do the same thing.
+ We do not endorse one choice over another, we simply claim that we have
+ done a particular task with a particular file.
+ Put on your wizard hat, keep an eye out for dragons, and let us begin.
+\layout Section
+
+Tricks for Footnotes and Margin Notes
+\layout Standard
+
+suggested by
+\noun on
+Robin Socha
+\layout Subsection
+
+Footnotes
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX cannot yet take care of setting the footnote numbering back to 1 after
+ each section in the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+article
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family roman
+ document class or changing the counter style.
+ You'll need to insert LaTeX commands like the following to achieve that:
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+setcounter{footnote}{0}
+\end_inset
+
+ Using
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+setcounter{footnote}{0}
+\family roman
+ will set the counter back to 1
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+The counter has been set back to 1.
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+The following command will change the numbering to small letters.
+ Take a look at the next footnote in your xdvi or ghostview
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+thefootnote}{
+\backslash
+alph{footnote}}
+\end_inset
+
+:
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+This is an example for a footnote with alphabetic numbering.
+\newline
+Use
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+thefootnote {
+\backslash
+alph{footnote}}
+\family roman
+to get this.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+The next command sets the counter style back to default, i.e.
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+arabic
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Use
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+thefootnote}{
+\backslash
+arabic{footnote}}
+\family roman
+ to set the counter--style back to LyX's default, i.e.
+
+\backslash
+arabic.
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand {
+\backslash
+thefootnote} {
+\backslash
+arabic{footnote}}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+You can use
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+arabic
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+roman
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+Roman
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+alph
+\family default
+ or
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+Alph
+\family default
+ and others as counter styles.
+ Just replace the LaTeX command in the above example and rerun TeX to see
+ what those styles can do.
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+Margin Notes
+\layout Standard
+
+Here are two examples of neat things you can do to margin notes using LaTeX
+ commands.
+\layout Standard
+
+The following command will make a vertical line appear alongside your text---gre
+at for
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+thumbing
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+:
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+marginpar{
+\backslash
+rule[-10mm]{30mm}{5mm}}
+\family roman
+.
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+marginpar{
+\backslash
+rule[-10mm]{30mm}{5mm}}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Check your dvi- or ghostview-output to see what the
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+reversemarginpar
+\family default
+command does to the following margin note.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+reversemarginpar
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Marginal
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+This is a
+\newline
+margin note.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Section
+
+Multiple Columns
+\layout Standard
+
+by
+\noun on
+Lars Gullik Bjønnes
+\layout Subsection
+
+Purpose
+\layout Standard
+
+The aim for this chapter
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Editor's note: Lars' original chapter was a masterful description of how
+ to use the
+\family typewriter
+multicol
+\family default
+ package.
+ However, it was too long to flow smoothly in this document.
+ I have therefore chosen to excerpt the most important sections here (sorry,
+ Lars); you can read the original chapter (and more of the story!) in the
+ example file
+\family typewriter
+examples/multicol.lyx
+\family default
+.
+ --- mer
+\end_inset
+
+ is to show how the LaTeX package
+\family typewriter
+multicol
+\family default
+ can be used in a LyX document.
+ As LyX doesn't support the
+\family typewriter
+multicol
+\family default
+ package natively yet, we have to use some small hacks.
+ By reading this section it should be obvious how to do this.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Limitations
+\layout Standard
+
+The
+\family typewriter
+multicol
+\family default
+ package allows switching between one and multicolumn format on the same
+ page.
+ Footnotes are handled correctly (for the most part), but will be placed
+ at the bottom of the page and not under each column.
+ LaTeX's float mechanism, however, is partly disabled in the current implementat
+ion.
+ At the moment only page-wide floats can be used within the scope of the
+ environment.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Examples
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Two columns
+\layout Standard
+
+If you want to have two columns in your text, you have use LaTeX mode to
+ insert
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{multicols}{2}
+\family default
+ at the point where you want the two column layout to start, and then
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+end{multicols}
+\family default
+ where you want it to end.
+ Like this:
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+begin{multicols}{2}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+\noindent
+
+\series bold
+\size small
+The Adventure of the Empty House
+\series default
+
+\newline
+by
+\noun on
+Sir Arthur Conan Doyle
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\size small
+It was in the spring of the year 1894 that all London was interested, and
+ the fashionable world dismayed, by the murder of the Honourable Ronald
+ Adair under most unusual and inexplicable circumstances.
+ The public has already learned those particulars of the crime which came
+ out in the police investigation, but a good deal was suppressed upon that
+ occasion, since the case for the prosecution was so overwhelmingly strong
+ that it was not necessary to bring forward all the facts.
+ Only now, at the end of nearly ten years, am I allowed to supply those
+ missing links which make up the whole of that remarkable chain.
+ The crime was of interest in itself, but that interest was as nothing to
+ me compared to the inconceivable sequel, which afforded me the greatest
+ shock and surprise of any event in my adventurous life.
+ Even now, after this long interval, I find myself thrilling as I think
+ of it, and feeling once more that sudden flood of joy, amazement, and increduli
+ty which utterly submerged my mind.
+ Let me say to that public, which has shown some interest in those glimpses
+ which I have occasionally given them of the thoughts and actions of a very
+ remarkable man, that they are not to blame me if I have not shared my knowledge
+ with them, for I should have considered it my first duty to do so, had
+ I not been barred by a positive prohibition from his own lips, which was
+ only withdrawn upon the third of last month.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+end{multicols}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Multiple columns
+\layout Standard
+
+The same pattern is used when you want more than two columns:
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+begin{multicols}{3}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\size footnotesize
+It can be imagined that my close intimacy with Sherlock Holmes had interested
+ me deeply in crime, and that after his disappearance I never failed to
+ read with care the various problems which came before the public.
+ And I even attempted, more than once, for my own private satisfaction,
+ to employ his methods in their solution, though with indifferent success.
+ There was none, however, which appealed to me like this tragedy of Ronald
+ Adair.
+ As I read the evidence at the inquest, which led up to a verdict of willful
+ murder against some person or persons unknown, I realized more clearly
+ than I had ever done the loss which the community had sustained by the
+ death of Sherlock Holmes.
+ There were points about this strange business which would, I was sure,
+ have specially appealed to him, and the efforts of the police would have
+ been supplemented, or more probably anticipated, by the trained observation
+ and the alert mind of the first criminal agent in Europe.
+ All day, as I drove upon my round, I turned over the case in my mind and
+ found no explanation which appeared to me to be adequate.
+ At the risk of telling a twice-told tale, I will recapitulate the facts
+ as they were known to the public at the conclusion of the inquest.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+end{multicols}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+You can have have more than 3 columns if you want to, but that might not
+ be very pleasant for the eye.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Columns inside columns
+\layout Standard
+
+You can even have columns inside columns:
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+begin{multicols}{2}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\size footnotesize
+The Honourable Ronald Adair was the second son of the Earl of Maynooth,
+ at that time governor of one of the Australian colonies.
+ Adair's mother had returned from Australia to undergo the operation for
+ cataract, and she, her son Ronald, and her daughter Hilda were living together
+ at 427 Park Lane.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+begin{multicols}{2}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\size footnotesize
+The youth moved in the best society--had, so far as was known, no enemies
+ and no particular vices.
+ He had been engaged to Miss Edith Woodley, of Carstairs, but the engagement
+ had been broken off by mutual consent some months before, and there was
+ no sign that it had left any very profound feeling behind it.
+ For the rest {sic} the man's life moved in a narrow and conventional circle,
+ for his habits were quiet and his nature unemotional.
+ Yet it was upon this easy-going young aristocrat that death came, in most
+ strange and unexpected form, between the hours of ten and eleven-twenty
+ on the night of March 30, 1894.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+end{multicols}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\size footnotesize
+Ronald Adair was fond of cards--playing continually, but never for such
+ stakes as would hurt him.
+ He was a member of the Baldwin, the Cavendish, and the Bagatelle card clubs.
+ It was shown that, after dinner on the day of his death, he had played
+ a rubber of whist at the latter club.
+ He had also played there in the afternoon.
+
+\size default
+
+\size footnotesize
+The evidence of those who had played with him-- Mr.
+ Murray, Sir John Hardy, and Colonel Moran--showed that the game was whist,
+ and that there was a fairly equal fall of the cards.
+ Adair might have lost five pounds, but not more.
+ His fortune was a considerable one, and such a loss could not in any way
+ affect him.
+ He had played nearly every day at one club or other, but he was a cautious
+ player, and usually rose a winner.
+ It came out in evidence that, in partnership with Colonel Moran, he had
+ actually won as much as four hundred and twenty pounds in a sitting, some
+ weeks before, from Godfrey Milner and Lord Balmoral.
+ So much for his recent history as it came out at the inquest.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+end{multicols}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Please do read the file
+\family typewriter
+examples/multicol.lyx
+\family default
+ for more advanced examples including column and header spacing, vertical
+ separator lines, and more.
+\layout Section
+
+Numbering in the
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+ Paragraph Environment
+\begin_inset OptArg
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Numbering in Enumerate
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_bottom bigskip
+by
+\noun on
+John Weiss
+\layout Standard
+\noindent
+The default numbering for the
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+ paragraph environment begins with Arabic numbers and ends with uppercase
+ letters.
+ Suppose, however, you wanted a different type of numbering scheme.
+ Here's a quickie example of how to change the numbering scheme:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+labelenumi}{
+\backslash
+Roman{enumi}.}
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+labelenumii}{
+\backslash
+Alph{enumii}.}
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+labelenumiii}{
+\backslash
+arabic{enumiii}.}
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+labelenumiv}{
+\backslash
+alph{enumiv}.)}
+\layout Standard
+
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+ which changes the numbering scheme to uppercase Roman numerals, uppercase
+ letters, Arabic numbers, and lowercase letter.
+\layout Standard
+
+Additionally, the previous example also adds a little bit extra to the numbering
+ scheme.
+ For example, the first level label actually looks like:
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+I.
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ For ease of reading, we'll describe what the numbering schemes look like
+ using a notation something like this: <
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+I.
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+,\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+A.
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+,\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+1.
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+,\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+a.)
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+>.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+As you can see in the example, there is a label command for each nesting
+ level,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+labelenumi
+\family default
+ \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+labelenumiv
+\family default
+, as well as a counter,
+\family typewriter
+enumi
+\family default
+ \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\family typewriter
+enumiv
+\family default
+.
+ There are also five
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+number printing
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ commands,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+arabic{}
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+roman{}
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+Roman{}
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+alph{}
+\family default
+, and
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+Alph{}
+\family default
+, each of which take one counter as an argument.
+ You can add characters before or after these, but there's no need to add
+ spaces.
+\layout Standard
+
+You can get really fancy with these.
+ For example:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+labelenumi}{
+\backslash
+#
+\backslash
+Alph{enumi}
+\backslash
+#}
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+labelenumii}{
+\backslash
+Alph{enumi}.
+\backslash
+arabic{enumii}}
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+labelenumiii}{
+\backslash
+alph{enumiii}+}
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+labelenumiv}{(
+\backslash
+roman{enumiv})}
+\layout Standard
+
+produces the somewhat out of hand numbering scheme: <
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+#A#
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+,\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+A.1
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+,\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+a+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+,\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+(i)
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+>.
+
+\layout Section
+
+Extra Space Between Table Rows
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_bottom bigskip
+by
+\noun on
+Mike Ressler
+\layout Standard
+\noindent
+LaTeX allows you to put a bit of extra space between rows in a table by
+ giving an optional argument to the end-of-row specifier (
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+
+\backslash
+
+\family default
+).
+ LyX has not yet implemented this in a formal way, so here are two dirty
+ little tricks to do the same job.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+The first is the more formal, but longwinded way to do it.
+ In the LaTeX preamble, add the following command definition:
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+newcommand{
+\backslash
+extratablespace}[1]{
+\backslash
+noalign{vskip#1}}
+\family default
+ This command takes a single argument---the amount of space you would like
+ to insert.
+ Insert the command in the first column of the row
+\emph on
+after
+\emph default
+ where you would like the space to appear.
+ Here is an example (I've removed all the borders using
+\family sans
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Tabl
+\bar under
+e
+\family default
+\bar default
+):
+\layout Standard
+\align center
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Minerals
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Calcite
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Dolomite
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Quartz
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Graphite
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+extratablespace{2ex}
+\end_inset
+
+Rocks
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Limestone
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Sandstone
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Granite
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Andesite
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+The second method is faster, but will make typographers and TeXperts all
+ over the world groan.
+ Simply put an end of row specifier with optional argument at the same spot.
+ No fancy definitions are needed as in the above example, but there will
+ be more space inserted than you specified because you essentially added
+ a blank row plus the extra space.
+ If the space added is too much, simply use a negative number, like so:
+\layout Standard
+\align center
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Minerals
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Calcite
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Dolomite
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Quartz
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Graphite
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+
+\backslash
+[-1ex]
+\end_inset
+
+ Rocks
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Limestone
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Sandstone
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Granite
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Andesite
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+It's short, sweet, and gets the job done quickly, even if it is really ugly.
+ You may put away the rotten vegetables now! I promise I won't suggest anything
+ else like that!
+\layout Section
+
+Dropped Capitals
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_bottom bigskip
+by
+\noun on
+Mike Ressler
+\layout Standard
+\noindent
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+newfont{
+\backslash
+tmpfont}{cmr17 scaled 2500}{
+\backslash
+tmpfont T}
+\backslash
+vspace*{-8.4ex}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+\noindent
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+hangindent=3.3em
+\backslash
+hangafter=-3
+\end_inset
+
+ hose of you who like the style of old books probably also like
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+dropped capitals
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+---those large capital letters which begin each new chapter or section.
+ Implementing them with plain LyX/LaTeX is straightforward (assuming you
+ know some plain TeX!) but does require a lot of work and many iterations,
+ as you can see by all the ugly TeX-mode stuff at the beginning of this
+ paragraph.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+verb+
+\backslash
+bigdrop{-1em}{3}{ptmri}{T}+
+\end_inset
+
+here is a much easier way of doing this, of course.
+ The
+\family typewriter
+dropcaps
+\family default
+ (or the newer
+\family typewriter
+dropping
+\family default
+) package from CTAN allows a simple way to add such letters to your documents.
+ Since this package is not a standard part of teTeX, I can't demonstrate
+ it within this document, but if you copy this paragraph to a new document,
+ delete the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+verb
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ and the pluses from the TeX code at the beginning of the paragraph, and
+ add
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+usepackage{dropcaps}
+\family default
+ to your LaTeX preamble, you will get a nice Times Roman Italic
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+T
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+, whose height is three lines of text and which protrudes 1 em into the
+ margin.
+ (Make certain you have copied
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+dropcaps.sty
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ into a directory where TeX can see it.) The first argument is the amount
+ of indentation; in this case the negative sign moves it into the margin.
+ The second argument is the height of the letter in number of lines of text.
+ The third argument is the font name: virtually anything which has a tfm
+ file should work (wade through the
+\family typewriter
+.../texmf/fonts/tfm
+\family default
+ directory for possibilities).
+ My personal favorite is
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+yinit
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+, a fancy German font specifically designed for dropped capitals.
+ The fourth argument is the letter (or letters) to be dropped.
+ The
+\family typewriter
+dropping
+\family default
+ package also offers the
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+bigdrop
+\family default
+ command, as well as a slightly simplified
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+dropping
+\family default
+ command.
+\layout Section
+
+Non-standard Paragraph Shapes
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_bottom bigskip
+by
+\noun on
+Mike Ressler
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+begin{sloppypar}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+newdimen
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+setlength{
+\backslash
+varunit}{4.5in}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+\noindent
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+parshape 19 0.45
+\backslash
+varunit 0.332
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+0.40
+\backslash
+varunit 0.300
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+0.35
+\backslash
+varunit 0.293
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+0.30
+\backslash
+varunit 0.300
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+0.25
+\backslash
+varunit 0.317
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+0.20
+\backslash
+varunit 0.342
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+0.15
+\backslash
+varunit 0.373
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+0.10
+\backslash
+varunit 0.410
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+0.05
+\backslash
+varunit 0.453
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+0.00
+\backslash
+varunit 0.500
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+0.05
+\backslash
+varunit 0.453
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+0.10
+\backslash
+varunit 0.410
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+0.15
+\backslash
+varunit 0.373
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+0.20
+\backslash
+varunit 0.342
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+0.25
+\backslash
+varunit 0.317
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+0.30
+\backslash
+varunit 0.300
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+0.35
+\backslash
+varunit 0.293
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+0.40
+\backslash
+varunit 0.300
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+0.45
+\backslash
+varunit 0.332
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+
+\end_inset
+
+There are times when the tyranny of rectangular paragraphs must be overthrown.
+ In such situations, a call to the delightful plain TeX command
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+parshape
+\family default
+ is called for.
+ As you can see, completely arbitrary shapes can be laid out with a suitable
+ set of linelength definitions.
+ While this parshape may look a bit silly and useless, one could conceive
+ of situations such as finely tuned dropped capitals, word wrapping around
+ non-rectangular graphics, etc.
+ which will benefit from such handcrafting.
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_top bigskip
+The syntax is
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+parshape numlines #1indent #1length #2indent #2length \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+ #nindent #nlength
+\family default
+, where
+\family typewriter
+numlines
+\family default
+ is the number of lines of text which define the paragraph.
+ If there turn out to be fewer lines, the shape is truncated; if there are
+ more, the excess lines have the same dimensions as the last line of the
+ definition.
+ The
+\family typewriter
+#nindent
+\family default
+ and
+\family typewriter
+#nlength
+\family default
+ entries specify the indentation of the line from the left margin, and the
+ length of the line as measured from that point.
+ The shape applies only to the current paragraph; everything is reset to
+ normal for the next paragraph.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+end{sloppypar}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Section
+
+Summary
+\layout Standard
+
+As you can see, the examples in this section range from the useful to the
+ whimsical.
+ While I don't expect that anyone will ever need the paragraph shape demonstrate
+d in the last section, the important point is that you can do almost anything
+ you want in LyX if you are willing to figure out how to do it in TeX and
+ LaTeX.
+ TeX is a fantastically powerful typesetting system and all that power is
+ available to you since LyX uses it as its backend.
+ Happy LyXing!
+\the_end
--- /dev/null
+include $(top_srcdir)/config/common.am
+
+DISTCLEANFILES += LyXConfig.lyx LaTeXConfig.lyx
+
+EXTRA_DIST = LaTeXConfig.lyx.in LyXConfig.lyx.in
+
+docdir = $(pkgdatadir)/doc
+doc_DATA = \
+ cs_TOC.lyx \
+ da_TOC.lyx \
+ de_Customization.lyx \
+ de_Extended.lyx \
+ de_Intro.lyx \
+ de_TOC.lyx \
+ de_Tutorial.lyx \
+ de_UserGuide.lyx \
+ es_TOC.lyx \
+ eu_Customization.lyx \
+ eu_Extended.lyx \
+ eu_FAQ.lyx \
+ eu_Intro.lyx \
+ eu_TOC.lyx \
+ eu_Tutorial.lyx \
+ eu_UserGuide.lyx \
+ Extended.lyx \
+ fr_Extended.lyx \
+ he_TOC.lyx \
+ hu_TOC.lyx \
+ it_TOC.lyx \
+ LaTeXConfig.lyx \
+ nl_TOC.lyx \
+ no_Intro.lyx \
+ no_TOC.lyx \
+ pt_TOC.lyx \
+ ro_Intro.lyx \
+ ro_TOC.lyx \
+ ru_TOC.lyx \
+ sk_TOC.lyx \
+ sl_TOC.lyx \
+ sv_TOC.lyx \
+ TOC.lyx \
+ UserGuide.lyx
--- /dev/null
+#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
+\lyxformat 221
+\textclass article
+\language english
+\inputencoding default
+\fontscheme default
+\graphics default
+\paperfontsize default
+\spacing single
+\papersize Default
+\paperpackage a4
+\use_geometry 0
+\use_amsmath 0
+\use_natbib 0
+\use_numerical_citations 0
+\paperorientation portrait
+\secnumdepth 3
+\tocdepth 3
+\paragraph_separation indent
+\defskip medskip
+\quotes_language english
+\quotes_times 2
+\papercolumns 1
+\papersides 1
+\paperpagestyle default
+
+\layout Title
+
+LyX Documentation Table of Contents
+\layout Section*
+
+Introduction to LyX
+\layout Description
+1
+The Philosophy of LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.1
+What is LyX?
+\layout Description
+1.2
+Differences between LyX and Other Word
+\newline
+Processors
+
+
+
+
+\layout Description
+1.3
+What the heck
+\emph on
+is
+\emph default
+ LaTeX (and why do I care)?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2
+Navigating the Documentation
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+The Format of the Manuals
+\layout Description
+2.2
+The Manuals
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+
+
+Contributing to the LyX Project
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Contributing to LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1.1
+Reporting a bug
+\layout Description
+3.1.2
+Contributing fixes and new features
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.2
+Contributing to the Documentation
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.2.1
+Reporting Errors in the Manuals
+\layout Description
+3.2.2
+Joining the Documentation Team.
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Section*
+
+LyX Frequently Asked Questions with Answers
+\newline
+Version 0.3.7
+\layout Description
+1
+Introduction and General Information
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.1
+What is LyX?
+\layout Description
+1.2
+That's fine, but is it useful?
+\layout Description
+1.3
+Where do I start?
+\layout Description
+1.4
+Does LyX run on my computer?
+\layout Description
+1.5
+How much hard disk space does LyX need?
+\layout Description
+1.6
+Is LyX really Open Source?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2
+Internet Resources
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+Where should I look on the World Wide Web for LyX stuff?
+\layout Description
+2.2
+Where can I get LyX material by FTP?
+\layout Description
+2.3
+What mailing lists are there?
+\layout Description
+2.4
+Are the mailing lists archived anywhere?
+\layout Description
+2.5
+Okay, wise guy! Where are they archived?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+Compatibility with other word/document processors
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Can I read/write LaTeX files?
+\layout Description
+3.2
+Can I read/write Word files?
+\layout Description
+3.3
+Can I read/write HTML files?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+Obtaining and Compiling LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+What do I need?
+\layout Description
+4.2
+How do I compile it?
+\layout Description
+4.3
+I hate compiling.
+ Where are precompiled binaries?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Questions about Evil Red Text (IMPORTANT!)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+What is Evil Red Text (aka ERT)?
+\layout Description
+5.2
+How do I enter Evil Red Text?
+\layout Description
+5.3
+The new ERT inset is really inconvenient !
+\layout Description
+5.4
+Is there an alternative?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6
+Questions Related to Using LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1
+General questions
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.1
+How do I get rid of the date under the title?
+\layout Description
+6.1.2
+How do I change the spacing in an Itemize/\SpecialChar \-
+Enumerate/\SpecialChar \-
+Description list environment
+?
+\layout Description
+6.1.3
+How do I number equations by section?
+\layout Description
+6.1.4
+Is it possible to do this for figures and tables as well?
+\layout Description
+6.1.5
+How do I change to footnote numbers to symbols (star, dagger, etc.)?
+\layout Description
+6.1.6
+How do I kill widows and orphans?
+\layout Description
+6.1.7
+How do I get a formatted list which starts with e.g.
+ 1.
+ a)?
+\layout Description
+6.1.8
+How do I count words in LyX?
+\layout Description
+6.1.9
+How do I insert a fixed amount of horizontal space?
+\layout Description
+6.1.10
+How can I make citations show up as [1,2,3,6] or [1-3,6] rather than [1][2][3][6
+]?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.2
+Figure related questions
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.2.1
+What is the difference between a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+figure
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ and a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+figure float
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+?
+\layout Description
+6.2.2
+How do I get LyX to put the figure exactly where I want it?
+\layout Description
+6.2.3
+What does
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Too many unprocessed floats
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ mean?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3
+Math related questions
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3.1
+How do I put normal text inside a mathematical equation?
+\layout Description
+6.3.2
+How do I make a cube root (or higher)?
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7
+Questions Related to Running LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.1
+How do I convert LyX files to LaTeX from the command line?
+\layout Description
+7.2
+How do I create PDF files from my LyX document?
+\layout Description
+7.3
+Why do the fonts in my document look so bad in
+\family typewriter
+acroread
+\family default
+ ?
+\layout Description
+7.4
+Why doesn't my latest and greatest version of Ghostscript render EPS inline
+ figures properly?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+8
+Questions Related to LyX on Windows
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.1
+Why do the menus and the toolbar flicker ?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+9
+How to get further assistance
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+9.1
+You still haven't answered my question!
+\layout Description
+9.2
+I want to mail someone about my problem.
+
+\layout Description
+9.3
+What to put in a request for help.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+10
+Administrative information and acknowledgments
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+10.1
+Feedback is invited.
+
+\layout Description
+10.2
+Formats in which this FAQ is available.
+
+\layout Description
+10.3
+Authorship and acknowledgments.
+\layout Description
+10.4
+Disclaimer and Copyright.
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Section*
+
+The LyX Tutorial
+\layout Description
+1
+Introduction
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.1
+Welcome to LyX!
+\layout Description
+1.2
+What the Tutorial
+\emph on
+is
+\emph default
+ and What it
+\emph on
+isn't
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.2.1
+Getting the Most out of the Tutorial
+\layout Description
+1.2.2
+What You
+\emph on
+Won't
+\emph default
+ Find:
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2
+Getting Started with LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+Your First LyX Document
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1.1
+Typing, Viewing, and Printing
+\layout Description
+2.1.2
+Simple Operations
+\layout Description
+2.1.3
+WYSIWYM: Whitespace in LyX
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.2
+Environments
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.2.1
+Sections and Subsections
+\layout Description
+2.2.2
+Lists and sublists
+\layout Description
+2.2.3
+Other Environments: Verses, Quotations, and More
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+Writing Documents
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Text classes
+\layout Description
+3.2
+Templates: Writing a Letter
+\layout Description
+3.3
+Document Titles
+\layout Description
+3.4
+Labels and Cross-References
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.1
+Your first label
+\layout Description
+3.4.2
+Your first cross-references
+\layout Description
+3.4.3
+More fun with labels
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.5
+Footnotes and Margin Notes
+\layout Description
+3.6
+Bibliographies
+\layout Description
+3.7
+Table of Contents
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+Using Math
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+Math Mode
+\layout Description
+4.2
+Navigating an Equation
+\layout Description
+4.3
+Exponents and Indices
+\layout Description
+4.4
+The
+\family sans
+Math Panel
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4.1
+Greek and symbols
+\layout Description
+4.4.2
+Square roots, accents, and delimiters
+\layout Description
+4.4.3
+Fractions
+\layout Description
+4.4.4
+TeX mode: Limits, log, sin and others
+\layout Description
+4.4.5
+Matrices
+\layout Description
+4.4.6
+Display mode
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5
+More Math Stuff
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Miscellaneous
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+Other Major LyX Features
+\layout Description
+5.2
+LyX for LaTeX Users
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.1
+TeX Mode
+\layout Description
+5.2.2
+Importing LaTeX Documents---
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\layout Description
+5.2.3
+Converting LyX Documents to LaTeX
+\layout Description
+5.2.4
+LaTeX Preamble
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.4.1
+Document Class
+\layout Description
+5.2.4.2
+Other Preamble Matter
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.5
+BibTeX
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3
+Errors!
+\end_deeper
+\layout Section*
+
+The LyX User's Guide
+\layout Description
+1
+Introduction
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.1
+What is LyX?
+\layout Description
+1.2
+Getting Started
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.2.1
+Invoking LyX
+\layout Description
+1.2.2
+How LyX Looks
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.2.2.1
+The Main Window
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.2.3
+HELP!
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.3
+The LyX Interface
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.3.1
+Basic File Operations
+\layout Description
+1.3.2
+Basic Editing Features
+\layout Description
+1.3.3
+Undo and Redo
+\layout Description
+1.3.4
+Basic Mouse Bindings
+\layout Description
+1.3.5
+Basic Key Bindings
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.4
+Using LyX with Other Programs
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.4.1
+Importing ASCII files
+\layout Description
+1.4.2
+Cut and Paste Between LyX and Other X Programs
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2
+LyX Setup and Supporting Applications
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+2.2
+Basic LyX Setup
+\layout Description
+2.3
+Setting Up the X Keyboard
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.3.1
+
+\family typewriter
+xmodmap
+\family default
+ and
+\family typewriter
+xkeycaps
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.3.1.1
+
+\family typewriter
+xmodmap
+\layout Description
+2.3.1.2
+
+\family typewriter
+xkeycaps
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.3.2
+Modifiers and Mode_switch
+\layout Description
+2.3.3
+Helpful Hints and Tips
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.4
+LaTeX
+\layout Description
+2.5
+Dvips and Ghostscript
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.5.1
+What You Need
+\layout Description
+2.5.2
+Dvips
+\layout Description
+2.5.3
+Ghostscript, Xdvi and Ghostview
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.6
+The Printer
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+LyX Basics
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Document Types
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+3.1.2
+
+
+The Various Document Classes
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1.2.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+3.1.2.2
+Selecting a Class
+\layout Description
+3.1.2.3
+Properties
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1.3
+Fine-tuning the Defaults
+\layout Description
+3.1.4
+Paper Size, Orientation, and Margins
+\layout Description
+3.1.5
+Important Note:
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.2
+Paragraph Indentation and Separation
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.2.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+3.2.2
+Global Indentation Method
+\layout Description
+3.2.3
+Fine-Tuning
+\layout Description
+3.2.4
+Changing Line Spacing
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3
+Paragraph Environments
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+3.3.2
+Standard
+\layout Description
+3.3.3
+Document Titles
+\layout Description
+3.3.4
+Headings
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.1
+Numbered Headings
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.2
+Unnumbered Headings
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.3
+Changing the Numbering
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.4
+Special Information
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.5
+Creating an Appendix
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.5
+Quotes and Poetry
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.5.1
+
+\family sans
+Quote
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Quotation
+\layout Description
+3.3.5.2
+
+\family sans
+Verse
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.6
+Lists
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.1
+General Features
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.2
+
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.3
+
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.4
+
+\family sans
+Description
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.5
+The LyX
+\family sans
+List
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.7
+Letters
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.7.1
+
+\family sans
+Address
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Right\SpecialChar ~
+Address
+\family default
+: An Overview
+\layout Description
+3.3.7.2
+Usage
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.8
+Academic Writing
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.8.1
+
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\layout Description
+3.3.8.2
+
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.9
+Special Purpose
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.9.1
+
+\family sans
+Caption
+\layout Description
+3.3.9.2
+
+\family sans
+LyX-Code
+\layout Description
+3.3.9.3
+Comment
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4
+Nesting Environments
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.1
+The Big Deal
+\layout Description
+3.4.2
+What You Can and Can't Nest
+\layout Description
+3.4.3
+Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
+\layout Description
+3.4.4
+Usage and General Features
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.4.1
+Nesting limits
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.5
+Some Examples
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.5.1
+Example #1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
+\layout Description
+3.4.5.2
+Example #2: Inheritance
+\layout Description
+3.4.5.3
+Example #3: Labels, Levels, and the
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\family default
+ Environments.
+\layout Description
+3.4.5.4
+Example #4: Going Bonkers
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.5
+Fonts and Text Styles
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.5.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+3.5.2
+Global Options
+\layout Description
+3.5.3
+Using Different Character Styles
+\layout Description
+3.5.4
+Fine-Tuning with the
+\family sans
+Character Layout
+\family default
+ dialog
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.6
+Printing and Previewing
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.6.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+3.6.2
+Quick Viewing with
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\layout Description
+3.6.3
+Viewing the PostScript® Version with
+\family typewriter
+ghostview
+\layout Description
+3.6.4
+Printing the File
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7
+A Few Words about Typography
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7.1
+Hyphens and Hyphenation
+\layout Description
+3.7.2
+Punctuation Marks
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7.2.1
+Abbreviations and End of Sentence
+\layout Description
+3.7.2.2
+Quotes
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7.3
+Ligatures
+\layout Description
+3.7.4
+Widows and Orphans
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+Floats: Tables, Figures, Footnotes and Margin Notes
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+Footnotes
+\layout Description
+4.2
+Margin Notes
+\layout Description
+4.3
+Figures and Imported Graphics
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3.1
+Figure Floats
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3.1.1
+Using Figure Floats
+\layout Description
+4.3.1.2
+Float Placement
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3.2
+
+\family typewriter
+XFig
+\family default
+ and LyX
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4
+Tables
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4.1
+The Table dialog
+\layout Description
+4.4.2
+What can be placed inside a table cell?
+\layout Description
+4.4.3
+Cut & Paste in Tables
+\layout Description
+4.4.4
+Multiple lines in cells
+\layout Description
+4.4.5
+Table Floats
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5
+Table of Contents and other Listings
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.1
+The Table of Contents
+\layout Description
+4.5.2
+List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Mathematical Formulae
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+Basic Math Editing
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1.1
+Navigating a Formula
+\layout Description
+5.1.2
+Selecting Text
+\layout Description
+5.1.3
+Exponents and Subscripts
+\layout Description
+5.1.4
+Fractions
+\layout Description
+5.1.5
+Sums and Integrals
+\layout Description
+5.1.6
+The Math Panel
+\layout Description
+5.1.7
+Other Math Symbols
+\layout Description
+5.1.8
+Altering spacing
+\layout Description
+5.1.9
+Math functions
+\layout Description
+5.1.10
+Accents
+\layout Description
+5.1.11
+The math editor for LaTeX users
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2
+Brackets and decorations
+\layout Description
+5.3
+Grouping
+\layout Description
+5.4
+Arrays and Multi-line Equations
+\layout Description
+5.5
+Equation Numbering and Labels
+\layout Description
+5.6
+User defined macros in math mode
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.6.1
+Directions on using macros
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.6.1.1
+How to create them
+\layout Description
+5.6.1.2
+How to navigate
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.7
+Fine-Tuning
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.7.1
+Typefaces
+\layout Description
+5.7.2
+Math Text Mode
+\layout Description
+5.7.3
+Font Sizes
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.8
+AMS LaTeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.8.1
+Enabling AMS Support
+\layout Description
+5.8.2
+AMS Symbols
+\layout Description
+5.8.3
+AMS Formula Types
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6
+More Tools
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1
+Cross-References
+\layout Description
+6.2
+URLs (Uniform Resource Locators)
+\layout Description
+6.3
+Specifying Short Titles with Optional Arguments
+
+
+\layout Description
+6.4
+Spacing, pagination and line breaks
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.1
+Extra Horizontal Space
+\layout Description
+6.4.2
+Extra Vertical Space
+\layout Description
+6.4.3
+Changing Paragraph Alignment
+\layout Description
+6.4.4
+Forcing Page Breaks
+\layout Description
+6.4.5
+Protected blanks
+\layout Description
+6.4.6
+Line breaking
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.5
+Spellchecking
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.5.1
+Spellchecker Options
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.5.1.1
+Dictionary
+\layout Description
+6.5.1.2
+Personal dictionary
+\layout Description
+6.5.1.3
+Further Options
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.5.2
+Limitations
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.6
+International Support
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.6.1
+Language Options
+\layout Description
+6.6.2
+Keyboard mapping configuration
+\layout Description
+6.6.3
+Character Tables
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7
+Credits
+\layout Section*
+
+Extended LyX Features
+\layout Description
+1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+2
+LyX and LaTeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+How LyX Uses LaTeX
+\layout Description
+2.2
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Help! LyX generated an unreadable
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+ file!
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+2.3
+Translating LaTeX files into LyX
+\layout Description
+2.4
+Inserting LaTeX Code into LyX Documents
+
+
+\layout Description
+2.5
+LyX and the LaTeX Preamble
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.5.1
+About the LaTeX Preamble
+\layout Description
+2.5.2
+Changing the Preamble
+\layout Description
+2.5.3
+Examples
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.5.3.1
+Example #1: Offsets
+\layout Description
+2.5.3.2
+Example #2: Labels
+\layout Description
+2.5.3.3
+Example #3: Paragraph Indentation
+\layout Description
+2.5.3.4
+Example #4: This Document
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.6
+LyX and LaTeX Errors
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+Supplemental Tools
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Preparing a Bibliography with BibTeX
+\layout Description
+3.2
+Making an Index
+\layout Description
+3.3
+Multipart Documents
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.1
+General Operation
+\layout Description
+3.3.2
+Cross-References Between Files
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4
+Algorithms
+\layout Description
+3.5
+Subfigures
+\layout Description
+3.6
+Fancy Headers and Footers
+\layout Description
+3.7
+Minipages
+\layout Description
+3.8
+Wrapping Text Around Figures
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.9
+Extra Table Options
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.9.1
+Removing Extra Column Space
+\layout Description
+3.9.2
+Changing the Column Separator Character
+\layout Description
+3.9.3
+Making a Decimal Point Aligned Column
+\layout Description
+3.9.4
+A Better Decimal-Alignment Solution
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.10
+Itemize Bullet Selection
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.10.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+3.10.2
+How it looks
+\layout Description
+3.10.3
+How to use it
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+Special Document Classes
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+AMS LaTeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1.1
+What these layouts provide
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.2
+Dinbrief
+\layout Description
+4.3
+Paper
+\layout Description
+4.4
+A&A Paper
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.4.2
+Getting started
+\layout Description
+4.4.3
+The header block
+\layout Description
+4.4.4
+The abstract
+\layout Description
+4.4.5
+Supported environments
+\layout Description
+4.4.6
+Commands not supported by LyX
+\layout Description
+4.4.7
+Figure and Table Floats
+\layout Description
+4.4.8
+Referee layout
+\layout Description
+4.4.9
+The example paper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5
+AASTeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.5.2
+Starting a New Paper
+\layout Description
+4.5.3
+Finishing Your Paper
+\layout Description
+4.5.4
+Comments On Specific Commands
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.4.1
+Things that work as expected
+\layout Description
+4.5.4.2
+Things that work, but require more comment
+\layout Description
+4.5.4.3
+Things not implemented, use ERT
+\layout Description
+4.5.4.4
+Things that cannot be implemented
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.5
+FAQs, Tips, Tricks, and Other Ruminations
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.1
+Getting LyX and AASTeX to cooperate
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.2
+LaTeX error processing a table
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.3
+References
+
+
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.4
+Including EPS files
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.5
+Things I could have done, but didn't
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.6
+Final Caveat
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.6
+ijmpd
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.6.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+4.6.2
+Writing a paper
+\layout Description
+4.6.3
+Preparing a paper for submission
+\layout Description
+4.6.4
+Use of ERT
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.7
+Kluwer
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.7.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+4.7.2
+Writing a paper
+\layout Description
+4.7.3
+Preparing a paper for submission
+\layout Description
+4.7.4
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Peculiarities
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ of the Kluwer package
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.8
+Koma-Script
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.8.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+4.8.2
+article (koma-script), report (koma-script), and book (koma-script)
+\layout Description
+4.8.3
+letter (koma-script)
+\layout Description
+4.8.4
+The new letter class: letter (koma-script v.2)
+\layout Description
+4.8.5
+Problems
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.9
+Springer Journals (
+\family sans
+svjour
+\family default
+)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.9.1
+Description
+\layout Description
+4.9.2
+New styles
+\layout Description
+4.9.3
+Supported journals
+\layout Description
+4.9.4
+Credits
+\layout Description
+4.9.5
+Bugs
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.10
+AGU journals (
+\family sans
+aguplus
+\family default
+)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.10.1
+Description
+\layout Description
+4.10.2
+New styles
+\layout Description
+4.10.3
+New floats
+\layout Description
+4.10.4
+Supported journals
+\layout Description
+4.10.5
+Bugs and things to remember
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.11
+EGS journals (
+\family sans
+egs
+\family default
+)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.11.1
+Description
+\layout Description
+4.11.2
+New styles
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12
+Slides [aka
+\noun on
+Sli
+\noun default
+TeX]
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.12.2
+Getting Started
+
+
+\layout Description
+4.12.3
+Paragraph Environments
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.3.1
+Supported Environments
+\layout Description
+4.12.3.2
+Quirks of the New Environments
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.4
+Making a Presentation with
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+ Overlay
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Note
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.4.1
+Using the
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+ Environment
+\layout Description
+4.12.4.2
+Using
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+ with
+\family sans
+Slide
+\layout Description
+4.12.4.3
+Using
+\family sans
+Note
+\family default
+ with
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.5
+The
+\family sans
+slides
+\family default
+ Class Template File
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13
+Foils [aka
+\family sans
+Foil
+\family default
+\noun on
+TeX
+\noun default
+]
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.13.2
+Getting Started
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.2.1
+Extra Options
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.3
+Supported Environments
+\layout Description
+4.13.4
+Building a Set of Foils
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.1
+Give It a Title Page
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.2
+Start a New Foil
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.3
+Theorems, Lemmas, Proofs and more
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.4
+Lists
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.5
+Figures and Tables
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.6
+Page Headers and Footers
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.5
+Unsupported
+\family sans
+Foil
+\family default
+TeX Goodies
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.5.1
+Lengths
+\layout Description
+4.13.5.2
+Headers and Footers
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.14
+Latex8 (IEEE Conference Papers)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.14.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.14.2
+Getting Started
+\layout Description
+4.14.3
+Supported Environments
+\layout Description
+4.14.4
+Differences Between Screen and Paper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.15
+Hollywood (Hollywood spec scripts)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.15.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.15.2
+Special problems
+\layout Description
+4.15.3
+Special features
+\layout Description
+4.15.4
+Paper size and Margins
+\layout Description
+4.15.5
+Environments
+\layout Description
+4.15.6
+Script jargon
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.16
+Broadway
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.16.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.16.2
+Special problems
+\layout Description
+4.16.3
+Special features
+\layout Description
+4.16.4
+Paper size and Margins
+\layout Description
+4.16.5
+Environments
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.17
+RevTeX4
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.17.1
+Installation
+\layout Description
+4.17.2
+Preamble Matter
+\layout Description
+4.17.3
+Layouts
+\layout Description
+4.17.4
+Important Notes
+\layout Description
+4.17.5
+Drawbacks
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.18
+Article (mwart), book (mwbk) and report (mwrep)
+
+
+\layout Description
+4.19
+Elsevier Journals
+\layout Description
+4.20
+Memoir
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.20.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+4.20.2
+Basic features and restrictions
+\layout Description
+4.20.3
+Extra features
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Importing and Exporting Alternate File Formats
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+Considerations
+\layout Description
+5.2
+Importing Other Formats
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.1
+LaTeX
+\layout Description
+5.2.2
+ASCII Text
+\layout Description
+5.2.3
+Noweb
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3
+Exporting Other Formats
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3.1
+LaTeX
+\layout Description
+5.3.2
+Device Independent Files
+\layout Description
+5.3.3
+PostScript®
+\layout Description
+5.3.4
+ASCII text
+\layout Description
+5.3.5
+HTML
+\layout Description
+5.3.6
+PDF
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.1
+Use pdfLaTeX
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.2
+Why does the text look so bad when viewed with Acrobat Reader?
+
+
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.3
+Why doesn't the
+\backslash
+boldsymbol{} command work when I use pslatex?
+
+
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.4
+Is it possible to do write latex code which is processed only when running
+ pdfLaTeX?
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.5
+How can I make URLs clickable ?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3.7
+Custom
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4
+The Complete reLyX Description
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.1
+Synopsis
+\layout Description
+5.4.2
+Options
+\layout Description
+5.4.3
+Description
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.2
+Usage
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.3
+What reLyX Can Handle
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.4
+What reLyX Can't Handle --- But it's OK
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.5
+What reLyX Handles Badly --- a.\SpecialChar ~
+k.\SpecialChar ~
+a.
+ BUGS
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.6
+What LyX Can't Handle
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.4
+Examples
+\layout Description
+5.4.5
+Notes
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.1
+Bug Reports
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.2
+Implementation Details:
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.3
+Layout Files
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.4
+Syntax Files
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.5
+Miscellaneous
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.6
+Diagnostics
+\layout Description
+5.4.7
+Warnings
+\layout Description
+5.4.8
+Files
+\layout Description
+5.4.9
+See also
+\layout Description
+5.4.10
+Authors
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6
+LyX Features needing Extra Software
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1
+Using LyX with SGML-Tools (aka LinuxDoc)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+6.1.2
+Preparing and using a LinuxDoc document
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.2.1
+Getting started
+\layout Description
+6.1.2.2
+Output from LinuxDoc
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.3
+Using the paragraph environments in LinuxDoc
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.3.1
+The Structure of a LinuxDoc Document
+\layout Description
+6.1.3.2
+The LinuxDoc Paragraph Environments
+\layout Description
+6.1.3.3
+Other document features
+\layout Description
+6.1.3.4
+Cross references and HTML
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.4
+Using the LinuxDoc Sgml scripts
+
+
+\layout Description
+6.1.5
+Troubleshooting LinuxDoc
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.2
+Checking TeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.2.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+6.2.2
+How to use it
+\layout Description
+6.2.3
+How to fine tune it
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3
+Version Control in LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+6.3.2
+RCS commands in LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.1
+
+\family sans
+Register
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.2
+
+\family sans
+Check In Changes
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.3
+
+\family sans
+Check Out For Edit
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.4
+
+\family sans
+Revert To Last Version
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.5
+
+\family sans
+Undo Last Checkin
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.6
+
+\family sans
+Show History
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4
+Literate Programming
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+6.4.2
+Literate Programming
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.2.1
+References
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.3
+LyX and Literate Programming
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.1
+Generating documents and code (weaving and tangling)
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.2
+Configuring LyX
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.3
+Debug extensions
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.4
+Toolbar extensions
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.5
+Colors customization
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7
+Secrets of the LaTeX Masters
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.1
+Tricks for Footnotes and Margin Notes
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.1.1
+Footnotes
+\layout Description
+7.1.2
+Margin Notes
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.2
+Multiple Columns
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.2.1
+Purpose
+\layout Description
+7.2.2
+Limitations
+\layout Description
+7.2.3
+Examples
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.2.3.1
+Two columns
+\layout Description
+7.2.3.2
+Multiple columns
+\layout Description
+7.2.3.3
+Columns inside columns
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.3
+Numbering in the
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+ Paragraph Environment
+
+
+\layout Description
+7.4
+Extra Space Between Table Rows
+\layout Description
+7.5
+Dropped Capitals
+\layout Description
+7.6
+Non-standard Paragraph Shapes
+\layout Description
+7.7
+Summary
+\end_deeper
+\layout Section*
+
+Customizing LyX: Features for the Advanced User
+\layout Description
+1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+2
+LyX configuration files
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+What's in
+\family typewriter
+LyXDir
+\family default
+?
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1.1
+Automatically generated files
+\layout Description
+2.1.2
+Directories
+\layout Description
+2.1.3
+Files you don't want to modify
+\layout Description
+2.1.4
+Other files needing a line or two...
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.2
+Your local configuration directory
+\layout Description
+2.3
+Running LyX with multiple configurations
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+The
+\family sans
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+references
+\family default
+ dialog
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Using the dialog for the first time
+\layout Description
+3.2
+On-screen fonts
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.2.1
+DPI setting and Font Zoom
+\layout Description
+3.2.2
+Font definition commands
+\layout Description
+3.2.3
+Font encoding
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3
+Bindings
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.4
+User Interface
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.5
+Converters, Formats and Viewers
+\layout Description
+3.6
+ASCII export options
+\layout Description
+3.7
+Printer
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7.1
+Changing Colors
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.8
+The autodetected settings
+\layout Description
+3.9
+The rest
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+Internationalizing LyX
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+Selecting an alternative language for the user interface
+\layout Description
+4.2
+Translating LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.2.1
+Translating the graphical user interface (text messages).
+\layout Description
+4.2.2
+Translating the documentation.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3
+International Keyboard Support
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3.1
+Defining Own Keymaps: Keymap File Format
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4
+International Keymap Stuff
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4.1
+The .kmap File
+\layout Description
+4.4.2
+The .cdef File
+\layout Description
+4.4.3
+Dead Keys
+\layout Description
+4.4.4
+Saving your Language Configuration
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Installing New Document Classes, Layouts, and Templates
+
+
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+Installing a new LaTeX package
+\layout Description
+5.2
+Layouts
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.1
+Supporting new document classes
+\layout Description
+5.2.2
+A layout for an
+\family sans
+sty
+\family default
+ file
+\layout Description
+5.2.3
+Layout for a
+\family sans
+cls
+\family default
+ file
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3
+Declaring a new text class
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3.1
+General text class parameters
+\layout Description
+5.3.2
+
+\family typewriter
+ClassOptions
+\family default
+ section
+\layout Description
+5.3.3
+Specific Paragraph Layouts
+\layout Description
+5.3.4
+Floats
+\layout Description
+5.3.5
+Counters
+\layout Description
+5.3.6
+Font description
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4
+Creating Templates
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6
+Including External Material
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1
+Background
+\layout Description
+6.2
+How does it work?
+\layout Description
+6.3
+The external material dialog
+\layout Description
+6.4
+Examples
+\layout Description
+6.5
+The external template configuration file
+\layout Description
+6.6
+The substitution mechanism
+\layout Description
+6.7
+Security discussion
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7
+The LyX Server
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+7.2
+Starting the LyX Server
+\layout Description
+7.3
+Normal communication
+\layout Description
+7.4
+Notification
+\layout Description
+7.5
+The simple LyX Server Protocol
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+8 \start_of_appendix
+Bindings
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.1
+Toolbar
+\layout Description
+8.2
+Menu
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.2.1
+File
+\layout Description
+8.2.2
+Edit
+\layout Description
+8.2.3
+Insert
+\layout Description
+8.2.4
+Layout
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.2.4.1
+L
+\family sans
+ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Character
+\family default
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.2.5
+View
+\layout Description
+8.2.6
+Navigate
+\layout Description
+8.2.7
+Help
+\layout Description
+8.2.8
+Paragraph Style
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.3
+Keyboard
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.3.1
+Specific to
+\family typewriter
+emacs.bind
+\layout Description
+8.3.2
+Specific to
+\family typewriter
+cua.bind
+\layout Description
+8.3.3
+Specific to
+\family typewriter
+sciword.bind
+\layout Description
+8.3.4
+Standard math bindings
+\layout Description
+8.3.5
+Other Accelerators
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+
+\the_end
--- /dev/null
+#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
+\lyxformat 221
+\textclass book
+\begin_preamble
+\usepackage[english]{babel}
+% DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!!
+%
+% I've designed this preamble to ensure that the User's Guide prints
+% out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
+% parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
+% have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
+% the documentation team intead of messing around in here. --jpw 4/97
+
+%% Widens the vertical table spacing
+%%
+\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.25}
+\setlength{\tabcolsep}{0.45em}
+
+
+%% Provides certain commands which are missing.
+%%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\textyen}{%
+{\fontencoding{U}\fontfamily{msa}\selectfont\char85}%
+}
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\textcurrency}{%
+{\fontencoding{U}\fontfamily{wasy}\selectfont\char27}%
+}
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\textcent}{%
+{\fontencoding{U}\fontfamily{wasy}\selectfont\char103}%
+}
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\textbrokenbar}{%
+{\fontencoding{U}\fontfamily{wasy}\selectfont\char124}%
+}
+
+
+%% For some odd reason, this character isn't defined in T1-encoding.
+%%
+\DeclareInputText{"0AD}{\textendash}
+
+
+%% Accented characters missing in non-T1 encodings.
+%%
+\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\quotedblbase}{%
+\raisebox{-1ex}{\textquotedblright}
+\hspace{-0.7em}
+}
+\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\quotesinglbase}{%
+\raisebox{-1ex}{\textquoteright}
+\hspace{-0.7em}
+}
+\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\guillemotleft}{%
+\raisebox{0.27ex}{\ensuremath{\scriptscriptstyle \ll\!\!\!}}
+}
+\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\guillemotright}{%
+\raisebox{0.27ex}{\ensuremath{\scriptscriptstyle \gg}}
+}
+\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\guilsinglleft}{%
+\raisebox{0.27ex}{\ensuremath{\scriptscriptstyle <\!\!\!}}
+}
+\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\guilsinglright}{%
+\raisebox{0.27ex}{\ensuremath{\scriptscriptstyle >}}
+}
+\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\DH}{%
+D\hspace{-0.7em}\rule[0.8ex]{0.30em}{0.08ex}\hspace{0.40em}
+}
+\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\dh}{%
+\ensuremath{\mathrm{\partial}}
+\hspace{-0.65em}\rule[1.35ex]{0.3em}{0.08ex}\hspace{0.35em}
+}
+\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\TH}{%
+\textsc{I\hspace{-0.325em}p}
+}
+\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\th}{%
+p\hspace{-0.55em}l
+}
+\end_preamble
+\language english
+\inputencoding latin1
+\fontscheme default
+\graphics default
+\paperfontsize default
+\spacing single
+\papersize Default
+\paperpackage a4
+\use_geometry 0
+\use_amsmath 0
+\use_natbib 0
+\use_numerical_citations 0
+\paperorientation portrait
+\secnumdepth 3
+\tocdepth 3
+\paragraph_separation indent
+\defskip medskip
+\quotes_language english
+\quotes_times 2
+\papercolumns 1
+\papersides 2
+\paperpagestyle headings
+
+\layout Title
+
+The LyX User's Guide
+\layout Author
+
+by the LyX Team
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+\noindent
+Principal maintainer of this file is
+\noun on
+Mike Ressler
+\noun default
+.
+ If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX
+ Documentation mailing list, <lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org>.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Chapter
+
+Introduction
+\layout Section
+
+What is LyX?
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX is a document preparation system.
+ It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
+ letters and proposals, and even poetry.
+ It is unlike most other
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+word processors
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
+ editing style.
+ That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Section
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+, not
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Bold, 17 pt type, left justified, 5 mm space below
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
+ not the mechanics.
+\layout Standard
+
+This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
+\emph on
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Introduction
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\emph default
+.
+ If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
+ Yes, we mean now.
+\layout Standard
+
+The
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\emph on
+Introduction
+\emph default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
+ the format of all of the manuals.
+ If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
+ You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
+ of this one.
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\emph on
+Introduction
+\emph default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ describes that, too.
+\layout Section
+
+Getting Started
+\layout Subsection
+
+Invoking LyX
+\layout Standard
+
+Similar to other Linux [and other brands of Unix] programs, you start LyX
+ by simply typing
+\family typewriter
+lyx
+\family default
+ at the command line.
+ You can, of course, include several command-line options, including file
+ names.
+ We're not going to repeat all of the command-line options here, since we've
+ already done that in the
+\family typewriter
+man
+\family default
+ page for LyX.
+ Check there for more info.
+\layout Standard
+
+There are one or two things we'd like to comment on:
+\layout Itemize
+
+If you include more than one file name on the command line, LyX will load
+ them all, though it won't display them all simultaneously.
+ More on that in a bit.
+\layout Subsection
+
+How LyX Looks
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+The Main Window
+\layout Standard
+
+Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
+ its window.
+ Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
+ There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
+ documents.
+ Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
+ of text.
+ This is the
+\emph on
+minibuffer
+\emph default
+ (a term which we've swiped, lock, stock, and barrel, from GNU Emacs), which
+ really means
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+command buffer
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Type
+\family sans
+M-x
+\family default
+ when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
+\layout Standard
+
+Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
+ This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
+ When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
+ next line.
+ Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
+ only a vertical scrollbar.
+\layout Standard
+
+There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
+ The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
+ This, however, is due
+ to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
+ WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
+ as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
+ The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
+ the LyX window.
+ You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
+ this doesn't work for equations yet.
+\layout Subsection
+
+HELP!
+\layout Standard
+
+First, the bad news: the help system is not as thorough or idiot-proof as
+ in many commercial applications.
+ Patience.
+ We're working on it.
+\layout Standard
+
+Now the good news: the help system consists of the LyX manuals.
+ You can read
+\emph on
+all
+\emph default
+ of the manuals from inside LyX.
+ Just select the manual you want read from the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+H
+\bar default
+elp
+\family default
+ menu.
+\layout Standard
+
+While we're at it, we'd like to make a comment about the manuals.
+ They're not idiot-proof, not in the least.
+ Here's what one of our authors,
+\noun on
+John Weiss
+\noun default
+, once said about manuals:
+\layout Quotation
+
+I hate manuals.
+\layout Quotation
+
+Yes, we've all dealt with the terse, poorly-translated, or cryptic manuals.
+ They are aggravating.
+ I find, however, that the overly simplified ones are even more aggravating.
+ First, they spend about half their time carefully explaining to the user
+ how to operate a mouse, what a menu is, et cetera, ad nauseum.
+ Please, if someone doesn't know how to use their own computer, or a GUI,
+ then they should sit down and learn
+\emph on
+before
+\emph default
+ they start up a major piece of software.
+\layout Quotation
+
+Second, what information they do provide seems to assume that the user is
+ stupid.
+ Utter nonsense! Most users, in my experience, are some combination of clueless
+ and intimidated, not stupid.
+ Besides, if someone is truly slow on the uptake, they need help that a
+ manual for a piece of computer software can't give.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\emph on
+Editor's Note: With this in mind, I've instructed all of the other authors
+ to avoid patronizing you, the reader, and to be more pedagogical than pedantic.
+ As for those who are too lazy to read and understand the manuals --- well,
+ as we say here in America, there's no such thing as a free lunch.
+ - jw
+\layout Section
+
+The LyX Interface
+\layout Subsection
+
+Basic File Operations
+\layout Standard
+
+Under the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ile
+\family default
+ menu are the 9 basic operations for any word processor in addition to some
+ more advanced operations:
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+N
+\bar default
+ew
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+New\SpecialChar ~
+from
+\bar under
+\SpecialChar ~
+T
+\bar default
+emplate
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+O
+\bar default
+pen
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+C
+\bar default
+lose
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+ave
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Save\SpecialChar ~
+
+\bar under
+A
+\bar default
+s
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+R
+\bar default
+evert
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+rint
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+E
+\bar under
+x
+\bar default
+it
+\layout Standard
+
+They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
+ a few minor differences.
+ The
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+New\SpecialChar ~
+from
+\bar under
+\SpecialChar ~
+T
+\bar default
+emplate
+\family default
+ command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
+ you for a template to use.
+ Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
+ the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
+ They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
+ [see sec.
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:doc-classes}
+
+\end_inset
+
+]
+\layout Standard
+
+Note: There is no
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+default file
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ or document named
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Untitled
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ or
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+scratch.
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
+ space is just that --- a big, blank space.
+\layout Standard
+
+The
+\family sans
+\bar under
+R
+\bar default
+evert
+\family default
+ command is useful if more people work on the same document at the same
+ time
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
+ in LyX also.
+ Read
+\emph on
+Extended Features
+\emph default
+\SpecialChar \@.
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ It will simply reload the document from disk.
+ You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
+ and want to restore it to the last save.
+\layout Standard
+
+The second matter of note concerns the commands
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+C
+\bar default
+lose
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+E
+\bar under
+x
+\bar default
+it
+\family default
+.
+ They both feature a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+nag box
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ to save us all from our own stupidity.
+ That is, if you try to close a file with changes [or exit LyX], you'll
+ be informed that there are unsaved files.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Basic Editing Features
+\layout Standard
+
+Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
+ on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or screenful of text, and
+ can delete whole words as well as individual characters.
+ The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
+ access them.
+ We'll start with cut and paste.
+\layout Standard
+
+As you might expect, the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+dit
+\family default
+ menu has the cut and paste commands, along with various other editing features.
+ Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
+ The basic ones are:
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Cut
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Copy
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Paste
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ind\SpecialChar ~
+&\SpecialChar ~
+Replace\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\layout Standard
+
+The first three are self-explanatory.
+ One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
+ it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
+ That is, the
+\family sans
+Delete
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Backspace
+\family default
+ keys also functions as the
+\family sans
+Cut
+\family default
+ command.
+ Also, if you've selected text, be careful.
+ If you hit a key, LyX will completely delete the selected text and replace
+ it with what you just typed.
+ You'll have to do an
+\family sans
+\bar under
+U
+\bar default
+ndo
+\family default
+ to get back the lost text.
+\layout Standard
+
+The
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ind\SpecialChar ~
+&\SpecialChar ~
+Replace\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\family default
+ item opens the
+\family sans
+Find\SpecialChar ~
+&\SpecialChar ~
+Replace
+\family default
+ dialog.
+ The text you want to find goes in the
+\family sans
+Fi
+\bar under
+n
+\bar default
+d
+\family default
+ box.
+ Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
+ Hitting the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+R
+\bar default
+eplace
+\family default
+ button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
+\family sans
+Replace\SpecialChar ~
+
+\bar under
+w
+\bar default
+ith
+\family default
+ box.
+ You can click to search again to skip the current word.
+\layout Standard
+
+Hit
+\family sans
+Replace
+\bar under
+A
+\bar default
+ll
+\family default
+ to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
+\layout Standard
+
+The
+\family sans
+Ca
+\bar under
+s
+\bar default
+e\SpecialChar ~
+sensitive
+\family default
+ toggle button can be used if you want the search to consider the case of
+ the search word.
+ If the toggle is set, searching for
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+Match
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ will not match the word
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+match
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+The
+\family sans
+\bar under
+M
+\bar default
+atch\SpecialChar ~
+Word
+\family default
+ toggle button can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
+ I.e.
+ searching for
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+match
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ will not match
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+matches
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+matchbox
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+, etc.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Undo and Redo
+\layout Standard
+
+If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
+ LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
+ Select
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+U
+\bar default
+ndo
+\family default
+ to undo some mistake.
+ If you accidently undo too much, use
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+R
+\bar default
+edo
+\family default
+ to
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+undo the undo.
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100 steps to minimise memory
+ overhead.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
+ it was last saved, the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+changed
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
+ This is a consequence of the 100 step undo limit, above.
+\layout Standard
+
+The
+\family sans
+\bar under
+U
+\bar default
+ndo
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+\bar under
+R
+\bar default
+edo
+\family default
+ work on almost everything in LyX.
+ They have some quirks, too.
+ They won't
+\family sans
+\bar under
+U
+\bar default
+ndo
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+\bar under
+R
+\bar default
+edo
+\family default
+ text character by character, but by blocks of text.
+ That can take some getting used to; you'll have to play with
+\family sans
+\bar under
+U
+\bar default
+ndo
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+\bar under
+R
+\bar default
+edo
+\family default
+ to get a feel for just how much they'll undo/redo, and after time, you'll
+ hopefully appreciate how it works.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Basic Mouse Bindings
+\layout Standard
+
+We're not going to go into all of the mouse bindings here.
+ Some of the other sections of this manual cover specific operations you
+ can do with the mouse.
+ Instead, we're going to cover the most basic mouse operations.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Motion
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Click the
+\emph on
+left mouse button
+\emph default
+ once anywhere in the edit window.
+ The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Selecting Text
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Hold down the
+\emph on
+left mouse button
+\emph default
+ and drag the mouse.
+ LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
+ Use
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Copy
+\family default
+ to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Paste
+\family default
+.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Footnotes, Margin Notes, Figure and Table Floats, etc.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\emph on
+Single click
+\emph default
+the
+\emph on
+
+\emph default
+left mouse button to open or close any of these.
+ Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Tables
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\emph on
+Single click
+\emph default
+ the right mouse button
+\emph on
+
+\emph default
+to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate the table.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Subsection
+
+Basic Key Bindings
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec: key bindings}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Again, we're not going to cover all of the keybindings.
+ Be aware that there are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA
+ and Emacs.
+ I guarantee you will cuss when you press Control-d to delete a character,
+ and it starts up a DVI previewer instead (or vice versa).
+\layout Standard
+
+Some keys, like
+\family sans
+Page\SpecialChar ~
+Up
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Page\SpecialChar ~
+Down
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Left
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Right
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Up
+\family default
+, and
+\family sans
+Down
+\family default
+, do exactly what you expect them to do.
+ Other keys don't:
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+Tab
+\family default
+ There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
+ If you don't understand this, go read Sections
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:parindentintro}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ and
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:par-environments}
+
+\end_inset
+
+, especially Section\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:parenvlists}
+
+\end_inset
+
+, right now.
+ Yes, right now.
+ If you're still confused, look in the
+\emph on
+Tutorial
+\emph default
+.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+Esc
+\family default
+ This is the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+cancel key.
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
+ Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+Home
+\family default
+\SpecialChar ~
+and\SpecialChar ~
+
+\family sans
+End
+\family default
+ These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
+ unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
+ or end of the file.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+Backspace
+\family default
+\SpecialChar ~
+and\SpecialChar ~
+
+\family sans
+Delete
+\family default
+
+\emph on
+If
+\emph default
+ you have your keyboard set up correctly under the X Windows System,
+\family sans
+Backspace
+\family default
+ works as expected and
+\family sans
+Delete
+\family default
+ deletes the character under the cursor [if no text is selected].
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+If you haven't set up your keyboard under X, or have no idea what we mean
+ by that, go read section
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:x-win-keys}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ immediately.
+ You'll save yourself a lot of headaches.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Then there are the modifier keys:
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+Control-
+\family default
+ This has a couple of different uses, depending on which keys it's used
+ in combination with:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+With
+\family sans
+Backspace
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+Delete
+\family default
+, it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
+\layout Itemize
+
+With
+\family sans
+Left
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Right
+\family default
+, it moves by words instead of characters.
+\layout Itemize
+
+With
+\family sans
+Home
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+End
+\family default
+, it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
+\end_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+Shift-
+\family default
+ Use this with any of the motion keys to select the text between the old
+ and new cursor positions.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+Meta-
+\family default
+ This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless your keyboard has a distinct
+ Meta key.
+ Unfortunately, X sometimes has their functionality swapped, so if you have
+ both keys, you will need to do a little trial and error to find out which
+ one actually performs the
+\family sans
+Meta-
+\family default
+ function.
+ This key does many different things, but it also activates the
+\emph on
+menu accelerator keys
+\emph default
+.
+ If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
+ menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+For example, the sequence
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+M-e\SpecialChar ~
+a
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ pastes text.
+ Typing
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+M-f
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ opens the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ile
+\family default
+ menu.
+\layout Standard
+
+There are also other things bound to the
+\family sans
+Meta-
+\family default
+ key, but you'll have to check in the
+\emph on
+Reference
+\emph default
+
+\emph on
+manual
+\emph default
+ for more info.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Hopefully, you'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as
+ you use LyX, because most mouse actions will prompt a small message in
+ the minibuffer which describe the name of the action, you've just triggered,
+ and any existing keybindings for that action.
+ The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
+ this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
+ However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+M-p S-A
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ means
+\family sans
+Meta-p
+\family default
+ followed by a capital
+\family sans
+A
+\family default
+.
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+S-C-S
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ means
+\family sans
+Shift-Control-s
+\family default
+.
+\layout Section
+
+Using LyX with Other Programs
+\layout Subsection
+
+Importing ASCII files
+\layout Standard
+
+You can import text from an ASCII file using the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+A
+\bar default
+scii\SpecialChar ~
+text\SpecialChar ~
+as\SpecialChar ~
+lines
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+A
+\bar default
+scii\SpecialChar ~
+text\SpecialChar ~
+as\SpecialChar ~
+paragraphs
+\family default
+ options.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+A
+\bar default
+scii\SpecialChar ~
+text\SpecialChar ~
+as_lines
+\family default
+ puts each line of the file into its own LyX paragraph.
+ This is useful if you're importing a text file with a simple list in it.
+ However, if your text file contains paragraphs in it, LyX will mangle the
+ paragraphs if you use this form of import.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+A
+\bar default
+scii\SpecialChar ~
+text\SpecialChar ~
+as\SpecialChar ~
+paragraphs
+\family default
+ preserves paragraphs in text files.
+ Often in a text file, you didn't put the contents of an entire paragraph
+ on one line.
+ You used
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ to break up the paragraph into separate lines.
+ Using the
+\family sans
+as\SpecialChar ~
+paragraphs
+\family default
+, LyX won't mangle such paragraphs.
+ Anything between two consecutive blank lines goes into its own LyX paragraph.
+ Remember: you must make sure there is a
+\emph on
+completely blank
+\emph default
+ line between each and every paragraph in your text file.
+ If not, LyX might end up merging two paragraphs.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Cut and Paste Between LyX and Other X Programs
+\layout Standard
+
+The
+\family sans
+Cut
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Copy
+\family default
+, and
+\family sans
+Paste
+\family default
+ operations will transfer text to and from LyX.
+ You can copy text from LyX to another window in this way: Select the text
+ that you want to copy, then go to the destination window and paste the
+ text with the middle mouse button.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Pasting text into LyX also works much the same way as in X.
+ Select the text with the mouse in another X window.
+ Go to the Lyx window and paste the text with the middle mouse button.
+\layout Chapter
+
+LyX Setup and Supporting Applications
+\layout Section
+
+Introduction
+\layout Standard
+
+If you're using LyX on a system someone else has set up for you, then you
+ can safely skip this chapter.
+ It describes all of the things you need beyond the LyX binary and files
+ distributed with it.
+\layout Standard
+
+If you're installing LyX on your system,
+\emph on
+you should read the README's that came with the LyX distribution and then
+
+\family sans
+\emph default
+\bar under
+H
+\bar default
+elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+aTeX\SpecialChar ~
+Configuration
+\family default
+\emph on
+.
+
+\emph default
+ Do that first.
+ This chapter does not describe installation or setup of the LyX binary
+ [Well, not everything\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+].
+ It does describe all of the things you'll need to use LyX to its fullest.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+This is basically where we decided to document a bunch of info about running
+ LyX, including what other programs you'll need to make LyX useful.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Section
+
+Basic LyX Setup
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:setup}
+
+\end_inset
+
+There are two ways to run LyX.
+ The first way is to install LyX and all of its support files on your system.
+ Of course, you need root privileges to do that.
+ The second way to run LyX doesn't require root access, letting you
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+install
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ LyX somewhere in your own account.
+ LyX will automatically detect where it is as long as the supporting directories
+ are put in the correct places.
+\layout Standard
+
+There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
+ without resorting to configuration files.
+ First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
+ classes and LaTeX packages are available.
+ It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
+\family typewriter
+preferences
+\family sans
+
+\family default
+variables.
+ Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
+ on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally and
+ which are not seen by LyX.
+ To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+R
+\bar default
+econfigure
+\family default
+.
+ You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
+ As far as LaTeX classes and packages are concerned, you will find information
+ about what has been found under
+\family sans
+\bar under
+H
+\bar default
+elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+aTeX\SpecialChar ~
+Configuration
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+The second set of settings that you might want to change comprises all the
+ document-level setting that you can change via the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+ettings
+\family default
+ dialog.
+ To do this, open a scrap document, set all these options according to your
+ taste and save them with the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+ave\SpecialChar ~
+as\SpecialChar ~
+Document\SpecialChar ~
+Defaults
+\family default
+ button in the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+ocument
+\family default
+ dialog.
+ This will create a template named
+\family typewriter
+default.lyx
+\family default
+ which is automatically loaded by LyX when you open a document without template
+ such that the settings are automatically set-up as you defined them.
+\layout Standard
+
+There are many other user-configurable options that you can feed to LyX.
+ Upon startup, LyX reads a global options file called
+\family typewriter
+lyxrc.defaults
+\family default
+.
+ It will then attempt to read a file called
+\family typewriter
+~/.lyx/preferences
+\family default
+ beneath your home directory.
+ The
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+ools
+\bar under
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+P
+\bar default
+references
+\family default
+ dialog can be used to change these options; the document
+\emph on
+Customization
+\emph default
+ contains more information about the preferences dialog and these configuration
+ files.
+\layout Section
+
+Setting Up the X Keyboard
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:x-win-keys}
+
+\end_inset
+
+To use LyX properly, you
+\emph on
+must
+\emph default
+ set X up correctly.
+ This is especially vital if you're using the international support features
+ of LyX and want to use non-English keyboard mappings.
+ Unfortunately, almost nobody bothers to do this, especially those who've
+ installed Linux on a PC\SpecialChar \@.
+ Administrators of large systems can be guilty of
+ this, too, so don't assume that you're safe if you're using a large system.
+ Any user can instruct X how to use his or her keyboard.
+\layout Subsection
+
+
+\family typewriter
+xmodmap
+\family default
+ and
+\family typewriter
+xkeycaps
+\layout Standard
+
+First of all read the man pages for these two programs.
+ They are your best friends when you are trying to set up X key mapping
+ correctly.
+ If you don't have them, install them.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+
+\family typewriter
+xmodmap
+\layout Standard
+
+This document contains no information on how to use
+\family typewriter
+xmodmap
+\family default
+.
+ There is a sample
+\family typewriter
+.Xmodmap
+\family default
+ file in
+\emph on
+Customization
+\emph default
+.
+ To load the new X keyboard mappings, place the command
+\family typewriter
+xmodmap\SpecialChar ~
+.Xmodmap
+\family default
+ somewhere in your startup scripts [for example,
+\family typewriter
+.cshrc
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+.profile
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+.login
+\family default
+, or
+\family typewriter
+.xinitrc
+\family default
+ are all possibilities].
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+
+\family typewriter
+xkeycaps
+\layout Standard
+
+This program is a dream come true! It brings up a graphical version of your
+ keyboard, allows you to make modifications, and then spits those modifications
+ out to the standard output in a form readable by
+\family typewriter
+xmodmap
+\family default
+.
+ It is very useful when you're trying to design a new
+\family typewriter
+.Xmodmap
+\family default
+ file, though it will require you to do a bit of cut-and-pasting.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Modifiers and Mode_switch
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX supports three modifiers: Shift [
+\family sans
+S-
+\family default
+], Control [
+\family sans
+C-
+\family default
+], and Meta [
+\family sans
+M-
+\family default
+].
+ Moreover, if one of the keys of your keyboard is configured as a
+\family sans
+Compose
+\family default
+ key, then you can use it to enter some characters not available on your
+ keyboard.
+ This compose key can be used either as a modifier (like
+\family sans
+Shift
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+Control
+\family default
+) or as a prefix key.
+ Here are some examples of what you can do with a
+\family sans
+Compose
+\family default
+ key:
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Compose+e+'
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+ é
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Compose+O+R
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+ ®
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Compose+1+2
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+ ½
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Compose+<+<
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+ «
+\layout Standard
+
+This input method is particularly handy when you use accented characters
+ only from time to time.
+ It works by default for latin1 characters, but other input methods will
+ be used if you setup your locale correctly.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Helpful Hints and Tips
+\layout Standard
+
+First, open up two xterminals.
+ Use one to edit a new
+\family typewriter
+.Xmodmap
+\family default
+ file and run
+\family typewriter
+xkeycaps
+\family default
+ from the other.
+ Using
+\family typewriter
+xkeycaps
+\family default
+, remap your keyboard the way you want it.
+ There's a button in
+\family typewriter
+xkeycaps
+\family default
+ to output the new keymap.
+ Once you hit it,
+\family typewriter
+xkeycaps
+\family default
+ will spit a bunch of stuff on the xterm you executed it from.
+ Just copy and paste all of that into your
+\family typewriter
+.Xmodmap
+\family default
+ file, and you're done.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+You could also save yourself some typing by executing
+\family typewriter
+xkeycaps > .Xmodmap
+\family default
+.
+ This will create a usable map file.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Also, there are some things you can do to help you get oriented.
+ Try executing the command
+\family typewriter
+xmodmap -v -pm
+\family default
+.
+ This will show you all of the currently active modifiers.
+ Also try
+\family typewriter
+xmodmap -v -pke | more
+\family default
+to see which keycode numbers are mapped to which symbolic names.
+ It will also give you some idea of the syntax of the
+\family typewriter
+.Xmodmap
+\family default
+ file.
+\layout Standard
+
+There's one thing you'll need to check.
+ Make sure that your
+\family sans
+Delete
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+BackSpace
+\family default
+ keys are
+\emph on
+not
+\emph default
+ defined as the same key symbol by X! Note that giving these two keys unique
+ symbol names will not necessarily alter the behavior of your programs.
+ Some programs bind
+\family sans
+Delete
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+BackSpace
+\family default
+ to the same operation.
+ Emacs is one.
+ Other programs, however, use
+\family sans
+Delete
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+BackSpace
+\family default
+ for different operations.
+ LyX is one of these programs, and if you have
+\family sans
+Delete
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+BackSpace
+\family default
+ labeled with the same key symbol name, you'll have trouble using LyX.
+\layout Section
+
+LaTeX
+\layout Standard
+
+If you want to do more with LyX than simply create documents and spit out
+
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+ files, you'll need LaTeX.
+\layout Standard
+
+In case you were wondering, LaTeX is a markup language front end for TeX,
+ a document preparation system invented in 1984 by Donald Knuth.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+A note about pronunciation: TeX originated from the Greek letters,
+\begin_inset Formula $\tau\epsilon\chi$
+\end_inset
+
+, which rhymes with
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+blech.
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ That's how you pronounce
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+TeX
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+LaTeX.
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ [If you're American, just pronounce the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+X
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ as a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+k
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ and you've got it.]
+\end_inset
+
+ TeX takes a set of commands in an ASCII file and converts it to a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+device-independent
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ format, or Dvi, for short.
+ The Dvi file can then be sent to printers.
+ TeX is programmable, and LaTeX is nothing but a [really huge] set of TeX
+ macros.
+ LaTeX will typically come as part of a TeX distribution, so all you need
+ is a TeX package.
+\layout Standard
+
+Note that on some old systems you may find that only LaTeX 2.09 is installed
+ (as opposed to the more current LaTeX2e).
+ LyX cannot be used with LaTeX 2.09.
+\layout Standard
+
+If you're using Linux, LaTeX2e should have come with your distribution.
+ For other systems, you might need to install LaTeX yourself.You can obtain
+ a LaTeX distribution (and anything and everything related to TeX and LaTeX)
+ from a Comprehensive TeX Archive Network (CTAN) mirror.
+ A complete list of mirrors may be found at
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.ctan.org}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:ctan}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Section
+
+Dvips and Ghostscript
+\layout Subsection
+
+What You Need
+\layout Standard
+
+There's one more step you need to take if you want to print your LyX documents.
+ Obviously, you'll need to make sure your printer is configured [see next
+ section].
+ You'll also need to install these programs (or compatibles), if you don't
+ have them already:
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+ghostscript
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+ghostview
+\layout Standard
+
+The latter two programs are previewer for files in Dvi and PostScript®
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+PostScript® is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated, and
+ is the main page description language in the UN*X world.
+
+\end_inset
+
+ format.
+ If you don't know what a DVI file is, you've probably also never worked
+ with LaTeX and should read the
+\emph on
+Tutorial
+\emph default
+ document before proceeding further.
+
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+ converts DVI files into PostScript®, which is the format most printers
+ use nowadays.
+ For those of you using dot-matrix and inkjet printers, you'll want to filter
+ the PostScript® through
+\family typewriter
+ghostscript
+\family default
+, which is capable of creating output for a variety of printers.
+ The following section on printer setup describes how to do this automatically
+ every time you print.
+ For now, we'll concentrate on
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Dvips
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:dvipsconfig}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Whether you'll be running LyX on a large system or a Linux box at home,
+ you should configure
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+.
+
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+ will either
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+print
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ into a file, or send output directly to the printer, depending on how it's
+ configured.
+ If it is set up to print to a file, and if no filename is specified, it
+ will simply turn
+\family typewriter
+foo.dvi
+\family default
+ into
+\family typewriter
+foo.ps
+\family default
+.
+ Most systems have
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+ set up to send output to the default printer.
+ For LyX, you'll want the flexibility to do both.
+\layout Standard
+
+If you are not a mood to configure
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+ to adapt its output to your printer, you can safely skip this section.
+ Be warned however that the output will not match the quality that you could
+ expect from your printer.
+ At least, it will print.
+\layout Standard
+
+If you are using teTeX (a TeX distribution which is particularly popular
+ on Linux), you should run the program
+\family typewriter
+texconfig
+\family default
+.
+ To make the name of a new printer recognized by
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+ you should then select menu entry
+\family sans
+Dvips
+\family default
+, then add.
+ Enter the required parameters and, before exiting, remember to select the
+ function
+\family sans
+Rehash
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Let's turn now to manual configuration: in order to inform
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+ how to automagically convert a
+\family typewriter
+.dvi
+\family default
+ file into a
+\family typewriter
+.ps
+\family default
+ file adapted to printer
+\family typewriter
+foo
+\family default
+, you need to have a config-file,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+config.foo
+\family default
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ lying around somewhere.
+ Typically, the
+\family typewriter
+config.*
+\family default
+ files for
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+ will be in
+\family typewriter
+/usr/lib/texmf/dvips
+\family default
+ in most TeX distributions.
+ Your system will probably be different, of course, so just look under the
+ main TeX directory for a subdirectory called
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+.
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ It'll be there somewhere.
+\layout Standard
+
+Typically, there will be at least one config-file:
+\family typewriter
+config.ps
+\family default
+.
+ This file is the default configuration file, which is
+\emph on
+always
+\emph default
+ read by dvips
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+In particular, this file is not necessarily connected to the existence of
+ a file named
+\family typewriter
+ps
+\family default
+.
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Read this file and see what options could need to be changed for your particula
+r printer.
+ Then create a file
+\family typewriter
+config.foo
+\family default
+ containing only the relevant lines.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+There's at least one thing you need to do to the config-file.
+ There may exist a line that looks like,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+o | lpr
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ [without the quotes, of course\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+].
+ Change it to
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+o | lpr -Pfoo
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+, so that the output is sent by default to printer
+\family typewriter
+foo
+\family default
+.
+ However, you should probably investigate the entries
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+M
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+D
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+, which define respectively the Metafont mode and the resolution of the
+ printer.
+ If you do not know what a Metafont mode is, you can see it as a printer
+ driver: it adapts the design of TeX fonts to ensure that they give the
+ best possible result on your printer.
+ Be warned however that, if you define different Metafont modes for different
+ printers,
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+ will generate several copies of your TeX fonts on disk, and these take
+ valuable space.
+\layout Standard
+
+Once you are satisfied that your printers are correctly configured, you
+ should tell LyX to make use of this configuration.
+ To do this, you should launch the
+\family sans
+Preferences
+\family default
+ dialog (
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+references
+\family default
+) and set the entries
+\family sans
+Adapt\SpecialChar ~
+output
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Spool\SpecialChar ~
+command
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+You can use as many configuration files as you like, one for each of your
+ printers.
+ The default printer for LyX can be specified from the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+references
+\family default
+ dialog or with the
+\family typewriter
+PRINTER
+\family default
+ environment variable.
+ You can also choose the desired printer from inside LyX, as described in
+ a later section.
+ Once you've done all that, you can print to either a PostScript® printer
+ or file from LyX.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+If your printer doesn't understand PostScript®, you'll need to use
+\family typewriter
+ghostscript
+\family default
+ as a filter for your print spooler.
+ That's covered in numerous HOWTO's and manuals.
+ We also have a section that covers a little bit of this.
+\layout Standard
+
+Some people don't seem to like using the
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+ plus
+\family typewriter
+ghostscript
+\family default
+ combination.
+ As alternative, you can use a program that converts the DVI file directly
+ into your printer language.
+ You can specify this program in the
+\family sans
+Preferences
+\family default
+ dialog, too.
+ There is a major disadvantage to this method.
+ You can't include any PostScript® files, such as graphics, in your documents,
+ since the printer-specific conversion programs don't understand PostScript®.
+ For that reason, the LyX team highly recommends using
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+ and
+\family typewriter
+ghostscript
+\family default
+ for printing.
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+Ghostscript, Xdvi and Ghostview
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+Xdvi
+\family default
+ and
+\family typewriter
+ghostview
+\family default
+ are viewers.
+ The former handles
+\family typewriter
+.dvi
+\family default
+ files, while the later interfaces with
+\family typewriter
+ghostscript
+\family default
+ to allow you to view PostScript® files.
+\layout Standard
+
+A quick note on both of these programs.
+ Both automatically update themselves if the viewed file
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+That means the
+\family typewriter
+.dvi
+\family default
+ or
+\family typewriter
+.ps
+\family default
+ file, not the files used to make these.
+\end_inset
+
+ changes.
+ You can also force an update.
+ So, once you've opened one of these two viewers, there's no reason to close
+ it.
+ Also, both programs are functionally the same, providing all of the same
+ features.
+\layout Standard
+
+The LyX team recommends using
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\family default
+ for fine tuning documents.
+ Why? It's faster; there's one less layer of processing you need to do before
+ you can view the changes.
+ Here's an example:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Use
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\family default
+ to preview a document from LyX, and leave it running.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Make changes to the document using LyX.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+To view those changes, just choose
+\family sans
+\bar under
+ V
+\bar default
+iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+U
+\bar default
+pdate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+VI
+\family default
+.
+ When LaTeX's all done, click on the
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\family default
+ window, and voilà!
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\family default
+ will update itself.
+\layout Standard
+
+Now, this doesn't mean
+\family typewriter
+ghostview
+\family default
+ is useless.
+
+\family typewriter
+ghostview
+\family default
+ is better suited to those occasions where you
+\emph on
+must
+\emph default
+ view the PostScript® version of the document.
+ For repeated changes that aren't PostScript® dependent, you're better off
+ previewing with
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\family default
+.
+ There is an alternative to
+\family typewriter
+ghostview
+\family default
+ which sports a much better interface:
+\family typewriter
+gv
+\family default
+.
+ LyX will automatically use it instead of ghostscript if it is available.
+\layout Section
+
+The Printer
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\size normal
+Anyone working on a large system shouldn't have any problems here.
+ Your sysadmin [or you, if you are the sysadmin] should already have the
+ printers set up for your system.
+ All you need to do is find out the name of the printer you want to use,
+ and configure you
+\size default
+r setup
+\size normal
+as described in the last section.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\size normal
+Those of you using Linux, however, will have a bit more work to do.
+ Many people now receive a Linux distribution, such as Red Hat or Slackware,
+ on CD-ROM
+\size default
+\SpecialChar \@.
+
+\size normal
+ They follow the install instructions, get Linux up and running, but never
+ realize that they need to set up their printer.
+
+\size default
+If you find that you need to do this by hand, we've written a little something
+ to help you out with that; check out the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\emph on
+A Printer Tutorial
+\emph default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ chapter in the
+\emph on
+Customization
+\emph default
+ manual for help.
+\layout Chapter
+
+LyX Basics
+\layout Section
+
+Document Types
+\layout Subsection
+
+Introduction
+\layout Standard
+
+Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
+ need to decide what
+\emph on
+type
+\emph default
+ of document you want to edit.
+ Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
+ numbering schemes, and so on.
+ Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
+ and format the title of your document differently.
+\layout Standard
+
+A
+\emph on
+document class
+\emph default
+ describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
+ By setting the document class, you automagically select these properties,
+ making it easier to create the type of document you want.
+ If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
+ So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
+\layout Standard
+
+Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
+ how to fine-tune some of their properties.
+\layout Subsection
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:doc-classes}
+
+\end_inset
+
+The Various Document Classes
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Overview
+\layout Standard
+
+There are five standard document classes in LyX.
+ They are:
+\layout Description
+
+Article for basic articles
+\layout Description
+
+Report for basic reports
+\layout Description
+
+Book for writing a book
+\layout Description
+
+Letter for US-style letters
+\layout Description
+
+Slides is used to make transparencies
+\layout Standard
+
+There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
+ a LaTeX setup that supports them:
+\layout Description
+
+Aapaper Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysic
+s
+\layout Description
+
+Amsart Journal articles in the style and format used by the AMS [American
+ Mathematical Society].
+ There are three amsart layouts available.
+ The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems,
+\emph on
+etc.
+\emph default
+, that prepends the section number to the number of the result.
+ All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
+ together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
+ The
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+sequential numbering
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
+ them throughout the article in a single sequence.
+ Each type of result gets its own sequence.
+ There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
+\layout Description
+
+Amsbook Books in the style and format used by the AMS.
+ Only the standard numbering scheme is provided, under the assumption that
+ you would not want to number results consecutively throughout a book, and
+ that you would need to number results.
+\layout Description
+
+Dinbrief für Briefe nach deutscher Art
+\layout Description
+
+Foils is used to make transparencies, but is better than
+\family sans
+slides
+\layout Description
+
+Linuxdoc Used with the SGML-tools package (formerly known as LinuxDoc).
+ It allows LyX to produce SGML output.
+ SGML is a markup language and is the predecessor to HTML\SpecialChar \@.
+ The SGML-tools
+ package allows you to convert SGML to HTML or to the format used by
+\family typewriter
+man
+\family default
+ pages.
+\layout Description
+
+Paper for use with the
+\family typewriter
+paper
+\family default
+ LaTeX document class [not in all LaTeX distributions]
+\layout Description
+
+Revtex is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
+ Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
+ of America (OSA).
+ This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
+\layout Standard
+
+We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
+ here.
+ You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
+\emph on
+Extended Editing
+\emph default
+ manual.
+ Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
+ of the document classes.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Selecting a Class
+\layout Standard
+
+You can select a class using the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+ocument
+\bar under
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+S
+\bar default
+ettings
+\family default
+ dialog.
+ Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
+ you may need.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Properties
+\layout Standard
+
+Each class has a default set of options.
+ Here's a quick table describing them:
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="5">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Pagestyle
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Sides
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Columns
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Max.
+ sectioning level
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+article
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Plain
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+One
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+One
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Section
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+report
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Plain
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+One
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+One
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Chapter
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+book
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Headings
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Two
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+One
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Chapter
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+letter
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Plain
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+One
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+One
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+none
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+linuxdoc
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Plain
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+One
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+One
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Section
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+aapaper
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Plain
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Two
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Two
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Section
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+amsart
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Headings
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+One
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+One
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Section
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+dinbrief
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Plain
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+One
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+One
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+none
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+paper
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Headings
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+One
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+One
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Section
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+There is no default value of
+\family sans
+E
+\bar under
+x
+\bar default
+tra\SpecialChar ~
+Options
+\family default
+ for any of these classes.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+You're probably also wondering what
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Max.
+ sectioning level
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ means.
+ There are several paragraph environment used to create section headings.
+ Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
+ Only two use the
+\family sans
+Chapter
+\family default
+ heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
+\family sans
+Section
+\family default
+ heading.
+ Some document classes, such as the three for letters, don't use any section
+ headings.
+ In addition to
+\family sans
+Chapter
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Section
+\family default
+ headings, there are also
+\family sans
+Subsection
+\family default
+ headings,
+\family sans
+Subsubsection
+\family default
+ headings, and so on.
+ We'll describe these headings fully in section
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:parenvheadings}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Fine-tuning the Defaults
+\layout Standard
+
+Okay, we know we never told you what most of these
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+default options
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ set by the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+C
+\bar default
+lass
+\family default
+ button do.
+ That's what this section is for.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+agestyle
+\family default
+ This is another list, containing five options.
+ It controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page:
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+LaTeX does this part.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+Default
+\family default
+Use default pagestyle of current class.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+Empty
+\family default
+ No page numbers or headings.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+Plain
+\family default
+ Page numbers only.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+Headings
+\family default
+ Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
+ Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
+ which is the maximum sectioning level.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+Fancy
+\family default
+ This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
+ have the
+\family sans
+fancyhdr
+\family default
+ package installed.
+ At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
+ To use the full power of this package, you have to resolve to magic codes
+ in your preamble.
+ Check the documentation for the
+\family sans
+fancyhdr
+\family default
+ package for more details.
+\end_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+Sides
+\family default
+ No, LyX can't make your printer print on both sides of a sheet of paper!
+ However, it can use a different format for odd-numbered pages than even-numbere
+d pages.
+ This way, if you
+\emph on
+do
+\emph default
+ have a printer that duplexes
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+i.e.
+ prints on both sides of a sheet of paper
+\end_inset
+
+, your page number will always be in the upper right corner of the page
+ and the left margin will have extra room for a binding.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+There are two radio buttons here:
+\family sans
+One
+\family default
+ for single-sided documents,
+\family sans
+Two
+\family default
+ for double-sided documents.
+\end_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+Columns
+\family default
+ Yes, this does control how many columns each page has.
+ You can choose, using the toggle buttons,
+\family sans
+One
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+Two
+\family default
+ for the number of columns.
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Note that LyX won't show two columns on screen.
+ That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
+ However, there
+\emph on
+will
+\emph default
+ be two columns in the generated output.
+\end_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+E
+\bar under
+x
+\bar default
+tra\SpecialChar ~
+Options
+\family default
+ The LaTeX command
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+documentclass
+\family default
+ takes several options.
+ LyX sets some of these automatically for you.
+ This text box allows you to enter in others.
+ Just type in a comma-separated list of options.
+ See a good LaTeX book to find out what kinds of additional options you
+ can use.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+Separation
+\family default
+ This has its own section.
+ See sec.
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:parindentintro}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ for a description of what this does.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Paper Size, Orientation, and Margins
+\layout Standard
+
+There are several other options to set in the
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar ~
+Settings
+\family default
+ dialog.
+ All of them are global options, but they have special purposes and only
+ affect certain features.
+ We describe what these options do in the same section that describes the
+ features they affect.
+\layout Standard
+
+There are two options that affect the overall layout of the document, so
+ we'll describe them here.
+ You'll find them in the
+\family sans
+Paper
+\family default
+ dialog under the
+\family sans
+Layout
+\family default
+ menu:
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+Orientation
+\family default
+ Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
+\family sans
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+andscape
+\family default
+ or as
+\family sans
+Po
+\bar under
+r
+\bar default
+trait
+\family default
+.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+Papersi
+\bar under
+z
+\bar default
+e
+\family default
+ What size paper to print on.
+ The choices are
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Default
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+A3, A4,
+\family default
+
+\family sans
+A5
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+B3, B4, B5
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+US Letter
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+US legal
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+US executive
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Custom
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Some of these settings require you to have the
+\family sans
+geometry
+\family default
+ package installed.
+ This package will also allow you to set the margins in the
+\family sans
+Paper
+\family default
+ dialog.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Important Note:
+\layout Standard
+
+If you change a document's class, LyX has to convert
+\emph on
+everything
+\emph default
+ into the new class.
+ That includes the paragraph environments.
+ Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
+ them.
+ Some classes have special paragraph environments, however.
+ If this is the case, and you change document classes, LyX sets the missing
+ paragraph environments to
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+ and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
+ Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
+ the conversion and why it failed.
+\layout Section
+
+Paragraph Indentation and Separation
+\layout Subsection
+
+Introduction
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:parindentintro}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
+ say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
+\layout Standard
+
+Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
+ Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
+ Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
+ LyX uses the same convention you find among typographer.
+ The
+\emph on
+first
+\emph default
+ paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
+ etc., is
+\emph on
+not
+\emph default
+ indented.
+ Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
+ Some people don't like this convention, but if you want to use indented
+ paragraphs, you'll have to live with it.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+There is a way to force LaTeX to indent all paragraphs.
+ LyX won't show this, of course, but LaTeX
+\emph on
+will
+\emph default
+ print it that way.
+ You'll need to get a special package and insert an appropriate command
+ in the preamble.
+ [
+\emph on
+Editor's Note: I'll insert this info when I get the time.
+ - jw
+\emph default
+]
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
+ and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
+ pre-coded into LyX.
+ As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
+ LyX takes care of that.
+ In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
+ range.
+ That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
+ figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
+ of a page, and so on.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Actually, LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
+\end_inset
+
+ However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
+ LyX gives you the ability to globally change
+\emph on
+all
+\emph default
+ of these pre-coded spacings.
+ We'll explain more later.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Global Indentation Method
+\layout Standard
+
+To select the default method of separating paragraphs, select
+\family sans
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+ndent
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+S
+\bar under
+k
+\bar default
+ip
+\family default
+ to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Fine-Tuning
+\layout Standard
+
+You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
+ Open the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+aragraph\SpecialChar ~
+Settings
+\family default
+ dialog and toggle the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+N
+\bar default
+o Indent
+\family default
+ button to change the state of the current paragraph.
+ If paragraphs indent by default, this button will be inactive at first.
+ If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
+ button will be completely ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph
+ by toggling this).
+\layout Standard
+
+You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
+ if you need to do some fine-tuning.
+ Typically, you'll select
+\family sans
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+ndent
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+S
+\bar under
+k
+\bar default
+ip
+\family default
+ for the entire document and edit away.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Changing Line Spacing
+\layout Standard
+
+In the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+ettings
+\family default
+ dialog you can choose your line spacing provided you have the
+\family sans
+setspace
+\family default
+ package installed.
+\layout Section
+
+Paragraph Environments
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:par-environments}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+Overview
+\layout Standard
+
+The paragraph environments correspond to the various
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{
+\family default
+\emph on
+environment
+\family typewriter
+\emph default
+} ...
+
+\backslash
+end{
+\family default
+\emph on
+environment
+\family typewriter
+\emph default
+}
+\family default
+ command sequences in an ordinary LaTeX file.
+ If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
+ alien to you, we urge you to read the
+\emph on
+Tutorial
+\emph default
+.
+ The
+\emph on
+Tutorial
+\emph default
+ also contains many more examples than this section does.
+\layout Standard
+
+A paragraph environment is simply a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+container
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
+ This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
+ scheme, labels, and so on.
+ Additionally, you can
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+nest
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
+ to inherit some of the properties of another.
+ The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
+ tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
+ days of typewriters.
+ There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
+ document type.
+ We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
+\layout Standard
+
+To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box on the left
+ end of the toolbar.
+ LyX will change the environment of the
+\emph on
+entire
+\emph default
+ paragraph in which the cursor sits.
+ You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
+ you select them before choosing the new environment.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Note that hitting
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ will
+\emph on
+typically
+\emph default
+ create a new paragraph using the
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+ paragraph environment.
+ We say
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+typically
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ because this isn't always the case.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+If you are in one of these environments:
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+vspace{-2ex}
+\backslash
+parbox[t]{3cm}{
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Quote
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Quotation
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+}
+\backslash
+parbox[t]{3cm}{
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Verse
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+}
+\backslash
+parbox[t]{3cm}{
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Description
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+}
+\backslash
+parbox[t]{3cm}{
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+List
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+, rather than resetting it to
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+.
+ LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
+\end_inset
+
+ Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
+ and the nesting depth [more on nesting in section
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}
+
+\end_inset
+
+].
+ At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
+
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
+ If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
+ use
+\family sans
+M-Return
+\family default
+ instead.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Standard
+\layout Standard
+
+The default paragraph environment is
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+ for most classes.
+ It creates a plain paragraph.
+ If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
+ In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now [and most of the ones in
+ this manual] are in the
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+ environment.
+\layout Standard
+
+You can nest a paragraph using the
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+ environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
+ in a
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+ environment.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Document Titles
+\layout Standard
+
+A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name[s] of the
+ author[s] and a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+footnote
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ for thanks or contact information.
+ For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
+ page along with today's date.
+ For other types of documents, the title
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+page
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ goes at the top of the first page of the document.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
+ environments
+\family sans
+Title
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Author
+\family default
+, and
+\family sans
+Date
+\family default
+.
+ Here's how you use them:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Put the title of your document in the
+\family sans
+Title
+\family default
+ environment.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Put the author name in the
+\family sans
+Author
+\family default
+ environment.
+\layout Itemize
+
+If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
+ or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
+ the
+\family sans
+Date
+\family default
+ environment.
+ Note that using this environment is optional.
+ If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
+\layout Standard
+
+Be sure to do this at the top of the document.
+ You can use footnotes to insert
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+thanks
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ or contact information.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Headings
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:parenvheadings}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ There are nine paragraph environments for producing section headings.
+ LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
+ All you need to do is decide what you're going to call section 3 of chapter
+ 9.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Numbered Headings
+\layout Standard
+
+There are 6 numbered types of section headings.
+\begin_inset Note
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Why no mention of Part ?
+\end_inset
+
+ They are:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\family sans
+Chapter
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\family sans
+Section
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\family sans
+Subsection
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\family sans
+Subsubsection
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\family sans
+Paragraph
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\family sans
+Subparagraph
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
+ The numbers describe where in the document you are.
+ These headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
+ For example, suppose you're writing a book.
+ You group the book into chapters.
+ LyX does similar grouping:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Either
+\family sans
+Chapter
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+Section
+\family default
+ is the maximum sectioning level.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Chapter
+\family default
+s are divided into
+\family sans
+Section
+\family default
+s
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Section
+\family default
+s are divided into
+\family sans
+Subsection
+\family default
+s
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Subsection
+\family default
+s are divided into
+\family sans
+Subsubsection
+\family default
+s
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Subsubsection
+\family default
+s are divided into
+\family sans
+Paragraph
+\family default
+s
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Paragraph
+\family default
+s are divided into
+\family sans
+Subparagraph
+\family default
+s
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\emph on
+Note:
+\emph default
+ not all document types use the
+\family sans
+Chapter
+\family default
+ heading as the maximum sectioning level.
+ In that case, the
+\family sans
+Section
+\family default
+ is the top-level heading.
+\layout Standard
+
+So, if you use the
+\family sans
+Subsubsection
+\family default
+ environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
+ along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
+ that it's in.
+ For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
+ label
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+2.5
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Unnumbered Headings
+\layout Standard
+
+There are 3 types of unnumbered section headings.
+ They are:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\family sans
+Section*
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\family sans
+Subsection*
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\family sans
+Subsubsection*
+\layout Standard
+
+The
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+*
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
+ They work the same as their numbered counterparts.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Changing the Numbering
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sub:section-depth}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
+ in the Table of Contents.
+ Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
+ class.
+ Certain classes start with
+\family sans
+Chapter
+\family default
+ and go down to the
+\family sans
+Subparagraph
+\family default
+ level.
+ Others start at
+\family sans
+Section
+\family default
+.
+ Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
+ Most don't number
+\family sans
+Paragraph
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+Subparagraph
+\family default
+.
+ This is something you can change.
+\layout Standard
+
+Open the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+ettings
+\family default
+ dialog.
+ You should see a counter labelled
+\family sans
+Section\SpecialChar ~
+number\SpecialChar ~
+depth
+\family default
+ under the
+\family sans
+Extra
+\family default
+ tab.
+ This counter controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers
+ a section heading.
+ Unfortunately, the number you choose with the slider is really goofy, so
+ here's a table of values and what they do:
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Sec.
+ Num.
+ Depth
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+LyX numbers these
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+value:
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+section headings:
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+-2
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+no numbering of any kind
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+-1
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+add
+\family sans
+Parts
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+-0 and 0
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+add Chapters
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+1
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+add Sections
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+2
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+add Subsections
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+3
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+add
+\family sans
+Subsubsections
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+4
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+add
+\family sans
+Paragraphs
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+5
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+add
+\family sans
+Subparagraphs
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+The increasing numbers are cumulative: a setting of
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+0
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ will number parts and chapters, while
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+2
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ will number parts, chapters, sections, and subsections.
+ Of course, if you're using a document class that doesn't use part or chapter
+ headings (
+\emph on
+e.g.
+
+\emph default
+ the default article class), then the numbering begins at the
+\family sans
+Section
+\family default
+ heading, and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+0
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ also corresponds to
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+no numbering.
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+There's another counter in the dialog, called
+\family sans
+Table\SpecialChar ~
+of\SpecialChar ~
+contents\SpecialChar ~
+depth
+\family default
+.
+ It works the same way as
+\family sans
+Section\SpecialChar ~
+numbering\SpecialChar ~
+depth
+\family default
+, only it controls which sectioning levels appear in, you guessed it, the
+ Table of Contents.
+ This is a great control to have.
+ Suppose you wanted to number
+\emph on
+all
+\emph default
+ sectioning heading, but you only wanted
+\family sans
+Chapter
+\family default
+s,
+\family sans
+Section
+\family default
+s, and
+\family sans
+Subsection
+\family default
+s in the Table of Contents.
+ You'd just set
+\family sans
+Section\SpecialChar ~
+numbering\SpecialChar ~
+depth
+\family default
+ to
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+5
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ and
+\family sans
+Table of contents\SpecialChar ~
+depth
+\family default
+ to
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+2
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ and voilà! You're all set.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Special Information
+\layout Standard
+
+The following information applies to
+\family sans
+Chapter
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Section
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Subsection
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Subsubsection
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Paragraph
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Subparagraph
+\family default
+ as well as
+\family sans
+Section*
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Subsection*
+\family default
+, and
+\family sans
+Subsubsection*
+\family default
+:
+\layout Itemize
+
+You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
+\layout Itemize
+
+You can use inlined math in these environments.
+\layout Itemize
+
+You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
+\layout Itemize
+
+You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
+\layout Standard
+
+As for examples of these paragraph environments - look around you! We're
+ using them everywhere in the manuals.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Creating an Appendix
+\layout Standard
+
+To create an appendix, simply start by adding a new chapter or section heading.
+ Move the cursor back to the beginning of the heading and select
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Start\SpecialChar ~
+
+\bar under
+A
+\bar default
+ppendix\SpecialChar ~
+Here
+\family default
+.
+ A red/brown box will be drawn around the remainder of the file to indicate
+ there is something special about it, and the numerical chapter or section
+ label(s) will be changed to a letter.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Quotes and Poetry
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
+ They are
+\family sans
+Quote
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Quotation
+\family default
+, and
+\family sans
+Verse
+\family default
+.
+ Forget the days of changing linespacing and twiddling with margins.
+ These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
+ They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
+ the text they contain.
+ They also allow nesting, so you can put a
+\family sans
+Verse
+\family default
+ in a
+\family sans
+Quotation
+\family default
+, as well as in some other paragraph environments.
+\layout Standard
+
+There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
+
+\emph on
+not
+\emph default
+ reset to
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+ when you start a new paragraph.
+ So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
+ Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
+ to change back to the
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+ environment yourself.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+
+\family sans
+Quote
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Quotation
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:quote}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
+ time for the differences.
+
+\family sans
+Quote
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Quotation
+\family default
+ are identical except for one difference:
+\family sans
+Quote
+\family default
+ uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
+
+\family sans
+Quotation
+\family default
+
+\emph on
+always
+\emph default
+ indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
+\layout Standard
+
+Here's an example of the
+\family sans
+Quote
+\family default
+ environment:
+\layout Quote
+
+This is in the
+\family sans
+Quote
+\family default
+ environment.
+ I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
+ wraps.
+ See - no indentation!
+\layout Quote
+
+Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
+ Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
+ the other paragraph.
+\layout Standard
+
+That ends that example.
+ Here's another example, this time in the
+\family sans
+Quotation
+\family default
+ environment:
+\layout Quotation
+
+This is in the
+\family sans
+Quotation
+\family default
+ environment.
+ If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
+ If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
+ the first line, then
+\family sans
+Quotation
+\family default
+ is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
+\emph on
+if
+\emph default
+ you were quoting other text.
+\layout Quotation
+
+Here's a new paragraph.
+ I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
+ If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
+\layout Standard
+
+That was our other example.
+ As the example notes,
+\family sans
+Quote
+\family default
+ is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
+ They should put quotes in the
+\family sans
+Quote
+\family default
+ environment.
+ Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
+\family sans
+Quotation
+\family default
+ paragraph environment for quoted text.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+
+\family sans
+Verse
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:verse}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Verse
+\family default
+ is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
+ Here's an example:
+\layout Verse
+
+This is in Verse
+\newline
+Which I did not rehearse!
+\layout Verse
+
+It could be much worse.
+ This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
+ around.
+ It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
+ indented a bit more than the first.
+ Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
+ So sue me.
+\layout Verse
+
+To break a line
+\newline
+And make things look fine
+\newline
+Use
+\family sans
+C-Return
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+As you can see,
+\family sans
+Verse
+\family default
+ does not indent both margins.
+ Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
+ To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
+\family typewriter
+break-line
+\family default
+ function,
+\family sans
+C-Return
+\family default
+.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Lists
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:parenvlists}
+
+\end_inset
+
+LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
+ of lists.
+ In the
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+ environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
+ In the
+\family sans
+Description
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+List
+\family default
+ environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
+ We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
+ some general features of all four of them.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+General Features
+\layout Standard
+
+The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
+ in several ways.
+ First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
+ Hitting
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ does
+\emph on
+not
+\emph default
+ reset the environment to
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+ but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
+ The nesting depth is typically reset, however.
+ If you want to keep both the current nesting depth and paragraph environment,
+ you should use
+\family sans
+M-Return
+\family default
+ to break paragraphs.
+\layout Standard
+
+You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
+ In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how its
+ nested.
+ If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
+ you read all of section
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:itemize}
+
+\end_inset
+
+The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\family default
+ paragraph environment.
+ It has the following properties:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
+\layout Itemize
+
+The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+The items can be any length.
+ LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
+ The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\family default
+ list may be in.
+\layout Itemize
+
+If you nest an
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\family default
+ environment inside another
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\family default
+ environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
+\layout Itemize
+
+LyX always shows the same symbol, an asterisk, on screen.
+\layout Itemize
+
+See section
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ for a full explanation of nesting.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\family default
+ list.
+ The
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\family default
+ environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
+\layout Standard
+
+We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
+ Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
+ Note that those of you reading this manual online won't see any difference.
+\layout Itemize
+
+The label for the first level
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\family default
+ is a large black dot, or bullet.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+The label for the second level is a dash.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+The label for the third is an asterisk.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Back out to the third level.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Back to the second level.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Back to the outermost level.
+\layout Standard
+
+These are the default labels for an
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\family default
+ list.
+ You can customize these labels in
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+ettings
+\family default
+ dialog in the
+\family sans
+Bullets
+\family default
+ tab.
+\layout Standard
+
+Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
+ We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
+ in section
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Be sure to read it!
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:enumerate}
+
+\end_inset
+
+The
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+ environment is the tool to use to create numbered lists and outlines.
+ It has these properties:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Each item has a numeral as its label.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Each new
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+ environment resets the counter to one.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Like the
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\family default
+ environment, the
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+ environment:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
+ Items can be any length.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Unlike the
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\family default
+ environment,
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+
+\emph on
+does
+\emph default
+ show the different labels for each item.
+ Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+The first level of an
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+ uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
+ increases.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Back to the third level
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Back to the second level.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Back to the outermost level.
+\layout Standard
+
+Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+ environment.
+ It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
+\emph on
+Extended Features
+\emph default
+ manual), however.
+ As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
+ not on the LyX screen.
+\layout Standard
+
+There is more to nesting
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+ environments than we've stated here.
+ You
+\emph on
+really
+\emph default
+ should read section
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ to learn more about nesting.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+
+\family sans
+Description
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:descrlist}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Unlike the previous two environments, the
+\family sans
+Description
+\family default
+ list has no fixed label.
+ Instead, LyX uses the first
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+word
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ of the first line as the label.
+ Here's an example:
+\layout Description
+
+Example: This is an example of the
+\family sans
+ Description
+\family default
+ environment.
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
+ rest of the line.
+\layout Standard
+
+Now, you're probably wondering what we mean by,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+uses the first 'word'.
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ The
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+ key does not add a whitespace character, but separates words from one another.
+ Inside of a
+\family sans
+Description
+\family default
+ environment, the
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+ key tells LyX to end the label if we're at the beginning of the first line
+ of an item.
+\layout Standard
+
+However, what if you want or need to use more than one word in the label
+ of a
+\family sans
+Description
+\family default
+ environment? Simple: use a
+\family sans
+Protected Blank
+\family default
+.
+ [Use either
+\family sans
+C-Space
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+pecial\SpecialChar ~
+Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Protected\SpecialChar ~
+
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+lank
+\family default
+ from the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+nsert
+\family default
+ menu.
+ See sec.
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:hspace}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ for more info.] Here's an example:
+\layout Description
+
+Second\SpecialChar ~
+Example: This one shows how to use a
+\family sans
+Protected\SpecialChar ~
+Blank
+\family default
+ in the label of a
+\family sans
+Description
+\family default
+ list item.
+\layout Description
+
+Usage: You should use the
+\family sans
+Description
+\family default
+ environment for things like definitions and theorems.
+ Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
+ that describes it.
+ It's not a good idea to use a
+\family sans
+Description
+\family default
+ environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
+ You're better off using
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+ and nesting several
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+ paragraphs into them.
+\layout Description
+
+Nesting: You can, of course, nest
+\family sans
+Description
+\family default
+ environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
+ so on.
+\layout Standard
+
+Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
+ them from the first line.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+The LyX
+\family sans
+List
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:lyxlist}
+
+\end_inset
+
+The
+\family sans
+List
+\family default
+ environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Now, if you jumped here without reading sections
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:itemize}
+
+\end_inset
+
+-
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:descrlist}
+
+\end_inset
+
+, you've goofed.
+ The
+\family sans
+List
+\family default
+ environment does
+\emph on
+not
+\emph default
+ create numbered lists.
+ That's what
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+ does, and it's documented in section
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:enumerate}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Like the
+\family sans
+Description
+\family default
+ environment the
+\family sans
+List
+\family default
+ environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
+ There are some key differences between this list environment and the other
+ three:
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMM
+
+item\SpecialChar ~
+labels LyX uses the first
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+word
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ of each line as the item label.
+ The first
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+ after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
+ If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
+ blank as described above.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMM
+
+margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
+ the body of the item text.
+ The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
+ label width plus a little extra space.
+
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMM
+
+label\SpecialChar ~
+width LyX uses one of two things for the label width: the actual width
+ of the label, or the default width, whichever is larger.
+ If the actual width is larger, then the label
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+extends
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ into the first line.
+ In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
+ margin of the rest of the item text.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMM
+
+default\SpecialChar ~
+width You can very easily set this default width.
+ It's quite painless, actually.
+ So, you can easily ensure that the text of all items in a
+\family sans
+List
+\family default
+ environment have the same left margin.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMM
+
+uses You should use the
+\family sans
+List
+\family default
+ environment the same way you'd use as
+\family sans
+Description
+\family default
+ list: when you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
+ it.
+ The
+\family sans
+List
+\family default
+ environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
+ layout.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMM
+
+nesting You can nest
+\family sans
+List
+\family default
+ environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
+ so on.
+ They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
+ Read section
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ to learn about nesting.
+\layout Standard
+
+As you can see, this is a feature-packed paragraph environment!
+\layout Standard
+
+To change the default width of the label, select the items in the list to
+ change.
+ You can also simply move the cursor into a
+\family sans
+List
+\family default
+ item if you want to change only its label width.
+ Now open the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+aragraph\SpecialChar ~
+Settings
+\family default
+ dialog and find the
+\family sans
+Label\SpecialChar ~
+width
+\family default
+ text box.
+ The text in the
+\family sans
+Label\SpecialChar ~
+width
+\family default
+ box determines the default label width.
+ If you really, really want to, you can use the text of your largest label
+ here, but you don't need to.
+ We recommend using the letter
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+M
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ multiple times.
+ It's the widest character and is a standard unit of width in LaTeX.
+ The default label width in the example
+\family sans
+List
+\family default
+ is 6
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+M
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+s wide.
+ Using
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+M
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ as your unit of width in the
+\family sans
+Label\SpecialChar ~
+Width
+\family default
+ box has one more advantage: you don't need to keep changing the contents
+ of
+\family sans
+Label\SpecialChar ~
+Width
+\family default
+ every time you alter a label in a
+\family sans
+List
+\family default
+ environment.
+\layout Standard
+
+There's yet another feature of the
+\family sans
+List
+\family default
+ environment we need to tell you about.
+ As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item labels by default.
+ You can use additional
+\family sans
+HFills
+\family default
+ to change how LyX justifies the item label.
+ We'll document
+\family sans
+HFills
+\family default
+ later in section
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:hspace}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Here are some examples:
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM
+
+Left The default for
+\family sans
+List
+\family default
+ item labels.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM
+
+
+\hfill
+Right One
+\family sans
+HFill
+\family default
+ at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM
+
+
+\hfill
+Center
+\hfill
+ One
+\family sans
+HFill
+\family default
+ at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
+\layout Standard
+
+Don't worry if you have no idea what
+\family sans
+HFill
+\family default
+s are yet.
+ Just remember that you can use them to customize the look of the
+\family sans
+List
+\family default
+ environment.
+\layout Standard
+
+That does it for the four paragraph environments for making lists.
+ Oh - did we mention that you should read about nesting environments in
+ section
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ if you want to use any of these list environments?
+\layout Subsection
+
+Letters
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+
+\family sans
+Address
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Right\SpecialChar ~
+Address
+\family default
+: An Overview
+\layout Standard
+
+Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
+ environments called
+\family sans
+Address
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Right\SpecialChar ~
+Address
+\family default
+.
+ To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
+ in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
+ In contrast, you can use the
+\family sans
+Address
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Right\SpecialChar ~
+Address
+\family default
+ paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
+ You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
+ anything in them.
+\layout Standard
+
+Of course, you're not limited to using
+\family sans
+Address
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Right\SpecialChar ~
+Address
+\family default
+ for letters only.
+
+\family sans
+Right\SpecialChar ~
+Address
+\family default
+, in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
+ some European academic papers.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Usage
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:adress_usage}
+
+\end_inset
+
+The
+\family sans
+Address
+\family default
+ environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
+ for the opening and signature in some countries.
+ Similarly, the
+\family sans
+Right\SpecialChar ~
+Address
+\family default
+ environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
+ is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
+ Here's an example of each:
+\layout Right Address
+
+Right Address
+\newline
+WhoAmI
+\newline
+WhereAmI
+\newline
+When is it? What is today?
+\layout Standard
+
+That was
+\family sans
+Right\SpecialChar ~
+Address
+\family default
+.
+ Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
+ fit the largest block of text on a single line.
+ Here's an example of the
+\family sans
+Address
+\family default
+ environment:
+\layout Address
+
+WhoAreYou
+\newline
+Where do I send this
+\newline
+Your post office and country
+\layout Standard
+
+As you can see, both
+\family sans
+Address
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Right\SpecialChar ~
+Address
+\family default
+ add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
+ Speaking of which, if you hit
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
+ the environment to
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+.
+ This makes sense, however, since
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ is the
+\family typewriter
+break-paragraph
+\family default
+ function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
+ Thus, you'd use
+\family typewriter
+break-line
+\family default
+ [
+\family sans
+C-Return
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+pecial\SpecialChar ~
+Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+inebreak
+\family default
+ from the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+nsert
+\family default
+ menu] to start a new line in an
+\family sans
+Address
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+ Right\SpecialChar ~
+Address
+\family default
+ environment.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Academic Writing
+\layout Standard
+
+Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
+ or list of references.
+ LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\layout Standard
+
+The
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\family default
+ environment is used for the abstract of an article.
+ Technically, you
+\emph on
+could
+\emph default
+ use this environment anywhere, but you really
+\emph on
+should
+\emph default
+ only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
+ Also, don't bother trying to nest
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\family default
+ in anything else or vice versa.
+ It won't work.
+ The
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\family default
+ environment is only useful in the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+article
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+report
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ document classes [as well as
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+amsart,
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ which is just a specialized version of
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+article
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+].
+ The
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+book
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ document class ignores the
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\family default
+ completely, and it's utterly silly to use
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\family default
+ in the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+letter
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ document class.
+\layout Standard
+
+The
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\family default
+ environment does several things for you.
+ First, it puts the centered label
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Abstract
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ above the text.
+ The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
+ space.
+ Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
+ Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
+ the subsequent text.
+ Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
+ If your document is in the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+report
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ class, the abstract actually appears on a separate page in the printed
+ version of the file.
+\layout Standard
+
+Starting a new paragraph by hitting
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ does
+\emph on
+not
+\emph default
+ reset the paragraph environment.
+ The new paragraph will still be in the
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\family default
+ environment.
+ So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
+ finish entering the abstract of your document.
+\layout Standard
+
+We'd love to give you an example of the
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\family default
+ environment, but we can't, since this document is in the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+book
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ class.
+ If you've never heard of an
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+abstract
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ before, you can safely ignore this environment.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:bibliography}
+
+\end_inset
+
+The
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\family default
+ environment is used to list references.
+ Technically, you
+\emph on
+could
+\emph default
+ use this environment anywhere, but you really
+\emph on
+should
+\emph default
+ only use it at the end of the document.
+ Also, don't bother trying to nest
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\family default
+ in anything else or vice versa.
+ It won't work.
+\layout Standard
+
+When you first open a
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\family default
+ environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Bibliography
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ or
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+References,
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ depending on the document class.
+ The heading is in a large boldface font.
+ Each paragraph of the
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\family default
+ environment is a bibliography entry.
+ Thus, hitting
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ does
+\emph on
+not
+\emph default
+ reset the paragraph environment.
+ Each new paragraph is still in the
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\family default
+ environment.
+\layout Standard
+
+At the
+\emph on
+beginning
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+first line
+\emph default
+ of each paragraph, you will see a gray button showing a number.
+ If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
+\family sans
+key
+\family default
+ and a
+\family sans
+label
+\family default
+.
+ The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
+ entry.
+ For example, suppose your first entry in the bibliography was a book about
+ LaTeX.
+ We could choose the key
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+latexguide
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ for that entry.
+ You can also give a label, which will be displayed in the gray inset box.
+\layout Standard
+
+The
+\family sans
+key
+\family default
+ field isn't useless.
+ You can refer to your bibliography entries using the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+C
+\bar default
+itation\SpecialChar ~
+Reference
+\family default
+ command.
+ Just choose the key inside in the available keys list, then add a reference
+ by clicking on the left arrow, which will add it to the selected keys list.
+ Multiple references can be placed by selecting more than one key.
+ An example of the
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\family default
+ appears at the end of this document.
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+See
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{latexguide}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ or
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \cite[Chapter 3]{latexcompanion}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ is an example of how to cite two of the entries in it.
+ In the second one, we used the
+\family sans
+T
+\bar under
+e
+\bar default
+xt\SpecialChar ~
+after
+\family default
+ field of the citation dialog to add the text
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Chapter 3
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ The texts
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+latexguide
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+latexcompanion
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ that you see on screen will be replaced in print by the number or the label
+ of the bibliography entry.
+\layout Standard
+
+The more advanced LaTeX bibliography package BibTeX is also supported by
+ LyX.
+ For a description of how to use it, please refer to the
+\emph on
+Extended LyX Features
+\emph default
+ document.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Special Purpose
+\layout Standard
+
+There are three standard paragraph environments that simply don't fit any
+ category, as they are very specialized for a particular purpose.
+ We'll point out the highlights and uses of each.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+
+\family sans
+Caption
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:captionlayout}
+
+\end_inset
+
+The
+\family sans
+Caption
+\family default
+ environment is the default paragraph environment for
+\family sans
+Figure\SpecialChar ~
+Floats
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Table\SpecialChar ~
+Floats
+\family default
+.
+ On the LyX screen, you'll see either the label
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Figure #:
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ or
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Table #:
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+, depending on which type of
+\family sans
+Float
+\family default
+ it's in.
+ The actual reference number is substituted in this label in the printed
+ output.
+\layout Standard
+
+You can't really nest things into a
+\family sans
+Caption
+\family default
+ environment or vice versa.
+ Additionally, hitting
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ resets the paragraph environment to
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+, so a
+\family sans
+Caption
+\family default
+ can only be a single paragraph.
+\layout Standard
+
+You cannot use a
+\family sans
+Caption
+\family default
+ environment outside of a
+\family sans
+Figure\SpecialChar ~
+Float
+\family default
+ or a
+\family sans
+Table\SpecialChar ~
+Float
+\family default
+.
+ See sections
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figures}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ and
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:tables}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ for more information on
+\family sans
+Figure\SpecialChar ~
+Floats
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Table\SpecialChar ~
+Floats
+\family default
+.
+
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+
+\family sans
+LyX-Code
+\layout Standard
+
+The
+\family sans
+LyX-Code
+\family default
+ environment is another LyX extension.
+ It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
+ It also treats the
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+ key as a fixed whitespace;
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+In the
+\family sans
+LyX-Code
+\family default
+ environment, the
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+ key is treated as a
+\family sans
+Protected\SpecialChar ~
+Blank
+\family default
+ instead of an end-of-word marker.
+\end_inset
+
+ this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
+ If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
+\family sans
+C-Return
+\family default
+ [the
+\family typewriter
+break-line
+\family default
+ function].
+
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ breaks paragraphs.
+ Note, however, that
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ does
+\emph on
+not
+\emph default
+ reset the paragraph environment.
+ So, when you finish using the
+\family sans
+LyX-Code
+\family default
+ environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
+ Also, you
+\emph on
+can
+\emph default
+ nest the
+\family sans
+LyX-Code
+\family default
+ environment inside of others.
+\layout Standard
+
+There are a few quirks with this environment:
+\layout Itemize
+
+You cannot use
+\family sans
+C-Return
+\family default
+ at the beginning of a new paragraph [i.e.
+ you can't follow
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ with a
+\family sans
+C-Return
+\family default
+].
+\layout Itemize
+
+You can't follow a
+\family sans
+C-Return
+\family default
+ with a
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Use a
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Or: use
+\family sans
+C-Space
+\family default
+ instead.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
+ You must put at least one
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+ in any line you want blank.
+ Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
+\layout Itemize
+
+You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
+\family sans
+"
+\family default
+ since that will insert
+\emph on
+real
+\emph default
+ quotes.
+ You get the typewriter double quotes with
+\family sans
+C-"
+\family default
+ (or
+\family sans
+C-q
+\family default
+ if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
+\layout Standard
+
+Here's an example:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+int main(void)
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+{
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ printf("Hello World
+\backslash
+n");
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ return 0;
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+}
+\layout Standard
+
+This is just the standard
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Hello world!
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ program.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+LyX-Code
+\family default
+ has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
+ rc-files, and so on.
+ Use it only in those very, very special cases where you need to generate
+ text as if you used a typewriter.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Comment
+\layout Standard
+
+The comment paragraph environment can be used to write comments about your
+ document that will not appear in the final output.
+ In order to make this clear, LyX will present the comment environment in
+ a different color than the rest of the text.
+\layout Section
+
+Nesting Environments
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:nest}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+The Big Deal
+\layout Standard
+
+Throughout the previous sections, we've been nagging you to
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+go read Section\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ So, you're probably wondering what the big deal is.
+\layout Standard
+
+The big deal is that LyX differs rather strongly from the traditional
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+word\SpecialChar \-
+processor-as-overglorified-typewriter
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ concept.
+ With a typewriter, text is merely ink on a page.
+ Most word processors aren't much better, treating text as pixels on the
+ screen and bytes in memory.
+ In contrast, LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context
+ and specific properties.
+ However, what if you wanted one
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+block
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ to inherit some of the properties of another
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+block
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ ?
+\layout Standard
+
+Here's a more specific example: outlines.
+ You have three main points in your outline, but point #2 also has two subpoints.
+ In other words, you have a list
+\emph on
+inside
+\emph default
+ of another list, with the inner list
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+attached
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ to item #2:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+one
+\layout Enumerate
+
+two
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+sublist - item #1
+\layout Enumerate
+
+sublist - item #2
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+three
+\layout Standard
+
+How do you put a list inside of a list? By now, the answer should be obvious:
+ you nest one list inside the other.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+How to nest an environment is quite simple.
+ Select
+\family sans
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+ncrease\SpecialChar ~
+List\SpecialChar ~
+Depth
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+ecrease\SpecialChar ~
+List\SpecialChar ~
+Depth
+\family default
+ from the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+dit
+\family default
+ menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
+ will tell you how far you are nested).
+\layout Standard
+
+You can also use the convenient key bindings
+\family sans
+S-M-Left
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+S-M-Right
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+M-p\SpecialChar ~
+Left
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+M-p\SpecialChar ~
+Right
+\family default
+are alternatives, if you prefer those bindings
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+to change the nesting level.
+ The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
+ you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
+ paragraph.
+\layout Standard
+
+Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
+ If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
+ Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
+ depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
+ It's hard to describe what exactly LyX does in this case.
+ That depends specifically on what your text looks like.
+ Your best bet is to simply play with changing the nesting depth and see
+ what happens.
+\layout Standard
+
+Nesting isn't just limited to lists.
+ In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
+ about to find out.
+ This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
+\layout Subsection
+
+What You Can and Can't Nest
+\layout Standard
+
+Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
+ you a little bit more about how nesting works.
+\layout Standard
+
+The question of nesting is a bit more complicated than a simple yes or no,
+ can you or can't you.
+ There's also the question of how.
+ Can you nest this environment into anything else? Can you nest another
+ environment into it? A
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+yes
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ to one of these doesn't guarantee a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+yes
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ to the other.
+\layout Standard
+
+The paragraph environments in LyX can do one of three things when it comes
+ to nesting.
+ First, an environment may be completely unnestable.
+ Second, there are environments that are fully nestable.
+ You can nest them inside of things and you can also nest other things inside
+ of them.
+ There is one last type of environment.
+ You can nest them into other environments, but that's it.
+ You can't nest anything into them.
+\layout Standard
+
+Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
+ environments have them:
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+For some odd reason, LyX allows you to fully nest both
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\family default
+.
+ Also, LyX allows you to nest
+\family sans
+Title
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Author
+\family default
+, and
+\family sans
+Date
+\family default
+ into other environments.
+ We urge you not to.
+ LaTeX may barf if you try it.
+ Then again, it may not.
+ We don't know for certain.
+ However, it makes no sense contextually to perform any nesting with these
+ environments, so why would you ever want to?
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+
+Unnestable Can't nest them.
+ Can't nest into them.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Part
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Chapter
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Section
+\family default
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Subsection
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Subsubsection
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Paragraph
+\family default
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Subparagraph
+\layout Itemize
+
+Part*
+\layout Itemize
+
+Chapter*
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Section*
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Subsection*
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Subsubsection*
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Title
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Author
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Date
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+
+Fully\SpecialChar ~
+Nestable You can nest them.
+ You can nest other things into them.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Verse
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Quote
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Quotation
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Description
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+List
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+LyX-Code
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+
+Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
+ You can't nest anything into them.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Standard
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Right\SpecialChar ~
+Address
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Address
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+The
+\family sans
+Caption
+\family default
+ environment doesn't really fit anywhere, since it's only used inside of
+
+\family sans
+Table\SpecialChar ~
+Floats
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Figure\SpecialChar ~
+Floats
+\family default
+.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:table-and-fig-nesting}
+
+\end_inset
+
+There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
+ affected by nesting anyhow.
+ They are:
+\layout Itemize
+
+equations
+\layout Itemize
+
+tables
+\layout Itemize
+
+figures
+\layout Standard
+
+[Note: if you put a figure or a table in a
+\family sans
+Float
+\family default
+, this is no longer true.
+ See below or look in sections
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figures}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ or
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:tables}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ for more info.]
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
+ Well, you can't inline a table, but you can inline math and figures.
+ If a figure or an equation is inlined, it goes wherever the paragraph it's
+ in goes.
+\layout Standard
+
+On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+paragraph
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ of its own, it behaves just like a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+nestable-inside
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ paragraph environment.
+ You can nest it into any environment, but you [obviously] can't nest anything
+ into it.
+\layout Standard
+
+Here's an example with a table:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Item One
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+This is (a) and it's nested.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+a
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+b
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+c
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+d
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+This is (b).
+ The table is actually nested inside (a).
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Back out again.
+\layout Standard
+
+If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Item One
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+This is (a) and it's nested.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+a
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+b
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+c
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+d
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Enumerate
+
+This is (b).
+ The table is
+\emph on
+not
+\emph default
+ nested inside (a).
+ In fact, it's not nested at all.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Back out again.
+\layout Standard
+
+Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
+ item of a new list!
+\layout Standard
+
+There's another trap you can fall into: nesting the table, but not going
+ deep enough.
+ LyX turns anything after the table into a new [sub]list.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Item One
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+This is (a) and it's nested.
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+a
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+b
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+c
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+d
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Enumerate
+
+This is (b).
+ The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
+\emph on
+not
+\emph default
+ inside (a).
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Back out again.
+\layout Standard
+
+As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
+ new list
+\emph on
+inside
+\emph default
+ item 1.
+ The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
+ So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
+ depth!
+\layout Standard
+
+Then there are the so-called
+\family sans
+Floats
+\family default
+.
+ A
+\family sans
+Float
+\family default
+ is a block of text associated with some sort of label, but which doesn't
+ have a fixed location.
+ It can
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+float
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
+
+\family sans
+Footnotes
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Margin\SpecialChar ~
+Notes
+\family default
+ are floats, as are
+\family sans
+Table\SpecialChar ~
+Floats
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Figure\SpecialChar ~
+Floats
+\family default
+.
+ When you're editing a document in LyX, a closed
+\family sans
+Float
+\family default
+ looks like a gray button with a red label and goes wherever the paragraph
+ it's in goes.
+ However, because a
+\family sans
+Float
+\family default
+ has no fixed location in the final text, nesting has no effect on its actual
+ location after you feed your document to LaTeX.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Usage and General Features
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Nesting limits
+\layout Standard
+
+Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
+ In other words,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+level #6
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ is the innermost possible depth.
+ Here's an example to display what we mean:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+level #1 - outermost
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+level #2
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+level #3
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+level #4
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+level #5
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+level #6
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Once again, LyX has a maximum of 6 levels, regardless of which specific
+ paragraph environments you're using at a given level.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Unfortunately, LyX doesn't enforce this limitation.
+ If you try to exceed it, however, LaTeX will return errors when you go
+ to produce output for your document.
+\end_inset
+
+ That means that you can perform a six-fold nesting of a
+\family sans
+Description
+\family default
+ list, or a
+\family sans
+Verse
+\family default
+ environment, and so on.
+ You can also mix environments, as we shall see later.
+\layout Standard
+
+There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
+ both of them in the example.
+ Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
+ nesting with the
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\family default
+ environments.
+ For example, if we tried to nest another
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+ list inside of item
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+A.
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+, we'd get errors.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Once again, LyX doesn't enforce this limitation.
+ If you try to exceed it, however, LaTeX will return errors when you go
+ to produce output for your document.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+Some Examples
+\layout Standard
+
+The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
+ We have several examples of nested environments.
+ In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
+ them.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Example #1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMM
+
+#1-a This is the outermost level.
+ It's a
+\family sans
+List
+\family default
+ environment.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMM
+
+#2-a This is level #2.
+ We created it by using
+\family sans
+M-Return
+\family default
+ followed by
+\family sans
+M-p\SpecialChar ~
+Right
+\family default
+.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMM
+
+#3-a This is level #3.
+ This time, we just hit
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+, then used
+\family sans
+M-p\SpecialChar ~
+Right
+\family default
+ twice in a row.
+ We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
+ by hitting
+\family sans
+M-Return
+\family default
+ followed by
+\family sans
+M-p\SpecialChar ~
+Right
+\family default
+.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+This is actually a
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+ environment, nested inside of
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+#3-a
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ So, it's at level #4.
+ We did this by hitting
+\family sans
+M-Return
+\family default
+, then
+\family sans
+M-p\SpecialChar ~
+Right
+\family default
+, then changing the paragraph environment to
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+.
+ Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
+ for the
+\family sans
+Description
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+, and
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\family default
+ environments!
+\layout Standard
+
+Here's another
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+ paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
+\family sans
+M-Return
+\family default
+.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMM
+
+#4-a This is level #4.
+ We hit
+\family sans
+M-Return
+\family default
+ and changed the paragraph environment back to
+\family sans
+List
+\family default
+.
+ Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+ environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
+ However, we
+\emph on
+can
+\emph default
+ keep nesting things inside of
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+#3-a
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMM
+
+#5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMM
+
+#6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+and this is level #6.
+ By now, you should know how we made these two.
+\end_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMM
+
+#5-b Back to level #5.
+ Just hit
+\family sans
+M-Return
+\family default
+ followed by a
+\family sans
+M-p\SpecialChar ~
+Left
+\family default
+.
+\end_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMM
+
+#4-b After another
+\family sans
+M-Return
+\family default
+ followed by a
+\family sans
+M-p\SpecialChar ~
+Left
+\family default
+, we're back at level #4.
+\end_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMM
+
+#3-b Back to level #3.
+ By now it should be obvious how we did this.
+\end_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMM
+
+#2-b Back to level #2.
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMM
+
+#1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
+ After this sentence, we'll hit
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ and change the paragraph environment back to
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+ to end the list.
+\layout Standard
+
+There you have it! Oh --- we could have also used the
+\family sans
+Description
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Quote
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Quotation
+\family default
+, or even the
+\family sans
+Verse
+\family default
+ environment in place of the
+\family sans
+List
+\family default
+ environment.
+ The example would have worked exactly the same.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Example #2: Inheritance
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+level.
+ Now we'll hit
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+, then
+\family sans
+M-p Right
+\family default
+, after which, we'll change to the
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+ environment.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+This is the
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+ environment, at level #2.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Notice how the nested
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+ not only inherits its margins from its parent environment [
+\family sans
+LyX-Code
+\family default
+], but also inherits its font and spacing!
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+We ended this example by hitting
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+.
+ After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+ and resetting the nesting depth by using
+\family sans
+M-p\SpecialChar ~
+Left
+\family default
+ once.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Example #3: Labels, Levels, and the
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\family default
+ Environments.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+This is level #1, in an
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+ paragraph environment.
+ We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+This is level #2.
+ We used
+\family sans
+M-Return
+\family default
+ followed by
+\family sans
+M-p\SpecialChar ~
+Right
+\family default
+.
+ Now, what happens if we nest an
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\family default
+ environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
+ label be? An asterisk?
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+No! It's a bullet.
+ This is the
+\emph on
+first
+\emph default
+
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\family default
+ environment, even though it's at level #3.
+ So, its label is a bullet.
+ [Note: we got here by using
+\family sans
+M-Return
+\family default
+, then
+\family sans
+M-p\SpecialChar ~
+Right
+\family default
+, then changing the environment to
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\family default
+.]
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Here's level #4, produced using
+\family sans
+M-Return
+\family default
+, then
+\family sans
+M-p\SpecialChar ~
+Right
+\family default
+.
+ We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+to get to level #5.
+ This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+.
+ Notice the type of numbering! It's
+\emph on
+lowercase Roman
+\emph default
+, because we're the
+\emph on
+thirdfold
+\emph default
+
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+ environment [i.e.
+ we're an
+\family sans
+ Enumerate
+\family default
+ inside an
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+ inside an
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+].
+\layout Enumerate
+
+What happens if we
+\emph on
+don't
+\emph default
+ change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
+ type of numbering does LyX use?
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
+\family sans
+M-Return
+\family default
+ to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Let's use
+\family sans
+M-p\SpecialChar ~
+Left
+\family default
+ to decrease the depth after the next
+\family sans
+M-Return
+\family default
+.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+This is level #4.
+ Look what type of label LyX is using!
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+This is level #3.
+ Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
+ numeral as the label.
+ Why?!
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
+\emph on
+still
+\emph default
+ a thirdfold
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+ environment.
+ Notice, however, that LyX
+\emph on
+did
+\emph default
+ reset the counter for the label.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Another
+\family sans
+M-Return
+\family default
+
+\family sans
+M-p\SpecialChar ~
+Left
+\family default
+ sequence, and we're back to level #2.
+ This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
+ into the twofold-nested
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+ environment.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+The same thing happens if we do another
+\family sans
+M-Return
+\family default
+
+\family sans
+M-p\SpecialChar ~
+Left
+\family default
+ sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
+\layout Standard
+
+Lastly, we reset the environment to
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+.
+ As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labelling
+ LyX uses for the
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\family default
+ environments.
+ The number of
+\emph on
+other
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+ environments
+\emph default
+ surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for an
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+ item.
+ The same rule applies for the
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\family default
+ environment, as well.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Example #4: Going Bonkers
+\layout Enumerate
+
+We're going to go totally nuts now.
+ We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
+ same detail with how we did it.
+ [level #1:
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+]
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+[
+\family sans
+Return, M-p\SpecialChar ~
+Right, Standard
+\family default
+: level #2] We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
+ example in brackets someplace.
+ For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
+ The environment name is, obviously, the name of the current environment.
+ Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+[
+\family sans
+Return, Enumerate
+\family default
+: level #1] This is the next item in the list.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Verse
+
+Now we'll add verse.
+\newline
+It will get much worse.
+\newline
+[
+\family sans
+Return, M-p\SpecialChar ~
+Right, Verse
+\family default
+: level #2]
+\layout Verse
+
+Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
+\newline
+Bippitey boppitey boo!
+\newline
+[
+\family sans
+M-Return
+\family default
+]
+\layout Verse
+
+Here comes a table for you:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_top 0.3cm \align center
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+one-fish
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+two-fish
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+red-fish
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+blue-fish
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Verse
+
+[
+\family sans
+M-Return, Table, M-p\SpecialChar ~
+Right
+\family default
+ 3 times,
+\family sans
+M-Return, Verse, M-p\SpecialChar ~
+Left
+\family default
+]
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+[
+\family sans
+Return, Enumerate
+\family default
+: level #1] This is another item.
+ Note that selecting a
+\family sans
+Table
+\family default
+ resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
+ 3 times to put the table inside the
+\family sans
+Verse
+\family default
+ environment.
+
+\layout Quotation
+
+We're now ending the
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+ list and changing to
+\family sans
+Quotation
+\family default
+.
+ We're still at level #1.
+ We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
+ The next set of paragraphs is a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+quoted letter.
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ We'll nest both the
+\family sans
+Address
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Right\SpecialChar ~
+Address
+\family default
+ environments inside of this one, then use another nested
+\family sans
+Quotation
+\family default
+ for the letter body.
+ We'll use
+\family sans
+M-Return
+\family default
+ to preserve the depth.
+ Remember that you need to use
+\family sans
+C-Return
+\family default
+ to create multiple lines inside the
+\family sans
+Address
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Right\SpecialChar ~
+Address
+\family default
+ environments.
+ Here it goes:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Right Address
+
+1234 Nowhere Rd.
+\newline
+Moosegroin, MT 00100
+\newline
+9-6-96
+\layout Address
+
+Dear Mr.\SpecialChar ~
+Fizlewitz:
+\layout Quotation
+
+We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50L of compressed
+ methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
+ Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
+ a backlog in our orders for methane.
+ We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
+ as soon as possible.
+ In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
+\layout Quotation
+
+We do, however, now have a special on beef.
+ If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
+ with your order, along with payment.
+\layout Quotation
+
+We thank you again for your patience.
+\layout Address
+
+Sincerely,
+\newline
+Bill Hick
+\end_deeper
+\layout Quotation
+
+That ends that example!
+\layout Standard
+
+As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
+ just a few keystrokes.
+ We could have easily nested an
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\family default
+ list inside of a
+\family sans
+Quotation
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+Quote
+\family default
+, or put a
+\family sans
+Quote
+\family default
+ inside of an
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\family default
+ list.
+ You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
+\layout Section
+
+Fonts and Text Styles
+\layout Subsection
+
+Overview
+\layout Standard
+
+Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
+ specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
+ For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
+ font to emphasize text, you use an
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+emphasized style
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ instead.
+ This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
+ In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
+ details.
+\layout Standard
+
+Right now, LyX allows you to specify a global default font, and has two
+ character styles,
+\family sans
+Emphasized
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Noun
+\family default
+.
+ The
+\family sans
+Emphasized
+\family default
+ style corresponds to an italics font.
+ The
+\family sans
+Noun
+\family default
+ style corresponds to a font in smallcaps, which some languages and writing
+ styles use to typeset proper names.
+ The LyX Team actually hopes to someday have a full set of character styles,
+ and to also allow the user to customize which font changes correspond to
+ what styles.
+ At the moment, though, you'll have to be satisfied with what we've done
+ already.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Global Options
+\layout Standard
+
+You can set the default font from the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+ettings
+\family default
+ dialog.
+ There are two options of interest here,
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+onts
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Font\SpecialChar ~
+
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+ize
+\family default
+.
+ The possible options under
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+onts
+\family default
+ include
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+default
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ and a list of fonts available on your system.
+ The option
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+default
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+computer modern
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ (cm) or
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+European modern
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ (ec).
+ Most systems will typically have some version of a Times and Helvetica
+ font, with other variants.
+ You'll have to examine this for yourself.
+\layout Standard
+
+As for the
+\family sans
+Font\SpecialChar ~
+
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+ize
+\family default
+ option, there are three possible values:
+\family sans
+10
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+11
+\family default
+, and
+\family sans
+12
+\family default
+.
+ Remember, this is the
+\emph on
+base
+\emph default
+ font size.
+ LyX actually scales all of the other possible font sizes (such as those
+ used in footnotes, superscripts, and subscripts) by this value.
+ You can always fine-tune the font size from within the document if you
+ need to.
+ It's also rather silly to use an 8pt or 24pt font as the default font size,
+ as this typically renders your document unreadable.
+\layout Standard
+
+Note that once you choose a new value for
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+onts
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+Font\SpecialChar ~
+
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+ize
+\family default
+, LyX does
+\emph on
+not
+\emph default
+ change the screen.
+ You'll only see a difference once you generate the final output.
+ This is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
+ Besides, you have certainly noticed that "Roman" text on the LyX screen
+ corresponds to the default font.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Using Different Character Styles
+\layout Standard
+
+As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
+ certain paragraph environments.
+ We also mentioned two other character styles,
+\family sans
+Emphasized
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Noun
+\family default
+.
+ You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
+ toolbar.
+\layout Standard
+
+To activate the
+\family sans
+Noun
+\family default
+ style, do one of the following:
+\layout Itemize
+
+click on the toolbar button with the person-shaped icon
+\layout Itemize
+
+use the keybinding
+\family sans
+M-c\SpecialChar ~
+c
+\layout Standard
+
+These commands are all toggles.
+ That is, if
+\family sans
+Noun
+\family default
+ style is already active, they deactivate it.
+\layout Standard
+
+One typically uses the
+\family sans
+Noun
+\family default
+ style for proper names.
+ For example:
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\noun on
+Matthias Ettrich
+\noun default
+ is the original author of LyX.
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+A more widely used character style is the
+\family sans
+Emphasized
+\family default
+ style.
+ You can activate [or deactivate - it's also a toggle] the
+\family sans
+Emphasized
+\family default
+ style by:
+\layout Itemize
+
+clicking on the toolbar button with the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+!
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ character on it
+\layout Itemize
+
+using the keybindings
+\family sans
+M-c\SpecialChar ~
+e
+\layout Standard
+
+At the moment, the
+\family sans
+Emphasized
+\family default
+ style is equivalent to an italicized font.
+ We have plans to make that association more user-configurable in the future.
+\layout Standard
+
+We've been using the
+\family sans
+Emphasized
+\family default
+ style all over the place in this document.
+ Here's one more example:
+\layout Quotation
+
+
+\emph on
+Don't overuse character styles!
+\layout Standard
+
+It's also a warning in addition to an example.
+ One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
+ Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
+ the common tendency to overuse character style.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Oh --- one last note: You can always reset to the default font using the
+ keybinding
+\family sans
+M-c\SpecialChar ~
+Space
+\family default
+.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Fine-Tuning with the
+\family sans
+Character Layout
+\family default
+ dialog
+\layout Standard
+
+There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
+ gives you a way to create custom character style.
+ For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
+ requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Note from
+\noun on
+John Weiss
+\noun default
+: There is, in fact, such a style sheet for the LyX Documentation, since
+ manuals need a certain amount of consistency.
+\end_inset
+
+ Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
+ from ordinary dialogue.
+\layout Standard
+
+Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
+ warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles.
+ Many modern word processors have a vast array of fonts available to them,
+ providing you with the power of a printing press.
+ Unfortunately, there is a tendency to overuse that power.
+ The phrase,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Using a sledgehammer to swat a fly,
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ comes to mind.
+ And, as the old saying implies, documents that overuse different fonts
+ and sizes tend to look like someone's knocked huge holes in it.
+\layout Standard
+
+Enough complaining.
+\layout Standard
+
+To use custom fonts, open the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Text\SpecialChar ~
+
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+tyle
+\family default
+ dialog.
+ There are seven buttons on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
+ font property which you can choose.
+ You can choose an option for one of these seven properties, or select
+\family sans
+No\SpecialChar ~
+change
+\family default
+, which keeps the current state of that property.
+ The item
+\family sans
+Reset
+\family default
+ will reset the property to whatever is the default for the hosting paragraph
+ environment.
+ You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
+ environments in a snap.
+\layout Standard
+
+The seven font properties, and their options [in addition to
+\family sans
+No\SpecialChar ~
+change
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Reset
+\family default
+] are:
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+amily
+\family default
+ The
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+overall look
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ of the font.
+ The possible options are:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+Roman
+\family default
+ This is the Roman font family.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+It's also the default family.
+ [keybinding =
+\family sans
+M-c\SpecialChar ~
+r
+\family default
+]
+\end_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+Sans\SpecialChar ~
+Serif
+\family default
+
+\family sans
+This is the Sans Serif font family.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+[keybinding =
+\family sans
+M-c\SpecialChar ~
+s
+\family default
+]
+\end_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+Typewriter
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+This is the Typewriter font family.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+[keybinding =
+\family sans
+M-c\SpecialChar ~
+p
+\family default
+]
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+eries
+\family default
+ This corresponds to the print weight.
+ Options are:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+Medium
+\family default
+ This is the Medium font series.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+It's also the default series.
+\end_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+Bold
+\family default
+
+\series bold
+This is the Bold font series.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+You can toggle this series on or off with the keybinding
+\family sans
+M-c\SpecialChar ~
+b
+\family default
+.
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+S
+\bar under
+h
+\bar default
+ape
+\family default
+ As the name implies.
+ Options are:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+Upright
+\family default
+ This is the Upright font shape.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+It's also the default shape.
+\end_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+Italic
+\family default
+
+\shape italic
+This
+\family sans
+i
+\family default
+s the Italic font shape
+\shape default
+\emph on
+.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+Slanted
+\family default
+
+\shape slanted
+This is the Slanted font shape
+\family sans
+
+\family default
+\shape default
+(although it might not be visible on screen, this is different from italic).
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+Small\SpecialChar ~
+Caps
+\family default
+
+\shape smallcaps
+This is the Small caps font shape
+\shape default
+\noun on
+.
+\end_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+Si
+\bar under
+z
+\bar default
+e
+\family default
+ Alters the size of the font.
+ You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
+nal to the default font size.
+ Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
+ what you want to do.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+The options [and their keybindings] are:
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+Tiny
+\family default
+
+\size tiny
+This is the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Tiny
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ font size.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+[keybinding =
+\family sans
+M-s\SpecialChar ~
+t
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+M-s\SpecialChar ~
+1
+\family default
+]
+\end_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+Smallest
+\family default
+\size scriptsize
+This is the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Smallest
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ font size
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+[keybinding =
+\family sans
+M-s\SpecialChar ~
+
+\family default
+2]
+\end_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+Smaller
+\family default
+\size footnotesize
+This is the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Smaller
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ font size
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+[keybinding =
+\family sans
+M-s\SpecialChar ~
+S
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+M-s\SpecialChar ~
+
+\family default
+3]
+\end_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+Small
+\family default
+
+\size small
+This is the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Small
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ font size.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+[keybinding =
+\family sans
+M-s\SpecialChar ~
+s
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+M-s\SpecialChar ~
+
+\family default
+4]
+\end_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+Normal
+\family default
+ This is the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Normal
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ font size.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+It's also the default size.
+ [keybinding =
+\family sans
+M-s\SpecialChar ~
+n
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+M-s\SpecialChar ~
+
+\family default
+5]
+\end_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+Large
+\family default
+
+\size large
+This is the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Large
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ font size.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+[keybinding =
+\family sans
+M-s\SpecialChar ~
+l
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+M-s\SpecialChar ~
+
+\family default
+6]
+\end_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+Larger
+\family default
+
+\size larger
+This is the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Larger
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ font size.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+[keybinding =
+\family sans
+M-s\SpecialChar ~
+S-L
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+M-s\SpecialChar ~
+
+\family default
+7]
+\end_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+Largest
+\family default
+
+\size largest
+This is the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Largest
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ font size.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+[keybinding =
+\family sans
+M-s\SpecialChar ~
+
+\family default
+8]
+\end_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+Huge
+\family default
+
+\size huge
+This is the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Huge
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ font size.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+[keybinding =
+\family sans
+M-s\SpecialChar ~
+h
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+M-s\SpecialChar ~
+
+\family default
+9]
+\end_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+Huger
+\family default
+
+\size giant
+This is the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Huger
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ font size.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+[keybinding =
+\family sans
+M-s\SpecialChar ~
+H
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+M-s\SpecialChar ~
+
+\family default
+0]
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+We'll warn you
+\emph on
+yet again
+\emph default
+: don't go crazy with this feature.
+ You should almost never need to change the font size.
+ LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
+ - use that instead.
+ This is here for fine-tuning
+\emph on
+only!
+\end_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+M
+\bar default
+isc
+\family default
+ Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
+ Options are:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+Emph
+\family default
+
+\emph on
+This is text with emphasize on
+\emph default
+.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+This might seem like the same as
+\shape italic
+Italic
+\shape default
+, but it is actually a bit different.
+ If you use emphasize on italicized text, it will make it upright.
+ In future versions of LyX, we hope to let you customize the exact behavior
+ of this
+\emph on
+logical
+\emph default
+ property.
+\end_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+Underbar
+\family default
+
+\bar under
+This is text with Underbar on.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+[keybinding =
+\family sans
+M-c\SpecialChar ~
+u
+\family default
+]
+\end_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+Noun
+\family default
+
+\noun on
+This is text with Noun on.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Like
+\family sans
+Emph
+\family default
+, this is a logical attribute.
+ For the moment, it is equivalent to
+\family sans
+Small\SpecialChar ~
+Caps
+\family default
+, but that is bound to change some day.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
+ when you couldn't change fonts.
+ We no longer need to resort to emphasizing text by overstriking it with
+ an underscore character.
+ It's only included in LyX because it's also in LaTeX, and because some
+ people
+\emph on
+may
+\emph default
+ need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions (and in
+ fact we use it in these manuals to indicate keyboard shortcuts for menu
+ items).
+\end_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+Color
+\family default
+You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
+ Of course, you need to have a color printer to exploit this, but you also
+ need to have the
+\family sans
+color
+\family default
+LaTeX package installed.
+ Notice that
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\family default
+ is not able to display these colors.
+ Besides
+\family sans
+No\SpecialChar ~
+color
+\family default
+, which
+\family sans
+
+\family default
+is the standard
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+color
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+, you can choose between
+\family sans
+Black
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+White
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Red
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Green
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Blue
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Cyan
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Magenta
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Yellow
+\family default
+ text.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+Language
+\family default
+This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
+ the language of the document.
+ Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change.
+\layout Standard
+
+You have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
+\layout Standard
+
+Once you've chosen a new character style via the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Text\SpecialChar ~
+
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+tyle
+\family default
+ dialog, you can activate it using the toolbar button labelled
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Font
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+, or select
+\family sans
+\bar under
+A
+\bar default
+pply
+\family default
+.
+ The toolbar button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style
+ even when the dialog isn't visible.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+As we stated earlier, to completely reset the character style to the default,
+ use
+\family sans
+M-c\SpecialChar ~
+Space
+\family default
+.
+ If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
+ (suppose you just sent the shape to
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+slanted
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ and the series to
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+bold
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+), set the
+\family sans
+Toggle on all these
+\family default
+ switch and press
+\family sans
+\bar under
+A
+\bar default
+pply
+\family default
+.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+We conclude with the same warning we've been spewing: Don't overuse the
+ fonts.
+ They are, more often than not, a kludge and a horrible substitute for good
+ writing.
+ Your writing should speak for itself --- and will.
+\layout Section
+
+Printing and Previewing
+\layout Subsection
+
+Overview
+\layout Standard
+
+Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
+ using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
+ Before we tell you that, however, we want to give you a quickie explanation
+ of what goes on behind-the-scenes.
+ We cover this information in much greater detail in the
+\emph on
+Extended Features
+\emph default
+ manual as well.
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX uses a program called
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+LaTeX
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ as its backend.
+ (Actually, LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system,
+ but to prevent confusion, we'll just refer to the whole magilla as
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+LaTeX.
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+) Think of it this way: LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
+ Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
+ This happens in a couple of stages:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
+ generating a file with the extension,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+ file to produce printable output.
+ It doesn't know anything about your printer, however.
+ Instead, LaTeX produces what's known as a
+\emph on
+device-independent
+\emph default
+ file, or DVI for short.
+ The actual output is in a file with the extension,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+.dvi
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ DVI files are completely portable; you can move them from one machine to
+ another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+
+NOTE: The DVI file only contains what was in the LaTeX file itself.
+ If you have included PostScript® pictures in your document, there will
+ only be a link to these files.
+ So don't forget these files if you move your
+\family typewriter
+.dvi
+\family default
+ file to another computer.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Consider the
+\family typewriter
+.dvi
+\family default
+ file to be the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+final output.
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ Once you have it, you can view it, print it, or convert it to other formats.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+You can view
+\family typewriter
+.dvi
+\family default
+ files using a program called
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\family default
+.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Some printers and Unix systems understand DVI, and can print your
+\family typewriter
+.dvi
+\family default
+ file directly.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Nowadays, most printers understand the PostScript® format.
+ LyX automatically converts the
+\family typewriter
+.dvi
+\family default
+ file to a PostScript® file for you when you go to print out your document.
+ LyX will also let you preview a PostScript® version of your document using
+ the program
+\family typewriter
+ghostview
+\family default
+.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+One advantage of using PostScript® is that the converter program [called
+
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+] takes any PostScript® graphics you may have included in your document
+ and puts it into the resulting PostScript® version of your document.
+ It also includes any special fonts you may have used.
+ That makes the PostScript® version much, much more portable than the DVI
+ version.
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX does all of these steps automagically for you.
+\layout Standard
+
+As you have seen, a lot of things happen before you get a hardcopy or a
+ preview of your document.
+ So, don't worry if printing requires a bit more time than with other word
+ processors.
+ The printed result is worth the wait.
+ Quality always has its price.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Quick Viewing with
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\layout Standard
+
+To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
+ in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, select
+\family sans
+\bar under
+V
+\bar default
+iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+VI
+\family default
+.
+ Then wait a while.
+\layout Standard
+
+When all of the behind-the-scenes action is done, LyX calls the program
+
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\family default
+.
+ You can now look at the results.
+ [If you want more info on the
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\family default
+ program, see the
+\family typewriter
+man
+\family default
+-pages.]
+\layout Description
+
+Helpful-Tip: Keep the
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\family default
+ window open, maybe moving it to another desktop.
+ Then, after you make changes to your document, just use
+\family sans
+\bar under
+V
+\bar default
+iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+U
+\bar default
+pdate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+VI
+\family default
+.
+ Now click on the
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\family default
+ window.
+ The
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\family default
+ program will automatically reread the
+\family typewriter
+.dvi
+\family default
+ file and give you an updated view.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Viewing the PostScript® Version with
+\family typewriter
+ghostview
+\layout Standard
+
+In general, using
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\family default
+ to view your document is the easiest and fastest way.
+ There may be times, however, when you want to look at the PostScript® version.
+ One reason is fonts.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Note from
+\noun on
+John Weiss
+\noun default
+: Another reason is paranoia.
+ I always like to look at the PostScript® file before I print it, just so
+ I see exactly what went to the printer\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ You can use PostScript® fonts in a LaTeX document, but
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\family default
+ won't show this.
+ You'll need to use
+\family typewriter
+ghostview
+\family default
+ or some other PostScript® file viewer to see the actual results.
+\layout Standard
+
+To view the PostScript® version of your document, select
+\family sans
+Pos
+\bar under
+t
+\bar default
+Script
+\family default
+ from the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+V
+\bar default
+iew
+\family default
+ menu.
+ When all of the magic behind-the-scenes is done, LyX calls the program
+\family typewriter
+ ghostview
+\family default
+.
+ You can now look at the results.
+\layout Standard
+
+You've guessed what the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+U
+\bar default
+pdate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Pos
+\bar under
+t
+\bar default
+script
+\family default
+ command from the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+V
+\bar default
+iew
+\family default
+ menu does, haven't you? Remember to click once in the
+\family typewriter
+ghostview
+\family default
+ window after this command to update the view.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Printing the File
+\layout Standard
+
+To print a file, select
+\family sans
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+rint
+\family default
+ from the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ile
+\family default
+ menu, or click on the toolbar button with the printer on it.
+ This opens the
+\family sans
+Print
+\family default
+ dialog.
+\layout Standard
+
+You can choose to only print even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
+ is useful for printing on two sides: you can re-insert the pages after
+ printing one set of pages, to print on the other side.
+ Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
+ By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
+ of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
+\layout Standard
+
+You can set the parameters in the
+\family sans
+Destination
+\family default
+ box as follows :
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+rinter
+\family default
+ This is the name of the printer to print to.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Note that this printer name isn't for the
+\family typewriter
+lpr
+\family default
+ command but for
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+.
+ That means
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+ has to be configured for this printer name.
+ See the section
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:dvipsconfig}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ or the
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+ documentation for details.
+ The default printer can also be set in
+\family typewriter
+lyxrc
+\family default
+.
+\end_inset
+
+ The printer should understand PostScript® files.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ile
+\family default
+ The name of a file to print to.
+ The output will be in Post\SpecialChar \-
+Script® format.
+ The file will generally be written in the current directory, unless you
+ specify the full path.
+\layout Standard
+
+Note that printing may need little time, since LaTeX,
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+ and, if you don't have a PostScript printer,
+\family typewriter
+ghostscript
+\family default
+ have to process your document.
+\layout Section
+
+A Few Words about Typography
+\layout Subsection
+
+Hyphens and Hyphenation
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:hyphens}
+
+\end_inset
+
+In LyX, the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+-
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+ character comes in three lengths, often called the
+\emph on
+hyphen
+\emph default
+, the
+\emph on
+en dash
+\emph default
+, and the
+\emph on
+em dash
+\emph default
+:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+hyphen
+\hfill
+-
+\hfill
+made with
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+-
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Enumerate
+
+en dash
+\hfill
+--
+\hfill
+made with
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+-
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+/
+\end_inset
+
+-
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Enumerate
+
+em dash
+\hfill
+---
+\hfill
+made with
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+-
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+/
+\end_inset
+
+-
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+/
+\end_inset
+
+-
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Enumerate
+
+minus sign
+\hfill
+
+\begin_inset Formula $-$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\hfill
+a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+-
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+ in math mode
+\layout Standard
+
+You generate these by using the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+-
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+ character multiple times in a row.
+ LyX automatically converts them to the appropriate length dash in the final
+ output.
+\layout Standard
+
+The three types of dash are distinct from the minus sign, which appears
+ in math mode and has a length of its own.
+ Here are some examples of the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+-
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+ in use:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+line- and page-breaks
+\hfill
+(
+\emph on
+hyphen
+\emph default
+)
+\layout Enumerate
+
+From A--Z
+\hfill
+(
+\emph on
+en dash
+\emph default
+)
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Oh --- there's a dash.
+\hfill
+(
+\emph on
+em dash
+\emph default
+)
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\hfill
+(
+\emph on
+minus sign
+\emph default
+)
+\layout Standard
+
+Those of you reading this from within LyX will see no difference, though
+ there is one in the printed version.
+\layout Standard
+
+One last note about hyphenation --- LyX automatically breaks up words and
+ inserts hyphens in English text.
+ (Actually, it's LaTeX that does this, and it will also hyphenate words
+ in
+\emph on
+some
+\emph default
+ other languages.) The words won't be hyphenated until you generate the final
+ output.
+\layout Standard
+
+If, for some reason, LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation
+ points manually.
+ This is done with the menu item
+\family sans
+Hyphenation\SpecialChar ~
+
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+oint
+\family default
+ under
+\family sans
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+pecial\SpecialChar ~
+Character
+\family default
+ in the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+nsert
+\family default
+ menu.
+ Note that these extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
+ If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will totally ignore them.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Punctuation Marks
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Abbreviations and End of Sentence
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:abbrev}
+
+\end_inset
+
+When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
+ automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
+ LaTeX then adds the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+appropriate amount of space
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+: sentences get a little bit more space between the period and the next
+ word.
+ Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
+\layout Standard
+
+Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation and
+ what's the end of a sentence is really quite brain-dead.
+ If a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+.
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
+ at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
+\layout Standard
+
+Here are some examples of
+\emph on
+correct
+\emph default
+ abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
+\layout Itemize
+
+M.
+ Butterfly
+\layout Itemize
+
+Don't worry.
+ Be happy.
+\layout Standard
+
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+and here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
+\layout Itemize
+
+e.
+ g.
+ this is too much space!
+\layout Itemize
+
+This is I.
+ It's okay.
+\layout Standard
+
+You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
+\layout Standard
+
+To fix this problem, use one of the following:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Use a
+\family sans
+Protected\SpecialChar ~
+
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+lank
+\family default
+ after lowercase abbreviations (see section
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:protblank-lbreak-horline}
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Use an
+\family sans
+End\SpecialChar ~
+of\SpecialChar ~
+sentence\SpecialChar ~
+period
+\family default
+ found under the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+pecial\SpecialChar ~
+Character
+\family default
+ menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
+ This function is also bound to
+\family sans
+C-period
+\family default
+ for easy access.
+\layout Standard
+
+With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
+\layout Itemize
+
+e.\SpecialChar ~
+g.\SpecialChar ~
+this is too much space!
+\layout Itemize
+
+This is I\SpecialChar \@.
+ It's okay.
+\layout Standard
+
+Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
+ If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry about all
+ of this.
+ For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
+ check out the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+C
+\bar under
+h
+\bar default
+eck\SpecialChar ~
+TeX
+\family default
+ feature described in
+\emph on
+Extended Editing
+\emph default
+.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Quotes
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:quotes}
+
+\end_inset
+
+LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
+ Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
+ and use a closing quote at the end.
+ For example,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+open close
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ The keyboard character,
+\family sans
+"
+\family default
+, generates this automatically.
+\layout Standard
+
+You can change the behavior of the
+\family sans
+"
+\family default
+ key using the
+\family sans
+Quotes
+\family default
+ dialog.
+ Choose
+\family sans
+\bar under
+Q
+\bar default
+uotes
+\family default
+ in the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+ettings
+\family default
+ dialog.
+ Selecting the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+ouble
+\family default
+ button makes the
+\family sans
+"
+\family default
+ key produce the sequence:
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ The
+\family sans
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+ingle
+\family default
+ button, in contrast, makes the
+\family sans
+"
+\family default
+ key produce:
+\begin_inset Quotes els
+\end_inset
+
+'.
+\layout Standard
+
+You can also select quotes for different languages via the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+ype
+\family default
+ option.
+ There are six choices:
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Text
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ Use quotes like this
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+double
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ or
+\begin_inset Quotes els
+\end_inset
+
+single
+\begin_inset Quotes ers
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Quotes sld
+\end_inset
+
+Text
+\begin_inset Quotes srd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ Use quotes like
+\begin_inset Quotes sld
+\end_inset
+
+this
+\begin_inset Quotes srd
+\end_inset
+
+ or 'this
+\begin_inset Quotes ers
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Text
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ Use quotes like
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+this
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ or
+\begin_inset Quotes gls
+\end_inset
+
+this
+\begin_inset Quotes grs
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Quotes pld
+\end_inset
+
+Text
+\begin_inset Quotes prd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+Use quotes like
+\begin_inset Quotes pld
+\end_inset
+
+this
+\begin_inset Quotes prd
+\end_inset
+
+ or
+\begin_inset Quotes pls
+\end_inset
+
+this
+\begin_inset Quotes prs
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+Text
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ Use quotes like
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+this
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ or
+\begin_inset Quotes fls
+\end_inset
+
+this
+\begin_inset Quotes frs
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Quotes ald
+\end_inset
+
+Text
+\begin_inset Quotes ard
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ Use quotes like
+\begin_inset Quotes ald
+\end_inset
+
+this
+\begin_inset Quotes ard
+\end_inset
+
+ or
+\begin_inset Quotes als
+\end_inset
+
+this
+\begin_inset Quotes ars
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Again, this affects what character the
+\family sans
+"
+\family default
+ key produces.
+\layout Standard
+
+On the other hand, if you want to produce a bona-fide quote character, type
+
+\family sans
+C-"
+\family default
+.
+ This produces:
+\family typewriter
+"
+\family default
+.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Ligatures
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:ligatures}
+
+\end_inset
+
+It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
+ print them as single characters.
+ These groups are known as
+\emph on
+ligatures
+\emph default
+.
+ Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your LyX documents will contain them,
+ too.
+ Here are the possible ligatures:
+\layout Itemize
+
+ff
+\layout Itemize
+
+fi
+\layout Itemize
+
+fl
+\layout Itemize
+
+ffi
+\layout Itemize
+
+ffl
+\layout Standard
+
+Once in a while, though, you don't want a ligature in a word.
+ While a ligature may be okay in the word,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+graffiti,
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ it looks really weird in compound words, such as
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+cufflink
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ or the German
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Dorffest.
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ To break a ligature, use
+\family sans
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+pecial\SpecialChar ~
+Character
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family sans
+Ligature\SpecialChar ~
+Break.
+
+\family default
+ This changes
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+cufflinks
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ to
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
+links
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Dorffest
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ to
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
+fest
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Widows and Orphans
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:widows}
+
+\end_inset
+
+In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
+ happened to end.
+ There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
+ You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
+ for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
+ of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
+ of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
+ These dangly-bits of text became known as
+\emph on
+widows
+\emph default
+ and
+\emph on
+orphans
+\emph default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
+ That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
+ But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
+ of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
+ built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
+ to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
+ This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
+\layout Standard
+
+There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
+ or how you can tweak that behavior.
+ Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{latexcompanion}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ or\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{latexguide}
+
+\end_inset
+
+] may have more information.
+ You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
+\layout Chapter
+
+Floats: Tables, Figures, Footnotes and Margin Notes
+\begin_inset OptArg
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Tables, Figures, and Notes
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Section
+
+Footnotes
+\layout Standard
+
+Unlike other typesetting programs, LyX uses
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+foldable
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ boxes instead of displaying its footnotes at the bottom of the screen or
+ somewhere else in your text.
+ When you insert a footnote with
+\family sans
+\series medium
+\bar under
+I
+\bar no
+nsert
+\series default
+\bar under
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\series medium
+F
+\bar no
+ootnote,
+\family roman
+you'll first see a
+\family default
+\series default
+\bar default
+grey
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\bar no
+ box with a
+\family default
+\series default
+\bar default
+ red
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\bar no
+ label
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+foot
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ appearing within your text.
+ This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
+ You can enter your text into this box.
+ If you click the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+foot
+\family roman
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+\series default
+\bar default
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\bar no
+label, the box will
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+fold
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+
+\family default
+\series default
+\bar default
+Clicking on the button again will
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\bar no
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+unfold
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ the footnote.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+To close this footnote, click on the red box at the top left.
+\end_inset
+
+ You will not see any numbers within LyX.
+ You don't need to worry about those, anyhow, because LyX does the numbering
+ for you, as well as putting the footnote at the bottom of the correct page,
+ when it processes your file.
+ If you want to turn already existing text into a footnote, simply mark
+ it and click on the footnote button (a picture of text with an arrow pointing
+ to stuff in the bottom margin).
+\layout Standard
+
+What LyX cannot do, yet, is take care of special needs like setting the
+ footnote numbering back to 1 after each section in the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+article
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family roman
+ document class or changing the counter
+\family default
+
+\family roman
+style.
+ You'll need to insert LaTeX commands like th
+\family default
+os
+\family roman
+e
+\family default
+described in the
+\emph on
+Tricks for Footnotes and Marginpars
+\emph default
+ section of
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\emph on
+Extended
+\emph default
+
+\emph on
+Features
+\emph default
+.
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+
+NOTE: A float in LaTeX and LyX isn't a simple paragraph as with usual word
+ processors.
+ It is a complex text structure that may contain everything except floats.
+ That means you can use all the layouts inside a float, even figures and
+ tables.
+ You may not need this too often, but if you do occasionally need it, it's
+ a neat feature.
+\layout Section
+
+Margin Notes
+\layout Standard
+
+Margin notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
+ When you insert a margin note via
+\family sans
+\series medium
+\bar under
+I
+\bar no
+nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+M
+\bar no
+argin
+\series default
+\bar default
+\SpecialChar ~
+N
+\series medium
+\bar no
+ote
+\family default
+\series default
+\bar default
+ or the toolbar button (which contains a picture of text in a margin with
+ an arrow pointing to it), you'll see
+\family roman
+\series medium
+a
+\family default
+\series default
+grey
+\family roman
+\series medium
+ box with a
+\family default
+\series default
+red
+\family roman
+\series medium
+label
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+margin
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ appearing within your text.
+\begin_inset Marginal
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+This is a margin note.
+\end_inset
+
+ This box is LyX's representation of your margin note.
+ You can enter your text into this box.
+ If you click the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+margin
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+\series default
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+label, the box will
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+fold
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ You can access it at a later time by clicking on the
+\family default
+\series default
+ label again
+\family roman
+\series medium
+, thereby
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+unfolding
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ the margin note.
+\layout Standard
+
+As a default, LyX uses 1.9 cm (0.75 inches) as the margin width to allow room
+ for margin notes.
+ This might not be what you're looking for, but as with footnotes, LyX cannot
+ yet do everything LaTeX has to offer.
+ You might want to consult your LaTeX handbook for additional commands.
+
+\layout Section
+
+Figures and Imported Graphics
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:figures}
+
+\end_inset
+
+No document preparation system is complete without the ability to import
+ graphics from other utilities into the document.
+ In LyX, these are referred to as ``figures'' whether they are actually
+ figures in the traditional sense or simply some kind of imported image.
+ Encapsulated PostScript® figures are handled very well by LyX, which uses
+
+\family typewriter
+ghostview
+\family default
+ to generate an on-screen image for the LyX window, and the
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+includegraphics
+\family default
+ LaTeX command to insert the figure in the final document.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Note that figures referred to here are do not have captions and sit wherever
+ in the document you place them.
+ If you need one of these features, see sec.\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figurefloats}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ below.
+\layout Standard
+
+To place a figure in your document, click on the second right-most icon
+ on the toolbar, or select
+\family sans
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+G
+\bar default
+raphics
+\family default
+from the menu.
+\layout Standard
+
+A graphics inset will be added to your document and a dialog will appear
+ for you to choose the file to load.
+ You can also change any settings you need to in this dialog.
+\layout Standard
+\align center
+
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename mobius.eps
+ display color
+ rotateOrigin center
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+This dialog has numerous parameters, though most should be self-explanatory.
+ The
+\family sans
+File
+\family default
+ tab allows you to choose your image file (note that a wide variety of image
+ formats are supported automatically).
+ You can set the
+\family sans
+Subfigure
+\family default
+ option for use in figure floats (see Section\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figurefloats}
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ The figure can be transformed by setting a rotation angle, using a bounding
+ box, and scaling.
+ It is possible to set a bounding box automatically for some image formats
+ (see the
+\family sans
+Bounding\SpecialChar ~
+Box
+\family default
+ tab).
+ Note that it is possible to control the display of the figure in LyX and
+ the display in the final document separately, which can be very useful
+ for large figures.
+ LaTeX wizards can specify additional LaTeX options in the
+\family sans
+Extras
+\family default
+ tab.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Figure Floats
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Using Figure Floats
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:figurefloats}
+
+\end_inset
+
+The problem with inserting figures straight into your text is that they
+ might make the pagination of your document extremely awkward.
+ To suit the LyX mentality of automating such processes, you might find
+ it preferable to use
+\family sans
+Figure\SpecialChar ~
+Floats
+\family default
+, which LyX (actually, LaTeX) is free to move about your document as it
+ deems necessary for a good fit.
+ In return, LyX automates the listing of these figures and allows you to
+ place a caption on them, using the
+\family sans
+Caption
+\family default
+ environment explained in Section\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:captionlayout}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+To place a
+\family sans
+Figure\SpecialChar ~
+Float
+\family default
+ simply select
+\family sans
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Flo
+\bar under
+a
+\bar default
+t\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Figure
+\family default
+from the menu bar.
+ You will get a float without a figure in it; use the toolbar icon described
+ above to insert the actual figure.
+\begin_inset Float figure
+placement htbp
+wide false
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Caption
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{fig:escher}
+
+\end_inset
+
+M.C.
+ Escher on acid.
+\layout Standard
+\align center
+
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename escher-lsd.eps
+ display color
+ rotateOrigin center
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Float figure
+placement htbp
+wide false
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+\align center
+
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename platypus.eps
+ display color
+ rotateOrigin center
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Caption
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{fig:kill-plat}
+
+\end_inset
+
+A severely distorted platypus in a float.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+It seems simple, but there is subtlety involved in the placement of the
+ caption.
+ If you prefer your caption to appear below the figure, then you must press
+ return when the cursor is at the very start of the caption, and insert
+ the figure in the new paragraph created above the caption; or you can delete
+ the caption and recreate it by selecting the
+\family sans
+Caption
+\family default
+environment after the figure has been inserted.
+ This is what we did for figure
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{fig:kill-plat}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ If the cursor is in a paragraph after the caption when you insert the
+\family sans
+Figure
+\family default
+ then it will be inserted after the caption, as was the case for
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{fig:escher}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ It is preferred to use one
+\family sans
+Figure
+\family default
+ per
+\family sans
+Float
+\family default
+.
+ This allows LyX [actually LaTeX] to best position each figure.
+\layout Standard
+
+Right-clicking on a float opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
+ options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float (see
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:float-locn}
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+
+\family sans
+Span\SpecialChar ~
+columns
+\family default
+ is only useful for two-column documents: if you select it, the float will
+ span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
+ one.
+\layout Standard
+
+This figure also shows how we place a label and create a cross-reference
+ to it; as you would expect from reading section
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:crossref}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ you can simply insert a
+\family sans
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+abel
+\family default
+ in the caption and refer to it using a
+\family sans
+\bar under
+C
+\bar default
+ross\SpecialChar ~
+Reference
+\family default
+ as normal.
+ It is especially important to use these with figure floats, rather than
+ using vague references to
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+the above figure,
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ as LaTeX will reposition your floats for you in the final document; it
+ might not be
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+above
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ at all.
+ If it is not possible to fit the floats neatly on the same page as the
+ text which refers to it, the figures will be placed on a separate page
+ by themselves.
+ Rest assured that the overall effect is usually quite nice.
+\layout Standard
+
+Note that the caption is used in a
+\family sans
+List\SpecialChar ~
+of\SpecialChar ~
+
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+igures
+\family default
+ (as described in Section\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:ListsOf}
+
+\end_inset
+
+) automatically, should you choose to include one in your document.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Float Placement
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:float-locn}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Now, the whole idea behind
+\family sans
+Figure\SpecialChar ~
+Floats
+\family default
+ [as well as
+\family sans
+Table\SpecialChar ~
+Floats
+\family default
+, which we introduce later] is to allow LyX to place a figure [or table]
+ on a page in a consistent, sensible fashion.
+ The rules LaTeX uses are rather arcane; refer to the LaTeX documentation
+ for the exact details.
+ You can use check boxes in the float dialog to set placement for a particular
+ float.
+ By default, each float uses the document's default placement rules.
+ You can change these, if you wish, in the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+ettings
+\family default
+ dialog.
+ The
+\family sans
+Float\SpecialChar ~
+placement
+\family default
+ box takes a LaTeX-style placement specification.
+ You can place any combination of four letters in the
+\family sans
+Float\SpecialChar ~
+placement
+\family default
+ box, in any order:
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+h
+\family default
+ for
+\emph on
+here
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+t
+\family default
+ for
+\emph on
+top
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+b
+\family default
+ for
+\emph on
+bottom
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+p
+\family default
+ for
+\emph on
+page
+\layout Standard
+
+The letters correspond to the following behaviour:
+\layout Description
+
+Here: LyX tries to put the
+\family sans
+Float
+\family default
+ at the same point in the text where you put it.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+If there isn't enough room, LyX tries one of the other three location types.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+
+Top: LyX tries to put the
+\family sans
+Float
+\family default
+ at the top of the current page.
+ If the figure won't fit on the current page, it goes to the next page.
+\layout Description
+
+Bottom: LyX tries to put the
+\family sans
+Float
+\family default
+ at the bottom of the current page.
+ If there isn't room, it goes to the next page.
+\layout Description
+
+Page: LyX tries to put the
+\family sans
+Float
+\family default
+ (or a number of
+\family sans
+Float
+\family default
+s) on a page of its own.
+\layout Standard
+
+There is some subtlety to how this all works.
+ The order specifies what location LyX should try first.
+ If that one fails, it tries the next one, and so on, though
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+h
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ will always take precedence if it appears in the list.
+ The default placement list is
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+tbp
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+: try the top of a text page first, then the bottom of a text page, then
+ on a page by itself.
+ If you want LyX to try
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+really hard
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ to place the figure where you command it, precede the list with an exclamation
+ point; for example
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+!htbp
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Here are some example entries and what they do:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\family sans
+hbp
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Try putting the figure/table at its actual position in the text.
+ If that doesn't work, put it on the bottom of the page.
+ If that fails, put it on a separate page.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\family sans
+!hbp
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Try really hard to put the figure/table at its actual position in the text.
+ Then the bottom of the page, then on a separate page.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\family sans
+tp
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Put the figure/table at the top of each page.
+ If it's too long, put it on a separate page.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\family sans
+p
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Always put figures and tables on their own page.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Subsection
+
+
+\family typewriter
+XFig
+\family default
+ and LyX
+\layout Standard
+
+One obvious question is
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+how would I create the figures?
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ Fortunately, the answer is included in most Linux and/or LaTeX distributions.
+
+\family typewriter
+XFig
+\family default
+ is a powerful though slightly awkward drawing tool.
+ If you want to include figures that you have created with
+\family typewriter
+XFig
+\family default
+ there are several ways.
+ We recommend the following:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Export the figure as Encapsulated PostScript®.
+ This could be very easy included into LyX as described in the previous
+ sections.
+ The great advantage of this way is, that you have the full power of PostScript®
+ available.
+ That means Bezier curves, colors, all line thicknesses and many more.
+ If you have inserted text into your fig-document this will be printed with
+ PostScript® fonts, which is OK\SpecialChar \@.
+ The figure can be manipulated like any other
+ EPS figure, as described above.
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+The only disadvantage is that you cannot create formulas as PostScript®
+ text except by hand.
+ If you also need formulas or simple exponents or indices in your figure,
+ the next way is recommended.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Export the figure as LaTeX.
+ This is just as easy to include into LyX, with the advantage that you may
+ use all LaTeX commands within the text inside XFig.
+ Therefore you have to set the
+\emph on
+special flag
+\emph default
+for text in XFig.
+ This is automatic if you invoke XFig with
+\family typewriter
+xfig\SpecialChar ~
+-specialtext
+\family default
+.
+ If this is done and you have also chosen a LaTeX font you may simply write
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+$H_2$
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ in
+\family typewriter
+XFig\SpecialChar \@.
+
+\family default
+ If you export this figure as LaTeX and include it in LyX with
+\family sans
+\bar under
+ I
+\bar default
+nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Chil
+\bar under
+d
+\bar default
+\SpecialChar ~
+Document
+\family default
+ (see description in
+\emph on
+Extended Features
+\emph default
+) this text will appear as
+\begin_inset Formula $H_{2}$
+\end_inset
+
+.
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+The disadvantage of this way is that the graphical power of LaTeX isn't
+ as strong as PostScript®\SpecialChar \@.
+ You cannot use all thicknesses of lines and, more
+ annoyingly, not all slopes.
+ This is why we recommend the third way for more complex figures.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Export the figure as LaTeX/PostScript® combined.
+ Then
+\family typewriter
+XFig
+\family default
+ [
+\family typewriter
+transfig
+\family default
+, really] will generate two files:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+the PostScript® part
+\family typewriter
+foo.pstex
+\family default
+, that contains all painting.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+the LaTeX part
+\family typewriter
+foo.pstex_t
+\family default
+, that contains all text and a link to the PostScript® part.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Then you just have to include the LaTeX part as described above.
+ This will automatically include the PostScript® part, too.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+If you get an error like
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+unknown graphics extension pstex
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ you have to declare these graphic extensions.
+ I think this is a
+\family typewriter
+transfig
+\family default
+ bug that occurs with LaTeX2e.
+ Simply add a line like
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+@namedef{Gin@rule@ps_tex}#1{{eps}{ps_tex}{#1}}
+\layout Standard
+
+in the file
+\family typewriter
+/usr/lib/texmf/tex/latex/graphics/dvips.def
+\family default
+.
+ Then add
+\family typewriter
+pstex
+\family default
+ to the extension:
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\backslash
+def
+\backslash
+Gin@extensions{eps, ps, pstex, eps.gz, ps.gz, eps=2EZ}
+\layout Standard
+
+This should fix the whole thing.
+ Alternatively you may export the postscript part as
+\family typewriter
+foo.eps
+\family default
+ and change the LaTeX part
+\family typewriter
+foo.pstex_t
+\family default
+ manually.
+ But this is annoying.
+
+\end_inset
+
+ This way you have the full PostScript® and LaTeX power combined except
+ for the possibility to scale the figure after creating.
+ So if you want scalable pictures, the PostScript® format is your only choice.
+ Another little advantage of letting LaTeX typeset the font is that the
+ same font will appear in your figures as in your text, which looks a little
+ nicer.
+\layout Section
+
+Tables
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:tables}
+
+\end_inset
+
+LyX has powerful table support, but LaTeX can do many more things with tables
+ than LyX is currently capable of, so you might want to look at a good LaTeX
+ book if the features described here should turn out to be inadequate.
+\layout Standard
+
+You can insert a table using either the table toolbar button or
+\family sans
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+able
+\family default
+.
+ A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
+ The default table has lines at the top and to the left of every cell, a
+ line to the right of the rightmost column and a line at the bottom of the
+ lowest row, forming a box around the table.
+ Additionally, the topmost row also has a line at the bottom, which causes
+ this row to appear separated from the rest of the table.
+ Here's an example:
+\layout Standard
+\align center
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0in">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+12
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+45
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+98
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+A
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+B
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+multi
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+C
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+The Table dialog
+\layout Standard
+
+You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
+ brings up a settings dialog.
+ Among these options are:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Adding/removing border lines from a row or column.
+ If you remove the top line from one of the rows, you'll get a dotted line
+ in LyX, but no line will appear in the printout.
+ If you set the bottom line of one row and the top line of the row below,
+ then the rows are separated by a small space, as you can see with the top
+ row in the example above.
+ You can do the same vertically if you set the right line of a column and
+ the left line of the column to the right.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Text alignment in a column
+\layout Itemize
+
+Appending rows and columns
+\layout Itemize
+
+Deleting rows, columns, or the entire table
+\layout Itemize
+
+Multicolumn
+\layout Itemize
+
+Setting a fixed width for a column
+\layout Itemize
+
+Longtable options - this is useful if your table is higher than the paper.
+ Then the table is split on the bottom of the page and continued on the
+ next one, instead of running of the end of the page.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Rotate the whole table or a single cell sideways, by 90 degrees
+\layout Standard
+
+You can also use the menu to perform these operations.
+ Try
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family default
+\bar under
+T
+\family sans
+\bar default
+able
+\family default
+ when the cursor is inside a table.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Most of these options also work on selections.
+ This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
+ done on all of your selection.
+ Note that there is a difference between selecting the
+\emph on
+contents
+\emph default
+ of the cell, and the cell itself.
+ If you can see a red border inside a cell, then a selection will select
+ the contents.
+ If you press
+\family sans
+Escape
+\family default
+ or click outside of the box, then the selection will select cells (whether
+ you use the mouse or the normal cursor-movement keys).
+\layout Standard
+
+When you append a row, it is added
+\emph on
+below
+\emph default
+ the row containing the cursor.
+ Similarly, columns are appended to the
+\emph on
+right
+\emph default
+ of the cursor.
+ This makes it difficult to add columns on the left edge of a table without
+ a lot of cutting and pasting.
+ Deletion is always performed on the row or column containing the cursor.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+The multicolumn option merges two or more adjacent cells on a given row.
+ For example, in the above table, row
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+B
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ has had multicolumn applied to the columns labelled
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+45
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+98.
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ To use it, you must first select the cells, then choose
+\family sans
+Multicolumn
+\family default
+ from the menu.
+ This will not work vertically - see the Table Examples document for how
+ to do this.
+\layout Standard
+
+You can also use
+\family sans
+Multicolumn
+\family default
+ if you need to have a special handling for a single table cell's top and
+ bottom border lines and text alignment.
+ Here an example of this special handling of a cell:
+\layout Standard
+\align center
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
+<features>
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series bold
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series bold
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+x
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series bold
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+y
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series bold
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+point a & b
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+103
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+9
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series bold
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+point b & a
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+599
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+340
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series bold
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+point abc
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+1009
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+52
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series bold
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+point abcd
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+96
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+11
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+You see here that the header line cells are aligned to the center, whereas
+ the left column is aligned to the left, and the other columns are aligned
+ to the right.
+ Also the bottom and top line of two cells have been removed.
+\begin_inset Note
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+I can make nothing of this explanation.
+ An improvement would be nice :) - jbl
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+If you want your column to have a fixed width, then you can insert a width
+ in the
+\family sans
+Width
+\family default
+\emph on
+
+\emph default
+input-field of the
+\family sans
+Table
+\family default
+ dialog.
+ This will then allow the cell to have multiple paragraphs of text.
+\layout Standard
+
+If your table becomes too large to fit on a portrait document layout, you
+ can select the
+\family sans
+Rotate\SpecialChar ~
+90°
+\family default
+ button, and the table will appear sideways (this means landscape in a portrait
+ document style).
+ You might also like to rotate single table cells to give them more horizontal
+ space.
+ The example below demonstrates why it is useful to rotate single cells.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\emph on
+Note:
+\emph default
+ This
+\family sans
+Rotate\SpecialChar ~
+90°
+\family default
+ option will
+\emph on
+not
+\emph default
+ display on screen, and works
+\emph on
+only
+\emph default
+ for PostScript® output.
+ So, if you want to preview them, use
+\family sans
+\bar under
+V
+\bar default
+iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Pos
+\bar under
+t
+\bar default
+script
+\family default
+, as
+\family sans
+\bar under
+V
+\bar default
+iew
+\bar under
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+D
+\bar default
+VI
+\family default
+ will not show the table properly.
+\layout Standard
+\align center
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="12">
+<features>
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Description
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Flag 1
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Flag 2
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Flag 3
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Flag 4
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Flag 5
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Flag 6
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Flag 7
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Flag 8
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Flag 9
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Flag 10
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Total
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Desc.\SpecialChar ~
+1
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+7
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Desc.\SpecialChar ~
+2
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+9
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Desc.\SpecialChar ~
+3
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+8
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Desc.\SpecialChar ~
+4
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+6
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Total
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+30
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+What can be placed inside a table cell?
+\layout Standard
+
+Many objects can be placed inside a table cell.
+ Any single line of text, an equation (not a displayed or multilined equation,
+ though), or a figure can be in a cell; in fact, all three kinds of objects
+ can be placed in the same cell.
+ Font sizes and shapes can be altered, and the table will adjust to display
+ them properly.
+ However, you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
+\family sans
+Section*
+\family default
+, etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
+ for the cell's paragraph.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Cut & Paste in Tables
+\layout Standard
+
+Cutting and pasting between tables works reasonably well.
+ You can cut and paste even more than one row.
+ Selection with the mouse or with
+\family sans
+Shift
+\family default
+ plus the arrow keys works as usual.
+ The values in the second table below were cut and pasted from the first,
+ using the mouse to select and paste.
+\layout Standard
+\align center
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+1
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+2
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+3
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+4
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+5
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+6
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+7
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+8
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+9
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+\align center
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+1
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+2
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+3
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+4
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+5
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+6
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+7
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Note that you can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit
+ by starting the selection from outside the table.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Multiple lines in cells
+\layout Standard
+
+It is possible to have multi-line entries in tables, but not in a completely
+ WYSIWYM manner.
+ Define a fixed length for the column in the
+\family sans
+Table
+\family default
+ dialog.
+ After this, your text is automatically split into more lines and the cell
+ enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given fixed
+ length.
+ An example:
+\layout Standard
+\align center
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="block" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="3cm">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+1
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+2
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+3
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+4
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+This is a multiline entry in a table.
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+5
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+6
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+This is longer now.
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+7
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+8
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+This is a multiline entry in a table.
+ This is longer now.
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+9
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Text within a cell will not normally wrap to fit the page, so if a line
+ of text in a table is too long, the table will extend beyond the right
+ margin of the page.
+ Similarly, tables will not split themselves at the bottom of a page, and
+ so might extend below the bottom margin.
+ You have these options to resolve this problem:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Split it into two tables.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Select the
+\family sans
+Longtable
+\family default
+button in the
+\family sans
+Table
+\family default
+ dialog.
+ This automatically splits the table over more pages, if it is too tall.
+ After doing this, the list of
+\family sans
+Longtable
+\family default
+ buttons activate themselves and you may now define:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\family sans
+First\SpecialChar ~
+header
+\family default
+: The current row and all rows above that don't have any special options
+ defined are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\family sans
+Header
+\family default
+: The current row and all rows above that don't have any special options
+ defined are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
+ except for the first page, if
+\family sans
+First\SpecialChar ~
+header
+\family default
+ is defined.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\family sans
+Footer
+\family default
+: The current row and all rows below that don't have any special options
+ defined are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
+ except for the last page, if
+\family sans
+Last\SpecialChar ~
+footer
+\family default
+ is defined.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\family sans
+Last\SpecialChar ~
+footer
+\family default
+: The current row and all rows below that don't have any special options
+ defined are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
+\layout Standard
+
+If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
+ of the fact that only the first flag is used in the given table rows.
+ The others will then be defined as
+\emph on
+empty
+\emph default
+.
+ In this context, first means first in this order:
+\family sans
+Footer, Last\SpecialChar ~
+footer,
+\family default
+
+\family sans
+Header,
+\family default
+
+\family sans
+First\SpecialChar ~
+header.
+
+\family default
+\emph on
+
+\emph default
+See the
+\family typewriter
+TableExamples.lyx
+\family default
+ example file to see how this works.
+
+\emph on
+
+\layout Standard
+
+The check box in the long table options can be used to specify specific
+ rows to break the page on as well.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+A table can also be placed in a float, as described below, which will allow
+ TeX to place it as well as it can within the page.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Table Floats
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:table float}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Outside of a float, the table will be positioned exactly where it is placed
+ in the document.
+ Using a
+\family sans
+\shape up
+Tabl
+\bar under
+e
+\bar default
+\SpecialChar ~
+Float
+\family default
+\shape default
+ from the
+\family sans
+\shape up
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Flo
+\shape default
+\bar under
+a
+\shape up
+\bar default
+t
+\family default
+\shape default
+ menu will enable LaTeX to place the table where it fits best, rather than
+ exactly where you insert it.
+ Float placement for table floats is similar to that for figure floats
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figurefloats}
+
+\end_inset
+
+, and is described in section
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:float-locn}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Captions also work the same way as with figure floats, as described in
+ section
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figurefloats}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Table
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{table:a table float}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ is an example of a table float.
+\begin_inset Float table
+placement htbp
+wide false
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Caption
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{table:a table float}
+
+\end_inset
+
+A table float.
+\layout Standard
+\align center
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+1
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+2
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+3
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Joe
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Mary
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Ted
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
+a & b\\
+c & d\end{array}\right]$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+
+\begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Section
+
+Table of Contents and other Listings
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:toc}
+
+\end_inset
+
+One of the really nice features of LaTeX is the ease with which it lets
+ you create various
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Lists,
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ such as a Table of Contents.
+ All you need to do is to use certain environments and insert a reference
+ at the place where you want the list to appear.
+\layout Subsection
+
+The Table of Contents
+\layout Standard
+
+In order to get a Table of Contents, you need to do four things:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Use a document class that includes support (all but
+\family typewriter
+letter
+\family default
+).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Set paragraph environments appropriately:
+\family sans
+Chapter
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+(Sub...) Section
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+(Sub...), Paragraph
+\family default
+.
+ Note that styles with a
+\family sans
+*
+\family default
+, like
+\family sans
+Section*
+\family default
+, will
+\emph on
+not
+\emph default
+ appear in the Table of Contents.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Make sure you set the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+ection\SpecialChar ~
+number\SpecialChar ~
+depth
+\family default
+and
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+able\SpecialChar ~
+of\SpecialChar ~
+contents
+\family default
+.
+\family sans
+\SpecialChar ~
+depth
+\family default
+ in the
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar ~
+Layout
+\family default
+ dialog to the appropriate value as described in
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sub:section-depth}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Insert the ToC command at some place in the document.
+ You'll find it under
+\family sans
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+List\SpecialChar ~
+/\SpecialChar ~
+T
+\bar under
+O
+\bar default
+C\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+able\SpecialChar ~
+of\SpecialChar ~
+Contents
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+You can also bring up a dialog for navigating through your document with
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+able\SpecialChar ~
+of\SpecialChar ~
+Contents
+\family default
+.
+\layout Subsection
+
+List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:ListsOf}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
+ You can insert them from the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+List\SpecialChar ~
+/\SpecialChar ~
+
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+OC
+\family default
+ submenu.
+ If you want figures, tables, or algorithms to appear in the list, you must
+ place them inside a float of the relevant type and add a caption.
+\layout Chapter
+
+Mathematical Formulae
+\layout Section
+
+Basic Math Editing
+\layout Standard
+
+To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon with
+\begin_inset Formula $\frac{a+b}{c}$
+\end_inset
+
+ on it.
+ That will open a little blue square, with purple markers around it, on
+ the corners.
+ That blue square is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate what
+ level of nesting within the formula you are at.
+ You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+nsert
+\bar under
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+M
+\bar default
+ath
+\family default
+ menu; or you can use a keyboard macro,
+\family sans
+M-c\SpecialChar ~
+m
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+M-m\SpecialChar ~
+m
+\family default
+, or
+\family sans
+C-m
+\family default
+ (CUA binding only).
+\layout Standard
+
+If you simply need to type a single Greek letter, such as
+\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
+\end_inset
+
+, there is a special shortcut.
+ Just type
+\family sans
+M-m\SpecialChar ~
+g\SpecialChar ~
+a
+\family default
+ to get
+\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\family sans
+ M-m\SpecialChar ~
+g\SpecialChar ~
+b
+\family default
+ to get
+\begin_inset Formula $\beta$
+\end_inset
+
+, etc.
+\layout Standard
+
+Editing the parameters of a formula may be done from the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+M
+\bar default
+ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Math\SpecialChar ~
+Pane
+\bar under
+l
+\family default
+\bar default
+ dialog, or via
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+M
+\bar default
+ath
+\family default
+.
+ The math panel is very useful, so you may want to open it and leave it
+ somewhere on the screen.
+ If you're not already in a formula, selecting anything from the math panel
+ will insert a formula for you.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Navigating a Formula
+\layout Standard
+
+The best control over cursor position within an existing formula is achieved
+ with the arrow keys.
+ Mathed uses small squares to indicate places where something can be inserted.
+ The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
+ Pressing
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+ will leave a fraction or other formula construct (a square root
+\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
+\end_inset
+
+, or parentheses
+\begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
+\end_inset
+
+, or a matrix
+\begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
+1 & 2\\
+3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ Pressing
+\family sans
+Escape
+\family default
+ will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
+
+\family sans
+ Tab
+\family default
+ can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
+ cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+ seems to do nothing in Mathed, since it does not in fact add a space between
+ characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
+ For this reason, you have to be careful about using
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+.
+ For example, if you want
+\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
+\end_inset
+
+, type
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+sqrt
+\family sans
+\SpecialChar ~
+
+\family default
+then
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+, then
+\family sans
+\SpecialChar ~
+
+\family typewriter
+2x+1
+\family default
+, not
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+sqrt
+\family sans
+\SpecialChar ~
+Space\SpecialChar ~
+
+\family typewriter
+2x
+\family sans
+\SpecialChar ~
+Space\SpecialChar ~
+
+\family typewriter
++
+\family sans
+\SpecialChar ~
+Space\SpecialChar ~
+
+\family typewriter
+1
+\family default
+, since in the latter case only the
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Formula $2x$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ will be under the square root sign,
+\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ For those who learned to space out expressions in this way, it takes a
+ little unlearning.
+\layout Standard
+
+You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
+ in, such as:
+\begin_inset Formula \[
+\left(\begin{array}{ccc}
+\lambda_{1}\\
+ & \ddots\\
+ & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right).\]
+
+\end_inset
+
+If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
+ in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Selecting Text
+\layout Standard
+
+You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
+ Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
+\family sans
+Shift
+\family default
+and a cursor movement key to select text.
+ It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
+ Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
+ That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula
+ (not in a plain text region in LyX, though).
+\layout Subsection
+
+Exponents and Subscripts
+\layout Standard
+
+You can use the math panel to add superscripts or subscripts, but the much
+ easier way is to use the standard TeX method.
+ To get
+\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
+\end_inset
+
+, type (in Mathed)
+\family typewriter
+x^2
+\family default
+ then
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+.
+ The final
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+ puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression, instead of
+ in the superscript.
+ If you type
+\family typewriter
+x^2y
+\family default
+, you will get
+\begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
+\end_inset
+
+, to get
+\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
+\end_inset
+
+, type
+\family typewriter
+x^2
+\family sans
+
+\family default
+then
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+then
+\family sans
+\SpecialChar ~
+
+\family typewriter
+y
+\family default
+.
+ Subscripts are similar, to get
+\begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
+\end_inset
+
+, type (in Mathed)
+\family typewriter
+a_1
+\family sans
+\SpecialChar ~
+
+\family default
+then
+\family sans
+ Space
+\family default
+.
+ Note that by default, the superscript or subscript is only for the single
+ symbol to the left, which changes the spacing and alignment; you should
+ read section
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:Grouping}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ if you need to alter this.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Fractions
+\layout Standard
+
+Create a fraction with either
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+frac
+\family sans
+
+\family default
+(in Mathed) or using the fraction icon in the
+\family sans
+Math\SpecialChar ~
+Panel
+\family default
+ dialog or the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+M
+\bar default
+ath
+\family default
+ menu item
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+raction
+\family default
+.
+ You will be presented with an empty fraction, with two Mathed insertion
+ squares top and bottom.
+ The cursor moves immediately to the top of the fraction.
+ To move to the bottom, simply press
+\family sans
+Down
+\family default
+.
+ To move back up, press
+\family sans
+Up
+\family default
+.
+ Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
+\begin_inset Formula \[
+\left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
+2 & 3\\
+4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+Sums and Integrals
+\layout Standard
+
+Sum (
+\begin_inset Formula $\sum$
+\end_inset
+
+) and integral (
+\begin_inset Formula $\int$
+\end_inset
+
+) signs are very often decorated with one or more sets of
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+limits
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
+ a superscript or subscript, directly after the symbol.
+ Sum will automatically place its
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+limits
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ over and under the symbol in display style, but will move them to the side
+ when inlined, such as
+\begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
+\end_inset
+
+, versus
+\begin_inset Note
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+We haven't yet explained what display vs.
+ inline means...
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula \[
+\sum_{n=1}^{\infty}\frac{x^{n}}{n}=\ln\left(\frac{1}{1-x}\right).\]
+
+\end_inset
+
+Integral signs, however, will not by default move the limits to directly
+ over and under the integral sign in display style, as in
+\begin_inset Formula $\int_{a}^{x}f(t)dt:=F(x)$
+\end_inset
+
+, versus
+\begin_inset Formula \[
+\int_{-\infty}^{\infty}\frac{dx}{1+x^{2}}=\pi.\]
+
+\end_inset
+
+Both symbols will be automatically re-sized when placed in display mode.
+ In display mode, the placement of the limits (directly above and below,
+ or offset to the right from the sign) can be changed by placing the cursor
+ in front of the sign and hitting
+\family sans
+M-m l
+\family default
+.
+ Exactly what change occurs depends on the sign.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Certain other mathematical expressions have this
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+moving limits
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ feature as addition, such as
+\begin_inset Formula \[
+\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
+
+\end_inset
+
+which will place the
+\begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
+\end_inset
+
+ underneath the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+lim
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ in display mode, but not in inlined mode,
+\begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Note that the
+\begin_inset Formula $\lim$
+\end_inset
+
+ was entered as a function - you get it in LyX by typing
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+lim
+\family default
+in math-mode, or choosing from the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+functions
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ menu in the math panel; see
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:math-functions}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Subsection
+
+The Math Panel
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:math-panel}
+
+\end_inset
+
+The
+\family sans
+Math\SpecialChar ~
+
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+anel
+\family default
+ dialog (accessible via
+\family sans
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+M
+\bar default
+ath
+\family default
+) has a more extensive list of symbols and structures.
+ As stated earlier, you can keep the math panel open when writing mathematics.
+ The use of the panel should be fairly obvious; we'll describe some of the
+ details in later sections.
+\layout Standard
+
+Note that right-clicking on a formula opens the panel as well.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Other Math Symbols
+\layout Standard
+
+Most math symbols can be found in the math panel under one of several categories
+; including
+\family sans
+Greek
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\Gamma\rho\epsilon\epsilon\kappa$
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\family sans
+operators
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\pm\times$
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\family sans
+relations
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\leq\cong$
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\family sans
+arrows
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\uparrow\Leftrightarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\family sans
+large\SpecialChar ~
+operators
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\sum\int$
+\end_inset
+
+, and the dreaded
+\family sans
+miscellaneous
+\family default
+.
+ There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
+ Society (AMS).
+ If you know the standard LaTeX macro for a particular symbol you which
+ to use, you do not have to use these dialogs, but they will help for those
+ symbols whose LaTeX name you do not know.
+ Note that the AMS symbols will not be displayed as symbols in LyX unless
+ you install the right fonts as described in the relevant manual.
+\layout Standard
+
+It is possible to get an nth root symbol.
+ In the minibuffer, type
+\family typewriter
+math-insert root
+\family default
+.
+ This generates a root symbol with an extra box above the root sign.
+ Use
+\family sans
+Up
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Down
+\family default
+ to move between the two boxes.
+ You can also use the key binding
+\family sans
+M-m-r
+\family default
+.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Altering spacing
+\layout Standard
+
+You may want to create blank spaces that differs from the standard spacing
+ that LaTeX provides.
+ We don't recommend this as a matter of course, since the whole idea of
+ WYSIWYM is that you don't think about the typesetting, but the content.
+ However, there are situations where you will want to add spaces.
+ The first thing to do is to type
+\family sans
+C-Space
+\family default
+.
+ This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen within
+ LyX:
+\begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ The next trick is to change that space to different sizes.
+
+\emph on
+Before
+\emph default
+ you move the cursor, after typing
+\family sans
+C-Space
+\family default
+, if you hit
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+ again, you will change the size of the space, through a number of variable
+ sizes.
+ The last ones in the list are red, and are a negative space.
+ For example:
+\begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
+\end_inset
+
+, or
+\begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ You can also insert these spaces via the math panel.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Math functions
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:math-functions}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ The math panel contains a number of
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+functions
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+, such as
+\begin_inset Formula $\sin$
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Formula $\lim$
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\emph on
+etc
+\emph default
+.
+ (you can type them in a formula by typing
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+sin
+\family default
+ etc).
+ Standard mathematical practice is that functions which are names, like
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\sin$
+\end_inset
+
+, should not be italicized.
+ Entering just the letters
+\begin_inset Formula $sin$
+\end_inset
+
+ within Mathed will give italics, of course, so these special macros are
+ available.
+ They do more to the final output than just change the typeface, however.
+ For example, the expression
+\begin_inset Formula $\sin t$
+\end_inset
+
+ will typeset with a little extra space between the n and the t.
+ For words which are more sophisticated mathematical objects, like
+\begin_inset Formula $\lim$
+\end_inset
+
+, the macro changes the way that subscripts are placed, depending on whether
+ the math-inset is inlined or displayed:
+\begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow0}f(x)=L$
+\end_inset
+
+ versus
+\begin_inset Formula \[
+\lim_{x\rightarrow0}f(x)=L.\]
+
+\end_inset
+
+These two expressions were typed the same way, but using the macro
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+lim
+\family default
+ alters the appearance (actually, it is the inlined version that is altered,
+ to improve linespacing).
+\layout Subsection
+
+Accents
+\layout Standard
+
+In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
+ mode.
+ This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
+ You can also use TeX macro equivalents, as macros.
+ That is, you can enter
+\begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
+\end_inset
+
+ to get the same effect if your keyboard does not have accents enabled.
+ This is entered by typing
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+hat a
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ in Mathed.
+ These are the equivalences between the text names and the macro names for
+ the various accents:
+\layout Standard
+\align center
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+text
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+math
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+example
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+circumflex
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+hat
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+grave
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+grave
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+acute
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+acute
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+umlaut
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+ddot
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+tilde
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+tilde
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+dot
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+dot
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+breve
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+breve
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+caron
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+check
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+macron
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+bar
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+---
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+vec
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Finally, you can choose one of these accents by selecting an item from the
+
+\family sans
+Decorations
+\family default
+ symbol set in the math panel; this will apply to any selection you have
+ made within a formula too.
+\layout Subsection
+
+The math editor for LaTeX users
+\layout Standard
+
+Editing mathematical expressions in LyX can be done in one of two ways.
+ You can use the native LyX support for rendering the formulae in a WYSIWYM
+ fashion.
+ LaTeX users might like to be able to use the keyboard to enter things like
+
+\family typewriter
+$
+\backslash
+alpha$
+\family default
+ (this gets, in ordinary TeX, an
+\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
+\end_inset
+
+ in the final document), believing that it is faster than chasing around
+ menus for a symbol.
+ Here's a testimonial of one of those old LaTeX users,
+\noun on
+David Johnson:
+\layout Quotation
+
+I was finally convinced that the math editor was the way to go when I found
+ that, with a few modifications, I could use it the same way I was accustomed
+ to writing TeX.
+ As an example, I created this
+\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
+\end_inset
+
+ by typing the following keys: First type
+\family typewriter
+
+\family sans
+M-c\SpecialChar ~
+m
+\family typewriter
+
+\family default
+to enter
+\family typewriter
+ math-mode
+\family default
+, then type
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+alpha
+\family sans
+
+\family default
+, then
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+and
+\family sans
+ Esc
+\family default
+.
+ As soon as I typed that
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+ the
+\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
+\end_inset
+
+ was right there on the screen.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+The
+\family sans
+M-c\SpecialChar ~
+m
+\family default
+ sequence inserts a formula (you may also use
+\family sans
+C-m
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+M-m\SpecialChar ~
+m
+\family default
+), the
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+alpha
+\family default
+ is of course the standard TeX command for a Greek alpha letter, and the
+
+\family sans
+Esc
+\family default
+ leaves the formula.
+ Some of the advantages of this approach are:
+\layout Itemize
+
+You have immediate visual feedback to be sure your TeX was correct
+\layout Itemize
+
+You have the real mathematical expression on the screen, correctly displayed,
+ to make sure your mathematics is correct (correctly written, at least)
+\layout Itemize
+
+All the new LaTeX fuss with special environments and such are taken care
+ of by LyX, not you
+\layout Itemize
+
+You won't have to chase through the code trying to find that missing
+\family sans
+$
+\family default
+ or extra
+\family sans
+{
+\family default
+ any more
+\layout Itemize
+
+If you don't remember the LaTeX name of a particular symbol, like
+\begin_inset Formula $\wp$
+\end_inset
+
+, you can find it in the dialogs
+\layout Section
+
+Brackets and decorations
+\layout Standard
+
+There are several brackets available through LyX.
+ For most purposes, using just the keys
+\family typewriter
+[{]}()|
+\backslash
+<>
+\family default
+ should suffice, but the effect, especially if you want to surround a large
+ structure, such as a matrix or a fraction, or if you have several layers
+ of brackets, is better using the math panel's
+\family sans
+Delimiter
+\family default
+ dialog [see sec.
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:math-panel}
+
+\end_inset
+
+].
+ For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
+ matrix such as :
+\begin_inset Formula \[
+\left[\begin{array}{cc}
+1 & 2\\
+3 & 4\end{array}\right],\]
+
+\end_inset
+
+and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses of an abomination
+ such as:
+\begin_inset Formula \[
+\frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
+
+\end_inset
+
+or:
+\begin_inset Formula \[
+f\left(g\left(h\left(k\left(l\left(x\right)\right)\right)\right)\right).\]
+
+\end_inset
+
+The parentheses, and other brackets, from that menu will automatically re-size
+ to accommodate the size of what is inside (This is done in straight LaTeX
+ by
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+left( blah
+\backslash
+right)
+\family default
+ ).
+
+\layout Standard
+
+It is very easy to construct the braces you want to use.
+ Click on the brace you want on the left side with the left mouse button,
+ the right side with the right button, and place them in the document by
+ clicking on the button.
+ If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
+ It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will print.
+\layout Standard
+
+If you decide after the fact to place parentheses (or other math structure,
+ like a square root, or other decoration) around some math structure, you
+ can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go inside
+ the parentheses (that is done by holding the
+\family sans
+Shift
+\family default
+ key down and moving the cursor with the arrow keys, or selecting with the
+ mouse).
+ Then, choose the appropriate brackets for left and right, and click on
+
+\family sans
+Apply
+\family default
+.
+ The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
+\layout Standard
+
+If you're trying to enter a LaTeX
+\family typewriter
+{
+\family default
+ for grouping, you should read
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:Grouping}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Section
+
+Grouping
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:Grouping}
+
+\end_inset
+
+You may need to group a set of symbols.
+ In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
+\family typewriter
+{x^y}^z
+\family default
+ is different from
+\family typewriter
+x^{y^z}
+\family default
+:
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula \[
+{x^{y}}^{z}\mathrm{differs\, from}x^{{y^{z}}}\]
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+However, trying to type the
+\family typewriter
+}
+\family default
+ in LyX gives an actual closing brace in the output.
+ To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+{
+\family default
+ then type space.
+ Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
+ The example directly above shows how this works.
+\layout Section
+
+Arrays and Multi-line Equations
+\layout Standard
+
+Arrays, such as matrices, are easily entered in LyX.
+ In the
+\family sans
+Math\SpecialChar ~
+Panel
+\family default
+there is a matrix button, which will open a dialog for you to choose the
+ number of rows/columns.
+ Here is an example:
+\begin_inset Formula \[
+\left(\begin{array}{ccc}
+1 & 2 & 3\\
+4 & 5 & 6\\
+7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right).\]
+
+\end_inset
+
+The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as usual.
+ Remember that you can add this after the fact, by highlighting the matrix
+ inside Mathed (Position the mouse on one side of the matrix, hold the
+\family sans
+Shift
+\family default
+ key down, and hit the appropriate arrow key to move the cursor across the
+ matrix).
+ You can, when you construct the matrix, decide whether the columns (or
+ some of them) will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
+ The specification is
+\family typewriter
+ccc
+\family default
+by default.
+ Each letter corresponds to the relevant column.
+ For example,
+\family typewriter
+lcr
+\family default
+ means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
+ centered, and the third column will be right-justified..
+ It will look like this:
+\begin_inset Formula \[
+\begin{array}{lcr}
+this & this\, column & this\, column\\
+column & has & has\, right\\
+has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
+\family sans
+C-Enter
+\family default
+ while in the matrix, and you can add columns, or delete either, via the
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+M
+\bar default
+ath
+\family default
+ menu.
+\layout Standard
+
+There are numerous other arrays used in LaTeX math-mode, particularly with
+ the AMS-LaTeX packages included, such as
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+cases
+\family default
+ and commutative diagrams.
+ Not all of these are supported in LyX.
+ However, it is possible to build these structures from a matrix.
+\layout Standard
+
+Multi-line equations are very easy to construct in LyX.
+ A formula will automatically switch to an
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+eqnarray
+\family default
+\series default
+ format (LaTeX's multi-line displayed equation format) if you hit
+\family sans
+\series medium
+C-E
+\series default
+nter
+\family default
+.
+ The best way to do this, if you decide you want a multi-line displayed
+ equation, is to insert a new line (with
+\family sans
+\series medium
+C-Enter
+\family default
+\series default
+) immediately.
+ Each line then has three regions, left, center, and right, which you can
+ move through using either the arrow keys, the mouse, or the
+\family sans
+\series medium
+Tab
+\family default
+\series default
+ key.
+ Here is an example:
+\begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
+3 & = & 1+2\\
+4+5 & = & 9.\end{eqnarray*}
+
+\end_inset
+
+You can also turn an existing displayed formula into a multi-line formula
+ by hitting
+\family sans
+\series medium
+C-Enter
+\family default
+\series default
+ while the cursor is anywhere on the original formula.
+ However, LyX will
+\emph on
+not
+\emph default
+ try to decide where to break the formula up into three parts, but places
+ everything in the left side of the line.
+ To change the alignment points of the equation, place the cursor where
+ you want to start the middle part of the line, and hit
+\family sans
+C-Tab.
+
+\family default
+It then puts everything to the right of the cursor in the middle region
+ of the equation (which, by the way, is not typeset by LaTeX in display-math
+ size, so you should not put large expressions like fractions there).
+ Move to where you want the right side of the line to begin, and hit
+\family sans
+C-Tab
+\family default
+ again.
+ The
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+extra
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ insertion points in the line will disappear.
+\layout Section
+
+Equation Numbering and Labels
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:math-label}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Equation numbering is very easy in LyX.
+ All it takes to change a displayed equation like:
+\begin_inset Formula \[
+1+2=3\]
+
+\end_inset
+
+into the numbered equation :
+\begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
+1+2=3\label{mathed:first-eqn}\end{equation}
+
+\end_inset
+
+is to go to the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+nsert
+\family default
+ menu, and select the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+abel...
+
+\family default
+ option.
+ This opens a dialog in which you must enter some string as the label.
+ There is no need to call it by a specific number, since LaTeX will take
+ care of re-numbering the equation.
+ Labels will not appear as such on the final output.
+ LaTeX will insert appropriate numbers for the equations.
+ The labels are used internally for cross-referencing.
+ You can turn on numbering without a specific label with the menu option
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+M
+\bar default
+ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Toggle\SpecialChar ~
+
+\bar under
+N
+\bar default
+umbering
+\family default
+ while the cursor is in the equation, such as:
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
+1+1=2.\end{equation}
+
+\end_inset
+
+You can toggle it on or off with this menu item.
+ You can reference a labelled (not just numbered) equation, (cf.
+ (
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{mathed:first-eqn}
+
+\end_inset
+
+)) by using the
+\family sans
+Cross-Reference
+\family default
+ dialog, which you open using
+\family sans
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+C
+\bar default
+ross-Reference...
+\family default
+\SpecialChar ~
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+For numbered (or labelled) multi-line formulas, the default is that all
+ lines are numbered separately.
+ Once you attach a label to make the equation numbered, all subsequent lines
+ receive a label of #.
+ That label can be changed to another so that you can refer to that line,
+ like (
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{mathed:third-eqn}
+
+\end_inset
+
+) below.
+\begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
+1 & = & 3-2\label{mathed:second-equation}\\
+2 & = & 4-2\label{mathed:third-eqn}\\
+4 & \leq & 7.\end{eqnarray}
+
+\end_inset
+
+You can turn off numbering of a specific line with
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+M
+\bar default
+ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Toggle\SpecialChar ~
+
+\bar under
+n
+\bar default
+umbering\SpecialChar ~
+of\SpecialChar ~
+line
+\family default
+ while the cursor is on that line of a multi-line numbered equation.
+ This also toggles.
+ For example :
+\begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
+1 & = & 4-3\label{mathed:fourth-eqn}\\
+2 & = & 7-5\\
+1 & = & e^{2\pi i}\nonumber \\
+16 & \equiv & 2\,(mod\,7)\label{mathed:fifth-eqn}\end{eqnarray}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Note that the first equation in this set (
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{mathed:fourth-eqn}
+
+\end_inset
+
+) is labelled, the next is numbered but unlabelled, the third is unnumbered,
+ and the last (
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{mathed:fifth-eqn}
+
+\end_inset
+
+) is again labelled.
+
+\layout Section
+
+User defined macros in math mode
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX allows the user to define macros for use in math mode.
+ A macro definition box appears on screen as purple box with the name of
+ the macro in blue (math color).
+ It contains two cells initially marked empty by blue rectangles that can
+ be edited as if it were ordinary math.
+ Just try it:
+\begin_inset FormulaMacro
+\newcommand{\macro}{a+b}
+\end_inset
+
+ The contents of the first cell will be used when the macro definition is
+ written during export as LaTeX.
+ The contents of the second cell, however, will be used for drawing the
+ macro's expansion on screen.
+ In the common case where both export and drawing use the same representation,
+ the second cell can be left empty and LyX will use the contents of the
+ first cell will be used for export and drawing automatically.
+\layout Standard
+
+Now, to use this macro in other math boxes just type the name in TeX mode,
+ in this case
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+macro
+\family default
+, and it will be automatically expanded:
+\begin_inset Formula $c=\macro$
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ As you can verify, the cursor can't go inside the macro, the whole macro
+ is like a single character, and the TeX generated code of this expression
+ is
+\family typewriter
+c =
+\backslash
+macro.
+\layout Standard
+
+However the cursor could go inside of some kind of macros, those that have
+
+\emph on
+arguments
+\emph default
+.
+ In a macro definition box an argument looks like a
+\family typewriter
+#
+\family default
+ followed by the argument number:
+\begin_inset FormulaMacro
+\newcommand{\macrowarg}[1]{2+\sqrt{#1}}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Once expanded, this macro includes the usual empty rectangle to indicate
+ that you can insert there whatever you want:
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+macrowarg =
+\begin_inset Formula $\macrowarg{}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+.
+ Example:
+\begin_inset Formula $b=\macrowarg{x-2}$
+\end_inset
+
+.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+When exported to LaTeX, a macro definition will produce the command
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+newcommand{
+\backslash
+macrowarg}[1]{2+
+\backslash
+sqrt{#1}}.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Directions on using macros
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+How to create them
+\layout Standard
+
+To create a macro definition box use this syntax in the minibuffer:
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+math-macro <macro name> [number of arguments]
+\layout Standard
+
+For example,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+macro
+\family default
+ was created with
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+math-macro macro
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+, and
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+macrowarg
+\family default
+ was created with
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+math-macro macrowarg 1
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+To insert an argument mark (only inside a macro definition box) simply type
+\family typewriter
+ #<number>
+\family default
+ or use
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+math-macro-arg <number>
+\layout Standard
+
+The argument mark in
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+macrowarg
+\family default
+ was introduced with
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+math-macro-arg 1
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+You can use no more than 9 arguments, numbered from 1 to 9.
+ An argument can be repeated inside the macro definition box, but of course
+ can be edited only once.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+How to navigate
+\layout Description
+
+With\SpecialChar ~
+the\SpecialChar ~
+arrow\SpecialChar ~
+keys: Opening a macro from the left side will put the cursor
+ in the first argument, to move to the second argument use the TAB key.
+ Remember that pressing the Space bar will get the cursor out and at the
+ right side of the macro.
+\layout Description
+
+With\SpecialChar ~
+the\SpecialChar ~
+mouse: As usual, click on the desired argument box.
+ Sometimes this fails if the box is empty or too small.
+\layout Standard
+
+Currently it is only possible to define command macros, but not environment
+ macros.
+\layout Section
+
+Fine-Tuning
+\layout Subsection
+
+Typefaces
+\layout Standard
+
+You can use various typefaces in a formula.
+ The standard font for text is italic,
+\begin_inset Formula $text$
+\end_inset
+
+, but for numbers the standard is Roman.
+ To set a font in a formula, choose it from the math panel, or by entering
+ the LaTeX command for it directly, as follows:
+\layout Standard
+\align center
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Font
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+LaTeX Command
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+mathrm
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+mathbf
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+mathit
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+mathtt
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+mathbb
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+mathfrak
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph on
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+mathcal
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+LaTeX's math mode does not support all characters in all fonts, and only
+ letters will be supported with these font styles; some only support capital
+ letters.
+\layout Standard
+
+For any of these fonts, you have to be careful how you enter the text.
+ If there is text to the right of the entry point, the font reverts to that
+ style after one character.
+ To be able to type a string in a particular font, make sure there is a
+ protected-space to the right of the cursor.
+ Also, entering a protected-space will revert subsequent text to standard
+ font.
+ The font styles are nestable, as LaTeX does.
+ This can be a little confusing, as selecting a different font on a selection
+ will
+\emph on
+not
+\emph default
+ change the selection, but insert a new nested level with the new typeface.
+\layout Standard
+
+It is possible (in AMS LaTeX) to embolden (not italicize) numbers and special
+ symbols.
+ However, LyX does not yet support this in WYSIWYM manner\SpecialChar \@.
+ It will print
+ correctly, though.
+ To get emboldened symbols, for example a bold
+\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
+\end_inset
+
+, enter
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+boldsymbol{
+\backslash
+alpha}
+\family default
+ in Mathed.
+ The closing brace appears (in red) automatically when you type the opening
+ brace.
+ This works for all symbols, as well as numbers.
+\layout Standard
+
+A number of other options are available as well, via
+\family sans
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Mat
+\bar under
+h
+\bar default
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Font\SpecialChar ~
+Change
+\family default
+.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Math Text Mode
+\layout Standard
+
+Typefaces are useful for entering variable names in some given font, but
+ certainly not for anything else, and in particular not text.
+ For typing longer pieces of text, use math text mode, which is obtained
+ by typing
+\family sans
+M-m m
+\family default
+ while already in math mode.
+ (The same command will get out of math text mode, too.) Math text mode appears
+ on the screen in black instead of blue.
+ You cannot enter punctuation or font changes in your text
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Moreover, math text mode outputs its contents inside a
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+textrm{}
+\family default
+, whereas and
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+mbox
+\family default
+ (or AMS LaTeX's
+\backslash
+
+\family typewriter
+text
+\family default
+) might have been a better choice
+\end_inset
+
+, but it works for simple text.
+ Here's an example:
+\begin_inset Formula \[
+f(x)=\begin{array}{cc}
+x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
+-x & \textrm{otherwise}\end{array}\]
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+Font Sizes
+\layout Standard
+
+There are four (relative) font sizes (or
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+styles
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+) used in math-mode, which are automatically chosen in most situations.
+ These are called
+\emph on
+textstyle
+\emph default
+,
+\emph on
+displaystyle
+\emph default
+,
+\emph on
+scriptstyle
+\emph default
+, and
+\emph on
+scriptscriptstyle
+\emph default
+.
+ For most characters,
+\emph on
+textstyle
+\emph default
+ and
+\emph on
+displaystyle
+\emph default
+ are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
+ and certain other effects, are set larger or placed differently in
+\emph on
+displaystyle
+\emph default
+.
+ Except for some operators, which re-size themselves to accommodate various
+ situations, all text will be set in these various sizes as LaTeX thinks
+ is appropriate.
+ These choices can be over-ridden by using the
+\family typewriter
+math-size
+\family default
+ function in the minibuffer.
+ For example, you can set
+\begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
+\end_inset
+
+ normally (
+\emph on
+textstyle
+\emph default
+), or you can make it larger, which also changes the line-spacing, by entering
+
+\family typewriter
+math-size displaystyle
+\family default
+ in the minibuffer while the cursor is in the main line of the math-inset,
+
+\begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Careful, though, if the cursor is on the denominator of that fraction,
+ only the numerator will be enlarged, e.g.
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
+\end_inset
+
+! This reflects a LaTeX
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+unintended feature
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+That is, a bug.
+\end_inset
+
+, not a LyX one.
+ These font-size changes are not as apparent in LyX as they are in the output.
+ Here are some text in the various styles:
+\begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that is, if the whole math
+ inset and surrounding text are set in a particular size, all these sizes
+ will be adjusted.
+ Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
+ will be adjusted to correspond.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\size largest
+Here is a paragraph in
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+largest
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ font, with symbols:
+\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+This applies to math fonts in titles, etc.
+ as well.
+\layout Section
+
+AMS LaTeX
+\layout Standard
+
+The American Mathematical Society (AMS) provide a LaTeX packages that are
+ in common use.
+ LyX includes some support for these packages.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Enabling AMS Support
+\layout Standard
+
+In the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+ettings
+\family default
+ dialog there is a checkbox,
+\family sans
+Use\SpecialChar ~
+AMS\SpecialChar ~
+Math
+\family default
+.
+ If selected, this will include the AMS package in the document, and make
+ the facilities available.
+\layout Subsection
+
+AMS Symbols
+\layout Standard
+
+The AMS LaTeX packages add support for some mathematical symbols that are
+ not accessible from plain LaTeX (or LyX), but are fairly common in mathematical
+ typesetting, such as the old-German Fraktur font and the stylized
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+blackboard bold
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ fonts commonly used to denote the real or complex numbers, or the integers.
+ Once activated, all AMS LaTeX symbols and environments are available.
+ You will run into trouble if you include these packages from the preamble,
+ since LyX now defines a few of the macros used in these packages on its
+ own.
+ The AMS layouts include these packages automatically.
+\layout Subsection
+
+AMS Formula Types
+\layout Standard
+
+AMS provide a selection of different formula types.
+ LyX allows you to choose between
+\family typewriter
+align
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+alignat
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+flalign
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+gather
+\family default
+, and
+\family typewriter
+multline
+\family default
+.
+ Refer to the AMS documentation for the differences between these formula
+ types.
+\layout Chapter
+
+More Tools
+\layout Section
+
+Cross-References
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:crossref}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ Those of you reading this manual online will see a grey box with text in
+ it, right before the beginning of this sentence.
+ This is a
+\family sans
+Label
+\family default
+.
+ Properly speaking, it is one half of a cross-reference.
+ The other half is the
+\family sans
+Reference
+\family default
+ proper, and it looks like this:
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:crossref}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Again, those of you reading the manual online will see a gray box with
+ text in it.
+ Those reading printed versions, however, will see a number --- in this
+ case, the number of this section.
+ There are also other varieties of cross-reference: for example,
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \pageref{sec:crossref}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ This is the page number containing the location of the label.
+ That's what cross-references do: they let you reference other parts of
+ your document.
+ You don't need to remember which section number was what anymore --- LyX
+ will do that for you! All you need to do is use a
+\family sans
+Label
+\family default
+ to mark a section, figure, table, formula, etc., and then refer to it via
+ a
+\family sans
+Reference
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+To insert a label, use
+\family sans
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+nsert
+\bar under
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+L
+\bar default
+abel
+\family default
+.
+ A box will appear where you can enter your label.
+ You can change the name of the label at a later time by simply clicking
+ on the gray box and reopening the label dialog.
+\layout Standard
+
+To insert a reference, select
+\family sans
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+nsert
+\bar under
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+C
+\bar default
+ross\SpecialChar ~
+Reference
+\family default
+.
+ The
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar ~
+Cross-Reference
+\family default
+ dialog appears with a list of labels.
+ Selecting a list item, then clicking
+\family sans
+OK
+\family default
+ inserts a reference into the text; changing the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+R
+\bar default
+eference type
+\family default
+ allows you to insert a page number or other reference variant instead.
+\layout Standard
+
+Note that if you cut & paste text from another document that contains a
+
+\family sans
+Label
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+Reference
+\family default
+, or if you delete a label in your text, LaTeX will complain:
+\layout Quote
+
+
+\family typewriter
+LaTeX Warning: Reference `X' on page Y undefined on input line Z.
+\newline
+LaTeX Warning: There were undefined references.
+\layout Standard
+
+You'll also see two question marks in the output instead of the reference.
+\layout Standard
+
+There are a few more comments we need to make about the
+\family sans
+Labels
+\family default
+.
+ They always print the number of the section heading closest to them.
+ So --- if you want to put a label on a
+\family sans
+Chapter
+\family default
+, but a
+\family sans
+Section
+\family default
+ heading immediately follows it, you need to put the
+\family sans
+Label
+\family default
+
+\emph on
+into
+\emph default
+ the
+\family sans
+Chapter
+\family default
+ environment.
+ It doesn't matter where, and it will look weird on the LyX screen.
+ However, you need to do this if you want to label the
+\family sans
+Chapter
+\family default
+ separately from the
+\family sans
+Section
+\family default
+.
+ The same goes for all other section headings.
+\layout Standard
+
+Also, a
+\family sans
+Label
+\family default
+
+\emph on
+only
+\emph default
+ makes sense in
+\emph on
+numbered
+\emph default
+ section headings and table and figure floats.
+ Bare figures and tables aren't numbered, so, like unnumbered section headings,
+ you can't really use a
+\family sans
+Label
+\family default
+ on it.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Well, you
+\emph on
+can
+\emph default
+, but only if you use the
+\family sans
+Page\SpecialChar ~
+number
+\family default
+ reference.
+ The regular
+\family sans
+Reference
+\family default
+ --- the one that refers to a section/table/figure number --- won't work,
+ because there's no numbered thingy to refer to! You could also use bare
+
+\family sans
+Label
+\family default
+s as page markers, then refer back to them using the
+\family sans
+Page\SpecialChar ~
+number
+\family default
+ reference.
+ Once again, the regular
+\family sans
+Reference
+\family default
+ won't work very well.
+ It will refer to something, but that something will typically be the number
+ of the previous numbered section heading.
+\end_inset
+
+ See sections
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figurefloats}
+
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:table float}
+
+\end_inset
+
+, and
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:math-label}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ for details on using a
+\family sans
+Label
+\family default
+ with figures, tables, and equations, respectively.
+
+\layout Section
+
+URLs (Uniform Resource Locators)
+\layout Standard
+
+It is often desirable to include long
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+verbatim
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ items in a document such as Web site URLs, e-mail addresses, etc.; these
+ things typically do not contain any spaces and are thus difficult to typeset
+ properly.
+ Such items will often fall on a line boundary if they cannot be split,
+ resulting in an overfull or underfull line depending on the circumstances.
+ You can use
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+U
+\bar default
+RL
+\family default
+ within LyX to enter a long URL and have it split gracefully (if necessary)
+ along automatically determined boundaries.
+\layout Standard
+
+At the point in the document where you want to enter the URL (or other address-l
+ike entity) simply select
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+U
+\bar default
+RL
+\family default
+; a dialog will appear where you can enter the full URL (in the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+U
+\bar default
+rl:
+\family default
+ field).
+ In its simplest usage, that's all you need to do.
+ Click on the following gray box to see how LyX's homepage would be entered:
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.lyx.org}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+If you would like to associate some definite phrase with the URL, enter
+ it into the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+N
+\bar default
+ame
+\family default
+ field of the dialog; it will be typeset as plain text immediately before
+ the URL.
+ For example, I might say that you can find all things related to LaTeX
+ at
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url[CTAN]{http://ctan.tug.org}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ On the printed page, the last sentence ends as
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+all things related to LaTeX at CTAN
+\family typewriter
+http://ctan.tug.org
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+[
+\emph on
+Author's Note: somebody needs to document the
+\family sans
+\emph default
+\bar under
+H
+\bar default
+TML Type
+\family default
+\emph on
+ button
+\emph default
+]
+\layout Section
+
+Specifying Short Titles with Optional Arguments
+\begin_inset OptArg
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Short Titles
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
+ This can cause over-runs when there is limited horizontal space.
+ For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
+ title, a long title will over-run past the edges, and look awful.
+\layout Standard
+
+LaTeX allows you to specify an optional argument to the section commands
+ that specifies a shorter version of the title
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+For those who don't know LaTeX, commands look like this:
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+command[optionalargument]{the content}
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ This shorter version is used in the header and in the actual Table of Contents,
+ avoiding the problem mentioned.
+ LyX allows you to specify this optional argument by selecting
+\family sans
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Short\SpecialChar ~
+Title
+\family default
+.
+ This will insert a box (labelled
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+opt
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+, which stands for
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+optional
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+) which you can use to enter the short title text.
+ This also works for captions inside floats.
+\layout Standard
+
+The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
+\layout Section
+
+Spacing, pagination and line breaks
+\layout Subsection
+
+Extra Horizontal Space
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:hspace}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+HFill
+\family default
+s are a special LyX feature for adding extra space in a uniform fashion.
+ An
+\family sans
+HFill
+\family default
+ is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals the remaining
+ space between the left and right margins.
+ If there is more than one
+\family sans
+HFill
+\family default
+ on a line, they divide the available space equally between themselves.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Note: if an
+\family sans
+HFill
+\family default
+ is at the beginning of a line, and it's
+\emph on
+not
+\emph default
+the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
+ This prevents
+\family sans
+HFill
+\family default
+s from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+HFill
+\family roman
+s
+\family default
+ can be inserted with
+\family sans
+
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+pecial\SpecialChar ~
+Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+H
+\bar default
+orizontal\SpecialChar ~
+Fill
+\family default
+.
+ Here a few examples what you can do with them:
+\layout Quote
+\noindent
+This is on the left side
+\hfill
+This is on the right
+\layout Quote
+\noindent
+Left
+\hfill
+Middle
+\hfill
+Right
+\layout Quote
+\noindent
+Left
+\hfill
+1/3 Left
+\hfill
+
+\hfill
+Right
+\layout Standard
+
+That was an example in the
+\family sans
+Quote
+\family default
+ environment.
+ Here:
+\hfill
+:is one in a standard paragraph.
+ It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
+\emph on
+is
+\emph default
+ sitting in-between the two
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+:
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Remember that we said that an
+\family sans
+HFill
+\family default
+ always fills the remaining space between the margins? There may be more
+ than one set of margins on a line.
+ Here's an example with the
+\family sans
+List
+\family default
+ environment.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
+
+one
+\hfill
+two :three
+\hfill
+four
+\hfill
+five
+\hfill
+six
+\layout Standard
+
+The
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+:
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ marks the beginning of the item.
+ (There is actually a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+hidden
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+HFill
+\family default
+ inside of the label of the
+\family sans
+List
+\family default
+ environment; it's put at the end of the label automatically.)
+\family sans
+HFill
+\family default
+s work similarly in other
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+multi-margin
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ situations, like two-column mode.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Extra Vertical Space
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:vertspace}
+
+\end_inset
+
+To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+aragraph\SpecialChar ~
+Settings
+\family default
+ to open the
+\family sans
+Paragraph\SpecialChar ~
+Settings
+\family default
+ dialog.
+\layout Standard
+
+We will not provide an example of a
+\family sans
+VFill
+\family default
+, as it would waste paper.
+ They work the same as any other type of filler, including
+\family sans
+HFill
+\family default
+s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
+ If there are several
+\family sans
+VFill
+\family default
+s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
+ You can therefore use
+\family sans
+VFill
+\family default
+s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page, or 1/4,
+ and so on.
+\layout Standard
+
+Note that for paragraphs at the top/bottom of a page, the extra space is
+ only added if you have also checked the option
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+aragraph\SpecialChar ~
+Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+pacing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+K
+\bar default
+eep\SpecialChar ~
+space
+\family default
+.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Changing Paragraph Alignment
+\layout Standard
+
+You can also change the paragraph alignment with the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+aragraph\SpecialChar ~
+Settings
+\family default
+ dialog.
+ There are four possibilities:
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+J
+\bar default
+ustified
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+eft
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+R
+\bar default
+ight
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+C
+\bar default
+enter
+\layout Standard
+
+The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
+ spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
+ the left and right margins.
+ The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
+\layout Standard
+\align right
+This paragraph is right aligned,
+\layout Standard
+\align center
+this one is centered,
+\layout Standard
+\align left
+this one is left aligned.
+\layout Standard
+
+In some paragraph environments, the default is something other than justified
+ alignment.
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+Forcing Page Breaks
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:pagebreak}
+
+\end_inset
+
+If you don't like the way LaTeX does the page breaks in your document, you
+ can force a pagebreak where you want one.
+ In general, this will
+\emph on
+not
+\emph default
+be necessary because LaTeX is good at pagebreaking, as was already mentioned
+ in section
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:widows}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+So in general there is no need to use the option described below, and we
+ recommend not using it until the text is
+\emph on
+
+\emph default
+finished, and until you have checked in the preview to see if you
+\emph on
+really
+\emph default
+have to change the pagebreaking.You can force a pagebreak above or below
+ a paragraph in the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+aragraph\SpecialChar ~
+Settings
+\family default
+ dialog by selecting the checkboxes to add a pagebreak above or below the
+ paragraph.
+\layout Standard
+
+You might try to use a pagebreak to ensure that a figure or table appears
+ at the top of a page.
+ This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
+ LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
+ appear at the top of a page [or the bottom, or on their own page] without
+ having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
+ See sections
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figures}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ and
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:tables}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ and read about
+\family sans
+Floats
+\family default
+ to learn more.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Protected blanks
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:protblank-lbreak-horline}
+
+\end_inset
+
+The protected blank: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
+ line at that point.
+ This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
+\layout Quote
+
+A good documentation should weight no more than 1
+\newline
+kg.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected blank between
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+1
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+kg
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ A protected blank is set with
+\family sans
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+pecial\SpecialChar ~
+Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Protected
+\bar under
+\SpecialChar ~
+B
+\bar default
+lank
+\family default
+or with
+\family sans
+C-Space.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Line breaking
+\layout Standard
+
+You can force line breaks within a paragraph by selecting
+\family sans
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+pecial\SpecialChar ~
+Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+inebreak
+\family default
+or with
+\family sans
+C-Return.
+
+\family default
+ You should, however, not use this to correct LaTeX's linebreaking, as LaTeX
+ is
+\emph on
+very
+\emph default
+good at linebreaking\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+ (see section
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:pagebreak}
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
+ set a linebreak, e.g.
+ in a poem or for an Address (see sections
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:quote}
+
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:verse}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ and
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:adress_usage}
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+\layout Section
+
+Spellchecking
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:spellchecking}
+
+\end_inset
+
+LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
+ Rather it uses the external
+\family typewriter
+ispell
+\family default
+ program as a backend or the newer and generally better
+\family typewriter
+aspell
+\family default
+.
+ This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
+ programs.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+The spellchecker can be started with the menu entry
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+ools
+\bar under
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\shape up
+S
+\bar default
+pellchecker
+\family default
+\shape default
+.
+ Checking will start just after the current cursor position.
+ A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
+ allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
+ Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the view
+ in your text buffer is updated to make the word visible.
+ In the
+\family sans
+Spellchecker
+\family default
+ dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
+ could be found.
+ Clicking on one of the corrections will copy the near miss into the replace
+ input field (double-click to invoke replace).
+\layout Subsection
+
+Spellchecker Options
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:spell_opt}
+
+\end_inset
+
+The following options can be set in the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+references
+\family default
+ dialog.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Dictionary
+\layout Standard
+
+By default, the dictionary file to use is determined by the language of
+ the text you're checking, which is set in the
+\family sans
+\shape up
+
+\shape default
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+ettings
+\family default
+ dialog.
+ If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, the spellchecker
+ will not work.
+ In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
+ specifying a different
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+alternative language
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+If you're using
+\family typewriter
+ispell
+\family default
+, you may need to make a link from say
+\family typewriter
+deutsch.(aff|hash)
+\family default
+ to
+\family typewriter
+german.(aff|hash)
+\family default
+ or whatever applies for your language.
+ This is because these
+\family typewriter
+ispell
+\family default
+ files normally have the native language name (
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+deutsch
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+) whereas
+\family typewriter
+ispell
+\family default
+, when started from LyX, searches for the English version of the name used
+ with the LaTeX babel package (
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+german
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+).
+\layout Standard
+
+You may also have problems the font encoding is not correct for that dictionary.
+ If you use a language with
+\family typewriter
+latin1
+\family default
+ encoding and set the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+ncoding
+\family default
+ option in the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+ettings
+\family default
+ dialog to
+\family sans
+latin1
+\family default
+ (or other than
+\family sans
+default
+\family default
+), you must have this option in your language dictionary as well.
+ If your dictionary doesn't support the
+\family sans
+Encoding
+\family default
+ you chose, you'll have an error like this on stderr:
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+ispell: unrecognized formatter type 'latin1'
+\layout Standard
+
+The spellchecker gives you an error that it couldn't start the
+\family typewriter
+ispell
+\family default
+ process and that you probably have some problems with your dictionary file.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+There are four solutions to this problem.
+ The easiest is to try the
+\family sans
+Use\SpecialChar ~
+Input\SpecialChar ~
+Encoding
+\family default
+ option.
+ If that does not help, you can set
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+ncoding
+\family default
+ to
+\family sans
+default
+\family default
+ when calling the spellchecker (which is probably annoying).
+ The third is to add the
+\family typewriter
+latin1
+\family default
+ option to your dictionary
+\family typewriter
+\emph on
+<
+\family default
+language
+\family typewriter
+>
+\emph default
+.aff
+\family default
+ file and recompile the dictionary (which probably isn't easy if you installed
+ the whole stuff with some distribution and don't have the language directory
+ of the
+\family typewriter
+ispell
+\family default
+ sources).
+ Read the
+\family typewriter
+ispell
+\family default
+ documentation for this task! The fourth is to send a message to your package-ma
+intainer, or better yet to the maintainer of the dictionary file in question
+ and ask him to solve your problem.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Personal dictionary
+\layout Standard
+
+If you want to use a different file from the spellchecker's default choice
+ as your personal dictionary, you can set this in the dialog.
+ Specifying a filename which does not already exist will result in an error
+ message on stderr which you can ignore (
+\family typewriter
+ispell
+\family default
+ will create the file at the end of your spell checking).
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Further Options
+\layout Standard
+
+The
+\family sans
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+pellchecker\SpecialChar ~
+Options
+\family default
+ dialog has some additional options which are fairly self-explanatory:
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+A
+\bar default
+ccept compound words
+\family default
+
+\newline
+Prevent the spellchecker from complaining about compounded words like
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+passthrough
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+scape characters
+\family default
+
+\newline
+Allows you to add nonstandard characters to what the spellchecker considers
+ words, e.g.
+ German umlauts.
+ This should not normally be needed.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Limitations
+\layout Standard
+
+Some users have expressed a wish to be able to globally change the spelling
+ of a particular word, rather than having to change the spelling separately
+ for each occurrence of the word.
+ Per-document word lists would also be useful.
+ Neither of these features are present as of this writing.
+\layout Standard
+
+Unless you're using the
+\family typewriter
+pspell
+\family default
+ spellchecker, LyX cannot correctly spellcheck documents containing multiple
+ languages.
+ This, does, however, work with
+\family typewriter
+pspell
+\family default
+, assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
+\layout Section
+
+International Support
+\layout Standard
+
+This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
+ LyX comes with a default configuration which supports the English language
+ on a U.S.-style keyboard, with a standard U.S.
+ paper size and the spell checker set to U.S.
+ English.
+ You can change any or all of these settings as desired, and you can make
+ the changes apply to the current session only, or use them as your new
+ default configuration.
+\layout Standard
+
+If you have a keyboard suited to the language you are using (for example,
+ a German keyboard for writing in German), and you have correctly configured
+ your X environment, all you need to do for LyX is tell it your language,
+ the character encoding, and desired paper size.
+ Refer to
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:langlay}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ for more information.
+\layout Standard
+
+If, however, you have a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
+ language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
+ For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
+ you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
+ Refer to
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:optkey}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ for details.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
+ different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
+ You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
+ keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
+ In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
+ one to support the characters you want.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+The details of how to customize LyX to your own language are
+\emph on
+way
+\emph default
+ beyond the scope of this manual.
+ You can not only alter the keyboard layout, you can also change the names
+ of the menus buttons, etc., to reflect your language.
+ If you want to learn more about writing keymap files and tailoring LyX
+ to your native tongue, please see the
+\emph on
+Customization
+\emph default
+ manual for details.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Language Options
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:langlay}
+
+\end_inset
+
+The
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+ettings
+\family default
+ dialog lets you set
+\family roman
+the language and character encoding for your language.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Choose your language by clicking on the arrow in t
+\family roman
+he
+\family sans
+Language
+\family roman
+
+\family default
+combo
+\family roman
+box
+\family default
+of the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+ettings
+\family default
+ dialog.
+ The default is U.S.
+ English.
+ Scroll to find the language you want and then click on your choice.
+ The language name appears in the window.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+In LaTeX terms, selecting a language other than default adds Babel support.
+ If you do not have Babel installed, refer to the different LaTeX distributions
+ for it.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+The
+\family sans
+Enco
+\bar under
+d
+\bar default
+ing
+\family default
+ box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use.
+ The default is the
+\family typewriter
+Latin1
+\family default
+ encoding, which includes the characters required by the various Western
+ European languages.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Keyboard mapping configuration
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:optkey}
+
+\end_inset
+
+The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings.
+ This allows you to choose the keymap of your choice for your U.S.-style keyboard.
+ You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
+ which one you want to use.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Character Tables
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:keytab}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Here is a table with all the characters in the
+\family typewriter
+Latin1
+\family default
+ character set.
+ You should be able to enter all these characters directly from the keyboard
+ without using too many modifier keys (if your keyboard is set up correctly,
+ that is).
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+00
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+10
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+20
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+30
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+40
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+50
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+60
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+70
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+80
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+90
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+A0
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+B0
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+C0
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+D0
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+E0
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+F0
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+00
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+0
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+@
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+P
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+'
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+p
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+°
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+À
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Ð
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+à
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+ð
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+01
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+!
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+1
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+A
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Q
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+a
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+q
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+¡
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+±
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Á
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Ñ
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+á
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+ñ
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+02
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+2
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+B
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+R
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+b
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+r
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+¢
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+²
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Â
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Ò
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+â
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+ò
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+03
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+#
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+3
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+C
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+S
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+c
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+s
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+£
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+³
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Ã
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Ó
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+ã
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+ó
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+04
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+$
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+4
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+D
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+T
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+d
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+t
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+¤
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+´
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Ä
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Ô
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+ä
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+ô
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+05
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+%
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+5
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+E
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+U
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+e
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+u
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+¥
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+µ
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Å
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Õ
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+å
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+õ
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+06
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+&
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+6
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+F
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+V
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+f
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+v
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+¦
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+¶
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Æ
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Ö
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+æ
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+ö
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+07
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+`
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+7
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+G
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+W
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+g
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+w
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+§
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+·
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Ç
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+×
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+ç
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+÷
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+08
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+(
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+8
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+H
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+X
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+h
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+x
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+¨
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+¸
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+È
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Ø
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+è
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+ø
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+09
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+)
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+9
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+I
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Y
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+i
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+y
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+©
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+¹
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+É
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Ù
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+é
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+ù
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+0A
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+:
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+J
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Z
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+j
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+z
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+ª
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+º
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Ê
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Ú
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+ê
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+ú
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+0B
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
++
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+;
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+K
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+[
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+k
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+{
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+«
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+»
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Ë
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Û
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+ë
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+û
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+0C
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+,
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+<
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+L
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+
+\backslash
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+l
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+|
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+¬
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+¼
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Ì
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Ü
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+ì
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+ü
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+0D
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+-
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+=
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+M
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+]
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+m
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+}
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+½
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Í
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Ý
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+í
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+ý
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+0E
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+.
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+>
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+N
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+^
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+n
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+~
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+®
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+¾
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Î
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Þ
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+î
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+þ
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+0F
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+/
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+?
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+O
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+_
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+o
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+¯
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+¿
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Ï
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+ß
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+ï
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+ÿ
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+There are a few things you need to know about this table.
+ This manual is set up --- by hand, mind you --- to print all of these character
+s.
+ That ain't the default.
+ Nowhere near, in fact.
+ Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
+ from the
+\family typewriter
+Latin1
+\family default
+ character set:
+\layout Itemize
+
+The characters at entries A2, A4, A5, A6 and AD -- the cent, the yen, the
+ generic-currency-symbol, the broken vertical bar, and the short dash --
+ are just plain missing in the default encodings.
+ We don't know where they are or why this is the case.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Even if you've selected
+\family sans
+latin1
+\family default
+ in the
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+ettings
+\family default
+ dialog, users who have only the
+\family typewriter
+OT1
+\family default
+-fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
+\family typewriter
+T1
+\family default
+-fonts but aren't using them] will still be missing a few characters: D0,
+ F0, DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and
+ the french quotes -- won't show up.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Users of
+\family typewriter
+OT1
+\family default
+-fonts can, however, get the french quotes [characters AB and BB] if they
+ include the either the package
+\family typewriter
+umlaute.sty
+\family default
+ or
+\family typewriter
+german.sty
+\family default
+ in their documents.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+This only holds when you want to input these quotes by yourself.
+ The automatic quote feature described in Section
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:quotes}
+
+\end_inset
+
+, will generate automatically LaTeX code adapted to available fonts and
+ packages.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
+ directly.
+ It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
+ also the characters from
+\family typewriter
+ISO8859--2
+\family default
+ through
+\family typewriter
+4
+\family default
+.
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+From
+\family typewriter
+ISO8859--1
+\family default
+:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
+\hfill
+diaeresis
+\layout Standard
+
+^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
+\hfill
+circumflex
+\layout Standard
+
+` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
+\hfill
+grave
+\layout Standard
+
+´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
+\hfill
+acute
+\layout Standard
+
+~ Ã Ñ Õ ã ñ õ
+\hfill
+tilde
+\layout Standard
+
+¸Çç
+\hfill
+cedilla
+\layout Standard
+
+¯
+\hfill
+macron
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+The dead macron in usually not needed, as you will use a non--dead key for
+ this instead.
+ For example, S-M-minus, or if
+\family typewriter
+\shape up
+.Xmodmap
+\family default
+\shape default
+ is correct, S-M-macron.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+From
+\family typewriter
+ISO8859--2
+\family default
+ through
+\family typewriter
+4
+\family default
+:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+\i \^{H}
+\i \^{J}
+\i \^{h}
+\i \^{\j}
+\i \^{C}
+\i \^{G}
+\i \^{S}
+\i \^{c}
+\i \^{g}
+\i \^{s}
+
+\hfill
+circumflex
+\layout Standard
+
+\i \'{S}
+\i \'{Z}
+\i \'{s}
+\i \'{z}
+\i \'{R}
+\i \'{L}
+\i \'{C}
+\i \'{N}
+\i \'{r}
+\i \'{l}
+\i \'{c}
+\i \'{n}
+
+\hfill
+acute
+\layout Standard
+
+\i \~{I}
+\i \~{\i}
+\i \~{U}
+\i \~{u}
+
+\hfill
+tilde
+\layout Standard
+
+\i \c{S}
+\i \c{s}
+\i \c{T}
+\i \c{t}
+\i \c{R}
+\i \c{L}
+\i \c{G}
+\i \c{r}
+\i \c{l}
+\i \c{g}
+\i \c{N}
+\i \c{K}
+\i \c{n}
+\i \c{k}
+
+\hfill
+cedilla
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+These characters might not look very nice on screen, but they will be just
+ fine when run through LaTeX and printed.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\i \={E}
+\i \={e}
+\i \={A}
+\i \={I}
+\i \={O}
+\i \={U}
+\i \={a}
+\i \={\i}
+\i \={o}
+\i \={u}
+
+\hfill
+macron
+\layout Standard
+
+\i \H{O}
+\i \H{U}
+\i \H{o}
+\i \H{u}
+
+\hfill
+hungarian umlaut
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
+ In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters .
+ Also make sure you're using the
+\family typewriter
+T1
+\family default
+ font-encoding and have the package
+\family typewriter
+umlaute.sty
+\family default
+ with the definition file
+\family typewriter
+iso.def
+\family default
+ installed.
+\layout Chapter
+
+Credits
+\layout Standard
+
+The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
+ (and we would encourage people to contribute !).
+\layout Standard
+
+First, we need to give due credit to those who came before us.
+ They gave us the base upon which the new manuals are built, and some continue
+ to provide information:
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\noun on
+Matthias Ettrich
+\noun default
+ wrote the original documentation, from which this manual is built, as well
+ as the introduction to this manual [or the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+LyX Manifesto,
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ as some of us call it].
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\noun on
+Lars Gullik Bjønnes
+\noun default
+ wrote several minidocs, including some of the information about international
+ support in LyX.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\noun on
+Ivan Schreter
+\noun default
+ also wrote a minidoc about international support, specifically about internatio
+nal keyboard maps and customization.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\noun on
+Pascal André
+\noun default
+ originally documented the LinuxDoc SGML interface.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\noun on
+Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
+\noun default
+ originally documented math mode and provided the entries for the math functions
+ in
+\family typewriter
+Reference.lyx
+\layout Itemize
+
+Special thanks to the LyX Team\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{lyxcredit}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ for help and answers to questions.
+\layout Standard
+
+Next, it's time to give credit to the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+LyX Documentation Team,
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ all of the people who helped rewrite the old documentation into the form
+ it had after LyX version 0.10:
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\noun on
+David Johnson
+\noun default
+:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Contributor to the FAQ and the old
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+HowDoI-.lyx
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ [now defunct].
+\layout Itemize
+
+General editing assistance.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Documentation of:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+math mode
+\layout Itemize
+
+tables
+\layout Itemize
+
+spellchecking
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\noun on
+Rich Fields
+\noun default
+:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Primary contributor to
+\family typewriter
+Reference.lyx
+\layout Itemize
+
+Documentation of the basic LyX interface in
+\family typewriter
+UserGuide.lyx
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\noun on
+Paul Evans
+\noun default
+:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Former maintainer of the FAQ and the old
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+HowDoI-.lyx
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ [now defunct].
+\layout Itemize
+
+Documentation of LinuxDoc in
+\family typewriter
+UserGuide.lyx
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\noun on
+Paul Russel:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Documentation of figures and imported graphics in
+\family typewriter
+UserGuide.lyx
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\noun on
+John Raithel
+\noun default
+:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Documentation of internationalization features in
+\family typewriter
+UserGuide.lyx
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\noun on
+Robin Socha:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Documentation of:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+footnotes
+\layout Itemize
+
+margin notes
+\layout Itemize
+
+table of contents
+\layout Itemize
+
+cross-references
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\noun on
+Amir Karger
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Primary contributor to
+\family typewriter
+Tutorial.lyx
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\noun on
+Matthias Zenker:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Documentation of
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+manual fine-tuning
+\layout Itemize
+
+using LaTeX from within LyX
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\noun on
+John Weiss
+\noun default
+:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+General organization and format of the documents.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Documentation of :
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+LyX setup
+\layout Itemize
+
+paragraph environments, document layout, nesting, typography notes, fonts
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Also responsible for Introduction in
+\family typewriter
+Tutorial.lyx
+\layout Itemize
+
+Editor of the documents.
+ [from 6/96-fall 1997]
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+After fall of 1997, the LyX Team as a whole took over maintenance of the
+ documentation.
+\layout Bibliography
+\bibitem {lyxcredit}
+
+The LyX source tree.
+ File: CREDITS.
+\layout Bibliography
+\bibitem {latexbook}
+
+Leslie Lamport.
+
+\emph on
+LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
+
+\emph default
+Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
+\layout Bibliography
+\bibitem {latexcompanion}
+
+Michel Goossens, Frank Mittelbach and Alexander Samarin:
+\emph on
+The LaTeX Companion.
+
+\emph default
+Addison-Wesley, 1994
+\layout Bibliography
+\bibitem {latexguide}
+
+A Guide to LaTeX2e, Kopka and Daly.
+
+\layout Bibliography
+\bibitem {texbook}
+
+Donald E.
+ Knuth.
+
+\emph on
+The TeXbook
+\the_end
--- /dev/null
+#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
+\lyxformat 221
+\textclass article
+\language english
+\inputencoding default
+\fontscheme default
+\graphics default
+\paperfontsize default
+\spacing single
+\papersize Default
+\paperpackage a4
+\use_geometry 0
+\use_amsmath 0
+\use_natbib 0
+\use_numerical_citations 0
+\paperorientation portrait
+\secnumdepth 3
+\tocdepth 3
+\paragraph_separation indent
+\defskip medskip
+\quotes_language english
+\quotes_times 2
+\papercolumns 1
+\papersides 1
+\paperpagestyle default
+
+\layout Title
+
+LyX Documentation Table of Contents
+\layout Section*
+
+Introduction to LyX
+\layout Description
+1
+The Philosophy of LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.1
+What is LyX?
+\layout Description
+1.2
+Differences between LyX and Other Word
+\newline
+Processors
+
+
+
+
+\layout Description
+1.3
+What the heck
+\emph on
+is
+\emph default
+ LaTeX (and why do I care)?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2
+Navigating the Documentation
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+The Format of the Manuals
+\layout Description
+2.2
+The Manuals
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+
+
+Contributing to the LyX Project
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Contributing to LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1.1
+Reporting a bug
+\layout Description
+3.1.2
+Contributing fixes and new features
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.2
+Contributing to the Documentation
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.2.1
+Reporting Errors in the Manuals
+\layout Description
+3.2.2
+Joining the Documentation Team.
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Section*
+
+LyX Frequently Asked Questions with Answers
+\newline
+Version 0.3.7
+\layout Description
+1
+Introduction and General Information
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.1
+What is LyX?
+\layout Description
+1.2
+That's fine, but is it useful?
+\layout Description
+1.3
+Where do I start?
+\layout Description
+1.4
+Does LyX run on my computer?
+\layout Description
+1.5
+How much hard disk space does LyX need?
+\layout Description
+1.6
+Is LyX really Open Source?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2
+Internet Resources
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+Where should I look on the World Wide Web for LyX stuff?
+\layout Description
+2.2
+Where can I get LyX material by FTP?
+\layout Description
+2.3
+What mailing lists are there?
+\layout Description
+2.4
+Are the mailing lists archived anywhere?
+\layout Description
+2.5
+Okay, wise guy! Where are they archived?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+Compatibility with other word/document processors
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Can I read/write LaTeX files?
+\layout Description
+3.2
+Can I read/write Word files?
+\layout Description
+3.3
+Can I read/write HTML files?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+Obtaining and Compiling LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+What do I need?
+\layout Description
+4.2
+How do I compile it?
+\layout Description
+4.3
+I hate compiling.
+ Where are precompiled binaries?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Questions about Evil Red Text (IMPORTANT!)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+What is Evil Red Text (aka ERT)?
+\layout Description
+5.2
+How do I enter Evil Red Text?
+\layout Description
+5.3
+The new ERT inset is really inconvenient !
+\layout Description
+5.4
+Is there an alternative?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6
+Questions Related to Using LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1
+General questions
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.1
+How do I get rid of the date under the title?
+\layout Description
+6.1.2
+How do I change the spacing in an Itemize/\SpecialChar \-
+Enumerate/\SpecialChar \-
+Description list environment
+?
+\layout Description
+6.1.3
+How do I number equations by section?
+\layout Description
+6.1.4
+Is it possible to do this for figures and tables as well?
+\layout Description
+6.1.5
+How do I change to footnote numbers to symbols (star, dagger, etc.)?
+\layout Description
+6.1.6
+How do I kill widows and orphans?
+\layout Description
+6.1.7
+How do I get a formatted list which starts with e.g.
+ 1.
+ a)?
+\layout Description
+6.1.8
+How do I count words in LyX?
+\layout Description
+6.1.9
+How do I insert a fixed amount of horizontal space?
+\layout Description
+6.1.10
+How can I make citations show up as [1,2,3,6] or [1-3,6] rather than [1][2][3][6
+]?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.2
+Figure related questions
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.2.1
+What is the difference between a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+figure
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ and a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+figure float
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+?
+\layout Description
+6.2.2
+How do I get LyX to put the figure exactly where I want it?
+\layout Description
+6.2.3
+What does
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Too many unprocessed floats
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ mean?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3
+Math related questions
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3.1
+How do I put normal text inside a mathematical equation?
+\layout Description
+6.3.2
+How do I make a cube root (or higher)?
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7
+Questions Related to Running LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.1
+How do I convert LyX files to LaTeX from the command line?
+\layout Description
+7.2
+How do I create PDF files from my LyX document?
+\layout Description
+7.3
+Why do the fonts in my document look so bad in
+\family typewriter
+acroread
+\family default
+ ?
+\layout Description
+7.4
+Why doesn't my latest and greatest version of Ghostscript render EPS inline
+ figures properly?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+8
+Questions Related to LyX on Windows
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.1
+Why do the menus and the toolbar flicker ?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+9
+How to get further assistance
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+9.1
+You still haven't answered my question!
+\layout Description
+9.2
+I want to mail someone about my problem.
+
+\layout Description
+9.3
+What to put in a request for help.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+10
+Administrative information and acknowledgments
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+10.1
+Feedback is invited.
+
+\layout Description
+10.2
+Formats in which this FAQ is available.
+
+\layout Description
+10.3
+Authorship and acknowledgments.
+\layout Description
+10.4
+Disclaimer and Copyright.
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Section*
+
+Prùvodce programem LyX
+\layout Description
+1
+Vítejte v LyXu!
+\layout Description
+2
+O tomto dokumentu
+\layout Description
+3
+O èem prùvodce
+\emph on
+je
+\emph default
+ a o èem
+\emph on
+není
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Jak èíst prùvodce
+\layout Description
+3.2
+Co zde
+\emph on
+ne
+\emph default
+najdete
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+Co je LyX?
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+Úvodem
+\layout Description
+4.2
+Rozdíly mezi LyXem a jinými textovými procesory
+
+
+\layout Description
+4.3
+Co to
+\emph on
+je
+\emph default
+ LaTeX?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Vá¹ první dokument v LyXu
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+Psaní, prohlí¾ení a tisk
+\layout Description
+5.2
+Jednoduché operace
+\layout Description
+5.3
+WYSIWYM: Mezery v LyXu
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6
+Styl
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1
+Oddíly a kapitoly
+\layout Description
+6.2
+Seznamy a podseznamy
+\layout Description
+6.3
+Ostatní styly: Ver¹e, citace, a jiné
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7
+Textové tøídy a ¹ablony: psaní dopisù
+\layout Description
+8
+©ablony: psaní dopisu
+\layout Description
+9
+Nadpisy dokumentu
+\layout Description
+10
+Znaèky a odkazy
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+10.1
+Va¹e první znaèka
+\layout Description
+10.2
+Va¹e první odkazy
+\layout Description
+10.3
+Dal¹í mo¾nosti znaèek
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+11
+Poznámky pod èarou a poznámky na okraji
+\layout Description
+12
+Citace
+\layout Description
+13
+Obsah
+\layout Description
+14
+Matematický re¾im
+\layout Description
+15
+Pohyb kurzoru v rovnici
+\layout Description
+16
+Exponenty a indexy
+\layout Description
+17
+
+\family sans
+Panel Math
+\family default
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+17.1
+Øecká písmena a symboly
+\layout Description
+17.2
+Mocniny, zvýraznìní a oddìlovaèe
+\layout Description
+17.3
+Zlomky
+\layout Description
+17.4
+Re¾im TeX : Limity, log, sin a jiné
+\layout Description
+17.5
+Matice
+\layout Description
+17.6
+Re¾im zobrazení
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+18
+Víceøádkové rovnice
+\layout Description
+19
+Více matematiky
+\layout Description
+20
+Dal¹í významné mo¾nosti LyXu
+\layout Description
+21
+LyX pro u¾ivatele LaTeXu
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+21.1
+Re¾im TeX
+\layout Description
+21.2
+Import dokumentù v LaTeXu---
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\layout Description
+21.3
+Konverze dokumentù v LyXu do LaTeXu
+\layout Description
+21.4
+Preambule LaTeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+21.4.1
+Tøída Document
+\layout Description
+21.4.2
+Více o preambuli
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+21.5
+BibTeX
+\layout Description
+21.6
+Rùzné
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+22
+Chyby!
+\layout Section*
+
+The LyX User's Guide
+\layout Description
+1
+Introduction
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.1
+What is LyX?
+\layout Description
+1.2
+Getting Started
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.2.1
+Invoking LyX
+\layout Description
+1.2.2
+How LyX Looks
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.2.2.1
+The Main Window
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.2.3
+HELP!
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.3
+The LyX Interface
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.3.1
+Basic File Operations
+\layout Description
+1.3.2
+Basic Editing Features
+\layout Description
+1.3.3
+Undo and Redo
+\layout Description
+1.3.4
+Basic Mouse Bindings
+\layout Description
+1.3.5
+Basic Key Bindings
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.4
+Using LyX with Other Programs
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.4.1
+Importing ASCII files
+\layout Description
+1.4.2
+Cut and Paste Between LyX and Other X Programs
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2
+LyX Setup and Supporting Applications
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+2.2
+Basic LyX Setup
+\layout Description
+2.3
+Setting Up the X Keyboard
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.3.1
+
+\family typewriter
+xmodmap
+\family default
+ and
+\family typewriter
+xkeycaps
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.3.1.1
+
+\family typewriter
+xmodmap
+\layout Description
+2.3.1.2
+
+\family typewriter
+xkeycaps
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.3.2
+Modifiers and Mode_switch
+\layout Description
+2.3.3
+Helpful Hints and Tips
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.4
+LaTeX
+\layout Description
+2.5
+Dvips and Ghostscript
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.5.1
+What You Need
+\layout Description
+2.5.2
+Dvips
+\layout Description
+2.5.3
+Ghostscript, Xdvi and Ghostview
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.6
+The Printer
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+LyX Basics
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Document Types
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+3.1.2
+
+
+The Various Document Classes
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1.2.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+3.1.2.2
+Selecting a Class
+\layout Description
+3.1.2.3
+Properties
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1.3
+Fine-tuning the Defaults
+\layout Description
+3.1.4
+Paper Size, Orientation, and Margins
+\layout Description
+3.1.5
+Important Note:
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.2
+Paragraph Indentation and Separation
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.2.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+3.2.2
+Global Indentation Method
+\layout Description
+3.2.3
+Fine-Tuning
+\layout Description
+3.2.4
+Changing Line Spacing
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3
+Paragraph Environments
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+3.3.2
+Standard
+\layout Description
+3.3.3
+Document Titles
+\layout Description
+3.3.4
+Headings
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.1
+Numbered Headings
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.2
+Unnumbered Headings
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.3
+Changing the Numbering
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.4
+Special Information
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.5
+Creating an Appendix
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.5
+Quotes and Poetry
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.5.1
+
+\family sans
+Quote
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Quotation
+\layout Description
+3.3.5.2
+
+\family sans
+Verse
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.6
+Lists
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.1
+General Features
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.2
+
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.3
+
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.4
+
+\family sans
+Description
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.5
+The LyX
+\family sans
+List
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.7
+Letters
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.7.1
+
+\family sans
+Address
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Right\SpecialChar ~
+Address
+\family default
+: An Overview
+\layout Description
+3.3.7.2
+Usage
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.8
+Academic Writing
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.8.1
+
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\layout Description
+3.3.8.2
+
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.9
+Special Purpose
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.9.1
+
+\family sans
+Caption
+\layout Description
+3.3.9.2
+
+\family sans
+LyX-Code
+\layout Description
+3.3.9.3
+Comment
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4
+Nesting Environments
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.1
+The Big Deal
+\layout Description
+3.4.2
+What You Can and Can't Nest
+\layout Description
+3.4.3
+Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
+\layout Description
+3.4.4
+Usage and General Features
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.4.1
+Nesting limits
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.5
+Some Examples
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.5.1
+Example #1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
+\layout Description
+3.4.5.2
+Example #2: Inheritance
+\layout Description
+3.4.5.3
+Example #3: Labels, Levels, and the
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\family default
+ Environments.
+\layout Description
+3.4.5.4
+Example #4: Going Bonkers
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.5
+Fonts and Text Styles
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.5.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+3.5.2
+Global Options
+\layout Description
+3.5.3
+Using Different Character Styles
+\layout Description
+3.5.4
+Fine-Tuning with the
+\family sans
+Character Layout
+\family default
+ dialog
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.6
+Printing and Previewing
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.6.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+3.6.2
+Quick Viewing with
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\layout Description
+3.6.3
+Viewing the PostScript® Version with
+\family typewriter
+ghostview
+\layout Description
+3.6.4
+Printing the File
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7
+A Few Words about Typography
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7.1
+Hyphens and Hyphenation
+\layout Description
+3.7.2
+Punctuation Marks
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7.2.1
+Abbreviations and End of Sentence
+\layout Description
+3.7.2.2
+Quotes
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7.3
+Ligatures
+\layout Description
+3.7.4
+Widows and Orphans
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+Floats: Tables, Figures, Footnotes and Margin Notes
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+Footnotes
+\layout Description
+4.2
+Margin Notes
+\layout Description
+4.3
+Figures and Imported Graphics
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3.1
+Figure Floats
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3.1.1
+Using Figure Floats
+\layout Description
+4.3.1.2
+Float Placement
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3.2
+
+\family typewriter
+XFig
+\family default
+ and LyX
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4
+Tables
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4.1
+The Table dialog
+\layout Description
+4.4.2
+What can be placed inside a table cell?
+\layout Description
+4.4.3
+Cut & Paste in Tables
+\layout Description
+4.4.4
+Multiple lines in cells
+\layout Description
+4.4.5
+Table Floats
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5
+Table of Contents and other Listings
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.1
+The Table of Contents
+\layout Description
+4.5.2
+List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Mathematical Formulae
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+Basic Math Editing
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1.1
+Navigating a Formula
+\layout Description
+5.1.2
+Selecting Text
+\layout Description
+5.1.3
+Exponents and Subscripts
+\layout Description
+5.1.4
+Fractions
+\layout Description
+5.1.5
+Sums and Integrals
+\layout Description
+5.1.6
+The Math Panel
+\layout Description
+5.1.7
+Other Math Symbols
+\layout Description
+5.1.8
+Altering spacing
+\layout Description
+5.1.9
+Math functions
+\layout Description
+5.1.10
+Accents
+\layout Description
+5.1.11
+The math editor for LaTeX users
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2
+Brackets and decorations
+\layout Description
+5.3
+Grouping
+\layout Description
+5.4
+Arrays and Multi-line Equations
+\layout Description
+5.5
+Equation Numbering and Labels
+\layout Description
+5.6
+User defined macros in math mode
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.6.1
+Directions on using macros
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.6.1.1
+How to create them
+\layout Description
+5.6.1.2
+How to navigate
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.7
+Fine-Tuning
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.7.1
+Typefaces
+\layout Description
+5.7.2
+Math Text Mode
+\layout Description
+5.7.3
+Font Sizes
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.8
+AMS LaTeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.8.1
+Enabling AMS Support
+\layout Description
+5.8.2
+AMS Symbols
+\layout Description
+5.8.3
+AMS Formula Types
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6
+More Tools
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1
+Cross-References
+\layout Description
+6.2
+URLs (Uniform Resource Locators)
+\layout Description
+6.3
+Specifying Short Titles with Optional Arguments
+
+
+\layout Description
+6.4
+Spacing, pagination and line breaks
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.1
+Extra Horizontal Space
+\layout Description
+6.4.2
+Extra Vertical Space
+\layout Description
+6.4.3
+Changing Paragraph Alignment
+\layout Description
+6.4.4
+Forcing Page Breaks
+\layout Description
+6.4.5
+Protected blanks
+\layout Description
+6.4.6
+Line breaking
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.5
+Spellchecking
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.5.1
+Spellchecker Options
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.5.1.1
+Dictionary
+\layout Description
+6.5.1.2
+Personal dictionary
+\layout Description
+6.5.1.3
+Further Options
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.5.2
+Limitations
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.6
+International Support
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.6.1
+Language Options
+\layout Description
+6.6.2
+Keyboard mapping configuration
+\layout Description
+6.6.3
+Character Tables
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7
+Credits
+\layout Section*
+
+Extended LyX Features
+\layout Description
+1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+2
+LyX and LaTeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+How LyX Uses LaTeX
+\layout Description
+2.2
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Help! LyX generated an unreadable
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+ file!
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+2.3
+Translating LaTeX files into LyX
+\layout Description
+2.4
+Inserting LaTeX Code into LyX Documents
+
+
+\layout Description
+2.5
+LyX and the LaTeX Preamble
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.5.1
+About the LaTeX Preamble
+\layout Description
+2.5.2
+Changing the Preamble
+\layout Description
+2.5.3
+Examples
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.5.3.1
+Example #1: Offsets
+\layout Description
+2.5.3.2
+Example #2: Labels
+\layout Description
+2.5.3.3
+Example #3: Paragraph Indentation
+\layout Description
+2.5.3.4
+Example #4: This Document
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.6
+LyX and LaTeX Errors
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+Supplemental Tools
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Preparing a Bibliography with BibTeX
+\layout Description
+3.2
+Making an Index
+\layout Description
+3.3
+Multipart Documents
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.1
+General Operation
+\layout Description
+3.3.2
+Cross-References Between Files
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4
+Algorithms
+\layout Description
+3.5
+Subfigures
+\layout Description
+3.6
+Fancy Headers and Footers
+\layout Description
+3.7
+Minipages
+\layout Description
+3.8
+Wrapping Text Around Figures
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.9
+Extra Table Options
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.9.1
+Removing Extra Column Space
+\layout Description
+3.9.2
+Changing the Column Separator Character
+\layout Description
+3.9.3
+Making a Decimal Point Aligned Column
+\layout Description
+3.9.4
+A Better Decimal-Alignment Solution
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.10
+Itemize Bullet Selection
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.10.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+3.10.2
+How it looks
+\layout Description
+3.10.3
+How to use it
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+Special Document Classes
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+AMS LaTeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1.1
+What these layouts provide
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.2
+Dinbrief
+\layout Description
+4.3
+Paper
+\layout Description
+4.4
+A&A Paper
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.4.2
+Getting started
+\layout Description
+4.4.3
+The header block
+\layout Description
+4.4.4
+The abstract
+\layout Description
+4.4.5
+Supported environments
+\layout Description
+4.4.6
+Commands not supported by LyX
+\layout Description
+4.4.7
+Figure and Table Floats
+\layout Description
+4.4.8
+Referee layout
+\layout Description
+4.4.9
+The example paper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5
+AASTeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.5.2
+Starting a New Paper
+\layout Description
+4.5.3
+Finishing Your Paper
+\layout Description
+4.5.4
+Comments On Specific Commands
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.4.1
+Things that work as expected
+\layout Description
+4.5.4.2
+Things that work, but require more comment
+\layout Description
+4.5.4.3
+Things not implemented, use ERT
+\layout Description
+4.5.4.4
+Things that cannot be implemented
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.5
+FAQs, Tips, Tricks, and Other Ruminations
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.1
+Getting LyX and AASTeX to cooperate
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.2
+LaTeX error processing a table
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.3
+References
+
+
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.4
+Including EPS files
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.5
+Things I could have done, but didn't
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.6
+Final Caveat
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.6
+ijmpd
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.6.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+4.6.2
+Writing a paper
+\layout Description
+4.6.3
+Preparing a paper for submission
+\layout Description
+4.6.4
+Use of ERT
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.7
+Kluwer
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.7.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+4.7.2
+Writing a paper
+\layout Description
+4.7.3
+Preparing a paper for submission
+\layout Description
+4.7.4
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Peculiarities
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ of the Kluwer package
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.8
+Koma-Script
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.8.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+4.8.2
+article (koma-script), report (koma-script), and book (koma-script)
+\layout Description
+4.8.3
+letter (koma-script)
+\layout Description
+4.8.4
+The new letter class: letter (koma-script v.2)
+\layout Description
+4.8.5
+Problems
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.9
+Springer Journals (
+\family sans
+svjour
+\family default
+)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.9.1
+Description
+\layout Description
+4.9.2
+New styles
+\layout Description
+4.9.3
+Supported journals
+\layout Description
+4.9.4
+Credits
+\layout Description
+4.9.5
+Bugs
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.10
+AGU journals (
+\family sans
+aguplus
+\family default
+)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.10.1
+Description
+\layout Description
+4.10.2
+New styles
+\layout Description
+4.10.3
+New floats
+\layout Description
+4.10.4
+Supported journals
+\layout Description
+4.10.5
+Bugs and things to remember
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.11
+EGS journals (
+\family sans
+egs
+\family default
+)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.11.1
+Description
+\layout Description
+4.11.2
+New styles
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12
+Slides [aka
+\noun on
+Sli
+\noun default
+TeX]
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.12.2
+Getting Started
+
+
+\layout Description
+4.12.3
+Paragraph Environments
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.3.1
+Supported Environments
+\layout Description
+4.12.3.2
+Quirks of the New Environments
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.4
+Making a Presentation with
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+ Overlay
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Note
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.4.1
+Using the
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+ Environment
+\layout Description
+4.12.4.2
+Using
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+ with
+\family sans
+Slide
+\layout Description
+4.12.4.3
+Using
+\family sans
+Note
+\family default
+ with
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.5
+The
+\family sans
+slides
+\family default
+ Class Template File
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13
+Foils [aka
+\family sans
+Foil
+\family default
+\noun on
+TeX
+\noun default
+]
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.13.2
+Getting Started
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.2.1
+Extra Options
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.3
+Supported Environments
+\layout Description
+4.13.4
+Building a Set of Foils
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.1
+Give It a Title Page
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.2
+Start a New Foil
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.3
+Theorems, Lemmas, Proofs and more
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.4
+Lists
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.5
+Figures and Tables
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.6
+Page Headers and Footers
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.5
+Unsupported
+\family sans
+Foil
+\family default
+TeX Goodies
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.5.1
+Lengths
+\layout Description
+4.13.5.2
+Headers and Footers
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.14
+Latex8 (IEEE Conference Papers)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.14.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.14.2
+Getting Started
+\layout Description
+4.14.3
+Supported Environments
+\layout Description
+4.14.4
+Differences Between Screen and Paper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.15
+Hollywood (Hollywood spec scripts)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.15.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.15.2
+Special problems
+\layout Description
+4.15.3
+Special features
+\layout Description
+4.15.4
+Paper size and Margins
+\layout Description
+4.15.5
+Environments
+\layout Description
+4.15.6
+Script jargon
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.16
+Broadway
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.16.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.16.2
+Special problems
+\layout Description
+4.16.3
+Special features
+\layout Description
+4.16.4
+Paper size and Margins
+\layout Description
+4.16.5
+Environments
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.17
+RevTeX4
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.17.1
+Installation
+\layout Description
+4.17.2
+Preamble Matter
+\layout Description
+4.17.3
+Layouts
+\layout Description
+4.17.4
+Important Notes
+\layout Description
+4.17.5
+Drawbacks
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.18
+Article (mwart), book (mwbk) and report (mwrep)
+
+
+\layout Description
+4.19
+Elsevier Journals
+\layout Description
+4.20
+Memoir
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.20.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+4.20.2
+Basic features and restrictions
+\layout Description
+4.20.3
+Extra features
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Importing and Exporting Alternate File Formats
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+Considerations
+\layout Description
+5.2
+Importing Other Formats
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.1
+LaTeX
+\layout Description
+5.2.2
+ASCII Text
+\layout Description
+5.2.3
+Noweb
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3
+Exporting Other Formats
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3.1
+LaTeX
+\layout Description
+5.3.2
+Device Independent Files
+\layout Description
+5.3.3
+PostScript®
+\layout Description
+5.3.4
+ASCII text
+\layout Description
+5.3.5
+HTML
+\layout Description
+5.3.6
+PDF
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.1
+Use pdfLaTeX
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.2
+Why does the text look so bad when viewed with Acrobat Reader?
+
+
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.3
+Why doesn't the
+\backslash
+boldsymbol{} command work when I use pslatex?
+
+
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.4
+Is it possible to do write latex code which is processed only when running
+ pdfLaTeX?
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.5
+How can I make URLs clickable ?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3.7
+Custom
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4
+The Complete reLyX Description
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.1
+Synopsis
+\layout Description
+5.4.2
+Options
+\layout Description
+5.4.3
+Description
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.2
+Usage
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.3
+What reLyX Can Handle
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.4
+What reLyX Can't Handle --- But it's OK
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.5
+What reLyX Handles Badly --- a.\SpecialChar ~
+k.\SpecialChar ~
+a.
+ BUGS
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.6
+What LyX Can't Handle
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.4
+Examples
+\layout Description
+5.4.5
+Notes
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.1
+Bug Reports
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.2
+Implementation Details:
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.3
+Layout Files
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.4
+Syntax Files
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.5
+Miscellaneous
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.6
+Diagnostics
+\layout Description
+5.4.7
+Warnings
+\layout Description
+5.4.8
+Files
+\layout Description
+5.4.9
+See also
+\layout Description
+5.4.10
+Authors
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6
+LyX Features needing Extra Software
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1
+Using LyX with SGML-Tools (aka LinuxDoc)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+6.1.2
+Preparing and using a LinuxDoc document
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.2.1
+Getting started
+\layout Description
+6.1.2.2
+Output from LinuxDoc
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.3
+Using the paragraph environments in LinuxDoc
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.3.1
+The Structure of a LinuxDoc Document
+\layout Description
+6.1.3.2
+The LinuxDoc Paragraph Environments
+\layout Description
+6.1.3.3
+Other document features
+\layout Description
+6.1.3.4
+Cross references and HTML
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.4
+Using the LinuxDoc Sgml scripts
+
+
+\layout Description
+6.1.5
+Troubleshooting LinuxDoc
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.2
+Checking TeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.2.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+6.2.2
+How to use it
+\layout Description
+6.2.3
+How to fine tune it
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3
+Version Control in LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+6.3.2
+RCS commands in LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.1
+
+\family sans
+Register
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.2
+
+\family sans
+Check In Changes
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.3
+
+\family sans
+Check Out For Edit
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.4
+
+\family sans
+Revert To Last Version
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.5
+
+\family sans
+Undo Last Checkin
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.6
+
+\family sans
+Show History
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4
+Literate Programming
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+6.4.2
+Literate Programming
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.2.1
+References
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.3
+LyX and Literate Programming
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.1
+Generating documents and code (weaving and tangling)
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.2
+Configuring LyX
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.3
+Debug extensions
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.4
+Toolbar extensions
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.5
+Colors customization
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7
+Secrets of the LaTeX Masters
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.1
+Tricks for Footnotes and Margin Notes
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.1.1
+Footnotes
+\layout Description
+7.1.2
+Margin Notes
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.2
+Multiple Columns
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.2.1
+Purpose
+\layout Description
+7.2.2
+Limitations
+\layout Description
+7.2.3
+Examples
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.2.3.1
+Two columns
+\layout Description
+7.2.3.2
+Multiple columns
+\layout Description
+7.2.3.3
+Columns inside columns
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.3
+Numbering in the
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+ Paragraph Environment
+
+
+\layout Description
+7.4
+Extra Space Between Table Rows
+\layout Description
+7.5
+Dropped Capitals
+\layout Description
+7.6
+Non-standard Paragraph Shapes
+\layout Description
+7.7
+Summary
+\end_deeper
+\layout Section*
+
+Customizing LyX: Features for the Advanced User
+\layout Description
+1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+2
+LyX configuration files
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+What's in
+\family typewriter
+LyXDir
+\family default
+?
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1.1
+Automatically generated files
+\layout Description
+2.1.2
+Directories
+\layout Description
+2.1.3
+Files you don't want to modify
+\layout Description
+2.1.4
+Other files needing a line or two...
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.2
+Your local configuration directory
+\layout Description
+2.3
+Running LyX with multiple configurations
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+The
+\family sans
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+references
+\family default
+ dialog
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Using the dialog for the first time
+\layout Description
+3.2
+On-screen fonts
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.2.1
+DPI setting and Font Zoom
+\layout Description
+3.2.2
+Font definition commands
+\layout Description
+3.2.3
+Font encoding
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3
+Bindings
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.4
+User Interface
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.5
+Converters, Formats and Viewers
+\layout Description
+3.6
+ASCII export options
+\layout Description
+3.7
+Printer
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7.1
+Changing Colors
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.8
+The autodetected settings
+\layout Description
+3.9
+The rest
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+Internationalizing LyX
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+Selecting an alternative language for the user interface
+\layout Description
+4.2
+Translating LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.2.1
+Translating the graphical user interface (text messages).
+\layout Description
+4.2.2
+Translating the documentation.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3
+International Keyboard Support
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3.1
+Defining Own Keymaps: Keymap File Format
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4
+International Keymap Stuff
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4.1
+The .kmap File
+\layout Description
+4.4.2
+The .cdef File
+\layout Description
+4.4.3
+Dead Keys
+\layout Description
+4.4.4
+Saving your Language Configuration
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Installing New Document Classes, Layouts, and Templates
+
+
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+Installing a new LaTeX package
+\layout Description
+5.2
+Layouts
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.1
+Supporting new document classes
+\layout Description
+5.2.2
+A layout for an
+\family sans
+sty
+\family default
+ file
+\layout Description
+5.2.3
+Layout for a
+\family sans
+cls
+\family default
+ file
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3
+Declaring a new text class
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3.1
+General text class parameters
+\layout Description
+5.3.2
+
+\family typewriter
+ClassOptions
+\family default
+ section
+\layout Description
+5.3.3
+Specific Paragraph Layouts
+\layout Description
+5.3.4
+Floats
+\layout Description
+5.3.5
+Counters
+\layout Description
+5.3.6
+Font description
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4
+Creating Templates
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6
+Including External Material
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1
+Background
+\layout Description
+6.2
+How does it work?
+\layout Description
+6.3
+The external material dialog
+\layout Description
+6.4
+Examples
+\layout Description
+6.5
+The external template configuration file
+\layout Description
+6.6
+The substitution mechanism
+\layout Description
+6.7
+Security discussion
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7
+The LyX Server
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+7.2
+Starting the LyX Server
+\layout Description
+7.3
+Normal communication
+\layout Description
+7.4
+Notification
+\layout Description
+7.5
+The simple LyX Server Protocol
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+8 \start_of_appendix
+Bindings
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.1
+Toolbar
+\layout Description
+8.2
+Menu
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.2.1
+File
+\layout Description
+8.2.2
+Edit
+\layout Description
+8.2.3
+Insert
+\layout Description
+8.2.4
+Layout
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.2.4.1
+L
+\family sans
+ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Character
+\family default
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.2.5
+View
+\layout Description
+8.2.6
+Navigate
+\layout Description
+8.2.7
+Help
+\layout Description
+8.2.8
+Paragraph Style
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.3
+Keyboard
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.3.1
+Specific to
+\family typewriter
+emacs.bind
+\layout Description
+8.3.2
+Specific to
+\family typewriter
+cua.bind
+\layout Description
+8.3.3
+Specific to
+\family typewriter
+sciword.bind
+\layout Description
+8.3.4
+Standard math bindings
+\layout Description
+8.3.5
+Other Accelerators
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+
+\the_end
--- /dev/null
+#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
+\lyxformat 221
+\textclass article
+\language danish
+\inputencoding latin1
+\fontscheme default
+\graphics none
+\paperfontsize 10
+\spacing single
+\papersize Default
+\paperpackage widemarginsa4
+\use_geometry 0
+\use_amsmath 0
+\use_natbib 0
+\use_numerical_citations 0
+\paperorientation portrait
+\secnumdepth 3
+\tocdepth 3
+\paragraph_separation skip
+\defskip medskip
+\quotes_language german
+\quotes_times 2
+\papercolumns 1
+\papersides 1
+\paperpagestyle default
+
+\layout Title
+
+Indholdsfortegnelse over LyX's dokumentation
+\layout Section*
+
+Introduktion til LyX
+\layout Description
+1
+LyX-filosofien
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.1
+Hvad er LyX?
+\layout Description
+1.2
+Forskelle mellem LyX og anden tekst\SpecialChar \-
+behandling
+
+
+\layout Description
+1.3
+Hvad
+\emph on
+er
+\emph default
+ LaTeX (og hvad rager det mig)?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2
+Dokumentationen
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+Formatet
+\layout Description
+2.2
+Manualerne
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+
+
+Bidrag til LyX-projektet
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+At bidrage til LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1.1
+Rapportér fejl
+\layout Description
+3.1.2
+Bidrag med fejlrettelser og nye funktioner
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.2
+Bidrag til dokumentationen
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.2.1
+Rapportér fejl i manualerne
+\layout Description
+3.2.2
+Deltag i dokumentationsholdet.
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Section*
+
+LyX Frequently Asked Questions with Answers
+\newline
+Version 0.3.7
+\layout Description
+1
+Introduction and General Information
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.1
+What is LyX?
+\layout Description
+1.2
+That's fine, but is it useful?
+\layout Description
+1.3
+Where do I start?
+\layout Description
+1.4
+Does LyX run on my computer?
+\layout Description
+1.5
+How much hard disk space does LyX need?
+\layout Description
+1.6
+Is LyX really Open Source?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2
+Internet Resources
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+Where should I look on the World Wide Web for LyX stuff?
+\layout Description
+2.2
+Where can I get LyX material by FTP?
+\layout Description
+2.3
+What mailing lists are there?
+\layout Description
+2.4
+Are the mailing lists archived anywhere?
+\layout Description
+2.5
+Okay, wise guy! Where are they archived?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+Compatibility with other word/document processors
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Can I read/write LaTeX files?
+\layout Description
+3.2
+Can I read/write Word files?
+\layout Description
+3.3
+Can I read/write HTML files?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+Obtaining and Compiling LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+What do I need?
+\layout Description
+4.2
+How do I compile it?
+\layout Description
+4.3
+I hate compiling.
+ Where are precompiled binaries?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Questions about Evil Red Text (IMPORTANT!)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+What is Evil Red Text (aka ERT)?
+\layout Description
+5.2
+How do I enter Evil Red Text?
+\layout Description
+5.3
+The new ERT inset is really inconvenient !
+\layout Description
+5.4
+Is there an alternative?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6
+Questions Related to Using LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1
+General questions
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.1
+How do I get rid of the date under the title?
+\layout Description
+6.1.2
+How do I change the spacing in an Itemize/\SpecialChar \-
+Enumerate/\SpecialChar \-
+Description list environment
+?
+\layout Description
+6.1.3
+How do I number equations by section?
+\layout Description
+6.1.4
+Is it possible to do this for figures and tables as well?
+\layout Description
+6.1.5
+How do I change to footnote numbers to symbols (star, dagger, etc.)?
+\layout Description
+6.1.6
+How do I kill widows and orphans?
+\layout Description
+6.1.7
+How do I get a formatted list which starts with e.g.
+ 1.
+ a)?
+\layout Description
+6.1.8
+How do I count words in LyX?
+\layout Description
+6.1.9
+How do I insert a fixed amount of horizontal space?
+\layout Description
+6.1.10
+How can I make citations show up as [1,2,3,6] or [1-3,6] rather than [1][2][3][6
+]?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.2
+Figure related questions
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.2.1
+What is the difference between a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+figure
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ and a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+figure float
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+?
+\layout Description
+6.2.2
+How do I get LyX to put the figure exactly where I want it?
+\layout Description
+6.2.3
+What does
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Too many unprocessed floats
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ mean?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3
+Math related questions
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3.1
+How do I put normal text inside a mathematical equation?
+\layout Description
+6.3.2
+How do I make a cube root (or higher)?
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7
+Questions Related to Running LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.1
+How do I convert LyX files to LaTeX from the command line?
+\layout Description
+7.2
+How do I create PDF files from my LyX document?
+\layout Description
+7.3
+Why do the fonts in my document look so bad in
+\family typewriter
+acroread
+\family default
+ ?
+\layout Description
+7.4
+Why doesn't my latest and greatest version of Ghostscript render EPS inline
+ figures properly?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+8
+Questions Related to LyX on Windows
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.1
+Why do the menus and the toolbar flicker ?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+9
+How to get further assistance
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+9.1
+You still haven't answered my question!
+\layout Description
+9.2
+I want to mail someone about my problem.
+
+\layout Description
+9.3
+What to put in a request for help.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+10
+Administrative information and acknowledgments
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+10.1
+Feedback is invited.
+
+\layout Description
+10.2
+Formats in which this FAQ is available.
+
+\layout Description
+10.3
+Authorship and acknowledgments.
+\layout Description
+10.4
+Disclaimer and Copyright.
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Section*
+
+The LyX Tutorial
+\layout Description
+1
+Introduction
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.1
+Welcome to LyX!
+\layout Description
+1.2
+What the Tutorial
+\emph on
+is
+\emph default
+ and What it
+\emph on
+isn't
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.2.1
+Getting the Most out of the Tutorial
+\layout Description
+1.2.2
+What You
+\emph on
+Won't
+\emph default
+ Find:
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2
+Getting Started with LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+Your First LyX Document
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1.1
+Typing, Viewing, and Printing
+\layout Description
+2.1.2
+Simple Operations
+\layout Description
+2.1.3
+WYSIWYM: Whitespace in LyX
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.2
+Environments
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.2.1
+Sections and Subsections
+\layout Description
+2.2.2
+Lists and sublists
+\layout Description
+2.2.3
+Other Environments: Verses, Quotations, and More
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+Writing Documents
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Text classes
+\layout Description
+3.2
+Templates: Writing a Letter
+\layout Description
+3.3
+Document Titles
+\layout Description
+3.4
+Labels and Cross-References
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.1
+Your first label
+\layout Description
+3.4.2
+Your first cross-references
+\layout Description
+3.4.3
+More fun with labels
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.5
+Footnotes and Margin Notes
+\layout Description
+3.6
+Bibliographies
+\layout Description
+3.7
+Table of Contents
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+Using Math
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+Math Mode
+\layout Description
+4.2
+Navigating an Equation
+\layout Description
+4.3
+Exponents and Indices
+\layout Description
+4.4
+The
+\family sans
+Math Panel
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4.1
+Greek and symbols
+\layout Description
+4.4.2
+Square roots, accents, and delimiters
+\layout Description
+4.4.3
+Fractions
+\layout Description
+4.4.4
+TeX mode: Limits, log, sin and others
+\layout Description
+4.4.5
+Matrices
+\layout Description
+4.4.6
+Display mode
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5
+More Math Stuff
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Miscellaneous
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+Other Major LyX Features
+\layout Description
+5.2
+LyX for LaTeX Users
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.1
+TeX Mode
+\layout Description
+5.2.2
+Importing LaTeX Documents---
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\layout Description
+5.2.3
+Converting LyX Documents to LaTeX
+\layout Description
+5.2.4
+LaTeX Preamble
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.4.1
+Document Class
+\layout Description
+5.2.4.2
+Other Preamble Matter
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.5
+BibTeX
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3
+Errors!
+\end_deeper
+\layout Section*
+
+The LyX User's Guide
+\layout Description
+1
+Introduction
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.1
+What is LyX?
+\layout Description
+1.2
+Getting Started
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.2.1
+Invoking LyX
+\layout Description
+1.2.2
+How LyX Looks
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.2.2.1
+The Main Window
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.2.3
+HELP!
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.3
+The LyX Interface
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.3.1
+Basic File Operations
+\layout Description
+1.3.2
+Basic Editing Features
+\layout Description
+1.3.3
+Undo and Redo
+\layout Description
+1.3.4
+Basic Mouse Bindings
+\layout Description
+1.3.5
+Basic Key Bindings
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.4
+Using LyX with Other Programs
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.4.1
+Importing ASCII files
+\layout Description
+1.4.2
+Cut and Paste Between LyX and Other X Programs
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2
+LyX Setup and Supporting Applications
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+2.2
+Basic LyX Setup
+\layout Description
+2.3
+Setting Up the X Keyboard
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.3.1
+
+\family typewriter
+xmodmap
+\family default
+ and
+\family typewriter
+xkeycaps
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.3.1.1
+
+\family typewriter
+xmodmap
+\layout Description
+2.3.1.2
+
+\family typewriter
+xkeycaps
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.3.2
+Modifiers and Mode_switch
+\layout Description
+2.3.3
+Helpful Hints and Tips
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.4
+LaTeX
+\layout Description
+2.5
+Dvips and Ghostscript
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.5.1
+What You Need
+\layout Description
+2.5.2
+Dvips
+\layout Description
+2.5.3
+Ghostscript, Xdvi and Ghostview
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.6
+The Printer
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+LyX Basics
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Document Types
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+3.1.2
+
+
+The Various Document Classes
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1.2.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+3.1.2.2
+Selecting a Class
+\layout Description
+3.1.2.3
+Properties
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1.3
+Fine-tuning the Defaults
+\layout Description
+3.1.4
+Paper Size, Orientation, and Margins
+\layout Description
+3.1.5
+Important Note:
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.2
+Paragraph Indentation and Separation
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.2.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+3.2.2
+Global Indentation Method
+\layout Description
+3.2.3
+Fine-Tuning
+\layout Description
+3.2.4
+Changing Line Spacing
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3
+Paragraph Environments
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+3.3.2
+Standard
+\layout Description
+3.3.3
+Document Titles
+\layout Description
+3.3.4
+Headings
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.1
+Numbered Headings
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.2
+Unnumbered Headings
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.3
+Changing the Numbering
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.4
+Special Information
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.5
+Creating an Appendix
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.5
+Quotes and Poetry
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.5.1
+
+\family sans
+Quote
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Quotation
+\layout Description
+3.3.5.2
+
+\family sans
+Verse
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.6
+Lists
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.1
+General Features
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.2
+
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.3
+
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.4
+
+\family sans
+Description
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.5
+The LyX
+\family sans
+List
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.7
+Letters
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.7.1
+
+\family sans
+Address
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Right\SpecialChar ~
+Address
+\family default
+: An Overview
+\layout Description
+3.3.7.2
+Usage
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.8
+Academic Writing
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.8.1
+
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\layout Description
+3.3.8.2
+
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.9
+Special Purpose
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.9.1
+
+\family sans
+Caption
+\layout Description
+3.3.9.2
+
+\family sans
+LyX-Code
+\layout Description
+3.3.9.3
+Comment
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4
+Nesting Environments
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.1
+The Big Deal
+\layout Description
+3.4.2
+What You Can and Can't Nest
+\layout Description
+3.4.3
+Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
+\layout Description
+3.4.4
+Usage and General Features
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.4.1
+Nesting limits
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.5
+Some Examples
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.5.1
+Example #1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
+\layout Description
+3.4.5.2
+Example #2: Inheritance
+\layout Description
+3.4.5.3
+Example #3: Labels, Levels, and the
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\family default
+ Environments.
+\layout Description
+3.4.5.4
+Example #4: Going Bonkers
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.5
+Fonts and Text Styles
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.5.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+3.5.2
+Global Options
+\layout Description
+3.5.3
+Using Different Character Styles
+\layout Description
+3.5.4
+Fine-Tuning with the
+\family sans
+Character Layout
+\family default
+ dialog
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.6
+Printing and Previewing
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.6.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+3.6.2
+Quick Viewing with
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\layout Description
+3.6.3
+Viewing the PostScript® Version with
+\family typewriter
+ghostview
+\layout Description
+3.6.4
+Printing the File
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7
+A Few Words about Typography
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7.1
+Hyphens and Hyphenation
+\layout Description
+3.7.2
+Punctuation Marks
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7.2.1
+Abbreviations and End of Sentence
+\layout Description
+3.7.2.2
+Quotes
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7.3
+Ligatures
+\layout Description
+3.7.4
+Widows and Orphans
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+Floats: Tables, Figures, Footnotes and Margin Notes
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+Footnotes
+\layout Description
+4.2
+Margin Notes
+\layout Description
+4.3
+Figures and Imported Graphics
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3.1
+Figure Floats
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3.1.1
+Using Figure Floats
+\layout Description
+4.3.1.2
+Float Placement
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3.2
+
+\family typewriter
+XFig
+\family default
+ and LyX
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4
+Tables
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4.1
+The Table dialog
+\layout Description
+4.4.2
+What can be placed inside a table cell?
+\layout Description
+4.4.3
+Cut & Paste in Tables
+\layout Description
+4.4.4
+Multiple lines in cells
+\layout Description
+4.4.5
+Table Floats
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5
+Table of Contents and other Listings
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.1
+The Table of Contents
+\layout Description
+4.5.2
+List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Mathematical Formulae
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+Basic Math Editing
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1.1
+Navigating a Formula
+\layout Description
+5.1.2
+Selecting Text
+\layout Description
+5.1.3
+Exponents and Subscripts
+\layout Description
+5.1.4
+Fractions
+\layout Description
+5.1.5
+Sums and Integrals
+\layout Description
+5.1.6
+The Math Panel
+\layout Description
+5.1.7
+Other Math Symbols
+\layout Description
+5.1.8
+Altering spacing
+\layout Description
+5.1.9
+Math functions
+\layout Description
+5.1.10
+Accents
+\layout Description
+5.1.11
+The math editor for LaTeX users
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2
+Brackets and decorations
+\layout Description
+5.3
+Grouping
+\layout Description
+5.4
+Arrays and Multi-line Equations
+\layout Description
+5.5
+Equation Numbering and Labels
+\layout Description
+5.6
+User defined macros in math mode
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.6.1
+Directions on using macros
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.6.1.1
+How to create them
+\layout Description
+5.6.1.2
+How to navigate
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.7
+Fine-Tuning
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.7.1
+Typefaces
+\layout Description
+5.7.2
+Math Text Mode
+\layout Description
+5.7.3
+Font Sizes
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.8
+AMS LaTeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.8.1
+Enabling AMS Support
+\layout Description
+5.8.2
+AMS Symbols
+\layout Description
+5.8.3
+AMS Formula Types
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6
+More Tools
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1
+Cross-References
+\layout Description
+6.2
+URLs (Uniform Resource Locators)
+\layout Description
+6.3
+Specifying Short Titles with Optional Arguments
+
+
+\layout Description
+6.4
+Spacing, pagination and line breaks
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.1
+Extra Horizontal Space
+\layout Description
+6.4.2
+Extra Vertical Space
+\layout Description
+6.4.3
+Changing Paragraph Alignment
+\layout Description
+6.4.4
+Forcing Page Breaks
+\layout Description
+6.4.5
+Protected blanks
+\layout Description
+6.4.6
+Line breaking
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.5
+Spellchecking
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.5.1
+Spellchecker Options
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.5.1.1
+Dictionary
+\layout Description
+6.5.1.2
+Personal dictionary
+\layout Description
+6.5.1.3
+Further Options
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.5.2
+Limitations
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.6
+International Support
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.6.1
+Language Options
+\layout Description
+6.6.2
+Keyboard mapping configuration
+\layout Description
+6.6.3
+Character Tables
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7
+Credits
+\layout Section*
+
+Extended LyX Features
+\layout Description
+1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+2
+LyX and LaTeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+How LyX Uses LaTeX
+\layout Description
+2.2
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Help! LyX generated an unreadable
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+ file!
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+2.3
+Translating LaTeX files into LyX
+\layout Description
+2.4
+Inserting LaTeX Code into LyX Documents
+
+
+\layout Description
+2.5
+LyX and the LaTeX Preamble
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.5.1
+About the LaTeX Preamble
+\layout Description
+2.5.2
+Changing the Preamble
+\layout Description
+2.5.3
+Examples
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.5.3.1
+Example #1: Offsets
+\layout Description
+2.5.3.2
+Example #2: Labels
+\layout Description
+2.5.3.3
+Example #3: Paragraph Indentation
+\layout Description
+2.5.3.4
+Example #4: This Document
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.6
+LyX and LaTeX Errors
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+Supplemental Tools
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Preparing a Bibliography with BibTeX
+\layout Description
+3.2
+Making an Index
+\layout Description
+3.3
+Multipart Documents
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.1
+General Operation
+\layout Description
+3.3.2
+Cross-References Between Files
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4
+Algorithms
+\layout Description
+3.5
+Subfigures
+\layout Description
+3.6
+Fancy Headers and Footers
+\layout Description
+3.7
+Minipages
+\layout Description
+3.8
+Wrapping Text Around Figures
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.9
+Extra Table Options
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.9.1
+Removing Extra Column Space
+\layout Description
+3.9.2
+Changing the Column Separator Character
+\layout Description
+3.9.3
+Making a Decimal Point Aligned Column
+\layout Description
+3.9.4
+A Better Decimal-Alignment Solution
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.10
+Itemize Bullet Selection
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.10.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+3.10.2
+How it looks
+\layout Description
+3.10.3
+How to use it
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+Special Document Classes
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+AMS LaTeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1.1
+What these layouts provide
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.2
+Dinbrief
+\layout Description
+4.3
+Paper
+\layout Description
+4.4
+A&A Paper
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.4.2
+Getting started
+\layout Description
+4.4.3
+The header block
+\layout Description
+4.4.4
+The abstract
+\layout Description
+4.4.5
+Supported environments
+\layout Description
+4.4.6
+Commands not supported by LyX
+\layout Description
+4.4.7
+Figure and Table Floats
+\layout Description
+4.4.8
+Referee layout
+\layout Description
+4.4.9
+The example paper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5
+AASTeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.5.2
+Starting a New Paper
+\layout Description
+4.5.3
+Finishing Your Paper
+\layout Description
+4.5.4
+Comments On Specific Commands
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.4.1
+Things that work as expected
+\layout Description
+4.5.4.2
+Things that work, but require more comment
+\layout Description
+4.5.4.3
+Things not implemented, use ERT
+\layout Description
+4.5.4.4
+Things that cannot be implemented
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.5
+FAQs, Tips, Tricks, and Other Ruminations
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.1
+Getting LyX and AASTeX to cooperate
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.2
+LaTeX error processing a table
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.3
+References
+
+
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.4
+Including EPS files
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.5
+Things I could have done, but didn't
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.6
+Final Caveat
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.6
+ijmpd
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.6.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+4.6.2
+Writing a paper
+\layout Description
+4.6.3
+Preparing a paper for submission
+\layout Description
+4.6.4
+Use of ERT
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.7
+Kluwer
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.7.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+4.7.2
+Writing a paper
+\layout Description
+4.7.3
+Preparing a paper for submission
+\layout Description
+4.7.4
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Peculiarities
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ of the Kluwer package
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.8
+Koma-Script
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.8.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+4.8.2
+article (koma-script), report (koma-script), and book (koma-script)
+\layout Description
+4.8.3
+letter (koma-script)
+\layout Description
+4.8.4
+The new letter class: letter (koma-script v.2)
+\layout Description
+4.8.5
+Problems
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.9
+Springer Journals (
+\family sans
+svjour
+\family default
+)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.9.1
+Description
+\layout Description
+4.9.2
+New styles
+\layout Description
+4.9.3
+Supported journals
+\layout Description
+4.9.4
+Credits
+\layout Description
+4.9.5
+Bugs
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.10
+AGU journals (
+\family sans
+aguplus
+\family default
+)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.10.1
+Description
+\layout Description
+4.10.2
+New styles
+\layout Description
+4.10.3
+New floats
+\layout Description
+4.10.4
+Supported journals
+\layout Description
+4.10.5
+Bugs and things to remember
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.11
+EGS journals (
+\family sans
+egs
+\family default
+)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.11.1
+Description
+\layout Description
+4.11.2
+New styles
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12
+Slides [aka
+\noun on
+Sli
+\noun default
+TeX]
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.12.2
+Getting Started
+
+
+\layout Description
+4.12.3
+Paragraph Environments
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.3.1
+Supported Environments
+\layout Description
+4.12.3.2
+Quirks of the New Environments
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.4
+Making a Presentation with
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+ Overlay
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Note
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.4.1
+Using the
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+ Environment
+\layout Description
+4.12.4.2
+Using
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+ with
+\family sans
+Slide
+\layout Description
+4.12.4.3
+Using
+\family sans
+Note
+\family default
+ with
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.5
+The
+\family sans
+slides
+\family default
+ Class Template File
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13
+Foils [aka
+\family sans
+Foil
+\family default
+\noun on
+TeX
+\noun default
+]
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.13.2
+Getting Started
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.2.1
+Extra Options
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.3
+Supported Environments
+\layout Description
+4.13.4
+Building a Set of Foils
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.1
+Give It a Title Page
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.2
+Start a New Foil
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.3
+Theorems, Lemmas, Proofs and more
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.4
+Lists
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.5
+Figures and Tables
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.6
+Page Headers and Footers
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.5
+Unsupported
+\family sans
+Foil
+\family default
+TeX Goodies
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.5.1
+Lengths
+\layout Description
+4.13.5.2
+Headers and Footers
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.14
+Latex8 (IEEE Conference Papers)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.14.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.14.2
+Getting Started
+\layout Description
+4.14.3
+Supported Environments
+\layout Description
+4.14.4
+Differences Between Screen and Paper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.15
+Hollywood (Hollywood spec scripts)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.15.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.15.2
+Special problems
+\layout Description
+4.15.3
+Special features
+\layout Description
+4.15.4
+Paper size and Margins
+\layout Description
+4.15.5
+Environments
+\layout Description
+4.15.6
+Script jargon
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.16
+Broadway
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.16.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.16.2
+Special problems
+\layout Description
+4.16.3
+Special features
+\layout Description
+4.16.4
+Paper size and Margins
+\layout Description
+4.16.5
+Environments
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.17
+RevTeX4
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.17.1
+Installation
+\layout Description
+4.17.2
+Preamble Matter
+\layout Description
+4.17.3
+Layouts
+\layout Description
+4.17.4
+Important Notes
+\layout Description
+4.17.5
+Drawbacks
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.18
+Article (mwart), book (mwbk) and report (mwrep)
+
+
+\layout Description
+4.19
+Elsevier Journals
+\layout Description
+4.20
+Memoir
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.20.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+4.20.2
+Basic features and restrictions
+\layout Description
+4.20.3
+Extra features
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Importing and Exporting Alternate File Formats
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+Considerations
+\layout Description
+5.2
+Importing Other Formats
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.1
+LaTeX
+\layout Description
+5.2.2
+ASCII Text
+\layout Description
+5.2.3
+Noweb
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3
+Exporting Other Formats
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3.1
+LaTeX
+\layout Description
+5.3.2
+Device Independent Files
+\layout Description
+5.3.3
+PostScript®
+\layout Description
+5.3.4
+ASCII text
+\layout Description
+5.3.5
+HTML
+\layout Description
+5.3.6
+PDF
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.1
+Use pdfLaTeX
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.2
+Why does the text look so bad when viewed with Acrobat Reader?
+
+
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.3
+Why doesn't the
+\backslash
+boldsymbol{} command work when I use pslatex?
+
+
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.4
+Is it possible to do write latex code which is processed only when running
+ pdfLaTeX?
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.5
+How can I make URLs clickable ?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3.7
+Custom
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4
+The Complete reLyX Description
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.1
+Synopsis
+\layout Description
+5.4.2
+Options
+\layout Description
+5.4.3
+Description
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.2
+Usage
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.3
+What reLyX Can Handle
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.4
+What reLyX Can't Handle --- But it's OK
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.5
+What reLyX Handles Badly --- a.\SpecialChar ~
+k.\SpecialChar ~
+a.
+ BUGS
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.6
+What LyX Can't Handle
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.4
+Examples
+\layout Description
+5.4.5
+Notes
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.1
+Bug Reports
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.2
+Implementation Details:
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.3
+Layout Files
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.4
+Syntax Files
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.5
+Miscellaneous
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.6
+Diagnostics
+\layout Description
+5.4.7
+Warnings
+\layout Description
+5.4.8
+Files
+\layout Description
+5.4.9
+See also
+\layout Description
+5.4.10
+Authors
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6
+LyX Features needing Extra Software
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1
+Using LyX with SGML-Tools (aka LinuxDoc)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+6.1.2
+Preparing and using a LinuxDoc document
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.2.1
+Getting started
+\layout Description
+6.1.2.2
+Output from LinuxDoc
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.3
+Using the paragraph environments in LinuxDoc
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.3.1
+The Structure of a LinuxDoc Document
+\layout Description
+6.1.3.2
+The LinuxDoc Paragraph Environments
+\layout Description
+6.1.3.3
+Other document features
+\layout Description
+6.1.3.4
+Cross references and HTML
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.4
+Using the LinuxDoc Sgml scripts
+
+
+\layout Description
+6.1.5
+Troubleshooting LinuxDoc
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.2
+Checking TeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.2.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+6.2.2
+How to use it
+\layout Description
+6.2.3
+How to fine tune it
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3
+Version Control in LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+6.3.2
+RCS commands in LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.1
+
+\family sans
+Register
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.2
+
+\family sans
+Check In Changes
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.3
+
+\family sans
+Check Out For Edit
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.4
+
+\family sans
+Revert To Last Version
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.5
+
+\family sans
+Undo Last Checkin
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.6
+
+\family sans
+Show History
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4
+Literate Programming
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+6.4.2
+Literate Programming
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.2.1
+References
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.3
+LyX and Literate Programming
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.1
+Generating documents and code (weaving and tangling)
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.2
+Configuring LyX
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.3
+Debug extensions
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.4
+Toolbar extensions
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.5
+Colors customization
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7
+Secrets of the LaTeX Masters
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.1
+Tricks for Footnotes and Margin Notes
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.1.1
+Footnotes
+\layout Description
+7.1.2
+Margin Notes
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.2
+Multiple Columns
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.2.1
+Purpose
+\layout Description
+7.2.2
+Limitations
+\layout Description
+7.2.3
+Examples
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.2.3.1
+Two columns
+\layout Description
+7.2.3.2
+Multiple columns
+\layout Description
+7.2.3.3
+Columns inside columns
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.3
+Numbering in the
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+ Paragraph Environment
+
+
+\layout Description
+7.4
+Extra Space Between Table Rows
+\layout Description
+7.5
+Dropped Capitals
+\layout Description
+7.6
+Non-standard Paragraph Shapes
+\layout Description
+7.7
+Summary
+\end_deeper
+\layout Section*
+
+Customizing LyX: Features for the Advanced User
+\layout Description
+1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+2
+LyX configuration files
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+What's in
+\family typewriter
+LyXDir
+\family default
+?
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1.1
+Automatically generated files
+\layout Description
+2.1.2
+Directories
+\layout Description
+2.1.3
+Files you don't want to modify
+\layout Description
+2.1.4
+Other files needing a line or two...
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.2
+Your local configuration directory
+\layout Description
+2.3
+Running LyX with multiple configurations
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+The
+\family sans
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+references
+\family default
+ dialog
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Using the dialog for the first time
+\layout Description
+3.2
+On-screen fonts
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.2.1
+DPI setting and Font Zoom
+\layout Description
+3.2.2
+Font definition commands
+\layout Description
+3.2.3
+Font encoding
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3
+Bindings
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.4
+User Interface
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.5
+Converters, Formats and Viewers
+\layout Description
+3.6
+ASCII export options
+\layout Description
+3.7
+Printer
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7.1
+Changing Colors
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.8
+The autodetected settings
+\layout Description
+3.9
+The rest
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+Internationalizing LyX
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+Selecting an alternative language for the user interface
+\layout Description
+4.2
+Translating LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.2.1
+Translating the graphical user interface (text messages).
+\layout Description
+4.2.2
+Translating the documentation.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3
+International Keyboard Support
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3.1
+Defining Own Keymaps: Keymap File Format
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4
+International Keymap Stuff
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4.1
+The .kmap File
+\layout Description
+4.4.2
+The .cdef File
+\layout Description
+4.4.3
+Dead Keys
+\layout Description
+4.4.4
+Saving your Language Configuration
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Installing New Document Classes, Layouts, and Templates
+
+
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+Installing a new LaTeX package
+\layout Description
+5.2
+Layouts
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.1
+Supporting new document classes
+\layout Description
+5.2.2
+A layout for an
+\family sans
+sty
+\family default
+ file
+\layout Description
+5.2.3
+Layout for a
+\family sans
+cls
+\family default
+ file
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3
+Declaring a new text class
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3.1
+General text class parameters
+\layout Description
+5.3.2
+
+\family typewriter
+ClassOptions
+\family default
+ section
+\layout Description
+5.3.3
+Specific Paragraph Layouts
+\layout Description
+5.3.4
+Floats
+\layout Description
+5.3.5
+Counters
+\layout Description
+5.3.6
+Font description
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4
+Creating Templates
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6
+Including External Material
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1
+Background
+\layout Description
+6.2
+How does it work?
+\layout Description
+6.3
+The external material dialog
+\layout Description
+6.4
+Examples
+\layout Description
+6.5
+The external template configuration file
+\layout Description
+6.6
+The substitution mechanism
+\layout Description
+6.7
+Security discussion
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7
+The LyX Server
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+7.2
+Starting the LyX Server
+\layout Description
+7.3
+Normal communication
+\layout Description
+7.4
+Notification
+\layout Description
+7.5
+The simple LyX Server Protocol
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+8 \start_of_appendix
+Bindings
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.1
+Toolbar
+\layout Description
+8.2
+Menu
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.2.1
+File
+\layout Description
+8.2.2
+Edit
+\layout Description
+8.2.3
+Insert
+\layout Description
+8.2.4
+Layout
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.2.4.1
+L
+\family sans
+ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Character
+\family default
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.2.5
+View
+\layout Description
+8.2.6
+Navigate
+\layout Description
+8.2.7
+Help
+\layout Description
+8.2.8
+Paragraph Style
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.3
+Keyboard
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.3.1
+Specific to
+\family typewriter
+emacs.bind
+\layout Description
+8.3.2
+Specific to
+\family typewriter
+cua.bind
+\layout Description
+8.3.3
+Specific to
+\family typewriter
+sciword.bind
+\layout Description
+8.3.4
+Standard math bindings
+\layout Description
+8.3.5
+Other Accelerators
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+
+\the_end
--- /dev/null
+#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
+\lyxformat 221
+\textclass book
+\begin_preamble
+\usepackage{multicol}
+\end_preamble
+\language german
+\inputencoding latin1
+\fontscheme default
+\graphics default
+\paperfontsize default
+\spacing single
+\papersize a4paper
+\paperpackage a4
+\use_geometry 1
+\use_amsmath 0
+\use_natbib 0
+\use_numerical_citations 0
+\paperorientation portrait
+\leftmargin 20mm
+\topmargin 10mm
+\rightmargin 20mm
+\bottommargin 10mm
+\secnumdepth 3
+\tocdepth 3
+\paragraph_separation skip
+\defskip medskip
+\quotes_language german
+\quotes_times 2
+\papercolumns 1
+\papersides 1
+\paperpagestyle default
+
+\layout Title
+
+LyX-Anpassung:
+\newline
+Möglichkeiten für fortgeschrittene Nutzer
+\layout Author
+
+vom LyX-Team
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Übersetzung:
+\noun on
+Peter Sütterlin
+\noun default
+,
+\noun on
+Leif Albers
+\noun default
+ und
+\noun on
+Hartmut
+\noun default
+
+\noun on
+Haase
+\noun default
+.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Date
+
+15.\SpecialChar ~
+September 2003
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Chapter
+
+Einleitung
+\layout Standard
+
+In diesem Teil der Dokumentation wird beschrieben, welche Möglichkeiten
+ LyX bietet, um es den eigenen Wünschen anzupassen.
+ Es werden Dinge wie Tastaturkürzel, Vorschau am Bildschirm, Optionen zum
+ Drucken, das Senden von Befehlen an LyX durch den LyX-Server, Internationalisie
+rung, Installation neuer LaTeX-Klassen und LyX-Layouts usw.
+ behandelt.
+ Es kann hier nicht alles beschrieben werden, das an LyX individuell eingestellt
+ und verändert werden kann --- die Entwickler fügen Neuerungen schneller
+ ein, als wir sie dokumentieren können --- doch werden die grundlegenden
+ Fähigkeiten von LyX dokumentiert sowie für einige der etwas obskureren
+ Hinweise gegeben.
+\layout Standard
+
+Mit der Version 1.1.6 von LyX wurde eine neue Schnittstelle zu den konfigurierbare
+n Eigenschaften eingeführt, die Sie über den Menüpunkt
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+E
+\bar under
+i
+\bar default
+nstellungen...
+
+\family default
+ aufrufen können.
+ Diese macht die weiter unten aufgeführten Erläuterungen zu den Konfigurationsda
+teien von LyX nicht überflüssig, aber es vereinfacht doch den Prozess, LyX
+ an
+\emph on
+Ihre
+\emph default
+ Bedürfnisse anzupassen.
+\layout Chapter
+
+Die Konfigurationsdateien von LyX
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{chap:config}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Dieses Kapitel soll Ihnen dabei helfen, sich mit den Konfigurationsdateien
+ von LyX vertraut zu machen.
+ Bevor Sie jedoch weiterlesen, sollten Sie herausfinden, wo sich das Systemverze
+ichnis von LyX auf Ihrem Rechner befindet.
+ Sie erfahren dies über den Menüpunkt
+\family sans
+\bar under
+H
+\bar default
+ilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Über\SpecialChar ~
+Ly
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\bar under
+X
+\family default
+\bar default
+.
+ In diesem Verzeichnis speichert LyX alle systemweiten Konfigurationsdateien,
+ wir werden es im weiteren
+\family typewriter
+LyXDir
+\family default
+ nennen.
+\layout Section
+
+Was befindet sich in
+\family typewriter
+LyXDir
+\family default
+?
+\layout Standard
+
+Das Verzeichnis
+\family typewriter
+LyXDir
+\family default
+ sowie seine Unterverzeichnisse enthalten eine Anzahl Dateien, mit denen
+ das Verhalten von LyX beeinflusst werden kann.
+ Diese Dateien können direkt von LyX aus über den Dialog
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+E
+\bar under
+i
+\bar default
+nstellungen...
+
+\family default
+ gelesen und geändert werden.
+ Fast alles, was Sie möglicherweise an LyX ändern wollen, können Sie hier
+ einstellen.
+ Jedoch können auch viele interne Dinge in LyX angepaßt werden, indem man
+ diverse andere Dateien in
+\family typewriter
+LyXDir
+\family default
+ verändert.
+ Sie sind in verschiedene Kategorien unterteilt, die in den folgenden Unterabsch
+nitten behandelt werden.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Automatisch erzeugte Dateien
+\layout Standard
+
+Diese Dateien werden automatisch bei der Konfiguration von LyX erzeugt.
+ Sie enthalten verschiedene Standardwerte, die durch Untersuchung des Systems
+ ermittelt werden.
+ Normalerweise sollte man sie nicht verändern, da sie jederzeit von LyX
+ überschrieben werden können.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+lyxrc.defaults
+\family default
+\series default
+ enthält Standardwerte für diverse Befehle.
+ Einstellungen, die Ihnen nicht zusagen, können einfach über
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+E
+\bar under
+i
+\bar default
+nstellungen...
+
+\family default
+ verändert werden.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+packages.lst
+\family default
+\series default
+ enthält eine Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
+listung aller LaTeX-Pakete, die von LyX erkannt wurden.
+ Derzeit wird diese Liste von LyX selber nicht benutzt, jedoch ist die Informati
+on, zusammen mit einigem anderen, über den Menüpunkt
+\family sans
+\bar under
+H
+\bar default
+ilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+aTe
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+X\SpecialChar ~
+Konfiguration
+\family default
+ zugänglich.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+textclass.lst
+\family default
+\series default
+ ist eine Liste mit den im Verzeichnis
+\family typewriter
+layout
+\family default
+ gefundenen Textklassen, zusammen mit den entsprechenden LaTeX-Dokumentenklassen
+ und einer kurzen Beschreibung.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family typewriter
+doc/LaTeXConfig.lyx
+\family default
+ wird bei der Konfiguration aus der Datei
+\family typewriter
+LaTeXConfig.lyx.in
+\family default
+ erzeugt.
+ Jeder Eintrag der Form
+\family typewriter
+@chk_bla@
+\family default
+ wird dabei durch
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+yes
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ oder
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+no
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ ersetzt, je nachdem, ob das Paket
+\family typewriter
+bla
+\family default
+ gefunden wurde.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Verzeichnisse
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+bind/
+\family default
+\series default
+ Dieses Verzeichnis enthält Dateien mit der Endung
+\family typewriter
+.bind
+\family default
+.
+ In ihnen werden die Tastenkombinationen festgelegt, mit denen Sie Menüs
+ öffnen und Bearbeitungsoperationen direkt starten können.
+ Siehe dazu Abschnitt\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:bindings}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Falls eine Datei
+\family typewriter
+$LANG_xxx.bind
+\family default
+ mit einer an die internationalisierte Version von LyX angepaßten Tastenbelegung
+ existiert, wird diese bevorzugt geladen.
+ Näheres dazu finden Sie in Kapitel\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{chap:i18n}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ und Abschnitt\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:bindings}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+clipart/
+\family default
+\series default
+ Hier sind einige PostScript®-Bilder gespeichert, die Sie in Ihre Dokumente
+ einbinden können.
+
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+doc/
+\family default
+\series default
+ Enthält die Dateien der LyX-Dokumentation (einschließlich der, die Sie
+ gerade lesen).
+ Eine kleine Ausnahmestellung hat die bereits beschriebene Datei
+\family typewriter
+LaTeXConfig.lyx
+\family default
+.
+ Auch hier wird eine übersetzte Version mit dem Vorsatz
+\family typewriter
+$LANG_
+\family default
+ vor dem Dateinamen zuerst gesucht und, falls vorhanden, geladen.
+ Siehe dazu Kapitel\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{chap:i18n}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+examples/
+\family default
+\series default
+ Enthält Beispieldateien, die erläutern, wie Sie die unterschiedlichen Möglichke
+iten von LyX nutzen können.
+ Verwenden Sie die Schaltfläche
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+eispiele
+\family default
+ im Dateiauswahlmenü, um in dieses Verzeichnis zu gelangen.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family typewriter
+images/
+\family default
+ Enthält Bilddateien, die von der Dialogbox
+\family sans
+Aufzählungszeichen
+\family default
+ in
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+okument
+\family default
+ benötigt werden.
+ Außerdem finden Sie hier die unterschiedlichen Icons für die Werkzeugleiste
+ und das Bild für den Startbildschirm.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+kbd/
+\family default
+\series default
+ Hier sind die Definitionsdateien für die Tastaturbelegung gespeichert.
+ Näheres dazu finden Sie im Abschnitt\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:keymap}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+layouts/
+\family default
+\series default
+ Hier werden die in Abschnitt\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{chap:textclass}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ beschriebenen Layoutdateien für die unterschiedlichen Dokumentenklassen
+ gespeichert.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family typewriter
+reLyX/
+\family default
+ Enthält eine große Anzahl von Dateien des reLyX Paketes, mit dem Sie
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+gutartige
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ LaTeX-Dateien nach LyX konvertieren können.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family typewriter
+tex/
+\family default
+ Einige LyX-spezifische LaTeX-Textklassendateien (
+\family typewriter
+.cls
+\family default
+).
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family typewriter
+ui/
+\family default
+ Hier finden Sie Dateien mit der Endung
+\family typewriter
+.ui
+\family default
+, die die Benutzerschnittstelle von LyX festlegen, also welche Einträge
+ in welchen Menüs sind, und wie die Werkzeugleiste zusammengesetzt ist.
+ Siehe hierzu Kapitel\SpecialChar ~
+???
+\layout Subsection
+
+Dateien, die Sie nicht verändern sollten
+\layout Standard
+
+Die folgenden Dateien werden intern von LyX verwendet.
+ Sie sollten im Normalfall nur von den Entwicklern editiert werden.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+CREDITS
+\family default
+\series default
+ Diese Datei enthält eine Liste der Entwickler.
+ Ihr Inhalt wird über die Menüauswahl
+\family sans
+\bar under
+H
+\bar default
+ilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Über\SpecialChar ~
+LyX
+\family default
+ angezeigt.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+chkconfig.ltx
+\family default
+\series default
+ ist ein LaTeX-Skript, das bei der Konfiguration verwendet wird.
+ Starten Sie es nie direkt.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+configure
+\family default
+\series default
+ ist das eigentliche Skript, das zur Neukonfiguration von LyX verwendet
+ wird.
+ Es erzeugt die Konfigurationsdateien in dem Verzeichnis, von dem aus es
+ aufgerufen wurde.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Andere Dateien
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family typewriter
+encodings
+\family default
+ Die hier enthaltene Tabelle beschreibt wie die unterschiedlichen Zeichenkodieru
+ngen in Unicode dargestellt werden.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family typewriter
+external_templates
+\family default
+ Diese Datei enthält die Vorlagen für das neue
+\family sans
+Externe\SpecialChar ~
+Einfügung
+\family default
+ Modul.
+ Siehe dazu Kapitel\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{cha:Externes}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family typewriter
+languages
+\family default
+ Eine Liste mit allen derzeit von LyX unterstützten Sprachen.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family typewriter
+lyxrc.example
+\family default
+ Veraltet.
+\layout Section
+
+Das lokale Konfigurationsverzeichnis
+\layout Standard
+
+Eventuell benutzen Sie LyX als unprivilegierter Benutzer und wollen dennoch
+ einige Einstellungen der Konfiguration verändern.
+ Zu diesem Zweck gibt es ein benutzereigenes Verzeichnis
+\family typewriter
+UserDir
+\family default
+, in dem Ihre gesamte persönliche Konfiguration gespeichert wird.
+ Der Name dieses Verzeichnisses wird als
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Nutzerverzeichnis
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ in
+\family sans
+\bar under
+H
+\bar default
+ilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Über\SpecialChar ~
+Ly
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{}
+\end_inset
+
+X
+\family default
+ angezeigt.
+ Dieses Verzeichnis wird als Spiegelung des systemweiten Verzeichnisses
+ verwendet.
+ Das bedeutet, daß jede Datei, die Sie dort speichern, die entsprechende
+ Datei im Systemverzeichnis ersetzt.
+ Jede der im vorigen Abschnitt beschriebenen Konfigurationsdateien kann
+ sich entweder im Systemverzeichnis
+\family typewriter
+LyXDir
+\family default
+ oder aber in Ihrem privaten Verzeichnis befinden.
+ Im ersten Fall gelten die Einstellungen für alle Benutzer, im zweiten Fall
+ nur für Sie.
+\layout Standard
+
+Dies läßt sich an einigen Beispielen leichter erklären:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Um eine LyX Version älter als 1.1.6 umzukonfigurieren, mußte der Benutzer
+ zunächst die Datei
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{LyXDir/lyxrc.example}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Note
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+HHa: wie bereits im Benutzerhandbuch erwähnt, ist URL eine einfache Möglichkeit,
+ um Schreibmaschinenformat umzubrechen.
+\end_inset
+
+ nach
+\family typewriter
+UserDir/lyxrc
+\family default
+ kopieren und diese dann manuell editieren.
+ Neuere Versionen von LyX lesen diese Datei zwar noch, wenn sie in
+\family typewriter
+UserDir
+\family default
+ gefunden wird, aber alle Änderungen, die über den neuen Dialog
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+E
+\bar under
+i
+\bar default
+nstellungen...
+
+\family default
+ gemacht werden, werden in der Datei
+\family typewriter
+preferences
+\family default
+ gespeichert.
+ Danach (d.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+,
+\end_inset
+
+h.\SpecialChar ~
+wenn
+\family typewriter
+preferences
+\family default
+ gefunden wird) wird die alte
+\family typewriter
+lyxrc
+\family default
+ nicht mehr eingelesen und kann gelöscht werden.
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+Wenn Sie mit dem Menüpunkt
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Neu\SpecialChar ~
+k
+\bar under
+o
+\bar default
+nfigurieren
+\family default
+ eine Neukonfiguration von LyX durchführen, werden die dabei erzeugten Dateien
+ in Ihrem privaten Konfigurationsverzeichnis
+\family typewriter
+UserDir
+\family default
+ gespeichert (im Abschnitt\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:autodetected}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ finden Sie eine Liste all derjenigen Optionen in
+\family typewriter
+preferences
+\family default
+, die davon betroffen sind).
+ Das bedeutet, daß ab sofort etwaige neue Dokumentenklassen, die Sie in
+ Ihrem Verzeichnis
+\family typewriter
+UserDir/layouts
+\family default
+ gespeichert haben, im Feld
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Klasse
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ des Dialoges
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+okument
+\family default
+ erscheinen.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Falls Sie irgendwelche Dateien für neue LaTeX-Dokumentenklassen in einem
+ Verzeichnis installiert haben, das LaTeX über die Umgebungsvariable
+\family typewriter
+TEXINPUTS
+\family default
+ findet, können auch diese in LyX verwendet werden.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+vorausgesetzt, es gibt auch eine
+\family typewriter
+.layout
+\family default
+-Datei dafür.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+Wenn Sie sich von einem LyX-FTP-Server eine aktuellere Version (oder z.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+,
+\end_inset
+
+B.
+ diese deutsche Version) der Dokumentation besorgt haben, sie aber nicht
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+offiziell
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ installieren können, da Sie keine Systemadministratorrechte haben, können
+ Sie diese Dateien einfach nach
+\family typewriter
+UserDir/doc
+\family default
+ kopieren, und sie werden automatisch über das
+\family sans
+\bar under
+H
+\bar default
+ilfe
+\family default
+-Menü geöffnet.
+\layout Section
+
+LyX mit mehreren Konfigurationen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:LyX-multiconf}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Die hochgradige Konfigurierbarkeit von LyX durch das lokale Verzeichnis
+ wird für diejenigen nicht ausreichend sein, die parallel mehrere unterschiedlic
+he Konfigurationen verwenden wollen, z.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+,
+\end_inset
+
+B.
+ unterschiedliche Tastaturkürzel und/oder Druckerkonfigurationen.
+ Sie können dies durch das Anlegen von mehreren Konfigurationsverzeichnissen
+ erreichen und LyX jeweils beim Start mitteilen, welches davon verwendet
+ werden soll.
+\layout Standard
+
+Indem Sie LyX mit der Option
+\family typewriter
+-userdir
+\emph on
+<verzeichnis>
+\family default
+\emph default
+ starten erreichen Sie das die Konfiguration aus diesem Verzeichnis anstelle
+ des Standardverzeichnisses gelesen wird (das Standardverzeichnis ermitteln
+ Sie indem Sie LyX ohne diese Option starten).
+ Falls das so angegebene Verzeichnis noch nicht existiert fragt LyX genau
+ wie beim ersten Start nach, ob es angelegt werden soll.
+ Die Konfiguration in diesem Verzeichnis können Sie dann wie im Normalfall
+ in LyX verändern, die Einstellungen im Standardverzeichnis werden aber
+ nicht verändert - beide Verzeichnisse sind völlig unabhängig.
+ Anstelle der Kommandozeilenoption können Sie übrigens auch die Umgebungsvariabl
+e
+\family typewriter
+LYX_USERDIR_12x
+\family default
+ auf das zu verwendende Verzeichnis setzen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Unterschiedliche Konfigurationsverzeichnisse bedeuten aber auch zusätzlichen
+ Aufwand: Wenn Sie etwa eine neue Layoutdatei in
+\family typewriter
+UserDir/layouts
+\family default
+ hinzufügen und diese für alle Konfigurationen sichbar sein soll, müssen
+ Sie sie in
+\emph on
+allen
+\emph default
+ Verzeichnissen separat hinzufügen.
+ Sie können das jedoch mit einem Trick umgehen: Nachdem LyX das neue UserDir
+ angelegt hat, sind praktisch alle Unterverzeichnisse (s.
+\begin_inset Formula $\,$
+\end_inset
+
+o.) leer.
+ Sie können also all diese Verzeichnis durch einen symbolischen Link auf
+ das entsprechende Verzeichnis im originalen UserDir ersetzen.
+ Lediglich mit dem Verzeichnis
+\family typewriter
+doc
+\family default
+ müssen Sie vorsichtig sein, denn dort wird eine Datei durch das Konfigurationss
+kript (
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Neu\SpecialChar ~
+k
+\bar under
+o
+\bar default
+nfigurieren
+\family default
+) abgelegt, die konfigurationsabhängig ist.
+\layout Chapter
+
+Der Dialog
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+E
+\bar under
+i
+\bar default
+nstellungen
+\layout Section
+
+Der erste Aufruf des Dialogs
+\layout Standard
+
+Bei alten Versionen von LyX bestand die Konfiguration darin, die Datei
+\family typewriter
+UserDir/lyxrc
+\family default
+ manuell zu editieren.
+ Dies wurde mit LyX\SpecialChar ~
+1.1.6 geändert, es steht nun mit
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Neu\SpecialChar ~
+k
+\bar under
+o
+\bar default
+nfigurieren
+\family default
+ ein interaktiver Dialog zur Verfügung der die Mühsal der Konfiguration
+ beendet.
+ Die alte Datei
+\family typewriter
+UserDir/lyxrc
+\family default
+ wird nur solange verwendet, bis Sie das erste Mal den neuen Konfigurationsdialo
+g verwenden.
+ Alle weiteren Änderungen werden in der Datei
+\family typewriter
+preferences
+\family default
+ gespeichert,
+\family typewriter
+lyxrc
+\family default
+ wird danach nicht mehr eingelesen und kann gelöscht werden.
+\layout Standard
+
+In der neuen Datei
+\family typewriter
+UserDir/preferences
+\family default
+ werden nur noch diejenigen Einstellungen gespeichert, die von den Standardwerte
+n abweichen.
+ Einige dieser Standardwerte sind fest in LyX einkompiliert, andere werden
+ in
+\family typewriter
+LyXDir/lyxrc.defaults
+\family default
+ festgelegt.
+ Beachten Sie bitte das in beiden Dateien Zeilen, die mit einem
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+#
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ beginnen, Kommentare sind und nicht ausgewertet werden.
+ Jedoch sollte
+\family typewriter
+LyXDir/lyxrc.defaults
+\family default
+ nur vom Systemadministator verändert werden, und die Nutzer sollten ihre
+ persönliche Konfiguration in
+\family typewriter
+UserDir/preferences
+\family default
+ nur über den Dialog
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+E
+\bar under
+i
+\bar default
+nstellungen...
+
+\family default
+ verändern.
+\layout Standard
+
+Wir hoffen daß der Dialog im großen und ganzen selbsterklärend ist.
+ Praktisch alle Befehle haben einen erklärenden Kommentar, es sollte Ihnen
+ also keine Schwierigkeiten bereiten, alles Ihren Wünschen entsprechend
+ anzupassen.
+ Bevor wir nun jedoch ein paar der wichtigeren Optionen vorstellen ein Wort
+ der Warnung: Einige der Einstellungen, die Sie mit dem Klick auf
+\family sans
+\bar under
+Ü
+\bar default
+bernehmen
+\family default
+ aktivieren, werden sofort umgesetzt (z.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+,
+\end_inset
+
+B.
+ Bildschirmzeichensätze), andere (wie etwa das Ändern der bind-Datei) bedürfen
+ eines Neustarts von LyX.
+ Wenn sich also nach einer Änderung scheinbar nichts verändert hat -- speichern
+ Sie die Konfiguration und starten Sie LyX neu.
+\layout Section
+
+Bildschirmdarstellung und Zeichensätze
+\layout Standard
+
+Dem Zeichensatz, den LyX zur Darstellung auf dem Bildschirm verwendet, kommt
+ eine besondere Bedeutung zu, denn er sollte so gut lesbar sein wie nur
+ möglich.
+ Schließlich lesen und schreiben Sie Ihre gesamten Texte am Bildschirm.
+ Das LyX-Team hat sich bemüht, den bestmöglichen Standardzeichensatz auszuwählen
+, doch jedes X11-System hat kleine Unterschiede, und deshalb kann es sein,
+ daß dieser Standard gerade auf Ihrem System nicht die beste Wahl ist.
+ Bevor wir nun erklären, wie Sie die Bildschirmzeichensätze optimieren können,
+ sollten Sie ein wenig mehr über Zeichensätze erfahren, damit Sie Ihre Wahl
+ gut vorbereitet treffen können.
+ Denn es handelt sich dabei um eine Entscheidung, die von Ihren Wünschen
+ und den Fähigkeiten Ihres Rechners beeinflußt wird.
+\layout Standard
+
+Beachten Sie bitte, daß es in diesem Abschnitt nur um die Zeichensätze für
+ die
+\emph on
+Bildschirmdarstellung
+\emph default
+ innerhalb von LyX geht.
+ Die Zeichensätze, die später für den Ausdruck verwendet werden, sind davon
+ vollkommen unabhängig und werden durch die verwendete Dokumentenklasse
+ bestimmt.
+ Das Ändern von Zeichensätzen für den Ausdruck wird im
+\emph on
+Benutzerhandbuch
+\emph default
+ beschrieben.
+\layout Standard
+
+Grundsätzlich gibt es zwei unterschiedliche Typen von Bildschirmzeichensätzen:
+ skalierbare (
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+outline
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+) und nichtskalierbare (
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+bitmap
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ Diese Unterscheidung erscheint zunächst etwas akademisch, denn die meisten
+ modernen Zeichensatzgeneratoren können auch die nichtskalierbaren Zeichensätze
+ vergrößern oder verkleinern.
+ Der Unterschied liegt aber in der
+\emph on
+Qualität
+\emph default
+ dieser Skalierung und der
+\emph on
+Geschwindigkeit
+\emph default
+, mit der sie dargestellt werden können.
+ Die wichtigste Entscheidung ist deshalb, ob Sie nichtskalierbare oder skalierba
+re Zeichensätze verwenden wollen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Die skalierbaren Zeichensätze werden über die Umrisse der einzelnen Glyphen
+ (also Buchstaben, Zahlen, Satzzeichen usw.) definiert.
+ Das bedeutet, daß jedes einzelne Zeichen über mathematische Kurven beschrieben
+ wird, die sich sehr einfach in jede beliebige Größe skalieren lassen.
+ Diese mathematische Beschreibung wird nun vom Zeichensatzgenerator ausgewertet
+ und daraus ein kleines Bild berechnet, das das gewünschte Zeichen genau
+ in der richtigen Größe darstellt.
+ Oder zumindest in fast jeder Größe.
+ Denn da die Glyphen in einer recht abstrakten Weise definiert wurden, ist
+ es recht schwierig, daraus bei sehr kleinen Schriftgrößen ein gutes Bild
+ zu berechnen, da dann jedes einzelne Pixel sehr sorgfältig gesetzt werden
+ muß, um eine verständliche Darstellung des Zeichens zu erreichen.
+ Das ist zwar anhand der mathematischen Beschreibung des Zeichens theoretisch
+ möglich, aber um die Darstellungsgeschwindigkeit in annehmbaren Grenzen
+ zu halten, werden dabei gewisse Vereinfachungen gemacht.
+ Dies hat möglicherweise zur Folge, daß ein skalierbarer Zeichensatz bei
+ kleinen Vergrößerungen sehr schlecht zu lesen ist.
+\layout Standard
+
+Demgegenüber sind Bitmap-Zeichensätze von vornherein als kleine Grafikdateien
+ angelegt, deshalb sehen Sie bei der Größe, für die sie berechnet wurden,
+ sehr gut aus.
+ Sie können aber nur schlecht skaliert werden, denn für eine Vergrößerung
+ müssen aus einem Pixel mehrere gemacht werden.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Sie kennen diesen Effekt vermutlich.
+ Er tritt auch auf, wenn Sie in einem Bildbearbeitungsprogramm wie
+\family typewriter
+xv
+\family default
+ ein Bild stark vergrößern.
+\end_inset
+
+ Um das zu vermeiden, werden Bitmap-Zeichensätze bereits für verschiedene
+ häufig benutzte Größen (8 Pixel bis etwa 34 Pixel Zeichenhöhe) berechnet
+ und zur Verfügung gestellt.
+ Der Vorteil dieser Bitmap-Zeichensätze liegt darin, daß keine komplizierten
+ Berechnungen notwendig sind, um sie darzustellen, daher sind sie in der
+ Darstellung sehr viel schneller als skalierbare Zeichensätze.
+ Der Nachteil ist, daß nichtvorhandene Vergrößerungsstufen durch Pixelverdopplun
+g berechnet werden müssen und deshalb schlecht aussehen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Als Fazit kann man also sagen, daß die Bitmap-Zeichensätze normalerweise
+ für kleinere Vergrößerungsstufen vorzuziehen sind (vorausgesetzt es gibt
+ sie in dieser Größe), wohingegen skalierbare Zeichensätze für große Zeichen
+ vorzuziehen sind.
+ Die logische Schlussfolgerung wäre nun also, für kleine Zeichen die Bitmap-
+ und für große Zeichen die skalierbaren Zeichensätze zu verwenden.
+ Leider ist das so nicht machbar, denn skalierbare und Bitmap-Zeichensätze
+ sind nicht dafür gedacht, gleichzeitig verwendet zu werden.
+ Dadurch würde ein solches Dokument ziemlich armselig aussehen.
+ Sie sollten also einfach auf Ihrem Rechner beide Möglichkeiten ausprobieren
+ und entscheiden, welche Ihnen besser gefällt.
+\layout Standard
+
+Standardmäßig verwendet LyX nichtskalierbare Zeichensätze.
+ Als normaler Zeichensatz (mit Serifen) wird
+\emph on
+times
+\emph default
+ verwendet, für Sans Serif
+\emph on
+Helvetica
+\emph default
+ und für Schreibmaschine
+\emph on
+Courier
+\emph default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+In den folgenden Abschnitten wird beschrieben, was Sie alles tun können,
+ wenn Ihr Text in LyX nicht gut aussieht.
+ Begonnen wird mit den wichtigsten Parametern: Auf
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+"|
+\end_inset
+
+lösung und Vergrößerungsfaktor.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Auf
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+"|
+\end_inset
+
+lösung und Vergrößerungsfaktor
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX versucht automatisch die verwendeten Zeichensätze so zu skalieren, daß
+ Ihre Darstellung auf dem Bildschirm bis auf den sogenannten Zoom-Faktor
+ der späteren Größe auf dem Papier entspricht.
+\layout Standard
+
+Damit dies auf allen Systemen funktioniert, vertraut LyX darauf, daß die
+ DPI-Einstellung des Bildschirmes richtig ist.
+ DPI steht für
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Dots per Inch
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+, Punkte je Zoll, und beschreibt die Auf
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+"|
+\end_inset
+
+lösung der Bildschirmdarstellung.
+ Diese Einstellung erfragt LyX automatisch beim X-Server.
+ Welchen Wert LyX so feststellt, können Sie herausfinden, wenn Sie LyX folgender
+maßen starten:
+\family typewriter
+lyx\SpecialChar ~
+-dbg\SpecialChar ~
+2
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Nun ist X aber nicht auf jedem System richtig konfiguriert, deshalb sollten
+ Sie diese Einstellung selber nachprüfen.
+ Geben Sie dazu den Befehl
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+xdpyinfo\SpecialChar ~
+|\SpecialChar ~
+more
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ ein und notieren Sie sich den DPI-Wert beim Eintrag
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+resolution:
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ (dies ist der Wert, den auch LyX automatisch findet).
+ Notieren Sie sich außerdem die Anzahl der Pixel auf Ihrem Bildschirm (die
+ erste Zahl hinter dem Eintrag
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+dimensions
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+).
+\layout Standard
+
+Dann nehmen Sie sich ein Lineal und messen Sie die sichtbare Breite des
+ Bildes auf dem Schirm.
+ Rechnen Sie diese Breite in Zoll um, falls Sie ein Zentimetermaß verwendet
+ haben, indem Sie den Wert durch 2.54 teilen.
+ Nun können Sie den tatsächlichen DPI-Wert berechnen, indem Sie die Anzahl
+ der Pixel durch die Breite des Bildes dividieren.
+ Wenn der so ermittelte Wert mehr als etwa 5 DPI von dem vom X-Server gemeldeten
+ Wert abweicht, sollten Sie entweder den X-Server neu konfigurieren oder
+ zumindest LyX mitteilen, daß der tatsächliche Wert ein anderer als der
+ vom X-Server gemeldete ist.
+\layout Standard
+
+Falls Sie die Einstellung des X-Servers nicht verändern wollen oder können
+ (immerhin profitieren auch andere Programme als LyX von einer korrekten
+ Konfiguration), können Sie LyX den wahren Wert im Dialog
+\family sans
+Einstellungen
+\family default
+ mitteilen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn der Text nun für Ihren Geschmack zu groß oder zu klein ist, können
+ Sie mit dem Zoom-Faktor experimentieren.
+ Mit diesem Faktor wird die Größe der Zeichensätze multipliziert.
+ Wenn Ihre Einstellung des DPI-Wertes richtig ist und der Zoom-Faktor auf
+ 100 eingestellt ist, wird LyX den Text in derselben Größe darstellen wie
+ auf dem Papier.
+ Ist der Faktor 200, wird die Darstellung am Bildschirm doppelt so groß
+ sein wie auf dem Papier.
+ All dies natürlich unter der Voraussetzung, daß LyX den Zeichensatz in
+ der so berechneten Größe findet, worauf man sich nicht immer verlassen
+ kann.
+ Doch da es sich bei LyX um ein WYSIWYM-System handelt, ist diese Einschränkung
+ nicht sehr bedeutend.
+\layout Standard
+
+Die Standardeinstellung für den Zoom-Faktor ist 150, da ein Bildschirm normalerw
+eise breiter als ein Blatt Papier ist.
+ Sie sollten aber mit der Einstellung experimentieren.
+ Verändern können Sie den Wert über das Feld
+\family sans
+Vergrößerung
+\family default
+ im Dialog
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+E
+\bar under
+i
+\bar default
+nstellungen
+\family default
+.
+ Ein Tip zum Probieren: Verwenden Sie
+\family sans
+Ü
+\bar under
+b
+\bar default
+ernehmen
+\family default
+, dann bleibt der Dialog geöffnet und Sie können leicht andere Werte eintragen.
+ Wenn Sie dann einen Wert gefunden haben, der Ihren Wünschen entspricht,
+ können Sie diesen mit
+\family sans
+Speichern
+\family default
+ dauerhaft übernehmen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Auf diese Weise ist es meist möglich, eine angemessene Darstellung des Textes
+ auf dem Bildschirm zu erreichen.
+ Das heißt aber nicht, daß Sie damit die besten Zeichensätze verwenden,
+ die es auf Ihrem Rechner gibt.
+ Deshalb gibt es eine Reihe von Befehlen, die den verwendeten Zeichensatz
+ festlegen, um Ihnen so noch mehr Möglichkeiten zu geben, die Darstellung
+ am Bildschirm zu optimieren.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Befehle zur Festlegung des Zeichensatzes
+\layout Standard
+
+Wie bereits erwähnt, verwendet LyX standardmäßig nichtskalierbare Zeichensätze.
+ Als Schrift mit Serifen wird
+\emph on
+Times
+\emph default
+ verwendet, für serifenfreie Schrift
+\emph on
+Helvetica
+\emph default
+ und für den Schrifttyp Schreibmaschine
+\emph on
+Courier
+\emph default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Alle diese Einstellungen können Sie über den Konfigurationsdialog verändern.
+ Die Anzahl der vom System zur Verfügung gestellten Zeichensätze ist von
+ Fall zu Fall verschieden, jedoch sollte überall das Programm
+\family typewriter
+xfontsel
+\family default
+ installiert sein.
+ Dieses können Sie verwenden um geeignete Zeichensätze zu suchen.
+ Haben Sie einen gefunden, tragen Sie die ersten beiden Elemente des Namens
+ (in
+\family typewriter
+xfontsel
+\family default
+ heißen sie
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+fndry
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ und
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+fmly
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+) in das entsprechende Namensfeld im Dialog ein und klicken Sie auf
+\family sans
+Übernehmen
+\family default
+.
+ LyX formatiert dann denn Text unter der Verwendung des angegebenen Zeichensatze
+s neu und wenn Ihnen das Ergebnis zusagt können Sie es dauerhaft speichern.
+ Eine guter Startpunkt ist nachzusehen ob der skalierbare Zeichensatz
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Utopia
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ installiert ist.
+ Und noch ein Tip: Anhand der Werte in den Feldern
+\family typewriter
+resx
+\family default
+ bzw.
+
+\family typewriter
+resy
+\family default
+ können Sie feststellen ob der entsprechende Zeichensatz skalierbar ist;
+ ein skalierbarer Zeichensatz hat hier eine Null stehen.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Bevor Sie einen Bitmap-Zeichensatz verwerfen, weil er bei Vergrößerung blockig
+ aussieht, sollten Sie jedoch zuerst die Option
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Bitmap Fonts skalieren
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ deaktivieren.
+ Dies ist aber nur dann sinnvoll, wenn Sie auch Bitmap-Zeichensätze verwenden,
+ da diese schlecht skalierbar sind.
+ LyX verwendet dann nur die vorhandenen, festen Größen und stellt dadurch
+ sicher, daß die Zeichensätze am Bildschirm gut aussehen.
+ Welche Größen für die jeweiligen Zeichensätze zur Verfügung stehen, können
+ Sie mit dem Befehl
+\family typewriter
+xlsfonts
+\family default
+ herausfinden.
+ Näheres dazu liefert
+\family typewriter
+man xlsfonts
+\family default
+.
+ Ein Nachteil dieser Vorgehensweise ist, daß nun die Unterschiede zwischen
+ den Zeichensatzgrößen auf dem Bildschirm und denen auf dem Papier größer
+ sind, da LyX nur die am ehesten passende Größe auswählen kann, und nicht
+ die genau passende.
+ Ebenfalls kann es passieren, daß zwei sich logisch unterscheidende Schriftgröße
+n wie
+\family sans
+Groß
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+Groß\SpecialChar ~
+2
+\family default
+ durch denselben Bildschirm-Zeichensatz dargestellt werden und dadurch nur
+ schwer zu unterscheiden sind.
+ Aus diesem Grund ist die Option standardmäßig aktiviert.
+ Dennoch wird sie von vielen Leuten abgeschaltet, wohl wissend, daß es sich
+ bei LyX um ein WYSIWYM-System handelt und die Darstellung am Bildschirm
+ sowieso nur bedingt aussagekräftig ist.
+ In jedem Fall gilt aber: Diese Einstellung hat nur Einfluss auf Bitmap-Zeichens
+ätze, skalierbare Zeichensätze sind aus Gründen, die Ihnen inzwischen verständli
+ch sein sollten, davon nicht betroffen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Noch ein letzter Hinweis zu dieser Option: Es besteht kein Grund, nicht
+ gleichzeitig skalierbare und Bitmap-Zeichensätze zu verwenden.
+ So ist es z.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+,
+\end_inset
+
+B.
+ üblich, das skalierbare
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Utopia
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ für den normalen Text (mit Serifen) zu verwenden, und für serifenfreien
+ Text eine Bitmap-Version von
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Helvetica
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar \@.
+ In diesem Fall können Sie die Skalierung beruhigt abschalten, es wird nur
+ Auswirkungen auf den Zeichensatz Helvetica haben.
+\layout Standard
+
+Und noch eine weitere Möglichkeit bleibt Ihnen, um die Auswirkungen zu minimiere
+n: Sie können für jede logische Schriftgröße genau festlegen, welche Größe
+ zur Darstellung am Bildschirm verwendet wird.
+ Wenn Sie LyX mit der Option
+\family typewriter
+-dbg\SpecialChar ~
+513
+\family default
+ starten, können Sie feststellen, welche Schriftgrößen tatsächlich verwendet
+ werden.
+ Nun können Sie die entsprechenden Einträge im Dialog solange verändern,
+ bis Sie die richtigen Größen gefunden haben.
+ Dies kann etwas schwierig sein, da LyX die Einstellungen für DPI und Vergrößeru
+ng benutzt, um die tatsächliche Zeichensatzgröße zu berechnen, die es vom
+ X-Server anfordert; dadurch wird die Zuordnung ein wenig verschleiert.
+ Wenn es Ihnen durch Ausprobieren nicht gelingt, gute Einstellungen zu finden,
+ können Sie den Prozess vereinfachen, indem Sie sowohl DPI als auch Vergrößerung
+ auf 100 setzen, auch wenn dies falsch ist.
+ Dabei sehen dann vor allem die skalierbaren Zeichensätze seltsam aus, also
+ verwenden Sie diesen Tip mit Vorsicht.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Zeichensatzkodierung
+\layout Standard
+
+Standardmäßig verwendet LyX Zeichensätze, die zum Schreiben von Texten in
+ westeuropäischen Sprachen gedacht sind.
+ Dies wird über die
+\emph on
+Zeichensatzkodierung
+\emph default
+ festgelegt.
+ Wenn Sie nun LyX verwenden wollen, um einen Text z.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+,
+\end_inset
+
+B.
+ in osteuropäischen Sprachen oder Kyrillisch zu schreiben, deren Zeichen
+ nicht durch die ISO-8859-1-Kodierung abgedeckt sind, können Sie im Feld
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+K
+\bar default
+odierung
+\family default
+ eine andere Kodierung aktivieren.
+ Dies setzt allerdings voraus, daß Sie besondere Zeichensätze installiert
+ haben.
+ Benutzen Sie wiederum
+\family typewriter
+xfontsel
+\family default
+, und prüfen Sie die Felder
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+rgstry
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ und
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+encdng
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+, ob dort außer ISO-8859-X weitere Einträge vorhanden sind.
+ Suchen Sie dann aus diesen einen Zeichensatz heraus, der die von Ihnen
+ benötigten Zeichen enthält.
+ Wenn Sie einen passenden gefunden haben, können Sie diesen im Dialogfeld
+ eintragen, andernfalls müssen Sie sich zunächst (z.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+,
+\end_inset
+
+B.
+ via Internet) geeignete Zeichensätze besorgen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Sie LyX derart konfigurieren, daß standardmäßig eine andere Zeichensatzkodi
+erung verwendet wird, sollten Sie auch darüber nachdenken, einen anderen
+ Zeichensatz für die Menüs und Dialoge zu verwenden.
+ Sonst wird zum Beispiel der Dialog
+\family sans
+Inhaltsverzeichnis
+\family default
+ kaum lesbar sein, wenn nicht auch dort die neue Kodierung verwendet wird.
+ Normalerweise verwendet LyX hierzu den Zeichensatz
+\family typewriter
+-*-helvetica-medium-r
+\family default
+, doch meist ist Helvetica in der von Ihnen benötigten Kodierung nicht vorhanden.
+ Deshalb können Sie den für Menüs verwendeten Zeichensatz im Dialogbereich
+
+\family sans
+Benutzerschnittstelle
+\family default
+ ändern.
+\layout Standard
+
+Wie Sie sehen, gibt es eine ganze Reihe von Befehlen, mit denen Sie der
+ Darstellung am Bildschirm den letzten Schliff verpassen können.
+ Dies sollte Sie nicht davon abhalten, mit diesen Einstellungen herumzuspielen,
+ im Gegenteil.
+ Denn Sie werden (hoffentlich) in Zukunft viele Stunden mit LyX verbringen
+ --- da lohnt es sich, eine perfekte Darstellung zu haben.
+ Und während Sie bei anderen Textverarbeitungen darauf angewiesen sind,
+ Zeichensätze zu verwenden, die sowohl am Bildschirm als auch auf dem Papier
+ gut aussehen, können Sie bei LyX als WYSIWYM-Programm die besten Zeichensätze
+ für die Bildschirmdarstellung verwenden, ohne sich dabei Gedanken um den
+ Ausdruck machen zu müssen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Für eine spätere Version von LyX ist es geplant, den
+\family typewriter
+T1Lib
+\family default
+-Zeichensatzgenerator zu benutzen, der auch
+\emph on
+anti-aliasing
+\emph default
+ unterstützt.
+ Das bedeutet, daß jedes Zeichen aus mehreren Farbschattierungen zusammengesetzt
+ werden kann, anstelle von nur zwei wie derzeit.
+ Das erhöht scheinbar die Auf
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+"|
+\end_inset
+
+lösung.
+ Dadurch wird der Text am Bildschirm nicht nur besser lesbar, LyX kann dadurch
+ den Text noch genauer in der Größe anzeigen, die er auch später auf dem
+ Ausdruck hat, da dann z.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+,
+\end_inset
+
+B.
+ auch ein 14.4pt-Zeichensatz verwendet werden kann, wohingegen im Moment
+ auf 14pt abgerundet werden muß.
+\layout Section
+
+Tastatur-Einstellung
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Sie Linux selber auf einem PC installiert haben, können Sie diesen
+ Teil ignorieren.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:x-win-keys}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Um LyX richtig benutzen zu können,
+\emph on
+muß
+\emph default
+X richtig eingerichtet werden.
+ Das ist besonders dann wichtig, wenn Sie die internationalen LyX-Unterstützunge
+n und nicht-englische Tastaturen benutzen wollen.
+ Unglücklicherweise kümmert sich fast niemand darum, besonders nicht diejenigen,
+ die LyX auf einem PC installiert haben\SpecialChar \@.
+ Administratoren großer Systeme können
+ auch schuld sein, also verlassen Sie sich nicht auf richtige Einstellungen,
+ wenn Sie ein großes System benutzen.
+ Jeder Benutzer kann X beibringen, die richtige Tastatureinstellung zu benutzen.
+ Sie müssen sich nicht auf Ihren Systemadministrator verlassen -
+\emph on
+Sie
+\emph default
+
+\emph on
+sollten es auch nicht tun
+\emph default
+! Sie benötigen nur die beiden folgenden Programme, um die Tastatur Ihren
+ Bedürfnissen anzupassen.
+\layout Subsection
+
+
+\family typewriter
+xmodmap
+\family default
+ und
+\family typewriter
+xkeycaps
+\layout Standard
+
+Zunächst lesen Sie die
+\family typewriter
+man
+\family default
+-Seiten der beiden Programme.
+ Das sind Ihre wirklichen Freunde für die richtige Tastatureinstellung.
+ Wenn Sie die Programme nicht haben, installieren Sie sie.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+
+\family typewriter
+xmodmap
+\layout Standard
+
+Dieses Dokument beschreibt
+\emph on
+nicht,
+\emph default
+wie man
+\family typewriter
+xmodmap
+\family default
+ benutzt.
+ In
+\emph on
+Anpassung
+\emph default
+gibt es eine
+\family typewriter
+.Xmodmap
+\family default
+-Beispieldatei.
+ Um die neuen Tastatureinstellungen zu laden, fügen Sie den Befehl
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+xmodmap\SpecialChar ~
+.Xmodmap
+\family default
+
+\layout Standard
+
+irgendwo in Ihre Startdateien ein (z.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+,
+\end_inset
+
+B.
+
+\family typewriter
+.bashrc
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+.cshrc
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+.profile
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+.login
+\family default
+ oder
+\family typewriter
+.xinitrc
+\family default
+).
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+
+\family typewriter
+xkeycaps
+\layout Standard
+
+Mit diesem Programm ist ein Traum wahr geworden! Es zeigt ein Bild Ihrer
+ Tastatur, erlaubt Ihnen, Änderungen vorzunehmen, und gibt diese Änderungen
+ in einer für
+\family typewriter
+xmodmap
+\family default
+ lesbaren Form auf der Standardausgabe aus.
+ Es ist sehr nützlich, wenn Sie versuchen, eine neue
+\family typewriter
+.Xmodmap
+\family default
+-Datei zu erzeugen, obwohl ein wenig
+\emph on
+cut-and-paste
+\emph default
+ nötig ist.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Sondertasten
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Sondertasten}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX unterstützt drei Sondertasten: Umschalt
+\family sans
+[S-
+\family default
+], Strg
+\family sans
+[C-
+\family default
+] und Alt
+\family sans
+[M-
+\family default
+].
+ Wenn außerdem eine Taste als
+\family sans
+Compose
+\family default
+-Taste konfiguriert wurde, dann können Sie damit einige Zeichen, die nicht
+ auf Ihrer Tastatur sind, erzeugen.
+ Diese Taste ist die Kombination
+\family sans
+ Umschalt+AltGr
+\family default
+ und/oder die rechte
+\family sans
+Windoof
+\family default
+-Taste (rechts von
+\family sans
+AltGr
+\family default
+).
+ Diese
+\family sans
+Compose
+\family default
+-Taste kann entweder wie
+\family sans
+Shift
+\family default
+ oder
+\family sans
+Control
+\family default
+ benutzt werden oder als Präfix-Taste.
+ Hier sind einige Beispiele dafür, was Sie mit der
+\family sans
+Compose
+\family default
+-Taste machen können:
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Compose\SpecialChar ~
+e\SpecialChar ~
+'
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+ é
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Compose\SpecialChar ~
+O\SpecialChar ~
+R
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+ ®
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Compose\SpecialChar ~
+1\SpecialChar ~
+2
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+ ½
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Compose\SpecialChar ~
+<\SpecialChar ~
+<
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+ «
+\layout Standard
+
+Diese Eingabeart ist besonders dann hilfreich, wenn man Buchstaben mit Akzenten
+ nur manchmal benutzt.
+ Bei Latin1-Buchstaben geht es automatisch, aber andere Methoden sind nötig,
+ wenn Sie Ihr
+\emph on
+locale
+\emph default
+ richtig gesetzt haben.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Hilfreiche Hinweise und Tips
+\layout Standard
+
+Öffnen Sie bitte zwei X-Terminals.
+ Editieren Sie in einem eine neue
+\family typewriter
+.Xmodmap
+\family default
+-Datei, und lassen Sie
+\family typewriter
+xkeycaps
+\family default
+ im anderen laufen.
+ Mit
+\family typewriter
+xkeycaps
+\family default
+ wird Ihre neue Tastaturbelegung erzeugt.
+ Es gibt einen Knopf in
+\family typewriter
+xkeycaps
+\family default
+, um die neue Tabelle auszugeben.
+ Wenn Sie ihn drücken, gibt
+\family typewriter
+xkeycaps
+\family default
+ eine Menge Zeug auf dem
+\emph on
+xterm
+\emph default
+ aus, von wo Sie es gestartet haben.
+ Sie müssen es nur noch mit
+\emph on
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+copy-and-paste
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\emph default
+ in Ihre
+\family typewriter
+.Xmodmap
+\family default
+-Datei bringen, und Sie sind fertig.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Sie können sich etwas Schreibarbeit sparen, wenn Sie folgendes ausführen:
+
+\family typewriter
+xkeycaps > .Xmodmap
+\family default
+.
+ Dadurch erhalten Sie Ihre neue Datei.
+ Wenn Sie aber den Knopf
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+output keymap
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ in
+\family typewriter
+xkeycaps
+\family default
+ mehr als einmal drücken, wird Ihre Datei durcheinander geraten.
+ Wie alle Werkzeuge ist
+\family typewriter
+xkeycaps
+\family default
+ nur so intelligent wie sein Benutzer.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Da sind noch ein paar Dinge, die Sie tun können, um sich zurechtzufinden.
+ Versuchen Sie, das Kommando
+\family typewriter
+xmodmap -v -pm
+\family default
+ auszuführen.
+ Das zeigt Ihnen alle aktiven Sondertasten.
+ Versuchen Sie auch
+\family typewriter
+xmodmap -v -pke | more
+\family default
+, um zu sehen, welche Nummern zu welchen symbolischen Namen gehören.
+ So sehen Sie auch die Syntax der
+\family typewriter
+.Xmodmap
+\family default
+-Datei.
+\layout Standard
+
+Eine Sache müssen Sie noch prüfen:
+\family sans
+Entf
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+Rückschritt (
+\begin_inset Formula $\leftarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+)
+\family default
+sollten
+\emph on
+nicht
+\emph default
+ dieselbe Bedeutung haben! Eindeutige Namen für diese beiden Tasten ändern
+ das Verhalten Ihrer Programme nicht unbedingt.
+ Einige Programme binden
+\family sans
+Entf
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+Rückschritt
+\family default
+ an dieselbe Operation (z.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+,
+\end_inset
+
+B.
+ Emacs), aber wenn
+\family sans
+Entf
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+Rückschritt
+\family default
+ dasselbe tun, werden Sie Probleme mit LyX bekommen.
+\layout Section
+
+Tastaturkürzel
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:bindings}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+Tastaturkürzel
+\family default
+ dienen dazu, einer Taste oder Tastenkombination eine LyX-Funktion zuzuordnen.
+ Die LyX-Distribution umfaßt einige Dateien mit unterschiedlichen Tastaturzuordn
+ungen: CUA, die typische Belegung auf PC und CDE, eine Emacs-Version für
+ diejenigen, die der
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+reinen Lehre
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ folgen,
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+ das nimmt hoffentlich niemand ernst!
+\end_inset
+
+ sowie einige spezialisierte Versionen (broadway, hollywood) und an andere
+ Sprachen (Deutsch, Französisch) angepasste Tastenbelegungen.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Sie stattdessen Ihre Kürzel lieber selbst definieren wollen, nehmen
+ Sie am besten diejenige Systemdatei aus
+\family typewriter
+LyXDir/bind
+\family default
+ als Vorlage, die am ehesten Ihren Vorstellungen entspricht, und modifizieren
+ Sie diese entsprechend.
+ Vergessen Sie nicht, diese Datei dann im Dialog
+\family sans
+Einstellungen
+\family default
+ auch zu aktivieren.
+ (Derzeit ist es noch notwendig, LyX danach neu zu starten um die Änderungen
+ wirksam zu machen.)
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX unterstützt die Internationalisierung der Benutzerschnittstelle (siehe
+ Kapitel
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{chap:i18n}
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ Wenn Ihre Sprachumgebung (,,
+\emph on
+locale
+\emph default
+``) über die Umgebungsvariable
+\family typewriter
+$LANG
+\family default
+ richtig eingestellt ist, versucht LyX entsprechende
+\family typewriter
+bind
+\family default
+-Dateien zu laden, indem die Zeichenkette
+\family typewriter
+$LANG_
+\family default
+ dem Dateinamen vorangestellt wird (für Deutsch,
+\family typewriter
+$LANG=de
+\family default
+, also z.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+,
+\end_inset
+
+B.
+
+\family typewriter
+ de_menus.bind
+\family default
+).
+ Sie können derartige übersetzte Versionen auch in Ihrem privaten
+\family typewriter
+bind/
+\family default
+-Verzeichnis speichern, LyX findet und benutzt sie auch dort.
+\layout Standard
+
+Die Syntax der Dateien im
+\family typewriter
+bind
+\family default
+-Verzeichnis ist einfach:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+bind <Tastenkombination> <LyX_Funktion>
+\layout Standard
+
+Sowohl die Tastenkombination als auch die LyX-Funktion muß dabei in doppelten
+ Anführungszeichen gesetzt werden.
+ Eine Liste der LyX-Funktionen finden Sie im
+\emph on
+Benutzerhandbuch
+\emph default
+.
+\layout Section
+
+Die Benutzerschnittstelle
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:UI}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Das Aussehen der Menü- und der Werkzeugleiste können ebenfalls im Dialog
+
+\family sans
+Einstellungen
+\family default
+ verändert werden.
+ Wählen Sie dazu eine andere Datei für den Eintrag
+\family sans
+Aussehen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Benutzerschnittstelle\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+G
+\bar default
+UI-Datei:
+\family default
+.
+ Derzeit existiert zwar nur eine einzige Datei,
+\family typewriter
+default.ui
+\family default
+, aber lassen Sie sich dadurch nicht abhalten: Kopieren Sie sie in Ihr privates
+ LyX-Verzeichnis
+\family typewriter
+UserDir/ui
+\family default
+ und spielen Sie damit herum.
+ Auch hier ist es derzeit noch nötig, LyX neu zu starten um Änderungen zu
+ aktivieren.
+\layout Standard
+
+Die Syntax dieser
+\family typewriter
+.ui
+\family default
+-Dateien ist ebenfalls sehr einfach, schauen Sie sich am besten
+\family typewriter
+default.ui
+\family default
+ an.
+ Die Sektionen
+\family typewriter
+Menubar
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+Menu
+\family default
+ und
+\family typewriter
+Toolbar
+\family default
+ müssen jeweils mit einem expliziten
+\family typewriter
+End
+\family default
+ abgeschlossen werden.
+ Sie dürfen die Einträge
+\family typewriter
+Submenus
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+Items
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+OptItems
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+Separators
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+Icons
+\family default
+ und, im Falle des Menüs
+\family typewriter
+File
+\family default
+, auch
+\family typewriter
+Lastentry
+\family default
+ enthalten.
+ Eine kleine Warnung dazu: Ein
+\family typewriter
+Submenu
+\family default
+ kann in
+\family typewriter
+Menubar
+\family default
+ und
+\family typewriter
+Menu
+\family default
+ eingefügt werden, das entsprechende Menü muß aber als
+\family typewriter
+Menu
+\family default
+ definiert werden, nicht als
+\family typewriter
+Submenu
+\family default
+.
+\layout Section
+
+Konverter, Formate und Druckvorschau
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX besitzt einen neuen und mächtigen Mechanismus um mittels externer Programme
+ zwischen beliebigen Dateiformaten zu konvertieren.
+ Geben Sie ein Paar von Formaten an, z.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+,
+\end_inset
+
+B.
+
+\family typewriter
+LaTeX
+\family default
+ und
+\family typewriter
+PDF
+\family default
+, dann geben Sie ein Programm an, das vom einen in das andere Format konvertiere
+n kann.
+ Für unser Beispiel kommen zwei Wege in Frage:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Eine direkte Konvertierung von LaTeX in PDF mittels
+\family typewriter
+pdflatex.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Eine stufenweise Konvertierung über Zwischenformate: LaTeX in DVI (mit
+\family typewriter
+latex
+\family default
+) in Post\SpecialChar \-
+Script® (mit
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+) in PDF (mit
+\family typewriter
+ps2pdf
+\family default
+).
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX wird immer den kürzesten Weg wählen, deswegen müssen Sie unterschiedliche
+ Formatnamen für
+\family typewriter
+.pdf
+\family default
+-Dateien angeben, wenn Sie beide Wege verwenden wollen.
+ Beide sind im entsprechenden Dialog in
+\family sans
+Einstellungen
+\family default
+ enthalten.
+ Sehen Sie sie sich an und definieren Sie sich eigene...
+\layout Standard
+
+Darüberhinaus kann jedem Dateiformat ein Betrachtungsprogramm zugeordnet
+ werden, etwa
+\family typewriter
+gv
+\family default
+, um Post\SpecialChar \-
+Script®-Dateien anzuzeigen,
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\family default
+ für DVI-Dateien usw\SpecialChar \@.
+ Im Dialog in
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+E
+\family default
+\bar under
+i
+\family sans
+\bar default
+nstellungen...\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Datei\SpecialChar \-
+for\SpecialChar \-
+ma\SpecialChar \-
+te\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+etrachter:
+\family default
+ können Sie diese Programme sowie etwaige Optionen festlegen.
+\layout Section
+
+Optionen für den ASCII-Export
+\layout Standard
+
+Eine ganze Reihe von Befehlen dient dazu, die Ausgabe und Formatierung im
+ ASCII-Format zu verbessern.
+ LyX versucht bei der Installation, die besten Einstellungen für Ihr System
+ zu finden, Sie können dies aber in
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+E
+\family default
+\bar under
+i
+\family sans
+\bar default
+nstellungen...\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Ausgabe\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+ASCII
+\family default
+ jederzeit ändern, wenn Sie mit den Vorgaben nicht einverstanden sind.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+groff-Befehl
+\family default
+\series default
+ Damit legen Sie den Befehl fest, mit dem (durch die Unixprogramme
+\family typewriter
+groff
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+ troff
+\family default
+ oder
+\family typewriter
+ nroff
+\family default
+, siehe die jeweiligen Manpages) die Formatierung von ASCII-Tabellen durchgeführ
+t wird.
+ Ist er nicht festgelegt, verwendet LyX den internen, schlechteren Formatierer.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+Ausgabe\SpecialChar ~
+Zeilenlänge
+\family default
+\series default
+ Dieser Befehl legt die maximale Zeilenlänge in der Ausgabedatei fest.
+ Ein Wert von
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+0
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ bedeutet keine Grenze.
+\layout Section
+
+Drucker
+\layout Standard
+
+In
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+E
+\family default
+\bar under
+i
+\family sans
+\bar default
+nstellungen...\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Ausgabe\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Drucker
+\family default
+ haben Sie die Möglichkeit, die Zusammenarbeit von LyX mit dem (externen)
+ Druckbefehl genau zu steuern.
+ Jedoch sollten die Standardeinstellungen normalerweise korrekt sein.
+ Wenn jedoch Ihr lokaler Druckbefehl andere Optionen benötigt, können Sie
+ das hier festlegen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Falls Sie generelle Probleme mit Ihrem Drucker haben, hilft Ihnen vielleicht
+ Kapitel\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{chap:printer}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ weiter.
+\layout Section
+
+Bildschirmfarben
+\layout Standard
+
+In
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+E
+\family default
+\bar under
+i
+\family sans
+\bar default
+nstellungen...\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Aussehen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Farben
+\family default
+ können Sie interaktiv festlegen, mit welchen Farben die diversen Strukturen
+ am Bildschirm dargestellt werden.
+ Hier eine Auswahl der wichtigeren Funktionen und ihrer Standardfarben:
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
+<features>
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Ly
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+X-Name
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Zweck
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Standardfarbe (RGB-Wert)
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Cursor
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Textcursor
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+schwarz (0,0,0)
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Hintergrund
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Texthintergrund
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+leinen (250,240,230)
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Text
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Textvordergrund
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+schwarz (0,0,0)
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+LaT
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+eX-Text
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+LaT
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+eX-Text
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+dunkelrot (139,0,0)
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Mathe
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Mathematische Formeln
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+dunkelblau (0,0,139)
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Mathe (Strich)
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Bruchstriche, Klammern usw.
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+blau (0,0,255)
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Mathe (Hintergrund)
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Hintergrund für Formeln
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+leinen (250,240,230)
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Mathe (Rahmen)
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+purpurrot (255,0,255)
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Mathe (Cursor)
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+schwarz (0,0,0)
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Auswahl
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Auswahlhintergrund
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+hellblau (173,216,230)
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Die komplette Liste existiert derzeit nur in der Datei
+\family typewriter
+LColor.C
+\family default
+ des LyX-Quellcodes.
+\layout Standard
+
+Alternativ könnten Sie unter Zuhilfenahme der LyX-Funktion
+\family typewriter
+set-color
+\family default
+ (siehe
+\emph on
+Referenzhandbuch
+\emph default
+) und der X11-Namen der Farben die Zuordnung manuell vornehmen.
+ Die dazu notwendige Syntax ist
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+set-color LyXName X11-Farbe
+\layout Section
+
+Automatische Einstellungen
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:autodetected}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Einige Einstellungen werden von LyX selbständig ermittelt, wenn Sie den
+ Menüpunkt
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Neu\SpecialChar ~
+k
+\bar under
+o
+\bar default
+nfigu\SpecialChar \-
+rie\SpecialChar \-
+ren
+\family default
+ wählen.
+ Im vorliegenden Abschnitt zählen wir diejenigen Einstellungen auf, die
+ die Nutzerkonfiguration betreffen.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+
+\backslash
+latex_command
+\family default
+\series default
+ enthält den Namen eines gültigen LaTeX2e-Prozessors (automatisch getestet
+ werden
+\family typewriter
+latex
+\family default
+ und
+\family typewriter
+latex2e
+\family default
+).
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+
+\backslash
+ps_command
+\family default
+\series default
+ ist auf
+\family typewriter
+gs
+\family default
+ gesetzt, wenn Sie Ghostscript installiert haben.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+
+\backslash
+view_ps_command
+\family default
+\series default
+ wird auf
+\family typewriter
+gv
+\family default
+ gesetzt, wenn Sie die entsprechenden Programme installiert haben (
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{\view_pspic_command}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ wird auf dasselbe Programm gesetzt).
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+
+\backslash
+ascii_roff_command
+\family default
+\series default
+ verwendet entweder
+\family typewriter
+groff
+\family default
+ oder
+\family typewriter
+nroff
+\family default
++
+\family typewriter
+tbl
+\family default
+, je nachdem, was vorhanden ist.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+
+\backslash
+chktex_command
+\family default
+\series default
+ wird auf
+\family typewriter
+chktex
+\family default
+ plus einiger Optionen gesetzt (falls vorhanden).
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+
+\backslash
+fax_command
+\family default
+\series default
+ wird auf
+\family typewriter
+fax\SpecialChar ~
+send
+\family default
+ oder
+\family typewriter
+sendfax
+\family default
+ gesetzt, je nachdem, welches Fax-Paket gefunden wurde.
+ Benötigte Kommandooptionen werden ebenfalls mit angegeben.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+
+\backslash
+print_spool_command
+\family default
+\series default
+ wird für System-V-Systeme auf
+\family typewriter
+lp
+\family default
+ und für BSD-Systeme auf
+\family typewriter
+lpr
+\family default
+ eingestellt.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+
+\backslash
+print_spool_printerprefix
+\family default
+\series default
+ wird auf
+\family typewriter
+-d
+\family default
+ oder
+\family typewriter
+-P
+\family default
+ gesetzt, je nachdem, ob
+\family typewriter
+lp
+\family default
+ oder
+\family typewriter
+lpr
+\family default
+ gefunden wurden.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+
+\backslash
+font_encoding
+\family default
+\series default
+ Falls die
+\family typewriter
+\series bold
+ec
+\family default
+\series default
+-Zeichensätze gefunden und von LaTeX unterstützt werden, wird dies auf
+\family typewriter
+T1
+\family default
+ gesetzt.
+ Haben Sie nur die
+\family typewriter
+dc
+\family default
+-Zeichensätze, können Sie die Option von Hand aktivieren.
+\layout Section
+
+Weitere Befehle
+\layout Standard
+
+Es gibt noch eine große Zahl an weiteren Konfigurationsmöglichkeiten, die
+ hier nicht erwähnt wurden.
+ Leider ist die Dokumentation noch nicht vollständig.
+ Aber die meisten davon sind zum Glück selbsterklärend.
+ Eine weitere mögliche Quelle von Informationen ist das
+\emph on
+Referenzhandbuch
+\emph default
+, jedoch ist auch dieses nicht immer auf dem allerneuesten Stand.
+\layout Chapter
+
+Internationales LyX
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{chap:i18n}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\emph on
+Anmerkung des Übersetzers: Dieses Kapitel behandelt zwei Themenbereiche.
+ Einmal wird in\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:interface-aendern}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ und\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:andere-tastaturkuerzel}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ erklärt, wie man LyX mitteilt, daß man in einer fremdsprachlichen Umgebung
+ arbeitet.
+ Der überwiegende Rest des Kapitels erläutert, wie man LyX an eine neue
+ Sprache anpaßt, d.
+\emph default
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+,
+\end_inset
+
+
+\emph on
+h.
+\emph default
+\SpecialChar ~
+
+\emph on
+wie man es übersetzt.
+ Da diese Arbeiten für eine deutsche Umgebung bereits erledigt wurden, dürfte
+ dieser Teil des Kapitels für die Leser dieser Übersetzung weitgehend uninteress
+ant sein.
+ Die letzten beiden Abschnitte,
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:internat-tastaturbelegung}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ und
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:keymap}
+
+\end_inset
+
+, waren bei der Übersetzung noch nicht ganz up to date.
+ (Leif Albers)
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX kann mit übersetzten Versionen seiner Benutzerschnittstelle arbeiten.
+ Als dieser Text erstellt wurde, waren über den normalen englischen Text
+ Anpassungen für 23 Sprachen Bestandteil der LyX-Distribution.
+ Die Sprache Ihrer Wahl ist Ihre
+\emph on
+locale
+\emph default
+ [in etwa: Örtlichkeit].
+ (Für weitere Informationen über
+\emph on
+locale
+\emph default
+-Definitionen ist die Manpage
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+locale(5)
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ ein guter Startpunkt.)
+\layout Standard
+
+Bitte beachten Sie, daß diese Übersetzungen zwar funktionieren, aber oft
+ ein paar Einschränkungen unterliegen.
+ Insbesondere wurde das Design der Popup-Menüs auf den englischen Text zugeschni
+tten.
+ Das bedeutet, daß der übersetzte Text an einigen Stellen mehr Platz benötigt
+ als dort zur Verfügung steht.
+ Dies ist natürlich nur ein Darstellungsproblem und schränkt nicht die Funktions
+weise von LyX ein.
+ Sie werden auch feststellen, daß einige Übersetzungen nicht für alle Menüpunkte
+ Tastenkürzel definieren.
+ Manchmal stehen einfach nicht genügend freie Buchstaben zur Verfügung,
+ manchmal hatte der Übersetzer einfach bisher keine Zeit, sich darum zu
+ kümmern.
+\layout Standard
+
+Wir werden versuchen, diese Dinge in einer späteren Version zu korrigieren.
+\layout Section
+
+Eine andere Sprache für die Schnittstelle auswählen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:interface-aendern}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Normalerweise erfolgt die gesamte Benutzerführung in englisch.
+ Um eine andere Sprache auszuwählen, müssen Sie die Umgebungsvariable
+\family typewriter
+LANG
+\family default
+ setzen.
+ Benutzen Sie
+\family typewriter
+setenv LANG xx
+\family default
+ in csh-kompatiblen und
+\family typewriter
+export LANG=xx
+\family roman
+
+\family default
+in sh-kompatiblen Shells.
+ Ersetzen Sie dabei
+\family typewriter
+xx
+\family default
+ durch den Zwei-Buchstaben-Code der Sprache, die Sie verwenden möchten --
+ zum Beispiel
+\family typewriter
+de
+\family default
+ für deutsch.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Noch besser wäre es,
+\family typewriter
+LANG
+\family default
+auf den Wert de_DE zu setzen, da andere Programme (z.
+\begin_inset Formula $\,$
+\end_inset
+
+B.
+ KDE) nach DE suchen, oder sogar den vollständigen Wert de_DE.iso88591
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Normalerweise werden Sie den passenden Befehl in eine der Startdateien einfügen,
+ also z.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+,
+\end_inset
+
+B.
+ in
+\family typewriter
+~/.Xsession
+\family default
+ oder
+\family typewriter
+~/.xinitrc
+\family default
+, damit die übersetzte Schnittstelle automatisch benutzt wird.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Beachten Sie, daß all dies
+\emph on
+nicht
+\emph default
+ funktioniert, wenn Sie LyX mit der Option
+\family typewriter
+--disable-nls
+\family default
+ kompiliert haben.
+\layout Section
+
+Tastaturkürzel für andere Sprachen anpassen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:andere-tastaturkuerzel}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Ein Hauptgrund für Inkonsistenzen in übersetzten LyX-Versionen ist die Tatsache,
+ daß alle Tastaturkürzel für die Menüfunktionen ursprünglich auf den englischen
+ Text zugeschnitten wurden.
+ Das heißt, unabhängig vom tatsächlichen Menüeintrag wird das Kürzel
+\family sans
+M-f\SpecialChar ~
+t
+\family default
+ das Popup
+\family typewriter
+new-file-from-template
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+new-file-from-template
+\family default
+ ist der LyX-interne Befehl, der das Menü
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Neu\SpecialChar ~
+von\SpecialChar ~
+
+\bar under
+V
+\bar default
+orlage
+\family default
+ anwählt.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ öffnen.
+ Es ist allerdings einfach, dies zu ändern, da alle Tastenkürzel für die
+ Menüfunktionen in einer einzigen Datei definiert werden, in
+\family typewriter
+LyXDir/bind/menus.bind
+\family default
+.
+ Jeder Anwender kann eine eigene Version dieser Datei in sein privates LyX-Verze
+ichnis (
+\family typewriter
+~/.lyx/bind
+\family default
+) kopieren und verändern.
+ Diese wird anstelle der systemweiten Datei eingelesen.
+ In diesem privaten Verzeichnis kann man die Definitionen einfach ändern,
+ z.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+,
+\end_inset
+
+B.
+ von
+\family sans
+M-f\SpecialChar ~
+t
+\family default
+ nach
+\family sans
+M-d\SpecialChar ~
+v
+\family default
+ (für
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Neu\SpecialChar ~
+von\SpecialChar ~
+
+\bar under
+V
+\bar default
+orlage
+\family default
+).
+ Für einige Sprachen existieren schon angepasste Versionen
+\family typewriter
+LyXDir/bind/
+\series bold
+ xx
+\series default
+_menus.bind
+\family default
+ (
+\family typewriter
+\series bold
+xx
+\family default
+\series default
+ bezeichnet den Code der Sprache).
+ Diese werden von LyX automatisch benutzt, sofern sie existieren (und Ihre
+
+\emph on
+locale
+\emph default
+ auf
+\family typewriter
+$LANG=
+\series bold
+xx
+\family default
+\series default
+ gesetzt wurde).
+\layout Standard
+
+Sie müssen darauf achten, daß neue Definitionen nicht mit anderen, vorangehenden
+ Definitionen kollidieren.
+ Beispielsweise würde die oben genannte Definition von
+\family sans
+M-d\SpecialChar ~
+v
+\family default
+ für Benutzer, die
+\family typewriter
+emacs.bind
+\family default
+ verwenden, eine Fehlermeldung erzeugen, denn in
+\family typewriter
+emacs.bind
+\family default
+ wird
+\family sans
+M-d
+\family default
+ bereits als als
+\family typewriter
+word-delete-forward
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+word-delete-forward
+\family default
+ löscht das Wort rechts vom Cursor.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ definiert.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+In LyX Version 1.0 werden die übersetzten Namen der Hauptmenüs (die in den
+
+\family typewriter
+po
+\family default
+-Dateien stehen) für den Tasten\SpecialChar \-
+de\SpecialChar \-
+fi\SpecialChar \-
+ni\SpecialChar \-
+tions-Mechanismus verwendet -- deshalb
+ müssen auch in
+\family typewriter
+menus.bind
+\family default
+ die
+\emph on
+übersetzten
+\emph default
+ Menünamen verwendet werden.
+\layout Section
+
+LyX übersetzen
+\layout Subsection
+
+Die Benutzerschnittstelle übersetzen (Textmeldungen)
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX verwendet die GNU-gettext-Bibliothek, um die Internationalisierung der
+ Benutzerschnittstelle zu verwalten.
+ Um LyX dazu zu bringen, in allen Menüs und Dialog-Boxen Ihre Lieblingssprache
+ zu verwenden, müssen Sie eine
+\family typewriter
+po
+\family default
+-Datei für diese Sprache erstellen.
+ Anschließend müssen Sie daraus eine
+\family typewriter
+mo
+\family default
+-Datei erzeugen und diese installieren.
+ Eine umfassende Anleitung dazu finden Sie in der Dokumentation für GNU
+ gettext
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Natürlich nur auf englisch.
+ Die Veränderungen, die an der
+\family typewriter
+po
+\family default
+-Datei durchgeführt werden müssen, sind allerdings recht intuitiv.
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Kurz gesagt müssen folgende Veränderungen durchgeführt werden (
+\family typewriter
+\series bold
+xx
+\family default
+\series default
+ bezeichnet den Sprachencode der neuen Sprache):
+\layout Itemize
+
+Kopieren Sie im Verzeichnis des LyX-Quellcodes die Datei
+\family typewriter
+LYX-SOURCE-DIR/po/lyx.pot
+\family default
+ nach
+\family typewriter
+\series bold
+xx
+\series default
+.po
+\family default
+.
+ (Falls
+\family typewriter
+lyx.pot
+\family default
+ nicht existiert, kann sie mit dem Befehl
+\family typewriter
+make\SpecialChar ~
+lyx.pot
+\family default
+ neu erzeugt werden.)
+\layout Itemize
+
+Editieren Sie
+\family typewriter
+xx.po
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Wir empfehlen, für diese Aufgabe Emacs zu benutzen, da die Distribution
+ der gettext-Library auch einen hübschen Emacs-Modus enthält, der Sie bei
+ dieser Arbeit unterstützt.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+.
+ Für einige Menü- und Widgetfunktionen gibt es Tastenkürzel, die ebenfalls
+ übersetzt werden sollten.
+ Diese Tasten werden mit '
+\family typewriter
+|
+\family default
+' markiert und sollten passend mitübersetzt werden.
+ Es gibt ein Prolog-Programm namens
+\family typewriter
+scgen.pl
+\family default
+, das sich im Quellverzeichnis in
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{LYX-SOURCE-DIR/development/tools/}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ befindet.
+ Vielleicht hilft es Ihnen bei der Bestimmung der Tastenkürzel.
+ Beachten Sie, daß XForms (zumindest die Version 0.86) nur 7-Bit-Zeichen
+ als Tastenkürzel verarbeiten kann.
+\newline
+Sie sollten auch das Informationsfeld am Anfang der neuen po-Datei ausfüllen
+ (mit Ihrer e-mail-Adresse, usw.), damit Sie für andere Leute erreichbar
+ sind, die Ihnen Vorschläge oder unterhaltsame Flames schicken möchten.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Erzeugen Sie die Datei
+\family typewriter
+\series bold
+xx
+\series default
+.mo
+\family default
+.
+ Dies tun Sie mit dem Befehl:
+\newline
+
+\family typewriter
+msgfmt -o
+\series bold
+xx
+\series default
+.mo
+\series bold
+xx
+\series default
+.po
+\layout Itemize
+
+Kopieren Sie die mo-Datei unter dem Namen
+\family typewriter
+lyx.mo
+\family default
+ in den
+\family typewriter
+locale
+\family default
+-Baum im richtigen Verzeichnis für Anwendungsmitteilungen für Sprache
+\series bold
+xx
+\series default
+, z.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+,
+\end_inset
+
+B.:
+\newline
+
+\family typewriter
+cp
+\series bold
+xx
+\series default
+.mo /usr/local/share/locale/
+\series bold
+xx
+\series default
+/LC_MESSAGES/lyx.mo
+\family default
+.)
+\layout Standard
+
+Um eine neue
+\family typewriter
+po
+\family default
+-Datei zu der LyX-
+\emph on
+Distribution
+\emph default
+ hinzuzufügen, müssen eine Reihe von Dateien (Konfigurations-Scripts und
+ mehr) verändert werden.
+ Aber dank der gettext-Bibliothek ist ein Einbinden in den LyX-Quellcode
+ für den Anwender unnötig.
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Sie eine Übersetzung für eine Sprache erstellt haben, die LyX zur Zeit
+ noch nicht unterstützt, sollten Sie uns ruhig ein Patch mit Ihrer Datei
+ zusenden.
+ Wie man ein Patch erstellt, erfahren Sie in der README-Datei im Verzeichnis
+
+\family typewriter
+LYX-SOURCE-DIR/po/
+\family default
+.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Die Dokumentation übersetzen
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\emph on
+[Anmerkung des Übersetzers:
+\emph default
+wenn
+\emph on
+ Sie die Dokumentation übersetzen wollen, benutzen Sie als Vorlage auf jeden
+ Fall das englische Original.
+ Übersetzungen -- diese eingeschlossen -- sind oft nicht ganz auf dem neuesten
+ Stand.
+ -LA]
+\layout Standard
+
+Auch die Online-Dokumentation (im
+\family sans
+\bar under
+H
+\bar default
+ilfe
+\family default
+-Menü) kann (und sollte!) übersetzt werden.
+ Wenn übersetzte Versionen verfügbar sind
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Derzeit (April 1999) sind praktisch alle Texte ins Deutsche übersetzt.
+ Das
+\emph on
+Tutorium
+\emph default
+ wurde in die Sprachen Französisch, Polnisch, Portugiesisch und Schwedisch
+ übersetzt, andere Sprachen sind in Arbeit.
+ Die Bibliothek an übersetzten Texten wächst ständig.
+\end_inset
+
+ und die
+\emph on
+locale
+\emph default
+ entsprechend gesetzt wurde, werden diese automatisch von LyX benutzt.
+ (Leider sind bisher nur wenige Übersetzungen vorhanden.) LyX sucht nach
+ übersetzten Versionen in
+\family typewriter
+LyXDir/doc/
+\series bold
+xx
+\series default
+_DocName.lyx
+\family default
+ (wobei, wie immer,
+\family typewriter
+\series bold
+xx
+\family default
+\series default
+ für das entsprechende Sprach\SpecialChar \-
+kür\SpecialChar \-
+zel steht, das in der Umgebungsvariablen
+
+\family typewriter
+LANG
+\family default
+ gesetzt wird).
+ Falls solche Dateien nicht existieren, wird die englische Version verwendet.
+ Auch die übersetzten Versionen müssen (bis auf das
+\family typewriter
+\series bold
+xx
+\series default
+_
+\family default
+) den gleichen (englischen) Dateinamen (im Beispiel oben
+\family typewriter
+DocName
+\family default
+) tragen wie die englischen Originale.
+ Wenn Sie gerne die Dokumentation übersetzen möchten (übrigens ein guter
+ Weg, um die Originale Korrektur zu lesen!), hier ein paar Tips, die Ihnen
+ möglicherweise etwas Arbeit ersparen:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Lesen Sie
+\family typewriter
+DocStyle.lyx
+\family default
+, der Leitfaden zum Schreiben der LyX-Dokumentation.
+ Beachten Sie vor allem den Abschnitt für Übersetzer.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Werfen Sie einen Blick auf die Seiten des Übersetzungsteams auf der Hompage
+ des
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url[LyX Developer Teams]{http://www.devel.lyx.org}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Dort erfahren Sie, welche Texte bereits in Ihre Sprache übersetzt sind,
+ auch sehen Sie, ob jemand (und wenn ja, wer) die Übersetzungsaktivitäten
+ koordiniert.
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Sie dann mit der eigentlichen Übersetzungsarbeit beginnen sind hier
+ einige Tips, die Ihnen vielleicht einige Schwierigkeiten überwinden helfen:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Machen Sie im Dokumentationsteam mit! Informationen dazu gibt es in
+\family typewriter
+Intro.lyx
+\family default
+ (
+\family sans
+\bar under
+H
+\bar default
+ilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+inführung
+\family default
+).
+ Dies ist übrigens das erste Dokument, das Sie übersetzen sollten.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Machen Sie sich mit den typographischen Konventionen der Sprache vertraut,
+ in die Sie übersetzen möchten.
+ Typographie ist eine alte Kunst, und in vielen Teilen der Welt wurden verschied
+ene Konventionen eingeführt.
+ Auch sollten Sie die typographische Terminologie in Ihrem Land lernen.
+ Eine eigene Terminologie würde nur die Leser verwirren.
+
+\emph on
+(Warnung: Typographie macht süchtig!)
+\layout Itemize
+
+Legen Sie eine Kopie des Originaldokumentes an.
+ Von Zeit zu Zeit wird die Originalversion erneuert.
+ Sie können beispielsweise CVSweb auf der LyX-Entwickler-Seite im WWW verwenden
+ um zu sehen, was sich verändert hat.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Alternativ können Sie auch lokal eine Kopie des (englischen) Ausgangstextes
+ aufbewahren und diese dann mit der neuen Version vergleichen (z.
+\begin_inset Formula $\,$
+\end_inset
+
+B.
+ mit dem Unix-Befehl
+\family typewriter
+diff
+\family default
+).
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+Wann immer Sie einen Fehler im Originaltext entdecken, korrigieren Sie ihn
+ und teilen dem Rest des Dokumentationsteams Ihre Veränderungen mit.
+ (Sie haben nicht vergessen, dem Dokumentationsteam beizutreten, oder?)
+
+\emph on
+Auch die Originaldokumentation ist nicht komplett.
+\layout Section
+
+Internationale Tastaturbelegung
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:internat-tastaturbelegung}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\emph on
+Anmerkung des Editors: der folgende Abschnitt stammt von Ivan Schreter.
+ Er wurde noch nicht an den neuen Dokumentationsstil angepaßt und macht
+ noch keinen Gebrauch von den neuen Möglichkeiten von Version\SpecialChar ~
+1.0.
+ Auch sollte er mit dem folgenden Abschnitt zusammengefasst werden.
+ -jw
+\layout Subsection
+
+Eigene Tastaturtabellen definieren: das
+\emph on
+Keymap
+\emph default
+-Dateiformat
+\layout Standard
+
+Sehen wir uns einmal die
+\emph on
+Keymap
+\emph default
+-Datei ein wenig näher an.
+ Es handelt sich um eine ASCII-Datei, in der folgendes definiert wird:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Taste-Taste- oder Taste-String-Transformationen
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Tote
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ Tasten -- sogenannte
+\emph on
+dead keys
+\layout Itemize
+
+Ausnahmen für tote Tasten.
+\layout Standard
+
+Zur Definition einer Taste-Taste- oder Taste-String-Transformation dient
+ folgender Befehl:
+\layout Quotation
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+kmap Taste Ausgabe
+\layout Standard
+
+wobei
+\family typewriter
+Taste
+\family default
+ die zu übersetzende Taste bezeichnet und
+\family typewriter
+Ausgabe
+\family default
+ die Taste oder den String, der dafür in das Dokument eingefügt werden soll.
+ Eine tote Taste definiert man mit:\SpecialChar ~
+
+\layout Quotation
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+kmod
+\emph on
+
+\emph default
+Taste Tote-Taste
+\layout Standard
+
+wobei
+\family typewriter
+Taste
+\family default
+\emph on
+
+\emph default
+wieder eine Taste auf der Tastatur bezeichnet und
+\family typewriter
+Tote-Taste
+\family default
+\emph on
+
+\emph default
+der Name einer toten Taste ist.
+ LyX unterstützt folgende toten Tasten (Abkürzungen in Klammern):
+\layout Quotation
+
+
+\emph on
+Name
+\hfill
+Beispiel
+\layout Quotation
+
+acute (acu)
+\hfill
+áéíóú
+\layout Quotation
+
+grave (gra)
+\hfill
+àèìòù
+\layout Quotation
+
+macron (mac)
+\hfill
+ \i \={o}
+
+\layout Quotation
+
+tilde (til)
+\hfill
+ñÑ
+\layout Quotation
+
+underbar (underb)
+\hfill
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+b o
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Quotation
+
+cedilla (ced)
+\hfill
+çÇ
+\layout Quotation
+
+underdot (underd)
+\hfill
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+d o
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Quotation
+
+circumflex (circu)
+\hfill
+âêîôû
+\layout Quotation
+
+circle (circl)
+\hfill
+Å\i \r{u}
+\i \r{U}
+
+\layout Quotation
+
+tie (tie)
+\hfill
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+t oo
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Quotation
+
+breve (bre)
+\hfill
+\i \u{a}
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+u o
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Quotation
+
+caron (car)
+\hfill
+\i \v{c}
+\i \v{s}
+\i \v{z}
+
+\layout Quotation
+
+hungarian umlaut (hug)
+\hfill
+\i \H{o}
+\i \H{u}
+
+\layout Quotation
+
+umlaut (uml)
+\hfill
+äöü
+\layout Quotation
+
+dot (dot)
+\hfill
+\i \.{z}
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+.s
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Da es auf vielen internationalen Tastaturen Ausnahmen dafür gibt, wie eine
+ bestimmte tote Taste das folgende Zeichen verändern soll, können diese
+ definiert werden, und zwar mit:
+\layout Quotation
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+kxmod
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+Tote-Taste Taste Ausgabe
+\layout Standard
+
+Zum Beispiel soll caron-o auf einer slowakischen Tastatur ein circumflex-o
+ erzeugen.
+ Dies erreicht man mit:
+\layout Quotation
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+kxmod
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+caron o "
+\backslash
+^o"
+\layout Standard
+
+Auch müssen für die Buchstaben i und j Ausnahmen definiert werden, um den
+ Punkt zu löschen, bevor ein Akzent eingefügt wird.
+ Ich werde dies beizeiten ändern, hatte aber bisher noch keine Zeit dazu.
+\layout Standard
+
+Ach so, zur Definition der Ausgabe: Der Backslash
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ ist ein Sonderzeichen.
+ Um ihn einzugeben muß man einen doppelten Backslash
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+
+\backslash
+
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ eingeben.
+ Auch das Anführungszeichen
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+"
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ und das Doppelkreuz
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+#
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ haben eine andere Bedeutung.
+
+\family typewriter
+#
+\family default
+ bezeichnet einen Kommentar, Anführungszeichen markieren den Anfang und
+ das Ende eines Strings (d.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+,
+\end_inset
+
+h.\SpecialChar ~
+einer LaTeX-Befehlssequenz).
+ Um diese Zeichen anzugeben, muß ein Backslash vorangestellt werden (also:
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+"
+\family default
+ und
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+#
+\family default
+).
+ Wenn Sie eine funktionierende Keymap-Datei für eine neue Sprache angefertigt
+ haben, bitte mailen Sie diese an das Entwickler-Team, damit sie in die
+ nächste Distribution integriert werden kann.
+\layout Standard
+
+In Zukunft werden auch noch folgende Befehle unterstützt:
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+kinclude Dateiname
+\family default
+\emph on
+
+\hfill
+
+\emph default
+bindet eine andere Datei ein
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+kprog
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+Programm
+\family default
+\emph on
+
+\hfill
+
+\emph default
+ definiert ein externes Keymap-Programm
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+begin{sloppypar}
+\end_inset
+
+Auch sollte es die
+\family typewriter
+lyxrc
+\family default
+-Datei nach Voreinstellungen durchsuchen (z.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+,
+\end_inset
+
+B.
+ nach einer Option
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+kinclude
+\family default
+, um eine Standardtastatur zu verwenden).
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+end{sloppypar}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Section
+
+Internationale Tastaturtabellen:
+\emph on
+Keymaps
+\emph default
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:keymap}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Die nächsten beiden Abschnitte beschreiben detailliert die Syntax der
+\family typewriter
+kmap
+\family default
+- und
+\family typewriter
+.cdef
+\family default
+-Dateien.
+ Diese Abschnitte sollten Ihnen dabei helfen, Ihre eigene Tastaturtabelle
+ zu entwerfen, wenn die vorhandenen nicht ganz Ihren Bedürfnissen entsprechen.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Die
+\family typewriter
+.kmap
+\family default
+-Datei
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:kmap}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Eine
+\family sans
+\shape up
+.
+\family typewriter
+kmap
+\family default
+\shape default
+-Datei transformiert gedrückte Tasten zu Buchstaben oder Strings (Zeichenketten)
+ -- es definiert ein
+\emph on
+keyboard mapping
+\emph default
+.
+ Im Folgenden werden die Schlüsselwörter
+\family typewriter
+kmap
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+kmod
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+kxmod
+\family default
+ und
+\family typewriter
+kcomb
+\family default
+ beschrieben.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\shape up
+kmap
+\family default
+\shape default
+ Transformiere einen Buchstaben zu einem String
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+kmap
+\family roman
+\emph on
+Zeichen Ausgabe
+\layout Standard
+
+Dieser Ausdruck definiert, daß
+\emph on
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Zeichen
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\emph default
+ zu
+\emph on
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Ausgabe
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\emph default
+ transformiert werden soll.
+ Dabei müssen in
+\emph on
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Ausgabe
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\emph default
+ die Zeichen Backslash
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ und Anführungszeichen
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+"
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family roman
+
+\family default
+mit einem vorangehenden Backslash versehen werden.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Als Beispiel ein Ausdruck, der das Zeichen
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+/
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ ausgibt, wenn die Taste
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+&
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ gedrückt wurde:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+kmap & /
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\shape up
+kmod
+\family default
+\shape default
+ Spezifiziere ein Akzentzeichen
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+kmod
+\family roman
+
+\emph on
+Zeichen Akzent erlaubt
+\layout Standard
+
+Dieser Ausdruck wird dafür sorgen, daß
+\emph on
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Zeichen
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\emph default
+ als ein bestimmter
+\emph on
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Akzent
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\emph default
+ interpretiert wird, und zwar bei allen Zeichen, die in
+\emph on
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+erlaubt
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\emph default
+ aufgeführt sind.
+ Dies ist der Mechanismus toter Tasten
+\emph on
+(dead keys).
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Der Ausdruck
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+tote Taste
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ kommt daher, daß diese Taste allein kein Zeichen erzeugt, aber -- gefolgt
+ von einer anderen Taste -- akzentuierte Zeichen erzeugt.
+ Zum Beispiel kann auf diese Weise das deutsche
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+ä
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ erzeugt werden.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\emph default
+Wenn Sie die Taste
+\emph on
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Zeichen
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\emph default
+ drücken, gefolgt von einem Zeichen, das
+\emph on
+nicht
+\emph default
+ in
+\emph on
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+erlaubt
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\emph default
+ aufgeführt wurde, werden einfach beide Zeichen einzeln ausgegeben.
+\layout Standard
+
+Der folgende Ausdruck definiert, daß die Taste
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+^
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ als circumflex-Akzent definiert wird, wenn er von einem der Buchstaben
+ a, e, i, o, u, A, E, I ,O oder U gefolgt wird:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+kmod ^ circumflex aeiouAEIOU
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family typewriter
+kxmod
+\family default
+ Definiere eine Ausnahme zu einem Akzentzeichen
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+kxmod
+\family sans
+\emph on
+
+\family roman
+Akzent Zeichen Ausgabe
+\layout Standard
+
+Dieser Ausdruck definiert eine Ausnahme für die Wirkung, die
+\emph on
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Akzent
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\emph default
+ in Verbindung mit
+\emph on
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Zeichen
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\emph default
+ haben soll.
+ Dabei muß
+\emph on
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Akzent
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\emph default
+ vorher mit Hilfe einer
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+kmod
+\family default
+-Zeile einer Taste zugewiesen worden sein.
+ Wenn Sie die Sequenz
+\emph on
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Akzent
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Zeichen
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\emph default
+ drücken, wird
+\emph on
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Ausgabe
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\emph default
+ produziert.
+ Falls solch eine Definition
+\emph on
+nicht
+\emph default
+ existiert, und Sie
+\emph on
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Akzent
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Zeichen
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\emph default
+eingeben, erhalten Sie das
+\emph on
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Zeichen
+\emph default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ -- akzentuiert.
+\layout Standard
+
+Der folgende Ausdruck sorgt dafür, daß LaTeX bei einem
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+i
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ mit circumflex den I-Punkt entfernt, bevor das Akzentsymbol eingefügt wird:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+kxmod circumflex i "
+\backslash
+
+\backslash
+^{
+\backslash
+
+\backslash
+i}"
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family typewriter
+kcomb
+\family default
+ Kombiniere zwei Akzentsymbole
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+kcomb
+\family roman
+\emph on
+Akzent1 Akzent2 erlaubt
+\layout Standard
+
+Hier wird es ziemlich esoterisch.
+ Dieser Ausdruck erlaubt die Kombination der Effekte von
+\emph on
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Akzent1
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\emph default
+ und
+\emph on
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Akzent2
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\emph default
+ (in dieser Reihenfolge!) bei allen
+\emph on
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+erlaubt
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\emph default
+-en Zeichen.
+ Die Bedeutungen von
+\emph on
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Akzent1
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\emph default
+ und
+\emph on
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Akzent2
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\emph default
+ müssen zuvor mit Hilfe von
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+kmod
+\family default
+\emph on
+
+\emph default
+definiert worden sein.
+\layout Standard
+
+Folgendes Beispiel aus der Datei
+\family typewriter
+greek.kmap
+\family default
+:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+kmod ; acute aeioyvhAEIOYVH
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+kmod : umlaut iyIY
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+kcomb acute umlaut iyIY
+\layout Standard
+
+Diese Zeilen erlauben es,
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+;:i
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ einzugeben und auf diese Weise
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+'{
+\backslash
+"{i}}
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ zu erzeugen (
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+'{
+\backslash
+"{i}}
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ In diesem Fall löscht die Backspace-Taste das letzte gedrückte Zeichen.
+ Wenn Sie also
+\family typewriter
+;:
+\family default
+
+\family sans
+Backspace
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+i
+\family default
+ eingeben, erhalten Sie
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+'(i)
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ (
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+'i
+\end_inset
+
+).
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+Die
+\family typewriter
+.cdef
+\family default
+-Datei
+\layout Standard
+
+Nachdem LyX die
+\family typewriter
+.kmap
+\family default
+-Datei verarbeitet hat, erklärt eine
+\family typewriter
+.cdef
+\family default
+-Datei, wie die einzelnen Symbole im gegenwärtigen Zeichensatz dargestellt
+ werden sollen.
+ Die LyX-Distribution enthält wenigstens die Dateien
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{iso8859-1.cdef}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ und
+\family typewriter
+\shape up
+iso8859-2.cdef
+\family default
+\shape default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Generell besteht eine
+\family typewriter
+.
+\shape up
+cdef
+\family default
+\shape default
+-Datei aus einer Reihe von Deklarationen der folgenden Form:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\family roman
+\emph on
+Position_im_Zeichensatz String
+\layout Standard
+
+Um beispielsweise dem String (
+\emph on
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Ausgabe
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\emph default
+ im vorigen Abschnitt)
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+'{e}
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ das entsprechende Zeichen im iso-8859-1 Zeichensatz (233) zuzuweisen, benutzt
+ man folgenden Ausdruck:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+233 "
+\backslash
+
+\backslash
+'{e}"
+\layout Standard
+
+(Wieder müssen den Zeichen
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ und
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+"
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ ein Backslash vorangestellt werden.)
+\family roman
+
+\family default
+Beachten Sie, daß es durchaus möglich ist, daß dasselbe Zeichen (sinnvoll)
+ zwei verschiedene Strings repräsentieren kann.
+ Z.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+,
+\end_inset
+
+B.
+ in
+\family typewriter
+i
+\shape up
+so-8859-7.cdef
+\family sans
+
+\family default
+\shape default
+gibt es die Zeilen:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+192 "
+\backslash
+
+\backslash
+'{
+\backslash
+
+\backslash
+
+\backslash
+"{i}}"
+\newline
+192 "
+\backslash
+
+\backslash
+
+\backslash
+"{
+\backslash
+
+\backslash
+'{i}}"
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn LyX kein passendes Zeichen für einen String finden kann, der durch
+ eine Tastensequenz erzeugt wurde, wird es versuchen, falls der String wie
+ ein akzentuierter Buchstabe aussieht, auf dem Bildschirm den Buchstaben
+ mit Akzent selbst zu zeichnen.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Tote Tasten definieren
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\emph on
+Anmerkung des Übersetzers: An dieser Stelle weiche ich kraß vom Original
+ ab.
+ Der englische Text ist hier viel zu weitschweifig und ein bisschen konfus.
+ -LA
+\layout Standard
+
+Es gibt noch eine zweite Möglichkeit, internationale Buchstaben mit Hilfe
+ von
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+toten Tasten
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\emph on
+(dead keys)
+\emph default
+ zu erzeugen -- nämlich direkt in der
+\family typewriter
+.bind
+\family default
+-Datei.
+ (Genaueres finden Sie in Abschnitt\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:bindings}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ und im
+\emph on
+Referenzhandbuch
+\emph default
+.
+ Dazu ein einfaches Beispiel:
+\layout Standard
+
+Nehmen wir an, Sie benötigen eine Zirkumflex-Taste.
+ Diese können Sie definieren, indem Sie in der
+\family typewriter
+lyxrc
+\family default
+-Datei folgende Zeile einfügen:
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+bind "asciicircum" "accent-circumflex"
+\layout Standard
+
+(Dabei ist
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+asciicircum
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ die Bezeichnung, die das X11-System für die
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+^
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+-Taste verwendet.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Die Bezeichnungen anderer Symbole lassen sich ganz gut aus einer C-Include-Datei
+ namens
+\family typewriter
+keysymdef.h
+\family default
+ablesen.
+ Meist findet man sie in
+\family typewriter
+/usr/X11/include/X11/
+\family default
+.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+accent-circum\SpecialChar \-
+flex
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ ist ein LyX-Befehl, der den Zirkumflex-Akzent erzeugt.)
+\layout Standard
+
+Leider unterscheidet sich die Wirkungsweise der toten Tasten, die in
+\family typewriter
+.lyxrc
+\family default
+ definiert wurden, merklich von der, die in Abschnitt\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:kmap}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ beschrieben wurde.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Ihre Sprachkonfiguration einstellen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:savlang}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Sie können Ihre
+\family typewriter
+lyxrc
+\family default
+-Datei so verändern, daß Ihre gewünschte Sprachumgebung automatisch geladen
+ wird, wenn LyX gestartet wird.
+ Dieser Abschnitt beschreibt Befehle, die folgendes spezifizieren:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Standard-, erste und zweite Tastaturbelegung
+\layout Itemize
+
+Zeichensatzkodierung
+\layout Standard
+
+In Ihrer
+\family typewriter
+lyxrc
+\family default
+-Datei finden Sie verschiedene Beispiele, wie man sie konfigurieren kann.
+ Zum Beispiel können Sie einen Eintrag für eine Tastaturbelegung folgendermaßen
+ vornehmen:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+bind "american" "keymap-primary"
+\layout Standard
+
+eine tote Taste
+\emph on
+(dead key)
+\emph default
+ definieren:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+bind "M-," "accent-cedilla"
+\layout Standard
+
+oder eine Zeichensatzkodierung festlegen:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+# Die Norm für die Bildschirmzeichensätze
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+# Voreinstellung ist iso8859-1.
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+font_norm iso8859-2
+\layout Chapter
+
+Installieren neuer Textklassen, Layouts und Vorlagen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{chap:textclass}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+In diesem Abschnitt wird beschrieben, wie Sie beim Installieren neuer Layout-
+ und Vorlagedateien vorgehen müssen, außerdem auch eine kleine Auf
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+"|
+\end_inset
+
+frischung, wie man neue Dokumentenklassen für LaTeX korrekt installiert.
+ Zunächst ein paar Definitionen: Eine Dokumentenklasse ist eine LaTeX-Datei
+ (normalerweise mit der Endung
+\family typewriter
+.cls
+\family default
+ oder
+\family typewriter
+.sty
+\family default
+), die das Format einer speziellen Art von Dokument beschreibt, etwa Artikel,
+ Brief usw., und auch alle dazu notwendigen Befehle definiert.
+ Eine Layout-Datei ist eine LyX-Datei, die einer LaTeX-Dokumentenklasse
+ entspricht und LyX mitteilt, wie die diversen Formatelemente am Bildschirm
+ dargestellt werden sollen, damit der Eindruck möglichst gut dem späteren
+ Druckbild entspricht.
+ Genauer gesagt beschreibt eine Layoutdatei eine
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Textklasse
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+, das interne Konstrukt, welches LyX verwendet, um den Text am Bildschirm
+ darzustellen.
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Layout
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ und
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Textklasse
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ sind somit in gewisser Weise äquivalent, aber es ist besser, die Datei
+ als Layout zu bezeichnen und die interne Realisation im Speicher von LyX
+ als Textklasse.
+ Eine Vorlage ist einfach eine LyX-Dokument, welches bereits einige vordefiniert
+e Einträge für eine bestimmte Textklasse enthält.
+ Derartige Vorlagen sind beispielsweise für Briefe oder Artikel für Zeitschrifte
+n sehr hilfreich.
+\layout Section
+
+Installation eines neuen LaTeX-Paketes
+\layout Standard
+
+Bei manchen TeX-Installationen fehlt möglicherweise das eine oder andere
+ Paket, das Sie gerne mit LyX verwenden würden.
+ Ein Beispiel dafür ist FoilTeX, ein verbreitetes (und sehr leistungsfähiges)
+ Paket zur Erstellung von Dias und Folien für Overheadprojektoren.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Weitere Dokumentation zu FoilTeX finden Sie im Teil
+\emph on
+Profi-Tips
+\emph default
+ der Online-Hilfe.
+\end_inset
+
+ Sie finden hier eine Beschreibung der grundlegenden Schritte, um ein solches
+ zusätzliches Paket in einer aktuellen Version von teTeX
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Die Prozedur gilt auf jeden Fall für v1.0 sowie die 0.9 Betaversionen.
+ Hinweise darauf, ob dies auch in Version 0.4 funktioniert, sind willkommen,
+ andererseits ist ein Upgrade auf 1.0 sicher die bessere Wahl.
+\end_inset
+
+ oder einer anderen, web2c basierten TeX-Distribution einzubinden.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Besorgen Sie sich das Paket von CTAN oder einer anderen Quelle
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Informationen darüber, was CTAN ist und wo unterstützte Dokumentenklassen
+ gefunden werden können, finden Sie im Hilfedokument
+\emph on
+LaTeX-Konfiguration
+\emph default
+.
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Lesen Sie die Datei
+\family typewriter
+texmf.cnf
+\family default
+ (normalerweise befindet sie sich im Verzeichnis
+\family typewriter
+$TEXMF/web2c
+\family default
+, Sie können sie aber auch mit dem Befehl
+\family typewriter
+kpsewhich texmf.cnf
+\family default
+ lokalisieren).
+ Dort wird beschrieben, wie Sie ein lokales
+\family typewriter
+texmf
+\family default
+-Verzeichnis anlegen können; folgen Sie diesen Instruktionen.
+ Sie müssen den Namen Ihres lokalen
+\family typewriter
+texmf
+\family default
+-Ver\SpecialChar \-
+zeich\SpecialChar \-
+nis\SpecialChar \-
+ses in
+\family typewriter
+texmf.cnf
+\family default
+ eintragen.
+ Typischerweise wird unter Linux Software, die nicht zur normalen Distribution
+ gehört, unterhalb von
+\family typewriter
+/usr/local
+\family default
+ installiert, es bietet sich also
+\family typewriter
+/usr/local/texmf
+\family default
+ an.
+ Im Normalfall müssen Sie nur zwei Dinge verändern:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Setzen Sie die Umgebungsvariable
+\family typewriter
+TEXMFLOCAL
+\family default
+ auf das gewählte Verzeichnis, z.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+,
+\end_inset
+
+B.
+\newline
+
+\family typewriter
+TEXMFLOCAL = /usr/local/texmf
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Stellen Sie sicher, daß
+\family typewriter
+TEXMF
+\family default
+ die Variable
+\family typewriter
+TEXMFLOCAL
+\family default
+ enthält:
+\newline
+
+\family typewriter
+TEXMF = {$HOMETEXMF,!!$TEXMFLOCAL,!!TEXMFMAIN}
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Legen Sie das lokale Verzeichnis an.
+ Die Verzeichnisstruktur muß dabei derjenigen des bestehenden
+\family typewriter
+texmf
+\family default
+-Ver\SpecialChar \-
+zeich\SpecialChar \-
+nis\SpecialChar \-
+ses entsprechen, also LaTeX-Pakete in
+\family typewriter
+/usr/local/texmf/latex/
+\family default
+ usw.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Installieren Sie das neue Paket.
+ Am Beispiel FoilTeX: Legen Sie das Verzeichnis
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{/usr/local/texmf/latex/foiltex}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ an und kopieren Sie die diversen Dateien des entpackten
+\family typewriter
+tar
+\family default
+-Archives in dieses Verzeichnis.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Starten Sie das Programm
+\family typewriter
+texhash
+\family default
+.
+ Dabei wird (unter anderem) die Datei
+\family typewriter
+/usr/local/ texmf/ls-R
+\family default
+ angelegt oder aktualisiert.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Wählen Sie in LyX den Menüpunkt
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Neu\SpecialChar ~
+k
+\bar under
+o
+\bar default
+nfigurieren
+\family default
+ an; starten Sie LyX danach erneut.
+\layout Standard
+
+Nun sollte das neue Paket --- beispielsweise
+\family sans
+slides (FoilTeX)
+\family default
+ --- im Feld
+\family sans
+\bar under
+K
+\bar default
+lasse
+\family default
+ des Menüs
+\family sans
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+okument
+\family default
+ erscheinen.
+ Ein Hinweis am Rande: es gibt auch einfachere Möglichkeiten, ein neues
+ Paket zu installieren, Sie können etwa im LaTeX-Systemverzeichnis (
+\family typewriter
+$TEXMF/tex/latex
+\family default
+) lediglich einen Link auf das neue Paket anlegen (nicht vergessen,
+\family typewriter
+texconfig
+\family default
+ aufzurufen!) oder die Umgebungsvariable
+\family typewriter
+$TEXINPUTS
+\family default
+ entsprechend setzen.
+ Die in
+\family typewriter
+texmf.cnf
+\family default
+ beschriebene, formale Methode funktioniert aber garantiert, deshalb sollten
+ Sie diese auch verwenden, solange die Umstände dies nicht verhindern, etwa
+ wenn Sie keine Administratorrechte haben.
+\layout Section
+
+Layouts
+\layout Standard
+
+In diesem Abschnitt wird beschrieben, wie Sie eigene Layout-Dateien (auch
+ Textklassen genannt) für LyX schreiben können; dafür wird die Klasse
+\family typewriter
+article
+\family default
+ als Beispiel genommen.
+ Derartige
+\family typewriter
+.layout
+\family default
+-Dateien beschreiben, welche Arten von Absatzumgebungen in der jeweiligen
+ Dokumentenklasse zur Verfügung stehen, und wie sie in LyX dargestellt werden.
+ Diese Beschreibung ist zwar sehr tiefgehend, kann aber dennoch nicht alle
+ Eventualitäten und Probleme abdecken, auf die Sie beim Schreiben eigener
+ Layout-Dateien stoßen können.
+ Dies liegt einfach an der enormen Vielfalt der Textklassen von LaTeX.
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Sie vorhaben, eine neue Textklasse zu entwickeln, sollten Sie einen
+ Blick in die Beispiel-Textklassen werfen, die im LyX-Paket enthalten sind.
+ Wenn Sie eine LaTeX-Dokumentenklasse verwenden, die vermutlich auch von
+ anderen Personen benutzt wird, und Sie eine passende LyX-Textklasse entwickelt
+ haben, dann sollten Sie uns Ihr Werk ruhig zukommen lassen, damit wir es
+ in die Distribution integrieren können.
+\layout Standard
+
+Bei allen im folgenden angegebenen Optionen ist die Groß-/Kleinschreibung
+ nicht relevant, d.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+,
+\end_inset
+
+h.\SpecialChar ~
+Style, style und StYlE bezeichnen denselben Befehl.
+ Die jeweils möglichen Werte sind in eckigen Klammern hinter dem Namen aufgeführ
+t.
+ Die Voreinstellung einer Option, also der Wert, den die Option erhält,
+ wenn sie
+\emph on
+nicht
+\emph default
+ spezifiziert wird, ist
+\family typewriter
+\emph on
+hervorgehoben
+\family default
+\emph default
+.
+ Wenn ein Argument einen Datentyp hat, wie
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+string
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ oder
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+float
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+, dann wird die Voreinstellung wie folgt dargestellt:
+\family typewriter
+float=
+\emph on
+Voreinstellung
+\family default
+.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Unterstützung neuer Dokumentenklassen
+\layout Standard
+
+Generell können drei Situationen auftreten, wenn Sie eine neue Dokumentenklasse
+ unterstützen wollen.
+ Bei den beiden einfacheren Fällen handelt es sich um LaTeX2e class- (
+\family typewriter
+.cls
+\family default
+) oder Stil- (
+\family typewriter
+.sty
+\family default
+) Dateien.
+ Wenn Sie Pech haben, liegt der dritte Fall vor und bei der neuen Klasse
+ handelt es sich um eine LaTeX 2.09 Stil-Datei.
+ Das Vorgehen beim Anlegen einer neuen Layout-Datei für diese drei Fälle
+ ist sehr ähnlich, lediglich im dritten Fall ist ein zusätzlicher Schritt
+ notwendig, um LyX zu ermöglichen, auch mit LaTeX 2.09 zu arbeiten.
+\layout Subsection
+
+LaTeX2e
+\family typewriter
+sty
+\family default
+-Datei
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn es sich bei der neuen Dokumentenklasse um eine Stil-Datei handelt,
+ die zusammen mit einer bereits existierenden und von LyX unterstützten
+ Dokumentenklasse handelt, nehmen Sie am besten die Layout-Datei für diese
+ Klasse als Ausgangspunkt und kopieren sie in Ihr lokales Verzeichnis.
+ Der Einfachheit halber nehmen wir an, die neue Stil-Datei sei
+\family typewriter
+myclass.sty
+\family default
+ und sie ist dafür gedacht, mit der Standard-Dokumentenklasse
+\family typewriter
+report.cls
+\family default
+ verwendet zu werden.
+
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+cp report.layout ~/.lyx/layouts/myclass.layout
+\layout Standard
+
+Editieren Sie nun
+\family typewriter
+myclass.layout
+\family default
+ und ändern Sie die Zeile
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+DeclareLaTeXClass{report}
+\layout Standard
+
+um in
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+DeclareLaTeXClass[report, myclass.sty]{report (myclass)}
+\layout Standard
+
+Fügen Sie nun irgendwo am Anfang der Datei folgende Zeilen ein:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+Preamble
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+usepackage{myclass}
+\newline
+EndPreamble
+\layout Standard
+
+Starten Sie jetzt LyX und konfigurieren Sie es neu (
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Neu\SpecialChar ~
+k
+\bar under
+o
+\bar default
+nfigurieren
+\family default
+).
+ Starten Sie LyX neu und legen Sie ein neues Dokument an.
+ Sie sollten nun in
+\family sans
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+okument
+\family default
+ als mögliche Dokumentenklasse auch
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+report (myclass)
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ vorfinden.
+ Höchstwahrscheinlich werden sich einige Befehle der neuen Klasse von denen
+ der Basisklasse
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+report
+\family default
+ in diesem Beispiel
+\end_inset
+
+ unterscheiden; Sie können dann mit den Einstellungen für die verschiedenen
+ Umgebungstypen in der Layoutdatei herumexperimentieren.
+ Dazu später mehr.
+\layout Subsection
+
+LaTeX2e
+\family sans
+cls
+\family default
+-Datei
+\layout Standard
+
+In diesem Fall müssen Sie ziemlich sicher ein eigenes Layout von Grund auf
+ neu erstellen.
+ Dabei ist es angeraten, die Layout-Datei einer ähnlichen Dokumentenklasse
+ als Basis zu verwenden und diese an den entsprechenden Stellen anzupassen.
+ Zumindest sollten Sie eine existierende Layout-Datei betrachten um zu sehen,
+ welche Dinge beachtet werden müssen.
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+LaTeX 2.09
+\family sans
+sty
+\family default
+-Datei
+\layout Standard
+
+Ob eine
+\family typewriter
+.sty
+\family default
+-Datei für das (jetzt obsolete) LaTeX 2.09 geschrieben wurde, können Sie
+ an einem der beiden folgenden Dinge erkennen:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+begin{sloppypar}
+\end_inset
+
+Eine Beispieldatei, die diese Klasse verwendet, deklariert dies durch den
+ Befehl
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+documentstyle{myclass}
+\family default
+ (anstelle von
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+documentclass
+\family default
+)
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+end{sloppypar}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Der Aufruf von LaTeX mit einer Beispieldatei gibt eine Warnung aus, daß
+ in den Kompatibilitätsmodus geschaltet wird.
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX unterstützt ausschließlich LaTeX2e-Dokumente.
+ Aber das ist kein Grund zu verzweifeln, denn wo ein Wille ist, ist auch
+ ein Weg (
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Es war offensichtlich unmöglich; deshalb haben wir es trotzdem getan
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ Die existierende Unterstützung für ReVTeX 3.1 ist ein Beispiel, bei dem
+ der LaTeX 2.09 Code derart gekapselt wird, daß er in LaTeX2e formatierten
+ Dokumenten verwendet werden kann.
+ Sie können diese Kapselung auch für Ihr
+\family typewriter
+myclass.sty
+\family default
+ verwenden, sollte sich dieses als 2.09 Code herausstellen.
+ Hier ein kurzes Rezept:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+cp LyXDir/tex/revtex.cls ~/tex/myclass.cls
+\layout Standard
+
+(oder wo immer Sie Ihre lokalen TeX-Dateien speichern).
+ Editieren Sie nun
+\family typewriter
+myclass.cls
+\family default
+ und ersetzen Sie jedes vorhandene
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+revtex
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ durch
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+myclass
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Wahrscheinlich sind einige der
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+DeclareOption
+\family default
+-Einträge für Ihre Stil-Datei nicht relevant, doch das soll Sie momentan
+ nicht stören.
+\layout Standard
+
+Als nächstes erstellen Sie wie im vorigen Abschnitt beschrieben eine Datei
+
+\family typewriter
+myclass.layout
+\family default
+, verwenden aber diesmal den Eintrag
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+DeclareLaTeXClass{myclass}
+\layout Standard
+
+Eine
+\family typewriter
+Preamble
+\family default
+-Definition sollte nicht notwendig sein.
+ Konfigurieren Sie LyX neu und mit etwas Glück haben Sie ein funktionierendes
+ System, das lediglich ein wenig Einstellungsarbeit bei der Darstellung
+ benötigt.
+ Das beinhaltet Veränderungen der Werte, die LyX für Abstände, Zeichensätze
+ usw.
+ verwendet; diese werden in der
+\family typewriter
+.layout
+\family default
+-Datei festgelegt.
+\layout Standard
+
+Weiterhin müssen Sie sicherstellen, daß alle Umgebungstypen, die in
+\family typewriter
+myclass.cls
+\family default
+ definiert werden, auch in
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{myclass.layout}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ vorhanden sind.
+ Falls einige davon fehlen, müssen Sie die entsprechenden Einträge hinzufügen.
+ Kopieren Sie dazu einen ähnlich aussehenden Stil und verändern Sie diesen
+ nach Ihren Wünschen.
+ Dies geschieht am einfachsten folgendermaßen:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+Style FehlenderStyle
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ CopyStyle ÄhnlicherStyle
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ # hier die Unterschiede neu definieren
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+End
+\layout Standard
+
+Im folgenden Abschnitt wird erläutert, was welches Element in einer
+\family typewriter
+.layout
+\family default
+-Datei macht.
+\layout Standard
+
+Dies sollte ausreichend sein, um auf den richtigen Weg zu gelangen.
+ Die folgenden Abschnitte enthalten Details zum tatsächlichen Inhalt der
+ Layout-Dateien.
+ Wenn es dennoch zu Problemen kommt, wenden Sie sich an die LyX-Mailing-Listen.
+ Die Entwickler freuen sich immer über neue Dokumentenklassen!
+\layout Section
+
+Deklaration einer neuen Textklasse
+\layout Standard
+
+Zeilen, die mit einem
+\family typewriter
+#
+\family default
+ beginnen, sind Kommentare.
+ Mit einer Ausnahme: alle Textklassen sollten mit Zeilen ähnlich wie den
+ folgenden beginnen:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\size small
+#% Do not delete the line below; configure depends on this
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\size small
+#
+\backslash
+DeclareLaTeXClass{article}
+\layout Standard
+
+Die zweite Zeile wird benötigt, wenn Sie LyX konfigurieren.
+ Die Textklassen-Datei wird von dem LaTeX-Script
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{chkconfig.ltx}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ gelesen, und zwar in einem speziellen Modus, in dem
+\family typewriter
+#
+\family default
+-Zeichen ignoriert werden.
+ Die erste Zeile ist einfach ein LaTeX-Kommentar, in der zweiten wird die
+ Textklasse deklariert.
+ Eine Datei namens
+\family typewriter
+article.layout
+\family default
+, die mit diesen beiden Zeilen beginnt, definiert eine Textklasse mit dem
+ Namen
+\family typewriter
+article
+\family default
+ und benutzt die LaTeX-Dokumentenklasse
+\family typewriter
+article.cls
+\family default
+.
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+article
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ ist auch die Beschreibung, die später im Popup-Menü
+\family sans
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+okument
+\family default
+ auftaucht.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Angenommen, Sie möchten Ihre eigene Textklasse schreiben, welche die LaTeX-Dokum
+entenklasse
+\family typewriter
+article
+\family default
+ benutzt, in der Sie aber das Aussehen der Kopfzeile verändert haben.
+ Wenn Sie dann Ihre Textklasse in eine Datei namens
+\family typewriter
+myarticle.layout
+\family default
+ schreiben, sollten die ersten beiden Zeilen der Datei etwa so aussehen:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\size small
+#% Do not delete the line below; configure depends on this
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\size small
+#
+\backslash
+DeclareLaTeXClass[article]{article (with my own headings)}
+\layout Standard
+
+Auf diese Weise deklarieren Sie eine Textklasse
+\family typewriter
+myarticle
+\family default
+, die die LaTeX-Dokumentenklasse
+\family typewriter
+article.cls
+\family default
+ verwendet und (im Popup-Menü) beschrieben wird mit:
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+article (with my own headings)
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Falls Ihre Textklasse auch noch von weiteren Paketen abhängt, können Sie
+ das so angeben:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\size small
+#% Do not delete the line below; configure depends on this
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\size small
+#
+\backslash
+DeclareLaTeXClass[article,foo.sty]{article (with my own headings)}
+\layout Standard
+
+Dadurch wird angezeigt, daß Ihre Klasse auch das Paket
+\family typewriter
+foo.sty
+\family default
+ verwendet.
+ Schließlich können Sie auch Klassen für SGML oder DocBook festlegen.
+ Eine typische Deklaration sieht so aus:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\size small
+#% Do not delete the line below; configure depends on this
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\size small
+#
+\backslash
+DeclareSGMLClass{SGML (LinuxDoc)}
+\layout Standard
+
+oder
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\size small
+#% Do not delete the line below; configure depends on this
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\size small
+#
+\backslash
+DeclareDocBookClass[article]{SGML (DocBook article)}
+\layout Standard
+
+Diesen Deklarationen kann außerdem ein optionaler Parameter zugefügt werden,
+ der den Namen der Dokumentenklasse festlegt (hier ist aber keine Liste
+ erlaubt).
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Sie eine Textklasse nach Ihrem Geschmack erstellt haben, müssen Sie
+ die Datei nur noch in das Verzeichnis
+\family typewriter
+LyXDir/layouts/
+\family default
+ oder nach
+\family typewriter
+UserDir/layouts
+\family default
+ kopieren und unter LyX den Menüpunkt
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Neu\SpecialChar ~
+k
+\bar under
+o
+\bar default
+nfigurieren
+\family default
+ anwählen.
+ Nach dem Neustart von LyX sollte Ihre Textklasse im Popup-Menü
+\family sans
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+okument
+\family default
+ auswählbar sein.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Allgemeine Parameter für Textklassen
+\layout Standard
+
+Nachfolgend allgemeine Parameter, die die Form des gesamten Dokumentes beschreib
+en:
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+Columns
+\family default
+\series default
+ [
+\family typewriter
+\emph on
+1
+\emph default
+, 2
+\family default
+]
+\newline
+Gibt an, ob die Textklasse standardmäßig ein- oder zweispaltig gesetzt wird.
+ Kann im Popup
+\family sans
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+okument
+\family default
+ geändert werden.
+ Diese Einstellung ist (ebenso wie
+\family sans
+Sides
+\family default
+) wichtig: Falls Ihre Textklasse standardmäßig zweispaltig gesetzt wird,
+ Sie aber vergessen, das korrekt anzugeben, wird die Option
+\family typewriter
+twocolumn
+\family default
+
+\emph on
+nicht
+\emph default
+ gesetzt, wenn Sie
+\family sans
+\bar under
+2
+\bar default
+-spaltig
+\family default
+ in
+\family sans
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+okument
+\family default
+ aktivieren.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+Sides
+\family default
+\series default
+ [
+\family typewriter
+\emph on
+1
+\emph default
+, 2
+\family default
+]
+\newline
+Gibt an, ob der Text standardmäßig für ein- oder für zweiseitigen Druck
+ gesetzt wird.
+ Kann im Popup
+\family sans
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+okument
+\family default
+ geändert werden.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+PageStyle
+\series default
+
+\family default
+[
+\family typewriter
+\emph on
+plain
+\emph default
+, empty, headings
+\family default
+]
+\newline
+Der Standardseitenstil.
+ Kann ebenfalls im Popup
+\family sans
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+okument
+\family default
+ geändert werden.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+MaxCounter
+\family default
+\series default
+ [
+\family typewriter
+\emph on
+Counter_Chapter
+\emph default
+, Counter_Section, Counter_Subsection,
+\newline
+Counter_Subsubsection, Counter_Paragraph, Counter_Subparagraph,
+\newline
+Counter_EnumI, Counter_EnumII, Counter_EnumIII, Counter_EnumIV
+\family default
+]
+\newline
+Der kleinste Abschnitt-Typ, der automatisch numeriert wird.
+ Sinnvoll sind Werte wie
+\family typewriter
+Counter_Chapter
+\family default
+ für
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+book
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ oder
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+report
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ und
+\family typewriter
+Counter_Section
+\family default
+ für
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+article
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Wenn überhaupt keine Numerierung benötigt wird, beispielsweise in einem
+ Brief, sollte
+\family typewriter
+MaxCounter
+\family default
+ den Wert
+\family typewriter
+Counter_EnumI
+\family default
+ erhalten.
+
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+ClassOptions\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+End
+\family default
+\series default
+ \SpecialChar ~
+
+\newline
+Dieser Abschnitt beschreibt verschiedene globale Optionen, die von der Dokumente
+nklasse unterstützt werden.
+ (Eine detaillierte Beschreibung finden Sie unter
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:classoptions}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.)
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+ProvidesAmsmath
+\series default
+[
+\emph on
+0
+\emph default
+,1]
+\family default
+ \SpecialChar ~
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\newline
+
+\family default
+Gibt an, ob die betreffende Klasse von sich aus das Paket
+\family typewriter
+amsmath
+\family default
+ lädt.
+ Dies ist für die Dokumentenklassen
+\family typewriter
+amsart
+\family default
+ und
+\family typewriter
+amsbook
+\family default
+ der Fall.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+ProvidesMakeidx
+\series default
+[
+\emph on
+0
+\emph default
+,1]
+\family default
+ \SpecialChar ~
+
+\newline
+Gibt an, ob die betreffende Klasse die Funktionalität des Paketes
+\family typewriter
+makeidx
+\family default
+ bereitstellt.
+ Dies ist für die Dokumentenklassen
+\family typewriter
+amsart
+\family default
+ und
+\family typewriter
+amsbook
+\family default
+ der Fall.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+ProvidesUrl
+\series default
+[
+\emph on
+0
+\emph default
+,1]
+\family default
+\SpecialChar ~
+
+\newline
+Gibt an, ob die betreffende Klasse die Funktionalität des Paketes
+\family typewriter
+url
+\family default
+ bereitstellt.
+ Dies ist für die Dokumentenklasse
+\family typewriter
+AASTeX
+\family default
+ der Fall.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+DefaultFont
+\family default
+\series default
+ \SpecialChar ~
+
+\newline
+Dieser Parameter definiert den Standardzeichensatz des Dokuments.
+ (Eine genauere Beschreibung finden Sie in Abschnitt
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:fonts}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.)
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+DefaultStyle
+\series default
+ [string]
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\newline
+
+\family default
+Dies ist das Layout für neu angelegte Absätze, normalerweise
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+.
+ Fehlt dieser Eintrag wird das erste definierte Layout verwendet; dennoch
+ ist es sehr ratsam, diese Anweisung anzugeben.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+Preamble\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+EndPreamble
+\family default
+\series default
+ \SpecialChar ~
+
+\newline
+An dieser Stelle können Sie LaTeX-Code angeben, der vor
+\emph on
+
+\emph default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{document}
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ in die LaTeX-Ausgabe eingebunden wird.
+ (Zum Beispiel eigene Definitionen von LaTeX-Makros.)
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+Input
+\family default
+\series default
+ \SpecialChar ~
+
+\newline
+Hiermit können Sie andere Dateien einbinden, die Definitionen für Textklassen
+ enthalten.
+ Damit können Sie unnötige Mehrfachdefinitionen vermeiden.
+ Beispielsweise binden die meisten Standardtextklassen die Datei
+\family typewriter
+stdclass.inc
+\family default
+ ein, in der ein Großteil der Definitionen für Standardlayouts gemacht wird.
+
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+NoStyle
+\family default
+\series default
+ \SpecialChar ~
+
+\newline
+Mit diesem Befehl können Sie die Definition eines bereits mit
+\family typewriter
+Style
+\family default
+ (siehe Abschnitt
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:specific-layouts}
+
+\end_inset
+
+) definierten Layouts rückgängig machen.
+ Dies ist dann nützlich, wenn Sie ein Layout unterdrücken möchten, das in
+ einer Datei definiert wird, die Sie mit
+\family typewriter
+Input
+\family default
+ eingebunden haben.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Der Abschnitt
+\family typewriter
+ClassOptions
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:classoptions}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Der Abschnitt
+\family typewriter
+ClassOptions
+\family default
+ kann folgende Einträge enthalten:
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+FontSize
+\family default
+\series default
+ [
+\family typewriter
+string="10|11|12"
+\family default
+]
+\newline
+Eine Liste verfügbarer Größen für den Hauptzeichensatz; die Einträge werden
+ mit
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+|
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ getrennt.
+
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+PageStyle
+\family default
+\series default
+ [
+\family typewriter
+string="empty|plain|headings|fancy"
+\family default
+]
+\newline
+Eine Liste verfügbarer Seitenstile; die Einträge werden mit
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+|
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ getrennt.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+Other
+\family default
+\series default
+ [
+\family typewriter
+string=""
+\family default
+]
+\newline
+Sonstige Optionen für die Dokumentenklasse, die durch Komma getrennt werden.
+ Sie werden in dem
+\family typewriter
+documentclass
+\family default
+-Befehl als optionales Argument übergeben.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Einzelne Absatz-Layouts
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:specific-layouts}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Eine Layoutbeschreibung für einen Absatz sieht wie folgt aus
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Sie können mit diesem Ausdruck entweder ein neues Layout definieren oder
+ aber ein bereits definiertes umdefinieren.
+
+\end_inset
+
+:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+Style
+\family roman
+\emph on
+Name
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ ...
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+End
+\layout Standard
+
+Innerhalb des Blocks sind folgende Befehle erlaubt:
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+CopyStyle
+\family default
+\series default
+ Hiermit können Sie alle Optionen eines bereits definierten Layouts in das
+ aktuelle kopieren.
+
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+LatexType
+\family default
+\series default
+ [
+\family typewriter
+\emph on
+Paragraph
+\emph default
+, Command, Environment, Item_Environment, List_Environment
+\family default
+]
+\newline
+Legt fest, wie das Layout in LaTeX überführt wird.
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+Paragraph
+\family default
+\series default
+ bewirkt nichts besonderes -- der Text wird als
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+normaler Absatz
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ übernommen.
+
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+Command
+\family default
+\series default
+ behandelt den Text als Argument eines LaTeX-Befehls (
+\family typewriter
+\emph on
+
+\backslash
+LatexBefehl
+\emph default
+{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+}
+\family default
+).
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+Environment
+\family default
+\series default
+ behandelt den Text als Kern einer LaTeX-Umgebung
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+LaTeX-Umgebung, bzw.
+ LaTeX-Befehl sind hier etwas irreführend, denn diese Regeln gelten auch
+ für SGML-Klassen.
+ Schauen Sie sich am besten die SGML Class-Dateien für Beispiele an.
+\end_inset
+
+ (
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{
+\emph on
+LatexUmge
+\emph default
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+"-
+\end_inset
+
+
+\emph on
+bung
+\emph default
+} \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\backslash
+end
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+""
+\end_inset
+
+{
+\emph on
+La
+\emph default
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+"-
+\end_inset
+
+
+\emph on
+tex
+\emph default
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+"-
+\end_inset
+
+
+\emph on
+Umgebung
+\emph default
+}
+\family default
+).
+
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+Item_Environment
+\family default
+\series default
+ bewirkt dasselbe wie
+\family typewriter
+Environment
+\family default
+, nur daß vor jedem Absatz ein
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+item
+\family default
+ eingefügt wird.
+
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+List_Environment
+\family default
+\series default
+ funktioniert wie
+\family typewriter
+Item_Environment
+\family default
+, nur daß
+\family typewriter
+LabelWidthString
+\family default
+ als Argument an die Umgebung übergeben wird.
+
+\family typewriter
+LabelWidthString
+\family default
+ kann im Menü
+\family sans
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+A
+\bar default
+bsatzformat
+\family default
+ definiert werden.
+
+\emph on
+[Stimmt das noch? Glaube nicht! P.S.]
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+InTitle
+\series default
+
+\family default
+[
+\family typewriter
+1,
+\emph on
+0
+\family default
+\emph default
+]
+\newline
+Bei 1 wird nach dem Layout noch ein
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+maketitle
+\family default
+ in LaTeX eingefügt.
+
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+LatexName
+\family default
+\series default
+ \SpecialChar ~
+
+\newline
+Der Name, den LaTeX für dieses Layout wählt, d.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+,
+\end_inset
+
+h.\SpecialChar ~
+entweder der Name eines LaTeX-Befehls oder der einer LaTeX-Umgebung.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+LatexParam
+\family default
+\series default
+ \SpecialChar ~
+
+\newline
+Ein optionaler Parameter, der
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+LatexName
+\family default
+\series default
+ (dem zugehörigen Befehl oder der Umgebung) übergeben wird.
+ Dieser Parameter kann innerhalb von LyX nicht mehr geändert werden.
+
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+Margin
+\family default
+\series default
+ [
+\family typewriter
+\emph on
+Static
+\emph default
+, Manual, Dynamic, First_Dynamic, Right_Address_Box
+\family default
+]
+\newline
+Legt fest, wie der linke Rand des Textes bestimmt wird.
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+Static
+\family default
+\series default
+ wählt einfach feste Randbreiten.
+
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+Manual
+\family default
+\series default
+ bedeutet, daß der Rand von der Einstellung der
+\family sans
+Ausrichtung
+\family default
+ im Menü
+\family sans
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+A
+\bar default
+bsatzformat
+\family default
+ abhängt.
+ Dies wird für hübsche Listen ohne Tabulatoren benutzt.
+
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+Dynamic
+\family default
+\series default
+ bedeutet, der linke Rand hängt von der Größe der verwendeten Markierung
+ ab.
+ Dies wird zum Beispiel bei automatisch numerierten Überschriften verwendet.
+ Es leuchtet ein, daß die Überschrift
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+5.4.3.2.1 Sehr lange ...
+ Überschrift
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ einen größeren linken Rand benötigt, als
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+3.2 Sehr lange ...
+ Überschrift
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+First_Dynamic
+\family default
+\series default
+ arbeitet ähnlich wie
+\family typewriter
+Dynamic
+\family default
+, aber nur die erste Zeile wird dynamisch gesetzt, die anderen statisch.
+ Dies wird für die LaTeX-Umgebung
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+description
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ benutzt.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+Right_Address_Box
+\family default
+\series default
+ bedeutet, der Rand wird so gewählt, daß die längste Zeile des Absatzes
+ gerade den rechten Rand berührt.
+ Dies wird zum Setzen einer Adresse am rechten Rand der Seite eingesetzt.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+NextNoIndent
+\family default
+\series default
+ [
+\family typewriter
+1,
+\emph on
+0
+\family default
+\emph default
+]
+\newline
+Gibt an, ob der nachfolgende Absatz einen linken Einzug haben darf oder
+ nicht.
+
+\family typewriter
+1
+\family default
+ heißt, der Absatz erhält auf keinen Fall einen Einzug.
+ (Zum Beispiel nach einer Überschrift.)
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+ParIndent
+\family default
+\series default
+ [
+\family typewriter
+string=""
+\family default
+]
+\newline
+Der Einzug der ersten Zeile eines Absatzes.
+ Als Argument wird eine Zeichenkette übergeben.
+ Zum Beispiel bedeutet
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+MM
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+, daß die erste Zeile genau so weit eingezogen wird, wie die Breite von
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+MM
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ im normalen Zeichensatz ist.
+ Einen negativen Wert können Sie angeben, indem Sie ein
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+-
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ voranstellen.
+ Diese Methode wurde gewählt, damit das Aussehen auf dem Bildschirm bei
+ unterschiedlichen Zeichensätzen möglichst ähnlich bleibt.
+
+\family typewriter
+ParIndent
+\family default
+ bleibt für ein bestimmtes Layout fest.
+ Eine Ausnahme ist das Standard-Layout, denn dort kann der Einzug vom vorherigen
+ Layout mit
+\family typewriter
+NextNoIndent
+\family default
+ verboten werden.
+ Auch benutzt das Standard-Layout innerhalb von Umgebungen den Einzug der
+ Umgebung und nicht den eigenen.
+ Zum Beispiel haben Standardabsätze innerhalb einer Aufzählung keinen Einzug.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+ParSkip
+\family default
+\series default
+ [
+\family typewriter
+float=0
+\family default
+]
+\newline
+LyX erlaubt im Menü
+\family sans
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+okument
+\family default
+ die Einstellung
+\family sans
+Absatztrennung
+\family default
+.
+ Mögliche Einstellungen sind entweder
+\family sans
+Einz
+\bar under
+u
+\bar default
+g
+\family default
+ oder
+\family sans
+Vert.\SpecialChar ~
+
+\bar under
+A
+\bar default
+bstand
+\family default
+.
+ Wenn
+\family sans
+Vert.\SpecialChar ~
+
+\bar under
+A
+\bar default
+bstand
+\family default
+ gewählt wird, wird in einem Layout mit
+\family typewriter
+LatexType Paragraph
+\family default
+ der Wert von
+\family typewriter
+ParIndent
+\family default
+ ignoriert.
+ Stattdessen werden alle Absätze durch einen vertikalen Abstand getrennt.
+ Die Länge dieses Abstands ist das Produkt von
+\family typewriter
+ParSkip
+\family default
+ und der Höhe des Standardzeichensatzes.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+TopSep
+\family default
+\series default
+ [
+\family typewriter
+float=0
+\family default
+]
+\newline
+Der vertikale Abstand, der die erste Serie von Absätzen vom vorangehenden
+ Text trennt.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+BottomSep
+\family default
+\series default
+ [
+\family typewriter
+float=0
+\family default
+]
+\newline
+Ähnlich wie
+\family typewriter
+TopSep
+\family default
+ -- nur ist dies der Abstand nach einer Serie von Absätzen.
+ Ist der
+\family typewriter
+TopSep
+\family default
+ des nachfolgenden Layouts nicht 0, so werden die beiden Abstände
+\emph on
+nicht
+\emph default
+ addiert, sondern LyX wählt das Maximum der beiden Abstände.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+ParSep
+\family default
+\series default
+ [
+\family typewriter
+float=0
+\family default
+]
+\newline
+Der vertikale Anstand zwischen den Absätzen dieses Layouts.
+
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+ItemSep
+\family default
+\series default
+ [
+\family typewriter
+float=0
+\family default
+]
+\newline
+Dies ist ein zusätzlicher Abstand für die Unterpunkte eines
+\family typewriter
+Environment
+\family default
+-Layouts.
+ Wenn in solch einem Layout andere Layouts integriert werden, so werden
+ diese mit
+\family typewriter
+ParSep
+\family default
+ getrennt.
+ Aber die einzelnen Unterpunkte der Umgebung werden
+\emph on
+zusätzlich
+\emph default
+ mit
+\family typewriter
+ItemSep
+\family default
+ getrennt.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+LeftMargin
+\family default
+\series default
+ [
+\family typewriter
+string=""
+\family default
+]
+\newline
+Definiert den linken Einzug.
+ Wenn ein Layout in ein anderes
+\family typewriter
+Environment
+\family default
+-Layout integriert wird, werden die Breiten der verschiedenen
+\family typewriter
+LeftMargin
+\family default
+s nicht einfach addiert, sondern vorher in Abhängigkeit zur Schachtelungstiefe
+ mit dem Faktor
+\begin_inset Formula $\frac{4}{\mathrm{Tiefe}+4}$
+\end_inset
+
+ multipliziert.
+ Dieser Parameter wird auch dann benutzt, wenn der Rand als
+\family typewriter
+Manual
+\family default
+ oder
+\family typewriter
+Dynamic
+\family default
+ definiert wurde.
+ In diesem Fall wird der Wert zu den gegebenen manuellen oder dynamischen
+ Rändern hinzugefügt.
+ Für die Bedeutung des Wertes gilt das bei
+\family typewriter
+ParIndent
+\family default
+ Gesagte.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+RightMargin
+\family default
+\series default
+ [
+\family typewriter
+string=""
+\family default
+]
+\newline
+Ähnlich wie
+\family typewriter
+LeftMargin
+\family default
+.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+LabelType
+\family default
+\series default
+ [
+\family typewriter
+\emph on
+No_Label
+\emph default
+, Manual, Static, Top_Environment, Centered_Top_Environment,
+\newline
+Sensitive, Counter_Chapter, Counter_Section, Counter_Subsection,
+\newline
+Counter_Subsubsection, Counter_Paragraph, Counter_Subparagraph,
+\newline
+Counter_EnumI, Counter_EnumII, Counter_EnumIII, Counter_EnumIV
+\family default
+]
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+Manual
+\family default
+\series default
+ bedeutet, die Marke ist das erste Wort (bis zum ersten echten Leerzeichen).
+
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+Static
+\family default
+
+\series default
+bedeutet, die Marke wird im Layout definiert (siehe:
+\family typewriter
+LabelString
+\family default
+).
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+Top_Environment
+\family default
+\SpecialChar ~
+und
+\family typewriter
+\SpecialChar ~
+Centered_Top_Environment
+\family default
+\series default
+ sind Spezialfälle von
+\family typewriter
+Static
+\family default
+.
+ Das Label wird über dem Absatz abgebildet, aber nur am Anfang der Umgebung
+ oder am Anfang einer Serie von Absätzen mit diesem Layout.
+ Dies benutzt man zum Beispiel im
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\family default
+-Layout oder im
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\family default
+-Layout.
+ Dasselbe trifft auch für
+\family typewriter
+Manual
+\family default
+-Marken mit dem LaTeX-Typ
+\family typewriter
+Environment
+\family default
+ zu, damit Layouts für Theoreme korrekt arbeiten.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+Sensitive
+\family default
+\series default
+ ist ein Spezialfall von Bildunterschriften für Gleitobjekte (Abbildungen
+ und Tabellen).
+
+\family typewriter
+Sensi\SpecialChar \-
+tive
+\family default
+ bedeutet, daß der gedruckte Text von der Art des Gleitobjekts abhängt.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+Counter_xxx
+\family default
+\series default
+ (Sollte selbsterklärend sein --
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+xxx
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ entspricht jeweils einem LaTeX-Glie\SpecialChar \-
+de\SpecialChar \-
+rungs\SpecialChar \-
+be\SpecialChar \-
+fehl.)
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+LabelSep
+\family default
+\series default
+ [
+\family typewriter
+string=""
+\family default
+]
+\newline
+Der horizontale Abstand zwischen der Marke und dem folgenden Text.
+ Wird nur für Marken benutzt, die nicht über dem folgenden Text stehen.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+LabelBottomSep
+\family default
+\series default
+ [
+\family typewriter
+float=0
+\family default
+]
+\newline
+Der vertikale Abstand zwischen der Marke und dem folgenden Text.
+ Wird nur für Marken benutzt, die über dem folgenden Text stehen (
+\family typewriter
+Top_Environment
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+Centered_Top_Environment
+\family default
+).
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+LabelString
+\family default
+\series default
+ [
+\family typewriter
+string=""
+\family default
+]
+\newline
+Der String, der für den
+\family typewriter
+LabelType
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+Static
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ verwendet wird.
+ Wenn der Rand (
+\family typewriter
+Margin
+\family default
+) auf
+\family typewriter
+Manual
+\family default
+ gesetzt wurde, dient dieser String auch als Voreinstellung für
+\family typewriter
+LabelWidthString
+\family default
+, die im Popup-Menü
+\family sans
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+A
+\bar default
+bsatzformat
+\family default
+ verändert werden kann.
+ Wenn als
+\family typewriter
+Labeltype
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+Counter_xxx
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ eingestellt wurde, wird der Zähler an diesen String angehängt.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+Align
+\family default
+\series default
+ [
+\family typewriter
+\emph on
+block
+\emph default
+, left, right, center
+\family default
+]
+\newline
+Gibt an, ob der Text im Blocksatz, linksbündig, rechtsbündig oder zentriert
+ gesetzt wird.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+AlignPossible
+\family default
+\series default
+ [
+\family typewriter
+\emph on
+block
+\emph default
+, left, right, center
+\family default
+]
+\newline
+Eine
+\emph on
+Liste
+\emph default
+ von möglichen Textausrichtungen, die durch Kommata voneinander getrennt
+ werden.
+ Einige LaTeX-Stile verbieten bestimmte Ausrichtungen, weil sie keinen Sinn
+ machen.
+ Beispielsweise soll in einer Aufzählung der Text nicht rechtsbündig oder
+ zentriert gesetzt werden.
+
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+Fill_Top
+\family default
+\series default
+ [
+\family typewriter
+\emph on
+0
+\emph default
+,1
+\family default
+]
+\newline
+Hiermit wird festgelegt, ob über dem Absatz ein
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+vfill
+\family default
+ eingefügt werden soll.
+ Dies kann auch im Menü
+\family sans
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+A
+\bar default
+bsatzformat
+\family default
+ eingestellt werden, indem man in
+\family sans
+Vertikale\SpecialChar ~
+Abstände
+\family default
+ für
+\family sans
+Über
+\family default
+ den Wert
+\family sans
+VFill
+\family default
+ auswählt
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\emph on
+Anmerkung von Jean-Marc:
+\emph default
+ Ich bin nicht sicher, ob diese Einstellung nützlich ist; möglicherweise
+ sollte sie in einer späteren Version entfernt werden.
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+Fill_Bottom
+\family default
+\series default
+ [
+\family typewriter
+\emph on
+0
+\emph default
+,1
+\family default
+] Steuert ähnlich wie
+\family typewriter
+Fill_Top
+\family default
+ das Einfügen eines
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+vfill
+\family default
+
+\emph on
+unter
+\emph default
+ dem Absatz.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+NeedProtect
+\family default
+\series default
+ [
+\family typewriter
+\emph on
+0
+\emph default
+,1
+\family default
+]
+\newline
+Gibt an, ob
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+zerbrechliche
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ LaTeX-Befehle innerhalb dieses Layouts durch
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+protect
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ ge\SpecialChar \-
+schützt werden müssen.
+ (Siehe LaTeX-Anleitung.)
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+Newline
+\family default
+\series default
+ [
+\family typewriter
+0,
+\emph on
+1
+\family default
+\emph default
+]
+\newline
+Gibt an, ob Zeilenumbrüche in LaTeX als
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+
+\backslash
+
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ dargestellt werden, oder nicht.
+ Es macht Sinn, diese Option auszuschalten (Wert: 0), um LaTeX-Einschübe
+ in LyX komfortabler editieren zu können.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+PassThru
+\series default
+ [0, 1]
+\newline
+
+\family default
+Legt fest ob der Absatzinhalt unverändert ausgegeben werden soll, also ohne
+ diverse von LaTeX benötigte Ersetzungen durchzuführen.
+ Dies ersetzt in gewisser Weise das alte Zeichensatzattribut
+\family typewriter
+LaTeX
+\family default
+.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+FreeSpacing
+\family default
+\series default
+ [
+\family typewriter
+\emph on
+0
+\emph default
+, 1
+\family default
+]
+\newline
+Normalerweise erlaubt es LyX nicht, mehr als ein Leerzeichen zwischen Wörtern
+ einzufügen.
+ Diese Eigenschaft kann in bestimmten Fällen umständlich sein, zum Beispiel,
+ wenn ein Programmcode eingegeben werden soll.
+ In solchen Fällen kann
+\family typewriter
+FreeSpacing
+\family default
+ auf
+\family typewriter
+1
+\family default
+ gesetzt werden.
+ LyX erzeugt in diesem Fall für jedes zusätzliche Leerzeichen ein geschütztes
+ Leerzeichen, es sei denn, LyX befindet sich im LaTeX-Modus.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+KeepEmpty
+\series default
+[
+\emph on
+0
+\emph default
+, 1]
+\newline
+
+\family default
+Normalerweise ist es in LyX nicht möglich, einen Absatz leer zu lassen,
+ da das zu einer leeren LaTeX-Ausgabe führen würde.
+ In manchen Fällen ist das aber durchaus gewünscht: So können beispielsweise
+ in einer Briefvorlage die benötigten Felder leer voreingestellt werden,
+ damit keiner vergisst, sie anzugeben.
+ In anderen Klassen wird ein solcher Absatz als Unterbrechung verwendet,
+ die keinen eigentlichen Text enthält.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+Spacing
+\family default
+\series default
+ [
+\family typewriter
+\emph on
+single
+\emph default
+, onehalf, double, other
+\family default
+\emph on
+Wert
+\emph default
+]
+\newline
+Dies definiert die Voreinstellung für den Zeilenabstand des Layouts.
+ Die Argumente
+\family typewriter
+single
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+onehalf
+\family default
+ und
+\family typewriter
+double
+\family default
+ entsprechen Multiplikatoren 1, 1.25 und 1.667.
+ Wenn Sie als Argument
+\family typewriter
+other
+\family default
+ angeben, müssen Sie als
+\emph on
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Wert
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\emph default
+ einen konkreten Multiplikator angeben.
+ Im Gegensatz zu anderen Parametern erzeugt LyX, wenn
+\family typewriter
+Spacing
+\family default
+ gesetzt wird, spezifischen LaTeX-Code, der auf das Paket
+\family typewriter
+setspace.sty
+\emph on
+
+\family default
+\emph default
+zurückgreift
+\family typewriter
+\emph on
+.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+Font
+\family default
+\series default
+ \SpecialChar ~
+
+\newline
+Der Zeichensatz, der für den Textkörper
+\emph on
+und
+\emph default
+ die Marke verwendet wird (siehe Abschnitt\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:fonts}
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ Wird
+\family typewriter
+Font
+\family default
+ gesetzt, dann erhält
+\family typewriter
+LabelFont
+\family default
+ automatisch denselben Wert.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+TextFont
+\family default
+\series default
+ \SpecialChar ~
+
+\newline
+Der Zeichensatz, der für den Textkörper verwendet wird.
+ (Siehe Abschnitt\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:fonts}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.)
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+LabelFont
+\family default
+\series default
+ \SpecialChar ~
+
+\newline
+Der Zeichensatz, der für die Marke verwendet wird.
+ (Siehe Abschnitt\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:fonts}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.)
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+Preamble\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+EndPreamble
+\family default
+\series default
+ \SpecialChar ~
+
+\newline
+Eine Serie von Makrodefinitionen, die in die Präambel (vor
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{document}
+\family default
+) eingefügt werden, falls dieses Layout benutzt wird.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Beschreibung des Zeichensatzes
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:fonts}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Eine Zeichensatzbeschreibung sieht folgendermaßen aus:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+Font
+\family roman
+\emph on
+ oder
+\family default
+\emph default
+LabelFont
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ ...
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+EndFont
+\layout Standard
+
+und es sind folgende Befehle vorhanden:
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+Family
+\family default
+\series default
+ [
+\family typewriter
+\emph on
+Roman
+\emph default
+, Sans, Typewriter
+\family default
+]
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+Series
+\family default
+\series default
+ [
+\family typewriter
+\emph on
+Medium
+\emph default
+, Bold
+\family default
+]
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+Shape
+\family default
+\series default
+ [
+\family typewriter
+\emph on
+Up
+\emph default
+, Italic, SmallCaps, Slanted
+\family default
+]
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+Size
+\family default
+\series default
+ [
+\family typewriter
+tiny, small,
+\emph on
+normal
+\emph default
+, large, larger, largest, huge, giant
+\family default
+]
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+Color
+\series default
+
+\family default
+[
+\family typewriter
+\emph on
+none
+\emph default
+, black, white, red, green, blue, cyan, magenta, yellow
+\family default
+]
+\layout Section
+
+Vorlagen erstellen
+\layout Standard
+
+Vorlagen werden genauso erstellt wie gewöhnliche Dokumente.
+ Der einzige Unterschied ist: normale Dokumente enthalten zwangsläufig alle
+ nur möglichen Einstellungen, einschließlich Zeichensatzschema und Papiergröße.
+ Normalerweise möchte ein Benutzer nicht, daß eine Vorlage seine persönlichen
+ Voreinstellungen überschreibt.
+ Deshalb sollte der Designer einer Vorlage alle entsprechenden LyX-Befehle
+ wie
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+fontscheme
+\family default
+ oder
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+papersize
+\family default
+ aus der LyX-Datei entfernen.
+ Dies kann (und muß) mit einem gewöhnlichen Texteditor wie
+\family typewriter
+vi
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+xedit
+\family default
+, oder
+\family typewriter
+xemacs
+\family default
+ durchgeführt werden.
+\layout Standard
+
+Sie sollten Ihre persönlichen Vorlagen nach
+\family typewriter
+UserDir/templates/
+\family default
+ kopieren, ebenso die globalen Vorlagen aus dem Verzeichnis
+\family typewriter
+LyXDir/templates/
+\family default
+ und anschließend das Vorlagenverzeichnis im Dialog
+\family sans
+Eingabe:Pfade
+\family default
+ von
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+E
+\bar under
+i
+\bar default
+nstellungen...
+
+\family default
+ auf das private Verzeichnis setzen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Beachten Sie daß es eine Vorlage mit besonderer Bedeutung gibt:
+\family typewriter
+defaults.lyx
+\family default
+.
+ Diese Vorlage wird jedesmal geladen, wenn Sie ein neues Dokument mit
+\family sans
+Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Neu
+\family default
+ anlegen, damit dieses vernünftige Standardeinstellungen hat.
+ Um diese Vorlage zu erstellen müssen Sie lediglich ein Dokument mit den
+ von Ihnen bevorzugten Einstellungen öffnen und dann im Dialog
+\family sans
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+okument
+\family default
+ den Schalter
+\family sans
+Als\SpecialChar ~
+
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+tandard\SpecialChar ~
+speichern
+\family default
+ anklicken.
+\layout Chapter
+
+Eine Anleitung für Drucker
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\noun on
+Hartmut Haase
+\noun default
+: Wenn Sie für Ihren Drucker cups benutzen, ist diese Kapitel für Sie uninteress
+ant.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{chap:printer}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Section
+
+Einleitung
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\emph on
+Anmerkung des Übersetzers: Der erste Satz dieser Einleitung
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Lesen Sie die Printing-HOWTO
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ ist Unsinn.
+ Wenn Sie tatsächlich die Printing-HOWTO gelesen (und verstanden) haben,
+ enthält dieser Abschnitt für Sie praktisch keine neuen Informationen mehr.
+ Natürlich enthält die Printing-HOWTO viele nützliche Informationen, die
+ weit über das hinausgehen, was wir in diesem Abschnitt beschreiben werden.
+ Im übrigen ist die Installation des Druckers heutzutage erheblich einfacher,
+ als die (sehr umfangreiche) Printing-HOWTO vermuten läßt.
+ Die meisten Distributionen ermöglichen es, die hier erwähnten Konfigurationsdat
+eien mit wenigen Handgriffen zu erstellen.
+ -LA
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Sie auf einem Linux-System arbeiten und erst Ihren Drucker installieren
+ müssen, sollten Sie zunächst die Datei
+\family typewriter
+\size normal
+Printing-HOWTO
+\family default
+\size default
+ lesen.
+ (Sie befindet sich je nach Distribution oft im Verzeichnis
+\family typewriter
+/usr/doc/FAQ/HOWTO
+\family default
+ oder
+\family typewriter
+/usr/doc/HOWTO
+\family default
+.) Es gibt auch eine deutschsprachige Übersetzung, die man über FTP
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+z.
+\begin_inset Formula $\,$
+\end_inset
+
+B.
+
+\family typewriter
+ ftp://sunsite.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO/translations/de/DE-Drucker-HOWTO.txt.gz
+\end_inset
+
+ bekommen kann.
+ Zudem müssen Sie das Ghostscript-Paket installieren, falls Sie dies noch
+ nicht getan haben.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Einige Linux-Distributionen werden mit sogenannten Magic
+\emph on
+-
+\emph default
+Filtern ausgeliefert und installieren diese selbständig.
+ Anstelle der Prozedur, die wir unten beschreiben, können Sie auch diese
+ Magic-Filter-Prozedur benutzen.
+ Allerdings wird es vermutlich etwas schwieriger sein, die Möglichkeiten
+ Ihres Druckers voll auszuschöpfen.
+ Wenn Ihre Linux-Distribution mit einem Extraprogramm für die Druckerinstallatio
+n ausgestattet ist, können Sie auch einfach dies benutzen.
+ Werfen Sie danach einfach einen Blick in die
+\family typewriter
+Printing-HOWTO
+\family default
+, um eventuell noch ein paar Kleinigkeiten anzupassen.
+\layout Section
+
+Die Datei
+\family typewriter
+/etc/printcap
+\layout Subsection
+
+Überblick
+\layout Standard
+
+Die Datei
+\family typewriter
+/etc/printcap
+\family default
+ informiert Linux über Ihre Druckerkonfiguration.
+ Jeder Eintrag definiert einen Drucker, gibt ihm einen Namen, mit dem Sie
+ und andere Benutzer ihn ansprechen können und erklärt Linux, wie Ausgaben
+ an diesen Drucker gehandhabt werden sollen.
+ Es macht durchaus Sinn, in dieser Datei mehrere
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+logische Drucker
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ zu definieren, die alle denselben physikalischen Drucker ansprechen, dies
+ aber in unterschiedlicher Art und Weise tun
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Bemerkung von
+\noun on
+John Weiss:
+\noun default
+ Ich handhabe dies so mit meinem Epson Stylus Color IIs.
+ Da man für Farb- und Schwarzweißdruck verschiedene Druckköpfe benötigt,
+ habe ich einen eigenen Drucker
+\family typewriter
+color
+\family default
+ für farbige Dokumente eingerichtet.
+ Ich benutze auch einen
+\family typewriter
+draft
+\family default
+-Drucker, der eine geringere Auf
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+"|
+\end_inset
+
+lösung und einen ungenaueren Druckmodus benutzt.
+ Sie sehen, man kann mit Printcaps viele Dinge tun.
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Natürlich benötigt man für jeden physikalischen Drucker auch mindestens
+ einen Eintrag.
+\layout Standard
+
+Hier ein Beispiel für eine
+\family typewriter
+/etc/printcap
+\family default
+-Datei:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\size normal
+lp|Text
+\size default
+ auf einem
+\size normal
+Epson:
+\backslash
+
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\size normal
+ :lp=/dev/lp1:
+\backslash
+
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\size normal
+ :sd=/var/spool/lpd/lp:
+\backslash
+
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\size normal
+ :lf=/var/spool/lpd/lp/errs:
+\backslash
+
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\size normal
+ :mx#0:
+\backslash
+
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\size normal
+ :sh:
+\backslash
+
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\size normal
+ :sf:
+\newline
+
+\size default
+
+\newline
+
+\size normal
+draft|Post
+\size default
+S
+\size normal
+cript
+\size default
+(R)
+\size normal
+
+\size default
+auf einem
+\size normal
+ Epson Stylus Color IIs, 180dpi:
+\backslash
+
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\size normal
+ :lp=/dev/lp1:
+\backslash
+
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\size normal
+ :sd=/var/spool/lpd/draft:
+\backslash
+
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\size normal
+ :lf=/var/spool/lpd/draft/errs:
+\backslash
+
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\size normal
+ :if=/var/spool/lpd/draft/draft.filter:
+\backslash
+
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\size normal
+ :mx#0:
+\backslash
+
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\size normal
+ :sh:
+\backslash
+
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\size normal
+ :sf:
+\newline
+
+\size default
+
+\newline
+
+\size normal
+ps|Post
+\size default
+S
+\size normal
+cript
+\size default
+(R) auf einem
+\size normal
+Epson Stylus Color IIs, 360dpi:
+\backslash
+
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\size normal
+ :lp=/dev/lp1:
+\backslash
+
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\size normal
+ :sd=/var/spool/lpd/ps:
+\backslash
+
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\size normal
+ :lf=/var/spool/lpd/ps/errs:
+\backslash
+
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\size normal
+ :if=/var/spool/lpd/ps/ps.filter:
+\backslash
+
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\size normal
+ :mx#0:
+\backslash
+
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\size normal
+ :sh:
+\backslash
+
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\size normal
+ :sf:
+\layout Standard
+
+Bevor wir mit Erklärungen zu diesen Hieroglyphen fortfahren, haben wir eine
+ wichtige Information:
+\layout Standard
+\align center
+WARNUNG! WARNUNG! WARNUNG!
+\newline
+Benutzen Sie nur eine Leerzeile zwischen den Einträgen!
+\newline
+Stellen Sie sicher, daß diese Zeile VÖLLIG LEER ist!
+\layout Standard
+
+Selbst ein Leerzeichen in einer Leerzeile zwischen zwei Einträgen kann fatale
+ Folgen haben, denn das System wird Ihre
+\family typewriter
+/etc/printcap
+\family default
+-Datei nicht richtig interpretieren können.
+\layout Standard
+
+Sehen Sie sich jetzt einmal die Einträge genauer an.
+ Jeder Teil eines Eintrags wird von einem
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+:
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ Zeichen abgeschlossen.
+ Ein
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+-Zeichen am Ende einer Zeile bedeutet, daß der Eintrag in der nächsten Zeile
+ fortgesetzt wird.
+ Nach dem
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+-Zeichen dürfen keine anderen Zeichen mehr stehen -- nicht einmal Leerzeichen.
+ Das
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+-Zeichen sollte unmittelbar hinter dem
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+:
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ stehen.
+ Wenn Sie (wie im Beispiel) einen Eintrag in mehrere Zeilen aufteilen und
+ die Zeilen mit einem Leerzeichen beginnen, schreiben Sie ein
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+:
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ unmittelbar vor den folgenden Text.
+ Beispielsweise könnten Sie den ersten Eintrag auch schreiben als:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\size normal
+lp|Text:lp=/dev/lp1:sd=/var/spool/lpd/lp:lf=/var/spool/lpd/lp/errs:
+\layout Standard
+
+Beachten Sie, daß sich hier lediglich ein einzelnes
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+:
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ zwischen den Teilen des Eintrags befindet.
+ Wir spalten diesen Eintrag nun in zwei Zeilen auf:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\size normal
+lp|Text:lp=/dev/lp1:sd=/var/spool/lpd/lp:
+\backslash
+
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\size normal
+ :lf=/var/spool/lpd/lp/errs:
+\layout Standard
+
+Wir brechen die Zeile zunächst direkt hinter einem
+\size normal
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+:
+\family default
+\size default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\size normal
+
+\size default
+um, indem wir ein
+\size normal
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\size default
+ einfügen, eine neue Zeile beginnen, ein wenig Freiraum einfügen und dann
+ noch ein
+\size normal
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+:
+\family default
+\size default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\size normal
+
+\size default
+einfügen,
+\size normal
+be
+\size default
+vor wir fortfahren.
+ Es ist üblich, wenn man einen Eintrag in mehrere Zeilen aufspaltet, alle
+ Zeilen bis auf die erste einzurücken.
+ Es gibt übrigens viele Optionen, die man an einen Eintrag einfügen kann.
+ Wir werden hier nur die vier wichtigsten behandeln.
+ Die
+\emph on
+man page
+\emph default
+ für die
+\family typewriter
+printcap
+\family default
+-Datei enthält weitere Informationen.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Der Druckername
+\layout Standard
+
+Der erste Teil eines
+\family typewriter
+printcap
+\family default
+-Eintrags ist der Druckername.
+ Dort dürfen mehrere Namen angegeben werden, die durch ein
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+|
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+-Zeichen getrennt werden.
+ Es ist sinnvoll, als ersten Namen ein ein Kürzel anzugeben und als zweiten
+ Namen eine Kurzbeschreibung des Druckers (natürlich gefolgt von einem
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+:
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ Zeichen).
+ Zum Beispiel ist
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\size normal
+draft|
+\size default
+Unser Drucker im
+\size normal
+ Draft
+\size default
+-
+\size normal
+Mod
+\size default
+us
+\size normal
+:
+\backslash
+
+\layout Standard
+
+ein Drucker, der den Kurznamen
+\size normal
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+draft
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\size default
+erhält und eine Beschreibung
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Unser Drucker im Draft Modus
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ [Beachten Sie das
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ am Ende der Zeile, das angibt, daß der Eintrag in der nächsten Zeile fortgesetz
+t wird.] Das Kürzel
+\family typewriter
+draft
+\family default
+ ist der Name, den Sie bei vielen Druckkommandos benutzen (beispielsweise
+ dem
+\family typewriter
+lpr
+\family default
+ Befehl mit der
+\family typewriter
+-P
+\family default
+ Option).
+\layout Standard
+
+Es ist üblich, für einen
+\size normal
+PostScript®
+\size default
+-Drucker das Kürzel
+\size normal
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+ps
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\size default
+zu benutzen, und den Textdrucker
+\size normal
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+lp
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\size default
+ zu nennen
+\size normal
+.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Die Drucker-Gerätedatei
+\layout Standard
+
+Der nächste Teil der Beispieleinträge legt das Gerät (d.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+,
+\end_inset
+
+h.\SpecialChar ~
+den Namen der Gerätedatei) fest, auf dem gedruckt werden soll.
+ In allen Beispieleinträgen lautet diese Zeile:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\size normal
+ :lp=/dev/lp1:
+\backslash
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\size normal
+[
+\size default
+Noch einmal: Beachten Sie das
+\size normal
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\size default
+am Ende der Zeile und das zusätzliche
+\size normal
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+:
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\size default
+nach den Leerzeichen, die benutzt wurden, um den Text einzurücken
+\size normal
+.]
+\layout Standard
+
+Mit dem Kürzel
+\family typewriter
+\size normal
+lp=
+\family default
+
+\size default
+(
+\series bold
+\emph on
+l
+\series default
+ine
+\series bold
+p
+\series default
+rinter
+\emph default
+) geben Sie den Namen des Drucker-Device an.
+ Im Beispiel handelt es sich um
+\family typewriter
+\size normal
+/dev/lp1
+\family default
+,
+\size default
+die parallele Schnittstelle.
+ Es gibt auch Drucker, die an die serielle Schnittstelle angeschlossen werden.
+ Wenn Sie einen haben, sollten Sie
+\family typewriter
+\size normal
+/dev/ttyS0
+\family default
+
+\size default
+für die erste serielle Schnittstelle benutzen,
+\family typewriter
+\size normal
+/dev/ttyS1
+\family default
+
+\size default
+für die zweite, usw.
+ In diesem Fall werden Sie wahrscheinlich auch noch andere Kommandos in
+ Ihrem
+\family typewriter
+printcap
+\family default
+-Eintrag benutzen müssen, beispielsweise um die Baudrate festzulegen.
+ Die
+\family typewriter
+printcap
+\family default
+-Manpage enthält darüber weitere Informationen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Die meisten Drucker benutzen allerdings die parallele Schnittstelle.
+ Außerdem hängt der Drucker bei
+\emph on
+fast allen
+\emph default
+ PC-kompatiblen Computern an
+\family typewriter
+\size normal
+/dev/lp1
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Warum ist die erste parallele Schnittstelle
+\family typewriter
+/dev/lp1
+\family default
+ und
+\emph on
+nicht
+\emph default
+
+\family typewriter
+/dev/lp0
+\family default
+? Die I/O-Adressen der einzelnen Schnittstellen sind im Linux-Systemkern
+ kodiert.
+ Adresse
+\family typewriter
+ 0x3BC
+\family default
+ ist Schnittstelle
+\family typewriter
+ /dev/lp0
+\family default
+, Adresse
+\family typewriter
+0x378
+\family default
+ ist Schnittstelle
+\family typewriter
+/dev/lp1
+\family default
+ und
+\family typewriter
+0x278
+\family default
+ ist
+\family typewriter
+/dev/lp2
+\family default
+.
+ Da die meisten PC-kompatiblen Computer die parallele Schnittstelle auf
+ die Adresse
+\family typewriter
+0x378
+\family default
+ legen, ist bei diesen Systemen
+\family typewriter
+/dev/lp1
+\family default
+ die parallele Schnittstelle.
+\newline
+Wenn Sie über mehr als eine parallele Schnittstelle verfügen, ändert sich
+ die Situation.
+ Auch wenn Sie die I/O-Adresse Ihrer Schnittstelle aus einem anderen Grund
+ geändert haben sollten, wird ein anderes
+\family typewriter
+lp
+\family default
+-Gerät auf die parallele Schnittstelle zeigen.
+ Andere Systeme sind möglicherweise völlig merkwürdig konfiguriert.
+ In jedem Fall können Sie unter DOS kontrollieren, welche I/O-Adresse Ihre
+ Schnittstelle hat.
+ Dann können Sie mit Hilfe der Adresse auch bestimmen, ob Sie
+\family typewriter
+/dev/lp0
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+/dev/lp1
+\family default
+ oder
+\family typewriter
+/dev/lp2
+\family default
+ benutzen müssen.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+\size default
+.
+
+\size normal
+
+\size default
+Möglicherweise ist an Ihrem System jedoch etwas anders konfiguriert, Sie
+ sollten also testen, welches Device die Druckerschnittstelle anspricht.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Das Spulverzeichnis und die Logdatei
+\layout Standard
+
+Zusätzlich zu einem Druckernamen und einem zugehörigen Gerät benötigen Sie
+ auch noch ein Verzeichnis für den Drucker-Spooler.
+ Dieses wird mit dem Kürzel
+\family typewriter
+sd=
+\family default
+ (
+\series bold
+\emph on
+s
+\series default
+pool
+\series bold
+d
+\series default
+irectory
+\emph default
+) identifiziert.
+ Es ist auch sehr sinnvoll, eine Logdatei für Fehlermeldungen anzulegen.
+ Diese gibt man nach dem Kürzel
+\family typewriter
+lf=
+\family default
+ (
+\series bold
+\emph on
+l
+\series default
+og
+\series bold
+f
+\series default
+ile
+\emph default
+) an.
+\layout Standard
+
+Die meisten Systeme packen alle Spoolverzeichnisse in das Verzeichnis
+\family typewriter
+/var/spool/lpd
+\family default
+; manche benutzen nur
+\family typewriter
+/var/spool
+\family default
+.
+ In jedem Fall erhält traditionell jeder Druckereintrag ein eigenes Unterverzeic
+hnis mit dem Namen des jeweiligen Druckers.
+ Sie müssen sich als
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+root
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ einloggen und diese Verzeichnisse von Hand anlegen.
+ Sie werden auch den Eigentümer dieser Verzeichnisse ändern müssen, damit
+ die Gruppenzugehörigkeit der Verzeichnisse
+\family typewriter
+daemon
+\family default
+ lautet.
+ (Dies kann man zum Beispiel mit
+\family typewriter
+chgrp daemon
+\family default
+\emph on
+Name
+\emph default
+ erreichen, wobei
+\emph on
+Name
+\emph default
+ der Name des entsprechenden Verzeichnisses ist.)
+\layout Standard
+
+Sehen Sie sich einmal den Eintrag des Druckers
+\family typewriter
+ps
+\family default
+ aus dem Beispiel an.
+ Er enthält die Zeilen:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\size normal
+ :sd=/var/spool/lpd/ps:
+\backslash
+
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\size normal
+ :lf=/var/spool/lpd/ps/errs:
+\backslash
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Das bedeutet, daß
+\family typewriter
+/var/spool/lpd/ps
+\family default
+ das Spoolverzeichnis ist und die Fehlermeldungen in die Datei
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{/var/spool/lpd/ps/errs}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ geschrieben werden sollen.
+ Sie sollten diese Datei
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+erzeugen
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+, indem Sie im Spoolverzeichnis das Kommando
+\family typewriter
+touch errs
+\family default
+ aufrufen
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Der Befehl
+\family typewriter
+touch
+\family default
+ erfüllt zwei Aufgaben.
+ Erstens stellt er sicher, daß eine Datei dieses Namens existiert, indem
+ sie gegebenenfalls einfach erzeugt wird.
+ Sie ist dann zwar leer, aber sie existiert.
+ Zweitens merkt sich das Betriebssystem, wann eine Datei zuletzt geändert
+ wurde.
+
+\family typewriter
+touch
+\family default
+ sorgt dafür, daß diese Zeit auf
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+gerade eben
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ gesetzt wird.
+ Es
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+berührt
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ also die Datei nur, ohne Einfluss auf ihren Inhalt zu nehmen.
+ (In unserem Fall benötigen wir lediglich die erste Wirkungsweise.)
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Ganz ähnlich sieht der Eintrag für den Drucker
+\family typewriter
+lp
+\family default
+ aus.
+ Er enthält:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\size normal
+ :sd=/var/spool/lpd/lp:
+\backslash
+
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\size normal
+ :lf=/var/spool/lpd/lp/errs:
+\backslash
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Wieder: Spoolverzeichnis
+\family typewriter
+\size normal
+/var/spool/lpd/lp
+\family default
+\size default
+, Logdatei
+\family typewriter
+\size normal
+/var/spool/lpd/lp/errs
+\family default
+.
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+Die Filterdatei
+\layout Standard
+
+Anders als
+\family typewriter
+lp
+\family default
+, der einfach Text direkt an den Drucker weitergibt, benötigen die Drucker
+
+\family typewriter
+draft
+\family default
+ und
+\family typewriter
+ps
+\family default
+ einen sogenannten Filter.
+ (Darum haben Ihre Einträge noch eine zusätzliche Zeile.) Das
+\family typewriter
+printcap
+\family default
+-Kürzel für das Filterprogramm ist
+\family typewriter
+if=
+\family default
+ (
+\series bold
+\emph on
+i
+\series default
+nput
+\series bold
+f
+\series default
+ilter
+\emph default
+)
+\emph on
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Es gibt übrigens verschiedene Kürzel, um Filterprogramme anzugeben.
+ Man hat dadurch die Möglichkeit, verschiedene Filter für verschiedene Zwecke
+ einzusetzen.
+ Sie können auch beim Aufruf von
+\family typewriter
+lpr
+\family default
+ unterschiedliche Filter auswählen -- aber das soll hier nicht vertieft
+ werden, es wird hier nicht benötigt.
+\layout Standard
+
+Sehen Sie sich den Eintrag für den Drucker
+\family typewriter
+ps
+\family default
+ an:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\size normal
+ :if=/var/spool/lpd/ps/ps.filter:
+\backslash
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Die Datei
+\size normal
+
+\family typewriter
+ps.filter
+\family default
+
+\size default
+ist ein Shellscript, das im Spoolverzeichnis des Druckers
+\family typewriter
+ps
+\family default
+ steht.
+ Sie können prinzipiell auch direkt den Namen eines Programms angeben, aber
+ der Aufruf eines Shellscripts gibt Ihnen die Möglichkeit, Kommandozeilenparamet
+er anzugeben.
+\layout Standard
+
+Alle Filter, egal ob
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+echte
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ Programme oder Shellscripts, müssen Ihre Eingabe aus
+\family typewriter
+stdin
+\family default
+ (der Standardeingabe) übernehmen und die Ausgabe nach
+\family typewriter
+stdout
+\family default
+ (der Standardausgabe) ausgeben.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Zusätzliche Kürzel
+\layout Standard
+
+Es gibt noch drei zusätzliche Kürzel, die Sie in Ihre
+\family typewriter
+\size normal
+printcap
+\family default
+\size default
+-Einträge schreiben sollten.
+ Sie können diese am Ende aller drei Beispieleinträge sehen.
+ Es handelt sich um:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\size normal
+ :mx#0:
+\backslash
+
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\size normal
+ :sh:
+\backslash
+
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\size normal
+ :sf:
+\layout Standard
+
+Das
+\family typewriter
+\size normal
+mx#0
+\family default
+
+\size default
+(
+\series bold
+\emph on
+m
+\series default
+a
+\series bold
+x
+\series default
+imum file size
+\emph default
+)
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Das
+\family typewriter
+mx#5
+\family default
+ würde bedeuten: Die zu druckende Datei darf nicht größer werden als 5 Datenblöc
+ke.
+ Da die Angabe von 0 an sich unsinnig ist und man irgendwie ein
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+unbegrenzt
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ benötigt, hat man festgelegt, daß 0 hier soviel bedeutet wie
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+unendlich
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_inset
+
+ bedeutet,
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+es können Dateien beliebiger Größe gedruckt werden
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+
+\size normal
+
+\size default
+Das
+\size normal
+
+\family typewriter
+sf
+\family default
+
+\size default
+(
+\series bold
+\emph on
+s
+\series default
+uppress
+\series bold
+f
+\series default
+orm feed)
+\emph default
+ sorgt dafür, daß nach einem Druckauftrag nicht noch ein zusätzlicher Befehl
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Seitenauswurf
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ gesendet wird.
+ Zuletzt verhindert
+\family typewriter
+sh
+\family default
+ (
+\series bold
+\emph on
+s
+\series default
+uppress
+\series bold
+h
+\series default
+eader page
+\emph default
+), daß vor jedem Druckauftrag eine Kopfseite gedruckt wird, auf der zusätzliche
+ Informationen ausgegeben werden (zum Beispiel der Name des Benutzers).
+\layout Section
+
+Wir bauen einen Druckerfilter
+\layout Subsection
+
+PostScript®-Dateien mit Hilfe von Ghostscript ausdrucken
+\layout Standard
+
+Vermutlich kann Ihr Drucker nicht von sich aus PostScript
+\size normal
+®
+\size default
+ drucken.
+ Um Ihren Drucker trotzdem wie einen
+\size normal
+PostScript®
+\size default
+-Drucker benutzen zu können, ist es am einfachsten, das
+\size normal
+
+\size default
+Programm
+\size normal
+Ghostscript
+\size default
+als Filterprogramm zu benutzen.
+
+\size normal
+
+\size default
+Es gibt vermutlich auch noch andere Wege, aber dies ist der verbreitetste.
+ Wenn Sie aus irgendeinem Grund Ghostscript nicht benutzen wollen (oder
+ können), sind Sie auf sich allein gestellt (für den Anfang lesen Sie einmal
+ das
+\family typewriter
+Printing-HOWTO
+\family default
+).
+\layout Standard
+
+Zunächst sollten Sie Ghostscript installieren.
+ An sich sollte eine Version von Ghostscript in Ihrer Linux-Distribution
+ enthalten sein.
+ Andernfalls können Sie Ghostscript auch über das Linux-FTP-Archiv
+\family typewriter
+\size normal
+sunsite.unc.edu
+\family default
+\size default
+ bekommen
+\size normal
+.
+
+\size default
+ Nachdem Sie es installiert haben, rufen Sie es einmal von der Kommandozeile
+ aus auf mit:
+\size normal
+
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\size normal
+gs -h | more
+\layout Standard
+
+Es erscheint eine Liste von verfügbaren Ausgabetreibern und -formaten.
+ Hier ist eine Liste, die helfen soll, die Treibernamen unter Ghostscript
+ zu entschlüsseln:
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\size normal
+Apple
+\size default
+:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+
+
+\size normal
+appledmp Apple
+\size default
+-Matrixdrucker
+\layout Description
+
+
+\size normal
+iwhi Imagewriter
+\size default
+im hochauf
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+"|
+\end_inset
+
+lösenden Modus
+\layout Description
+
+
+\size normal
+iwlo Imagewriter i
+\size default
+m niedrigauf
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+"|
+\end_inset
+
+lösenden Modus
+\layout Description
+
+
+\size normal
+iwlq Imagewriter LQ i
+\size default
+m
+\size normal
+
+\size default
+
+\begin_inset Formula $320\times216$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\size normal
+ dpi
+\size default
+Modus
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\size normal
+Canon
+\size default
+:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+
+
+\size normal
+bj10e BubbleJet BJ-10e
+\layout Description
+
+
+\size normal
+bj200 BubbleJet BJ-200
+\layout Description
+
+
+\size normal
+bjc600 Color BubbleJet BJC-600, BJC-4000
+\size default
+u
+\size normal
+nd BJC-70
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Funktioniert auch für Apple-Drucker wie dem StyleWriter 2x00
+\end_inset
+
+
+\size default
+.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\size normal
+bjc800 Color BubbleJet BJC-800
+\layout Description
+
+
+\size normal
+lbp8 LBP-II8
+\size default
+Laserdrucker
+\layout Description
+
+
+\size normal
+lips3 LIPS-III
+\size default
+Laserdrucker im
+\size normal
+CaPSL
+\size default
+Modus
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\size normal
+DEC
+\size default
+:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+
+
+\size normal
+la50 LA50
+\layout Description
+
+
+\size normal
+la70 LA70
+\layout Description
+
+
+\size normal
+la70t LA70
+\size default
+mit Textverbesserung bei niedriger Auf
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+"|
+\end_inset
+
+lösung
+\layout Description
+
+
+\size normal
+la75 LA75
+\layout Description
+
+
+\size normal
+la75plus LA75 Plus
+\layout Description
+
+
+\size normal
+ln03 LN03
+\layout Description
+
+
+\size normal
+lj250 LJ250
+\size default
+Farbdrucker
+\layout Description
+
+
+\size normal
+declj250
+\size default
+Alternativer Treiber für
+\size normal
+ LJ250
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\size normal
+Epson
+\size default
+:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+
+
+\size normal
+ap3250 ActionPrinter AP3250
+\size default
+(und jeder andere Drucker, der die Druckersprache
+\size normal
+ ESC/P2
+\size default
+benutzt)
+\size normal
+
+\layout Description
+
+
+\size normal
+escp2
+\size default
+Alle
+\size normal
+ Epson
+\size default
+ Drucker, die den
+\size normal
+ ESC/P2
+\size default
+Befehlssatz benutzen (eventuell funktioniert dieser Treiber nicht -- benutzen
+ Sie stattdessen
+\size normal
+
+\series bold
+ap3250
+\series default
+\size default
+.)
+\series medium
+\size normal
+
+\layout Description
+
+
+\size normal
+epson All
+\size default
+e
+\size normal
+
+\size default
+Matrixdrucker mit
+\size normal
+9
+\size default
+ oder
+\size normal
+ 24
+\size default
+ Nadeln (und Kompatible)
+\layout Description
+
+
+\size normal
+eps9mid All
+\size default
+e
+\size normal
+ 9-
+\size default
+Nadeldrucker
+\size normal
+
+\size default
+(und Kompatible) in mittlerer Auf
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+"|
+\end_inset
+
+lösung
+\size normal
+
+\layout Description
+
+
+\size normal
+eps9hi All
+\size default
+e
+\size normal
+ 9-
+\size default
+Nadeldrucker (und Kompatible) in dreifacher Auf
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+"|
+\end_inset
+
+lösung
+\layout Description
+
+
+\size normal
+epsonc LQ-2550
+\size default
+Farbdrucker (funktioniert auch mit
+\size normal
+ Fujitsu 1200, 2400
+\size default
+u
+\size normal
+nd 3400
+\size default
+Druckern)
+\layout Description
+
+
+\size normal
+st800 Stylus 800 inkjet
+\layout Description
+
+
+\size normal
+stcolor
+\size default
+
+\size normal
+Stylus Color, Stylus Color Pro, Stylus Color II
+\size default
+und
+\size normal
+ IIs color inkjet
+\size default
+Drucker
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\size normal
+Hewlet Packard
+\size default
+(
+\size normal
+HP
+\size default
+):
+\size normal
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+
+
+\size normal
+lp2563 2563B
+\size default
+Zeilendrucker
+\layout Description
+
+
+\size normal
+cdeskjet DeskJet 500C
+\size default
+ mit
+\size normal
+1 bpp
+\size default
+Farbe
+\layout Description
+
+
+\size normal
+cdjcolor DeskJet 500C
+\size default
+(u
+\size normal
+nd 540C
+\size default
+) mit
+\size normal
+ 24 bpp
+\size default
+Farbe und
+\size normal
+Floyd-Steinberg
+\size default
+-D
+\size normal
+ithering
+\layout Description
+
+
+\size normal
+cdjmono DeskJet 500C
+\size default
+(
+\size normal
+and 510C, 520C, 540C
+\size default
+) im Schwarzweißbetrieb
+\layout Description
+
+
+\size normal
+cdj500
+\size default
+dasselbe wie
+\series bold
+\size normal
+cdjcolor
+\layout Description
+
+
+\size normal
+cdj550 DeskJet 550C
+\size default
+u
+\size normal
+nd 560C
+\layout Description
+
+
+\size normal
+deskjet DeskJet
+\size default
+u
+\size normal
+nd DeskJet Plus
+\layout Description
+
+
+\size normal
+djet500 DeskJet 500
+\layout Description
+
+
+\size normal
+djet500c Alternat
+\size default
+iver
+\size normal
+ DeskJet
+\size default
+-
+\size normal
+500C
+\size default
+-Treiber (arbeitet nicht mit dem
+\size normal
+ 550C o
+\size default
+der
+\size normal
+
+\size default
+dem
+\size normal
+560C
+\size default
+)
+\layout Description
+
+
+\size normal
+dnj650c DesignJet 650C
+\layout Description
+
+
+\size normal
+ljet2p LaserJet IId, LaserJet IIp,
+\size default
+u
+\size normal
+nd LaserJet III*
+\size default
+mit
+\size normal
+ TIFF
+\size default
+-Komprimierung
+\layout Description
+
+
+\size normal
+ljet3 LaserJet III*
+\size default
+mit
+\size normal
+Delta
+\size default
+-
+\size normal
+Row
+\size default
+-Komprimierung
+\size normal
+
+\layout Description
+
+
+\size normal
+ljet3d LaserJet IIID
+\size default
+mit Möglichkeit zu doppelseitigem Drucken
+\layout Description
+
+
+\size normal
+ljet4 LaserJet 4
+\size default
+(Voreinstellung für die Auf
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+"|
+\end_inset
+
+lösung
+\size normal
+600dpi
+\size default
+)
+\layout Description
+
+
+\size normal
+lj4dith LaserJet 4
+\size default
+mit
+\size normal
+Floyd-Steinberg
+\size default
+-D
+\size normal
+ithering
+\layout Description
+
+
+\size normal
+ljetplus LaserJet Plus
+\layout Description
+
+
+\size normal
+pj PaintJet XL
+\layout Description
+
+
+\size normal
+pjetxl Altern
+\size default
+ativer
+\size normal
+ PaintJet XL
+\size default
+Treiber
+\layout Description
+
+
+\size normal
+pjxl PaintJet XL color
+\layout Description
+
+
+\size normal
+pjxl300 PaintJet XL300 color
+\size default
+(u
+\size normal
+nd 1200C
+\size default
+)
+\layout Description
+
+
+\size normal
+paintjet Alternat
+\size default
+iver
+\size normal
+ PaintJet color
+\size default
+Treiber
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\size normal
+Tektronix
+\size default
+:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+
+
+\size normal
+t4693d2 4693d
+\size default
+Farbdrucker mit
+\size normal
+2 bits
+\size default
+ pro
+\size normal
+RGB
+\size default
+-Wert (
+\size normal
+=6 bpp
+\size default
+)
+\layout Description
+
+
+\size normal
+t4693d4 4693d
+\size default
+Farbdrucker mit
+\size normal
+4 bits
+\size default
+ pro
+\size normal
+RGB
+\size default
+-Wert (
+\size normal
+=12 bpp
+\size default
+)
+\layout Description
+
+
+\size normal
+t4693d8 4693d
+\size default
+Farbdrucker mit
+\size normal
+8 bits
+\size default
+ pro
+\size normal
+RGB
+\size default
+-Wert (
+\size normal
+=24 bpp
+\size default
+)
+\layout Description
+
+
+\size normal
+tek4696 4695
+\size default
+u
+\size normal
+nd 4696
+\size default
+I
+\size normal
+nkjet
+\size default
+Plotter
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Verschiedene andere Drucker
+\size normal
+:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+
+
+\size normal
+cp50 Mitsubishi CP50
+\size default
+Farbdrucker
+\layout Description
+
+
+\size normal
+ibmpro IBM 9-
+\size default
+Nadel
+\size normal
+ Proprinter
+\layout Description
+
+
+\size normal
+imagen Imagen ImPress
+\size default
+Drucker
+\layout Description
+
+
+\size normal
+jetp3852 IBM Jetprinter
+\size default
+I
+\size normal
+nkjet
+\size default
+Farbdrucker
+\size normal
+
+\size default
+(
+\size normal
+Model
+\size default
+l
+\size normal
+ #3852)
+\layout Description
+
+
+\size normal
+m8510 C.Itoh M8510
+\size default
+Drucker
+\layout Description
+
+
+\size normal
+necp6 NEC P6/P6+/P60
+\size default
+Drucker bei
+\size normal
+ 360 dpi
+\size default
+Auf
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+"|
+\end_inset
+
+lösung
+\layout Description
+
+
+\size normal
+nwp533 Sony Microsystems NWP533
+\size default
+Laserdrucker (nur
+\size normal
+Sony
+\size default
+)
+\size normal
+
+\layout Description
+
+
+\size normal
+oce9050 OCE 9050
+\size default
+Drucker
+\layout Description
+
+
+\size normal
+oki182 Okidata MicroLine 182
+\layout Description
+
+
+\size normal
+okiibm Okidata MicroLine IBM-
+\size default
+kompatible Drucker
+\layout Description
+
+
+\size normal
+r4081 Ricoh 4081
+\size default
+Laserdrucker
+\layout Description
+
+
+\size normal
+sj48 StarJet 48
+\size default
+I
+\size normal
+nkjet
+\size default
+Drucker
+\layout Description
+
+
+\size normal
+sparc SPARCprinter
+\layout Description
+
+
+\size normal
+xes Xerox XES
+\size default
+Drucker (
+\size normal
+2700, 3700, 4045, etc.)
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Falls das Ghostscript-Paket, das mit Ihrer Distribution ausgeliefert wurde,
+ Ihren Drucker nicht unterstützt, können Sie versuchen, Ghostscript mit
+ Hilfe des Quellcodes selbst zu übersetzen.
+ Wenn Ihr Drucker nicht
+\emph on
+direkt
+\emph default
+ unterstützt wird, versuchen Sie es mit einem Treiber für einen kompatiblen
+ Drucker.
+\layout Standard
+
+Beachten Sie, daß einige Drucker spezielle Kommandozeilenparameter benötigen.
+ Zum Beispiel möchte der
+\family typewriter
+stcolor
+\family default
+-Treiber, daß die Datei
+\family typewriter
+stcolor.ps
+\family default
+ noch vor der eigentlichen Eingabedatei eingegeben wird.
+ Für mehr Details sollten Sie die Dokumentation von Ghostscript lesen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Als nächstes bauen wir den Filter.
+ Es empfiehlt sich, der Datei den Namen
+\emph on
+druckername
+\family typewriter
+\emph default
+.filter
+\family default
+ zu geben (dabei ist
+\emph on
+druckername
+\emph default
+ der Name, den Sie Ihrem Drucker in der
+\family typewriter
+printcap
+\family default
+-Datei gegeben haben).
+ Zudem ist es sinnvoll, diese Datei in das Spulverzeichnis des Druckers
+ zu schreiben.
+ Das Filterscript sollte folgendes enthalten:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\size normal
+#!/bin/sh
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\size normal
+/usr/bin/gs -q -dSAFER -dNOPAUSE
+\size default
+ -
+\size normal
+sDEVICE=
+\family roman
+\size default
+\emph on
+Druckertreiber
+\family default
+\size normal
+\emph default
+
+\backslash
+
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\size normal
+[-r
+\family roman
+\size default
+\emph on
+Auflösung
+\family default
+\size normal
+\emph default
+
+\family roman
+\size default
+\emph on
+Zusatzoptionen
+\family default
+\size normal
+\emph default
+] -sOutputFile=
+\size default
+
+\size normal
+-[
+\family roman
+\size default
+\emph on
+VorangestellteDatei
+\family default
+\size normal
+\emph default
+.ps] -
+\layout Standard
+
+wobei
+\emph on
+Druckertreiber
+\emph default
+ den Treiber für Ihren Drucker angibt;
+\emph on
+Auflösung
+\emph default
+ ist die Auf
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+"|
+\end_inset
+
+lösung, die Sie benutzen wollen;
+\emph on
+Zusatzoptionen
+\emph default
+ steht für alle möglichen anderen Optionen, mit denen Sie Ghostscript aufrufen
+ möchten; das (optionale)
+\emph on
+VorangestellteDatei
+\family typewriter
+\emph default
+.ps
+\family default
+ ist der Name einer Datei, die Sie vor der eigentlichen Eingabedatei einfügen
+ möchten.
+ Das
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ am Ende der zweiten Zeile ist der übliche Weg, in einem Shellscript einen
+ Befehl in mehrere Zeilen aufzuspalten
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Ähnlich wie in der
+\family typewriter
+printcap
+\family default
+-Datei.
+ Nur muß ein Shellscript bei weitem nicht so penibel geschrieben werden.
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ (Die Argumente in den eckigen Klammern sind optional und werden in vielen
+ Fällen nicht benötigt.
+ Die Klammern selbst erscheinen natürlich
+\emph on
+nicht
+\emph default
+ in der Filterdatei.)
+\layout Standard
+
+Beachten Sie, daß hier davon ausgegangen wird, daß sich das Programm Ghostscript
+ (
+\family typewriter
+gs
+\family default
+) im Verzeichnis
+\family typewriter
+/usr/bin/
+\family default
+ befindet.
+ Dies kann in Ihrem System anders sein.
+\layout Standard
+
+Verschiedene Druckertreiber behandeln das Argument
+\family typewriter
+-r
+\family default
+ unterschiedlich.
+ Einige suchen einfach nach einer einzelnen Zahl, zum Beispiel
+\family typewriter
+-r600
+\family default
+.
+ Andere möchten die horizontale und die vertikale Auf
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+"|
+\end_inset
+
+lösung einzeln eingegeben haben, zum Beispiel
+\family typewriter
+-r360x360
+\family default
+.
+ Es kann sein, daß der Druckertreiber auch noch andere Optionen unterstützt.
+ Genaueres müssen Sie in der Dokumentation von Ghostscript nachlesen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Nachdem Sie den Druckerfilter geschrieben haben, benutzen Sie
+\family typewriter
+chmod a+x
+\family default
+, um die Scriptdatei zu einer ausführbaren Datei zu machen.
+ (Dazu müssen Sie als
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+root
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ eingeloggt sein.)
+\layout Standard
+
+Hier ist ein Beispielfilter, den
+\size normal
+\noun on
+John Weiss
+\noun default
+
+\size default
+für seinen
+\size normal
+Epson Stylus Color IIs
+\size default
+ benutzt
+\size normal
+:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\size normal
+#!/bin/sh
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\size normal
+/usr/bin/gs -q -dSAFER -sDEVICE=stcolor
+\backslash
+
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\size normal
+ -r360x360 -sDithering=fsmono
+\backslash
+
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\size normal
+ -dNOPAUSE -dnoWeave
+\backslash
+
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\size normal
+ -sOutputFile=- stcolor.ps -
+\layout Standard
+
+Dieser Filter erzeugt eine Ausgabe in
+\size normal
+360dpi
+\size default
+und schwarzweiß für einen
+\size normal
+ Epson Stylus Color IIs
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Bemerkung von
+\noun on
+John Weiss
+\noun default
+: Dies ist mein
+\family typewriter
+ps
+\family default
+-Drucker.
+ Ich benutze einen ähnlichen Filter für meinen
+\family typewriter
+draft
+\family default
+-Drucker, der
+\family typewriter
+-r180x180
+\family default
+ anstatt
+\family typewriter
+-r360x360
+\family default
+ benutzt.
+ Für meinen Drucker
+\family typewriter
+color
+\family default
+ benutze ich einen anderen Wert für den
+\family typewriter
+-sDithering
+\family default
+ Parameter.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\size default
+.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Wenn Ihr Drucker bereits PostScript® versteht\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Viele moderne Laserdrucker haben Post
+\size normal
+Script®
+\size default
+bereits eingebaut.
+
+\size normal
+
+\size default
+Einige Laserdrucker benutzen
+\size normal
+PostScript®
+\size default
+sogar als Ihre
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Muttersprache
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Wenn Sie über solch einen Drucker verfügen, benötigen Sie keinen Filter,
+ sondern können Ihre Ausgabe direkt an den Drucker weiterleiten.
+ Allerdings -- wenn Sie eine einfache Textdatei drucken möchten, werden
+ Sie den Text erst irgendwie in
+\size normal
+PostScript®
+\size default
+formatieren müssen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Es gibt drei verbreitete Programme, die ASCII-Dateien nach
+\size normal
+PostScript®
+\size default
+ übersetzen
+\size normal
+:
+\family typewriter
+nenscript
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+a2ps
+\family default
+,
+\size default
+u
+\size normal
+nd
+\family typewriter
+mpage
+\family default
+.
+
+\family typewriter
+mpage
+\family default
+
+\size default
+kann auch mehrere Textseiten auf ein einzelnes Blatt Papier drucken.
+ Für Ihren
+\family typewriter
+lp
+\family default
+-Drucker sollten Sie ein Filterscript erzeugen, das eines dieser Programme
+ zur Umwandlung benutzt.
+ (Der
+\family typewriter
+lp
+\family default
+-Drucker ist der traditionelle Name des Druckers, der einfache ASCII-Texte
+ druckt.) Lesen Sie für weitere Informationen die
+\family typewriter
+\size normal
+Printing-HOWTO
+\family default
+\size default
+.
+
+\size normal
+
+\layout Section
+
+Der Druckerspuldämon
+\family typewriter
+lpd
+\layout Standard
+
+Das Programm, das letztlich die Druckaufträge ausführt, heißt
+\family typewriter
+lpd
+\family default
+.
+ Dies ist auch das Programm, das die Datei
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{/etc/printcap}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+\size normal
+
+\size default
+liest.
+ Irgendwo in den Shellscripts, die ausgeführt werden, wenn Ihr Computer
+ hochgefahren wird
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Auf einigen Computern stehen diese
+\emph on
+bootup scripts
+\emph default
+ im Verzeichnis
+\family typewriter
+/etc/rc.d
+\family default
+.
+ Andere benutzen
+\family typewriter
+/etc/init.d
+\family default
+ oder
+\family typewriter
+/sbin/init.d
+\family default
+.
+ Das müssen Sie selbst herausfinden.
+\end_inset
+
+, muß auch
+\family typewriter
+lpd
+\family default
+ gestartet werden, damit der Druckerspooler immer nach dem Hochfahren des
+ Systems zur Verfügung steht.
+ Im Prinzip können Sie auch jedes Mal
+\family typewriter
+lpd
+\family default
+ von Hand starten, wenn Sie als
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+root
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ eingeloggt sind.
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn
+\family typewriter
+lpd
+\family default
+ erst einmal auf Ihrem System läuft, können Sie ihn mit Hilfe des
+\family typewriter
+lpc
+\family default
+-Befehls kontrollieren.
+ Auch hierzu müssen Sie als
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+root
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ eingeloggt sein.
+\layout Section
+
+Kurze Zusammenfassung
+\layout Standard
+
+Zum Abschluß fassen wir noch einmal die Schritte zusammen, die Sie durchführen
+ müssen, um eine minimale Konfiguration zu erreichen.
+ Wenn Sie fertig sind, haben Sie zwei Drucker: der eine heißt
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+lp
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ und dient dazu, ASCII zu drucken, der andere heißt
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+ps
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ und verarbeitet Aufträge in
+\size normal
+PostScript®
+\size default
+.
+ Der Druckerfilter für den
+\size normal
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+ps
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\size default
+-Drucker (siehe unten) arbeitet mit jedem Epson-kompatiblen Drucker (heutzutage
+ ist fast jeder Nadeldrucker Epson-kompatibel) und benutzt die Standardauf
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+"|
+\end_inset
+
+lösung.
+
+\size normal
+
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size normal
+Log
+\size default
+gen Sie sich als
+\size normal
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+root
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\size default
+ein oder benutzen Sie
+\size normal
+
+\family typewriter
+su root
+\family default
+.
+
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Führen Sie folgende Befehle aus:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\size normal
+cd /var/spool
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\size normal
+mkdir lpd
+\family default
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+(wenn es nicht bereits existiert)
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\size normal
+chgrp lp lpd
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+(Möglicherweise müssen Sie
+\family typewriter
+\size normal
+daemon
+\family default
+
+\size default
+statt
+\family typewriter
+\size normal
+lp
+\family default
+\size default
+ benutzen)
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\size normal
+cd lpd
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\size normal
+mkdir lp ps
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+(nur falls diese Verzeichnisse noch nicht existieren)
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\size normal
+touch lp/errs ps/errs
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\size normal
+chgrp daemon lp ps lp/errs ps/errs
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Editieren Sie nun Ihre Datei
+\size normal
+
+\family typewriter
+/etc/printcap
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Wenn diese Datei bereits existiert, sollten Sie\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+entweder die alte Version umbenennen (zum Beispiel in
+\family typewriter
+\size normal
+/etc/printcap.orig
+\family default
+\size default
+)
+\layout Enumerate
+
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+oder alle Einträge auskommentieren, indem Sie an den Anfang jeder Zeile
+ ein
+\size normal
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+#
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\size default
+-Zeichen schreiben.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Erstellen Sie in Ihrer
+\size normal
+
+\family typewriter
+/etc/printcap
+\family default
+\size default
+ folgende Einträge
+\size normal
+:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\size normal
+lp|Text printer:
+\backslash
+
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\size normal
+ :lp=/dev/lp1:
+\backslash
+
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\size normal
+ :sd=/var/spool/lpd/lp:
+\backslash
+
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\size normal
+ :lf=/var/spool/lpd/lp/errs:
+\backslash
+
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\size normal
+ :mx#0:sh:sf:
+\newline
+
+\size default
+
+\newline
+
+\size normal
+ps|Post
+\size default
+S
+\size normal
+cript
+\size default
+(R)
+\size normal
+ printer:
+\backslash
+
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\size normal
+ :lp=/dev/lp1:
+\backslash
+
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\size normal
+ :sd=/var/spool/lpd/ps:
+\backslash
+
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\size normal
+ :lf=/var/spool/lpd/ps/errs:
+\backslash
+
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\size normal
+ :if=/var/spool/lpd/ps/ps.filter:
+\backslash
+
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\size normal
+ :mx#0:sh:sf:
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+STELLEN SIE SICHER, DASS:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+nichts in einer Leerzeile zwischen zwei Einträgen steht -- nicht einmal
+ ein Leerzeichen.
+
+\size normal
+
+\layout Enumerate
+
+hinter dem
+\size normal
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\size default
+-Zeichen am Ende jeder Zeile kein anderes Zeichen mehr steht.
+
+\size normal
+
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Als nächstes, erstellen Sie ein Filterscript für den Drucker
+\family typewriter
+\size normal
+ps
+\family default
+\size default
+.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Erstellen Sie eine Datei
+\family typewriter
+\size normal
+/var/spool/lpd/ps/ps.filter
+\family default
+\size default
+ mit folgendem Inhalt
+\size normal
+:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\size normal
+#!/bin/sh
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\size normal
+/usr/bin/gs -q -dSAFER -dNOPAUSE
+\backslash
+
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\size normal
+ -sDEVICE=epson -sOutputFile=- -
+\layout Standard
+
+(Wenn Ihr Drucker nicht Epson-kompatibel sein sollte, ersetzen Sie
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+epson
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ durch den entsprechenden Treibernamen Ihres Druckers.
+ Wenn sich das Programm
+\family typewriter
+gs
+\family default
+ nicht in
+\family typewriter
+/usr/bin
+\family default
+ befinden sollte, korrigieren Sie den Pfad.)
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Führen Sie folgende Befehle aus:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\size normal
+chmod a+x /var/spool/lpd/ps/ps.filter
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\size normal
+chgrp daemon /var/spool/lpd/ps/ps.filter
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Zuletzt starten Sie den Druckerdämon
+\size normal
+
+\family typewriter
+lpd
+\family default
+:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Wenn er noch nicht läuft, benutzen Sie
+\family typewriter
+\size normal
+lpd &
+\family default
+\size default
+, um ihn zu starten.
+
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Wenn er bereits läuft, starten Sie das Programm
+\family typewriter
+\size normal
+lpc
+\family default
+.
+
+\size default
+Danach (in
+\family typewriter
+\size normal
+lpc
+\family default
+\size default
+) führen Sie ein
+\family typewriter
+\size normal
+restart all
+\family default
+
+\size default
+und ein
+\family typewriter
+\size normal
+up all
+\family default
+
+\size default
+aus.
+ Diese Befehle aktivieren die neuen Einträge in
+\family typewriter
+/etc/printcap
+\family default
+.
+ (Mit
+\family typewriter
+\size normal
+quit
+\family default
+
+\size default
+können Sie
+\family typewriter
+\size normal
+lpc
+\family default
+\size default
+ wieder verlassen
+\size normal
+.
+\size default
+)
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Stellen Sie sicher, daß
+\family typewriter
+\size normal
+lpd
+\family default
+
+\size default
+irgendwo in Ihren Bootscripts ausgeführt wird.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Sie können sich jetzt wieder als root ausloggen und Ihre neuen Druckereinträge
+ testen.
+ Führen Sie
+\family typewriter
+l
+\size normal
+pr -Plp
+\family default
+\size default
+ aus, gefolgt von dem Namen einer kurzen (ASCII) Textdatei, um den Drucker
+
+\family typewriter
+lp
+\family default
+ zu testen; entsprechend testen Sie den Drucker
+\family typewriter
+ps
+\family default
+, indem Sie
+\family typewriter
+\size normal
+lpr -Pps
+\family default
+\size default
+,
+\size normal
+
+\size default
+gefolgt vom Namen einer kurzen Datei im
+\size normal
+PostScript®
+\size default
+-Format, eingeben.
+
+\size normal
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Noch ein Wort zur Vorsicht: wenn Sie den Drucker
+\family typewriter
+ps
+\family default
+ testen und der Drucker falsch konfiguriert wurde, wird der Computer vermutlich
+ eine Unmenge Müll an Ihren Drucker schicken.
+ Wenn dies passieren sollte, schalten Sie Ihren Drucker ab und benutzen
+ die Befehle
+\family typewriter
+\size normal
+lpq
+\family default
+
+\size default
+und
+\size normal
+
+\family typewriter
+lprm
+\family default
+\size default
+, um den Druckauftrag zu widerrufen.
+
+\size normal
+
+\size default
+Anschließend können Sie Ihren Drucker wieder einschalten.
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn einer der beiden Drucker nicht funktioniert, überprüfen Sie alle Schritte
+ noch einmal.
+ Ansonsten können Ihnen die Man
+\size normal
+pages
+\size default
+für
+\family typewriter
+\size normal
+printcap
+\family default
+
+\size default
+und
+\size normal
+
+\family typewriter
+lpd
+\family default
+
+\size default
+und das
+\family typewriter
+\size normal
+Printing-HOWTO
+\family default
+
+\size default
+weiterhelfen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn alles funktioniert, herzlichen Glückwunsch!
+\layout Chapter
+
+Die Einfügung Externes Material
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{cha:Externes}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Section
+
+Hintergrund
+\layout Standard
+
+Einer der am häufigsten geäußerten Wünsche der LyX-Nutzer ist die Möglichkeit
+ einer Schnittstelle zwischen LyX und XFig, Dia oder ähnlichen Anwendungsprogram
+men, die darauf spezialisiert sind, spezielle Diagramme, Abbildungen oder
+ ähnliches zum Einbinden in die Dokumente zu erstellen.
+ Bislang war es lediglich möglich, statische, festgelegte Abbildungen über
+ das normale Grafik-Inset einzubinden, jedoch hat dieser Ansatz einige Einschrän
+kungen:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Wenn Sie die Abbildung ändern wollen, müssen Sie extra von Hand das entsprechend
+e Programm starten
+\layout Itemize
+
+LyX merkt nicht, daß Sie die Abbildung geändert haben, und die Darstellung
+ am Bildschirm wird schnell veraltet; dies wird noch erschwert durch die
+ fehlende Möglichkeit, die Anzeige zu aktualisieren
+\layout Itemize
+
+Das Grafik-Inset kann nicht mit unterschiedlichen Export-Formaten wie DocBook,
+ HTML oder ASCII umgehen
+\layout Standard
+
+Die Einfügung
+\family sans
+Externes\SpecialChar ~
+Material
+\family default
+ ist der Versuch, diese Probleme zu lösen
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Auch wenn das alte Grafik-Inset einige Mängel hat, so ist es dennoch sehr
+ wertvoll, denn es bietet eine Anzeige der Grafik sowie die Möglichkeit
+ zu geometrischen Transformationen über eine komfortable Benutzerschnittstelle.
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Dies wird erreicht, indem eine abstrahierte Methode der Interaktion zwischen
+ LyX und einer externen Anwendung definiert wird.
+ Anstatt also eine lange Liste von Einfügungen für alle möglichen Arten
+ von Material anzubieten, haben wir auf die Darstellung in LyX verzichtet
+ und dafür die Möglichkeit geschaffen, einen sehr weiten Bereich von Anwendungen
+ abzudecken.
+ Das Ergebnis ist eben genau diese Einfügung Externes Material.
+ Eine solche Einfügung erscheint im LyX-Dokument lediglich als einfache
+ Schaltfläche, aber lassen Sie sich dadurch nicht täuschen.
+ Wenn Sie darauf klicken erscheint ein Dialog, in dem Sie genau festlegen
+ können, welche Art von Material Sie einbinden wollen.
+ Und in den folgenden Abschnitten werden Sie lernen, wie Sie damit all die
+ oben aufgezeigten Probleme umgehen können und einiges mehr.
+\layout Section
+
+Wie funktioniert das?
+\layout Standard
+
+Die Einfügung
+\family sans
+Externes\SpecialChar ~
+Material
+\family default
+ basiert auf dem Konzept der Vorlage.
+ Eine solche Vorlage ist eine Spezifikation, wie LyX mit einer bestimmten
+ Sorte von Material umgehen soll.
+ Derzeit gehören zu LyX derartige Vorlagen für XFig Abbildungen, Dia Diagramme,
+ diverse Abbildungen im Rasterformat, Gnuplot und noch ein paar mehr.
+ Die vollständige Liste sehen Sie in
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Externes\SpecialChar ~
+Material
+\family default
+.
+ Darüberhinaus ist es möglich durch eigene Vorlagen beliebige andere Formate
+ einzubinden.
+ Wir werden weiter unten beschreiben was genau Sie dazu machen müssen und
+ hoffen, daß Sie derartig erstellte Vorlagen an das LyX-Team schicken, damit
+ es in kommenden Versionen von LyX integriert werden kann.
+\layout Standard
+
+Ein weiteres Merkmal der Idee der externen Einfügung ist die Unterscheidung
+ zwischen der ursprünglichen Datei, die als Grundlage für das eingefügte
+ Material dient, und der erzeugten Datei, die dann letztendlich in Ihr Dokument
+ eingebunden wird.
+ Wir wollen dies am Beispiel einer XFig-Abbildung erläutern.
+ Das Programm XFig bearbeitet eine speziell formatierte Datei mit der Endung
+
+\family typewriter
+.fig
+\family default
+.
+ In XFig können Sie Ihre Abbildung editieren und ändern, und zum Schluß
+ speichern Sie diese
+\family typewriter
+.fig
+\family default
+-Datei.
+ Wenn Sie nun eine derartige Abbildung in LyX einbinden wollen müssen Sie
+ zunächst
+\family typewriter
+transfig
+\family default
+ starten um eine PostScript®-Datei zu erzeugen, die von LaTeX eingebunden
+ werden kann.
+ In diesem Fall ist also die
+\family typewriter
+.fig
+\family default
+-Datei die oben erwähnte Originaldatei, und die
+\family typewriter
+.ps
+\family default
+-Datei die tatsächlich eingebundene Datei.
+\layout Standard
+
+Diese Unterscheidung ist wichtig, denn Sie erlaubt das einfache Ändern und
+ aktualisieren des Materials während Sie an Ihrem Text schreiben.
+ Außerdem ist erst so die Flexibilität gegeben die benötigt wird, um unterschied
+liche Exportformate für die LyX-Datei zu ermöglichen.
+ So ist es im Falle einer Ausgabe als reiner (ASCII) Text besteht sicher
+ nicht sinnvoll, eine PostScript®-Datei im Rohformat einzubinden.
+ In diesem Fall wird dann entweder nur eine Referenz auf die Bilddatei angegeben
+, oder aber es wird ein Konverter gestartet, der eine ASCII-Darstellung
+ erzeugt, die in etwa so aussieht wie die ursprüngliche Grafik.
+ Genau dies ist mit der Einfügung Externes Material möglich, denn sie kennt
+ all die notwendigen Befehle für derartige Konvertierungen (sofern sie von
+ LyX unterstützt werden).
+\layout Standard
+
+Darüberhinaus erlaubt die Einfügung Externes Material aber auch die einfache
+ Integration mit externen Betrachtern und Editoren.
+ So sind Sie bei einer XFig-Abbildung in der Lage, mit einem einigen Klick
+ XFig zu starten um die Abbildung zu bearbeiten oder die erstellte PostScript®-D
+atei mit
+\family typewriter
+ghostview
+\family default
+ zu betrachten.
+ Kein langes Herumsuchen mit Dateimanagern nach den Original- und Grafikdateien
+ mehr, und Sie müssen sich nicht mehr an die unterschiedlichen Parameter
+ erinnern, die vielleicht für diese Abbildung notwendig sind, um sie in
+ der richtigen Größe zu erstellen.
+ Sie haben ohne viel Aufwand Zugriff auf eine Vielzahl von Applikationen
+ und können so Ihre Produktivität ungemein steigern.
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX besitzt also die Information über eine Vielzahl von externen Programmen,
+ um diese von Ihnen unbemerkt nutzen zu können und Ihnen so den größtmöglichen
+ Komfort zu bieten.
+ Und genau diese Information ist in den oben erwähnten Vorlagen gespeichert.
+ Jede dieser Vorlagen enthält eine Liste von Befehlen und Optionen um externe
+ Programme zu starten, Formate zu konvertieren usw\SpecialChar \@.
+ Ein fortgeschrittener
+ Nutzer kann mit derartigen selbst erstellten Vorlagen die Möglichkeiten
+ von LyX stark erweitern, ohne dazu den eigentlichen Quellcode verändern
+ zu müssen.
+ Zwar ist dazu einiges an Arbeit notwendig um all diese Befehle festzulegen,
+ aber zum Glück hat das LyX-Team das in einigen Fällen ja schon getan.
+\layout Standard
+
+Eine kleine Einschränkung gibt es aber doch: Da es wie erwähnt eine Vielzahl
+ möglicher Exportformate für das eingefügte Material gibt wäre es zu vermuten,
+ daß man von LyX aus auch alle diese Formate als Vorschau ansehen kann.
+ Das LyX-Team hat sich entschlossen, das nicht zu tun, um die Benutzerschnittste
+lle so einfach wie möglich zu halten.
+ Anstatt im Dialog für jedes mögliche Exportformat einen eigenen Knopf für
+ die Vorschau zu haben, wurde das Konzept des primären Formats eingeführt,
+ und es gibt nur einen einzigen Knopf
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+rgebnis\SpecialChar ~
+anzeigen
+\family default
+, der die Datei in genau diesem primären Format anzeigt.
+ Dieses Format wird durch die verwendete Dokumentenklasse festgelegt.
+ So ist es für die meisten Klassen LaTeX, für die DocBook-Klassen ist es
+ aber DocBook.
+ Denken Sie also daran daß Ihnen die Vorschau lediglich das Aussehen in
+ diesem Hauptformat anzeigt; wenn Sie sehen wollen wie das Ergebnis in anderen
+ Formaten aussieht müssen Sie wie gewohnt die Konvertierung manuell durchführen.
+\layout Section
+
+Der Dialog
+\family sans
+Externe Datei bearbeiten
+\layout Standard
+
+Eine Externe Einfügung wird vom Menü
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen
+\family default
+ aus aufgerufen.
+ Es wird dann eine Schaltfläche in Ihrem Dokument eingefügt, und der Dialog
+
+\family sans
+Externe\SpecialChar ~
+Datei\SpecialChar ~
+bearbeiten
+\family default
+ wird geöffnet.
+ In diesem Dialog können Sie genau festlegen welche Art von Material Sie
+ einbinden wollen, und auch wie das geschehen soll.
+ Darüberhinaus können Sie über diesen Dialog die externen Bearbeitungsprogramme
+ und Betrachter starten.
+\layout Standard
+
+Ganz oben in diesem Dialog befindet sich eine Auswahlliste, in der Sie auswählen
+ welche der Vorlagen verwendet werden soll.
+ Darunter ist ein Textfenster in dem Sie einige hoffentlich hilfreiche Hinweise
+ zur Verwendung finden: Meist eine kurze Beschreibung was die Vorlage macht
+ und welche Parameter möglich sind.
+ Es folgt ein Eingabefenster für den Dateinamen mit zugehörigem
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+urchsuchen...
+
+\family default
+ Schalter der den gewohnten Dateidialog öffnet um interaktiv eine Datei
+ auszuwählen.
+ Dieser Name spezifiziert die originale Datei.
+ Da die tatsächlich eingebundene Datei bei Bedarf automatisch erstellt wird
+ besteht kein Grund, hierfür auch ein Dialogfeld anzulegen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Unten im Dialog finden Sie einen Eingabebereich mit dem Namen
+\family sans
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+arameter
+\family default
+.
+ Damit sind Sie in der Lage die jeweilige Einfügung genauer festzulegen.
+ Der Kommentar im Textfenster sollte Ihnen einen Hinweis geben, was Sie
+ hier in der jeweiligen Vorlage angeben können, generell sind es Optionen
+ die das genaue Aussehen der Einfügung beeinflussen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Ganz rechts im Dialog befinden sich drei Knöpfe:
+\family sans
+Date
+\bar under
+i
+\bar default
+\SpecialChar ~
+editieren
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+rgebnis\SpecialChar ~
+anzeigen
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+\bar under
+A
+\bar default
+ktualisieren
+\family default
+.
+ Dies erlaubt es Ihnen, die Originaldatei mit dem zugeordneten Programm
+ zu editieren, die erzeugte Einfügung in der Vorschau zu betrachten sowie
+ eine Aktualisierung der Datei im primären Format auszulösen.
+ Dieser letzte Knopf ist oft deaktiviert, da die meisten Vorlagen so konfigurier
+t sind, daß sie eine Aktualisierung automatisch vornehmen, sobald sich die
+ Originaldatei verändert hat.
+ In einem solchen Fall ist eine erzwungene Aktualisierung nicht notwendig.
+ Bei einigen Vorlagen ist dieser Automatismus aber abgeschaltet, z.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+,
+\end_inset
+
+B.
+ wenn der Aufwand, die einzubindende Datei zu erstellen, unverhältnismäßig
+ groß ist und deshalb die Entscheidung, wann eine Aktualisierung wirklich
+ nötig ist, dem Nutzer überlassen bleibt.
+ Allerdings sind in diesem Fall auch wirklich Sie dafür zuständig z.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+,
+\end_inset
+
+B.
+ vor dem Ausdruck durch einen Klick auf den
+\family sans
+\bar under
+A
+\bar default
+ktualisieren
+\family default
+-Knopf sicherzustellen, daß auch wirklich die aktuellste Datei eingebunden
+ wird.
+ In dem Zusammenhang wäre es sicher hilfreich wenn es einen Menüeintrag
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Ext.\SpecialChar ~
+Einfügungen\SpecialChar ~
+aktualisieren
+\family default
+ gäbe, der alle diese 'manuellen' Einfügungen aktualisiert.
+ Leider ist das (noch) nicht der Fall, und es kann wohl noch eine Weile
+ dauern bis es soweit ist.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Ganz unten befinden sich schließlich die gewohnten Knöpfe
+\family sans
+OK, Ü
+\bar under
+b
+\bar default
+ernehmen
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+Abbruch
+\family default
+.
+ Wichtig in diesem Kontext ist daß auch ein Klick auf einen der Knöpfe auf
+ der rechten Seite (
+\family sans
+Date
+\bar under
+i
+\bar default
+\SpecialChar ~
+editieren
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+rgebnis\SpecialChar ~
+anzeigen
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+\bar under
+A
+\bar default
+ktualisieren
+\family default
+) bewirkt, daß geänderte Einstellungen im Dialog übernommen werden, so daß
+ ein
+\family sans
+Abbruch
+\family default
+ lediglich die Änderungen seit dem letzten Klick auf einen dieser Knöpfe
+ rückgängig macht.
+ Um davor gemachte Änderungen zurückzunehmen verwenden Sie bitte die normale
+
+\family sans
+Rückgängig
+\family default
+-Funktion von LyX.
+\layout Section
+
+Beispiele
+\layout Standard
+
+In Diesem Abschnitt sollten wir einige Beispiele zeigen, wie diese Einfügungen
+ von externem Material verwendet werden können.
+ Dies sollte etwa folgendes umfassen:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Externe Rasterbilder
+\layout Itemize
+
+Externe XFig-Abbildungen
+\layout Itemize
+
+Schachdiagramme
+\layout Itemize
+
+Beispiele mit Musik
+\layout Itemize
+
+Verwendung von Makefiles
+\layout Itemize
+
+Rekursive externe Vorlagen
+\layout Section
+
+Die Konfigurationsdatei
+\layout Standard
+
+Es ist recht einfach, eigene neue Vorlagen für externe Einfügungen zu erstellen.
+ Allerdings sollten Sie sich im klaren sein daß Sie, wenn Sie dabei zu unbesorgt
+ vorgehen, sehr schnell ein Sicherheitsloch erzeugen können.
+ Wenn Sie also eigene Vorlagen erstellen wollen lesen Sie bitte
+\emph on
+unbedingt
+\emph default
+ den Abschnitt über Sicherheit.
+\layout Standard
+
+Nichtsdestotrotz sollten Sie unbedingt selbst erstellte Vorlagen an das
+ LyX-Team senden.
+\layout Standard
+
+Die Vorlagendefinitionen befinden sich in der Datei
+\family typewriter
+LyXDir/external_templates
+\family default
+.
+ Sie können sich eine Kopie davon in Ihr privates Nutzerverzeichnis
+\family typewriter
+UserDir
+\family default
+ kopieren und editieren.
+ Zu einem späteren Zeitpunkt werden Sie in diesem Abschnitt hier auch eine
+ genaue Beschreibung der Syntax dieser Datei und der vorhandenen Einträge
+ finden\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\layout Section
+
+Der Ersetzungsmechanismus
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn über die externe Einfügung ein externes Programm gestartet wird geschieht
+ dies anhand eines Befehls, der in der Vorlage festgelegt wurde.
+ Ein solcher Befehl kann diverse Makros enthalten, die vor dem eigentlichen
+ Aufruf ausgewertet werden.
+ Die Ausführung erfolgt dabei immer in demjenigen Verzeichnis, das auch
+ das LyX-Dokument enthält.
+ Eine derartige Ersetzung findet ebenfalls statt, wenn die Vorschau aktiviert
+ wird.
+ Hier finden Sie eine Liste dieser Makros:
+\layout Description
+
+$$FName Der Name der im Dialog angegeben Datei.
+\layout Description
+
+$$Basename Der Dateiname ohne die Endung
+\layout Description
+
+$$Tempname Ein Name (inklusive vollem Pfad) einer temporären Datei; diese
+ wird automatisch gelöscht wenn das Dokument geschlossen oder die Einfügung
+ gelöscht wird.
+\layout Description
+
+$$Contents(
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Datei.ext
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+) Dieses Makro wird expandiert zum Inhalt der Datei mit dem Namen
+\family typewriter
+Datei.ext
+\family default
+.
+\layout Description
+
+$$Sysdir Dies wird ersetzt durch den Namen des Systemverzeichnisses.
+ Wird normalerweise verwendet um diverse Hilfsskripte anzusprechen, die
+ Teil von LyX sind.
+\layout Standard
+
+Darüberhinaus werden sämtliche Umgebungsvariablen der Form
+\family typewriter
+${PATH}
+\family default
+ expandiert.
+\layout Section
+
+Sicherheitshinweise
+\layout Standard
+
+Der Mechanismus der Einfügung externen Materials bietet eine Schnittstelle
+ zu einer Vielzahl von externen Programmen und startet diese automatisch.
+ Darum ist es Notwendig, auf die dadurch bedingten Sicherheitsprobleme einzugehe
+n.
+ Insbesondere besteht durch die Möglichkeit, eigene Dateinamen und/oder
+ Parameter anzugeben, scheinbar Gefahr, daß jemand bösartige Dokumente erstellt
+ die willkürliche Befehle ausführen sobald ein Nutzer sie betrachtet oder
+ ausdruckt.
+ Dies ist etwas das wir unter allen Umständen vermeiden wollen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Da jedoch die nutzbaren Programme ausschließlich in der Vorlagenkonfigurationsda
+tei festgelegt werden können bestehen keine Sicherheitsbedenken solange
+ LyX selbst korrekt und nur mit sicheren Vorlagen konfiguriert ist.
+ Der Grund dafür ist, daß die externen Programme nicht via
+\family typewriter
+system()
+\family default
+ Systembefehl aufgerufen werden, sondern via
+\family typewriter
+execvp()
+\family default
+.
+ Dadurch ist es nicht möglich, über Dateinamen oder zusätzliche Parameter
+ willkürliche Befehle durch die Shell ausführen zu lassen.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+begin{sloppypar}
+\end_inset
+
+Bedingt durch diese Sicherheit sind Sie allerdings etwas eingeschränkt in
+ der Auswahl der Befehlszeichenketten, die Sie in der Vorlagedatei verwenden
+ können.
+ Insbesondere sind Ausgabeumleitungen und Pipes nicht möglich, und das muß
+ auch so bleiben wenn LyX weiterhin sicher bleiben soll.
+ Wenn Sie derartige Fähigkeiten der Shell nutzen wollen, müssen Sie ein
+ Skript schreiben und dieses dann aufrufen.
+ Im Verzeichnis
+\family typewriter
+LyXDir/scripts
+\family default
+ finden Sie das Skript
+\family typewriter
+general_command_wrapper.py
+\family default
+, das auf sicherem Weg die Verwendung der Ein/Ausgabeumleitung erlaubt.
+ Es ist auch ein gutes Beispiel wenn Sie selbst eigene, sichere Skripte
+ erstellen wollen.
+ Ein sehr viel komplexeres Beispiel, das auch
+\family typewriter
+fork
+\family default
+ und Konsorten verwendet, finden Sie mit
+\family typewriter
+pic2ascii.py
+\family default
+ im selben Verzeichnis.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+end{sloppypar}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Es ist zwar durchaus möglich eine Vorlage zu erstellen, die eine direkte
+ Interaktion mit der Shell erlaubt.
+ Dies würde jedoch einem böswilligen Nutzer erlauben, durch die clevere
+ Wahl von Dateinamen und/oder Parametern willkürliche Befehle auszuführen.
+ Deswegen raten wir generell dazu, ausschließlich sichere Skripte zu verwenden,
+ die mit dem
+\family typewriter
+execvp()
+\family default
+ Mechanismus arbeiten.
+ Selbstverständlich mag es verlockend sein in einer sicheren Umgebung zu
+ den einfacheren Shellscripts zurückzukehren.
+ Aber seien Sie sich bewußt
+\emph on
+daß
+\emph default
+ Sie dadurch ein potentielles Sicherheitsloch schaffen.
+ Und obwohl wir jeden ermuntern, selbst erstellte Vorlagen im Sinne der
+ Open Source an uns zu schicken sollte klar sein daß ein derartiges, unsicheres
+ Skript niemals fester Bestandteil der LyX-Distribution werden kann.
+\layout Standard
+
+Die Einfügung externes Material
+\emph on
+gibt
+\emph default
+ eine große Macht, und man muß sicherheitsbewußt damit umgehen.
+ Ein einziger kleiner Fehler in einem vermeintlich harmlosen Skript kann
+ die Türe zu gewaltigen Sicherheitsproblemen öffnen.
+ Im Zweifelsfall wenden Sie sich an einen angesehenen Sicherheitsexperten
+ oder fragen Sie das LyX-Team wenn Sie sich nicht sicher sind ob eine von
+ Ihnen erstellte Vorlage als sicher angesehen werden kann oder nicht.
+ Und tun Sie das auf jeden Fall, bevor Sie die Vorlage in einem nicht genau
+ kontrollierten Umfeld verwenden.
+\layout Section
+
+Die Zukunft der externen Einfügung
+\layout Standard
+
+Die gegenwärtige Implementation der Einfügung ist ein stabiler und mächtiger
+ Mechanismus der einen Zugang zu den Interna von LyX bietet.
+ Doch wie bei fast allem in LyX gilt: Es befindet sich stetiger Entwicklung.
+ Falls sich jemand an die Weiterentwicklung macht sind hier ein paar Hinweise,
+ welche Wege dabei gegangen werden sollten:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Ermöglichen der eingebetteten Vorschau anstelle des einfachen Knopfes.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Eingebettete Bearbeitung, z.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+,
+\end_inset
+
+B.
+ über OpenParts oder ein ähnliches Protokoll.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Erweiterung der dynamischen Information und dadurch die Möglichkeit, optionale
+ Eingabefelder für die Umwandlungsprogramme in allen Exportformaten zu haben,
+ ebenso für die Parameter für jedes dieser Formate.
+ Derzeit kann nur eine einziger Parameterkombination angegeben werden, die
+ global für diese eine Vorlage gilt.
+ Dies würde es ermöglichen auf die etwas willkürliche Festlegung eines primären
+ Formates für das einzubindende Material zu verzichten.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Erweiterung der Definitionsbasis um intelligentere Konfigurationsoptionen
+ als die einfache Parameterzeile zu ermöglichen.
+ Mit einer passenden Skriptsprache wäre es möglich, eine sehr benutzerfreundlich
+e Version der Einfügungsdialoge zu erstellen.
+\layout Chapter
+\start_of_appendix
+Tastaturkürzel
+\layout Standard
+
+Dieser Anhang ist eine große Zusammenstellung aller Tastaturkürzel der deutschen
+ Version.
+ Ursprünglich sollte es nur eine Liste der Kürzel, gefolgt von der zugeordneten
+ Funktion werden, damit ein Benutzer schnell herausfinden kann was ein Kürzel
+ macht.
+ Später haben wir uns dann entschlossen, auch die Menüs und die Definition
+ der Werkzeugleiste hier aufzunehmen.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Die Form ist eigentlich selbsterklärend, dennoch ein paar Tips: Alle Einträge
+ für eine Basis (
+\family sans
+C-a
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+C-b
+\family default
+ usw.) sind alphabetisch geordnet.
+ Einfachere Kombinationen stehen weiter oben als komplexere (
+\family sans
+C-s
+\family default
+ vor
+\family sans
+C-S-c
+\family default
+).
+ Alle Einträge hier wurden aus der Menüstruktur und den Definitionsdateien
+ in
+\family typewriter
+LyXDir/ui
+\family default
+ und
+\family typewriter
+LyXDir/bind
+\family default
+ zusammengesucht.
+ Diese Dateien stellen im Zweifelsfall 'die letzte Instanz' das.
+ Bedenken Sie auch, daß Sie die Tastaturkürzel auch in Ihrer privaten Datei
+
+\family typewriter
+UserDir/preferences
+\family default
+ umdefinieren können.
+ Wenn also etwas nicht übereinstimmt schauen Sie bitte zuerst dort nach
+ und stellen Sie sicher daß es nicht dort umdefiniert wurde.
+\layout Standard
+
+Und als letztes sei der Hinweis angebracht daß einige Windowmanager (wie
+ z.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+,
+\end_inset
+
+B.
+ FVWM) einige der Funktionstasten abfangen und für die eigene Steuerung
+ verwenden.
+ So schaltet etwa bei einigen Installationen
+\family sans
+C-rechts
+\family default
+ zwischen den virtuellen Bildschirmen um und springt nicht -- wie in LyX
+ vorgesehen -- ein Wort vorwärts.
+ Aber auch der Windowmanager ist zum Glück konfigurierbar, und Sie können
+ derartige 'Kollisionen' beheben.
+\layout Section
+
+Werkzeugleiste
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+Toolbar
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Layouts
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Icon "buffer-open"
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Icon "buffer-write"
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Icon "buffer-print"
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Separator
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Icon "cut"
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Icon "copy"
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Icon "paste"
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Separator
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Icon "font-emph"
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Icon "font-noun"
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Icon "font-free"
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Separator
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Icon "tex-mode"
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Icon "math-mode"
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Separator
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Icon "footnote-insert"
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Icon "marginpar-insert"
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Icon "depth-next"
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Separator
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Icon "figure-insert"
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Icon "dialog-tabular-insert"
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+End
+\layout Section
+
+Menüs
+\layout Subsection
+
+Datei
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-d\SpecialChar ~
+b
+\family typewriter
+lyx-quit
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-d\SpecialChar ~
+c
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-close
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-d\SpecialChar ~
+d
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-print
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-d\SpecialChar ~
+e
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+file_export
+\family default
+ submenu
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-d\SpecialChar ~
+f
+\family typewriter
+buffer-export fax
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-d\SpecialChar ~
+k
+\family typewriter
+ file_vc
+\family default
+ submenu
+\begin_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+e
+\family typewriter
+ vc-history
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+v
+\family typewriter
+ vc-check-in
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+l
+\family typewriter
+ vc-revert
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+\SpecialChar ~
+
+\family typewriter
+ vc-check-out
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+\SpecialChar ~
+
+\family typewriter
+ vc-register
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+w
+\family typewriter
+ vc-undo-last
+\end_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-d\SpecialChar ~
+m
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+file_import
+\family default
+ submenu
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-d\SpecialChar ~
+n
+\family typewriter
+buffer-new
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-d\SpecialChar ~
+o
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-open
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-d\SpecialChar ~
+s
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-write
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-d\SpecialChar ~
+u
+\family typewriter
+buffer-write-as
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-d\SpecialChar ~
+v
+\family typewriter
+buffer-new-template
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-d\SpecialChar ~
+w
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-reload
+\layout Subsection
+
+Bearbeiten
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-b\SpecialChar ~
+a
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+cut
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-b\SpecialChar ~
+e
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+paste
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-b\SpecialChar ~
+h
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+error-remove-all
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-b\SpecialChar ~
+i
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+dialog-preferences
+\family sans
+
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-b\SpecialChar ~
+k
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+copy
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-b\SpecialChar ~
+m
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-panel
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-b\SpecialChar ~
+o
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+reconfigure
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-b\SpecialChar ~
+p
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+spellchecker
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-b\SpecialChar ~
+r
+\family typewriter
+undo
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-b\SpecialChar ~
+s
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+find-replace
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-b\SpecialChar ~
+t
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+edit_tabular
+\family default
+ submenu
+\begin_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+b
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+tabular-feature align-left
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+c
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+tabular-feature delete-column
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+f
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+tabular-feature append-row
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+g
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+tabular-feature align-right
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+h
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+tabular-feature delete-row
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+l
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+tabular-feature toggle-line-left
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+n
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+tabular-feature valign-bottom
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+o
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+tabular-feature toggle-line-top
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+p
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+tabular-feature multicolumn
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+r
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+tabular-feature toggle-line-right
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+s
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+tabular-feature append-column
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+t
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+tabular-feature valign-center
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+u
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+tabular-feature toggle-line-bottom
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+v
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+tabular-feature valign-top
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+z
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+tabular-feature align-center
+\end_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-b\SpecialChar ~
+u
+\family typewriter
+edit_paste
+\family default
+ submenu
+\begin_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+a
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+primary-selection-paste paragraph
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+z
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+primary-selection-paste
+\end_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-b\SpecialChar ~
+w
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+redo
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-b\SpecialChar ~
+x
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-chktex
+\layout Subsection
+
+Einfügen
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-e\SpecialChar ~
+a
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+graphics-insert
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-e\SpecialChar ~
+b
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+dialog-tabular-insert
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-e\SpecialChar ~
+d
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-child-insert
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-e\SpecialChar ~
+e
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+insert_file
+\family default
+ submenu
+\begin_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+a
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+file-insert-ascii paragraphs
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+l
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+file-insert
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+z
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+file-insert-ascii lines
+\end_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-e\SpecialChar ~
+f
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+footnote-insert
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-e\SpecialChar ~
+h
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+insert-math
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-e\SpecialChar ~
+i
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+insert_toc
+\family default
+ submenu
+\begin_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+a
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+lof-insert
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+b
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+bibtex-insert
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+g
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+loa-insert
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+i
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+toc-insert
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+l
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+index-print
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+t
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+lot-insert
+\end_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-e\SpecialChar ~
+l
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+insert_floats
+\family default
+ submenu
+\begin_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+a
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-float-insert algorithm
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+d
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-float-insert wide-tab
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+f
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-float-insert figure
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+t
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-float-insert table
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+w
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-float-insert wide-fig
+\end_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-e\SpecialChar ~
+m
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+label-insert
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-e\SpecialChar ~
+n
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+note-insert
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-e\SpecialChar ~
+r
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+marginalnote-insert
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-e\SpecialChar ~
+q
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+reference-insert
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-e\SpecialChar ~
+s
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+insert_special
+\family default
+ submenu
+\begin_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+a
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+quote-insert
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+f
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+dots-insert
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+g
+\family typewriter
+ ligature-break-insert
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+h
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+hfill-insert
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+l
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+protected-space-insert
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+m
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+menu-separator-insert
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+p
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+end-of-sentence-period-insert
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+s
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+command-sequence math-insert ^;math-mode;
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+t
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+hyphenation-point-insert
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+u
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+command-sequence math-insert _;math-mode;
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+z
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+break-line
+\end_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-e\SpecialChar ~
+u
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+url-insert
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-e\SpecialChar ~
+w
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+index-insert-last
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-e\SpecialChar ~
+x
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+index-insert
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-e\SpecialChar ~
+z
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+citation-insert
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+\SpecialChar ~
+
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+external-insert
+\layout Subsection
+
+
+\family sans
+Format
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-l\SpecialChar ~
+b
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+appendix
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-l\SpecialChar ~
+f
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+font-bold
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-l\SpecialChar ~
+z
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout-character
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-l\SpecialChar ~
+d
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout-document
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-l\SpecialChar ~
+h
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+font-emph
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-l\SpecialChar ~
+v
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout-preamble
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-l\SpecialChar ~
+k
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+font-noun
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-l\SpecialChar ~
+a
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout-paragraph
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-l\SpecialChar ~
+u
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+depth-increment
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+
+\family sans
+Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Zeichen\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-z\SpecialChar ~
+c
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+font-code
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-z\SpecialChar ~
+f
+\family typewriter
+font-bold
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-z\SpecialChar ~
+h
+\family typewriter
+font-emph
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-z\SpecialChar ~
+k
+\family typewriter
+font-noun
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-z\SpecialChar ~
+m
+\family typewriter
+math-mode
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-z\SpecialChar ~
+r
+\family typewriter
+font-roman
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-z\SpecialChar ~
+s
+\family typewriter
+font-sans
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-z\SpecialChar ~
+t
+\family typewriter
+ert-insert
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-z\SpecialChar ~
+u
+\family typewriter
+font-underline
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-z\SpecialChar ~
+space
+\family typewriter
+font-default
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-z\SpecialChar ~
+Down
+\family typewriter
+word-lowcase
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-z\SpecialChar ~
+Up
+\family typewriter
+word-upcase
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-z\SpecialChar ~
+Right
+\family typewriter
+word-capitalize
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-s\SpecialChar ~
+h
+\family typewriter
+font-size huge
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-s\SpecialChar ~
+l
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+font-size large
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-s\SpecialChar ~
+n
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+font-size normal
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-s\SpecialChar ~
+s
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+font-size small
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-s\SpecialChar ~
+t
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+font-size tiny
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-s\SpecialChar ~
+0
+\family typewriter
+font-size huger
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-s\SpecialChar ~
+1
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+font-size tiny
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-s\SpecialChar ~
+2
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+font-size smallest
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-s\SpecialChar ~
+3
+\family typewriter
+font-size smaller
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-s\SpecialChar ~
+4
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+font-size small
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-s\SpecialChar ~
+5
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+font-size normal
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-s\SpecialChar ~
+6
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+font-size large
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-s\SpecialChar ~
+7
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+font-size larger
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-s\SpecialChar ~
+8
+\family typewriter
+font-size largest
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-s\SpecialChar ~
+9
+\family typewriter
+font-size huge
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-s\SpecialChar ~
+S-H
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+font-size huger
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-s\SpecialChar ~
+S-L
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+font-size larger
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-s\SpecialChar ~
+S-S
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+font-size smaller
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-s\SpecialChar ~
+plus
+\family typewriter
+font-size increase
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-s\SpecialChar ~
+minus
+\family typewriter
+font-size decrease
+\layout Subsection
+
+View
+\layout Subsection
+
+Navigate
+\layout Subsection
+
+Help
+\layout Subsection
+
+Absatzformat
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-a\SpecialChar ~
+a
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout Abstract
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-a\SpecialChar ~
+b
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout Itemize
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-a\SpecialChar ~
+c
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout LyX-Code
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-a\SpecialChar ~
+d
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout Description
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-a\SpecialChar ~
+e
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout Enumerate
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-a\SpecialChar ~
+f
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout ShortFoilhead
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-a\SpecialChar ~
+i
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout Itemize
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-a\SpecialChar ~
+l
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout List
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-a\SpecialChar ~
+n
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout Enumerate
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-a\SpecialChar ~
+q
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout Quote
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-a\SpecialChar ~
+r
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout ShortRotatefoilhead
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-a\SpecialChar ~
+s
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout Standard
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-a\SpecialChar ~
+t
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout Title
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-a\SpecialChar ~
+v
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout Verse
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-a\SpecialChar ~
+space
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+drop-layouts-choice
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-a
+\noun on
+\SpecialChar ~
+0
+\family default
+\noun default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout Part
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-a
+\noun on
+\SpecialChar ~
+1
+\family default
+\noun default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout Chapter
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-a\SpecialChar ~
+2
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout Section
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-a\SpecialChar ~
+3
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout Subsection
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-a\SpecialChar ~
+4
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout Subsubsection
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-a\SpecialChar ~
+5
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout Paragraph
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-a\SpecialChar ~
+6
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout Subparagraph
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-a\SpecialChar ~
+asterisk\SpecialChar ~
+0
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout Part*
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-a\SpecialChar ~
+asterisk\SpecialChar ~
+1
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout Chapter*
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-a\SpecialChar ~
+asterisk\SpecialChar ~
+2
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout Section*
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-a\SpecialChar ~
+asterisk\SpecialChar ~
+3
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout Subsection*
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-a\SpecialChar ~
+asterisk\SpecialChar ~
+4
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout Subsubsection*
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-a\SpecialChar ~
+asterisk\SpecialChar ~
+5
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout Paragraph*
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-a\SpecialChar ~
+asterisk\SpecialChar ~
+6
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout Subparagraph*
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-a\SpecialChar ~
+S-A
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout Author
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-a\SpecialChar ~
+S-B
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout Bibliography
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-a\SpecialChar ~
+S-C
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout Comment
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-a\SpecialChar ~
+S-D
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout Date
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-a\SpecialChar ~
+S-F
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout Foilhead
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-a\SpecialChar ~
+S-L
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout LaTeX
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-a\SpecialChar ~
+S-Q
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout Quotation
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-a\SpecialChar ~
+S-R
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout Rotatefoilhead
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-a\SpecialChar ~
+C-a
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout RightAddress
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-a\SpecialChar ~
+M-a
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout Address
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-a\SpecialChar ~
+M-c
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout Caption
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-a\SpecialChar ~
+Left
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+depth-decrement
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-a\SpecialChar ~
+Right
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+depth-increment
+\layout Standard
+
+Die folgenden Definitionen dienen der Kompatibilität zu älteren Versionen.
+ Sie sind aber nur auf qwerty-Tastaturen sinnvoll.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-a\SpecialChar ~
+S-at
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout Section*
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-a\SpecialChar ~
+S-dollar
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout Subsubsection*
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-a\SpecialChar ~
+S-numbersign
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout Subsection*
+\layout Section
+
+Tastatur
+\layout Subsection
+
+Specifische Definitionen aus
+\family typewriter
+emacs.bind
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-a
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+line-begin
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-b
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+char-backward
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-d
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+delete-forward
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-e
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+line-end
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-f
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+char-forward
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-g
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+cancel
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-h
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+hyphenation-point-insert
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-i
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+hfill-insert
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-k
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+line-delete-forward
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-l
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+screen-recenter
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-m
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+mark-toggle
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-n
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+down
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-o
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+open-stuff
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-p
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+up
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-q
+\family typewriter
+ quote-insert
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-s
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+find-replace
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-u
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+font-underline
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-v
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+screen-down
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-w
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+cut
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-y
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+paste
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-S-Y
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout-paste
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-x\SpecialChar ~
+a
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-auto-save
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-x\SpecialChar ~
+b
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-previous
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-x\SpecialChar ~
+c
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+lyx-quit
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-x\SpecialChar ~
+d
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-new
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+?\SpecialChar ~
+C-x\SpecialChar ~
+f
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-open
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-x\SpecialChar ~
+g
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-view-ps
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-x\SpecialChar ~
+k
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-close
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-x\SpecialChar ~
+p
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-view
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-x\SpecialChar ~
+r
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-typeset
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+?\SpecialChar ~
+C-x\SpecialChar ~
+s
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-write
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-x\SpecialChar ~
+t
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-typeset
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-x\SpecialChar ~
+u
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+undo
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-x\SpecialChar ~
+v\SpecialChar ~
+c
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+vc-undo-last
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-x\SpecialChar ~
+v\SpecialChar ~
+h
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+vc-history
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-x\SpecialChar ~
+v\SpecialChar ~
+i
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+vc-register
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-x\SpecialChar ~
+v\SpecialChar ~
+u
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+vc-revert
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-x\SpecialChar ~
+v\SpecialChar ~
+v
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+vc-check-in
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+?\SpecialChar ~
+C-x\SpecialChar ~
+w
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-write-as
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-x\SpecialChar ~
+bracketleft
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+screen-up
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-x\SpecialChar ~
+bracketright
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+screen-down
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-x\SpecialChar ~
+C-a
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-auto-save
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-x\SpecialChar ~
+C-b
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+menu-open Documents
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-x\SpecialChar ~
+C-c
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+lyx-quit
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-x\SpecialChar ~
+C-d
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-new
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-x\SpecialChar ~
+C-f
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-open
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-x\SpecialChar ~
+C-g
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-view-ps
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-x\SpecialChar ~
+C-p
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-view
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-x\SpecialChar ~
+C-q
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-toggle-read-only
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-x\SpecialChar ~
+C-s
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-write
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-x\SpecialChar ~
+C-t
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-typeset
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-x\SpecialChar ~
+C-w
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-write-as
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+Home
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-begin
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+End
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-end
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+S-Home
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+line-begin-select
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+S-End
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+line-end-select
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+S-Up
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+up-select
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+S-Down
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+down-select
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+S-Next
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+screen-down-select
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+S-Prior
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+screen-up-select
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+S-Left
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+backward-select
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+S-Right
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+forward-select
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-Up
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+paragraph-up
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-Down
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+paragraph-down
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-Left
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+word-backward
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-Right
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+word-forward
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-Delete
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+word-delete-forward
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-BackSpace
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+word-delete-backward
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-Return
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+break-line
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-period
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+end-of-sentence-period-insert
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-space
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+protected-space-insert
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-S-at
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+mark-on
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-S-greater
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+reference-goto
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-S-less
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+reference-back
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-S-slash
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+undo
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-S-underscore
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+undo
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-S-quotedbl
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+quote-insert
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-S-Home
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-begin-select
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-S-End
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-end-select
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-S-Up
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+paragraph-up-select
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-S-Down
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+paragraph-down-select
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-S-Left
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+word-backward-select
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-S-Right
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+word-forward-select
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+Escape
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+meta-prefix
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-d
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+word-delete-forward
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-w
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+copy
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-x
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+command-execute
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-S-W
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout-copy
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-period
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+dots-insert
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-Return
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+break-paragraph-keep-layout
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-S-percent
+\family typewriter
+find-replace
+\layout Subsection
+
+Specifische Definitionen aus
+\family typewriter
+cua.bind
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-b
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+font-bold
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-c
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+copy
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-d
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-view
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-e
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+font-emph
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-f
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+find-replace
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-g
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+error-next
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-i
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+open-stuff
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-k
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+font-noun
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-l
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+tex-mode
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-m
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-mode
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-n
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-new
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-o
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-open
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-p
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-print
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-q
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+lyx-quit
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-r
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-reload
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-s
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-write
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-t
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-view-ps
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-u
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+font-underline
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-v
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+paste
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-w
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-close
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-x
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+cut
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-z
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+undo
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-space
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+protected-space-insert
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-S-C
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout-copy
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-S-D
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-typeset
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-S-M
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-display
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-S-N
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-new-template
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-S-P
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+font-code
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-S-S
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-write-as
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-S-T
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-typeset-ps
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-S-V
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout-paste
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-S-Z
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+redo
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+S-Insert
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+paste
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+S-Delete
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+cut
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-period
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+end-of-sentence-period-insert
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-S-greater
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+reference-goto
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-S-less
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+reference-back
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-minus
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+hyphenation-point-insert
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-S-quotedbl
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+quote-insert
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-S-space
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+protected-space-insert
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-x
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+command-execute
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+S-Home
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+line-begin-select
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+S-End
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+line-end-select
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+S-Up
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+up-select
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+S-Down
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+down-select
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+S-Delete
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+cut
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+S-Insert
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+paste
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+S-Next
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+screen-down-select
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+S-Prior
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+screen-up-select
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+S-Left
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+backward-select
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+S-Right
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+forward-select
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-Home
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-begin
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-End
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-end
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-Up
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+paragraph-up
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-Down
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+paragraph-down
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-Delete
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+word-delete-forward
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-BackSpace
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+word-delete-backward
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-Insert
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+copy
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-Return
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+break-line
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-Left
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+word-backward
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-Right
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+word-forward
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-S-Down
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+paragraph-down-select
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-S-End
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-end-select
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-S-Home
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-begin-select
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-S-Left
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+word-backward-select
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-S-Right
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+word-forward-select
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-S-Up
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+paragraph-up-select
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-S-quotedbl
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+quote-insert
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-Return
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+break-paragraph-keep-layout
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-period
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+dots-insert
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-S-Right
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+depth-increment
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-S-Left
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+depth-decrement
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+Escape
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+cancel
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+F2
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-write
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+F3
+\family typewriter
+buffer-open
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+F5
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+screen-recenter
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+F7
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+spellchecker
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+F9
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+meta-prefix
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-F4
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-close
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-F4
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+lyx-quit
+\layout Subsection
+
+Spezifische Definitionen aus
+\family typewriter
+sciword.bind
+\layout Standard
+
+Definitionen die denen aus dem Programm Scientific Word ähnlich sind.
+\layout Standard
+
+Zusammengestellt von
+\shape smallcaps
+Serge Winitzki
+\shape default
+.
+ Version 1.2
+\layout Standard
+
+Diese Definitionen erleichtern das Schreiben von Gleichungen ohne die Maus
+ zu verwenden.
+\layout Standard
+
+Hinweis: Um den LyX-Namen herauszufinden, der einer Sequenz zugeordnet ist,
+ sehen Sie auf die Statuszeile am untersten Rand des LyX-Fensters.
+ Wenn Sie beispielsweise wissen wollen wie
+\family sans
+Control-&
+\family default
+ korrekt bezeichnet wird, drücken Sie
+\family sans
+Control-S
+\family default
+ gefolgt von dieser Kombination und in der Statuszeile sehen Sie dann
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+C-S S-C-ampersand
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-c
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+copy
+\layout Standard
+
+Wechsel normal/hervorgehobener Modus für Gleichungen.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-d
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-display
+\layout Standard
+
+Bruch-Taste: Wenn Sie einen Ausdruck markieren und dann diese Taste drücken
+ wird der Ausdruck als Zähler eines Bruches verwendet.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-f
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-insert frac
+\layout Standard
+
+Griechisch-Taste: Um einen einzelnen griechischen Buchstaben einzugeben.
+ Das normalerweise verwendete
+\family typewriter
+math\SpecialChar \-
+greek-toggle
+\family default
+, das dauerhaft auf griechische Zeichen wechselt, ist meist fehl am Platze.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-g
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-greek
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-i
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-insert int
+\family default
+Integralzeichen
+\begin_inset Formula $\int$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-k
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+line-delete-forward
+\family default
+ Emacs-like binding
+\layout Standard
+
+Umschalten Text/Mathematik-Modus: In Mathematikmodus wechseln oder Text
+ im Mathemodus schreiben
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-m
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-mode
+\layout Standard
+
+Befehle um die Numerierung von Gleichungen zu kontrollieren.
+ Die in Sciword verwendete Sequenz
+\family typewriter
+Ctrl-Tab
+\family default
+ bereitet leider meist Probleme, da sie schon anderweitig benutzt wird.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-n
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-number
+\family default
+Add/remove a number to single equation.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+S-C-n
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-nonumber
+\family default
+ Add/remove a number to a line in equation array.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-o
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+open-stuff
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-q
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+quote-insert
+\family default
+ Insert a quote character.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-r
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-insert sqrt
+\family default
+Wurzelzeichen
+\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-t
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-mode
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-u
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+font-underline
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-v
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+paste
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-w
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-close
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-x
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+cut
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-z
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+undo
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+S-C-z
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+redo
+\layout Standard
+
+Klammern.
+ In Sciword erhält man durch Eingabe von
+\family typewriter
+Ctrl-<
+\emph on
+Klammer
+\emph default
+>
+\family default
+ ein Paar zusammengehöriger Klammern.
+ Um ungleiche Klammerpaare zu erhalten müssen Sie den Dialog
+\family sans
+Mathematische Symbole
+\family default
+ verwenden.
+ Wenn Sie mit der Rück-Taste (backspace) die
+\emph on
+linke
+\emph default
+ Klammer eines solchen Paares löschen wird nur die Klammer und nicht der
+ Inhalt gelöscht.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-9
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-delim ( )
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+S-C-parenleft
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-delim ( )
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-0
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-delim ( )
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+S-C-parenright
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-delim ( )
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-bracketleft
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-delim [ ]
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-bracketright
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-delim [ ]
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-S-less
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-delim langle rangle
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-S-greater
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-delim langle rangle
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-S-bar
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-delim | |
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-S-brokenbar
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-delim | |
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-M-bar
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-delim | |
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+S-C-braceleft
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-delim { }
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+S-C-braceright
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-delim { }
+\layout Standard
+
+In Sciword erhält man Akzente vorrangig indem man die entsprechende Akzenttaste
+ zusammen mit Control drückt, also
+\family typewriter
+Ctrl-.
+
+\family default
+ für einen Punkt,
+\family typewriter
+Ctrl-'
+\family default
+ für den Acute-Akzent,
+\family typewriter
+Ctrl-~
+\family default
+ für die Tilde usw\SpecialChar \@.
+ Einige davon funktionieren nur im Mathematikmodus.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-period
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+accent-dot
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+S-C-colon
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-insert ddot
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-quoteleft
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+accent-grave
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+S-C-asciitilde
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+accent-tilde
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+S-C-quotedbl
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+accent-umlaut
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-apostrophe
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+accent-acute
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+S-C-asciicircum
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+accent-circumflex
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-equal
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+accent-vector
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-minus
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-insert bar
+\family default
+Why is it not "accent-bar"?
+\layout Standard
+
+Funktionstasten -- größtenteils kompatibel zu Sciword.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+F2
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-write
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+F3
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+find-replace
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-F4
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-close
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-F4
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+lyx-quit
+\layout Standard
+
+In Sciword werden F4 bis F8 benutzt, um die Zeichensätze zu wechseln, F4
+ geht dabei zum Standardzeichensatz.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+F4
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+font-default
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+F5
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+font-bold
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+F6
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+font-emph
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+F7
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+font-code
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+F8
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+font-noun
+\layout Standard
+
+Sciword-Abkürzungen für mathematische Symbole.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-apostrophe
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-insert prime
+\family default
+Prime
+\begin_inset Formula $\prime$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-Up
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-insert ^
+\family default
+ Superscript
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-Down
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-insert _
+\family default
+ Subscript
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-s\SpecialChar ~
+d
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-insert partial
+\family default
+Partielle Ableitung
+\begin_inset Formula $\partial$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-s\SpecialChar ~
+e
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-insert sum
+\family default
+Summenzeichen
+\begin_inset Formula $\sum$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-s\SpecialChar ~
+p
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-insert prod
+\family default
+ Produktzeichen
+\begin_inset Formula $\prod$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-s\SpecialChar ~
+i
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-insert infty
+\family default
+Infinity
+\begin_inset Formula $\infty$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-s\SpecialChar ~
+x
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+symbol-insert times
+\layout Standard
+
+Meine eigenen Kürzel für Dinge, die ich oft verwende.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-s\SpecialChar ~
+apostrophe
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-insert prime
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-s\SpecialChar ~
+S-plus
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-insert dagger
+\family default
+ Das
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+dagger
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ Symbol
+\begin_inset Formula $\dagger$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-s\SpecialChar ~
+equal
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-insert equiv
+\family default
+ Die Identität
+\begin_inset Formula $\equiv$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-equal
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-insert approx
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+ungefähr gleich
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ sign
+\begin_inset Formula $\approx$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-minus
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-insert sim
+\family default
+ Ungefähr
+\begin_inset Formula $\sim$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-minus
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-insert rightarrow
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+S-M-less
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-insert leq
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+S-M-greater
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-insert geq
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-s S-less
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-insert ll
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-s S-greater
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-insert gg
+\layout Subsection
+
+Standard-Definitionen im Mathematikmodus
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-m\SpecialChar ~
+b
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-insert overline
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-m\SpecialChar ~
+d
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-display
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-m\SpecialChar ~
+e
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-insert ^
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-m\SpecialChar ~
+f
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-insert frac
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-m\SpecialChar ~
+g
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-greek
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-m\SpecialChar ~
+h
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+accent-circumflex
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-m\SpecialChar ~
+i
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-insert int
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-m\SpecialChar ~
+l
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-limits
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-m\SpecialChar ~
+m
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-mode
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-m\SpecialChar ~
+n
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-number
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-m\SpecialChar ~
+o
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-insert oint
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-m\SpecialChar ~
+p
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-insert partial
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-m\SpecialChar ~
+r
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-insert sqrt
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-m\SpecialChar ~
+s
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-insert sqrt
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-m\SpecialChar ~
+u
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-insert sum
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-m\SpecialChar ~
+v
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+accent-vector
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-m\SpecialChar ~
+x
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-insert _
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-m\SpecialChar ~
+8
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-insert infty
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-m\SpecialChar ~
+S-G
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-greek-toggle
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-m\SpecialChar ~
+S-N
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-nonumber
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-m\SpecialChar ~
+S-period
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+accent-dot
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-m\SpecialChar ~
+S-asciitilde
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+accent-tilde
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-m\SpecialChar ~
+S-apostrophe
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-insert prime
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-m\SpecialChar ~
+S-parenleft
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-delim ( )
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-m\SpecialChar ~
+S-bracketleft
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-delim [ ]
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-m\SpecialChar ~
+S-braceleft
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-delim { }
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-m\SpecialChar ~
+S-less
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-delim langle rangle
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-m\SpecialChar ~
+S-greater
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-delim rangle langle
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-m\SpecialChar ~
+S-bar
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-delim | |
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-m\SpecialChar ~
+S-plus
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-insert pm
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-m\SpecialChar ~
+S-equal
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-insert neq
+\layout Subsection
+
+Sonstige Tastaturkürzel
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-k\SpecialChar ~
+o
+\family typewriter
+keymap-off
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-k\SpecialChar ~
+t
+\family typewriter
+keymap-toggle
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-k\SpecialChar ~
+x
+\family typewriter
+keymap-off
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-k\SpecialChar ~
+1
+\family typewriter
+keymap-primary
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-k\SpecialChar ~
+2
+\family typewriter
+keymap-secondary
+\the_end
--- /dev/null
+#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
+\lyxformat 221
+\textclass book
+\begin_preamble
+% Präambel nicht verändern!!!
+%
+% Die Präambel stellt sicher, dass das Benutzerhandbuch korrekt
+% in die Formate pdf, ps und dvi exportiert werden kann.
+% Wenn Probleme beim Exportieren auftreten, können Sie sich
+% an das LyX-Dokumentationsteam wenden.
+% EMail: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
+
+% Damit mehrere Spalten verwendet können, siehe Kap. 7.2
+\usepackage{multicol}
+
+% Befehl aus Kapitel 7.4
+\newcommand{\extratablespace}[1]{\noalign{vskip#1}}
+\usepackage [chapter,nottoc]{tocbibind}
+% Damit der Index den Namen "Stichwortverzeichnis" erhält
+\usepackage[german]{babel}
+\addto\captionsgerman
+{\renewcommand{\indexname}
+{Stichwortverzeichnis}}
+\end_preamble
+\language german
+\inputencoding latin1
+\fontscheme default
+\graphics default
+\paperfontsize default
+\spacing single
+\papersize a4paper
+\paperpackage a4
+\use_geometry 1
+\use_amsmath 0
+\use_natbib 0
+\use_numerical_citations 0
+\paperorientation portrait
+\leftmargin 20mm
+\topmargin 10mm
+\rightmargin 20mm
+\bottommargin 15mm
+\secnumdepth 3
+\tocdepth 3
+\paragraph_separation skip
+\defskip medskip
+\quotes_language german
+\quotes_times 2
+\papercolumns 1
+\papersides 1
+\paperpagestyle headings
+
+\layout Title
+
+Profi-Tipps: erweiterte Textbearbeitung mit LyX
+\layout Author
+
+vom LyX-Team
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\size normal
+Übersetzung:
+\size default
+\noun on
+Hartmut
+\size normal
+\noun default
+
+\size default
+\noun on
+Haase
+\size normal
+\noun default
+,
+\size default
+\noun on
+Peter
+\size normal
+\noun default
+
+\size default
+\noun on
+Sütterlin
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\noun on
+HHa
+\noun default
+: Ich habe mich bemüht, dieses Dokument so zu schreiben, daß es mit meinen
+ Randeinstellungen, den sehr schmalen Randeinstellungen und als book (koma-scrip
+t) sauber gesetzt wird.
+ Deshalb scheint es einige überflüssige Trennhilfen zu geben.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Date
+
+letzte Änderung: 5.
+ Mai 2004
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Chapter
+
+Einleitung
+\layout Standard
+
+Das Handbuch
+\emph on
+Profi-Tipps: erweiterte Textbearbeitung mit LyX
+\emph default
+, das Sie gerade lesen, ist eigentlich so etwas wie der zweite Teil des
+
+\emph on
+Benutzerhandbuches
+\emph default
+.
+ Der Grund, diesen Text in zwei Teile zu teilen, ist einfach: Das
+\emph on
+Benutzerhandbuch
+\emph default
+ ist bereits sehr umfangreich und enthält all die grundlegenden Dinge, die
+ man beherrschen sollte, um einen Großteil der regelmäßig anfallenden Aufgaben
+ beim Erstellen professioneller Dokumente bewältigen zu können.
+ Auf längere Sicht ist es vom Entwicklerteam geplant und zu einem gewissen
+ Teil bereits realisiert, LyX durch unterschiedliche Konfigurationsdateien
+ erweiterbar zu machen.
+ Das bedeutet: Wenn Sie Unterstützung für ein beliebiges LaTeX-Paket wünschen,
+ erstellen Sie dafür lediglich eine passende Format-Datei, ohne LyX selber
+ zu ändern.
+ Auf diese Weise hat LyX bereits viele Erweiterungen erfahren.
+ All diese sind hier dokumentiert.
+\layout Standard
+
+Außerdem werden in diesem Handbuch auch einige spezielle Funktionen wie
+ etwa Fax-Un\SpecialChar \-
+ter\SpecialChar \-
+stüt\SpecialChar \-
+zung, Versionskontrolle und Unterstützung für die
+\family typewriter
+SGML-Tools
+\family default
+ beschrieben, für die zur korrekten Funktion zusätzliche Software installiert
+ sein muß.
+ Zuletzt gibt es noch ein Kapitel mit LaTeX-Werkzeugen und -Tips, Dingen,
+ mit denen Sie Ihre Dokumente
+\emph on
+herausputzen
+\emph default
+ können, indem Sie die mächtigen LaTeX-Funktionen direkt benutzen.
+ LyX selber ist ja ein WYSIWYM-Programm und unterstützt nur gewisse LaTeX-Funkti
+onen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Natürlich können die
+\emph on
+Profi-Tipps
+\emph default
+ selber zu groß werden, so daß man es spaßeshalber das
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+über-erweiterte Handbuch
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ nennen könnte!
+\layout Standard
+
+Sollten Sie die
+\emph on
+Einführung
+\emph default
+ noch nicht gelesen haben, dann sind Sie auf jeden Fall im falschen Handbuch.
+ Sie sollten wirklich mit der
+\emph on
+Einführung
+\emph default
+ anfangen, denn sie wird Sie zum richtigen Handbuch führen, und sie beschreibt
+ auch die Notation und das Format, die in allen Handbüchern verwendet werden.
+ Sie sollten auch gründlich mit dem
+\emph on
+Benutzerhandbuch
+\emph default
+ und allen Grundfunktionen von LyX vertraut sein.
+\layout Standard
+
+In diesem Dokument sind viele Abschnitt unabhängige Artikel, die von einzelnen
+ Autoren beigesteuert wurden, und entsprechend gekennzeichnet.
+ Diese Person ist im allgemeinen die, die auch die entsprechende Format-Datei
+ für die jeweilige Dokumentklasse oder das neue LaTeX-Paket geschrieben
+ hat.
+ Ist kein spezieller Autor angegeben, wurde der Text gemeinsam vom Dokumentation
+s-Team verfaßt.
+\layout Standard
+
+Weil alle Themen dieses Handbuchs stark von LyX Zusammenspiel mit LaTeX
+ abhängen, beschreibt das erste Kapitel die innere Arbeitsweise von LyX
+ und wie man LyX dazu bringt, den gewünschten LaTeX-Code (ERT
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Evil Red Text
+\end_inset
+
+) zu erzeugen.
+ Es ist offensichtlich für erfahrenere LyX-Benutzer gedacht.
+\layout Chapter
+
+LyX und LaTeX
+\layout Section
+
+Wie LyX LaTeX benutzt
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:lyxandlatex}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Dieses Kapitel ist für TeX-niker und LaTeX-Sonderlinge gedacht.
+ Hier werden wir erklären, wie LyX und LaTeX zusammenarbeiten, um eine Druckausg
+abe zu erzeugen.
+ Dies ist die einzige Stelle in allen Handbüchern, an der wir einige LaTeX-Kennt
+nisse voraussetzen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Einst nannten wir LyX ein
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+WYSIWYM
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+What You See Is What You Mean
+\end_inset
+
+-Frontende für LaTeX
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+, aber das stimmt nicht mehr.
+ Es gibt Frontenden für LaTeX.
+ Sie sind im Grunde Editoren, die LaTeX laufen lassen können und Fehler
+ in der editierten Datei markieren.
+ Obwohl LyX ein Editor
+\emph on
+ist
+\emph default
+, LaTeX laufen
+\emph on
+läßt
+\emph default
+ und auch Fehler in der Datei markiert, macht es auch viel, viel mehr.
+ Wegen des WYSIWYM-Konzeptes benötigen Sie LaTeX nicht, um LyX wirkungsvoll
+ zu benutzen.
+ LyX hat auch einige Erweiterung zu LaTeX hinzugefügt.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Das LyX-Team hat das wegen Parsing/Kodierung gemacht.
+ Die neuen Makros erleichtern es LyX, ERTs zu erzeugen und sicherzustellen,
+ daß das Ergebnis richtig ist.
+ Darüber müssen Sie sich als Benutzer keine Sorgen machen.
+\end_inset
+
+ Versuchen Sie einmal folgendes: wählen Sie
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+xportieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+aT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{}
+\end_inset
+
+eX
+\family default
+,
+\begin_inset Note
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Die Klammerung {} verhindert, daß der Sonderbegriff LaTeX erkannt wird,
+ ebenso bei LyX, TeX usw.
+\end_inset
+
+ dann schauen Sie sich den Vorspann der erzeugten .
+\family typewriter
+tex
+\family default
+-Datei an.
+ Sie werden eine Vielzahl neuer Makros bemerken, die speziell durch LyX
+ definiert wurden.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Ein wenig Geschichte: früher waren all diese Makros in einer
+\family typewriter
+lyx.sty
+\family default
+-Datei.
+ Das LyX-Team hat dann entschieden, daß die von LyX erzeugten
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+-Dateien besser portierbar sind.
+ Deshalb sind die Makros jetzt im Vorspann.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Es gibt mehrere Befehle, bei denen automatisch LaTeX gestartet wird:
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Ans
+\bar under
+i
+\bar default
+cht\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+VI
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Ans
+\bar under
+i
+\bar default
+cht\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+DF
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Ans
+\bar under
+i
+\bar default
+cht\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Pos
+\bar under
+t
+\bar default
+script
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Ans
+\bar under
+i
+\bar default
+cht\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+A
+\bar default
+ktualisieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+VI
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Ans
+\bar under
+i
+\bar default
+cht\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+A
+\bar default
+ktualisieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+DF
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Ans
+\bar under
+i
+\bar default
+cht\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+A
+\bar default
+ktualisieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Pos
+\bar under
+t
+\bar default
+script
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+rucken\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Fa
+\bar under
+x
+\bar default
+en\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\layout Standard
+
+LaTeX wird nur gestartet, wenn die Datei seit dem letzten LaTeX-Lauf geändert
+ wurde.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn LaTeX für die von Ihnen editierte Datei ausgeführt wird, führt LyX
+ folgende Schritte aus:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Das Dokument wird nach LaTeX konvertiert und in eine
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+-Datei anstatt in eine
+\family typewriter
+.lyx
+\family default
+-Datei gespeichert
+\layout Enumerate
+
+LaTeX wird mit der
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+-Datei gestartet (vielleicht mehrmals).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Wenn Fehler auftreten, werden sie in der
+\family typewriter
+.lyx
+\family default
+-Datei markiert.
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn LaTeX aufgrund
+\family sans
+Ans
+\bar under
+i
+\bar default
+cht\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+VI
+\family default
+gestartet wurde, wird LyX dann
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\family default
+ mit der
+\family typewriter
+.dv
+\family default
+i-Datei ausführen.
+ Wenn Sie
+\family sans
+Ans
+\bar under
+i
+\bar default
+cht\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Pos
+\bar under
+t
+\bar default
+script
+\family default
+oder
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+rucken
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+\SpecialChar ~
+aufgerufen haben, werden noch zwei Schritte ausgeführt:
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+ wird aufgerufen, um die
+\family typewriter
+.dv
+\family default
+i-Datei nach PostScript® zu konvertieren:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Für
+\family sans
+Ansicht\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Pos
+\bar under
+t
+\bar default
+script
+\family default
+hat die Ausgabedatei die Endung
+\family typewriter
+.ps_tmp
+\layout Itemize
+
+Für
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+rucken\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+\SpecialChar ~
+
+\family default
+hat die Ausgabedatei wie erwartet die Endung
+\family typewriter
+.ps
+\family default
+.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+gv
+\family default
+ ausführen oder die PostScript®-Datei an den Drucker schicken.
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Sie
+\family sans
+Ansicht\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+DF
+\family default
+ aufgerufen haben, wird die
+\family typewriter
+.ps
+\family default
+-Datei mit
+\family typewriter
+ps2pdf
+\family default
+ in eine
+\family typewriter
+.pdf
+\family default
+-Datei konvertiert und mit einem pdf-Betrachter angezeigt (zum Beispiel
+ Acrobat®Reader).
+\layout Section
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Hilfe! LyX hat eine unleserliche
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+-Datei erzeugt!
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:Help!-LyX-generated}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Eingeschworene LaTeX-Benutzer werden schreien und dies in die Nacht hinausheulen
+ und dann LyX als nutzlos erklären, nur weil sie die Handbücher nicht gelesen
+ haben.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Anmerkung von
+\noun on
+John Weiss
+\noun default
+: Ich kenne eine bestimmten Experten, der sich wirklich bei mir beklagte,
+ daß LyX keine LaTeX-Dateien erzeugt.
+ Ist es nicht manchmal spaßig, daß Experten die schlimmsten beim Lesen von
+ Anweisungen sind?
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Wir wollen es richtigstellen.
+ LyX produziert zwei LaTeX-Dateitypen.
+ Einer kann von Menschen gelesen werden.
+ Der andere kann von LyX gelesen werden.
+ Jedesmal, wenn LyX LaTeX ausführt, erzeugt es eine LaTeX-Datei, die es
+ einfach nach Fehlern durchsuchen kann.
+ Die erzeugte
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+-Datei kann von Menschen nicht gelesen werden.
+ Versuchen Sie es einfach nicht.
+ Wenn Sie eine
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+-Datei wollen, um sie jemandem zu schicken, wählen Sie
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+xportieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+aT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{}
+\end_inset
+
+eX.
+\layout Standard
+
+Wir sagen es nochmal, speziell abgesetzt für Begriffsstutzige:
+\layout Quote
+\added_space_top 0.23cm \added_space_bottom 0.23cm
+
+\series bold
+Wenn Sie eine
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+-Datei wollen, um sie jemandem zu schicken, wählen Sie
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+xportieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+aT
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\series bold
+eX.
+\layout Section
+
+LaTeX-Dateien nach LyX konvertieren
+\layout Standard
+
+Mit
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+mportieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+aT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{}
+\end_inset
+
+eX\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\family default
+\SpecialChar ~
+können Sie eine LaTeX-Datei nach LyX importieren.
+ Dadurch wird ein Perl-Skript namens
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+ aufgerufen, das aus der Datei
+\family typewriter
+foo.tex
+\family default
+ eine Datei
+\family typewriter
+foo.lyx
+\family default
+ erzeugt und diese dann öffnet.
+ Wenn die Umsetzung nicht funktioniert, können Sie versuchen,
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+ auf der Kommandozeile aufzurufen,
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn LyX installiert wird, wird ein Programm namens
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+ in denselben Ordner wie
+\family typewriter
+lyx
+\family default
+ kopiert (zum Beispiel
+\family typewriter
+/usr/X11R6/bin/reLyX
+\family default
+).
+
+\family typewriter
+ reLyX
+\family default
+ benötigt Perl (Version 5.002 oder höher).
+\end_inset
+
+ um weitere Optionen zu benutzen.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+ wird die meisten zulässigen LaTeX-Texte übersetzen, aber nicht alles.
+ Es wird Dinge, die es nicht versteht, im TeX-Modus lassen, dann können
+ Sie nach der Übersetzung nach rotem Text suchen und ihn editieren, damit
+ er richtig aussieht.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+ hat in diesem Handbuch ein eigenes Kapitel (
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:reLyX}
+
+\end_inset
+
+) und eine Unix-
+\family typewriter
+man
+\family default
+-Seite, die Sie lesen sollten um herauszufinden, welche LaTeX-Texte nicht
+ unterstützt werden, welche Fehler es gibt (und wie man sie umschifft) und
+ wie man die verschiedenen Optionen benutzt.
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Sie
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+ nicht zum laufen bringen oder nur ein Stück ERT in eine LyX-Datei einsetzen
+ wollen, lesen Sie Abschnitt
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:latexcodes}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Section
+
+LaTeX-Code (ERT) in LyX-Dokumente einsetzen
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:latexcodes}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ Dies ist ein ziemlich wichtiger Punkt: Sie können immer ERTs in jedes LyX-Dokum
+ent einsetzen.
+ LyX kann einfach nicht jede mögliche LaTeX-Konstruktion darstellen und
+ wird es wohl auch nie können.
+ Wenn Sie jemals LaTeX-Befehle in Ihr LyX-Dokument einsetzen müssen, können
+ Sie den ERT-Einsatz benutzen, den Sie mit
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+e
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{}
+\end_inset
+
+X
+\family default
+ oder durch Klicken auf den mit
+\family sans
+TeX
+\family default
+ beschrifteten Werkzeugleistenknopf erhalten.
+ Der ERT-Einsatz hat drei Formen, zusammengeklappt, offen und in der Zeile.
+ Die ersten beiden Formen werden wie alle zusammenklappbare Einsätze benutzt
+ (zum Beispiel Fußnoten) und sind für die meisten LaTeX-Befehle nützlich.
+ Ein ERT-Einsatz
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+in der Zeile
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ stellt seinen Inhalt als Teil des Knopfes dar und ist für sehr kurze LaTeX-Befe
+hle nützlich.
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+% wie hier
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Sie können zwischen den drei Formen hin- und herschalten, indem Sie mit
+ der rechten Maustaste auf den ERT-Einsatz klicken.
+ Beachten Sie, daß Sie die Form
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+in der Zeile
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ bei mehrzeiligen LaTeX-Befehlen nicht benutzen können.
+\layout Standard
+
+Hier ist ein Beispiel für LaTeX-Befehle in einem LyX-Dokument.
+ Der Code sieht so aus:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+begin{tabular}{ll}
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+begin{minipage}{5cm}
+\newline
+Dies ist ein Beispiel für die Mini-Seiten-Umgebung
+\newline
+Sie können fast alles hineintun, sogar feste
+\newline
+Bilder und Tabellen.
+
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+end{minipage}
+\newline
+&
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+begin{minipage}{5cm}
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+begin{verbatim}
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+begin{minipage}{5cm}
+\newline
+Dies ...
+
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+end{minipage}
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+end{verbatim}
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+end{minipage}
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+end{tabular}
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Der ERT-Einsatz mit diesem Text folgt direkt auf diesen Absatz.
+ Wenn Sie das Handbuch in LyX lesen und den ERT-Einsatz geöffnet haben,
+ sehen Sie die obigen Zeilen in rot und rot umrandet.
+ Wenn Sie das gedruckte Handbuch lesen, sehen Sie das Ergebnis:
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Open
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+begin{tabular}{ll}
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+begin{minipage}{5cm}
+\newline
+Dies ist ein Beispiel für die Mini-Seiten-Umgebung
+\newline
+Sie können fast alles hineintun, sogar feste
+\newline
+Bilder und Tabellen.
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+end{minipage}
+\newline
+&
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+begin{minipage}{5cm}
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+begin{verbatim}
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+begin{minipage}{5cm}
+\newline
+Dies ...
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+end{minipage}
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+end{verbatim}
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+end{minipage}
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+end{tabular}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Zusätzlich zu diesen beiden Methoden können Sie eine separate Datei erstellen,
+ die komplexere LaTeX-Strukturen enthält.
+ Mit
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Datei\SpecialChar ~
+einbinden\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\family default
+ können Sie dann diese Datei einfügen (im Menüfenster
+\family sans
+Include
+\family default
+ sollten Sie als
+\family sans
+Art\SpecialChar ~
+der\SpecialChar ~
+Einbindung:
+\family default
+
+\family sans
+Input
+\family default
+ wählen).
+ Wir empfehlen,
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+-Dateien nur dann einzufügen, wenn Sie
+\emph on
+wissen
+\emph default
+, daß sie bereits funktionieren.
+ Sonst werden Sie Arbeit haben, LaTeX-Fehler zu beheben\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Schließlich sind noch ein paar Dinge hervorzuheben:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Innerhalb von LyX erscheinen ERTs in
+\emph on
+rot.
+\layout Itemize
+
+LyX
+\emph on
+prüft NICHT
+\emph default
+ , ob Ihre ERTs richtig ist.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Versuchen Sie nicht, das Rad noch einmal zu erfinden.
+\layout Standard
+
+Die letzte Bemerkung bezieht sich auf zwei Dinge.
+ Als erstes hat LyX eine ganze Menge eingebaute Funktionen, und weitere
+ werden folgen.
+ Vergewissern Sie sich in den Handbüchern, daß LyX die Funktion xyz nicht
+ hat, bevor Sie sich fröhlich daranmachen, ERTs zu schreiben.
+ Zweitens gibt es zahlreiche LaTeX-Pakete, die alle möglichen Dinge tun,
+ von Marken über Umschläge bis zu hübschen mehrseitigen Tabellen.
+ Suchen Sie auf einem CTAN-Archiv nach Einzelheiten.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\noun on
+John Weiss
+\noun default
+: Ich scheine das schrecklich oft zu tun.
+ Ich setzte mich hin und fing fröhlich an zu kodieren, um Marken auszudrucken,
+ bis ich merkte, daß es bereits 2 verschiedene LaTeX-Pakete dafür gab.
+ Noch schlimmer -- ich hatte sie bereits!
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Sie einige wilde und hübsche Dinge im Ihrem Dokument machen müssen,
+ benutzen Sie ein gutes LaTeX-Buch zur Unterstützung.
+ Im Literaturverzeichnis des
+\emph on
+Benutzerhandbuches
+\emph default
+ sind einige aufgeführt.
+\layout Standard
+
+Es gibt eine Reihe von LaTeX-Befehlen, die vor den eigentlichen Text gesetzt
+ werden müssen.
+ Sie stehen im Vorspann, der im nächsten Abschnitt beschrieben wird.
+\layout Section
+
+LyX und der LaTeX-Vorspann
+\layout Subsection
+
+Über den LaTeX-Vorspann
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:preamble}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Wenn Sie LaTeX bereits kennen, müssen wir Ihnen hier nicht erklären, wofür
+ der Vorspann da ist.
+ Wenn nicht, wird das Folgende Ihnen einige Ideen geben --- wir empfehlen
+ nochmals, ein LaTeX-Buch für weitere Informationen heranzuziehen.
+ In jedem Fall sollten Sie die untenstehenden Punkte lesen, weil sie erklären,
+ was Sie im LaTeX-Vorspann eines LyX-Dokumentes tun können und was Sie nicht
+ tun müssen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Der LaTeX-Vorspann steht ganz am Anfang eines Dokumentes,
+\emph on
+vor
+\emph default
+ dem Text.
+ Er dient dazu:
+\layout Itemize
+
+die Dokumentklasse festzulegen.
+ LyX macht das bereits für Sie.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Sie ein erfahrener LaTeX-niker sind und eine eigene Dokumentklasse
+ haben, die Sie benutzen wollen, lesen Sie im Handbuch
+\emph on
+Anpassung
+\emph default
+ nach, wie man erreicht, daß LyX mit ihr arbeiten kann.
+ Schicken Sie Ihre Ergebnisse an das LyX-Team, damit sie in zukünftige Versionen
+ einfließen können!
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+die Benutzung von Paketen zu deklarieren.
+ LaTeX-Pakete liefern Spezialbefehle, die nur dann in einem Dokument benutzt
+ werden können, wenn das Paket im Vorspann deklariert wurde.
+ Zum Beispiel erzwingt das Paket
+\family typewriter
+indentfirst
+\family default
+ das Einrücken aller Absätze.
+ Es gibt andere Pakete für Marken, Umschläge, Ränder usw.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Zähler, Variablen, Längen und Breiten zu setzen.
+ Es gibt mehrere LaTeX-Zähler und -Variablen, die global im Vorspann gesetzt
+ werden
+\emph on
+müssen
+\emph default
+, um die gewünschte Wirkung zu erzielen.
+ (Es gibt andere Variablen, die Sie auch im Dokument (zurück)setzen können.)
+ Ränder sind ein gutes Beispiel dafür, was im Vorspann gesetzt werden muß
+ .
+ Ein anderes Beispiel ist Markenformat für Listen.
+ Eigentlich können Sie diese fast überall setzen, aber am besten ist es,
+ das nur einmal im Vorspann zu tun.
+\layout Itemize
+
+benutzerdefinierte Befehle zu deklarieren (mit
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+newcommand
+\family default
+oder
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand
+\family default
+), meistens Abkürzungen für LaTeX-Befehle, die sehr oft in einem Dokument
+ benutzt werden.
+ Obwohl der Vorspann ein guter Platz ist, solche Befehle zu deklarieren,
+
+\emph on
+können
+\emph default
+ sie irgendwo
+\emph on
+vor
+\emph default
+ ihrem ersten Benutzen deklariert werden.
+ Das kann nützlich sein, wenn Ihr Dokument viel rohen LaTeX-Code enthält,
+ was normalerweise nicht vorkommt.
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX fügt dem Vorspann der
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+-Datei, die es produziert, seinen eigenen Satz an Definitionen hinzu.
+ Dies macht LaTeX-Dateien, die LyX erzeugt, portierbar.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Den Vorspann ändern
+\layout Standard
+
+Die Befehle, die LyX dem Vorspann einer LaTeX-Datei hinzufügt, sind fest;
+ Sie können sie nicht ändern, ohne LyX selber zu ändern.
+ Sie können aber Ihre eigenen Sachen zum Vorspann hinzufügen.
+ Es gibt zwei Wege, das zu tun:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Wählen Sie
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+okument\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+LaT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{}
+\end_inset
+
+eX-Vorspann\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\family default
+ Dies öffnet ein Editierfenster, in das Sie Ihre bevorzugten Befehle schreiben
+ können.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Das Editierverhalten in diesem Fenster ist unterschiedlich, also erwarten
+ Sie nicht, daß die LyX-Ta\SpecialChar \-
+sten\SpecialChar \-
+kom\SpecialChar \-
+bi\SpecialChar \-
+na\SpecialChar \-
+ti\SpecialChar \-
+o\SpecialChar \-
+nen darin funktionieren.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Setzen Sie dies in Ihre Standardschablone, so daß es der Standardvorspann
+ für jede von Ihnen geschriebene Datei wird.
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX fügt alles im
+\family sans
+LaT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{}
+\end_inset
+
+eX-Vorspann
+\family default
+-Fenster zu seinem eingebauten Vorspann hinzu.
+ Bevor Sie Ihre eigenen Deklarationen zum Vorspann hinzufügen, sollten Sie
+ prüfen, ob LyX das nicht bereits unterstützt (Erinnern Sie sich, was wir
+ über das Rad noch einmal erfinden sagten?).
+ Außerdem:
+\emph on
+stellen Sie sicher, daß Ihre Vorspannzeilen richtig sind
+\emph default
+.
+ LyX prüft das nicht.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Beispiele
+\layout Standard
+
+Hier sind einige Beispiele für Dinge, die Sie zum Vorspann hinzufügen können,
+ und was sie bewirken:
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Beispiel 1: Verschiebungen (Offsets)
+\layout Standard
+
+Es gibt zwei LaTeX-Variablen, die die Seitenposition kontrollieren:
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+hoffset
+\family default
+ und
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+voffset
+\family default
+.
+ Ihre Namen sollten selbsterklärend sein.
+ Diese Variablen sind hilfreich, wenn die Papiergröße und die Seitengröße
+ nicht gleich sind.
+ Dann benutzt man
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+hoffset
+\family default
+ und
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+voffset
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Die Standardwerte für
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+hoffset
+\family default
+ und
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+voffset
+\family default
+ sind beide pt., das heißt die Seite wird nicht verschoben.
+\layout Standard
+
+Unglücklicherweise scheinen einige DVI-Treiber die Seite immer zu verschieben.
+ Wir wissen nicht warum oder warum der Systemadministrator solch ein Verhalten
+ nicht korrigiert hat.
+ Wenn Sie LyX auf einem System benutzen, das Sie nicht selber warten und
+ Ihr Systemadministrator ein wenig beschränkt ist, können Sie sich mit
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+hoffset
+\family default
+ und
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+voffset
+\family default
+ behelfen.
+ Angenommen, Ihr linker und oberer Seitenrand ist immer 1.5 cm zu groß.
+ Sie können dann folgende zum Vorspann hinzufügen:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+setlength{
+\backslash
+hoffset}{-1.5 cm}
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+setlength{
+\backslash
+voffset}{-1.5 cm}
+\layout Standard
+
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+\SpecialChar ~
+und Ihre Ränder sollten jetzt richtig sein.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Beispiel 2: Aufkleber
+\layout Standard
+
+Nehmen wir an, Sie wollten viele Adreßaufkleber drucken.
+ Es gibt in Ihrem nächsten CTAN-Archiv ein nettes Paket, mit dem Sie Adreßaufkle
+ber drucken können, genannt
+\family typewriter
+labels.sty
+\family default
+.
+ Vielleicht ist dieses Paket auf Ihrem System nicht standardmäßig installiert.
+ Wir überlassen es Ihnen, das zu prüfen.
+ Sie sollten auch die zugehörige Dokumentation lesen; wir werden das nicht
+ für Sie tun.
+ Weil dies aber ein Beispiel ist, werden wir Ihnen zeigen, wie Sie dieses
+ Paket benutzen können.
+\layout Standard
+
+Als erstes müssen Sie die Dokumentklasse
+\family sans
+article
+\family default
+benutzen.
+ Dann müssen Sie folgendes in Ihren Vorspann eintragen:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+usepackage{labels}
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+LabelCols=x1
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+LabelRows=x2
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+LeftBorder=x3mm
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+RightBorder=x4mm
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+TopBorder=x5mm
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+BottomBorder=x6mm
+\layout Standard
+
+Die Werte für x1 -- x6 hängen von Ihren Adreßaufklebern ab.
+ Sie können jetzt Adreßaufkleber drucken, aber Sie müssen ERTs einfügen,
+ wobei die Befehle
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{labels}
+\family default
+ und
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+end{labels}
+\family default
+ die Adresse umschließen.
+ Dies und andere Spezialfunktionen von
+\family typewriter
+labels.sty
+\family default
+ werden in der Dokumentation erklärt.
+\layout Standard
+
+Eines Tages wird jemand eine LyX-Format-Datei schreiben, um dieses Paket
+ direkt zu unterstützen.
+ Vielleicht werden Sie das sein.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Beispiel
+\series medium
+
+\series default
+3: Absatzeinrückung
+\begin_inset Note
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\noun on
+HHa
+\noun default
+: Ich habe dieses Beispiel sehr frei übersetzt, damit es für deutsche Benutzer
+ mehr Sinn macht.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Die deutschen LyX-Handbücher verwenden als Absatztrennung einen vertikalen
+ Abstand.
+ Wenn Sie aber eine Absatzeinrückung wollen (
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ormat
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+okument
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family sans
+Format
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family sans
+Absatztrennung:
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+inrückung
+\family default
+), wird, wie in Büchern üblich, die erste Zeile eines Absatzes eingerückt,
+ aber nur dann,
+\emph on
+wenn
+\emph default
+ der Absatz auf einen anderen folgt.
+ Wenn aber kein Absatz davor steht, er auf ein Bild folgt oder er der erste
+ eines Abschnitts ist, dann wird nicht eingerückt.
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Sie aber die amerikanische Art vorziehen, die ersten Zeilen
+\emph on
+aller
+\emph default
+ Absätze einzurücken, fügen Sie dies zum Vorspann hinzu:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+usepackage{indentfirst}
+\layout Standard
+
+Dann werden die ersten Zeilen aller Absätze eingerückt.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Beispiel 4: Dieses Dokument
+\layout Standard
+
+Sie können sich den Vorspann diese Dokuments ansehen, um eine Vorstellung
+ davon zu bekommen, was für fortgeschrittene Dinge Sie machen können.
+ Sie sollten das
+\family sans
+LaT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{}
+\end_inset
+
+eX-Vorspann
+\family default
+-Fenster vergrößern, damit Sie möglichst viel auf einmal sehen können.
+ Außerdem gibt es in diesem Handbuch in Kapitel
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{cha:Geheimnisse-der-LaTeX-Meister}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ weitere Beispiele und eine Sammlung von LaTeX-
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Tricks
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Section
+
+LyX und LaTeX-Fehler
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn LyX LaTeX aufruft, sagt es ihm, ungeniert alle Fehler zu ignorieren
+ und weiterzumachen.
+ LyX benutzt dann die log-Datei des LaTeX-Laufs für eine Analyse.
+ Wie wir bereits in Abschnitt
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:Help!-LyX-generated}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ sagten, erzeugt LyX zwei verschiedene
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+-Dateien, eine davon benutzt es, um Fehler im Dokument zu lokalisieren.
+ Wenn irgendwo ein Fehler auftrat, wird LyX ein Kästchen mit dem Wort
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Fehler
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ an die entsprechende Stelle schreiben.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX wird manchmal eine falschen Ort für den Fehler angeben.
+ Das passiert typischerweise bei Tabellen, Bildern, mathemati\SpecialChar \-
+schen Ausdrücken
+ und dem Vorspann.
+\end_inset
+
+ Außerdem wird es eine Warnmeldung geben.
+\layout Standard
+
+Sie können die Fehlerkästchen mit
+\family sans
+\bar under
+N
+\bar default
+avigieren
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ehler
+\family default
+oder
+\family sans
+Strg+G
+\family default
+ erreichen, sie mit Drauf\SpecialChar \-
+klicken
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+öffnen
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ und die LaTeX-Fehlermeldung lesen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Einige ziehen es vor, die log-Datei direkt anzusehen, was man mit
+\family sans
+Ansicht\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+aT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{}
+\end_inset
+
+eX\SpecialChar ~
+Protokoll
+\family default
+ erreicht.
+ Es gibt einige ziemlich einfache Fehlermeldungen und Warnungen.
+ Wir wollen diese hier beschreiben.
+ Wegen einer vollständigen Liste sollten Sie in einem guten LaTeX-Buch nachsehen.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+LaTeX Warning:
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Alles, was mit diesen Worten beginnt, ist eine Warnung, damit man den LaTeX-Code
+ selber
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+debugged
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Solche Meldungen erhält man, wenn man Querverweise oder Literaturverzeichnisein
+träge hinzugefügt oder geändert hat.
+ In dem Fall will LaTeX Ihnen sagen, daß Sie einen weiteren Durchlauf machen
+ müssen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Sie können sie weitgehend ignorieren.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+LaTeX Font Warning:
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Dies ist eine weitere Warnung, wenn LaTeX einen Font nicht finden konnte.
+ Der Rest der Meldung sagt oft etwas über einen Ersatzfont, den LaTeX benutzt
+ hat.
+\layout Standard
+
+Sie können sie immer ignorieren.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+Overfull
+\backslash
+hbox
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+LaTeX
+\emph on
+liebt
+\emph default
+ es, dies zu melden.
+ Es sind Warnungen über zu lange Zeilen, die über den rechten Rand ragen.
+ Fast immer sieht man es in der Druckausgabe nicht.
+ Oder nur ein Buchstabe oder zwei ragen über den Rand hinaus.
+ LaTeX scheint mindestens eine dieser Meldungen für jedes Dokument zu erzeugen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Sie können diese blöden Meldungen ignorieren.
+ Sie werden selber sehen, ob es mit zu langen Zeilen Probleme gibt; sehen
+ Sie sich einfach den Ausdruck an.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+Underfull
+\backslash
+hbox
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Nicht ganz so häufig wie ihre Kusine.
+ Sie erscheint, wenn LaTeX glaubt, die beim Zeilenumbruch entstandenen Wortabstä
+nde sind zu groß, was zum Beispiel bei einem manuellen Zeilenumbruch passieren
+ kann.
+\layout Standard
+
+Sie können sie auch ignorieren.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+Overfull
+\backslash
+vbox
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ und
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+Underfull
+\backslash
+vbox
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Dies Warnungen erscheinen bei Problemen mit dem Seitenumbruch.
+ Noch einmal, sehen Sie sich den Ausdruck an.
+ Sie werden selber sehen, ob etwas falsch ist.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+LaTeX Error: File
+\begin_inset Quotes els
+\end_inset
+
+Xxxx
+\begin_inset Quotes ers
+\end_inset
+
+ not found
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Die Datei
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Xxxx
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ ist nicht auf diesem System installiert.
+ Diese Meldung erscheint gewöhnlich dann, wenn ein von Ihrem Dokument benötigtes
+ Paket nicht installiert ist.
+ Wenn Sie den Vorspann nicht angerührt und keinen
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+usepackage{}
+\family default
+-Befehl benutzt haben, fehlt eins der Pakete, das LyX versuchte zu laden.
+ Benutzen Sie
+\family sans
+\bar under
+H
+\bar default
+ilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+LaT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{}
+\end_inset
+
+eX\SpecialChar ~
+
+\bar under
+K
+\bar default
+on\SpecialChar \-
+fi\SpecialChar \-
+gu\SpecialChar \-
+ra\SpecialChar \-
+tion
+\family default
+, um eine Liste der Pakete zu bekommen, die LyX kennt.
+ Diese Datei wird immer dann aktualisiert, wenn Sie LyX neu konfigurieren
+ (mit
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+earbeiten
+\bar under
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar default
+Neu\SpecialChar ~
+k
+\bar under
+o
+\bar default
+nfigurieren
+\family default
+), und sagt Ihnen, welche Pakete gefunden wurden und was sie machen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Sie aber einen
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+usepackage{}
+\family default
+-Befehl benutzt haben und das dort erwähnte Paket nicht installiert haben,
+ müssen Sie es selber installieren.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+LaTeX Error: Unknown option
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Fehlermeldungen, die so anfangen, versuchen Ihnen zu sagen, daß Sie für
+ ein Paket eine falsche oder unbekannte Option angegeben haben.
+ Sehen Sie in der Paketdokumentation nach.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+Undefined control sequence
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Sie ERTs in Ihr Dokument eingefügt und sich dabei verschrieben haben,
+ werden Sie solch eine Meldung bekommen.
+ Vielleicht haben Sie vergessen, ein Paket zu laden.
+ Auf jeden Fall bedeutet diese Fehlermeldung, daß Sie einen nicht definierten
+ Befehl benutzt haben.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Es gibt andere Fehlermeldungen und Warnungen.
+ Einige sind selbsterklärend.
+ Es sind gewöhnlich LaTeX-Meldungen.
+ Andere sind ausgesprochen kryptisch.
+ Das sind in Wahrheit TeX-Fehlermeldun\SpecialChar \-
+gen und wir haben wirklich
+\emph on
+keine Ahnung
+\emph default
+, was sie bedeuten oder wie man sie entziffert.
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Sie Fehlermeldungen bekommen, sollten Sie folgendes machen:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Prüfen Sie den von Ihnen eingefügten LaTeX-Code auf Schreibfehler.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Wenn es keine gibt, prüfen Sie, ob Sie die Befehle richtig benutzt haben.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Wenn Sie viele Fehlerkästchen am Anfang des Dokumentes aufgestapelt sehen,
+ ist der Vorspann fehlerhaft.
+ Suchen und korrigieren Sie diese Fehler.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Wenn Sie den Vorspann nicht angerührt und keinen LaTeX-Befehl benutzt haben,
+ ist der erste Verdächtigte Ihre LaTeX-Distribution selber.
+ Suchen Sie nach fehlenden Paketen und installieren Sie sie.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Gut, es gibt keine fehlenden Pakete.
+ Haben Sie irgendwelche Feineinstellungen in LyX benutzt? Insbesondere,
+ haben Sie sie
+\emph on
+falsch
+\emph default
+ angewendet, wollten Sie zum Beispiel viele manuelle geschützte Leerzeichen,
+ Zeilen- oder Seitenumbrüche einfügen? Haben Sie versucht, damit herumzutricksen
+ anstatt die passende Absatzumgebung zu benutzen?
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Gut, Sie haben keine der Feineinstellungen benutzt, Sie haben die Regeln
+ beachtet.
+ Haben Sie etwas Ausgefallenes gemacht? Haben Sie in einer Tabelle oder
+ Gleichung etwas Irres gemacht, zum Beispiel ein Bild in eine Tabelle eingefügt?
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Open
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+begin{sloppypar}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{enu:sloppypar}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Haben Sie lange Textabschnitte, bei denen LaTeX keinen Zeilenumbruch finden
+ kann? Standardmäßig ist LaTeX ziemlich streng mit dem Wortzwischenraum
+ beim Zeilenumbruch.
+ Sie sollten den Absatz überarbeiten, um das Problem zu vermeiden.
+ Wenn das nicht geht, könnten Sie Ihren Text zwischen
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{sloppypar}
+\family default
+ und
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+end{sloppypar}
+\family default
+ setzen, um LaTeX die Zeilen etwas schlampiger umbrechen zu lassen.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+end{sloppypar}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Haben Sie zu tief geschachtelt? LyX prüft (zur Zeit) nicht, ob Sie die Grenzen
+ der Schachtelungstiefe einhalten.
+ Wenn Sie einen Haufen Umgebungen bis zur 17.
+ Stufe geschachtelt haben, ist das das Problem.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Gut, es gibt keine Fehlermeldungen, aber Ihre Ausgabe sieht kaputt aus.
+ Wenn Sie eine Tabelle oder ein Bild haben, das zu breit oder zu lang für
+ die Seite ist, müssen Sie:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+das Bild kleiner skalieren, damit es paßt.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+die Tabelle verkleinern, damit sie paßt.
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn mit der Ausgabe etwas Anderes falsch ging und Sie nichts Ausgefallenes
+ gemacht und auch nicht mit den Feineinstellungen getrickst haben, wissen
+ wir nicht genau, was falsch ist.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn all das nicht hilft --- nun, dann haben Sie
+\emph on
+vielleicht
+\emph default
+ einen Fehler in LyX gefunden\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\layout Chapter
+
+Ergänzende Werkzeuge
+\layout Section
+
+Erstellen eines Literaturverzeichnisses mit BibTeX
+\layout Standard
+
+von
+\noun on
+Mike Ressler
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Sie nicht wissen, was BibTeX ist, und auch nicht wissen wie man es
+ sinnvoll verwendet, das heißt wie man eine eigene Literaturdatenbank erstellt,
+ können Sie sich die zweite Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
+lage von
+\noun on
+Leslie
+\noun default
+
+\noun on
+Lamport'
+\noun default
+s
+\emph on
+ LaTeX: A Document Preparation System
+\emph default
+ besorgen, in dessen Anhang B BibTeX eingehend beschrieben ist.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+oder Helmut Kopka:
+\emph on
+LaTeX, Band 1 -- Einführung, 2., überarbeitete Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
+lage
+\emph default
+.
+\end_inset
+
+ Im Rahmen dieser Dokumentation wird angenommen, daß Sie bereits eine funktionie
+rende Literaturdatenbank erstellt haben, daß die entsprechenden Umgebungsvariabl
+en (insbesondere
+\family typewriter
+BIBINPUTS
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+BSTINPUTS
+\family default
+ und
+\family typewriter
+TEXINPUTS
+\family default
+) richtig gesetzt sind und daß Sie (im Notfall) eine gewöhnliche LaTeX-Datei
+ unter Verwendung Ihrer BibTeX-Datenbank erzeugen können.
+\layout Standard
+
+Für diejenigen, die BibTeX nicht kennen: es ist ein System zum Erstellen
+ einer großen Datenbank mit Ihren am häufigsten benutzen Literaturzitaten.
+ Bei allen zukünftigen Artikeln, die Sie schreiben, müssen Sie nur noch
+ diese Datenbank einbinden und für ein Zitat den einer Referenz zugeordneten
+ Schlüssel angeben.
+ Auch wenn Sie nur gelegentlich Veröffentlichungen mit nur ein paar Zitaten
+ schreiben, sollten Sie sich BibTeX einmal ansehen und entscheiden, ob es
+ den Lernaufwand wert ist.
+\layout Standard
+
+Um BibTeX zusammen mit LyX zu benutzen, lesen Sie zunächst im
+\emph on
+Benutzerhandbuch
+\emph default
+, wie man Querverweise einfügt.
+ Beim Einfügen von BibTeX-Querverweisen handelt es sich um denselben Mechanismus.
+ Am Ende Ihres Dokumentes wählen Sie den Menüpunkt
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Listen\SpecialChar ~
+und\SpecialChar ~
+Inhaltsverz.\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+ibTe
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{}
+\end_inset
+
+X-Referenz
+\family default
+.
+ In der sich dann öffnenden Dialogbox tragen Sie folgendes ein:
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+Datenbank
+\family default
+\series default
+en geben Sie den Namen Ihrer
+\family typewriter
+.bib
+\family default
+-Datei
+\emph on
+ohne
+\emph default
+ die Endung
+\family typewriter
+.bib
+\family default
+ ein.
+ Wenn Sie mehrere Dateien angeben wollen, müssen Sie diese in der gewünschten
+ Reihenfolge, getrennt durch Kommata, eingeben.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+Stil
+\family default
+\series default
+ wählen Sie den einen Stil für BibTeX aus.
+ Die Standardeinstellung ist
+\family sans
+plain
+\family default
+; die zugehörigen Stildateien sollten Bestandteil der LaTeX-Distribution
+ sein, so daß Sie sich nicht darum kümmern müssen, diese erst anzulegen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Sie nun ein Zitat einfügen wollen, dessen Referenz in der
+\family typewriter
+.bib
+\family default
+-Datei enthalten ist, müssen Sie lediglich den Cursor an die gewünschte
+ Stelle im Text positionieren, den Menüpunkt
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+Z
+\bar default
+itat\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\family default
+ wählen und den entsprechenden Schlüssel eintragen.
+ Sonst sind keine weiteren Aktionen nötig.
+ Ein Blick in die Druckvorschau (
+\family sans
+Ansicht\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+VI
+\family default
+) zeigt, daß LyX automatisch die notwendigen Programme (BibTeX, LaTeX inklusive
+ eventuell notwendiger mehrfacher Aufrufe) startet.
+\layout Section
+
+Erstellen eines Stichwortverzeichnisses
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Stichwortverzeichnis}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Ein gutes Stichwortverzeichnisses zu erstellen gehört bei längeren Dokumenten
+ mit zu den schwierigsten Aufgaben.
+ Aber LyX unterstützt Sie auch hier und vereinfacht die Dinge, indem eine
+ Schnittstelle zum Programm
+\family typewriter
+makeindex
+\family default
+, das zu den meisten LaTeX-Distributionen gehört, bereitgestellt wird.
+ Das Einfügen eines Index und das Markieren von Worten, die in diesem Index
+ erscheinen sollen, funktioniert ähnlich wie das Erstellen eines Literaturver\SpecialChar \-
+zei
+ch\SpecialChar \-
+nisses, das im vorigen Abschnitt beschrieben wurde.
+\layout Standard
+
+Setzen Sie den Cursor zunächst ganz ans Ende und wählen Sie dort den Menüpunkt
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Listen\SpecialChar ~
+und\SpecialChar ~
+Inhaltsverz.\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+tichwortverzeichnis
+\family default
+.
+ Für jedes Wort, das in dieser Liste erscheinen soll, setzen Sie nun den
+ Cursor direkt hinter dieses Wort und wählen den Menüpunkt
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+St
+\bar under
+i
+\bar default
+chwort\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\family default
+ Das
+\family sans
+Stichwort
+\family default
+-Dialogfenster wird geöffnet und im Feld
+\family sans
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+tichwort:
+\family default
+ sehen Sie das Wort, hinter dem Sie
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+St
+\bar under
+i
+\bar default
+chwort\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\family default
+ aufgerufen haben.
+ Sie können den Text ändern.
+ Wenn Sie vor dem Aufruf mehrere Worte markiert haben, stehen alle in Feld
+
+\family sans
+Stichwort
+\family default
+.
+ Das ist bereits alles; LyX ruft bei Bedarf automatisch das Programm
+\family typewriter
+makeindex
+\family default
+ auf, welches dann den eigentlichen Index erzeugt.
+\layout Standard
+
+Achten Sie darauf, daß sich zwischen dem zu indizierenden Wort im Text und
+ der Index-Marke kein Leerzeichen befindet, da auf diese Weise falsche Seitennum
+mern im Index erzeugt werden können.
+ Außerdem möchten wir darauf hinweisen, daß mit dem Programm
+\family typewriter
+makeindex
+\family default
+ noch weit kompliziertere Dinge möglich sind.
+ Ein Blick in die Dokumentation zu
+\family typewriter
+makeindex
+\family default
+ zeigt Ihnen zum Beispiel, wie man auch verschachtelte Einträge generieren
+ kann, usw.
+ Einige Beispiele finden Sie hier und im
+\emph on
+Benutzerhandbuch
+\emph default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Sie wollen, daß die Stichworte mit Stichwortverzeichnis statt Index
+ beginnen, sollten sie in den LaTeX-Vorspann folgendes einfügen:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+usepackage[german]{babel}
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+addto
+\backslash
+captionsgerman{
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+indexname}{Stichwortverzeichnis}}
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Sie lieber die sogenannte neue Rechtschreibung verwenden, müssen Sie
+ statt
+\family typewriter
+german
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+ngerman
+\family default
+ benutzen.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Falls Sie kein Stichwortverzeichnis erhalten, könnte es sein, daß die Datei
+
+\family typewriter
+german.ist
+\family default
+ nicht vorhanden oder nicht an der richtigen Stelle (\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\family typewriter
+/texmf/makeindex/
+\family default
+) ist.
+ Diese Datei könnte so aussehen:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+quote '='
+\layout Standard
+
+Damit Umlaute und ß richtig sortiert werden, sollten Sie sie im Feld
+\family sans
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+tichwort:
+\family default
+ so schreiben: ä="a, \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+ , Ü="U und ß="s.
+ Sie können aber auch folgendes machen: um
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Mühe
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ ins Stichwortverzeichnis aufzunehmen, schreiben Sie ins Feld
+\family sans
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+tichwort:
+\family default
+ folgendes: Muhe@Mühe.
+ In einem Dokument sollten Sie aber nicht beide Möglichkeiten mischen.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series bold
+Anmerkung
+\series default
+ von
+\noun on
+Hartmut Haase
+\noun default
+: Die Sortierung erfolgt nach angelsächsischen Kriterien.
+ Ich habe eine Modifikation vorgeschlagen, die die deutsche Sortierung ermöglich
+t.
+ Sie wurde aber vom LyX-Team bisher nicht akzeptiert.
+ Wer trotzdem daran interessiert ist, kann sich an mich wenden: hha4491@atomstro
+mfrei.de
+\layout Section
+
+Mehrteilige Dokumente
+\layout Subsection
+
+Allgemeine Handhabung
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Sie an sehr langen Texten mit vielen Kapiteln oder Abschnitten arbeiten
+ ist es oft üblich, ein Dokument in mehrere Dateien aufzuteilen.
+ Auch wenn Sie zum Beispiel einen Text haben, in dem eine Tabelle von Zeit
+ zu Zeit geändert wird, aber der Text davor unverändert bleibt, kann es
+ sinnvoll sein, ein mehrteiliges Dokument zu verwenden.
+ Zum Beispiel haben wissenschaftliche Veröffentlichungen meist fünf Hauptteile:
+ Einleitung, Beobachtungen, Ergebnisse, Diskussion und Zusammenfassung.
+ Jeder dieser Teile kann als separate LyX-Datei angelegt werden, die dann
+ von einem Hauptdokument eingebunden werden, welches Titel, Autoren, Zusammenfas
+sung, Querverweise usw.\SpecialChar ~
+enthält und die fünf eingefügten Dateien.
+ Jede dieser Dateien muß aber dieselbe Dokumentklasse haben --- versuchen
+ Sie nicht Buch- und Artikelklassen zu mischen.
+ Sie können auch LaTeX-Dateien einbinden, diese dürfen dann aber keinen
+ eigenen Vorspann haben (das heißt der Teil bis einschließlich der Zeile
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{document}
+\family default
+ als auch das abschließende
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+end{document}
+\family default
+ müssen entfernt werden), andernfalls werden beim LaTeX-Lauf Fehler gemeldet.
+\layout Standard
+
+In LyX können externe Dateien sehr einfach über den Menüpunkt
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Datei
+\family default
+\SpecialChar ~
+
+\family sans
+einbinden
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+\SpecialChar ~
+integriert werden.
+ Dabei wird ein kleiner grauer Kasten (ähnlich einer Marke) an der aktuellen
+ Cursorposition eingefügt.
+ Ein Klick auf diesen Kasten öffnet einen Dialog, über den die einzubindende
+ Datei sowie die Art der Einbindung ausgewählt werden können.
+\layout Standard
+
+Die drei Einbindungsarten sind
+\family sans
+Include
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Input
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+Unformatiert
+\family default
+.
+ Der Unterschied zwischen
+\family sans
+Include
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+Input
+\family default
+ bedeutet wirklich nur etwas für LaTeX-Experten, aber der praktische Unterschied
+ besteht darin, daß Dateien, die über
+\family sans
+Include
+\family default
+ eingebunden werden, auf einer neuen Seite gesetzt werden, während über
+
+\family sans
+Input
+\family default
+ eingebundene Dateien auf der aktuellen Seite gesetzt werden.
+ LyX wird eines Tages geändert werden, um dies darzustellen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Normalerweise wird das Hauptdokument vor dem Setzen des Textes in eine vollwerti
+ge LaTeX-Datei konvertiert, die eingebundenen Dateien jedoch nur in LaTeX-Dateie
+n ohne jeglichen Vorspann.
+\layout Standard
+
+Eine Datei, die
+\family sans
+Unformatiert
+\family default
+ eingebunden wird, erscheint ohne Formatierung, das heißt genau so wie in
+ der Datei, der Text wird mit dem Schrifttyp Schreibmaschine gesetzt.
+ Normalerweise sind Leerzeichen in dieser Datei unsichtbar, obwohl zwei
+ aufeinanderfolgende Leerzeichen beibehalten werden, im Gegensatz zum normalen
+ LyX-Verhalten.
+ Über den Auswahlpunkt
+\family sans
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+eerzeichen\SpecialChar ~
+bei\SpecialChar ~
+der\SpecialChar ~
+Ausgabe\SpecialChar ~
+kennzeichnen
+\family default
+ können diese durch eine kleine Markierung ersetzt werden, die das Vorhandensein
+ von Leerzeichen anzeigt.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Querverweise zwischen Dateien
+\layout Standard
+
+Es ist möglich, Querverweise zwischen verschiedenen Dateien zu machen.
+ Zunächst öffnen Sie alle infrage kommenden Dateien: nennen wir sie A und
+ B in einem Beispiel mit zwei Dateien, wobei B in A eingefügt wird.
+ Setzen Sie jetzt in A eine Marke, auf die Sie in B verweisen wollen, so
+ öffnen Sie in B
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+Q
+\bar default
+uerverweis
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+\SpecialChar ~
+und wählen im Feld
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+okument:
+\family default
+ die gewünschte Datei.
+\layout Section
+
+Algorithmen
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\emph on
+(aus der LaTeX-Konfiguration)
+\layout Standard
+
+Das Paket
+\family typewriter
+algorithm
+\family default
+ wird von LyX benötigt, um
+\emph on
+gleitende
+\emph default
+
+\emph on
+Algorithmen
+\emph default
+ verwenden zu können.
+ Diese sind hilf\SpecialChar \-
+reich, wenn es darum geht, Algorithmen an Seitenumbrüchen
+ zu positionieren oder einen
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Index der Algorithmen
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ anzulegen.
+\layout Section
+
+Teilabbildungen
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\emph on
+(aus der LaTeX-Konfiguration)
+\layout Standard
+
+Das Paket
+\family typewriter
+subfigure
+\family default
+ wird von LyX verwendet, wenn im Dialog
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Abbildung
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ die Option
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Teilabbildung
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ aktiviert wird.
+ Damit lassen sich mehrere Abbildungen in einem einzigen Gleitobjekt unterbringe
+n, wobei jede Teilabbildung ihre eigene Bildunterschrift erhält.
+\layout Section
+
+Kunstvolle Kopf- und Fußzeilen
+\layout Standard
+
+Der normale Satzspiegel einer Seite ist recht einfach.
+ Für die Dokumentklasse
+\family sans
+article
+\family default
+ besteht er aus der in der Fußzeile zentrierten Seitennummer.
+ Der vorliegende Text verwendet die Klasse
+\family sans
+book
+\family default
+ und erscheint daher bereits ein wenig aufwendiger, doch um wirklich
+\emph on
+aufsehenerregende
+\emph default
+ Dinge zu erreichen, müssen Sie (wie im
+\emph on
+Benutzerhandbuch
+\emph default
+ beschrieben) das Seitenformat im Menü
+\family sans
+Einstellungen\SpecialChar ~
+Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+eiten-Stil:
+\family default
+ auf
+\family sans
+fancy
+\family default
+ einstellen.
+ Dieser Abschnitt beschreibt, welche LaTeX-Befehle Sie im LaTeX-Vorspann
+ einfügen müssen, um den gewünschten Effekt zu erzielen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Die Kopfzeile der Seite ist in drei Bereiche aufgeteilt, die mit
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+left
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+center
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ und
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+right
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ bezeichnet sind.
+ Gleiches gilt für die Fußzeile.
+ Die LaTeX-Befehle, mit denen diese Felder am einfachsten beschrieben werden
+ können, sind
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+lhead
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+chead
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+rhead
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+lfoot
+\family default
+ usw\SpecialChar \@.
+ Wenn Sie zum Beispiel Ihren Namen links oben auf jeder Seite einfügen
+ wollen, genügt dafür der folgende Befehl im LaTeX-Vorspann:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+lhead{John Q.
+ DocWriter}
+\layout Standard
+
+Sie werden jetzt in der Druckausgabe Ihren Namen links oben sehen.
+ Wenn eines der Felder einen Standard-Eintrag hat, den Sie entfernen wollen
+ (oft die Seitennummer, die mitten in der Fußzeile ausgegeben wird), fügen
+ Sie den entsprechenden Befehl einfach mit einem leeren Argument ein, also
+ etwa:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+cfoot{}
+\layout Standard
+
+So, und nun wird es wirklich abgehoben: In die linke obere Ecke soll das
+ Wort
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Abschnitt
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+, gefolgt von der laufenden Abschnittsnummer, in die rechte obere Seite
+ die Seitennummer (zum Beispiel Seite 4); links unten soll Ihr Name stehen
+ und unten rechts das Datum.
+ Dazu benötigen Sie die folgenden Befehle im LaTeX-Vorspann:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+lhead{Abschnitt
+\backslash
+thesection}
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+chead{}
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+rhead{Seite
+\backslash
+thepage}
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+lfoot{John Q.
+ DocWriter}
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+cfoot{}
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+rfoot{
+\backslash
+today}
+\layout Standard
+
+Die Befehle
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+thesection
+\family default
+ und
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+thepage
+\family default
+ referenzieren die internen LaTeX-Zähler für Abschnitt und Seitennummer
+ und geben so die jeweils aktuellen Werte aus.
+ Der Befehl
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+today
+\family default
+ gibt einfach das heutige Datum aus.
+\layout Standard
+
+Die Dicke der Linien, die unter der Kopf- und über der Fußzeile eingefügt
+ werden, kann ebenfalls verändert werden.
+ Wenn Sie eine dieser Linien nicht wollen, setzen Sie ihre Dicke auf 0\SpecialChar \@.
+ Die
+ Standarddicke der Linie unter der Kopfzeile beträgt 0pt, über der Fußzeile
+ 0.4pt.
+ Verwenden Sie die Befehle
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+headrulewidth}
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+
+\end_inset
+
+{0.4pt}
+\family default
+ und
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+footrule\SpecialChar \-
+width}{0.4pt}
+\family default
+, um die Dicke zu verändern.
+\layout Standard
+
+Die Einstellungen für Kopf- und Fußzeile können durch die Befehle
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+thispagestyle{empty}
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+thispagestyle
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+
+\end_inset
+
+{plain}
+\family default
+ und
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+thispagestyle{fancy}
+\family default
+ gezielt für einzelne Seiten ein- und ausgeschaltet werden.
+ Fügen Sie sie einfach auf der gewünschten Seite ein und markieren Sie sie
+ als LaTeX-Code.
+ Wenn Sie die Einstellung
+\family sans
+fancy
+\family default
+ verwenden, werden standardmäßig alle Titelseiten im Stil
+\family sans
+plain
+\family default
+ gesetzt, alle folgenden dann in
+\family sans
+fancy
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Es gibt noch weitere komplexere Befehle, zum Beispiel um Dinge nur auf ungeraden
+ Seiten zu setzen usw., doch für deren Beschreibung seien Sie an die Dokumentatio
+n des LaTeX-Paketes
+\family typewriter
+fancyhdr
+\family default
+ verwiesen.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Sie teTeX installiert haben, finden Sie diese typischerweise als
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{/usr/local/teTeX/texmf/doc/latex/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.dvi}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Als letztes Beispiel soll gezeigt werden, wie man eine Abbildung im Encapsulated
+-PostScript®-Format in die Kopf- oder Fußzeile einbinden kann.
+ Angenommen, Sie wollen Ihr Firmenlogo in die obere linke Ecke setzen, dann
+ sollten Sie etwa folgendes versuchen:
+\layout Standard
+\leftindent 1cm
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+lhead{
+\backslash
+resizebox{1in}{!}{
+\backslash
+includegraphics{logo.eps}}}
+\layout Standard
+
+(Falls Sie außer diesem Logo keine weiteren EPS-Abbildungen in Ihrem Dokument
+ verwenden, müssen Sie davor außerdem noch die Zeile
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+usepackage{graphics}
+\family default
+ einfügen.)
+\layout Section
+
+Minipage
+\layout Standard
+
+In LaTeX gibt es eine Möglichkeit, so etwas wie eine Seite innerhalb einer
+ Seite zu definieren, genannt
+\emph on
+Minipage
+\emph default
+.
+ Innerhalb einer solchen Minipage gelten alle gewöhnlichen Regeln zur Einrückung
+, Zeilenumbruch usw\SpecialChar \@.
+ Auch LyX unterstützt den Benutzer beim sinnvollen Einsatz
+ der Vorteile, die eine Minipage bietet.
+\layout Standard
+
+Minipages haben in LyX ihr eigenes Einfügekästchen; fügen Sie eins mit
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family sans
+Mini
+\bar under
+p
+\bar default
+age
+\family default
+ ein.
+ Ein Rechtsklick auf das mit Minipage beschriftete Kästchen öffnet einen
+ Dialog zum ändern der Größe und der Ausrichtung.
+
+\series bold
+Warnung
+\series default
+: wenn die Minipage zu lang ist, um auf eine Seite zu passen, wird sie abgeschni
+tten, nicht auf die nächste Seite umgebrochen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Sie zwei Minipages horizontal nebeneinandersetzen, kann zwischen ihnen
+ ein sogenanntes
+\family typewriter
+hfill
+\family default
+ eingefügt werden.
+ Durch diesen speziellen LaTeX-Befehl wird ein variabler Leerraum zwischen
+ den Minipages eingefügt, so daß die erste am linken Rand der Seite beginnt
+ und die zweite mit dem rechten Rand abschließt.
+ Die Beispiele unten zeigen die Unterschiede.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Minipage
+position 0
+inner_position 0
+height "0pt"
+width "1.5in"
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Hier ein Beispiel für zwei neben\SpecialChar \-
+einanderliegende Minipages, die
+\emph on
+nicht
+\emph default
+ durch ein
+\family typewriter
+hfill
+\family default
+ getrennt sind.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Minipage
+position 0
+inner_position 0
+height "0pt"
+width "1.5in"
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Dies ist die zweite der beiden Minipages, die nicht durch ein
+\family typewriter
+hfill
+\family default
+ getrennt sind.
+ Beachten Sie den Abstand zwi\SpecialChar \-
+schen den Blöcken.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Dies ist nur ein (normal gesetzter) Satz, um die beiden Beispiele voneinander
+ zu trennen.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Minipage
+position 0
+inner_position 0
+height "0pt"
+width "1.5in"
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Dies ist nun ein Beispiel für zwei nebeneinanderliegende Minipages, die
+ durch ein
+\family typewriter
+hfill
+\family default
+ voneinander getrennt sind.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\hfill
+
+\begin_inset Minipage
+position 0
+inner_position 0
+height "0pt"
+width "1.5in"
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Dies ist die zweite Minipage, von der ersten durch ein
+\family typewriter
+hfill
+\family default
+ getrennt.
+ Beachten Sie die Ausrichtung und den Abstand zwischen den Blöcken.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Section
+
+Text um Abbildungen herumfließen lassen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:floatflt}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Sehr oft wird die Frage gestellt, ob es möglich ist, den Text um eine Abbildung
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+herumfließen
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ zu lassen, so daß diese Abbildung nur einen Teil der Satzbreite belegt
+ und der Rest von Text ausgefüllt wird.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Wrap figure
+width "70col%"
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+\align center
+
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename mobius.eps
+ lyxscale 50
+ width 60col%
+ BoundingBox 0bp 0bp 367bp 158bp
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Caption
+
+Dies ist eine umflossene Abbildung und seine Bildunterschrift
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Open
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+begin{sloppypar}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Sie sehen hier ein Bild eines Möbius-Bandes --- Sie kennen es vermutlich
+ schon aus dem
+\emph on
+Benutzerhandbuch
+\emph default
+.
+ Um den Text wie hier im Beispiel um die Abbildung herumfließen zu lassen,
+ müssen Sie
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Gleit
+\bar under
+o
+\bar default
+bjekte\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+umflossene Abbildung
+\family default
+ auswählen.
+ Damit bekommt man zunächst einen mit Wrap: Abbildung beschrifteten Rahmen,
+ in dem zunächst nur
+\series bold
+Figure #:
+\series default
+ steht.
+ Dessen Absatzumgebung ändern Sie zunächst von
+\family sans
+Beschriftung
+\family default
+ in
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+ um und fügen eine Abbildung ein (
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Grafik
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+).
+ Wenn Sie den Abbildungstitel über der Abbildung haben wollen, stellen Sie
+ den Cursor vor die Abbildung, sonst dahinter, drücken
+\family sans
+Eingabe
+\family default
+, ändern die Absatzumgebung wieder in
+\family sans
+Beschriftung
+\family default
+ und geben den Abbildungstitel ein.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Ein Rechtsklick auf den Abbildungstitel öffnet das Wrap-Op\SpecialChar \-
+tionen-Fenster,
+ in dem sie die Plazierung der Abbildung und ihre Breite festlegen können.
+ Außerdem sollten Sie sich durch einen Rechtsklick auf die Abbildung davon
+ überzeugen, daß die Abbildung nicht breiter als ihr
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Rahmen
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ ist.
+ Wenn die Abbildung schmaler als ihr
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Rahmen
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ ist, kann man sie durch
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ormat
+\family default
+ \SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+A
+\bar default
+bsatz\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\family default
+ auch noch positionieren.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series bold
+Hinweis
+\series default
+: Diese umflossenen Abbildungen sind ziemlich
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+empfindlich
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Wenn Sie beispielsweise eine Abbildung zu dicht am unteren Rand der Seite
+ einfügen, gerät der Seitenspiegel recht schnell durcheinander, ebenso,
+ wenn Sie zwei Abbildungen zu dicht beieinander verwenden wollen.
+ Wenn Sie nicht genügend Text schreiben, der um die Abbildung fließen soll,
+ kann es Probleme mit der nächsten Überschrift geben.
+ Und wenn der Platz für den Text neben der Abbildung zu gering ist, wird
+ es Probleme mit der Silbentrennung geben, die Sie aber meistens mit
+\family typewriter
+sloppypar
+\family default
+(siehe Fehlerbehebung
+\family typewriter
+
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{enu:sloppypar}
+
+\end_inset
+
+) beheben können.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Open
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+end{sloppypar}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Section
+
+Sonderformate für Tabellen
+\layout Standard
+
+Für 99% der von Ihnen verwendeten Tabellen werden die normalen Formatiermöglichk
+eiten von LyX ausreichend sein.
+ Wenn Sie im Feld
+\family sans
+Breite:
+\family default
+ einen Wert eintragen, wird für die Spalte eine feste Breite definiert.
+ Im Feld
+\family sans
+LaT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{}
+\end_inset
+
+e
+\bar under
+X
+\bar default
+-Argument:
+\family default
+ können Sie verschiedene Spaltentrenner definieren, zum Beispiel
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+@
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+, mit dessen Hilfe beliebige Zeichen(folgen), insbesondere auch eine leere
+ Zeichenkette, als Trenner zwischen den Tabellenspalten angegeben werden
+ können.
+ Das mag auf Anhieb nicht sehr sinnvoll erscheinen, eröffnet aber sehr viele
+ Möglichkeiten.
+ Dies läßt sich am besten anhand von Beispielen erläutern.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Zusätzlichen Leerraum in Spalten entfernen
+\layout Standard
+
+Dies ist eine Standard-Tabelle:
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="2">
+<features>
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Typ
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Beispiel
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Fels
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Granit
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Mineral
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Quarz
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Beachten Sie, daß sich der horizontale Trennstrich auf beiden Seiten ein
+ wenig über den Text heraus erstreckt.
+ Wenn Sie wollen, daß die Linie genau mit dem Text endet, können Sie einen
+ leeren Spaltentrenner einfügen, der den von LaTeX standardmäßig eingefügten
+ Leerraum unterbindet.
+ Dies sieht dann so aus:
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="2">
+<features>
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt" special="@{} l">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt" special="l @{}">
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Typ
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Beispiel
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Fels
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Granit
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Mineral
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Quarz
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Hier wurden die Spaltenformate links auf
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+@{} l
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ und rechts auf
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+l @{}
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ gesetzt, um den jeweils äußeren Leerraum zu entfernen.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Ändern des Spaltentrennzeichens
+\layout Standard
+
+Angenommen, Sie wollten, aus welchem Grund auch immer,
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{\pi}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ umgeben von ein wenig Leerraum, als Trennung zwischen zwei Spalten verwenden:
+ Schalten Sie einfach die senkrechten Trennstriche über das normale Menü
+ ab und tragen dann für die rechte Spalte als besonderes Spaltenformat
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+@{~$
+\backslash
+sqrt{
+\backslash
+pi}$~} l
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ ein.
+ Damit können Sie die folgende Tabelle erstellen:
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="2">
+<features>
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt" special="@{~$\sqrt{\pi}$~}l">
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Typ
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Beispiel
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Fels
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Granit
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Mineral
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Quarz
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+Eine Spalte nach einem Dezimalpunkt ausrichten
+\layout Standard
+
+Zugegeben, das letzte Beispiel war nicht sehr sinnvoll.
+ Dafür ist das nächste um so praxisnäher: Eine Spalte der Tabelle soll Zahlen
+ enthalten, die nach ihrem Dezimalpunkt ausgerichtet sind.
+ Dies kann in LaTeX auf zwei verschiedene Weisen erreicht werden.
+ Entweder wird der ganzzahlige Anteil rechtsbündig gesetzt, dann ein Dezimalpunk
+t als Spaltentrenner verwendet und der Nachkommateil in der folgenden Spalte
+ linksbündig.
+ Bei der anderen Variante wird der Dezimalpunkt beim ganzzahligen Anteil
+ miteingegeben und dann zwischen den Spalten ein leerer Spaltentrenner verwendet.
+ Dies wurde im folgenden Beispiel getan:
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt" special="@{} l">
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Ausdruck
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Wert
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\pi$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+3.
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+1416
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\pi^{\pi}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+36.
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+462
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $(\pi^{\pi})^{\pi}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+80663.
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\pi^{\pi^{\pi}}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+1.
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+3402
+\begin_inset Formula $\times10^{18}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Obwohl das in LyX noch etwas seltsam aussieht, wird LaTeX beim späteren
+ Ausdruck daraus etwas erstellen, das wie eine zweispaltige Tabelle aussieht,
+ bei der die rechte Spalte nach dem Dezimalpunkt ausgerichtet ist und die
+ Überschrift darüber zentriert ist.
+\layout Standard
+
+Hier eine Schritt-für-Schritt-Beschreibung, wie diese Tabelle erstellt wurde:
+ Legen Sie zunächst eine 3
+\begin_inset Formula $\times$
+\end_inset
+
+5 Tabelle an und schalten Sie alle Rahmen aus.
+ Dann fügen Sie in der ersten Zeile wieder den unteren und in der ersten
+ Spalte den rechten Rand ein.
+ Geben Sie den Text für die erste Spalte ein, verwenden Sie als Ausrichtung
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+zentriert
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Tragen Sie in der zweiten Spalte die ganzzahligen Anteile (inklusive Dezimalpun
+kt) ein, die Ausrichtung muß rechtsbündig sein.
+ Für die dritte Spalte tragen Sie als
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Besonderes Spaltenformat
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+@{}l
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ ein und geben in der Tabelle die Nachkommaanteile ein.
+ Und zum Schluß noch die Spaltenüberschrift: Schreiben Sie
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Wert
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ in das oberste mittlere Feld, markieren das Wort und das (leere) Feld rechts
+ daneben und klicken dann auf
+\family sans
+\bar under
+M
+\bar default
+ehrfachspalte
+\family default
+.
+ Einfach, nicht?
+\layout Subsection
+
+Eine bessere Lösung für die Dezimalpunktausrichtung
+\layout Standard
+
+Eine Alternative für die Dezimalpunktausrichtung gibt das Paket
+\family typewriter
+dcolumn
+\family default
+.
+ Fügen Sie folgendes zum Vorspann hinzu:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+usepackage{dcolumn}
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+newcolumntype{d}[1]{D{.}{.}{#1}}
+\layout Standard
+
+Um eine Spalte nach dem Dezimalpunkt auszurichten, schreiben Sie folgendes
+ in das Feld
+\family sans
+LaT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{}
+\end_inset
+
+eX-Argument
+\family default
+ des
+\family sans
+Tabelle\SpecialChar ~
+bearbeiten
+\family default
+-Menüs:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+d{Anzahl der Dezimalstellen}
+\layout Standard
+
+Die Beispieltabelle wurde gelöscht.
+ Sehen Sie sich die Datei
+\family typewriter
+decimal.lyx
+\family default
+ an (
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+atei
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+Ö
+\bar default
+ffnen
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+eispiele
+\family default
+).
+\layout Standard
+
+Um die Spalte zu verbreitern, erhöhen Sie einfach die Dezimalstellen in
+
+\family typewriter
+d{}
+\family default
+.
+ Setzt man für eine einzelne Zelle die Option
+\family sans
+\bar under
+M
+\bar default
+ehrfachspalte
+\family default
+, wird die Dezimalpunktausrichtung wieder aufgehoben.
+ Ein Nachteil dieser Methode ist, daß keine mathematischen Formeln benutzt
+ werden können, es sei denn, das Attribut
+\family sans
+\bar under
+M
+\bar default
+ehrfachspalte
+\family default
+ wurde gesetzt.
+\layout Standard
+
+Diese Methode bietet dieselbe Flexibilität wie das Paket
+\family typewriter
+dcolumn
+\family default
+.
+ Man könnte zum Beispiel den Ausrichtungstrenner ändern und unterschiedliche
+ Trenner für andere Spalten benutzen, indem man im Vorspann mehrspaltige
+ Typen definiert.
+ Die Syntax ist wie folgt:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+D{Eingabetrenner}{Ausgabetrenner}{Dezimalstellen}
+\layout Standard
+
+Der interessierte Leser sollte sich die Dokumentation des
+\family typewriter
+dcolumn
+\family default
+-Paketes ansehen, um weitere Einzelheiten zu erfahren.
+\layout Section
+
+Listenmarkierer auswählen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:bullet}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+von
+\noun on
+Allan Rae
+\layout Subsection
+
+Einleitung
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX stellt 216 verschiedene Symbole zur Verfügung, die Sie über ein Dialogfenste
+r erreichen.
+ In diesem Dialogfenster können Sie einfach für jede Ebene einer Aufzählung
+ eines dieser Zeichen auswählen.
+ Diese Einstellungen gelten allerdings für das gesamte Dokument, Sie können
+ also nicht in verschiedenen Teilen des Textes unterschiedliche Zeichen
+ verwenden.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Genaugenommen geht es schon, Sie müssen dann aber die Einstellungen von
+ Hand eingeben.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+Das Dialogfenster
+\begin_inset Note
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\noun on
+HHa
+\noun default
+: muß überarbeitet werden.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Öffnen Sie das Dialogfenster mit
+\family sans
+\bar under
+ F
+\bar default
+ormat
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+okument
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family sans
+Aufzählungszeichen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Der Dialog zeigt eine Tabelle der Aufzählungszeichen.
+ Über die Leiste auf der linken Seite können sechs verschiedene Felder mit
+ Zeichen angewählt werden.
+ Die Knopf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
+leiste am oberen Rand dient dazu, die Aufzählungsebene festzulegen,
+ die Sie ändern wollen.
+ Unter der Tabelle zeigt ein Textfeld, welcher LaTeX-Befehl das jeweilige
+ Zeichen erzeugt.
+ Dieses Feld kann auch editiert werden.
+ Wenn Sie den Eintrag von Hand ändern, kann es aber notwendig sein, ein
+ entsprechendes LaTeX-Paket, in dem der Eintrag definiert wird, selber in
+ den LaTeX-Vorspann einzutragen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Die sechs zur Auswahl stehenden Felder ergeben sich aufgrund der zu ihrer
+ Darstellung notwendigen LaTeX-Pakete.
+ Die folgende Tabelle zeigt die Zuordnung von Name und zugehörigem LaTeX-Paket.
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="7" columns="2">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Schalter
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Benötigtes Paket
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Standard
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+LaTeX
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Mathe
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+amssymb.sty
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Ding 1
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+pifont.sty
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Ding 2
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+pifont.sty
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Ding 3
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+pifont.sty
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Ding 4
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+pifont.sty
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX hindert Sie nicht daran, Aufzählungszeichen aus Paketen zu verwenden,
+ die Sie nicht installiert haben.
+ Wenn Sie LaTeX-Fehlermeldungen beim Ansehen oder Drucken der Datei erhalten,
+ haben Sie wahrscheinlich ein Paket vergessen.
+ LyX beschränkt den Gebrauch nicht, weil Sie vielleicht lokal schreiben
+ und dann irgendwohin exportieren.
+\layout Subsection
+
+So funktioniert es
+\layout Standard
+
+Legen Sie fest, welche Aufzählungsebene Sie ändern wollen, und wählen Sie
+ dann ein Zeichen aus.
+ Die Änderung wird innerhalb von LyX
+\series bold
+nicht sichtbar
+\series default
+ sein, sondern erst, wenn Sie den Text als
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\family default
+ oder PostScript®-Datei betrachten.
+\layout Standard
+
+Sie können das Standardzeichen wiederherstellen, indem Sie mit dem rechten
+ Mausknopf auf den Knopf für die jeweilige Aufzählungsebene klicken.
+\layout Standard
+
+Falls Sie
+\emph on
+wirklich
+\emph default
+ in verschiedenen Absätzen unterschiedliche Aufzählungszeichen verwenden
+ wollen, müssen Sie von Hand eingreifen.
+ Allerdings kann Ihnen der Dialog dabei ein wenig helfen, da er den LaTeX-Code,
+ der das jeweilige Zeichen erzeugt, gleich angibt.
+ Um nun Ihren eigenen, abweichenden Absatz anzulegen, haben Sie folgende
+ Möglichkeiten:
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Open
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+let
+\backslash
+savelabelitemi=
+\backslash
+labelitemi
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand
+\backslash
+labelitemi[0]{
+\backslash
+small
+\backslash
+(
+\backslash
+sharp
+\backslash
+)}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+Verwenden Sie den LaTeX-Befehl
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand{}{}
+\family default
+, um für eine Aufzählungsebene ein neues Zeichen zu definieren.
+ Sie sollten außerdem den gegenwärtigen Wert speichern, um ihn hinterher
+ wiederherstellen zu können.
+ In der aktuellen Aufzählung wurden folgende LaTeX-Befehle verwendet, um
+ das Zeichen für die erste Aufzählungsebene zu verändern:
+\newline
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+let
+\backslash
+savelabelitemi=
+\backslash
+labelitemi
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand
+\backslash
+labelitemi[0]{
+\backslash
+small
+\backslash
+(
+\backslash
+sharp
+\backslash
+)}
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\newline
+
+\family default
+Beachten Sie, daß die Aufzählungsebene in römischen Ziffern als Teil des
+ Befehls
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+label\SpecialChar \-
+item
+\family default
+ angegeben wird.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Open
+
+\layout Standard
+[
+\backslash
+(
+\backslash
+star
+\backslash
+)]
+\end_inset
+
+ Geben Sie jedes Zeichen einzeln an, indem Sie jeden Eintrag mit einem in
+ eckige Klammern eingeschlossenen Befehl für das Zeichen beginnen.
+ Dieser Eintrag hier wurde zum Beispiel mit dem Befehl
+\family typewriter
+[
+\backslash
+(
+\backslash
+star
+\backslash
+)]
+\family default
+ begonnen.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Open
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand
+\backslash
+labelitemi[0]{
+\backslash
+savelabelitemi}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Falls Sie das Listensymbol lokal verändert haben, denken Sie daran, es hinterher
+ wieder in den Originalzustand zurückzusetzen.
+ Für das vorliegende Beispiel geschieht das mit
+\family typewriter
+
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand
+\backslash
+labelitemi[0]{
+\backslash
+savelabelitemi}
+\layout Chapter
+
+Besondere Dokumentklassen
+\layout Section
+
+AMS-Mathe
+\layout Standard
+
+von
+\noun on
+David Johnson
+\layout Standard
+
+Die Formate der Klasse AMS-Mathe wurden erstellt, um damit mathematische
+ Veröffentlichungen zu schreiben, die in den diversen Veröffentlichungen
+ der American Mathematical Society erscheinen sollen.
+ Sie sind nicht an eine bestimmte Zeitschrift gebunden, können aber einfach
+ verändert werden, um dies zu erreichen.
+ Lesen Sie dazu die Anleitung für die jeweilige Zeitschrift (oft beschränken
+ sich die Änderungen auf das Verändern einer einzigen Zeile in der TeX-Datei).
+ Die Dokumentation der AMS ist auch über das WWW zugänglich (
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.ams.org}
+
+\end_inset
+
+) oder kann per FTP geladen werden (
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ftp.ams.org/pub/tex/amslatex/}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+).
+ Diese Formate sind für jede Art von mathematischen Texten geeignet und
+ nützlich.
+ Derzeit gibt es drei verschiedene Formate für AMS-Mathe:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+amsart - Das AMS-Standardformat für Artikel.
+ Alle Ergebnisse und gleichwertige Aussagen werden in der Form
+\begin_inset Formula $(n,m)$
+\end_inset
+
+ numeriert.
+ Dabei steht die erste Zahl für den Abschnitt, die zweite zählt alle Aussagen
+ (Theoreme, Korollare, Propositionen, Definitionen usw.) in diesem Abschnitt
+ durch.
+ Außerdem stehen eine ganze Reihe von nichtnumerierten Umgebungen zur Verfügung,
+ die auch gelegentlich benötigt werden.
+ Diese sind durch einen Stern am Ende des Namens gekennzeichnet.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+amsart-seq - Hier ist die Numerierung unabhängig vom Abschnitt und wird
+ für jeden Typ von Aussage getrennt geführt.
+ Einige öfters benötigte Typen (nicht alle) stehen ebenfalls in einer nichtnumer
+ierten Form zur Verfügung, die durch einen Stern am Ende des Namens gekennzeichn
+et ist.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+amsbook - Das AMS-Standardformat für Bücher (oder besser Monographien).
+ Die Numerierung erfolgt ähnlich wie bei amsart, allerdings umfaßt die Numerieru
+ng drei Ziffern,
+\begin_inset Formula $(n,m,p)$
+\end_inset
+
+, mit Kapitel (erste Zahl), Abschnitt (zweite Zahl) und Aussage (dritte
+ Zahl).
+ Theorem, Korollar, Proposition, Definition usw.\SpecialChar ~
+werden wiederum gleichbehandelt.
+ Die wichtigsten Umgebungen gibt es ebenfalls in einer nichtnumerierten
+ Version, die mit einem Stern am Ende des Namens gekennzeichnet ist.
+\layout Standard
+
+Eine LyX-Datei der ams*-Klasse kann einfach in jede andere der ams*-Klassen
+ umgewandelt werden, indem man die entsprechende Klasse über das Menü
+\family sans
+Einstellungen\SpecialChar ~
+Dokument
+\family default
+ aktiviert.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Was diese Formate bieten
+\layout Standard
+
+Dies ist eine umfangreiche Aufzählung der Umgebungstypen, die von den Formaten
+ der AMS-Klasse bereitgestellt werden.
+ AMS-LaTeX selber bietet die Möglichkeit, eine Unzahl derartiger Typen selber
+ für eigene Zwecke zu definieren.
+ Die hier realisierte Auswahl entspricht den Empfehlungen der AMS.
+ Zusätzlich zu den normalen LyX-Typen wie
+\family sans
+Abschnitt
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Literaturliste
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Titel
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Autor
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Datum
+\family default
+ sind dies:
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+Theorem
+\family default
+\series default
+ Dies wird normalerweise zur Präsentation zentraler Ergebnisse verwendet.
+ Das Wort ,,
+\family sans
+Theorem`
+\family default
+` wird in Fettdruck ausgegeben, zusammen mit einer automatisch ermittelten
+ Zahl (eine nichtnumerierte Version ist als
+\family sans
+Theorem*
+\family default
+ vorhanden).
+ Der Text erscheint hervorgehoben.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+Corollary
+\family default
+\series default
+ Dies wird für Aussagen verwendet, die direkt aus vorhergehenden Aussagen
+ hervorgehen.
+ Dies können ebenfalls wieder zentrale Ergebnisse sein.
+ Eine nichtnumerierte Version (
+\family sans
+Corollary*
+\family default
+) ist vorhanden.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+Lemma
+\family default
+\series default
+ Dies sind kleinere Ergebnisse, die benötigt werden, um andere Aussagen
+ zu beweisen.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+Proposition
+\family default
+\series default
+ Noch weniger zentrale Ergebnisse, die (hoffentlich) zu der entwickelten
+ Theorie beitragen.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+Conjecture
+\family default
+\series default
+ Aussagen, für die der Autor keinen Beweis liefern kann, die aber einleuchtend
+ und wahr erscheinen (für den Autor zumindest).
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+Criterion
+\family default
+\series default
+ Eine benötigte Bedingung.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+Algorithm
+\family default
+\series default
+ Eine generelle Vorgehensweise, die verwendet werden soll.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+Axiom
+\family default
+\series default
+ Eine Eigenschaft oder Aussage, die für den Augenblick als wahr vorausgesetzt
+ wird.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+Definition
+\family default
+\series default
+ Raten Sie wofür.
+ Diese Aussage hebt sich im Zeichensatz stark von den vorherigen ab.
+ Die Überschrift (,,
+\family sans
+Definition`
+\family default
+`) ist zwar auch in Fettdruck, aber der restliche Text erscheint in normaler
+ Schrift.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+Example
+\family default
+\series default
+ Wird ähnlich wie
+\family sans
+Definition
+\family default
+ gesetzt.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+Condition
+\family default
+\series default
+eine Bedingung
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+Problem
+\family default
+\series default
+ein (zu lösendes) Problem
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+Exercise
+\family default
+\series default
+eine Übungsaufgabe
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+Remark
+\family default
+\series default
+ Dies ist auch eine etwas veränderte Art von
+\family sans
+Theorem
+\family default
+.
+ ,,
+\emph on
+Remark`
+\emph default
+` wird hervorgehoben gesetzt, der Rest in Normalschrift.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+Note
+\family default
+\series default
+ Wird genauso wie
+\family sans
+Remark
+\family default
+ gesetzt
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+Notation
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+Claim
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+Summary
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+Acknowledgement
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+Case
+\family default
+\series default
+ Dies wird verwendet, um lange Argumentationen aufzuspalten, indem besondere
+ Fälle betrachtet werden.
+
+\family sans
+Case
+\family default
+ hat sein eigenes, unabhängiges Numerierungsschema.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+Conclusion
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+Fact
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+Proof
+\family default
+\series default
+ Das Wort ,,
+\emph on
+Proof`
+\emph default
+` wird hervorgehoben gesetzt.
+ Am Ende dieser Umgebung wird ein QED-Symbol (normalerweise ein Quadrat,
+ das hängt aber vom verwendeten Stil ab) eingefügt.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+Address
+\family default
+\series default
+ Die permanente Adresse des Autors.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+Current\SpecialChar ~
+Address
+\family default
+\series default
+ Hierher gehört die (momentane) Adresse des Autors zum Zeitpunkt der Einsendung
+ des Artikels, falls diese von der permanenten Adresse abweicht.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+Email
+\family default
+\series default
+ Die E-Mail Adresse des Autors.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+URL
+\family default
+\series default
+ Die Web-Adresse des Autors, falls gewünscht.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+Keywords
+\family default
+\series default
+ Schlüsselworte oder Phrasen, um die im Artikel verwendeten Themen zu charakteri
+sieren.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+Subjectclass
+\family default
+\series default
+ Dies bezieht sich auf die AMS-Subjektklassifizierung, die in
+\emph on
+Mathematical Reviews
+\emph default
+ beschrieben und veröffentlicht ist.
+ Sie sind auch Online über die oben angegebenen Adressen zugänglich.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+Thanks
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+Dedicatory
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+Translator
+\layout Standard
+
+Darüberhinaus aktivieren all diese Formate automatisch die AMS-LaTeX- und
+ AMS-Font-Pakete.
+ Sie müssen auf Ihrem System installiert sein, damit Sie diese Formate verwenden
+ können.
+\layout Section
+
+Dinbrief
+\layout Standard
+
+Mit der Dokumentklasse
+\family sans
+dinbrief
+\family default
+ können Briefe unter Berücksichtigung deutscher Konventionen geschrieben
+ werden.
+ In
+\family typewriter
+LyXDir/templates
+\family default
+ (
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+atei
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family sans
+Neu\SpecialChar ~
+von
+\family default
+\SpecialChar ~
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+V
+\bar default
+orlage
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+) finden Sie ein Beispiel als Vorlage.
+\layout Section
+
+Paper
+\layout Standard
+
+Die Dokumentklasse
+\family sans
+paper
+\family default
+ stellt eine Alternative zur Standard-Klasse
+\family sans
+article
+\family default
+ dar.
+ Sie hat in etwa dieselbe Funktionalität, hat aber ein etwas anderes Format
+ mit Abschnittsüberschriften in Sans Serif und einigen weiteren Änderungen.
+\layout Section
+
+A&A Paper
+\layout Standard
+
+von
+\noun on
+Peter Sütterlin
+\layout Subsection
+
+Einleitung
+\layout Standard
+
+Dieser Abschnitt beschreibt, wie man mit LyX Artikel für die Veröffentlichung
+ in der wissenschaftlichen Zeitschrift
+\emph on
+Astronomy & Astrophysics
+\emph default
+ (
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.edpsciences.fr/aa/}
+
+\end_inset
+
+) schreiben kann.
+ Man benötigt dafür die Dokumentklasse
+\family typewriter
+aa.cls
+\family default
+, Version 5.01, die Sie von folgendem FTP-Server beziehen können:
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_top medskip \added_space_bottom medskip \align center
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ftp.edpsciences.org/pub/aa/readme.html}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Zu diesem Paket gehört auch ein Handbuch, und der vorliegende Text dient
+ nicht als Ersatz für dieses Handbuch! Er soll nur ein paar Hilfestellungen
+ geben, wie man unter LyX die richtige Form erreicht.
+\layout Standard
+
+Bitte beachten Sie auch, daß
+\emph on
+Astronomy & Astrophysics
+\emph default
+ seit dem 1.\SpecialChar ~
+Januar 2001 nicht mehr von Springer, sondern von EDP Sciences
+ herausgegeben wird.
+ Mit diesem Wechsel wurden auch einige Änderungen im Format und in den Stildatei
+en eingeführt, insbesondere wurde der Thesaurus-Befehl entfernt.
+ Die vorliegende LyX-Klasse unterstützt die derzeit neueste Version 5.01
+ der A&A-Textklasse.
+ Wenn Sie eine ältere Version installiert haben, sollten Sie unbedingt auf
+ die aktuelle Version umsteigen.
+ Aus Gründen der Kompatibilität wurde das alte Format als
+\family sans
+article (A&A V4)
+\family default
+ beibehalten.
+ Bitte lesen Sie dazu die Kommentare in der Datei
+\family typewriter
+Ly
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+{
+\end_inset
+
+X
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+}
+\end_inset
+
+Dir/layouts/aapaper.layout
+\family default
+.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Der Anfang
+\layout Standard
+
+Sie beginnen ein neues Dokument über den Menüpunkt
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+N
+\bar default
+eu\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\family default
+\SpecialChar ~
+oder
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Neu\SpecialChar ~
+von\SpecialChar ~
+
+\bar under
+V
+\bar default
+or\SpecialChar \-
+la\SpecialChar \-
+ge\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Die Verwendung von Vorlagen ist äußerst empfehlenswert.
+ Legen Sie sich selber eine an, oder bitten Sie den lokalen System\SpecialChar \-
+administrator,
+ eine solche zu erstellen.
+ Ein Beispiel für eine solche Vorlage finden Sie in der normalen LyX-Distributio
+n.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ Falls Sie keine Vorlage verwenden, achten Sie auf die folgenden Einstellungen:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Wählen Sie die Klasse
+\family sans
+article (A&A)
+\family default
+ im Menü
+\family sans
+Einstellungen\SpecialChar ~
+Dokument
+\family default
+ (na ja, das war naheliegend).
+\layout Itemize
+
+Ändern Sie nichts an den Einstellungen Seitenformat, alles Notwendige wird
+ von den Makros eingestellt.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Der Titelblock
+\layout Standard
+
+Das erste, was Sie eingeben müssen, sind die Informationen für den Titel.
+ Er hat insgesamt sieben Einträge, von denen einige optional sind.
+ Dies sind:
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Titel
+\family default
+: [benötigt]
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Subtitle
+\family default
+: [optional]
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Autor
+\family default
+: [optional]
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Address
+\family default
+: [benötigt]
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Of\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
+fprints
+\family default
+: [optional] falls mehr als ein Autor beteiligt ist: An wen sollen Anfragen
+ bzgl.
+ Reprints gestellt werden?
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Mail
+\family default
+: [optional] Postadresse.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Datum
+\family default
+: [benötigt].
+ Das hier verwendete Format ist:
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{Received: <date>; Accepted <date>}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Der Befehl
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+maketitle
+\family default
+ darf nicht selber eingefügt werden, dies wird automatisch von LyX getan,
+ sobald der Titelblock beendet ist.
+ Die Reihenfolge der Einträge im Titelblock ist übrigens egal, die oben
+ gegebene Reihenfolge ist aber optisch am nächsten am Format des späteren
+ Textes.
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Sie im Titelblock Fußnoten verwenden wollen, zum Beispiel um Ihre gegenwärt
+ige Adresse anzugeben, können Sie dazu die normale Fußnote
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ußnote
+\family default
+ verwenden.
+ LyX verwendet dann automatisch die in diesem Fall korrekte LaTeX-Form
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+thanks{}
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Darüberhinaus werden drei zusätzliche LaTeX-Befehle verwendet, für die es
+ in LyX kein Gegenstück gibt:
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+and
+\family default
+ trennt die Namen von mehreren Autoren bzw.\SpecialChar ~
+Adressen
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+inst{<nr>}
+\family default
+ wird verwendet, um die zusammengehörigen Autoren/Adressen zu kennzeichnen.
+ Die Adressen werden normalerweise in der Reihenfolge numeriert, wie sie
+ in der Umgebung
+\family sans
+Address
+\family default
+ eingegeben werden.
+ Deshalb werden mit
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+inst
+\family default
+ die zugehörigen Autoren markiert.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+email{Adresse}
+\family default
+ erlaubt das Einfügen einer Email-Adresse für schnellere Kontaktaufnahme.
+\layout Standard
+
+In allen Fällen müssen Sie die entsprechenden Befehle selber eingeben und
+ als ERT markieren.
+ Beachten Sie auch das Beispiel.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Die Zusammenfassung
+\layout Standard
+
+Die Zusammenfassung sollte direkt auf den Titelblock folgen.
+ Mit Version 5 der Textklasse wurde die Abstract-Umgebung in einen Befehl
+ umgewandelt und auf einen einzigen Absatz beschränkt.
+ Hier muß auch der Eintrag der Schlüsselworte erfolgen.
+ Diese Umgebung ist in LyX derzeit nicht implementiert, deshalb müssen Sie
+ den LaTeX-Befehl
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+keywords{}
+\family default
+von Hand eingeben und als ERT kennzeichnen.
+ Siehe dazu auch das Beispiel.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Unterstützte Umgebungstypen
+\layout Standard
+
+Vom Format
+\family sans
+paper (A&A)
+\family default
+ werden folgende Umgebungstypen unterstützt:
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Open
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+begin{multicols}{3}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Standard
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Abschnitt
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Unterabschnitt
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Unterunterabschn.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Auflistung
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Aufzählung
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Beschreibung
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Beschriftung
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Zusammenfassung
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Danksagung
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Literaturliste
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+La
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+{
+\end_inset
+
+T
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+}
+\end_inset
+
+eX
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Open
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+end{multicols}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+Von LyX nicht unterstützte Befehle
+\layout Standard
+
+Einige der LaTeX-Befehle werden vom Format
+\family sans
+paper (A&A)
+\family default
+ in LyX nicht unterstützt.
+ Einige davon wurden bereits erwähnt.
+ Der Übersicht halber sind hier nochmals alle zusammen aufgeführt:
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Open
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+begin{multicols}{3}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+and
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+email
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+appendix
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+authorrunning
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+inst{}
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+keywords{}
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+object{}
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+titlerunning{}
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+end{multicols}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Sie einen dieser Befehle verwenden wollen, müssen Sie ihn von Hand
+ eingeben.
+
+\series bold
+Vergessen Sie keinesfalls, die Befehle als LaTeX-Code zu kennzeichnen!
+\layout Subsection
+
+Gleitende Abbildungen und Tabellen
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX stellt die notwendigen Float-Umgebungen
+\family sans
+figure
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+figure*
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+table
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+table*
+\family default
+ zur Verfügung, deshalb hier keine weiteren Erläuterungen dazu.
+ Lesen Sie das
+\emph on
+Benutzerhandbuch
+\emph default
+.
+ Denken Sie aber daran, daß laut Vorgabe Tabellen linksbündig gesetzt werden
+ sollten.
+ Verwenden Sie dazu die Einstellungsmöglichkeit im Menü
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+A
+\bar default
+bsatz\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Eine kleine Ausnahme vom Standard stellen breite Abbildungen mit der Bilduntersc
+hrift neben dem Bild dar.
+ Um eine solche Abbildung zu erstellen, gehen Sie folgendermaßen vor:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Erzeugen Sie eine breite Gleitabbildung:
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Gleitobjekte\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Abbildung.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Geben Sie Ihre Bildunterschrift ein.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Drücken Sie
+\family sans
+Eingabe,
+\family default
+ um den Cursor über den Text zu positionieren.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Fügen Sie die Abbildung ein:
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Grafik
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+ Die Abbildung sollte auf eine Breite von 12
+\begin_inset Formula $\,$
+\end_inset
+
+cm skaliert werden.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Positionieren Sie den Cursor hinter die Abbildung und fügen Sie einen horizontal
+en Leerraum ein:
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+onderzeichen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+H
+\bar default
+Fill
+\family default
+.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Schalten Sie in den LaTeX-Modus:
+\family sans
+Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~
+T
+\family default
+ oder
+\family sans
+Strg+L
+\family default
+.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Geben Sie folgenden Text ein:
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+parbox[b]{55mm}{
+\family default
+ .
+
+\series bold
+Schließen Sie die Klammer nicht!
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Setzen Sie den Cursor hinter den Text und fügen Sie im LaTeX-Modus die schließen
+de Klammer ein:
+\family sans
+Strg+L\SpecialChar ~
+
+\family typewriter
+}
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Sehen Sie sich dazu auch die Abbildungen im Beispiel an.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Das Schiedsrichter-Format
+\layout Standard
+
+Um den Artikel einzureichen, muß er in einem speziellen, zweizeiligen Format
+ ausgedruckt werden.
+ Dazu muß der Dokumentklasse in LaTeX die Option
+\family typewriter
+referee
+\family default
+ angegeben werden.
+ Verwenden Sie hierzu im Menü
+\family sans
+Einstellungen\SpecialChar ~
+Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Format,
+\family default
+ Feld
+\family sans
+\bar under
+O
+\bar default
+ptionen
+\family default
+:, und geben Sie dort das Wort
+\family typewriter
+referee
+\family default
+ ein.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Der Beispielartikel
+\layout Standard
+
+Im Verzeichnis Beispiele, in das Sie über den entsprechenden Knopf im Dialog
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+Ö
+\bar default
+ffnen\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+""
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+eispiele
+\family default
+ gelangen, finden Sie einen Artikel für dieses Format (
+\family typewriter
+aa_sample.lyx
+\family default
+).
+ Es ist der Artikel, der auch im originalen Paket der Textklasse beigelegt
+ ist, in LyX ,,übersetzt``.
+ Sie können ihn als Anregung verwenden und den originalen LaTeX-Text mit
+ LyX' Art und Weise zu schreiben vergleichen.
+\layout Section
+
+AASTeX
+\layout Standard
+
+von
+\noun on
+Mike Ressler
+\layout Subsection
+
+Einleitung
+\layout Standard
+
+AASTeX ist ein Makro-Paket, welches von der American Astronomical Society
+ zusammengestellt wurde, um die Einsendung von Manuskripten für die drei
+ von ihr herausgegebenen Zeitschriften zu vereinfachen: Astrophysical Journal
+ (einschließlich Briefe und Ergänzung), Astronomical Journal sowie Publications
+ of the Astronomical Society of the Pacific.
+ LyX setzt mindestens Version 5.0 dieses Makro-Paketes voraus.
+ Das AASTeX-Paket kann vom FTP-Server der AAS heruntergeladen werden:
+\layout Standard
+\align center
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ftp.aas.org/pubs}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Das Paket enthält auch einen vollständigen Leitfaden für Benutzer, und Sie
+ sollten sich zunächst mit dem Paket vertraut machen, bevor Sie damit einen
+ Artikel mit LyX schreiben.
+ Denn auch mit LyX müssen Sie sich über die Bedeutung der diversen AASTeX-Befehl
+e im Klaren sein, LyX nimmt Ihnen lediglich ab, all diese Befehle selber
+ einzutippen.
+ Sie sind auch verantwortlich dafür, daß das endgültige LaTeX-Dokument den
+ Richtlinien derjenigen Zeitschrift entspricht, bei dem Sie den Artikel
+ einreichen wollen.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Einen neuen Artikel beginnen
+\layout Standard
+
+Es ist ratsam, mit der beigefügten Vorlagedatei zu beginnen.
+ Klicken Sie dazu auf
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Neu\SpecialChar ~
+von
+\bar under
+V
+\bar default
+orlage
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+, geben Sie einen Dateinamen ein und wählen Sie dann
+\family typewriter
+aastex.lyx
+\family default
+ als Vorlage.
+ Diese zeigt Ihnen die in Manuskripten am häufigsten auftretenden Umgebungstypen.
+ Ersetzen Sie einfach den vorhandenen Text (inklusive der spitzen Klammern,
+
+\family typewriter
+<>
+\family default
+) mit den richtigen Inhalten.
+ Viele der AASTeX-Befehle lassen sich einfach in LyX integrieren, bei manchen
+ ist das jedoch nicht der Fall, insbesondere bei
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+altaffilmark
+\family default
+ und
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+altaffiltext
+\family default
+.
+ Diese fallen Ihnen in der Vorlage sicherlich sofort auf: Derartige Befehle
+ müssen direkt eingetippt und als ERT markiert werden.
+ Ich habe versucht, den Umfang solcher ERTs so gering wie möglich zu halten,
+ aber es sind immer noch mehr, als den meisten lieb ist.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Der Abschluß eines Artikels
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn das Dokument zu Ihrer Zufriedenheit erstellt ist und einwandfrei in
+ der Vorschau betrachtet und ausgedruckt werden kann, sind einige Nachbearbeitun
+gsschritte notwendig, bevor der Text eingereicht werden kann.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Exportieren Sie den Text als LaTeX-Datei (
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+xportieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+aT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{}
+\end_inset
+
+eX
+\family default
+).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Editieren Sie die so erzeugte
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+-Datei mit Ihrem bevorzugten Text-Editor:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Entfernen Sie die Kommentarzeilen vor dem
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+documentclass
+\family default
+-Befehl.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Entfernen Sie (falls vorhanden) die Zeile
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+usepackage...{fontenc}
+\family default
+ (normalerweise direkt nach
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+docu\SpecialChar \-
+ment\SpecialChar \-
+class
+\family default
+).
+ Ebenfalls entfernt werden muß eine eventuell vorhandene
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+secnumdepth
+\family default
+-Zeile.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Entfernen Sie alle Zeilen zwischen (einschließlich)
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+makeatletter
+\family default
+ und
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+makeatother
+\family default
+, mit Ausnahme derjenigen Einträge, die Sie selber in den LaTeX-Vorspann
+ eingefügt haben (diese sollten direkt nach den
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+User specified LaTeX commands
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ in der
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+-Datei stehen).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Suchen Sie nach etwaigen
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+figcaption
+\family default
+-Befehlen und ersetzen Sie
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+FileName
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ durch den korrekten Dateinamen.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Falls notwendig, ändern Sie alle vorkommenden
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+cite
+\family default
+-Befehle (siehe Abschnitt
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sub:Literaturverzeichnisse}
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Starten Sie einen LaTeX-Lauf um sicherzustellen, daß die Datei noch immer
+ fehlerfrei verarbeitet werden kann.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Lesen Sie nochmals die Vorgaben der Zeitschrift um sicherzugehen, daß die
+ verwendeten Dateinamen und Formate richtig sind.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Reichen Sie die Arbeit ein.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Hinweise zu einzelnen Befehlen
+\layout Standard
+
+Ich werde hier nicht die verschiedenen AASTeX-Befehle ausführlich erläutern;
+ dies wird im Handbuch des Makropaketes (
+\family typewriter
+aasguide.tex
+\family default
+) sehr gut gemacht.
+ Ich gehe an dieser Stelle also nur die Liste durch und füge an einigen
+ Stellen Kommentare hinzu.
+ Also los\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Dinge, die wie erwartet funktionieren
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+begin{sloppypar}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Da sie funktionieren, wie Sie es von ihnen erwarten, zähle ich sie hier
+ nur auf und füge die Abschnittsnummern hinzu, in denen sie im Handbuch
+ erläutert sind:
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+documentclass
+\family default
+ (2.1.1),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{document}
+\family default
+ (2.2),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+title
+\family default
+ (2.3),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+author
+\family default
+ (2.3),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+affil
+\family default
+ (2.3),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+abstract
+\family default
+ (2.4),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+keywords
+\family default
+ (2.5),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+section
+\family default
+ (2.7),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+subsection
+\family default
+ (2.7),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+subsubsection
+\family default
+ (2.7),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+paragraph
+\family default
+ (2.7),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{displaymath}
+\family default
+ (2.11),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{equation}
+\family default
+ (2.11),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{eqnarray}
+\family default
+ (2.11),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{mathletters}
+\family default
+ (2.11),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{thebibliography}
+\family default
+ (2.12.1),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+bibitem
+\family default
+ (2.12.2),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{table}
+\family default
+ (2.14.4),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{tabular}
+\family default
+ (2.14.4),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+caption
+\family default
+ (2.14.4),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+label
+\family default
+ (2.14.4, sowie an anderen Stellen),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+tablerefs
+\family default
+ (2.14.5),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+tablecomments
+\family default
+ (2.14.5),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+url
+\family default
+ (2.15.4),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+end{document}
+\family default
+ (2.16).
+\layout Standard
+
+Die folgenden Stiloptionen arbeiten ebenfalls korrekt:
+\family typewriter
+ preprint
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+preprint2
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+eqsecnum
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+flushrt
+\family default
+ (3, 3.1, 3.2).
+ Tragen Sie sie einfach im Feld
+\family sans
+\bar under
+O
+\bar default
+ptionen
+\family default
+ in
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+okument\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Format
+\family default
+ ein.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+end{sloppypar}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Dinge, die funktionieren, jedoch zusätzlicher Hinweise bedürfen
+\layout Itemize
+
+Die folgenden Befehle sind für die Verwendung durch die Zeitschrifteneditoren
+ vorgesehen.
+ Aber wenn Sie sie unbedingt verwenden wollen, tragen Sie sie in den LaTeX-Vorsp
+ann ein:
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+received
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+revised
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+accepted
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+ccc
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+cpright
+\family default
+ (alle in 2.1.3)
+\layout Itemize
+
+Die folgenden Befehle müssen ebenfalls im LaTeX-Vorspann plaziert werden.
+ Sie sind in der Vorlagedatei als (leere) Platzhalter aufgeführt:
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+slugcomment
+\family default
+ (2.1.4),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+shorttitle
+\family default
+ (2.1.5),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+shortauthors
+\family default
+ (2.1.5)
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+email
+\family default
+ (2.3) -- Dieser Befehl kann nur in einer eigenen Absatzumgebung verwendet
+ werden.
+ Verwenden Sie ERTs, um ihn einzufügen.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+and
+\family default
+ (2.3) -- Es wird ein zusätzliches Klammerpaar
+\family typewriter
+{}
+\family default
+ ausgegeben, das sollte aber keine Probleme bereiten.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+notetoeditor
+\family default
+ (2.6) -- Dieser Befehl kann nur in einer eigenen Absatzumgebung verwendet
+ werden.
+ Verwenden Sie ERTs, um ihn einzufügen.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+placetable
+\family default
+ (2.8) kann keine Marke für Querverweise einfügen.
+ Sie müssen das von Hand eingeben.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+placefigure
+\family default
+ (2.8) -- Es gilt das zu
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+placetable
+\family default
+ Gesagte.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+acknowledgements
+\family default
+ (2.9) -- Es wird ein zusätzliches Klammerpaar
+\family typewriter
+{}
+\family default
+ ausgegeben, das sollte aber keine Probleme bereiten.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+appendix
+\family default
+ (2.10) -- Es wird ein zusätzliches Klammerpaar
+\family typewriter
+{}
+\family default
+ ausgegeben, das sollte aber keine Probleme bereiten.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+figcaption
+\family default
+ (2.13.2) -- das optionale Argument müssen Sie später von Hand in der LaTeX-Datei
+ hinzufügen.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Nicht implementierte Dinge (LaTeX-Code verwenden)
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+begin{sloppypar}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+altaffilmark
+\family default
+ (2.3),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+altaffiltext
+\family default
+ (2.3),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+eqnum
+\family default
+ (2.11),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+setcounter{equation}
+\family default
+ (2.11),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+citet
+\family default
+ (2.12),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+citep
+\family default
+ (2.12), Abkürzungen von Zeitschriftennamen (2.12.4),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+figurenum
+\family default
+ (2.13.1),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+epsscale
+\family default
+ (2.13.1),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+plotone
+\family default
+ (2.13.1),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+plottwo
+\family default
+ (2.13.1),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+tablenum
+\family default
+ (2.14.4),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+tableline
+\family default
+ (2.14.4, fügen Sie es als erstes Element in der Zelle
+\emph on
+vor
+\emph default
+ derjenigen ein, in der Sie es verwenden wollen.
+ Verwenden Sie keine von LyX erzeugten Linien in der Tabelle.),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+tablenotemark
+\family default
+ (2.14.5),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+tablenotetext
+\family default
+ (2.14.5), praktisch alles in Abschnitt Misc (2.15, außer
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+url
+\family default
+ und
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+email
+\family default
+, s.o.),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+singlespace
+\family default
+ (3.1),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+doublespace
+\family default
+ (3.1),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+onecolumn
+\family default
+ (3.2),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+twocolumn
+\family default
+ (3.2)
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+end{sloppypar}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Dinge, die nicht implementiert werden können
+\layout Standard
+
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+ jedenfalls nicht auf irgendeine sinnvolle Weise, deshalb sollten Sie sie
+ am Besten ignorieren.
+ Es handelt sich dabei um die Umgebungstypen
+\family typewriter
+references
+\family default
+ (2.12.3) und
+\family typewriter
+deluxtable
+\family default
+ (2.14).
+ Wenn Sie
+\family typewriter
+deluxtable
+\family default
+ wirklich verwenden wollen, legen Sie die Tabelle mit einem normalen Editor
+ als Datei an und fügen Sie diese über den Menüpunkt
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+atei
+\family default
+\SpecialChar ~
+
+\family sans
+einfügen
+\family default
+ in Ihre LyX-Datei ein.
+ In der Datei
+\family typewriter
+aas_sample.lyx
+\family default
+ finden Sie ein Beispiel dafür.
+\layout Subsection
+
+FAQs, Tips, Tricks und andere Wiederholungen
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Wie man LyX und AASTeX zusammenarbeiten läßt
+\layout Standard
+
+Es kann etwas schwierig sein, LyX dazu zu bringen, neue Formate und Dokumentklas
+sen zu erkennen.
+ Wenn alles Andere versagt, machen Sie folgendes:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Stellen Sie sicher, daß LaTeX das AASTeX-Paket findet.
+ Kopieren Sie
+\family typewriter
+sample.tex
+\family default
+ (und eventuell
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{table.tex}
+
+\end_inset
+
+) in ein eigenes Verzeichnis und versuchen Sie, es mit
+\family typewriter
+latex
+\family default
+ zu übersetzen.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Überzeugen Sie sich, daß die Datei
+\family typewriter
+aastex.layout
+\family default
+ entweder in
+\family typewriter
+<LyXDir>/layouts
+\family default
+ oder in
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{~/.lyx/layouts}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ zu finden ist.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Rekonfigurieren Sie LyX mit
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Neu\SpecialChar ~
+k
+\bar under
+o
+\bar default
+nfigurieren
+\family default
+ und starten Sie LyX dann neu.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Öffnen Sie eine neue Datei (nicht mit Vorlagedatei).
+ Erscheint AASTeX als Auswahloption in
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+okument\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family default
+Karteikarte
+\family sans
+ Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+K
+\bar default
+lasse
+\family default
+?
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Sie beim Übersetzen eines existierenden AASTeX-Dokumentes eine Fehlermeldun
+g von LaTeX bekommen, es könne das AASTeX-Format nicht finden oder ein
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+You should not mix title layouts with normal ones
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+, ist das Paket nicht korrekt installiert.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+LaTeX-Fehler beim Verarbeiten von Tabellen
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX versucht standardmäßig, die Über/Unterschriften von Tabellen zu zentrieren.
+ Dies verursacht scheinbar Probleme im Zusammenhang mit AASTeX, Sie sollten
+ deshalb für diese Abschnitte in
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+A
+\bar default
+bsatz
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+ die Ausrichtung auf
+\family sans
+Bl
+\bar under
+o
+\bar default
+cksatz
+\family default
+ einstellen.
+ Dies hat bei mir die Probleme beseitigt.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Literaturverzeichnisse
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sub:Literaturverzeichnisse}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Ein paar Hinweise dazu:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Mir sind ein paar seltsame Formatierungen bei Literaturverweisen im Text
+ aufgefallen.
+ Wenn Sie einen Eintrag vornehmen, achten Sie darauf, daß sich kein Leerzeichen
+ zwischen dem Namen des letzten Autors und der Klammer für die Jahreszahl
+ befindet.
+ Schreiben Sie also
+\family typewriter
+Ressler(1992)
+\family default
+ und nicht
+\family typewriter
+Ressler\SpecialChar ~
+(1992)
+\family default
+.
+
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Es ärgert mich, daß ich die Verwendung von
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+citet
+\family default
+ und
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+citep
+\family default
+ nicht besser automatisieren kann.
+ Aber das würde Änderungen im LyX-Code verlangen.
+ Derzeit können Sie eines von zwei Dingen tun:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Verwenden Sie für alle Literaturverweise den LyX-eigenen Mechanismus über
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+in\SpecialChar \-
+fü\SpecialChar \-
+gen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+Z
+\bar default
+itat
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+; wenigstens können Sie den Vorteil des automatischen Einsetzens benutzen.
+ Ändern Sie dann die zu exportierende LaTeX-Datei von Hand, indem Sie
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+cite
+\family default
+ durch das jeweils passende
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+citet
+\family default
+ oder
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+citep
+\family default
+ ersetzen (derzeit ist
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+cite
+\family default
+ äquivalent zu
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+citet
+\family default
+, das können Sie also unverändert lassen).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Sie geben alle Literaturverweise mittels ERTs ein und verwenden dabei dasselbe
+ Argument, das Sie auch im Eintrag in der Literaturliste verwendet haben,
+ etwa
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+citet{key}
+\family default
+.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Keine der beiden Methoden ist angenehm, aber bis LyX in der Lage ist, das
+ Paket
+\family typewriter
+natbib
+\family default
+ zu verwenden, werden Sie damit leben müssen.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Die Eingabe von Literaturverweisen an sich ist nicht sehr intuitiv.
+ Geben Sie am besten zunächst Ihre erste Quelle am Ende des Dokuments ein
+ und markieren Sie sie dann als Umgebungstyp
+\family sans
+Literaturliste
+\family default
+.
+ Dadurch wird ein kleines graues Kästchen am Beginn der Zeile eingefügt.
+ Klicken Sie darauf und füllen Sie die restlichen Informationen ein.
+ Um eine weitere Quelle hinzuzufügen, setzen Sie den Cursor an das Ende
+ des letzten Eintrags und drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
+ Das erzeugt eine neue Zeile mit dem grauen Kästchen, usw.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Einbinden von EPS-Dateien
+\layout Standard
+
+Trotz der Arbeit, die
+\noun on
+Chris Biemesderfer
+\noun default
+ und andere in die Entwicklung des AASTeX-Paketes gesteckt haben, hat der
+ Mechanismus zur Verarbeitung von Abbildungen einen schalen Beigeschmack.
+ Sie können zwar die entsprechenden Befehle,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+plotone
+\family default
+ usw., als ERTs in einer Gleitumgebung in Ihrem Dokument verwenden, mir ist
+ es aber nie gelungen, auf diese Weise ein korrektes Format zu erhalten.
+ Mein Rat in diesem Zusammenhang ist es, in der einzureichenden Version
+ auf die Einbindung von EPS-Grafiken zu verzichten und dann (für die Preprints)
+ den normalen EPS-Mechanismus von LyX zu verwenden.
+ LyX fügt dann den Befehl
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+usepackage{graphics}
+\family default
+ in den LaTeX-Vorspann ein und behandelt die Abbildungen auf die in LaTeX2e
+ übliche Weise.
+ Jeder, der Ihre AASTeX 5.0-Dokumente verarbeiten will, benötigt sowieso
+ eine funktionierende LaTeX2e-Installation, warum also nicht auch gleich
+ dessen viel bessere Grafikunterstützung ausnutzen? Wenn sich jemand über
+ LaTeX2e oder das Paket
+\family typewriter
+graphics
+\family default
+ beschwert, verweisen Sie auf die zweite Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
+lage von
+\noun on
+Lamport
+\noun default
+ (1994), dort wird es eingeführt.
+ Es war also bereits vor 6 Jahren Zeit für einen Upgrade.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Möglichkeiten, die ich nicht realisiert habe
+\layout Standard
+
+Es gibt noch ein paar hübsche Dinge, die ich hätte implementieren können,
+ aber es nicht tat.
+ Etwa wird der doppelte Zeilenabstand in LyX nicht angezeigt, obwohl das
+ Dokument auf Papier so ausgedruckt wird.
+ Ebenfalls gibt es keine zusätzlichen Formate für die Stile
+\family typewriter
+preprint
+\family default
+ und
+\family typewriter
+preprint2
+\family default
+.
+ Da Sie vermutlich sowieso die meiste Zeit im normalen Manuskriptmodus arbeiten,
+ wollte ich den Platz auf der Festplatte nicht dafür verschwenden.
+ Wenn Sie dennoch das Bedürfnis empfinden, derartige Formate zu erstellen,
+ werde ich mich den Regeln der
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Mudgeeraba Creek Emu-Riding and Boomerang-Throwing Association
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ unterwerfen:
+\layout Quote
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Die Entscheidungen der Richter sind endgültig, solange sie nicht von einer
+ wirklich überwiegenden Mehrheit der anwesenden Menschenmenge abgelehnt
+ werden.
+ Beschimpfungen und obszöne Worte dürfen von Teilnehmern gegenüber den Mitgliede
+rn der Jury nicht verwendet werden, gleiches gilt für die Richter gegenüber
+ den Teilnehmern (außer wenn sie von einem Bumerang getroffen wurden).
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+Schlußbemerkung
+\layout Standard
+
+Um die Bemerkung von
+\noun on
+Donald Knuth
+\noun default
+ über einen Computeralgorithmus zu übernehmen:
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Ich habe nur bewiesen, daß er richtig ist, ich habe ihn nicht wirklich ausprobie
+rt.
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ Ich bin der Meinung, daß die oben aufgeführten Vorgehensweisen ein verwendbares
+ AASTeX-Dokument hervorbringen, aber zum Zeitpunkt, da ich dies schreibe
+ (25.\SpecialChar ~
+Januar 2000) habe ich noch keinen Artikel eingereicht, den ich mit diesen
+ Formaten geschrieben habe.
+ Das ändert sich aber hoffentlich in ein paar Wochen\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\layout Section
+
+ijmpd
+\layout Standard
+
+von
+\noun on
+Panayotis Papasotiriou
+\layout Subsection
+
+Überblick
+\layout Standard
+
+Das ijmpd-Paket ist ein Makrosatz, der die elektronische Manuskript\SpecialChar \-
+über\SpecialChar \-
+sen\SpecialChar \-
+dung
+ an das International Journal of Modern Physics D, herausgegeben von World
+ Scientific, erleichtert.
+ Die Dokumentklasse ist
+\family sans
+ws-ijmpd
+\family default
+.
+ Es kann, zusammen mit Anweisungen des Autors, von
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.worldscinet.com/ijmpd/mkt/guidelines.shtml}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ heruntergeladen werden.
+ Das ijmpd-Paket ist eine modifizierte Version der article-Klasse.
+ Die meisten Funktionen werden von LyX unterstützt.
+ Ich habe vor kurzem LyX erfolgreich benutzt, um einen Artikel an das Internatio
+nal Journal of Modern Physics D zu schicken.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Ein Papier schreiben
+\layout Standard
+
+Der einfachste Weg, ein Papier zu schreiben, ist mit einer Vorlagendatei
+ anzufangen.
+ Klicken Sie auf
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+atei
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family sans
+Neu\SpecialChar ~
+von\SpecialChar ~
+
+\bar under
+V
+\bar default
+orlage
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+\SpecialChar ~
+und wählen die Datei
+\family typewriter
+ijmpd.lyx
+\family default
+ aus.
+ Sie erhalten ein (fast) leeres Dokument, das die meisten Felder enthält,
+ die in einem Manuskript vorkommen und eine kleine Beschreibung für ihre
+ Benutzung.
+ Überschreiben Sie wie in den meisten Vorlagen den vorhandenen Text (einschließl
+ich der Klammern <>) mit Ihrem Text.
+ Sie sollten die folgenden Bemerkungen beachten:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+LyX erlaubt Ihnen nicht, die Fontgröße und den Seitenstil des Dokuments
+ zu ändern, weil das ijmpd-Paket diese Änderungen nicht erlaubt.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Das ijmpd-Paket verlangt, daß die Dokumentsprache nicht geändert wird.
+ Bevor Sie Ihr Papier in der Druckansicht ansehen, überzeugen Sie sich,
+ daß das Babel-Paket nicht benutzt wird: deaktivieren Sie
+\family sans
+Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Sprach-Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Sprache\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Babel\SpecialChar ~
+verwenden.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Es gibt zwei neue Umgebungen
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+Theorem"
+\family default
+ und
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+Beweis
+\family default
+.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Anhänge können ans Papier hinzugefügt werden.
+ LyX bietet dafür eine besondere Umgebung
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Appendix", die den Anfang des Anhangs markiert.
+ Ein Anhang kann normale Abschnitte, Unterabschnitte und Unterunterabschnitte
+ enthalten.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Das ijmpd-Paket behandelt Tabellenbeschriftungen ganz anders als LyX.
+ Deswegen wird eine von LyX erstellte Tabelle zwar richtig gedruckt, aber
+ ihre Beschriftung wird ignoriert.
+ Wenn Sie Tabellenbeschriftungen brauchen, sollten Sie die ganze gleitende
+ Tabelle in eine
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+-Datei einbauen und dann diese Datei in das LyX-Dokument importieren (
+\family sans
+Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Datei\SpecialChar ~
+ein
+\bar under
+b
+\bar default
+inden
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+ ).
+ Wie Sie eine gleitende Tabelle für ijmpd erstellen, steht in der Datei
+
+\family typewriter
+ws-ijmpd.tex
+\family default
+, die zum ijmpd-Paket dazugehört.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Ein Papier zum Versenden vorbereiten
+\layout Standard
+
+Bevor Sie Ihr Papier versenden, müssen Sie es als LaTeX-Datei (
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+atei
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+xportieren
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+aT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{}
+\end_inset
+
+eX
+\family default
+) exportieren.
+ Dann
+\layout Enumerate
+
+entfernen Sie alle Kommentarzeilen vor dem
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+documentclass
+\family default
+-Befehl,
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Entfernen Sie alles zwischen (einschließlich)
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+makeatletter
+\family default
+ und
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+makeatother
+\family default
+, mit Ausnahme derjenigen Einträge, die Sie selber in den LaTeX-Vorspann
+ eingefügt haben.
+\layout Standard
+
+Die geänderte
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+-Datei muß gespeichert werden und von LaTeX sooft wie nötig bearbeitet werden.
+ Außerdem sollten Sie sich das resultierende
+\family typewriter
+.dvi
+\family default
+-Dokument ansehen.
+\layout Section
+
+Kluwer
+\layout Standard
+
+von
+\noun on
+Panayotis Papasotiriou
+\layout Subsection
+
+Überblick
+\layout Standard
+
+Das Kluwer-Paket ist ein Makrosatz der Kluwer Academic Publishers, der die
+ elektronische Ma\SpecialChar \-
+nu\SpecialChar \-
+skript\SpecialChar \-
+über\SpecialChar \-
+sen\SpecialChar \-
+dung an Zeitschriften erleichtert.
+ Die bekanntesten sind Astrophysics und Space Science and Solar Physics,
+ aber es gibt viele andere (eine vollständige Liste ist unter
+\noun on
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.wkap.nl/jrnllist.htm/JRNLHOME}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\noun default
+ zu finden).
+ Das Kluwer-Paket kann von
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.wkap.nl/kaphtml.htm/STYLEFILES}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ heruntergeladen werden.
+ Das Paket enthält ein vollständiges Benutzerhandbuch, das aber auch separat
+ heruntergeladen werden kann.
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX unterstützt viele Funktionen des Paketes, aber nicht alles.
+ Aber der benötigte LaTeX-Code reduziert sich auf einige
+\emph on
+seltsame
+\emph default
+ Paketbefehle (siehe Abschnitt
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{subsec:kluwer_peculiarities}
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ Ich habe vor kurzem mit LyX einen Artikel an Astrophysics and Space Science
+ ohne Probleme verschickt.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Ein Papier schreiben
+\layout Standard
+
+Der einfachste Weg, ein Papier zu schreiben, ist mit einer Vorlagendatei
+ anzufangen.
+ Klicken Sie auf
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+atei
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family sans
+Neu\SpecialChar ~
+von\SpecialChar ~
+
+\bar under
+V
+\bar default
+orlage
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+\SpecialChar ~
+und wählen die Datei
+\family typewriter
+kluwer.lyx
+\family default
+ aus.
+ Sie erhalten ein (fast) leeres Dokument, das die meisten Felder enthält,
+ die in einem Manuskript vorkommen und eine kleine Beschreibung für ihre
+ Benutzung.
+ Überschreiben Sie wie in den meisten Vorlagen den vorhandenen Text (einschließl
+ich der Klammern <>) mit Ihrem Text.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Ein Papier zum Versenden vorbereiten
+\layout Standard
+
+Bevor Sie Ihr Papier versenden, müssen Sie es wie beim AASTeX-Paket wie
+ folgt
+\emph on
+nachbearbeiten
+\emph default
+:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Exportieren Sie Ihr Papier als LaTeX-Datei (
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+atei
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+xportieren
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+aT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{}
+\end_inset
+
+eX
+\family default
+).
+
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Editieren Sie die
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+-Datei mit einem Texteditor und machen Sie die folgenden Änderungen:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Entfernen Sie alle Kommentarzeilen vor dem
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+documentclass
+\family default
+-Befehl,
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Entfernen Sie alles zwischen (einschließlich)
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+makeatletter
+\family default
+ und
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+makeatother
+\family default
+, mit Ausnahme derjenigen Einträge, die Sie selber in den LaTeX-Vorspann
+ eingefügt haben.
+\layout Standard
+
+Speichern Sie die
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+-Datei.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Starten Sie einen LaTeX-Lauf mit der
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+-Datei sooft wie nötig (meistens dreimal).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Sehen Sie sich die erzeugte
+\family typewriter
+.dvi
+\family default
+-Datei an, zum Beispiel mit
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\family default
+, und prüfen Sie, ob alles in Ordnung ist.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Besonderheiten des Kluwer-Paketes
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{subsec:kluwer_peculiarities}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Das Kluwer-Paket hat folgende Besonderheiten:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Es ist möglich, mehrere Artikel in dieselbe LaTeX-Datei zu schreiben.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Ich wüßte aber nicht, warum.
+\end_inset
+
+ Jeder Artikel muß in die Umgebung
+\family sans
+article
+\family default
+ eingeschlossen sein.
+ Unglücklicherweise kann die Umgebung nicht gelöscht werden, auch wenn Sie
+ nur einen Artikel schreiben, Deshalb beginnt jeder Artikel mit dem Befehl
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{article}
+\family default
+ und hört mit dem Befehl
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+end{article}
+\family default
+ auf.
+ Obwohl man das in LyX implementieren kann, habe ich es nicht getan, weil
+ es häßlich aussieht und den Neuling verwirrt.
+ Deshalb müssen Sie sie als ERTs eingeben.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Informationen am Anfang des Artikels (zum Beispiel Titel, Untertitel, Autor,
+ Institution, laufender Titel, laufender Autor, Zusammenfassung und Schlüsselwor
+te) müssen in der Umgebung
+\family sans
+opening
+\family default
+ stehen.
+ Das ist in LyX nicht implementiert, also müssen Sie das alles zwischen
+ zwei Zeilen
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{opening}
+\family default
+ und
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+end{opening}
+\family default
+ als ERTs eingeben.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Entsprechend dem Benutzerhandbuch muß jeder Eintrag im Literaturverzeichnis
+ in der Form
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+protect
+\backslash
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+
+\end_inset
+
+citeauthoryear{
+\family default
+\emph on
+Autor(en)
+\family typewriter
+\emph default
+}{
+\family default
+\emph on
+Jahr
+\family typewriter
+\emph default
+}
+\family default
+ geschrieben werden.
+\layout Standard
+
+Die Vorlage
+\family typewriter
+kluwer.lyx
+\family default
+ paßt auf all diese Besonderheiten auf.
+ Wenn Sie ein neues Papier mit dieser vorlage beginnen, müssen Sie nichts
+ Besonderes machen.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Löschen Sie den LaTeX-Code der Vorlage nicht.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Kopieren den Beispiel-Literatureintrag der Vorlage und ändern Sie ihn wie
+ benötigt für neue Einträge.
+\layout Section
+
+Koma-Script
+\layout Standard
+
+von
+\noun on
+Bernd Rellermeyer
+\layout Subsection
+
+Überblick
+\layout Standard
+
+Die LyX-Dokumentklassen
+\family sans
+article (koma-script)
+\emph on
+,
+\emph default
+report (koma-script)
+\emph on
+,
+\emph default
+book
+\emph on
+
+\emph default
+(koma-script)
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+letter
+\emph on
+
+\emph default
+(koma-script)
+\family default
+ korrespondieren zu den LaTeX-Dokumentklassen
+\family typewriter
+scrartcl.cls
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+scr\SpecialChar \-
+reprt.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Open
+
+\layout Standard
+""
+\end_inset
+
+cls
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+scrbook.cls
+\family default
+ und
+\family typewriter
+ scrlettr.cls
+\family default
+ der Koma-Script-Familie.
+ Sie sind Ersetzungen der Stan\SpecialChar \-
+dard-Dokumentklassen
+\family typewriter
+article.cls
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+report.cls
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+book.cls
+\family default
+ und
+\family typewriter
+letter.cls
+\family default
+ und entsprechen in einigen Punkten besser den europäischen typographischen
+ Konventionen.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Standard-Schriftgröße ist 11pt in
+\family sans
+article (koma-script)
+\emph on
+,
+\emph default
+report (koma-script)
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+book (koma-script)
+\family default
+ und 12pt in
+\family sans
+letter (koma-script)
+\family default
+.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Überschriften, Marken der
+\family sans
+Beschreibung
+\family default
+-Umgebung und zahlreiche Elemente der Dokumentklasse
+\family sans
+letter (koma-script)
+\family default
+ sind in einer fetten, serifenlosen Schrift gesetzt.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Es gibt einen großen Unterschied zwischen den fetten, serifenlosen alten
+ cm-Fonts und neuen ec-Fonts, insbesondere im Aussehen der Überschriften.
+ Die fetten, serifenlosen ec-Fonts sehen in größeren Schriftgraden vergleichswei
+se dünn aus.
+ Abhilfe schafft das LaTeX-Paket
+\family typewriter
+cmsd.sty
+\family default
+ von
+\shape smallcaps
+Walter Schmidt
+\shape default
+, welches das
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+gewohnte
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ Aussehen bei Benutzung der ec-Fonts erzeugt.
+\end_inset
+
+ Die Numerierung der
+\family sans
+Kapitel
+\family default
+-Überschriften ist genauso wie die der
+\family sans
+Abschnitt
+\family default
+-Überschriften, also ohne die Extrazeile
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Kapitel \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Ferner kann das Aussehen der Überschriften mit einer Reihe von Optionen
+ modifiziert werden (in LyX einzugeben im Feld
+\family sans
+Weitere\SpecialChar ~
+
+\bar under
+O
+\bar default
+ptionen
+\family default
+ des Menüfensters
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+okument\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Optionen:
+\family default
+).
+ Eine ausführliche deutsche Beschreibung dieser Optionen findet sich in
+ der Koma-Script-Dokumentation
+\emph on
+scrguide
+\emph default
+.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Hauptsächliches Mittel der Koma-Script-Dokumentklassen für die Satzspiegelgestal
+tung ist die Benutzung der Optionen
+\family sans
+BCOR
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+DIV
+\family default
+ (in LyX einzugeben im Feld
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+oku\SpecialChar \-
+ment\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Optionen:
+\family default
+).
+ Sie ermöglichen eine klarere Modifikation von Seitenrändern als die Optionen
+ im Menüfenster
+\family sans
+\bar under
+ F
+\bar default
+ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+okument\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Ränder
+\family default
+.
+ Eine ausführliche deutsche Beschreibung dieser und weiterer Satzspiegel-Optione
+n findet sich in der Koma-Script-Dokumentation
+\emph on
+scrguide
+\emph default
+.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Die LaTeX-Dokumentklassen der Koma-Script-Familie definieren eine Reihe
+ zusätzlicher Befehle.
+ Der für LyX sinnvolle Teil davon ist in den LyX-Dokumentklassen in entsprechend
+en Absatztypen umgesetzt.
+\layout Standard
+
+Eine ausführliche deutsche Beschreibung der LaTeX-Dokumentklassen der Koma-Scrip
+t-Familie ist in der Koma-Script-Dokumentation
+\emph on
+scrguide
+\emph default
+ zu finden.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Es gibt eine englische Übersetzung
+\emph on
+screnggu
+\emph default
+, die jedoch nicht vollständig ist.
+\end_inset
+
+ In den folgenden Abschnitten werden nur diejenigen Aspekte beschrieben,
+ die für die LyX-Dokumentklassen relevant sind.
+\layout Subsection
+
+article (koma-script), report (koma-script) und book (koma-script)
+\layout Standard
+
+Die Dokumentklassen
+\family sans
+article (koma-script)
+\emph on
+,
+\emph default
+report (koma-script)
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+book
+\emph on
+
+\emph default
+(koma-script)
+\family default
+ sind in den Format-Dateien
+\family typewriter
+scrartcl.layout
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+scrreprt.layout
+\family default
+ und
+\family typewriter
+scrbook.layout
+\family default
+ implementiert.
+ Sie enthalten sämtliche, teilweise modifizierten, Absatztypen der entsprechende
+n Stan\SpecialChar \-
+dard-Doku\SpecialChar \-
+mentklassen
+\family sans
+article
+\emph on
+,
+\emph default
+report
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+book
+\family default
+, mit Ausnahme des LyX-spezifischen
+\family sans
+List
+\family default
+-Typs, welcher durch den neuen
+\family sans
+Labeling
+\family default
+-Typ mit der gleichen Funktionalität ersetzt wird.
+ Neben dem
+\family sans
+Labeling
+\family default
+-Typ kommen eine Reihe neuer Absatztypen hinzu.
+ Sie sind
+\emph on
+nicht
+\emph default
+ Bestandteil von
+\family sans
+letter (koma-script)
+\family default
+.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Addpart, Addchap
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Abschnitt\SpecialChar ~
+(Inhaltsverz.)
+\family default
+ sind Äquivalente zu
+\family sans
+Teil*, Kapitel*
+\family default
+ bzw.
+
+\family sans
+Abschnitt*
+\family default
+, wobei zusätzlich ein Eintrag in das Inhaltsverzeichnis erfolgt.
+
+\family sans
+Addpart
+\family default
+und
+\family sans
+ Addchap
+\family default
+ sind nicht in
+\family sans
+article (koma-script)
+\family default
+ enthalten.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Addchap*
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Abschnitt*\SpecialChar ~
+(Inhaltsverz.)
+\family default
+ verhalten sich genauso wie
+\family sans
+Addchap
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+Abschnitt\SpecialChar ~
+(Inhaltsverz.)
+\family default
+, wobei zusätzlich die laufenden Titel gelöscht werden.
+
+\family sans
+ Addchap*
+\family default
+ ist nicht in
+\family sans
+article (koma-script)
+\family default
+ enthalten.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Es gibt in
+\family sans
+book (koma-script)
+\family default
+und
+\family sans
+report (koma-script)
+\family default
+ auch eine Umgebung
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+addpart*
+\family default
+.
+ Da diese jedoch identisch mit
+\family sans
+Part*
+\family default
+ ist, wurde sie nicht implementiert.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Miniabschnitt
+\family default
+: erzeugt eine Überschrift direkt über dem nachfolgenden Absatz in der Standard-
+Schriftgröße, ohne die Struktur des Dokuments zu beeinflussen.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+BeschriftungOben
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+ BeschriftungUnten
+\family default
+ sind spezielle Legenden, die die unterschiedlichen Abstände berücksichtigen,
+ welche Über- und Unterschriften benötigen (Überschriften verwendet man
+ vor allem bei Tabellen; dies wird von der Typografie auch empfohlen).
+ Alternativ kann man die Klassenoption
+\family typewriter
+table\SpecialChar \-
+captionsabove
+\family default
+ verwenden, welche die Standardumgebung
+\family sans
+Beschriftung
+\family default
+ für Tabellen nach
+\family sans
+BeschriftungOben
+\family default
+ und für Abbildungen nach
+\family sans
+BeschriftungUnten
+\family default
+ umschaltet.
+ Um diese Umgebungen zu nutzen, benötigen Sie Koma-Script Version 2.8q oder
+ neuer.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Dictum
+\family default
+: kann man verwenden, um einen schlauen Spruch (wie es zu Beginn von Kapiteln
+ beliebt ist) zu setzen.
+ Mit dem optionalen Argument (
+\family sans
+Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Kurztitel
+\family default
+) können Sie dabei den Autor des Spruchs angeben.
+ Spruch und Autor werden durch eine Linie getrennt.
+ Um diese Umgebungen zu nutzen, benötigen Sie Koma-Script Version 2.8q oder
+ neuer.
+ Dictum ist nicht in
+\family sans
+article (koma-script)
+\family default
+ enthalten.
+\layout Standard
+
+Die folgenden Typen bilden zusammen mit den Standardtypen
+\family sans
+Titel
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Autor
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+Datum
+\family default
+ den Titelbereich des Dokuments.
+ Sie müssen vor dem ersten
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+normalen
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ Absatz eingegeben werden.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Die entsprechenden LaTeX-Befehle müssen vor dem
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+maketitle
+\family default
+-Befehl stehen.
+\end_inset
+
+ Wird solch ein Typ mehrfach verwendet, so überschreibt jede nachfolgende
+ Verwendung die vorhergehende, das heißt es ist für jeden Typen nur die
+ letzte Verwendung gültig.
+ Die Reihenfolge der verschiedenen Typen untereinander hat jedoch, genauso
+ wie bei
+\family sans
+Titel
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Autor
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+Datum
+\family default
+, keinen Einfluß auf das Aussehen des erzeugten Dokuments.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Betreff
+\family default
+ erzeugt einen zentrierten Absatz oberhalb des normalen Titels (
+\family sans
+Titel
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Autor
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Datum
+\family default
+) für das Thema des Dokuments.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Publishers
+\family default
+: erzeugt einen zentrierten Absatz unterhalb des normalen Titels (
+\family sans
+Titel
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Autor
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Datum
+\family default
+) für den Verlagsnamen.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Dedication
+\family default
+: erzeugt in
+\family sans
+report (koma-script)
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+book (koma-script)
+\family default
+ einen zentrierten Absatz auf einer eigenen Seite nach der Titelseite und
+ in
+\family sans
+article (koma-script)
+\family default
+ einen zentrierten Absatz unterhalb des normalen Titels (
+\family sans
+Titel
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Autor
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Datum
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Publishers
+\family default
+) für eine Widmung.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Titlehead
+\family default
+: erzeugt einen linksbündigen Absatz oberhalb des normalen Titels (
+\family sans
+Titel
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Autor
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Datum
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Subject
+\family default
+) für einen Dokumentenkopf.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Uppertitleback
+\family default
+: erzeugt im zweiseitigen Druck in
+\family sans
+report (koma-script)
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+book (koma-script)
+\family default
+ einen linksbündigen Absatz oben auf der Rückseite des Titelblatts oder
+ hat im einseitigen Druck oder in
+\family sans
+article (koma-script)
+\family default
+ keinen Effekt.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Lowertitleback
+\family default
+: erzeugt im zweiseitigen Druck in
+\family sans
+\emph on
+
+\emph default
+report (koma-script)
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+book (koma-script)
+\family default
+ einen linksbündigen Absatz unten auf der Rückseite des Titelblatts oder
+ hat im einseitigen Druck oder in
+\family sans
+article (koma-script)
+\family default
+ keinen Effekt.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Extratitle
+\family default
+: erzeugt ein spezielles
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Schmutztitel
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+-Blatt vor dem eigentlichen Dokument mit einem Absatz ohne besondere Formatierun
+g.
+\layout Standard
+
+Die Format-Dateien für die Dokumentklassen
+\family sans
+article (koma-script)
+\emph on
+,
+\emph default
+report (koma-script)
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+book (koma-script)
+\family default
+ fügen die Datei
+\family typewriter
+scrmacros.inc
+\family default
+ ein.
+ Diese Datei ist als Ort gedacht, an dem eigene Typen definiert werden können.
+ Kopieren Sie dazu s
+\family typewriter
+crmacros.inc
+\family default
+ in Ihr persönliches Format-Verzeichnis und editieren Sie die Datei.
+\layout Subsection
+
+letter (koma-script)
+\layout Standard
+
+Die Dokumentklasse
+\family sans
+letter (koma-script)
+\family default
+ ist in der Format-Datei
+\family typewriter
+scrlettr.layout
+\family default
+ implementiert.
+ Sie enthält sämtliche, teilweise modifizierten, Absatztypen der entsprechenden
+ Standard-Doku\SpecialChar \-
+mentenklasse
+\family sans
+letter
+\family default
+, mit Ausnahme der LyX-spezifischen Typen
+\family sans
+Ly
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+{
+\end_inset
+
+X
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+}
+\end_inset
+
+-Code
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+Comment
+\family default
+ sowie des durch den neuen
+\family sans
+Labeling
+\family default
+-Typ ersetzten
+\family sans
+List
+\family default
+-Typs.
+ Außerdem enthält sie, abweichend von der Standard-Dokumentklasse, die Standard-
+Typen
+\family sans
+La
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+{
+\end_inset
+
+T
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+}
+\end_inset
+
+eX
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Zitat\SpecialChar ~
+(lang)
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Zitat\SpecialChar ~
+(kurz)
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+Gedicht
+\family default
+.
+ Ferner kommen eine Reihe neuer briefspezifischer Typen hinzu.
+\layout Standard
+
+Das Aussehen des durch diese Dokumentklasse erzeugten Briefes kann durch
+ eine Reihe von LaTeX-Befehlen (in LyX einzugeben in
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+okument\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+La
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+{
+\end_inset
+
+T
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+}
+\end_inset
+
+eX-Vorspann
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+) gesteuert werden.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Beispielsweise ist das Standardaussehen des Briefkopfs, bestehend aus Name
+ und Adresse, recht eigenwillig.
+ Ein
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+normaler
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ Briefkopf wird durch folgende LaTeX-Befehle im Vorspann erzeugt:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+firsthead{
+\backslash
+parbox[b]{
+\backslash
+textwidth}
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ {
+\backslash
+ignorespaces
+\backslash
+fromname
+\backslash
+
+\backslash
+
+\backslash
+ignorespaces
+\backslash
+fromaddress}}
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+nexthead{
+\backslash
+parbox[b]{
+\backslash
+textwidth}
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ {
+\backslash
+ignorespaces
+\backslash
+fromname
+\backslash
+hfill
+\backslash
+ignorespaces
+\backslash
+pagename
+\backslash
+
+\backslash
+thepage}}
+\end_inset
+
+ Eine genaue deutsche Beschreibung solcher LaTeX-Befehle findet sich in
+ der Koma-Script-Dokumentation
+\emph on
+scrguide
+\emph default
+.
+ Damit kann der Briefautor ein persönliches Brief\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
+format erzeugen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Die Typen
+\family sans
+Letter
+\family default
+und
+\family sans
+Opening
+\family default
+ definieren den Beginn des Briefes und müssen in jedem Brief verwendet werden.
+ Zu deren Hervorhebung sind sie in der LyX-Dokumentenvorlage durch die Buchstabe
+n
+\shape italic
+L
+\shape default
+ und
+\shape italic
+O
+\shape default
+ am linken Rand markiert.
+ Es können beliebig viele Briefe in eine Datei geschrieben werden.
+ Ein
+\family sans
+Opening
+\family default
+-Typ erzeugt einen neuen Brief mit demselben Adressaten und ein
+\family sans
+Letter
+\family default
+-Typ einen neuen Adressaten.
+ Die Typen
+\family sans
+Grußformel
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+PS
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+CC
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+Anlagen
+\family default
+ sind normale Absatztypen und können innerhalb eines Briefes auch mehrfach
+ verwendet werden.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Brieftext
+\family default
+ erzeugt einen Absatz für den Adressaten und definiert implizit den Beginn
+ des Briefes.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Anrede
+\family default
+ erzeugt einen Absatz für die Anrede und dadurch implizit einen neuen Brief.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Grußformel
+\family default
+ erzeugt einen Absatz dafür.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+PS
+\family default
+: erzeugt einen Absatz für ein Postscriptum.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+CC
+\family default
+: erzeugt einen Absatz für einen Verteiler.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Anlagen
+\family default
+ erzeugt einen Absatz dafür.
+\layout Standard
+
+Die Typen
+\family sans
+Name
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Unterschrift
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Adress
+\family default
+e,
+\family sans
+ Telefon
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Ort
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Absender
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Versandart
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Adresszusatz
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Titel
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+Betreff
+\family default
+ sind Eingabetypen mit vorangestelltem Label zur Eingabe von Informationen,
+ die durch die Dokumentklasse verarbeitet werden.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Es kann als ein Zeichen von Inkonsequenz gewertet werden, daß die oben beschrieb
+enen Typen
+\family sans
+Brieftext
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+Anrede
+\family default
+ nicht auch solche Eingabetypen sind.
+ Aufgrund der besonderen Bedeutung jener Typen habe ich sie jedoch als normale
+ Absatztypen mit Kennzeichnung durch einen Buchstaben am linken Rand realisiert.
+ Zudem würde es mein Symmetrieempfinden stören, wenn der
+\family sans
+Anrede
+\family default
+- und der
+\family sans
+Grußformel
+\family default
+-Typ ein solch gravierend unterschiedliches Aussehen hätten.
+\end_inset
+
+ Die Typen müssen vor dem zugehörigen
+\family sans
+Anrede
+\family default
+-Typ verwendet werden.
+\layout Standard
+
+Eine Realisierung dieser Typen im WYSIWYM-Stil erscheint nicht sinnvoll,
+ da das wirkliche Aussehen des erzeugten Briefes nicht nur von der Verwendung
+ des jeweiligen Typs, sondern auch von anderen Faktoren abhängen kann.
+ Beispielsweise wird eine im
+\family sans
+Unterschrift
+\family default
+-Typ eingegebene Unterschrift standardmäßig nur dann im erzeugten Brief
+ angezeigt, wenn im selben Brief auch ein
+\family sans
+Grußformel
+\family default
+-Typ verwendet wird.
+ Der eingegebene Wert des
+\family sans
+Telefon
+\family default
+-Typs wird standardmäßig im erzeugten Brief überhaupt nicht angezeigt.
+ Auf die Möglichkeiten zur freien Gestaltung des Briefkopfes wurde oben
+ in einer Fußnote bereits hingewiesen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Die Eingabe-Typen können auch als leere Absätze verwendet werden.
+ Dies ist zum Beispiel sinnvoll für den
+\family sans
+Unterschrift
+\family default
+-Typ.
+ Wird der
+\family sans
+Unterschrift
+\family default
+-Typ überhaupt nicht verwendet, wird standardmäßig der Wert des
+\family sans
+Name
+\family default
+-Typs als Unterschrift verwendet, während bei Verwendung eines leeren
+\family sans
+Unterschrift
+\family default
+-Typs keine Unterschrift definiert ist.
+\layout Standard
+
+Mit Hilfe der Eingabetypen ist es möglich, eine Briefvorlage zu schreiben,
+ die ausgefüllte Eingabetypen mit den persönlichen Daten (Name, Adresse,
+ usw.) und leere Eingabetypen für die anderen zu verwendenden Daten enthält.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Name
+\family default
+ des Absenders, erscheint standardmäßig zentriert in Kapitälchen im Briefkopf.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Unterschrift
+\family default
+ des Absenders, erscheint standardmäßig unterhalb des
+\family sans
+Grußformel
+\family default
+-Typs.
+ Wenn kein
+\family sans
+Unterschrift
+\family default
+-Typ verwendet wird, erscheint stattdessen die Eingabe des
+\family sans
+Name
+\family default
+-Typs.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Adress
+\family default
+e des Absenders, erscheint standardmäßig zentriert im Briefkopf unterhalb
+ des Absendernamens.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Telefon
+\family default
+ Telefonnummer des Absenders, setzt standardmäßig lediglich die LaTeX-Variable
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+telephonenum
+\family default
+.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Ort
+\family default
+ der Brieferstellung.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Datum
+\family default
+ der Brieferstellung.
+
+\family sans
+Ort
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+Datum
+\family default
+ erzeugen standardmäßig Ort und Datum in einer rechtsbündigen Zeile unterhalb
+ des Adressatenfeldes.
+ Falls ein leerer
+\family sans
+Datum
+\family default
+-Typ verwendet wird, wird unabhängig vom Wert des
+\family sans
+Ort
+\family default
+-Typs weder Ort noch Datum angezeigt.
+ Falls kein
+\family sans
+Datum
+\family default
+-Typ verwendet wird, wird das Datum der Brieferstellung verwendet.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Absender
+\family default
+: Rücksendeadresse, erscheint standardmäßig oberhalb des Adressatenfeldes
+ in kleiner serifenloser Schrift.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Versandart
+\family default
+ erscheint standardmäßig unterstrichen oberhalb des Adressatenfeldes unterhalb
+ der Rücksendeadresse.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Adresszusatz:
+\family default
+ Zusatzinformation, erscheint standardmäßig rechts unten neben dem Adressatenfel
+d.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Titel
+\family default
+: Titel des Briefes, erscheint standardmäßig in großer, fetter, serifenloser
+ Schrift oberhalb des Betreffs.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Betreff
+\family default
+ des Briefes, erscheint standardmäßig in fetter Schrift oberhalb des
+\family sans
+Anrede
+\family default
+-Ab\SpecialChar \-
+sat\SpecialChar \-
+zes.
+\layout Standard
+
+Die Typen
+\family sans
+IhrZeichen
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+IhrBrief
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+MeinZeichen
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Kunde
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+Rechnung
+\family default
+ erzeugen eine geschäftsbriefähnliche Zeile oberhalb der
+\family sans
+Titel
+\family default
+-Zeile mit den Feldern
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Ihr Zeichen
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Ihr Schreiben vom
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Unser Zeichen
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Kundennummer
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Rechnungsnummer
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ und
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Datum
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Für das Datumsfeld wird der Wert des
+\family sans
+Datum
+\family default
+-Typs verwendet.
+ Der Wert des
+\family sans
+Ort
+\family default
+-Typs wird bei Verwendung einer dieser
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Geschäftsbrieftypen
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ jedoch nicht ausgegeben, sondern es wird lediglich die LaTeX-Variable
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+fromplace
+\family default
+ gesetzt.
+ Die übliche Ausgabe von Ort und Datum rechtsbündig in einer Zeile unterhalb
+ des Adressatenfeldes entfällt.
+ Die Typen sind als Eingabetypen mit vorangestellter Marke realisiert und
+ müssen vor dem zugehörigen
+\family sans
+Anrede
+\family default
+-Typ verwendet werden.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+IhrZeichen
+\family default
+: Ihr Zeichen.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+IhrBrief
+\family default
+: Ihr Schreiben vom.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+MeinZeichen
+\family default
+: Unser Zeichen.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Kunde
+\family default
+: Kundennummer.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Rechnung
+\family default
+: Rechnungsnummer.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Die neue Briefklasse: letter (koma-script v.2)
+\layout Standard
+
+von
+\noun on
+Jürgen Spitzmüller
+\layout Standard
+
+Seit Version 2.8 kommt Koma-Script mit einer neuen Briefklasse (
+\family typewriter
+scrlttr2
+\family default
+) daher.
+ Diese ersetzt die alte
+\family typewriter
+scrlettr
+\family default
+-Klasse, welche (von den KOMA-Entwicklern) nun nicht mehr offiziell unterstützt
+ wird.
+ Die neue Briefklasse hat -- was die LaTeX-Umsetzung betrifft -- ein komplett
+ neues Konzept und ist daher nicht kompatibel mit dem Vorgänger.
+ Deshalb unterstützt LyX beide Klassen.
+\begin_inset Note
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+wirklich?
+\end_inset
+
+ Wir empfehlen jedoch den Umstieg auf die neue Briefklasse.
+\layout Standard
+
+Die neue Briefklasse deckt alle Möglichkeiten des Vorgängers ab und ergänzt
+ diese um ein paar neue.
+ Die grundlegenden Eingabetypen sind auch hier
+\family sans
+Adresse
+\family default
+ (die Empfängeradresse, die der Umgebung
+\family sans
+Brieftext
+\family default
+ in der Vorgängerklasse entspricht),
+\family sans
+Anrede
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+Grußformel
+\family default
+.
+
+\family sans
+NextAddress
+\family default
+ beginnt einen neuen Brief (das heißt Sie können mehrere Briefe pro Dokument
+ verfassen).
+ Neue Eingabetypen sind
+\family sans
+E-Mail
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+URL
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Fax
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+Bankverbindung
+\family default
+ des Absenders sowie
+\family sans
+Logo
+\family default
+, welche ein Bild für den Briefkopf (mit Hilfe von
+\family sans
+Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Grafik
+\family default
+) entgegennimmt.
+\layout Standard
+
+Der größte Vorteil der neuen Klasse ist jedoch seine Flexibilität, denn
+ das Format lässt sich an beinahe alle Bedürfnisse anpassen.
+ Dies können Sie mit Hilfe des LaTeX-Vorspanns (
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+LaT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{}
+\end_inset
+
+eX-Vorspann)
+\family default
+oder mittels einer speziellen Stildatei (einer sogenannten
+\emph on
+Letter-Class-Options
+\emph default
+-Datei mit Endung *.lco) tun, welche dann als Klassenoption eingebunden wird.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Das KOMA-Paket stellt selbst einige dieser Stildateien zur Verfügung.
+ So gibt es beispielsweise eine Datei DIN.lco, die ein Format nach DIN erstellt
+ oder auch eine Datei KOMAold.lco, die das Standard-Aussehen der alten Briefklass
+e emuliert.
+ Will man die letztere laden, kann man einfach die Klassenoption KOMAold
+ in
+\family sans
+Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Optionen
+\family default
+ eingeben.
+\end_inset
+
+ Die Vorlage
+\emph on
+koma-letter2.lyx
+\emph default
+, die in der LyX-Distribution enthalten ist, illustriert die Möglichkeiten.
+ Ausführliche Informationen entnehmen Sie bitte der KOMA-Script-Dokumentation
+ (
+\emph on
+scrguide
+\emph default
+).
+\layout Subsection
+
+Probleme
+\layout Standard
+
+Die LyX-Interna verursachen einige Probleme bei der Visualisierung der Koma-Scri
+pt-Doku\SpecialChar \-
+menten\SpecialChar \-
+klassen in LyX.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Die Kapitelnummer des
+\family sans
+Kapitel
+\family default
+-Typs steht auf einer eigenen Zeile über der Kapitelüberschrift anstatt
+ auf derselben Zeile davor.
+ Die Ursache dafür ist das LyX-interne Verhalten bei Angabe des Labeltyps
+
+\family sans
+Counter_Chapter
+\family default
+ in der Format-Datei.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Die Überschriften der Typen
+\family sans
+Addchap
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+Addsec
+\family default
+ werden nur ins
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+richtige
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ LaTeX-Inhalts\SpecialChar \-
+verzeichnis, nicht aber ins LyX-Inhaltsverzeichnis übernommen.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Die Absätze in einer
+\family sans
+letter
+\family default
+-Dokumentklasse sind standardmäßig durch vertikale Abstände und nicht durch
+ Einzüge getrennt.
+ Dafür sind keine speziellen LaTeX-Befehle nötig.
+ Im Menüfenster
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+o\SpecialChar \-
+ku\SpecialChar \-
+ment
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+\SpecialChar ~
+steht jedoch der entsprechende Schaltknopf für
+\family sans
+Absatztrennung
+\family default
+ auf
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+inrückung
+\family default
+.
+ Der Wert
+\family sans
+Abstand
+\family default
+ hat immer den Effekt, daß der vertikale Abstand durch extra LaTeX-Befehle
+ im Dokument erzeugt wird, was in diesem Fall aber nicht gewünscht ist.
+\layout Section
+
+Springer-Zeitschriften (
+\family sans
+svjour
+\family default
+)
+\layout Standard
+
+von
+\noun on
+Martin Vermeer
+\layout Subsection
+
+Beschreibung
+\layout Standard
+
+Dies sind Format-Dateien für einige Zeitschriftenformate, die vom Springer-Verla
+g verwendet und auf
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.springer.de/author/tex/help-journals.html}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ aufgelistet werden, wo Sie auch die Klassen-Dateien bekommen sollten.
+ Es ist ein modulares System: die allen Zeitschriften gemeinsamen Dinge
+ sind in
+\family typewriter
+svjour.inc
+\family default
+ implementiert.
+ Diese Datei kann in zeitschriftenabhängigen Format-Dateien wie zum Beispiel
+
+\family typewriter
+svjog.layout
+\family default
+ für das Journal of Geodesy enthalten sein.
+\layout Standard
+
+Das bedeutet, daß die Implementierung der Unterstützung für irgendeine andere
+ Springer-Zeit\SpecialChar \-
+schrift so einfach ist als würden Sie Ihre eigene
+\family typewriter
+sv<
+\family default
+meineZeitschrift
+\family typewriter
+>.layout
+\family default
+-Datei schreiben, indem Sie dem Grundriß von
+\family typewriter
+svjog.layout
+\family default
+ folgen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Sie wurde nur für das Journal of Geodesy ausreichend getestet.
+
+\family typewriter
+svjour
+\family default
+ und
+\family typewriter
+svjog
+\family default
+ sind Bestandteil der LyX-Standarddistribution.
+ Installieren Sie die benötigten Klassen-Dateien, die Sie bei Springer herunterg
+eladen haben, in ein geeignetes Verzeichnis, konfigurieren LaTeX im teTeX-Fall
+ mit
+\family typewriter
+texhash
+\family default
+, wenn nötig als root -- kümmert sich LyX nicht darum?) und LyX neu, und
+ es sollte funktionieren.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Neue Stile
+\layout Standard
+
+Eine große Zahl an theoremähnlichen Stilen --
+\family sans
+Claim
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Conjecture
+\family default
+, \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\family sans
+Theorem.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Headnote, Dedication, Subtitle, Running_LaT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{}
+\end_inset
+
+eX_Titel, Autor_Running, Institute, Mail, Offprints, Keywords, Ac\SpecialChar \-
+knowledgements,
+ Acknowledgement
+\family default
+.
+ Sehen Sie sich die Dokumentation der Springer-Klassen-Dateien für Einzelheiten
+ an.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Unterstützte Zeitschriften
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\emph on
+Journal of Geodesy
+\emph default
+:
+\family typewriter
+svjog.layout
+\family default
+ -- Martin Vermeer
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\emph on
+Probability Theory and Related Fields
+\emph default
+:
+\family typewriter
+svprobth.layout
+\family default
+ -- Jean-Marc Lasgouttes
+\layout Standard
+
+Fügen Sie Ihre eigene hinzu, es ist nicht so schwer!
+\layout Subsection
+
+Danksagung
+\layout Standard
+
+Diese Dateien basieren teilweise auf der älteren
+\family typewriter
+ejour2.layout
+\family default
+-Datei, die wiederum auf einer zusammengeschusterten Stildatei von Springer
+ für LaTeX 2.09 basiert.
+ All dies und das
+\family typewriter
+ejour2
+\family default
+-Format funktionieren jetzt nicht mehr.
+ Jean-Marc Lasgouttes hat mir sehr geholfen, den Format\SpecialChar \-
+datei-Mechanismus
+ von LyX zu verstehen.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Fehler
+\layout Standard
+
+Wahrscheinlich.
+ Aber wahrscheinlich weniger als im alten zusammengeschusterten LaTeX
+\family typewriter
+ejour2
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Beschränkungen: es zeigt die Anzahl der theoremähnlichen Formate nicht an,
+ nur #.
+\layout Section
+
+AGU journals (aguplus)
+\layout Standard
+
+von
+\noun on
+Martin Vermeer
+\layout Subsection
+
+Beschreibung
+\layout Standard
+
+Dies sind die Formatdateien für einige Journale der American Geophysical
+ Society.
+ Es wird vorausgesetzt, daß Sie sowohl AGUs Klassendateien als auch AGUplus
+ installiert haben (Sie finden beides unter
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ftp.agu.org/journals/latex/journals}
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+\layout Subsection
+
+Neue Umgebungen
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Paragraph
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+Paragraph*
+\family default
+ wurden neu definiert.
+ In LyX werden sie weiterhin so genannt, obwohl ihre LaTeX-Äquivalente in
+ den AGU-Klasse
+\family sans
+Unterunterabschn
+\family default
+.
+ und
+\family sans
+Unterunterabschn
+\family default
+* sind.
+\layout Standard
+
+Neu definierte Umgebungen sind
+\family sans
+Left_Header
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Right_Header
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Received
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Revised
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Accepted
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+CCC
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+PaperId
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+AuthorAddr
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+SlugComment
+\family default
+.
+ Dies sind meist Manuskriptattribute und in der AGU-Do\SpecialChar \-
+ku\SpecialChar \-
+men\SpecialChar \-
+ta\SpecialChar \-
+tion definiert.
+\layout Standard
+
+Ich befürchte, daß sie noch sehr unvollständig ist.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Neue Gleitobjekte
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Planotable
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+Plate
+\family default
+.
+ Außerdem gibt es eine neues Tabellen-Gleitobjekt.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Unterstützte Journale
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\emph on
+Journal of Geophysical Research
+\emph default
+:
+\family typewriter
+jgrga.layout
+\family default
+ --- Martin Vermeer
+\layout Standard
+
+Fügen Sie Ihr eigenes hinzu, es ist nicht so schwer! Sehen Sie sich die
+ Beispiele
+\family typewriter
+jgrga.layout
+\family default
+ und
+\family typewriter
+aguplus.inc
+\family default
+ an.
+\layout Section
+
+EGS journals (egs)
+\layout Standard
+
+von
+\noun on
+Martin Vermeer
+\layout Subsection
+
+Beschreibung
+\layout Standard
+
+Dies ist die Formatdatei für die Journale der European Geophysical Society.
+ Die benötigte Datei
+\family typewriter
+egs.cls
+\family default
+ kann von der EGS-Internetseite (
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{www.copernicus.org}
+
+\end_inset
+
+) heruntergeladen.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Neue Umgebungen
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Right_address
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Latex_Title
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Affil
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Journal
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+msnumber
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+FirstAuthor
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Received
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Accepted
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Offsets
+\family default
+.
+ Die gültige Formatdatei ist leider nicht sehr modular aufgebaut und würde
+ davon profitieren, wenn sie die verschiedenen
+\family typewriter
+std*.inc
+\family default
+-Dateien benutzen würde.
+\layout Section
+
+Folien [S
+\noun on
+li
+\noun default
+TeX]
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:slitex}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+von
+\noun on
+John Weiss
+\noun default
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+Einleitung
+\layout Standard
+
+In diesem Abschnitt wird beschrieben, wie Sie mit LyX Folien für Überkopf-Projek
+toren erstellen können.
+ Es gibt zwei verschiedene Dokumentklassen, mit denen Sie dies realisieren
+ können: Die normale Klasse
+\family sans
+slides\SpecialChar ~
+(default)
+\family default
+ sowie die Klasse
+\family sans
+FoilTe
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{}
+\end_inset
+
+X slides
+\family default
+.
+ In diesem Abschnitt soll es um die erste der beiden gehen.
+\layout Standard
+\align center
+
+\series bold
+Dieser Abschnitt beschreibt
+\emph on
+ausschließlich
+\emph default
+ die Klasse ,,
+\family sans
+slides (default)
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Falls Sie die Dokumentation für die Klasse ,,
+\family sans
+slides (FoilTe
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+{
+\end_inset
+
+X
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+}
+\end_inset
+
+)
+\family default
+`` suchen, lesen Sie bitte Abschnitt
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:foiltex}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Die neuere Dokumentklasse
+\family sans
+slides (FoilTe
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{}
+\end_inset
+
+X
+\family default
+) ist in einigen Punkten besser als die normale Klasse
+\family sans
+slides,
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+ das sagen jedenfalls diejenigen, die beide Pakete ausprobiert haben.
+ Wir geben das so unkommentiert weiter.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ die in diesem Abschnitt beschrieben wird.
+\layout Standard
+
+Diese Klasse ist die verbesserte LaTeX2e-Version des alten Paketes
+\family sans
+\noun on
+Sli
+\noun default
+T
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{}
+\end_inset
+
+eX
+\family default
+.
+ Sie gehört zum Standardumfang jeder LaTeX2e-Distribution.
+ Im folgenden ist dieses Paket gemeint, wenn von der Klasse
+\family sans
+slides
+\family default
+ gesprochen wird.
+ Wie bereits erwähnt gibt es noch andere Klassen, mit denen ebenfalls Folien
+ erzeugt werden können, die diese Aufgabe teilweise sogar besser erledigen.
+ Einige Dinge sind aber nur mit der normalen Klasse
+\family sans
+slides
+\family default
+ möglich.
+ Dazu gleich mehr.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Zu Beginn
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:Slidestart}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Als erstes müssen Sie im Dialogfeld
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+okument\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Format
+\family default
+ die
+\family sans
+Dokumentklasse
+\family default
+
+\family sans
+slides\SpecialChar ~
+(de\SpecialChar \-
+fault)
+\family default
+ auswählen.
+ Einige zusätzliche Dinge sollten Sie zu dieser Dokumentklasse wissen:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Verändern Sie nicht die Einstellungen für
+\family sans
+Format
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+Spalten
+\family default
+.
+ Dies wird von der Klasse
+\family sans
+slides
+\family default
+ nicht unterstützt.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Die möglichen Einstellungen im Feld
+\family sans
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+eitenstil
+\family default
+ des Dialogfensters
+\family sans
+Einstellungen\SpecialChar ~
+Dokument
+\family default
+ unterscheiden sich etwas von dem normalen Verhalten.
+ Sie können unter folgenden Versionen wählen:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+default
+\family default
+\series default
+ ???
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+plain
+\family default
+\series default
+ Die Folien enthalten die Seitennummer in der rechten unteren Ecke.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+headings
+\family default
+\series default
+ Ähnlich wie
+\family sans
+plain
+\family default
+, es werden aber zusätzlich auch eingegebene Zeitmarken ausgegeben.
+ Dies ist die Standardeinstellung.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+empty
+\family default
+\series default
+ Die Seite enthält weder eine Seitennumerierung noch Zeit- oder andere Marken.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Die Klasse
+\family sans
+slides
+\family default
+ unterstützt eine weitere Option,
+\family typewriter
+clock
+\family default
+.
+ Um sie zu verwenden, geben Sie ,,clock`` im Feld
+\family sans
+\bar under
+O
+\bar default
+ptionen
+\family default
+ des Dialogfensters
+\family sans
+Einstellungen\SpecialChar ~
+Dokument
+\family default
+ ein.
+ Damit können Sie Zeitmarken für Ihren Vortrag einfügen.
+ Näheres dazu in Abschnitt
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:SlideNote}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Sie können auch die Vorlage
+\family typewriter
+slides.lyx
+\family default
+ verwenden, um automatisch ein Dokument der Klasse
+\family sans
+slides
+\family default
+ zu erstellen (benutzen Sie dazu
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Neu\SpecialChar ~
+von\SpecialChar ~
+
+\bar under
+V
+\bar default
+orlage
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+, um ein neues Dokument zu öffnen).
+ Die Vorlage enthält auch ein paar Beispiele für besondere Absatzumgebungen,
+ die in dieser Klasse verwendet werden können.
+ Diese werden in den folgenden Abschnitten beschrieben.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Absatzumgebungen
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Unterstützte Umgebungen
+\layout Standard
+
+Das erste, was Ihnen bei einem Dokument der Klasse
+\family sans
+slides
+\family default
+ vermutlich auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
+fällt ist der Zeichensatz.
+ Die Standardeinstellung entspricht der Größe
+\family sans
+Groß\SpecialChar ~
+3
+\family default
+ im Zeichensatz
+\family sans
+Sans\SpecialChar ~
+Serif
+\family default
+.
+ Diese Einstellung wird auch bei der Ausgabe verwendet.
+ Sehen Sie es als
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+visuellen Hinweis
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ an, daß Sie gerade ein Folien-Dokument bearbeiten.
+ Da der Zeichensatz in der Druckausgabe viel größer ist, steht Ihnen auf
+ der Seite weniger Platz zur Verfügung, denken Sie bei der Planung daran!
+\layout Standard
+
+Der nächste Unterschied betrifft die Auswahlbox mit den Absatzumgebungen
+ (ganz links in der Werkzeugleiste).
+ Die meisten der gewohnten Einstellungen fehlen dort, dafür gibt es fünf
+ neue Einträge.
+ Das liegt daran, daß von der Klasse
+\family sans
+slides
+\family default
+ lediglich die folgenden Typen unterstützt werden:
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Open
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+begin{multicols}{3}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Standard
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Auflistung
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Aufzählung
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Beschreibung
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Liste
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Zitat (lang)
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Zitat (kurz)
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Gedicht
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Beschriftung
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Ly
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+{
+\end_inset
+
+X
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+}
+\end_inset
+
+-Code
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Kommentar
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Open
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+end{multicols}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Alle anderen Typen, einschließlich der verschiedenen Abschnittsüberschriften,
+ werden von der Klasse
+\family sans
+slides
+\family default
+ nicht benutzt.
+\layout Standard
+
+Dafür gibt es folgende neue Umgebungstypen:
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Open
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+begin{multicols}{3}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Slide
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Hinweis
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+UnsichtbarerText
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+SichtbarerText
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Open
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+end{multicols}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Aufgrund einer Besonderheit von LyX sind diese fünf etwas kniff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
+lig zu benutzen:
+ In LyX ist es nicht möglich, eine Absatzumgebung in einer anderen, leeren
+ Umgebung einzubetten.
+ Das ist zwar im Normalfall äußerst klug, bedeutet aber, daß Sie eine Folie
+ ausschließlich mit normalem Text beginnen könnten.
+ Deshalb ist ein wenig
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+LaTeX-Magie
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ nötig.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Kniffe mit den neuen Absatzumgebungen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:Slide-Kniffe}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Wie gerade erwähnt kann in LyX eine Absatzumgebung nicht mit einer anderen,
+ eingebetteten Umgebung beginnen.
+ Aus diesem Grund ist der Typ
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+ keine normale Absatzumgebung, wie sie im
+\emph on
+Benutzerhandbuch
+\emph default
+ beschrieben wird.
+\layout Standard
+
+Betrachten Sie
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+Hinweis
+\family default
+ als
+\emph on
+Pseudo-Umgebungen
+\emph default
+.
+ Sie sehen zwar aus wie Abschnittsüberschriften oder eine
+\family sans
+Beschriftung
+\family default
+, beginnen aber eine Absatzumgebung (und beenden gegebenenfalls eine vorangehend
+e).
+ In der gleichen Weise stellen
+\family sans
+UnsichtbarerText
+\family default
+und
+\family sans
+SichtbarerText
+\family default
+eine Art
+\emph on
+Pseudo-Befehl
+\emph default
+ dar, denn diese beiden führen etwas aus.
+\layout Standard
+
+Eine Gemeinsamkeit dieser fünf Umgebungstypen ist, daß sie sehr lange Marken
+ besitzen.
+ Der Text nach dieser Marke --- normalerweise der Inhalt der Absatzumgebung
+ --- ist für die Typen
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Hinweis
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+UnsichtbarerText
+\family default
+und
+\family sans
+SichtbarerText
+\family default
+ unbedeutend, LyX ignoriert ihn völlig.
+ Sie können diese Umgebungen also auch ganz leer lassen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Vielleicht möchten Sie aber dennoch etwas Text hinter die Marken schreiben,
+ beispielsweise eine kurze Beschreibung des Inhaltes der aktuellen Folie.
+ In diesem Fall können Sie den Text wie gewohnt eingeben und mit
+\family sans
+Eingabe
+\family default
+ abschließen.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Erstellen einer Präsentation mit
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+Hinweis
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Die
+\family sans
+Slide-
+\family default
+Umgebung benutzen
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Sie erwarten, daß wir Ihnen in diesem Kapitel zeigen, wie Sie eine
+ gute Präsentation erstellen, werden Sie enttäuscht sein.
+ Selbstverständlich werden wir Ihnen alle Möglichkeiten und Hilfen erläutern,
+ die Ihnen die Textklasse
+\family sans
+Slides
+\family default
+ dazu zur Verfügung stellt, doch für den Inhalt und die Zusammenstellung
+ sind Sie selbst verantwortlich (denn genau
+\emph on
+das
+\emph default
+ ist ja die Philosophie von LyX).
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Sie (wie in Abschnitt
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:Slide-Kniffe}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ beschrieben) den Umgebungstyp
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+ einstellen, beginnt LyX mit einer neuen Folie.
+ Die Marke für diese Umgebung ist eine blaue Linie und an deren Ende (ebenfalls
+ in Blau) der Schriftzug
+\family typewriter
+NewSlide:
+\family default
+.
+ Alle Absätze, die auf diese Zeile folgen, werden auf die neue Folie geschrieben.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Folien sind vermutlich die einzigen Dokumente, bei denen Sie in LyX explizit
+ Seitenenden angeben müssen, nämlich dann, wenn Sie allen Text für eine
+ Folie eingegeben haben.
+ Falls Sie mehr Text eingegeben haben, als tatsächlich auf eine Folie paßt,
+ wird der Text zwar automatisch auf eine neue Folie umgebrochen, doch dieses
+ Vorgehen ist nicht ratsam, da diese zusätzliche Seite keinerlei Seitennummern
+ usw.\SpecialChar ~
+enthält.
+ Darüberhinaus kann es zu Problemen führen, wenn Sie den Umgebungstyp
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+ verwenden, um übergroße Folien zu erstellen.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+Hinweis
+\family default
+ funktionieren genauso wie
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+.
+ Auch sie erzeugen in LyX eine Linie, gefolgt von den Schriftzügen
+\family typewriter
+\noun on
+NewOverlay
+\noun default
+:
+\family default
+ und
+\family typewriter
+\emph on
+NewNote:
+\family default
+\emph default
+.
+ Lediglich die Farbe (magenta statt blau), Form und Länge der Linien sowie
+ der verwendete Zeichensatz sind unterschiedlich.
+\layout Standard
+
+Wie auch bei
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+ wird der Text in
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+Note
+\family default
+ automatisch auf eine neue Seite umgebrochen, falls er zu lang wird.
+ Aber auch hier sollten Sie das vermeiden -- es macht die Wirkung von
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+Note
+\family default
+ zunichte.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Die
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+- mit der
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+-Umgebung benutzen
+\layout Standard
+
+Der Sinn eines
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+ ist eine Folie, die man
+\emph on
+auf
+\emph default
+ eine andere Folie legt.
+ Vielleicht wollen Sie eine Abbildung zunächst erläutern, bevor Sie den
+ zugehörigen Text zeigen.
+ Das geht natürlich, indem Sie über den Text zunächst ein Blatt Papier legen.
+ Das funktioniert aber bereits nicht mehr, wenn Sie zwei Graphen zum Vergleich
+ übereinanderlegen wollen.
+ Sie müssen dann, während Sie reden, mit den beiden Folien herumfummeln,
+ um die beiden Abbildungen genau zur Deckung zu bringen.
+ Die Verwendung eines
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+ macht Ihr Leben in diesen Fällen viel einfacher.
+\layout Standard
+
+Jedes
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+ erhält als Seitennummer diejenige seiner vorangehenden Folie, erweitert
+ um den Anhang
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+-a
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Mehrere
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+s bekämen dann
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+-b
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+-c
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ usw.\SpecialChar ~
+an die ursprüngliche Seitenzahl angehängt.
+\end_inset
+
+ Natürlich sollten der Inhalt von ursprünglicher Seite und Overlay jeweils
+ auf eine einzige Seite passen.
+ Am besten sehen Sie ein
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+ als
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Teil
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ eines
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+ an.
+ LyX deutet das am Bildschirm dadurch an, daß die Marke zu Beginn eines
+
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+ kürzer ist als bei
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+.
+ Und als letztes werden Sie beim Betrachten des Ausdruckes feststellen,
+ daß sowohl auf dem
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+ als auch auf dem
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+ in allen vier Ecken kleine Markierungen aufgedruckt sind, die Ihnen das
+ Aufeinanderlegen der Folien erleichtern sollen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Das Hauptproblem bei aufeinanderliegenden Folien ist die Ausrichtung des
+ Inhaltes beider Folien.
+ Wie viel Platz soll man für die Abbildung auf der anderen Folie freilassen?
+ Oder, noch schlimmer, wie soll man erreichen, daß auf der ersten Folie
+ eine Abbildung und etwas Text ist, und auf der zweiten Folie zusätzlicher
+ Text
+\emph on
+zwischen
+\emph default
+ diesen eingefügt werden soll? Sie könnten natürlich versuchen, mit unterschiedl
+ich großen vertikalen Abständen herumzuprobieren, bis es paßt, doch in
+\family sans
+Invisible\SpecialChar ~
+Text
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+Visible\SpecialChar ~
+Text
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Wie die Namen andeuten, handelt es sich bei
+\family sans
+UnsichtbarerText
+\family default
+und
+\family sans
+SichtbarerText
+\family default
+ um zwei befehlsähnliche Absatzumgebungen, den folgenden Text aus- und einzublen
+den.
+ Denken Sie aber wie in Abschnitt
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:Slide-Kniffe}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ erwähnt daran, keinen Text
+\emph on
+in
+\emph default
+ diese Umgebungen einzufügen.
+ Wenn Sie
+\family sans
+UnsichtbarerText
+\family default
+ schreiben, wird als Marke der Schriftzug
+\family typewriter
+<Invisible Text Follows>
+\family default
+ zentriert in Himmelblau über den Absatz geschrieben.
+ Dieser wird dann im Drucktext nicht ausgegeben, belegt aber genau den Platz,
+ den er (normal gesetzt) einnehmen würde.
+\layout Standard
+
+Für
+\family sans
+Visible\SpecialChar ~
+Text
+\family default
+ lautet die Marke
+\family typewriter
+<Visible Text Follows>
+\family default
+, sie wird in hellgrün ausgegeben.
+ Die folgenden Absätze werden unverändert gedruckt.
+ Übrigens beendet auch ein neues
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+ oder
+\family sans
+Note
+\family default
+ automatisch den unsichtbaren Textmodus, Sie müssen ihn also nicht am Ende
+ einer Folie explizit mit einem
+\family sans
+SichtbarerText
+\family default
+ beenden.
+\layout Standard
+
+Inzwischen sollte klar sein, wie Sie eine solche zusammengesetzte Folie
+ unter Zuhilfenahme von
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+(Un)sichtbarerText
+\family default
+ erstellen:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Erstellen Sie ein
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+-Folie, der alles enthält, das auf den beiden Teilfolien erscheinen soll.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Vor jedem Bild oder Absatz, die nur auf der
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+-Folie erscheinen soll, fügen Sie eine
+\family sans
+Invisible\SpecialChar ~
+Text
+\family default
+-Umgebung ein.
+ Wenn nötig, fügen Sie nach dem für die
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+-Folie bestimmten Text eine
+\family sans
+Visible\SpecialChar ~
+Text
+\family default
+-Umgebung ein.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Legen Sie danach eine
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+-Folie an.
+
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Kopieren Sie den Inhalt der
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+-Folie in die Overlay-Folie.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Vertauschen Sie auf der
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+-Folie
+\family sans
+Sichtbar
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+unsichtbar
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Das ist bereits alles, Sie haben gerade eine
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+-Folie erstellt.
+\layout Standard
+
+Ein Nachteil bleibt noch bei der Art, in der die
+\family sans
+Slides
+\family default
+-Textklasse in LyX implementiert wurde: es ist nicht möglich, Text innerhalb
+ eines Absatzes unsichtbar zu machen, oder innerhalb eines unsichtbaren
+ Absatzes ein Textstück wieder sichtbar zu machen.
+ Das ist zwar prinzipiell möglich, dazu benötigen Sie aber einige Befehle
+ im LaTeX-Modus.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Diese Befehle sind
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+{
+\backslash
+invisible \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+}
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+{
+\backslash
+visible \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+)
+\layout Standard
+
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+\SpecialChar ~
+und müssen als ERTs markiert werden.
+ Der Text, der unsichtbar oder sichtbar gemacht werden soll, muß innerhalb
+ der Klammern anstelle der Punkte eingefügt werden.
+ Weitere Informationen zum Einfügen von ERTs finden Sie im
+\emph on
+Benutzerhandbuch
+\emph default
+.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Die
+\family sans
+Hinweis
+\family default
+- mit der
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+-Umgebung benutzen
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:SlideNote}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Wie
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+ ist auch
+\family sans
+Hinweis
+\family default
+ der
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+-Folie zugeordnet.
+ Dies wird wiederum von LyX durch die Art der Marke visualisiert: Kürzer
+ als diejenige eines
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+, aber etwas länger als die eines
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+, aber ebenfalls in Magenta.
+ Eine
+\family sans
+Hinweis
+\family default
+-Folie trägt dieselbe Seitennummer wie die zugehörige Slide-Folie, es wird
+ lediglich ein
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+-1
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+-2
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ usw.\SpecialChar ~
+angehängt.
+ Es sind mehrere
+\family sans
+Hinweis
+\family default
+e je Folie möglich.
+ Auch hier sollten Sie darauf achten, daß der Inhalt einer Folie auch wirklich
+ darauf Platz hat, um einen automatischen Seitenumbruch zu verhindern.
+\layout Standard
+
+Der Sinn eines
+\family sans
+Hinweis
+\family default
+es ist offensichtlich: Sie enthält all das, was Sie zu einer
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+-Folie zusätzlich sagen wollen.
+ Sie können sie auch als eine Art Merkzettel zu einer Folie verwenden, in
+ diesem Fall wollen Sie eventuell auch Zeitmarken verwenden.
+ Diese besondere Fähigkeit des
+\noun on
+Sli
+\noun default
+TeX-Paketes wird derzeit von LyX nicht unterstützt, Sie müssen also auf
+ eingefügte LaTeX-Befehle zurückgreifen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Um Zeitmarken verwenden zu können, müssen Sie die zusätzliche Option
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+clock
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ angeben (siehe Abschnitt
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:Slidestart}
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ Diese Option aktiviert die Zeitmarken, sie werden in der linken unteren
+ Ecke jeder
+\family sans
+Hinweis
+\family default
+-Folie ausgegeben.
+ Um den ausgegebenen Wert zu verändern müssen Sie die LaTeX-Befehle
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+settime{}
+\family default
+ und
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+addtime{}
+\family default
+ verwenden.
+ Die Argumente für beide Befehle müssen in Sekunden angegeben werden.
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+settime{}
+\family default
+ stellt die Zeitmarke auf den angegebenen Wert,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+addtime{}
+\family default
+ erhöht ihn um den entsprechenden Betrag.
+ Auf diese Weise können Sie sich mit Zeitmarken und
+\family sans
+Note
+\family default
+s einen Zeitrahmen festlegen und wissen immer genau, wieviel Zeit Sie für
+ eine Folie zur Verfügung haben.
+\layout Standard
+
+Bleibt noch ein letztes Problem: Natürlich wollen Sie alle Ihre
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+s und
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+s auf Folien ausdrucken, die
+\family sans
+Hinweis
+\family default
+e dagegen auf Papier.
+ Nun sind diese im Dokument aber abwechselnd angeordnet.
+ Was kann man da machen?
+\layout Standard
+
+Glücklicherweise gibt es zwei LaTeX-Befehle, mit denen Sie festlegen können,
+ was wirklich ausgedruckt werden soll.
+ Beide müssen im LaTeX-Vorspann eingefügt werden.
+ Der Befehl
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+onlyslides{
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+""
+\end_inset
+
+
+\backslash
+slides}
+\family default
+ bewirkt, daß nur die Folien gedruckt werden, mit
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+onlynotes{
+\backslash
+notes}
+\family default
+ können Sie die Notizen ausdrucken.
+ Am besten lassen Sie beide Befehle im Vorspann stehen und kommentieren
+ zunächst beide aus.
+ Dann können Sie in der
+\family typewriter
+dvi
+\family default
+-Vorschau alle Seiten betrachten.
+ Zum Ausdrucken können Sie dann jeweils eine der Zeilen aktivieren und die
+ Dateien entweder sofort drucken oder aber in zwei getrennten PostScript®-Dateie
+n speichern.
+\layout Standard
+
+Für die LaTeX-Befehle
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+onlyslides{}
+\family default
+ und
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+onlynotes{}
+\family default
+ sind auch noch weitere Argumente möglich.
+ Näheres dazu finden Sie in jedem guten LaTeX-Buch.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Die Vorlagedatei für die
+\family sans
+slides-
+\family default
+Klasse
+\layout Standard
+
+Es existiert auch eine Vorlagedatei, die Sie als Grundgerüst für eigene
+ Präsentationen verwenden können.
+ Legen Sie dazu Ihre neue Datei über den Menüpunkt
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Neu\SpecialChar ~
+von\SpecialChar ~
+
+\bar under
+V
+\bar default
+orlage\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+\SpecialChar ~
+
+\family default
+an und wählen Sie als Vorlage die Datei
+\family typewriter
+slides.lyx
+\family default
+.
+ Diese Datei enthält ein Beispiel aus
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+Hinweis
+\family default
+.
+
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+ enthalten außerdem ein Beispiel für die Verwendung von sichtbarem und unsichtba
+rem Text.
+ Im LaTeX-Vorspann sind außerdem die folgenden Einträge vorhanden:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+% Uncomment to print out only slides and overlays
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+%
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+%
+\backslash
+onlyslides{
+\backslash
+slides}
+\newline
+
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+% Uncomment to print out only notes
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+%
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+%
+\backslash
+onlynotes{
+\backslash
+notes}
+\layout Standard
+
+Eine letzte Bemerkung: Diese LyX-Textklasse wurde geschaffen, um die
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\noun on
+Sli
+\noun default
+TeX-Emu\SpecialChar \-
+lation
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ von LaTeX2e zu unterstützen.
+ Dies soll keine Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
+forderung sein, genau diese Klasse zu verwenden, es
+ gibt auch noch andere Dokumentklassen, um Folien zu erstellen, wie etwa
+
+\family sans
+Foils
+\family default
+ (siehe Abschnitt\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:foiltex}
+
+\end_inset
+
+) oder das Paket
+\family typewriter
+seminar
+\family default
+, das in manchen TeX-Distributionen mitgeliefert wird.
+ Das letztere wird allerdings von LyX noch nicht unterstützt.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Vielleicht wollen Sie diese Aufgabe übernehmen\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ Kurz gesagt: Probieren Sie aus, was da ist, und entscheiden Sie dann.
+ Wir werden keine Aussage für oder gegen eines der Pakete machen.
+\layout Section
+
+Folien [
+\family sans
+\noun on
+Foil
+\family default
+TeX
+\noun default
+]
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:foiltex}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+Einleitung
+\layout Standard
+
+von
+\noun on
+Allan Rae
+\layout Standard
+
+In diesem Abschnitt wird beschrieben, wie Sie mit LyX Folien für Überkopf-Projek
+toren erstellen können.
+ Es gibt zwei verschiedene Dokumentklassen, mit denen Sie dies realisieren
+ können: Die normale Klasse
+\family sans
+slides
+\family default
+ sowie die Klasse
+\family sans
+FoilTe
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+{
+\end_inset
+
+X
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+}
+\end_inset
+
+ slides
+\family default
+.
+ In diesem Abschnitt soll es um letztere gehen.
+\layout Standard
+\align center
+
+\series bold
+Dieser Abschnitt beschreibt ausschließlich die Klasse
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+slides (FoilTe
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+{
+\end_inset
+
+X
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+}
+\end_inset
+
+)
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Falls Sie die Dokumentation für die Klasse
+\family sans
+slides (default)
+\family default
+ suchen, lesen Sie bitte Abschnitt
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:slitex}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Bietet Ihnen LyX die
+\family sans
+foils
+\family default
+-Klasse (
+\family sans
+slides (FoilTe
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+{
+\end_inset
+
+X
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+}
+\end_inset
+
+))
+\family default
+ nicht an, ist das entsprechende LaTeX-Paket vermutlich nicht auf Ihrem
+ Rechner installiert.
+ In diesem Fall müssen Sie das Paket installieren oder die Klasse
+\family sans
+slides (default)
+\family default
+, die nicht ganz so gut ist, verwenden.
+\layout Standard
+
+Die LyX-Dokumentklasse
+\family sans
+slides (FoilTe
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+{
+\end_inset
+
+X
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+}
+\end_inset
+
+)
+\family default
+ basiert auf der Version 2.1 der Klassendatei
+\family typewriter
+foils.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+""
+\end_inset
+
+cls
+\family default
+, die inzwischen fester Bestandteil von LaTeX2e ist.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Zu Beginn
+\layout Standard
+
+Als erstes müssen Sie im Dialogfeld
+\family sans
+\bar under
+K
+\bar default
+lasse
+\family default
+ im Menüfenster
+\family sans
+Einstellungen\SpecialChar ~
+Dokument
+\family default
+ die Klasse
+\family sans
+slides\SpecialChar ~
+(FoilTe
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+{
+\end_inset
+
+X
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+}
+\end_inset
+
+)
+\family default
+ auswählen.
+ Einige zusätzliche Dinge sollten Sie zu den Einstellungsmöglichkeiten für
+ diese Dokumentklasse wissen:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Verändern Sie nicht die Einstellungen für
+\family sans
+Format
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+Spalten
+\family default
+.
+ Dies wird von der Klasse
+\family sans
+foils
+\family default
+ nicht unterstützt.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Die Standardschriftgröße ist 20pt, alternativ sind 17pt, 15pt und 30pt möglich.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Der Standardzeichensatz ist
+\family sans
+Sans\SpecialChar ~
+Serif
+\family default
+, allerdings werden alle mathematischen Formeln weiterhin in der Schrift
+
+\family sans
+Roman
+\family default
+ gesetzt.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Foil
+\family default
+TeX unterstützt die Papierformate
+\family sans
+A4
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+Letter
+\family default
+ sowie eine spezielle Größe für 35
+\begin_inset Formula $\,$
+\end_inset
+
+mm Dias.
+ Die Seitenformate
+\family sans
+A5
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+B5
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Legal
+\family default
+ oder
+\family sans
+Executive
+\family default
+ werden nicht unterstützt.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Die Einstellung
+\family sans
+Gleitobjekt-Platzierung
+\family default
+ wird ignoriert.
+ Alle Gleitobjekte erscheinen genau da, wo sie eingefügt werden.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Die Einstellung
+\family sans
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+eitenstil
+\family default
+ weicht ein wenig vom normalen Verhalten ab.
+
+\family sans
+Foil
+\family default
+TeX bietet Unterstützung für diverse Kopf- und Fußzeilen sowie benutzerdefiniert
+e Logos.
+ Näheres dazu im Abschnitt
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:foilfoot}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Die erste Seite wird
+\emph on
+immer
+\emph default
+ ohne Seitennummer ausgegeben und enthält
+\emph on
+immer
+\emph default
+ das Logo -- falls eines definiert ist -- zentriert unten auf der Seite.
+ Mögliche Einstellungen für das Seitenformat sind:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+empty
+\family default
+ Keinerlei Seitennumerierung, Kopf- oder Fußzeilen außer Fußnoten, falls
+ diese verwendet werden.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+plain
+\family default
+ Seitennummer zentriert unten auf der Seite, aber keine Kopf- oder Fußzeilen
+ außer Fußnoten.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+foilheadings
+\family default
+ Dies ist die Standardeinstellung.
+ Seitennummer unten rechts.
+ Kopf- und Fußzeilen werden ausgegeben.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+fancy
+\family default
+ Damit bekommen Sie Zugriff auf das Paket
+\family typewriter
+fancyhdr
+\family default
+.
+ Allerdings rät der Autor von
+\family sans
+Foil
+\family default
+TeX von dessen Verwendung ab, da es zu Konflikten im Format kommen kann.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Weitere Optionen
+\layout Standard
+
+Die folgenden Optionen können Sie im Feld
+\family sans
+\bar under
+O
+\bar default
+ptionen
+\family default
+ im Menüfenster
+\family sans
+Einstellungen\SpecialChar ~
+Dokument
+\family default
+ verwenden:
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
+
+35mmSlide Damit wird das Seitenformat auf 18,62
+\begin_inset Formula $\times$
+\end_inset
+
+27,94
+\begin_inset Formula $\,$
+\end_inset
+
+mm eingestellt.
+ Dies ist dasselbe Seitenverhältnis wie bei einem 35\SpecialChar ~
+mm Dia, wodurch die
+ Arbeit mit diesem Medium erleichtert wird.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
+
+headrule Erzeugt einen Strich unter der Kopfzeile jeder Seite außer der
+ Titelseite.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
+
+footrule Erzeugt einen Strich über der Fußzeile jeder Seite außer der Titelseite.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
+
+dvips Diese Option wird automatisch aktiviert, wenn Sie ein neues Dokument
+ der Klasse
+\family sans
+foils
+\family default
+ anlegen.
+ Diese Option sagt
+\family sans
+Foil
+\family default
+TeX, den dvips-Treiber zu verwenden, um Seiten, die im Querformat gesetzt
+ werden sollen, zu drehen.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
+
+landscape Dadurch wird lediglich das Papierformat auf Querformat eingestellt,
+ ohne die Seite zu drehen.
+ Deshalb benötigen Sie ein externes Programm, um die Seiten zu drehen, bevor
+ Sie das Dokument ausdrucken.
+ Durch diese Option wird die Bedeutung der Umgebungen
+\family sans
+Foilhead
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+Rotatefoilhead
+\family default
+ vertauscht (siehe nächster Abschnitt).
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
+
+leqno Gleichungsnumerierung auf der linken Seite.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
+
+fleqn Gleichungen werden linksbündig ausgegeben.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Unterstützte Umgebungstypen
+\layout Standard
+
+Die meisten der auch von anderen Dokumentklassen unterstützten Umgebungstypen
+ werden auch in der
+\family sans
+foils
+\family default
+-Klasse unterstützt.
+ Außerdem bietet
+\family sans
+Foil
+\family default
+TeX eine Reihe zusätzlicher Typen, und ein paar weitere werden von LyX hinzugefü
+gt.
+ Die folgenden Typen werden auch in anderen Klassen verwendet:
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Open
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+begin{multicols}{3}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Standard
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Auflistung
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Aufzählung
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Beschreibung
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Liste
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Zitat (lang)
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Zitat (kurz)
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Gedicht
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Beschriftung
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Ly
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+{
+\end_inset
+
+X
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+}
+\end_inset
+
+-Code
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Kommentar
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Aufzählung
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Description
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Titel
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Autor
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Datum
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Zusammenfassung
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Literaturliste
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Adresse
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+RightAddress
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Beschriftung
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Kommentar
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+end{multicols}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Das umfaßt alle wichtigen Umgebungstypen mit Ausnahme der diversen Abschnittsumg
+ebungen.
+ Da Folien im Prinzip selber eine Art Aufteilung in Abschnitte mit Überschrift
+ und Inhalt darstellen, gibt es für derartige Aufteilungen spezielle Befehle
+ in
+\family sans
+Foil
+\family default
+TeX, die neue Folien beginnen:
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+begin{multicols}{3}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Foilhead
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Rotatefoilhead
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+end{multicols}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Außerdem bietet LyX leicht abgeänderte Versionen dieser Umgebungen:
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+begin{multicols}{3}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+ShortFoilhead
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+ShortRotatefoilhead
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+end{multicols}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Die Unterschiede zwischen diesen beiden Typen werden im nächsten Abschnitt
+ erläutert.
+\layout Standard
+
+Da Folien oft verwendet werden, um neue Ideen und Theorien zu präsentieren,
+ bietet FoilTeX eine ganze Menge an Umgebungen um diese gut darzustellen:
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+begin{multicols}{3}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Theorem
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Lemma
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Corollary
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Proposition
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Definition
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Proof
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Theorem*
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Lemma*
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Corollary*
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Proposition*
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Definition*
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+end{multicols}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Die Umgebungen mit einem Stern am Ende des Namens sind nicht numeriert.
+ Darüberhinaus steuert LyX noch zwei Aufzählungstypen hinzu:
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+begin{multicols}{3}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+TickList
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+CrossList
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+end{multicols}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Foil
+\family default
+TeX bietet einige sehr mächtige Befehle, um Kopf- und Fußzeilen für die
+ Folien zu erzeugen, die Sie am besten im LaTeX-Vorspann einfügen.
+ Wenn Sie diese Einstellungen im Dokument ändern wollen, ist der beste Platz
+ dafür direkt am Anfang der Folie, das heißt direkt nach dem
+\family sans
+Foilhead
+\family default
+-Befehl.
+\layout Standard
+
+Hierfür gibt es die folgende Befehle [
+\shape smallcaps
+Martin Vermeer
+\shape default
+]:
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+begin{multicols}{3}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+My\SpecialChar ~
+Logo
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Restriction
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Right\SpecialChar ~
+Footer
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Right\SpecialChar ~
+Header
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Left\SpecialChar ~
+Header
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+end{multicols}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Außerdem gibt es noch eine Reihe von Befehlen in
+\family sans
+Foil
+\family default
+TeX, die von LyX nicht direkt unterstützt werden.
+ Ihre Bedeutung, und wie man sie dennoch in LyX einsetzen kann, wird in
+ Abschnitt
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:unsuppfoils}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ erläutert.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Die Erstellung eines Foliensatzes
+\layout Standard
+
+In diesem Abschnitt wird eine einfache Einführung gegeben, wie man mit den
+ diversen Umgebungstypen einen Foliensatz erstellen kann.
+ Wenn Sie ein Beispiel für einen solchen Foliensatz sehen wollen, finden
+ Sie es unter dem Namen
+\family typewriter
+Foils.lyx
+\family default
+, wenn Sie im Dialog
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Ö
+\bar under
+f
+\bar default
+fnen\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\family default
+ auf den Knopf
+\family sans
+Beispiele
+\family default
+ drücken.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Anlegen einer Titelseite
+\layout Standard
+
+Im Gegensatz zu anderen Klassen, die spezielle Umgebungen für
+\family sans
+Titel
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Autor
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Datum
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+Zusammenfassung
+\family default
+ bieten, erzeugt
+\family sans
+foils
+\family default
+ aus diesen Angaben eine eigene Titelseite.
+ Falls Sie hier kein Datum angeben, wird automatisch bei jedem LaTeX-Lauf
+ das aktuelle Datum eingefügt.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Eine neue Folie beginnen
+\layout Standard
+
+Wie bereits erwähnt gibt es insgesamt vier unterschiedliche Wege, eine neue
+ Folie zu beginnen.
+ Für Folien im Hochformat können Sie
+\family sans
+Foilhead
+\family default
+ oder
+\family sans
+ShortFoilhead
+\family default
+ verwenden.
+ Der Unterschied zwischen beiden Typen liegt im Abstand zwischen der Überschrift
+ der Folie und dem eigentlichen Text.
+\layout Standard
+
+Folien im Querformat legt man mit den Umgebungstypen
+\family sans
+Rotatefoilhead
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+ShortRotatefoilhead
+\family default
+ an.
+ Auch hier ist der Unterschied der Abstand zwischen Text und Überschrift,
+ der für die
+\family sans
+Short
+\family default
+-Versionen etwa 1
+\begin_inset Formula $\,$
+\end_inset
+
+cm geringer ist.
+\layout Standard
+
+Eine Einschränkung bei der Verwendung von Folien im Querformat ist, daß
+ hierfür das Paket
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+ benötigt wird.
+ Besitzen Sie dieses nicht, können Sie die Folien nur ausdrucken, wenn Ihr
+ Drucker die Folien auch quer einlegen kann.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Theoreme, Lemmas, Beweise und anderes
+\layout Standard
+
+Aufgrund eines kleinen Fehlers in LyX ist es nicht möglich, zwei Umgebungen
+ desselben Typs direkt hin\SpecialChar \-
+ter\SpecialChar \-
+ein\SpecialChar \-
+an\SpecialChar \-
+der zu verwenden.
+ Sie müssen durch irgendetwas getrennt sein.
+ Wenn Sie es dennoch versuchen, wird die erste Umgebung erweitert, als hätten
+ Sie beide vereint.
+ Wie kann man das Problem nun lösen? Der einfachste Weg ist, etwas Text
+ zwischen den beiden Umgebungen einzufügen, oder einen Abschnitt im LaTeX-Modus,
+ der nur ein
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+%
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ (Kommentarzeichen) enthält.
+ Dies zwingt LyX, zwei getrennte Umgebungen zu erzeugen, und so die richtige
+ LaTeX-Ausgabe zu erzeugen.
+ Dies wird auch in der Beispieldatei erläutert.
+ Wie gesagt, dieses Problem tritt nur auf, wenn Sie zwei gleiche Umgebungen
+ hintereinander anordnen wollen.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Aufzählungen
+\layout Standard
+
+Alle gängigen Aufzählungstypen werden unterstützt, außerdem zwei zusätzliche.
+ Hier werden nur die neuen erklärt, für Informationen zu den Standardtypen
+ lesen Sie bitte das
+\emph on
+Benutzerhandbuch
+\emph default
+.
+ Wenn Sie Listen mit unterschiedlichen Symbolen verwenden wollen, sollten
+ Sie auch einen Blick in Abschnitt
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:bullet}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ werfen, dort wird erklärt, wie man dafür aus insgesamt 216 Symbolen geeignete
+ Listenmarkierer auswählen kann.
+\layout Standard
+
+Die neuen Aufzählungstypen
+\family sans
+TickList
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+CrossList
+\family default
+ sollen es einfacher machen, Listen der Sorte machen/nicht machen oder richtig/f
+alsch anzulegen, die entweder einen Haken oder ein Kreuz als Marke verwenden.
+ Sie sind eine Variation der normalen
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\family default
+-Liste.
+ Um sie zu verwenden, muß allerdings das Paket
+\family typewriter
+psnfss
+\family default
+ installiert sein.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Abbildungen und Tabellen
+\layout Standard
+
+FoilTeX definiert die Umgebungstypen für gleitende Abbildungen und Tabellen
+ um, so daß diese immer genau an der Stelle eingefügt werden, an der sie
+ im Originaltext stehen.
+ Falls Sie die Plazierung der Gleitobjekte verändert haben (
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+okument
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+), so wird dies ignoriert.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Kopf- und Fußzeilen der Seite
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:foilfoot}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Die beiden Befehle
+\family sans
+My\SpecialChar ~
+Logo
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+Restriction
+\family default
+ erlauben es, die linke Seite der Fußzeile zu verändern.
+ Der erste ist dafür vorgesehen, ein graphisches Logo einzubinden, standardmäßig
+ ist hier der Text
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+-Typeset by
+\family sans
+Foil
+\family default
+TeX-
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ eingetragen.
+ Über den zweiten Befehl können zusätzliche Hinweise für die Zuhörer gegeben
+ werden, etwa
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Vertraulich
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Dieser Eintrag ist normalerweise leer.
+\layout Standard
+
+Die anderen Ecken werden über die folgenden drei Befehle beeinflußt:
+\family sans
+Right\SpecialChar ~
+Footer
+\family default
+ (Die Standardeinstellung ist die Seitennummer.),
+\family sans
+Right\SpecialChar ~
+Header
+\family default
+ (obere rechte Ecke),
+\family sans
+Left\SpecialChar ~
+Header
+\family default
+ (obere linke Ecke).
+\layout Subsection
+
+Nicht unterstützte Befehle von
+\family sans
+Foil
+\family default
+TeX
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:unsuppfoils}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Alle unten erwähnten Befehle müssen als ERTs eingegeben werden.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Längenangaben
+\layout Standard
+
+Alle Abstandsdefinitionen werden über den Befehl
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+setlength{
+\family default
+\emph on
+Name
+\family typewriter
+\emph default
+}{
+\family default
+\emph on
+Wert
+\family typewriter
+\emph default
+}
+\family default
+ verändert.
+
+\emph on
+Name
+\emph default
+ muß dabei durch den Namen der zu verändernden Länge ersetzt werden und
+
+\emph on
+Wert
+\emph default
+ durch den neuen Wert.
+ Alle Längen müssen Einheiten haben, es können entweder absolute Werte wie
+ Inches (
+\family typewriter
+in
+\family default
+), Millimeter (
+\family typewriter
+mm
+\family default
+) oder Punkte (
+\family typewriter
+pt
+\family default
+) verwendet werden, oder aber fontabhängige wie
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+textwidth
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Der Abstand zwischen Folientitel (
+\family sans
+foilhead
+\family default
+) und eigentlichem Text kann über die Längendefinition
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+foilhead\SpecialChar \-
+skip
+\family default
+ verändert werden.
+ Um zum Beispiel alle Titel 1 Zentimeter näher an den Text heranzurücken,
+ geben Sie im LaTeX-Vorspann folgenden Befehl ein:
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+setlength{
+\backslash
+foilheadskip}{-10mm}
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Die Abstände vor und nach Gleitobjekten können durch die folgenden Längendefinit
+ionen verändert werden:
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+abovefloatskip
+\family default
+Abstand zwischen Text und Oberkante des Gleitobjektes.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+abovecaptionskip
+\family default
+Abstand zwischen Gleitobjekt und Unterschrift.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+belowcaptionskip
+\family default
+Abstand zwischen Unterschrift und folgendem Text.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+captionwidth
+\family default
+ Damit können Sie die Unterschrift schmaler als den normalen Text setzen.
+ Am besten verwenden Sie hier Angaben relativ zur normalen Textbreite,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+textwidth
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Es gibt auch einige Größen, die sich auf die Titelseite beziehen und nützlich
+ sind, falls Sie eine lange Überschrift haben, oder mehrere Autoren beteiligt
+ sind.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+abovetitleskip
+\family default
+ Abstand zwischen Kopfzeile und Überschrift.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+titleauthorskip
+\family default
+ Abstand zwischen Überschrift und Autor.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+authorauthorskip
+\family default
+ Zeilenabstand bei mehreren Autoren.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+authordateskip
+\family default
+ Abstand zwischen Autor und Datum.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+dateabstractskip
+\family default
+ Abstand zwischen Datum und Zusammenfassung.
+\layout Standard
+
+Die letzte Einstellung beeinflußt alle Aufzählungsumgebungen.
+ Wenn Sie den LaTeX-Befehl
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+zero\SpecialChar \-
+list\SpecialChar \-
+vert\SpecialChar \-
+dimens
+\family default
+
+\emph on
+innerhalb
+\emph default
+ einer Aufzählungsumgebung verwenden, dann wird jeglicher vertikaler Zwischenrau
+m zwischen den einzelnen Einträgen entfernt.
+ Beachten Sie, daß dies ein Befehl und keine Längenangabe ist, und keine
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+setlength
+\family default
+-ähnlichen Dinge benötigt.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Kopf- und Fußzeilen
+\layout Standard
+
+Über die Befehle
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+LogoOn
+\family default
+ und
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+LogoOff
+\family default
+ können Sie bestimmen, ob der in
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+MyLogo
+\family default
+ definierte Eintrag auf der jeweiligen Seite ausgegeben werden soll.
+ Wenn Sie den Befehl
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+LogoOff
+\family default
+ im LaTeX-Vorspann eingeben, wird keine der Seiten das Logo zeigen.
+ Wollen Sie es lediglich auf einer einzelnen Seite deaktivieren, geben Sie
+ den Befehl
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+LogoOff
+\family default
+ direkt nach dem foilhead für diese Seite ein, und schalten Sie es an derselben
+ Stelle auf der nächsten Seite mit
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+LogoOn
+\family default
+ wieder ein.
+\layout Standard
+
+Falls Sie in
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+okument\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\family default
+\SpecialChar ~
+das Seitenformat
+\family sans
+fancy
+\family default
+ eingestellt haben, sollten Sie möglicherweise die Zeile
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+let
+\backslash
+headwidth
+\backslash
+textwidth
+\family default
+ im LaTeX-Vorspann einfügen, damit Kopf- und Fußzeilen auch auf Seiten im
+ Querformat richtig positioniert werden.
+ Dies beruht auf einigen Konflikten der Format-Definitionen des Paketes
+
+\family typewriter
+fancyhdr
+\family default
+ mit denen der Klasse
+\family sans
+foils
+\family default
+.
+\layout Section
+
+Latex8 (IEEE-Konferenzpapiere)
+\layout Standard
+
+von
+\noun on
+Allan Rae
+\layout Subsection
+
+Einleitung
+\layout Standard
+
+Diese Textklasse ist speziell für Artikel gedacht, die in den Veröffentlichungen
+ der von der IEEE gesponserten Konferenzen erscheinen sollen.
+ Deshalb ist es angebracht, daß Sie sich eine Kopie ihrer
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Anleitung für Autoren
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ besorgen.
+ Dazu gehört dann auch die benötigte
+\family typewriter
+latex.sty
+\family default
+-Datei sowie eine Stildatei für die Bibliographie.
+ Diese
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Anleitung
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ wird normalerweise über Email verschickt, wenn Ihre erste Version der Veröffent
+lichung akzeptiert wurde.
+ Sie enthält jede Menge hilfreicher Informationen, und im folgenden wird
+ angenommen, daß Sie diese Anleitung gelesen haben, damit hier nicht alles
+ wiederholt werden muß.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Erste Schritte
+\layout Standard
+
+[Hier kommt später mehr --
+\emph on
+AR
+\emph default
+]
+\layout Subsection
+
+Unterstützte Umgebungstypen
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Open
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+begin{multicols}{2}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Standard
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Titel
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Autor
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+E-Mail
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Affiliation
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Zusammenfassung
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Abschnitt
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Unterabschnitt
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Beschriftung
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Open
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+end{multicols}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+Unterschiede zwischen Bildschirm und Druckbild
+\layout Standard
+
+Es gibt kleinere Unterschiede, hauptsächlich in der Art, wie die Abschnittsnumer
+ierung aussieht.
+ Am Bildschirm fehlt der abschließende Punkt, aber in der Druckausgabe ist
+ er vorhanden.
+ Also kein Grund zur Beunruhigung.
+\layout Section
+
+Hollywood (Skripte nach Hollywood-Spezifikation)
+\layout Standard
+
+von
+\noun on
+Garst Reese
+\layout Subsection
+
+Einleitung
+\layout Standard
+
+Das Format eines Hollywood-Skriptes korrekt zu erstellen ist nicht einfach.
+ Es wurde entworfen, damit die Leser sich auf den Inhalt konzentrieren und
+ die Schauspieler es einfach lesen können.
+ Jede Zeile des Skriptes sollte eine Minute des Filmes enthalten.
+ Das Skript enthält nichts, was nicht im Film zu sehen oder zu hören ist.
+ Es soll durchgängig die Schriftart Courier in 12pt verwendet werden.
+ Keine Hervorhebungen.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Besondere Probleme
+\layout Standard
+
+Zeilenumbrüche dürfen NIEMALS in der Mitte eines Satzes erfolgen.
+ Wenn sich der Text eines Sprechers über einen Seitenumbruch hinweg fortsetzt,
+ wird sein Name gefolgt von
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+(Cont'd)
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ wiederholt.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Besondere Funktionen
+\layout Standard
+
+Fügen Sie die Namen der Sprecher (
+\family sans
+Speaker
+\family default
+) als Marken ein und verwenden Sie dann Querverweise, um die Namen einzufügen.
+ Das Querverweis-Menü enthält auf diese Weise immer die Darstellerliste.
+ Sie können die Querverweise auch verwenden, um die Namen der Sprecher in
+ den Textpassagen einzufügen.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Seitengrößen und Randbreiten
+\layout Standard
+
+US Letter, links 1.6
+\begin_inset Formula $\,$
+\end_inset
+
+Inch, rechts 0.75
+\begin_inset Formula $\,$
+\end_inset
+
+Inch, Oben 0.5
+\begin_inset Formula $\,$
+\end_inset
+
+Inch, unten 0.75
+\begin_inset Formula $\,$
+\end_inset
+
+Inch
+\layout Subsection
+
+Umgebungstypen
+\layout Standard
+
+Die folgenden Absatzumgebungen stehen zur Verfügung.
+ Sie können die Datei
+\family typewriter
+hollywood.bind
+\family default
+ verwenden, dann können Sie die Tastaturkürzel auf der rechten Seite benutzen.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+
+\newline
+Falls sonst nichts anderes verwendet werden kann.
+ Versuchen Sie, es zu vermeiden.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+FADE_IN
+\family default
+:
+\hfill
+
+\family sans
+Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~
+Umschalt+I
+\family default
+
+\newline
+Normalerweise von etwas wie
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Sally wacht gerade auf
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ gefolgt.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+INT:
+\hfill
+Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~
+I
+\newline
+
+\family default
+Legt eine neue (innen) Kameraeinstellung fest.
+ Immer gefolgt von DAY oder NIGHT oder etwas Entsprechendem, um die Lichtverhält
+nisse wiederzugeben.
+ Alles in dieser Zeile wird in GROSSBUCHSTABEN gesetzt.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+EXT:
+\hfill
+Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~
+E
+\newline
+
+\family default
+Eine neue Kameraeinstellung (außen).
+ Alles in dieser Zeile wird in GROSSBUCHSTABEN gesetzt.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Speaker
+\hfill
+Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~
+S
+\newline
+
+\family default
+Die Person, die spricht.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Parenthetical
+\hfill
+Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~
+P
+\newline
+
+\family default
+Anweisungen für den Sprecher.
+ Die Klammern () werden automatisch eingefügt; in LyX wird nur die öffnende
+ Klammer angezeigt, es werden aber beide gedruckt.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Dialogue
+\hfill
+Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~
+D
+\newline
+
+\family default
+Was der Sprecher (
+\family sans
+Speaker
+\family default
+) sagt.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Transition
+\hfill
+Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~
+T
+\newline
+
+\family default
+Kameraanweisungen, etwa CUT TO:
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+FADE OUT:
+\hfill
+Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~
+Umschalt+I
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Autor
+\hfill
+Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~
+Umschalt+A
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Titel
+\hfill
+Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~
+Umschalt+T
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Right_Address
+\hfill
+Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~
+R
+\layout Subsection
+
+Skript Jargon
+\layout Itemize
+
+(O.S) --- off screen
+\layout Itemize
+
+(V.0) --- voice over
+\layout Itemize
+
+b.g.
+ --- background
+\layout Itemize
+
+C.U.
+ --- close-up
+\layout Itemize
+
+PAN --- camera movement
+\layout Itemize
+
+INSERT --- cut to close-up of
+\layout Section
+
+Broadway
+\layout Standard
+
+von
+\noun on
+Garst Reese
+\layout Subsection
+
+Einleitung
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Broadway
+\family default
+ ist ein Format, um Theaterstücke zu schreiben.
+ Das Format ist dekorativer als
+\family sans
+Hollywood
+\family default
+, und unterliegt weniger Standards.
+ Dieses Format sollte für Workshops u.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+,
+\end_inset
+
+ä.\SpecialChar ~
+geeignet sein.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Besondere Probleme
+\layout Standard
+
+Wie bei
+\family sans
+Hollywood
+\family default
+.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Besondere Funktionen
+\layout Standard
+
+Fügen Sie die Sprechernamen als Marken ein und verwenden Sie Querverweise
+ im Text, um die Namen einzufügen.
+ Das Querverweis-Menü dient auf diese Weise als aktuelle Darstellerliste.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Seitengrößen und Randbreiten
+\layout Standard
+
+US Letter, links 1.6
+\begin_inset Formula $\,$
+\end_inset
+
+Inch, rechts 0.75
+\begin_inset Formula $\,$
+\end_inset
+
+Inch, Oben 0.5
+\begin_inset Formula $\,$
+\end_inset
+
+Inch, unten 0.75
+\begin_inset Formula $\,$
+\end_inset
+
+Inch
+\layout Subsection
+
+Umgebungstypen
+\layout Standard
+
+Die folgenden Absatzumgebungen stehen zur Verfügung.
+ Sie können die Datei
+\family typewriter
+broadway.bind
+\family default
+ verwenden, dann können Sie die Tastaturkürzel auf der rechten Seite benutzen.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Standard
+\newline
+
+\family default
+Diesen Typ sollten Sie nicht benötigen, aber er ist für alles, was sonst
+ in keine Sparte paßt.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Narrative
+\hfill
+Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~
+N
+\newline
+
+\family default
+Wird verwendet, um Zustand der Bühne und Aktionen zu beschreiben.
+ Namen von Sprechern bei der ersten Verwendung in GROSSBUCHSTABEN.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+ACT
+\hfill
+Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~
+A
+\newline
+
+\family default
+Wird automatisch numeriert.
+ Am Bildschirm in arabischen Ziffern, die gedruckte Version zeigt römische
+ Ziffern.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+ACT*
+\hfill
+Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~
+Umschalt+AT
+\newline
+
+\family default
+Untertitel für
+\family sans
+ACT
+\family default
+.
+ Einfach zentrierter Text.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+SCENE
+\hfill
+Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~
+Umschalt+S
+\newline
+
+\family default
+Nicht automatisch numeriert, die Nummer muß von Ihnen eingegeben werden
+ (weil ich einfach nicht herausgefunden habe, wie das geht).
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+AT_RISE:
+\hfill
+Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~
+Umschalt+R
+\newline
+
+\family default
+Eine besondere Form von
+\family sans
+Narrative
+\family default
+, die beschreibt, was beim Heben des Vorhanges geschieht.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Speaker
+\hfill
+Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~
+S
+\newline
+
+\family default
+Titel des Sprechers/Schauspielers, zentriert in Großbuchstaben.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Parenthetical
+\hfill
+Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~
+P
+\newline
+
+\family default
+Anweisungen an den Sprecher.
+ Die Klammern werden automatisch eingefügt.
+ LyX zeigt nur die öffnende Klammer, es werden aber beide gedruckt.
+ Dieser Umgebungstyp wird nur innerhalb von
+\family sans
+Dialogue
+\family default
+ verwendet.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Dialogue
+\hfill
+Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~
+D
+\newline
+
+\family default
+Was der Sprecher sagt.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+CURTAIN
+\hfill
+Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~
+Umschalt+C
+\newline
+
+\family default
+Der Vorhang fällt.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Titel
+\hfill
+Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~
+Umschalt+T
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Autor
+\hfill
+Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~
+Umschalt+A
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Right_Address
+\hfill
+Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~
+R
+\layout Section
+
+RevTeX4
+\layout Standard
+
+von
+\noun on
+Amir Karger
+\layout Standard
+
+Die Textklasse
+\family sans
+RevT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{}
+\end_inset
+
+eX4
+\family default
+ arbeitet mit der Dokumentklasse RevTeX\SpecialChar ~
+4.0 der American Physical Society
+ (genauer dem
+\begin_inset Formula $\beta$
+\end_inset
+
+-Release vom Mai 1999).
+\layout Standard
+
+Die Textklasse
+\family sans
+article\SpecialChar ~
+(REVT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{}
+\end_inset
+
+eX)
+\family default
+ von LyX basiert auf Version 3.1 von RevTeX.
+ Leider ist diese mittlerweile obsolet, da sie nur mit LaTeX 2.09 funktioniert.
+ Das bedeutet, daß einige RevTeX\SpecialChar ~
+3.1-Befehle als ERTs eingegeben werden müssen.
+ Da RevTeX\SpecialChar ~
+4.0 auf die Arbeit mit LaTeX2e ausgerichtet wurde, ist auch LyX
+ zusammen mit der Textklasse
+\family sans
+RevT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{}
+\end_inset
+
+eX4
+\family default
+ recht einfach zu benutzen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Dieser Text ist als ein
+\emph on
+Anhang
+\emph default
+ zu der regulären Dokumentation des Paketes RevTeX\SpecialChar ~
+4.0 zu betrachten, deshalb
+ werden hier keine der speziellen Makros beschrieben; es wird angenommen,
+ daß Sie selbst wissen, was Sie nötigenfalls in den LaTeX-Vorspann einfügen
+ müssen.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Installation
+\layout Standard
+
+Alles was Sie tun müssen, ist das Paket gemäß der ihm beiliegenden README-Datei
+ zu installieren.
+ Das Paket selber finden Sie bei
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url[RevTeX 4 unter]{http://publish.aps.org/revtex4/}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Installieren Sie es dort, wo LaTeX das neue Paket sehen kann.
+ Machen Sie einen LaTeX-Lauf mit einem kurzen RevTeX-Dokument in einem beliebige
+n Verzeichnis, das heißt nicht in dem Verzeichnis mit den
+\family typewriter
+.cls
+\family default
+-Dateien.
+ Wenn Sie LyX nun neu konfigurieren, sollte nach einem Neustart auch die
+ neue Textklasse
+\family sans
+RevT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{}
+\end_inset
+
+eX4
+\family default
+ zur Verfügung stehen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Sie können nun Dokumente in dieser Klasse erstellen, entweder indem Sie
+ ein bestehendes RevTeX\SpecialChar ~
+4-Dokument mittels
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+ importieren oder eines -- ausgehend von der Datei
+\family typewriter
+revtex4.lyx
+\family default
+ im Verzeichnis mit den Beispielen -- neu anlegen.
+\layout Subsection
+
+LaTeX-Vorspann
+\layout Standard
+
+Optionale Argumente für
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+documentstyle
+\family default
+ können Sie wie gewohnt in der Rubrik
+\family sans
+Weitere\SpecialChar ~
+
+\bar under
+O
+\bar default
+ptionen
+\family default
+ in
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+okument
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+\SpecialChar ~
+angeben.
+ Bedenken Sie auch, daß RevTeX mindestens ein optionales Argument benötigt!
+ Weitere Dinge wie etwa
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+draft
+\family default
+ geben Sie wie gewohnt im LaTeX-Vorspann ein.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Format
+\layout Standard
+
+Die Namen der Absatzumgebungen entsprechen im allgemeinen den entsprechenden
+ Befehlen aus RevTeX\SpecialChar ~
+4.0.
+ Beachten Sie auch, daß (zumindest in RevTeX\SpecialChar ~
+4.0
+\begin_inset Formula $\beta$
+\end_inset
+
+)
+\family sans
+Address
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+Affiliation
+\family default
+ identisch sind, Deshalb müssen Sie auch nicht beide verwenden.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Falls Sie neugierig sind: beide wurden eingebaut, so daß
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+ sowohl
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+address
+\family default
+ als auch
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+affiliation
+\family default
+ übersetzen kann.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+Wichtige Hinweise
+\layout Standard
+
+Es gibt einige Besonderheiten in RevTeX\SpecialChar ~
+4.0, die möglicherweise Fehler hervorrufen
+, die in LyX sogar noch verwirrender erscheinen.
+ In RevTeX\SpecialChar ~
+4.0 steht der
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+thanks
+\family default
+-Befehl
+\emph on
+außerhalb
+\emph default
+ der
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+author
+\family default
+-Umgebung.
+ In LyX bedeutet das, daß
+\family sans
+Thanks
+\family default
+ ein eigenes Format-Element ist.
+ Benutzen Sie im
+\family sans
+Autor
+\family default
+-Format
+\emph on
+keine
+\emph default
+ Fußnoten, oder es können verrückte Dinge geschehen.
+ Die Dokumentation zu RevTeX\SpecialChar ~
+4.0 enthält weitere Details dazu.
+ Die Einträge
+\family sans
+Autor\SpecialChar ~
+Email
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Autor\SpecialChar ~
+URL
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+Thanks
+\family default
+ müssen
+\emph on
+zwischen
+\emph default
+
+\family sans
+Autor
+\family default
+ und der zugehörigen
+\family sans
+Address
+\family default
+ (bzw.
+
+\family sans
+Affiliation
+\family default
+) plaziert werden.
+ Setzen Sie sie nach
+\family sans
+Address
+\family default
+, scheitert der LaTeX-Lauf.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Nachteile
+\layout Standard
+
+Das größte Problem mit diesem Format ist, daß Sie optionale Argumente zu
+ Umgebungstypen wie
+\family sans
+Email
+\family default
+ oder
+\family sans
+Titel
+\family default
+ nicht verwenden können (es ist ein generelles Problem von LyX, daß für
+ Gliederungsumgebungen keine optionalen Argumente angegeben werden können).
+ Das bedeutet, daß Sie die Datei, nachdem Sie sie im LaTeX-Format exportiert
+ haben, mit einem Editor bearbeiten und die fehlenden Optionen hinzufügen
+ müssen (beispiels\SpecialChar \-
+weise um Kurztitel für die Seitenüberschrift anzugeben).
+ Aus diesem Grund sind die Befehle
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+altaffiliation
+\family default
+ und
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+altaddress
+\family default
+ nutzlos, und die entsprechenden Umgebungen existieren in LyX nicht.
+ Dies wird voraussichtlich in Version 1.2 von LyX behoben.
+\layout Section
+
+Article (mwart), book (mwbk) and report (mwrep)
+\layout Standard
+
+von
+\noun on
+Tomasz Luczak
+\layout Standard
+
+Die LyX-Dokumentklassen
+\emph on
+article (mwart)
+\emph default
+,
+\emph on
+report (mwrep)
+\emph default
+ und
+\emph on
+book (mwbk)
+\emph default
+ korrespondieren mit den LaTeX-Dokumentklassen
+\family typewriter
+mwart.cls
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+mwrep.cls
+\family default
+ und
+\family typewriter
+mwbk.cls
+\family default
+.
+ Sie ersetzen die Standard-Dokumentklassen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{article.cls}
+
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\family typewriter
+report.cls
+\family default
+ und
+\family typewriter
+book.cls
+\family default
+ und passen in vielen Punkten besser zu den polnischen Typografie-Konventionen.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Hauptunterschiede:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Nichtnumerierte Titel (zum Beispiel
+\family sans
+Abschnitt*
+\family default
+) werden zum Inhaltsverzeichnis hinzugefügt,
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+
+zusätzliche Seitenstile:
+\layout Description
+
+uheadings Kopfzeilen mit getrennten Zeilen,
+\layout Description
+
+myheadings benutzerdefinierte Kopfzeilen werden mit:
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+markright
+\family default
+ und
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+markboth
+\family default
+ erzeugt,
+\layout Description
+
+myuheadings benutzerdefinierte Kopfzeilen mit getrennten Zeilen,
+\layout Description
+
+outer die Seitennummer wird wird auf der Außenseite der Seite plaziert.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Optionen
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+
+rmheadings Titel in serif --- default,
+\layout Description
+
+sfheadings Titel in sans serif,
+\layout Description
+
+authortitle auf der Titelseite kommt erst der Autor, dann der Titel ---
+ default,
+\layout Description
+
+titleauthor auf der Titelseite kommt erst der Titel, dann der Autor,
+\layout Description
+
+withmarginpar Platz für Ränder auf der Seite reservieren.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Section
+
+Elsevier Journals
+\layout Standard
+
+von
+\noun on
+Rod Pinna
+\layout Standard
+
+Elsevier Science Publishers B.V.
+ stellt eine Standard-LaTeX-Dokumentklasse (
+\family typewriter
+elsart.cls
+\family default
+) zur Verfügung, mit der man Artikel für ihre verschiedenen Journale einreichen
+ kann.
+ Die Stildatei kann direkt von
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://authors.elsevier.com/}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ heruntergeladen werden.
+ Anweisungen stehen in der Klassendatei, die die Anforderungen an die Verleger
+ genau beschreibt.
+ LyX enthält ein Paket, das die Benutzung dieser Klasse mit Hilfe einer
+ Format- und einer Vorlagendatei erlaubt.
+ Die Installation der Klasse erfolgt wie für andere LaTeX-Pakete; Anweisungen
+ gibt es in der Elsevier-Dokumentation.
+\layout Standard
+
+Um
+\family typewriter
+elsart.cls
+\family default
+ benutzen zu können, gibt es eine Datei
+\family typewriter
+elsart.layout
+\family default
+.
+ Da die Elsevier-Klassen\SpecialChar \-
+datei weitgehend auf der Standard-article-Klasse
+ basiert, hat man das meiste der normalen Funktionalität.
+ Die Elsevier-Klasse enthält viele mathematischen Umgebungen, die den AMS-Um\SpecialChar \-
+ge\SpecialChar \-
+bu
+n\SpecialChar \-
+gen ähnlich sind.
+ Diese Befehle sind alle in der Elsevier-Dokumentation beschrieben und in
+ LyX verfügbar.
+\layout Standard
+
+Am einfachsten benutzt man den Elsevier-Stil mit der mitgelieferten Vorlagendate
+istil.
+ Am besten benutzt man keine Dinge wie den Seiten-Stil
+\family sans
+fancy
+\family default
+ headings oder das Geometrie-Paket, weil solche Elemente von Elsevier in
+ deren Stildatei definiert sind.
+ Idealerweise sollten keine Pakete außer den in der Elsevier-Dokumentation
+ erwähnten benutzt werden.
+ Für Elsevier ist eine möglichst
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+saubere
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ LaTeX-Datei unerläßlich, weil sie die mitgelieferte Datei nehmen wollen
+ und die Klassendatei mit der eines bestimmten Journals ersetzen wollen,
+ an das das Papier geschickt wurde.
+ Das bedeutet auch, daß man nicht zuviel Zeit für die Formatierung des Dokuments
+ aufwenden sollte.
+ Wenn es veröffentlicht wird, wird sie sich sowieso ändern.
+ Ansonsten wird dieses Format wie die normale
+\family sans
+article
+\family default
+-Dokumentklasse benutzt.
+ Für Einzelheiten, was Elsevier macht und was nicht, lesen Sie bitte ihre
+ Dokumentation.
+\layout Chapter
+
+Import und Export anderer Dateiformate
+\layout Section
+
+Einleitung
+\layout Standard
+
+Der Import anderer Formate nach LyX und der Export von LyX-Dokumenten nach
+ anderen Formaten wurde im
+\emph on
+Benutzerhandbuch
+\emph default
+ nur kurz erwähnt.
+ In diesem Abschnitt erfahren Sie mehr darüber, was passiert, wenn Sie eine
+ der Funktionen unter
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+mportieren
+\family default
+ oder
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+xportieren
+\family default
+ auswählen.
+\layout Section
+
+Import anderer Formate
+\layout Subsection
+
+LaTeX
+\layout Standard
+
+Die Übersetzung von LaTeX nach LyX geschieht mit dem Perl-Skript reLyX.
+ Obwohl es ein eigenständiges Programm ist, das auf der Kommandozeile gestartet
+ werden kann, startet LyX es automatisch, wenn ein LaTeX-Dokument importiert
+ werden soll.
+ Eine vollständige Beschreibung von reLyX finden Sie in Abschnitt
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:reLyX}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Innerhalb von LyX kann der Benutzer keine Parameter für reLyX übergeben.
+\layout Subsection
+
+ASCII-Text
+\layout Standard
+
+Es gibt es zwei Methoden, um ASCII-Text zu importieren.
+ Importiert man ihn als
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+ASCII-Text als Zeilen
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+, so werden alle Zeilenumbrüche beibehalten.
+ Für LyX sieht dann jede Zeile wie ein Absatz aus.
+ Importiert man ihn als
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+ASCII-Text als Absätze
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+, bilden Zeilen, die nur durch einen Zeilenumbruch getrennt sind, einen
+ Absatz.
+ Mehrere Zeilenumbrüche ohne Text dazwischen trennen die Absätze.
+\layout Subsection
+
+NoWeb
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\emph on
+[Notiz des Herausgebers: dieser Abschnitt muß noch geschrieben werden --
+ Freiwillige vor! --- mer]
+\layout Section
+
+Export nach anderen Formaten
+\layout Subsection
+
+LaTeX
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX erzeugt zwei LaTeX-Dateitypen: zerlegte Versionen für die normale Bearbeitun
+g (
+\family sans
+Ansicht\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+VI
+\family default
+ usw.), die man normalerweise niemals sieht, und für Menschen lesbare Versionen,
+ die Sie mit Ihren Kollegen austauschen können.
+ Die resultierende Datei ist eine vollgültige LaTeX-Datei, obwohl der Vorspann
+ ein wenig seltsam aussehen mag, weil er einige von LyX benutzte Definitionen
+ enthält, die in den meisten von Menschen geschriebenen LaTeX-Dateien nicht
+ vorkommen würden.
+ Optionen können Sie mit
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+E
+\bar under
+i
+\bar default
+nstellungen
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family sans
+Ausgabe\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+LaT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{}
+\end_inset
+
+eX
+\family default
+setzen.
+\layout Subsection
+
+DVI
+\layout Standard
+
+Geräteunabhängige Dateien (
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+device independent
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+, kurz dvi) werden erzeugt, wenn LaTeX Ihr Dokument bearbeitet.
+ Es gibt keine Benutzeroptionen.
+\layout Subsection
+
+PostScript®
+\layout Standard
+
+Den letzten Schritt macht normalerweise das Programm
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+, obwohl das mit
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+E
+\bar under
+i
+\bar default
+nstellungen
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family sans
+Ausgabe\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Drucker\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Druckerbefehl:
+\family default
+ geändert werden kann.
+ Dort kann man auch Kommandozeilenargumente für
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+ wie zum Beispiel die Umkehr des Drucks mit
+\family typewriter
+-r
+\family default
+ setzen.
+\layout Subsection
+
+ASCII-Text
+\layout Standard
+
+Beim Exportieren einer LyX-Datei als ASCII wird versucht, die
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Form
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ des Dokumentes so gut wie möglich zu erhalten, aber Dinge wie Zentrierung
+ und Einrückung werden weggelassen, und Absätze werden durch Leerzeilen
+ getrennt.
+ Abschnittsnumerierung und Querverweise werden richtig gemacht, so daß die
+ erstellten Textdateien bemerkenswert lesbar sind.
+ Die einzige Option, die gesetzt werden kann, sind die Zeilenlänge der Ausgabeda
+tei und der roff-Befehl.
+\layout Subsection
+
+HTML
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-Dokumente können nach HTML konvertiert werden, indem sie zunächst nach
+ LaTeX, dann nach HTML konvertiert werden.
+ LyX kennt zur Zeit drei LaTeX
+\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+ HTML-Konverter:
+\family typewriter
+tth
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+latex2\SpecialChar \-
+html
+\family default
+ und
+\family typewriter
+hevea
+\family default
+.
+
+\family typewriter
+latex2html
+\family default
+ ist voreingestellt, aber in
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+E
+\bar under
+i
+\bar default
+nstellungen
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family sans
+Konvertierung
+\family default
+ können Sie das überschreiben und auch
+\family sans
+Zusatz-Flag
+\family default
+s setzen.
+ Allerdings müssen diese Pakete gesondert installiert werden, weil sie weder
+ von LaTeX noch von LyX automatisch dazu installiert werden.
+\layout Subsection
+
+PDF
+\layout Standard
+
+von
+\noun on
+Dekel
+\noun default
+
+\noun on
+Tsur
+\noun default
+ (das meiste)
+\layout Standard
+
+PDF-Datei ohne Marken, Links, usw.\SpecialChar ~
+erstellen Sie am einfachsten mit
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+atei
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+xportieren
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+DF
+\family default
+.
+ Es gibt ein paar Probleme mit Fonts, die Sie beachten müssen (siehe Abschnitt
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:badfonts}
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+pdfLaTeX benutzen
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+begin{sloppypar}
+\end_inset
+
+Wenn Sie pdfLaTeX benutzen wollen, müssen Sie Ihre eps-Bilder ins PDF-Format
+ konvertieren (s.\SpecialChar ~
+Abschnitt
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:pdfeps}
+
+\end_inset
+
+), und Sie können
+\family typewriter
+pstricks
+\family default
+ nicht benutzen.
+ Andererseits können Sie mit pdfLaTeX Bilder im JPEG- und PNG-Format direkt
+ einfügen, True-Type-Fonts benutzen, und mehr.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+end{sloppypar}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Warum sieht der Text mit Acrobat®Reader so schlecht aus?
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:badfonts}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Das Problem ist, daß Bitmap-Fonts mit Acrobat Reader schlecht dargestellt
+ werden.
+ Wenn Sie aus einer LyX-Datei eine PDF-Datei machen wollen, müssen Sie skalierba
+re Zeichensätze anstatt Bitmap-Fonts benutzen.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Sie sollten skalierbare Zeichensätze auch für PostScript®-Dateien benutzen.
+\end_inset
+
+ Neuere LaTeX-Distributionen haben die PostScript®-Typ\SpecialChar ~
+1-Versionen der Standardfo
+nts (Computer Modern).
+ pdfLaTeX benutzt diese Fonts standardmäßig,
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+ nicht.
+ Damit
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+ es tut, sollten Sie die folgenden Zeilen in Ihre
+\family typewriter
+~/.dvipsrc
+\family default
+-Datei einfügen:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+p+ psfonts.cmz
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+p+ psfonts.amz
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn das Standard-Font-Encoding (OT1) für LaTeX benutzt wird, muß nichts
+ weiter getan werden.
+ Wenn aber das T1-Font-Encoding benutzt wird, benutzt LaTeX die neueren
+ EC-Fonts, für die es keine Typ\SpecialChar ~
+1-Version gibt.
+ Die Lösung ist, das
+\family typewriter
+ae
+\family default
+-Paket zu benutzen, das T1-Fonts emuliert, indem es die Standard-CM-Fonts
+ benutzt.
+ Sie erreichen das, wenn Sie
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+usepackage{ae,aecompl}
+\family default
+ zum Vorspann der LyX-Datei hinzufügen.
+ Allerdings fehlen einige Sonderzeichen der CM-Fonts (zum Beispiel eth,
+ thorn), die dann von den EC-Fonts genommen werden.
+ Deshalb erhalten Sie diese Sonderzeichen als Bitmaps.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX benutzt standardmäßig das T1-Font-Encoding.
+ Wenn Sie das Standard-Font-Encoding (OT1) benutzen wollen, obwohl das nicht
+ empfohlen wird, wenn Sie nicht nur englische Dokumente schreiben, schreiben
+ Sie in das Feld
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+E
+\bar under
+i
+\bar default
+nstellungen\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Ausgabe\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+LaT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{}
+\end_inset
+
+eX\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{}
+\end_inset
+
+eX
+\family default
+\SpecialChar ~
+
+\family sans
+Kodierung:
+\family default
+ den Wert
+\family sans
+default.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Eine andere Möglichkeit ist, die Standard-PostScript®-Fonts anstelle der
+ Computer-Modern-Fonts zu benutzen.
+ Dazu müssen Sie in
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+okument\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Format
+\family default
+als
+\family sans
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+chrift\SpecialChar ~
+&\SpecialChar ~
+Größe:
+\family default
+
+\family sans
+pslatex
+\family default
+wählen.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\noun on
+HHa
+\noun default
+: Das scheint für mich die
+\emph on
+einzige
+\emph default
+ Lösung zu sein.
+\end_inset
+
+ Wenn Sie die PostScript®-Fonts benutzen, werden die PDF-Dateien kleiner,
+ weil die Fonts nicht gespeichert werden.
+ Außerdem enthalten die PostScript®-Fonts alle T1-Sonderzeichen.
+ Andererseits haben die PostScript®-Fonts keine Fett-Fonts, so daß ein Ersatz
+ benutzt werden muß (siehe Abschnitt
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:pdfbold}
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ Außerdem sehen die PostScript®-Fonts anders aus als die Computer-Modern-Fonts.
+\layout Standard
+
+Insgesamt erzielen Computer-Modern-Fonts und PostScript®-Fonts mit ein paar
+ Ausnahmen gute Ergebnisse.
+ Es ist eine Geschmacksfrage, welche Sie benutzen wollen.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Warum funktioniert der Befehl
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+boldsymbol{}
+\family default
+ nicht mit
+\family typewriter
+ps\SpecialChar \-
+latex
+\family default
+?
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:pdfbold}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Die PostScript®-Fonts haben keine Fett-Fonts.
+ Als Ersatz können Sie
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+pmb{}
+\family default
+ (Fett-Fonts für Arme) benutzen.
+ Sie können den Befehl
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+boldymbo
+\family default
+l mit
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+pmb{}
+\family default
+ neu definieren, indem Sie die folgende Zeile in den Vorspann eintragen:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+renewcomman{
+\backslash
+boldsymbol}[1]{
+\backslash
+pmb{1#}}
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Kann man LaTeX-Code schreiben, der nur mit pdfLaTeX bearbeitet wird?
+\layout Standard
+
+Ja.
+ Hier ist ein Beispiel:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+newif
+\backslash
+ifpdf
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+ifx
+\backslash
+pdfoutput
+\backslash
+undefined
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+pdffalse
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+else
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+pdftrue
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+fi
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+ifpdf
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+pdfinfo { /Autor (your name and e-mail address)
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ /Titel (official title -- i.e., title element)
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ /Subject (one line description of the document)
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ }
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+pdfcatalog { /PageMode (/UseNone)
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ % /OpenAction (fitbh)
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ }
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+usepackage[pdftex]{hyperref}
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+else
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+usepackage[ps2pdf]{hyperref}
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+fi
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Wie mache ich URLs anklickbar?
+\layout Standard
+
+Lesen Sie bitte unter
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://ev-en.org/wiki/moin.cgi/LyxPdf}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Benutzerdefiniert
+\layout Standard
+
+Benutzerdefinierte Exporte (
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+atei
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+xportieren
+\family default
+\bar under
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family sans
+B
+\bar default
+enutzerdefiniert\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\family default
+) sind möglich, wenn Sie ein besonders seltsames Format haben, in das Sie
+ konvertieren wollen, aber natürlich nur, wenn Sie den entsprechenden Konverter
+ haben.
+ Das Format der
+\emph on
+Eingabedatei
+\emph default
+ wird im
+\family sans
+Export-Formate:
+\family default
+ festgelegt.
+ LyX wird bis zu dem Befehl normal konvertieren und dann an den Konverter
+ übergeben.
+\layout Standard
+
+Der Konverterbefehl wird in
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+efehl
+\family default
+ festgelegt.
+ Er sollte ein vollständig qualifizierter Kommandozeilenbefehl sein, der
+ die Umgebungsvariable
+\family typewriter
+$$FNAME
+\family default
+ für die Wurzel-Dateinamen benutzt.
+ Sie müssen sich eventuell etwas einfallen lassen, damit Ihre shell den
+ Befehl richtig interpretiert.
+\layout Standard
+
+Obwohl Sie diesen Befehl nicht in den
+\family sans
+Einstellungen
+\family default
+ speichern können, können Sie aber Ihre
+\family typewriter
+.lyx/preference
+\family default
+s-Datei editieren und folgende Zeile hinzufügen:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+custom_export_command
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+mycommand $$FName
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Section
+
+Die vollständige reLyX-Beschreibung
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:reLyX}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+Übersicht
+\layout Standard
+
+Die einfachste Methode, reLyX zu verwenden, ist mittels der Option
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+I
+\bar under
+m
+\bar default
+portieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+LaT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{}
+\end_inset
+
+eX\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\family default
+ aus LyX heraus.
+ Dadurch wird reLyX mit dem angegebenen Dokument als Argument gestartet
+ und die resultierende Datei in LyX geladen.
+ Diesen Weg sollten Sie als ersten versuchen und nur, wenn Sie ausgefallenere
+ Optionen benötigen, reLyX selbst von der Kommandozeile aus starten.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series bold
+reLyX
+\family default
+\series default
+ [
+\series bold
+-c
+\series default
+
+\shape italic
+textklasse
+\shape default
+ ] [
+\series bold
+-df
+\series default
+ ] [
+\series bold
+-o
+\series default
+
+\shape italic
+verzeichnis
+\shape default
+ ] [
+\series bold
+ -r
+\series default
+\shape italic
+ renv1
+\shape default
+[,
+\shape italic
+renv2
+\shape default
+...]] [
+\series bold
+ -s
+\series default
+\shape italic
+ sfile1
+\shape default
+[,
+\shape italic
+sfile2
+\shape default
+...]]
+\emph on
+eingabedatei
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series bold
+reLyX
+\family default
+\series default
+
+\series bold
+-p
+\series default
+
+\series bold
+-c
+\series default
+
+\shape italic
+textklasse
+\shape default
+ [
+\series bold
+-df
+\series default
+ ] [
+\series bold
+-o
+\series default
+\shape italic
+ verzeichnis
+\shape default
+ ] [
+\series bold
+ -r
+\series default
+\shape italic
+ renv1
+\shape default
+[,
+\shape italic
+renv2
+\shape default
+...]] [
+\series bold
+ -s
+\series default
+\shape italic
+ sfile1
+\shape default
+[,
+\shape italic
+sfile2
+\shape default
+...]]
+\emph on
+eingabedatei
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series bold
+reLyX
+\family default
+\series default
+
+\series bold
+-h
+\layout Subsection
+
+Optionen
+\layout Description
+
+-c Klasse.
+ Normalerweise erzeugt reLyX eine Datei der Textklasse
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+foo
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+, wenn in der Eingabedatei die Zeichenkette
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+documentclass{foo}
+\family default
+ gefunden wird, weiterhin wird die entsprechende Formatbeschreibung von
+ LyX eingelesen (typischerweise
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{/usr/share/lyx/layouts/foo.layout}
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ Mit dieser Option können Sie eine alternative Textklasse festlegen (deren
+ Formatbeschreibung dann verwendet wird).
+\layout Description
+
+-d Debug.
+ Normalerweise arbeitet reLyX im Stillen und löscht temporäre Dateien zum
+ Schluß.
+ Wird
+\series bold
+-d
+\series default
+ angegeben, gibt reLyX viel mehr Informationen, was gerade passiert (sowohl
+ auf
+\family typewriter
+stdout
+\family default
+ als auch auf
+\family typewriter
+stderr
+\family default
+) und löscht temporäre Dateien nicht.
+\layout Description
+
+-f Force (= erzwingen).
+ Wenn die zu erzeugende LyX-Datei bereits existiert, bricht reLyX normalerweise
+ ab.
+ mit dieser Option wird die vorhandene Datei überschrieben.
+\layout Description
+
+-h Hilfe.
+ Es wird eine Benutzungshilfe ausgegeben und das Programm beendet.
+\layout Description
+
+-o Ausgabeverzeichnis.
+ Alle temporären Dateien, die erzeugten LyX-Dateien (auch Teildateien, siehe
+ Option
+\series bold
+-p
+\series default
+) werden in das angegebene Verzeichnis geschrieben.
+ Andernfalls würden die Dateien für eine Eingabedatei
+\emph on
+dir/foo.tex
+\emph default
+ in das Verzeichnis
+\emph on
+dir
+\emph default
+ geschrieben.
+ Diese Option ist praktisch, wenn Sie für die Verzeichnisse, in denen die
+ TeX-Dateien stehen, keine Schreibberechtigung haben oder Dateien aus unterschie
+dlichen Verzeichnissen einbinden und die von reLyX erzeugten Dateien in
+ einem gemeinsamen Verzeichnis sammeln wollen.
+\layout Description
+
+-p Teildateien.
+ Die Eingabedateien sind keine vollständigen LaTeX-Dateien und haben keinen
+ Vorspann oder ein
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{document}
+\family default
+.
+ Diese Option kann nur zusammen mit
+\series bold
+-c
+\series default
+ verwendet werden, da reLyX die Dokumentklasse nicht selbständig feststellen
+ kann.
+ In diesem Fall können Sie auch mehrere Dateien gleich\SpecialChar \-
+zeitig konvertieren,
+ solange sie dieselbe Klasse besitzen.
+ Derart erzeugte Dateien können über den Menüpunkt
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Ins
+\bar under
+e
+\bar default
+rt\SpecialChar ~
+Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+y
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+{
+\end_inset
+
+X
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+}
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+Dokument
+\family default
+ in ein bestehendes LyX-Dokument eingebunden werden.
+\layout Description
+
+-r Reguläre Umgebungen (siehe Abschnitt
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:syntaxfile}
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ Falls Sie mehr als eine Umgebung angeben, trennen Sie sie mit Kommata ab,
+ nicht durch Leerzeichen.
+ Unter Umständen müssen Sie die Liste in Anführungszeichen setzen, insbesondere,
+ wenn Namen mit einem Stern (foo*) auftauchen.
+ Wenn Sie diese Option oft verwenden, sollten Sie eigene Syntaxdateien anlegen.
+\layout Description
+
+-s Syntaxdateien.
+ Geben Sie hier eine oder mehrere (in Anführungszeichen, durch Komma getrennt)
+ Syntaxdateien an, die zusätzlich eingelesen werden sollen.
+ Näheres im Abschnitt
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:syntaxfile}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Beschreibung
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Einleitung
+\layout Standard
+
+reLyX erzeugt aus einer Datei
+\family typewriter
+ dir/foo.tex
+\family default
+ die Datei
+\family typewriter
+dir/foo.lyx
+\family default
+ (außer es wurde die Option
+\series bold
+-o
+\series default
+ verwendet).
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Als Dateiendungen sind
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+.ltx
+\family default
+ und
+\family typewriter
+.latex
+\family default
+ erlaubt.
+ Wenn die Eingabedatei nicht existiert oder keine der Endungen hat, wird
+ reLyX versuchen,
+\family typewriter
+Eingabedatei.tex
+\family default
+ zu übersetzen.
+ (Dies entspricht dem Verhalten von LaTeX.)
+\layout Standard
+
+Der Zweck von reLyX ist es,
+\emph on
+gutmütigen
+\emph default
+ LaTeX2e-Code nach LyX zu übersetzen.
+ Wenn Ihre Datei nicht fehlerfrei von LaTeX bearbeitet werden kann, oder
+ wenn Sie darin ungewöhnliche Dinge wie eine Umdefinition von Standardbefehlen
+ durchführen, wird vermutlich auch reLyX ins Stolpern geraten.
+ Teilweise wird auch die alte LaTeX\SpecialChar ~
+2.09-Syntax korrekt umgesetzt, aber dafür
+ gibt es keine Garantie.
+\layout Standard
+
+reLyX hat noch ein paar kleine Fehler, einige Funktionen fehlen.
+ Die Hauptziele sind:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Verarbeiten einer
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+gutmütigen
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ LaTeX2e-Datei, ohne abzustürzen.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Den Großteil einer Datei zu übersetzen.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Lokalisieren von Teilen, die nicht übersetzt werden können; einfügen derselben
+ im TeX-Modus.
+\layout Standard
+
+Diese Ziele werden bei den meisten Dateien recht gut erreicht.
+\layout Standard
+
+Es gibt viele Verbesserungen für reLyX, die in Zukunft gemacht werden können
+ und werden.
+ Trotzdem wollten wir reLyX schon früh freigegeben, um es neuen LyX-Benutzern
+ einfacher zu machen, ihre LaTeX-Dateien mit LyX zu lesen.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Benutzung
+\layout Standard
+
+Hier eine etwas längere Beschreibung, was Sie tun müssen, um ein LaTeX-Dokument
+ nach LyX zu übersetzen:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Starten Sie reLyX.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+reLyX hält Sie über den Fortgang auf dem laufenden und gibt etwaige Fehlermeldun
+gen auf
+\family typewriter
+stderr
+\family default
+ aus.
+ Ist Ihnen das zuviel, versuchen Sieden bash-Befehl
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+reLyX foo.tex > /dev/null 2>&1
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Der (t)csh-Befehl ist
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+reLyX foo.tex >& /dev/null
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_inset
+
+ Sie sollten
+\emph on
+niemals
+\emph default
+ die Standardausgabe in die Datei
+\family typewriter
+foo.lyx
+\family default
+ umleiten!
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Öffnen Sie die erzeugte
+\family typewriter
+.lyx
+\family default
+-Datei in LyX.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Theoretisch sollte der Großteil der Datei in die entsprechenden LyX-Befehle
+ umgesetzt worden sein.
+ Die nicht übersetzbaren Teile sind rot unterlegt (TeX-Modus).
+ LyX sollte in der Lage sein, die Datei einzulesen und auszudrucken, da
+ der nicht übersetzte Teil unverändert an LaTeX zurückgegeben wird.
+ Leider wird das in der Realität nicht immer so sein.
+ Falls reLyX abstürzt oder LyX die erzeugte Datei nicht lesen kann, lesen
+ Sie bitte den Abschnitt
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:reLyXerrors}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ oder die Datei
+\family typewriter
+BUGS
+\family default
+ im Verzeichnis
+\family typewriter
+LyXDir/reLyX
+\family default
+.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Ändern Sie den nicht übersetzten, rot unterlegten Text von Hand in LyX.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Wie bereits erwähnt, sollten Sie den Text auch ohne diesen Schritt ausdrucken
+ können, doch kommen Sie durch die Konvertierung von LaTeX-Code in LyX-Objekte
+ auch in den Genuß der WYSIWYM-Darstellung von LyX.
+\layout Standard
+
+Es wird nicht garantiert, daß reLyX genau dieselbe Textdarstellung erzeugt
+ wie die ursprüngliche LaTeX-Datei, das Aussehen sollte aber sehr ähnlich
+ sein.
+ Im Zweifelsfall wird reLyX eher darauf zurückgreifen, Textteile nicht in
+ die LyX-Syntax zu konvertieren, um korrekte
+\family typewriter
+dvi-
+\family default
+ und
+\family typewriter
+ps
+\family default
+-Dateien zu erzeugen, selbst wenn dadurch mehr ERTs erzeugt werden und weniger
+ WYSIWYM.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\series bold
+Prüfen Sie den erzeugten Text!
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Das hatten Sie sicherlich in jedem Fall vor, aber es ist insbesondere wichtig,
+ wenn Sie ein LaTeX-Dokument übersetzt haben.
+ Zumindest derzeit ist reLyX eher ein Konverter, der den gesamten Text übersetzt
+ als jedes einzelne Detail.
+ Insbesondere bei der Behandlung von Leerräumen gibt es noch einige Lücken.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Womit reLyX umgehen kann
+\layout Standard
+
+reLyX versteht viele LaTeX-Befehle.
+ Folgendes wird übersetzt:
+\layout Itemize
+
+regulärer Text, einschließlich Minibefehlen wie ~,
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+@
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+TeX
+\family default
+ sowie Zeichen mit Akzenten wie
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+'{a}
+\family default
+ oder die Sonderfälle ?
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+{}
+\end_inset
+
+` = ?` und !
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+{}
+\end_inset
+
+` = !`
+\layout Itemize
+
+Titelbefehle wie
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+author
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+date
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+title
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+thanks
+\family default
+ und die
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\family default
+-Umgebung
+\layout Itemize
+
+Gliederungsbefehle wie
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+section
+\family default
+, einschließlich der *-Formen (
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+section*
+\family default
+)
+\layout Itemize
+
+Umgebungen:
+\family typewriter
+quote
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+quotation
+\family default
+ und
+\family typewriter
+verse
+\family default
+;
+\family typewriter
+center
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+flushright
+\family default
+ und
+\family typewriter
+flushleft
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+itemize
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+Aufzählung
+\family default
+ und
+\family typewriter
+description
+\family default
+ sowie deren
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+item
+\family default
+-Befehle.
+ Ebenfalls
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+wohlerzogene
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ geschachtelte Listen
+\layout Itemize
+
+Querverweise:
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+ref
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+pageref
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+label
+\family default
+ und
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+cite
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+footnote
+\family default
+ und
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+margin
+\layout Itemize
+
+Fontbefehle einschließlich
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+em
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+emph
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+textit
+\family default
+ sowie die entsprechenden Befehle, um Familie, Größe, Serie und Form zu
+ ändern
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+input{foo}
+\family default
+ (oder
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+input{foo.blah}
+\family default
+) und
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+include{foo}
+\family default
+.
+ Der aus TeX stammende
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+in\SpecialChar \-
+put foo.tex
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+-Befehl wird ebenfalls unterstützt
+\layout Itemize
+
+Der Umgebungstyp
+\family typewriter
+tabular
+\family default
+ sowie die darin benutzten Befehle wie
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+hline
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+cline
+\family default
+ und
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+multicolumn
+\family default
+ (aber siehe unten)
+\layout Itemize
+
+Gleitobjekt-Umgebungen
+\family typewriter
+table
+\family default
+ und
+\family typewriter
+table*
+\family default
+ und die
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+caption
+\family default
+-Befehle darin
+\layout Itemize
+
+Die Umgebung
+\family typewriter
+thebibliography
+\family default
+ und
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+bibitem
+\family default
+-Befehle, ebenso wie die BibTeX-Befehle
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+bibliography
+\family default
+ und
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+bibliographystyle
+\family default
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+Verschiedenes:
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+hfill
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+
+\backslash
+
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+noindent
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+ldots\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+Umgebungen (und manche Befehle), die spezifisch für Dokumentklassen sind
+ und die in LyX-Formate übersetzt werden können
+\layout Itemize
+
+Argumente von bestimmten nicht übersetzbaren Befehlen wie zum Beispiel
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+mbox
+\layout Standard
+
+In einigen dieser Fälle ist die Unterstützung allerdings nicht hundertprozentig.
+\layout Standard
+
+reLyX übernimmt mathematische Ausdrücke (fast) wörtlich aus der LaTeX-Datei.
+ Glücklicherweise versteht LyX diese selbst, deshalb funktionieren die meisten
+ mathematischen Dinge problemlos.
+ Einige Befehle, die LyX nicht versteht, werden durch äquivalente Ausdrücke
+ ersetzt, etwa
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+to
+\family default
+ durch
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+rightarrow
+\family default
+.
+ Mehr dazu im Abschnitt
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:syntaxfile}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+reLyX wird auch sämtliche Befehle des LaTeX-Vorspanns (das heißt alles vor
+ dem
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{docu\SpecialChar \-
+ment}
+\family default
+) unverändert kopieren, so daß sich dort gemachte Einträge in der
+\family typewriter
+dvi
+\family default
+-Vorschau oder dem gedruckten Dokument auswirken sollten, wenn auch im LyX-Fenst
+er nichts davon zu sehen ist.
+ Prüfen Sie diesen Teil mit
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+okument\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+LaT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{}
+\end_inset
+
+eX-Vorspann
+\family default
+.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Womit reLyX nicht umgehen kann, jedoch keine Fehler auftreten
+\layout Itemize
+
+Abbildungen und
+\family typewriter
+tabular*
+\family default
+-Tabellen
+\layout Itemize
+
+Minipages
+\layout Itemize
+
+Abstandsbefehle (
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+vspace
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+pagebreak
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+par
+\family default
+)
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+centering
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+raggedleft
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+raggedright
+\layout Itemize
+
+Die Umgebungen
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+verb
+\family default
+ und
+\family typewriter
+verbatim
+\family default
+.
+ In diesen Fällen achtet reLyX darauf, alles einschließlich Kommentaren
+ und Leerzeichen
+\emph on
+identisch
+\emph default
+ zu übernehmen.
+\layout Itemize
+
+einige unbekannte (zum Beispiel benutzerdefinierte) Umgebungen und Befehle.
+\layout Standard
+
+reLyX kopiert unbekannte Befehle mitsamt ihren Argumenten wörtlich in die
+ LyX-Datei.
+ Dasselbe geschieht, wenn ein Eintrag
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{foo}
+\family default
+ gefunden wird und die Umgebung
+\family typewriter
+foo
+\family default
+ nicht bekannt ist; alles bis zum schließenden
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+end{foo}
+\family default
+ wird unverändert kopiert (es sei denn, Sie haben die Option
+\series bold
+-r
+\series default
+ verwendet).
+ Normalerweise sollten derartige Dinge reLyX nicht zum Absturz bringen,
+ sie verlangen lediglich etwas Handarbeit von Ihrer Seite, nachdem Sie die
+ Datei in LyX geladen haben.
+ Das ist in jedem Fall einfacher und angenehmer, als die
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+- oder
+\family typewriter
+.lyx
+\family default
+-Datei in einem Texteditor zu bearbeiten.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Womit reLyX wirklich schlecht umgeht --- echte Fehler
+\layout Standard
+
+Da reLyX ein relativ neues Programm ist, hat es noch einige Probleme.
+ Im Laufe der Zeit werden diese aber beseitigt werden.
+ Einige Fehler und fehlende Funktionen sind in
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url[LyX Bugzilla]{http://bugzilla.lyx.org/}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ zu finden.
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn reLyX sich an irgendetwas verschluckt, oder wenn LyX die übersetzte
+ Datei nicht lesen kann, ist es das beste, den Problemtext in der Originaldatei
+ mit den Befehlen
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{reLyX\SpecialChar \-
+skip}
+\family default
+ und
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+end{reLyXskip}
+\family default
+ einzuklammern.
+ Dies ist ein sogenannter
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Überspringen-Block
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ reLyX kopiert ihn unverändert in die LyX-Datei und markiert ihn als TeX-Modus.
+ Sie können die entsprechenden Stellen dann wie gewohnt in LyX nachbearbeiten.
+ Die Umgebungsbefehle
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin
+\family default
+ und
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+end
+\family default
+ werden übrigens nicht in die LyX-Datei übertragen.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Das
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+genaue
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ Kopieren unbekannter Umgebungen und Befehle ist nicht völlig genau.
+ Insbesondere Zeilenumbrüche und Kommentare können verloren gehen.
+ Das ergibt eine schlecht aussehende Darstellung in LyX, die Ausgabe wird
+ aber in den meisten Fällen richtig sein.
+ Einige Bereiche werden aber immer identisch übernommen, das sind der LaTeX-Vors
+pann, die
+\family typewriter
+verbatim
+\family default
+-Umgebung und der
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+verb
+\family default
+-Befehl sowie Überspringen-Blöcke.
+\layout Itemize
+
+reLyX übersetzt nur ein paar der möglichen Optionen des
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+documentclass
+\family default
+-Befehls (insbesondere 1[012]pt, [letter|legal|executive|a4|a5|b5]paper,
+ [one|two]side, landscape und [one|
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+""
+\end_inset
+
+two]column).
+ Andere Optionen werden in das Feld
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+okument\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+O
+\bar default
+ptionen:
+\family default
+ eingetragen.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Fast noch wichtiger: reLyX übersetzt keine
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+usepackage
+\family default
+-Befehle, Randbreiteneinstellungen
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+newcom\SpecialChar \-
+mand
+\family default
+-Be\SpecialChar \-
+feh\SpecialChar \-
+le oder kurz gesagt keine Befehle im LaTeX-Vorspann.
+ Diese werden einfach in die LyX-Datei kopiert.
+ Wenn Sie im Vorspann irgendwelche Definitionen für die Randbreiten (margins)
+ haben, werden in LyX auch die richtigen Randbreiten verwendet.
+ Allerdings werden diese Einstellungen Ihre in
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+okument\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Seite
+\family default
+ überschreiben.
+ Sie sollten deshalb die Einträge aus dem Vorspann entfernen (
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+okument\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+LaT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{}
+\end_inset
+
+eX-Vorspann
+\family default
+), um sicherzugehen.
+ Dasselbe gilt auch für die Einstellungen der Sprache durch Babel mit den
+ Befehlen
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+inputencoding
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+pagestyle
+\family default
+ usw.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Die Textklasse
+\family sans
+foils
+\family default
+ enthält einige Fehler.
+ reLyX macht möglicherweise seltsame Dinge mit optionalen Argumenten der
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+foilhead
+\family default
+-Befehle.
+ Ebenso wird unter Umständen ein
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+""
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+dinglist}
+\family default
+ falsch behandelt, obwohl der Text in der Umgebung richtig übersetzt werden
+ sollte.
+\layout Standard
+
+Weniger wichtige Fehler sind in der Datei
+\family typewriter
+BUGS
+\family default
+ dokumentiert.
+\layout Standard
+
+reLyX ist hoffentlich recht stabil.
+ Wie bereits erwähnt wird es Ihre Datei möglicherweise nicht perfekt umsetzen,
+ aber es sollte nicht abstürzen.
+ Wenn es das dennoch tut und das Problem nicht einer der oben erwähnten
+ Punkte ist, lesen Sie bitte den Abschnitt
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:reLyXerrors}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Was LyX nicht handhaben kann
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX fehlen selbst noch einige Funktionen.
+ Aus diesem Grund kann es, selbst wenn reLyX eine Datei perfekt übersetzt,
+ noch zu Problemen kommen.
+ Wenn Sie derartige Dinge wirklich benötigen, können Sie das fertige LyX-Dokumen
+t nach LaTeX exportieren und die entsprechenden Einträge wieder einfügen.
+ Lesen Sie die Datei
+\family typewriter
+BUGS
+\family default
+, um mehr zu diesen Problemen zu erfahren.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Für einige Befehle unterstützt LyX keine optionalen Argumente.
+ Beispiele hierfür sind
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+sqrt
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+chapter
+\family default
+ (sowie alle anderen Abschnittsbefehle) und
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+
+\backslash
+
+\family default
+.
+ reLyX läßt solche Argumente automatisch weg und gibt eine Warnung auf
+\family typewriter
+stdout
+\family default
+ aus.
+ LyX ignoriert auch das Argument
+\family typewriter
+width
+\family default
+ in der Umgebung
+\family typewriter
+thebibliography
+\family default
+.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Zentrierung (oder links/rechtsbündiges Ausrichten) funktioniert nur für
+ ganze Absätze.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Die Unterstützung von Tabellen in LyX ist nicht perfekt.
+ Verwenden Sie für komplizierte Tabellen einen Überspringen-Block, um die
+ Tabelle als TeX-Code zu übernehmen.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Der Mathematikeditor von LyX kennt die Umgebungstypen
+\family typewriter
+align
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+split
+\family default
+ usw.\SpecialChar ~
+aus dem AMS-LaTeX-Paket nicht.
+ Diese werden also im TeX-Modus kopiert.
+ Sie können die
+\family typewriter
+equation*
+\family default
+-Umgebung im Originaltext durch die gleichwertige
+\family typewriter
+displaymath
+\family default
+ ersetzen, dann wird der Text einwandfrei übersetzt.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Beispiele
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+reLyX -df -o
+\emph on
+my/dir
+\emph default
+ -r
+\emph on
+myenv
+\emph default
+ foo.tex > foo.debug
+\layout Standard
+
+Der obenstehende Befehl erzeugt aus der Datei
+\family typewriter
+foo.tex
+\family default
+ die Datei
+\family typewriter
+my/dir/foo.lyx
+\family default
+ und überschreibt dabei eventuell existierende Dateien.
+ Wird ein
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{myenv} ...
+
+\backslash
+end{myenv}
+\family default
+-Block gefunden, so wird der Inhalt dieses Blockes zwar übersetzt, die
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin
+\family default
+ und
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+end
+\family default
+ Befehle werden jedoch im TeX-Modus in die LyX-Datei eingefügt.
+ Temporäre Dateien werden nicht gelöscht und befinden sich ebenfalls im
+ Verzeichnis
+\family typewriter
+my/dir
+\family default
+.
+ Es werden Debug-Informationen ausgegeben, diese stehen in der Datei
+\family typewriter
+foo.debug
+\family default
+.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Hinweise
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Fehlerberichte
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:reLyXerrors}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn reLyX abstürzt oder sich auf sonst eine Weise seltsam verhält, die
+ hier, in der Datei
+\family typewriter
+BUGS
+\family default
+ oder in
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url[LyX Bugzilla]{http://bugzilla.lyx.org/}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ nicht beschrieben wurde, starten Sie reLyX bitte mit der Option
+\series bold
+-d
+\series default
+.
+ Dadurch können Sie herausfinden, in welchem Abschnitt des Übersetzungsprozesses
+ der Fehler auftritt.
+ Dadurch können Sie letztendlich einen deutlich besseren Fehlerbericht schreiben
+, wodurch die Entwickler den Fehler viel schneller und leichter beheben
+ können.
+\layout Standard
+
+Senden Sie solche Fehlerberichte bitte an die Mailingliste der LyX-Entwickler,
+ das ist derzeit
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{lyxdevel@lists.lyx.org}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ (Sie können diese Adresse auf der LyX-Seite
+\family typewriter
+http://www.lyx.org
+\family default
+ nachsehen).
+ Wenn Sie eine sehr große Datei mit reLyX übersetzen -- bitte senden Sie
+ nicht die gesamte Ausgabe von reLyX mit dem Fehlerbericht ein, sondern
+ nur den relevanten Teil, in dem der Fehler auftritt.
+ Oder, noch besser, schicken Sie eine kleine TeX-Datei mit, die dieselben
+ Probleme wie die große Datei verursacht.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Details zur Implementation:
+\layout Standard
+
+reLyX arbeitet in mehreren Durchgängen, um eine Datei zu übersetzen.
+ In jedem Durchgang werden ein oder zwei Dateien erzeugt.
+\layout Description
+
+Durchgang\SpecialChar ~
+0 Vor allem anderen werden die Syntaxdateien gelesen.
+\layout Description
+
+Durchgang\SpecialChar ~
+1a Der Vorspann (alles vor dem
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{document}
+\family default
+) wird von der restlichen Datei abgetrennt.
+ Die beiden Teile werden in getrennten Dateien gespeichert.
+ Dies ist notwendig, da der Vorspann recht
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+seltsame
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ Dinge enthalten kann.
+ Alles nach einem
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+end{document}
+\family default
+ wird ebenfalls ignoriert, da es vermutlich kein LaTeX-Code mehr ist.
+
+\layout Description
+
+Durchgang\SpecialChar ~
+1b Übersetzen des Vorspanns.
+ Derzeit bedeutet das einfach erkennen des
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+docu\SpecialChar \-
+ment\SpecialChar \-
+class
+\family default
+-Befehls und kopieren des restlichen Vorspanns in den LyX-Vorspann.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Nachdem nun die verwendete Dokumentklasse bekannt ist, wird die Formatdatei
+ von LyX für diese Klasse eingelesen.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+
+Durchgang\SpecialChar ~
+2
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Säubern
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ der TeX-Datei, wobei ein etwas strikterer LaTeX-Code generiert wird.
+ Das umfaßt:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Ändern von Dingen wie etwa x^2 in das gleichbedeutende aber eindeutige x^{2}
+\layout Itemize
+
+Entfernen optionaler Argumente, die LyX nicht verarbeiten kann (zum Beispiel
+ von
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+sqrt
+\family default
+)
+\layout Itemize
+
+Umwandeln von
+\family typewriter
+{
+\backslash
+em foo}
+\family default
+ nach
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+emph{foo}
+\family default
+ usw.
+ Das ist notwendig, da LyX grundsätzlich diese nichtlokale Form verwendet.
+ Dies sollte aber kaum einen Unterschied machen.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+
+Durchgang\SpecialChar ~
+3 Übersetzen von LaTeX-Text, -Befehlen und -Umgebungen in die LyX-Synta
+x.
+\layout Description
+
+Durchgang\SpecialChar ~
+4 Zusammenfügen der beiden Teildateien sowie einige kleinere Änderungen
+, um die LyX-Datei zu erzeugen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Falls die Datei irgendwelche
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+input
+\family default
+ oder
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+include
+\family default
+-Befehle enthielt, wird nun von vorn begonnen, und die eingebundenen Dateien
+ werden übersetzt.
+ Dabei wird angenommen, daß sie dieselbe Textklasse verwenden wie die Hauptdatei
+, und daß sie keinen Vorspann enthalten.
+ (Falls Sie in einer Datei einen
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+input
+\family default
+-Befehl im Vorspann verwenden, wird dieser Befehl unverändert in den LaTeX-Vorsp
+ann übernommen und die eingebundene Datei wird nicht übersetzt.) Bei eingebundene
+n Dateien werden die Durchgänge 0 und 1 übersprungen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Falls reLyX irgendwelche einzubindenden Dateien nicht findet, wird eine
+ Warnung ausgegeben, das Programm bricht aber nicht ab, sondern übersetzt
+ diejenigen Dateien, die gefunden werden.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Format-Dateien
+\layout Standard
+
+reLyX liest die Format-Dateien von LyX um zu erkennen, wie diverse LaTeX-Umgebun
+gen und Befehle, die in entsprechende Formate in LyX konvertiert werden,
+ zu behandeln sind.
+ Diese Datei umfaßt alle
+\emph on
+normalen
+\emph default
+ nicht mathematischen Umgebungen (das heißt einschließlich
+\family sans
+quote
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+itemize,
+\family default
+ aber nicht
+\family sans
+tabular
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+minipage
+\family default
+ und einige andere ausgefallene Umgebungen) und Befehle wie
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+section
+\family default
+ oder
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+title
+\family default
+.
+ Wenn Sie mit reLyX eine Datei konvertieren wollen, für deren Textklasse
+ keine Format-Datei in LyX existiert, müssen Sie eine solche erzeugen.
+ Doch das müssen Sie sowieso tun, da LyX diese Dateien benötigt, um den
+ Text am Bildschirm korrekt darzustellen.
+ Die Dokumentation von LyX hilft Ihnen bei dieser Aufgabe (die je nach Art
+ der Textklasse, für die Sie die Formatdatei erstellen wollen, leicht oder
+ schwer sein kann).
+ Wenn Ihre Klasse einer Klasse mit existierender Format-Datei sehr ähnlich
+ ist, können Sie möglicherweise die Option
+\series bold
+-c
+\series default
+ von reLyX verwenden.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Syntaxdateien
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:syntaxfile}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+reLyX liest immer mindestens eine Syntaxdatei, die sogenannte Default-Datei.
+ Falls Sie eine persönliche Syntaxdatei angelegt haben, wird diese gelesen,
+ ansonsten die systemweite Datei.
+ Weitere Syntaxdateien werden eingelesen, falls dies mit der Option
+\series bold
+-s
+\series default
+ gefordert wird.
+ (Diese Dateien sollten dasselbe Format besitzen wie die Default-Datei,
+ sind aber im Normalfall kürzer als diese, da sie nur zusätzliche Dinge
+ festlegen, die nicht in der Default-Datei enthalten sind.) Eine Syntaxdatei
+ erklärt reLyX einige Dinge.
+\layout Standard
+
+Zunächst beschreibt sie die Syntax eines jeden Befehls, also wie viele benötigte
+ und wie viele optionale Argumente der Befehl hat.
+ Dadurch wird es für reLyX einfacher, Befehle (im TeX-Modus) zu kopieren,
+ die es nicht verarbeiten kann.
+ Die Syntaxdatei enthält dazu einfach den Befehl, gefolgt von eckigen und
+ geschweiften Klammern, die die Argumente in der korrekten Reihenfolge beschreib
+en.
+ So bedeutet der Syntaxeintrag
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+bibitem[]{}
+\family default
+, daß der Befehl
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+bibitem
+\family default
+ ein optionales Argument kennt, das von einem erforderlichen Argument gefolgt
+ wird, der Eintrag
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+bf
+\family default
+ zeigt, daß dieser Befehl überhaupt keine Argumente kennt.
+ Stößt reLyX im Text auf einen Befehl, der nicht umgesetzt werden kann,
+ wird dieser Befehl --- zusammen mit der korrekten Anzahl von Argumenten
+ --- wörtlich (im TeX-Modus) übernommen.
+ Gibt es für den Befehl keinen Eintrag in der Syntaxdatei, werden einfach
+ alle Argumente, die gefunden werden, kopiert: Dies kann möglicherweise
+ zuviel sein.
+ Doch da der Benutzer eigene Syntaxdateien anlegen kann, sollte dies nicht
+ zu oft der Fall sein.
+\layout Standard
+
+Einige Befehle, zum Beispiel
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+mbox
+\family default
+, die nicht in LyX konvertiert werden können, enthalten in einem ihrer Argumente
+ regulären LaTeX-Text.
+ Wird in der Syntaxdatei für diesen Befehl an der entsprechenden Stelle
+ der Eintrag
+\family typewriter
+translate
+\family default
+ eingefügt, so wird dieses Argument normal übersetzt, anstatt es wörtlich
+ zu übernehmen.
+ Die Default-Datei enthält beispielsweise den Eintrag
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+raisebox{}[][]{translate}
+\family default
+.
+ Das bedeutet, daß der
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+raisebox
+\family default
+-Befehl, das erste (sowie optionale Argumente, falls vorhanden) im TeX-Modus
+ übernommen werden, wohingegen das letzte Argument (das möglicherweise mathemati
+sche Formeln, komplizierte LaTeX-Befehle oder andere, nicht übersetzbare
+ Befehle enthält) nach LyX konvertiert wird.
+ Bei optionalen Argumenten kann
+\family typewriter
+translate
+\family default
+ nicht verwendet werden.
+\layout Standard
+
+Benutzerdefinierte Syntaxdateien können entweder neue Befehle und deren
+ Syntax beschreiben oder aber die Definition in der Default-Datei überschreiben
+ (beispielsweise wenn Sie einen Stil verwenden, der für einen dieser Befehle
+ ein zusätzliches Argument erlaubt).
+ Dies ist jedoch nur für Befehle von Nutzen, die im TeX-Modus übernommen
+ werden.
+ Für Befehle, die wirklich in die LyX-Form übersetzt werden, wie etwa
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+item
+\family default
+, ist de Anzahl der Argumente fest im Programmcode von reLyX verankert.
+ Diese Befehle sind in der Default-Datei besonders ausgewiesen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Weiterhin beschreibt die Syntaxdatei
+\emph on
+reguläre Umgebungen
+\emph default
+.
+ Normalerweise werden unbekannte Umgebungen komplett im TeX-Modus kopiert.
+ Definieren Sie aber hier zum Beispiel eine Umgebung
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+foo
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+, so werden nur noch die Befehle
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{foo}
+\family default
+ und
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+end{foo}
+\family default
+ im TeX-Modus gesetzt; der Text zwischen diesen Befehlen wird von reLyX
+ wie normaler Text behandelt und übersetzt.
+ Versuchen Sie aber nicht,
+\family typewriter
+tabbing
+\family default
+ oder
+\family typewriter
+picture
+\family default
+ als reguläre Umgebungen zu definieren, da der Text darin reLyX durcheinanderbri
+ngen wird; verwenden Sie diese Möglichkeit nur für Umgebungen, die einfachen
+ Text, mathematische Formeln oder simple LaTeX-Befehle enthalten.
+ Sie können auch keine unbekannten mathematischen Umgebungen (wie
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+equation*
+\family default
+) als reguläre Umgebungen definieren, da sie vom Mathematikeditor in LyX
+ nicht verarbeitet werden können.
+ Die Namen der definierten regulären Umgebungen stehen, durch Leerzeichen
+ getrennt, zwischen den beiden Befehlen
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{reLyXre}
+\family default
+ und
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+end{reLyXre}
+\family default
+ in der Syntaxdatei.
+ (Wenn Sie eine bestimmte reguläre Umgebung nur gelegentlich verwenden,
+ reicht es auch, diese mit der Option
+\series bold
+-r
+\series default
+ anzugeben.)
+\layout Standard
+
+Drittens beschreibt die Syntaxdatei die mathematische Umsetzungstabelle.
+ Einige Befehle werden vom Mathematikeditor in LyX nicht verarbeitet.
+ So wird beispielsweise
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+_
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ unterstützt, das gleichwertige
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+sb
+\family default
+ aber nicht.
+ Tragen Sie alle Befehle, die Sie konvertiert haben wollen, zwischen den
+ Zeilen
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{reLyXmt}
+\family default
+ und
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+end{reLyXmt}
+\family default
+ ein.
+ Der Eintrag
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+| {
+\backslash
+Vert}
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ bedeutet, daß jegliche im Mathematikmodus vorkommende
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+|
+\family default
+ als
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+Vert
+\family default
+ an LyX weitergegeben werden.
+ (In Fällen, in denen ein Eintrag, bestehend aus einem Backslash und einem
+ Nicht-Buchstaben in etwas mit Buchstaben am Ende konvertiert wird, fügt
+ reLyX automatisch ein Leerzeichen an.
+ Auf diese Weise wird zum Beispiel
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+|a
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ korrekt umgewandelt in
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+Vert a
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.)
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Verschiedenes
+\layout Standard
+
+Sie benötigen Perl mindestens in der Version 5.002, um reLyX benutzen zu
+ können.
+ Falls Sie kein Perl installiert haben, sollten Sie das unbedingt tun, da
+ es ein wirklich hilfreiches Werkzeug für praktisch alles ist.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Diagnostik
+\layout Standard
+
+Falls reLyX einmal abstürzt, sollte es grundsätzlich angeben, warum dies
+ geschehen ist.
+ Einige der Angaben werden allerdings recht technisch klingen, wenn der
+ Fehler tief im Inneren des Codes aufgetreten ist.
+ reLyX gibt noch deutlich mehr Informationen, wenn es mit der Option
+\series bold
+-d
+\series default
+ gestartet wird, doch dies sollte nur notwendig sein, wenn irgendetwas schief
+ geht.
+\layout Standard
+
+reLyX gibt nach Beendigung grundsätzlich aus, ob der Lauf erfolgreich war,
+ oder aufgrund eines Fehlers abgebrochen wurde.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Warnungen
+\layout Standard
+
+Bewahren Sie grundsätzlich eine Kopie Ihrer originalen LaTeX-Datei auf,
+ entweder unter einem anderen Namen oder in einem anderen Verzeichnis.
+ Es gibt einige denkbare Möglichkeiten, wie bei der Arbeit mit LyX die originale
+ LaTeX-Datei überschrieben werden kann:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Wenn Sie
+\family typewriter
+foo.tex
+\family default
+ importieren, dann
+\family typewriter
+foo.lyx
+\family default
+ editieren und es danach neu exportieren, wird LyX das Original überschreiben
+ (allerdings vorher fragen, ob Sie die Datei überschreiben wollen).
+\layout Itemize
+
+Falls Sie im Menü
+\family sans
+Einstellungen
+\family default
+, Karteikarte
+\family sans
+\series bold
+Ausgabe
+\family default
+\series default
+, Karteikarte
+\family sans
+Pfade
+\family default
+
+\family sans
+Temporäres\SpecialChar ~
+Verz.
+
+\family default
+ nicht aktiviert haben, wird LyX die temporären Dateien im aktuellen Verzeichnis
+ anlegen; das bedeutet, daß die originale Datei (ohne Nachfrage!) überschrieben
+ wird, wenn Sie
+\family sans
+Ansicht\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+VI
+\family default
+ oder
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+rucken\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+\SpecialChar ~
+
+\family default
+ausführen.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Dateien
+\layout Description
+
+
+\emph on
+UserDir
+\emph default
+/layouts/*.layout \SpecialChar ~
+
+\newline
+Private Format-Dateien des Benutzers für Dokumentklassen.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\emph on
+UserDir
+\emph default
+/reLyX/syntax.default \SpecialChar ~
+
+\newline
+Private Syntaxdateien des Benutzers.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\emph on
+L
+\family sans
+\emph default
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+{
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+\emph on
+y
+\family sans
+\emph default
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+\emph on
+XDir
+\emph default
+/layouts/*.layout \SpecialChar ~
+
+\newline
+Systemweite Format-Dateien für Dokumentklassen.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\emph on
+L
+\family sans
+\emph default
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+{
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+\emph on
+y
+\family sans
+\emph default
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+\emph on
+XDir
+\emph default
+/reLyX/syntax.default \SpecialChar ~
+
+\newline
+Systemweite LaTeX-Syntaxdatei.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\emph on
+L
+\family sans
+\emph default
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+{
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+\emph on
+y
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+\emph default
+XDir
+\family default
+ ist das systemweite LyX-Verzeichnis, normalerweise etwas wie
+\family typewriter
+/usr/local/share/lyx
+\family default
+.
+
+\emph on
+UserDir
+\emph default
+ ist das private LyX-Verzeichnis des Benutzers, normalerweise
+\family typewriter
+$HOME/.lyx
+\family default
+.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Siehe auch
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\shape italic
+lyx
+\shape default
+(1),
+\shape italic
+latex
+\shape default
+(1)
+\layout Subsection
+
+Autoren
+\layout Standard
+
+Copyright (c) 1998-9
+\noun on
+Amir
+\noun default
+
+\noun on
+Karger
+\noun default
+ (karger@voth.chem.utah.edu)
+\layout Standard
+
+Zum Code haben beigetragen:
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\noun on
+John Weiss
+\noun default
+ schrieb den ursprünglichen CleanTeX-Durchlauf.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\noun on
+Etienne Grossmann
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\noun on
+Jos\i \'{e}
+ Ab\i \'{\i}
+lio Oliveira Matos
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\noun on
+David Suarez de Lis
+\layout Standard
+
+Andere Mitwirkende:
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\noun on
+Jean-Marc Lasgouttes
+\noun default
+ arbeitete am aufrufenden Skript mit und lieferte jede Menge Fehlerberichte,
+ Tips und Vorschläge für Erweiterungen.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\noun on
+Asger K.
+ Alstrup Nielsen
+\noun default
+ und
+\noun on
+Marc Pavese
+\noun default
+ gaben Tips.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Verschiedene Personen von den Mailing-Listen der Entwickler und Benutzer
+ lieferten Fehlerberichte und Vorschläge für neue Eigenschaften.
+\layout Standard
+
+reLyX verwendet eine modifizierte Version des Paketes Perl-TeX-Parser Text::TeX,
+ das von
+\noun on
+Ilya Zakharevich
+\noun default
+ (ilya@math.ohio-state.edu) geschrieben wurde.
+ Sie finden es auf CPAN (Comprehensive Perl Archive Network,
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{www.cpan.org}
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+\layout Chapter
+
+LyX-Funktionen, die zusätzliche Programme benötigen
+\layout Section
+
+Die Verwendung von LyX mit den SGML-Tools (LinuxDoc)
+\layout Standard
+
+von
+\noun on
+Paul Evans
+\layout Subsection
+
+Überblick
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+SGML (LinuxDoc)
+\family default
+ ist eine der in LyX vorhandenen Dokumentklassen, wenn Sie
+\family typewriter
+sgmltools
+\family default
+ installiert haben.
+ Sie können Sie verwenden, um damit Dokumente in der sogenannten
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Standardized General Mark-up Language
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ (SGML) zu erstellen, die das besondere Format des
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Linux Documentation Project
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ benutzen.
+ Dies ist vor allem dann hilfreich, wenn Sie an diesem Projekt mitarbeiten.
+ Das SGML-Format kann mit den Skripten und Programmen des Paketes
+\family typewriter
+sgmltools
+\family default
+ in eine Vielzahl anderer Formate übersetzt werden (zum Beispiel LaTeX,
+ HTML, Text, Manpage\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+).
+ Sie können daher diese Dokumentklasse auch verwenden, wenn Sie einen Text
+ schreiben wollen, der sehr einfach in andere Formate übersetzt werden kann.
+\layout Standard
+
+Sie werden feststellen, daß die Klasse
+\family sans
+SGML (LinuxDoc)
+\family default
+ weniger Formatelemente besitzt als die anderen Klassen in LyX.
+ Dies liegt darin begründet, daß nur so gewährleistet ist, daß die Formate
+ sinnvoll in alle möglichen Formate übersetzt werden können.
+ In diesem Abschnitt wird beschrieben, wie Sie
+\layout Itemize
+
+einen Text in der
+\family sans
+SGML (LinuxDoc)
+\family default
+-Klasse anlegen und wie Sie damit umgehen,
+\layout Itemize
+
+die Formatelemente von
+\family sans
+SGML (LinuxDoc)
+\family default
+ einsetzen, um Ihren Text zu formatieren
+\layout Itemize
+
+das SGML-Paket einsetzen, um unterschiedliche Formate zu erzeugen
+\layout Itemize
+
+einige Probleme umschiffen.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Vorbereitung und Umgang mit einem SGML (LinuxDoc)-Doku\SpecialChar \-
+ment
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Zu Beginn
+\layout Standard
+
+Als erstes wählen Sie im Dialog
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+okument
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+\SpecialChar ~
+die Klasse
+\family sans
+SGML (LinuxDoc)
+\family default
+ aus.
+ Ein Blick in das Menü mit den Absatztypen ganz links in der Werkzeugleiste
+ zeigt, daß es in dieser Klasse deutlich weniger Absatzumgebungen gibt als
+ in den anderen Dokumentklassen von LyX.
+ Wie diese einzusetzen sind, wird in Abschnitt
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:sgmlparas}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ erläutert.
+\layout Standard
+
+Sie
+\emph on
+müssen
+\emph default
+ auf jeden Fall einen Titel für das Dokument eingeben, gefolgt von einer
+ Zeile mit dem Autor, wobei für jeden Eintrag die entsprechende Absatzumgebung
+ angewählt werden muß.
+ Wenn Sie dies nicht tun, werden Sie beim Versuch, die Datei zu drucken,
+ Fehlermeldungen erhalten.
+ Als nächstes geben Sie Datum und Zusammenfassung ein, falls Sie dies wünschen.
+ Der eigentliche Text muß mit dem Umgebungstyp
+\family sans
+Abschnitt
+\family default
+ beginnen, normaler Text (
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+) führt ebenfalls zu Fehlern.
+\layout Standard
+
+Davon abgesehen können Sie Ihren Text wie gewohnt unter Zuhilfenahme der
+ vorhandenen Absatzumgebungen erstellen.
+ Abschnitt
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:sgmlparas}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ enthält eine Zusammenstellung aller vorhandenen Typen und wie sie eingesetzt
+ werden.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Abspeichern
+\layout Standard
+
+Sie können Dokumente der Klasse
+\family sans
+SGML (LinuxDoc)
+\family default
+ wie gewohnt speichern und ausdrucken.
+ Um aber die weiten Möglichkeiten des SGML-Paketes auszunutzen, müssen Sie
+ die Datei im
+\family sans
+SGML (LinuxDoc)
+\family default
+-Format speichern.
+ Sie erreichen dies durch die Auswahl
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+xportieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Linu
+\bar under
+x
+\bar default
+Doc
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \@.
+ Sie finden dann eine Datei mit demselben Namen und der Endung
+\family typewriter
+.sgml
+\family default
+ anstelle von
+\family typewriter
+.lyx
+\family default
+.
+ Im Abschnitt
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:sgmloperate}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ wird beschrieben, wie Sie diese Datei dann weiterverarbeiten können.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Die Verwendung der Absatzumgebungen in SGML (LinuxDoc)
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Die Struktur eines SGML (LinuxDoc)-Dokumentes
+\layout Standard
+
+Es gibt einen formalen Aufbau, der für alle SGML (LinuxDoc)-Dokumente gilt.
+ Dadurch wird eingeschränkt, wann welche Absatztypen verwendet werden können.
+ Jedes Dokument besteht aus zwei Teilen:
+\layout Description
+
+Kopf: Er umfaßt alles, was bis zum ersten Absatz des Typs
+\family sans
+Abschnitt
+\family default
+ eingegeben wird.
+ Dies können Überschrift, Autor, Datum, Zusammenfassung und Inhaltsverzeichnis
+ sein, die ersten beiden
+\emph on
+müssen
+\emph default
+ angegeben werden.
+\layout Description
+
+Body: Er umfaßt alles nach dem ersten
+\family sans
+Abschnitt
+\family default
+-Absatz.
+ Hier sind alle Absatztypen erlaubt.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Die Absatzumgebungen in SGML (LinuxDoc)
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:sgmlparas}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Nachfolgend finden Sie eine Zusammenstellung all der Einträge, die Sie auch
+ in der Absatzumgebungsliste in der Werkzeugleiste vorfinden.
+ Zu jedem Element werden eine kurze Beschreibung sowie einige Hinweise gegeben,
+ falls die Verwendung nicht offensichtlich ist.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Standard:
+\family roman
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Titel
+\family default
+: Dieser Text erscheint auf dem Ausdruck oben links über einer dicken horizontal
+en Linie, allerdings sieht man dies in LyX nicht.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Abschnitt, Unterabschnitt, Unterunterabschn., Paragraph
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+Unterparagraph:
+\family default
+ Diese Typen bewirken genau das, was sie auch in den anderen Dokumentklassen
+ tun.
+ Ob sie numeriert werden, hängt von der Einstellung
+\family sans
+Max.\SpecialChar ~
+Unterabschnitt
+\family default
+ im Dialog
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+okument\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\family default
+ ab.
+ Dies ist die einzige Möglichkeit, nicht numerierte Abschnitte zu erhalten,
+ denn die Abschnittsumgebungen vom Typ
+\family sans
+Abschnitt*
+\family default
+ werden in der Klasse
+\family sans
+SGML (LinuxDoc)
+\family default
+ nicht unterstützt.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Aufzählung:
+\family default
+ Wie gewohnt können Sie hiermit numerierte, eingerückte Listen erzeugen.
+ Dies wird im
+\emph on
+Benutzerhandbuch
+\emph default
+ beschrieben.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Auflistung:
+\family default
+Auch hier besteht kein Unterschied zu anderen Klassen, weitere Beschreibung
+ finden Sie im
+\emph on
+Benutzerhandbuch
+\emph default
+.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Beschreibung
+\family default
+: Die Beschreibung finden Sie im
+\emph on
+Benutzerhandbuch
+\emph default
+.
+ Wenn Sie im fettgedruckten Teil der Beschreibung mehr als ein Wort haben
+ wollen, müssen Sie diese durch geschützte Leerzeichen verbinden.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Unformatiert:
+\family default
+Wie in anderen Klassen auch.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Code:
+\family default
+entspricht dem Umgebungstyp
+\family sans
+Ly
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{}
+\end_inset
+
+X-Code
+\family default
+.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Autor
+\family default
+: Der hier eingegebene Text erscheint im Ausdruck links oben unter der dicken
+ horizontalen Linie.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Datum:
+\family default
+ Der hier eingegebene Text erscheint im Ausdruck oben rechts unter der horizonta
+len Linie.
+ Die Eingabe ist optional, es kann beliebiger Text (zum Beispiel eine Versionsnu
+mmer) eingegeben werden.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Zusammenfassung
+\family default
+: Damit können Sie einen einzelnen, freistehenden Absatz nach Autor und
+ Datum, aber vor dem ersten Abschnitt eingeben.
+ Es ist aber nur ein einziger solcher Absatz erlaubt.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\emph on
+Hinweis des Autors:
+\emph default
+ Dies sollte geprüft werden ---pe.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+SGML:
+\family default
+ ???
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Andere Format-Elemente
+\layout Standard
+
+Sie können das Menü
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ormat
+\family default
+ wie gewohnt verwenden, um Zeichensätze zu verändern oder Text hervorzuheben.
+ Auch das Inhaltsverzeichnis können Sie wie gewohnt verwenden, lesen Sie
+ dazu den entsprechenden Abschnitt im
+\emph on
+Benutzerhandbuch
+\emph default
+.
+ Obwohl Sie diverse andere Formatelemente in den Menüs finden, zum Beispiel
+ Einfügen von Fußnoten, ist es nicht sicher, ob diese auch einwandfrei funktioni
+eren.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\emph on
+Hinweis des Autors:
+\emph default
+ Möglicherweise liegen die Probleme an meinem Rechner --- pe
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+Die Verwendung der SGML (LinuxDoc)-Skripte
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:sgmloperate}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Sie können SGML (LinuxDoc) natürlich einfach nur als Textklasse und ohne
+ jede zusätzlichen Skripte verwenden, aber das würde nicht sehr sinnvoll
+ sein.
+ Alles was Sie dadurch erhalten ist ein Dokument, das aussieht wie ein
+\emph on
+Linux Documentation Project HOWTO
+\emph default
+.
+ Für die Übersetzung des Dokumentes benötigen Sie das Paket
+\family typewriter
+sgml-tools-1.0.x.tar.gz
+\family default
+ (mit
+\begin_inset Formula $x\geq3$
+\end_inset
+
+) von der WWW-Seite der SGML-Tools,
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://pobox.com/~cg/sgmltools}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Sie können das Paket auch vom sunsite-Archiv bekommen:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://sunsite.unc.edu/pub/Linux/utils/text/sgml-tools-1.0.x.tar.gz}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Die Archivdatei
+\family typewriter
+sgml-tools-1.0.x.tar.gz
+\family default
+ enthält alles was Sie benötigen, um SGML-Do\SpecialChar \-
+ku\SpecialChar \-
+men\SpecialChar \-
+te zu erstellen und diese
+ in die Formate groff, LaTeX, HTML, GNU info, LyX und RTF zu konvertieren.
+\layout Standard
+
+Bis zum Januar 1997 hieß dieses Paket
+\family typewriter
+linuxdoc-sgml-1.5.tar.gz
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Folgen Sie den Anweisungen zur Installation und Benutzung des Paketes.
+ Dies alles müssen Sie -- unabhängig von LyX -- durchgeführt haben, bevor
+ Sie den Menüpunkt
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+xportieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Linu
+\bar under
+x
+\bar default
+Doc
+\family default
+ auswählen können.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Fehlersuche in SGML (LinuxDoc)
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Sie ein Dokument ausdrucken oder (als Dvi oder Postscript®) betrachten
+ wollen, werden einige Tests durchgeführt, bevor LaTeX gestartet wird.
+ Dabei werden einige Fehler abgefangen, insbesondere solche, die die Struktur
+ des Textes betreffen.
+ LyX erzeugt dabei manchmal zwar eine Fehlermeldung, hinterläßt aber keine
+ Fehlermarke im Text, die es Ihnen erleichtert, die fehlerhafte Stelle zu
+ lokalisieren.
+ Unter Umständen müssen Sie in diesen Fällen die Datei selber genau untersuchen,
+ um den Fehler zu finden.
+ Die meisten derartigen Fehler beruhen auf der Verwendung von Formatelementen,
+ die in dieser Klasse nicht vollständig unterstützt werden.
+\layout Section
+
+TeX prüfen
+\layout Standard
+
+von
+\noun on
+Asger Alstrup
+\layout Subsection
+
+Einleitung
+\layout Standard
+
+Im Menü
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+earbeiten
+\family default
+ finden Sie einen Eintrag
+\family sans
+ T
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{}
+\end_inset
+
+e
+\bar under
+X
+\bar default
+\SpecialChar ~
+prüfen
+\family default
+.
+ Damit dieser Befehl einsetzbar ist, müssen Sie das Programm
+\family typewriter
+chktex
+\family default
+ installiert haben.
+ Ist dies nicht der Fall, wird der Befehl in hellgrau angezeigt und kann
+ nicht aktiviert werden.
+ Sie finden dieses Programm auf jeder Spiegelung des CTAN oder über das
+ Netz auf
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.ifi.uio.no/~jensthi/chktex/}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Das Paket
+\family sans
+ChkT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{}
+\end_inset
+
+eX
+\family default
+ wurde von
+\noun on
+Jens T.
+ Berger Thielemann
+\noun default
+ aus dem Frust heraus erstellt, daß manche Konstrukte in LaTeX nicht sehr
+ intuitiv und leicht zu vergessen sind.
+ Das Programm liest die LaTeX-Datei, überprüft die Integrität und meldet
+ einige typische Fehler.
+ Es ist damit so etwas wie
+\family typewriter
+Lint
+\family default
+ für LaTeX.
+\layout Standard
+
+Sie fragen sich nun sicherlich, was ein solches Programm für LyX bringen
+ soll, welches bereits selber fehlerfreies LaTeX erzeugt.
+ Die Antwort ist recht einfach: Wie auch
+\family typewriter
+Lint
+\family default
+ überprüft
+\family typewriter
+chktex
+\family default
+ nicht nur die korrekte
+\emph on
+Syntax
+\emph default
+ des Dokumentes, sondern es führt auch einige semantische und
+\emph on
+typographische
+\emph default
+ Tests durch.
+ Im einzelnen kann
+\family typewriter
+chktex
+\family default
+ einige verbreitete Fehler erkennen wie zum Beispiel
+\layout Itemize
+
+Fortsetzungspunkte:
+\newline
+Es sollte \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+ anstelle von ...
+ verwendet werden.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Kein Leerzeichen vor/nach einer Klammer:
+\newline
+( falsche Leerräume )
+\layout Itemize
+
+Erzwingen eines normalen Leerraumes nach verbreiteten Abkürzungen:
+\newline
+z.
+ B.
+ ist dies ein zu großer Abstand.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Erzwingen eines Satzende-Punktes, wenn das letzte Wort im Satz mit Großbuchstabe
+n endet:
+\newline
+Dies ist ein TEST.
+ Und dies ein falscher Abstand.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Leerzeichen vor Marken und ähnlichen Befehlen:
+\newline
+Die Marke sollte direkt an den Text anschließen um zu verhindern, daß sie
+ auf eine falsche Seite gesetzt wird.
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:chktex}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Diese Fußnote kann eventuell auf einer falschen Seite landen.
+\end_inset
+
+ Der Abstand der Marke ist zu groß.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Normale Leerzeichen vor Querverweisen anstelle von geschützten Leerzeichen:
+\newline
+Im ungünstigen Fall wird der Zeilenumbruch genau zwischen dem verweisenden
+ Text und der Referenz\SpecialChar \-
+nummer eingefügt, das sieht nicht schön aus.
+ Ein Beispiel dafür enthält Abschnitt
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:chktex}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Die Verwendung von
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+x
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ anstelle von
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\times$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ zwischen Zahlen:
+\newline
+2x2 sieht im Vergleich zu 2
+\begin_inset Formula $\times$
+\end_inset
+
+2 recht mickrig aus.
+\layout Standard
+
+Und vieles mehr\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\family typewriter
+chktex
+\family default
+ ist ein unentbehrliches Hilfsmittel, wenn Sie Ihr Dokument vor dem Ausdruck
+ noch ein wenig aufpolieren wollen.
+ Sie sollten es direkt nach der Rechtschreibprüfung aufrufen, bevor Sie
+ sich von Hand um weitere Verfeinerungen des Textsatzes kümmern.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Der Aufruf
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn das Programm auf Ihrem Rechner installiert ist, müssen Sie einfach
+ nur den Menüpunkt
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+T
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{}
+\end_inset
+
+e
+\bar under
+X\SpecialChar ~
+
+\bar default
+prüfen
+\family default
+ aufrufen.
+ LyX wird dann aus Ihrem Dokument eine LaTeX-Datei erzeugen und
+\family typewriter
+chktex
+\family default
+ starten, um sie zu prüfen.
+ Werden dabei Fehler gefunden, wird LyX an den entsprechenden Stellen im
+ Text Fehlermarken einfügen.
+ Sie können diese Marken einfach finden, indem Sie den Menüpunkt
+\family sans
+\bar under
+N
+\bar default
+avigieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ehler
+\family default
+ oder das Ta\SpecialChar \-
+stenkürzel
+\family sans
+Strg+G
+\family default
+ (mit
+\family typewriter
+cua.bind
+\family default
+, der Standardeinstellung) verwenden.
+ Öffnen Sie die Fehlermarken durch anklicken oder über das Tastenkürzel
+
+\family sans
+Strg+I
+\family default
+ (oder
+\family sans
+ Strg+O
+\family default
+, falls Sie
+\family typewriter
+emacs.bind
+\family default
+ verwenden).
+ Lesen Sie die Fehlermeldung und beheben Sie den Fehler (falls es wirklich
+ einer ist).
+ Wenn Sie mit der Fehlermeldung nichts anfangen können oder sie nicht verstehen,
+ können Sie sie einfach ignorieren.
+ Denken Sie daran, daß zwischen dem Erscheinungsbild des Textes auf dem
+ Bildschirm und der Version, die
+\family typewriter
+chktex
+\family default
+ zu sehen bekommt, noch ein Zwischenschritt liegt, dadurch kann es passieren,
+ daß einige Warnungen unverständlich oder sogar dumm erscheinen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Dieser Text ist ein perfektes Testfeld für das Programm, und es sollte einige
+ Warnungen erzeugen, mit denen Sie herumspielen können.
+ Da Computer aber nicht sehr schlau sind, können Sie davon ausgehen, daß
+ die meisten davon falscher Alarm sind.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Anpassung an persönliche Wünsche
+\layout Standard
+
+Sie werden feststellen, daß
+\family typewriter
+chktex
+\family default
+ manchmal mehr Meldungen erzeugt, als Ihrer momentanen Laune guttut.
+ Sie können sich dann überlegen, ob Sie es lieber nicht verwenden, warten,
+ bis sich Ihre Laune ändert oder einfach
+\family typewriter
+chktex
+\family default
+ so anpassen, wie es Ihnen gefällt.
+ In jedem Fall können Sie den Menüpunkt
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Alle\SpecialChar ~
+Fe
+\bar under
+h
+\bar default
+lermarken\SpecialChar ~
+entfernen
+\family default
+ verwenden, um sofort alle Fehlermarken aus dem Text zu entfernen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Obwohl
+\family typewriter
+chktex
+\family default
+ in weiten Bereichen konfigurierbar und erweiterbar ist, sollten Sie nicht
+ erwarten, daß sich auf diese Weise alle Probleme in LyX lösen lassen.
+ Da LyX eine ganz spezielle LaTeX-Datei erzeugen muß,
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Sie können sich die gesamte Ausgabe von chktex ansehen, indem Sie direkt
+ nach dessen Aufruf den Menüpunkt
+\family sans
+Ans
+\bar under
+i
+\bar default
+cht\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+aT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{}
+\end_inset
+
+eX-Protokoll
+\family default
+ anwählen.
+\end_inset
+
+ damit es die von
+\family typewriter
+chktex
+\family default
+ gemeldeten Zeilennummern der internen Dokumentenstruktur zuordnen kann,
+ werden manche Warnungen nicht an der richtigen Stelle erscheinen.
+ In diesem Fall können Sie zwei Dinge tun:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Verändern Sie den Aufruf von
+\family typewriter
+chktex
+\family default
+ in der globalen Konfigurationsdatei für
+\family typewriter
+chktex
+\family default
+ (normalerweise
+\family typewriter
+/usr/local/share/chktexrc
+\family default
+).
+ Weiter unten im Text wird erläutert, welche Arten von Fehlerhinweisen so
+ (de)aktiviert werden können.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Exportieren Sie das Dokument als LaTeX-Datei und starten Sie
+\family typewriter
+chktex
+\family default
+ von Hand, um diese Datei zu prüfen.
+ Auf diese Weise kann es etwas schwierig werden, die entsprechende Stelle
+ im LyX-Dokument zu finden, aber mit ein wenig Geduld sollte das kein Problem
+ sein.
+\layout Standard
+
+Hier nun die Liste all derjenigen Warnungen, die über den Eintrag
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+chktex_command
+\family default
+ in der Datei
+\family typewriter
+preferences
+\family default
+ ein- oder ausgeschaltet werden können.
+ Verwenden Sie
+\family typewriter
+-n#
+\family default
+, um ein Warnung abzuschalten, und
+\family typewriter
+-w#
+\family default
+, um sie zu aktivieren.
+ Die Einträge in hervorgehobener Schrift sind normalerweise abgeschaltet,
+ denn die Standardeinstellung ist
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+chktex -n1 -n3 -n6 -n9 -n22 -n25 -n30 -n38
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Bitte verwenden Sie nur solche Optionen, die Warnungen an- oder abschalten.
+ LyX ist darauf angewiesen, daß einige andere Parameter auf ganz bestimmte
+ Werte gesetzt sind, damit eine Kommunikation zwischen LyX und
+\family typewriter
+chktex
+\family default
+ möglich ist.
+\layout Standard
+
+Die folgenden Befehle wurden nicht übersetzt, um Ihnen die Zuordnung zu
+ erleichtern.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+\emph on
+Command terminated with space.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+Non-breaking space (
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+~
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+) should have been used.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+\emph on
+You should enclose the previous parenthesis with
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+{}
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+Italic correction (
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+/
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+) found in non-italic buffer.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+Italic correction (
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+/
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+) found more than once.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+\emph on
+No italic correction (
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+/
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+) found.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+Accent command
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+cmd
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ needs use of
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+cmd
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+Wrong length of dash may have been used.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+\emph on
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+%s
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ expected, found
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+%s
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+Solo
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+%s
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ found.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+You should use
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+%s
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ to achieve an ellipsis.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+Inter-word spacing (
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+) should perhaps be used.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+Inter-sentence spacing (
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+@
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+) should perhaps be used.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+Could not find argument for command.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+No match found for
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+%s
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+Math mode still on at end of latex file.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+Number of
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+char
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ doesn't match the number of
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+char
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+You should use either
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ or
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ as an alternative to
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+"
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+You should use "
+\family typewriter
+'
+\family default
+" (ASCII 39) instead of "
+\family typewriter
+´
+\family default
+" (ASCII 180).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+User-specified pattern found.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+This command might not be intended.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+\emph on
+Comment displayed.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+Either
+\family typewriter
+''
+\backslash
+,'
+\family default
+ or
+\family typewriter
+'
+\backslash
+,''
+\family default
+ will look better.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+Delete this space to maintain correct page references.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+\emph on
+You might wish to put this between a pair of
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+{}
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+You ought to remove spaces in front of punctuation.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+Could not execute latex command.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+Don't use
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+/
+\family default
+ in front of small punctuation.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\size small
+$
+\backslash
+times$
+\family default
+ may look prettier here.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+\emph on
+Multiple spaces detected in output.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+This text may be ignored.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+Use
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ to begin quotation, not
+\family typewriter
+'
+\family default
+.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+Use
+\family typewriter
+'
+\family default
+ to end quotation, not
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+Don't mix quotes.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+You should perhaps use
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+cmd
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ instead.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+You should put a space in front of/after parenthesis.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+You should avoid spaces in front of/after parenthesis.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+\emph on
+You should not use punctuation in front of/after quotes.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+Double space found.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+You should put punctuation outside inner/inside display math mode.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+You ought to not use primitive TeX in latex code.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+You should remove spaces in front of
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+%s
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+%s
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ is normally not followed by
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+%c
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Für kommende LyX-Versionen ist eine verbesserte Schnittstelle zu diesem
+ Programm (und seinem kleinen Bruder
+\family typewriter
+lacheck
+\family default
+) geplant, um dessen volle Stärke ausnutzen zu können.
+ Aber auch im gegenwärtgen Stadium ist es alles andere als nutzlos: versuchen
+ Sie es doch einfach mal mit einem Ihrer etwas längeren Dokumente, Sie werden
+ überrascht sein.
+\layout Section
+
+Versionskontrolle in LyX
+\layout Standard
+
+von
+\noun on
+ Lars Gullik Bjønnes
+\layout Subsection
+
+Einleitung
+\layout Standard
+
+Ein Freund von mir wollte LyX für ein Gruppenprojekt verwenden.
+ Als er aber keinerlei Unterstützung für Versionskontrolle oder File Locking
+ fand, verwarf er die Idee.
+ Das hat mich natürlich geärgert, und aus diesem Grund beschloß ich, mindestens
+ Unterstützung für RCS (
+\emph on
+Revision Control System
+\emph default
+, Versionskontrolle) zu implementieren (mit der Möglichkeit, dies später
+ auf CVS und/oder SCCS zu erweitern).
+ Dies ist nun geschehen.
+ LyX unterstützt einige grundlegende RCS-Befehle.
+ Wenn Sie etwas Komplizierteres machen wollen, müssen Sie dies in einem
+ XTerm von Hand durchführen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Bevor Sie damit anfangen, RCS in LyX zu verwenden, sollten Sie unbedingt
+
+\family typewriter
+rcsintro
+\family default
+ lesen (das ist eine Datei der Online-Hilfe von Unix, zu lesen mit dem Befehl
+
+\family typewriter
+man rcsintro
+\family default
+).
+ Dieser Text beschreibt alle grundlegenden Fähigkeiten von RCS.
+ Insbesondere sollten Sie den Hinweis über das RCS-Verzeichnis und den Begriff
+ der RCS-Master-Datei (die Datei mit der Endung
+\family typewriter
+,v
+\family default
+) lesen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Die Implementation in LyX setzt eine aktuelle Version des GNU-RCS-Paketes
+ voraus --- für ältere Versionen wird keine Garantie gegeben.
+\layout Subsection
+
+RCS-Befehle in LyX
+\layout Standard
+
+Die folgenden Abschnitte beschreiben die von LyX unterstützten RCS-Befehle.
+ Sie finden sie im Menü
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Versions
+\bar under
+k
+\bar default
+ontrolle
+\family default
+.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+Registrieren
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Ihr Dokument noch nicht der Versionskontrolle untersteht, ist dies
+ der einzige Eintrag im Menü.
+ Ist es einmal registriert, ist dieser Eintrag grau unterlegt und nicht
+ anwählbar.
+\layout Standard
+
+Mit diesem Befehl registrieren Sie Ihr Dokument bei der Versionskontrolle.
+ Sie werden interaktiv nach einer anfänglichen Beschreibung für den Text
+ gefragt.
+ Dann wird das Dokument als schreibgeschützt markiert.
+ Um es zu verändern, müssen Sie zuerst
+\family sans
+Arbeitskopie\SpecialChar ~
+erzeugen
+\family default
+ auswählen.
+ Bei einem Dokument, das der Versionskontrolle unterliegt, wird hinter dem
+ Dateinamen im Minipuffer der Eintrag ,,[RCS:<Version> <Name>]`` angehängt.
+\layout Standard
+
+Der aufgerufene RCS-Befehl ist
+\family typewriter
+ci -q -u -i -t-"<erste Beschreibung>" <Dateiname>
+\layout Standard
+
+Lesen Sie die Online-Hilfe (
+\family typewriter
+man ci)
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\family default
+um mehr über die Bedeutung der Schalter zu erfahren.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+Änderungen einchecken\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Sie mit dem Editieren des Textes fertig sind, müssen Sie die Änderungen
+ wieder der Versionskontrolle übergeben.
+ Wenn Sie dies tun, werden Sie nach einer Beschreibung der Änderungen gefragt.
+ Dies wird dann in der Log-Datei vermerkt.
+ Die Versionsnummer wird erhöht, die Änderungen in die Masterdatei übertragen,
+ die Datei wird entsperrt und als schreibgeschützt markiert.
+\layout Standard
+
+RCS-Befehl:
+\family typewriter
+ci -q -u -m"<Beschreibung>" <Dateiname>
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+Arbeitskopie erzeugen
+\layout Standard
+
+Dadurch wird das Dokument gesperrt, und nur noch Sie können es verändern.
+ Dadurch wird für Sie außerdem das Dokument als veränderbar markiert.
+ Normalerweise werden Sie nun eine ganze Weile mit dem Text arbeiten, ihn
+ verändern und zum Schluß den geänderten Text wieder an die Versionskontrolle
+ übergeben.
+ In der Statuszeile (Minipuffer) wird angezeigt, daß Sie die Datei gesperrt
+ haben.
+\layout Standard
+
+RCS-Befehl:
+\family typewriter
+co -q -l <Dateiname>
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+Letzte Version wiederherstellen
+\layout Standard
+
+Dadurch werden alle Änderungen, die Sie seit der letzten Übergabe an die
+ VK gemacht haben, verworfen.
+ Sie bekommen einen entsprechenden Warnhinweis, bevor diese Aktion durchgeführt
+ wird.
+\layout Standard
+
+RCS-Befehl:
+\family typewriter
+co -f -u<Version> <Dateiname>
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+Letzte Version widerrufen
+\layout Standard
+
+Dadurch wird die letzte Übergabe an die VK rückgängig gemacht.
+ Am Dokument, das Sie in LyX geladen haben, werden keinerlei Änderungen
+ gemacht, aber die letzte Version wird aus der Masterdatei gelöscht.
+\layout Standard
+
+RCS-Befehl:
+\family typewriter
+rcs -o<Version> <Dateiname>
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+Entwicklung anzeigen
+\layout Standard
+
+Damit wird die vollständige Entwicklungsgeschichte des Dokumentes angezeigt.
+ Es wird die Ausgabe des Befehls
+\family typewriter
+rlog <Dateiname>
+\family default
+ in einem eigenen Fenster gezeigt.
+ Weitere Informationen liefert
+\family typewriter
+man rlog
+\family default
+.
+\layout Section
+
+Literarische Programmierung
+\layout Standard
+
+von
+\noun on
+Edmar Wienskoski Jr.
+
+\noun default
+ (edmar-w-jr@technologist.com), aktualisiert von
+\noun on
+Kayvan
+\noun default
+
+\noun on
+Sylvan
+\noun default
+ (
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{kayvan@sylvan.com}
+
+\end_inset
+
+)
+\layout Subsection
+
+Einleitung
+\layout Standard
+
+Zweck dieses Teils der Dokumentation ist es Ihnen zu zeigen, wie Sie LyX
+ verwenden können, um sogenanntes Literarische Programmierung zu betreiben.
+ Dabei wird vorausgesetzt, daß Sie sich mit dieser Programmiertechnik bereits
+ auskennen und wissen was mit
+\emph on
+verknoten
+\emph default
+ (tangling) und
+\emph on
+weben
+\emph default
+ (weaving) gemeint ist.
+ Wenn das nicht der Fall ist, sollten Sie dieses Kapitel überspringen oder
+ sich anhand der weiter unten angegebenen Links im Web schlau machen --
+ es gibt sehr viel gute Literatur zu diesem Thema, die alles von der geschichtli
+chen Entwicklung bis zu den aktuellsten Hinweisen für Hilfsprogramme reicht.
+\layout Standard
+
+Außerdem wird angenommen, daß Sie sich mit LyX zumindest so gut auskennen,
+ daß Sie es problemlos konfigurieren oder die X-Resources verändern können.
+ Andernfalls ziehen Sie die restliche Dokumentation von LyX zu Rate.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Was ist Literarische Programmierung?
+\layout Standard
+
+Aus dem
+\emph on
+Literarische Programmierung FAQ
+\emph default
+ :
+\layout Quotation
+
+Literarische Programmierung ist die Kombination von Dokumentation und Quelltext
+ in einer einzigen Datei, und zwar in einer Art und Weise, in der sie von
+ Menschen einfach gelesen werden kann.
+ Solche Dokumente sollten sogar Spaß beim Lesen machen, ja sogar zum Lesen
+ einladen.
+ Generell vereinen derartige
+\emph on
+literarische
+\emph default
+ Programme Quellcode und Dokumentation in einer einzigen Datei.
+ Die Hilfsprogramme lesen dann diese Dateien und erzeugen daraus entweder
+ die lesbare Dokumentation oder aber den kompilierbaren Programmcode.
+ Der besondere WEB-Stil der Literarische Programmierung wurde von
+\noun on
+D.
+ E.
+ Knuth
+\noun default
+ während der Entwicklung von TeX kreiert.
+\layout Standard
+
+Eine andere Stelle sagt:
+\layout Quotation
+
+
+\emph on
+Wie unterscheidet sich Literarische Programmierung von normaler Dokumentation?
+\layout Quotation
+
+Es gibt drei Unterscheidungsmerkmale.
+ Nach Wichtigkeit geordnet sind das:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Flexibilität bei der Reihenfolge der Ausarbeitung
+\layout Itemize
+
+Automatische Unterstützung von Textsuche
+\layout Itemize
+
+Gesetzte Dokumentation, insbesondere bei Diagrammen und Mathematik
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Jetzt, nachdem hoffentlich Ihre Neugier geweckt ist, sehen wir uns die Literatur
+ an.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Literaturhinweise
+\layout Standard
+
+Alle FAQs für die Literarische Programmierung finden Sie hier:
+\layout Quote
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://shelob.ce.ttu.edu/daves/faq.html}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Dieses FAQ zählt 23 (dreiundzwanzig!) unterschiedliche Hilfsprogramme auf.
+ Manche davon sind ganz speziell für eine bestimmte Programmiersprache ausgelegt
+, andere sind da flexibler.
+ Für LyX wurde
+\family typewriter
+NoWeb
+\family default
+ ausgewählt, und zwar aus folgenden Gründen:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Die Dokumentation kann wahlweise in LaTeX oder HTML erstellt werden.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Es besitzt eine offene Struktur, das heißt es kann leicht um neue Filter
+ erweitert werden, die eine benötigte Bearbeitungsfunktion hinzufügen.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Es gibt bereits eine gute Auswahl an bestehenden Filtern (HTML ist einer
+ davon).
+\layout Itemize
+
+Es ist freie Software.
+\layout Standard
+
+Das NoWeb-Paket finden Sie auf
+\layout Quote
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.cs.virginia.edu/~nr/noweb}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Von dort aus erreichen Sie auch viele andere, hochinteressante Links und
+ sogar ein paar Beispiele für Programme, die mit Literarischer Programmierung
+ erstellt wurden.
+\layout Subsection
+
+LyX und Literarische Programmierung
+\layout Standard
+
+Um mit NoWeb zusammenzuarbeiten, waren einige Änderungen in LyX notwendig.
+ Diese wurden aber in einer Weise durchgeführt, die nicht auf NoWeb beschränkt
+ sind.
+ Das bedeutet, daß es relativ einfach möglich sein sollte, ein anderes Hilfsprog
+ramm für Literarische Programmierung zu verwenden, indem Sie einfach Ihre
+ LyX-Einstellungen ändern.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Erstellen von Dokumentation und Quellcode (weben und verknoten)
+\layout Paragraph
+
+Auswählen der Dokumentklasse
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Sie LyX und NoWeb erfolgreich installiert haben, stehen Ihnen bei der
+ Auswahl der Dokumentklasse drei weitere Klassen zur Auswahl:
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Article (Noweb)
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Book (Noweb)
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Report (Noweb)
+\layout Standard
+
+Sie müssen eine davon verwenden, wenn Sie einen Text mit Literarischer Programmi
+erung erstellen wollen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Generell ist Literarische Programmierung nicht auf diese drei Klassen beschränkt
+, es können jederzeit weitere Klassen auf der Basis von bestehenden Stildateien
+ wie etwa
+\family sans
+letter
+\family default
+ erstellt werden oder bestehende Klassen wie etwa
+\family sans
+article\SpecialChar ~
+(AMS)
+\family default
+ entsprechend angepaßt werden.
+ Die Beschränkung auf drei Klassen ist eine Folge des Wunsches, die Auswahlliste
+ nicht übermäßig lang werden zu lassen.
+ Falls Sie irgendwelche besonderen Wünsche haben, lassen Sie mich das wissen
+ und ich werde versuchen, einen entsprechenden Eintrag zu bewirken oder
+ Ihnen dabei helfen, das selber zu machen.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Es ist ziemlich einfach, Sie müssen lediglich eine 4-zeilige Datei anlegen
+ und die automatische LyX-Konfiguration starten.
+\end_inset
+
+ Gleiches gilt für den Fall, daß Sie ein anderes Programm als NoWeb verwenden
+ wollen, auch dann müssen Sie eigene neue Dokumentklassen erstellen.
+\layout Paragraph
+
+Die Eingabe von Programmcode
+\layout Standard
+
+In LyX verwenden Sie zur Eingabe von Programmcode den Umgebungstyp
+\family sans
+Scrap.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Der entsprechende Terminus in NoWeb ist
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Chunk
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Ich habe die Bezeichnung
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Scrap
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ aus einem anderen Programm, Nuweb, übernommen, das ich vor NoWeb lange
+ Jahre verwendet habe.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ NoWeb schließt derartige Eingaben so ein:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+<<Mein scrap>>=
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Code
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Mehr Code
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Noch mehr Code
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ @
+\layout Standard
+
+Das Problem dabei ist, daß alles, was zwischen
+\family typewriter
+\series bold
+<<
+\family default
+\series default
+ und dem
+\family typewriter
+\series bold
+@
+\family default
+\series default
+ steht, wörtlich genommen werden muß, das heißt LyX muß daran gehindert
+ werden, die Eingabe in seiner Weise zu interpretieren und zu verändern.
+ Aus diesem Grund gibt es den Umgebungstyp
+\family sans
+Scrap
+\family default
+.
+ Er verhält sich wie eine normale Absatzumgebung, bietet aber zusätzlich
+ die Möglichkeit, Leerzeichen beliebig zu verwenden.
+\layout Standard
+
+Der Nachteil davon ist, daß aufeinanderfolgende Code-Absätze durch eine
+ Leerzeile voneinander getrennt werden, sowohl im Quelltext wie auch in
+ der gedruckten Dokumentation.
+ Dies können Sie umgehen, indem Sie die einzelnen Zeilen mit
+\family sans
+Strg+Eingabe
+\family default
+ anstelle von
+\family sans
+Eingabe
+\family default
+ abschließen.
+ Das obige Beispiel sähe also so aus:
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Sie die gedruckte Version dieses Textes lesen, werden Sie keinen Unterschie
+d zwischen den beiden Beispielen erkennen.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+<<Mein scrap>>=
+\newline
+ Code
+\newline
+ Mehr Code
+\newline
+ Noch mehr Code
+\newline
+ @
+\layout Standard
+
+Bis auf die Unannehmlichkeit,
+\family sans
+Strg+Eingabe
+\family default
+ verwenden zu müssen, funktioniert dieses Format einwandfrei.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Es steht aber auf der Wunschliste des Autors, dies zu verbessern.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Als besonderer Hinweis: Sie können auch NoWebs
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+%def
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+-Konstrukt in Ihren
+\family sans
+Scrap
+\family default
+-Absätzen benutzen, um Einträge zu NoWebs Querverweisen hinzuzufügen:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+<<Mein scrap>>=
+\newline
+ def eine_funktion(args):
+\newline
+ "Dies ist die Beschreibung der Funktion."
+\newline
+ print "My args: ", args
+\newline
+@ %def eine_funktion
+\layout Standard
+
+Ein Beispiel für die Benutzung und die Querverweisausgabe finden Sie in
+ der Datei
+\family typewriter
+lister\SpecialChar \-
+rors.lyx
+\family default
+ (
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Ö
+\bar under
+f
+\bar default
+fnen\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+eispiele
+\family default
+).
+\layout Paragraph
+
+Erstellung der Dokumentation
+\layout Standard
+
+Sie haben nun ein neues Dokument mit der korrekten Dokumentklasse und einigem
+ Text sowie Programmcode darin.
+ Wie drucken Sie das nun aus? Die Antwort ist einfach: wählen Sie
+\family sans
+Ansicht\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+VI
+\family default
+ oder was immer Sie verwenden, wenn Sie normale Dokumente in der Vorschau
+ betrachten wollen.
+ Weiter ist keine besondere Aktion notwendig.
+\layout Standard
+
+Um Ihnen die Orientierung zu erleichtern, geben wir hier eine kurze Zusammenfass
+ung, was dabei hinter den Kulissen von LyX geschieht:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Wenn
+\family sans
+Ansicht\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Aktualisieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+DVI
+\family default
+ gewählt wird, wird eine LaTeX-Datei erzeugt.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn das Dokument eine der literarischen Klassen benutzt, wird dabei die
+ Dateiendung verwendet, die in
+\family typewriter
+preferences
+\family default
+ mit dem Befehl
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+literate_extension
+\family default
+ (standardmäßig
+\family typewriter
+.nw
+\family default
+) festgelegt wurde, andernfalls wird die normale Endung
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+ verwendet.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Der einzige Unterschied ist bislang der Dateiname, es ist also keinerlei
+ Sonderbehandlung seitens LyX notwendig.
+ Der Umgebungstyp
+\family sans
+Scrap
+\family default
+, den Sie zum Formatieren des Programmcodes verwendet haben, sorgt für die
+ korrekte Behandlung.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Wenn das Dokument eine der literarischen Klassen benutzt, wird LyX dann
+ den internen Konverter L
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+{
+\end_inset
+
+y
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+}
+\end_inset
+
+X
+\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+NoWeb benutzen, gefolgt von NoWeb
+\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+La
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+{
+\end_inset
+
+T
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+}
+\end_inset
+
+eX, um die LaTeX-Datei zu erzeugen.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Die Konverter finden Sie unter
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+E
+\bar under
+i
+\bar default
+nstellungen\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Konverter
+\family default
+.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Schließlich wird LaTeX gestartet und bearbeitet den Text wie gewohnt.
+\layout Standard
+
+Die Unabhängigkeit von einem besonderen
+\emph on
+literarischen Werkzeug
+\emph default
+ erreicht man einfach durch ändern der Befehle, die von den verschiedenen
+ Konvertern benutzt werden.
+\layout Paragraph
+
+Erstellung des Programmcodes
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Sie den Menüpunkt
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Programm\SpecialChar ~
+
+\bar under
+e
+\bar default
+rstellen
+\family default
+ auswählen, wird wie oben in Schritt 1 eine LaTeX-Datei erzeugt.
+ Dann startet LyX den
+\family typewriter
+NoWeb->Pro\SpecialChar \-
+gram
+\family default
+-Konverter.
+ Typischerweise hat dieser Konverter wie alle anderen zwei Teile:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Das Konvertierprogramm selber.
+ Dieses führt die Umwandlung von einem Format ins andere durch (in diesem
+ Fall von NoWeb in das Programm-Pseudo-Format).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Der Parser der Fehlerdatei.
+ Dieses Programm schreibt die Fehlermeldungen in ein Format um, das Lyx
+ verstehen kann.
+ Damit kann LyX Fehlerkästchen an die richtigen Stellen in der Datei schreiben.
+\layout Standard
+
+Der erste Teil, der
+\family sans
+B
+\bar under
+e
+\bar default
+fehl
+\family default
+, sollte den Eintrag
+\family typewriter
+build-script\SpecialChar ~
+$$i
+\family default
+ bekommen.
+ Das bedeutet hauptsächlich, daß LyX
+\family typewriter
+build-script
+\family default
+ (ein Programm oder Skript) mit dem Namen der NoWeb-Datei aufruft (normalerweise
+ eine Datei im temp-Verzeichnis von LyX).
+\layout Standard
+
+Dies ist eine Implementierung von
+\family sans
+build-script
+\family default
+, die Sie in einem Verzeichnis in Ihrem Pfad einfügen können:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+#!/bin/sh
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+#
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+notangle -Rbuild-script $1 | env NOWEB_SOURCE=$1 sh
+\layout Standard
+
+Der zweite Teil sind die
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+xtra\SpecialChar ~
+flags
+\family default
+ für den Konverter, die auf
+\family typewriter
+ originaldir,parselog=lister\SpecialChar \-
+rors
+\family default
+ gesetzt werden müssen.
+ Damit werden alle von
+\family sans
+build-script
+\family default
+ erzeugten Fehler mit dem
+\family typewriter
+listerrors
+\family default
+-Programm bearbeitet.
+\layout Standard
+
+Der Konverter sucht zuerst im Verzeichnis ~/.lyx/scripts, dann in
+\emph on
+ L
+\family sans
+\emph default
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+\emph on
+yXDir/scripts
+\emph default
+ und dann im Pfad des
+\family typewriter
+listerrors
+\family default
+-Programms.
+\layout Paragraph
+
+Build-Befehle im Dokument
+\layout Standard
+
+Das letzte Stück für die Integration von LyX und NoWeb ist das
+\family sans
+Scrap
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+build-script
+\family default
+.
+ Im allgemeinen sollten die Befehle zum Erzeugen Ihres Programms in ein
+ eigenes
+\family sans
+Scrap
+\family default
+ eingebettet sein.
+ Das obige NoWeb-spezifische
+\family typewriter
+build-script
+\family default
+ benutzt den
+\family typewriter
+notangle
+\family default
+-Befehl, um nach diesem
+\family sans
+Scrap
+\family default
+, genannt
+\family typewriter
+build-script
+\family default
+, zu suchen und startet ein Shellskript.
+\layout Standard
+
+Solch ein
+\family sans
+Scrap
+\family default
+ sieht typischerweise so aus:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+<<build-script>>=
+\newline
+#!/bin/sh
+\newline
+
+\newline
+if [ -z "${NOWEB_SOURCE}" ]
+\newline
+then
+\newline
+ NOWEB_SOURCE=meinedatei.nw
+\newline
+fi
+\newline
+[...
+ Code zum Extrahieren von Dateien ...]
+\newline
+[...
+ Code zum Extrahieren von Dateien ...]
+\newline
+@
+\layout Standard
+
+Sehen Sie sich die Dateien
+\emph on
+Ly
+\family sans
+\emph default
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+\emph on
+XDir/examples/listerrors.lyx
+\emph default
+ und
+\emph on
+Ly
+\family sans
+\emph default
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+\emph on
+XDir/examples/Literate.lyx
+\emph default
+ mit Beispielen, wie das
+\family typewriter
+"listerrors"
+\family default
+-Programm implementiert werden kann und all diese Teile zusammenwirken,
+ oder
+\emph on
+Ly
+\family sans
+\emph default
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+\emph on
+XDir/noweb2lyx.lyx
+\emph default
+ an.
+ Interessanterweise zeigen diese drei Dateien die sprachunabhängige Unterstützun
+g von LyX für Literarische Programmierung, denn sie wurden in Python, C
+ und Perl geschrieben.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+LyX-Konfiguration
+\layout Standard
+
+Alle Einstellungen für die Literarische Programmierung werden in
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+E
+\bar under
+i
+\bar default
+nstellungen\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+""
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Konverter
+\family default
+ gemacht.
+\layout Description
+
+das\SpecialChar ~
+literarische\SpecialChar ~
+Format wird auf der Karteikarte
+\family sans
+Formate
+\family default
+ festgelegt.
+ Hier werden die Noweb-spezifischen Dinge definiert.
+ Der
+\family sans
+Name im
+\bar under
+G
+\bar default
+UI
+\family default
+ wird auf
+\family typewriter
+NoWeb
+\family default
+ gesetzt, die
+\family sans
+Datei\SpecialChar ~
+
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+ndung
+\family default
+ auf
+\family typewriter
+.nw
+\family default
+.
+ Damit wird LyX gesagt, im ersten Schritt der Konvertierung eine
+\family typewriter
+.nw
+\family default
+-Datei zu erzeugen.
+\layout Description
+
+das\SpecialChar ~
+Programmformat ist ein leeres Format, das nur dazu dient, das Ende der
+ Konvertierung zu sein (womit Sie dafür einen Konverter einstellen können).
+\layout Description
+
+NoWeb
+\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+La
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+{
+\end_inset
+
+T
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+}
+\end_inset
+
+eX Dieser Konverter
+\emph on
+webt
+\emph default
+ das literarische Dokument.
+ Für Noweb wird der
+\family sans
+B
+\bar under
+e
+\bar default
+fehl
+\family default
+ auf
+\newline
+
+\family typewriter
+noweave -delay -index $$i > $$o
+\family default
+ gesetzt.
+\layout Description
+
+NoWeb
+\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+Program Dies ist Schritt zum
+\emph on
+Verknoten
+\emph default
+.
+ Wie oben erwähnt werden hier der
+\family sans
+B
+\bar under
+e
+\bar default
+fehl
+\family default
+ auf
+\family typewriter
+
+\family default
+
+\newline
+
+\family typewriter
+build-script $$i
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+xtra\SpecialChar ~
+flags
+\family default
+ auf
+\family typewriter
+ originaldir,parselog=listerrors
+\family default
+ gesetzt.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Erweiterungen zur Fehlersuche
+\layout Standard
+
+In den LyX-Server wurde eine neue Funktion implementiert, und zwar
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+server-goto-file-
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+""
+\end_inset
+
+row
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Sie kann insbesondere von
+\family typewriter
+ddd
+\family default
+/
+\family typewriter
+gdb
+\family default
+ oder einem anderen Debugger aus verwendet werden.
+\layout Standard
+
+Beim Debugging mit
+\family typewriter
+ddd
+\family default
+/
+\family typewriter
+gdb
+\family default
+ gibt es die Möglichkeit, mit einem einzigen Tastendruck einen Editor an
+ der aktuellen Position im Programmcode zu starten, die Voreinstellung in
+
+\family typewriter
+ddd
+\family default
+ ist
+\family sans
+Umschalt+Strg+V
+\family default
+.
+ Über den Menüpunkt Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Helpers in
+\family typewriter
+ddd
+\family default
+ können Sie unter
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Edit Sources
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ festlegen, welcher Editor gestartet werden soll.
+\layout Standard
+
+Sie können die neue LyX-Server- und die
+\family typewriter
+ddd
+\family default
+-Funktion benutzen, wenn Sie
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Edit Sources
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ folgenden Wert geben:
+\layout Quote
+
+echo "LYXCMD:monitor:server-goto-file-row:@FILE@ @LINE@" >~/.lyxpipe.in
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Sie nun
+\family typewriter
+ddd
+\family default
+ verwenden und eine Stelle im Programm finden, die Sie verändern wollen,
+ drücken Sie einfach
+\family sans
+Umschalt+Strg+V
+\family default
+ und
+\family typewriter
+ddd
+\family default
+ sendet die entsprechenden Informationen über den Server an LyX, und im
+ LyX-Fenster wird der Cursor auf dieselbe Zeile gesetzt, an der auch
+\family typewriter
+ddd
+\family default
+ gerade war.
+ Kein mühsames Suchen nach der entsprechenden Stelle mehr.
+\layout Standard
+
+Um diese Fähigkeit auszunutzen müssen Sie allerdings den LyX-Server aktiviert
+ haben.
+ Dazu benötigen Sie den Eintrag
+\layout Quote
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+serverpipe "/home/<your home directory>/.lyxpipe"
+\layout Standard
+
+in Ihrer Datei
+\family typewriter
+preferences
+\family default
+.
+ Weitere Informationen zum LyX-Server finden Sie in der LyX-Dokumentation.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Werkzeugleistenerweiterungen
+\layout Standard
+
+Es gibt sechs neue Einträge für die Werkzeugleiste, fünf davon sind für
+ verschiedene Absatzumgebungen:
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Abschnitt
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+LaT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{}
+\end_inset
+
+eX
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+L
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{}
+\end_inset
+
+yX-Code
+\family default
+, und
+\family sans
+Scrap
+\family default
+.
+ Der sechste ist für den Menüpunkt
+\family sans
+Programm\SpecialChar ~
+erstellen
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX bietet noch viele andere Schalter für die Anpassung der Werkzeugleiste.
+ In meiner persönlichen Version verwende ich die neuen Einträge zusammen
+ mit zwei weiteren: für
+\family sans
+DVI aktualisieren
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+DVI anzeigen
+\family default
+.
+ Das sieht in
+\family typewriter
+preferences
+\family default
+ dann so aus:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+begin_toolbar
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+layouts
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+add layout Standard
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+add layout Section
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+add layout LaTeX
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+add layout LyX-Code
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+add layout Scrap
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+separator
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+add buffer-view
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+add buffer-typeset
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+add build-program
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+separator
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+.
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+.
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+.
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+end_toolbar
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Farben anpassen
+\layout Standard
+
+Viele der von LyX zur Darstellung verwendeten Farben können den eigenen
+ Wünschen angepaßt werden.
+ Das wird mit
+\family sans
+Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Einstellungen\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Aussehen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Farben
+\family default
+ gemacht.
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+\layout Chapter
+
+Geheimnisse der LaTeX-Meister
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{cha:Geheimnisse-der-LaTeX-Meister}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Obwohl LyX ein sehr leistungsfähiges Programm ist, ist es unmöglich, all
+ die Dinge, die mit reinem TeX/LaTeX möglich sind, zu unterstützen.
+ Dennoch sind viele in TeX und LaTeX übliche und verbreitete Tricks auch
+ in LyX möglich, zumindest, wenn es Ihnen nichts ausmacht, den
+\family sans
+TeX
+\family default
+-Schalter in der Werkzeugleiste zu verwenden oder (via
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+okument\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+LaT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{}
+\end_inset
+
+eX-Vorspann
+\family default
+) TeX-Befehle selber in den LaTeX-Vorspann einzutragen.
+ In diesem Kapitel werden einige Tips, Tricks und sonstige guten Ideen aufgezeig
+t, um Ihren Dokumenten einen besonderen Anstrich zu geben.
+
+\emph on
+Machen Sie das aber zu Hause!
+\emph default
+ Fangen Sie erstmal mit einem kleineren Text an, nicht gleich mit etwas
+ so wichtigem wie Ihrer Dissertation.
+\layout Standard
+
+Die meisten hier vorgestellten Ideen setzen Dateien voraus, die nicht in
+ allen LaTeX-Distributio\SpecialChar \-
+nen zum Standard gehören.
+ Bei einem kompletten System wie teTeX werden zwar die meisten dieser Pakete
+ eingeschlossen sein, ein paar werden Sie sich aber trotzdem von einem CTAN-Arch
+iv besorgen müssen.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Oft gibt es in LaTeX mehrere Wege, etwas Bestimmtes zu erreichen, und oft
+ gibt es mehrere Stildateien, die demselben Zweck dienen.
+ Hier soll nicht ein Paket oder Weg einem anderen vorgezogen werden, es
+ soll einfach nur gezeigt werden,
+\emph on
+wie
+\emph default
+ eine bestimmte Aufgabe mit dem benutzten Paket gelöst werden kann.
+ Also: setzen Sie Ihren Zauberhut auf, passen Sie auf Drachen auf und lassen
+ Sie uns anfangen.
+\layout Section
+
+Tricks für Fußnoten und Randnotizen
+\layout Standard
+
+angeregt von
+\noun on
+Robin Socha
+\layout Subsection
+
+Fußnoten
+\layout Standard
+
+In der Dokumentklasse
+\family sans
+article
+\family default
+ kann LyX den Zähler für die Fußnoten nicht nach jedem Kapitel auf
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+1
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ zurücksetzen, genausowenig kann die Art des Zählers beeinflußt werden.
+ Sie müssen dazu eigene LaTeX-Befehle in den Text einfügen:
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+setcounter{footnote}{0}
+\end_inset
+
+ Der Befehl
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+setcounter{footnote}{0}
+\family roman
+
+\family default
+setzt den Zähler zurück auf 1.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Der Zähler steht wieder auf 1.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Der folgende Befehl schaltet die Numerierung um auf kleine Buchstaben.
+ Betrachten Sie die nächste Fußnote in der
+\family typewriter
+dvi
+\family default
+- oder PostScript®-Vorschau.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+thefootnote}{
+\backslash
+alph{footnote}}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Dies ist ein Beispiel für eine Fußnote mit alphabetischer Numerierung.
+ Verwenden Sie den LaTeX-Befehl
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+thefootnote {
+\backslash
+alph{footnote}}
+\family default
+, um diesen Effekt zu erzielen.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Der nächste Befehl setzt den Numerierungsstil wieder auf die Standardeinstellung
+ (arabische Ziffern) zurück.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand {
+\backslash
+thefootnote} {
+\backslash
+arabic{footnote}}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Verwenden Sie den LaTeX-Befehl
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+thefootnote}{
+\backslash
+arabic{footnote}}
+\family default
+, um
+\family roman
+
+\family default
+den Fußnotenstil wieder auf arabische Ziffern zurückzustellen.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Als Einstellung für den Fußnotenstil sind
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+arabic
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+roman
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+Roman
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+alph
+\family default
+ oder
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+Alph
+\family default
+ sowie ein paar weitere erlaubt.
+ Ersetzen Sie einfach die entsprechenden Ausdrücke im obigen Beispiel und
+ sehen Sie sich die Auswirkung in der Vorschau an.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Randnotizen
+\layout Standard
+
+Hier zwei Beispiele, was für nette Dinge mit Randnotizen möglich sind, wenn
+ man ein paar einfache LaTeX-Befehle verwendet.
+\layout Standard
+
+Der folgende Befehl erzeugt einen dicken Strich neben Ihrem Text.
+ So etwas läßt sich wunderbar als Markierung für die schnelle Suche beim
+ Durchblättern verwenden:
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+marginpar{
+\backslash
+rule[-10mm]{30mm}{5mm}}
+\family roman
+.
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+marginpar{
+\backslash
+rule[-10mm]{20mm}{5mm}}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Betrachten Sie in der
+\family typewriter
+dvi
+\family default
+- oder PostScript®-Vorschau, was der folgende Befehl bewirkt.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Open
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+reversemarginpar
+\end_inset
+
+ Richtig, damit können Sie eine Randnotiz auf der
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+falschen
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ Seite eines zweiseitig gesetzten Dokumentes einfügen.
+\begin_inset Marginal
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Dies ist eine Randnotiz.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\noun on
+HHa
+\noun default
+: Wie auch im
+\emph on
+Benutzerhandbuch
+\emph default
+ habe ich hier ziemlich schmale Seitenränder verwendet, un Papier zu sparen.
+ Wenn Sie unbedingt
+\emph on
+lesbare
+\emph default
+ Randnotizen benötigen, müssen Sie den entsprechenden Rand verbreitern.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Section
+
+Mehrspaltige Dokumente
+\layout Standard
+
+von
+\noun on
+Lars Gullik Bjønnes
+\layout Subsection
+
+Absicht
+\layout Standard
+
+Das Ziel dieses Abschnittes ist es,
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\emph on
+Hinweis des Editors:
+\emph default
+ Das ursprüngliche Kapitel von
+\noun on
+Lars
+\noun default
+ war eine meisterhafte Beschreibung, wie man das Paket
+\family typewriter
+multicol
+\family default
+ verwenden kann.
+ Leider war es zu lang, um problemlos in dieses Dokument zu passen.
+ Daher habe ich beschlossen, hier nur die wichtigsten Abschnitte herauszupicken
+ (Sorry, Lars); Sie können aber das Original von Lars (und mehr von der
+ Geschichte!) in der Beispieldatei
+\family typewriter
+examples/multicol.lyx
+\family default
+ lesen.
+ --- mer
+\end_inset
+
+ Ihnen die Verwendung des LaTeX-Paketes
+\family typewriter
+multicol
+\family default
+ zu erläutern.
+ Diese Paket wird derzeit von LyX noch nicht direkt unterstützt, deshalb
+ müssen Sie einige Dinge von Hand einfügen.
+ Wenn Sie diesen Abschnitt lesen, sollte Ihnen klarwerden, wie man das macht.
+\layout Standard
+
+Damit man mehrspaltige Dokumente drucken kann, muß in den LaTeX-Vorspann
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+usepackage{
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Open
+
+\layout Standard
+""
+\end_inset
+
+multicol}
+\family default
+ eingefügt werden.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Einschränkungen
+\layout Standard
+
+Das Paket
+\family typewriter
+multicol
+\family default
+ dient dazu, um auf ein und derselben Seite zwischen ein- und mehrspaltigem
+ Textsatz umzuschalten.
+ Fußnoten werden dabei (größtenteils) richtig behandelt, werden allerdings
+ unten auf der Gesamtseite, und nicht unter der jeweiligen Spalte gesetzt.
+ In der gegenwärtigen Implementierung ist aber der Gleitmechanismus von
+ LaTeX teilweise deaktiviert, aus diesem Grund können in dieser Umgebung
+ nur ganzseitige Gleitobjekte verarbeitet werden.
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+Beispiele
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Zwei Spalten
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Sie Text in zwei Spalten setzen wollen, müssen Sie den LaTeX-Modus
+ verwenden und an dem Punkt, an dem der zweispaltige Satz beginnen soll,
+ den Befehl
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{multicols}{2}
+\family default
+ einfügen und am Ende den Befehl
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+end{multicols}
+\family default
+.
+ Zum Beispiel so:
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+begin{multicols}{2}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+\noindent
+
+\series bold
+\size small
+MOMO
+\series default
+
+\newline
+von
+\noun on
+Michael Ende
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\size small
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+ Draußen am südlichen Rand dieser großen Stadt, dort, wo schon die ersten
+ Felder beginnen und die Hütten und Häuser immer armseliger werden, liegt,
+ in einem Pinienwäldchen versteckt, die Ruine eines kleinen Amphitheaters.
+ Es war auch in jenen alten Zeiten keines von den prächtigen, es war schon
+ damals sozusagen ein Theater für ärmere Leute.
+ In unseren Tagen, das heißt um jene Zeit, da die Geschichte von Momo ihren
+ Anfang nahm, war die Ruine fast ganz vergessen.
+ Nur ein paar Professoren der Al\SpecialChar \-
+ter\SpecialChar \-
+tums\SpecialChar \-
+wis\SpecialChar \-
+sen\SpecialChar \-
+schaft wußten von ihr, aber
+ sie kümmerten sich nicht weiter um sie, weil es dort nichts mehr zu erforschen
+ gab.
+ Sie war auch keine Sehenswürdigkeit, die sich mit anderen, die es in der
+ großen Stadt gab, messen konnte.
+ So verirr\SpecialChar \-
+ten sich nur ab und zu ein paar Tou\SpecialChar \-
+ri\SpecialChar \-
+sten dort hin, kletterten
+ auf den grasbewachsenen Sitzreihen umher, machten Lärm, knipsten ein Erinnerung
+sfoto und gingen wieder fort.
+ Dann kehrte die Stille in das stei\SpecialChar \-
+ner\SpecialChar \-
+ne Rund zurück, und die Zikaden stimmten
+ die nächste Strophe ihres endlosen Liedes an, die sich übrigens in nichts
+ von der vorigen unterschied.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\size small
+Eigentlich waren es nur die Leute aus der näheren Umgebung, die das seltsame
+ runde Bauwerk kannten.
+ Sie ließen dort ihre Ziegen weiden, die Kinder benutzten den runden Platz
+ in der Mitte zum Ballspielen, und manchmal trafen sich dort am Abend die
+ Liebespaare
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+end{multicols}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Mehr als zwei Spalten
+\layout Standard
+
+Dasselbe Schema gilt, wenn Sie mehr als zwei Spalten haben wollen, Sie geben
+ einfach die Anzahl der gewünschten Spalten in der zweiten Klammer an:
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+begin{multicols}{3}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\size footnotesize
+Aber eines Tages sprach es sich bei den Leuten herum, daß neuerdings jemand
+ in der Ruine wohne.
+ Es sei ein Kind, ein kleines Mädchen vermutlich.
+ So genau könne man das allerdings nicht sagen, weil es ein bißchen merkwürdig
+ angezogen sei.
+ Es hieße Momo oder so ähnlich.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\size footnotesize
+Momos äußere Erscheinung war in der Tat ein wenig seltsam und konnte auf
+ Menschen, die großen Wert auf Sauberkeit und Ordnung legen, möglicherweise
+ etwas erschreckend wirken.
+ Sie war klein und ziemlich mager, so daß man beim besten Willen nicht erkennen
+ konnte, ob sie erst acht oder schon zwölf Jahre alt war..
+ Sie hatte einen wilden, pechschwarzen Lockenkopf, der so aussah, als ob
+ er noch nie mit einem Kamm oder einer Schere in Berührung gekommen wäre.
+ Sie hatte große, wunderschöne und ebenfalls pechschwarze Augen und Füße
+ von der glei\SpecialChar \-
+chen Farbe, denn sie lief fast immer barfuß.
+ Nur im Winter trug sie manchmal Schuhe, aber es waren zwei verschiedene,
+ die nicht zusammenpaßten und ihr außerdem viel zu groß waren.
+ Das kam daher, daß Momo eben nichts besaß, als was sie irgendwo fand oder
+ geschenkt bekam.
+ Ihr Rock war aus allerlei bunten Flicken zusammengenäht und reichte ihr
+ bis auf die Fußknöchel\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+end{multicols}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Sie können zwar mehr als 3 Spalten verwenden, aber das ist meist für das
+ Auge nicht sehr ansprechend.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Spalten innerhalb einer Spalte
+\layout Standard
+
+Sie können sogar mehrspaltige Abschnitte innerhalb einer anderen, mehrspaltigen
+ Umgebung verwenden:
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+begin{multicols}{2}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\size footnotesize
+Darüber trug sie eine alte, viel zu weite Männerjacke, deren Ärmel an den
+ Handgelenken umgekrempelt waren.
+ Abschneiden wollte Momo sie nicht, weil sie vorsorglich daran dachte, daß
+ sie ja noch wachsen würde.
+ Und wer konnte wissen, ob sie jemals wieder eine so schöne und praktische
+ Jacke mit so vielen Taschen finden würde.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+begin{multicols}{2}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\size footnotesize
+Unter der grasbewachsenen Bühne der Theaterruine gab es ein paar halb eingestürz
+te Kammern, die man durch ein Loch in der Außenmauer betreten konnte.
+ Hier hatte Momo sich häuslich eingerichtet.
+ Eines Mittags kamen einige Männer und Frauen aus der näheren Umgebung zu
+ ihr und versuchen sie auszufragen.
+ Momo stand ihnen gegenüber und guckte sie ängstlich an, weil sie fürchtete,
+ die Leute würden sie wegjagen.
+ Aber sie merkte bald, daß es freundliche Leute waren.
+ Sie waren selber arm und kannten das Leben.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+end{multicols}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\size footnotesize
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+So
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+, sagte einer der Männer,
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+hier gefällt es dir also?
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\newline
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Ja
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+, antwortet Momo.
+\newline
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Und du willst hier bleiben?
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\newline
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Ja, gern.
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\newline
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Aber wirst du denn nirgendwo erwartet?
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\newline
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Nein.
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\newline
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Ich meine, mußt du denn nicht wieder nach Hause?
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\newline
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Ich bin hier zu Hause
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+, versicherte Momo schnell.
+\newline
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Wo kommst du denn her, Kind?
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\newline
+Momo machte mit der Hand eine unbestimmte Bewegung, die irgendwohin in die
+ Ferne deutete.
+\newline
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Wer sind denn deine Eltern?
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ forschte der Mann weiter.
+\newline
+Das Kind schaute ihn und die anderen Leute ratlos an und hob ein wenig die
+ Schultern.
+ Die Leute tauschten Blicke und seufzten.
+\newline
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Du brauchst keine Angst zu haben
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+, fuhr der Mann fort,
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+wir wollen dich nicht vertreiben.
+ Wir wollen die helfen.
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\newline
+Momo nickte stumm, aber noch nicht ganz überzeugt\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+end{multicols}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Für fortgeschrittenere Beispiele (Abstände, Trennlinien) lesen Sie bitte
+ die Datei
+\family typewriter
+multicols.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+""
+\end_inset
+
+lyx
+\family default
+ im Verzeichnis mit den Beispielen.
+\layout Section
+
+Numerierung in der
+\family sans
+Aufzählung
+\family default
+-Absatzumgebung
+\layout Standard
+
+von
+\noun on
+John Weiss
+\layout Standard
+
+Die Numerierung in der
+\family sans
+Aufzählung
+\family default
+-Absatzumgebung beginnt normalerweise mit arabischen Zahlen und endet in
+ der tiefsten Aufzählungsebene mit Großbuchstaben.
+ Falls Sie eine andere Art der Aufteilung wünschen, hier ist ein Beispiel:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+labelenumi}{
+\backslash
+Roman{enumi}.}
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+labelenumii}{
+\backslash
+Alph{enumii}.}
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+labelenumiii}{
+\backslash
+arabic{enumiii}.}
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+labelenumiv}{
+\backslash
+alph{enumiv}.)}
+\layout Standard
+
+Damit wird das Schema umgestellt auf große römische Zahlen, Großbuchstaben,
+ arabische Zahlen und als letztes Kleinbuchstaben.
+\layout Standard
+
+Darüberhinaus wird die Numerierung noch ein wenig verändert, es wird zusätzlich
+ ein Punkt eingefügt und in Ebene 4 eine Klammer.
+ Das so erzeugte Numerierungsschema für die verschiedenen Aufzählungsebenen
+ ist damit also folgendes:
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+I.
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+A.
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+1.
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+a.)
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Wie Sie am Beispiel sehen, gibt es für jede Ebene eigene Markierungsbefehle,
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+labelenumi
+\family default
+ \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+labelenumiv
+\family default
+, und ebenso einen eigenen Zähler,
+\family typewriter
+enumi
+\family default
+ \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\family typewriter
+enumiv
+\family default
+.
+ Außerdem gibt es fünf Befehle, um
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Zahlen
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ auszugeben, nämlich
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+arabic{}
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+roman{}
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+Roman{}
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+alph{}
+\family default
+ und
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+Alph{}
+\family default
+.
+ Jedem von ihnen muß als Argument einer der Zähler übergeben werden.
+ Sie können vor oder nach den Befehlen auch noch weitere Zeichen eingeben,
+ Leerzeichen sind jedoch nicht notwendig.
+\layout Standard
+
+Damit ist dann wirklich fast jedes denkbare Schema machbar, hier ein Beispiel:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+labelenumi}{
+\backslash
+#
+\backslash
+Alph{enumi}
+\backslash
+#}
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+labelenumii}{
+\backslash
+Alph{enumi}.
+\backslash
+arabic{enumii}}
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+labelenumiii}{
+\backslash
+alph{enumiii}+}
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+labelenumiv}{(
+\backslash
+roman{enumiv})}
+\layout Standard
+
+Damit erhält man folgendes Numerierungsschema:
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+#A#
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+A.1
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+a+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+(i)
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+
+\layout Section
+
+Zusätzlicher Leerraum zwischen Tabellenzeilen
+\layout Standard
+
+von
+\noun on
+Mike Ressler
+\layout Standard
+
+In LaTeX ist es einfach möglich, zwischen zwei Zeilen einer Tabelle einen
+ etwas größeren Zwischenraum einzufügen, indem man dem Zeilenende-Befehl
+ (
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+
+\backslash
+
+\family default
+) ein optionales Argument gibt.
+ In LyX wurde dies noch nicht umgesetzt, deshalb sind hier zwei Tricks,
+ wie Sie das trotzdem erreichen können.
+\layout Standard
+
+Der erste ist der formal richtige, aber etwas umständliche Weg.
+ Fügen Sie im LaTeX-Vorspann den folgenden Befehl ein:
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+newcommand{
+\backslash
+extratablespace}[1]{
+\backslash
+noalign{vskip#1}}
+\family default
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Dieser Befehl hat einen Parameter --- den Betrag des Abstands, den Sie einfügen
+ wollen.
+ Benutzen Sie diesen Befehl in der ersten Zeile
+\emph on
+nach
+\emph default
+ der Stelle, an der Sie den Leerraum haben wollen.
+ Hier ein Beispiel:
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Mineralien
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Kalzit
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Dolomit
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Quarz
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Graphit
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+extratablespace{2ex}
+\end_inset
+
+Fels
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Kalkstein
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Sandstein
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Granit
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Andesit
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Die zweite Methode ist schneller, wird aber Typographen und TeXperten aufstöhnen
+ lassen: Fügen Sie einfach einen zusätzlichen Zeilenende-Befehl mit optionalem
+ Argument an derselben Stelle ein.
+ Hier sind keine weiteren Definitionen wie im ersten Beispiel notwendig,
+ aber es wird mehr Leerraum eingefügt, als Sie angegeben haben.
+ Denn es wird ja eine leere Zeile
+\emph on
+plus
+\emph default
+ dem angegebenen Leerraum eingefügt.
+ Wenn dies zuviel Leerraum ist, geben Sie einfach einen negativen Wert als
+ Parameter an:
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Mineralien
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Kalzit
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Dolomit
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Quarz
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Graphit
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+
+\backslash
+[-1ex]
+\end_inset
+
+ Fels
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Kalkstein
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Sandstein
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Granit
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Andesit
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Es ist kurz, süß und macht die Arbeit schnell, obwohl es wirklich häßlich
+ ist.
+ Werfen Sie das verrottete Gemüse jetzt weg! Ich verspreche, ich würde so
+ etwas niemals vorschlagen!
+\layout Section
+
+Abgesetzte Großbuchstaben
+\layout Standard
+
+von
+\noun on
+Mike Ressler
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Open
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+newfont{
+\backslash
+tmpfont}{cmr17 scaled 2500}{
+\backslash
+tmpfont D}
+\backslash
+vspace*{-9.5ex}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+\noindent
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Open
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+hangindent=3.3em
+\backslash
+hangafter=-3
+\end_inset
+
+ iejenigen unter Ihnen, denen der Stil alter Bücher gefällt, würden sicherlich
+ in Ihren Texten auch gerne jene abgesetzten großen Buchstaben am Anfang
+ eines Kapitels verwenden.
+ Mit etwas Kenntnis von TeX ist dies durchaus möglich --- allerdings etwas
+ aufwendig, wie das Beispiel am Anfang dieses Absatzes zeigt.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Für diejenigen, die den Text nur in gedruckter Form vorliegen haben: Die
+ Befehlssequenz, um das große
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+D
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ zu erzeugen, lautete
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+newfont{
+\backslash
+tmpfont}{cmr17 scaled 2500}{
+\backslash
+tmpfont D}
+\backslash
+vspace*{-8.2ex}
+\backslash
+hangindent=3.3em
+\backslash
+hangafter=-3
+\family default
+.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Es gibt aber noch einen viel einfacheren Weg, das zu erreichen.
+ Das Paket
+\family typewriter
+dropcaps
+\family default
+ (oder das neuere
+\family typewriter
+dropping
+\family default
+) vom CTAN bietet einen schnellen Weg, solche Großbuchstaben in Ihren Text
+ einzubinden.
+ Da dieses Paket aber nicht zum Standardumfang von teTeX gehört, können
+ wir das hier nicht vorführen.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Der TeX-Befehl wäre
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+verb+
+\backslash
+bigdrop{-1em}{3}{ptmri}{E}+
+\family default
+.
+\end_inset
+
+ Falls Sie
+\family typewriter
+dropcaps
+\family default
+ auf Ihrem System installiert haben, gehen Sie folgendermaßen vor: Speichern
+ Sie diesen Text als neues Dokument ab (damit Sie ihn ändern können).
+ Entfernen Sie am Beginn des Absatzes das
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\backslash
+verb
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ sowie die beiden
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
++
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ und fügen im LaTeX-Vorspann die Zeile
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+usepackage{dropcaps}
+\family default
+ ein.
+ Sie bekommen dann am Textanfang ein schönes
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+E
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ im Zeichensatz Times Roman Italic, das drei Zeilen hoch ist und 1
+\begin_inset Formula $\,$
+\end_inset
+
+em in den Randbereich hineinragt.
+ Der erste Parameter im LaTeX-Befehl ist die Breite der Einrückung.
+ Im Beispiel ist diese negativ, damit ragt der Buchstabe in den Randbereich
+ hinein.
+ Der zweite Parameter ist die Höhe des Buchstaben, gemessen in Zeilen.
+ Der dritte Parameter gibt den zu verwendenden Zeichensatz an: Hier kann
+ praktisch jeder Zeichensatz verwendet werden, zu dem es eine
+\family typewriter
+tfm
+\family default
+-Datei gibt (schauen Sie sich ruhig einmal im Verzeichnis
+\family typewriter
+.../texmf/fonts/tfm
+\family default
+ um).
+ Sehr schön ist zum Beispiel
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+yinit
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+, ein altdeutscher Zeichensatz, der speziell für derartige Initialen gemacht
+ wurde.
+ Der vierte und letzte Parameter ist schließlich der Buchstabe (es können
+ auch mehrere sein), den Sie abgesetzt haben wollen.
+ Das neuere Paket
+\family typewriter
+dropping
+\family default
+ unterstützt über den Befehl
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+bigdrop
+\family default
+ hinaus auch noch das leicht abgeänderte
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+dropping
+\family default
+.
+\layout Section
+
+Ungewöhnliche Absatzformen
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_bottom bigskip
+von
+\noun on
+Mike Ressler
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+begin{sloppypar}
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+newdimen
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+setlength{
+\backslash
+varunit}{5.5in}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+\noindent
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+parshape 19 0.45
+\backslash
+varunit 0.332
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+0.40
+\backslash
+varunit 0.300
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+0.35
+\backslash
+varunit 0.293
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+0.30
+\backslash
+varunit 0.300
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+0.25
+\backslash
+varunit 0.317
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+0.20
+\backslash
+varunit 0.342
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+0.15
+\backslash
+varunit 0.373
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+0.10
+\backslash
+varunit 0.410
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+0.05
+\backslash
+varunit 0.453
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+0.00
+\backslash
+varunit 0.500
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+0.05
+\backslash
+varunit 0.453
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+0.10
+\backslash
+varunit 0.410
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+0.15
+\backslash
+varunit 0.373
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+0.20
+\backslash
+varunit 0.342
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+0.25
+\backslash
+varunit 0.317
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+0.30
+\backslash
+varunit 0.300
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+0.35
+\backslash
+varunit 0.293
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+0.40
+\backslash
+varunit 0.300
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+0.45
+\backslash
+varunit 0.332
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+
+\end_inset
+
+Es gibt Zeiten, da muß die Tyrannei der rechteckigen Absätze gebrochen werden.
+ In solchen Situationen bietet sich der reizende TeX-Befehl
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+parshape
+\family default
+ an.
+ Wie Sie sehen können Sie beliebige Formen mit einem geeigneten Satz von
+ Zeilenlängendefinitionen herstellen.
+ Während dieses Beispiel ein wenig töricht und nutzlos aussehen mag, könnte
+ man sich Situationen vorstellen, die aus einem solchen Handwerkzeug Nutzen
+ ziehen, wie zum Beispiel besondere Formen abgesetzter Großbuchstaben, Text
+ um Bilder, die nicht rechteckig sind, herumfließen zu lassen, usw.
+\layout Standard
+
+Die Syntax ist
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+parshape numlines #1indent #1length #2indent #2length \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+ #nindent #nlength
+\family default
+, wobei hier
+\family typewriter
+numlines
+\family default
+ die Zahl der Textzeilen ist, die den Absatz definieren.
+ Wenn dabei weniger Zeilen herauskommen, wird der Umriß verkürzt, werden
+ es mehr, so erhalten die restlichen Zeilen dieselben Dimensionen wie die
+ letzte definierte.
+ Die Einträge
+\family typewriter
+#nindent
+\family default
+ und
+\family typewriter
+#nlength
+\family default
+ legen die Einrückung und die Zeilenlänge ab dieser Einrückung fest.
+ Das Aussehen wird nur auf den momentanen Absatz angewendet, für den folgenden
+ wird alles auf normal zurückgesetzt.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+end{sloppypar}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Section
+
+Zusammenfassung
+\layout Standard
+
+Wie Sie sehen umfassen die Beispiele dieses Kapitels Nützliches und Seltsames.
+ Während ich nicht erwarte, daß jemand jemals die Absatzform aus dem letzten
+ Abschnitt benötigen wird,
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\noun on
+HHa
+\noun default
+: vielleicht bei Gedichten von
+\noun on
+Morgenstern
+\noun default
+ und anderen.
+\end_inset
+
+ ist es doch wichtig zu zeigen, daß Sie fast alles was Sie wollen mit LyX
+ machen können, wenn Sie herausfinden wie es mit TeX und LaTeX gemacht wird.
+ TeX ist ein fantastisch mächtiges Drucksetzsystem, und all das steht Ihnen
+ zur Verfügung, weil LyX es im Hintergrund benutzt.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Viel Spaß beim LyXen!
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \printindex{}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\the_end
--- /dev/null
+#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
+\lyxformat 221
+\textclass book
+\language german
+\inputencoding latin1
+\fontscheme default
+\graphics none
+\paperfontsize default
+\spacing single
+\papersize Default
+\paperpackage a4
+\use_geometry 1
+\use_amsmath 0
+\use_natbib 0
+\use_numerical_citations 0
+\paperorientation portrait
+\leftmargin 2cm
+\topmargin 1cm
+\rightmargin 2cm
+\bottommargin 1cm
+\secnumdepth 3
+\tocdepth 3
+\paragraph_separation skip
+\defskip medskip
+\quotes_language german
+\quotes_times 2
+\papercolumns 1
+\papersides 1
+\paperpagestyle default
+
+\layout Title
+
+Einführung in LyX
+\newline
+oder
+\newline
+Das Einmaleins der LyX-Dokumentation
+\layout Author
+
+vom LyX Team
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Deutsche Übersetzung:
+\noun on
+Peter Sütterlin
+\noun default
+ und
+\noun on
+Hartmut
+\noun default
+
+\noun on
+Haase
+\noun default
+.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Date
+
+13.\SpecialChar ~
+September 2003
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Chapter
+
+Die Philosophie von LyX
+\layout Standard
+\align center
+
+\begin_inset Minipage
+position 1
+inner_position 0
+height "0pt"
+width "80text%"
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Onkel Cosmo, warum nennt man das Ding Textverarbeitung?
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Ganz einfach Skyler: Du hast doch gesehen was die Lebensmittelverarbeitung
+ mit dem Essen anstellt, oder?
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\hfill
+-- Jeff MacNelly in "Shoe"
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Section
+
+Was ist LyX
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX ist ein komplettes System zur Erstellung von Dokumenten.
+ Es ist unübertroffen beim Schreiben von komplexen wissenschaftlichen und
+ technischen Artikeln mit mathematischen Formeln, Querverweisen, Literaturlisten
+, Indexlisten usw.
+ Es kann sehr gut mit Texten jeglicher Größe umgehen, bei denen die üblichen
+ Anforderungen gestellt werden: Automatische Seiten- und Kapitelnumerierung,
+ Rechtschreibprüfung usw.
+ Natürlich kann man LyX auch verwenden um einen Brief an die Mutter zu schreiben
+, obwohl es dafür sicherlich einfachere Programme gibt.
+ Es ist sicherlich nicht das geeignetste Werkzeug um damit Werbezettel,
+ Flugblätter oder ähnliches zu erstellen (warum werden wir etwas später
+ erläutern), obwohl auch das mit einigem Aufwand sehr wohl möglich ist.
+ Hier einige Beispiele wozu LyX im allgemeinen verwendet wird: Memos, Briefe,
+ Dissertationen und Diplomarbeiten, Bücher (über PostgreSQL, Fernabtastung,
+ Kryptologie, Novellen, Poesie und sogar ein oder zwei Kinderbücher), Artikel
+ in referierten wissenschaftlichen Zeitschriften, Skripte für Theaterstücke
+ und Filme, wirtschaftliche Proposals\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX ist ein Programm das einen sehr modernen Ansatz zum computerunterstützten
+ Schreiben von Texten bietet.
+ Durch die Verwendung einer
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Markup
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+-Sprache weicht dieser Ansatz vom obsoleten Schreibmaschinen-Konzept ab.
+ Er wendet sich an Autoren die schnell und mit minimalem Aufwand professionell
+ aussehende Ergebnisse erzielen wollen, ohne dafür Spezialisten im Schriftsatz
+ werden zu müssen.
+ Mit LyX wird diese Aufgabe praktisch vollständig vom Computer übernommen,
+ der Autor kann sich auf den Inhalt des Textes konzentrieren.
+\layout Standard
+
+Ein Teil der anfänglichen Herausforderung bei der Nutzung von LyX liegt
+ in der Änderung der Denkweise, die Sie, der Leser, schaffen müssen.
+ Früher gab es nur Schreibmaschinen, um Texte zu erstellen, und so lernten
+ wir alle viele Tricks, um deren Unzulänglichkeiten zu umgehen.
+ Das Unterstreichen zum Beispiel, das eigentlich mehr ein Übermalen mit
+ einem
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+_
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ ist, wurde ein Standardweg, um Text hervorzuheben.
+ Beim Anlegen einer Tabelle mußte man sich im voraus überlegen, wie groß
+ jede Spalte sein muß, und setzte die entsprechenden Tabulatoren.
+ Das gleiche gilt für Briefe oder anderen rechtsbündigen Text.
+ Wort\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
+trennungen am Zeilenende verlangten ein scharfes Auge und viel Vorausdenken.
+\layout Standard
+
+In anderen Worten, wir haben gelernt und geübt, uns darum zu kümmern, welcher
+ Buchstabe wo gesetzt wird.
+ Als direkte Folge davon haben die meisten Textverarbeitungen diese Mentalität
+ übernommen.
+ Man verwendet weiterhin Tabulatoren, um dynamischen Leerraum zu erzeugen,
+ und muß sich immer noch darum kümmern, wo genau auf der Seite etwas erscheinen
+ wird.
+ Um eine Textstelle hervorzuheben, wird der Zeichensatz geändert, gleichsam
+ wie das Auswechseln des Typenrades einer Schreibmaschine.
+ Dies ist die Philosophie, die einer sogenannten WYSIWYG-Textverarbeitung
+ zugrunde liegt: What you see is what you get --- Was Du siehst ist (genau
+ das) was Du siehst.
+ Leider führt das aber meist nur zu einem 'Was Du siehst ist alles was Du
+ bekommst'.
+\layout Standard
+
+In genau diesem Punkt unterscheidet sich LyX von einer herkömmlichen Textverarbe
+itung.
+ Sie kümmern sich nicht selber darum, wie der Satz genau durchgeführt wird.
+ Sie sagen LyX,
+\emph on
+was Sie machen wollen
+\emph default
+, und LyX kümmert sich um den Rest.
+ Dabei folgt es einem festen Regelwerk, das man als
+\emph on
+Stil
+\emph default
+ bezeichnet.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Fairerweise muß man sagen, daß die meisten aktuellen Textverarbeitungsprogramme
+ mittlerweile auch so etwas wie Stilvorlagen unterstützen, die ein ähnliches
+ Konzept darstellen.
+ Leider werden Sie, so unsere Erfahrung, in der Realität kaum genutzt.
+\end_inset
+
+ Sehen wir uns ein kleines Beispiel an:
+\layout Standard
+
+Nehmen wir an, Sie schreiben einen Bericht.
+ Zu Beginn wollen Sie einen Abschnitt
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Einleitung
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Sie gehen also in das entsprechende Menü Ihrer Textverarbeitung und suchen
+ eine neue Zeichensatzgröße aus, schalten Fettdruck ein.
+ Dann schreiben Sie
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+1.\SpecialChar ~
+\SpecialChar ~
+Einleitung
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Wenn Sie natürlich zu einem späteren Zeitpunkt beschließen, daß dieses
+ Kapitel an einer anderen Stelle im Dokument erscheinen soll, oder wenn
+ Sie ein weiteres Kapitel davor einfügen wollen, dann müssen Sie die Numerierung
+ für dieses und alle folgenden Kapitel sowie die Einträge im Inhaltsverzeichnis
+ ändern.
+\layout Standard
+
+In LyX öffnen Sie das Auswahl-Menü auf der linken Seite der Werkzeugleiste
+ und wählen als Typ
+\family sans
+Abschnitt
+\family default
+ und schreiben
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Einleitung
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Ja, das ist wirklich alles.
+ Wenn Sie diesen Abschnitt später an eine andere Stelle verschieben, wird
+ die Numerierung automatisch angepaßt --- egal wohin Sie ihn verschieben.
+ Wenn Sie in ihrem Text Querverweise auf diesen Abschnitt haben und diese
+ korrekt über das LyX-eigene System getan haben, werden auch all diese Verweise
+ (Kapitel- und Seitennummern) automatisch aktualisiert.
+ Sie werden nie wieder explizite Kapitelnummern verwenden.
+\layout Standard
+
+Und dann ist da noch das Problem mit der Konsistenz.
+ Fünf Tage später laden Sie den Bericht wieder und schreiben ein Kapitel
+ 4.
+ Sie erinnern sich nicht mehr, daß Sie in den ersten Kapiteln eine 18-Punkt
+ Schrift für die Überschriften verwendet hatten, und wählen eine 16-Punkt
+ Schrift aus.
+ Dieses Problem existiert in LyX nicht, denn der Computer kümmert sich um
+ solche Dinge.
+ Dafür ist er schließlich gedacht.
+\layout Standard
+
+Oder stellen Sie sich vor, Sie erstellen eine Liste.
+ In anderen Textverarbeitungen besteht eine solche Liste meist aus einer
+ Menge gesetzter Tabulatoren und Zeilenvorschüben.
+ Sie müssen dafür Sorge tragen, daß die Spaltenüberschriften an der richtigen
+ Stelle sitzen, müssen ausrechnen oder probieren, wie viele Leerzeichen
+ einzufügen sind usw.
+ Mit LyX haben Sie nur zwei Dinge, um die Sie sich kümmern müssen: Was für
+ eine Art von Liste Sie wollen, und was darinstehen soll.
+ Das ist alles.
+\layout Standard
+
+Die Grundidee von LyX ist also: Sagen Sie,
+\emph on
+was
+\emph default
+ Sie wollen, nicht
+\emph on
+wie
+\emph default
+ man es macht.
+ An die Stelle des
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+WYSIWYG
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ tritt bei LyX das
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+WYSIWYM
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+: What you see is what you
+\emph on
+mean
+\emph default
+, was man sieht ist was man
+\emph on
+meint
+\emph default
+.
+ Dies ist ein sehr mächtiges Konzept daß das Schreiben von Texten stark
+ vereinfacht.
+ Und es ist auch der Grund, warum LyX weniger für das Erstellen von Flugblättern
+ oder Werbezetteln geeignet ist: Denn dort
+\emph on
+wollen
+\emph default
+ Sie genau angeben, wo welches Textelement erscheint, denn es gibt keine
+ funktionellen Elemente wie Absätze, Abschnitte usw.
+ Das bedeutet nicht, daß in LyX irgendwelche tollen Funktionen fehlen -
+ es ist einfach nicht das richtige Programm für diesen Zweck --- Sie verwenden
+ ja auch keinen Schraubendreher, um damit Nägel einzuschlagen (außer vielleicht
+ ihr Schraubendreher hat eine lebenslängliche Garantie).
+\layout Section
+
+Unterschiede zwischen LyX und Textverarbeitungen
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Nein, dies ist nicht der Versuch, einen heiligen Krieg der Textverarbeitungen
+ anzufangen (oder zu gewinnen).
+ Es ist jedoch wichtig, die Vorteile von LyX zu beschreiben.
+ Und einer dieser vielen Vorteile, das WYSIWYM-Prinzip, unterscheidet sich
+ grundlegend von der Vorstellung, die 99% der Nutzer von einer Textverarbeitung
+ haben.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Hier ist eine kleine Aufzählung von Dingen, die Sie bei LyX nicht finden
+ werden:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Das Lineal
+\layout Itemize
+
+Tabulatoren
+\layout Itemize
+
+zusätzliche Leerzeichen oder -zeilen (also mehrmals hintereinander
+\family sans
+Enter
+\family default
+ oder die Leertaste betätigen)
+\layout Standard
+
+Tabulatoren, zusammen mit dem Lineal, welches Ihnen die Position von Einträgen
+ auf der Seite anzeigen, sind in LyX sinnlos.
+ Das Programm kümmert sich darum, wo auf der Seite etwas erscheint, nicht
+ Sie.
+ Dasselbe gilt für zusätzliche Leerzeilen.
+ Wenn sie vom Kontext her nötig sind, fügt LyX sie automatisch ein.
+ Anfangs mag es für Sie etwas ungewohnt oder sogar störend sein, keine zwei
+ Leerzeilen nacheinander einfügen zu können.
+ Aber wenn Sie sich erst an das WYSIWYM-Prinzip gewöhnt haben, wird es Ihnen
+ als der natürlichere Weg erscheinen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Hier nun ein paar Dinge, die es zwar in LyX gibt, jedoch anders verwendet
+ werden, als man sich das vielleicht vorstellt:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Kontrolle des Einzuges
+\layout Itemize
+
+Seitenumbrüche
+\layout Itemize
+
+Zeilenabstände (d.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+,
+\end_inset
+
+h.\SpecialChar ~
+einzeilig, zweizeilig usw.)
+\layout Itemize
+
+Zwischenräume ohne Text, horizontal wie vertikal
+\layout Itemize
+
+Zeichensätze und -größen
+\layout Itemize
+
+Schriftarten (fett, schräg, unterstrichen usw.)
+\layout Standard
+
+Obwohl es all dies in LyX gibt, benötigt man es im Normalfall nicht.
+ LyX nimmt notwendige Einstellungen kontextbezogen vor.
+ Unterschiedliche Teile des Textes werden automatisch in verschiedenen Schriftar
+ten und -größen gesetzt.
+ Der Einzug zu Beginn eines Absatzes ist ebenfalls vom Zusammenhang bestimmt,
+ verschiedene Absätze werden unterschiedlich behandelt.
+ Auch die Seitenumbrüche werden automatisch eingefügt.
+ Generell sind alle Abstände zwischen Worten, Zeilen und Absätzen variabel
+ und werden von LyX bestimmt.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Selbstverständlich gibt es die Möglichkeit, alle diese Abstände entweder
+ lokal oder global für das gesamte Dokument zu verändern.
+ Nur in wenigen Fällen ist dabei Wissen über LaTeX notwendig.
+ Näheres finden Sie im
+\emph on
+Benutzerhandbuch
+\emph default
+ und den
+\emph on
+Profi-Tipps
+\emph default
+.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Schließlich gibt es auch einige Gebiete, in denen LyX (und LaTeX) unserer
+ Meinung nach herkömmlichen Textverarbeitungen weit überlegen sind:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Silbentrennung
+\layout Itemize
+
+Aufzählungen aller Art
+\layout Itemize
+
+Mathematiksatz
+\layout Itemize
+
+Tabellen
+\layout Itemize
+
+Querverweise im Text
+\layout Standard
+
+Zugegeben, viele moderne Textverarbeitungen können mit mathematischen Symbolen
+ umgehen, und einige beginnen bereits mit der Einführung von Stildefinitionen
+ und einer Art WYSIWYM-Prinzip.
+ Dies ist jedoch noch nicht sehr lange so.
+ Im Gegensatz dazu basiert LyX auf dem Textsatzsystem LaTeX, welches bereits
+ seit über 10 Jahren existiert und
+\emph on
+funktioniert
+\emph default
+.
+ All die kleinen Fehler, die ein neues Programm immer hat, sind bei LaTeX
+ schon lange gefunden und beseitigt.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Natürlich ist nichts perfekt, aber LaTeX ist so nahe an einem fehlerfreien
+ Computerprogramm, wie dies nur möglich ist.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Section
+
+Was
+\emph on
+ist
+\emph default
+ denn nun LaTeX (und muß ich das wissen)?
+\layout Standard
+
+LaTeX ist ein System zur Erstellung von Texten, das 1985 von
+\noun on
+Leslie Lamport
+\noun default
+entworfen wurde.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Die Information in diesem Abschnitt basiert auf den Angaben in dem Buch
+
+\emph on
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+A Guide to LaTeX2e
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\emph default
+ von
+\noun on
+Helmut Kopka
+\noun default
+ und
+\noun on
+Patrick Daly
+\noun default
+.
+ Die genaue Quellenangabe finden Sie im Literaturverzeichnis des
+\emph on
+Benutzerhandbuches
+\emph default
+.
+\end_inset
+
+ Es basiert auf der Textsatz-Sprache TeX, die von
+\noun on
+Donald Knuth
+\noun default
+1984 entwickelt wurde.
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+TeX
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ spricht man aus wie
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Blech
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+, und manche halten es auch für etwas blechern.
+ Das liegt aber daran, daß die wenigsten verstehen, was TeX eigentlich ist.
+ TeX liest aus einer ASCII-Datei eine Reihe von Textsatzbefehlen und führt
+ sie aus.
+ Das ist etwas komplizierter als eine Schreibmaschine, aber bei weitem nicht
+ so schwierig wie eine echte Schriftsatz-Maschine in einer Druckerei.
+ Aber viele der
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Tricks
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ der Schriftsetzer wurden von Knuth als Computer-Algorithmus formuliert
+ und in TeX integriert, daher sehen seine Druckergebnisse so hervorragend
+ aus.
+ TeX erzeugt als Ausgabe eine Datei, die man als geräteunabhängig (
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+device independent
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\family typewriter
+dvi
+\family default
+) bezeichnet.
+ Eine solche
+\family typewriter
+dvi
+\family default
+-Datei kann von vielen Programmen, die dieses Format verstehen, gelesen
+ werden und in andere Formate wie z.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+,
+\end_inset
+
+B.
+ PostScript® oder PDF umgewandelt werden.
+\layout Standard
+
+Wäre das bereits alles, TeX wäre nichts anderes als ein primitiver Textsetzer.
+ Aber in TeX ist es möglich, eigene Befehlssequenzen, sogenannte Makros,
+ zu definieren.
+ Und dadurch sind die Möglichkeiten von TeX schier unbegrenzt.
+\layout Standard
+
+Die meisten Leute, die TeX verwenden, benutzen tatsächlich ein Makropaket,
+ das
+\noun on
+Knuth
+\noun default
+ zusammengestellt hat, um den Großteil der Details beim Zeichensatz vor
+ dem Anwender zu verstecken.
+ Dieses Makropaket ist meist gemeint, wenn man von TeX spricht.
+ Das eigentliche TeX mit seinen expliziten Satzbefehlen benutzt kaum ein
+ normaler Anwender, das machen nur diejenigen Leute, die selber Makropakete
+ entwickeln.
+ Und hier kommt
+\noun on
+Leslie Lamport
+\noun default
+ ins Spiel.
+ Er wollte ein Makropaket, daß sich näher am Benutzer orientiert, und nicht
+ an den Feinheiten beim Textsatz.
+ Ein Paket, mit dem sich einfach Dinge wie Abschnitte, Tabellen oder mathematisc
+he Formeln schreiben lassen, ohne zu verwirrend zu sein.
+ So wurde LaTeX geboren.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Parallel zur Weiterentwicklung von LaTeX entstanden andere, spezielle Pakete
+ für TeX: Eines, um Folien zu schreiben oder eines, um Artikel für mathematische
+ Zeitschriften zu erstellen, und so fort.
+ Einige der Autoren verwendeten dazu TeX, andere begannen, LaTeX abzuändern.
+ Um dieses Wirrwarr zu vereinfachen, begann eine Gruppe von LaTeX-Experten
+ (zu denen natürlich auch
+\noun on
+Lamport
+\noun default
+ selbst gehörte) in den späten 80-er Jahren, LaTeX2e zu entwickeln, die
+ heutige Version von LaTeX.
+ Diese neue Version stellt auch Befehle zur Verfügung, um einfach neue Makros
+ zu erstellen, andere Zeichensätze zu definieren und so weiter.
+ Alles in allem ist LaTeX dadurch selber eine ziemlich umfangreiche
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Sprache
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ geworden.
+ Überall auf der Welt haben Benutzer ihre eigenen Erweiterungen für LaTeX
+ geschrieben.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Es existieren zwei unterschiedliche Wege, wie man LaTeX erweitern kann:
+ Klassen und Stile.
+ Eine
+\emph on
+Klasse
+\emph default
+ besteht aus einer Reihe von LaTeX- (und TeX-) Makros, die eine neue Art
+ von Dokument beschreiben, wie etwa ein Buch oder einen Artikel.
+ Es gibt z.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+,
+\end_inset
+
+B.
+ Klassen für Folien, für Artikel in mathematischen oder physikalischen Zeitschri
+ften\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+ viele Universitäten haben sogar eine eigene Klasse für ihre Dissertationen
+ zusammengestellt! Im Gegensatz dazu definiert ein
+\emph on
+Stil
+\emph default
+ keine neue Art von Dokument, sondern eine anderes
+\emph on
+Verhalten
+\emph default
+, das ein Dokument nutzen kann.
+ So nutzt LyX zwei unterschiedliche Stil-Dateien, um die Ränder und Zeilenabstän
+de in den Dokumenten festzulegen.
+ Es existieren Stil-Dateien für fast jeden denkbaren Zweck: Um Etiketten
+ und Umschläge zu beschriften, den Texteinzug zu verändern, um Grafikdateien
+ handhaben zu können, spezielle Kopf- und Fußzeilen zu erstellen, Literaturliste
+n den eigenen Wünschen anzupassen, Erscheinungsbild und Position von Fußnoten,
+ Tabellen und Abbildungen zu verändern und so weiter und so fort.
+\layout Standard
+
+Hier eine kurze Zusammenfassung:
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+TeX: Makrofähige Programmiersprache für Schriftsatz.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+LaTeX: Makropaket auf der Basis von TeX.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+Klassen: Beschreibung eines Dokumententyps, verwendet LaTeX.
+
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+Stile: Verändern die Standardeinstellungen von LaTeX.
+
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+LyX: Visuelle WYSIWYM-Textverarbeitung, die LaTeX mit all seinen Fähigkeiten
+ zum Ausdruck verwendet.
+\layout Standard
+
+Der Zweck dieses Abschnittes war es, ihnen zu zeigen,
+\emph on
+warum
+\emph default
+ LyX etwas anders arbeitet als andere Textverarbeitungen.
+ Dieser Grund ist einfach: LyX verwendet LaTeX als Formatierprogramm für
+ den Ausdruck.
+ Wie auch LaTeX konzentriert sich LyX auf den Inhalt Ihres Textes --- also
+
+\emph on
+was
+\emph default
+ Sie schreiben.
+ Der Rechner kümmert sich dann darum, daß es gut aussieht.
+\layout Standard
+
+Ach ja --- eine letzte Bemerkung.
+ LaTeX spricht man aus wie TeX, das sich auf das Wort Blech reimt.
+ Laut Lamport kann man LaTeX auch
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Läitech
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ aussprechen.
+ Wer es so ausspricht wie das Material, aus dem Kondome hergestellt werden,
+ spricht es falsch.
+ LyX dagegen spricht man
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Lücks
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Oder
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Licks
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ --- je nachdem, aus welchem Land man stammt\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+ aber über die Aussprache wurden
+ auf der Mailing Liste schon endlose Diskussionen geführt, also sprechen
+ Sie es einfach so aus, wie es Ihnen gefällt --- nur nicht
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+word
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+
+\family typewriter
+:-)
+\layout Chapter
+
+Der Weg durch die Dokumentation
+\layout Standard
+
+Die LyX-Dokumentation wurde in mehrere Dateien aufgeteilt, um es einfacher
+ zu machen, all Ihre Fragen zu beantworten und alle Möglichkeiten und Vorzüge
+ von LyX zu beschreiben.
+ Jedes dieser Dokumente verfolgt seinen eigenen Zweck, der weiter unten
+ beschrieben wird.
+ Bevor Sie sich jedoch diesen Dateien widmen, lesen Sie bitte sorgfältig
+ die vorliegende
+\emph on
+Einführung
+\emph default
+, denn sie enthält eine Menge wichtiger und hilfreicher Informationen und
+ Hinweise, die Ihnen einige Zeit ersparen können.
+\layout Standard
+
+Obwohl LyX mittlerweile eine Versionsnummer 1.0 weit überschritten hat, kann
+ die Dokumentation immer noch teilweise unvollständig sein oder sich noch
+ auf eine ältere Version beziehen.
+ Wie auch das Programm LyX selber wird die Dokumentation von einer Gruppe
+ von Freiwilligen geschrieben, die
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+nebenher
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ auch noch einem richtigen Beruf nachgehen, Familien haben, ihren Müll wegbringe
+n müssen usw.
+ Wir sind ständig bemüht, die Texte so vollständig und korrekt wie möglich
+ zu halten, doch das gelingt manchmal nicht da die Entwickler immer dabei
+ sind, neue Details einzubauen, während wir die alten noch dokumentieren.
+ Wenn Sie an dieser Situation etwas ändern wollen gibt Ihnen Abschnitt\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:Helfen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ einige Hinweise, wie auch Sie Ihren Teil zu LyX beitragen können.
+\layout Standard
+
+Und noch eine Bitte: Wenn Ihnen in dieser Dokumentation irgendetwas unklar
+ oder falsch erscheint, zögern Sie nicht, uns dies mitzuteilen! Sie erreichen
+ das LyX-Entwickler-Team über die Mailing-Liste
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Falls Sie dringende Fragen haben, die in der Dokumentation offensichtlich
+ nicht beantwortet werden, gibt es eine sehr aktive Mailing Liste die Sie
+ unter
+\family typewriter
+lyx-users@lists.lyx.org
+\family default
+ erreichen können.
+\layout Section
+
+Das Format der Handbücher
+\layout Standard
+
+Einige von Ihnen haben vielleicht die gesamte Dokumentation ausgedruckt.
+ Andere lesen sie
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+online
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+, also als Datei in LyX.
+ Für diejenigen, die online lesen, gibt es einige Unterschiede zur gedruckten
+ Version.
+ Zunächst ist der Titel einfach am Anfang des Dokuments, und nicht schön
+ zentriert auf einer eigenen Seite.
+ Es sind zunächst auch weder Inhaltsverzeichnis noch Fußnoten sichtbar.
+ Eine Fußnote sieht so
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Hallo! Zum Schließen dieser Fußnote klicken Sie bitte auf das grau unterlegte
+ Feld mit dem Wort
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Fußnote
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_inset
+
+ aus.
+ Um sie zu öffnen, klicken Sie mit dem linken Mausknopf darauf.
+ Um das Inhaltsverzeichnis zu betrachten klicken Sie entweder auf den entspreche
+nden grauen Kasten oder wählen Sie das Menü
+\family sans
+\bar under
+N
+\bar default
+avigieren
+\family default
+, dort wird der Inhalt ebenfalls automatisch angezeigt -- Versuchen Sie
+ es einmal!
+\layout Standard
+
+In der gedruckten Version dieser Hilfetexte erscheinen die Querverweise
+ mit ihren tatsächlichen Kapitel- und Seitennummern.
+ Wenn Sie den Text jedoch von LyX aus lesen, sehen Sie lediglich grau unterlegte
+ Felder wie das folgende:
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:Helfen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ (in der gedruckten Version steht hier eine Zahl).
+ Wenn Sie mit der Maus auf diesen grauen Kasten klicken, öffnet sich automatisch
+ ein Fenster mit allen Querverweisen des Dokumentes.
+ In diesem Dokument finden Sie nur den Eintrag
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+sec:Helfen
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Sie gelangen an die entsprechende Stelle, wenn Sie die Schaltfläche
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+Gehe zu Referenz
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ anklicken.
+ Zurück an die Ausgangsposition zu gelangen ist genauso einfach.
+ Mit
+\family sans
+Strg+<
+\family default
+ kommen Sie wieder zurück an die ursprüngliche Stelle.
+ (Was
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+Strg+<
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ bedeutet, wird gleich erklärt.)
+\layout Standard
+
+Nachdem nun die wichtigsten Unterschiede zwischen der gedruckten und der
+ Online-Dokumenta\SpecialChar \-
+tion geklärt sind, können wir uns mit dem Format der Handbücher
+ befassen.
+ Sie werden immer wieder Begriffe finden, die in unterschiedlichen Zeichensätzen
+ gesetzt sind:
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\emph on
+Hervorgehoben
+\emph default
+ wird generell benutzt, um Dinge zu betonen, Buchtitel zum Beispiel, oder
+ Namen von Abschnitten in anderen Handbüchern oder Hinweise der Autoren.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+Schreibmaschine
+\family default
+ kennzeichnet Programmtext und Dateinamen, LaTeX- und/oder LyX-Code und
+ Funktionen.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Serifenfrei
+\family default
+ bezeichnet Namen von Menüs, Knöpfen, Popups und Tasten der Tastatur.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\noun on
+Kapitälchen
+\noun default
+ werden für Eigennamen verwendet.
+\layout Standard
+
+Tasten und Tastaturbelegungen werden im Abschnitt
+\emph on
+Grundlegende Tastaturfunktionen
+\emph default
+ des
+\emph on
+Benutzerhandbuches
+\emph default
+ behandelt.
+ Wenn Tasten bezeichnet werden sollen, gelten folgende Regeln:
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Strg+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ wird in den Menüs mit
+\family sans
+C-
+\family default
+bezeichnet.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Umschalt+
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ wird in den Menüs mit
+\family sans
+ S-
+\family default
+ (
+\begin_inset Formula $\Uparrow$
+\end_inset
+
+) bezeichnet.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Alt+
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ wird in den Menüs mit
+\family sans
+M-
+\family default
+bezeichnet.
+ Wenn Ihre Tastatur eine
+\family sans
+Meta
+\family default
+-Taste hat, ist diese gemeint.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+F1
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+F12
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ sind die Funktionstasten.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+Esc
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ ist die Escape-Taste.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+L
+\family default
+inks
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+R
+\family default
+echts
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Auf
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Ab
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+: die Cursor-Tasten.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Einfg
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Entf
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Pos\SpecialChar ~
+1
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Ende
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Bild
+\begin_inset Formula $\uparrow$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Bild
+\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+: Das sind die 6 Tasten über den Cursor-Tasten.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+Enter
+\family default
+ bezeichnen dieselbe Taste.
+ Manche Tastaturen haben diese beiden Tasten, manche bezeichnen sie auch
+ nur mit einem abgeknickten Pfeil.
+ Für LyX sind beide Tasten gleichwertig, deshalb muß keine Unterscheidung
+ gemacht werden.
+\layout Standard
+
+Ab und zu werden Sie auch Hinweise sehen wie
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+(siehe
+\emph on
+Tutorium
+\emph default
+)
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Dort sind für jede Funktion auch alle möglichen Tastaturbelegungen aufgezählt,
+ Sie können also auch dort nachschlagen.
+ Beachten Sie dabei bitte auch, daß unter den LyX Benutzern zwei unterschiedlich
+e Tastaturbelegungen verbreitet sind: Der standardmäßig voreingestellte
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+CUA
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+-Stil (Nutzern aus der PC-Welt vertraut) und der
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Emacs
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+-Stil, der mehr von denen verwendet wird, die im Unix-Umfeld groß geworden
+ sind und dort diesen Editor verwenden.
+ Falls nicht anders angegeben beziehen sich alle Tastaturbelegungen auf
+ die Standardeinstellung CUA.
+ Falls Sie Emacs verwenden sind Sie sicher auch clever genug die Dokumentation
+ zu lesen und die entsprechenden Tastaturkürzel selbst herauszusuchen.
+\layout Section
+
+Die Handbücher
+\layout Standard
+
+Die folgende Liste beschreibt den Inhalt aller Dateien der LyX-Dokumentation:
+\layout Description
+
+
+\emph on
+Einführung
+\emph default
+ \SpecialChar ~
+
+\newline
+Diese Datei.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\emph on
+Tutorium
+\emph default
+ \SpecialChar ~
+
+\newline
+Wenn Sie neu bei LyX sind und zuvor niemals LaTeX verwendet haben, sollten
+ Sie hier mit dem Lesen beginnen.
+ Wenn Sie der Meinung sind, LaTeX sei das Material, aus dem Kondome hergestellt
+ werden, sollten Sie es auf jeden Fall lesen.
+ Danach werden Sie vielleicht immer noch denken, LaTeX sei ein elastisches
+ Material, aber immerhin wissen Sie dann, wie Sie mit LyX umgehen\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Sie bereits mit LaTeX gearbeitet haben, sollten Sie das
+\emph on
+Tutorium
+\emph default
+ dennoch lesen und gleich mit dem Kapitel
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+LyX für LaTeX-Benutzer
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ beginnen.
+ Ein Überfliegen der restlichen Kapitel schadet aber sicherlich nicht.
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Sie zu irgendeinem Zeitpunkt mit LyX nicht richtig klarkommen, lesen
+ Sie das Tutorium (nochmals) sorgfältig durch; es stellt ein sehr gutes
+ Sprungbrett für die weitere Suche in den anderen Handbüchern dar.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+
+
+\emph on
+Benutzerhandbuch
+\emph default
+ \SpecialChar ~
+
+\newline
+Der Hauptteil der Dokumentation.
+ Hier werden (möglichst) alle grundlegenden Funktionen und Fähigkeiten von
+ LyX beschrieben.
+ Der Text setzt voraus, daß Sie das
+\emph on
+Tutorium
+\emph default
+ gelesen haben.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\emph on
+Profi-Tipps
+\emph default
+ \SpecialChar ~
+
+\newline
+Erweiterung des
+\emph on
+Benutzerhandbuches
+\emph default
+.
+ Es erläutert die Verwendung von LaTeX-Kommandos, zusätzliche Layouts und
+ erweiterte Bearbeitungsmöglichkeiten, inklusive einiger Tricks der LaTeX-Profis.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\emph on
+Anpassung
+\emph default
+ \SpecialChar ~
+
+\newline
+Eine Beschreibung der Konfigurationsmöglichkeiten für Fortgeschrittene.
+ Hier wird auch beschrieben, wie LyX konfiguriert wird.
+ Das umfaßt Tastaturbelegung, Internationalisierung und Konfigurationsdateien.
+ Denken Sie besser nicht daran, es zu lesen, ohne vorher das
+\emph on
+Tutorium
+\emph default
+ durchgearbeitet zu haben.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\emph on
+LaTeX\SpecialChar ~
+Konfiguration
+\emph default
+ \SpecialChar ~
+
+\newline
+Bei der Installation untersucht LyX Ihr System.
+ Diese Datei enthält die dabei gefundenen Informationen.
+ Sehen Sie sich diese Datei ruhig einmal an und entscheiden, welche eventuell
+ fehlenden LaTeX-Pakete Sie noch installieren wollen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Die einzelnen Dokumente verweisen teilweise aufeinander.
+ So enthält das
+\emph on
+Benutzerhandbuch
+\emph default
+ auch einige Informationen zur Installation und Anpassung, verweist den
+ Leser aber für weitere Infos an das Handbuch
+\emph on
+Anpassung
+\emph default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Bevor es jetzt richtig losgeht, noch einmal der Hinweis:
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_top 0.51cm \added_space_bottom 0.51cm \align center
+Wenn Sie LyX das erste Mal verwenden, sollten Sie
+\series bold
+jetzt
+\series default
+ das
+\emph on
+Tutorium
+\emph default
+ lesen!
+\layout Standard
+
+Sie ersparen sich dadurch sicherlich einiges an Frustration und werden die
+ Vorzüge von LyX sicher schnell zu schätzen wissen.
+ Denn LyX kann alles, was Sie von anderen Textverarbeitungen her kennen,
+ wenn es auch einen anderen Ansatz verwendet.
+\layout Chapter
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:Helfen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Wie helfe ich beim LyX Projekt?
+\layout Section
+
+Mithilfe bei LyX
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX ist hauptsächlich in C++ geschrieben (Der LaTeX-Import ist in Perl geschrieb
+en).
+ Es ist ein sehr großes Projekt, und dadurch sicher nicht ohne Fehler oder
+ den Bedarf, den vorhandenen Code zu verbessern.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Fehler melden
+\layout Standard
+
+Es mag sein daß Sie beim Benutzen von LyX auf Dinge stoßen, die Sie als
+ Fehler ansehen.
+ Auch Abstürze können vorkommen, sie sind jedoch sehr selten.
+ Probleme mit der Benutzerschnittstelle haben bei den Entwicklern eine sehr
+ hohe Priorität: Hinweise auf Stellen, die Ihnen unklar oder verwirrend
+ erscheinen sind besonders hilfreich.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX hat ein Web-basiertes Fehlermeldesystem, den
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \htmlurl[LyX Bug Tracker]{http://bugzilla.lyx.org}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Sie sollten dort nachsehen bevor Sie einen Fehler melden, denn vielleicht
+ hat daß ja schon jemand getan.
+ Wenn Sie einen Kommentar zu einem bestehenden Fehler abgeben wollen, oder
+ einen neuen Fehler melden wollen, können Sie das über den Bug Tracker tun,
+ oder Sie senden eine Email an die Entwickler-Liste,
+\family typewriter
+lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org
+\family default
+.
+ Archive der Liste erreichen Sie über die
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \htmlurl[LyX Homepage]{http://www.lyx.org/}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Eine gute (hilfreiche) Fehlerbeschreibung umfaßt mindestens auch die verwendete
+ Version von LyX.
+ Genaue und detaillierte Beschreibungen der Umstände, unter denen der Fehler
+ auftritt, werden bevorzugt.
+ Denn je mehr Zeit die Entwickler aufwenden müssen, das Problem zu lokalisieren,
+ desto weniger Zeit finden sie, Verbesserungen einzubauen.
+ Geben Sie auch an auf welchem System Sie LyX verwenden, und welche Version
+ es ist.
+ Geben Sie an, welche Version der Systembibliotheken installiert ist, oder,
+ wenn es sich um ein Problem im Zusammenhang mit externen Programmen handelt,
+ die Versionsnummern dieser externen Programme.
+ Wenn es sich um ein Problem beim selbst compilieren handelt schicken Sie
+ die Datei
+\family typewriter
+config.log
+\family default
+ mit und geben Sie an, welchen Compiler sie verwenden.
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Sie einen reproduzierbaren Absturz hervorrufen können wäre es extrem
+ hilfreich wenn Sie sich die Zeit nehmen könnten, einen Backtrace mit einem
+ nicht-gestripten Binary durchzuführen (das installierte binary ist meist
+ gestrippt, im Gegensatz zu dem im Quellverzeichnis).
+ Starten Sie LyX von
+\family typewriter
+gdb
+\family default
+ aus, also z.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+,
+\end_inset
+
+B.
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+gdb /usr/src/lyx-1.2/src/lyx
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ und dann
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+run
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Verursachen Sie den Absturz, Sie landen dann wieder an der Eingabeaufforderung
+ von
+\family typewriter
+gdb
+\family default
+.
+ Erzeugen sie mit dem Befehl
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+bt
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ einen Backtrace und schicken diesen zusammen mit dem Fehlerbericht ein
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Sie besonders gründlich sein wollen benutzen Sie die Befehle
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+info locals
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ und
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+up
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ um die Werte der lokalen Variablen in einigen übergeordneten Stack-Levels
+ auszugeben.
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Im Zweifelsfall ist es aber wichtiger, einen reproduzierbaren Weg anzugeben,
+ wie der Absturz verursacht werden kann, da die Entwickler dann die Möglichkeit
+ haben, selbst einen solchen Backtrace zu erstellen.
+ Ist der Absturz aber nicht so ohne weiteres reproduzierbar ist ein solcher
+ Backtrace essentiell, denn er ist dann die einzige Möglichkeit, den Fehler
+ einzukreisen.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Fixes und neue Fähigkeiten beisteuern
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Sie Änderungen an den LyX Quellen vorgenommen haben von denen Sie meinen
+ daß sie fester Bestandteil von LyX werden sollten, schicken die diese Änderunge
+n als vereinheitlichte Differenz-Datei (
+\family typewriter
+diff -u
+\family default
+) an die oben angegebene Entwickler-Liste.
+ Vergessen Sie nicht ein Änderungsprotokoll und eine Beschreibung, was der
+ Patch macht.
+\layout Section
+
+Hilfe bei der Dokumentation
+\layout Standard
+
+Die Dokumentation von LyX ist sehr ausführlich und umfangreich.
+ Jedoch befindet sich LyX in stetiger Weiterentwicklung, und mit jeder Version
+ kommen neue Merkmale hinzu.
+ Eventuell finden Sie einen Teil in der Dokumentation, der der Verbesserung
+ bedarf.
+ Dieser Abschnitt beschreibt, was Sie tun sollten wenn Sie einen Fehler
+ finden oder einfach nur Vorschläge haben, wie man sie verbessern kann.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Fehler in den Handbüchern
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Sie eine Unstimmigkeit in der Dokumentation entdecken, schicken Sie
+ bitte eine Mail an die Mailing Liste
+\family typewriter
+lyxdoc@lists.lyx.org
+\family default
+.
+ Das Dokumentationsteam wird sich darum kümmern, daß sie beseitigt wird.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Dem Dokumentationsteam beitreten
+\layout Standard
+
+Wie alle anderen Bereiche von LyX kann auch das Dokumentations-Team Hilfe
+ immer gut gebrauchen.
+ Wenn Sie daran interessiert sind, bei der Dokumentation mitzumachen, müssen
+ Sie zunächst folgende Dinge sicherstellen:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Besorgen Sie sich die neueste Version der LyX-Quellen.
+ Packen Sie das Archiv aus
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Sie können sich die aktuellste Version auch aus dem LyX CVS Archiv besorgen
+ - sie befindet sich im Modul
+\family typewriter
+lyxdoc
+\family default
+.
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Im Hauptverzeichnis finden sie das Unterverzeichnis
+\family typewriter
+lib/doc
+\family default
+.
+ Darin befindet sich die Datei
+\family typewriter
+DocStyle.lyx
+\family default
+.
+ Lesen Sie sie, sie ist ein Stil-Leitfaden für die Dokumentation.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Gönnen Sie sich ein oder zwei Tage Pause und lesen Sie
+\family typewriter
+DocStyle.lyx
+\family default
+ nochmal.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Als nächstes lesen Sie
+\emph on
+Benutzerhandbuch
+\emph default
+ und
+\emph on
+Tutorium
+\emph default
+.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Dieser Schritt dient dazu Ideen zu liefern.
+ Das
+\emph on
+Tutorium
+\emph default
+ und das
+\emph on
+Benutzerhandbuch
+\emph default
+ sind die vollständigsten und aktuellsten Dokumente der Serie.
+ Es sollte Ihnen ein paar Hinweise geben, wie wir uns die Dokumentation
+ vorstellen.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Setzen Sie sich mit dem Team in Verbindung:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
+\layout Standard
+
+Dort können Sie ihre Ideen diskutieren und bekommen Feedback.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Dabei ist alles an Änderungen möglich, angefangen von Verbesserungen der
+ Verständlichkeit bis hin zu einer kompletten Umstrukturierung --- alles
+ was die Dokumentation verbessert ist herzlich willkommen.
+\the_end
--- /dev/null
+#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
+\lyxformat 221
+\textclass article
+\language german
+\inputencoding latin1
+\fontscheme default
+\graphics none
+\paperfontsize 10
+\spacing single
+\papersize Default
+\paperpackage widemarginsa4
+\use_geometry 0
+\use_amsmath 0
+\use_natbib 0
+\use_numerical_citations 0
+\paperorientation portrait
+\secnumdepth 3
+\tocdepth 3
+\paragraph_separation skip
+\defskip medskip
+\quotes_language german
+\quotes_times 2
+\papercolumns 1
+\papersides 1
+\paperpagestyle default
+
+\layout Title
+
+Inhaltsverzeichnis LyX Dokumentation
+\layout Section*
+
+Einführung in LyX
+\newline
+oder
+\newline
+Das Einmaleins der LyX-Dokumentation
+\layout Description
+1
+Die Philosophie von LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.1
+Was ist LyX
+\layout Description
+1.2
+Unterschiede zwischen LyX und Textverarbeitungen
+
+
+\layout Description
+1.3
+Was
+\emph on
+ist
+\emph default
+ denn nun LaTeX (und muß ich das wissen)?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2
+Der Weg durch die Dokumentation
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+Das Format der Handbücher
+\layout Description
+2.2
+Die Handbücher
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+
+
+Wie helfe ich beim LyX Projekt?
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Mithilfe bei LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1.1
+Fehler melden
+\layout Description
+3.1.2
+Fixes und neue Fähigkeiten beisteuern
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.2
+Hilfe bei der Dokumentation
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.2.1
+Fehler in den Handbüchern
+\layout Description
+3.2.2
+Dem Dokumentationsteam beitreten
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Section*
+
+LyX: Häufig gestellte Fragen mit Antworten
+\newline
+Version 0.3.6
+\layout Description
+1
+Einleitung und generelle Informationen
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.1
+Was ist LyX?
+\layout Description
+1.2
+Schön, aber ist das nützlich?
+\layout Description
+1.3
+Womit fange ich an?
+\layout Description
+1.4
+Läuft LyX auch auf meinem Computer?
+\layout Description
+1.5
+Wieviel Festplattenplatz benötigt LyX?
+\layout Description
+1.6
+Ist LyX wirklich Open Source?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2
+Quellen im Internet
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+Wo soll ich im World Wide Web nach LyX suchen?
+\layout Description
+2.2
+Wo kann ich LyX via FTP bekommen?
+\layout Description
+2.3
+Welche Mailing Listen gibt es?
+\layout Description
+2.4
+Werden die Mailing Listen irgendwo archiviert?
+\layout Description
+2.5
+Schlaumeier.
+ Also, Wo werden sie archiviert?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+Kompatibilität mit anderen Text/Dokumenten\SpecialChar \-
+systemen
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Kann ich LaTeX Dateien lesen/schreiben?
+\layout Description
+3.2
+Kann ich Word Dateien lesen/schreiben?
+\layout Description
+3.3
+Kann ich HTML Dateien lesen/schreiben?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+Bezug und Compilierung von LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+Was wird benötigt?
+\layout Description
+4.2
+Wie compiliere ich es?
+\layout Description
+4.3
+Ich hasse Compilieren.
+ Wo sind die vorkompilierten Pakete?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Was ist
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Evil Red Text
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+? (Wichtig!)
+\layout Description
+6
+Fragen zur Benutzung von LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1
+Generelle Fragen
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.1
+Wie ändere ich die Abstände in eine Liste (Itemize/\SpecialChar \-
+Enumerate/ Description)?
+\layout Description
+6.1.2
+Wie kann ich Gleichungen Kapitelweise numerieren?
+\layout Description
+6.1.3
+Ist das auch für Abbildungen und Tabellen möglich?
+\layout Description
+6.1.4
+Wie ändere ich die Fußnotenzählung in Symbole (Stern, Dagger usw.)?
+\layout Description
+6.1.5
+Wie vermeide ich Witwen und Schusterjungen?
+\layout Description
+6.1.6
+Wie bekomme ich eine formatierte Liste, die z.
+
+B.
+ mit 1.a) beginnt?
+\layout Description
+6.1.7
+Wie kann ich in LyX Worte zählen?
+\layout Description
+6.1.8
+Wie kann ich einen definierten horizontalen Abstand einfügen?
+\layout Description
+6.1.9
+Wie kann ich Zitate in der Form [1,2,3,6] oder [1-3,6] anstelle von [1][2][3][6]
+ erhalten?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.2
+Fragen zu Abbildungen
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.2.1
+Was ist der Unterschied zwischen einer
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Abbildung
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ und einer
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Float Abbildung
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+?
+\layout Description
+6.2.2
+Wie bekomme ich LyX dazu, eine Abbildung genau dort einzufügen, wo ich sie
+ haben will?
+\layout Description
+6.2.3
+Was bedeutet
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Too many unprocessed floats
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3
+Fragen zum Mathematik-Modus
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3.1
+Wie kann ich in einer mathematischen Gleichung normalen Text eingeben?
+\layout Description
+6.3.2
+Wie erzeuge ich eine Kubikwurzel (oder höhere)?
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7
+Fragen zur Benutzung von LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.1
+Wie konvertiere ich mit einem Kommandozeilen\SpecialChar \-
+Befehl eine LyX-Datei nach LaTeX?
+\layout Description
+7.2
+Wie erzeuge ich aus meinem LyX-Dokument eine PDF-Datei?
+\layout Description
+7.3
+Warum sehen die Zeichensätze meines Textes in
+\family typewriter
+acroread
+\family default
+ so schlecht aus?
+\layout Description
+7.4
+Warum kann meine tolle neue Ghostscript-Version die eingebundenen EPS-Abbildunge
+n nicht richtig verarbeiten?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+8
+Fragen zu LyX unter Windows
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.1
+Warum flackern Menüs und die Werkzeugleiste?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+9
+Wo bekomme ich weitere Hilfe?
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+9.1
+Meine Frage ist immer noch nicht beantwortet...
+\layout Description
+9.2
+Ich will jemandem via Mail von meinem Problem berichten
+\layout Description
+9.3
+Was soll ich in einer Hilfeanfrage alles angeben?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+10
+Administrative Information und Danksagung
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+10.1
+Feedback ist willkommen
+\layout Description
+10.2
+Formate, in denen dieser Text erhältlich ist
+\layout Description
+10.3
+Autor und Danksagung
+\layout Description
+10.4
+Ausschluß und Copyright
+\end_deeper
+\layout Section*
+
+Das LyX-Tutorium
+\layout Description
+1
+Einleitung
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.1
+Willkommen bei LyX
+\layout Description
+1.2
+Was das Tutorium
+\emph on
+ist
+\emph default
+, und was
+\emph on
+nicht
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.2.1
+Wie Sie den größten Nutzen aus dem Tutorium ziehen
+\layout Description
+1.2.2
+Was Sie hier
+\emph on
+nicht
+\emph default
+ finden
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2
+Die ersten Schritte mit LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+Ihr erstes LyX-Dokument
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1.1
+Eingabe, Betrachten und Drucken
+\layout Description
+2.1.2
+Einfache Vorgänge
+\layout Description
+2.1.3
+WYSIWYM: Leerzeichen in LyX
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.2
+Umgebungstypen
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.2.1
+Abschnitte und Unterabschnitte
+\layout Description
+2.2.2
+Listen und Teillisten
+\layout Description
+2.2.3
+Weitere Umgebungstypen: Verse, Zitate und andere
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+Das Schreiben von Dokumenten
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Dokumentklassen und Vorlagen: Das Schreiben von Briefen
+\layout Description
+3.2
+Vorlagen: Briefe schreiben
+\layout Description
+3.3
+Dokumententitel
+\layout Description
+3.4
+Marken und Querverweise
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.1
+Ihre erste Textmarke
+\layout Description
+3.4.2
+Ihr erster Querverweis
+\layout Description
+3.4.3
+Weitere Möglichkeiten mit Marken
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.5
+Fußnoten und Randnotizen
+\layout Description
+3.6
+Bibliographie
+\layout Description
+3.7
+Inhaltsverzeichnis
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+Der Gebrauch mathematischer Ausdrücke
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+Der Mathematik-Modus
+\layout Description
+4.2
+In Gleichungen bewegen
+\layout Description
+4.3
+Exponenten und Indizes
+\layout Description
+4.4
+Die Tafel der Mathematiksymbole
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4.1
+Griechische Buchstaben und Symbole
+\layout Description
+4.4.2
+Quadratwurzeln, Akzente und Klammern
+\layout Description
+4.4.3
+Brüche
+\layout Description
+4.4.4
+TeX-Modus: Grenzwerte, Logarithmen, Trigonometrische Funktionen und anderes
+\layout Description
+4.4.5
+Matrizen
+\layout Description
+4.4.6
+Abgesetzte Formeln
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5
+Mehrzeilige Gleichungen
+\layout Description
+4.6
+Weitere mathematische Sachen
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Vermischtes
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+Andere wichtige LyX-Merkmale
+\layout Description
+5.2
+LyX für LaTeX-Benutzer
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.1
+Der TeX-Modus
+\layout Description
+5.2.2
+LaTeX-Dokumente nach LyX konvertieren ---
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\layout Description
+5.2.3
+LyX-Dokumente nach LaTeX konvertieren
+\layout Description
+5.2.4
+Der LaTeX-Vorspann
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.4.1
+Die Dokumentenklasse
+\layout Description
+5.2.4.2
+Andere Einträge im Vorspann
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.5
+BibTeX
+\layout Description
+5.2.6
+Sonstiges
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3
+Fehler!
+\end_deeper
+\layout Section*
+
+Das LyX-Benutzerhandbuch
+\layout Description
+1
+Einleitung
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.1
+Was ist LyX?
+\layout Description
+1.2
+Die ersten Schritte
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.2.1
+Der Aufruf von LyX
+\layout Description
+1.2.2
+Wie LyX aussieht
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.2.2.1
+Das Hauptfenster
+\layout Description
+1.2.2.2
+Dialoge
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Dialoge}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.2.3
+HILFE!
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.3
+Die LyX-Schnittstelle
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.3.1
+Einfache Datei-Befehle
+\layout Description
+1.3.2
+Einfache Editier-Funktionen
+\layout Description
+1.3.3
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+R
+\bar default
+ückgängig
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Ruckgängig@Rückgängig}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ (
+\family sans
+Strg+Z
+\family default
+) und
+\family sans
+\bar under
+W
+\bar default
+iederholen
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Wiederholen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ (
+\family sans
+Umschalt+Strg+Z
+\family default
+)
+\layout Description
+1.3.4
+Die Grundfunktionen der Maus
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Mausfunktionen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+1.3.5
+Grundlegende Tastaturfunktionen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tastaturfunktionen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.4
+Wie man LyX zusammen mit anderen Programmen benutzt
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.4.1
+ASCII-Dateien
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Datei!importieren}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ importieren
+
+
+\layout Description
+1.4.2
+Ausschneiden und Kopieren zwischen LyX und anderen Programmen
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2
+Die LyX-Einrichtung und unterstützende Anwendungen
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+Einleitung
+\layout Description
+2.2
+LyX-Grundeinstellungen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Grundeinstellungen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+2.3
+LaTeX
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{LaTeX}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+2.4
+Dvips und Ghostscript
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.4.1
+Was Sie benötigen
+\layout Description
+2.4.2
+Dvips
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Dvips}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+2.4.3
+Ghostscript
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Ghostscript}
+
+\end_inset
+
+, Xdvi
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{xdvi}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ und gv
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{gv}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.5
+Der Drucker
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+LyX-Grundlagen
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Dokumenttypen
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1.1
+Einleitung
+\layout Description
+3.1.2
+
+
+Die verschiedenen Dokumentklassen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Dokumentklassen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1.2.1
+Übersicht
+\layout Description
+3.1.2.2
+Eine Klasse auswählen
+\layout Description
+3.1.2.3
+Eigenschaften
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1.3
+Feineinstellung der Standardwerte
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Standardwerte}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.1.4
+Seitenorientierung
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Seitenorientierung}
+
+\end_inset
+
+, Papierformat
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Papierformat}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ und Ränder
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Rander@Ränder}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.1.5
+Wichtiger Hinweis:
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.2
+Absatzeinrückung
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Absatzeinruckung@Absatzeinrückung}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ und Absatztrennung
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Absatztrennung}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.2.1
+Einleitung
+\layout Description
+3.2.2
+Globale Absatztrennung
+\layout Description
+3.2.3
+Feineinstellung
+\layout Description
+3.2.4
+Zeilenabstände ändern
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3
+Absatzumgebungen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Absatzumgebungen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.1
+Überblick
+\layout Description
+3.3.2
+Standard
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Standard}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.3.3
+Dokumenttitel
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Dokumenttitel}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.3.4
+Überschriften
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Uberschriften@Überschriften}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.1
+Numerierte Überschriften
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.2
+Nichtnumerierte Überschriften
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.3
+Ändern der Numerierung
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Numerierung}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.4
+Spezielle Informationen
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.5
+Einen Anhang erstellen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Anhang erstellen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.5
+Zitate
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Zitat}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ und Lyrik
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Lyrik}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.5.1
+
+\family sans
+Zitat (kurz)
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Zitat!(kurz)}
+
+\end_inset
+
+und
+\family sans
+Zitat (lang)
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Zitat!(lang)}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.3.5.2
+
+\family sans
+Gedicht
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Lyrik}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.6
+Listen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Listen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.1
+Allgemeine Eigenschaften
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.2
+
+\family sans
+Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
+listung
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Auf\/listung}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.3
+
+\family sans
+Aufzählung
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Aufzahlung@Aufzählung}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.4
+
+\family sans
+Beschreibung
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Beschreibung}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.5
+Die LyX-
+\family sans
+Liste
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{LyX-Liste}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.7
+Briefe
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Briefe}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.7.1
+
+\family sans
+Adresse
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Adresse}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+Right\SpecialChar ~
+Address
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Right Address}
+
+\end_inset
+
+: Ein Überblick
+\layout Description
+3.3.7.2
+Gebrauch
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.8
+Wissenschaftliche Texte
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Wissenschaftliche Texte}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.8.1
+
+\family sans
+Zusammenfassung
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Zusammenfassung}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.3.8.2
+Literaturverzeichnis
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Literaturverzeichnis}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.9
+Besondere Umgebungen
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.9.1
+
+\family sans
+Beschriftung
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Beschriftung}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.3.9.2
+
+\family sans
+L
+
+yX-Code
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{LyX-Code}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.3.9.3
+
+\family sans
+Kommentar
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Kommentar}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4
+Umgebungen schachteln
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Umgebungen schachteln}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.1
+Der große Wurf
+\layout Description
+3.4.2
+Was Sie schachteln können und was nicht
+\layout Description
+3.4.3
+Andere Dinge schachteln: Tabellen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tabellen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+, Mathematik
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Mathematik}
+
+\end_inset
+
+, Gleitobjekte
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Gleitobjekte}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ usw.
+\layout Description
+3.4.4
+Gebrauch und allgemeine Eigenschaften
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.4.1
+Die verschiedenen Bindungen
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.5
+Einige Beispiele
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.5.1
+Beispiel 1: Sechsfache und gemischte Schachtelung
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Schachtelungsbeispiele}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.4.5.2
+Beispiel 2: Vererbung
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Schachtelungsbeispiele}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.4.5.3
+Beispiel 3: Marken, Stufen
+\family sans
+
+\family default
+und
+\family sans
+ Aufzählung
+\family default
+- und
+\family sans
+Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
+listung
+\family default
+-Umgebungen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Schachtelungsbeispiele}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.4.5.4
+Beispiel 4: Übergeschnappt
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Schachtelungsbeispiele}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.5
+Fonts
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Fonts}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ und Textstile
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Textstile}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.5.1
+Überblick
+\layout Description
+3.5.2
+Globale Optionen
+\layout Description
+3.5.3
+Gebrauch unterschiedlicher Buchstabenstile
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Buchstabenstile}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.5.4
+Feineinstellung mit dem
+\family sans
+Zeichen
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Zeichensatzattribute}
+
+\end_inset
+
+-Menü
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.6
+Drucken
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{drucken}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ und Druckvorschau
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.6.1
+Überblick
+\layout Description
+3.6.2
+Schnelles Ansehen mit
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{xdvi}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.6.3
+Die PostScript
+\series medium
+®
+\series default
+-Version mit
+\family typewriter
+gv
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{gv}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ anschauen
+\layout Description
+3.6.4
+Die Datei drucken
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{drucken}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7
+Ein paar Worte über Typographie
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7.1
+Bindestriche
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Bindestriche}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ und Silbentrennung
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Silbentrennung}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.7.2
+Satzzeichen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Satzzeichen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7.2.1
+Abkürzungen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Abkurzungen@Abkürzungen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ und Satzenden
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Satzenden}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.7.2.2
+Anführungszeichen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Anfuhrungszeichen@Anführungszeichen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7.3
+Ligaturen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Ligaturen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.7.4
+Schusterjungen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Schusterjungen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ und Hurenkinder
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Hurenkinder}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+Gleitobjekte
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Gleitobjekte}
+
+\end_inset
+
+: Fußnoten, Randnotizen, Abbildungen und Tabellen
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+Fußnoten
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Fußnoten}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+4.2
+Randnotizen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Randnotizen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+4.3
+Abbildungen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Abbildungen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ und eingebundene Grafiken
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Grafiken}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3.1
+Die
+\family sans
+Beschriftung
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Beschriftung}
+
+\end_inset
+
+-Umgebung für Abbildungen
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3.1.1
+Die Benutzung der
+\family sans
+Beschriftung
+\family default
+-Umgebung
+\layout Description
+4.3.1.2
+Plazierung von
+\family sans
+Beschriftung
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Beschriftung}
+
+\end_inset
+
+-Umgebungen
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3.2
+
+\family typewriter
+xfig
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{xfig}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ und LyX
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4
+Tabellen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tabellen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4.1
+Das Dialogfenster
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Tabellen-Einstellungen bearbeiten
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tabellen!Einstellungen bearbeiten}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+4.4.2
+Was kann eine Zelle
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tabellenzelle}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ alles enthalten?
+\layout Description
+4.4.3
+Ausschneiden
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tabellen!ausschneiden}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ und Einfügen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tabellen!einfügen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ in Tabellen
+\layout Description
+4.4.4
+Mehrzeiliger Text in Tabellen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tabellen!mehrzeiliger Text}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+4.4.5
+Tabellen in
+\family sans
+Beschriftung
+\family default
+-Umgebungen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tabellen!in Beschriftung-Umgebungen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4.5.1
+Tabellentitel
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tabellen!-titel}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ in
+\family sans
+Beschriftung
+\family default
+-Umgebungen
+\layout Description
+4.4.5.2
+Plazierung von
+\family sans
+Beschriftung
+\family default
+-Umgebungen
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5
+Inhaltsverzeichnisse
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Inhaltsverzeichnisse}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ und andere Listen
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.1
+Das Inhaltsverzeichnis
+\layout Description
+4.5.2
+Liste der Abbildungen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Liste der Abbildungen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+, Tabellen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Liste der Tabellen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ und Algorithmen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Liste der Algorithmen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Mathematische Formeln
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{mathematische!Formeln}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+Grundlagen
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1.1
+Mathed starten
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Mathed}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.1.2
+Wie man sich in einer Gleichung
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Gleichung}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ bewegt
+\layout Description
+5.1.3
+Text auswählen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Mathed!Text auswählen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.1.4
+Exponenten
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Exponenten}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ und Indizes
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Indizes}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.1.5
+Brüche
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Bruche@Brüche}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.1.6
+Summen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Summen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ und Integrale
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Integrale}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.1.7
+Das Menü
+\family sans
+ Mathe-Kontrollfläche
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Mathed!Kontrollfläche}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.1.8
+Andere mathematische Symbole
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{mathematische!Symbole}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.1.9
+Mathematische Funktionen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{mathematische!Funktionen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.1.10
+Weitere Symbole
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Symbole}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.1.11
+Akzente
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Akzente}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2
+Klammern
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Klammern}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ und Dekorationen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Dekorationen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.3
+Gruppierung
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Gruppierung}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.4
+Matrizen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Matrizen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ und mehrzeilige Gleichungen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Gleichungen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.5
+Gleichungen numerieren
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Gleichungen!numerieren}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ und markieren
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Gleichungen!markieren}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.6
+Benutzerdefinierte Makros
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Makros}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ im
+\family typewriter
+Mathe-Modus
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.6.1
+Hinweise zum Gebrauch von Makros
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Makros}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.6.1.1
+Wie man sie erzeugt
+\layout Description
+5.6.1.2
+Wie man sich im Makro bewegt
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.7
+Feineinstellungen
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.7.1
+Schriftstile
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Schriftstile}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.7.2
+Mathematischer Textmodus
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{mathematische!-r Textmodus}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.7.3
+Fontgrößen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Fontgroße@Fontgröße}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.8
+AMS-TeX
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{AMS-TeX}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.8.1
+AMS verwenden
+\layout Description
+5.8.2
+AMS-Symbole
+\layout Description
+5.8.3
+AMS-Formeln
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.9
+Weitergehende Literatur
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6
+Weitere Werkzeuge
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1
+Querverweise
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Querverweis}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+6.2
+URLs (Uniform Resource Locators)
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{URL}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+6.3
+Kurze Titel
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Titel!kurze}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ mit optionalen Argumenten definieren
+
+
+\layout Description
+6.4
+Manuelle Feineinstellungen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Feineinstellungen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.1
+Zusätzlicher waagerechter Leerraum
+\layout Description
+6.4.2
+Zusätzlicher senkrechter Leerraum
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Leerraum - senkrechter}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+6.4.3
+Absatzausrichtung
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Absatzausrichtung}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ ändern
+\layout Description
+6.4.4
+Manuelle Seitenumbrüche
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Seitenumbruche@Seitenumbrüche}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+6.4.5
+Geschützte Leerzeichen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Leerzeichen - geschützte}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+6.4.6
+Manueller Zeilenumbruch
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Zeilenumbruch!manueller}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+6.4.7
+Horizontale Linien
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{horizontale Linien}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.5
+Rechtschreibprüfung
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Rechtschreibprufung@Rechtschreibprüfung}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.5.1
+Optionen für die Rechtschreibprüfung
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Rechtschreibprufung@Rechtschreibprüfung}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.5.1.1
+Benutzerschnittstelle Rechtschreibprüfung
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Rechtschreibprufung@Rechtschreibprüfung}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+6.5.1.2
+Persönliches Wörterbuch
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Worterbuch - personliches@Wörterbuch - persönliches}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+6.5.1.3
+Weitere Optionen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Rechtschreibprüfung}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.5.2
+Probleme
+\layout Description
+6.5.3
+Grenzen
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.6
+Internationale Unterstützung
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Internationale Unterstützung}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.6.1
+Sprachoptionen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Sprachoptionen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+6.6.2
+Tastaturtabellen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tastaturtabellen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+6.6.3
+Zeichentabellen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Zeichentabellen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7
+Die restlichen Befehle
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.1
+Die Werkzeugleiste
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Werkzeugleiste}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+
+
+\layout Description
+7.2
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family default
+ \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.2.1
+
+\family sans
+Versions
+\bar under
+k
+\bar default
+ontrolle
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Versionskontrolle}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+R
+\bar default
+egistrieren\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\layout Description
+7.2.2
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+mportieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+aT
+\family default
+
+
+
+\family sans
+eX\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+/
+\bar under
+N
+\bar default
+oWeb\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Datei!importieren}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+7.2.3
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+xportieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+VI/
+\bar under
+H
+\bar default
+TML/
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+aT
+\family default
+
+
+
+\family sans
+eX/
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+DF/Pos
+\bar under
+t
+\bar default
+script/
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+enutzerdef\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
+iniert\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Datei!exportieren}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+7.2.4
+
+\family sans
+Fa
+\bar under
+x
+\bar default
+en
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.3
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family default
+ \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.3.1
+
+\family sans
+Externe A
+\bar under
+u
+\bar default
+swahl einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+als
+\bar under
+Z
+\bar default
+eilen/als
+\bar under
+A
+\bar default
+bsätze
+\layout Description
+7.3.2
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+M
+\bar default
+athe\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family default
+ \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\layout Description
+7.3.3
+
+\family sans
+T
+\family default
+
+
+
+\family sans
+e
+\bar under
+X
+\bar default
+ prüfen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{TeX!prufen@prüfen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+7.3.4
+
+\family sans
+Alle Fe
+\bar under
+h
+\bar default
+lermarken entfernen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Fehlermarken entfernen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.4
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family default
+ \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.4.1
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+M
+\bar default
+athe\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+C
+\bar default
+ases/AMS align, alignat, f\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
+lalign
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+gather
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+ multline-Umgebung
+\layout Description
+7.4.2
+
+\family sans
+St
+\bar under
+i
+\bar default
+chwort\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Index}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+7.4.3
+
+\family sans
+T
+\family default
+
+
+
+\family sans
+e
+\bar under
+X
+\bar default
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{TeX}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+7.4.4
+
+\family sans
+Mini
+\bar under
+p
+\bar default
+age
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Minipage}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+7.4.5
+
+\family sans
+Gleit
+\bar under
+o
+\bar default
+bjekte\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Algorithmus
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Algorithmus}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+7.4.6
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+atei
+\family default
+
+\family sans
+einfügen
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+ \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.4.6.1
+
+\family sans
+Ly
+\family default
+
+
+
+\family sans
+X Dokument\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\layout Description
+7.4.6.2
+
+\family sans
+ASCII
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{ASCII}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ als
+\bar under
+Z
+\bar default
+eilen/
+\bar under
+A
+\bar default
+SCII als Absätze\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.4.7
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+xternes Material\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.5
+
+\family sans
+Ans
+\bar under
+i
+\bar default
+cht\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family default
+ \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.5.1
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+DF
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+\bar under
+A
+\bar default
+ktualisieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+DF
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{PDF}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+7.5.2
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+DF (dvipdf
+\bar under
+m
+\bar default
+)
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+\bar under
+A
+\bar default
+ktualisieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+DF (dvipdf
+\bar under
+m
+\bar default
+)
+\family default
+
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{PDF (dvipdfm)}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+7.5.3
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+aT
+\family default
+
+
+
+\family sans
+eX-Protokoll
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{LaTeX-Protokoll}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+7.5.4
+
+\family sans
+T
+\family default
+
+
+
+\family sans
+e
+\bar under
+X
+\bar default
+-Informationen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{TeX!-Informationen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.6
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+N
+\bar default
+avigieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family default
+ \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.6.1
+
+\family sans
+Abbildung
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Abbildung}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+Tabelle
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tabelle}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+7.6.2
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ehler
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Fehler}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+7.6.3
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+N
+\bar default
+otiz
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Notiz}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+7.6.4
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+R
+\bar default
+eferenzen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Referenzen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+7.6.5
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+esezeichen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Lesezeichen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family default
+ \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.7
+
+\family sans
+Do
+\bar under
+k
+\bar default
+umente
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Dokumente}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+8
+Danksagung
+\layout Section*
+
+Profi-Tipps: erweiterte Textbearbeitung mit LyX
+\layout Description
+1
+Einleitung
+\layout Description
+2
+LyX und LaTeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+Wie LyX LaTeX benutzt
+\layout Description
+2.2
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Hilfe! LyX hat eine unleserliche
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+-Datei erzeugt!
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+2.3
+LaTeX-Dateien nach LyX konvertieren
+\layout Description
+2.4
+LaTeX-Code (ERT) in LyX-Dokumente einsetzen
+\layout Description
+2.5
+LyX und der LaTeX-Vorspann
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.5.1
+Über den LaTeX-Vorspann
+\layout Description
+2.5.2
+Den Vorspann ändern
+\layout Description
+2.5.3
+Beispiele
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.5.3.1
+Beispiel 1: Verschiebungen (Offsets)
+\layout Description
+2.5.3.2
+Beispiel 2: Aufkleber
+\layout Description
+2.5.3.3
+Beispiel
+\series medium
+
+\series default
+3: Absatzeinrückung
+
+
+\layout Description
+2.5.3.4
+Beispiel 4: Dieses Dokument
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.6
+LyX und LaTeX-Fehler
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+Ergänzende Werkzeuge
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Erstellen eines Literaturverzeichnisses mit BibTeX
+\layout Description
+3.2
+Erstellen eines Stichwortverzeichnisses
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Stichwortverzeichnis}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.3
+Mehrteilige Dokumente
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.1
+Allgemeine Handhabung
+\layout Description
+3.3.2
+Querverweise zwischen Dateien
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4
+Algorithmen
+\layout Description
+3.5
+Teilabbildungen
+\layout Description
+3.6
+Kunstvolle Kopf- und Fußzeilen
+\layout Description
+3.7
+Minipage
+\layout Description
+3.8
+Text um Abbildungen herumfließen lassen
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.9
+Sonderformate für Tabellen
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.9.1
+Zusätzlichen Leerraum in Spalten entfernen
+\layout Description
+3.9.2
+Ändern des Spaltentrennzeichens
+\layout Description
+3.9.3
+Eine Spalte nach einem Dezimalpunkt ausrichten
+\layout Description
+3.9.4
+Eine bessere Lösung für die Dezimalpunktausrichtung
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.10
+Listenmarkierer auswählen
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.10.1
+Einleitung
+\layout Description
+3.10.2
+Das Dialogfenster
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.10.3
+So funktioniert es
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+Besondere Dokumentklassen
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+AMS-Mathe
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1.1
+Was diese Formate bieten
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.2
+Dinbrief
+\layout Description
+4.3
+Paper
+\layout Description
+4.4
+A&A Paper
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4.1
+Einleitung
+\layout Description
+4.4.2
+Der Anfang
+\layout Description
+4.4.3
+Der Titelblock
+\layout Description
+4.4.4
+Die Zusammenfassung
+\layout Description
+4.4.5
+Unterstützte Umgebungstypen
+\layout Description
+4.4.6
+Von LyX nicht unterstützte Befehle
+\layout Description
+4.4.7
+Gleitende Abbildungen und Tabellen
+\layout Description
+4.4.8
+Das Schiedsrichter-Format
+\layout Description
+4.4.9
+Der Beispielartikel
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5
+AASTeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.1
+Einleitung
+\layout Description
+4.5.2
+Einen neuen Artikel beginnen
+\layout Description
+4.5.3
+Der Abschluß eines Artikels
+\layout Description
+4.5.4
+Hinweise zu einzelnen Befehlen
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.4.1
+Dinge, die wie erwartet funktionieren
+\layout Description
+4.5.4.2
+Dinge, die funktionieren, jedoch zusätzlicher Hinweise bedürfen
+\layout Description
+4.5.4.3
+Nicht implementierte Dinge (LaTeX-Code verwenden)
+\layout Description
+4.5.4.4
+Dinge, die nicht implementiert werden können
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.5
+FAQs, Tips, Tricks und andere Wiederholungen
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.1
+Wie man LyX und AASTeX zusammenarbeiten läßt
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.2
+LaTeX-Fehler beim Verarbeiten von Tabellen
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.3
+Literaturverzeichnisse
+
+
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.4
+Einbinden von EPS-Dateien
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.5
+Möglichkeiten, die ich nicht realisiert habe
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.6
+Schlußbemerkung
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.6
+ijmpd
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.6.1
+Überblick
+\layout Description
+4.6.2
+Ein Papier schreiben
+\layout Description
+4.6.3
+Ein Papier zum Versenden vorbereiten
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.7
+Kluwer
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.7.1
+Überblick
+\layout Description
+4.7.2
+Ein Papier schreiben
+\layout Description
+4.7.3
+Ein Papier zum Versenden vorbereiten
+\layout Description
+4.7.4
+Besonderheiten des Kluwer-Paketes
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.8
+Koma-Script
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.8.1
+Überblick
+\layout Description
+4.8.2
+article (koma-script), report (koma-script) und book (koma-script)
+\layout Description
+4.8.3
+letter (koma-script)
+\layout Description
+4.8.4
+Die neue Briefklasse: letter (koma-script v.2)
+\layout Description
+4.8.5
+Probleme
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.9
+Springer-Zeitschriften (
+\family sans
+svjour
+\family default
+)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.9.1
+Beschreibung
+\layout Description
+4.9.2
+Neue Stile
+\layout Description
+4.9.3
+Unterstützte Zeitschriften
+\layout Description
+4.9.4
+Danksagung
+\layout Description
+4.9.5
+Fehler
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.10
+AGU journals (aguplus)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.10.1
+Beschreibung
+\layout Description
+4.10.2
+Neue Umgebungen
+\layout Description
+4.10.3
+Neue Gleitobjekte
+\layout Description
+4.10.4
+Unterstützte Journale
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.11
+EGS journals (egs)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.11.1
+Beschreibung
+\layout Description
+4.11.2
+Neue Umgebungen
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12
+Folien [S
+\noun on
+li
+\noun default
+TeX]
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.1
+Einleitung
+\layout Description
+4.12.2
+Zu Beginn
+
+
+\layout Description
+4.12.3
+Absatzumgebungen
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.3.1
+Unterstützte Umgebungen
+\layout Description
+4.12.3.2
+Kniffe mit den neuen Absatzumgebungen
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.4
+Erstellen einer Präsentation mit
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+Hinweis
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.4.1
+Die
+\family sans
+Slide-
+\family default
+Umgebung benutzen
+\layout Description
+4.12.4.2
+Die
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+- mit der
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+-Umgebung benutzen
+\layout Description
+4.12.4.3
+Die
+\family sans
+Hinweis
+\family default
+- mit der
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+-Umgebung benutzen
+\family sans
+
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.5
+Die Vorlagedatei für die
+\family sans
+slides-
+\family default
+Klasse
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13
+Folien [
+\family sans
+\noun on
+Foil
+\family default
+TeX
+\noun default
+]
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.1
+Einleitung
+\layout Description
+4.13.2
+Zu Beginn
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.2.1
+Weitere Optionen
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.3
+Unterstützte Umgebungstypen
+\layout Description
+4.13.4
+Die Erstellung eines Foliensatzes
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.1
+Anlegen einer Titelseite
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.2
+Eine neue Folie beginnen
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.3
+Theoreme, Lemmas, Beweise und anderes
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.4
+Aufzählungen
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.5
+Abbildungen und Tabellen
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.6
+Kopf- und Fußzeilen der Seite
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.5
+Nicht unterstützte Befehle von
+\family sans
+Foil
+\family default
+TeX
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.5.1
+Längenangaben
+\layout Description
+4.13.5.2
+Kopf- und Fußzeilen
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.14
+Latex8 (IEEE-Konferenzpapiere)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.14.1
+Einleitung
+\layout Description
+4.14.2
+Erste Schritte
+\layout Description
+4.14.3
+Unterstützte Umgebungstypen
+\layout Description
+4.14.4
+Unterschiede zwischen Bildschirm und Druckbild
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.15
+Hollywood (Skripte nach Hollywood-Spezifikation)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.15.1
+Einleitung
+\layout Description
+4.15.2
+Besondere Probleme
+\layout Description
+4.15.3
+Besondere Funktionen
+\layout Description
+4.15.4
+Seitengrößen und Randbreiten
+\layout Description
+4.15.5
+Umgebungstypen
+\layout Description
+4.15.6
+Skript Jargon
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.16
+Broadway
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.16.1
+Einleitung
+\layout Description
+4.16.2
+Besondere Probleme
+\layout Description
+4.16.3
+Besondere Funktionen
+\layout Description
+4.16.4
+Seitengrößen und Randbreiten
+\layout Description
+4.16.5
+Umgebungstypen
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.17
+RevTeX4
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.17.1
+Installation
+\layout Description
+4.17.2
+LaTeX-Vorspann
+\layout Description
+4.17.3
+Format
+\layout Description
+4.17.4
+Wichtige Hinweise
+\layout Description
+4.17.5
+Nachteile
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.18
+Article (mwart), book (mwbk) and report (mwrep)
+\layout Description
+4.19
+Elsevier Journals
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Import und Export anderer Dateiformate
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+Einleitung
+\layout Description
+5.2
+Import anderer Formate
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.1
+LaTeX
+\layout Description
+5.2.2
+ASCII-Text
+\layout Description
+5.2.3
+NoWeb
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3
+Export nach anderen Formaten
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3.1
+LaTeX
+\layout Description
+5.3.2
+DVI
+\layout Description
+5.3.3
+PostScript®
+\layout Description
+5.3.4
+ASCII-Text
+\layout Description
+5.3.5
+HTML
+\layout Description
+5.3.6
+PDF
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.1
+pdfLaTeX benutzen
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.2
+Warum sieht der Text mit Acrobat®Reader so schlecht aus?
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.3
+Warum funktioniert der Befehl
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+boldsymbol{}
+\family default
+ nicht mit
+\family typewriter
+ps\SpecialChar \-
+latex
+\family default
+?
+\family typewriter
+
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.4
+Kann man LaTeX-Code schreiben, der nur mit pdfLaTeX bearbeitet wird?
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.5
+Wie mache ich URLs anklickbar?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3.7
+Benutzerdefiniert
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4
+Die vollständige reLyX-Beschreibung
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.1
+Übersicht
+\layout Description
+5.4.2
+Optionen
+\layout Description
+5.4.3
+Beschreibung
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.1
+Einleitung
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.2
+Benutzung
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.3
+Womit reLyX umgehen kann
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.4
+Womit reLyX nicht umgehen kann, jedoch keine Fehler auftreten
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.5
+Womit reLyX wirklich schlecht umgeht --- echte Fehler
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.6
+Was LyX nicht handhaben kann
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.4
+Beispiele
+\layout Description
+5.4.5
+Hinweise
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.1
+Fehlerberichte
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.2
+Details zur Implementation:
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.3
+Format-Dateien
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.4
+Syntaxdateien
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.5
+Verschiedenes
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.6
+Diagnostik
+\layout Description
+5.4.7
+Warnungen
+\layout Description
+5.4.8
+Dateien
+\layout Description
+5.4.9
+Siehe auch
+\layout Description
+5.4.10
+Autoren
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6
+LyX-Funktionen, die zusätzliche Programme benötigen
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1
+Die Verwendung von LyX mit den SGML-Tools (LinuxDoc)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.1
+Überblick
+\layout Description
+6.1.2
+Vorbereitung und Umgang mit einem SGML (LinuxDoc)-Doku\SpecialChar \-
+ment
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.2.1
+Zu Beginn
+\layout Description
+6.1.2.2
+Abspeichern
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.3
+Die Verwendung der Absatzumgebungen in SGML (LinuxDoc)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.3.1
+Die Struktur eines SGML (LinuxDoc)-Dokumentes
+\layout Description
+6.1.3.2
+Die Absatzumgebungen in SGML (LinuxDoc)
+\layout Description
+6.1.3.3
+Andere Format-Elemente
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.4
+Die Verwendung der SGML (LinuxDoc)-Skripte
+\layout Description
+6.1.5
+Fehlersuche in SGML (LinuxDoc)
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.2
+TeX prüfen
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.2.1
+Einleitung
+\layout Description
+6.2.2
+Der Aufruf
+\layout Description
+6.2.3
+Anpassung an persönliche Wünsche
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3
+Versionskontrolle in LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3.1
+Einleitung
+\layout Description
+6.3.2
+RCS-Befehle in LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.1
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+Registrieren
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.2
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+Änderungen einchecken\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.3
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+Arbeitskopie erzeugen
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.4
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+Letzte Version wiederherstellen
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.5
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+Letzte Version widerrufen
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.6
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+Entwicklung anzeigen
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4
+Literarische Programmierung
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.1
+Einleitung
+\layout Description
+6.4.2
+Was ist Literarische Programmierung?
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.2.1
+Literaturhinweise
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.3
+LyX und Literarische Programmierung
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.1
+Erstellen von Dokumentation und Quellcode (weben und verknoten)
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.2
+LyX-Konfiguration
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.3
+Erweiterungen zur Fehlersuche
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.4
+Werkzeugleistenerweiterungen
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.5
+Farben anpassen
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7
+Geheimnisse der LaTeX-Meister
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.1
+Tricks für Fußnoten und Randnotizen
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.1.1
+Fußnoten
+\layout Description
+7.1.2
+Randnotizen
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.2
+Mehrspaltige Dokumente
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.2.1
+Absicht
+\layout Description
+7.2.2
+Einschränkungen
+\layout Description
+7.2.3
+Beispiele
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.2.3.1
+Zwei Spalten
+\layout Description
+7.2.3.2
+Mehr als zwei Spalten
+\layout Description
+7.2.3.3
+Spalten innerhalb einer Spalte
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.3
+Numerierung in der
+\family sans
+Aufzählung
+\family default
+-Absatzumgebung
+\layout Description
+7.4
+Zusätzlicher Leerraum zwischen Tabellenzeilen
+\layout Description
+7.5
+Abgesetzte Großbuchstaben
+\layout Description
+7.6
+Ungewöhnliche Absatzformen
+\layout Description
+7.7
+Zusammenfassung
+\end_deeper
+\layout Section*
+
+LyX-Anpassung:
+\newline
+Möglichkeiten für fortgeschrittene Nutzer
+\layout Description
+1
+Einleitung
+\layout Description
+2
+Die Konfigurationsdateien von LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+Was befindet sich in
+\family typewriter
+LyXDir
+\family default
+?
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1.1
+Automatisch erzeugte Dateien
+\layout Description
+2.1.2
+Verzeichnisse
+\layout Description
+2.1.3
+Dateien, die Sie nicht verändern sollten
+\layout Description
+2.1.4
+Andere Dateien
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.2
+Das lokale Konfigurationsverzeichnis
+\layout Description
+2.3
+LyX mit mehreren Konfigurationen
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+Der Dialog
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+E
+\bar under
+i
+\bar default
+nstellungen
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Der erste Aufruf des Dialogs
+\layout Description
+3.2
+Bildschirmdarstellung und Zeichensätze
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.2.1
+Auf
+
+lösung und Vergrößerungsfaktor
+\layout Description
+3.2.2
+Befehle zur Festlegung des Zeichensatzes
+\layout Description
+3.2.3
+Zeichensatzkodierung
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3
+Tastatur-Einstellung
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.1
+
+\family typewriter
+xmodmap
+\family default
+ und
+\family typewriter
+xkeycaps
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.1.1
+
+\family typewriter
+xmodmap
+\layout Description
+3.3.1.2
+
+\family typewriter
+xkeycaps
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.2
+Sondertasten
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Sondertasten}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.3.3
+Hilfreiche Hinweise und Tips
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4
+Tastaturkürzel
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.5
+Die Benutzerschnittstelle
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.6
+Konverter, Formate und Druckvorschau
+\layout Description
+3.7
+Optionen für den ASCII-Export
+\layout Description
+3.8
+Drucker
+\layout Description
+3.9
+Bildschirmfarben
+\layout Description
+3.10
+Automatische Einstellungen
+\layout Description
+3.11
+Weitere Befehle
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+Internationales LyX
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+Eine andere Sprache für die Schnittstelle auswählen
+
+
+\layout Description
+4.2
+Tastaturkürzel für andere Sprachen anpassen
+
+
+\layout Description
+4.3
+LyX übersetzen
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3.1
+Die Benutzerschnittstelle übersetzen (Textmeldungen)
+\layout Description
+4.3.2
+Die Dokumentation übersetzen
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4
+Internationale Tastaturbelegung
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4.1
+Eigene Tastaturtabellen definieren: das
+\emph on
+Keymap
+\emph default
+-Dateiformat
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5
+Internationale Tastaturtabellen:
+\emph on
+Keymaps
+\emph default
+
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.1
+Die
+\family typewriter
+.kmap
+\family default
+-Datei
+
+
+\layout Description
+4.5.2
+Die
+\family typewriter
+.cdef
+\family default
+-Datei
+\layout Description
+4.5.3
+Tote Tasten definieren
+\layout Description
+4.5.4
+Ihre Sprachkonfiguration einstellen
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Installieren neuer Textklassen, Layouts und Vorlagen
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+Installation eines neuen LaTeX-Paketes
+\layout Description
+5.2
+Layouts
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.1
+Unterstützung neuer Dokumentenklassen
+\layout Description
+5.2.2
+LaTeX2e
+\family typewriter
+sty
+\family default
+-Datei
+\layout Description
+5.2.3
+LaTeX2e
+\family sans
+cls
+\family default
+-Datei
+\layout Description
+5.2.4
+LaTeX 2.09
+\family sans
+sty
+\family default
+-Datei
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3
+Deklaration einer neuen Textklasse
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3.1
+Allgemeine Parameter für Textklassen
+\layout Description
+5.3.2
+Der Abschnitt
+\family typewriter
+ClassOptions
+\layout Description
+5.3.3
+Einzelne Absatz-Layouts
+\layout Description
+5.3.4
+Beschreibung des Zeichensatzes
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4
+Vorlagen erstellen
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6
+Eine Anleitung für Drucker
+
+
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1
+Einleitung
+\layout Description
+6.2
+Die Datei
+\family typewriter
+/etc/printcap
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.2.1
+Überblick
+\layout Description
+6.2.2
+Der Druckername
+\layout Description
+6.2.3
+Die Drucker-Gerätedatei
+\layout Description
+6.2.4
+Das Spulverzeichnis und die Logdatei
+\layout Description
+6.2.5
+Die Filterdatei
+\layout Description
+6.2.6
+Zusätzliche Kürzel
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3
+Wir bauen einen Druckerfilter
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3.1
+PostScript®-Dateien mit Hilfe von Ghostscript ausdrucken
+\layout Description
+6.3.2
+Wenn Ihr Drucker bereits PostScript® versteht\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4
+Der Druckerspuldämon
+\family typewriter
+lpd
+\layout Description
+6.5
+Kurze Zusammenfassung
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7
+Die Einfügung Externes Material
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.1
+Hintergrund
+\layout Description
+7.2
+Wie funktioniert das?
+\layout Description
+7.3
+Der Dialog
+\family sans
+Externe Datei bearbeiten
+\layout Description
+7.4
+Beispiele
+\layout Description
+7.5
+Die Konfigurationsdatei
+\layout Description
+7.6
+Der Ersetzungsmechanismus
+\layout Description
+7.7
+Sicherheitshinweise
+\layout Description
+7.8
+Die Zukunft der externen Einfügung
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+8 \start_of_appendix
+Tastaturkürzel
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.1
+Werkzeugleiste
+\layout Description
+8.2
+Menüs
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.2.1
+Datei
+\layout Description
+8.2.2
+Bearbeiten
+\layout Description
+8.2.3
+Einfügen
+\layout Description
+8.2.4
+
+\family sans
+Format
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.2.4.1
+
+\family sans
+Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Zeichen\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.2.5
+View
+\layout Description
+8.2.6
+Navigate
+\layout Description
+8.2.7
+Help
+\layout Description
+8.2.8
+Absatzformat
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.3
+Tastatur
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.3.1
+Specifische Definitionen aus
+\family typewriter
+emacs.bind
+\layout Description
+8.3.2
+Specifische Definitionen aus
+\family typewriter
+cua.bind
+\layout Description
+8.3.3
+Spezifische Definitionen aus
+\family typewriter
+sciword.bind
+\layout Description
+8.3.4
+Standard-Definitionen im Mathematikmodus
+\layout Description
+8.3.5
+Sonstige Tastaturkürzel
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+
+\the_end
--- /dev/null
+#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
+\lyxformat 221
+\textclass book
+\begin_preamble
+\usepackage{graphics}
+\end_preamble
+\language german
+\inputencoding latin1
+\fontscheme default
+\graphics none
+\paperfontsize default
+\spacing single
+\papersize a4paper
+\paperpackage a4
+\use_geometry 1
+\use_amsmath 0
+\use_natbib 0
+\use_numerical_citations 0
+\paperorientation portrait
+\leftmargin 2cm
+\topmargin 1cm
+\rightmargin 2cm
+\bottommargin 1cm
+\secnumdepth 3
+\tocdepth 3
+\paragraph_separation skip
+\defskip medskip
+\quotes_language german
+\quotes_times 2
+\papercolumns 1
+\papersides 1
+\paperpagestyle headings
+
+\layout Title
+
+Das LyX-Tutorium
+\layout Author
+
+vom LyX-Team
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Deutsche Übersetzung
+\noun on
+Peter Sütterlin,
+\noun default
+
+\noun on
+Jens Stolze
+\noun default
+ und
+\noun on
+Hartmut Haase
+\noun default
+.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Date
+
+15.\SpecialChar ~
+September 2003
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Chapter
+
+Einleitung
+\layout Section
+
+Willkommen bei LyX
+\layout Standard
+
+Zielgruppe für dieses Dokument sind alle diejenigen, die noch niemals etwas
+ von LaTeX gehört haben oder es nicht sehr gut beherrschen.
+ Doch nur keine Panik - Sie müssen kein LaTeX lernen, um LyX zu benutzen.
+ Denn das ist die Absicht, die hinter LyX steckt: Eine Beinahe-WYSIWYG-Schnittst
+elle zu LaTeX zu bieten.
+ Einige Dinge müssen Sie aber trotzdem lernen, um LyX effizient benutzen
+ zu können.
+\layout Standard
+
+Einige sind wahrscheinlich auf dieses Dokument gestoßen, weil sie versucht
+ haben, zwei Leerzeichen hinter einem
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ einzufügen, oder mehrere Leerzeilen zwischen zwei Absätzen.
+ Nach einiger Frustration werden Sie herausgefunden haben, daß das nicht
+ geht.
+ Und nicht nur das, die meisten Tricks, die Sie vermutlich von anderen Textverar
+beitungen her gewohnt sind, funktionieren in LyX nicht.
+ Das liegt daran, daß Sie bei den meisten Textverarbeitungen, mit denen
+ Sie bisher gearbeitet haben, derartige Abstände oder auch Zeichensatzänderungen
+ von Hand eingeben mussten.
+ Dadurch schreibt man einen Text nicht einfach nur, man muß auch die Aufgaben
+ eines Schriftsetzers übernehmen.
+ LyX übernimmt nun den Schriftsatz für Sie, und zwar in einer konsistenten
+ Art und Weise, und läßt Sie sich dadurch auf die wichtigen Dinge konzentrieren
+ -- etwa den Inhalt ihres Textes.
+\layout Standard
+
+Also nehmen Sie sich die Zeit und lesen Sie diesen Text aufmerksam durch,
+ es wird sich sicherlich lohnen.
+\layout Section
+
+Was das Tutorium
+\emph on
+ist
+\emph default
+, und was
+\emph on
+nicht
+\layout Standard
+
+Zu Beginn ein wichtiger Hinweis: Das
+\shape italic
+Tutorium
+\shape default
+ verwendet die Notation, wie sie in der
+\emph on
+Einführung
+\emph default
+ dargelegt wurde.
+ Wenn Sie diesen Text noch nicht gelesen haben, lesen Sie bitte erst die
+
+\emph on
+Einführung
+\emph default
+.
+ Ja, wir meinen jetzt.
+ (Die
+\emph on
+Einführung
+\emph default
+wird mit
+\family sans
+\bar under
+H
+\bar default
+ilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+inführung
+\family default
+ geöffnet).
+\layout Standard
+
+Und nun, nachdem Sie wissen, welcher Zeichensatz was besagt, können wir
+ uns über die Ziele des
+\emph on
+Tutorium
+\emph default
+ unterhalten.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Wie Sie den größten Nutzen aus dem Tutorium ziehen
+\layout Standard
+
+Das
+\emph on
+Tutorium
+\emph default
+ besteht aus Beispielen und Übungen.
+ Um den besten Nutzen aus dem Dokument zu ziehen, sollten Sie es in Ruhe
+ durchlesen und all die kleinen Übungen ausprobieren um zu sehen, ob Sie
+ sie nachvollziehen können.
+ Zum besseren Verständnis kann es hilfreich sein, die PostScript®-Version
+ des Textes auszudrucken.
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Sie bereits einige Erfahrungen mit LaTeX gemacht haben, werden Sie
+ dieses
+\emph on
+Tutorium
+\emph default
+ vielleicht sogar etwas schneller durcharbeiten können, denn viele der Ansätze
+ in LyX sind nur verkleidete LaTeX-Ideen.
+ Allerdings besitzt LyX einige spezifische Eigenheiten,
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+oder, optimistisch ausgedrückt:
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Features
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+
+ mit denen Sie sich vertraut machen sollten.
+ Und selbst wenn Sie den Rest dieses Textes nicht lesen wollen, sollten
+ Sie in jedem Fall einen Blick in das Kapitel\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:Latexnutzer}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ werfen, das vorrangig für erfahrene LaTeX-Benutzer geschrieben wurde.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Was Sie hier
+\emph on
+nicht
+\emph default
+ finden
+\layout Itemize
+
+Erklärung aller Fähigkeiten von LyX.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Was, Sie wollen ein zweites
+\emph on
+Benutzerhandbuch
+\emph default
+?
+\layout Standard
+
+Im Ernst, der Sinn dieses Textes ist es, Sie soweit mit LyX vertraut zu
+ machen, daß Sie nur noch das
+\emph on
+Benutzerhandbuch
+\emph default
+ zum arbeiten benötigen.
+ Wenn wir nun auch noch alle Fähigkeiten von LyX hier im
+\emph on
+Tutorium
+\emph default
+ auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
+listen oder erläutern wollten, wäre es redundant, viel zu lang und auf
+ ewig veraltet.
+ Alles was dieser Text soll, ist, die verschiedenen Dinge kurz vorzustellen.
+ Denken Sie sich also am Ende eines jeden Kapitels ein
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Weitere Informationen im
+\emph on
+Benutzerhandbuch
+\emph default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Ausführliche Erklärungen zu LaTeX.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Dies ist nicht nötig.
+ Wenn Sie sich wirklich für all die kleinen und feinen Tricks interessieren,
+ die mit LaTeX möglich sind, kaufen Sie sich ein spezielles LaTeX-Buch.
+ Es gibt viele gute im Buchhandel.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+So, nun ist es Zeit, anzufangen und das erste Dokument zu erstellen.
+\layout Chapter
+
+Die ersten Schritte mit LyX
+\layout Section
+
+Ihr erstes LyX-Dokument
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{Abs:der-erste-text}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Sie sind nun vorbereitet, mit dem Schreiben zu beginnen.
+ Zu Beginn wollen wir aber noch ein paar Dinge erwähnen, die dieses
+\emph on
+Tutorium
+\emph default
+ hoffentlich noch nützlicher, lehrreicher und vielleicht sogar unterhaltsamer
+ machen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Da in diesem Text viele Dinge, die an anderer Stelle ausführlich erklärt
+ werden, nur kurz oder gar nicht behandelt werden, sollten Sie zunächst
+ wissen, wo Sie diese anderen Hilfstexte finden.
+ Zum Glück ist das sehr einfach.
+ Starten Sie LyX und wählen Sie das
+\emph on
+Benutzerhandbuch
+\emph default
+ aus dem Menü
+\family sans
+\bar under
+H
+\bar default
+ilfe
+\family default
+.
+ Eventuell sollten Sie auch dieses
+\emph on
+Tutorium
+\emph default
+ laden (falls Sie das nicht bereits getan haben und diesen Text gerade am
+ Bildschirm lesen).
+ Auf diese Weise können Sie sie einfach lesen, während Sie Ihren eigenen
+ Text schreiben.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Außerdem bieten beide Texte gute Beispiele, wie man die verschiedenen Fähigkeite
+n von LyX benutzt.
+\end_inset
+
+ Falls Sie mehrere Dokumente gleichzeitig geöffnet haben, können Sie einfach
+ über das Menü
+\family sans
+Do
+\bar under
+k
+\bar default
+umente
+\family default
+ zwischen diesen wechseln.
+ Das Verteilen der Information auf mehrere Texte mag zu Beginn etwas störend
+ wirken.
+ Aber zum einen hilft das, das
+\emph on
+Tutorium
+\emph default
+ kurz zu halten, zum anderen lernen Sie so den Umgang mit den Hilfetexten,
+ was Ihnen auf lange Sicht viel Zeit sparen kann.
+\layout Standard
+
+In diesem
+\emph on
+Tutorium
+\emph default
+ gehen wir davon aus, daß Sie eine voll funktionsfähige Version von LyX
+ besitzen, d.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+,
+\end_inset
+
+h.\SpecialChar ~
+LyX, LaTeX,
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\family default
+ (oder ein anderes Programm, um DVI anzuzeigen),
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+ (oder ein entsprechendes Programm zur Umwandlung von DVI in PostScript®)
+ und einen funktionierenden Drucker.
+ Das sind eine ganze Menge Voraussetzungen.
+ Ist eine davon nicht erfüllt, müssen Sie (oder ein freundlicher Administrator)
+ Ihr System richtig konfigurieren.
+ Ein paar Tips dazu finden Sie in den anderen Hilfetexten.
+\layout Standard
+
+Und zum Schluss: Wir haben eine Datei erstellt, anhand der Sie den Umgang
+ mit LyX üben können.
+ Sie heißt
+\family typewriter
+de_beispiel_roh.lyx
+\family default
+.
+ Stellen Sie sich vor, diese Datei hätte jemand geschrieben, der keine Ahnung
+ von den tollen Fähigkeiten von LyX hat.
+ Immer wenn Sie neue Funktionen von LyX kennenlernen, werden Sie aufgefordert,
+ die entsprechenden Abschnitte in
+\family typewriter
+de_beispiel_roh.lyx
+\family default
+ zu korrigieren.
+ Außerdem enthält die Datei auch Hinweise und Tips, wie diese Korrektur
+ erfolgen sollte.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Diese Hinweise finden Sie in den kleinen gelben
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Notizen
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Sie können deren Text lesen, indem Sie sie anklicken.
+\end_inset
+
+ Überprüfen können Sie Ihre Arbeit anhand der Datei
+\family typewriter
+de_beispiel_gelyxt.lyx
+\family default
+.
+ Sie enthält denselben Text, diesmal aber von einem LyX-Profi geschrieben.
+\layout Standard
+
+Die Beispieldateien finden Sie im Verzeichnis
+\family typewriter
+examples
+\family default
+ des systemweiten LyX-Verzeichnisses.
+ Sie finden es im Menü
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Ö
+\bar under
+f
+\bar default
+fnen\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+,
+\family default
+ wenn Sie auf den Knopf
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+eispiele
+\family default
+ klicken.
+ Laden Sie die unmodifizierte Datei und verwenden Sie
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Speichern\SpecialChar ~
+
+\bar under
+u
+\bar default
+nter
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+, um eine editierbare Kopie in Ihrem privaten LyX-Verzeichnis anzulegen.
+ Sie können die Auswirkungen Ihrer Änderungen in der DVI-Vorschau betrachten.
+\layout Standard
+
+Darüberhinaus finden Sie in
+\family typewriter
+examples
+\family default
+ viele weitere Beispieldateien.
+ Sie führen Ihnen vor, wie Sie das eine oder andere Formatierproblem lösen
+ können und enthalten viele Dinge, die (aufgrund ihres Umfangs oder ähnlicher
+ Gründe) nicht in die normale Dokumentation gepasst haben.
+ Sehen Sie sich diese Beispieldateien an, wenn Sie das
+\emph on
+Tutorium
+\emph default
+ gelesen haben oder falls Sie nicht weiter wissen, wenn Sie mal etwas ausgefalle
+nere Dinge mit LyX machen wollen.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Eingabe, Betrachten und Drucken
+\layout Itemize
+
+Öffnen Sie ein neue Datei mit
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+N
+\bar default
+eu.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Geben Sie einen Satz ein, z.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+,
+\end_inset
+
+B.:
+\family typewriter
+Dies ist mein erster Text mit LyX!
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Ja, ok, der Satz ist ziemlich dumm.
+ Jeder andere tut es auch.
+ Im Voraus schon 'mal Entschuldigung für allen Unsinn, den Sie in der nächsten
+ Zeit tippen sollen.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+Speichern Sie den Text:
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Speichern\SpecialChar ~
+
+\bar under
+u
+\bar default
+nter\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+Starten Sie LaTeX, um eine
+\family typewriter
+dvi
+\family default
+-Datei zu erzeugen:
+\family sans
+Ans
+\bar under
+i
+\bar default
+cht\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+VI
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \@.
+ Falls Sie LyX von einem anderen Fenster aus gestartet haben, können Sie
+ dort eine ganze Menge an Textausgabe sehen.
+ Dies sind Meldungen von LaTeX, die Sie im Moment ignorieren können.
+ Ist der LaTeX-Lauf erfolgreich beendet, wird LyX
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\family default
+ (oder einen anderen DVI-Betrachter) starten, der dann ein eigenes Fenster
+ öffnet, in dem Sie den Text so sehen können, wie er später gedruckt aussehen
+ wird.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Sie können Zeit sparen, wenn Sie
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\family default
+nicht jedesmal neu starten, sondern nur das erste mal, und das Programm
+ dann im Hintergrund weiterlaufen lassen.
+ Sie können dann den Menüpunkt
+\family sans
+Ans
+\bar under
+i
+\bar default
+cht\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+A
+\bar default
+ktualisieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+VI
+\family default
+ wählen und, nachdem LaTeX beendet ist, in das
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\family default
+-Fenster klicken (bzw.
+ es de-ikonifizieren), um die neue Version zu sehen.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+Drucken Sie den Text aus:
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+rucken\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\family default
+ und dann auf
+\family sans
+OK
+\family default
+ klicken.
+\layout Standard
+
+Glückwunsch! Sie haben gerade Ihren ersten Text mit LyX geschrieben und
+ gedruckt.
+ Alles andere sind nur noch Details, die im Rest dieses
+\emph on
+Tutoriums
+\emph default
+, im
+\emph on
+Benutzerhandbuch
+\emph default
+ und in
+\emph on
+Profi-Tipps
+\emph default
+ behandelt werden.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Einfache Vorgänge
+\layout Standard
+
+Selbstverständlich beherrscht LyX auch die meisten Dinge, die Sie von anderen
+ Textverarbeitungen her gewohnt sind.
+ Es führt automatisch einen Zeilenumbruch durch, wenn Sie über das Zeilenende
+ hinaus schreiben oder fügt automatisch einen Einzug bzw.\SpecialChar ~
+einen kleinen Abstand
+ am Beginn eines neuen Absatzes ein.
+ Hier ist eine kurze Beschreibung von einigen einfachen Bearbeitungsschritten:
+\layout Description
+
+Rückgängig LyX unterstützt mehrfaches Rückgängigmachen.
+ Dies bedeutet, Sie können durch die wiederholte Auswahl von
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+R
+\bar default
+ückgängig
+\family default
+ alles, was Sie seit dem Öffnen des Dokumentes verändert haben, zurücknehmen.
+ Falls Sie dabei einen oder mehrere Schritte zuviel tun -- kein Problem.
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+W
+\bar default
+iederholen
+\family default
+ macht das Rückgängigmachen wieder ungeschehen.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Derzeit ist Undo auf 100 Schritte beschränkt.
+ Außerdem funktioniert es nicht für
+\emph on
+alle
+\emph default
+ Vorgänge, z.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+,
+\end_inset
+
+B.
+ Änderungen am Dokumenten-Format.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+
+Ausschneiden/Kopieren/Einfügen Benutzen Sie die Menüpunkte
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+ear\SpecialChar \-
+beiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+A
+\bar default
+usschneiden,
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+K
+\bar default
+opieren
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen
+\family default
+, um markierten Text zu bearbeiten.
+ Zum Einfügen können Sie auch die
+\emph on
+mittlere
+\emph default
+ Maustaste verwenden.
+\layout Description
+
+Suchen/Ersetzen Über den Menüpunkt
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+uchen\SpecialChar ~
+&\SpecialChar ~
+Ersetzen\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\family default
+ gelangen Sie in einen Dialog, in dem Sie Begriffe (wahlweise unter Berücksichti
+gung von Groß/Kleinschreibung sowie als ganzes Wort) suchen und ersetzen
+ können.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Sie können das Dialogfenster nach getaner Arbeit wieder schließen.
+ Genausogut können Sie es aber auch geöffnet lassen und es lediglich in
+ den Hintergrund schieben.
+ LyX besitzt eine ganze Menge derartiger Fenster, die einfach in den Hintergrund
+ geschoben werden können, ohne sie zu schließen.
+ Dazu gehören u.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+,
+\end_inset
+
+a.\SpecialChar ~
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+uchen\SpecialChar ~
+&\SpecialChar ~
+Ersetzen\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+nhaltsverzeichnis
+\family default
+.
+ Im Gegensatz dazu blockieren Dialoge wie
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Ö
+\bar under
+f
+\bar default
+fnen
+\family default
+ die Texteingabe im Hauptfenster von LyX, bis sie wieder geschlossen werden.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+
+Zeichensatzattribute Über die Schalter im Menü
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ormat
+\family default
+\bar under
+
+\bar default
+können Sie Text
+\emph on
+hervorheben
+\emph default
+,
+\series bold
+Fettdruck
+\series default
+ einschalten oder
+\noun on
+Kapitälchen
+\noun default
+ verwenden.
+\layout Description
+
+Werkzeugleiste Die Schalterleiste unterhalb der Menüleiste bezeichnet man
+ als Werkzeugleiste oder Toolbar.
+ Diese Schalter erlauben es Ihnen, oft verwendete Funktionen wie z.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+,
+\end_inset
+
+B.
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+ E
+\bar default
+infügen
+\family default
+ oder
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+rucken
+\family default
+ einfach anzuklicken.
+ Wenn Sie den Mauszeiger eine kurze Zeit unbewegt über einen solchen Schalter
+ positionieren, erscheint ein kleines gelbes Feld, das seine Funktion beschreibt
+ (genannt
+\emph on
+tooltip
+\emph default
+).
+\layout Standard
+
+Bislang haben Sie natürlich noch nicht genug geschrieben, um all diese Funktione
+n nutzbringend einzusetzen.
+ Probieren Sie sie einfach bei Ihren weiteren Schreibübungen aus.
+\layout Subsection
+
+WYSIWYM: Leerzeichen in LyX
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{Abs:Leerzeichen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Die Art und Weise, wie LyX mit Leerzeichen umgeht, gehört für Neulinge mit
+ Sicherheit zu den gewöhnungsbedürftigsten Punkten.
+ Egal, wie oft Sie die
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+-Taste betätigen, es bleibt bei genau einer leeren Zeile.
+ Dasselbe mit der Leertaste - maximal ein Leerzeichen erscheint auf dem
+ Bildschirm, und in einer leeren Zeile erscheint noch nicht einmal das!
+ Die Tabulator-Taste
+\family sans
+Tab
+\family default
+ setzt den Cursor nicht auf den nächsten Tabulatorstop - ja, es
+\emph on
+gibt
+\emph default
+ noch nicht einmal Tabulatoren.
+ Das bekannte Lineal am oberen Seitenrand, auf dem man Tabulatoren setzen
+ könnte, gibt es auch nicht!
+\layout Standard
+
+Viele kommerzielle Textverarbeitungen basieren heutzutage auf dem WYSIWYG-Prinzi
+p:
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+What You See Is What You Get
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ (Was Sie sehen ist, was Sie (gedruckt) bekommen).
+ LyX hingegen verwendet hier lieber den Begriff WYSIWYM:
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+What You See Is What You
+\emph on
+Mean
+\emph default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ (Sie sehen, was Sie
+\emph on
+meinen
+\emph default
+).
+ D.
+ h.\SpecialChar ~
+Sie geben das ein, was Sie meinen, um die Formatierung kümmert sich dann
+ ausschließlich LyX.
+ Grammatikalisch gesehen beendet ein
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ einen Absatz, ein Leerzeichen trennt zwei Worte.
+ Warum also mehrere davon hintereinander verwenden? Dasselbe gilt für Tabulatore
+n: Sie haben keine grammatikalische Bedeutung, deshalb benötigt LyX sie
+ nicht.
+ Wenn Sie LyX verwenden, werden Sie bald feststellen, daß Sie viel mehr
+ Zeit darauf verwenden, sich um den
+\emph on
+Inhalt
+\emph default
+ Ihres Textes Gedanken zu machen, anstelle über die Formatierung desselben.
+ Die
+\emph on
+Einleitung
+\emph default
+ enthält weitere Informationen zu diesem WYSIWYM-Konzept.
+\layout Standard
+
+Selbstverständlich bietet auch LyX viele Möglichkeiten, die Formatierung
+ Ihres Textes zu beeinflussen und zu verändern, denn eventuell macht ja
+ LyX nicht
+\emph on
+haargenau
+\emph default
+ das, was Ihnen vorschwebt.
+ All diese Dinge werden im
+\emph on
+Benutzerhandbuch
+\emph default
+ beschrieben.
+ Das umfasst (variable) horizontale und vertikale Leerräume, die vielseitiger
+ und mächtiger sind als mehrfache Leerzeilen und -zeichen, außerdem Wege,
+ wie Sie Zeichensätze, Zeichensatzgrößen und Absatzausrichtungen von Hand
+ einstellen können.
+ Die Idee hinter LyX ist aber, daß Sie sich zunächst nur um Ihren Text kümmern,
+ und dann, ganz am Schluß, vielleicht auch einen Blick auf die Formatierung
+ werfen (falls LyX nicht alles genau nach Ihren Wünschen gemacht hat).
+ Im Gegensatz dazu sind Sie bei einer gewöhnlichen Textverarbeitung bereits
+ während des gesamten Schreibens mit den Problemen der Formatierung beschäftigt.
+\layout Standard
+
+Ein weiterer Typ von besonderem Leerraum ist das
+\family sans
+Geschützte\SpecialChar ~
+Leerzeichen
+\family default
+, das Sie mit
+\family sans
+Strg+Leertaste
+\family default
+ (oder
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+onderzeichen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+gesch.\SpecialChar ~
+
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+eerzeichen
+\family default
+) erzeugen, und das am Bildschirm als kleines, blaues
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+u
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ erscheint.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Sie das Tutorium in LyX lesen, ist es Ihnen vielleicht bereits aufgefallen
+ und Sie haben sich gefragt, was es bedeutet.
+\end_inset
+
+ Wenn Sie zwischen zwei Worten ein geschütztes Leerzeichen einfügen, erscheint
+ es im Ausdruck wie jedes andere Leerzeichen auch.
+ Aber ein solches geschütztes Leerzeichen teilt darüberhinaus LaTeX mit,
+ daß es zwischen diesen beiden Worten keinen Zeilenumbruch einfügen darf.
+ Sehr verbreitet ist die Verwendung deshalb in Fällen wie
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Abschnitt\SpecialChar ~
+1
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+, in denen Sie sicherstellen wollen, daß
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Abschnitt
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ und
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+1
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ in derselben Zeile stehen.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Im
+\emph on
+Tutorium
+\emph default
+ werden Sie außerdem in Namen von Menüs und Sonderzeichen verwendet -- wie
+ eben das
+\family sans
+gesch.\SpecialChar ~
+Leerzeichen
+\family default
+.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Section
+
+Umgebungstypen
+\layout Standard
+
+Unterschiedliche Teile eines Dokumentes dienen verschiedenen Zwecken; man
+ bezeichnet solche logischen Unterteilungen
+\emph on
+Umgebungen
+\emph default
+.
+ Der Großteil eines Dokumentes besteht z.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+,
+\end_inset
+
+B.
+ aus gewöhnlichem Text.
+ Titel (Kapitel, Abschnitt, Unterabschnitt) teilen dem Leser mit, daß nun
+ ein neues Thema behandelt wird, usw.
+ Besondere Arten von Dokumenten besitzen besondere Umgebungen: Ein Artikel
+ in einer Zeitschrift hat Überschrift und Zusammenfassung, ein Brief wird
+ keine davon verwenden, hat dafür aber vielleicht eine andere Umgebung,
+ in der die Adresse angegeben wird.
+\layout Standard
+
+Derartige Umgebungen bilden den Hauptteil des WYSIWYM-Konzeptes von LyX.
+ Ein bestimmter Umgebungstyp verlangt eventuell bestimmte Einstellungen
+ für Zeichensatz, Schriftgröße, Einzug, Zeilenabstand und so fort.
+ Und das Problem wird teilweise noch verschlimmert: So verwendet vielleicht
+ eine Zeitschrift für ihre Titel eine 18-Punkt-Schrift in Fettdruck, zentriert
+ gesetzt, eine andere verwendet kursive 15-Punkt-Schriften.
+ Verschiedene Sprachen verwenden andere Standardeinstellungen für den Einzug.
+ Und die Formate für Bibliographien variieren sehr stark.
+ Mit LyX können Sie vermeiden, all diese unterschiedlichen Formate lernen
+ zu müssen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Ganz links in der Werkzeugleiste, direkt unterhalb des Menüs
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+atei
+\family default
+, wird in einem kleinen Feld angegeben, in welchem Umgebungstyp Sie sich
+ gerade befinden.
+ Als Sie vorhin Ihren ersten Text geschrieben haben, stand dort z.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+,
+\end_inset
+
+B.
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Standard
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+, dies ist die Umgebung für normalen Text.
+ Sie werden nun einige dieser Umgebungen ausprobieren um zu sehen, was sie
+ bewirken.
+ Um dies zu tun, öffnen Sie den Umgebungs-Dialog, indem Sie mit der Maus
+ auf den schwarzen Pfeil rechts neben dem Anzeigefeld drücken.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Abschnitte und Unterabschnitte
+\layout Standard
+
+Schreiben Sie das Wort
+\family typewriter
+Einleitung
+\family default
+ in die erste Zeile Ihrer LyX-Datei.
+ Wählen Sie nun aus dem Umgebungs-Menü den Typ
+\family sans
+Abschnitt.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Sie müssen die Zeile dazu nicht extra markieren.
+ Wenn nichts ausgewählt ist, wandelt LyX den gegenwärtigen Absatz in das
+ neue Umgebungsformat um.
+ Selbstverständlich können Sie mehrere Absätze gleichzeitig umwandeln, wenn
+ Sie diese vor der Änderung markieren.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ LyX vergibt automatisch die Abschnittsnummer
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+1
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ und setzt die Abschnittsüberschrift in einer größeren Schrift (natürlich
+ wird die Überschrift auch im endgültigen Dokument so korrekt formatiert).
+ Drücken Sie nun
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+.
+ Beachten Sie, daß der Eintrag im Umgebungsfeld von
+\family sans
+Abschnitt
+\family default
+ zurück auf
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+ wechselt.
+ Dies ist normal, da für alle Arten von Überschriften angenommen wird, daß
+ sie nach einem
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ beendet sind.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Im
+\emph on
+Benutzerhandbuch
+\emph default
+ wird beschrieben, wie Sie Titel auch über mehrere Zeilen ausdehnen können.
+ Die Umgebung
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+ kann sich selbstverständlich über mehrere Absätze erstrecken.
+ Die verschiedenen Aufzählungsumgebungen (siehe weiter unten) werden ebenfalls
+ durch ein
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ nicht beendet.
+ Der aktuelle Umgebungstyp wird jederzeit im Umgebungsfeld angezeigt.
+\end_inset
+
+ Geben Sie nun einen einleitenden Text ein:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+Dies ist eine Einleitung für mein erstes LyX-Dokument.
+\layout Standard
+
+Drücken Sie
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+, und wählen Sie dann wieder den Umgebungstyp
+\family sans
+Abschnitt
+\family default
+ aus.
+ LyX schreibt eine
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+2
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ an den Zeilenanfang und wartet darauf, daß Sie eine Überschrift eingeben.
+ Schreiben Sie z.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+,
+\end_inset
+
+B.
+
+\family typewriter
+Weitere Dinge
+\family default
+, und Sie werden sehen, daß es von LyX automatisch wieder als Überschrift
+ gesetzt wird.
+\layout Standard
+
+Es kommt sogar noch besser.
+ Gehen Sie ans Ende des ersten Abschnittes Ihres Textes (direkt nach
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+erstes LyX-Dokument.
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+) und drücken Sie
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+.
+ Wählen Sie nun wieder als Umgebungstyp
+\family sans
+Abschnitt
+\family default
+ aus.
+ Wie erwartet schreibt LyX wieder eine
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+2
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ und wartet auf ihre Texteingabe.
+ Schreiben Sie z.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+,
+\end_inset
+
+B.
+
+\family typewriter
+Über dieses Dokument
+\family default
+.
+ Sie werden feststellen, daß der ehemalige Abschnitt\SpecialChar ~
+2,
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Weitere Dinge
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+, automatisch in Abschnitt\SpecialChar ~
+3 umnumeriert worden ist.
+ Genau
+\emph on
+das
+\emph default
+ ist es, was das WYSIWYM-Konzept ausmacht: Sie sagen lediglich
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Dies hier ist eine Abschnittsüberschrift
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ und LyX kümmert sich automatisch um Numerierung und Textsatz.
+\layout Standard
+
+Drücken Sie nun erneut
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+, um zurück in die Umgebung
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+ zu gelangen, und geben Sie dann die folgenden fünf Zeilen (jeweils durch
+ ein
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+beendet) ein:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+Hier werden Abschnitte und Unterabschnitte erläutert.
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+Beschreibung für
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Abschnitt
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+Abschnitte sind größer als Unterabschnitte.
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+Beschreibung für
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Unterabschnitt
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+Unterabschnitte sind kleiner als Abschnitte.
+\layout Standard
+
+Positionieren Sie den Cursor in die zweite Zeile und wählen Sie den Typ
+
+\family sans
+Unterabschnitt
+\family default
+ aus dem Umgebungs-Menü.
+ LyX versieht den Unterabschnitt mit der Nummer
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+2.1
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ und setzt den Text in einer Schriftgröße, die etwas kleiner als diejenige
+ einer Abschnittsüberschrift ist.
+ Ändern Sie nun auch den Typ für die vierte Zeile auf
+\family sans
+ Unterabschn
+\family default
+.\SpecialChar \@.
+ Wie Sie nun sicher erwartet haben, hat LyX die automatische Numerierung
+ mit
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+2.2
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ fortgesetzt.
+ Und wenn Sie nun einen neuen Abschnitt vor Abschnitt zwei einfügen - genau,
+ Sie haben es erraten: LyX nimmt automatisch die Umnumerierung vor, d.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+,
+\end_inset
+
+h.\SpecialChar ~
+aus Abschnitt\SpecialChar ~
+2 wird Abschnitt\SpecialChar ~
+3, und die Unterabschnitte erhalten automatisch
+ die laufenden Nummern
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+3.1
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ und
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+3.2
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Weitere Ebenen der Unterteilung umfassen die Typen
+\family sans
+Unterunterabschn., Paragraph
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+Unterparagraph\SpecialChar \@.
+
+\family default
+Spielen Sie ein wenig damit herum, probieren Sie sie aus.
+ Sie werden dabei feststellen, daß die Umgebungstypen
+\family sans
+Paragraph
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+Unterparagraph
+\family default
+ nicht numeriert sind, und daß ein
+\family sans
+Unterparagraph
+\family default
+ eingerückt wird.
+ Wie Sie dieses Verhalten ändern können, steht im
+\emph on
+Benutzerhandbuch
+\emph default
+.
+ Schließlich gibt es noch den Umgebungstyp
+\family sans
+Kapitel
+\family default
+, der noch vor
+\family sans
+Abschnitt
+\family default
+ steht.
+ Er kann allerdings nur in einigen bestimmten Dokumentklassen verwendet
+ werden - siehe dazu das Kapitel\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:Textklassen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Möglicherweise wollen Sie aber gar keine numerierten Unterabschnitte? Nun,
+ auch dafür gibt es eigene Umgebungstypen.
+ Ändern Sie z.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+,
+\end_inset
+
+B.
+ eine der Abschnittsüberschriften in den Typ
+\family sans
+Abschnitt*
+\family default
+.
+ LyX setzt die Überschrift in genau demselben Zeichensatz wie zuvor - nur
+ eben ohne diesen Abschnitt zu numerieren.
+ Entsprechende
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+gesternte
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ Typen gibt es auch für
+\family sans
+Unterabschnitt
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+Unterabschn
+\family default
+.\SpecialChar \@.
+ Verändern Sie den Typ einiger Ihrer Überschriften und beachten Sie, wie
+ sich die Numerierung der folgenden Abschnitte ändert.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series bold
+Übung:
+\series default
+ Korrigieren Sie die Überschriften der Abschnitte und Unterabschnitte in
+ der Datei
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{de_beispiel_roh.lyx}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Listen und Teillisten
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX bietet mehrere Umgebungstypen, um Listen zu erstellen.
+ Diese unterschiedlichen Listentypen ersparen es Ihnen, tausende von
+\family sans
+Tab
+\family default
+ einzugeben, wenn Sie einen Überblick erstellen, oder gar eine komplette
+ Liste neu zu numerieren, wenn Sie mittendrin einen neuen Punkt auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
+führen.
+ Dadurch können Sie sich voll auf den Inhalt der Liste konzentrieren.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Auf diesen Punkt wird sehr häufig in diesem
+\emph on
+Tutorium
+\emph default
+ hingewiesen.
+ Aber es handelt sich dabei um die grundlegende Denkweise von LyX, deshalb
+ sollten Sie dieses dauernde Erwähnen entschuldigen\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ Je nach Art Ihres Textes werden Sie unterschiedliche Arten von Listen benötigen
+:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Eine Präsentation auf Overheadfolien könnte die
+\family sans
+Auflistung
+\family default
+-Umgebung mit ihren durch unterschiedliche Symbole abgesetzten Listen verwenden,
+ um verschiedene Punkte zu beschreiben.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Ein Überblick würde eher die numerierte
+\family sans
+Aufzählung
+\family default
+-Umgebung verwenden.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Ein Text, der verschiedene Softwarepakete beschreibt, kann die
+\family sans
+Beschreibung
+\family default
+-Umgebung einsetzen, bei der jeder Eintrag der Liste mit einem Begriff in
+ Fettdruck beginnt.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Der Umgebungstyp
+\family sans
+Liste
+\family default
+ --- den es in LaTeX so nicht gibt --- ist eine leichte Abwandlung des Typs
+
+\family sans
+Beschreibung
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Schreiben wir ein paar Gründe auf, warum LyX besser ist als manch andere
+ Textverarbeitung.
+ Irgendwo in Ihrem Text schreiben Sie:
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+Lyx ist besser als andere Textverarbeitungen, denn:
+\layout Standard
+
+Drücken Sie nun
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+.
+ Wählen Sie dann den Umgebungstyp
+\family sans
+Auflistung
+\family default
+ aus dem Auswahlmenü.
+ LyX schreibt jetzt einen Stern an den Anfang der Zeile (in der endgültigen
+ Ausgabe wird dieser Stern ein gefüllter Kreis -- im englischen mit bullet
+ bezeichnet).
+ Zählen Sie nun die Gründe auf:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+Der Textsatz wird automatisch erstellt.
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+Die Darstellung mathematischer Symbole ist im WYSIWYG-Format.
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+Aufzählungen sind äußerst einfach zu erstellen!
+\layout Standard
+
+Im Gegensatz z.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+,
+\end_inset
+
+B.
+ zu Überschriften wird der Umgebungstyp nach Eingabe von
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ nicht auf Standard zurückgesetzt.
+ Vielmehr nimmt LyX an, daß Sie ein weiteres Listenelement einfügen wollen.
+ Wenn Sie in einem Listenelement mehr als einen Absatz unterbringen wollen,
+ müssen Sie ein
+\family sans
+Geschütztes\SpecialChar ~
+Zeilenende
+\family default
+ durch Eingabe von
+\family sans
+Strg+Return
+\family default
+ verwenden, um die Absätze voneinander zu trennen.
+ Um wieder in den Standardmodus zurückzugelangen, müssen Sie diesen durch
+ Wahl von
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+ als Umgebungstyp (wahlweise durch das Tastaturkürzel
+\family sans
+Alt+P+S
+\family default
+) aktivieren.
+\layout Standard
+
+Sie haben nun also eine wunderschöne Stichpunktliste.
+ Sie sollten sich die endgültige Form einmal ansehen, indem Sie LaTeX starten
+ und die erzeugte Dvi-Datei betrachten.
+ Aber was, wenn Sie nachträglich entscheiden, daß Sie die Liste doch lieber
+ als numerierte Aufzählung hätten? Kein Problem, markieren Sie einfach die
+ gesamte Liste
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX wird es Ihnen nicht ermöglichen, den Stern vor dem ersten Listenelement
+ mit auszuwählen, wenn Sie nicht den vorangehenden Absatz mit auswählen,
+ was Sie vermutlich nicht wollen.
+ Gleiches gilt für die Zahlen von numerierten Abschnittsüberschriften.
+ LyX macht aber dennoch alles richtig -- machen Sie sich deswegen also keine
+ Sorgen.
+\end_inset
+
+ und wählen Sie aus dem Umgebungsmenü den Typ
+\family sans
+Aufzählung
+\family default
+, fertig.
+ Wie bereits erwähnt wird LyX auch automatisch die Numerierung anpassen,
+ wenn Sie einzelne Einträge aus der Liste entfernen oder hinzufügen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Sie die Liste gerade ausgewählt haben, können Sie sie versuchsweise
+ auch gleich in eine der anderen beiden Umgebungstypen,
+\family sans
+Beschreibung
+\family default
+ oder
+\family sans
+Liste
+\family default
+, konvertieren, dann sehen Sie sofort, wie diese aussehen.
+ Bei diesen beiden Typen bestehen die Listen aus einem Begriff (dem ersten
+ Wort im Absatz) und einer Definition, die den Rest des Absatzes (bis zum
+ nächsten
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+) umfaßt.
+ Der erste Begriff ist entweder in Fettdruck dargestellt (
+\family sans
+Beschreibung
+\family default
+) oder durch einen Tabulatorstop
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Es handelt sich dabei aber nicht um den üblichen, festen Schreibmaschinentabulat
+or, sondern um einen variablen Schriftsetzertabulator, der sich automatisch
+ der Größe des größten Elementes anpaßt.
+\end_inset
+
+ vom Rest abgetrennt (
+\family sans
+Liste
+\family default
+).
+ Soll der Begriff aus mehr als einem Wort bestehen, müssen diese durch geschützt
+e Leerzeichen (
+\family sans
+Strg+Leertaste
+\family default
+) verbunden werden.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series bold
+Übung
+\series default
+: Setzen Sie die Beispielliste in
+\family typewriter
+de_beispiel_roh.lyx
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Listen und Aufzählungen können ineinander geschachtelt werden.
+ Ein typisches Beispiel hierfür sind etwa Überblicke.
+ Das
+\emph on
+Benutzerhandbuch
+\emph default
+ gibt weitere Details zu den unterschiedlichen Listentypen und enthält auch
+ einige Beispiele von tief verschachtelten Aufzählungen.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Weitere Umgebungstypen: Verse, Zitate und andere
+\layout Standard
+
+Es gibt zwei unterschiedliche Umgebungen, um Zitate vom restlichen Text
+ abzusetzen:
+\family sans
+Zitat\SpecialChar ~
+(kurz)
+\family default
+ für kurze Zitate und
+\family sans
+Zitat\SpecialChar ~
+(lang)
+\family default
+ für die etwas längeren.
+ Quelltexte von Computerprogrammen (in der Umgebung
+\family sans
+L
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{}
+\end_inset
+
+yX-Code
+\family default
+, in der auch die langen Übungsbeispiele hier im
+\emph on
+Tutorium
+\emph default
+ gesetzt sind) werden in der Schriftart Schreibmaschine dargestellt.
+ Dies ist die einzige Umgebung, in der auch mehrere Leerzeichen verwendet
+ werden können, z.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+,
+\end_inset
+
+B.
+ um Codezeilen einzurücken.
+ Mit dem Umgebungstyp
+\family sans
+Gedicht
+\family default
+ können Sie sogar Gedichte schreiben.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+vorausgesetzt natürlich Sie sind kreativ genug, sich den Text vorher auszudenken.
+\end_inset
+
+ Hier dient
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ zum Trennen der Verse, einzelne Zeilen innerhalb eines Verses werden durch
+
+\family sans
+Strg+Return
+\family default
+ abgetrennt.
+ Die unterschiedlichen Umgebungstypen werden im
+\emph on
+Benutzerhandbuch
+\emph default
+ ausführlich beschrieben.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series bold
+Übung
+\series default
+: Setzen Sie die Beispiele für
+\family sans
+Quote
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+L
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{}
+\end_inset
+
+yX-Code
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+Verse
+\family default
+ in der Datei
+\family typewriter
+de_beispiel_roh.lyx
+\family default
+ richtig.
+\layout Chapter
+
+Das Schreiben von Dokumenten
+\layout Standard
+
+Mit Hilfe des vorangegangenen Kapitels haben Sie sich hoffentlich an das
+ Schreiben mit LyX gewöhnt.
+ Es hat Sie in die grundlegenden Verarbeitungsoperationen eingeführt, und
+ ebenso in die vielfältigen Möglichkeiten, die das Arbeiten mit Umgebungen
+ bietet.
+ Die meisten Leute jedoch, die LyX benutzen, wollen damit einfach nur Texte
+ schreiben: Veröffentlichungen, Artikel, Bücher, Anleitungen oder Briefe.
+ Dieses Kapitel wird Sie vom einfachen Schreiben von Texten mit LyX hinführen
+ zum Schreiben von Dokumenten.
+ Das Konzept der Dokumentklassen wird Ihnen vorgestellt, mit denen unterschiedli
+che Arten von Dokumenten einfach erstellt werden können.
+ Dabei werden auch viele der Zusätze beschrieben, die einen Text in ein
+ Dokument verwandeln, wie etwa Überschriften, Fußnoten, Querverweise, Bibliograp
+hien und Inhaltsverzeichnis.
+\layout Section
+
+Dokumentklassen und Vorlagen: Das Schreiben von Briefen
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:Textklassen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Unterschiedliche Arten von Dokumenten sollten verschieden gesetzt werden.
+ So werden Bücher i.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+,
+\end_inset
+
+a.\SpecialChar ~
+zweiseitig gedruckt, wohingegen Artikel meist einseitig sind.
+ Darüberhinaus besitzen manche Dokumente besondere Umgebungstypen: In Briefen
+ gibt es einige Umgebungen --- z.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+,
+\end_inset
+
+B.
+ Absender oder Unterschrift --- die in einem Buch oder einem Artikel völlig
+ sinnlos sind.
+ In LyX sorgen die
+\emph on
+Dokumentklassen
+\emph default
+ dafür, daß mit derartigen Unterschieden korrekt umgegangen wird.
+ Das
+\emph on
+Tutorium
+\emph default
+ wurde z.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+,
+\end_inset
+
+B.
+ unter Verwendung der Dokumentklasse
+\family sans
+book
+\family default
+ erstellt.
+ Die Dokumentklassen sind ein weiterer wichtiger Bestandteil des WYSIWYM-Prinzip
+s.
+ Sie sagen LyX, wie es den Text setzen soll, damit Sie sich nicht darum
+ kümmern müssen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Ihr (erstes) Dokument entstand vermutlich in der Dokumentklasse
+\family sans
+article.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Dies ist normalerweise die Standardeinstellung von LyX, Sie können das aber
+ (über den Dialog
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+E
+\bar under
+i
+\bar default
+nstellungen
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+) in Ihrer Datei
+\family typewriter
+preferences
+\family default
+ festlegen.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ Versuchen Sie doch einfach einmal, es in eine andere Dokumentklasse umzuwandeln
+ (im Menü
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+okument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Format
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+okumentklasse:
+\family default
+), und sehen Sie sich an, auf welche Weise es dann gesetzt wird.
+ Wenn Sie Ihr Dokument z.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+,
+\end_inset
+
+B.
+ in die Klasse
+\family sans
+book
+\family default
+ umwandeln und dann einen Blick auf die verfügbaren Umgebungstypen werfen,
+ werden Sie kaum eine Änderung feststellen.
+ Sie können nun jedoch auch den neuen Umgebungstyp
+\family sans
+Kapitel
+\family default
+ verwenden.
+ Wenn Sie sich einmal nicht sicher sind, welche Umgebungstypen Sie in der
+ gerade eingestellten Dokumentklasse verwenden können: Ein Blick in das
+ Auswahlmenü ganz links in der Werkzeugleiste unter den Hauptmenüs genügt.
+\layout Standard
+
+Schriftgröße, ein- oder zweiseitiger Ausdruck oder Seitenüberschriften sind
+ einige andere Dinge, in denen sich die verschiedenen Dokumentklassen unterschei
+den können.
+ Und da die Computerisierung beständig zunimmt, haben viele Zeitschriften
+ angefangen, neue Artikel auch auf elektronischem Wege zu akzeptieren.
+ Dafür wurden vielfach eigene Stil-Dateien für LaTeX erstellt, mit deren
+ Hilfe die Autoren korrekt formatierte und gesetzte Manuskripte einsenden
+ können.
+ LyX ist sehr gut darauf vorbereitet, auch mit solchen Stildateien umzugehen.
+ So unterstützt LyX
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+von Haus aus
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ bereits den Satz (und die zusätzlichen Textumgebungen) von Artikeln für
+ die American Mathematics Society (Dokumentklasse
+\family sans
+article (AMS)
+\family default
+) oder den Springer-Verlag (z.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+,
+\end_inset
+
+B.
+
+\family sans
+article (A&A)
+\family default
+).
+\layout Standard
+
+Hier ist eine kurze Zusammenstellung einiger vorhandener Dokumentklassen.
+ Weitere Details finden Sie im Abschnitt
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Besondere Dokumentenklassen
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ in den
+\emph on
+Profi-Tips
+\emph default
+.
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="7" columns="2">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Name
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Bemerkungen
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+article
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+einseitig, keine Kapitel
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+article (AMS)
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Layout & Umgebung für die American Math Society
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+report
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+länger als article, zweiseitig
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+book
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+wie report, zusätzlich Titelseiten usw.
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+slides
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Overhead-Folien (schließt auch FoilTeX ein)
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+letter
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+viele Extras für Adressen, Unterschrift\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Section
+
+Vorlagen: Briefe schreiben
+\layout Standard
+
+Eine der beliebtesten Dokumentklassen ist
+\family sans
+letter
+\family default
+.
+ Eine Möglichkeit, einen Brief zu schreiben, wäre natürlich, zunächst ein
+ neues Dokument zu öffnen und dann über den Dialog
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+okument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Format
+\family default
+ die Dokumentklasse
+\family sans
+letter
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Außer
+\family sans
+letter
+\family default
+ gibt es noch weitere Umgebungsklassen für Briefe, wobei auch speziell auf
+ deutsche Bedürfnisse angepasste Klassen existieren.
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ auszuwählen.
+ Dies ist zwar recht offensichtlich, könnte aber sicherlich einfacher gehen.
+ Jedesmal, wenn Sie einen Geschäftsbrief schreiben, müßten Sie dann Ihre
+ Adresse, die Adresse des Angeschriebenen, den eigentlichen Brieftext, die
+ Grußformel sowie vielleicht ein paar weitere, immer gleiche Dinge eintippen.
+ LyX bietet deshalb die Möglichkeit, Briefe über eine
+\emph on
+Vorlage
+\emph default
+ zu erstellen, die bereits einen Beispielbrief enthält.
+ Wenn Sie mit einer solchen Vorlage arbeiten, müssen Sie lediglich ein paar
+ Abschnitte durch Ihren eigenen Text ersetzen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Öffnen Sie eine neue Datei über den Menüpunkt
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Neu\SpecialChar ~
+von\SpecialChar ~
+
+\bar under
+V
+\bar default
+orlage
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+ Nachdem Sie einen Namen für Ihren Brief eingegeben haben, wählen Sie den
+ Eintrag
+\family typewriter
+letter.lyx
+\family default
+ aus dem Vorlagendialog.
+ Speichern Sie die neue Datei und drucken Sie sie aus, dann sehen Sie, wie
+ die verschiedenen Textumgebungen gesetzt werden.
+\layout Standard
+
+Im Auswahlmenü der Textumgebungen werden Sie viele Einträge finden, die
+ es in den meisten anderen Dokumentklassen nicht gibt, z.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+,
+\end_inset
+
+B.
+
+\family sans
+My\SpecialChar ~
+Address
+\family default
+.
+ Andere, wie etwa
+\family sans
+Zitat (kurz)
+\family default
+ oder
+\family sans
+Beschreibung
+\family default
+ sind ähnlich wie in den anderen Dokumentklassen.
+ Probieren Sie sie einfach alle einmal aus um zu sehen, was dabei herauskommt.
+ Sie werden feststellen, daß beispielsweise beim Umgebungstyp
+\family sans
+Unterschrift
+\family default
+ das Wort
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Unterschrift:
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ in blau vor dem eigentlichen Text Ihrer Unterschrift erscheint.
+ Dieses Wort wird im ausgedruckten Brief nicht erscheinen.
+ Es dient Ihnen nur als Erinnerungshilfe, daß der entsprechende Text nach
+ der Grußformel erscheint.
+ Sie können den Eintrag übrigens hinschreiben, wo Sie wollen -- auch vor
+ den eigentlichen Brieftext.
+ Denn durch das WYSIWYM-Prinzip weiß LyX,
+\emph on
+wo
+\emph default
+ dieser Text zu erscheinen hat, nämlich am Ende des Briefes.
+\layout Standard
+
+Eine Vorlage ist eine ganz normale LyX-Datei.
+ Das bedeutet, daß Sie problemlos eine eigene Vorlage erstellen können,
+ indem Sie die von Ihnen gewünschten Änderungen an der Vorlage durchführen
+ und die Datei dann als Ihre Vorlage abspeichern.
+ Für alle folgenden Briefe können Sie dann diese Version als Vorlage verwenden.
+ Sie sollten das alles jetzt vielleicht einfach mal ausprobieren --- schreiben
+ Sie doch als Übung einen kleinen Brief an jemanden!
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Eine kleine Warnung, wenn Sie mit einer Vorlage arbeiten: Wenn Sie den komplette
+n Text in einer Umgebung entfernen --- also etwa alle Zeilen in der
+\family sans
+My\SpecialChar ~
+Address
+\family default
+-Umgebung, um sie durch Ihre eigene Adresse zu ersetzen --- und dann aus
+ Versehen den Cursor bewegen, ohne Text eingegeben zu haben, wird in manchen
+ Umgebungstypen der Absatz komplett entfernt, denn er kann ohne Text nicht
+ existieren.
+ In diesem Fall müssen Sie die entsprechende Umgebung wie gewohnt über das
+ Menü wieder auswählen.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Derartige Vorlagen können Ihnen viel Zeit sparen, und wir raten sehr dazu,
+ sie intensiv zu verwenden.
+ Sie können auch dabei helfen, die Möglichkeiten der spezielleren Dokumentklasse
+n auszureizen.
+ Und schließlich helfen Sie jedem, der LyX für eine Reihe von Nutzern vorkonfigu
+rieren will, die sich mit Computern nicht so gut auskennen.
+ Für diese Benutzer ist es anfangs sehr viel einfacher, wenn Sie bereits
+ vorformatierte Texte mit den Adressen ihrer Firma usw.\SpecialChar ~
+vorfinden.
+\layout Section
+
+Dokumententitel
+\layout Standard
+
+Wie auch LaTeX betrachtet LyX den Titelblock --- der aus der eigentlichen
+ Überschrift, dem Namen des Autors, dem Datum und eventuell sogar der Kurzzusamm
+enfassung eines Artikels bestehen kann --- als einen eigenständigen Teil
+ des Dokumentes.
+\layout Standard
+
+Wechseln Sie wieder zu Ihrem
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Spieldokument
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ (oder öffnen Sie ein solches neu) und stellen Sie sicher, daß Sie die Dokumentk
+lasse
+\family sans
+article
+\family default
+ verwenden.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Sie sollten hierfür
+\emph on
+nicht
+\emph default
+ die Dokumentklasse
+\family sans
+letter
+\family default
+ verwenden, da diese die Verwendung des Umgebungstyps
+\family sans
+Titel
+\family default
+ nicht erlaubt.
+\end_inset
+
+ Geben Sie nun in der ersten Zeile eine Überschrift ein und ändern Sie den
+ Umgebungstyp in
+\family sans
+Titel
+\family default
+.
+ In die nächste Zeile schreiben Sie (mit dem Umgebungstyp
+\family sans
+Autor
+\family default
+) Ihren Namen und in die darauf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
+folgende Zeile das aktuelle Datum (Umgebungstyp
+
+\family sans
+Datum
+\family default
+).
+ Schreiben Sie nun einen kleinen Absatz im Umgebungstyp
+\family sans
+Zusammenfassung
+\family default
+ und betrachten dann das ganze in der Vorschau.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series bold
+Übung
+\series default
+: Bringen Sie in der Beispieldatei
+\family typewriter
+de_beispiel_roh.lyx
+\family default
+ Überschrift, Autorenname und Datum in die korrekte Form.
+\layout Section
+
+Marken und Querverweise
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:Marken}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Sie können jedes Kapitel, Unterkapitel (oder, wenn auch seltener benötigt,
+ jeden Abschnitt) Ihres Dokumentes mit einer Marke versehen.
+ Wenn Sie dies getan haben, können Sie in anderen Teilen Ihres Textes auf
+ diesen Abschnitt verweisen.
+ Sie können sich dabei wahlweise auf die Nummer des Kapitels oder auf die
+ Seite im Text, auf der das besagte Kapitel steht, beziehen.
+ Wie auch bei der Numerierung von Abschnitten und Fußnoten kümmert sich
+ LyX um die korrekte Verwaltung dieser Querverweise.
+ Automatische Marken und Querverweise stellen einen der größten Vorzüge
+ von LyX (und LaTeX) gegenüber gewöhnlichen Textverarbeitungen dar.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Ihre erste Textmarke
+\layout Standard
+
+Zu Beginn gleich ein praktisches Beispiel: Markieren Sie den zweiten Abschnitt
+ dieses Dokumentes (die Überschrift lautet
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Was das Tutorium ist\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ Positionieren Sie dazu den Cursor an das Ende der Überschrift und öffnen
+ Sie dann das Menü
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+M
+\bar default
+arke\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Falls Sie diesen Text direkt über das Hilfe-Menü von LyX geöffnet haben,
+ lesen Sie die (schreibgeschützte) Originalversion.
+ In diesem Fall können Sie im Menü
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen
+\family default
+ keine Auswahl treffen.
+ Speichern Sie zunächst das Dokument in einem eigenen Verzeichnis (Menü
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Speichern\SpecialChar ~
+
+\bar under
+u
+\bar default
+nter
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+) und öffnen Sie dann diese Kopie.
+ Dort dürfen Sie dann die Änderungen vornehmen.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ Es erscheint ein Dialogfeld, in dem Sie einen Namen für die Marke eingeben
+ können.
+ Geben Sie z.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+,
+\end_inset
+
+B.
+ ein
+\family typewriter
+sec:Was_Tutorium
+\family default
+.
+ Dies ist ein einprägsamer Name, den Sie nicht so einfach mit anderen Marken
+ im Text verwechseln können.
+ Das
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+sec:
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ zu Beginn soll daran erinnern, daß ein Abschnitt markiert wurde, denn es
+ können auch Bilder, Tabellen usw.\SpecialChar ~
+mit Marken versehen werden.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Mittlerweile schlägt LyX automatisch einen Namen für die Marke vor, der
+ auf dem Kontext basiert.
+\end_inset
+
+ Klicken Sie nun auf
+\family sans
+OK
+\family default
+, und der Name der Marke wird in einem grau unterlegten Rahmen neben der
+ Überschrift erscheinen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Sie hätten diese Marke übrigens genausogut irgendwo anders im betreffenden
+ Kapitel einfügen können, denn Verweise auf einen Abschnitt beziehen sich
+ immer auf die Abschnittsnummer, die als letzte vor der Marke definiert
+ ist.
+ Dadurch, daß man sie gleich zu Beginn setzt, ist aber sichergestellt, daß
+ auch Verweise auf die Seitennummer des Kapitels richtig sind.
+\layout Standard
+
+Gut.
+ Bislang ist aber noch gar nichts geschehen.
+ Wenn Sie sich die
+\family typewriter
+dvi
+\family default
+-Datei ansehen, werden Sie keinerlei Unterschied zu vorher feststellen,
+ da die Marken in der Druckversion des Textes nicht auftauchen.
+ Sie können nun aber die gesetzten Marken ganz einfach referenzieren.
+ Das werden Sie im nächsten Abschnitt machen.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Ihr erster Querverweis
+\layout Standard
+
+Positionieren Sie nun den Cursor irgendwo im dritten Kapitel dieses Dokumentes
+ und geben den folgenden Text ein:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+Wenn Sie mehr über dieses Dokument erfahren wollen,
+\newline
+lesen Sie Abschnitt auf Seite .
+\layout Standard
+
+Wählen Sie nun (der Cursor sollte sich hinter dem Wort
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Abschnitt
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ befinden) den Menüpunkt
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+Q
+\bar default
+uerverweis
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+ Es öffnet sich ein Auswahlfeld, in dem Sie die im aktuellen Text definierten
+ Marken aufgeführt sehen.
+ Suchen Sie den Eintrag
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+sec:Was_Tutorium
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+, markieren Sie ihn mit der Maus, wählen bei
+\family sans
+Art der
+\bar under
+R
+\bar default
+eferenz <Referenz>
+\family default
+ und klicken auf
+\family sans
+\bar under
+O
+\bar default
+K
+\family default
+.
+ Setzen Sie nun den Cursor hinter das Wort
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Seite
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+, ändern den Referenztyp auf
+\family sans
+<Seite>
+\family default
+ und klicken Sie wieder
+\family sans
+\bar under
+O
+\bar default
+K
+\family default
+.
+ (Und um es ganz korrekt zu machen sollten Sie zwischen
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Abschnitt
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ bzw.\SpecialChar ~
+Seite und der Referenz ein geschütztes Leerzeichen verwenden, um einen
+ Zeilenumbruch an dieser Stelle zu verhindern.)
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX stellt die Querverweise in einem grauen Rahmen dar, der an der aktuellen
+ Position des Cursors eingefügt wird.
+ Später, im ausgedruckten Dokument, werden diese Platzhalter durch die tatsächli
+chen Werte von Kapitel und Seitennummer ersetzt.
+ Sehen Sie sich Ihren Text in der
+\family typewriter
+dvi
+\family default
+-Vorschau an und Sie werden feststellen, daß der Eintrag durch
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+1.2 auf Seite 3
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ (oder wo immer sich dieses Kapitel tatsächlich befindet) ersetzt wurde.
+\layout Standard
+
+In LyX dienen diese Querverweise übrigens auch als
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Hyperlink
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+: Wenn Sie mit dem Mauszeiger auf einen solchen Querverweis klicken, öffnet
+ sich der Dialog
+\family sans
+Querverweis
+\family default
+.
+ Wenn Sie nun auf
+\family sans
+Gehe\SpecialChar ~
+zu
+\family default
+ klicken, wird der Cursor an die entsprechende Stelle im Text positioniert,
+ auf die der Verweis zeigt, und ein Klick auf
+\family sans
+Gehe\SpecialChar ~
+zurück
+\family default
+ bringt Sie wieder zurück zu der Referenz.
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+Weitere Möglichkeiten mit Marken
+\layout Standard
+
+Wie bereits erwähnt kümmert sich LyX um die Verwaltung und Numerierung der
+ Querverweise.
+ Nun ist es an der Zeit, das zu prüfen.
+ Fügen Sie ein neues Unterkapitel
+\emph on
+vor
+\emph default
+ dem referenzierten Unterkapitel ein, und aktualisieren Sie die
+\family typewriter
+dvi
+\family default
+-Vorschau.
+ Voilà, dort steht nun
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+1.3 auf Seite x
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+! Oder machen Sie aus dem Unterkapitel ein eigenes Kapitel, die Referenz
+ lautet nun
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+2 auf Seite y
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ -- ganz ohne Ihr Zutun.
+ Die Seitennummer wird sich vermutlich nicht ändern --- es sei denn, Sie
+ fügen soviel Text vor dem Kapitel ein, daß sich der Seitenanfang auf die
+ nächste Seite verschiebt.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Es ist übrigens Absicht, daß sich das Fenster
+\family sans
+Querverweis
+\family default
+ nicht automatisch schließt, nachdem Sie etwas eingefügt haben.
+ Wer oft und viel mit derartigen Referenzierungen arbeitet, wird es schnell
+ zu schätzen wissen, alle gesetzten Marken für Verweise dauernd parat zu
+ haben.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series bold
+Übung:
+\series default
+ Korrigieren Sie die Querverweise in der Datei
+\family typewriter
+de_beispiel_roh.lyx
+\family default
+.
+\layout Section
+
+Fußnoten und Randnotizen
+\layout Standard
+
+Fußnoten können Sie entweder über den Menüpunkt
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ußnote
+\family default
+ oder über das Symbol in der Werkzeugleiste
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Das Symbol zeigt eine horizontalen Pfeil, der auf einen roten Textblock
+ unterhalb eines schwarzen Textes weist
+\end_inset
+
+ einfügen.
+ Setzen Sie beispielsweise den Cursor hinter das Wort
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+LyX
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ und klicken Sie auf diese Schaltfläche.
+ Unterhalb der aktuellen Cursorposition öffnet sich eine neue, rot umrahmte
+ Zeile, über der in einem kleinen grauen Kästchen das Wort
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Fußnote
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ steht.
+ Geben Sie nun einen Fußnotentext ein, z.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+,
+\end_inset
+
+B.
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+LyX ist eine Textverarbeitung, die den Schriftsatz beherrscht.
+\layout Standard
+
+Klicken Sie dann auf das Wort
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Fußnote
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Die umrahmte Zeile mit der Fußnote verschwindet, es bleibt nur das graue
+ Kästchen an der Stelle, an der das Fußnotenzeichen im Text erscheinen wird.
+ Diesen Vorgang bezeichnet man als
+\emph on
+Zusammenfalten
+\emph default
+ der Fußnote.
+ Sie können die Fußnote natürlich jederzeit mit einem erneuten Klick entfalten
+ und den Text ändern.
+\layout Standard
+
+Vielleicht fragen Sie sich jetzt:
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Warum ist die Markierung für die Fußnote ein Wort und keine Zahl?
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Die Antwort ist: LyX kümmert sich um die korrekte Numerierung der Fußnoten,
+ wenn der Text gesetzt wird.
+ Sie können dies einfach prüfen, indem Sie die
+\family typewriter
+dvi
+\family default
+-Vorschau oder den ausgedruckten Text betrachten.
+ Wenn Sie irgendwo im Text eine Fußnote einfügen, ändert LyX (genauer gesagt,
+ LaTeX) automatisch die Nummern aller nachfolgenden Fußnoten.
+ Es gibt daher keinen Grund, die Numerierung bereits im LyX-Text durchzuführen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Eine Fußnote kann man übrigens auch ausschneiden und kopieren wie gewöhnlichen
+ Text.
+ Sie müssen dazu lediglich die Fußnoten-Markierung selektieren
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Es ist wahrscheinlich einfacher, dies über die Tastatur zu tun, da sich
+ beim Markieren mit der Maus die Fußnote öffnet, wenn Sie
+\emph on
+auf
+\emph default
+ anstatt
+\emph on
+vor
+\emph default
+ die Marke klicken.
+\end_inset
+
+ und sie dann wie gewohnt
+\family sans
+\bar under
+A
+\bar default
+usschneiden
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+\bar under
+K
+\bar default
+opieren
+\family default
+.
+ Sie können auch einfach gewöhnlichen, bereits geschriebenen Text in eine
+ Fußnote umwandeln, indem Sie ihn markieren und dann die Fußnoten-Schaltfläche
+ anklicken.
+ Umgekehrt können Sie eine Fußnote in gewöhnlichen Text zurückwandeln, indem
+ Sie die Schaltfläche anklicken, wenn sich der Cursor in der geöffneten
+ Fußnote befindet.
+\layout Standard
+
+Randnotizen werden über den Menüpunkt
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+R
+\bar default
+andnotiz
+\family default
+ oder das Symbol in der Werkzeug\SpecialChar \-
+leiste
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Das Symbol sollte sich neben dem für die Fußnoten befinden und zeigt einen
+ vertikalen Pfeil, der auf einen roten Textblock rechts neben einem schwarzen
+ Text zeigt.
+\end_inset
+
+ eingefügt.
+ Eine Randnotiz ist fast wie eine Fußnote, mit den folgenden Unterschieden:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Die Markierung innerhalb von LyX ist
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Rand
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ anstelle von
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Fußnote
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Randnotizen erscheinen am Rand neben dem Text, nicht darunter.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Randnotizen sind nicht numeriert.
+\layout Standard
+
+Wandeln Sie die Fußnote zu LyX vom vorigen Beispiel zurück in normalen Text
+ und dann in eine Randnotiz.
+ Aktualisieren Sie die
+\family typewriter
+dvi
+\family default
+-Vorschau um zu sehen, wie eine Randnotiz im Druck aussieht.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series bold
+Übung
+\series default
+: Korrigieren Sie die Fußnoten in der Datei
+\family typewriter
+de_beispiel_roh.lyx
+\family default
+.
+\layout Section
+
+Bibliographie
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:Bibliographie}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Zumindest in den exakten Wissenschaften ist eine Bibliographie in gewisser
+ Weise so etwas wie ein Querverweis.
+ Die Bibliographie besteht aus einer Liste von Referenzen am Ende des Dokumentes
+, auf die vom Dokument aus verwiesen werden kann.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Um Bibliographien im Stile der humanistischen Wissenschaften zu erstellen
+ müssen Sie die Techniken dieses Abschnittes mit Fußnoten kombinieren.
+\end_inset
+
+ Wie auch bei den Kapitelüberschriften vereinfachen LyX und LaTeX die Arbeit
+ mit Bibliographien dadurch, daß die Einträge automatisch numeriert werden
+ und die Zitate entsprechend verändert werden, wenn sich die Numerierung
+ ändert.
+\layout Standard
+
+Gehen Sie zum Ende des Dokumentes und wechseln Sie in den Umgebungstyp
+\family sans
+Literaturliste
+\family default
+.
+ Jeder Absatz, den Sie von jetzt ab eingeben, wird eine Referenz.
+ Geben Sie z.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+,
+\end_inset
+
+B.
+ als erste Referenz ein.
+ Sie werden feststellen, daß LyX automatisch eine Nummer in einem Rahmen
+ vor die Referenz setzt.
+ Klicken Sie auf diese Nummer, und es erscheint die Dialogbox
+\family sans
+Literatureintrag
+\family default
+.
+ Das erste Feld in diesem Dialog,
+\family sans
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+chlüssel
+\family default
+, dient zur Festlegung eines Namens, unter dem die Referenz innerhalb des
+ Textes angesprochen werden kann; voreingestellt ist hier eine Nummer.
+ Ändern Sie diese um in
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+lyxtutorium
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Damit ist es einfacher, den Eintrag zu finden und zuzuordnen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Gehen Sie nun an eine Stelle im Dokument, an dem Sie ein Zitat einfügen
+ wollen.
+ Tun Sie dies über den Menüpunkt
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+Z
+\bar default
+itat
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+ Das Dialogfenster
+\family sans
+Zitat
+\family default
+ wird geöffnet.
+ Das zweite Feld in diesem Fenster,
+\family sans
+Verfügbar
+\family default
+, enthält eine Liste mit den in der Bibliographie vorhandenen Referenzen,
+ aus der Sie auswählen können, indem Sie einen Eintrage anklicken und mit
+ dem Pfeil ins erste Feld
+\family sans
+Ausgewählt
+\family default
+ kopieren.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Aus diesem Grund ist es eine gute Idee, anstelle der Zahlen eindeutige und
+ leicht zuzuordnende Namen für die Referenzen zu vergeben.
+ Es ist dann einfacher, den gewünschten Eintrag in dieser Liste zu finden.
+\end_inset
+
+ Wählen Sie den Eintrag
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+lyxtutorium
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ aus (es sollte der einzige Eintrag in der Bibliographie sein).
+ Ein Blick auf die aktualisierte
+\family typewriter
+dvi
+\family default
+-Vorschau zeigt Ihnen, daß das Zitat in eckigen Klammern erscheint und auf
+ den Eintrag in der Bibliographie am Textende verweist.
+\layout Standard
+
+Und die anderen Felder in den Dialogfenstern? Mit dem Eintrag
+\family sans
+Text\SpecialChar ~
+danach
+\family default
+ im Dialog
+\family sans
+Zitat
+\family default
+ können Sie eine zusätzliche Bemerkung, wie etwa einen Hinweis auf eine
+ besondere Seite im referenzierten Dokument, angeben.
+ Diese wird, durch ein Komma getrennt, nach der eigentlichen Referenz innerhalb
+ der Klammern eingefügt.
+ Wenn Sie Ihre Zitate in einer anderen Form anstelle der Nummern haben wollen
+ (einige Journale verwenden etwa
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+[Smi95]
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+, wenn der Artikel von Smith aus dem Jahr 1995 referenziert wird), können
+ Sie dazu das Feld
+\family sans
+\bar under
+M
+\bar default
+arke
+\family default
+ im Dialog
+\family sans
+Literatur
+\family default
+ verwenden.
+ Näheres hierzu finden Sie im
+\emph on
+Benutzerhandbuch
+\emph default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series bold
+Übung:
+\series default
+Korrigieren Sie Bibliographie und Zitate in der Datei
+\family typewriter
+de_beispiel_roh.lyx
+\family default
+.
+\layout Section
+
+Inhaltsverzeichnis
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX bietet Ihnen eine sehr einfache Möglichkeit, am Anfang Ihres Dokumentes
+ ein Inhaltsverzeichnis einzufügen.
+ Positionieren Sie den Cursor dazu in eine leere Zeile
+\emph on
+vor
+\emph default
+ der ersten Kapitelüberschrift und wählen dann den Menüpunkt
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+isten\SpecialChar ~
+und\SpecialChar ~
+Inhaltsverz.\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+nhaltsverzeichnis
+\family default
+.
+ Der Schriftzug
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Inhaltsverzeichnis
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ erscheint grau unterlegt in Ihrem Dokument.
+\layout Standard
+
+Das erscheint zunächst nicht sehr hilfreich.
+ Wenn Sie nun jedoch die
+\family typewriter
+dvi
+\family default
+-Vorschau betrachten, werden Sie sehen, daß ein vollständiges Inhaltsverzeichnis
+ erstellt wurde, welches die verschiedenen Kapitel und Unterkapitel Ihres
+ Textes mit den zugehörigen Seitenzahlen auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
+führt.
+ Wie in LyX üblich wird dieses Inhaltsverzeichnis automatisch aktualisiert,
+ wenn Sie neue Kapitel einfügen oder Abschnitte umordnen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Innerhalb von LyX selber wird das Inhaltsverzeichnis nicht ausgegeben, denn
+ es wird automatisch erstellt, so daß Sie es sowieso nicht verändern könnten.
+ Sie können das Inhaltsverzeichnis dafür aber in einem zusätzlichen Fenster
+ anzeigen.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Entweder indem Sie auf das eingefügte Symbol klicken, oder -- falls Sie
+ kein Inhaltsverzeichnis eingefügt haben -- über den Menüpunkt
+\family sans
+Ans
+\bar under
+i
+\bar default
+cht\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+nhaltsverzeichnis
+\family default
+.
+\end_inset
+
+ Dieses Fenster ist ungemein hilfreich, denn Sie können damit in Ihrem Dokument
+ navigieren: Klicken Sie auf ein (Unter)kapitel im Fenster
+\family sans
+Inhaltsverzeichnis
+\family default
+, dann wird die entsprechende Zeile hervorgehoben und der Cursor im Textfenster
+ auf den Anfang des betreffenden Kapitels gesetzt.
+ Innerhalb des Inhaltsverzeichnisses können Sie auch mit Hilfe der Cursortasten
+ navigieren.
+ Wer viel in seinem Text herumspringt, wird sich schnell daran gewöhnen,
+ dieses Fenster dauernd geöffnet zu lassen.
+ Darüberhinaus können Sie auch das Menü
+\family sans
+\bar under
+N
+\bar default
+avigieren
+\family default
+ verwenden, um gezielt einzelne Kapitel anzuspringen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Um ein Inhaltsverzeichnis zu löschen, können Sie den Platzhalter ganz einfach
+ markieren und wie jedes gewöhnliche Zeichen löschen.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series bold
+Übung
+\series default
+: Korrigieren Sie das Inhaltsverzeichnis in der Datei
+\family typewriter
+de_beispiel_roh.lyx
+\family default
+.
+\layout Chapter
+
+Der Gebrauch mathematischer Ausdrücke
+\layout Standard
+
+LaTeX wird von vielen Wissenschaftlern benutzt, weil es den Druck erstklassig
+ gesetzter mathematischer Ausdrücke ermöglicht und gleichzeitig bei der
+ Eingabe die Benutzung von Kontrollsequenzen wie bei Textverarbeitungen
+ und ihren Formeleditoren vermieden wird.
+ Viele dieser Wissenschaftler sind jedoch frustriert, weil das Schreiben
+ mathematischer Ausdrücke in LaTeX mehr einer Programmierung als Textverarbeitun
+g gleicht.
+ Glücklicherweise bietet LyX dafür WYSIWYM-Unterstützung.
+ Wenn man es gewohnt ist, mit LaTeX zu arbeiten, dann wird man bemerken,
+ daß alle gebräuchlichen mathematischen LaTeX-Befehle wie gewohnt eingegeben
+ werden können, doch in LyX werden sie in einer WYSIWYM-Art auch angezeigt!
+ Andererseits ermöglicht die Tafel der Mathematiksymbole
+\family sans
+,
+\family default
+daß man professionell aussehende mathematische Ausdrücke schnell und leicht
+ schreiben kann, auch wenn man noch nie LaTeX benutzt hat.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX kann leider nicht prüfen, ob die Formeln, die man schreibt, wirklich
+
+\emph on
+korrekt
+\emph default
+sind.
+
+\emph on
+ Das wäre ja auch zu schön, um wahr zu sein\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Section
+
+Der Mathematik-Modus
+\layout Standard
+
+Schreibe Sie irgendwo in Ihrem LyX-Dokument:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+Ich liebe, was Einstein sagte, E=mc^2, weil es so einfach ist.
+\layout Standard
+
+Nun, diese Gleichung sieht nicht gut aus, auch nicht in der
+\family typewriter
+dvi
+\family default
+-Vorschau; da ist kein Abstand zwischen den Buchstaben und dem Gleichheitszeiche
+n, und man möchte die
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+2
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ auch wirklich hochgestellt haben.
+ Dieser schlechte Schriftsatz ist das Ergebnis, weil wir LyX nicht gesagt
+ haben, daß wir einen mathematischen Ausdruck schreiben wollen, die Gleichung
+ wird folglich wie gewöhnlicher Text gesetzt.
+\layout Standard
+
+Mathematische Ausdrücke werden im Mathematik-Editor geschrieben, auch bekannt
+ als Mathe\SpecialChar \-
+matik-Modus.
+ Um in den Mathematik-Modus zu kommen, müssen Sie nur den blau beschrifteten
+ Schalter
+\begin_inset Formula $\frac{a+b}{c}$
+\end_inset
+
+ in der Werkzeugleiste anklicken.
+ LyX öffnet dann ein kleines blaues Quadrat, welches von einem purpurroten
+ Rechteck umrahmt wird.
+ Das blaue Quadrat ist ein
+\emph on
+Einfügepunkt
+\emph default
+, der anzeigt, daß der Mathematik-Editor darauf wartet, daß etwas eingegeben
+ wird.
+ Das Rechteck zeigt an, daß man im Mathematik-Editor ist.
+ LyX plaziert den Cursor in dem blauen Quadrat; geben Sie nun nochmals die
+ Formel
+\family typewriter
+E=mc^2
+\family default
+ ein.
+ Der Ausdruck wird in blauer Farbe angezeigt, und das blaue Quadrat verschwindet
+, sobald der Einfügepunkt nicht leer ist.
+ Nun drücken Sie
+\family sans
+Esc
+\family default
+, um den Mathematik-Editor zu verlassen (Merke: Ein nochmaliges Klicken
+ auf den Mathematikschalter schließt den Mathematik-Editor
+\emph on
+nicht
+\emph default
+).
+ Das purpurrote Rechteck verschwindet, der Cursor ist rechts neben dem Ausdruck.
+ Wenn jetzt etwas geschrieben wird, dann wird es wieder normaler Text.
+\layout Standard
+
+Nun kann ein LaTeX-Lauf gestartet und das Ergebnis angesehen und untersucht
+ werden.
+ Hierbei können Sie sehen, daß der Ausdruck jetzt ansehnlich gesetzt wird,
+ mit Abstand zwischen den Buchstaben und dem Gleichheitszeichen und einer
+ hochgestellten
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+2
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Im Mathematik-Modus wird angenommen, daß Buchstaben Variablen sind, die
+ dann kursiv erscheinen.
+ Bei Zahlen wird die Schriftart nicht verändert.
+\layout Standard
+
+Der Mathematik-Editor ist ein anderes Beispiel für die WYSIWYM-Philosophie.
+ In LaTeX beschreibt man mathematische Ausdrücke als Texte und Befehle wie
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+sqrt
+\family default
+; dies kann frustrierend sein, weil man nicht sehen kann, wie ein Ausdruck
+ gesetzt wird, bis man nicht einige LaTeX-Läufe gestartet und viel Zeit
+ beim Finden von fehlenden Klammern und anderen Fehlern verbracht hat.
+ Andererseits versucht LyX nicht, den Ausdruck perfekt aussehen zu lassen
+ (WYSIWYG), doch es gibt einen sehr guten Eindruck, wie der Ausdruck aussehen
+ wird.
+ LaTeX sorgt für den professionellen Textsatz.
+ In 99% aller Fälle braucht man keine Veränderungen an den Zeichensatzgrößen
+ oder den Abständen bei der LaTeX-Ausgabe zu machen.
+ So kann man sich vollkommen auf den
+\emph on
+Inhalt
+\emph default
+ mathematischer Ausdrücke konzentrieren und muß sich nicht mit deren Formatierun
+g beschäftigen.
+\layout Section
+
+In Gleichungen bewegen
+\layout Standard
+
+Nun ist
+\begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{2}$
+\end_inset
+
+ in
+\begin_inset Formula $E=1+mc^{2}$
+\end_inset
+
+ zu verwandeln.
+ Hierzu müssen Sie die Pfeiltasten benutzen, um den Cursor in den Ausdruck
+ hineinzubewegen.
+ Wenn Sie im Ausdruck angekommen sind werden Sie sehen, daß das purpurrote
+ Rechteck erscheint, das anzeigt, daß Sie sich im Mathematik-Editor befinden.
+ Verwenden Sie nun die
+\begin_inset Formula $\leftarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+- und die
+\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+-Taste, um den Cursor hinter das Gleichheitszeichen zu bekommen, und geben
+ Sie
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+1+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ ein.
+ Danach kommen Sie mit den Pfeiltasten oder
+\family sans
+Esc
+\family default
+ aus dem Ausdruck heraus, und das purpurrote Rechteck verschwindet wieder.
+ Viele Leute finden die Pfeiltastenbenutzung bequemer, aber man kann auch
+ irgendwo mit der Maus in den Ausdruck klicken, wodurch der Cursor gesetzt
+ und der Mathematikeditor gestartet wird.
+\layout Standard
+
+Außer bei den weiter unten beschriebenen speziellen Tasten ist Schreiben
+ im Mathematikeditor wie Editieren von normalem Text:
+\family sans
+Entf
+\family default
+ (oder
+\family sans
+Backspace
+\family default
+) werden gebraucht, um Dinge zu löschen, Text wird entweder mit den Pfeiltasten
+ oder der Maus selektiert,
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+R
+\bar default
+ückgängig
+\family default
+funktioniert auch im Mathematik-Modus, ebenso wie
+\family sans
+\bar under
+A
+\bar default
+usschneiden
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen.
+
+\family default
+ Doch Vorsicht ist geboten! Wenn Sie rechts außerhalb eines Ausdruckes im
+ Mathematikeditor
+\family sans
+Entf
+\family default
+ (oder
+\family sans
+Backspace
+\family default
+) drücken, wird der ganze Ausdruck gelöscht.
+ Glücklicherweise können Sie aber alles mit
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+R
+\bar default
+ückgängig
+\family default
+ zurückholen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Was ist zu tun, um
+\begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{2}$
+\end_inset
+
+ in
+\begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{2.5}+1$
+\end_inset
+
+ umzuändern? Wieder können Sie mit der Maus den richtigen Ort anklicken,
+ jedoch können Sie auch die Pfeiltasten benutzen.
+ Wenn der Cursor genau nach dem
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+c
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ und vor der
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+2
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ ist, hebt die
+\begin_inset Formula $\uparrow$
+\end_inset
+
+-Taste den Cursor auf die Ebene der Exponenten, genau vor die
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+2
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Nach der Eingabe der
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+.5
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ bringt
+\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+ den Cursor wieder auf die normale Eingabeebene zurück.
+ Egal wo sich der Cursor im Exponenten befunden hat, mit der
+\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+-Taste wird er immer auf die Basislinie
+\emph on
+nach
+\emph default
+ dem Exponenten gesetzt, Sie können also sofort mit der Eingabe des
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
++1
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ fortfahren.
+\layout Standard
+
+Auch die Leertaste können Sie zur Positionierung in mathematischen Gleichungen
+ verwenden: Wenn sich der Cursor innerhalb einer Struktur im Mathematik-Editor
+ befindet (Exponenten, Indizes, Brüche, Quadratwurzeln, Begrenzungen, Matrizen
+ und alles weitere, was in den folgenden Abschnitten beschrieben wird),
+ bewirkt die Leertaste, daß der Cursor
+\emph on
+hinter
+\emph default
+ diese Struktur gesetzt wird, ohne dabei den Mathematik-Modus zu beenden.
+ So können Sie beispielsweise die Gleichung
+\begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{1+x}-2$
+\end_inset
+
+ eingeben, ohne dazu die Maus oder die Pfeiltasten verwenden zu müssen.
+ Geben Sie am Ende des Exponenten einfach ein Leerzeichen ein, und der Cursor
+ wird auf die Basislinie zurückgesetzt, wo Sie mit der Eingabe fortfahren
+ können.
+ Aus diesem Grund müssen Sie bei der Eingabe darauf achten, daß Sie nicht
+ im Exponenten zwischen der
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+1
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ und dem Plus-Zeichen die Leertaste drücken, da Sie dadurch den Exponenten
+ unbeabsichtigt verlassen würden.
+ In Fällen, wo diese Aktion keinen Sinn macht, bewirkt das Leerzeichen
+\family sans
+
+\family default
+rein gar nichts.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Leerzeichen
+\family default
+und
+\family sans
+Tabs
+\family default
+ werden
+\series bold
+nicht
+\series default
+ dazu gebraucht, um Extra-Leerzeichen zwischen Teilen einer Gleichung zu
+ machen.
+ Die Abstände werden von LyX (LaTeX) berechnet (siehe Abschnitt\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{Abs:Leerzeichen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ Wenn Sie mit dem Ergebnis nicht völlig zufrieden sind, gibt das
+\emph on
+Benutzerhandbuch
+\emph default
+ Tips zur Feinabstimmung beim Satz.
+ Doch darum sollten Sie sich erst kümmern, wenn der ganze Text geschrieben
+ ist.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Sie mathematische Ausdrücke schreiben und mit
+\family sans
+Esc
+\family default
+ den Mathematik-Modus verlassen ist zu beachten, daß (normalerweise) kein
+ Leerzeichen nach dem Ausdruck gesetzt wird.
+ Das ist gut, wenn ein Punkt oder ein Komma folgt; wenn Sie aber ein Wort
+ nach einer Formel schreiben möchten, dann müssen Sie explizit ein Leerzeichen
+ eingeben.
+\layout Standard
+
+Damit Sie nicht aus Versehen
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $f=ma$
+\end_inset
+
+ist meine liebste Gleichung
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ anstelle von
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $f=ma$
+\end_inset
+
+ ist meine liebste Gleichung
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ schreiben, gibt es eine kleine Besonderheit: Befindet sich der Cursor wirklich
+ am Ende eines Ausdruckes im Mathematik-Editor, dann genügt als Abkürzung
+ das Drücken der
+\family sans
+ Leerzeichen
+\family default
+-Taste, um den Mathematikeditor zu verlassen
+\emph on
+und
+\emph default
+ ein Leerzeichen zu setzen.
+\layout Section
+
+Exponenten und Indizes
+\layout Standard
+
+Ein Exponent kann über das Menü
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+onderzeichen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+uperscript
+\family default
+ eingegeben werden, doch es ist wirklich einfacher, die
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+^
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+-Taste zu verwenden.
+ LyX plaziert dann den Eingabepunkt (das blaue Quadrat) in der Exponentenebene.
+ Alles, was Sie jetzt eingeben, wird hierhin geschrieben, und das in einer
+ kleineren Zeichensatzgröße.
+ Bis Sie die
+\family sans
+Leerzeichen
+\family default
+- oder die
+\family sans
+Esc
+\family default
+-Taste (um den Mathematikeditor vollkommen zu verlassen) drücken, erscheint
+ alles als Exponent.
+\layout Standard
+
+Das Schreiben von Indizes ist genauso leicht.
+ Verwenden Sie den Unterstrich
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+_
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+, um in die Index-Ebene zu wechseln.
+ Indizes und Exponenten können übrigens auch selber wieder mit Index oder
+ Exponent versehen werden:
+\begin_inset Formula $A_{a_{0}+b^{2}}+C^{a_{0}+b^{2}}$
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series bold
+Übung:
+\series default
+ Schreiben Sie die Gleichung 1 von
+\family typewriter
+de_beispiel_roh.lyx
+\family default
+ im Mathematik-Modus.
+\layout Section
+
+Die Tafel der Mathematiksymbole
+\layout Standard
+
+Mit der Tafel der Mathematiksymbole ist ein bequemer Weg gegeben, um mathematisc
+he Symbole per Mausklick einzugeben oder komplizierte Funktionen im Mathematiked
+itor durchzuführen.
+ Viele davon können Sie auch über die Tastatur oder das
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen
+\family default
+-Menü aufrufen, an dieser Stelle konzentrieren wir uns aber auf den Gebrauch
+ der Symboltafel, damit Sie lernen, wie sie benutzt werden kann.
+ Tastaturkontrollsequenzen können Sie später aus anderen Anleitungen lernen
+ (ein Wink mit dem Zaunpfahl\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+).
+ Öffnen Sie deshalb jetzt die Symboltafel über den Menüpunkt
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+M
+\bar default
+athe\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+M
+\bar default
+athe\SpecialChar ~
+Kontrollfläche
+\family default
+ und lassen Sie sie während des Lesens des Kapitels geöffnet.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Griechische Buchstaben und Symbole
+\layout Standard
+
+Über die
+\family sans
+ Mathe\SpecialChar ~
+Kontrollfläche
+\family default
+ können viele in der Mathematik benutzte Symbole ausgewählt werden: verschiedene
+ Pfeile, Relationen, Operatoren, Summen, Integrale, usw.
+ Exponenten und Indizes wurden bereits erwähnt: bei Summen und Integralen
+ verwendet man sie für untere und obere Grenzen.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Quadratwurzeln, Akzente und Klammern
+\layout Standard
+
+Klicken Sie auf den Schalter mit dem Quadratwurzelzeichen, um eine solche
+ einzugeben.
+ Der Cursor wird automatisch unter das Wurzelzeichen gesetzt (zunächst sehen
+ Sie dort das blaue Quadrat als Platzhalter), hier können Sie den Radikanden
+ eingeben.
+ LyX paßt die Größe der Wurzel automatisch dem Inhalt an.
+\layout Standard
+
+Eine Variable (
+\begin_inset Formula $\overrightarrow{v}$
+\end_inset
+
+) oder einen Term (
+\begin_inset Formula $\overrightarrow{a+b}$
+\end_inset
+
+) z.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+,
+\end_inset
+
+B.
+ mit einem Pfeil zu versehen, wird genauso gemacht.
+ Sie müssen auf der
+\family sans
+Mathe\SpecialChar ~
+Kontrollfläche
+\family default
+ unter
+\family sans
+Symbole
+\family default
+
+\family sans
+Rahmen-Dekorationen
+\family default
+ auswählen und auf eins der Symbole klicken.
+ Durch einen Klick auf ein Symbol wird LyX das ausgewählte und einen Einfügepunk
+t darunter (bzw.\SpecialChar ~
+darüber) anzeigen.
+ Dort kann das Gewünschte eingefügt und mit der
+\family sans
+Leertaste
+\family default
+die Dekoration verlassen werden.
+ Es gibt zwei Gruppen Dekorationen: die der oberen Gruppe (mit den etwas
+ größeren Schaltern) passen ihre Größe automatisch an den eingefügten Text
+ an; die der unteren Gruppe haben eine feste Größe und sind vorrangig für
+ einzelne Buchstaben gedacht.
+\layout Standard
+
+Gruppensymbole wie Trennungsstriche, Klammern und Pfeile werden ähnlich,
+ jedoch etwas komplizierter gehandhabt.
+ Hierzu ist der Knopf mit dem blauen Quadrat umgeben von rechteckigen Klammern
+ anzuklicken.
+ Nun muß auf einen linken Begrenzer mit dem
+\emph on
+linken Mausknopf
+\emph default
+und auf einen rechten Begrenzer mit dem
+\emph on
+rechten Mausknopf
+\emph default
+ geklickt werden gleichen.
+ Wenn Sie links und rechts die zugehörige Klammer haben wollen, können Sie
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+Z
+\bar default
+usammengehörige\SpecialChar ~
+Trennzeichen
+\family default
+ aktivieren und müssen nur eine Klammer anklicken.
+\layout Standard
+
+Die aktuelle Auswahl der Begrenzungssymbole wird unter den Wahlmöglichkeiten
+ angezeigt.
+ Die Voreinstellung sind ein paar runde Klammern, doch mit der allgemeingültigen
+ Auswahl kann man ein Paar Klammern oder auch Trennungsszeichen setzen,
+ oder auch mit dem leeren Quadrat etwas wie
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $a=\left\langle 7\right.$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ bekommen (der leere Begrenzer wird in LyX als schwarze, gebrochene Linie
+ angezeigt, aber er erscheint nicht im Ausdruck).
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn die Begrenzer ausgewählt sind, dann werden sie durch einen Mausklick
+ auf
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen
+\family default
+in den Text eingefügt.
+ Aus Bequemlichkeit könnten Sie auch normale Klammern verwenden.
+ Doch diese besonderen Begrenzer haben einen großen Vorteil: Sie passen
+ ihre Größe automatisch an den
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Inhalt
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ an, beispielsweise, wenn sie einen Bruch umschließen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Sie können auch bereits geschriebene Formeln oder sonstige Ausdrücke mit
+ diesen Begrenzern und Dekorationen versehen.
+ Markieren Sie diese dazu und wählen Sie dann die gewünschten Symbole aus
+ dem Menü aus.
+ Versuchen Sie doch einmal, so die Gleichung
+\begin_inset Formula $f=ma$
+\end_inset
+
+ in ihre vektorielle Form
+\begin_inset Formula $\overrightarrow{f}=m\overrightarrow{a}$
+\end_inset
+
+ umzuschreiben.
+ Auch lassen sich so Matrizen mit (passenden) Klammern einschließen.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Brüche
+\layout Standard
+
+Brüche sind mit dem Mathematik-Editor einfach.
+ Sie müssen lediglich den
+\family sans
+Brüche
+\family default
+-Schalter im Fenster
+\family sans
+Mathe\SpecialChar ~
+Kontrollfläche
+\family default
+ anklicken, und ein Bruch mit blauen Quadraten im Zähler und Nenner erscheint.
+ LyX schreibt zwei Einfügepunkte in den Bruch.
+ Wie zu erwarten, können Sie die Pfeiltasten und die Maus dazu benutzen,
+ um sich im Bruch zu bewegen.
+ Wenn Sie so das obere Quadrat auswählen, dort eine
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+1
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ einfügen, dann
+\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+ drücken und
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+2
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ schreiben, haben Sie bereits Ihren ersten einfachen Bruch geschrieben.
+ Natürlich können Sie auch beliebige andere Ausdrücke in die zwei Quadrate
+ schreiben: Variablen mit Exponenten, Quadratwurzeln, andere Brüche, usw.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series bold
+Übung:
+\series default
+ Schreiben Sie die Gleichung 2 von
+\family typewriter
+de_beispiel_roh.lyx
+\family default
+ im Mathematik-Modus.
+\layout Subsection
+
+TeX-Modus: Grenzwerte, Logarithmen, Trigonometrische Funktionen und anderes
+\layout Standard
+
+Weil Buchstaben im Mathematikmodus als Variablen behandelt werden, würde
+ LyX
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+sin
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ im Mathematik-Modus als das Produkt der Variablen
+\begin_inset Formula $s$
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Formula $i$
+\end_inset
+
+ und
+\begin_inset Formula $n$
+\end_inset
+
+ interpretieren.
+ Die drei Buchstaben werden in Kursivschrift gesetzt, doch eigentlich möchte
+ man das Wort
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+sin
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ in Roman gesetzt bekommen.
+ Außerdem ist da kein Abstand zwischen dem Wort
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+sin
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ und dem
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+x
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ -- Sie erinnern sich, wenn Sie versuchen, ein Leerzeichen einzugeben, verlassen
+ Sie den Mathematik-Modus.
+ Aber wie bekommt man dann
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\sin x$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ anstatt
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $sinx$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+?
+\layout Standard
+
+Wählen Sie dazu im Kasten
+\family sans
+Funktionen
+\family default
+ im Dialogfeld
+\family sans
+Mathe\SpecialChar ~
+Kontrollfläche
+\family default
+ den Eintrag
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+sin
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ aus.
+ Das Wort
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+sin
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ wird dann in schwarz und in der normalen Roman-Schriftart (Sie kennen das
+ als LaTeX-Modus) in Ihren Text eingefügt.
+ Das ganze Wort wird als
+\emph on
+ein
+\emph default
+ Symbol behandelt, wenn Sie also nun
+\family sans
+Backspace
+\family default
+ drücken würden, würde das ganze Wort gelöscht.
+ Nun geben Sie
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+x
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ ein, dieses wird wie gewohnt blau und kursiv angezeigt.
+ In der
+\family typewriter
+dvi
+\family default
+-Vorschau sehen Sie nun den Ausdruck in seiner ganzen Schönheit, versuchen
+ Sie es!
+\layout Standard
+
+Andere Kommandos, die im TeX-Modus über die
+\family sans
+ Funktionen-
+\family default
+Listenauswahl eingefügt werden müssen, sind andere trigonometrische Funktionen
+ und deren Inverse, hyperbolische Funktionen, Logarithmen, Grenzwerte und
+ eine Menge weiterer Funktionen.
+ Diese Funktionen können auch mit Exponenten und Indizes versehen werden,
+ was etwa zum Schreiben von
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\cos^{2}\theta$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ oder
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\lim_{n\rightarrow\infty}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ wichtig ist.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series bold
+Übung:
+\series default
+ Schreiben Sie die Gleichung 3 von
+\family typewriter
+de_beispiel_roh.lyx
+\family default
+ im Mathematik-Modus.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Matrizen
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:Matrizen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Um eine Matrix zu erstellen, klicken Sie auf den Schalter mit den neun kleinen
+ Kästchen im Dialogfeld
+\family sans
+Mathe\SpecialChar ~
+Kontrollfläche
+\family default
+.
+ In einem kleinen Fenster können Sie nun die gewünschte Anzahl an Zeilen
+ und Spalten einstellen, wählen Sie beispielsweise 2 Zeilen und 3 Spalten.
+ LyX zeigt dann 6 Einfügepunkte an, die in einer
+\begin_inset Formula $2\times3$
+\end_inset
+
+-Matrix angeordnet sind.
+ Wie gewohnt können Sie an diesen Stellen jede Art von mathematischen Ausdrücken
+ einfügen, wie etwa Wurzeln, Brüche oder sogar weitere Matrizen.
+ Sie können auch einzelne Felder ganz leer lassen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Um sich waagrecht zwischen den Spalten einer Matrix bewegen, können Sie
+ die
+\family sans
+Tab-
+\family default
+Taste benutzen.
+ Alternativ können Sie auch die Pfeiltasten verwenden, um sich in der ganzen
+ Matrix zu bewegen --- ein Druck auf die
+\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+-Taste am Ende eines Eingabepunktes bewegt den Cursor zum nächsten Eingabepunkt
+ in der Zeile, beim Druck auf die
+\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+-Taste wird er in die nächste Zeile gesetzt.
+\layout Standard
+
+Falls Sie zu einem späteren Zeitpunkt weitere Zeilen oder Spalten in der
+ Matrix benötigen können Sie das über die Menüpunkte
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+M
+\bar default
+athe\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Zeile/Spalte\SpecialChar ~
+anfügen
+\family default
+ tun (sie werden unter/rechts von der aktuellen Cursorposition eingefügt);
+ ebenso können überzählige mit
+\family sans
+Zeile/Spalte\SpecialChar ~
+löschen
+\family default
+ aus demselben Menü entfernt werden.
+\layout Standard
+
+Im
+\emph on
+Benutzerhandbuch
+\emph default
+ stehen weitere Informationen, wie Sie die horizontale Ausrichtung jeder
+ Spalte sowie die senkrechte Anordnung in der ganzen Matrix verändern können.
+ Wenn Sie beabsichtigen, eine Matrix zu erstellen, die hauptsächlich Text
+ enthält, sollten Sie aber auf den hervorragenden Tabellen-Modus von LyX
+ zurückgreifen.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Abgesetzte Formeln
+\layout Standard
+
+Alle Ausdrücke, die bisher beschrieben wurden, standen in der gleichen Zeile
+ wie der Text davor oder danach.
+ Dies bezeichnet man als
+\emph on
+eingefügte
+\emph default
+ oder
+\emph on
+inline-Formeln
+\emph default
+.
+ Dies ist ausreichend für kurze und einfache Ausdrücke; wenn Sie jedoch
+ umfangreichere Formeln schreiben wollen und diese vom eigentlichen Text
+ zur besseren Sichtbarkeit etwas getrennt stehen sollen, müssen Sie diese
+ im Modus für
+\emph on
+abgesetzte Formeln
+\emph default
+ schreiben.
+ Außerdem können auch nur abgesetzte Ausdrücke benannt und numeriert werden
+ (siehe
+\emph on
+Benutzerhandbuch
+\emph default
+) oder mehrzeilige Gleichungen enthalten (siehe Kapitel\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:gl-systeme}
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+\layout Standard
+
+Klicken Sie auf den
+\family sans
+Anzeige
+\family default
+-Schalter im Dialogfeld
+\family sans
+Mathe\SpecialChar ~
+Kontrollfläche
+\family default
+(ein blaues Quadrat mit je zwei Strichen darüber und darunter).
+ LyX öffnet einen Einfügepunkt, doch dieser befindet sich in einer neuen
+ Zeile und wird zentriert gesetzt.
+ Wenn Sie nun einen mathematischen Ausdruck einfügen und einen LaTeX-Lauf
+ starten, können Sie das Ergebnis begutachten.
+ Dieser Modus stellt übrigens eine Umschaltung dar, die durch erneutes Klicken
+ rückgängig gemacht werden kann: Befindet sich der Cursor in einer solchen
+ abgesetzten Formel, wandelt ein Klick auf den
+\family sans
+Anzeige
+\family default
+-Schalter diese in eine gewöhnliche Inline-Formel um und umgekehrt.
+ Versuchen Sie es doch einfach einmal.
+\layout Standard
+
+Der Modus für abgesetzte Formeln hat einige Unterschiede im Vergleich zum
+ normalen Formelmodus:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Der Standard-Zeichensatz ist für einige Symbole wie
+\begin_inset Formula $\sum$
+\end_inset
+
+ und
+\begin_inset Formula $\int$
+\end_inset
+
+ größer
+\layout Itemize
+
+Exponenten und Indizes für Grenzwerte und Summen (aber nicht Integrale)
+ werden unter bzw.\SpecialChar ~
+über und nicht neben die Symbole geschrieben
+\layout Itemize
+
+Der Text ist zentriert
+\layout Standard
+
+Bis auf diese Unterschiede sind abgesetzte und eingefügte Formeln sehr ähnlich.
+\layout Standard
+
+Eine abschließende Bemerkung ist noch hinsichtlich des Buchstabensatzes
+ bei abgesetzten Gleichungen zu machen: Überlegen Sie sich genau, ob Sie
+ eine Gleichung in einen neuen Absatz setzen oder nicht.
+ Ist die Gleichung in der Mitte eines Satzes oder Absatzes, dann sollten
+ Sie nicht
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ drücken.
+ Wenn Sie es doch tut, dann wird der Text
+\emph on
+nach
+\emph default
+ der Gleichung in einen neuen Absatz verschoben, was aller Wahrscheinlichkeit
+ nicht gewünscht ist.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series bold
+Übung:
+\series default
+ Setzen Sie die verschiedenen Gleichungen in
+\family typewriter
+de_beispiel_roh.lyx
+\family default
+ in den absetzten Anzeigemodus und sehen Sie sich an, wie sich der Schriftsatz
+ verändert.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series bold
+Übung:
+\series default
+ Verwenden Sie die in diesem Abschnitt vorgestellten Methoden, um folgende
+ Gleichung zu schreiben:
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula \[
+f(x)=\left\{ \begin{array}{cc}
+\log_{8}x & x>0\\
+0 & x=0\\
+\sum_{i=1}^{5}\alpha_{i}+\sqrt{-\frac{1}{x}} & x<0\end{array}\right.\]
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Section
+
+Mehrzeilige Gleichungen
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:gl-systeme}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Versuchen Sie doch einmal, zwei zusammengehörende Gleichungen wie die folgenden
+ zu schreiben, und sehen Sie sich das Ergebnis in der
+\family typewriter
+dvi
+\family default
+-Vorschau an.
+ Sie werden dazu zwei getrennte Formeln im abgesetzten Modus schreiben müssen.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula \[
+x=y+y+y+y+y\]
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula \[
+=5y\]
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Das Ergebnis sieht überhaupt nicht gut aus! Wenn man zwei oder mehrere Gleichung
+en erfolgreich setzen möchte, dann sieht es viel besser aus, wenn die Gleichheit
+szeichen untereinander stehen; dies ist besonders wichtig, wenn in der zweiten
+ Gleichung keine linke Seite vorhanden ist.
+ LyX ermöglicht das Schreiben von mehrzeilige Gleichungen mit einigen Kontrollmö
+glichkeiten hinsichtlich der Ausrichtung:
+\begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
+x & = & y+y+y+y+y\\
+ & = & 5y\end{eqnarray*}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Dies sieht doch
+\emph on
+viel
+\emph default
+ besser aus! Die Gleichheitszeichen stehen untereinander, und es ist viel
+ weniger Platz zwischen den Gleichungen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Um mehrzeilige Gleichungen zu schreiben, müssen Sie eine abgesetzten Formel
+ öffnen und
+\family sans
+Strg+Return
+\family default
+ drücken oder den Menüpunkt
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+M
+\bar default
+athe\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+qnarray\SpecialChar ~
+Umgebung
+\family default
+ anwählen.
+ LyX zeigt dann zwei Zeilen mit jeweils drei leeren Einfügepunkten an.
+ Dies ist eine mehrzeilige Formel mit einer Zeile.
+ Enttäuscht? Drücken Sie erneut
+\family sans
+Strg+Return
+\family default
+ oder verwenden Sie
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+M
+\bar default
+athe\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Zeile\SpecialChar ~
+an
+\bar under
+f
+\bar default
+ügen
+\family default
+ um eine weitere derartige Zeile zu erzeugen.
+ Mit diesem Wissen sollten Sie die obigen, mehrzeiligen Gleichungen reproduziere
+n können.
+ Zu beachten ist auch, daß es durchaus erlaubt ist, einen oder mehrere Einfügepu
+nkte leer zu lassen.
+ Dies kann sowohl bei dem obigen Beispiel als auch bei einer aufgeteilten,
+ sehr langen Gleichung sinnvoll sein:
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Sie sich das Ergebnis ansehen, werden Sie feststellen daß der Abstand
+ nach dem ersten Pluszeichen zu gering ist.
+ Dies ist einer der seltenen Fälle, in denen LaTeX versagt und Sie die Abstände
+ von Hand anpassen müssen.
+ Mehr dazu im
+\emph on
+Benutzerhandbuch
+\emph default
+.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
+x & = & a+b+c+d\\
+ & & +e+f+g\end{eqnarray*}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX bringt das zweite (zentrale) Feld jeder Reihe in eine Linie, so das
+ man gewöhnlich das Gleichheits- oder Relationszeichen in dieses Feld setzt;
+ man kann natürlich auch andere Zeichen dort einsetzen.
+ Doch sollten Sie keine mehrzeilige Gleichungen verwenden, um Felder zu
+ drucken; hierfür bieten sich Matrizen an (siehe Abschnitt\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:Matrizen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Sie weitere Zeilen in Ihrem Gleichungssystem benötigen, drücken Sie
+ einfach ein weiteres mal
+\family sans
+Strg+Return
+\family default
+, und eine weitere Reihe mit drei Einfügepunkten erscheint.
+ Falls sich der Cursor dabei nicht am Ende einer Zeile befand, wird alles,
+ was in dieser Zeile hinter dem Cursor stand, in die nächste Zeile verschoben.
+ Wenn Sie bereits eine (normale, einteilige) Gleichung geschrieben haben
+ und dann an deren Ende
+\family sans
+Strg+Return
+\family default
+ drücken, wird die gesamte Gleichung in das erste Feld gesetzt.
+ Positionieren Sie in diesem Fall den Cursor vor das Gleichheitszeichen
+ und drücken Sie
+\family sans
+Strg+Tab
+\family default
+, dadurch wird alles hinter dem Cursor in das nächste Feld verschoben.
+ Wiederholen Sie das mit dem Teil nach dem Gleichheitszeichen, um ihn in
+ das rechte Feld zu verschieben.
+ Versuchen Sie als Übung, die Gleichung
+\begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{2}$
+\end_inset
+
+ in
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
+E & = & mc^{2}\\
+ & = & mc\times c\end{eqnarray*}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+umzuschreiben.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+KDE-Benutzer können diese Übung leider nicht nachvollziehen, da mit
+\family sans
+Strg+Tab
+\family default
+ zwischen den einzelnen KDE-Bildschirmen umgeschaltet wird.
+ In diesem Falle müßte die erste Gleichungsreihe neu geschrieben werden.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Falls Sie überzählige Zeilen angelegt haben können Sie diese mit
+\family sans
+Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Mathe\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Zeile\SpecialChar ~
+lösc
+\bar under
+h
+\bar default
+en
+\family default
+ entfernen.
+ Alternativ können Sie auch den Cursor an das Ende der vorangehenden Zeile
+ positionieren und
+\family sans
+Strg+K
+\family default
+ drücken.
+ Dadurch wird der Inhalt der drei Eingabebereiche der folgenden Zeile zusammen
+ an die aktuelle Zeile angefügt; ist die nächste Zeile leer wird sie also
+ einfach gelöscht.
+ Befindet sich der Cursor nicht am Zeilenende wird alles bis zum Zeilenende
+ gelöscht.
+ Diese Tastenkombination
+\family sans
+Strg+K
+\family default
+ ist übrigens nicht spezifisch für den Mathematiksatz --- dieses Löschen
+ bis zum Zeilenende funktioniert in allen Umgebungen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Und noch ein letzter Hinweis: Zu mehrzeiligen Gleichungen gäbe es noch viel
+ zu sagen.
+ Insbesondere haben wir hier die vielen Punkte im Menü
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+M
+\bar default
+athe
+\family default
+, die mit
+\family sans
+AMS
+\family default
+ beginnen, nicht erläutert.
+ Die American Mathematical Society war mit einigen Dingen, wie LaTeX mehrzeilige
+ Gleichungen behandelt, nicht zufrieden und hat deswegen eine eigene Sammlung
+ von Befehlen erstellt, um das besser zu machen.
+ Wollen Sie sie verwenden? Dann ziehen Sie bitte das
+\emph on
+Benutzerhandbuch
+\emph default
+ zu Rate.
+\layout Section
+
+Weitere mathematische Sachen
+\layout Standard
+
+Der Mathematik-Editor hat noch viel weitreichendere Fähigkeiten, bislang
+ haben Sie nur die Grundlagen kennengelernt.
+ Im
+\emph on
+Benutzerhandbuch
+\emph default
+ finden Sie dann Anleitungen zu den folgenden Themenbereichen:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Beschriften und Numerieren von Ausdrücken.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Wechseln von Zeichenattributen, z.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+,
+\end_inset
+
+B.
+ um fetten Text in einem Ausdruck zu schreiben.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Feineinstellung von Zeichensatzgrößen und Abständen innerhalb eines Ausdruckes.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Schreiben von Makros.
+ Diese sind sehr mächtig, weil man sie einmal am Anfang des Dokumentes definiert
+ und dann immer wieder anwenden kann.
+ Wenn man die Makrodefinition verändert, dann ändert sich der Bezug zum
+ Makro auch innerhalb des ganzen Dokumentes.
+ Es ist sogar Möglich, Makros mit Parameters zu schreiben.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Viele andere Dinge, für die kein Platz in diesem
+\emph on
+Tutorium
+\emph default
+ist.
+\layout Chapter
+
+Vermischtes
+\layout Section
+
+Andere wichtige LyX-Merkmale
+\layout Standard
+
+Wir haben noch lange nicht alle möglichen Befehle vorgestellt, die LyX kennt,
+ dies ist auch nicht geplant, denn dafür ist das
+\emph on
+Benutzerhandbuch
+\emph default
+ da.
+ Deshalb sollen hier nur ein paar der wichtigsten Fähigkeiten von LyX kurz
+ erwähnt werden\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+LyX unterstützt WYSIWYG-Tabellen.
+ Mit der Auswahl
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+abelle\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\family default
+ legen Sie eine Tabelle an.
+ Klicken Sie nun mit dem
+\emph on
+rechten Mausknopf
+\emph default
+ in die Tabelle, um den Dialog
+\family sans
+Tabelle\SpecialChar ~
+bearbeiten
+\family default
+ zu öffnen.
+ Hier können umfangreiche Einstellungen einfach vorgenommen werden.
+\layout Itemize
+
+LyX erlaubt die einfache Einbindung von Abbildungen in unterschiedlichen
+ Formaten (einschließlich JPEG und anderer Bitmap-Formate sowie PostScript®
+ und LaTeX).
+ Die Auswahl
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+G
+\bar default
+raphik\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\family default
+ erzeugt einen leeren Rahmen in Ihrem Dokument und öffnet eine Dialogbox,
+ in der Sie die Abbildung einfach skalieren und drehen können usw.
+ Sowohl Tabellen als auch Abbildungen können mit Unterschriften versehen
+ werden, LyX legt auf Wunsch außerdem eine Liste der Tabellen und Abbildungen
+ an.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Versions-Kontrolle wird unterstützt, dafür muß aber RCS installiert sein
+ (weitere Informationen liefert
+\family typewriter
+man rcs
+\family default
+ bzw.\SpecialChar ~
+
+\family typewriter
+man rcsintro
+\family default
+).
+\layout Itemize
+
+LyX ist voll konfigurierbar.
+ Angefangen vom Aussehen des LyX-Fensters bis hin zum Format der Ausgabe,
+ alles kann in weitem Rahmen verändert werden.
+ Dies geschieht mit dem Menü
+\family sans
+Bearbeiten
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family sans
+E
+\bar under
+i
+\bar default
+nstellungen\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\family default
+ Lesen Sie dazu das Dokument
+\family sans
+\bar under
+H
+\bar default
+ilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+A
+\bar default
+npassung
+\family default
+.
+\layout Itemize
+
+LyX wird von einem Team von Programmierern aus fünf Kontinenten entwickelt.
+ Dadurch bietet LyX eine bessere Unterstützung verschiedener Sprachen (Holländis
+ch, Deutsch, Griechisch, Tschechisch, Türkisch, \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+) als viele andere Textverarbeit
+ungen.
+ Sogar einige Sprachen, die von rechts nach links schreiben, wie Hebräisch
+ oder Arabisch, werden unterstützt.
+ Sie können mit LyX Texte in anderen Sprachen schreiben, Sie können es aber
+ auch so konfigurieren, daß alle Menüs und Fehlermeldungen in einer anderen
+ Sprache ausgegeben werden.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Alle Menüs in LyX können über Tastaturkombinationen bedient werden, d.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+,
+\end_inset
+
+h.\SpecialChar ~
+daß Sie das Menü
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+N
+\bar default
+eu
+\family default
+ auch durch die Tasten
+\family sans
+Alt+D
+\family default
+, gefolgt von
+\family sans
+N
+\family default
+ oder durch die im Menü angezeigte Tastenkombination öffnen können.
+ Diese Tastaturbindungen sind ebenfalls frei konfigurierbar.
+ Lesen Sie dazu
+\family sans
+\bar under
+H
+\bar default
+ilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+A
+\bar default
+npassung
+\family default
+.
+\layout Itemize
+
+LyX kann LaTeX-Dokumente importieren.
+ Siehe dazu das Kapitel\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:reLyX}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Mit der Auswahl
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Rechtschreib
+\bar under
+p
+\bar default
+rüfung\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\family default
+ können Sie Ihre Texte auf korrekte Rechtschreibung prüfen.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Beachten Sie dabei, daß die Rechtschreibprüfung an der momentanen Position
+ des Cursor beginnt, nicht am Anfang des Dokumentes.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Section
+
+LyX für LaTeX-Benutzer
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:Latexnutzer}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Wenn Sie nichts über LaTeX wissen, können Sie diesen Abschnitt überspringen.
+ Oder besser, lernen Sie ein wenig über LaTeX und lesen
+\emph on
+dann
+\emph default
+ diesen Abschnitt.
+ Aber vermutlich wird ein Großteil derjenigen, die LyX benutzen, bereits
+ mit LaTeX vertraut sein.
+ Wenn Sie auch zu diesem Personenkreis gehören, fragen Sie sich sicherlich,
+ ob LyX wirklich alles das kann, was LaTeX auch kann.
+ Die kurze Antwort ist: LyX kann auf die eine oder andere Weise fast alles,
+ was auch mit LaTeX selber möglich ist, und in jedem Fall vereinfacht es
+ die meisten Dinge beim Schreiben eines Textes.
+ Derzeit gibt es zwar noch ein paar Unschönheiten, z.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+,
+\end_inset
+
+B.
+ bei der Umwandlung von alten LaTeX-Dokumenten in das neue Format, aber
+ diese Dinge werden sicherlich in einer späteren Version von LyX behoben
+ sein.
+\layout Standard
+
+Dies ist nur das Tutorium, und aus diesem Grund werden wir hier nur solche
+ Dinge erwähnen, die für neue Benutzer von LyX von vorrangigem Interesse
+ sind.
+ Dies dient dazu, das
+\emph on
+Tutorium
+\emph default
+ möglichst kurz zu halten.
+ In den
+\emph on
+Profi-Tipps
+\emph default
+, insbesondere im Kapitel
+\emph on
+Geheimnisse der LaTeX-Zauberer
+\emph default
+, werden die Unterschiede zwischen LyX und LaTeX sehr viel ausführlicher
+ behandelt, dort finden Sie auch viele Tips, wie Sie diverse LaTeX-Tricks
+ auch in LyX einsetzen können.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Der TeX-Modus
+\layout Standard
+
+Alles, was Sie im TeX-Modus eingeben, erscheint in roter Schrift und wird
+ unverändert an LaTeX weitergegeben.
+ In diesen Modus wechseln Sie mit der Auswahl
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+T
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{}
+\end_inset
+
+e
+\bar under
+X
+\family default
+\bar default
+ oder durch Drücken des
+\family sans
+TeX
+\family default
+-Schalters in der Werkzeugleiste.
+ Dadurch wird eine Text Box geöffnet, und alles darin wird direkt an LaTeX
+ weitergegeben.
+\layout Standard
+
+Im Mathematikmodus wird der TeX-Modus etwas unterschiedlich behandelt.
+ Hier aktiviert man ihn, indem man einen Backslash,
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\backslash
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+, eingibt.
+ Dieser erscheint nicht auf dem Bildschirm, aber alle folgenden Eingaben
+ erscheinen nun in roter Schrift.
+ Den TeX-Modus verläßt man, indem man ein Leerzeichen oder ein beliebiges
+ Zeichen außer einem Buchstaben eingibt, wie z.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+,
+\end_inset
+
+B.
+ eine Zahl, einen Unterstrich, eine Klammer oder ähnliches.
+ Falls LyX den eingegebenen TeX-Befehl kennt, wird es ihn durch das entsprechend
+e Zeichen ersetzen.
+ Wenn Sie also in den Mathematikmodus wechseln und dann
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+gamma
+\family default
+ eingeben, wird LyX, sobald Sie die Leertaste drücken, das rote Wort
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+gamma
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ durch das blaue
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\gamma$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ ersetzen.
+ Dies funktioniert für fast alle einfachen Mathematik-Makros, allerdings
+ bleiben mathematische Funktionen wie z.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+,
+\end_inset
+
+B.
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+sin
+\family default
+ in roter Schrift -- sie sind ja schon WYSIWYM.
+ Diese Art der Eingabe ist sehr viel schneller als die Auswahl über den
+ Dialog
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+M
+\bar default
+athe\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+M
+\bar default
+athe-Kontrollfläche
+\family default
+, und vor allem für diejenigen, die bereits mit LaTeX vertraut sind, eine
+ große Erleichterung.
+\layout Standard
+
+Ein Sonderfall tritt ein, wenn Sie im mathematischen TeX-Modus eine öffnende
+ geschweifte Klammer eingeben.
+ In diesem Fall wird LyX automatisch öffnende
+\emph on
+und
+\emph default
+ schließende Klammern einfügen, den TeX-Modus beenden und den Cursor
+\emph on
+zwischen
+\emph default
+ die beiden Klammern plazieren.
+ Dadurch können sehr viel einfacher Makros mit Parametern eingegeben werden,
+ die dem Mathematik-Modus nicht direkt bekannt sind.
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX kann (noch?) nicht alles, was mit LaTeX möglich ist.
+ Einige selten genutzte Funktionen werden überhaupt nicht unterstützt, einige
+ andere funktionieren, allerdings nicht WYSIWYG.
+ Über den TeX-Modus hat der Benutzer Zugriff auf die volle Flexibilität
+ von LaTeX und kann dennoch die angenehme Vereinfachung nutzen, die LyX-Funktion
+en wie WYSIWYG-Tabellen und -Abbildungen bieten.
+ LyX wird niemals alle LaTeX-Pakete unterstützen.
+ Indem Sie im LaTeX-Vorspann (siehe Abschnitt\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:Vorspann}
+
+\end_inset
+
+) den Befehl
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+usepackage{foo}
+\family default
+ eingeben, können Sie aber auch solche Pakete verwenden --- wenn auch nicht
+ mit Unterstützung von WYSIWYG.
+\layout Subsection
+
+LaTeX-Dokumente nach LyX konvertieren ---
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:reLyX}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Über den Menüpunkt
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+Im
+\bar default
+portieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{
+\end_inset
+
+
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+}
+\end_inset
+
+a
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{
+\end_inset
+
+T
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+}
+\end_inset
+
+eX\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\family default
+ können Sie vorhandene LaTeX-Dateien in LyX übernehmen.
+ Dabei wird ein Perl-Skript mit dem Namen
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+ aufgerufen.
+ Dieses erzeugt aus einer Datei
+\family typewriter
+bla.tex
+\family default
+ die Datei
+\family typewriter
+bla.lyx
+\family default
+, welche dann von LyX geöffnet wird.
+ Falls dies aus LyX heraus nicht richtig funktioniert, können Sie auch versuchen
+,
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+ selbst von der Kommandozeile aus aufzurufen
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Bei der Installation von LyX wird im selben Verzeichnis, in das das ausführbare
+ Programm von LyX (etwa
+\family typewriter
+/usr/local/bin/lyx
+\family default
+) geschrieben wird, auch ein weiteres ausführbares Programm mit dem Namen
+
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+ installiert.
+ Damit es funktioniert, benötigt es Perl, derzeit mindestens in Version
+ 5.002.
+\end_inset
+
+ und dabei zusätzliche Optionen mitanzugeben.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+ kann die meisten korrekten LaTeX-Konstrukte in die entsprechende LyX-Form
+ übersetzen, aber nicht alle.
+ Derartige nicht übersetzbare Abschnitte werden im TeX-Modus belassen.
+ Diese Abschnitte können Sie dann später in LyX ansehen und von Hand bearbeiten.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+ besitzt auch eine eigene Hilfeseite, die Sie mit
+\family typewriter
+man\SpecialChar ~
+reLyX
+\family default
+ lesen können und sollten, um sich darüber zu informieren, welche LaTeX-Konstruk
+te nicht unterstützt werden, welche Fehler (noch) vorhanden sind und wie
+ man sie umgehen kann, sowie über die Benutzung der Kommandozeilenoptionen.
+\layout Subsection
+
+LyX-Dokumente nach LaTeX konvertieren
+\layout Standard
+
+Eventuell wollen Sie ein LyX-Dokument im LaTeX-Format abspeichern, z.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+,
+\end_inset
+
+B.
+ um es einem Kollegen zu geben, der (noch) kein LyX verwendet.
+ Dies ist aber sehr einfach.
+ Mit der Auswahl
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+xportieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{
+\end_inset
+
+
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+}
+\end_inset
+
+a
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{
+\end_inset
+
+T
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+}
+\end_inset
+
+eX
+\family default
+ wird die von Ihnen editierte Datei (z.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+,
+\end_inset
+
+B.
+
+\family typewriter
+bla.lyx
+\family default
+) als
+\family typewriter
+bla.tex
+\family default
+ im selben Verzeichnis wie die LyX-Datei abgelegt.
+ Temporär legt LyX immer eine LaTeX-Version des gerade editierten Dokumentes
+ an, wenn Sie eine Datei drucken oder als
+\family typewriter
+dvi
+\family default
+-Datei betrachten.
+ Deshalb ist die LaTeX-Generierung von LyX auch sehr ausgereift.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Der LaTeX-Vorspann
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Die Dokumentenklasse
+\layout Standard
+
+Im Dialog
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+okument
+\family default
+ werden praktisch alle Optionen eingestellt, die man dem Befehl
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+documentclass
+\family default
+ als Option mitgeben würde.
+ Hier werden die Dokumentenklasse und die Standard\SpecialChar \-
+schrift- und Papiergröße
+ eingestellt.
+ Für weitere, nicht vorgesehene Einträge verwenden Sie das Feld
+\family sans
+\bar under
+O
+\bar default
+ptionen
+\family default
+.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Andere Einträge im Vorspann
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:Vorspann}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Wenn Sie besondere Befehle im Vorspann Ihrer LaTeX-Dateien benötigen, können
+ Sie diese auch für LyX verwenden.
+ Öffnen Sie dazu den Dialog
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{
+\end_inset
+
+L
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+}
+\end_inset
+
+a
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{
+\end_inset
+
+T
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+}
+\end_inset
+
+eX\SpecialChar ~
+Vorspann
+\family default
+, und tragen Sie dort die gewünschten TeX-Kommandos ein.
+ Alles, was Sie hier eingeben, wird direkt von LaTeX ausgewertet.
+\layout Subsection
+
+BibTeX
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX bietet Unterstützung für BibTeX.
+ Dieses Programm erlaubt es, Datenbanken von Literaturreferenzen für die
+ Verwendung in vielen Dokumenten zu unterhalten.
+ Um eine solche
+\family typewriter
+bib
+\family default
+-Datei einzubinden verwenden Sie den Menüpunkt
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+isten\SpecialChar ~
+und\SpecialChar ~
+Inhaltsverz.\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+ib
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{
+\end_inset
+
+T
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+}
+\end_inset
+
+eX\SpecialChar ~
+Referenz
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+ Es öffnet sich ein Dialogfeld.
+ (Wenn Sie später Änderungen vornehmen wollen, klicken Sie auf die graue
+ Box
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Von BibTeX erstellte Verweise
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.) Im Feld
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+atenbanken
+\family default
+ geben Sie den Namen ein, den Sie in den Klammern des TeX-Befehls
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+bibliography{}
+\family default
+ verwenden würden.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Wie bei normalem LaTeX können auch mehrere Bibliographien, durch Kommas
+ ohne Leerzeichen getrennt, angegeben werden.
+\end_inset
+
+ In das Feld
+\family sans
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+til
+\family default
+ gehört der Eintrag für den Befehl
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+bibliographystyle{}
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Nun können Sie über den Menüpunkt
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+Z
+\bar default
+itat
+\family default
+ die in den Datenbanken definierten Referenzen, die im Dialogfeld angezeigt
+ werden, verwenden (siehe auch Abschnitt
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:Bibliographie}
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ LyX kümmert sich darum, daß BibTeX aufgerufen wird.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Sonstiges
+\layout Standard
+
+Unter dem Menüpunkt
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+onderzeichen
+\family default
+ finden Sie weitere besondere Zeichen wie etwa Fortsetzungspunkte, erzwungene
+ Zeilenumbrüche, Trennvorschläge usw.
+\layout Section
+
+Fehler!
+\layout Standard
+
+Manchmal treten bei einem LaTeX-Lauf Fehler auf, also irgendwelche Dinge,
+ die LyX oder LaTeX nicht verstehen.
+ In diesem Fall wird von LyX eine Fehlermarke angelegt, das ist eine kleiner
+ roter Kasten mit dem Schriftzug
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Fehler
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Wenn Sie auf diesen Kasten klicken, öffnet sich ein Fenster mit der zugehörigen
+ Meldung.
+ Wenn es sich dabei um etwas handelt, das von LyX falsch gemacht wurde,
+ ist dies ein echter Fehler in LyX.
+ Diese sollten aber extrem selten sein.
+ Meist hat LaTeX ein Problem (das fast immer durch Einfügungen im TeX-Modus
+ verursacht wird), dann wird die entsprechende LaTeX-Fehlermeldung angezeigt.
+\layout Bibliography
+\bibitem {lyxtutorium}
+
+Das LyX Tutorium, vom LyX-DocTeam
+\the_end
--- /dev/null
+#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
+\lyxformat 221
+\textclass book
+\begin_preamble
+% DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!!
+%
+% I've designed this preamble to ensure that the User's Guide prints
+% out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
+% parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
+% have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
+% the documentation team intead of messing around in here. --jpw 4/97
+
+%% Widens the vertical table spacing
+%%
+\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.25}
+\setlength{\tabcolsep}{0.45em}
+
+
+%% Provides certain commands which are missing.
+%%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\textyen}{%
+{\fontencoding{U}\fontfamily{msa}\selectfont\char85}%
+}
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\textcurrency}{%
+{\fontencoding{U}\fontfamily{wasy}\selectfont\char27}%
+}
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\textcent}{%
+{\fontencoding{U}\fontfamily{wasy}\selectfont\char103}%
+}
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\textbrokenbar}{%
+{\fontencoding{U}\fontfamily{wasy}\selectfont\char124}%
+}
+
+
+%% For some odd reason, this character isn't defined in T1-encoding.
+%%
+\DeclareInputText{"0AD}{\textendash}
+
+
+%% Accented characters missing in non-T1 encodings.
+%%
+\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\quotedblbase}{%
+\raisebox{-1ex}{\textquotedblright}
+\hspace{-0.7em}
+}
+\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\quotesinglbase}{%
+\raisebox{-1ex}{\textquoteright}
+\hspace{-0.7em}
+}
+\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\guillemotleft}{%
+\raisebox{0.27ex}{\ensuremath{\scriptscriptstyle \ll\!\!\!}}
+}
+\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\guillemotright}{%
+\raisebox{0.27ex}{\ensuremath{\scriptscriptstyle \gg}}
+}
+\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\guilsinglleft}{%
+\raisebox{0.27ex}{\ensuremath{\scriptscriptstyle <\!\!\!}}
+}
+\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\guilsinglright}{%
+\raisebox{0.27ex}{\ensuremath{\scriptscriptstyle >}}
+}
+\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\DH}{%
+D\hspace{-0.7em}\rule[0.8ex]{0.30em}{0.08ex}\hspace{0.40em}
+}
+\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\dh}{%
+\ensuremath{\mathrm{\partial}}
+\hspace{-0.65em}\rule[1.35ex]{0.3em}{0.08ex}\hspace{0.35em}
+}
+\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\TH}{%
+\textsc{I\hspace{-0.325em}p}
+}
+\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\th}{%
+p\hspace{-0.55em}l
+}
+\usepackage [chapter,nottoc]{tocbibind}
+\usepackage{latexsym}
+\usepackage{multicol}
+\usepackage{floatflt} % Temporarily - until LyX fixed
+
+\usepackage[ngerman]{babel}
+\addto\captionsngerman
+{\renewcommand{\indexname}
+{Stichwortverzeichnis}}
+\end_preamble
+\language german
+\inputencoding latin1
+\fontscheme default
+\graphics default
+\paperfontsize default
+\spacing single
+\papersize Default
+\paperpackage a4
+\use_geometry 1
+\use_amsmath 1
+\use_natbib 0
+\use_numerical_citations 0
+\paperorientation portrait
+\leftmargin 2cm
+\topmargin 1cm
+\rightmargin 2cm
+\bottommargin 1cm
+\secnumdepth 3
+\tocdepth 3
+\paragraph_separation skip
+\defskip smallskip
+\quotes_language german
+\quotes_times 2
+\papercolumns 1
+\papersides 1
+\paperpagestyle default
+
+\layout Title
+
+Das LyX-Benutzerhandbuch
+\layout Author
+
+vom LyX-Team
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\size normal
+Übersetzung: Hartmut Haase, Peter Sütterlin
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Date
+
+letzte Änderung: 9\SpecialChar ~
+April 2004
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset FloatList figure
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset FloatList table
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Chapter
+
+Einleitung
+\layout Section
+
+Was ist LyX?
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX ist ein System zur Vorbereitung von Dokumenten.
+ Es ist ein Werkzeug, mit dem man schöne Manuskripte, verlegbare Bücher,
+ Geschäftsbriefe und -vorschläge und sogar Lyrik schreiben kann.
+ Anders als die meisten anderen
+\emph on
+Textverarbeitungen
+\emph default
+ verhält es sich eher wie eine Auszeichnungssprache.
+ Das heißt, wenn Sie eine Abschnittsüberschrift schreiben, bezeichnen Sie
+ sie als
+\family sans
+Abschnitt
+\family default
+, aber nicht als
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Fett, Schriftgröße 17, linksbündig, 5 mm Leerraum darunter
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ LyX kümmert sich für Sie um die Druckaufbereitung, Sie beschäftigen sich
+ nur mit dem Entwurf, nicht mit der Ausführung.
+\layout Standard
+
+Diese Philosophie wird viel ausführlicher in der
+\emph on
+Einführung
+\emph default
+ erläutert.
+ Wenn Sie sie noch nicht gelesen haben, sollten Sie das jetzt tun.
+ Ja, wir meinen jetzt.
+\layout Standard
+
+Die
+\emph on
+Einführung
+\emph default
+ beschreibt außerdem einige zusätzliche Dinge: das wichtigste ist das Format
+ der Handbücher.
+ Wenn Sie sie nicht lesen, werden Sie viel Zeit brauchen, um in diesen Handbuch
+ zu suchen.
+ Ihnen ist vielleicht auch mehr damit gedient, in andere Handbücher als
+ dieses zu schauen.
+ Die
+\emph on
+Einführung
+\emph default
+ beschreibt das auch.
+\layout Section
+
+Die ersten Schritte
+\layout Subsection
+
+Der Aufruf von LyX
+\layout Standard
+
+Wie auch andere Linux- (oder allgemein Unix-) Programme wird LyX durch die
+ Eingabe von
+\family typewriter
+lyx[&]
+\family default
+ an der Eingabeaufforderung der Shell gestartet.
+ Natürlich können Sie auch zusätzliche Kommandooptionen angeben, einschließlich
+ Dateinamen.
+ Wir werden die Kommandooptionen hier nicht auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
+listen, weil wir das bereits
+ auf der Hilfeseite zu LyX (mit
+\family typewriter
+man lyx
+\family default
+) gemacht haben.
+ Hier soll nur eines besonders erwähnt werden:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Wenn Sie mehrere Dateinamen angeben, werden alle diese Dateien geladen.
+ Sie werden allerdings nicht alle gleichzeitig angezeigt, mehr dazu gleich.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Wie LyX aussieht
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Das Hauptfenster
+\layout Standard
+
+Wie die meisten Anwendungen hat auch LyX die bekannte Menüleiste am oberen
+ Rand des Fensters.
+ Darunter befindet sich die Werkzeugleiste mit einer Listenauswahl und diversen
+ Schaltknöpfen.
+ Natürlich gibt es auch einen vertikalen Rollbalken und den Hauptarbeitsbereich,
+ in dem Sie Ihre Dokumente bearbeiten.
+ Am unteren Rand des Editierbereiches befindet sich ein kleines weißes Fenster
+ mit Auf- und Abpfeilen links davon.
+ Dies ist der sogenannte
+\emph on
+Minipuffer
+\emph default
+ (eine Bezeichnung, die aus vom GNU Emacs übernommen wurde).
+ Dort können Sie Befehle eingeben, nachdem Sie
+\family sans
+Alt+X
+\family default
+ eingetippt oder in den Puffer geklickt haben.
+ Alte Befehle können Sie im Minipuffer mit den Tasten
+\begin_inset Formula $\uparrow$
+\end_inset
+
+ und
+\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+ zurückholen.
+ Der Minipuffer dient auch als Statuszeile, dort finden Sie Informationen
+ verschiedenster Art, zum Beispiel über die gerade verwendete Schrift oder
+ mögliche Tastenkürzel, wenn Sie den Anfang davon getippt haben.
+\layout Standard
+
+Beachten Sie, daß es keinen horizontalen Rollbalken gibt.
+ Das ist kein Fehler oder Vergeßlichkeit, sondern Absicht.
+ Bei einem Buch erwarten Sie ja auch, daß der Text am Ende einer Zeile in
+ die nächste umgebrochen wird.
+ Auch der Überlauf auf eine neue Seite ist prinzipiell eine vertikale Sache,
+ deshalb benötigen Sie nur einen vertikalen Rollbalken.
+\layout Standard
+
+Es gibt nur drei Fälle, in denen Sie sich vielleicht einen horizontalen
+ Rollbalken wünschen.
+ Der erste betrifft große Abbildungen, die WYSIWYG
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{WYSIWYG}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+what you see is what you get
+\end_inset
+
+ dargestellt werden.
+ Das liegt aber an einem Problem der Routine, die von LyX zur Anzeige am
+ Bildschirm verwendet wird; sie sollte die Abbildung automatisch umskalieren,
+ so daß sie auf den Bildschirm paßt, so wie auch Sie sie umskalieren müssen,
+ damit sie auf die Seite paßt.
+ Die beiden anderen Fälle sind Tabellen und Gleichungen, die breiter als
+ das LyX-Fenster sind.
+ Das ist in der Tat ein Problem und wird in einer der kommenden Versionen
+ von LyX behoben werden.
+ Zumindest für Tabellen existiert mittlerweile eine Teillösung: Sie können
+ mit den Pfeiltasten horizontal in einer zu breiten Tabelle navigieren.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Dialoge
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Dialoge}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Praktisch alle LyX-Dialoge haben drei grundlegende Schaltflächen:
+\family sans
+OK
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+\bar under
+Ü
+\bar default
+bernehmen
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+Schließen
+\family default
+ oder
+\family sans
+Abbrechen
+\family default
+.
+ Beim öffnen eines Dialogfensters ist meist nur der
+\family sans
+Schließen
+\family default
+-Schalter aktiviert.
+ Erst nachdem Sie etwas ausgewählt oder eingetippt haben, ändert er sich
+ nach
+\family sans
+Abbrechen,
+\family default
+ und die anderen werden aktiviert.
+ Viele haben auch einen
+\family sans
+\bar under
+Z
+\bar default
+urücksetzen
+\family default
+-Schalter.
+
+\family sans
+ OK
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+Schließen
+\family default
+ sind wohl selbsterklärend, die Schaltfläche
+\family sans
+\bar under
+Ü
+\bar default
+bernehmen
+\family default
+ führt die ausgewählte(n) Aktion(en) durch, schließt den Dialog jedoch nicht.
+
+\family sans
+OK
+\family default
+ entspricht im Prinzip einem
+\family sans
+\bar under
+Ü
+\bar default
+bernehmen
+\family default
+, gefolgt von einem
+\family sans
+Schließen
+\family default
+.
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+Z
+\bar default
+urücksetzen
+\family default
+ ist recht nützlich, wenn Sie in einem Dialog Änderungen vorgenommen haben,
+ diese aber auf die derzeit eingestellten Werte zurücksetzen wollen.
+ Für alle vier Aktionen gibt es auch Tastaturkürzel:
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+OK
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{OK}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ ist wie bei den meisten Programmen mit der Eingabetaste (
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+) belegt.
+\layout Itemize
+\noindent
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+Ü
+\bar default
+bernehmen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Ubernehmen@Übernehmen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ wird durch
+\family sans
+Alt+Ü
+\family default
+ aktiviert.
+ (Falls Sie mit dem Ausdruck
+\family sans
+Alt+Ü
+\family default
+ nichts anfangen können lesen Sie bitte Abschnitt
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:key bindings}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.)
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Schließen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Schließen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ ist auf die
+\family sans
+ESC-
+\family default
+Taste gelegt.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+Z
+\bar default
+urücksetzen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Zurucksetzen@Zurücksetzen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ wird mit
+\family sans
+Alt+Z
+\family default
+ aufgerufen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Einige Dialogfenster haben weitere oder leicht unterschiedliche Schaltflächen,
+ doch keine Sorge, diese sind meist selbsterklärend.
+ Wir wollten nur die Funktionen
+\family sans
+\bar under
+Ü
+\bar default
+bernehmen
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+\bar under
+Z
+\bar default
+urücksetzen
+\family default
+ irgendwo erklären.
+\layout Subsection
+
+HILFE!
+\layout Standard
+
+Zunächst die schlechte Nachricht: Das Hilfesystem ist nicht so umfangreich
+ und einfach wie in vielen kommerziellen Anwendungen.
+ Haben Sie Geduld, es wird daran gearbeitet.
+\layout Standard
+\noindent
+Doch nun zu den guten Nachrichten: Das Hilfesystem besteht aus den LyX-Handbüche
+rn, die Sie alle direkt in LyX lesen können.
+ Wählen Sie einfach das gewünschte Dokument aus dem Menü
+\family sans
+\bar under
+H
+\bar default
+ilfe
+\family default
+ aus.
+\layout Standard
+
+Und aus gegebenem Anlaß gleich noch ein Hinweis zu den Handbüchern: Sie
+ sind nicht idiotensicher, nicht im geringsten.
+ Dazu ein Zitat von
+\noun on
+John Weiss
+\noun default
+, einem der Autoren, über Handbücher:
+\layout Quotation
+
+Ich hasse Handbücher.
+\layout Quotation
+
+Jeder hatte schon einmal mit zu knappen, schlecht übersetzten oder unverständlic
+hen Handbüchern zu tun.
+ Sie sind ärgerlich.
+ Ich finde jedoch, daß zu einfache Handbücher sogar noch ärgerlicher sind.
+ Zunächst wird die Hälfte der Zeit damit verbracht, dem Benutzer zu erklären,
+ wie er mit der Maus umgeht, was ein Menü ist und so weiter und so fort.
+ Bitte, wenn ein Benutzer wirklich keine Ahnung hat, wie er seinen Computer
+ oder die Bedieneroberfläche benutzen kann, dann soll er erst einmal das
+ lernen,
+\emph on
+bevor
+\emph default
+ er irgendein größeres Programm startet.
+\layout Quotation
+
+Weiterhin scheint die Art von Information, die in derartigen Texten gegeben
+ wird, anzunehmen, daß der Leser dumm ist.
+ Das ist völliger Unsinn! Meiner Erfahrung nach sind die meisten Benutzer
+ eine Mischung aus ahnungslos und eingeschüchtert, aber nicht dumm.
+ Wenn jemand wirklich sehr langsam beim Lernen von neuen Dingen ist, benötigt
+ er Hilfe, die ihm ein Computerhandbuch nicht geben kann.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\emph on
+Hinweis des Editors: Mit dieser Bemerkung im Hinterkopf habe ich alle anderen
+ Autoren dazu angehalten, Sie, die Leser, nicht gönnerhaft zu behandeln
+ und eher pädagogisch als pedantisch zu sein.
+ Und für diejenigen, die zu faul zum Lesen und Verstehen der Handbücher
+ sind -- nun, wie es in Amerika heißt, es gibt kein kostenloses Mittagessen.
+ -- jw
+\layout Section
+
+Die LyX-Schnittstelle
+\layout Subsection
+
+Einfache Datei-Befehle
+\layout Standard
+
+Im Menü
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+atei
+\family default
+ finden Sie die 9 einfachen Datei-Befehle einer jeden Textverarbeitung und
+ einige fortgeschrittenere:
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+N
+\bar default
+eu (Strg+N)
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Neu von
+\bar under
+V
+\bar default
+orlage\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+ (Umschalt+Strg+N)
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Ö
+\bar under
+f
+\bar default
+fnen\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+ (Strg+O)
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+S
+\bar under
+c
+\bar default
+hließen (Strg+W)
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+peichern (Strg+S)
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Speichern
+\bar under
+u
+\bar default
+nter\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+ (Umschalt+Strg+S)
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+W
+\bar default
+ieder herstellen (Strg+R)
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+rucken\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+ (Strg+P)
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+eenden (Strg+Q)
+\layout Standard
+
+Bis auf ein paar kleine Unterschiede machen sie dasselbe wie bei jeder anderen
+ Textverarbeitung.
+ Der Menüpunkt
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Neu\SpecialChar ~
+von\SpecialChar ~
+
+\bar under
+V
+\bar default
+orlage\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\family default
+ erfragt den Namen einer Vorlage, die verwendet werden soll.
+ Mit der Auswahl einer Vorlagedatei werden automatisch verschiedene Layout-Einst
+ellungen aktiviert, die Sie sonst von Hand verändern müßten.
+ Derartige Vorlagen können für alle möglichen Textklassen verwendet werden,
+ sie bieten sich aber vor allem für Briefe an (siehe Abschnitt
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:doc-classes}
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+\layout Standard
+
+Hinweis: Es gibt keine Standarddatei oder ein Dokument
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+unbenannt
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+, das automatisch geladen wird.
+ Solange Sie nicht selber eine Datei öffnen oder neu anlegen, ist der leere
+ Bereich auf dem Bildschirm genau das -- ein großer, leerer Bereich.
+\layout Standard
+
+Der Befehl
+\family sans
+\bar under
+W
+\bar default
+ieder\SpecialChar ~
+herstellen
+\family default
+ lädt das aktuelle Dokument neu von der Festplatte.
+ Damit können Sie einen Text, den Sie aus Versehen editiert haben, wieder
+ in den Originalzustand bringen, außerdem ist er hilfreich, wenn mehrere
+ Personen an einem Text arbeiten.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Sie das vorhaben, sollten Sie sich die Unterstützung für Versionskontrolle
+ im Dokument
+\emph on
+Profi-Tipps
+\emph default
+ ansehen.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Der letzte Hinweis betrifft die Menüpunkte
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+S
+\bar under
+c
+\bar default
+hließen
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+eenden
+\family default
+.
+ Wenn Sie eine bearbeitete Datei schließen oder LyX beenden wollen, werden
+ Sie gefragt, ob Sie vorher geänderte Dateien speichern wollen.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Einfache Editier-Funktionen
+\layout Standard
+
+Wie bei den meisten gängigen Textverarbeitungen können Sie auch bei LyX
+ Textblöcke ausschneiden und kopieren, sich zeichen-, wort- oder seitenweise
+ durch den Text bewegen und ganze Worte oder auch einzelne Zeichen löschen.
+ In den folgenden vier Abschnitten werden diese Funktionen beschrieben.
+ Den Anfang macht das Ausschneiden und Kopieren.
+\layout Standard
+
+Wie zu erwarten, finden Sie diese Befehle im Menü
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+earbeiten
+\family default
+, zusammen mit einigen weiteren Funktionen zur Textbearbeitung.
+ Einige von ihnen sind von besonderer Bedeutung und werden später gesondert
+ behandelt.
+ Die grundlegenden Befehle sind:
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+A
+\bar default
+usschneiden
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Ausschneiden}
+
+\end_inset
+
+, Strg+X
+\family default
+ oder
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/cut.png
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Damit
+\family typewriter
+.xpm
+\family default
+-Bilder bei der Druckvorschau keine LaTeX-Fehlermeldungen erzeugen, sollten
+ Sie ImageMagick installiert haben oder etwas Vergleichbares.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+K
+\bar default
+opieren
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Kopieren}
+
+\end_inset
+
+, Strg+C
+\family default
+oder
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/copy.png
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Einfugen@Einfügen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ ,
+\family sans
+Strg+V
+\family default
+ oder
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/paste.png
+ width 0.9cm
+ height 0.9cm
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
+ rotateOrigin center
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+inden\SpecialChar ~
+&\SpecialChar ~
+Ersetzen\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Finden \& Ersetzen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+oder
+\family sans
+ Strg+F
+\layout Standard
+
+Die ersten drei sind selbsterklärend, lediglich ein Punkt ist erwähnenswert:
+ Wenn Sie ein Stück Text löschen, das Sie markiert hatten, wird der gelöschte
+ Text automatisch in den Zwischenspeicher kopiert.
+ Das heißt, die Tasten
+\family sans
+Entf
+\family default
+ und
+\begin_inset Formula $\leftarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+ (Backspace) arbeiten ebenfalls wie der Befehl
+\family sans
+\bar under
+A
+\bar default
+usschneiden
+\family default
+.
+ Auch müssen Sie aufpassen, wenn Sie Textstellen markiert haben.
+ Wenn Sie in diesem Moment eine Taste drücken, wird der markierte Text gelöscht
+ und durch den neu eingegebenen Text ersetzt.
+ Sie müssen dann den gelöschten Text mit dem Befehl
+\family sans
+\bar under
+R
+\bar default
+ückgängig
+\family default
+ (
+\family sans
+Strg+Z
+\family default
+) zurückholen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Das Menü
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+inden\SpecialChar ~
+&\SpecialChar ~
+Ersetzen\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\family default
+ öffnet das Dialogfenster
+\family sans
+Ly
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{}
+\end_inset
+
+X:\SpecialChar ~
+Finden\SpecialChar ~
+&\SpecialChar ~
+Ersetzen
+\family default
+.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Die Klammerung Ly{}X in der
+\family typewriter
+.lyx
+\family default
+-Datei verhindert, daß aus L\SpecialChar ~
+y\SpecialChar ~
+X LyX wird, ebenso bei LaTeX, TeX usw.
+\end_inset
+
+ Den zu suchenden Text tragen Sie im Feld
+\family sans
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+uche:
+\family default
+ ein.
+ Mit der Schaltfläche
+\family sans
+\bar under
+
+\bar default
+Nächstes
+\family default
+ wird der Text gesucht.
+ Die Suchrichtung ist normalerweise vorwärts, es sei denn,
+\family sans
+Rückwärt
+\bar under
+s
+\bar default
+\SpecialChar ~
+suchen
+\family default
+ ist aktiviert.
+ Wurde der Suchbegriff gefunden, wird er markiert.
+ Wenn Sie dann
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+rsetzen
+\family default
+ anklicken, wird der markierte Begriff durch den Inhalt des Feldes
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+rsetzen\SpecialChar ~
+durch:
+\family default
+ ersetzt.
+ Dann können Sie weitersuchen.
+ Wenn Sie
+\family sans
+\bar under
+A
+\bar default
+lles\SpecialChar ~
+ersetzen
+\family default
+ anklicken, werden unabhängig davon, wo der Cursor im Dokument gerade steht,
+ wirklich ALLE Suchbegriffe ersetzt.
+ Ist das Feld
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+rsetzen\SpecialChar ~
+durch:
+\family default
+ leer, wird der Suchbegriff gelöscht.
+\layout Standard
+
+Über den Umschaltknopf
+\family sans
+\bar under
+G
+\bar default
+roß-/Kleinschr.\SpecialChar ~
+beachten
+\family default
+ können Sie festlegen, ob bei der Suche die Schreibweise berücksichtigt
+ werden soll.
+ Ist sie aktiv, wird zum Beispiel bei der Suche nach
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Treffen
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ das Wort
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+treffen
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ nicht gefunden.
+\layout Standard
+
+Der Umschaltknopf
+\family sans
+Ganzes\SpecialChar ~
+
+\bar under
+W
+\bar default
+ort
+\family default
+ schaltet den Modus
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+nur ganze Worte finden
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ ein und aus.
+ Dann wird beispielsweise bei der Suche nach
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Treff
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ das Wort
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Treffer
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ nicht gefunden.
+\layout Subsection
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+R
+\bar default
+ückgängig
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Ruckgängig@Rückgängig}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ (
+\family sans
+Strg+Z
+\family default
+) und
+\family sans
+\bar under
+W
+\bar default
+iederholen
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Wiederholen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ (
+\family sans
+Umschalt+Strg+Z
+\family default
+)
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Sie einen Fehler machen, können Sie diesen leicht ungeschehen machen,
+ denn LyX verfügt über einen sehr großen Speicher für Änderungen.
+ Wählen Sie die Funktion
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+R
+\bar default
+ückgängig
+\family default
+ (
+\family sans
+Strg+Z
+\family default
+), um einen falschen Arbeitsschritt zurückzunehmen.
+ Wenn Sie dabei versehentlich zu weit zurückgehen, können Sie mit
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+W
+\bar default
+iederholen
+\family default
+ (
+\family sans
+Umschalt+Strg+Z
+\family default
+) das Rückgängigmachen schrittweise wieder zurücknehmen.
+ Derzeit ist die Anzahl der zurücknehmbaren Schritte auf 100 beschränkt,
+ um den Speicherverbrauch zu verringern.
+\layout Standard
+
+Auf diese Weise lassen sich Änderungen natürlich nur bis zu dem Zeitpunkt
+ zurücknehmen, als Sie das Dokument geöffnet haben, ebenso funktioniert
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+W
+\bar default
+iederholen
+\family default
+ nur bis zur letzten gemachten Änderung.
+ Sonst sind die entsprechenden Menüpunkte grau unterlegt und nicht anwählbar.
+ Bitte beachten Sie auch, daß, wenn Sie in einem Dokument alle gemachten
+ Änderungen zurücknehmen, trotzdem der Status des Dokumentes als
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+geändert
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ erhalten bleibt.
+ Dies ist mit der oben erwähnten Beschränkung auf 100 Änderungsschritte
+ verbunden.
+\layout Standard
+
+Die Funktionen
+\family sans
+\bar under
+R
+\bar default
+ückgängig
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+\bar under
+W
+\bar default
+iederholen
+\family default
+ sind auf fast alle Bearbeitungsschritte anwendbar, jedoch gibt es ein paar
+ Eigenheiten.
+ So arbeiten sie beispielsweise nicht zeichenorientiert, sondern textblockweise;
+ das kann anfangs etwas gewöhnungsbedürftig sein.
+ Probieren Sie ein wenig mit diesen Funktionen herum, um ein Gefühl dafür
+ zu bekommen, wieviel Text in einem solchen Block enthalten ist, und Sie
+ werden sich hoffentlich bald daran gewöhnt haben.
+ Außerdem funktioniert
+\family sans
+\bar under
+W
+\bar default
+iederholen
+\bar under
+
+\family default
+\bar default
+nicht im Mathematikmodus.
+ Ein Tip dazu: Wenn Sie in den Mathematikmodus wechseln, dort eine Gleichung
+ ändern und dann den Mathematikmodus verlassen, stellt ein
+\family sans
+\bar under
+R
+\bar default
+ückgängig
+\family default
+ die Gleichung so wieder her, wie sie war, bevor Sie in den Mathematikmodus
+ gewechselt sind.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Die Grundfunktionen der Maus
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Mausfunktionen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+An dieser Stelle sollen nur die grundlegenden Operationen beschrieben werden,
+ die mit der Maus durchgeführt werden können.
+ In anderen Abschnitten dieses Dokumentes werden Sie weitere, spezielle
+ Funktionen kennenlernen.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Positionieren
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Einfaches Klicken mit der
+\emph on
+linken
+\emph default
+Maustaste positioniert den Textcursor unter den Mauscursor.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Der Rollbalken funktioniert so wie in anderen Programmen
+\layout Itemize
+
+Querverweise
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Ein Klick mit der
+\emph on
+rechten
+\emph default
+ Maustaste springt zu der Stelle, auf die verwiesen wird.
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Text markieren
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Halten Sie die
+\emph on
+linke
+\emph default
+ Maustaste gedrückt und bewegen Sie die Maus.
+ LyX markiert den Text zwischen der alten und der neuen Position des Mauszeigers.
+ Mit
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+K
+\bar default
+opieren, Strg+C
+\family default
+ oder
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/copy.png
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
+
+\end_inset
+
+ übernehmen Sie den markierten Text in den internen Kopierspeicher von LyX.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Positionieren Sie den Textcursor neu und fügen Sie die Auswahl mit
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen, Strg+V
+\family default
+ oder
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/paste.png
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
+ rotateOrigin center
+
+\end_inset
+
+ in den Text ein.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Wenn Sie die Auswahl durch Klicken mit der
+\emph on
+mittleren
+\emph default
+ Maustaste in den Text einzufügen, verwendet LyX anstelle des eigenen Kopierspei
+chers den X-Puffer.
+ Der Text wird derselbe sein, jedoch gehen dabei sämtliche Formatierungen
+ verloren.
+ Dennoch ist dieser Mechanismus praktisch, wenn Sie Textabschnitte aus anderen
+ X-Anwendungen in ein Dokument einfügen wollen.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Fußnoten, Randnotizen, Gleitobjekte (Abbildungen und Tabellen) usw.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Ein einfaches Klicken mit der
+\emph on
+linken
+\emph default
+ Maustaste öffnet oder schließt jedes dieser Objekte.
+ Beachten Sie außerdem die entsprechenden Abschnitte dieses Handbuches.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Tabellen
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Ein einfaches Klicken mit der
+\emph on
+rechten
+\emph default
+ Maustaste öffnet ein Dialogfenster, mit dem Sie die Tabelle verändern können.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Subsection
+
+Grundlegende Tastaturfunktionen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tastaturfunktionen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:key bindings}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Auch hier werden nur einige grundlegende Tastaturfunktionen beschrieben.
+ Generell sollten Sie mit der Tastatur vertraut sein, ansonsten finden Sie
+ im
+\emph on
+Referenzhandbuch
+\emph default
+ eine Zusammenstellung
+\emph on
+aller
+\emph default
+ Tastaturfunktionen.
+ In jedem Fall sollten Sie bedenken, daß es in LyX zwei grundlegende Schemata
+ der Tastaturbelegungen gibt, CUA und Emacs.
+ Sie werden sicherlich fluchen, wenn Sie
+\family sans
+Strg+D
+\family default
+ drücken, um ein Zeichen zu löschen, und stattdessen eine DVI-Ansicht gestartet
+ wird (oder umgekehrt).
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Einige Tasten wie
+\family sans
+Bild
+\begin_inset Formula $\uparrow$
+\end_inset
+
+, Bild
+\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Formula $\leftarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Formula $\uparrow$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ und
+\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+ machen genau das, was Sie von ihnen erwarten.
+ Andere tun dies nicht:
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+Tab
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tab}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ In LyX gibt es keine Tabulatoren.
+ Wenn Ihnen das unverständlich erscheint, sollten Sie zunächst die Abschnitte
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:parindentintro}
+
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:par-environments}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ und insbesondere
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:parenvlists}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ lesen, bevor Sie hier weiterlesen.
+ Im Zweifelsfall werfen Sie auch nochmals einen Blick in das
+\emph on
+Tutorium
+\emph default
+.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Sie unbedingt etwas Tabulatorähnliches benötigen, können Sie das meistens
+ durch eine Tabelle ohne Rahmen simulieren, siehe auch
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:tables}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+Esc
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Esc}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ Dies ist die
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Abbruchtaste
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Sie wird normalerweise eingesetzt, um Vorgänge abzubrechen.
+ Näheres erfahren Sie in späteren Abschnitten dieses Dokumentes.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+Pos
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+,
+\end_inset
+
+1
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Pos 1}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+
+\family default
+und\SpecialChar ~
+
+\family sans
+Ende
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Ende}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ Diese Tasten positionieren den Textcursor an den Anfang bzw.\SpecialChar ~
+das Ende der
+ aktuellen Zeile.
+ Wenn Sie die Emacs-Tastenbelegung verwenden, erfolgt die Positionierung
+ an den Anfang bzw.\SpecialChar ~
+das Ende des Dokumentes.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\longleftarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+\SpecialChar ~
+und\SpecialChar ~
+
+\family sans
+Entf
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Entf}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ Vorausgesetzt Ihre Tastatur ist im X-Window-System korrekt eingestellt,
+ löscht
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\longleftarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+ (Backspace
+\family default
+) das Zeichen links und
+\family sans
+Entf
+\family default
+ das Zeichen rechts vom Cursor (falls kein Text markiert ist).
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Falls Ihre Tastatur nicht richtig eingestellt ist oder Sie keine Vorstellung
+ davon haben, was hier gemeint ist, dann lesen Sie bitte in
+\emph on
+Anpassung
+\emph default
+ nach.
+ Sie werden sich dadurch einige Probleme ersparen.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Weiterhin gibt es die Modifiziertasten:
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+Strg
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Strg}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+(Control)
+\family default
+ Diese hat eine unterschiedliche Bedeutung, je nachdem mit welcher anderen
+ Taste sie gedrückt wird:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Zusammen mit
+\family sans
+Backspace
+\family default
+ oder
+\family sans
+Entf
+\family default
+ wird anstelle eines einzelnen Zeichens ein ganzes Wort gelöscht.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Zusammen mit
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\leftarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ und
+\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+ können Sie den Cursor wortweise bewegen.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Zusammen mit
+\family sans
+Pos
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+,
+\end_inset
+
+1
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+Ende
+\family default
+ bewegen Sie den Cursor an den Anfang bzw.\SpecialChar ~
+das Ende des Dokumentes.
+\end_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+Umschalt
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Umschalt}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\Uparrow$
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+(Shift)
+\family default
+ Zusammen mit den Cursortasten können Sie den Text zwischen der alten und
+ der neuen Cursorposition markieren.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+Alt
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Alt}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+(Meta)
+\family default
+ Auch sie hat viele mögliche Funktionen, aber generell wird sie als Menüfunktion
+staste eingesetzt.
+ Wenn Sie sie zusammen mit einem der in den Menüs unterstrichenen Zeichen
+ drücken, wird die entsprechende Menüfunktion aktiviert.
+ Beispielsweise entspricht
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+Alt+B\SpecialChar ~
+E
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ dem Befehl
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Einfügen
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Es gibt noch weitere Funktionen, die über die
+\family sans
+Alt
+\family default
+-Taste angesprochen werden können.
+ Weitere Informationen entnehmen Sie bitte dem
+\emph on
+Referenzhandbuch
+\emph default
+.
+\end_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+Compose
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Compose}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+Diese Taste ist die Kombination
+\family sans
+ Umschalt+AltGr
+\family default
+ und/oder die rechte
+\family sans
+Windoof
+\family default
+-Taste (rechts von
+\family sans
+AltGr
+\family default
+).
+ Sie ist besonders dann hilfreich, wenn man Buchstaben mit Akzenten oder
+ andere zusammengesetzte Zeichen nur manchmal benutzt.
+ Hier sind einige Beispiele dafür, was Sie mit der
+\family sans
+Compose
+\family default
+-Taste machen können:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Compose\SpecialChar ~
+e\SpecialChar ~
+'
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+ é
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Compose\SpecialChar ~
+O\SpecialChar ~
+R
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+ ®
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Compose\SpecialChar ~
+1\SpecialChar ~
+2
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+ ½
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Compose\SpecialChar ~
+<\SpecialChar ~
+<
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+ «
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Mit der Zeit werden Sie sicherlich weitere Tastenbelegungen und Tastaturkürzel
+ lernen, denn LyX zeigt bei fast allen Aktionen im Minipuffer (der Zeile
+ ganz unten im LyX-Fenster) einige Informationen an, die den Namen der aufgerufe
+nen Funktion sowie alle mit dieser Funktion belegten Tastenkombinationen
+ enthalten.
+ Die verwendete Notation ist dabei dieselbe wie auch in den Texten der Dokumenta
+tion, Sie sollten also keine Verständnisprobleme haben.
+ Beachten Sie aber in jedem Fall, daß die Umschalttaste (
+\family sans
+Shift
+\family default
+) immer explizit mitangegeben wird.
+ Zum Beispiel bedeutet
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+M-p S-A
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+Alt+P
+\family default
+ gefolgt von einem großen
+\family sans
+A
+\family default
+ (
+\family sans
+Alt+P\SpecialChar ~
+Umschalt+A
+\family default
+),
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+S-C-S
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ bedeutet
+\family sans
+Umschalt+Strg+S
+\family default
+ (
+\family sans
+Umschalt+Strg+S
+\family default
+).
+\layout Section
+
+Wie man LyX zusammen mit anderen Programmen benutzt
+\layout Subsection
+
+ASCII-Dateien
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Datei!importieren}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ importieren
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sub:ASCII-Dateien-importieren}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Sie können Text aus einer ASCII-Datei mit zwei Befehlen in LyX einfügen:
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+mportieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+A
+\bar default
+SCII\SpecialChar ~
+Text\SpecialChar ~
+als\SpecialChar ~
+Zeilen\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\family default
+ erzeugt aus jeder Zeile der Datei einen eigenen Absatz im LyX-Dokument.
+ Dies ist praktisch, wenn Sie beispielsweise eine einfache Liste übernehmen
+ wollen.
+ Wenn die ASCII-Datei jedoch bereits selber eine Absatzstruktur aufweist,
+ wird LyX diese bei dieser Form der Einbindung durcheinanderbringen.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+mportieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+ASCII\SpecialChar ~
+Text\SpecialChar ~
+als\SpecialChar ~
+Absätze\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\family default
+ erhält die in der Datei vorhandene Absatzstruktur.
+ Oft sind in einer ASCII-Datei die Absätze nicht jeweils in einer eigenen
+ Zeile enthalten, sondern durch Zeilenumbrüche formatiert.
+ Die Methode
+\family sans
+als\SpecialChar ~
+Absätze
+\family default
+ faßt allen Text zwischen zwei Leerzeilen in einem eigenen Absatz zusammen.
+ Aber beachten Sie bitte: Die Zeile zwischen zwei Absätzen muß
+\emph on
+vollständig leer
+\emph default
+ sein.
+ Ist sie das nicht, faßt LyX sie zu einem einzigen Absatz zusammen.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Ausschneiden und Kopieren zwischen LyX und anderen Programmen
+\layout Standard
+
+Mit den Funktionen
+\family sans
+\bar under
+A
+\bar default
+usschneiden
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Ausschneiden}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ (
+\family sans
+Strg+X
+\family default
+),
+\family sans
+\bar under
+K
+\bar default
+opieren
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Kopieren}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ (
+\family sans
+Strg+C
+\family default
+) und
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Einfugen@Einfügen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ (Strg+V)
+\family default
+ können Sie Text zwischen LyX und anderen X-Fenstern transferieren.
+\layout Standard
+
+So können Sie Text von LyX in andere X-Fenster kopieren: Markieren Sie den
+ Text in LyX, dann wechseln Sie in das andere X-Fenster und fügen den Text
+ mit der mittleren Maustaste
+\family sans
+
+\family default
+einfügen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Das Einfügen von Text in LyX funktioniert fast genauso wie in X.
+ Markieren Sie den gewünschten Text in einem anderen X-Fenster.
+ Wechseln Sie zum LyX-Fenster und fügen die Auswahl mit der mittleren Maustaste
+ ein.
+\layout Chapter
+
+Die LyX-Einrichtung und unterstützende Anwendungen
+\layout Section
+
+Einleitung
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn jemand LyX für Sie eingerichtet hat, können Sie dieses Kapitel ruhig
+ überspringen.
+ Es beschreibt alles, was Sie außer dem LyX-Programm und den mitgelieferten
+ Dateien benötigen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Sie LyX selber installiert haben,
+\emph on
+sollten Sie alle README-Dateien, die zusammen mit LyX kamen, lesen und dann
+
+\family sans
+\emph default
+\bar under
+H
+\bar default
+ilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+LaT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{}
+\end_inset
+
+eX\SpecialChar ~
+
+\bar under
+K
+\bar default
+onfiguration.
+
+\family default
+Das ist das Erste, was Sie tun sollten.
+ Dieses Kapitel beschreibt
+\series bold
+nicht
+\series default
+, wie man LyX installiert oder einrichtet, sondern es beschreibt alles,
+ was Sie benötigen, um alle Möglichkeiten von LyX ausnützen zu können.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Hier wollten wir hauptsächlich einige Informationen darüber festhalten,
+ wie man LyX benutzt, einschließlich der anderen Programme, die man benötigt,
+ damit LyX nützlich wird.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Section
+
+LyX-Grundeinstellungen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Grundeinstellungen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:setup}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Es gibt zwei Möglichkeiten, LyX zu starten.
+ Die erste ist, LyX und alle Hilfsprogramme und -dateien auf Ihrem System
+ zu installieren.
+ Dazu brauchen Sie natürlich
+\emph on
+root
+\emph default
+-Privilegien.
+ Die zweite Möglichkeit, LyX zu starten, erfordert keine
+\emph on
+root
+\emph default
+-Privilegien.
+ Sie
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+installieren
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ LyX einfach als Benutzer.
+ LyX wird selber feststellen, wo es sich befindet, wenn nur die Hilfsverzeichnis
+se an den richtigen Stellen sind.
+\layout Standard
+
+Es gibt einige LyX-Funktionen, die innerhalb von LyX konfiguriert werden
+ können, ohne Konfigurationsdateien bearbeiten zu müssen.
+ Zunächst einmal kann LyX Ihr System untersuchen, um festzustellen, was
+ für Programme, LaTeX-Dokument-Klassen und LaTeX-Pakete verfügbar sind.
+ LyX wird diese Informationen dazu verwenden, in der Datei
+\family typewriter
+preferences
+\family default
+ vernünftige Werte für einige Variablen einzutragen.
+ Obwohl diese Konfiguration bereits während der LyX-Installation durchgeführt
+ wurde, gibt es vielleicht einige Dinge, die Sie lokal installiert haben
+ und die LyX nicht sehen kann.
+ Um LyX zu zwingen, Ihr System noch einmal zu durchforsten, sollten Sie
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Neu\SpecialChar ~
+k
+\bar under
+o
+\bar default
+nfigurieren
+\family default
+ wählen.
+ Dann sollten Sie LyX neu starten, damit die Änderungen wirksam werden.
+ Soweit LaTeX-Klassen und LaTeX-Pakete betroffen sind, finden Sie diese
+ Informationen unter
+\family sans
+\bar under
+H
+\bar default
+ilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+aT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+{}
+\end_inset
+
+eX\SpecialChar ~
+Konfiguration
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Der zweite Satz Einstellungen, den Sie vielleicht ändern wollen, besteht
+ aus den allgemeinen Einstellungen für Dokumente, die Sie im
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ormat
+\family default
+-Menü ändern können, zum Beispiel
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+okument\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+.
+
+\family default
+Zum Ändern öffnen Sie irgendein Dokument, machen Ihre Einstellungen und
+ speichern sie unter
+\family sans
+
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+okument\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\bar under
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar default
+Als\SpecialChar ~
+Dokument-
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+tandards\SpecialChar ~
+speichern
+\family default
+.
+ Dadurch wird eine Vorlage mit dem Namen
+\family typewriter
+defaults.lyx
+\family default
+ erzeugt, die automatisch von LyX geladen wird, wenn Sie ein Dokument ohne
+ Vorlage öffnen.
+ So stehen Ihnen Ihre Standardeinstellungen automatisch zur Verfügung.
+\layout Standard
+
+Es gibt viele andere benutzerdefinierbare Optionen, die man in LyX speichern
+ kann.
+ Beim Start liest LyX eine globale Konfigurationsdatei mit dem Namen
+\family typewriter
+lyxrc.defaults
+\family default
+.
+ Danach wird versucht, in Ihrem Heimatverzeichnis die Datei
+\family typewriter
+~/.lyx/preferences
+\family default
+ zu lesen.
+ Über das Dialogfenster
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+E
+\bar under
+i
+\bar default
+nstellungen\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\family default
+ können viele LyX-Voreinstellungen geändert werden.
+ Das Dokument
+\emph on
+Anpassung
+\emph default
+enthält weitere Informationen hierzu.
+\layout Section
+
+LaTeX
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{LaTeX}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Sie mehr mit LyX machen wollen als nur Dokumente schreiben und
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+-Dateien ausgeben, dann benötigen Sie LaTeX-Kenntnisse.
+\layout Standard
+
+Falls Sie es nicht wissen, LaTeX ist eine Erweiterung von TeX.
+ Es bereitet Dokumente vor und wurde 1984 von
+\noun on
+Donald Knuth
+\noun default
+ entwickelt.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Eine Bemerkung zur Aussprache: TeX ist von griechischen Buchstaben abgeleitet,
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\tau\epsilon\chi$
+\end_inset
+
+, was wie
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Blech
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ ausgesprochen wird.
+ Man sagt also
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+tech
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ und
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+latech
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\emph on
+nicht
+\emph default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+tex
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ und
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+latex
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ LyX allerdings spricht sich
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+lyx
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+!
+\end_inset
+
+ TeX liest Befehle aus einer ASCII-Datei und konvertiert sie in ein DVI-Format
+ (
+\emph on
+device-independent
+\emph default
+).
+ Die DVI-Datei kann dann an einen Drucker gesendet werden.
+ TeX ist programmierbar, und LaTeX ist nichts als ein (sehr großer) Satz
+ von TeX-Makros.
+ LaTeX ist normalerweise Teil einer TeX-Distribution, das heißt Sie benötigen
+ nur das TeX-Paket.
+\layout Standard
+
+Es gibt zur Zeit zwei LaTeX-Versionen.
+ Die eine ist das ältere LaTeX 2.09, welches bereits seit 1994 überholt ist;
+ die andere das neuere LaTeX2e.
+ LyX kann nur mit LaTeX2e zusammenarbeiten, nicht mit der älteren Version
+ 2.09.
+ Das wird normalerweise nur bei alten Universitätssystemen aufkommen.
+ Wenn Sie Linux innerhalb der letzten fünf Jahre auf einem PC installiert
+ haben und das mitgelieferte TeX-Paket (entweder teTeX oder NTeX), sollte
+ alles in Ordnung sein.
+\layout Standard
+
+Noch einmal in aller Deutlichkeit:
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_top 0.23cm \added_space_bottom 0.23cm \align center
+LyX
+\emph on
+KANN NUR MIT
+\emph default
+LaTeX2e
+\emph on
+ARBEITEN
+\emph default
+!!!
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn auf Ihrem System die Version 2.09 ist, lassen Sie LaTeX2e von Ihrem
+ Systemadministrator installieren.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Falls Sie das nicht selber sind!
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Sie Linux benutzen, ist LaTeX2e wahrscheinlich in Ihrer Distribution
+ enthalten.
+ Sehen Sie sich die Anweisungen für Ihre Linux-Distribution (wahrscheinlich
+ eine CD-ROM) an und installieren Sie das TeX-Paket, wenn Sie es noch nicht
+ getan haben.
+ Alles, was Sie brauchen, ist dort, und noch ein paar Dinge, die Sie wahrscheinl
+ich nicht brauchen werden.
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Sie auf einem anderen System arbeiten, werden Sie wahrscheinlich mit
+ Ihrem Systemadministrator sprechen müssen, damit TeX/LaTeX installiert
+ wird, falls es nicht vorhanden ist.
+\layout Standard
+
+Haben wir übrigens erwähnt, daß LyX nur mit LaTeX2e arbeitet?
+\layout Section
+
+Dvips und Ghostscript
+\layout Subsection
+
+Was Sie benötigen
+\layout Standard
+
+Da ist noch etwas, was Sie tun müssen, wenn Sie Ihre LyX-Dokumente drucken
+ wollen.
+ Natürlich muß Ihr Drucker richtig eingerichtet sein (siehe nächsten Abschnitt).
+ Außerdem müssen Sie die folgenden vier Programme (oder vergleichbare) installie
+ren, wenn Sie sie noch nicht haben:
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+ghostscript
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+gv
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX benutzt
+\family typewriter
+gv
+\family default
+ anstatt
+\family typewriter
+ghostview
+\family default
+, weil es eine bessere Schnittstelle besitzt.
+ Sie können aber auch andere PostScript®-Betrachter benutzen und das unter
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+E
+\bar under
+i
+\bar default
+nstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Konvertierung\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Formate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+etrachter:
+\family default
+festlegen
+\family sans
+.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Die letzten beiden Programme sind Betrachter für Dateien im DVI- und PostScript®
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+PostScript® ist ein eingetragenes Warenzeichen von Adobe Systems Incorporated.
+\end_inset
+
+-Format.
+ Wenn Sie nicht wissen, was eine DVI-Datei ist, haben Sie wahrscheinlich
+ noch nie mit LaTeX gearbeitet und sollten jetzt das
+\emph on
+Tutorium
+\emph default
+ lesen (
+\family sans
+\bar under
+H
+\bar default
+ilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+utorium),
+\family default
+bevor Sie weitermachen.
+
+\family typewriter
+ dvips
+\family default
+ konvertiert DVI-Dateien nach PostScript®.
+ Dieses Format verstehen heutzutage die meisten Drucker.
+ Diejenigen, die Nadel- oder Tintenstrahldrucker benutzen, müssen PostScript®
+ durch
+\family typewriter
+ghostscript
+\family default
+ filtern.
+ Es kann für viele Druckerarten eine Ausgabe erzeugen.
+ Der folgende Abschnitt über Druckereinrichtung beschreibt, wie man erreicht,
+ daß es bei jedem Druckvorgang automatisch geschieht.
+ Im Moment wollen wir uns auf
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+ konzentrieren.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Dvips
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Dvips}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:dvipsconfig}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Ob Sie LyX auf einem großen System benutzen oder unter Linux zu Hause, auf
+ jeden Fall sollten Sie
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+ konfigurieren.
+
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+druckt
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ entweder in eine Datei oder sendet die Ausgabe direkt an den Drucker, abhängig
+ von der Einstellung.
+ Wenn in eine Datei gedruckt wird und kein Dateiname angegeben wird, wird
+ aus
+\family typewriter
+foo.dvi
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+foo.ps
+\family default
+.
+ Auf den meisten Systemen ist
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+ so eingerichtet, daß die Ausgabe zum Standarddrucker geschickt wird.
+ Mit LyX möchten Sie vielleicht beide Möglichkeiten nutzen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Sie keine Lust haben,
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+ so einzurichten, daß die Ausgebe an den Drucker geschickt wird, können
+ Sie diesen Abschnitt ruhig überspringen.
+ Aber seien Sie gewarnt, daß die Ausgabe nicht so gut werden könnte, wie
+ Sie es von Ihrem Drucker erwarten.
+ Aber es wird wenigstens gedruckt.
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Sie teTeX benutzen (eine TeX-Distribution, die bei Linux besonders
+ populär ist), sollten Sie das Programm
+\family typewriter
+texconfig
+\family default
+ laufen lassen.
+ Damit
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+ den Namen des Druckers kennt, sollten Sie als nächstes
+\family sans
+Dvips
+\family default
+ auswählen und dann
+\emph on
+add
+\emph default
+.
+ Geben Sie die benötigten Parameter ein, wählen die Funktion
+\family sans
+Rehash
+\family default
+ und beenden das Programm.
+\layout Standard
+
+Nun zur manuellen Konfiguration: um
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+ mitzuteilen, wie es eine DVI-Datei automagisch
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Ja, wir meinen das so!
+\end_inset
+
+ in eine
+\family typewriter
+.ps
+\family default
+-Datei für den Drucker
+\family typewriter
+foo
+\family default
+ umformen kann, benötigen Sie die Konfigurationsdatei
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+config.foo
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+, die irgendwo auf Ihrem System ist.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Unter Linux ist
+\family typewriter
+locate
+\family default
+ ein guter Befehl zum Suchen.
+\end_inset
+
+ Normalerweise finden Sie die
+\family typewriter
+config.*
+\family default
+-Dateien für
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+ in
+\family typewriter
+/usr/lib/texmf/dvips
+\family default
+ für die meisten TeX-Distributionen.
+ Ihr System wird möglicherweise anders eingerichtet sein, also fangen Sie
+ im Hauptverzeichnis von TeX an, nach einem Unterverzeichnis namens
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ zu suchen.
+ Es wird da irgendwo sein.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Normalerweise wird es mindestens eine Konfigurationsdatei geben:
+\family typewriter
+config.ps
+\family default
+.
+ Diese Datei enthält die Standard\SpecialChar \-
+einstellungen, die
+\emph on
+immer
+\emph default
+von dvips
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Insbesondere setzt diese Datei keine namens
+\family typewriter
+ps
+\family default
+ voraus.
+\end_inset
+
+ gelesen werden.
+ Lesen Sie die Datei und stellen Sie fest, welche Optionen Sie für Ihren
+ Drucker ändern müssen.
+ Dann schreiben Sie die Datei
+\family typewriter
+config.foo
+\family default
+, die nur die relevanten Zeilen enthält.
+\layout Standard
+
+Es gibt mindestens eine Änderung, die Sie evtl.
+ in der config-Datei vornehmen müssen.
+ Es kann eine Zeile geben, die so aussieht:
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+o | lpr
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ (natürlich ohne die Anführungszeichen\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+).
+ Ändern Sie sie in
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+o | lpr -Pfoo
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+, so daß die Ausgabe standardmäßig zum Drucker
+\family typewriter
+foo
+\family default
+ geschickt wird.
+ Außerdem sollten Sie sich die Einträge
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+M
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ und
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+D
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ ansehen, die den Metafont-Modus und die Druckerauf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
+lösung festlegen.
+ Wenn Sie nicht wissen, was ein Metafont-Modus ist, es ist so eine Art Druckertr
+eiber: er paßt die TeX-Fonts an um sicherzustellen, daß Sie das bestmögliche
+ Druckergebnis erhalten.
+ Seien Sie aber gewarnt, daß
+\family typewriter
+ dvips
+\family default
+ einige Kopien Ihrer TeX-Fonts auf der Festplatte speichert, wenn Sie mehrere
+ Metafont-Modi erzeugen, und das verschlingt wertvollen Speicherplatz.
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Sie sicher sind, daß Ihre Drucker richtig konfiguriert sind, sollten
+ Sie das LyX mitteilen, damit es diese Konfiguration benutzen kann.
+ Starten Sie dazu den Dialog
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+E
+\bar under
+i
+\bar default
+nstellungen\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\family default
+ und tragen Sie die korrekten Namen und Befehle in
+\family sans
+Ausgabe\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Drucker
+\family default
+ unter
+\family sans
+Name:
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+Druckerbefehl\SpecialChar ~
+und\SpecialChar ~
+Flags
+\family default
+ ein.
+\layout Standard
+
+Sie können soviele config-Dateien wie nötig benutzen, eine für jeden Drucker.
+ Der Standarddrucker für LyX kann im Dialog
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+E
+\bar under
+i
+\bar default
+nstellungen\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\family default
+ festgelegt werden oder mit der
+\family typewriter
+PRINTER
+\family default
+-Umgebungsvariablen.
+ Sie können aber auch den gewünschten Drucker innerhalb von LyX auswählen,
+ so wie es in einem späteren Abschnitt beschrieben wird.
+ Wenn das alles fertig ist, können Sie von LyX aus entweder auf einem PostScript
+®-Drucker oder in eine Datei drucken.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Ihr Drucker PostScript® nicht versteht, benötigen Sie
+\family typewriter
+ghostscript
+\family default
+ als Filter für Ihren Druckerspuler.
+ Das wird in vielen HOWTO und Handbüchern beschrieben.
+ Wir haben auch einen Abschnitt, in dem darüber etwas steht.
+\layout Standard
+
+Einige scheinen die Kombination
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+ plus
+\family typewriter
+ghostscript
+\family default
+ nicht zu mögen.
+ Als Alternative können Sie ein Programm benutzen, das die DVI-Datei direkt
+ in Ihre Druckersprache übersetzt.
+ Sie können dieses Programm ebenfalls im Dialog
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+E
+\bar under
+i
+\bar default
+nstellungen\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\family default
+ festlegen.
+ Ein Hauptnachteil dieser Methode ist, daß Sie keine PostScript®-Dateien
+ wie zum Beispiel Grafiken in Ihr Dokument einfügen können, weil die druckerspez
+ifischen Umwandlungsprogramme PostScript® nicht verstehen.
+ Deshalb empfiehlt die LyX-Mannschaft, zum Drucken auf jeden Fall
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+ und
+\family typewriter
+ghostscript
+\family default
+ zu benutzen.
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+Ghostscript
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Ghostscript}
+
+\end_inset
+
+, Xdvi
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{xdvi}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ und gv
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{gv}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+Xdvi
+\family default
+ und
+\family typewriter
+gv
+\family default
+ sind Dateibetrachter.
+
+\family typewriter
+Xdvi
+\family default
+ betrachtet DVI-Dateien, während
+\family typewriter
+gv
+\family default
+ zusammen mit
+\family typewriter
+ghostscript
+\family default
+ PostScript®-Dateien betrachtet.
+\layout Standard
+
+Eine kurze Anmerkung zu beiden Programmen.
+ Beide aktualisieren ihre Ausgabe automatisch, wenn die betrachtete Datei
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+das ist die
+\family typewriter
+.dvi
+\family default
+- oder
+\family typewriter
+.ps
+\family default
+-Datei, nicht die Quelldatei.
+\end_inset
+
+ geändert wurde.
+ Man kann eine Aktualisierung aber auch erzwingen.
+ Das bedeutet, daß Sie ein einmal geöffnetes Fenster nicht mehr schließen
+ müssen.
+ Beide Programme sind sehr ähnlich und haben dieselben Funktionen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Die LyX-Mannschaft empfiehlt
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\family default
+, um Dokumenten den letzten Schliff zu geben.
+ Warum? Es ist schneller, weil es einen Arbeitsschritt weniger gibt, bis
+ Sie die Änderungen sehen können.
+ Hier ist ein Beispiel:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Benutzen Sie
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\family default
+ (
+\family sans
+Ans
+\bar under
+i
+\bar default
+cht\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+VI
+\family default
+ (
+\family sans
+Strg+
+\family default
+D)), um ein mit LyX geschriebenes Dokument zu betrachten und lassen das
+ Fenster geöffnet.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Ändern Sie das Dokument mit LyX.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Um die Änderungen zu sehen, wählen Sie
+\family sans
+Ans
+\bar under
+i
+\bar default
+cht\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+A
+\bar default
+ktualisieren
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+VI
+\family default
+ (
+\family sans
+Umschalt+Strg+D
+\family default
+).
+ Nachdem LaTeX fertig ist, klicken Sie in das
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\family default
+-Fenster, und voilà!
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\family default
+ aktualisiert die Darstellung.
+\layout Standard
+
+Das bedeutet nun nicht, daß
+\family typewriter
+gv
+\family default
+ nutzlos ist.
+
+\family typewriter
+gv
+\family default
+ ist besser für Gelegenheiten ausgerüstet, wo Sie die PostScript®-Version
+ des Dokuments betrachten
+\emph on
+müssen.
+
+\emph default
+Für wiederholte Änderungen, die nicht von PostScript® abhängen, fahren Sie
+ mit
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\family default
+ besser.
+\layout Section
+
+Der Drucker
+\layout Standard
+
+Wer auf einem großen System arbeitet, sollte keine Probleme haben.
+
+\size normal
+
+\size default
+Ihr Systemadministrator
+\size normal
+(o
+\size default
+de
+\size normal
+r
+\size default
+Sie, wenn Sie es sind
+\size normal
+) s
+\size default
+ollte bereits die Drucker für das System eingerichtet haben
+\size normal
+.
+
+\size default
+Sie müssen nur den Namen des Druckers herausfinden, den Sie benutzen wollen,
+\size normal
+
+\size default
+u
+\size normal
+nd
+\size default
+Ihre
+\size normal
+
+\size default
+Einstellungen wie im letzten Absatz beschrieben konfigurieren.
+\layout Standard
+
+Wer aber
+\size normal
+Linux
+\size default
+ benutzt
+\size normal
+, h
+\size default
+at ein wenig mehr Arbeit
+\size normal
+.
+
+\size default
+Viele erhalten jetzt eine
+\size normal
+Linux
+\size default
+-D
+\size normal
+istribution
+\size default
+auf
+\size normal
+CD-ROM
+\size default
+\SpecialChar \@.
+
+\size normal
+
+\size default
+Sie befolgen die Installationsvorschriften und bekommen
+\size normal
+ Linux
+\size default
+zum Laufen
+\size normal
+,
+\size default
+aber sind sich nie klar darüber, daß sie ihren Drucker einrichten müssen
+\size normal
+.
+
+\size default
+ Wir haben im
+\emph on
+Anpassung
+\emph default
+-Handbuch (
+\family sans
+\bar under
+H
+\bar default
+ilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+A
+\bar default
+npassung
+\family default
+) ein Kapitel
+\emph on
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Eine Anleitung für Drucker
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\emph default
+geschrieben, das Ihnen ein wenig dabei helfen kann.
+
+\layout Chapter
+
+LyX-Grundlagen
+\layout Section
+
+Dokumenttypen
+\layout Subsection
+
+Einleitung
+\layout Standard
+
+Bevor Sie anfangen, ein Dokument zu schreiben, müssen Sie entscheiden, was
+ für eine
+\emph on
+Art
+\emph default
+von Dokument Sie wollen.
+ Unterschiedliche Dokumentarten benutzen unterschiedliche Typen für Zwischenräum
+e, Überschriften, Numerierungen, usw.
+ Außerdem benutzen unterschiedliche Dokumente unterschiedliche Absatzumgebungen
+ und formatieren Dokumenttitel unterschiedlich.
+\layout Standard
+
+Eine
+\emph on
+Dokumentklasse
+\emph default
+ beschreibt eine Gruppe von Eigenschaften, die eine bestimmte Menge von
+ Dokumenten gemeinsam haben.
+ Durch die Wahl der Dokumentklasse legt man diese Eigenschaften automagisch
+ fest und erleichtert die Erschaffung des gewünschten Dokumentes.
+ Wenn Sie keine Dokumentklasse wählen, nimmt LyX die Standardklasse.
+ Dann aber müssen Sie eventuell die Dokumentklasse ändern.
+\layout Standard
+
+Lesen Sie jetzt, welche Dokumentklassen Sie in LyX wählen können und wie
+ man einige Eigenschaften feineinstellt.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Wir werden im folgenden die englischen Namen beibehalten, wie Sie sie in
+ den Menüs u.
+ ä.
+ finden.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:doc-classes}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Die verschiedenen Dokumentklassen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Dokumentklassen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Übersicht
+\layout Standard
+
+In LyX gibt es fünf Standarddokumentklassen:
+\layout Description
+
+article für Standardartikel
+\layout Description
+
+book für Bücher
+\layout Description
+
+letter\SpecialChar ~
+(german) für Briefe im deutschen Stil
+\layout Description
+
+report für Standardberichte
+\layout Description
+
+slides\SpecialChar ~
+(default) für Dias
+\layout Standard
+
+Es gibt auch noch andere Klassen, die LyX aber nur benutzt, wenn LaTeX entsprech
+end eingerichtet ist.
+\layout Description
+
+article\SpecialChar ~
+(AMS) Artikel im Stil und Format der AMS (American Mathematical Society).
+ Es gibt drei amsart-Layouts.
+
+\newline
+Das Standardlayout benutzt das normale Numerierungsschema für Sätze usw.,
+ das die Abschnittsnummer voranstellt.
+ Alle Behauptungen (Sätze, Korollare usw.) werden gemeinsam numeriert, aber
+ Definitionen, Beispiele und Ähnliches haben ihre eigene Numerierungsfolge.
+
+\newline
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\series bold
+sequential numbering
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ stellt keine Abschnittsnummer voran, sondern numeriert alles fortlaufend.
+ Jeder Typ (Sätze, Definitionen usw.) erhält eine eigene Numerierungsreihenfolge.
+
+\newline
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\series bold
+unnumbered
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\series default
+ verzichtet vollständig auf die Numerierung.
+\layout Description
+
+article\SpecialChar ~
+(REVTeX) Artikel für Veröffentlichungen der American Physical Society
+ (APS), des American Institute of Physics (AIP) und der Optical Society
+ of America (OSA).
+ Diese Klasse ist nicht mit allen LyX-Funktionen kompatibel.
+\layout Description
+
+book\SpecialChar ~
+(AMS) Bücher im Stil und Format der AMS.
+ Es wird nur die Standardnumerierung benutzt, in der Annahme, daß man Sätze
+ usw.\SpecialChar ~
+numerieren muß, aber nicht durchgehend.
+\layout Description
+
+letter für Briefe im US-amerikanischen Stil
+\layout Description
+
+paper für die
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+paper
+\family default
+LaTeX
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+-Dokumentklasse (nicht in allen LaTeX-Distributionen enthalten)
+\layout Standard
+
+Wir wollen hier nicht im Einzelnen beschreiben, wie man diese verschiedenen
+ Dokumentklassen benutzen kann.
+ Einzelheiten über die Nicht-Standard-Klassen finden Sie unter
+\family sans
+\bar under
+H
+\bar default
+ilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+rof\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
+i-Tipps
+\family default
+.
+ Hier wollen wir uns mit Eigenschaften befassen, die allen Dokumentklassen
+ gemeinsam sind.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Eine Klasse auswählen
+\layout Standard
+
+Sie können eine Klasse über
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family default
+\bar under
+D
+\family sans
+\bar default
+okument\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family default
+Karteikarte
+\family sans
+ Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+K
+\bar default
+lasse:
+\family default
+auswählen.
+ Danach können Sie die benötigten Optionen feineinstellen.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Eigenschaften
+\layout Standard
+
+Jede Dokumentklasse hat Standardwerte, hier ist eine Tabelle mit ihnen:
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_top 3mm \added_space_bottom 3mm \align center
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="5">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Seitenstil
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Format
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Spalten
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+höchste Abschnittsstufe
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+article
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+plain
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Einseitig
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+1-spaltig
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Abschnitt
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+article (AMS)
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+headings
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Einseitig
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+1-spaltig
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Abschnitt
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+book
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+headings
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Zweiseitig
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+1-spaltig
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Kapitel
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+letter
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+plain
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Einseitig
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+1-spaltig
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+keine
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+report
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+plain
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Einseitig
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+1-spaltig
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Kapitel
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+SGML (Linuxdoc)
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+plain
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Einseitig
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+1-spaltig
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Abschnitt
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+slides
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+plain
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Einseitig
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+1-spaltig
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+keine
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+paper
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+headings
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Einseitig
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+1-spaltig
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Abschnitt
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Sie werden sich wahrscheinlich fragen, was
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+höchste Abschnittsstufe
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ bedeutet.
+ Es gibt mehrere Absatzumgebungen, um Abschnittsüberschriften zu erzeugen.
+ Unterschiedliche Dokumentklassen gestatten unterschiedliche Abschnittsüberschri
+ften.
+ Nur zwei benutzen die
+\family sans
+Kapitel
+\family default
+-Überschrift; der Rest beginnt stattdessen mit der
+\family sans
+Abschnitt
+\family default
+-Überschrift.
+ Einige Dokumentklassen wie die für Briefe benutzen überhaupt keine Überschrifte
+n.
+ Außer
+\family sans
+Kapitel
+\family default
+- und
+\family sans
+Abschnitt
+\family default
+-Überschriften gibt es auch
+\family sans
+Unterabschnitt
+\family default
+-Überschriften,
+\family sans
+Unterunterabschn.
+\family default
+-Überschriften usw.
+ Wir werden diese Überschriften ausführlich in Abschnitt
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:parenvheadings}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ beschreiben.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Feineinstellung der Standardwerte
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Standardwerte}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Ja, wir wissen, daß wir Ihnen noch nicht gesagt haben, was die meisten dieser
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Standardwerte
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ machen, die man über den
+\family sans
+\bar under
+K
+\bar default
+lasse
+\family default
+-Knopf erhält.
+ Dafür ist dieser Abschnitt da.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+eiten-Stil
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Seiten-Stil}
+
+\end_inset
+
+:
+\family default
+ Dies ist eine weitere Liste mit fünf Optionen.
+ Damit wird festgelegt, wie Überschriften und Seitenzahlen aussehen.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+LaTeX macht diesen Teil.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+default
+\family default
+das Standardseitenformat der gewählten Klasse benutzen.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+empty
+\family default
+ weder Seitenzahlen noch Überschriften.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+plain
+\family default
+ nur Seitenzahlen.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+headings
+\family default
+ Seitenzahlen und Kapitel- oder Abschnittsüberschriften mit Nummer.
+
+\begin_inset Note
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Ob LyX die Kapitel- oder die Abschnittsüberschriften benutzt, hängt von
+ Extra->Tiefe der Abschnittsnumerierung ab.
+ ???
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+fancy
+\family default
+ gestattet völlig individuell gestaltete Kopf- und Fußzeilen, wenn Sie das
+ Paket
+\family sans
+fancyhdr
+\family default
+ installiert haben.
+ Zur Zeit kann LyX dies nur beschränkt unterstützen.
+ Um alle Möglichkeiten des Pakets ausschöpfen zu können, müssen Sie in Ihrem
+ Vorspann
+\emph on
+magic code
+\emph default
+ eintragen.
+ Lesen Sie die Dokumentation des
+\family sans
+fancyhdr
+\family default
+-Paketes
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Zur Zeit unter /usr/share/texmf/doc/latex/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.dvi zu finden
+\end_inset
+
+ für weitere Einzelheiten.
+\end_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+Seiten\SpecialChar ~
+Z
+\bar under
+w
+\bar default
+eiseitig
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Seiten Zweiseitig}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ Nein, LyX kann Ihren Drucker nicht dazu bringen, beide Seiten eines Blattes
+ zu bedrucken! Aber es kann andere Formate für gerade und ungerade Seiten
+ benutzen.
+ Wenn Sie einen Drucker mit Duplexdruck haben
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Das heißt beide Seiten eines Blattes werden bedruckt.
+\end_inset
+
+, werden die Seitenzahlen immer in der oberen Ecke der Seite außen sein,
+ und der innere Rand wird genug Platz zum Binden lassen.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+Spalten
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Spalten}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ Hier kann man die Zahl der Spalten auf einer Seite wählen.
+ Beachten Sie, daß LyX keine zwei Spalten anzeigen wird.
+ Das ist unpraktisch, oft unleserlich und gehört nicht zum WYSIWYM
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{WYSIWYM}
+
+\end_inset
+
+-Konzept.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+siehe
+\emph on
+Einführung
+\emph default
+(
+\family sans
+\bar under
+H
+\bar default
+ilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+inführung
+\family default
+)
+\end_inset
+
+ Aber in der Druckausgabe
+\emph on
+werden
+\emph default
+ die beiden Spalten zu sehen sein.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+Zusatz-
+\bar under
+O
+\bar default
+ptionen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Optionen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+:
+\family default
+ Das LaTeX-Kommando
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+documentclass
+\family default
+ hat mehrere Optionen.
+ LyX setzt einige davon für Sie automatisch.
+ In das Kästchen können Sie weitere eintragen.
+ Sie müssen nur eine mit Kommas getrennte Optionsliste eingeben.
+ Lesen Sie in einem guten LaTeX-Buch nach, was für Optionen Sie benutzen
+ können.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+Absatztrennung
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Absatztrennung}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ Hierzu gibt es einen eigenen Abschnitt.
+ Lesen Sie in Abschnitt
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:parindentintro}
+
+\end_inset
+
+, was dieser Parameter bewirkt.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Seitenorientierung
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Seitenorientierung}
+
+\end_inset
+
+, Papierformat
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Papierformat}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ und Ränder
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Rander@Ränder}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Es gibt im Dialogfenster
+\family sans
+Dokumentformat
+\family default
+ noch weitere Parameter, die man setzen kann.
+ Es sind alles globale Parameter, aber sie dienen besonderen Zwecken und
+ berühren nur gewisse Funktionen.
+ Deswegen beschreiben wir sie dort, wo wir die von ihnen betroffenen Funktionen
+ beschreiben.
+\layout Standard
+
+Es gibt zwei globale Parameter, die wir hier beschreiben wollen.
+ Sie finden sie im Menü
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family default
+\bar under
+D
+\family sans
+\bar default
+okument\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family default
+Karteikarte
+\family sans
+ Seite
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+Abmessungen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Abmessungen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ Legt die Papiergröße fest.
+ Es gibt folgende Möglichkeiten:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Standard
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Benutzerdef\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
+iniert
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+US letter
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+US legal
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+US executive
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+A3, A4,
+\family default
+
+\family sans
+A5
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+B3, B4, B5
+\end_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+Orientierung
+\family default
+ Hier kann man mit zwei Knöpfen zwischen
+\family sans
+Ho
+\bar under
+c
+\bar default
+hformat
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+
+\bar under
+Q
+\bar default
+uerformat
+\family default
+ wählen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Für einige Einstellungen benötigen Sie das
+\family sans
+geometry
+\family default
+-Paket.
+ Mit diesem Paket können Sie in diesem Menü dann auch die
+\family sans
+Ränder
+\family default
+ setzen.
+ Wenn Sie unter
+\family sans
+\bar under
+R
+\bar default
+änder:
+\family default
+ etwas Anderes als
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+ wählen, können Sie das
+\family sans
+geometry
+\family default
+-Paket nicht benutzen.
+ Die Ränder sind dann festgelegt.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Wichtiger Hinweis:
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Sie die Klasse eines Dokumentes ändern, muß LyX
+\emph on
+alles
+\emph default
+ in die neue Klasse umwandeln, einschließlich der Absatzumgebungen.
+ Einige Absatzumgebungen sind Standard; alle Dokumentklassen haben sie.
+ Einige Klassen jedoch haben besondere Absatzumgebungen.
+ Wenn Sie in so einem Fall die Dokumentklasse ändern, setzt LyX die fehlenden
+ Absatzumgebungen auf
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+ und plaziert ein Fehlerkästchen an den Anfang des Absatzes.
+ Wenn Sie draufklicken, sehen Sie eine Meldung, warum die Umwandlung fehlschlug.
+\layout Section
+
+Absatzeinrückung
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Absatzeinruckung@Absatzeinrückung}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ und Absatztrennung
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Absatztrennung}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+Einleitung
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:parindentintro}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Bevor wir die verschiedenen Absatzumgebungen beschreiben, wollen wir etwas
+ über Para\SpecialChar \-
+graph\SpecialChar \-
+einrückung sagen.
+ Jeder scheint eigene Vorstellungen darüber zu haben, wie Absätze zu trennen
+ sind.
+ Die meisten Amerikaner rücken die erste Zeile eines Absatzes ein.
+ Andere machen das nicht, sondern fügen stattdessen einen größeren Abstand
+ zwischen zwei Absätzen ein.
+ Die deutsche LyX-Version benutzt diese Konvention.
+ Die englische (amerikanische) Version rückt den
+\emph on
+ersten
+\emph default
+ Absatz eines Abschnittes, oder nach einem Bild, einer Gleichung, einer
+ Liste usw.\SpecialChar ~
+
+\emph on
+nicht
+\emph default
+ ein.
+ Nur die folgenden Absätze werden eingerückt.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Die Unterschiede erkennt man am besten, wenn man sich die Dokumentation
+ in den verschiedenen Sprachen ansieht.
+\end_inset
+
+Manch einer mag diese Konvention nicht, aber wenn Sie eingerückte Absätze
+ benutzen wollen, müssen Sie damit leben.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Man kann LaTeX nicht zwingen,
+\emph on
+alle
+\emph default
+ Absätze einzurücken.
+ LyX zeigt es natürlich nicht und LaTeX wird es auch nicht so drucken.
+ Sie benötigen ein Spezialpaket und einen entsprechenden Befehl in der Präambel.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Der Abstand zwischen zwei Absätzen, der Zeilenabstand, der Abstand zwischen
+ Überschrift und Text -- alle Abstände zwischen irgendwelchen Objekten sind
+ in LyX in der Tat vordefiniert.
+ Wie wir sagten, Sie müssen sich nicht um Zwischenräume kümmern, LyX paßt
+ darauf auf.
+ Tatsächlich sind die vordefinierten vertikalen Abstände keine feste Zahl,
+ sondern ein Bereich.
+ Auf diese Weise kann LyX den Platz zwischen Zeilen verringern oder dehnen
+ um sicherzustellen, daß Bilder zusammen mit Text auf eine Seite passen,
+ daß Abschnitte nicht am Fuß einer Seite beginnen usw.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Eigentlich macht LaTeX das, wenn LyX die Druckdatei erzeugen will.
+\end_inset
+
+ Aber vordefiniert bedeutet nicht, daß Sie das nicht ändern können.
+ LyX läßt Sie
+\emph on
+alle
+\emph default
+ vordefinierten Abstände global ändern.
+ Wir werden das später erklären.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Globale Absatztrennung
+\layout Standard
+
+Um eine Standardmethode für die Absatztrennung festzulegen, wählen Sie
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+okument
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+, um das Dialogfenster
+\family sans
+Dokumentformat
+\family default
+ anzuzeigen.
+ Dann wählen Sie bei auf der Karteikarte
+\family sans
+ Dokument
+\family default
+bei
+\family sans
+ Absatztrennung
+\family default
+ entweder
+\family sans
+
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+inrückung
+\family default
+ oder
+\family sans
+Abs
+\bar under
+t
+\bar default
+and
+\family default
+, um Absätze einzurücken oder einen größeren Abstand zwischen den Absätzen
+ einzufügen.
+ Außerdem können Sie verschiedene Abstände auswählen oder Ihren eigenen
+ festlegen.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Feineinstellung
+\layout Standard
+
+Sie können die Art der Absatztrennung auch für einzelne Absätze festlegen.
+ Wählen Sie
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+A
+\bar default
+bsatz
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+, um das Menü
+\family sans
+Absatzformat
+\family default
+ anzuzeigen.
+ Dort können Sie unter
+\family sans
+Text
+\family default
+ den
+\family sans
+\bar under
+K
+\bar default
+eine\SpecialChar ~
+Einrückun
+\family default
+g-Knopf drücken, um die Einrückart des aktuellen Absatzes zu ändern.
+ Wenn Absätze standardmäßig eingerückt werden, wird der Knopf deaktiviert
+ sein.
+ Wenn Absätze nicht eingerückt werden, sondern durch zusätzlichen Leerraum
+ abgetrennt werden, wird dieser Knopf völlig ignoriert (das heißt Sie können
+ ihn auch nicht verwenden, um einen einzelnen Absatz einzurücken).
+\layout Standard
+
+Die Absatztrennung werden Sie nur für die Feineinstellung eines einzelnen
+ Absatzes ändern müssen.
+ Normalerweise wählt man
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+inrückung
+\family default
+ oder
+\family sans
+\bar under
+A
+\bar default
+bstand
+\family default
+ für das gesamte Dokument.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Zeilenabstände ändern
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Sie das
+\family sans
+setspace
+\family default
+-Paket installiert haben, können Sie Ihren Zeilenabstand im Dialogfenster
+
+\family sans
+Dokumentformat
+\family default
+einstellen.
+\layout Section
+
+Absatzumgebungen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Absatzumgebungen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:par-environments}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+Überblick
+\layout Standard
+
+Die Absatzumgebungen entsprechen in einer normalen LaTeX-Datei den verschiedenen
+ Befehlsfolgen
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{
+\family default
+\emph on
+environment
+\family typewriter
+\emph default
+} ...
+
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+end
+\family default
+ {
+\emph on
+environment
+\emph default
+}.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\noun on
+HHa
+\noun default
+: Dies scheint ein LaTeX-Fehler zu sein, siehe auch
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{latex-einführung}
+
+\end_inset
+
+, S.
+ 21 und S.
+ 101.
+ LaTeX hat offensichtlich Probleme, den Schreibmaschinenfont richtig umzubrechen.
+ Man kann das mit den Trennhilfen
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+-
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ und
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+
+\end_inset
+
+ korrigieren, manchmal hilft es auch, solche Textteile als URL zu definieren
+ (siehe Abschnitt
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:URLs}
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ Manchmal hilft
+\family typewriter
+sloppypar
+\family default
+ weiter (siehe
+\emph on
+Profi-Tipps
+\emph default
+ oder auch
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{latex-einführung}
+
+\end_inset
+
+)
+\end_inset
+
+ Wenn Sie LaTeX nicht kennen oder das Konzept der Absatzumgebung völlig
+ fremd für Sie ist, sollten Sie unbedingt das
+\emph on
+Tutorium
+\emph default
+ lesen.
+ Das
+\emph on
+Tutorium
+\emph default
+ enthält auch viel mehr Beispiele als dieser Abschnitt.
+\layout Standard
+
+Eine Absatzumgebung ist eine Art
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Behälter
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ für einen Absatz, der für ihn gewisse Eigenschaften
+\emph on
+
+\emph default
+enthält.
+ Diese können Stil, Font, Ränder, Numerierungsart, Marken usw.\SpecialChar ~
+betreffen.
+ Außerdem kann man die verschiedenen Umgebungen
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+schachteln
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+, wobei eine Umgebung Eigenschaften einer anderen erbt.
+ Die verschiedenen Absatzumgebungen machen den Gebrauch unsauberer Tabstopps,
+ das Ausrichten von Rändern im Vorübergehen und andere unnütze Dinge aus
+ den Tagen der Schreibmaschinen überflüssig.
+ Es gibt mehrere Absatzumgebungen für spezielle Dokumentarten.
+ Wir werden hier nur die gebräuchlichsten beschreiben.
+\layout Standard
+
+Eine Absatzumgebung wählt man mit dem
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+pull-down
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+-Menü am Anfang der Werkzeugleiste.
+ LyX wird die Umgebung des
+\emph on
+gesamten
+\emph default
+ Absatzes, in dem der Cursor sitzt, ändern.
+ Eine Gruppe von Absätzen kann man ändern, indem man sie vorher markiert.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn man
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ eingibt, wird
+\emph on
+normalerweise
+\emph default
+ ein neuer Absatz des Typs
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+ begonnen.
+ Wir sagen
+\emph on
+normalerweise
+\emph default
+, weil das nicht immer stimmt.
+ Wenn Sie in einer der folgenden Umgebungen sind:
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Zitat (kurz)
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Zitat!(kurz)}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ -- LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Quote
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Quote}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Zitat (lang)
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Zitat!(lang)}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ -- LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Quotation
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Quotation}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Gedicht
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Gedicht}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+-- LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Verse
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Verse}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
+listung
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Auf\/listung}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+-- LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Itemize
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Itemize}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Aufzählung
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Aufzahlung@Aufzählung}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ -- LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Enumerate
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Enumerate}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Beschreibung
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Beschreibung}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ -- LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Description
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Description}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Liste
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Liste}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+-- LaTeX-Bezeichnung: List
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{List}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+wird LyX die bisherige Absatzumgebung beibehalten, wenn Sie
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ eingeben, anstatt nach
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+ zurückzukehren.
+ LyX wird aber die Schachtelungstiefe zurücksetzen.
+ Normalerweise werden am Anfang eines neuen Absatzes Umgebung
+\emph on
+und
+\emph default
+ Schachtelungstiefe zurückgesetzt (mehr über Schachtelung in Abschnitt
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:nest}
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ Manchmal jedoch behält LyX die alte Umgebung.
+ Für den Augenblick: all dies ist kontextabhängig.
+ Es ist besser für Sie, wenn Sie erwarten, daß
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ Umgebung und Schachtelungstiefe zurücksetzt.
+ Wenn Sie einen neuen Absatz mit der bisherigen Umgebung und Schachtelungstiefe
+ wollen, benutzen Sie
+\family sans
+Alt+Return
+\family default
+.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Damit wird die Funktion
+\family typewriter
+break-paragraph-keep-layout
+\family default
+ ausgelöst.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+Standard
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Standard}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Die normale Absatzumgebung ist
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+.
+ Sie hat keine besonderen Eigenschaften.
+ Wenn LyX eine Absatzumgebung zurücksetzt, wird diese genommen.
+ Der Absatz, den Sie gerade lesen -- und die meisten dieses Handbuches --
+ haben die
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+-Umgebung.
+\layout Standard
+
+Sie können einen Absatz schachteln, indem Sie in fast jeder anderen Umgebung
+ die
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+-Umgebung wählen, aber in einer
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+-Umgebung können Sie so gut wie nichts schachteln.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Dokumenttitel
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Dokumenttitel}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Eine LaTeX-Titelseite hat drei Teile: den Titel selber, die Autorennamen
+ und das Datum.
+ Außerdem können Sie eine
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Fußnote
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ für Danksagungen oder Kontaktinformation schreiben.
+ Bei einigen Dokumenttypen druckt LaTeX dies alles auf einer eigenen Seite
+ zusammen mit dem Druckdatum.
+ Bei anderen Dokumenttypen wird die
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Titelseite
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ zum Beginn der ersten Seite gedruckt.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX stellt mit den Absatzumgebungen
+\family sans
+Titel
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Autor
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+Datum
+\family default
+ eine Schnittstelle zu den Titelsei\SpecialChar \-
+tenkommandos zur Verfügung.
+ So benutzen Sie sie:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Schreiben Sie den Titel Ihres Dokumentes mit der
+\family sans
+Titel
+\family default
+-Umgebung
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Titel!-Umgebung}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ (LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Title
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Title}
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+\layout Itemize
+
+Schreiben Sie den Autorennamen mit der
+\family sans
+Autor
+\family default
+-Umgebung
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Autor-Umgebung}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ (LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Author
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Author}
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+\layout Itemize
+
+Wenn Sie wollen, daß das Datum Ihrem Geschmack entspricht, wenn Sie ein
+ festes Datum wollen oder wenn Sie einen Text anstelle des Datums wollen,
+ benutzen Sie die
+\family sans
+Datum
+\family default
+-Umgebung
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Datum-Umgebung}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ (LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Date
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Date}
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ Der Gebrauch dieser Umgebung ist optional.
+ Wenn Sie sie nicht benutzen, wird LaTeX automatisch das Druckdatum einfügen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Passen Sie auf, daß Sie dies am Beginn des Dokuments machen.
+ Sie können auch Fußnoten benutzen, um
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Danksagungen
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ oder Kontaktinformation einzufügen.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Überschriften
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Uberschriften@Überschriften}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:parenvheadings}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ Es gibt neun Absatzumgebungen für Abschnittsüberschriften.
+ LyX übernimmt für Sie die Numerierung.
+ Sie müssen nur festlegen, wie Abschnitt x von Kapitel y heißen soll.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Numerierte Überschriften
+\layout Standard
+
+Es gibt 6 numerierte Abschnittsüberschriften:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\family sans
+Kapitel
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Kapitel}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ -- LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Chapter
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Chapter}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\family sans
+Abschnitt
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Abschnitt}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ -- LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Section
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Section}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\family sans
+Unterabschnitt
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Unterabschnitt}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+-- LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Subsection
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Subsection}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\family sans
+Unterunterabschn.
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Unterunterabschn.}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+-- LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Subsubsection
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Subsubsection}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\family sans
+Paragraph
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Paragraph}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+-- LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Paragraph
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\family sans
+Unterparagraph
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Unterparagraph}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+-- LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Subparagraph
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Subparagraph}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX markiert jede Überschrift mit einer Reihe von Zahlen, die durch Punkte
+ getrennt werden.
+ Die Zahlen beschreiben, wo im Dokument Sie sich befinden.
+ Die Überschriften unterteilen Ihr Dokument in unterschiedliche Textstücke.
+ Nehmen wir zum Beispiel an, Sie schreiben ein Buch.
+ Sie unterteilen das Buch in Kapitel.
+ LyX macht eine ähnliche Unterteilung:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Die höchste Abschnittsstufe ist entweder
+\family sans
+Kapitel
+\family default
+ oder
+\family sans
+Abschnitt
+\family default
+.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Kapitel
+\family default
+ wird in
+\family sans
+Abschnitt
+\family default
+e unterteilt.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Abschnitt
+\family default
+ wird in
+\family sans
+Unterabschnitt
+\family default
+e unterteilt.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Unterabschnitt
+\family default
+ wird in
+\family sans
+Unterunterabschn.
+\family default
+e unterteilt.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Unterunterabschn.
+
+\family default
+ wird in
+\family sans
+Paragraph
+\family default
+en unterteilt.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Paragraph
+\family default
+ wird in
+\family sans
+Unterparagraph
+\family default
+en unterteilt.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\emph on
+Bemerkung:
+\emph default
+ nicht alle Dokumenttypen benutzen
+\family sans
+Kapitel
+\family default
+ als höchste Abschnittsstufe, sondern
+\family sans
+Abschnitt
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Also, wenn Sie die
+\family sans
+Unterunterabschn.
+\family default
+-Umgebung benutzen, um einen neuen Unter-Unterabschnitt zu markieren, markiert
+ LyX die Überschrift mit der zugehörigen Nummer und den Nummern des Unterabschni
+tt
+\family sans
+es
+\family default
+, des Abschnitt
+\family sans
+es
+\family default
+ und, falls möglich, des Kapitels, in dem der Unter-Unterabschnitt steht.
+ Beispiel: der fünfte Abschnitt des zweiten Kapitels dieses Handbuches hat
+ die Marke
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+2.5
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Nichtnumerierte Überschriften
+\layout Standard
+
+Es gibt drei nichtnumerierte Überschriftsarten:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\family sans
+Abschnitt*
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Abschnitt*}
+
+\end_inset
+
+-- LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Section*
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Section*}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\family sans
+Unterabschnitt*
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Unterabschnitt*}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+-- LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Subsection*
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Subsection*}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\family sans
+Unterunterabschn.*
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Unterunterabschn.*}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+-- LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Subsubsection*
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Subsubsection*}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Der
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+*
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ nach den Namen bedeutet, daß die Überschriften nicht numeriert werden.
+ Sonst sind sie wie ihre numerierten Gegenstücke.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Ändern der Numerierung
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Numerierung}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Sie können auch wählen, welche Abschnittsstufen numeriert und welche im
+ Inhaltsverzeichnis aufgenommen werden sollen.
+ Dadurch werden ihre Stufen nicht entfernt, weil das in der Dokumentklasse
+ festgelegt wird.
+ Einige Klassen beginnen mit
+\family sans
+Kapitel
+\family default
+ und gehen hinunter bis zur
+\family sans
+Unterparagraph
+\family default
+-Stufe.
+ Andere beginnen mit
+\family sans
+Abschnitt
+\family default
+.
+ Auf ähnliche Weise numerieren nicht alle Dokumentklassen alle Abschnittsstufen.
+ Die meisten numerieren weder
+\family sans
+Paragraph
+\family default
+ noch
+\family sans
+Unterparagraph
+\family default
+.
+ Das können Sie ändern.
+\layout Standard
+
+Öffnen Sie das Dialogfenster
+\family sans
+Dokumentformat
+\family default
+ (
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+okument
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+).
+ Unter
+\family sans
+Nummerierung
+\family default
+ können Sie festlegen, wie wieviele Hierarchiestufen LyX in
+\family sans
+\bar under
+A
+\bar default
+bschnitt:
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+nhaltsverzeichnis:
+\family default
+ numerieren soll.
+ Unglücklicherweise ist die Zahl, die Sie dort einstellen können, nichtssagend.
+ Deshalb folgt eine Tabelle mit Werten und ihre Bedeutungen:
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_top 3mm \added_space_bottom 3mm \align center
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Abschnitt/Inhaltsverzeichnis
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX numeriert folgende
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Wert:
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Überschriften:
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+-2
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+keine
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+-1
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+bis
+\family sans
+ Teil
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+-0 und 0
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+bis
+\family sans
+ Kapitel
+\family default
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+1
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+bis
+\family sans
+Abschnitt
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+2
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+bis
+\family sans
+Unterabschnitt
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+3
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+bis
+\family sans
+Unterunterabschn
+\family default
+.
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+4
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+bis
+\family sans
+Paragraph
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+5
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+bis
+\family sans
+Unterparagraph
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Die aufsteigenden Zahlen sind kumulativ: eine
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+0
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ wird
+\family sans
+Teil
+\family default
+e und
+\family sans
+Kapitel
+\family default
+ numerieren, während eine
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+2
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+Teil
+\family default
+e,
+\family sans
+Kapitel
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Abschnitt
+\family default
+e und
+\family sans
+Unterabschnitt
+\family default
+e numerieren wird.
+ Wenn Sie natürlich eine Dokumentklasse benutzen, die keine
+\family sans
+Kapitel
+\family default
+-Überschriften benutzt, dann beginnt die Numerierung bei
+\family sans
+Abschnitt
+\family default
+, und
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+0
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ bedeutet
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+keine Numerierung
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Spezielle Informationen
+\layout Standard
+
+Die folgenden Bemerkungen gelten sowohl für
+\family sans
+Kapitel
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Abschnitt
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Unterabschnitt
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Unterunterabschn.
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Paragraph
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Unterparagraph
+\family default
+ als auch für
+\family sans
+Abschnitt*
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Unterabschnitt*
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+Unterunterabschn.*
+\family default
+:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Innerhalb dieser Umgebungen können Sie keine Randnotiz einfügen.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Sie
+\emph on
+
+\emph default
+können
+\emph on
+ eingefügte Formeln
+\emph default
+(s.
+
+\emph on
+Tutorium
+\emph default
+) schreiben.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Diese Umgebungen können Sie nicht schachteln.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Sie können Marken und Querverweise benutzen, um auf ihre Nummern zu verweisen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Beispiele für diese Absatzumgebungen finden Sie überall in unseren Handbüchern.
+ Schauen Sie sich nur um!
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Einen Anhang erstellen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Anhang erstellen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Um einen Anhang zu erstellen, fügen Sie zunächst eine neue Überschrift des
+ höchsten Abschnitttyps hinzu, also
+\family sans
+Kapitel
+\family default
+ oder
+\family sans
+Abschnitt.
+
+\family default
+ Dann stellen Sie den Cursor an den Anfang der Überschrift und wählen
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ormat
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family sans
+Anhang\SpecialChar ~
+hier\SpecialChar ~
+
+\bar under
+b
+\bar default
+eginnen
+\family default
+.
+ Die erste Nummer vor den nun folgenden Überschriften wird in einen Großbuchstab
+en umgeändert.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Zitate
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Zitat}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ und Lyrik
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Lyrik}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX hat drei Absatzumgebungen, um Zitate und Lyrik zu schreiben.
+ Es sind
+\family sans
+Zitat (kurz)
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Zitat (lang)
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+Gedicht
+\family default
+.
+ Vergessen Sie die Zeiten, wo Sie Zeilenabstände ändern und an Rändern drehen
+ mußten.
+ Diese drei Absatzumgebungen haben diese Änderungen bereits eingebaut.
+ Sie alle vergrößern den linken Rand und fügen ober- und unterhalb des Textes
+ zusätzlichen Leerraum ein.
+ Sie erlauben auch schachteln, das heißt Sie können ein
+\family sans
+Gedicht
+\family default
+ in ein
+\family sans
+ Zitat (lang)
+\family default
+ setzen, ebenso wie in einige andere Absatzumgebungen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Diese drei Absatzumgebungen haben noch eine Eigenschaft: sie kehren
+\emph on
+nicht
+\emph default
+ nach
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+ zurück, wenn Sie
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ drücken.
+ So können Sie das Gedicht schreiben und fröhlich
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ drücken, ohne fürchten zu müssen, daß die Absatzumgebung sich ändert.
+ Das bedeutet natürlich, daß Sie am Ende die
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+-Umgebung von Hand setzen müssen.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+
+\family sans
+Zitat (kurz)
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Zitat!(kurz)}
+
+\end_inset
+
+und
+\family sans
+Zitat (lang)
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Zitat!(lang)}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:quote}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Nachdem wir die Gemeinsamkeiten dieser drei Umgebungen beschrieben haben,
+ ist es Zeit für die Unterschiede.
+
+\family sans
+Zitat (kurz)
+\family default
+-- LaTeX-Bezeichnung:
+\family sans
+quote
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{quote}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+Zitat (lang)
+\family default
+-- LaTeX-Bezeichnung:
+\family sans
+quotation
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{quotation}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ besitzen nur einen Unterschied:
+\family sans
+Zitat (kurz)
+\family default
+ benutzt zusätzlichen Leerraum zwischen Absätzen und rückt die erste Zeile
+ niemals ein.
+
+\family sans
+Zitat (lang)
+\family default
+ rückt die erste Zeile eines Absatzes
+\emph on
+immer
+\emph default
+ ein und hat konstante Zeilenabstände.
+\layout Standard
+
+Hier ist ein Beispiel für eine
+\family sans
+Zitat (kurz)
+\family default
+-Umgebung:
+\layout Quote
+
+Dies ist die
+\family sans
+Zitat (kurz)
+\family default
+-Umgebung.
+ Wenn ich schreibe, wird die Zeile immer länger, bis sie umgebrochen wird.
+ Sehen Sie -- keine Einrückung!
+\layout Quote
+
+Hier ist der zweite Absatz dieses Zitats.
+ Wieder gibt es keine Einrückung, aber zwischen beiden Absätzen ist zusätzlicher
+ Leerraum.
+\layout Standard
+
+Das Beispiel ist zu Ende.
+ Hier ist ein weiteres, diesmal für die
+\family sans
+Zitat (lang)
+\family default
+-Umgebung:
+\layout Quotation
+
+Dies ist die
+\family sans
+Zitat (lang)
+\family default
+-Umgebung.
+ Beim Schreiben sehen Sie die Einrückung.
+ Wenn es in Ihrem Land üblich ist, die erste Zeile eines neuen Absatzes
+ einzurücken, dann ist
+\family sans
+Zitat (lang)
+\family default
+ die richtige Umgebung für Sie, das heißt Sie sollten sie benutzen,
+\emph on
+wenn
+\emph default
+ Sie anderen Text zitieren würden.
+\layout Quotation
+
+Hier ist ein neuer Absatz.
+ Ich könnte wie ein Politiker zur Wahlzeit
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Oder ein Manager auf Betriebsversammlungen (
+\noun on
+HHa
+\noun default
+)
+\end_inset
+
+ weiterschwafeln, aber es würde Sie langweilen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Das war das andere Beispiel.
+ Also:
+\family sans
+Zitat (kurz)
+\family default
+ ist geeignet für diejenigen, die zur Absatztrennung zusätzlichen Leerraum
+ verwenden.
+ Sie sollten Zitate in einer
+\family sans
+Zitat (kurz)
+\family default
+-Umgebung schreiben.
+ Diejenigen, die Absätze durch Einrückung trennen, sollten die
+\family sans
+Zitat (lang)
+\family default
+-Absatzumgebung für zitierten Text benutzen.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+
+\family sans
+Gedicht
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Lyrik}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:verse}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Gedicht
+\family default
+ ist eine Absatzumgebung für Lyrik.
+ Hier ist ein Beispiel (ich glaube, es ist von
+\noun on
+Wilhelm Busch
+\noun default
+):
+\layout Verse
+
+Wenn einer, der mit Mühe kaum
+\newline
+gekrochen ist auf einen Baum,
+\newline
+schon meint, daß er ein Vöglein wär'
+\newline
+so irrt sich der.
+\layout Verse
+
+Es folgt ein viel schlechteres Beispiel.
+ Diese Zeile wird länger, immer länger, sehr lang, endlich bricht sie um.
+ Hier sieht es nicht schlecht aus, aber im gedruckten Dokument sind die
+ Folgezeilen ein wenig weiter eingerückt als die erste.
+ Nun, es ist Prosa geworden und reimt sich nicht mehr.
+\layout Verse
+
+Um eine Zeile umzubrechen
+\newline
+und es gut aussehen zu lassen
+\newline
+benutze man
+\family sans
+Strg+Return
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Wie Sie sehen, rückt
+\family sans
+Gedicht
+\family default
+ nur den linken Rand ein.
+ Jede Strophe ist ein eigener Absatz.
+ Zum Trennen der Zeilen einer Strophe benutze man die
+\family typewriter
+break-line
+\family default
+-Funktion
+\family sans
+Strg+Return
+\family default
+.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Listen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Listen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:parenvlists}
+
+\end_inset
+
+LyX hat vier verschiedene Absatzumgebungen, um unterschiedliche Listen zu
+ erzeugen.
+ In den
+\family sans
+Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
+listung
+\family default
+- und
+\family sans
+Aufzählung
+\family default
+-Umgebungen markiert LyX Ihre Listeneinträge mit Aufzählungszeichen bzw.\SpecialChar ~
+Zahlen.
+ In den
+\family sans
+Beschreibung
+\family default
+- und
+\family sans
+Liste
+\family default
+-Umgebungen läßt LyX Sie Ihre eigenen Marken verwenden.
+ Die individuellen Einzelheiten für jeden Typ werden wir beschreiben, nachdem
+ wir ein paar allgemeine Eigenschaften beschrieben haben.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Allgemeine Eigenschaften
+\layout Standard
+
+Die vier Absatzumgebungen unterscheiden sich von anderen Umgebungen in vielerlei
+ Hinsicht.
+ Zunächst einmal behandelt LyX jeden Absatz als Listenelement.
+ Wenn Sie
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ drücken, wird die Umgebung
+\emph on
+nicht
+\emph default
+ auf
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+ zurückgesetzt, sondern bleibt gleich und erzeugt ein neues Listenelement.
+ Die Schachtelungstiefe wird jedoch zurückgesetzt.
+ Wenn Sie Schachtelungstiefe
+\emph on
+und
+\emph default
+Absatzumgebung behalten wollen, müssen Sie
+\family sans
+Alt+Return
+\family default
+ benutzen, um einen neuen Absatz zu beginnen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Sie können Listen jeden Typs ineinander schachteln.
+ LyX ändert die Aufzählungszeichen abhängig von der Schachtelung.
+ Wenn Sie eine der Listenumgebungen benutzen wollen, sollten Sie
+\emph on
+unbedingt
+\emph default
+ den gesamten Abschnitt
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:nest}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ lesen.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+
+\family sans
+Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
+listung
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Auf\/listung}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:itemize}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Der erste Listentyp, den wir genauer beschreiben werden, ist die
+\family sans
+Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
+listung
+\family default
+-Absatzumgebung.
+ Sie hat folgende Eigenschaften:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Jedes Element besitzt ein bestimmtes Aufzählungszeichen als Marke.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+LyX benutzt für alle Elemente derselben Stufe dasselbe Symbol.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Das Symbol erscheint am Anfang der ersten Zeile.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Die Elemente können beliebig lang sein.
+ LyX rückt den linken Rand jedes Elements automatisch ein.
+ Die Einrückung ist immer relativ zu der Umgebung, in der die
+\family sans
+Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
+listung
+\family default
+ sich befindet.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Wenn Sie
+\family sans
+Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
+listung
+\family default
+-Umgebungen schachteln, bekommt jede Stufe ein neues Symbol als Markierung.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Es gibt vier verschiedene Symbole, um maximal vierfach schachteln zu können.
+\layout Itemize
+
+LyX benutzt immer dasselbe Symbol, den Stern.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Abschnitt
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:nest}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ beschreibt die Schachtelung vollständig.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Natürlich war diese Erklärung auch ein Beispiel für eine
+\family sans
+Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
+listung
+\family default
+.
+ Die
+\family sans
+Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
+listung
+\family default
+-Umgebung eignet sich am besten für Listen, bei denen die Reihenfolge keine
+ Rolle spielt.
+\layout Standard
+
+Wir sagten, daß unterschiedliche Stufen unterschiedliche Symbole als Markierung
+ benutzen würden.
+ Hier ist ein Beispiel für alle vier Symbole.
+ Denken Sie daran, daß Sie die Unterschiede nicht sehen können, wenn Sie
+ das LyX-Original lesen.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Die Marke für die erste Stufe von
+\family sans
+Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
+listung
+\family default
+ ist ein schwarzer Kreis.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Die Marke für die zweite Stufe ist ein Gedankenstrich.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Die Marke für die dritte Stufe ist ein Stern.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Die Marke für die vierte Stufe ist ein zentrierter Punkt.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Zurück zu Stufe drei.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Zurück zu Stufe zwei.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Und zurück zu Stufe eins.
+\layout Standard
+
+Dieses sind die Standardmarken für eine
+\family sans
+Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
+listung
+\family default
+.
+ Sie können diese Marken Ihren Wünschen anpassen, indem Sie im Dialogfenster
+\family sans
+ Dokumentformat
+\family default
+ unter
+\family sans
+Aufzählungszeichen
+\family default
+ die
+\family sans
+Aufzählungsebene
+\family default
+ anklicken, dann eins der Felder
+\family sans
+S
+\bar under
+t
+\bar default
+andard
+\family default
+ bis
+\family sans
+Din
+\bar under
+g
+\bar default
+\SpecialChar ~
+4
+\family default
+ und schließlich eins der Symbole in der Matrix.
+ Das Symbol wird dann angezeigt.
+ In Feld
+\family sans
+LaT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{}
+\end_inset
+
+eX
+\family default
+ könne den LaTeX-Befehl für ein Zeichen Ihrer Wahl eingeben.
+ Außerdem können Sie die Größe des Aufzählungszeichens im Feld
+\family sans
+G
+\bar under
+r
+\bar default
+öße
+\family default
+ für jede Ebene festlegen.
+ Natürlich weiß LyX nichts davon; das macht das WYSIWYM
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{WYSIWYM}
+
+\end_inset
+
+-Konzept aus.
+ Alle Anpassungen erscheinen im gedruckten Dokument.
+\layout Standard
+
+Beachten Sie, wie der Abstand zwischen den Elementen mit ansteigender Schachtelu
+ng abnimmt.
+ Wir werden Schachtelungen und alle Tricks für verschiedene Stufen in Abschnitt
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:nest}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ ausführlich beschreiben.
+ Lesen Sie ihn auf jeden Fall!
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+
+\family sans
+Aufzählung
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Aufzahlung@Aufzählung}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:enumerate}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Die
+\family sans
+Aufzählung
+\family default
+-Umgebung benutzt man, um numerierte Listen und Aufzählungen zu erstellen.
+ Sie hat folgende Eigenschaften:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Jedes Element hat eine Ziffer als Marke.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Die Ziffernart hängt von der Schachtelungstiefe ab.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+LyX zählt die Elemente automatisch für Sie und erneuert die Marken, wenn
+ nötig.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Jede neue
+\family sans
+Aufzählung
+\family default
+-Umgebung fängt mit 1 an.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Ebenso wie die
+\family sans
+Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
+listung
+\family default
+-Umgebung macht die
+\family sans
+Aufzählung
+\family default
+-Umgebung folgendes:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+LyX rückt den linken Rand jedes Elements automatisch ein.
+ Die Elemente können beliebig lang sein.
+
+\layout Enumerate
+
+der Abstand zwischen den Elementen nimmt mit ansteigender Schachtelung ab.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+abhängig von der Schachtelungstiefe werden unterschiedliche Marken benutzt.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+maximal vier Schachtelungsstufen sind erlaubt.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Anders als bei der
+\family sans
+Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
+listung
+\family default
+-Umgebung sind die verschiedenen Marken von
+\family sans
+Aufzählung
+\family default
+ in LyX
+\emph on
+ zu erkennen
+\emph default
+.
+ So markiert LyX die vier Stufen von
+\family sans
+Aufzählung
+\family default
+:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Die erste Stufe von
+\family sans
+Aufzählung
+\family default
+ benutzt arabische Ziffern, gefolgt von einem Punkt.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Die zweite Stufe benutzt Kleinbuchstaben in runden Klammern.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Die dritte Stufe benutzt kleingeschriebene römische Ziffern, gefolgt von
+ einem Punkt.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Die vierte Stufe benutzt Großbuchstaben, gefolgt von einem Punkt.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Beachten Sie wieder, wie der Abstand zwischen den Elementen mit ansteigender
+ Schachtelung abnimmt.
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Zurück zu Stufe drei.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Zurück zu Stufe zwei.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Und zurück zu Stufe eins.
+\layout Standard
+
+Auch in der
+\family sans
+Aufzählung
+\family default
+-Umgebung können Sie diese Marken Ihren Wünschen durch entsprechende Befehle
+ im LaTeX-Vorspann anpassen (siehe
+\family sans
+\bar under
+H
+\bar default
+ilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+rof\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
+i-Tipps
+\family default
+).
+ Wie bereits erwähnt, erscheinen die Anpassungen nur im gedruckten Dokument,
+ nicht auf dem LyX-Bildschirm.
+\layout Standard
+
+Über Schachtelungen von
+\family sans
+Aufzählung
+\family default
+-Umgebungen gibt es mehr als hier beschrieben.
+ Sie sollten
+\emph on
+wirklich
+\emph default
+ Abschnitt
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:nest}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ lesen, um mehr darüber zu erfahren.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+
+\family sans
+Beschreibung
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Beschreibung}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:descrlist}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Anders als die beiden vorigen Umgebungen hat die
+\family sans
+Beschreibung
+\family default
+ keine festen Marken.
+ Stattdessen benutzt LyX das erste
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Wort
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ der ersten Zeile als Marke.
+ Hier ist ein Beispiel:
+\layout Description
+
+Beispiel: Dies ist ein Beispiel für die
+\family sans
+Beschreibung
+\family default
+-Umgebung.
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX setzt die Marke fett und fügt zusätzlichen Leerraum zwischen die Marke
+ und den Rest der Zeile ein.
+\layout Standard
+
+Jetzt fragen Sie sich sicher, was mit
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+benutzt das erste Wort
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ gemeint ist.
+ Wie bereits gesagt,
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\emph on
+Anmerkung des Herausgebers: Dies sollte irgendwo am Anfang stehen\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+ -jw
+\end_inset
+
+ die Leertaste fügt keine Leerzeichen hinzu, sondern trennt Worte voneinander.
+ In der
+\family sans
+Beschreibung
+\family default
+-Umgebung sagt das erste Benutzen der Leertaste LyX, daß die Marke zu Ende
+ ist.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\emph on
+Anmerkung des Herausgebers:
+\emph default
+
+\emph on
+Hoffentlich wird das jemand ändern.
+ Es wäre nett, wenn zum
+\emph default
+
+\emph on
+Beispiel die
+\family sans
+\emph default
+Tab
+\family default
+\emph on
+-Taste die Marke beenden würde, weil LaTeX erlaubt, veränderbaren Leerraum
+ in der Marke einer
+\family sans
+Beschreibung
+\family default
+-Liste zu benutzen.
+ -jw
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Aber was ist, wenn Sie mehr als ein Wort als Marke wollen oder benötigen?
+ Ganz einfach: benutzen Sie ein geschütztes
+\family sans
+
+\family default
+Leerzeichen.
+ (Entweder mit
+\family sans
+Strg+Leertaste
+\family default
+ oder
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+onderzeichen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+gesch.\SpecialChar ~
+
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+eerzeichen
+\family default
+.) Lesen Sie auch Abschnitt
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:hspace}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ für weitere Hinweise.
+ Hier ist ein Beispiel:
+\layout Description
+
+Zweites\SpecialChar ~
+Beispiel: Hier sehen Sie, wie man ein geschütztes Leerzeichen in
+ einer Marke eines
+\family sans
+Beschreibung
+\family default
+-Ele\SpecialChar \-
+men\SpecialChar \-
+tes benutzt.
+\layout Description
+
+Gebrauch: Sie sollten die
+\family sans
+Beschreibung
+\family default
+-Umgebung für Dinge wie Definitionen oder Theoreme benutzen.
+ Benutzen Sie sie, wenn ein beschreibendes Wort besonders hervorgehoben
+ werden soll.
+ Sie sollten die
+\family sans
+Beschreibung
+\family default
+-Umgebung aber nicht benutzen, wenn Sie einen ganzen Satz hervorheben wollen.
+ Dann benutzt man besser
+\family sans
+Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
+listung
+\family default
+ oder
+\family sans
+Aufzählung
+\family default
+ und schachtelt mehrere
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+-Absätze hinein.
+\layout Description
+
+Schachteln: Sie können natürlich
+\family sans
+Beschreibung
+\family default
+-Umgebungen ineinander oder mit anderen Typen verschachteln.
+ Lesen Sie Abschnitt
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:nest}
+
+\end_inset
+
+, um mehr darüber zu erfahren.
+\layout Standard
+
+Beachten Sie, daß LyX auch hier ab der zweiten Zeile einrückt.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Die LyX-
+\family sans
+Liste
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{LyX-Liste}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:lyxlist}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Die
+\family sans
+Liste
+\family default
+-Umgebung ist eine LyX-Erweiterung von LaTeX.
+ Wenn Sie direkt hierher gelangt sind, ohne die Abschnitte
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:itemize}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ -
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:descrlist}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ gelesen zu haben, sind Sie aufgeschmissen.
+ Die
+\family sans
+Liste
+\family default
+-Umgebung erzeugt
+\emph on
+keine
+\emph default
+numerierten Listen.
+ Das macht
+\family sans
+Aufzählung
+\family default
+, und es ist in Abschnitt
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:enumerate}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ beschrieben.
+\layout Standard
+
+Die
+\family sans
+Liste
+\family default
+-Umgebung hat ebenso wie die
+\family sans
+Beschreibung
+\family default
+-Umgebung benutzerdefinierte Marken für jedes Listenelement.
+ Es gibt aber einige gravierende Unterschiede zwischen der
+\family sans
+Liste
+\family default
+-Umgebung und den anderen drei:
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMM
+
+Marken
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Marken}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ LyX benutzt das erste
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Wort
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ der ersten Zeile als Marke.
+ Sie wird wie bei der
+\family sans
+Beschreibung
+\family default
+-Umgebung behandelt (siehe Abschnitt
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:descrlist}
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMM
+
+Ränder
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Rander@Ränder}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ Wie Sie sehen, benutzt LyX unterschiedliche Ränder für die Marke und den
+ Rest des Listenelementes.
+ Der Text hat einen größeren linken Rand, der sich aus einem Standardwert
+ plus ein wenig extra Leerraum ergibt.
+
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMM
+
+Breite\SpecialChar ~
+der\SpecialChar ~
+Marken
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Markenbreite}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ Dafür benutzt LyX das Maximum aus wirklicher Markenbreite und einem Standardwer
+t.
+ Ist die wirkliche Breite größer als der Standardwert, wird die Marke in
+ die erste Zeile
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+ausgedehnt
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Das bedeutet, daß der linke Rand der ersten Textzeile dann nicht mit dem
+ Rand des Restes übereinstimmt, so wie bei diesem Element.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMM
+
+Standardbreite
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Standardbreite}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ Diese können Sie sehr leicht setzen und damit sicherstellen, daß die Texte
+ aller Elemente der
+\family sans
+Liste
+\family default
+-Umgebung denselben linken Rand haben.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMM
+
+Gebrauch Die
+\family sans
+Liste
+\family default
+-Umgebung sollten Sie wie die
+\family sans
+Beschreibung
+\family default
+-Umgebung benutzen, wenn Sie wollen, daß ein Begriff, der den Text beschreibt,
+ hervorgehoben wird.
+ Mit der
+\family sans
+Liste
+\family default
+-Umgebung haben Sie eine weitere Möglichkeit, das zu tun, aber mit einem
+ anderen Aussehen.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMM
+
+Schachtelung
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Schachtelung}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ Sie können
+\family sans
+Liste
+\family default
+-Umgebungen ineinander oder in andere schachteln usw., wie bei den anderen
+ Listen\SpecialChar \-
+umgebungen auch.
+ Lesen Sie Abschnitt
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:nest}
+
+\end_inset
+
+, um mehr darüber zu erfahren.
+\layout Standard
+
+Wie Sie sehen, hat diese Absatzumgebung eine Menge Funktionen!
+\layout Standard
+
+Um die Standardmarkenbreite zu ändern, markieren Sie die Elemente, die Sie
+ ändern wollen.
+ Wenn Sie nur die Markenbreite eines Elementes ändern wollen, bewegen Sie
+ den Cursor einfach in dieses Element.
+ Dann öffnen Sie das Menü
+\family sans
+Absatzformat
+\family default
+ (
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+A
+\bar default
+bsatz
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+) und gehen zum Kästchen
+\family sans
+Markenbreite
+\family default
+.
+ Der Text in
+\family sans
+Län
+\bar under
+g
+\bar default
+ste\SpecialChar ~
+Marke
+\family default
+ bestimmt die Standardmarkenbreite.
+ Wenn Sie wirklich wollen, aber nur dann, können Sie hier den Text Ihrer
+ breitesten Marke eintragen, aber Sie müssen es nicht.
+ Wir empfehlen, den Buchstaben
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+M
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ zu benutzen.
+ Es ist der breiteste Buchstabe und ein Standardmaß in LaTeX.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Natürlich können Sie auch andere Buchstaben benutzen.
+ Oder Sie können es übertreiben und eine Kombination von
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+I
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+s,
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+0
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+s und
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+M
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+s benutzen.
+ Aber die Breite des Buchstaben
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+M
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\emph on
+ist
+\emph default
+ ein Standardmaß für waagerechten Leerraum in LaTeX.
+ Darum empfehlen wir, eine Reihe von
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+M
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+s zu benutzen.
+\end_inset
+
+ Die Standardmarkenbreite ist 6
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+M
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+s.
+ Der Gebrauch von
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+M
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ als Breitenmaß im Kästchen
+\family sans
+Markenbreite
+\family default
+ hat noch einen Vorteil: Sie müssen nicht dauernd den Inhalt des
+\family sans
+Markenbreite
+\family default
+-Kästchens ändern, wenn Sie eine Marke in einer
+\family sans
+Liste
+\family default
+-Umgebung ändern.
+\layout Standard
+
+Es gibt noch eine Funktion der
+\family sans
+Liste
+\family default
+-Umgebung, von der wir Ihnen erzählen müssen.
+ Wie Sie in den Beispielen sehen können, richtet LyX die Marken standardmäßig
+ linksbündig aus.
+ In Wirklichkeit ist ein
+\family sans
+HFill
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{HFill}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ am Ende der Marke eingebaut.
+ Man kann zusätzliche
+\family sans
+HFill
+\family default
+s benutzen, damit LyX die Marken anders ausrichtet.
+ Wir werden
+\family sans
+HFill
+\family default
+s später in Abschnitt
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:hspace}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ dokumentieren.
+ Hier sind einige Beispiele:
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM
+
+Links Die Standardausrichtung.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM
+
+
+\hfill
+Rechts Ein
+\family sans
+HFill
+\family default
+ am Anfang der Marke richtet Sie nach rechts aus.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM
+
+
+\hfill
+Zentriert
+\hfill
+ Je ein
+\family sans
+HFill
+\family default
+ am Anfang und am Ende zentriert die Marke.
+\layout Standard
+
+Machen Sie sich nichts daraus, wenn Sie noch nicht wissen, was
+\family sans
+HFill
+\family default
+s sind.
+ Merken Sie sich nur, daß Sie sie zum Anpassen der
+\family sans
+Liste
+\family default
+-Umgebung benutzen können.
+\layout Standard
+
+Das ist alles über die vier Absatzumgebungen zum Erstellen von Listen.
+ Augenblick -- haben wir erwähnt, daß Sie Abschnitt
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:nest}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ wegen Schachtelungen lesen sollten?
+\layout Subsection
+
+Briefe
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Briefe}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+
+\family sans
+Adresse
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Adresse}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+Right\SpecialChar ~
+Address
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Right Address}
+
+\end_inset
+
+: Ein Überblick
+\layout Standard
+
+Obwohl LyX Dokumentklassen für Briefe hat, haben wir zwei Absatzumgebungen
+
+\family sans
+Adresse
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+Right\SpecialChar ~
+Address
+\family default
+ geschaffen.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Anmerkung von
+\noun on
+Matthias
+\noun default
+: Ich bin ein wenig stolz auf das Aussehen der rechten Adresse.
+ Versuchen Sie einmal, dasselbe mit einer normalen Textverarbeitung zu erreichen.
+ Sie müßten einen Rahmen definieren und ihn von Hand mit der Maus oder wie
+ auch immer positionieren.
+\end_inset
+
+ Um die
+\family sans
+letter
+\family default
+-Klasse benutzen zu können, müssen Sie spezielle Absatzumgebungen in einer
+ festgelegten Reihenfolge benutzen, sonst wird LaTeX sich an dem Dokument
+ übergeben.
+ Dagegen können Sie die
+\family sans
+Adresse
+\family default
+- und
+\family sans
+Right\SpecialChar ~
+Address
+\family default
+-Absatzumgebun\SpecialChar \-
+gen überall problemlos benutzen.
+ Sie können sie sogar in anderen Umgebungen schachteln, obwohl Sie nicht
+ alles in ihnen schachteln können.
+\layout Standard
+
+Natürlich können Sie
+\family sans
+Adresse
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+Right\SpecialChar ~
+Address
+\family default
+ nicht nur für Briefe benutzen.
+
+\family sans
+Right\SpecialChar ~
+Address
+\family default
+ eignet sich insbesondere für Artikelüberschriften, wie sie in europäischen
+ wissenschaftlichen Zeitschriften benutzt werden.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Gebrauch
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:adress_usage}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Die
+\family sans
+Adresse
+\family default
+-Umgebung formatiert Text wie eine Adresse, was in einigen Ländern auch
+ für die Eröffnung und die Unterschrift benutzt wird.
+ Entsprechend formatiert die
+\family sans
+Right\SpecialChar ~
+Address
+\family default
+-Umgebung Text im Stile einer rechtsbündigen Adresse, was in einigen Ländern
+ für den Absender und das Datum benutzt wird.
+ Hier ist für beides ein Beispiel:
+\layout Right Address
+
+Absender
+\newline
+Straße
+\newline
+PLZ Ort
+\newline
+
+\newline
+Ort, Datum
+\layout Standard
+
+Das war eine
+\family sans
+Right\SpecialChar ~
+Address
+\family default
+.
+ Beachten Sie, daß alle Zeilen linksbündig sind.
+ LyX setzt den linken Rand so, daß der längste Text auf eine Zeile paßt.
+ Hier ist ein Beispiel für die
+\family sans
+Adresse
+\family default
+-Umgebung:
+\layout Address
+
+Empfänger
+\newline
+Straße
+\newline
+PLZ Ort
+\layout Standard
+
+Wie Sie sehen ist zwischen
+\family sans
+Adresse (LaTeX-Bezeichnung:
+\family default
+ Address
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Address}
+
+\end_inset
+
+) und
+\family sans
+Right\SpecialChar ~
+Address
+\family default
+ und dem nächsten Absatz ein größerer Abstand als normal.
+ Wenn Sie
+\family sans
+ Return
+\family default
+ drücken, setzt LyX die Schachtelungstiefe zurück und kehrt zur
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+-Umgebung zurück.
+ Das liegt daran, daß
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ die
+\family typewriter
+break-paragraph
+\family default
+-Funktion ist und die einzelnen Zeilen einer Adresse keine Absätze sind.
+ Wollen Sie innerhalb von
+\family sans
+Adresse
+\family default
+ oder
+\family sans
+Right\SpecialChar ~
+Address
+\family default
+ eine neue Zeile beginnen, müssen Sie die
+\family typewriter
+break-line
+\family default
+-Funktion benutzen (
+\family sans
+Strg+Return
+\family default
+ oder
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+onderzeichen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+Z
+\bar default
+eilenumbruch
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Zeilenumbruch}
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+\layout Subsection
+
+Wissenschaftliche Texte
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Wissenschaftliche Texte}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Die meisten wissenschaftlichen Texte beginnen mit einer kurzen Zusammenfassung
+ und enden mit einem Literaturverzeichnis.
+ LyX hat dafür Absatzumgebungen.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+
+\family sans
+Zusammenfassung
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Zusammenfassung}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Die
+\family sans
+Zusammenfassung
+\family default
+-Umgebung (LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Abstract
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Abstract}
+
+\end_inset
+
+) kann man nur in den
+\family sans
+article
+\family default
+- und
+\family sans
+report
+\family default
+-Dokumentklassen benutzen (und
+\family sans
+amsart
+\family default
+, was nur ein Spezialfall von
+\family sans
+article
+\family default
+ ist).
+ Die
+\family sans
+book
+\family default
+-Dokumentklasse ignoriert
+\family sans
+Zusammenfassung
+\family default
+ völlig, und es ist vollkommen töricht,
+\family sans
+Zusammenfassung
+\family default
+ in der
+\family sans
+letter
+\family default
+-Dokumentklasse zu benutzen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Die
+\family sans
+Zusammenfassung
+\family default
+-Umgebung wird für die Zusammenfassung benutzt.
+ Technisch gesehen
+\emph on
+könnten
+\emph default
+ Sie diese Umgebung überall benutzen, aber Sie
+\emph on
+sollten
+\emph default
+ es nur am Anfang eines Dokumentes, nach dem Titel, tun.
+ Versuchen Sie auch nicht, die
+\family sans
+Zusammenfassung
+\family default
+-Umgebung in eine andere zu schachteln oder umgekehrt.
+ Es geht nicht.
+\layout Standard
+
+Die
+\family sans
+Zusammenfassung
+\family default
+-Umgebung erledigt einige Dinge für Sie.
+ Erstens wird die Marke
+\noun on
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\series bold
+\noun default
+Zusammenfassung
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\series default
+ zentriert über den Text gesetzt.
+ Die Marke und der Text werden durch zusätzlichen Leerraum getrennt.
+ Zweitens ist der Font etwas kleiner, geradeso wie Sie es erwarten.
+ Drittens ist die Zusammenfassung ein wenig eingerückt und vom restlichen
+ Text durch zusätzlichen Leerraum getrennt.
+ So jedenfalls wird es in LyX aussehen.
+ Wenn Ihr Dokument die
+\family sans
+report
+\family default
+-Klasse benutzt, wird die Zusammenfassung im Ausdruck auf einer eigenen
+ Seite erscheinen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn man
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ drückt, wird die
+\family sans
+Zusammenfassung
+\family default
+-Umgebung
+\emph on
+nicht
+\emph default
+ zurückgesetzt.
+ Der neue Absatz wird weiterhin in der
+\family sans
+Zusammenfassung
+\family default
+-Umgebung sein.
+ Sie müssen also am Ende der Zusammenfassung die Absatzumgebung von Hand
+ ändern.
+\layout Standard
+
+Wir würden Ihnen gern ein Beispiel zeigen, aber das geht nicht, weil dieses
+ Dokument die
+\family sans
+book
+\family default
+-Klasse benutzt.
+ Wenn Sie noch nie von einer Zusammenfassung gehört haben, können Sie diese
+ Umgebung ruhig ignorieren.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Literaturverzeichnis
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Literaturverzeichnis}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:bibliography}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Die
+\family sans
+Literaturliste
+\family default
+-Umgebung
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Literaturliste-Umgebung}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ (LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Bibliography
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Bibliography}
+
+\end_inset
+
+) wird für Literaturangaben benutzt.
+ Technisch gesehen
+\emph on
+könnten
+\emph default
+ Sie diese Umgebung überall benutzen, aber Sie
+\emph on
+sollten
+\emph default
+ es nur am Ende eines Dokumentes tun.
+ Versuchen Sie auch nicht, die
+\family sans
+Literaturliste
+\family default
+-Umgebung in eine andere zu schachteln oder umgekehrt.
+ Es geht nicht.
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Sie eine
+\family sans
+Literaturliste
+\family default
+-Umgebung das erste Mal öffnen, fügt LyX einen großen Leerraum ein, gefolgt
+ von der großen fetten Überschrift
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Bibliography
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ oder einen kleineren, gefolgt von
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+References
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ in Großbuchstaben, abhängig von der Dokumentklasse.
+ Jeder Absatz der
+\family sans
+Literaturliste
+\family default
+-Umgebung ist ein Eintrag in das Literaturverzeichnis.
+ Das Drücken von
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ setzt die Absatzumgebung
+\emph on
+nicht
+\emph default
+zurück.
+ Jeder neue Absatz bleibt in der
+\family sans
+ Literaturliste
+\family default
+-Umgebung.
+\layout Standard
+
+Am
+\emph on
+Anfang der
+\emph default
+
+\emph on
+ersten Zeile
+\emph default
+eines Absatzes werden Sie ein graues Kästchen mit einer Zahl sehen.
+ Wenn Sie daraufklicken, erscheint ein Menü, in dem Sie einen
+\family sans
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+chlüssel
+\family default
+ und eine
+\family sans
+\bar under
+M
+\bar default
+arke
+\family default
+ einfügen können.
+ Der
+\family sans
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+chlüssel
+\family default
+ ist der symbolische Name, mit dem Sie auf diese Literaturangabe verweisen.
+ Nehmen wir zum Beispiel an, Ihre erste Literaturangabe wäre ein Buch über
+ LaTeX.
+ Wir könnten dann als
+\family sans
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+chlüssel
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+latexbuch
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ dafür nehmen.
+ Sie können auch eine
+\family sans
+\bar under
+M
+\bar default
+arke
+\family default
+ benutzen, die dann in dem grauen Kästchen erscheinen würde.
+\layout Standard
+
+Das
+\family sans
+\bar under
+M
+\bar default
+arke
+\family default
+n-Feld ist nicht nutzlos.
+ Sie können auf Ihre Literaturangaben verweisen, indem Sie
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+Z
+\bar default
+itat\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\family default
+ benutzen.
+ Dann wählen Sie einen der Werte aus dem
+\family sans
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+chlüssel
+\family default
+-Feld.
+ Ein Beispiel für ein Literaturverzeichnis finden Sie (wo sonst) am Ende
+ dieses Dokumentes.
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Siehe
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{latexguide}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ oder
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \cite[Kapitel 3]{latexcompanion}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ sind zwei Beispiele dafür, wie man Einträge davon zitiert.
+ Im zweiten Beispiel haben wir das Feld
+\family sans
+Text\SpecialChar ~
+danach:
+\family default
+ des
+\family sans
+Zitat
+\family default
+-Menüs benutzt, um den Text
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Kapitel 3
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ hinzuzufügen.
+ Die Texte
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+latexguide
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ und
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+latexcompanion
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+, die Sie hier sehen, werden beim Drucken durch die entsprechenden Nummern
+ des Literaturverzeichnisses ersetzt.
+\layout Standard
+
+Das erweiterte LaTeX-Literaturpaket BibTeX wird von LyX auch unterstützt.
+ Im Dokument
+\emph on
+ Profi-Tipps
+\emph default
+ können Sie nachlesen, wie man es benutzt.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Besondere Umgebungen
+\layout Standard
+
+Es gibt drei Absatzumgebungen, die einfach in keine Kategorie passen, weil
+ sie für besondere Zwecke benutzt werden.
+ Wir werden das Wichtigste von ihnen und ihren Gebrauch erklären.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+
+\family sans
+Beschriftung
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Beschriftung}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:captionlayout}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Die
+\family sans
+Beschriftung
+\family default
+-Umgebung (LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Caption
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Caption}
+
+\end_inset
+
+) wird standardmäßig für Gleitobjekt-Abbildungen und Gleitobjekt-Tabellen
+ benutzt.
+ Auf dem LyX-Bildschirm werden Sie entweder die Marke
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Abbildung:
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ oder
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Tabelle:
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ sehen, abhängig vom Gleitobjekt-Typ.
+ Außerdem erzeugt die
+\family sans
+Beschriftung
+\family default
+-Umgebung im Ausdruck eine Abbildungs- oder Tabellennummer.
+\layout Standard
+
+Man kann in die
+\family sans
+Beschriftung
+\family default
+-Umgebung nichts schachteln und umgekehrt.
+
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ setzt die Absatz\SpecialChar \-
+umgebung auf
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+ zurück, das heißt ein
+\family sans
+Beschriftung
+\family default
+ ist nur ein einzelner Absatz.
+\layout Standard
+
+Außerhalb von Gleitobjekt-Abbildungen und Gleitobjekt-Tabellen kann man
+ die
+\family sans
+Beschriftung
+\family default
+-Umgebung nicht benutzen.
+ Lesen Sie die Abschnitte
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:figures}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ und
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:tables}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ für mehr Einzelheiten über
+\family sans
+Gleitobjekt-Abbildungen und Gleitobjekt-Tabellen.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+
+\family sans
+L
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{}
+\end_inset
+
+yX-Code
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{LyX-Code}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Die
+\family sans
+L
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{}
+\end_inset
+
+yX-Code
+\family default
+-Umgebung ist noch eine LyX-Erweiterung.
+ Sie setzt Text in einem Schreibmaschinenfont.
+ Außerdem kann die Leertaste mehrfach hintereinander benutzt werden;
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+In der
+\family sans
+L
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{}
+\end_inset
+
+yX-Code
+\family default
+-Umgebung wird die Leertaste als geschütztes Leerzeichen behandelt anstatt
+ als
+\family typewriter
+end-of-word
+\family default
+-Markierung.
+\end_inset
+
+ dies ist einer der wenigen Fälle in LyX.
+ Für Leerzeilen muß man
+\family sans
+Strg+Return
+\family default
+ eingeben (die
+\family typewriter
+break-line
+\family default
+-Funktion).
+
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ beendet Absätze.
+ Beachten Sie aber, daß
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+
+\emph on
+nicht
+\emph default
+ die Absatzumgebung zurücksetzt.
+ Wenn man also die
+\family sans
+L
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{}
+\end_inset
+
+yX-Code
+\family default
+-Umgebung beenden will, muß man das durch Wahl einer anderen Umgebung machen.
+
+\family sans
+L
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{}
+\end_inset
+
+yX-Code
+\family default
+-Umgebungen kann man auch in andere schachteln.
+\layout Standard
+
+Diese Umgebung hat ein paar Marotten:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Am Anfang eines neuen Absatzes kann man
+\family sans
+Strg+Return
+\family default
+ nicht benutzen (das heißt auf
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ kann kein
+\family sans
+Strg+Return
+\family default
+ folgen).
+\layout Itemize
+
+Auf
+\family sans
+Strg+Return
+\family default
+ kann keine Leertaste folgen.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Benutzen Sie
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+, um einen neuen Absatz zu beginnen; dann können Sie die Leertaste benutzen.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Oder: benutzen Sie stattdessen
+\family sans
+Strg+Leertaste
+\family default
+.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Es gibt keinen leeren Absätze und keine leere Zeile.
+ Sie müssen in jeder leeren Zeile mindestens einmal die Leertaste drücken.
+ Sonst meldet LaTeX Fehler.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Anführungszeichen erreichen Sie nicht durch Eingabe von
+\family sans
+",
+\family default
+ weil das ' ' erzeugt.
+ Die Anführungszeichen erhalten Sie durch
+\family sans
+Strg+"
+\family default
+ (oder
+\family sans
+Strg+Q
+\family default
+, wenn Sie die Emacs-Tastaturbelegung verwenden).
+\layout Standard
+
+Hier ist ein Beispiel:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+#include<stdio.h>
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+int main(void)
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+{
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ printf("Hallo Welt!
+\backslash
+n");
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ return 0;
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+}
+\layout Standard
+
+Das ist das Standard-
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Hallo Welt!
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+-C-Programm.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+{
+\end_inset
+
+L
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+}
+\end_inset
+
+yX-Code
+\family default
+ hat einen Zweck: Code zu setzen, zum Beispiel Quellprogramme, Shell-Skripte,
+ rc-Dateien usw.
+ Benutzen Sie diese Umgebung nur in diesen Spezialfällen, wenn der Text
+ aussehen soll, als wäre er mit einer Schreibmaschine geschrieben worden.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+
+\family sans
+Kommentar
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Kommentar}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Die
+\family sans
+Kommentar
+\family default
+-Absatzumgebung (LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Comment
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Comment}
+
+\end_inset
+
+) kann zum Schreiben von Kommentaren benutzt werden, die im gedruckten Dokument
+ nicht erscheinen sollen.
+ Um das deutlich zu machen, schreibt LyX die
+\family sans
+Kommentar
+\family default
+-Umgebung in einer anderen Farbe, kursiv, mit dem Wort
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Comment:
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ davor und eingerückt.
+\layout Section
+
+Umgebungen schachteln
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Umgebungen schachteln}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:nest}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+Der große Wurf
+\layout Standard
+
+Während der vorangegangenen Abschnitte haben wir Ihnen dauernd zugesetzt,
+ Abschnitt
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:nest}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ zu lesen.
+ Deswegen fragen Sie sich sicher, worum es eigentlich geht.
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX unterscheidet sich vom normalen Konzept der
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Textverarbeitung-als-Superschreibmaschine
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ sehr stark.
+ Mit einer Schreibmaschine ist Text bloß Tinte auf Papier.
+ Bei einigen Textverarbeitungen ist das auch heute noch das Hauptproblem.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Nomen est omen!
+\end_inset
+
+ LyX dagegen behandelt Text als einen zusammengehörigen Block in einem spezielle
+n Kontext und mit speziellen Eigenschaften.
+ Aber was ist, wenn Sie möchten, daß ein
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Block
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ einige Eigenschaften eines anderen
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Blocks
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ erben soll?
+\layout Standard
+
+Ein gutes Beispiel dafür sind Aufzählungen.
+ Nehmen wir an, Sie haben drei Hauptpunkte in Ihrer Aufzählung, aber Punkt
+ 2 hat auch noch zwei Unterpunkte.
+ Mit anderen Worten, Sie haben eine Liste
+\emph on
+innerhalb
+\emph default
+einer anderen, wobei die innere Liste zu Punkt 2
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+gehört
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+eins
+\layout Enumerate
+
+zwei
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Unterliste - Punkt 1
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Unterliste - Punkt 2
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+drei
+\layout Standard
+
+Wie erstellt man eine Liste in einer anderen?
+\layout Standard
+
+Inzwischen sollte die Antwort klar sein: man schachtelt eine Liste in die
+ andere.
+ Aber Schachteln ist nicht auf Listen beschränkt.
+ In LyX kann man fast alles ineinander schachteln, wie Sie bald feststellen
+ werden.
+ Das ist die wirkliche Stärke des Schachtelns von Absatzumgebungen.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Was Sie schachteln können und was nicht
+\layout Standard
+
+Bevor wir Sie mit einer Liste von Absatzumgebungen konfrontieren, müssen
+ wir Ihnen etwas mehr darüber sagen, wie schachteln arbeitet.
+\layout Standard
+
+Die Frage, ob man schachteln kann oder nicht, ist nicht einfach mit ja oder
+ nein zu beantworten.
+ Die Frage ist auch noch: wie? Kann man diese Umgebung in irgendeine andere
+ schachteln? Kann man eine andere Umgebung in diese schachteln? Ein
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Ja
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ auf die erste Frage garantiert noch kein
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Ja
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ auf die zweite.
+\layout Standard
+
+Die Absatzumgebungen in LyX können bezüglich schachteln eins von drei Dingen.
+ Erstens kann eine Umgebung überhaupt kein schachteln erlauben.
+ Zweitens gibt es Umgebungen, die vollständig schachtelbar sind.
+ Man kann sie in andere Dinge schachteln und auch andere Dinge in sie.
+ Drittens gibt es Umgebungen, die man in andere schachteln kann, aber in
+ sie selber kann man nichts schachteln.
+\layout Standard
+
+Hier ist eine Aufstellung der drei Schachteltypen und der zugehörigen Absatzumge
+bungen:
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Seltsamerweise erlaubt LyX,
+\family sans
+Literaturliste
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+Zusammenfassung
+\family default
+ vollständig zu schachteln.
+ Ebenso kann man
+\family sans
+Titel
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Autor
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+Datum
+\family default
+ in andere Umgebungen schachteln.
+ Wir bitten Sie dringend, das nicht zu tun.
+ LaTeX könnte meckern -- oder auch nicht.
+ Wir wissen es nicht genau.
+ Aber da es vom Kontext her keinen Sinn macht, diese Umgebungen in andere
+ zu schachteln, warum sollten Sie es dann tun?
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+
+Nicht\SpecialChar ~
+schachtelbar
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{schachtelbar, nicht}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ Man kann sie nicht schachteln.
+ Man kann nichts in sie hineinschachteln.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Teil
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Teil}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+(LaTeX-Bezeichnung:
+\family sans
+Part
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Part}
+
+\end_inset
+
+), Kapitel,
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Kapitel}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ Abschnitt,
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Abschnitt}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ Unterabschnitt,
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Unterabschnitt}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ Unterunterabschn.,
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Unterunterabschn.}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ Paragraph,
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Paragraph}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ Unterparagraph,
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Unterparagraph}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ Teil*,
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Teil*}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ Kapitel*,
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Kapitel*}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ Abschnitt*,
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Abschnitt*}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ Unterabschnitt*,
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Unterabschnitt*}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ Unterunterabschn.*,
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Unterunterabschn.*}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ Literaturliste,
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Literaturliste}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ Zusammenfassung,
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Zusammenfassung}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ Titel,
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Titel}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ Autor,
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Autor}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ Datum.
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Datum}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+
+Vollständig\SpecialChar ~
+schachtelbar
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{schachtelbar, vollständig}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ Man kann sie schachteln.
+ Man kann andere Dinge in sie hineinschachteln.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Gedicht, Zitat (kurz), Zitat (lang), Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
+listung, Aufzählung, Beschreibung,
+ Liste, L
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{}
+\end_inset
+
+yX-Code.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+
+Teilweise\SpecialChar ~
+schachtelbar
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{schachtelbar, teilweise}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ Man kann sie in andere Dinge schachteln.
+ Man kann nichts in sie hineinschachteln.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Standard,
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Standard}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ Right\SpecialChar ~
+Address,
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Right Address}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ Adresse.
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Adresse}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Die
+\family sans
+Beschriftung
+\family default
+-Umgebung paßt nirgendwo richtig hinein, weil sie nur in Gleitobjekt-Abbildungen
+ und Gleit\SpecialChar \-
+ob\SpecialChar \-
+jekt-Tabellen benutzt wird.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Andere Dinge schachteln: Tabellen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tabellen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+, Mathematik
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Mathematik}
+
+\end_inset
+
+, Gleitobjekte
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Gleitobjekte}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ usw.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:table-and-fig-nesting}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Es gibt einige Dinge, die zwar keine Absatzumgebungen, aber trotzdem vom
+ schachteln betroffen sind.
+ Das sind:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Gleichungen
+\layout Itemize
+
+Tabellen
+\layout Itemize
+
+Bilder
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\emph on
+Anmerkung: wenn Sie ein Bild oder eine Tabelle in ein Gleitobjekt einfügen,
+ gilt dies nicht mehr.
+ Lesen Sie weiter unten oder in den Abschnitten
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:figures}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ oder
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:tables}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ weitere Einzelheiten.
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX kann diese drei Objekte entweder als Wort oder als Absatz behandeln.
+ Nun, eine Tabelle kann man nicht in eine Zeile schreiben, aber Formeln
+ und Bilder.
+ Wenn ein Bild oder eine Gleichung
+\emph on
+inline
+\emph default
+ ist, folgt sie dem Absatz überall hin.
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Sie aber eine Gleichung, ein Bild oder eine Tabelle in einer eigenen
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Absatz
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ haben, verhält sie sich wie eine teilweise schachtelbare Absatzumgebung.
+ Man kann sie in jede Umgebung schachteln, aber man kann natürlich nichts
+ in sie schachteln.
+\layout Standard
+
+Hier ist ein Beispiel mit einer Tabelle:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Punkt eins
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Dies ist (a) und geschachtelt.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Address
+
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+a
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+b
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+c
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+d
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Dies ist (b).
+ Die Tabelle ist in (a) geschachtelt.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Wieder zurück.
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn wir die Tabelle nicht geschachtelt hätten, würde die Liste wie folgt
+ aussehen:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Punkt eins
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Dies ist (a) und geschachtelt.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+a
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+b
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+c
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+d
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Dies ist (b).
+ Die Tabelle ist
+\emph on
+nicht
+\emph default
+ in (a) geschachtelt.
+ Sie ist überhaupt nicht geschachtelt.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Wieder zurück.
+\layout Standard
+
+Beachten Sie, daß (b) nicht nur nicht mehr geschachtelt ist, sondern auch
+ der erste Punkt einer neuen Liste ist!
+\layout Standard
+
+Es gibt noch eine Falle, in die man leicht geht: man schachtelt zwar die
+ Tabelle, geht aber nicht tief genug.
+ LyX verwandelt dann alles nach der Tabelle in eine neue (Unter)liste.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Punkt eins
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Dies ist (a) und geschachtelt.
+\layout Address
+
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+a
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+b
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+c
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+d
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Dies ist (b).
+ Die Tabelle ist in 1.
+ geschachtelt, aber
+\emph on
+nicht
+\emph default
+in (a).
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Wieder zurück.
+\layout Standard
+
+Wie Sie sehen, wurde (b) zum ersten Punkt einer neuen Liste, aber
+\emph on
+innerhalb
+\emph default
+von Punkt 1.
+ Dasselbe würde mit einem Bild oder einer Gleichung geschehen.
+ Wenn Sie also Tabellen, Bilder oder Gleichungen schachteln, passen Sie
+ auf die richtige Tiefe auf!
+\layout Standard
+
+Dann sind da die sogenannten Gleitobjekte.
+ Ein Gleitobjekt ist ein Textblock, der mit einer Art Marke versehen ist,
+ der aber keinen festen Platz hat.
+ Er kann eine Seite oder zwei vorwärts oder rückwärts
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+fließen
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+, je nachdem, wohin er am besten paßt.
+
+\family sans
+Fußnote
+\family default
+n und
+\family sans
+Randnotiz
+\family default
+en sind Gleitobjekte, ebenso Gleitobjekt-Abbildung, Gleitobjekt-Tabelle,
+ Gleitobjekt-Abbildung\SpecialChar ~
+(breit) und Gleitobjekt-Tabellen\SpecialChar ~
+(breit).
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Der Unterschied zwischen breiten und normalen Gleitobjekten spielt nur in
+ zweispaltigen Dokumenten eine Rolle, wo sich breite
+\family sans
+
+\family default
+Gleitobjekte über zwei Spalten anstatt über eine erstrecken.
+ In einspaltigen Dokumenten kann man
+\family sans
+
+\family default
+nicht Gleitobjekt-Abbildung (breit) und Gleitobjekt-Tabellen (breit) wählen.
+\end_inset
+
+ Wenn Sie in LyX ein Dokument bearbeiten, sieht ein geschlossenes Gleitobjekt
+ wie ein hochgestelltes rotes Wort aus, das dem Absatz folgt.
+ Weil ein Gleitobjekt aber keinen festen Platz im fertigen Text hat, wirkt
+ sich schachteln auf seinen momentanen Platz nicht aus, nachdem Sie es an
+ LaTeX weitergereicht haben.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Gebrauch und allgemeine Eigenschaften
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Die verschiedenen Bindungen
+\layout Standard
+
+Nachdem wir Ihnen gesagt haben, was Sie schachteln können und was nicht,
+ ist es an der Zeit zu erklären,
+\emph on
+wie
+\emph default
+man schachtelt.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\emph on
+Anmerkung des Autors: Ich habe überlegt, diesen Abschnitt vor die beiden
+ vorigen zu stellen, aber alle drei sind so eng verbunden, daß die richtige
+ Reihenfolge schwierig herauszufinden war.
+ -- jw
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Als erstes können Sie Tastenkombinationen, einen Werkzeugleistenknopf und
+ einen Menüeintrag benutzen.
+ Wenn Sie
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Umg
+\bar under
+e
+\bar default
+bungstiefe\SpecialChar ~
+erhöhen
+\family default
+ wählen, wird die Schachtelungstiefe
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Schachtelungstiefe}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ um eine Stufe
+\emph on
+erhöht
+\emph default
+.
+ Sie können dafür auch den Werkzeugleistenknopf benutzen, auf dem Sie eine
+ Seite mit einem Pfeil links von einem eingerückten Absatz sehen.
+ Mit
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Umgebungstiefe\SpecialChar ~
+
+\bar under
+v
+\bar default
+erringern
+\family default
+ wird die Schachtelungstiefe um eine Stufe
+\emph on
+verringert
+\emph default
+.
+ Schließlich können Sie die Schachtelungstiefe mit
+\emph on
+
+\emph default
+der Tastenkombination
+\family sans
+Umschalt+Alt\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+
+\emph on
+erhöhen
+\emph default
+und mit
+\family sans
+Umschalt+Alt\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\leftarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+
+\emph on
+verringern
+\emph default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Es gibt zwei Möglichkeiten, Text zu schachteln.
+ Man kann den zu schachtelnden Text markieren oder den Cursor einfach in
+ den Absatz bewegen, dessen Tiefe man ändern möchte.
+ Mit der ersten Methode kann man mehrere Absätze auf einmal ändern.
+\layout Standard
+
+Beachten Sie, daß LyX die Schachtelungstiefe nur dann ändert, wenn es möglich
+ ist.
+ Sonst passiert nichts, wenn Sie versuchen, die Tiefe zu ändern.
+ Wenn Sie die Tiefe eines Absatzes ändern, werden außerdem alle darin geschachte
+lten Absätze betroffen.
+ Es ist schwer zu beschreiben, was LyX in diesem Fall genau tut.
+ Das hängt insbesondere davon ab, wie Ihr Text aussieht.
+ Das Beste, was Sie tun können, ist ausprobieren und sehen, was passiert.
+\layout Standard
+
+Zuletzt sollten Sie noch folgendes beachten:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Wenn Sie die Tiefe mehrmals
+\emph on
+verringern
+\emph default
+ (das heißt wiederholt
+\family sans
+Umschalt+Alt\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\leftarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ drücken), hält LyX auf der höchsten Stufe an.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Wenn Sie die Tiefe mehr als 7 Mal
+\emph on
+ erhöhen
+\emph default
+ (das heißt wiederholt
+\family sans
+Umschalt+Alt\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ drücken), macht LyX
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+einen Umbruch
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Das heißt, wenn Sie die 7.
+ Stufe erreichen, hält LyX dort nicht an, sondern beginnt wieder bei der
+ äußersten Stufe, wenn Sie die Tiefe weiter erhöhen wollen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Beachten Sie, daß die
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+niedrigste Stufe
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ nicht die niedrigst mögliche bedeutet.
+ Sie können nicht beliebig schachteln, wie Sie es bereits bei der
+\family sans
+Aufzählung
+\family default
+-Umgebung und anderen gesehen haben, und auch LaTeX setzt eine Grenze.
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX kann maximal sechsmal schachteln, ohne daß LaTeX meckert.
+ Hier ist ein Beispiel, das zeigt, was wir meinen:
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Sie dies in LyX lesen, erkennen Sie die Schachtelungen auch an den
+ roten Klammer am linken Rand.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Stufe 1 - außen
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Stufe 2
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Stufe 3
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Stufe 4
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Stufe 5
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Stufe 6
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Noch einmal: LyX hat maximal 6 sinnvolle Stufen, unabhängig davon, welche
+ Absatzumgebung Sie auf einer bestimmten Stufe benutzen.
+ Das bedeutet, daß Sie eine sechsfach geschachtelte
+\family sans
+Beschreibung
+\family default
+- oder
+\family sans
+Gedicht
+\family default
+-Umgebung usw.\SpecialChar ~
+erzeugen können.
+ Sie können auch sechs Umgebungen mischen, wie wir später sehen werden.
+\layout Standard
+
+Es gibt zwei Ausnahmen für das sechsfache Schachteln, und Sie können beide
+ im obigen Beispiel sehen.
+ Anders als die anderen vollständig schachtelbaren Umgebungen können Sie
+ die
+\family sans
+Aufzählung
+\family default
+-Umgebung und die
+\family sans
+Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
+listung
+\family default
+-Umgebung nur vierfach schachteln.
+ Wenn wir zum Beispiel eine weitere
+\family sans
+Aufzählung
+\family default
+ innerhalb von
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+A.
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ erstellen wollten, würden wir Fehlermeldungen erhalten.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Noch einmal: LyX kümmert sich nicht um die Grenze, sondern LaTeX produziert
+ Fehlermeldungen, wenn Sie Ihr Dokument für den Druck aufbereiten wollen.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+Einige Beispiele
+\layout Standard
+
+Der beste Weg zu erklären, was Sie mit schachteln erreichen können, sind
+ Beispiele.
+ Wir haben mehrere mit geschachtelten Umgebungen.
+ Darin erklären wir, wie wir sie erzeugt haben, so daß Sie sie reproduzieren
+ können.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Beispiel 1: Sechsfache und gemischte Schachtelung
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Schachtelungsbeispiele}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMM
+
+1-a Dies ist die äußerste Stufe.
+ Es ist eine
+\family sans
+Liste
+\family default
+-Umgebung.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMM
+
+2-a Dies ist Stufe 2.
+ Wir haben
+\family sans
+Alt+Return
+\family default
+ gedrückt, gefolgt von
+\family sans
+Umschalt+Alt\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMM
+
+3-a Dies ist Stufe 3.
+ Diesmal haben wir nur
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ gedrückt, dann
+\family sans
+Umschalt+Alt\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ zweimal nacheinander.
+ Wir hätten es aber auch wie bei 2-a machen können:
+\family sans
+Alt+Return
+\family default
+ drücken, gefolgt von
+\family sans
+Umschalt+Alt\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+.
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Dies ist eine
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+-Umgebung, in
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+3-a
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ geschachtelt.
+ Also ist sie auf Stufe 4.
+ Wir haben dies erreicht durch
+\family sans
+Alt+Return
+\family default
+, dann
+\family sans
+Umschalt+Alt\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ und schließlich durch Ändern der Umgebung auf
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+.
+ So erhalten Sie Listeneinträge mit mehr als einem Absatz - es funktioniert
+ auch mit den
+\family sans
+Beschreibung
+\family default
+-,
+\family sans
+Aufzählung
+\family default
+- und
+\family sans
+Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
+listung
+\family default
+-Umgebungen!
+\layout Standard
+
+Hier ist ein weiterer
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+-Absatz, auch auf Stufe 4, nur mit einem
+\family sans
+Alt+Return
+\family default
+ erzeugt.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMM
+
+4-a Dies ist Stufe 4.
+ Wir haben
+\family sans
+Alt+Return
+\family default
+ gedrückt und die Absatz\SpecialChar \-
+umgebung auf
+\family sans
+Liste
+\family default
+ zurückgesetzt.
+ Denken Sie daran -- innerhalb einer
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+-Umgebung kann man nichts schachteln, deswegen sind wir noch auf 4.
+ Aber wir
+\emph on
+können
+\emph default
+innerhalb von
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+3-a
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ weiterschachteln.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMM
+
+5-a Dies ist Stufe 5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMM
+
+6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+und dies ist Stufe 6.
+ Inzwischen sollten Sie wissen, wie wir diese beiden erzeugt haben.
+\end_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMM
+
+5-b Zurück zu Stufe 5.
+ Drücken Sie nur
+\family sans
+Alt+Return
+\family default
+, gefolgt von
+\family sans
+Umschalt+Alt\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\leftarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+.
+\end_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMM
+
+4-b Nach noch einem
+\family sans
+Alt+Return
+\family default
+, gefolgt von
+\family sans
+Umschalt+Alt\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\leftarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+, sind wir zurück auf Stufe 4.
+\end_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMM
+
+3-b Zurück zu Stufe 3.
+ Inzwischen sollte klar sein, wie wir das taten.
+\end_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMM
+
+2-b Zurück zu Stufe 2.
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMM
+
+1-b Und schließlich zurück zur äußersten Stufe 1.
+ Nach diesem Satz drücken wir
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ und ändern die Absatzumgebung zurück nach
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+, um die Liste zu beenden.
+\layout Standard
+
+Das war's! Übrigens -- wir hätten auch die
+\family sans
+Beschreibung
+\family default
+-,
+\family sans
+Zitat (kurz)
+\family default
+-,
+\family sans
+Zitat (lang)-
+\family default
+ und sogar die
+\family sans
+Gedicht
+\family default
+-Umgebung anstatt der
+\family sans
+Liste
+\family default
+-Umgebung benutzen können.
+ Das Beispiel hätte sehr ähnlich ausgesehen.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Beispiel 2: Vererbung
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Schachtelungsbeispiele}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+Dies ist die LyX-Code-Umgebung auf Stufe 1, der äußersten Stufe.
+ Jetzt werden wir
+\family sans
+Return
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Wäre
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ auch im Schreibmaschinenfont geschrieben (
+\family typewriter
+Return
+\family default
+), würde im Ausdruck ein ähnlicher Fehler wie in Abschnitt
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:par-environments}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ auftreten.
+ Also: Vorsicht mit dem Schreibmaschinenfont.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ drücken, dann
+\family sans
+Umschalt+Alt
+\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+; danach werden wir zur
+\family sans
+Aufzählung
+\family default
+-Umgebung wechseln.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Dies ist die
+\family sans
+Aufzählung
+\family default
+-Umgebung auf Stufe 2.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Sehen Sie, wie die geschachtelte
+\family sans
+Aufzählung
+\family default
+-Umgebung nicht nur die Randeinstellung der Elternumgebung (
+\family sans
+L
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{}
+\end_inset
+
+yX-Code
+\family default
+) erbt, sondern auch Font und Leerzeichen!
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Wir haben dies Beispiel beendet, indem wir
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ gedrückt haben.
+ Danach mußten wir die Absatzumgebung auf
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+ und die Schachtelungstiefe mit einmal
+\family sans
+Umschalt+Alt\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\leftarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ zurücksetzen.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Beispiel 3: Marken, Stufen
+\family sans
+
+\family default
+und
+\family sans
+ Aufzählung
+\family default
+- und
+\family sans
+Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
+listung
+\family default
+-Umgebungen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Schachtelungsbeispiele}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Dies ist Stufe 1 in einer
+\family sans
+Aufzählung
+\family default
+-Absatzumgebung.
+ Wir wollen einige davon schachteln.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Dies ist Stufe 2.
+ Wir haben
+\family sans
+Alt+Return
+\family default
+ gedrückt, gefolgt von
+\family sans
+Umschalt+Alt\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+.
+ Was wird passieren, wenn wir eine
+\family sans
+Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
+listung
+\family default
+-Umgebung hier hinein schachteln? Sie wird auf Stufe 3 sein, aber welche
+ Marke wird es sein? Ein Stern?
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Nein! Es ist ein schwarzer Kreis.
+ Dies ist die
+\emph on
+erste
+\emph default
+
+\family sans
+Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
+listung
+\family default
+-Stufe, obwohl wir auf Stufe 3 sind.
+ Deswegen ist die Marke ein schwarzer Kreis.
+ (Bemerkung: wir kamen hierher durch
+\family sans
+Alt+Return
+\family default
+, dann
+\family sans
+Umschalt+Alt\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+, dann der Umgebungswechsel auf
+\family sans
+Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
+listung
+\family default
+.)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Hier ist Stufe 4, produziert mit
+\family sans
+Alt+Return
+\family default
+, dann
+\family sans
+Umschalt+Alt\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+.
+
+\family default
+ Wir werden das noch einmal machen \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+ um zu Stufe 5 zu gelangen.
+ Diesmal aber haben wir auch die Absatz\SpecialChar \-
+umgebung zurückgesetzt auf
+\family sans
+Aufzählung
+\family default
+.
+ Beachten Sie die Numerierung! Sie ist jetzt eine
+\emph on
+kleingeschriebene römische Zahl
+\emph default
+, weil wir auf der
+\emph on
+dritten
+\emph default
+Stufe der
+\family sans
+Aufzählung
+\family default
+-Umgebung sind (das heißt dies ist eine
+\family sans
+ Aufzählung-
+\family default
+ in einer
+\family sans
+Aufzählung-
+\family default
+ in einer
+\family sans
+Aufzählung
+\family default
+-Umgebung).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Was passiert, wenn wir die Absatzumgebung
+\emph on
+nicht
+\emph default
+ändern, sondern die Schachtelungstiefe verringern? Welche Numerierung wird
+ LyX benutzen?
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Oh, als wenn Sie das nicht bereits geraten hätten.
+ Wir benutzen nur
+\family sans
+Alt+Return
+\family default
+, um die Umgebung und die Tiefe beizubehalten und einen neuen Eintrag zu
+ erzeugen.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Wir wollen
+\family sans
+Umschalt+Alt \SpecialChar ~
++
+\begin_inset Formula $\leftarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ benutzen, um nach dem nächsten
+\family sans
+Alt+Return
+\family default
+ die Tiefe zu verringern.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Dies ist Stufe 4.
+ Sehen Sie, was für eine Marke LyX benutzt!
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Dies ist Stufe 3.
+ Obwohl wir die Stufen geändert haben, benutzt LyX immer noch kleingeschriebene
+ römische Zahlen für die Marken.
+ Warum?
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Weil der Absatz trotz der Tiefenänderung
+\emph on
+immer noch
+\emph default
+die dritte Stufe der
+\family sans
+Aufzählung
+\family default
+-Umgebung ist.
+ Beachten Sie aber, daß LyX den Zähler für die Marke
+\emph on
+zurückgesetzt
+\emph default
+hat.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Eine weitere Folge
+\family sans
+Alt+Return
+\family default
+
+\family sans
+Umschalt+Alt\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\leftarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ und wir sind zurück auf Stufe 2.
+ Diesmal haben wir nicht nur die Schachtelungstiefe zurückgesetzt, sondern
+ sind auch in der
+\family sans
+Aufzählung
+\family default
+-Umgebung eine Stufe zurückgegangen.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Dasselbe passiert nach einer weiteren Folge
+\family sans
+Alt+Return
+\family default
+
+\family sans
+Umschalt+Alt\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\leftarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+.
+ Wir sind zurück auf Stufe 1, der äußersten Stufe.
+\layout Standard
+
+Schließlich haben wir die Umgebung auf
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+ zurückgesetzt.
+ Wie Sie sehen, korrespondiert die Stufennummer nicht mit dem Markentyp,
+ den LyX für die
+\family sans
+Aufzählung
+\family default
+- und
+\family sans
+Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
+listung
+\family default
+-Umgebungen benutzt.
+ Die Anzahl von
+\emph on
+anderen
+\family sans
+Aufzählung
+\family default
+-Umgebungen
+\emph default
+, die sie umgeben, bestimmen die Marke, die LyX für einen
+\family sans
+Aufzählung
+\family default
+-Eintrag benutzt.
+ Dasselbe gilt auch für die
+\family sans
+Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
+listung
+\family default
+-Umgebung.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Beispiel 4: Übergeschnappt
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Schachtelungsbeispiele}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Jetzt werden wir völlig verrückt.
+ Wir werden weder so tief wie in den anderen Beispielen schachteln noch
+ so ausführlich erklären, wie wir es machen.
+ (Stufe 1:
+\family sans
+Aufzählung
+\family default
+)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+(
+\family sans
+Return, Umschalt+Alt\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+, Standard
+\family default
+: Stufe 2) Wir werden eine kurze Beschreibung in runden Klammern irgendwo
+ plazieren.
+ Zum Beispiel besagen die beiden Tastenkombinationen, wie wir die Tiefe
+ änderten.
+ Der Umgebungsname bezeichnet natürlich die Umgebung, in der wir uns befinden.
+ Entweder davor oder danach werden wir die Stufe schreiben.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+(
+\family sans
+Return, Aufzählung
+\family default
+: Stufe 1) Dies ist der nächste Eintrag in der Liste.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Verse
+
+Jetzt dichten wir.
+\newline
+Es wird noch schlechter.
+\newline
+(
+\family sans
+Return, Umschalt+Alt\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+, Gedicht
+\family default
+: Stufe 2)
+\layout Verse
+
+Wir wollen ein Bier.
+\newline
+Das wäre gerechter!
+\newline
+(
+\family sans
+Alt+Return
+\family default
+)
+\layout Verse
+
+Hier kommt eine Tabelle:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_top 0.3cm \align center
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+ein Fisch
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+zwei Fische
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+rote Fische
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+blaue Fische
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Verse
+
+
+\family sans
+(Alt+Return, Tabelle, Alt+P\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ 3mal,
+\family sans
+Alt+Return, Gedicht, Alt+P\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\leftarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+) :
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+(
+\family sans
+Return, Aufzählung
+\family default
+: Stufe 1) Dies ist ein weiterer Eintrag.
+ Beachten Sie, daß die Wahl einer
+\family sans
+Tabelle
+\family default
+ die Schachtelungstiefe auf Stufe 1 zurücksetzt, so daß wir sie dreimal
+ erhöhen mußten, damit die Tabelle in die
+\family sans
+Gedicht
+\family default
+-Umgebung kommt.
+\layout Quotation
+
+Wir beenden nun die
+\family sans
+Aufzählung
+\family default
+ und wechseln nach
+\family sans
+Zitat (lang)
+\family default
+.
+ Wir sind immer noch auf Stufe 1.
+ Wir wollen Ihnen einige Dinge zeigen, die Sie mit dem Mischen von Umgebungen
+ machen können.
+ Die nächsten Absätze sind ein
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+zitierter Brief
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Wir werden die
+\family sans
+Adresse
+\family default
+- und die
+\family sans
+Right\SpecialChar ~
+Address
+\family default
+-Umgebung hier hineinschachteln, dann eine weitere geschachtelte
+\family sans
+Zitat (lang)
+\family default
+ für den Brief selber benutzen.
+ Wir werden
+\family sans
+Alt+Return
+\family default
+ benutzen, um die Tiefe beizubehalten.
+ Denken Sie daran, daß Sie
+\family sans
+Strg+Return
+\family default
+ benötigen, um innerhalb von
+\family sans
+Adresse
+\family default
+- und
+\family sans
+Right\SpecialChar ~
+Address
+\family default
+-Umgebungen mehrere Zeilen schreiben zu können.
+ Hier ist das Ergebnis:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Right Address
+
+Nirgendwostr.
+ 1234
+\newline
+54321 Irgendwo
+\newline
+18.
+ Feb.
+ 1999
+\layout Address
+
+Sehr geehrter Herr Soundso,
+\layout Quotation
+
+wir bedauern, Ihnen mitteilen zu müssen, daß wir Ihre Bestellung über 50
+ Liter komprimiertes Methangas wegen widriger Umstände nicht liefern können.
+ Unglücklicherweise sind einige unserer Kühe auf merkwürdige Weise explodiert,
+ so daß wir nicht mehr genügend Methan haben.
+ Wir werden Sie auf die Warteliste setzen und Ihre Bestellung so schnell
+ wie möglich liefern.
+ In der Zwischenzeit danken wir Ihnen für Ihre Geduld.
+\layout Quotation
+
+Wir haben aber jetzt ein Sonderangebot für Rindfleisch.
+ Wenn Sie interessiert sind, schicken Sie bitte das beigefügte Bestellformular
+ zusammen mit einem Scheck an uns zurück.
+\layout Quotation
+
+Wir danken Ihnen nochmals für Ihre Geduld.
+\layout Address
+
+Hochachtungsvoll,
+\newline
+Franz Meier
+\end_deeper
+\layout Quotation
+
+Ende des Beispiels!
+\layout Standard
+
+Wie Sie sehen können, erreichen Sie mit dem Schachteln von Umgebungen in
+ LyX eine ganze Menge mit nur wenigen Tastendrücken.
+ Wir hätten leicht eine
+\family sans
+Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
+listung
+\family default
+ innerhalb von
+\family sans
+Zitat (lang)
+\family default
+ oder
+\family sans
+Zitat (kurz)
+\family default
+ schachteln können oder ein
+\family sans
+Zitat (kurz)
+\family default
+ innerhalb von einer
+\family sans
+Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
+listung
+\family default
+.
+ Sie haben jede Menge Möglichkeiten zur Auswahl.
+\layout Section
+
+Fonts
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Fonts}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ und Textstile
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Textstile}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+Überblick
+\layout Standard
+
+Viele moderne Drucksetz- und Formatierungssprachen sind dazu übergegangen,
+ Buchstabenstile an Stelle von Fonts zu definieren.
+ So benutzt man zum Beispiel den Stil
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+hervorgehoben
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ anstatt die Kursivform des momentanen Fonts zu nehmen.
+ Dieses Konzept paßt vollkommen zu LyX.
+ In LyX macht man Dinge kontextabhängig anstatt sich mit den Einzelheiten
+ des Drucksetzens zu befassen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Zur Zeit erlaubt LyX Ihnen, einen globalen Font festzulegen, der zwei Buchstaben
+stile besitzt:
+\family sans
+Hervorhebung
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Hervorhebung}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+und
+\family sans
+Kapitälchen
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Kapitälchen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Der
+\family sans
+Hervorhebung
+\family default
+sstil entspricht einem kursiven Font.
+ Der
+\family sans
+Kapitälchen
+\family default
+stil entspricht einem Kapitälchenfont, den einige Sprachen und Schreibstile
+ für Namen verwenden.
+ Das LyX-Team hofft, eines Tages einen vollständigen Satz von Buchstabenstilen
+ zu haben und dem Benutzer zu gestatten festzulegen, welche Fontänderungen
+ zu welchen Stilen gehören.
+ Im Moment müssen Sie sich mit dem zufrieden geben, was wir bereits getan
+ haben.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Globale Optionen
+\layout Standard
+
+Den Standardfont können Sie im Dialogfenster
+\family sans
+ Dokumentformat
+\family default
+festlegen, das Sie mit
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family default
+\bar under
+D
+\family sans
+\bar default
+okument\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\family default
+ erhalten.
+ Es gibt zwei Parameter, die auf der Karteikarte
+\family sans
+Dokument
+\family default
+ interessieren:
+\family sans
+Schriften
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Schriften}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+Schriftgröße
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Schriftgroße@Schriftgröße}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Die möglichen Optionen unter
+\family sans
+Schriften
+\family default
+ umfassen
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+default
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ und eine Liste von Fonts, die auf Ihrem System zur Verfügung stehen.
+ Die Option
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+default
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ benutzt die Standard-TeX-Fonts, bekannt als
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+computer modern
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ (cm) oder
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+European modern
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ (ec).
+ Die meisten Systeme haben normalerweise Versionen der Fonts Times und Helvetica
+ und eine Vielzahl anderer Varianten.
+ Sie müssen es selber herausfinden.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Schriftgröße
+\family default
+ hat außer
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+default
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ drei Werte:
+\family sans
+10
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+11
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+12
+\family default
+.
+ Denken Sie daran, dies ist die
+\emph on
+Basis
+\emph default
+zeichengröße.
+ In Wirklichkeit skaliert LyX alle möglichen Fontgrößen (so wie die in Fußnoten,
+ hoch- und tiefgestellt) über diesen Wert.
+ Im Dokument können Sie die Fontgröße immer feineinstellen, wenn es nötig
+ ist.
+ Außerdem ist es ziemlich töricht, einen 8pt- oder 24pt-Font als Standardgröße
+ zu benutzen, weil Ihr Dokument dadurch sicher unleserlich wird.
+\layout Standard
+
+Denken Sie daran, daß LyX die Darstellung
+\emph on
+nicht
+\emph default
+ändert, wenn Sie neue Werte für
+\family sans
+\bar under
+Z
+\bar default
+eichensatz
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+Zeichen
+\bar under
+g
+\bar default
+röße
+\family default
+ gewählt haben.
+ Sie werden den Unterschied erst in der Druckansicht sehen.
+ Dies ist Teil des WYSIWYM
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{WYSIWYM}
+
+\end_inset
+
+-Konzeptes.
+ Außerdem haben Sie sicher bereits erkannt, daß
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Roman
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+-Text in der LyX-Darstellung dem Standardfont entspricht.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Gebrauch unterschiedlicher Buchstabenstile
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Buchstabenstile}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Wie wir bereits gesehen haben, ändert LyX automatisch den Buchstabenstil
+ für gewisse Absatz\SpecialChar \-
+umgebungen.
+ Wir haben bereits zwei Buchstabenstile erwähnt:
+\family sans
+Hervorhebung
+\family default
+und
+\family sans
+Kapitälchen
+\family default
+.
+ Beide kann man mit Tastenkürzeln, über die Menüs oder die Werkzeugleiste
+ auswählen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Um
+\family sans
+Kapitälchen
+\family default
+ zu aktivieren, machen Sie folgendes:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Sie wählen
+\family sans
+\bar under
+K
+\bar default
+apitälchen
+\family default
+ im Menü
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ormat
+\family default
+, oder
+\layout Itemize
+
+Sie klicken auf den Werkzeugleistenknopf, auf dem ein Männchen zu sehen
+ ist, oder
+\layout Itemize
+
+Sie drücken
+\family sans
+Alt+Z+K.
+\layout Standard
+
+Diese Befehle sind Umschalter: ist
+\family sans
+Kapitälchen
+\family default
+ aktiviert, so wird es durch den Befehl deaktiviert und umgekehrt.
+\layout Standard
+
+Eine typische Anwendung für
+\family sans
+Kapitälchen
+\family default
+-Stil sind Namen, zum Beispiel
+\noun on
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Matthias Ettrich
+\noun default
+ ist der LyX-Erfinder.
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Der
+\family sans
+Hervorhebung
+\family default
+sstil wird häufiger benutzt.
+ Man kann ihn folgendermaßen (de)aktivieren -- es sind ebenfalls Umschalter:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Sie wählen
+\family sans
+\bar under
+H
+\bar default
+ervorhebung
+\family default
+ im Menü
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ormat
+\family default
+, oder
+\layout Itemize
+
+Sie klicken auf den Werkzeugleistenknopf, auf dem ein Ausrufezeichen zu
+ sehen ist, oder
+\layout Itemize
+
+Sie drücken
+\family sans
+Alt+Z+H.
+\layout Standard
+
+Zur Zeit ist der
+\family sans
+Hervorhebung
+\family default
+sstil gleichbedeutend mit einem kursiven Font.
+ Wir wollen dem Benutzer in Zukunft ermöglichen, eine andere Zuordnung zu
+ treffen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Den
+\family sans
+Hervorhebung
+\family default
+sstil haben wir überall in diesem Dokument benutzt.
+ Hier ist noch ein Beispiel:
+\layout Quotation
+
+
+\emph on
+Übertreiben Sie den Gebrauch von Buchstabenstilen nicht!
+\layout Standard
+
+Über das Beispiel hinaus ist es eine Warnung.
+ Man sollte in etwa so schreiben, wie man sich unterhält.
+ Da man sich ja nicht dauernd anschreit, sollte man vermeiden, Dinge zu
+ oft hervorzuheben.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Noch eine letzte Bemerkung: mit
+\family sans
+Alt+Z+Leertaste
+\family default
+ kann man jederzeit zum Standardfont zurückkehren.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\noun on
+HHa
+\noun default
+: bei LyX-1.3.3 muß man den Text aber vorher markieren.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+Feineinstellung mit dem
+\family sans
+Zeichen
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Zeichensatzattribute}
+
+\end_inset
+
+-Menü
+\layout Standard
+
+Es gibt immer Situationen, in denen man Feineinstellungen vornehmen muß.
+ Deshalb hat LyX Möglichkeiten, den Buchstabenstil zu verändern.
+ Zum Beispiel schreiben ein wissenschaftliches Journal oder eine Firma vor,
+ daß ein Font ohne Serifen in gewissen Situationen zu benutzen ist.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Bemerkung von
+\noun on
+John Weiss
+\noun default
+: Für die LyX-Dokumentation gibt es auch Stilvorschriften, weil Handbücher
+ eine gewisse Konsistenz haben sollten.
+\end_inset
+
+ Manche Schriftsteller benutzen manchmal einen anderen Font, um die Gedanken
+ einer Person von einem gewöhnlichen Dialog abzuheben.
+\layout Standard
+
+Bevor wir beschreiben, wie man Buchstabenstile ändern kann, wollen wir eine
+ Warnung wiederholen: Übertreiben Sie den Gebrauch von Buchstabenstilen
+ nicht.
+ Viele moderne Textverarbeitungen bieten viele Fonts an, womit Sie die Stärke
+ der Presse besitzen.
+ Unglücklicherweise gibt es eine Tendenz, damit zu verschwenderisch umzugehen.
+ Es hat etwas von
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+mit Kanonen auf Spatzen schießen
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Außerdem sieht ein Dokument, das sehr viele Fonts und Größen benutzt, wirklich
+ so aus, als hätte jemand Löcher hineingeschossen.
+ -- Aber genug gejammert.
+\layout Standard
+
+Um Fonts zu verändern, wählen Sie
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+Z
+\bar default
+eichen
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+, um das Dialogfenster
+\family sans
+Zeichenformat
+\family default
+ angezeigt zu bekommen.
+ Dieses Menü hat sieben Knöpfe für die verschiedenen Fonteigenschaften,
+ die man auswählen kann.
+ Klickt man auf einen Knopf, kann man eine Einstellung wählen oder mit
+\family sans
+Keine\SpecialChar ~
+Änderung
+\family default
+ alles beim alten lassen.
+ Mit
+\family sans
+Zurücksetzen
+\family default
+ wird die Eigenschaft auf ihren Standardwert in der gerade benutzten Absatzumgeb
+ung zurückgesetzt.
+ Damit kann man auf einen Schlag Attribute für verschiedene Absatzumgebungen
+ zurücksetzen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Die sieben Fonteigenschaften und ihre möglichen Werte (plus
+\family sans
+Keine\SpecialChar ~
+Änderung
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+Zurücksetzen
+\family default
+) sind:
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+amilie
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Fontfamilie}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ Das
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+allgemeine Aussehen
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ des Fonts.
+ Es gibt folgende Möglichkeiten:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+Roman
+\family default
+ Dies ist die Fontfamilie Roman.
+ Es ist auch die Standardfamilie.
+ (Tastenkürzel =
+\family sans
+Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~
+R
+\family default
+)
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+Serifenfrei
+\family default
+
+\family sans
+Dies ist die Fontfamilie Sans Serif.
+
+\family default
+(Tastenkürzel =
+\family sans
+Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~
+S
+\family default
+)
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+Schreibmaschine
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+Dies ist die Fontfamilie Schreibmaschine
+\family default
+ (Tastenkürzel =
+\family sans
+Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~
+C
+\family default
+)
+\end_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+erie
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Fontserie}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ Dies ist die Druckstärke
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Druckstärke}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ mit folgenden Optionen:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+Mittel
+\family default
+ Dies ist die Druckstärke mittel.
+ Es ist auch die Standardstärke.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+Fett
+\family default
+
+\series bold
+Dies ist die Druckstärke fett.
+
+\series default
+Fettdruck kann man mit
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ettdruck
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~
+F
+\family default
+ oder
+\family sans
+Strg+B
+\family default
+ (de)aktivieren.
+\end_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+F
+\bar under
+o
+\bar default
+rm
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Fontform}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ Wie der Name schon sagt mit folgenden Optionen:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+Normal
+\family default
+ Dies ist die Standardform.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+Kursiv
+\family default
+
+\shape italic
+Dies
+\family sans
+i
+\family default
+st die kursive Form
+\shape default
+\emph on
+.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+Geneigt
+\family default
+
+\shape slanted
+Dies ist die geneigte Form
+\shape default
+(obwohl man es auf dem Bildschirm vielleicht nicht sieht, ist die Form anders
+ als kursiv).
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+Kapitälchen
+\family default
+
+\shape smallcaps
+Dies ist die Kapitälchenform
+\shape default
+\noun on
+.
+\end_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+arben
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Fontfarbe}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+Hiermit können Sie eine Textfarbe auswählen.
+ Natürlich benötigen Sie einen Farbdrucker, wenn Sie es sehen wollen, und
+ Sie müssen das
+\family sans
+color
+\family default
+-LaTeX-Paket installiert haben.
+
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\family default
+ kann keine Farben darstellen.
+ Sie können zwischen
+\family sans
+Schwarz
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Weiß
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Rot
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Grün
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Blau
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Türkis
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Magenta
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+Gelb
+\family default
+ wählen.
+ Wir werden es nicht demonstrieren, da die meisten keinen Farbdrucker haben.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+prache
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Sprache (ändern)}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ Hiermit können Sie einem markierten Textteil eine andere Sprache zuordnen.
+ Wenn Sie zum Beispiel längeren englischen Text in Ihr Dokument einfügen
+ wollen, berücksichtigt LaTeX für diesen Teil automatisch die englische
+ Silbentrennung.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+G
+\bar default
+röße
+\family default
+ Ändert die Fontgröße
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Fontgroße@Fontgröße}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Sie werden hier keine Zahlenwerte finden; alle möglichen Größen sind proportion
+al zur Standardfontgröße.
+ Noch einmal, Sie füttern LyX nicht mit Details, sondern mit einer Beschreibung
+ von dem, was Sie machen wollen.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Die Optionen (und ihre Tastenkürzel) sind:
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+Winzig
+\family default
+
+\size tiny
+Dies ist die
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+winzige
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ Fontgröße.
+
+\size default
+ LaTeX: tiny oder winzig
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+(Tastenkürzel =
+\family sans
+Alt+S\SpecialChar ~
+T
+\family default
+ oder
+\family sans
+Alt+S+1
+\family default
+)
+\end_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+Kleinst
+\family default
+\size scriptsize
+Dies ist die
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+klein 3
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ Fontgröße.
+
+\size default
+ LaTeX: scriptsize oder sehr klein
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+(Tastenkürzel =
+\family sans
+Alt+S+2
+\family default
+)
+\end_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+Kleiner
+\family default
+\size footnotesize
+Dies ist die
+\begin_inset Quotes pld
+\end_inset
+
+klein 2
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ Fontgröße.
+
+\size default
+LaTeX: footnotesize oder Fußnote
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+(
+\size small
+Tastenkürzel
+\size default
+ =
+\family sans
+Alt+S+3
+\family default
+)
+\end_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+Klein
+\family default
+
+\size small
+Dies ist die
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+kleine
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ Fontgröße.
+
+\size default
+LaTeX: small oder klein
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+(
+\size small
+Tastenkürzel
+\size default
+ =
+\family sans
+Alt+S+Umschalt+S
+\family default
+ oder
+\family sans
+Alt+S+4
+\family default
+)
+\end_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+Normal
+\family default
+ Dies ist die
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+normale
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ Fontgröße.
+ LaTeX: normalsize oder normal
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Dies ist auch die Standardgröße (Tastenkürzel =
+\family sans
+Alt+S+N
+\family default
+ oder
+\family sans
+Alt+S+5
+\family default
+)
+\end_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+Groß
+\family default
+
+\size large
+Dies ist die
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+große
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ Fontgröße.
+
+\size default
+LaTeX: large oder groß
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+(Tastenkürzel =
+\family sans
+Alt+S+L
+\family default
+ oder
+\family sans
+Alt+S+6
+\family default
+)
+\end_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+Größer
+\family default
+
+\size larger
+Dies ist die
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+groß 2
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ Fontgröße.
+
+\size default
+LaTeX: Large oder Größer
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+(Tastenkürzel =
+\family sans
+Alt+S+Umschalt+L
+\family default
+ oder
+\family sans
+Alt+S+7
+\family default
+)
+\end_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+Größt
+\family default
+
+\size largest
+Dies ist die
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+groß 3
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ Fontgröße.
+
+\size default
+LaTeX: LARGE oder noch größer
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+(Tastenkürzel =
+\family sans
+Alt+S+8
+\family default
+)
+\end_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+Riesig
+\family default
+
+\size huge
+Dies ist die
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+riesige
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ Fontgröße.
+
+\size default
+LaTeX: huge oder riesig
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+(Tastenkürzel =
+\family sans
+Alt+S+H
+\family default
+ oder
+\family sans
+Alt+S+9
+\family default
+)
+\end_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+Riesiger
+\family default
+\size giant
+Dies ist die
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+riesig 2
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ Fontgröße.
+
+\size default
+LaTeX: Huge oder gigantisch
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+(Tastenkürzel =
+\family sans
+Alt+S+Umschalt+H
+\family default
+ oder
+\family sans
+Alt+S+0
+\family default
+)
+\end_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+Vergrößern
+\family default
+ vergrößert den markierten Text schrittweise
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+Verkleinern
+\family default
+ verkleinert den markierten Text schrittweise
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Wir wollen Sie
+\emph on
+noch einmal
+\emph default
+warnen:
+\size large
+ spielen
+\size default
+ Sie mit dieser Funktion nicht verrückt.
+ Die Fontgröße müssen Sie so gut wie nie ändern.
+ LyX ändert die Fontgröße für verschiedene Absatzumgebungen automatisch
+ - das sollten Sie benutzen.
+ Dies ist
+\emph on
+nur
+\emph default
+für Feineinstellungen!
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+Diverses
+\family default
+ Hier können Sie auf Buchstabenniveau noch ein paar andere Dinge ändern:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+Hervorgehoben
+\family default
+
+\emph on
+Dies ist hervorgehobener Text
+\emph default
+.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Dies mag wie
+\shape italic
+kursiv
+\shape default
+ aussehen, aber es ist ein wenig anders.
+ Wenn Sie bei kursivem Text hervorheben benutzen, wird es normaler Text.
+ Bei zukünftigen LyX-Versionen können Sie diese
+\emph on
+logische
+\emph default
+ Eigenschaft hoffentlich Ihren Wünschen entsprechend anpassen.
+\end_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+Unterstrichen
+\family default
+
+\bar under
+Dies ist unterstrichener Text.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+(Tastenkürzel =
+\family sans
+Alt+Z+U
+\family default
+ oder
+\family sans
+Strg+U
+\family default
+)
+\end_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+Kapitälchen
+\family default
+
+\noun on
+Dies ist Text mit Kapitälchen.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Dies ist ebenso wie
+\family sans
+Hervorgehoben
+\family default
+ ein logisches Attribut.
+ Zur Zeit ist es
+\family sans
+Kapitälchen
+\family default
+, aber es wird eines Tages wählbar sein.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Vermeiden Sie zu unterstreichen, wenn Sie können! Es ist ein Überbleibsel
+ aus den Schreibmaschinentagen, als man Fonts nicht wechseln konnte.
+ Wir brauchen auf das Unterstreichen nicht mehr zurückzugreifen, um etwas
+ hervorzuheben.
+ Es ist nur deshalb in LyX, weil es auch in LaTeX ist und weil einige es
+
+\emph on
+möglicherweise
+\emph default
+benötigen, um Stilvorschriften zu genügen (und wir benutzen es in den Handbücher
+n, um Tastenkürzel für Menüeinträge hervorzuheben).
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Sie können aus einer großen Zahl von Kombinationsmöglichkeiten wählen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Nachdem Sie mit Hilfe des Menüs
+\family sans
+Zeichenformat
+\family default
+ einen neuen Buchstabenstil gewählt haben, können Sie ihn mit dem Werkzeugleiste
+nknopf
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Font
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ aktivieren.
+ (Sie können natürlich auch die Knöpfe
+\family sans
+Ü
+\bar under
+b
+\bar default
+ernehmen
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+Schließen
+\family default
+ benutzen.) Mit dem Werkzeugleistenknopf kann man auch dann umschalten, wenn
+ das Menü
+\family sans
+Zeichenformat
+\family default
+ nicht zu sehen ist.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Wie wir bereits erwähnt haben, kann man mit
+\family sans
+Alt+Z+Leertaste
+\family default
+ den Buchstabenstil auf die Voreinstellung zurücksetzen.
+ Wenn Sie nur die von Ihnen gewählten Änderungen umschalten wollen, verwenden
+ Sie den Knopf
+\family sans
+Umschalten\SpecialChar ~
+ein
+\family default
+ und drücken Sie dann
+\family sans
+Ü
+\bar under
+b
+\bar default
+ernehmen
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Wir schließen mit derselben Warnung, die wir dauernd wiederholt haben: Übertreib
+en Sie den Gebrauch von Buchstabenstilen nicht.
+ Sie sind häufig eine Notlösung und ein schrecklicher Ersatz für gutes Schreiben.
+ Ihre Schreibweise sollte für sich selber sprechen -- und tut es auch.
+\layout Section
+
+Drucken
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{drucken}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ und Druckvorschau
+\layout Subsection
+
+Überblick
+\layout Standard
+
+Nachdem wir nun einige Grundfunktionen von LyX zur Dokumentbearbeitung erläutert
+ haben, wollen Sie sicherlich wissen, wie Sie Ihr Meisterstück ausdrucken
+ können.
+ Vorher wollen wir Ihnen jedoch einen kurzen Überblick über das geben, was
+ sich im Hintergrund abspielt.
+ Wir werden dies ausführlicher im
+\emph on
+Profi-Tipps
+\emph default
+-Handbuch behandelt.
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX benutzt das Programm LaTeX zur Druckaufbereitung.
+ (Eigentlich ist LaTeX nur ein Makropaket für das Druckaufbereitungssystem
+ TeX, aber um Sie nicht zu verwirren, werden wir das Ganze nur LaTeX nennen.)
+ Sehen Sie es so: LyX benutzen Sie zum Schreiben.
+ Dann ruft LyX LaTeX auf, um daraus etwas Druckbares zu machen.
+ Das passiert in mehreren Schritten:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+LyX wandelt Ihr Dokument in eine Reihe von Textbefehlen für LaTeX um und
+ erzeugt eine Datei mit der Erweiterung
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+LaTeX benutzt die Befehle der
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+-Datei, um eine druckbare Ausgabe zu erzeugen.
+ Aber es weiß nichts über Ihren Drucker.
+ Stattdessen erzeugt LaTeX eine
+\emph on
+geräteunabhängige
+\emph default
+Datei, kurz DVI (
+\emph on
+device-indepen\SpecialChar \-
+dent
+\emph default
+).
+ Die Ausgabe kommt in eine Datei mit der Erweiterung
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+.dvi
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Dvi-Dateien sind vollständig portierbar; Sie können Sie ohne Konvertierung
+ von einem Computer auf einen anderen bringen.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+
+ANMERKUNG: Die dvi-Datei enthält nur das, was in der LaTeX-Datei selber
+ war.
+ Wenn Sie in Ihr Dokument PostScript®-Bilder eingefügt haben, wird es nur
+ einen Verweis (link) auf diese Bilddateien geben.
+ Also vergessen Sie sie nicht, wenn Sie Ihre
+\family typewriter
+.dvi
+\family default
+-Datei auf einen anderen Computer übertragen.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Betrachten Sie die
+\family typewriter
+.dvi
+\family default
+-Datei als
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+endgültige Ausgabe
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Wenn Sie die haben, können Sie sie ansehen, drucken oder in andere Formate
+ konvertieren.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Sie können
+\family typewriter
+.dvi
+\family default
+-Dateien mit
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\family default
+ ansehen.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Einige Drucker und Unix-Systeme verstehen Dvi und können Ihre
+\family typewriter
+.dvi
+\family default
+-Datei direkt drucken.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Heutzutage verstehen die meisten Drucker das PostScript®-Format.
+ LyX konvertiert die
+\family typewriter
+.dvi
+\family default
+-Datei automatisch in eine PostScript®-Datei für Sie, wenn Sie Ihr Dokument
+ drucken wollen.
+ LyX ermöglicht Ihnen auch, die PostScript®-Version Ihres Dokumentes mit
+
+\family typewriter
+gv
+\family default
+ oder ähnlichen Betrachtern anzusehen.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Ein Vorteil beim Benutzen von PostScript® ist, daß das Konvertierungsprogramm
+
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+ auch alle PostScript®-Bilder in Ihrem Dokument bearbeiten kann und sie
+ in die PostScript®-Version Ihres Dokumentes einfügt.
+ Es fügt auch alle Spezialfonts, die Sie benutzt haben, ein.
+ Dadurch ist die PostScript®-Version viel leichter zu übertragen als die
+ DVI-Version.
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX führt all diese Schritte automagisch für Sie durch.
+\layout Standard
+
+Wie Sie gesehen haben passieren eine Menge Dinge, bevor Sie einen Ausdruck
+ oder eine Druckvorschau Ihres Dokumentes bekommen.
+ Also haben Sie keine Angst, wenn das Drucken etwas mehr Zeit benötigt als
+ mit anderen Textverarbeitungen.
+ Das gedruckte Ergebnis ist es wert.
+ Qualität hat immer ihren Preis.
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+Schnelles Ansehen mit
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{xdvi}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Sie die endgültige Version Ihres Dokumentes mit fertigen Seitenumbrüchen,
+ richtig numerierten Fußnoten usw.\SpecialChar ~
+sehen wollen, wählen Sie
+\family sans
+Ans
+\bar under
+i
+\bar default
+cht\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+VI
+\family default
+.
+ Dann warten Sie (eine Weile).
+\layout Standard
+
+Nachdem die Arbeit im Hintergrund fertig ist, ruft LyX das Programm
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\family default
+ auf.
+ Jetzt können Sie das Ergebnis sehen.
+ (Wenn Sie mehr über das
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\family default
+-Programm wissen wollen, lesen Sie die
+\family typewriter
+man
+\family default
+-Seiten.)
+\layout Description
+
+Tip: Lassen Sie das
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\family default
+-Fenster geöffnet und schieben es eventuell auf eine andere Arbeitsfläche.
+ Nachdem Sie Ihr Dokument geändert haben, wählen Sie
+\family sans
+ Ans
+\bar under
+i
+\bar default
+cht\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+A
+\bar default
+ktualisieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+VI
+\family default
+.
+ Jetzt klicken Sie in das
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\family default
+-Fenster.
+ Das
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\family default
+-Programm wird die
+\family typewriter
+.dvi
+\family default
+-Datei automatisch wieder lesen und den Fensterinhalt aktualisieren.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Die PostScript
+\series medium
+®
+\series default
+-Version mit
+\family typewriter
+gv
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{gv}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ anschauen
+\layout Standard
+
+Im allgemeinen geht es am leichtesten und schnellsten, wenn Sie Ihr Dokument
+ mit
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\family default
+ anschauen.
+ Manchmal jedoch möchten Sie die PostScript®-Version sehen.
+ Ein Grund sind Fonts.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\noun on
+John Weiss
+\noun default
+: Ein anderer Grund ist Verfolgungswahn.
+ Ich liebe es, die PostScript®-Datei anzusehen, bevor ich sie drucke, damit
+ ich genau sehe, was zum Drucker geht\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ Man kann PostScript®-Fonts in einem LaTeX-Dokument benutzen, aber
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\family default
+ wird sie nicht darstellen.
+ Sie müssen
+\family typewriter
+gv
+\family default
+ oder einen anderen PostScript®-Dateibetrachter benutzen, um die Ergebnisse
+ zu sehen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Um die PostScript®-Version Ihres Dokumentes anzusehen, wählen Sie
+\family sans
+Ans
+\bar under
+i
+\bar default
+cht\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Pos
+\bar under
+t
+\bar default
+script
+\family default
+.
+ Dann holen sie sich einen Kaffee.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\noun on
+Matthias Zenker:
+\noun default
+ Ein einigermaßen schneller Computer wird Ihnen aber keine Zeit dafür lassen\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ Nachdem all die Arbeit im Hintergrund erledigt ist, ruft LyX das Programm
+
+\family typewriter
+gv
+\family default
+ auf.
+ Jetzt können Sie sich die Ergebnisse ansehen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Sie haben geraten, was der Befehl
+\family sans
+Ans
+\bar under
+i
+\bar default
+cht\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+A
+\bar default
+ktualisieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Pos
+\bar under
+t
+\bar default
+script
+\family default
+ macht, nicht wahr? Denken Sie daran, einmal in das
+\family typewriter
+gv
+\family default
+-Fenster zu klicken, nachdem der Befehl die Ansicht aktualisiert hat.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Die Datei drucken
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{drucken}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Um eine Datei zu drucken, wählen Sie
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+rucken\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+,
+\family default
+
+\family sans
+Strg+P
+\family default
+ oder klicken auf
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename /usr/share/lyx/images/buffer-print.xpm
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Das öffnet das
+\family sans
+Drucken
+\family default
+-Menü.
+\layout Standard
+
+Hier sind die verschiedenen Optionen aufgelistet:
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+Ziel
+\family default
+mit
+\family sans
+ Drucker
+\family default
+oder
+\family sans
+ Datei l
+\family default
+egen Sie fest, ob Sie auf einem Drucker oder in eine Datei drucken wollen:
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+Drucker
+\family default
+ Hier steht der Name des Druckers, auf dem Sie drucken wollen.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Beachten Sie, daß der Druckername nicht für den
+\family typewriter
+lpr
+\family default
+-Befehl gilt, sondern für
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+.
+ Das bedeutet, daß
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+ für diesen Druckernamen konfiguriert sein muß.
+ Lesen Sie in Abschnitt
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:dvipsconfig}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ oder der
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+-Dokumentation weitere Details.
+ Der Standarddrucker kann auch in der Datei
+\family typewriter
+lyxrc
+\family default
+ definiert werden.
+\end_inset
+
+ Der Drucker sollte Post\SpecialChar \-
+Script®-fähig sein.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+Datei
+\family default
+ Der Name der Datei, in die gedruckt werden soll.
+ Die Ausgabe wird im PostScript®-Format sein.
+ LyX speichert die Datei normalerweise im aktuellen Verzeichnis, außer Sie
+ haben einen absoluten Pfad angegeben.
+\end_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+Seiten
+\family default
+Es gibt fünf Knöpfe, die bestimmen, welche Seiten wie gedruckt werden sollen.
+ Sie können wählen zwischen:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+A
+\bar default
+lle
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+V
+\bar default
+on
+\family default
+ \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\family sans
+Nach
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+U
+\bar default
+ngerade Seiten
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+G
+\bar default
+erade Seiten
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+U
+\bar default
+mgekehrte Reihenfolge
+\layout Standard
+
+Mit
+\family sans
+\bar under
+U
+\bar default
+ngerade\SpecialChar ~
+Seiten\SpecialChar ~
+drucken
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+\bar under
+G
+\bar default
+erade\SpecialChar ~
+Seiten\SpecialChar ~
+drucken
+\family default
+ können Sie beide Seiten eines Papiers bedrucken, auch wenn Ihr Drucker
+ keinen Duplexdruck hat.
+ Sie müssen nur die ungeraden Seiten zuerst drucken, dann das Papier umdrehen,
+ und dann die geraden Seiten drucken oder umgekehrt.
+\end_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+Kopien
+\family default
+ Hier können Sie die Anzahl der Kopien festlegen, die Sie gedruckt haben
+ wollen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Beachten Sie, daß das Drucken etwas Zeit kostet, weil LaTeX,
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+ und, falls Sie keinen PostScript®-Drucker haben,
+\family typewriter
+ghostscript
+\family default
+ Ihr Dokument bearbeiten müssen.
+\layout Section
+
+Ein paar Worte über Typographie
+\layout Subsection
+
+Bindestriche
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Bindestriche}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ und Silbentrennung
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Silbentrennung}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:hyphens}
+
+\end_inset
+
+In LyX hat das
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+-
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+-Zeichen drei Längen,
+\emph on
+Bindestrich, Gedankenstrich
+\emph default
+und
+\emph on
+langer Gedankenstrich
+\emph default
+:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+der Bindestrich - besteht aus
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+-
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Enumerate
+
+der Gedankenstrich -- besteht aus
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+-
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+/
+\end_inset
+
+-
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Enumerate
+
+der lange Gedankenstrich --- besteht aus
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+-
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+/
+\end_inset
+
+-
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+/
+\end_inset
+
+-
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Enumerate
+
+das Minuszeichen
+\begin_inset Formula $-$
+\end_inset
+
+ ist ein
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+-
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+ im Mathematikmodus
+\layout Standard
+
+Sie erzeugen diese Zeichen, indem Sie das
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+-
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+-Zeichen mehrmals hintereinander schreiben.
+ LyX konvertiert sie automatisch in die richtige Länge.
+\layout Standard
+
+Die drei Strichtypen unterscheiden sich vom Minuszeichen, das im Mathematikmodus
+ erscheint und eine eigene Länge hat.
+ Hier sind einige Beispiele für den Gebrauch von
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+-
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Zeilen- und Seitenumbrüche (
+\emph on
+Bindestrich
+\emph default
+)
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Von A -- Z (
+\emph on
+Gedankenstrich
+\emph default
+)
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Oh --- da ist ein langer Gedankenstrich.
+ (
+\emph on
+langer Gedankenstrich
+\emph default
+)
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
+\end_inset
+
+ (
+\emph on
+Minuszeichen
+\emph default
+)
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Sie dies in LyX lesen, sehen Sie keine Unterschiede, aber in der gedruckten
+ Version erkennen Sie sie.
+\layout Standard
+
+Ein paar abschließende Bemerkungen zur Silbentrennung: LyX macht die Silbentrenn
+ung automagisch bei englischem Text.
+ In Wirklichkeit macht LaTeX das, und auch in
+\emph on
+einigen
+\emph default
+anderen Sprachen.
+ Deshalb sehen Sie die Silbentrennung auch erst in der der gedruckten Version.
+\layout Standard
+
+Falls LaTeX ein Wort nicht oder nicht richtig trennen kann, können Sie manuell
+ Trennhilfen einfügen.
+ Dazu wählen Sie
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family default
+\bar under
+S
+\family sans
+\bar default
+onderzeichen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family default
+\bar under
+T
+\family sans
+\bar default
+rennmöglichkeit
+\family default
+ an der Stelle im Wort, an der Sie trennen möchten, oder einfach
+\family sans
+Strg+
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+/
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+-.
+ Beachten Sie, daß diese Trennhilfen nur Empfehlungen für LaTeX sind.
+ Wenn keine Silbentrennung notwendig ist, wird LaTeX die Trennhilfen ignorieren.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Satzzeichen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Satzzeichen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Abkürzungen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Abkurzungen@Abkürzungen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ und Satzenden
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Satzenden}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:abbrev}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Wenn LyX LaTeX aufruft, um die endgültige Version Ihres Dokumentes zu erzeugen,
+ unterscheidet LaTeX automatisch zwischen Worten, Sätzen und Abkürzungen.
+ LaTeX fügt dann
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+geeigneten Leerraum
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ ein: zwischen dem Punkt am Ende eines Satzes und dem ersten Wort des nächsten
+ kommt ein wenig mehr Leerraum.
+ Abkürzungen bekommen hinter dem Punkt genausoviel Leerraum wie normale
+ Worte.
+\layout Standard
+
+Unglücklicherweise ist der Algorithmus zur Bestimmung einer Abkürzung und
+ eines Satzendes ein wenig dumm.
+ Wenn ein
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+.
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ auf einen kleingeschriebenen Buchstaben folgt, wird es als Satzende interpretie
+rt; folgt der Punkt auf einen großgeschriebenen Buchstaben, wird es als
+ Abkürzung interpretiert.
+\layout Standard
+
+Hier sind einige Beispiele von
+\emph on
+richtigen
+\emph default
+Abkürzungen und Satzenden:
+\layout Itemize
+
+M.
+ Butterfly
+\layout Itemize
+
+Ärgere Dich nicht.
+ Sei glücklich.
+\layout Standard
+
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+und hier sind welche, bei denen der Algorithmus falsch arbeitet:
+\layout Itemize
+
+hier z.
+ B.
+ ist zuviel Leerraum!
+\layout Itemize
+
+Dies bin ICH.
+ Hier ist zu wenig.
+\layout Standard
+
+Die Fehler sehen Sie erst in der gedruckten Version Ihres Dokumentes.
+ Um das Problem zu beheben, können Sie folgendes tun:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Benutzen Sie ein
+\family sans
+Geschütztes\SpecialChar ~
+
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+eerzeichen
+\family default
+(
+\family sans
+Strg+Leertaste
+\family default
+) (Abschnitt
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sub:protblank}
+
+\end_inset
+
+) oder oder einen kleinen Zwischenraum
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+,
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ (
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{latex-einführung}
+
+\end_inset
+
+, S.
+ 405) nach kleingeschriebenen Abkürzungen.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Benutzen Sie einen
+\family sans
+Satzende
+\bar under
+p
+\bar default
+unkt
+\family default
+, den Sie unter
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+onderzeichen
+\family default
+ finden, um einen Leerraum wie zwischen Sätzen zu erzwingen.
+ Einfacher geht es mit
+\family sans
+Strg+
+\family default
+.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+,
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Mit den Korrekturen sehen die obigen Beispiele so aus:
+\layout Itemize
+
+hier z.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+,
+\end_inset
+
+B.
+ ist zuviel Leerraum!
+\layout Itemize
+
+Dies bin ICH\SpecialChar \@.
+ Hier ist zu wenig.
+\layout Standard
+
+Manche Sprachen verwenden keinen zusätzlichen Leerraum zwischen Sätzen.
+ Wenn das auf Ihre Sprache zutrifft, müssen Sie über all dies nicht besorgt
+ sein.
+ Für die, die sich darum sorgen müssen, gibt es Hilfe, um diese raffinierten
+ Fehler zu finden: wählen Sie
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Te
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\bar under
+X
+\bar default
+\SpecialChar ~
+prüfen
+\family default
+, wie es in
+\emph on
+Profi-Tipps
+\emph default
+ beschrieben ist.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Anführungszeichen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Anfuhrungszeichen@Anführungszeichen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:quotes}
+
+\end_inset
+
+LyX setzt Anführungszeichen normalerweise richtig.
+ Insbesondere wird es unterschiedliche Anführungszeichen für den Beginn
+ und das Ende des eingeschlossenen Textes benutzen.
+ Zum Beispiel
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Anfang Ende
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Das Tastaturzeichen
+\family sans
+"
+\family default
+ wird sie automatisch erzeugen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Sie können das Verhalten der
+\family sans
+"
+\family default
+-Taste im Dialogfenster
+\family sans
+ Dokumentformat\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Sprache
+\family default
+ einstellen.
+ Wenn Sie
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+oppelt wählen,
+\family default
+erzeugt die
+\family sans
+"
+\family default
+-Taste die Folge
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Wählen Sie
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infach
+\family default
+, erzeugt die
+\family sans
+"
+\family default
+-Taste die Folge
+\begin_inset Quotes pls
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grs
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Über
+\family sans
+Anführungszeichen
+\family default
+ können Sie sechs verschiedene Anführungszeichen auswählen:
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+text
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ benutzt folgende Anführungszeichen:
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+doppelt
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ oder
+\begin_inset Quotes els
+\end_inset
+
+einfach
+\begin_inset Quotes ers
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Quotes sld
+\end_inset
+
+text
+\begin_inset Quotes srd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ benutzt folgende Anführungszeichen:
+\begin_inset Quotes sld
+\end_inset
+
+doppelt
+\begin_inset Quotes srd
+\end_inset
+
+ oder
+\begin_inset Quotes sls
+\end_inset
+
+einfach
+\begin_inset Quotes srs
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+text
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ benutzt folgende Anführungszeichen:
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+doppelt
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ oder
+\begin_inset Quotes gls
+\end_inset
+
+einfach
+\begin_inset Quotes grs
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Quotes pld
+\end_inset
+
+text
+\begin_inset Quotes prd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+benutzt folgende Anführungszeichen:
+\begin_inset Quotes pld
+\end_inset
+
+doppelt
+\begin_inset Quotes prd
+\end_inset
+
+ oder
+\begin_inset Quotes pls
+\end_inset
+
+einfach
+\begin_inset Quotes prs
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+text
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ benutzt folgende Anführungszeichen:
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+doppelt
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ oder
+\begin_inset Quotes fls
+\end_inset
+
+einfach
+\begin_inset Quotes frs
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Quotes ald
+\end_inset
+
+text
+\begin_inset Quotes ard
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ benutzt folgende Anführungszeichen:
+\begin_inset Quotes ald
+\end_inset
+
+doppelt
+\begin_inset Quotes ard
+\end_inset
+
+ oder
+\begin_inset Quotes als
+\end_inset
+
+einfach
+\begin_inset Quotes ars
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Sie aber ein
+\emph on
+echtes
+\emph default
+ Anführungszeichen haben wollen, drücken Sie
+\family sans
+Strg+Umschalt+
+\family default
+".
+ Das erzeugt ein ".
+\layout Subsection
+
+Ligaturen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Ligaturen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:ligatures}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Es ist eine Standardschriftsetzpraxis, gewisse Buchstaben zusammenzuziehen
+ und sie wie einen zu drucken.
+ Diese Kombinationen nennt man
+\emph on
+Ligaturen
+\emph default
+.
+ Da sich LaTeX mit Ligaturen auskennt, werden Ihre mit LyX geschriebenen
+ Dokumente sie auch haben.
+ Hier sind die möglichen Ligaturen:
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Open
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+vspace{-2ex}
+\backslash
+parbox[t]{3cm}{
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+ff
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Open
+
+\layout Standard
+}
+\backslash
+parbox[t]{3cm}{
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+fi
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Open
+
+\layout Standard
+}
+\backslash
+parbox[t]{3cm}{
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+fl
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Open
+
+\layout Standard
+}
+\backslash
+parbox[t]{3cm}{
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+ffi
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Open
+
+\layout Standard
+}
+\backslash
+parbox[t]{3cm}{
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+ffl
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Manchmal aber möchte man keine Ligaturen in einem Wort.
+ Während eine Ligatur in einem Wort wie
+\begin_inset Quotes pld
+\end_inset
+
+Graffiti
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ vielleicht in Ordnung ist, sieht es in zusammengesetzten Worten seltsam
+ aus, zum Beispiel
+\begin_inset Quotes pld
+\end_inset
+
+Stofflappen
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ oder
+\begin_inset Quotes pld
+\end_inset
+
+Dorffest
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Um die Ligatur aufzuheben benutzt man den LaTeX-Befehl
+\begin_inset Quotes pld
+\end_inset
+
+|
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ zwischen den Buchstaben (
+\family sans
+Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Sonderzeichen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Li
+\bar under
+g
+\bar default
+aturtrenner
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Ligaturtrenner}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ oder
+\family sans
+Umschalt+Strg+L
+\family default
+).
+ Dies macht aus
+\begin_inset Quotes pld
+\end_inset
+
+Stofflappen
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes pld
+\end_inset
+
+Stoff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
+lappen
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ und aus
+\begin_inset Quotes pld
+\end_inset
+
+Dorffest
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes pld
+\end_inset
+
+Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
+fest
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Schusterjungen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Schusterjungen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ und Hurenkinder
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Hurenkinder}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:widows}
+
+\end_inset
+
+In den frühen Tagen der Textverarbeitungen passierten Seitenumbrüche genau
+ dort, wo die Seiten zu Ende waren.
+ Es spielte keine Rolle, worum es im Text eigentlich ging.
+ Sie werden sich sicher erinnern, daß Sie nach dem Drucken eines Dokumentes
+ feststellten, daß die Überschrift eines neuen Abschnittes oder die erste
+ Zeile eines neuen Absatzes allein auf der letzten Zeile einer Seite standen,
+ oder daß die letzte Zeile eines Absatzes die erste Zeile einer neuen Seite
+ bildete.
+ Diese Dinge nennt man
+\emph on
+Schusterjungen
+\emph default
+ und
+\emph on
+Hurenkinder
+\emph default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Klar, daß LyX vermeiden kann, eine Seite direkt nach der Abschnittsüberschrift
+ umzubrechen.
+ Das ist ein Vorteil von Absatzumgebungen.
+ Aber was ist mit Schusterjungen und Hurenkindern? LaTeX hat Regeln, um
+ mit Seitenumbrüchen fertigzuwerden, und einige von ihnen sind speziell
+ dazu da, um Schusterjungen und Hurenkinder zu verhindern.
+ Das ist
+\emph on
+ein
+\emph default
+ Vorteil, daß LyX LaTeX im Hintergrund hat.
+\layout Standard
+
+Wir können es nicht näher erläutern, wie TeX und LaTeX Seitenumbrüche festlegen
+ oder wie man das Verhalten beeinflussen kann.
+ Einige LaTeX-Bücher im Literaturverzeichnis (zum Beispiel\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{latexcompanion}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ oder\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{latexguide}
+
+\end_inset
+
+) mögen mehr darüber enthalten.
+ Auf jeden Fall müssen Sie sich fast nie darum kümmern.
+\layout Chapter
+
+Gleitobjekte
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Gleitobjekte}
+
+\end_inset
+
+: Fußnoten, Randnotizen, Abbildungen und Tabellen
+\layout Section
+
+Fußnoten
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Fußnoten}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Im Gegensatz zu anderen Textverarbeitungsprogrammen stellt LyX Fußnoten
+ nicht am unteren Bildschirmrand oder an einer ganz anderen Stelle im Text
+ dar, sondern verwendet dafür
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+einklappbare
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ Gleitobjekte, auch
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Floats
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ genannt.
+ Wenn Sie über den Menüpunkt
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ußnote
+\family default
+ eine neue Fußnote anlegen, erscheint ein roter Rahmen, der links oben die
+ Marke
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Fußnote
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ trägt.
+ Dieser Rahmen ist die Art und Weise, wie LyX Fußnoten darstellt.
+ Geben Sie den Text für die Fußnote in diesem Rahmen ein.
+ Wenn Sie auf die Marke
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Fußnote
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ klicken, wird der Rahmen geschlossen und alles, was Sie noch von der Fußnote
+ sehen, ist ein hochgestelltes rotes
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Fußnote
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Wenn Sie zu einem späteren Zeitpunkt den Fußnotentext wieder ansehen oder
+ verändern wollen, genügt ein Klick auf den roten Text, und der Rahmen öffnet
+ sich wieder.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Auch werden Sie feststellen, daß die Fußnoten in LyX nicht numeriert sind.
+ Darum brauchen Sie sich aber sowieso nicht zu kümmern, denn für die fortlaufend
+e Numerierung der Fußnoten sorgt LyX ebenso automatisch wie dafür, daß die
+ Fußnote im Text auch auf der richtigen Seite erscheint.
+ Wenn Sie übrigens eine bereits geschriebene Textpassage nachträglich in
+ eine Fußnote umwandeln wollen, markieren Sie sie einfach und klicken dann
+ auf das Fußnotensymbol in der Werkzeugleiste (ein stilisiertes Bild einer
+ Textseite mit einem Pfeil am unteren Rand, der auf ein paar Zeilen deutet).
+\layout Standard
+
+Was LyX im Zusammenhang mit Fußnoten derzeit noch nicht beherrscht sind
+ Dinge wie das Zurücksetzen des Zählers am Anfang eines neuen Kapitels oder
+ die Änderung des Stils der Fußnoten (zum Beispiel arabische oder römische
+ Zahlen usw.).
+ Dazu müssen Sie -- wie im Abschnitt
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Tricks für Fußnoten und Randnotizen
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ der
+\emph on
+Profi-Tipps
+\emph default
+ beschrieben -- einige LaTeX-Befehle verwenden.
+\layout Description
+
+Hinweis: In LyX und LaTeX ist ein Gleitobjekt nicht einfach ein gewöhnlicher
+ Absatz wie in anderen Textverarbeitungen.
+ Es handelt sich dabei vielmehr um eine komplexe Struktur, die beliebige
+ Arten von Dingen (mit Ausnahme von weiteren Gleitobjekten) enthalten kann.
+ Das bedeutet, daß Sie innerhalb eines solchen Gleitobjektes alle Ihnen
+ bekannten Layout-Elemente, ja sogar Tabellen oder Abbildungen verwenden
+ können.
+ Das wird sicherlich nicht allzuoft der Fall sein, aber dann ist es ungemein
+ praktisch.
+\newline
+Wenn Sie die Rechtschreibprüfung einsetzen wollen, beachten Sie bitte, daß
+ die Gleitobjekte geöffnet sein müssen, damit sie erkannt und geprüft werden
+ können.
+ Sie können dazu den Menüpunkt
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+G
+\bar default
+leitobjekt\SpecialChar ~
+öffnen/schließen
+\family default
+ (
+\family sans
+Strg+I
+\family default
+) verwenden.
+\layout Section
+
+Randnotizen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Randnotizen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Innerhalb von LyX erscheint und verhält sich eine Randnotiz genau wie eine
+ Fußnote.
+ Wenn Sie über
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+R
+\bar default
+andnotiz
+\family default
+ oder die Werkzeugleiste (die Schaltfläche zeigt stilisierten Text im Randbereic
+h und einen Pfeil, der darauf deutet) eine Randnotiz einfügen, erscheint
+ ein rotumrandetes Feld mit der Bezeichnung
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Rand
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ in Ihrem Text.
+\begin_inset Marginal
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Dies ist eine solche Randnotiz.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\noun on
+HHa
+\noun default
+: Die Randnotiz ist nur verstümmelt zu sehen, weil ich schmale Seitenränder
+ benutze, um Papier zu sparen (10-20%).
+ Wenn Sie Randnotizen benötigen, müssen Sie die Seitenränder, insbesondere
+ den rechten, entsprechend vergrößern.
+\end_inset
+
+ In diesem Feld können Sie den Text für die Randnotiz eingeben.
+ Wenn Sie auf die rote
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Rand
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+-Marke klicken, wird die Randnotiz bis auf ein rotes, unterstrichenes
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Rand
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ geschlossen.
+ Sie können die Randnotiz zu jedem Zeitpunkt wieder öffnen, indem Sie erneut
+ auf den roten Text
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Rand
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ klicken.
+\layout Standard
+
+Als Standardeinstellung verwendet LyX 1.9\SpecialChar ~
+cm (0.75\SpecialChar ~
+Zoll) als Breite für die
+ Randnotizen.
+ Dies wird eventuell nicht Ihren Wünschen entsprechen, aber wie auch bei
+ den Fußnoten unterstützt LyX noch nicht alles, was in LaTeX möglich ist.
+ Bitte lesen Sie in entsprechenden LaTeX-Büchern über weitere Einstellungsmöglic
+hkeiten.
+\layout Section
+
+Abbildungen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Abbildungen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ und eingebundene Grafiken
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Grafiken}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:figures}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Kein Textverarbeitungsprogramm ist vollständig ohne die Fähigkeit, Grafiken
+ und Bilder aus anderen Anwendungen in das Dokument einzubinden.
+ In LyX werden derartige Objekte
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Abbildungen
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ genannt, unabhängig davon, ob es sich nun um Abbildungen im traditionellen
+ Sinn oder um sonstige Bilder handelt.
+ Mit Abbildungen im Format
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Encapsulated PostScript®
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ kann LyX ganz hervorragend umgehen, es verwendet
+\family typewriter
+gv
+\family default
+, um die Bilder im LyX-Fenster darzustellen und den LaTeX-Befehl
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+includegraphics
+\family default
+, um sie im endgültigen Dokument einzubinden.
+\layout Standard
+
+Ein Hinweis am Rande: Die Art von Abbildungen, die hier beschrieben werden,
+ haben keine zugeordneten Bildunterschriften und erscheinen im Text genau
+ da, wo Sie sie plaziert haben.
+ Falls das nicht Ihren Bedürfnissen entspricht, lesen Sie bitte den Abschnitt
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:figurefloats}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Um eine Abbildung in Ihr Dokument einzufügen, klicken Sie auf das zweite
+ Symbol von rechts in der Werkzeug\SpecialChar \-
+leiste oder wählen
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+G
+\bar default
+raf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
+ik\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\family default
+ Ein kleiner Rahmen wird in Ihr Dokument eingefügt,
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center
+
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename /usr/local/share/lyx/doc/mobius.eps
+ display grayscale
+ height 4cm
+ BoundingBox 0bp 0bp 367bp 158bp
+ rotateOrigin center
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+und ein Dialogfenster erscheint, in dem Sie einen Dateinamen zum Laden eingeben
+ können.
+ Außerdem können Sie in diesem Dialogfenster einige Einstellungen ändern.
+ All diese Veränderungen werden jeweils erst durchgeführt, wenn Sie auf
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+Ü
+\bar default
+bernehmen
+\family default
+ oder
+\family sans
+ OK
+\family default
+ klicken.
+ Wenn Sie später noch Änderungen vornehmen wollen, erhalten Sie das Dialogfenste
+r auch, wenn Sie mit der linken Mausfenster in die Abbildung klicken.
+\layout Standard
+
+Das Dialogfenster hat eine ganze Reihe Parameter, von denen die meisten
+ selbsterklärend sind.
+ Auf der Karteikarte
+\family sans
+Datei
+\family default
+ können Sie im Feld
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+atei:
+\family default
+Ihre Bilddatei eingeben.
+ Bemerken Sie auch, daß die Darstellungen in LyX (
+\family sans
+L
+\family default
+\bar under
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar default
+yX-Ansicht
+\family default
+) und im gedruckten Dokument (
+\family sans
+Ausgabe
+\family default
+) getrennt definiert werden können, was bei großen Bildern hilfreich sein
+ kann.
+ Die Abbildung kann auch gedreht werden (Karteikarte
+\family sans
+ Extra\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Drehung
+\family default
+).
+ Über die Karteikarte
+\family sans
+Begrenzungsbox
+\family default
+ kann die Lage festgelegt werden.
+ Auf der Karteikarte
+\family sans
+Extra
+\family default
+ können Sie die
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+eilabbildung
+\family default
+s-Option setzen, die bei Gleitobjekt-Abbildungen benutzt werden kann (siehe
+ Abschnitt
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:figurefloats}
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ Schließlich können LaTeX-Zauberer über die Karteikarte
+\family sans
+Extra
+\family default
+ zusätzliche LaTeX-Optionen eingeben.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Die
+\family sans
+Beschriftung
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Beschriftung}
+
+\end_inset
+
+-Umgebung für Abbildungen
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Die Benutzung der
+\family sans
+Beschriftung
+\family default
+-Umgebung
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:figurefloats}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Das Problem beim direkten Einfügen von Abbildungen in den Text ist, daß
+ der Seitenumbruch extrem schwierig wird.
+ Um der LyX-Maxime, derartige Prozesse zu automatisieren, ist es deshalb
+ meist besser, Gleitobjekt-Abbildungen zu verwenden, die LyX (eigentlich
+ LaTeX) relativ frei im Dokument herumschieben kann, um so ein optimal anspreche
+ndes Ergebnis zu erzielen.
+ Als Gegenleistung automatisiert LyX das Erstellen einer Abbildungsliste
+ und erlaubt, die Abbildungen mit Titeln zu versehen, indem man die
+\family sans
+Beschriftung
+\family default
+-Umgebung benutzt, die in Abschnitt
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:captionlayout}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ erläutert wird.
+\layout Standard
+
+Um Gleitobjekt-Abbildungen anzulegen, wählen Sie aus der Menüleiste den
+ Punkt
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Gleit
+\bar under
+o
+\bar default
+bjekte\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Abbildung
+\family default
+.
+ Sie erhalten einen leeren roten Rahmen ohne Abbildung; wie in Abschnitt
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:figures}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ beschrieben, können Sie dann eine Abbildung einfügen.
+
+\begin_inset Float figure
+placement htbp
+wide false
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Caption
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{fig:escher}
+
+\end_inset
+
+M.C.
+ Escher in Hochform.
+\layout Standard
+\align center
+
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename /usr/local/share/lyx/doc/escher-lsd.eps
+ display color
+ rotateOrigin center
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Float figure
+placement htbp
+wide false
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+\align center
+
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename /usr/local/share/lyx/doc/platypus.eps
+ lyxscale 50
+ display color
+ rotateOrigin center
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Caption
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{fig:kill-plat}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Ein ziemlich verzerrtes Schnabeltier in einer Float-Umgebung.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Das erscheint sehr einfach, aber bei der Positionierung des Bildtitels gibt
+ es eine kleine Subtilität.
+ Wenn Sie den Titel unter der Abbildung bevorzugen, müssen Sie die Abbildung
+ ganz am Anfang der
+\family sans
+Beschriftung
+\family default
+-Umgebung einfügen (dafür wandeln Sie die
+\family sans
+Beschriftung
+\family default
+- in eine
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+-Umgebung und stellen sie wieder her, nachdem Sie die Abbildung eingefügt
+ haben).
+ Das haben wir für Abbildung
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{fig:kill-plat}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ gemacht.
+ Ist der Cursor am Ende des Titels, wenn Sie die Abbildung einfügen, wird
+ sie unter dem Titel eingefügt wie bei Abbildung
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{fig:escher}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Es empfiehlt sich, nur jeweils eine Abbildung je
+\family sans
+Beschriftung
+\family default
+-Umgebung zu verwenden.
+ Dadurch kann LyX (eigentlich LaTeX) den besten Platz für jede Abbildung
+ zu finden.
+\layout Standard
+
+Die Abbildung zeigt auch, wie man eine Marke setzen und darauf verweisen
+ kann.
+ Dies geschieht einfach durch
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+M
+\bar under
+a
+\bar default
+rke
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+, während sich der Cursor in der Bildunterschrift befindet (siehe auch Abschnitt
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:crossref}
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ Einen Verweis fügen Sie wie gewohnt mit
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+Q
+\bar default
+uerverweis\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\family default
+ ein.
+ Insbesondere für Gleitobjekte ist diese Art der Referenzierung unbedingt
+ den vagen Formulierungen wie
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+in der obenstehenden Abbildung
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ vorzuziehen, da LaTeX diese Gleitobjekte jederzeit im Text verschieben
+ kann und sich die Abbildung dann vielleicht gar nicht mehr über der verweisende
+n Textstelle befindet.
+ Paßt sie nicht mehr auf dieselbe Seite wie der Text, der sich darauf bezieht,
+ wird sie auf eine andere Seite verschoben oder sogar auf einer eigenen
+ Seite gesetzt.
+ Sie können sich aber darauf verlassen, daß das Ergebnis im allgemeinen
+ sehr gut aussieht.
+\layout Standard
+
+Es gibt noch zwei weitere Dinge, die die Verwendung der
+\family sans
+Beschriftung
+\family default
+-Umgebung für Gleitobjekt-Abbildung und Gleitobjekt-Abbildung\SpecialChar ~
+(breit) so
+ angenehm macht: falls Sie eine Liste der Abbildungen in Ihr Dokument einfügen
+ wollen (siehe Abschnitt
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:ListsOf}
+
+\end_inset
+
+), werden die Abbildungen dort automatisch eingetragen.
+ Außerdem lassen sie sich (wie alle
+\family sans
+Beschriftung
+\family default
+-Umgebungen) schließen und öffnen, wodurch Sie sich besser auf Ihren Text
+ konzentrieren können.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Plazierung von
+\family sans
+Beschriftung
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Beschriftung}
+
+\end_inset
+
+-Umgebungen
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:float-locn}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Der Gedanke hinter den gleitenden Abbildungen (ebenso wie bei den in
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:table float}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ beschriebenen gleitenden Tabellen) ist es, LyX zu ermöglichen, die Abbildung
+ (oder eben Tabelle) auf eine möglichst konsistente, kontextbezogene Art
+ und Weise auf der Seite zu plazieren.
+ Das wäre aber ziemlich sinnlos, wenn Sie nicht auch eine Möglichkeit hätten,
+ diese
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Art und Weise
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ irgendwie zu beeinflussen.
+ Deshalb bietet Ihnen LyX insgesamt vier Orte, an denen es versucht, die
+ Abbildung zu positionieren:
+\layout Description
+
+Here: LyX versucht, das Gleitobjekt genau an der Stelle einzufügen, an der
+ es im Text steht.
+ Ist dort nicht ausreichend Platz, versucht es eine der anderen drei Positionen.
+\layout Description
+
+Top: LyX versucht, das Gleitobjekt oben auf der aktuellen Seite einzufügen.
+ Paßt es nicht auf die aktuelle Seite, wird es auf der nächsten Seite eingefügt.
+\layout Description
+
+Bottom: LyX versucht, das Gleitobjekt unten auf der aktuellen Seite einzufügen.
+ Paßt es nicht auf die aktuelle Seite, wird es auf der nächsten Seite eingefügt.
+\layout Description
+
+Page: LyX setzt die
+\family sans
+Beschriftung
+\family default
+-Umgebung auf eine eigene Seite.
+\layout Standard
+
+Sie können diese Optionen im Dialogfenster
+\family sans
+Dokumentformat\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Format
+\family default
+, das Sie über
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+okument\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\family default
+ öffnen, auf der Karteikarte
+\family sans
+Extra
+\family default
+ im Feld
+\family sans
+Gleitobjekt-
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+latzierung:
+\family default
+ eintragen.
+ Damit wird diese Einstellung dann für alle Gleitobjekte global im gesamten
+ Dokument verwendet.
+ Wenn Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf ein Gleitobjekt-Abbildung klicken,
+ können Sie diese Einstellungen nur für dieses Objekt ändern.
+\layout Standard
+
+Wie geht das nun genau vor sich? Sie können unter
+\family sans
+Gleitobjekt-
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+latzierung:
+\family default
+ jede Kombination aus vier Buchstaben angeben:
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+h
+\family default
+ für
+\emph on
+here
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+t
+\family default
+ für
+\emph on
+top
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+b
+\family default
+ für
+\emph on
+bottom
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+p
+\family default
+ für
+\emph on
+page
+\layout Standard
+
+Ihre Reihenfolge ist nicht maßgeblich -- LaTeX gibt intern die Suchreihenfolge
+
+\family typewriter
+htbp
+\family default
+ vor.
+ Sobald Sie also ein
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+h
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ mitangeben, auch wenn es an letzter Stelle steht, wird als erstes versucht,
+ die Abbildung an der aktuellen Position einzufügen.
+ Dann wird die nächste der angegebenen Optionen versucht, und so weiter.
+ Wenn LyX besonders stark versuchen soll, eine bestimmte Positionierung
+ zu erreichen, können Sie die betreffende Option mit einem Ausrufezeichen
+ einleiten, etwa
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+!htbp
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Hier ein paar Beispiele und was sie bewirken:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\family sans
+hbp
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Versuche zunächst, die Abbildung/Tabelle genau da zu setzen, wo sie im Text
+ auftaucht.
+ Falls das nicht klappt, versuche es unten auf der Seite, sonst setze sie
+ auf eine eigene Seite.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\family sans
+!hbp
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Versuche, die Abbildung/Tabelle unbedingt genau da zu setzen, wo sie im
+ Text auftaucht.
+ Falls das nicht klappt, versuche es unten auf der Seite, sonst setze sie
+ auf eine eigene Seite.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\family sans
+tp
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Setze die Abbildung/Tabelle oben auf der Seite.
+ Ist sie dafür zu groß, setze sie auf eine eigene Seite.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\family sans
+p
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Setze Abbildungen und Tabellen grundsätzlich auf eine eigene Seite.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Und ein letzter Hinweis:
+\family sans
+Gleitobjekt-
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+latzierung
+\family default
+ kontrolliert die Position sowohl von Abbildungen als auch von Tabellen.
+\layout Subsection
+
+
+\family typewriter
+xfig
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{xfig}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ und LyX
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Sie ImageMagick installiert haben, ist dieser Abschnitt für Sie unerheblich.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sub:xfig-und-LyX}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Eine offensichtliche Frage bleibt: wie soll man die Abbildungen eigentlich
+ erstellen? Zum Glück ist die Antwort Bestandteil der meisten Linux- und
+ LaTeX-Distributionen.
+
+\family typewriter
+xfig
+\family default
+ ist ein mächtiges und äußerst empfehlenswertes Werkzeug zum Zeichnen.
+ Um eine mit
+\family typewriter
+xfig
+\family default
+ erstellte Abbildung in LyX einzubinden, haben Sie mehrere Möglichkeiten.
+ Wir empfehlen die folgenden:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Exportieren Sie die Abbildung als Encapsulated PostScript®.
+ Dieses können Sie dann ganz einfach so wie oben beschrieben in Ihren Text
+ einbinden.
+ Der große Vorteil bei diesem Vorgehen ist, daß Ihnen sämtliche Fähigkeiten
+ von PostScript® zur Verfügung stehen, das heißt Bezier-Kurven, Farben,
+ Strichstärken und vieles mehr.
+ Wenn Ihre Grafik auch Text enthält, so wird dieser unter Verwendung von
+ PostScript®-Zeichensätzen gesetzt, was sehr gut aussieht.
+ Sie können derartige Abbildungen ohne Einschränkung wie bereits beschrieben
+ skalieren und drehen.
+\newline
+Der einzige Nachteil besteht darin, daß Sie mit den PostScript®-Zeichensätzen
+ nicht ohne weiteres Formeln setzen können.
+ Falls also Ihr Text in der Abbildung auch Formeln oder Exponenten/Indizes
+ umfaßt, sollten Sie einen der beiden folgenden Wege beschreiten.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Exportieren Sie die Grafik als LaTeX.
+ Das läßt sich ebenso einfach in LyX einbinden und gibt Ihnen die Möglichkeit,
+ beim Text in
+\family typewriter
+xfig
+\family default
+ LaTeX-Befehle zu verwenden.
+ Dafür müssen Sie in
+\family typewriter
+xfig
+\family default
+ die
+\emph on
+special
+\emph default
+-Option für Text aktivieren, dies geschieht automatisch, wenn Sie es durch
+ den Aufruf
+\family typewriter
+xfig\SpecialChar ~
+-specialtext
+\family default
+ starten.
+ Ist dies geschehen und haben Sie einen LaTeX-Zeichensatz ausgewählt, können
+ Sie beispielsweise in
+\family typewriter
+xfig
+\family default
+ einfach
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+$H_2$
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ schreiben.
+ Wenn Sie diese Abbildung dann als LaTeX exportieren und in LyX mittels
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Datei\SpecialChar ~
+ein
+\bar under
+b
+\bar default
+inden\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\family default
+ einfügen, erscheint im Text dann
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $H_{2}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\newline
+Der Nachteil hiervon ist, daß die grafischen Fähigkeiten von LaTeX nicht
+ so gut sind wie die von PostScript®.
+ Sie können nicht beliebige Strichstärken verwenden, und, noch viel einschränken
+der, auch nicht beliebige Steigungen für Geraden.
+ Deshalb empfehlen wir für komplexe Abbildungen den dritten Weg.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Exportieren Sie die Abbildung als kombiniertes LaTeX/PostScript®.
+
+\family typewriter
+xfig
+\family default
+ (oder genauer
+\family typewriter
+transfig
+\family default
+) generiert dann zwei Dateien:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Den PostScript®-Teil
+\family typewriter
+foo.pstex
+\family default
+, der die gesamte Grafik enthält, und
+\layout Enumerate
+
+den LaTeX-Teil
+\family typewriter
+foo.pstex_t
+\family default
+, der den Text und einen Verweis auf den PostScript®-Teil enthält.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Sie müssen in diesem Fall nur den LaTeX-Teil, wie oben beschrieben einbinden,
+ der PostScript®-Teil wird dann automatisch miteingebunden.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Falls Sie eine Fehlermeldung wie
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+unknown graphics extension pstex
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ bekommen, müssen Sie diese Endung deklarieren.
+ Es ist eigentlich ein Fehler von
+\family typewriter
+transfig
+\family default
+, der im Zusammenspiel mit LaTeX2e auftritt.
+ Fügen Sie einfach eine Zeile
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+@namedef{Gin@rule@ps_tex}#1{{eps}{ps_tex}{#1}}
+\family default
+
+\layout Standard
+
+in der Datei
+\family typewriter
+/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/graphics/dvips.def
+\family default
+ ein.
+ Dann fügen Sie die Endung
+\family typewriter
+pstex
+\family default
+ hinzu:
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+def
+\backslash
+Gin@extensions{eps, ps, pstex, eps.gz, ps.gz, eps=2EZ}
+\layout Standard
+
+Das sollte die Fehlermeldungen beheben.
+ Alternativ können Sie auch den PostScript©-Teil als
+\family typewriter
+foo.eps
+\family default
+ exportieren und den LaTeX-Teil von Hand in
+\family typewriter
+foo.pstex_t
+\family default
+ umbenennen.
+ Doch das ist auf Dauer störend.
+\end_inset
+
+ Auf diese Weise kombinieren Sie die volle Stärke von LaTeX mit der von
+ Post\SpecialChar \-
+Script®, außer der Möglichkeit, die Abbildung nach dem Erstellen zu
+ skalieren.
+ Wenn Sie also skalierbare Abbildungen wollen, können Sie nur PostScript®
+ benutzen.
+ Ein weiterer kleiner Vorteil, wenn LaTeX den Font setzt, ist, daß derselbe
+ Font in Ihren Abbildungen und im Text benutzt wird, was etwas schöner aussieht.
+\layout Section
+
+Tabellen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tabellen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:tables}
+
+\end_inset
+
+LyX besitzt die Fähigkeit, Tabellen im WYSIWYM
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{WYSIWYM}
+
+\end_inset
+
+-Stil zu erstellen und zu editieren.
+ LaTeX beherrscht beim Umgang mit Tabellen weit mehr, als LyX derzeit unterstütz
+t.
+ Sollten Ihnen aber die hier beschriebenen Möglichkeiten nicht ausreichen,
+ sollten Sie ein gutes LaTeX-Buch zu Rate ziehen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Eine gewöhnliche Tabelle fügen Sie wahlweise mit der rechten Schaltfläche
+ aus der Werkzeugleiste oder mittels
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+abelle
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+\SpecialChar ~
+ein.
+ Es wird ein Dialogfenster geöffnet, in dem Sie die Anzahl der Zeilen und
+ Spalten der Tabelle angeben müssen.
+ Die so erstellte Standardtabelle hat in jedem Feld Linien auf der linken
+ und oberen Seite, die letzte Spalte zusätzlich auch auf der rechten Seite.
+ Die letzte Zeile hat auch Linien am unteren Rand, wodurch eine vollständig
+ eingerahmte Tabelle entsteht.
+ Außerdem hat auch die erste Zeile eine Linie am unteren Rand, wodurch die
+ erste Zeile von den folgenden durch einen doppelten Strich abgetrennt wird.
+ Am besten sehen Sie das an einem Beispiel:
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+12
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+45
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+98
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+A
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+B
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+multi
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+C
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Stand der Cursor vor dem Einfügen mitten im Text, wird die Tabelle auch
+ dort eingefügt.
+ Stand der Cursor auf einer leeren Zeile, wird die Tabelle linksbündig eingefügt.
+ Andere Ausrichtungen erreichen Sie mit
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+A
+\bar default
+bsatz
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+ Dabei
+\emph on
+muß
+\emph default
+ der Cursor unmittelbar vor der Tabelle stehen.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Das Dialogfenster
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Tabellen-Einstellungen bearbeiten
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tabellen!Einstellungen bearbeiten}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Eine Tabelle können Sie verändern, indem Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in
+ die Tabelle klicken.
+ Es öffnet sich dann ein Dialogfenster, in dem Sie Eigenschaften der Tabelle
+ ändern können, unter anderem die folgenden:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Karteikarte
+\family sans
+Tabelle
+\family default
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Rahmen in einer Zeile oder Spalte ein- und ausschalten.
+ Wenn Sie eine der Linien entfernen, wird in LyX eine gestrichelte Linie
+ angezeigt, diese dient aber nur zu Ihrer Orientierung.
+ In der Druckausgabe ist keine Linie zu sehen.
+ Wenn Sie die unterste Linie einer Zeile
+\emph on
+und
+\emph default
+ die obere der darunterliegenden Zelle aktivieren, werden die beiden Zeilen
+ durch einen kleinen Leerraum getrennt, wie Sie auch im Beispiel oben erkennen
+ können.
+ Sie können das auch vertikal erreichen, indem Sie die rechte Linie einer
+ Spalte und die linke der rechts danebenliegenden Spalte einschalten.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Anfügen von Zeilen und Spalten.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Löschen von Zeilen und Spalten.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Rotieren der gesamten Tabelle oder einzelner Einträge um 90 Grad.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Lange
+\family default
+
+\family sans
+Tabelle
+\family default
+ ein- und ausschalten.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Karteikarte
+\family sans
+Zeile/Spalte
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Festlegen des Rahmens für eine Zeile/Spalte
+\layout Itemize
+
+Ausrichtung des Textes in einer Spalte.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Einträge über mehrere Spalten.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Die Breite für eine Spalte fest vorgeben.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Karteikarte
+\family sans
+Eintrag
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Festlegen von Parametern für eine oder verbundene Zellen.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Karteikarte
+\family sans
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+ange Tabelle
+\family default
+:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Einstellungen für
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Lange Tabellen
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Diese sind hilfreich für Tabellen, die länger sind als die Seitenhöhe des
+ Dokumentes.
+ Die Tabelle wird dann am Seitenende umgebrochen und auf der folgenden Seite
+ fortgesetzt.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Sie können übrigens auch die Menüleiste verwenden, um eine Tabelle zu verändern.
+ Sehen Sie sich einmal
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+abelle
+\family default
+ an, wenn sich der Cursor innerhalb einer Tabelle befindet.
+\layout Standard
+
+Die meisten dieser Optionen können Sie auch auf markierte Bereiche anwenden,
+ das heißt wenn Sie mehrere Zellen, Zeilen oder Spalten markiert haben (Zellen
+ müssen Sie immer anwählen; es hängt jedoch vom Kontext ab, wie diese interpreti
+ert werden) und dann eine dieser Optionen anwählen, wird sie bei allen markierte
+n Zellen aktiviert.
+\layout Standard
+
+Falls Sie eine neue Zeile hinzufügen, so wird sie
+\emph on
+unter
+\emph default
+ der Zeile eingefügt, in der sich der Cursor gerade befindet.
+ Gleichermaßen werden Spalten
+\emph on
+rechts
+\emph default
+vom Cursor eingefügt.
+ Aus diesem Grund ist es ziemlich schwierig, eine Spalte auf der linken
+ Seite der Tabelle hinzuzufügen -- es ist eine Menge Ausschneide/Kopierarbeit
+ notwendig.
+ Gelöscht wird immer die Zeile oder Spalte, in der sich der Cursor befindet.
+\layout Standard
+
+Die Option
+\family sans
+\bar under
+M
+\bar default
+ehrfachspalte
+\family default
+ verbindet zwei oder mehr benachbarte Zellen in einer Zeile.
+ Im obigen Beispiel wurden so in Zeile
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+B
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ die Spalten
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+45
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ und
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+98
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ verknüpft.
+ Um dies zu erreichen, müssen Sie zunächst die gewünschten Zellen markieren
+ und dann die Option
+\family sans
+\bar under
+M
+\bar default
+ehrfachspalte
+\family default
+ wählen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Sie können diesen Mehrspalten-Modus auch verwenden, um für eine einzelne
+ Zelle eine Sonderformatierung im Hinblick auf die Rahmen und die Ausrichtung
+ des Textes zu ermöglichen.
+ Hier ein Beispiel, bei dem das ausgenutzt wurde:
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_top 3mm \added_space_bottom 3mm \align center
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series bold
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series bold
+x
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series bold
+y
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series bold
+Punkt a & b
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+103
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+9
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series bold
+Punkt b & a
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+599
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+340
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series bold
+Punkt abcd
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+96
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+11
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Wie Sie sehen, sind die Überschriften der einzelnen Spalten jeweils zentriert
+ gesetzt, während die eigentlichen Einträge in der linken Spalte linksbündig
+ und in den übrigen Spalten rechtbündig sind.
+ Außerdem wurde zwischen zwei Zellen der Trennstrich entfernt.
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn eine Spaltet eine feste Breite haben soll, können Sie diese im Feld
+
+\family sans
+Feste\SpecialChar ~
+Breite
+\family default
+ eintragen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Wird Ihre Tabelle zu breit, um auf eine normale Seite im Hochformat zu passen,
+ können Sie die Option
+\family sans
+90°\SpecialChar ~
+drehen
+\family default
+ aktivieren, die Tabelle wird dann im Querformat gesetzt.
+ Außerdem ist es auch möglich, nur einzelne Einträge der Tabelle um 90°
+ zu drehen und so Platz zu sparen.
+ Werfen Sie einen Blick auf das folgende Beispiel, es zeigt, wozu man diese
+ Fähigkeit verwenden kann.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\emph on
+Hinweis:
+\emph default
+ Diese 90°-Drehung wird weder im LyX-Fenster noch in der DVI-Vorschau angezeigt
+ und funktioniert auch nur bei PostScript®-Ausgabe.
+ Verwenden Sie also
+\family sans
+Ans
+\bar under
+i
+\bar default
+cht\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Pos
+\bar under
+t
+\bar default
+script
+\family default
+, wenn Sie eine Druckvorschau der Tabelle betrachten wollen.
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_top 3mm \added_space_bottom 3mm \align center
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="12">
+<features>
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Beschreibung
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Flag 1
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Flag 2
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Flag 3
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Flag 4
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Flag 5
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Flag 6
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Flag 7
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Flag 8
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Flag 9
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Flag 10\SpecialChar ~
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Total
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Beschr.\SpecialChar ~
+1
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+7
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Beschr.\SpecialChar ~
+2
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+9
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Beschr.\SpecialChar ~
+3
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+8
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Beschr.\SpecialChar ~
+4
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+6
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Gesamt
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+30
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Wie Sie an diesem Beispiel schön erkennen können, würde der Text in der
+ Titelzeile (Flag\SpecialChar ~
+1\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+Flag\SpecialChar ~
+10) nicht auf das Papier passen, wenn er nicht gedreht
+ wäre.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Was kann eine Zelle
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tabellenzelle}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ alles enthalten?
+\layout Standard
+
+Viele Objekte können in eine Zelle einer Tabelle eingefügt werden.
+ Eine (oder mehrere) Textzeilen, eine Formel (allerdings keine hervorgehobenen
+ Formeln, und auch keine mehrzeiligen Gleichungen), eine Abbildung oder
+ sogar alle diese Objekte gleichzeitig können in eine Zelle eingefügt werden.
+ Sie können Schriftgröße und -art verändern, und die Geometrie der Tabelle
+ paßt sich automatisch den neuen Gegebenheiten an.
+ Es ist lediglich nicht möglich, eine weitere Tabelle in einer Tabelle einzufüge
+n, genausowenig können Sie besondere Umgebungstypen (wie
+\family sans
+Abschnitt*
+\family default
+ usw.) verwenden.
+ LyX würde dann versuchen, die gesamte Tabelle in diesem Umgebungstyp zu
+ setzen -- mit unvorhersehbaren Auswirkungen.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Ausschneiden
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tabellen!ausschneiden}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ und Einfügen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tabellen!einfügen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ in Tabellen
+\layout Standard
+
+Das Ausschneiden und Einfügen in und zwischen Tabellen funktioniert im allgemein
+en recht gut.
+ Sie können dabei sogar mehr als eine Zeile gleichzeitig verarbeiten.
+ Das Markieren funktioniert wie gewohnt mit der Maus oder über
+\family sans
+Shift
+\family default
+ mit den Cursortasten.
+ Im folgenden Beispiel wurden die Einträge in der zweiten Tabelle durch
+ markieren, kopieren und einfügen aus der ersten Tabelle übernommen:
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_top 3mm \added_space_bottom 3mm \align center
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+1
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+2
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+3
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+4
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+5
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+6
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+7
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+8
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+9
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\qquad$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+1
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+2
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+3
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+4
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+5
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+6
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+7
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+8
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+9
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Beim Einfügen muß der Cursor in der Zelle links oben stehen, ohne daß das
+ rote Rechteck zu sehen ist, oder diese Zelle muß markiert (blau) sein.
+ Beachten Sie bitte, daß Quell- und Zieltabelle dieselbe Anzahl an Zeilen
+ und Spalten haben sollten, da sonst beim Einfügen Daten weggelassen werden.
+ Bei größeren Zieltabellen werden die überzähligen Zeilen und Spalten leergelass
+en.
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_top 3mm \added_space_bottom 3mm \align center
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="2">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+1
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+2
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+4
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+5
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+7
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+8
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\qquad$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="4">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+1
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+2
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+3
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+4
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+5
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+6
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\qquad$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+1
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+2
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+3
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+4
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+5
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+6
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+7
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+8
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+9
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Sie können auch eine ganze Tabelle auf einmal kopieren.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Mehrzeiliger Text in Tabellen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tabellen!mehrzeiliger Text}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Mehrzeiliger Text mit Zeilenumbruch ist auch in Tabellen möglich, wenn auch
+ nicht im gewohnten WYSIWYM
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{WYSIWYM}
+
+\end_inset
+
+-Stil.
+ Sie können es auf mehreren Wegen erreichen:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Geben Sie im Dialogfenster
+\family sans
+Tabelle\SpecialChar ~
+bearbeiten
+\family default
+ eine feste Breite für die Spalte vor.
+ Danach wird der eingegebene Text automatisch umgebrochen und die Höhe der
+ Zeile entsprechend angepaßt, falls er länger ist als die vorgegebene Länge.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Entfernen Sie die Linien zwischen zwei oder mehr benachbarten Zeilen.
+ Dies erweckt aber nur den Eindruck eines echten mehrzeiligen Eintrags.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Geben Sie im Dialogfenster
+\family sans
+Tabelle\SpecialChar ~
+bearbeiten
+\family default
+ eine feste Breite für die Spalte vor und aktivieren Sie die Option
+\family sans
+Zeilenum
+\bar under
+b
+\bar default
+rüche
+\family default
+.
+ Sie können nun durch die Eingabe von
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\backslash
+
+\backslash
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ im LaTeX-Modus einen Zeilenumbruch erzwingen.
+ Dies ist aber eigentlich nicht notwendig, da diese Option bewirkt, daß
+ von Ihnen eingegebene Zeilenumbrüche (
+\family sans
+Strg+Return
+\family default
+, siehe unten) WYSIWYG
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{WYSIWYG}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ in das endgültige Dokument übertragen werden.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Hier ist ein Beispiel für eine solche Tabelle:
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_top 3mm \added_space_bottom 3mm \align center
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="3">
+<features>
+<column alignment="block" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="3cm">
+<column alignment="block" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="3cm">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+1
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none" width="3cm">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+2
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+3
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+4
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Dies ist ein mehrzeiliger Eintrag in einer Tabelle.
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+5
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+6
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Jetzt ist er länger.
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+7
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+8
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Dies ist ein mehrzeiliger Eintrag in einer Tabelle.
+ Jetzt ist er länger.
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+9
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+10
+\lang english
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="parbox">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Dies ist ein
+\emph on
+ mehrzeiliger
+\emph default
+ Tabelleneintrag.
+ Er sollte so aussehen wie oben.
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+11
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\lang english
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="parbox">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Dies ist ein
+\emph on
+ mehrzeiliger
+\emph default
+ Tabelleneintrag.
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Wie Sie sehen, wird in LyX der Text nicht (immer) mehrzeilig angezeigt,
+ im endgültigen Dokument stimmt die Ausgabe aber.
+ Um überlange Zeilen im LyX-Fenster zu vermeiden, können Sie mit
+\family sans
+Strg+Return
+\family default
+ eine neue Zeile beginnen.
+ Dieser Zeilenumbruch ist aber nur in LyX sichtbar, im endgültigen Dokument
+ wird er ignoriert.
+\layout Standard
+
+Ein weiteres Problem in diesem Zusammenhang ist, daß Tabellen nicht automatisch
+ so formatiert werden, daß sie auf die Seite passen.
+ Das heißt wenn der Text in einer Zelle ohne Zeilenumbrüche zu lang ist,
+ wird sich die Tabelle über den Rand der Seite hinaus erstrecken, gleiches
+ gilt für Tabellen mit zu vielen Zeilen: sie reichen über das untere Seitenende
+ hinaus.
+ Zur Lösung dieser Probleme stehen Ihnen folgende Wege zur Auswahl:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Teilen Sie die Tabelle in zwei unabhängige Teile, so daß die Zeilen- und
+ Seitenumbrüche eingehalten werden können.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Aktivieren Sie die Option
+\family sans
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+ange\SpecialChar ~
+Tabelle
+\family default
+ im Dialog
+\family sans
+Tabellen-Einstellungen\SpecialChar ~
+bearbeiten
+\family default
+.
+ Dies verteilt die Tabelle automatisch auf mehrere Seiten, falls sie zu
+ lang wird.
+ Danach stehen Ihnen in diesem Dialog auch die zusätzlichen Optionen für
+ lange Tabellen zur Verfügung, und Sie können die folgenden Dinge festlegen:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\family sans
+Erste\SpecialChar ~
+Kopfzeile
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tabellen!erste Kopfzeile}
+
+\end_inset
+
+: Die aktuelle Zeile sowie alle darüberliegenden, die keine Sonderoptionen
+ aktiviert haben, werden als die Überschrifts-Zeilen der ersten Seite einer
+ mehrseitigen Tabelle definiert.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\family sans
+Kopfzeile
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tabellen!Kopfzeile}
+
+\end_inset
+
+: Die aktuelle Zeile sowie alle darüberliegenden, die keine Sonderoptionen
+ aktiviert haben, werden als die Überschrifts-Zeilen aller Seiten festgelegt
+ (mit Ausnahme der ersten, wenn
+\family sans
+Erste\SpecialChar ~
+Kopfzeile
+\family default
+ aktiviert ist).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\family sans
+Fußzeile
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tabellen!Fußzeile}
+
+\end_inset
+
+: Die aktuelle Zeile sowie alle darüberliegenden, die keine Sonderoptionen
+ aktiviert haben, werden als die Fußzeilen aller Seiten festgelegt (mit
+ Ausnahme der letzten, wenn
+\family sans
+Letzte\SpecialChar ~
+Fußzeile
+\family default
+ aktiviert ist).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\family sans
+Letzte\SpecialChar ~
+Fußzeile
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tabellen!letzteFußzeile}
+
+\end_inset
+
+: Die aktuelle Zeile sowie alle darüberliegenden, die keine Sonderoptionen
+ aktiviert haben, werden als die Fußzeilen der letzten Seite einer mehrseitigen
+ Tabelle definiert.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+eitenumbruch\SpecialChar ~
+nach\SpecialChar ~
+der\SpecialChar ~
+aktuellen\SpecialChar ~
+Zeile:
+\family default
+manueller Seitenumbruch.
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tabellen!Seitenumbruch}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Falls Sie mehrere dieser Optionen in einer einzelnen Zeile aktivieren wollen,
+ sollten Sie sich bewußt sein, daß nur die erste davon verwendet wird, alle
+ anderen werden auf
+\emph on
+leer
+\emph default
+ gesetzt.
+ In diesem Zusammenhang bedeutet
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+die erste
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ die erste in der Reihenfolge
+\family sans
+Fußzeile
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+ Letzte\SpecialChar ~
+Fußzeile
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+ Kopfzeile
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+ Erste\SpecialChar ~
+Kopfzeile
+\family default
+ (betrachten Sie die Beispiele in der Datei
+\family typewriter
+/usr/share/lyx/examples/TableExamples.lyx
+\family default
+, um einen Eindruck zu bekommen, wie das funktioniert).
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Benutzen Sie das Feld
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+reite:
+\family default
+ im Dialog
+\family sans
+Tabellen-Einstellungen\SpecialChar ~
+bearbeiten
+\family default
+, um die Breite der Tabelle einzuschränken, bis sie auf die Seite paßt.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Eine Tabelle kann auch in eine
+\family sans
+Beschriftung
+\family default
+-Umgebung eingebettet werden, das ermöglicht es TeX, sie so gut wie möglich
+ in die Seite einzupassen.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+Hinweis:
+\family sans
+Lange\SpecialChar ~
+Tabelle
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tabelle!Lange}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ und
+\family sans
+90°\SpecialChar ~
+drehen
+\family default
+ verwenden spezielle LaTeX-Pakete.
+ Sie sollten mittels
+\family sans
+Hilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+LaT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{}
+\end_inset
+
+eX\SpecialChar ~
+
+\bar under
+K
+\bar default
+on\SpecialChar \-
+f\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
+i\SpecialChar \-
+gu\SpecialChar \-
+ra\SpecialChar \-
+tion
+\family default
+ nachprüfen, ob diese auf Ihrem System vorhanden sind.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Tabellen in
+\family sans
+Beschriftung
+\family default
+-Umgebungen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tabellen!in Beschriftung-Umgebungen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:table float}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Falls Sie zum Erstellen der Tabelle einfach nur die Schaltfläche in der
+ Werkzeugleiste bzw.\SpecialChar ~
+den Menüpunkt
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+abelle
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+ verwenden, wird die Tabelle genau an der Stelle im Text erscheinen, an
+ der sich der Cursor befand.
+ Sie wird als eigener Absatz und zentriert gesetzt.
+ Verwenden Sie stattdessen
+\family sans
+Tabelle
+\family default
+ aus dem Menü
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Gleit
+\bar under
+o
+\bar default
+bjekte
+\family default
+, so kann LaTeX die Tabelle auch ein wenig verschieben und so möglichst
+ optimal positionieren.
+ Diese Positionierung einer
+\family sans
+Beschriftung
+\family default
+-Umgebung mit Tabelle funktioniert genauso, wie es im Abschnitt
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:float-locn}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ für Abbildungen erläutert wurde.
+ Tabelle
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{table:a table float}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ ist ein Beispiel für eine solche Gleitobjekt-Tabelle.
+ In LyX wurde sie am Ende dieses Absatzes eingefügt.
+
+\begin_inset Float table
+placement htbp
+wide false
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Caption
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{table:a table float}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Eine gleitende Tabelle.
+\layout Standard
+\align center
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+1
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+2
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+3
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Joe
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Mary
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Ted
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
+a & b\\
+c & d\end{array}\right]$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Tabellentitel
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tabellen!-titel}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ in
+\family sans
+Beschriftung
+\family default
+-Umgebungen
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Sie eine neue
+\family sans
+Beschriftung
+\family default
+-Umgebung für eine Tabelle anlegen, ist das erste, wozu Sie aufgefordert
+ werden, die Eingabe eines Titels (
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Beschriftung
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ Um wirklich eine Tabelle einzufügen, müssen Sie dies innerhalb der
+\family sans
+Beschriftung
+\family default
+-Umgebung mit Menü oder Werkzeugleiste durchführen.
+ Ob die Tabelle über oder unter dem Titel steht, können Sie wie auch bei
+ den Abbildungen über die Position des Cursors beim Einfügen der Tabelle
+ festlegen: Befindet er sich ganz am Anfang des Textes, also direkt hinter
+ dem Wort
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\series bold
+Table #:
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+, so erscheint die Tabelle über dem Text (wie in Tabelle
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{table:a table float with caption below}
+
+\end_inset
+
+), befindet er sich am Ende der Beschreibung, wird sie unter den Text gesetzt
+ (Tabelle
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{table:a table float}
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+
+\begin_inset Float table
+placement htbp
+wide false
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+\align center
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+1
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+2
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+3
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+4
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+5
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+6
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+7
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+8
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+9
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Caption
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{table:a table float with caption below}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Eine weitere gleitende Tabelle, diesmal mit beschreibendem Text darunter.
+\end_inset
+
+ Sie können auch
+\family sans
+Beschriftung
+\family default
+-Umgebungen ohne Titel erzeugen, dafür gibt es zwei Möglichkeiten.
+ Entweder erstellen Sie zunächst eine einfache Tabelle (ohne
+\family sans
+Beschriftung
+\family default
+-Umgebung), markieren diese und wählen dann
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Gleit
+\bar under
+o
+\bar default
+bjekte\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Tabelle
+\family default
+, oder Sie erstellen ganz normal eine gleitende Tabelle, geben aber keinen
+ Text ein, sondern fügen nur eine Tabelle ein.
+ Setzen Sie nun den Cursor in den Bereich des Titels und drücken Sie
+\begin_inset Formula $\uparrow$
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Der Eintrag
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\series bold
+Table #:
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ verschwindet, die Tabelle wird ohne Untertitel gesetzt.
+ Tabelle
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{table:captionless}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ ist ein Beispiel dafür.
+\begin_inset Float table
+placement htbp
+wide false
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+\align center
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+9
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+8
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+7
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+6
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+5
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+4
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+3
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+2
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+1
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{table:captionless}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+
+ Ohne Titel wird die Tabelle nicht numeriert, deshalb wird sie, falls Sie
+ eine Marke für Querverweise (siehe\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:crossref}
+
+\end_inset
+
+) einfügen, unter der Nummer des aktuellen (Unter)Kapitels referenziert.
+ Beachten Sie bitte auch, daß nur Tabellen und Abbildungen in
+\family sans
+Beschriftung
+\family default
+-Umgebungen mit einer Textunterschrift vom Typ Beschriftung versehen werden
+ können.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Plazierung von
+\family sans
+Beschriftung
+\family default
+-Umgebungen
+\layout Standard
+
+Bei der Plazierung wird nicht zwischen Abbildungen und Tabellen unterschieden,
+ es gilt diesbezüglich uneingeschränkt das in Abschnitt
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:float-locn}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ Gesagte.
+\layout Section
+
+Inhaltsverzeichnisse
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Inhaltsverzeichnisse}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ und andere Listen
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:toc}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Einer der wirklich hervorragenden Vorzüge von LaTeX ist die Einfachheit,
+ mit der die unterschiedlichsten Arten von Listen wie zum Beispiel das Inhaltsve
+rzeichnis erstellt werden können.
+ Sie müssen nur bestimmte Absatzumgebungen benutzen und eine Referenz dort
+ einfügen, wo die Liste erscheinen soll.
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Sie LaTeX-Benutzer sind, werden Sie sicher wissen, daß LaTeX unter
+ Umständen mehrmals aufgerufen werden muß, damit alle Einträge korrekt sind.
+ Das ist glücklicherweise nicht mehr nötig.
+ LyX achtet selber darauf, daß LaTeX oft genug aufgerufen wird, damit alle
+ Dinge in der
+\family typewriter
+dvi
+\family default
+-Vorschau richtig erscheinen.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Das Inhaltsverzeichnis
+\layout Standard
+
+Um ein Inhaltsverzeichnis zu erstellen, sind vier Dinge notwendig:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Sie müssen eine Dokumentenklasse verwenden, die ein Inhaltsverzeichnis unterstüt
+zt (fast alle Standard-Typen, außer
+\family sans
+letter
+\family default
+).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Verwenden Sie Umgebungstypen, die automatisch von der Inhalts-Funktion erkannt
+ werden:
+\family sans
+Kapitel
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+[Unter\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+]Abschnitt
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+[Unter\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+]Paragraph
+\family default
+.
+ Beachten Sie auch, daß Umgebungstypen mit einem Stern, wie etwa
+\family sans
+Abschnitt*
+\family default
+,
+\emph on
+nicht
+\emph default
+ im Inhaltsverzeichnis erscheinen.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Stellen Sie sicher, daß die Einträge im Dialogfenster
+\family sans
+ Dokumentformat\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family default
+Karteikarte
+\family sans
+ Extra\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Tiefe\SpecialChar ~
+der\SpecialChar ~
+Abschnittsnummerierung
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+Tiefe\SpecialChar ~
+im\SpecialChar ~
+Inhaltsverzeichnis
+\family default
+ auf vernünftige Werte gesetzt sind.
+ Wenn Sie etwa nur Kapitel und Abschnitte im Inhaltsverzeichnis haben wollen,
+ setzen Sie diesen Wert auf 1.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Fügen Sie den Befehl zum Erstellen des Inhaltsverzeichnisses an der gewünschten
+ Stelle ein.
+ Verwenden Sie dazu den Menüpunkt
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+isten\SpecialChar ~
+und\SpecialChar ~
+Inhaltsverz.\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+nhaltsverzeichnis
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Außerdem können Sie, ob Sie nun im Text ein Inhaltsverzeichnis angelegt
+ haben oder nicht, mit
+\family sans
+Ans
+\bar under
+i
+\bar default
+cht\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+nhaltsverzeichnis
+\family default
+ ein zusätzliches Fenster öffnen, in dem das Inhaltsverzeichnis angezeigt
+ wird.
+ Sie können es verwenden, um damit schnell im Text herumzuspringen.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Liste der Abbildungen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Liste der Abbildungen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+, Tabellen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Liste der Tabellen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ und Algorithmen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Liste der Algorithmen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:ListsOf}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Zusammenstellungen der im Dokument verwendeten Abbildungen, Tabellen und
+ Algorithmen können genauso einfach erstellt werden wie ein Inhaltsverzeichnis.
+ Es gibt nur ein paar kleine Unterschiede, die hier am Beispiel einer Liste
+ der Abbildungen erläutert werden sollen:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Abbildungen, die in der Liste erscheinen sollen,
+\emph on
+müssen
+\emph default
+ als Gleitobjekt (
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Gleit
+\bar under
+o
+\bar default
+bjekte\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Abbildung
+\family default
+) eingefügt werden.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Fügen Sie den Befehl zum Erstellen der Liste der Abbildungen an der gewünschten
+ Stelle ein.
+ Verwenden Sie dazu den Menüpunkt
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+isten\SpecialChar ~
+und\SpecialChar ~
+Inhaltsverz.\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Abbildungsverzeichnis
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Für die beiden anderen Klassen von Gleitobjekten gilt sinngemäß dasselbe.
+ Dem aufmerksamen Leser mag auffallen, daß die gleitenden Algorithmen an
+ keiner anderen Stelle im
+\emph on
+Benutzerhandbuch
+\emph default
+ erwähnt werden -- sie sind eine Neuerung, die leider noch nicht ausreichend
+ dokumentiert ist.
+\layout Chapter
+
+Mathematische Formeln
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{mathematische!Formeln}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{cha:Mathe-Formeln}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Section
+
+Grundlagen
+\layout Standard
+
+Mathematische Ausdrücke mit LyX zu schreiben ist jetzt fast vollständig
+ WYSIWYM
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{WYSIWYM}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Sie können das mit dem Mathematik-Editor
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Mathematik!Editor}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ (kurz Mathed) erledigen.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Mathed starten
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Mathed}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sub:Mathed-starten}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Es gibt verschiedene Wege, um
+\family roman
+Mathed
+\family default
+ zu starten.
+ Sie können einfach auf den Werkzeugleistenknopf
+\begin_inset Formula $\frac{a+b}{c}$
+\end_inset
+
+ klicken.
+ Das öffnet ein kleines blaues Rechteck, mit purpurnen Häkchen umrandet.
+ Das blaue Rechteck ist die Mathed-Cursor-Position, und die purpurne Farbe
+ deutet an, daß Sie im
+\family typewriter
+Mathe-Modus
+\family default
+ sind.
+ Sie können auch
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+M
+\bar default
+athe\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+ingebettete\SpecialChar ~
+Formel
+\family default
+ wählen oder die Tastenkürzel
+\family sans
+Alt+M+M
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Alt+Z+M
+\family default
+ oder
+\family sans
+Strg+M
+\family default
+ (letzteres nur im CUA-Modus) benutzen.
+ Wenn Sie auf den Werkzeugleistenknopf klicken, werden unten im Minipuffer
+ alle äquivalenten Tastenkürzel aufgelistet, die Mathed starten.
+ Auf all diese Arten wird ein Mathed-Kästchen
+\emph on
+in der Zeile
+\emph default
+ erzeugt.
+ Um eine eigenständige Gleichung zu erhalten, wählen Sie
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+M
+\bar default
+athe\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+A
+\bar default
+bgesetzte\SpecialChar ~
+Formel
+\family default
+ (
+\family sans
+Umschalt+Strg+M
+\family default
+).
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Sie den
+\family typewriter
+Mathe-Modus
+\family default
+ nur benutzen wollen, um zum Beispiel ein
+\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
+\end_inset
+
+ zu schreiben, gibt es besondere Tastenkürzel, zum Beispiel
+\family sans
+Alt+M+G+A
+\family default
+ für
+\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\family sans
+ Alt+M+G+B
+\family default
+ für
+\begin_inset Formula $\beta$
+\end_inset
+
+ usw
+\emph on
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Sie können Mathed aber auch indirekt vom Menü
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+M
+\bar default
+athe\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+M
+\bar default
+athe-Kontrollfläche
+\family default
+ starten.
+ Das Menü
+\family sans
+Mathe-Kontrollfläche
+\family default
+ ist unglaublich nützlich, Sie sollten es deshalb geöffnet lassen.
+ Wenn Sie irgendetwas aus dem Menü auswählen, wird Mathed gestartet.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Wie man sich in einer Gleichung
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Gleichung}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ bewegt
+\layout Standard
+
+Sie können auf eine existierende Gleichung klicken (irgendetwas, das blau
+ aussieht), und Sie werden automatisch Mathed aktivieren und den Cursor
+ in etwa dort vorfinden, wo Sie geklickt haben.
+ In einer existierenden Gleichung hat man mit den Pfeiltasten die beste
+ Kontrolle über die Cursorposition.
+ Mathed benutzt manchmal kleine Rechtecke um anzuzeigen, wo etwas eingefügt
+ werden kann, weil Mathed Symbole nicht einfach nur linear anordnet.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Die Pfeiltasten können benutzt werden, um sich in einer Mathed-Struktur
+ zwischen Textgebieten zu bewegen.
+ Wenn man eine Pfeiltaste am Rande von Mathed drückt, verläßt man Mathed,
+ wenn der Pfeil aus dem Mathed-Kästchen herauszeigt.
+ Wenn man die
+\family sans
+Leertaste
+\family default
+drückt, verläßt man einen Teil oder eine andere Mathed-Struktur (eine Quadratwur
+zel
+\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
+\end_inset
+
+, Klammern
+\begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
+\end_inset
+
+ oder eine Matrix
+\begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
+1 & 2\\
+3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
+\end_inset
+
+), und bleibt innerhalb von Mathed.
+ Mit
+\family sans
+Esc
+\family default
+ verläßt man Mathed, und der Cursor wird rechts vom Kästchen plaziert.
+ Mit der
+\family sans
+ Leertaste
+\family default
+kann man Mathed auch verlassen, aber der Cursor wird um eine Leerstelle
+ neben dem Kästchen gestellt (wenn keine Leerstelle dort war, wird sie erzeugt).
+
+\family sans
+Tab
+\family default
+ kann benutzt werden, um sich waagerecht in einer Mathed-Struktur zu bewegen,
+ wie in den Zeilen einer Matrix oder den Stellen in einer mehrzeiligen Gleichung.
+\layout Standard
+
+Die
+\family sans
+Leertaste
+\family default
+scheint nichts innerhalb von Mathed zu bewirken, weil sie wirklich keinen
+ Zwischenraum zwischen Zeichen hinzufügt, aber sie verläßt eine geschachtelte
+ Struktur.
+ Deshalb muß man mit der
+\family sans
+Leertaste
+\family default
+ vorsichtig sein.
+ Wenn man zum Beispiel
+\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
+\end_inset
+
+ erreichen will, muß man
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+sqrt
+\family default
+ tippen, dann
+\family sans
+Leertaste
+\family default
+, dann
+\family typewriter
+ 2x+1
+\family default
+, aber nicht
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+sqrt
+\family sans
+\SpecialChar ~
+Leertaste\SpecialChar ~
+
+\family typewriter
+2x
+\family sans
+\SpecialChar ~
+Leertaste\SpecialChar ~
+
+\family typewriter
++
+\family sans
+\SpecialChar ~
+Leertaste\SpecialChar ~
+
+\family typewriter
+1
+\family default
+, weil dann nur die
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Formula $2x$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ unter dem Wurzelzeichen stehen würden:
+\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Diejenigen, die es gewohnt sind, Ausdrücke auf diese Weise mit Zwischenräumen
+ zu versehen, müssen ein wenig umlernen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Da wir über die
+\family sans
+Leertaste
+\family default
+ sprechen: es mag sein, daß Sie Leerzeichen erzeugen wollen, die über das
+ hinausgehen, was LaTeX normalerweise erzeugt.
+ Wir empfehlen das natürlich nicht, weil das WYSIWYM
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{WYSIWYM}
+
+\end_inset
+
+-Prinzip bedeutet, daß Sie nicht über den Schriftsatz nachdenken, sondern
+ über den Inhalt.
+ Es mag aber Situationen geben, in denen Sie wirklich Leerzeichen hinzufügen
+ wollen.
+ Das kann man natürlich mit
+\family sans
+Strg+Leertaste
+\family default
+ machen.
+ Das erzeugt einen kleinen Zwischenraum und zeigt ihn auf dem Bildschirm
+ wie eine auf dem Rücken liegende eckige rote Klammer an:
+\begin_inset Formula $a\!\sqcup\! b$
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Gedruckt sieht das so aus:
+\begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Mit dem nächstes Trick ändert man die Größe.
+
+\emph on
+Bevor
+\emph default
+ Sie nach
+\family sans
+Strg+Leertaste
+\family default
+ den Cursor bewegen, drücken Sie die
+\family sans
+Leertaste
+\family default
+ erneut ein- oder mehrere Male, das vergrößert den Zwischenraum auf unterschiedl
+iche Größen:
+\begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Als letztes gibt es den blauen, den negativen Zwischenraum:
+\begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Wie in Abschnitt
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sub:Mathed-starten}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ bereits erwähnt, finden Sie all diese Symbole im Menü
+\family sans
+Mathe-Kontrollfläche
+\family default
+.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Man kann viele teilweise gefüllte Mathed-Strukturen wie diese Matrix verlassen:
+\begin_inset Formula \[
+\left(\begin{array}{ccc}
+\lambda_{1}\\
+ & \ddots\\
+ & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right).\]
+
+\end_inset
+
+Wenn Sie eine Teilstruktur, die nur teilweise gefüllt ist, verlassen oder
+ einen Exponenten mit nichts darin, wird das Ergebnis unvorhersehbar, aber
+ die meisten Objekte stört das nicht.
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+Text auswählen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Mathed!Text auswählen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Innerhalb von Mathed können Sie Text auf zwei verschiedene Arten auswählen.
+ Stellen Sie den Cursor an das eine Ende der Zeichenkette, die Sie auswählen
+ wollen und drücken Sie
+\family sans
+Umschalt+Pfeil
+\family default
+in der Richtung, in der Sie markieren wollen.
+ Der markierte Text wird wie sonst auch hervorgehoben.
+ Oder Sie machen es wie gewohnt mit der Maus, obwohl dabei manchmal alles
+ im purpurnen Rechteck markiert wird.
+ Den markierten Text können Sie dann kopieren oder ausschneiden und in eine
+ andere Formel einsetzen (aber nicht außerhalb von LyX und auch nicht in
+ einem normalen Textbereich).
+ Text, der in einem normalen Textbereich von LyX ausgewählt wurde, kann
+ (noch) nicht in eine Formel eingesetzt werden, ebenso nichts, was außerhalb
+ von LyX ausgewählt wurde.
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+Exponenten
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Exponenten}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ und Indizes
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Indizes}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Sie können das Menü
+\family sans
+Mathe-Kontrollfläche
+\family default
+ benutzen, um Hoch- oder Tiefstellungen zu erzeugen, aber viel einfacher
+ geht es mit der normalen TeX-Methode.
+ Um
+\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
+\end_inset
+
+ zu erhalten, tippen Sie (in Mathed)
+\family typewriter
+x^2
+\family default
+, dann
+\family sans
+Leertaste
+\family default
+.
+ Die
+\family sans
+Leertaste
+\family default
+ bringt den Cursor zurück auf die Grundlinie des Ausdrucks.
+ Wenn Sie
+\family typewriter
+x^2y
+\family default
+ tippen, erhalten Sie
+\begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
+\end_inset
+
+; um
+\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
+\end_inset
+
+ zu erhalten, müssen Sie
+\family typewriter
+x^2,
+\family sans
+
+\family default
+dann
+\family sans
+Leertaste
+\family default
+, dann
+\family typewriter
+ y
+\family default
+ tippen.
+ Indizes sind ähnlich: um
+\begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
+\end_inset
+
+ zu erhalten, müssen Sie in Mathed
+\family typewriter
+a_1
+\family default
+, dann
+\family sans
+Leertaste
+\family default
+tippen.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Brüche
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Bruche@Brüche}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Einen Bruch kann man mit
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+frac
+\family sans
+
+\family default
+(in Mathed) oder mit dem Bruchsymbol aus dem
+\family sans
+Mathe-Kontrollfläche
+\family default
+-Menü schreiben.
+ Sie erhalten einen leeren Bruch mit zwei blauen Mathed-Kästchen über und
+ unter einem Bruchstrich.
+ Der Cursor steht im Zählerkästchen.
+ Mit der
+\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+-Taste gelangt man in den Nenner, mit der
+\begin_inset Formula $\uparrow$
+\end_inset
+
+-Taste wieder in den Zähler.
+ Jede mathematische Struktur kann in einen Bruch geschrieben werden, wie
+ dieses Beispiel zeigt:
+\begin_inset Formula \[
+\left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
+2 & 3\\
+4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+Summen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Summen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ und Integrale
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Integrale}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Die Summen- und Integralzeichen
+\begin_inset Formula $\sum$
+\end_inset
+
+ und
+\begin_inset Formula $\int$
+\end_inset
+
+ werden sehr oft mit Grenzen versehen, die in LyX (wie in TeX) als Exponenten
+ und Indizes geschrieben werden.
+ Bei Summen in der Zeile werden die Grenzen automatisch neben dem Summenzeichen
+ plaziert wie bei
+\begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
+\end_inset
+
+, bei abgesetzten Formeln hingegen über und unter dem Summenzeichen:
+\begin_inset Formula \[
+\sum_{n=1}^{\infty}\frac{x^{n}}{n}=\ln\left(\frac{1}{1-x}\right).\]
+
+\end_inset
+
+Bei Integralen werden die Grenzen immer neben dem Integralzeichen plaziert
+ wie in
+\begin_inset Formula $\int_{a}^{x}f(t)dt:=F(x)$
+\end_inset
+
+, bei abgesetzten Formeln sieht es so aus:
+\begin_inset Formula \[
+\int_{-\infty}^{\infty}\frac{dx}{1+x^{2}}=\pi.\]
+
+\end_inset
+
+Beide Symbole werden automatisch angepaßt.
+ Man kann die Plazierung der Grenzen (direkt über und unter oder rechts
+ neben dem Zeichen) ändern, indem man den Cursor direkt vor das Zeichen
+ stellt und
+\family sans
+Alt+M\SpecialChar ~
+L
+\family default
+ eingibt.
+ Wie die Änderung genau aussieht, hängt vom Zeichen ab.
+ Einige andere mathematische Ausdrücke besitzen diese Automatik-Funktion
+ auch, wie
+\begin_inset Formula \[
+\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
+
+\end_inset
+
+bei dem
+\begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
+\end_inset
+
+ unter dem
+\emph on
+lim
+\emph default
+ bei abgesetzten Formeln plaziert wird, aber in der Zeile daneben:
+\begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Das
+\begin_inset Formula $\lim$
+\end_inset
+
+-Zeichen hat eine besondere Bedeutung.
+ In LaTeX wird es als Sonderobjekt behandelt, damit es Indizes wie beschrieben
+ darstellen kann.
+ In LyX erhält man es mit
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+lim
+\family default
+in Mathed oder indem man es aus den
+\family sans
+Funktionen
+\family default
+ im Menü
+\family sans
+Mathe-Kontrollfläche
+\family default
+auswählt.
+ Andere Spezialworte sind trigonometrische Funktionen (siehe Abschnitt
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:math-functions}
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+\layout Subsection
+
+Das Menü
+\family sans
+ Mathe-Kontrollfläche
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Mathed!Kontrollfläche}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:math-panel}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Das Menü
+\family sans
+ Mathe-Kontrollfläche
+\family default
+ besitzt eine sehr umfangreiche Liste an Symbolen und Strukturen.
+ Wie bereits erwähnt können Sie es geöffnet lassen, wenn Sie mathematische
+ Formeln schreiben.
+ Dadurch gelangen Sie leichter an die weniger trivialen Funktionen des
+\family typewriter
+Mathe-Modus
+\family default
+.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/math/sqrt.png
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
+
+\end_inset
+
+ erzeugt Schablonen für Wurzeln wie
+\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt[3]{45}$
+\end_inset
+
+ oder
+\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt[7]{a+b}$
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/math/frac.png
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
+
+\end_inset
+
+ erzeugt eine Schablone für Brüche wie
+\begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\begin_inset Formula $\bmod$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/math/delim.png
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
+
+\end_inset
+
+ bringt eine Auswahl von Trennzeichen
+\family sans
+
+\family default
+wie Klammern und ähnlichem, zum Beispiel
+\begin_inset Formula $\left\{ 3\right\rangle $
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Diese werden in der Größe an ihren Inhalt angepaßt.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/math/deco.png
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
+
+\end_inset
+
+ erzeugt Dekorationen wie zum Beispiel
+\begin_inset Formula $\underbrace{a}$
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/math/space.png
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
+
+\end_inset
+
+ bringt eine Auswahl von geschützten Leerzeichen, zum Beispiel
+\begin_inset Formula $2\qquad3$
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/math/math-superscript.png
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
+
+\end_inset
+
+ erzeugt "^" für Exponenten.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/math/math-subscript.png
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
+
+\end_inset
+
+ erzeugt "_" für Indizes.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/math/style.png
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
+
+\end_inset
+
+ legt den Schrifttyp fest.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Mit
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/math/matrix.png
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
+
+\end_inset
+
+ definiert man die Größe einer Matrix und ihre Ausrichtung:
+\begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{clr}
+1 & 2 & 3\\
+45 & 67 & 89\end{array}\right]$
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/math/equation.png
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
+
+\end_inset
+
+ erzeugt ein
+\emph on
+abgesetztes
+\emph default
+ leeres Kästchen für den
+\family typewriter
+Mathe-Modus
+\family default
+, wenn der Cursor im normalen Textmodus ist.
+ Im
+\family typewriter
+Mathe-Modus
+\family default
+ schaltet dieser Knopf zwischen
+\emph on
+in
+\emph default
+
+\emph on
+der
+\emph default
+
+\emph on
+Zeile
+\emph default
+ und
+\emph on
+abgesetzt
+\emph default
+ um.
+\layout Standard
+
+Außerdem hat das Menü
+\family sans
+ Mathe-Kontrollfläche
+\family default
+ Untermenüs mit mathematischen Symbolen und Funktionen.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Andere mathematische Symbole
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{mathematische!Symbole}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Einige Symbole können, wie im vorigen Abschnitt beschrieben, direkt über
+ das
+\family sans
+Mathe-Kontrollfläche
+\family default
+-Menü ausgewählt werden.
+ Die meisten anderen Symbole kann man in den verschiedenen Kategorien finden:
+\layout Itemize
+
+schwarze Beschriftung:
+\begin_inset Formula $\pm\times$
+\end_inset
+
+enthält Operatoren,
+\begin_inset Formula $\leq\cong$
+\end_inset
+
+ Relationen,
+\begin_inset Formula $\uparrow\Leftrightarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+ Pfeile
+\family sans
+,
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\sum\int$
+\end_inset
+
+ große Symbole,
+\emph on
+Punkte
+\emph default
+zum Beispiel
+\begin_inset Formula $\vdots$
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\emph on
+Diverses
+\emph default
+-- nun ja, verschiedenes, und
+\begin_inset Formula $\Gamma\rho\iota\varepsilon\chi\eta\sigma\chi\eta$
+\end_inset
+
+ griechische Buchstaben.
+\layout Itemize
+
+blaue Beschriftung:
+\begin_inset Formula $\uparrow\Leftrightarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+ enthält weitere Pfeile
+\family sans
+,
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\leq\cong$
+\end_inset
+
+ weitere Relationen,
+\begin_inset Formula $!(\leq\cong)$
+\end_inset
+
+ verneinte Relationen,
+\begin_inset Formula $\pm\times$
+\end_inset
+
+weitere Operatoren, und
+\emph on
+Diverses
+\emph default
+ ebenfalls verschiedenes.
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Sie das Standard-LaTeX-Makro für ein bestimmtes Symbol kennen, können
+ Sie es direkt eingeben.
+ Mathematische Symbole sind sehr hilfreich, wenn Sie den LaTeX-Namen nicht
+ kennen.
+ Ein LaTeX-Makro, das Sie kennen, tippen Sie mit einem vorangestellten
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+
+\family default
+, den LaTeX benutzt, ein, wie zum Beispiel
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+alpha
+\family default
+, und der Text wird automatisch in das Zeichen konvertiert, nachdem Sie
+ ihn mit der
+\family sans
+Leertaste
+\family default
+ oder einem anderen nicht-alphabetischen Symbol abgeschlossen haben.
+ Der Text erscheint zunächst ohne den
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+
+\family default
+, wird aber zu einem blauen Symbol, wenn LyX verstanden hat, was Sie wollen.
+ Wenn Mathed den Text nicht in ein Symbol konvertieren kann, wird er rot
+ bleiben.
+ Das nennt man
+\emph on
+Makromodus
+\emph default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Noch können nicht alle in LaTeX verfügbaren Symbole WYSIWYM
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{WYSIWYM}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ in LyX dargestellt werden.
+ Ein Beispiel dafür ist
+\begin_inset Quotes pld
+\end_inset
+
+A
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+hookrightarrow
+\family default
+B
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ In LyX in Mathed wird es aussehen wie
+\begin_inset Quotes pld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\emph on
+A
+\family typewriter
+\emph default
+hookrightarrow
+\family default
+\emph on
+B
+\emph default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ mit A und B in blau und
+\family typewriter
+hookrightarrow
+\family default
+ in rot.
+ Weil LaTeX das Makro aber kennt, wird es gedruckt so aussehen:
+\begin_inset Formula $A\hookrightarrow B$
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Einige Symbole des Menüs
+\family sans
+Mathe-Kontrollfläche
+\family default
+ werden in LyX so aussehen, weil LyX sie noch nicht darstellen kann.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Diese Eigenschaft von LyX, Texte in Mathed, die es nicht kennt, so zu lassen
+ wie sie eingegeben wurden, erlaubt Ihnen, Ihre eigenen Makrokürzel zu definiere
+n und zu benutzen.
+ Der zugehörige Befehl muß im LaTeX-Vorspann stehen (siehe
+\emph on
+Profi-Tipps
+\emph default
+).
+ Wenn Sie dort zum Beispiel schreiben:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+newcommand{
+\backslash
+a}{
+\backslash
+alpha}
+\family sans
+
+\layout Standard
+
+können Sie in Mathed
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+a
+\family sans
+
+\family default
+anstatt
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+alpha
+\family sans
+
+\family default
+benutzen, um
+\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
+\end_inset
+
+ zu erzeugen.
+ Vorsicht ist aber geboten, weil es LyX egal ist, ob das Makro gültig ist.
+ Ist es ungültig, werden Sie Fehlermeldungen erhalten, sobald Sie es an
+ LaTeX senden (für eine Druckvorschau oder zum Druck).
+ Weitere Einzelheiten finden Sie in den
+\emph on
+Profi-Tipps
+\emph default
+.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Mathematische Funktionen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{mathematische!Funktionen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:math-functions}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Das Menü
+\family sans
+ Mathe-Kontrollfläche
+\family default
+ enthält
+\emph on
+Funktionen
+\emph default
+ wie
+\begin_inset Formula $\sin$
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Formula $\lim$
+\end_inset
+
+, usw.\SpecialChar ~
+(man kann sie in Mathed auch mit Befehlen wie
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+sin
+\family default
+ usw.\SpecialChar ~
+eintippen.
+ Standardmäßig werden Funktionen, die Namen sind wie
+\begin_inset Formula $\sin$
+\end_inset
+
+, nicht kursiv geschrieben.
+ Gibt man in Mathed aber nur die Buchstaben
+\begin_inset Formula $sin$
+\end_inset
+
+ ein, sind sie natürlich kursiv.
+ Deshalb gibt es diese besonderen Makros.
+ In der Druckausgabe bewirken sie aber mehr als nur die Schriftform zu ändern.
+ Zum Beispiel bekommt der Ausdruck
+\emph on
+sint
+\emph default
+ zusätzlichen Leerraum zwischen sin und t:
+\begin_inset Formula $\sin t$
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Bei komplexeren mathematischen Objekten wie
+\begin_inset Formula $\lim$
+\end_inset
+
+ bestimmt das Makro, wo die Bedingung plaziert wird, ob neben das Wort lim
+ als Index wie hier:
+\begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow0}f(x)=L$
+\end_inset
+
+ oder darunter wie hier:
+\begin_inset Formula \[
+\lim_{x\rightarrow0}f(x)=L.\]
+
+\end_inset
+
+ Beide Ausdrücke wurden exakt gleich eingetippt, nur die Art, wie das lim-Makro
+ benutzt wurde, entschied über die Darstellung (in diesem Fall wurde das
+ Makro für die Darstellung in der Zeile geändert, damit der Zeilenabstand
+ besser aussieht).
+\layout Subsection
+
+Weitere Symbole
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Symbole}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Es gibt einige mathematische Symbole, die es in LaTeX (oder LyX) nicht gibt,
+ die aber in mathematischen Schriften benutzt werden, wie zum Beispiel die
+ altdeutsche Frakturschrift und die
+\emph on
+Wandtafel
+\emph default
+-Fettschrift (Blackboard), die für Vektoren, komplexe Zahlen oder ganze
+ Zahlen benutzt werden.
+ Diese Pakete kann man jetzt über ein Menü hinzufügen: im Dialogfenster
+\family sans
+ Dokumentformat
+\family default
+ gibt es unter
+\family sans
+Pakete
+\family default
+ einen Umschaltknopf
+\family sans
+\bar under
+A
+\bar default
+MS\SpecialChar ~
+Mathe\SpecialChar ~
+verwenden
+\family default
+.
+ Wenn er aktiviert ist, sind alle AMS-LaTeX-Symbole und Umgebungen verfügbar.
+ Sie werden Ärger bekommen, wenn Sie diese Pakete in den Vorspann einfügen,
+ weil LyX jetzt ein paar Makros dieser Pakete selber definiert hat.
+ Die AMS-Klassen fügen diese Pakete automatisch hinzu.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Akzente
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Akzente}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Im
+\family typewriter
+Mathe-Modus
+\family default
+ setzt man Akzente wie im normalen Textmodus.
+ Wie das gemacht wird, kann von Ihrer Tastatur und Ihrer Tastaturdatei abhängen.
+ Sie können aber auch die TeX-Äquivalente als Makros benutzen.
+ Wenn Ihre Tastatur keine Akzente ermöglicht, können Sie zum Beispiel in
+ Mathed
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+hat{a
+\family default
+ eintippen, um
+\begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
+\end_inset
+
+ zu erhalten.
+ Die folgende Tabelle enthält die Akzentnamen im Textmodus, in Mathed und
+ Beispiele für die Akzente:
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_top 3mm \added_space_bottom 3mm \align center
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Text
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Mathed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Beispiel
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+circumflex
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+hat
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+grave
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+grave
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+acute
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+acute
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+umlaut
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+ddot
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+tilde
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+tilde
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+dot
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+dot
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+breve
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+breve
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+caron
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+check
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+macron
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+bar
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+---
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+vector
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Section
+
+Klammern
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Klammern}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ und Dekorationen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Dekorationen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:klammern-dekos}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Es gibt in LyX mehrere Klammerarten.
+ Für die meisten Zwecke sollte es genügen, nur die Tasten
+\family typewriter
+[{]}()|
+\backslash
+<>
+\family default
+ zu drücken.
+ Aber die Wirkung ist besser, wenn Sie das Menü
+\family sans
+ Mathe-Kontrollfläche
+\family default
+ benutzen, insbesondere, wenn Sie große Strukturen wie Matrizen oder Brüche
+ in Klammern setzen wollen, oder wenn Sie mehrere Klammerschichten haben
+ (siehe Abschnitt
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:math-panel}
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ So zum Beispiel würden Sie Klammern um eine Matrix setzen:
+\begin_inset Formula \[
+\left[\begin{array}{cc}
+1 & 2\\
+3 & 4\end{array}\right].\]
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+In Abschnitt
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:arrays-multi-line}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ steht ausführlich beschrieben, wie man das im Einzelnen macht.
+ Auch erkennt man mehrere Klammerschichten besser bei Scheußlichkeiten wie
+ hier:
+\begin_inset Formula \[
+\frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
+
+\end_inset
+
+oder hier:
+\begin_inset Formula \[
+f\left(g\left(h\left(k\left(l\left(x\right)\right)\right)\right)\right).\]
+
+\end_inset
+
+Die Klammern aus dem Menü werden automatisch an die Größe ihres Inhaltes
+ angepaßt.
+ (Das wird direkt mit den LaTeX-Befehlen
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+left( bla\SpecialChar ~
+bla
+\backslash
+right)
+\family default
+ erreicht.)
+\layout Standard
+
+Es ist sehr einfach, die gewünschten Klammern zu bekommen.
+ Sie müssen nur mit der linken Maustaste auf das Klammersymbol, das Sie
+ links haben wollen, klicken, mit der rechten auf das, das Sie rechts haben
+ wollen, und schließlich zum Einsetzen auf den Knopf
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen
+\family default
+, der Ihre Auswahl anzeigt.
+ Wenn Sie auf einer Seite keine Klammer haben wollen, wählen Sie das leere
+ Symbol.
+ In LyX wird es als gestrichelte senkrechte Linie angezeigt, in der Druckausgabe
+ ist nichts zu sehen.
+ Wenn Sie links und rechts die zugehörige Klammer haben wollen, können Sie
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+eide
+\family default
+ aktivieren und müssen nur eine Klammer anklicken.
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Sie sich erst nachträglich entschließen, eine mathematische Struktur
+ mit Klammern, anderen mathematischen Symbolen oder Verzierungen zu versehen,
+ können Sie das tun, indem Sie das, was innerhalb der Klammern usw.\SpecialChar ~
+stehen
+ soll, markieren.
+ Dazu stellen Sie den Cursor links oder rechts neben Ihre Auswahl, drücken
+ die
+\family sans
+Umschalt
+\family default
+-Taste und gehen mit den Pfeiltasten in die gewünschte Richtung.
+ Sie können natürlich auch mit der Maus markieren.
+ Dann wählen Sie die gewünschten Klammern für links und rechts und klicken
+ auf
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen
+\family default
+.
+ Die Klammern werden um die markierte Struktur gesetzt.
+\layout Section
+
+Gruppierung
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Gruppierung}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:Grouping}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Eventuell müssen Sie einen Satz von Symbolen gruppieren.
+ In LaTeX wird zum Beispiel
+\family typewriter
+(x^y)^z
+\family default
+ anders als
+\family typewriter
+x^(y^z)=x^y^z
+\family default
+ gesetzt:
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
+x^{y}{}^{z} & \mathrm{ist}\,\mathrm{anders\, als} & x^{y^{z}}\end{eqnarray*}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Die Gruppierung erreichen Sie, indem Sie im ersten Fall
+\family typewriter
+x^y
+\family default
+, gefolgt von
+\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\family default
+dann
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+{
+\family default
+
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ und schließlich
+\family typewriter
+^z
+\family default
+ eingeben.
+ Durch
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+{
+\family default
+ bekommen Sie die geschweiften roten Klammern mit dem blauen Rechteck darin.
+ Im zweiten Fall geben Sie einfach
+\family typewriter
+x^y^z
+\family default
+ ein.
+\layout Section
+
+Matrizen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Matrizen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ und mehrzeilige Gleichungen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Gleichungen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:arrays-multi-line}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Matrizenähnliche Gebilde kann man in LyX einfach eingeben.
+ Entweder wählen Sie
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+M
+\bar default
+athe\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Arra
+\bar under
+y
+\bar default
+-Umgebung
+\family default
+: dann bekommen Sie automatisch eine 2x2-Matrix, oder Sie klicken mm Menü
+\family sans
+ Mathe-Kontrollfläche
+\family default
+ den Knopf mit den neun blauen Quadraten an, der das Menü
+\family sans
+einfügen\SpecialChar ~
+Matrix
+\family default
+ öffnet, in dem Sie verschiedene Optionen setzen können.
+ Hier ist ein Beispiel:
+\begin_inset Formula \[
+\left(\begin{array}{ccc}
+1 & 2 & 3\\
+4 & 5 & 6\\
+7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right).\]
+
+\end_inset
+
+Die Klammern werden nicht automatisch eingefügt, sondern müssen mit dem
+
+\family sans
+Trennzeichen
+\family default
+-Menü hinzugefügt werden.
+ Das können Sie nachträglich machen (siehe
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:klammern-dekos}
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+\layout Standard
+
+Sie können festlegen, ob die Spalten einer Matrix (oder Teile davon) links-
+ oder rechtsbündig oder zentriert ausgerichtet werden sollen.
+ Die Voreinstellung ist zentriert (durch
+\family typewriter
+c
+\family default
+'s im Feld
+\family sans
+Ausrichtung\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Horizontal:
+\family default
+gekennzeichnet
+\family sans
+).
+
+\family default
+Bei anderen und verschiedenen Ausrichtungen müssen Sie die entsprechende
+ Buchstabenkombinationen aus
+\family typewriter
+l
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+c
+\family default
+ und
+\family typewriter
+r
+\family default
+ eingeben.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+rlc
+\family default
+ bedeutet: Spalte 1 rechtbündig, Spalte 2 linksbündig und Spalte 3 zentriert.
+\end_inset
+
+ Wenn der Cursor in der Matrix steht, können Sie über
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+M
+\bar default
+athe
+\family default
+ Zeilen und Spalten hinzufügen oder löschen.
+ Hier ist ein anderes Beispiel mit unterschiedlichen Ausrichtungen:
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Das
+\begin_inset Quotes pld
+\end_inset
+
+ü
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ erhält man übrigens durch
+\begin_inset Quotes pld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\backslash
+ddot u
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ oder "u, aber "u wird in LyX
+\emph on
+nicht
+\emph default
+ als ü dargestellt.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula \[
+\begin{array}{lcr}
+diese & diese & diese\\
+Spalte & Spalte & Spalte\\
+ist\: linksb\ddot{u}bndig & ist\: zentriert & ist\: rechtsb\ddot{u}ndig\end{array}.\]
+
+\end_inset
+
+Der LaTeX-
+\family typewriter
+Mathe-Modus
+\family default
+ hat viele Matrizenarten, insbesondere bietet das AMS-LaTeX-Paket zum Beispiel
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+cases
+\family default
+ und kommutative Diagramme.
+ Hier ist ein einfaches Beispiel, wie LyX Bedingungen (LaTeX
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+cases
+\family default
+) darstellen kann:
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
+f(x) & := & \begin{cases}
+\frac{1}{q} & \mathrm{f}\ddot{\mathrm{u}}\mathrm{r}\, x=\frac{p}{q}\,(\mathrm{p},\,\mathrm{q}\,\,\mathrm{ganzzahlig})\\
+0 & \mathrm{falls}\, x\,\mathrm{irrational}\,\mathrm{ist}\end{cases}\end{eqnarray*}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Dies wurde folgendermaßen erreicht: zuerst wurde eine Gleichungs-Umgebung
+ gewählt (
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+M
+\bar default
+athe\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+G
+\bar default
+leichungs-Umgebung
+\family default
+), in die linken beiden Kästchen f(x) und := geschrieben.
+ Ins rechte Kästchen wurde eine Bedingungs-Umgebung (
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+M
+\bar default
+athe\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+edingungs-Umgebung
+\family default
+) eingefügt und mit
+\family sans
+\series medium
+Strg+E
+\series default
+nter
+\family default
+ zwei Zeilen erzeugt.
+ In die beiden blauen Kästchen wurde dann alles rechts der geschweiften
+ Klammer geschrieben.
+ Wie man den Roman-Font bekommt, wird später erklärt.
+\layout Standard
+
+Mehrzeilige Gleichungen kann man mit LyX sehr einfach schreiben (
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+M
+\bar default
+athe\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+G
+\bar default
+leichungs-Umgebung
+\family default
+).
+ Dadurch wird in das LaTeX-Format für mehrzeilige Gleichungen (
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+eqnarray
+\family default
+\series default
+)) umgeschaltet.
+ Innerhalb des Kästchens tippt man
+\family sans
+\series medium
+Strg+E
+\series default
+nter
+\family default
+ so oft, bis man die Zahl der gewünschten Zeilen hat, am besten als erstes.
+ Jede Zeile hat drei Gebiete, links, Mitte, rechts, zwischen denen Sie sich
+ mit den Pfeiltasten, der Maus oder der
+\family sans
+\series medium
+Tab
+\family default
+\series default
+-Taste bewegen können.
+ Hier ist ein Beispiel:
+\begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
+3 & = & 1+2\\
+4+5 & = & 9.\end{eqnarray*}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Man kann auch eine vorhandene abgesetzte Formel in eine mehrzeilige umändern,
+ indem man irgendwo in der Formel
+\family sans
+\series medium
+Strg+Enter
+\family default
+\series default
+ tippt.
+ LyX wird alles in den linken Teil der mehrzeiligen Gleichung
+\emph on
+
+\emph default
+packen, wobei alles links vom Cursor in die erste Zeile kommt, der Rest
+ in die zweite.
+ Um die Gleichungen auszurichten, stellen Sie den Cursor dorthin, wo der
+ mittlere Teil (zum Beispiel das Gleichheitszeichen) beginnen soll, und
+ tippen
+\family sans
+Strg+Tab.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Sie KDE als grafische Oberfläche verwenden, geht das leider nicht,
+ es sei denn, Sie konfigurieren KDE um (zum Beispiel
+\family sans
+Strg+Tab
+\family default
+ auf
+\family sans
+Windows+Tab
+\family default
+: KDE-Kontrollzentrum\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Regional-Einstellungen & Zugangshilfen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Tastenkürzel).
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+Alles rechts vom Cursor wird dann in den mittleren Teil der Gleichung gepackt
+ (LaTeX setzt den mittleren Teil übrigens nicht wie normale Formeln, deshalb
+ sollten Sie dort keine großen Ausdrücke wie Brüche schreiben).
+ Stellen Sie dann den Cursor dorthin, wo der rechte Teil beginnen soll,
+ und tippen nochmals
+\family sans
+Strg+Tab
+\family default
+.
+ Der
+\emph on
+zusätzliche
+\emph default
+ Einfügepunkt in der Zeile verschwindet dann.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Eine ganze Zeile der Gleichung kann man löschen, indem man den Cursor in
+ die Zeile stellt und
+\family sans
+Alt+B\SpecialChar ~
+Z
+\family default
+ tippt.
+ Weitere Zeilen fügt man mit
+\family sans
+Strg+Enter
+\family default
+ hinzu.
+\layout Section
+
+Gleichungen numerieren
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Gleichungen!numerieren}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ und markieren
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Gleichungen!markieren}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:math-label}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Mit LyX ist es sehr einfach, Gleichungen zu numerieren.
+ Um eine Gleichung wie
+\begin_inset Formula \[
+1+2=3\]
+
+\end_inset
+
+in eine numerierte
+\begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
+1+2=3\label{mathed:first-eqn}\end{equation}
+
+\end_inset
+
+zu verwandeln, wählt man
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+M
+\bar default
+arke
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+ In das Fenster, das dann erscheint, müssen Sie eine Zeichenkette als Marke
+ eingeben.
+ Man muß die Marke nicht mit einer Zahl aufrufen, weil LaTeX sich um die
+ Numerierung kümmert.
+ Die Marken selber werden im gedruckten Dokument nicht erscheinen.
+ LaTeX wird sie stattdessen durch geeignete Nummern ersetzen.
+ Die Marken werden intern für Querverweise benutzt.
+ Man kann die Numerierung auch ohne spezielle Marke benutzen, indem man
+ den Cursor in die Gleichung stellt und
+\family sans
+Alt+M\SpecialChar ~
+N
+\family default
+ eintippt:
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
+1+1=2.\end{equation}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Rechts von der Gleichung erscheint dann (#).
+
+\family sans
+Alt+M\SpecialChar ~
+N
+\family default
+ ist ein Umschalter.
+ Tippt man es nochmal, verschwindet (#) wieder.
+ Auf eine markierte Gleichung kann man mit
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+Q
+\bar default
+uerverweis
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+\SpecialChar ~
+verweisen, aber nicht auf eine mit dem Nummerzeichen, zum Beispiel (
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{mathed:first-eqn}
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ Achten Sie bitte darauf,
+\emph on
+keine
+\emph default
+Leerzeichen in Ihren Marken zu benutzen, weil sie gelöscht werden und Querverwei
+se nicht mehr funktionieren.
+ Dies ist ein LyX-Fehler, mit dem man aber leben kann.
+\layout Standard
+
+Bei numerierten oder markierten mehrzeiligen Formeln wird standardmäßig
+ jede Zeile für sich numeriert.
+ Wenn Sie eine Zeile mit einer Marke zum Numerieren versehen, werden alle
+ folgenden mit # markiert.
+ Diese Marke kann geändert werden, damit man darauf verweisen kann wie bei
+ (
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{mathed:fourth-eqn}
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+\begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
+1 & = & 3-2\label{mathed:second-equation}\\
+2 & = & 4-2\\
+4 & \leq & 7.\end{eqnarray}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Die Numerierung einer Zeile kann man mit
+\family sans
+ Alt+M\SpecialChar ~
+N
+\family default
+ ab- und wieder anschalten.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Achtung:
+\family sans
+Alt+M\SpecialChar ~
+N
+\family default
+wirkt auf alle Zeilen der mehrzeiligen Formel.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
+1 & = & 4-3\label{mathed:fourth-eqn}\\
+2 & = & 7-5\\
+1 & = & e^{2\pi i}\nonumber \\
+16 & \equiv & 2\,(mod\,7)\label{mathed:fifth-eqn}\end{eqnarray}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Beachten Sie, daß die erste Gleichung (
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{mathed:fourth-eqn}
+
+\end_inset
+
+) markiert ist, die zweite nur numeriert, die dritte gar nicht und die letzte
+ (
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{mathed:fifth-eqn}
+
+\end_inset
+
+) wieder markiert.
+
+\layout Section
+
+Benutzerdefinierte Makros
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Makros}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ im
+\family typewriter
+Mathe-Modus
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX erlaubt dem Benutzer, Makros zu definieren.
+ Wenn Sie wie in Abschnitt
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sub:Create-macro}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ ein Makro erzeugt haben, erscheint an der Cursorposition ein Makro-Definitionsk
+ästchen, das in etwa so aussieht:
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="1">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Makro: Makroname:
+\begin_inset Formula $\Box$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\Box$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\begin_inset FormulaMacro
+\newcommand{\Makroname}{}
+\end_inset
+
+ Dabei ist die die Umrandung rot, und die beiden
+\begin_inset Formula $\Box$
+\end_inset
+
+ sind blaue Rechtecke, die wie im Mathed editiert werden können.
+ Wenn Sie dies in LyX lesen, probieren Sie es.
+ Der Inhalt des ersten Rechtecks wird während des Exports nach LaTeX benutzt,
+ der Inhalt des zweiten zur Makro-Expansion auf dem Bildschirm.
+ Normalerweise sind beide Inhalte gleich, so daß man das zweite Rechteck
+ leer lassen kann.
+ LyX wird dann den Inhalt des ersten Rechtecks automatisch für Export und
+ Expansion benutzen.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset FormulaMacro
+\newcommand{\macro}{a+b}
+\end_inset
+
+Wollen Sie das Makro
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="1">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Makro: macro: a + b
+\begin_inset Formula $\Box$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+ in anderen Mathed-Kästchen benutzen, müssen Sie nur seinen Namen im TeX-Modus
+ schreiben, in diesem Fall
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+macro
+\family default
+, und er wird automatisch umgewandelt wie hier:
+\begin_inset Formula $c=\macro$
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Wie Sie bemerken werden, können Sie den Cursor nicht ins Makro stellen,
+ denn es wird als einzelnes Zeichen behandelt.
+ Der von TeX erzeugte Text ist
+\family typewriter
+c =
+\backslash
+macro
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Bei Makros mit
+\emph on
+Argumenten
+\emph default
+aber kann man den Cursor in das Makro stellen.
+ In einer Makrodefinition sieht ein Argument aus wie ein # mit einer Nummer
+ dahinter:
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="1">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Makro: macrowarg: 2 +
+\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{\#1}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\Box$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\begin_inset FormulaMacro
+\newcommand{\macrowarg}[1]{2+\sqrt{#1}}
+\end_inset
+
+ Benutzt man das Makro, wird das bekannte blaue Rechteck erscheinen, in
+ das Sie dann als Argument schreiben können, was immer Sie wollen:
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+macrowarg =
+\begin_inset Formula $\macrowarg{\Box}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+.
+ Beispiel:
+\begin_inset Formula $b=\macrowarg{x-2}$
+\end_inset
+
+.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn man das Dokument als LaTeX exportiert, wird eine Makrodefinition in
+ den Befehl
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+newcommand
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ umgesetzt, im letzten Beispiel also
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+newcommand{
+\backslash
+macrowarg}[1]{2+
+\backslash
+sqrt{#1}}
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Hinweise zum Gebrauch von Makros
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Makros}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Wie man sie erzeugt
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sub:Create-macro}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Um ein Makro zu definieren, schreiben Sie in den Minipuffer (
+\family sans
+Alt+X
+\family default
+) folgendes:
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+HHa: Makros dürfen nicht in Überschriften definiert werden!
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+math-macro <macro name> [number of arguments]
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+macro
+\family default
+ zum Beispiel wurde mit
+\begin_inset Quotes pld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+math-macro macro
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ erzeugt und
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+macrowarg
+\family default
+ mit
+\begin_inset Quotes pld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+math-macro macrowarg 1
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Sie den Cursor in das Makrokästchen stellen, können Sie eine Argumentmarke
+ setzen, indem Sie
+\family typewriter
+#<Zahl>
+\family default
+ eingeben oder im Minipuffer folgendes schreiben:
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+math-macro-arg <number>
+\layout Standard
+
+Die Argumentmarke in
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+macrowarg
+\family default
+ wurde mit
+\begin_inset Quotes pld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+math-macro-arg 1
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ eingefügt.
+\layout Standard
+
+Sie dürfen höchstens 9 Argumente benutzen, numeriert von 1 bis 9.
+ Eine Argumentmarke kann mehrfach mehrfach benutzt werden, aber natürlich
+ nur einmal mit einem Argument versorgt werden.
+ Eine Argumentnummer darf nicht größer sein als die bei der Makrodefinition
+ festgelegte.
+
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Wie man sich im Makro bewegt
+\layout Description
+
+Mit\SpecialChar ~
+den\SpecialChar ~
+Pfeiltasten: Wenn man in ein Makro von links hineingeht, wird der
+ Cursor im ersten Argument stehen.
+ Mit der
+\family sans
+Tab
+\family default
+-Taste gelangt man zum nächsten.
+ Mit der
+\family sans
+Leertaste
+\family default
+ verläßt man das Makro, und der Cursor steht dann rechts neben ihm.
+\layout Description
+
+Mit\SpecialChar ~
+der\SpecialChar ~
+Maus: Wie gewöhnlich klicken Sie auf das gewünschte Argumentkästchen.
+ Manchmal, wenn das Kästchen leer oder zu klein ist, schlägt das fehl.
+\layout Standard
+
+Zur Zeit kann man nur Befehlsmakros schreiben, aber keine Umgebungsmakros.
+\layout Section
+
+Feineinstellungen
+\layout Standard
+
+Im folgenden wird vorausgesetzt, daß Sie sich bei der Texteingabe im
+\family typewriter
+Mathe-Modus
+\family default
+ befinden.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Schriftstile
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Schriftstile}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Sie können verschiedene Schriftstile benutzen, aber zur Zeit müssen Sie
+ dazu Tastaturbefehle verwenden.
+ Nicht alle erscheinen genau WYSIWYM
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{WYSIWYM}
+
+\end_inset
+
+, und einige werden überhaupt nicht angezeigt.
+ Der Standardfont für Text ist kursiv,
+\begin_inset Formula $text$
+\end_inset
+
+, aber für Zahlen ist der Standard Roman.
+ Um Text im
+\family typewriter
+Mathe-Modus
+\family default
+ Roman zu setzen, benutzen Sie
+\family sans
+Alt+Z+R
+\family default
+:
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{text}$
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Für Fettdruck,
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{text}$
+\end_inset
+
+, ist es
+\family sans
+Alt+Z+F
+\family default
+.
+ Den kalligraphischen Font für Großbuchstaben, der auf dem Bildschirm wie
+ Helvetica-kursiv aussieht, aber gedruckt ausgefallener,
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{TEXT}$
+\end_inset
+
+, erhält man mit
+\family sans
+Alt+Z+I
+\family default
+.
+ Tabelle
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{table:Mathematik-Schriftstile}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ ist eine Tabelle mit den unterstützten Fonts:
+\layout Standard
+\align center
+
+\begin_inset Float table
+wide false
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Caption
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{table:Mathematik-Schriftstile}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Mathematik-Schriftstile
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_top 3mm \align center
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="4">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0cm">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Textmodus
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Mathed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Mathed-Tastenkürzel
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+LaTeX-Befehl
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series bold
+fett
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{fett}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Alt+Z+F
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\backslash
+
+\family typewriter
+mathbf
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\emph on
+kursiv
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{KALLIGR}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Alt+Z+I
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\backslash
+
+\family typewriter
+mathcal
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+---------
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Alt+Z+R
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\backslash
+
+\family typewriter
+mathrm
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+Schreibmaschine
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Schreibmaschine}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+---------
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\backslash
+
+\family typewriter
+mathtt
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Voreinstellung
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\textrm{Voreinstellung}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~
+Leertaste
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\backslash
+
+\family typewriter
+textrm
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+---------
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{WANDTAFEL}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Alt+Z+K
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\backslash
+
+\family typewriter
+mathbb
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+---------
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+---------
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\backslash
+
+\family typewriter
+mathfrak
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathit{kursiv}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\backslash
+
+\family typewriter
+mathit
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+serifenfrei
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{serifenfrei}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Alt+Z+S
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\backslash
+
+\family typewriter
+mathsf
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Der Tastaturbefehl, um zu einem speziellen Font zu wechseln, wird im
+\family typewriter
+Mathe-Modus
+\family default
+ wie beschrieben interpretiert.
+ Der
+\family typewriter
+Mathe-Modus
+\family default
+ unterstützt aber nicht alle Zeichen in allen Fonts, und der Kalligraphiefont
+ unterstützt nur Großbuchstaben.
+\layout Standard
+
+Bei all diesen Fonts müssen Sie den Text sorgfältig eingeben.
+ Wenn es rechts vom Anfangspunkt Text gibt, wird der Font mach einem Buchstaben
+ in den anderen Stil geändert.
+ Um eine Zeichenkette mit einem speziellen Font zu schreiben, müssen Sie
+ rechts vom Cursor ein geschütztes Leerzeichen eingeben.
+ Außerdem wird durch ein geschütztes Leerzeichen der nachfolgende Text in
+ den Standardfont geändert.
+\layout Standard
+
+In AMS-LaTeX ist es möglich, Zahlen und Spezialsymbole fett (aber nicht
+ kursiv) zu schreiben.
+ LyX kann das zur Zeit noch nicht WYSIWYM
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{WYSIWYM}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ darstellen, aber es wird richtig ausgedruckt.
+ Um ein fettgedrucktes
+\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
+\end_inset
+
+ zu bekommen, müssen Sie
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+boldsymbol{
+\backslash
+alpha}
+\family default
+ eingeben:
+\begin_inset Formula $\boldsymbol{\alpha}$
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Klammer-zu erscheint automatisch, nachdem Sie Klammer-auf getippt haben.
+ Dies funktioniert für alle Symbole und Zahlen.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Über
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+M
+\bar default
+athe
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+chriftänderung
+\family default
+ gibt es noch weitere Möglichkeiten.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Mathematischer Textmodus
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{mathematische!-r Textmodus}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Die verschiedenen Schriftstile sind hilfreich, um Variablennamen in einem
+ bestimmten Zeichensatz einzugeben, aber sicherlich nicht, um damit normalen
+ Text zu schreiben.
+ Verwenden Sie deshalb zum Schreiben von längeren Textstücken den mathematischen
+ Textmodus, den Sie durch
+\family sans
+Alt+M\SpecialChar ~
+M
+\family default
+ aktivieren, wenn Sie sich bereits im Mathematikmodus befinden.
+ Der mathematische Textmodus wird am Bildschirm in Schwarz anstelle des
+ üblichen Blau dargestellt.
+ Sie können in diesem Modus allerdings nicht den Zeichensatz wechseln oder
+ Satzzeichen verwenden,
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Außerdem gibt der mathematische Textmodus den Text in einer
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+textrm{}
+\family default
+-Umgebung aus, obwohl eigentlich
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+mbox
+\family default
+ (oder das
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+text
+\family default
+ von AMSLaTeX) die bessere Wahl wäre.
+\end_inset
+
+ doch für einfache Texte ist das ausreichend.
+ Hier ist ein Beispiel:
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula \[
+f(x)=\begin{array}{rl}
+x & \textrm{wenn ich es sage}\\
+-x & \textrm{sonst}\end{array}\]
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+Fontgrößen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Fontgroße@Fontgröße}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Es gibt vier (relative) Fontgrößen, die in den meisten Fällen automatisch
+ benutzt werden.
+ Sie heißen
+\emph on
+textstyle
+\emph default
+,
+\emph on
+displaystyle
+\emph default
+,
+\emph on
+scriptstyle
+\emph default
+ und
+\emph on
+scriptscriptstyle
+\emph default
+.
+ Für die meisten Zeichen haben
+\emph on
+textstyle
+\emph default
+ und
+\emph on
+displaystyle
+\emph default
+ dieselbe Größe, aber Brüche, Exponenten, Indizes und gewisse andere Effekte
+ werden größer oder im
+\emph on
+displaystyle
+\emph default
+ gesetzt.
+ Außer einigen Operatoren, die ihre Größe an die jeweilige Situation anpassen,
+ werden die Texte in der Größe gesetzt, die LaTeX für geeignet hält.
+ Das kann mit
+\family typewriter
+math-size
+\family default
+ im Minipuffer geändert werden.
+ Zum Beispiel kann man
+\begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
+\end_inset
+
+ normal schreiben (
+\emph on
+textstyle
+\emph default
+), oder man kann es vergrößern, wobei auch die Zeilenabstände vergrößert
+ werden, indem man
+\emph on
+displaystyle
+\emph default
+ benutzt.
+ Dazu gibt man im Minipuffer
+\begin_inset Quotes pld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+math-size displaystyle
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ ein oder wählt über den 3.
+ Knopf der Mathe-Kontrollfläche die entsprechende Größe aus, während der
+ Cursor auf der Hauptlinie des Mathed-Kästchens steht:
+\begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Hier ist Text in den verschiedenen Größen:
+\begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+All diese Fontgrößen sind relativ, das heißt sie werden angepaßt, wenn die
+ gesamte Formel, Gleichung usw.\SpecialChar ~
+und der umgebende Text in einer bestimmten
+ Größe geschrieben werden.
+ Auf ähnliche Weise wird alles angepaßt, wenn die Basisfontgröße eines Dokumente
+s geändert wird.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\size largest
+H
+\family default
+i
+\family roman
+er is
+\family default
+t
+\family roman
+
+\family default
+ein
+\family roman
+
+\family default
+Absatz
+\family roman
+ i
+\family default
+m
+\family roman
+
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes pld
+\end_inset
+
+größten
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family roman
+
+\family default
+F
+\family roman
+ont,
+\family default
+m
+\family roman
+it
+\family default
+S
+\family roman
+ymbol
+\family default
+en
+\family roman
+:
+\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Dies gilt auch für Mathematikfonts in Titeln usw.
+\layout Section
+
+AMS-TeX
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{AMS-TeX}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Die American Mathematical Society (AMS) stellt LaTeX-Pakete bereit, die
+ oft benutzt werden.
+ LyX unterstützt diese Pakete ein wenig.
+\layout Subsection
+
+AMS verwenden
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Sie auf
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+okument\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Extra\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family default
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+A
+\bar default
+MS\SpecialChar ~
+Mathe\SpecialChar ~
+verwenden
+\family default
+auswählen, werden diese Pakete in Ihrem Dokument verwendet.
+\layout Subsection
+
+AMS-Symbole
+\layout Standard
+
+Die AMS-LaTeX-Pakete unterstützen einige mathematische Symbole, die man
+ mit LaTeX (LyX) nicht direkt erreicht, die aber in mathematischen Veröffentlich
+ungen benutzt werden, zum Beispiel der altdeutsche Frakturfont, der nach
+ der Eingabe von
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+mathfrak{g}
+\family default
+ ein Fraktur-
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{{g}}$
+\end_inset
+
+ druckt, oder die
+\begin_inset Quotes pld
+\end_inset
+
+Wandtafel
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+-Fettschrift, zum Beispiel
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+mathbb{R}
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{{R}}$
+\end_inset
+
+ für reelle und komplexe Zahlen.
+ Diese Symbole werden (noch) nicht WYSIWYM
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{WYSIWYM}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ in LyX erscheinen.
+\layout Subsection
+
+AMS-Formeln
+\layout Standard
+
+Unter
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+M
+\bar default
+athe
+\family default
+können Sie die AMS-Formeltypen
+\family typewriter
+align
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+alignat
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+flalign
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+gather
+\family default
+ und
+\family typewriter
+multline
+\family default
+ auswählen.
+ Eine ausführliche Dokumentation dieser Typen finden Sie unter
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.ams.org}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Section
+
+Weitergehende Literatur
+\layout Standard
+
+In
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{Mathebefehle}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ gibt es eine sehr umfangreiche Beschreibung des Mathematik-Editors, die
+ auch Hinweise für physikalische und chemische Formeln enthält.
+ Außerdem gibt es Hinweise, wie man Formeln, die LyX nicht sehr sauber setzt,
+ verfeinern kann.
+ Für viele Befehle ist die LaTeX-Notation angegeben, weil der Autor meint:
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Wer aber viele Formeln zu schreiben hat, wird feststellen, dass man mit
+ den LaTeX-Befehlen viel schneller eine Formel setzen kann.
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Die Dokumentation ist unter
+\newline
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://prozess.imtek.uni-freiburg.de/stoehr/}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\newline
+und unter
+\newline
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://fkurth.de/uwest/LyX/Dokumentation/}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+zu finden.
+ Die Datei
+\family typewriter
+Mathebefehle.lyx
+\family default
+ können Sie aber nicht als DVI, PDF oder PostScript® ansehen oder drucken,
+ wenn Sie die dort erwähnten LaTeX-Pakete
+\family typewriter
+adobestd
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+adobeother
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+aeguill
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+bbm
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+eurosym
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+hyperref
+\family default
+ und
+\family typewriter
+tocbibind
+\family default
+ nicht installiert haben.
+ Allerdings ist sie sehr hilfreich um zu lernen, wie man die Formeln schreibt.
+ Wenn Sie sich nur für die gedruckte Version interessieren, sollten Sie
+ sich die Dateien
+\family typewriter
+Mathebefehle.pdf
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+Mathebefehle.ps
+\family default
+ oder
+\family typewriter
+Mathebefehle.dvi
+\family default
+ holen.
+\layout Chapter
+
+Weitere Werkzeuge
+\layout Section
+
+Querverweise
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Querverweis}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:crossref}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Wenn Sie dieses Handbuch in LyX lesen, sehen Sie am Anfang dieses Satzes
+ ein graues Kästchen mit Text darin.
+ Das ist eine
+\family sans
+Marke
+\family default
+.
+ Genauer gesagt ist es eine Hälfte eines Querverweises.
+ Die andere Hälfte ist der
+\family sans
+Verweis
+\family default
+und sieht so aus:
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:crossref}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ In LyX ist das auch ein graues Kästchen mit Text darin.
+ Im gedruckten Dokument ist es eine Zahl -- in diesem Fall die Nummer dieses
+ Abschnittes.
+ Es gibt auch andere Verweistypen:
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \pageref{sub:Create-macro}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ (die Seitennummer der Marke),
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vpageref{sub:Create-macro}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ (
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+auf Seite
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ + die Seitennummer der Marke),
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sub:Create-macro}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ (Typ 1 + Typ 3).
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\noun on
+HHa
+\noun default
+: PrettyRef wird nicht mehr von LaTeX unterstützt.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Mit Querverweisen können Sie andere Teile Ihres Dokumentes zitieren.
+ Sie müssen sich die Abschnittsnummer nicht merken -- LyX macht das für
+ Sie! Alles, was Sie brauchen, ist eine
+\family sans
+Marke
+\family default
+zum Markieren eines Abschnittes, eines Bildes, einer Tabelle, einer Gleichung
+ usw., die Sie dann mit einem
+\family sans
+Querverweis
+\family default
+ zitieren.
+\layout Standard
+
+Um eine Marke zu definieren, benutzen Sie
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+M
+\bar under
+a
+\bar default
+rke
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+ Ein Kästchen erscheint, in das Sie Ihre Marke eingeben können.
+ Sie können eine Marke ändern, indem Sie auf die Marke klicken und den Text
+ ändern.
+\layout Standard
+
+Um auf eine Marke zu verweisen, wählen Sie
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+Q
+\bar default
+uerverweis
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+ Das Menü
+\family sans
+Querverweis
+\family default
+ erscheint mit einer Liste der Marken.
+ Um eine Marke einzufügen, wählen Sie sie aus und klicken auf
+\family sans
+OK
+\family default
+.
+ Im Feld
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ormat:
+\family default
+ können Sie einen der oben beschriebenen Verweistypen auswählen.
+ Wenn Sie sich nicht sicher sind, ob es die richtige Marke ist, können Sie
+ mit
+\family sans
+\bar under
+G
+\bar default
+ehe\SpecialChar ~
+zu
+\family default
+dorthin gehen, wo sie definiert wurde.
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Sie Text aus einem anderen Dokument kopieren, der eine Marke oder einen
+ Verweis enthält, oder wenn Sie eine Marke aus Ihrem Dokument, auf die verwiesen
+ wird, löschen, werden in der Druckausgabe zwei Fragezeichen an der Stelle
+ des Verweises stehen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Es gibt noch einige Anmerkungen zu
+\family sans
+Marken
+\family default
+.
+ Sie enthalten immer die Abschnittsnummer der vorangehenden Überschrift.
+ Wenn Sie also auf ein
+\family sans
+Kapitel
+\family default
+ verweisen wollen, aber eine
+\family sans
+Abschnitt
+\family default
+-Überschrift unmittelbar folgt, müssen Sie die Marke
+\emph on
+in
+\emph default
+die
+\family sans
+Kapitel
+\family default
+-Umgebung setzen.
+ Es ist egal, wo, und es sieht auf dem Bildschirm seltsam aus.
+ Aber Sie müssen es tun, wenn Sie
+\family sans
+Kapitel
+\family default
+ anders als
+\family sans
+Abschnitt
+\family default
+ markieren wollen.
+ Dasselbe gilt für alle Abschnittsüberschriften.
+ Nur wenn nach der Überschrift Text folgt, dürfen Sie die Marke ohne Nachdenken
+ in den Text setzen.
+ Also passen Sie auf.
+\layout Standard
+
+Außerdem macht eine Marke
+\emph on
+nur
+\emph default
+für
+\emph on
+numerierte
+\emph default
+ Abschnitte und Gleitobjekte (Tabellen und Abbildungen) Sinn.
+ Normale Abbildungen und Tabellen sind nicht numeriert, also kann man für
+ sie ebenso wie für nichtnumerierte Abschnitte eigentlich keine Marken benutzen.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Nun, man
+\emph on
+kann,
+\emph default
+aber nur, wenn man als
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ormat:
+\family default
+ <Seite> oder auf Seite <Seite> benutzt.
+ Der normale Verweis auf eine Abschnitts-, Tabellen- oder Abbildungsnummer
+ geht nicht, weil es keine Nummer gibt! Ein Verweis mit <Referenz> würde
+ auf die letzte numerierte Überschrift zeigen.
+\end_inset
+
+ In den Abschnitten
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:figurefloats}
+
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:table float}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ und
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:math-label}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ finden Sie weitere Einzelheiten über das Markieren von Abbildungen, Tabellen
+ und Gleichungen.
+
+\layout Section
+
+URLs (Uniform Resource Locators)
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{URL}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:URLs}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Es ist oft wünschenswert, lange Ausdrücke
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+wörtlich
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ im Text einzufügen, etwa Adressen von Seiten im WWW, Email-Adressen usw.
+ Diese Dinge enthalten normalerweise keine Leerzeichen und es ist deshalb
+ schwer, sie korrekt zu setzen.
+ Sie geraten dann oft an das Ende einer Zeile und erzeugen je nach den äußeren
+ Umständen zu volle oder zu leere Zeilen.
+ Sie könne in diesen Fällen den Menüpunkt
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+U
+\bar default
+RL
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+\SpecialChar ~
+verwenden, um einen solche lange URL einzugeben, die dann bei Bedarf an
+ (automatisch bestimmten) Trennstellen umgebrochen wird.
+\layout Standard
+
+Wählen Sie an der gewünschten Einfügestelle einfach
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+U
+\bar default
+RL
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+ Es öffnet sich ein Dialogfenster, in dem Sie (im Feld
+\family sans
+\bar under
+U
+\bar default
+RL
+\family default
+) die volle Adresse eingeben können.
+ Im einfachsten Fall ist das bereits alles.
+ Klicken Sie einfach mal auf das folgende graue Feld um zu sehen, wie die
+ Adresse der LyX-Homepage eingegeben wurde:
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.lyx.org}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Sie die Adresse darüberhinaus mit einer festen Phrase versehen wollen,
+ könne Sie diese im Feld
+\family sans
+\bar under
+N
+\bar default
+ame
+\family default
+ des Dialoges eingeben; sie wird als normaler Text direkt vor dem URL ausgegeben
+, zum Beispiel finden Sie alle mit LaTeX zusammenhängenden Dinge auf
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url[CTAN]{http://ctan.tug.org}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ In der gedruckten Version endet der letzte Satz mit
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+ auf CTAN
+\family typewriter
+http://ctan.tug.org
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Note
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+[
+\noun on
+HHa
+\noun default
+: Ich habe keine Idee, wofür der Knopf
+\family sans
+HTML\SpecialChar ~
+Typ
+\family default
+ im Dialog gedacht ist.
+ Er scheint keine Unterschiede in der exportierten LaTeX-Datei zu erzeugen,
+ und auch in der dvi-Vorschau ändert sich nichts]
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Section
+
+Kurze Titel
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Titel!kurze}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ mit optionalen Argumenten definieren
+\begin_inset OptArg
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Kurztitel
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Einige Kapitel oder Abschnittsüberschriften wie diese können sehr lang werden.
+ Wenn sie als Seitenüberschriften benutzt werden, können sie über den Blattrand
+ ragen, was sehr häßlich aussieht.
+ Deswegen kann man mit
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family sans
+Kurztitel
+\family default
+ eine alternative Überschrift definieren, die dann benutzt wird, wenn die
+ lange nicht auf die Seite paßt.
+ Dieser Kurztitel wird auch im Inhaltsverzeichnis und in Gleitobjekten benutzt,
+ wenn es nötig ist.
+ Im Dokument selber wird immer die lange Überschrift benutzt und nötigenfalls
+ umgebrochen.
+\layout Section
+
+Manuelle Feineinstellungen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Feineinstellungen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+Zusätzlicher waagerechter Leerraum
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:hspace}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+HFill
+\family default
+s sind eine besondere LyX-Funktion, um zusätzlichen Leerraum gleichmäßig
+ einzufügen.
+ Ein
+\family sans
+HFill
+\family default
+ ist ein Leerraum mit variabler Länge, der dem verbleibenden zwischen dem
+ linken und dem rechten Rand entspricht.
+ Gibt es in einer Zeile mehrere
+\family sans
+HFill
+\family default
+s, teilen sie sich den freien Leerraum gleichmäßig.
+\layout Standard
+
+Bemerkung: wenn Sie einen
+\family sans
+HFill
+\family default
+ am Anfang einer Zeile, die
+\emph on
+nicht
+\emph default
+die erste Zeile eines Absatzes ist, einfügen, ignoriert LyX das.
+ Damit wird verhindert, daß
+\family sans
+HFill
+\family default
+s zufällig auf eine neue Zeile gelangen.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+HFill
+\family roman
+s
+\family default
+ kann man mit
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+onderzeichen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+H
+\bar default
+Fill
+\family default
+ einsetzen.
+ Hier sind ein paar Beispiele:
+\layout Quote
+\noindent
+Dieser Teil ist links
+\hfill
+Dieser Teil ist rechts
+\layout Quote
+\noindent
+Links
+\hfill
+Mitte
+\hfill
+Rechts
+\layout Quote
+\noindent
+Links
+\hfill
+1/3 Links
+\hfill
+
+\hfill
+Rechts
+\layout Standard
+
+Das waren Beispiele in der
+\family sans
+Zitat\SpecialChar ~
+(kurz)
+\family default
+-Umgebung.
+ Hier :
+\hfill
+: ist ein
+\family sans
+ HFill
+\family default
+ in einem Standardabsatz.
+ Im gedruckten Text ist er vielleicht nicht zu erkennen, aber er ist zwischen
+ den
+\begin_inset Quotes pld
+\end_inset
+
+::
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Erinnern Sie sich, daß ein
+\family sans
+HFill
+\family default
+ immer den restlichen Leerraum zwischen den Rändern füllt? Es kann mehrere
+ Ränder in einer Zeile geben.
+ Hier ist ein Beispiel mit der
+\family sans
+Liste
+\family default
+-Umgebung:
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
+
+eins
+\hfill
+zwei :drei
+\hfill
+vier
+\hfill
+fünf
+\hfill
+sechs
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
+
+eins :zwei drei vier fünf sechs
+\layout Standard
+
+Der Doppelpunkt markiert den Beginn des Listenelementes.
+ (Innerhalb der Marke in der
+\family sans
+Liste
+\family default
+-Umgebung gibt es einen
+\emph on
+verborgenen
+\emph default
+
+\family sans
+HFill
+\family default
+; er wird automatisch am Ende der Marke eingefügt.) Die zweite Zeile
+\family sans
+
+\family default
+ist ein ganz normales Listenelement zum Vergleich.
+
+\family sans
+HFill
+\family default
+s wirken in anderen Situationen mit
+\emph on
+Mehrfach
+\emph default
+-Rändern ähnlich, wie zum Beispiel im Zwei-Spalten-Modus.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Zusätzlicher senkrechter Leerraum
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Leerraum - senkrechter}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:vertspace}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Zusätzlichen senkrechten Leerraum über oder unter einem Absatz fügt man
+ mit
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+A
+\bar default
+bsatz\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+,
+\family default
+womit das Menü
+\family sans
+Absatzformat
+\family default
+ geöffnet wird, hinzu.
+ Dort ist es die Karteikarte
+\family sans
+Abstand
+\family default
+.
+ Ein
+\family sans
+VFill
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{VFill}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ erreicht man mit
+\family sans
+Variabler\SpecialChar ~
+Abstand
+\family default
+ für
+\family sans
+Über/Unter dem Absatz
+\family default
+, aber es gibt auch andere Möglichkeiten.
+\layout Standard
+
+Wir werden kein Beispiel für einen
+\family sans
+VFill
+\family default
+ zeigen, weil es Papierverschwendung ist.
+ Er arbeitet so wie die anderen Fülltypen, einschließlich
+\family sans
+HFill
+\family default
+: er füllt den restlichen senkrechten Raum einer Seite mit Leerraum.
+ Gibt es mehrere
+\family sans
+VFill
+\family default
+s auf einer Seite, teilen sie sich den restlichen Leerraum gleichmäßig.
+
+\family sans
+VFill
+\family default
+s kann man deshalb benutzen, wenn man Text auf einer Seite zentrieren will
+ oder ihn 2/3 oder 1/4 usw.\SpecialChar ~
+nach unten plazieren will.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Absatzausrichtung
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Absatzausrichtung}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ ändern
+\layout Standard
+
+Mit dem Menü
+\family sans
+Absatzformat
+\family default
+ können Sie auch die
+\family sans
+Ausrichtung
+\family default
+ eines oder mehrerer Absätze ändern.
+ Sie haben vier Möglichkeiten
+\family sans
+ Blocksatz, Links, Rechts
+\family default
+und
+\family sans
+Zentriert.
+\layout Standard
+
+In den meisten Fällen ist die Voreinstellung
+\family sans
+ Blocksatz
+\family default
+, bei dem der Leerraum zwischen den Worten variabel ist und jede Zeile des
+ Absatzes den Platz zwischen den beiden Rändern ausfüllt.
+ Die drei anderen Ausrichtungen sind selbsterklärend und sehen wie folgt
+ aus:
+\layout Standard
+\align right
+Dieser Absatz ist rechtsbündig,
+\layout Standard
+\align center
+dieser ist zentriert,
+\layout Standard
+\align left
+und dieser ist linksbündig.
+\layout Standard
+
+In einigen Absatzumgebungen ist die Voreinstellung nicht
+\family sans
+Blocksatz
+\family default
+.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Manuelle Seitenumbrüche
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Seitenumbruche@Seitenumbrüche}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:pagebreak}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Wenn Ihnen nicht gefällt, wie LaTeX die Seiten Ihres Dokumentes umbricht,
+ können Sie manuelle Seitenumbrüche einfügen.
+ Im allgemeinen ist das
+\emph on
+nicht
+\emph default
+nötig, weil LaTeX Seitenumbrüche gut gestaltet, wie bereits in Abschnitt
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:widows}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ erwähnt.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Wir empfehlen
+\emph on
+sehr
+\emph default
+,
+\emph on
+keine
+\emph default
+manuellen Seitenumbrüche einzufügen,
+\emph on
+bevor
+\emph default
+das Dokument endgültig fertig ist und Sie sich in der Druckvorschau überzeugt
+ haben, daß Sie die Seitenumbrüche
+\emph on
+wirklich
+\emph default
+ändern müssen.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Natürlich können Sie das auch kapitelweise tun, da ein Kapitel immer auf
+ einer neuen Seite beginnt.
+\end_inset
+
+ Dann können Sie einen manuellen Seitenumbruch vor oder hinter dem Absatz,
+ in dem der Cursor gerade steht, mit den Optionen
+\family sans
+Über
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+Unter
+\family default
+ im Menü
+\family sans
+Absatzformat
+\family default
+ einfügen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Einen manuellen Seitenumbruch werden Sie vielleicht einfügen wollen, damit
+ eine Abbildung oder eine Tabelle auf einer neuen Seite beginnen.
+ Das ist natürlich der falsche Weg.
+ Mit LyX können Sie festlegen, daß Ihre Abbildungen und Tabellen automatisch
+ auf den Beginn einer neuen Seite kommen (oder ans Ende oder auf eine eigene
+ Seite), ohne daß Sie sich darum kümmern müssen, was vor oder nach Ihrer
+ Abbildung oder Tabelle steht.
+ In den Abschnitten
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:figures}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ und
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:tables}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ erfahren Sie mehr über Gleitobjekte.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Geschützte Leerzeichen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Leerzeichen - geschützte}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sub:protblank}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Das geschützte Leerzeichen: Es wird hauptsächlich benutzt, um LyX (und LaTeX)
+ mitzuteilen, die Zeile
+\emph on
+nicht
+\emph default
+zwischen den beiden Worten umzubrechen.
+ Das ist manchmal nötig, um unschöne Zeilenumbrüche zu vermeiden, wie hier:
+
+\layout Quote
+
+Eine gute Dokumentation sollte nicht mehr wiegen als 1
+\newline
+kg.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Offensichtlich ist zwischen der
+\begin_inset Quotes pld
+\end_inset
+
+1
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ und
+\begin_inset Quotes pld
+\end_inset
+
+kg
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ ein geschütztes Leerzeichen angebracht.
+ Ein geschütztes Leerzeichen erhält man mit
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+onderzeichen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+gesch.\SpecialChar ~
+
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+eerzeichen
+\family default
+ oder einfach mit
+\family sans
+Strg+Leertaste.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Manueller Zeilenumbruch
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Zeilenumbruch!manueller}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sub:lbreak}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Manueller Zeilenumbruch: Diesen erhält man mit
+\family sans
+Strg+Return
+\family default
+ oder
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+onderzeichen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+Z
+\bar default
+eilenumbruch.
+
+\family default
+ Sie sollten ihn aber nicht benutzen, um den Zeilenumbruch von LaTeX zu
+ korrigieren, weil LaTeX Zeilenumbrüche
+\emph on
+sehr
+\emph default
+gut gestaltet (siehe Abschnitt
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:pagebreak}
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ Es gibt aber einige Situationen, in denen man manuell umbrechen muß, zum
+ Beispiel bei Gedichten und Adressen (siehe Abschnitte
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:quote}
+
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:verse}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ und
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:adress_usage}
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+\layout Subsection
+
+Horizontale Linien
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{horizontale Linien}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+\line_bottom
+Horizontale Linien über oder unter einem Absatz: sie sind für Überschriften
+ nützlich.
+ Sie können sie im Menü
+\family sans
+Absatzformat
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Über
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+Unter
+\family default
+ einfügen.
+ Hier:
+\layout Standard
+
+ist eine solche Linie.
+\layout Section
+
+Rechtschreibprüfung
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Rechtschreibprufung@Rechtschreibprüfung}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:spellchecking}
+
+\end_inset
+
+LyX selber besitzt keine Rechtschreibprüfung, sondern benutzt das
+\family typewriter
+ispell
+\family default
+-Programm
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Die neueste Version können Sie im Internet unter
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://ficus-www.cs.ucla.edu/ficusmembers/geoff/ispell.html}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ finden, falls sie nicht in Ihrer Distribution ist.
+\end_inset
+
+ oder das neuere und generell bessere
+\family typewriter
+aspell
+\family default
+.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://metalab.unc.edu/kevina/aspell/}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+
+ In der Dokumentation, die zur
+\family typewriter
+ispell
+\family default
+-Distribution gehört, finden Sie Installationsanweisungen und Hinweise zu
+ Wörterbüchern.
+ Sorgen Sie dafür, daß
+\family typewriter
+\shape up
+ispell
+\family default
+\shape default
+ in Ihrem
+\begin_inset Quotes pld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+PATH
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ erreichbar ist.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Die Rechtschreibprüfung können Sie mit
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Rechtschreib
+\bar under
+p
+\bar default
+rüfung
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+\SpecialChar ~
+oder
+\family sans
+F7
+\family default
+ starten.
+ Die Prüfung beginnt automatisch an der Cursorposition.
+ Im Fenster
+\family sans
+Rechtschreibprüfung
+\family default
+ wird das nächste falsch geschriebene (oder unbekannte) Wort, das
+\family typewriter
+ispell
+\family default
+ findet, ins Kästchen
+\family sans
+Unbekanntes\SpecialChar ~
+Wort
+\family default
+ geschrieben.
+ Außerdem wird das Wort markiert und das Textfenster aktualisiert, damit
+ das Wort zu sehen ist.
+ In dem Kästchen
+\family sans
+Ersetzung
+\family default
+ können Sie einen Ersatz eingeben und das falsche/unbekannte Wort mit
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+rsetzen
+\family default
+ ersetzen.
+ Wenn
+\family typewriter
+ispell
+\family default
+ ein
+\begin_inset Quotes pld
+\end_inset
+
+ähnliches
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ Wort kennt, wird es ins Kästchen
+\family sans
+Vorschläge
+\family default
+ geschrieben.
+ Klickt man auf einen Vorschlag, wird er ins
+\family sans
+Ersetzun
+\family default
+g-Kästchen kopiert.
+ Ein Doppelklick auf einen Vorschlag ersetzt das falsche/unbekannte Wort
+ durch ihn.
+ Die einzelnen Knöpfe des Menüs sind ziemlich selbsterklärend:
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+gnorieren
+\series default
+
+\family default
+läßt
+\family sans
+
+\family default
+das von
+\family typewriter
+\shape up
+ispell
+\family default
+\shape default
+ bemängelte Wort, wie es ist, wird es aber wieder bemängeln, wenn es noch
+ einmal vorkommt.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+\bar under
+A
+\bar default
+lle
+\family default
+\SpecialChar ~
+
+\family sans
+ignorieren
+\family default
+ akzeptiert
+\series default
+ das von
+\family typewriter
+\shape up
+ispell
+\family default
+\shape default
+ bemängelte Wort bis zum Ende der Rechtschreibprüfung, ohne es zum persönlichen
+ Wörterbuch hinzuzufügen.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+\bar under
+H
+\bar default
+inzufügen
+\family default
+\series default
+ schreibt das Wort in ein persönliches
+\family typewriter
+ispell
+\family default
+-Wörterbuch.
+
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+rsetzen
+\series default
+
+\family default
+ersetzt das bemängelte Wort durch das, das im Kästchen
+\family sans
+Ersetzung:
+\family default
+ steht.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+Schließen
+\family default
+\series default
+ hört mit der Prüfung auf.
+\layout Standard
+
+Außerdem gibt es eine Anzeige für den Fortschritt der Rechtschreibprüfung.
+\layout Description
+
+Bemerkung: Wenn Sie Fußnoten, Randnotizen oder
+\family sans
+Beschriftung
+\family default
+-Umgebungen auf Schreibfehler prüfen wollen,
+\emph on
+müssen
+\emph default
+Sie sie
+\emph on
+vorher
+\emph default
+öffnen.
+ Das können Sie einfach mit
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+G
+\bar default
+leitobjekt\SpecialChar ~
+öffnen/schließen
+\family default
+ oder
+\family sans
+Strg+I
+\family default
+ machen.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Optionen für die Rechtschreibprüfung
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Rechtschreibprufung@Rechtschreibprüfung}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sub:spell_opt}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Sie können folgende Optionen für die Rechtschreibprüfung festlegen (Menü
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+instellungen
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family sans
+Sprach-Optionen
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Karteikarte
+\family sans
+ Rechtschreibprüfung
+\family default
+.):
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Benutzerschnittstelle Rechtschreibprüfung
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Rechtschreibprufung@Rechtschreibprüfung}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Die verwendete
+\family typewriter
+ispell/aspell
+\family default
+-Datei hängt von der Sprache ab, die im zu prüfenden Dokument verwendet
+ wird.
+ Diese wiederum wurde im Dialogfenster
+\family sans
+ Dokumentformat,
+\family default
+Karteikarte
+\family sans
+ Sprache
+\family default
+ festgelegt.
+ Wenn es für die gewählte Sprache kein Wörterbuch gibt, wird die Rechtschreibprü
+fung erst gar nicht gestartet, leider gibt es auch keine Fehlermeldung.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Man kann auch einen
+\emph on
+link
+\emph default
+ von zum Beispiel
+\family typewriter
+deutsch.(aff|hash)
+\family default
+ nach
+\family typewriter
+german.(aff|hash)
+\family default
+ oder was auch immer auf Ihre Sprache zutrifft definieren.
+ Das ist nötig, weil die
+\family typewriter
+ispell
+\family default
+-Dateien normalerweise Namen in der Muttersprache haben (
+\begin_inset Quotes pld
+\end_inset
+
+deutsch
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+) während
+\family typewriter
+ispell
+\family default
+, wenn es von LyX aus gestartet wird, nach dem englischen Namen der Datei
+ sucht, der vom LaTeX-Babel-Paket benutzt wird (
+\begin_inset Quotes pld
+\end_inset
+
+german
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+).
+\layout Standard
+
+Möglicherweise werden Sie auch Probleme bekommen, wenn die Fontkodierung
+ für das Wörterbuch nicht richtig ist.
+ Wenn Sie eine Sprache mit Latin1-Kodierung benutzen und die
+\family sans
+Kodierung
+\family default
+s-Option im Dialogfenster
+\family sans
+ Dokumentformat
+\family default
+ auch
+\family sans
+Latin1
+\family default
+ (also nicht
+\family sans
+default
+\family default
+) ist, müssen Sie diese Option auch in Ihrem Wörterbuch benutzen.
+ Wenn Ihr Wörterbuch Ihre gewählte Kodierung nicht unterstützt, werden Sie
+ sich sicher darüber wundern, daß richtig geschriebene Worte bemängelt werden.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Es gibt vier Möglichkeiten, das zu vermeiden.
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+Die einfachste ist die
+\family sans
+Eingabekodierung\SpecialChar ~
+verwenden
+\family default
+-Option.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Wenn das nicht hilft, könnten Sie im Dialogfenster
+\family sans
+ Dokumentformat\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Sprache\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+K
+\bar default
+odierung:
+\family default
+ auf
+\family sans
+default
+\family default
+ setzen, bevor Sie die Rechtschreibprüfung starten (was sicher ärgerlich
+ ist).
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+Die dritte Möglichkeit ist, die
+\family typewriter
+Latin1
+\family default
+-Option in der Datei
+\family typewriter
+\emph on
+<
+\family default
+Meine\SpecialChar ~
+Sprache
+\family typewriter
+\emph default
+>.aff
+\family default
+ hinzuzufügen und das Wörterbuch noch einmal zu übersetzen (was sicher nicht
+ einfach ist, wenn Sie
+\family typewriter
+ispell
+\family default
+ mit einer Distribution installiert haben und die
+\family typewriter
+ispell
+\family default
+-Quellen nicht haben).
+ Lesen Sie dazu die
+\family typewriter
+ispell
+\family default
+-Dokumentation!
+\layout Itemize
+
+Die vierte Möglichkeit ist, daß der Pfleger des Wörterbuchs das Problem
+ löst.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Persönliches Wörterbuch
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Worterbuch - personliches@Wörterbuch - persönliches}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+ispell
+\family default
+ benutzt ein persönliches Wörterbuch, in dem Worte gespeichert werden können,
+ die im Hauptwörterbuch nicht gefunden werden konnten.
+ Sonst werden diese Worte immer bemängelt, wenn Sie das Dokument auf Rechtschrei
+bfehler prüfen lassen.
+ Der Name ist normalerweise
+\family typewriter
+$HOME/.ispell_
+\family default
+\emph on
+Sprache
+\emph default
+, wobei
+\emph on
+Sprache
+\emph default
+der
+\emph on
+
+\emph default
+Name des von LyX/LaTeX benutzten globalen Wörterbuches ist (zum Beispiel
+\emph on
+ german
+\emph default
+).
+ Oft ist der Dateiname für das
+\family sans
+default
+\family default
+-Wörterbuch nur
+\family typewriter
+$HOME/.ispell_words
+\family default
+.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Weitere Optionen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Rechtschreibprüfung}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sub:further_options}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Das in
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sub:spell_opt}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ erwähnte Menü hat noch weitere Optionen, die mehr oder weniger selbsterklärend
+ sind:
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+Z
+\bar default
+usammengesetzte\SpecialChar ~
+Wörter\SpecialChar ~
+erlauben
+\family default
+ verhindert, daß
+\family typewriter
+ispell
+\family default
+ zusammengeschriebene Worte als Fehler meldet.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Persönliches\SpecialChar ~
+
+\bar under
+W
+\bar default
+örterbuch
+\family default
+: hier können Sie Ihr persönliches Wörterbuch eingeben.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+'
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+scape'-Zeichen:
+\family default
+ hier können Sie Sonderzeichen definieren, die in Worten auftreten dürfen.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Probleme
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Ihre Rechtschreibprüfung keine internationalen Zeichen akzeptiert,
+ versuchen Sie die
+\family sans
+Eingabekodierung\SpecialChar ~
+verwenden
+\family default
+-Option.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Grenzen
+\layout Standard
+
+Auch wenn
+\family typewriter
+ispell
+\family default
+ zusammengesetzte Worte korrekt erkennt, scheint das von LyX aus nicht immer
+ zu funktionieren.
+ Außerdem ist es überhaupt nicht klar, ob die erste und dritte Option aus
+ Abschnitt
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sub:further_options}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ so wie vermutet arbeiten.
+\layout Standard
+
+Einige Benutzer haben den Wunsch geäußert, die Schreibweise eines Wortes
+ global ändern zu können, anstatt bei jedem Auftreten des Wortes.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\emph on
+Anmerkung von
+\emph default
+\noun on
+Hartmut
+\emph on
+\noun default
+
+\emph default
+\noun on
+Haase
+\noun default
+: Nun, mit dem Menü
+\family sans
+Suchen\SpecialChar ~
+&\SpecialChar ~
+Ersetzen
+\family default
+ ist es zumindest einfacher als mit der Rechtschreibprüfung.
+\end_inset
+
+ Diese Funktion wird für spätere LyX-Versionen in Betracht gezogen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Solange Sie für die Rechtschreibprüfung nicht
+\family typewriter
+pspell
+\family default
+ benutzen, kann LyX keine Dokumente mit mehreren Sprachen prüfen.
+ Mit
+\family typewriter
+pspell
+\family default
+ jedoch geht das, wenn Sie die entsprechenden Teile richtig markiert haben.
+\layout Section
+
+Internationale Unterstützung
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Internationale Unterstützung}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Dieser Abschnitt beschreibt, wie Sie LyX mit jeder gewünschten Sprache benutzen
+ können.
+ Die voreingestellte LyX-Konfiguration arbeitet in der Sprache, die Sie
+ für Ihre graphische Linux-Oberfläche festgelegt haben, der zugehörigen
+ Tastatur, mit der Standard-Papiergröße und einer Rechtschreibprüfung Ihrer
+ Sprache.
+ Sie können von diesen Einstellungen ändern, was Sie wollen, und Sie können
+ sich aussuchen, ob die Änderungen nur für die momentane Sitzung gelten
+ sollen oder Ihre Standardkonfiguration werden soll.
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Ihre Tastatur an Ihre Sprache angepaßt ist (zum Beispiel eine deutsche
+ Tastatur, um in Deutsch zu schreiben), und wenn Sie Ihre graphische Oberfläche
+ richtig eingerichtet haben, müssen Sie LyX nur Ihre Sprache mitteilen,
+ die Zeichenkodierung und die gewünschte Papiergröße.
+ In
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:langlay}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ finden Sie weitere Informationen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Wenn Sie aber eine U.S.-Tastatur haben und nicht Englisch schreiben wollen,
+ können Sie eine andere Tastaturtabelle benutzen.
+ Wenn Sie zum Beispiel eine U.S.-Tastatur haben und Italienisch schreiben
+ wollen, sollten Sie LyX für den Gebrauch einer italienischen Tastaturtabelle
+ konfigurieren.
+ In
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:optkey}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ finden Sie weitere Einzelheiten.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Schließlich wollen Sie vielleicht nur einige Tasten ändern oder eine völlig
+ andere Tastaturtabelle benutzen (für Marsianisch vielleicht).
+ Wenn Sie zum Beispiel im Normalfall italienisch auf einer U.S.-Tastatur schreiben
+, aber hin und wieder etwas Deutsches zitieren wollen, dann können Sie Ihre
+ eigene Tastaturtabelle benutzen oder eine vorhandene modifizieren.
+\layout Standard
+
+Wie Sie LyX an Ihre eigene Sprache anpassen können, liegt
+\emph on
+weit außerhalb
+\emph default
+ dieses Handbuches.
+ Sie können nicht nur die Tastaturtabelle ändern, Sie können auch die Menübeschr
+iftungen an Ihre Sprache anpassen.
+ Wenn Sie mehr über all dies wissen wollen, lesen Sie bitte das Handbuch
+
+\emph on
+Anpassung
+\emph default
+, das Sie unter
+\family sans
+\bar under
+H
+\bar default
+ilfe
+\family default
+finden werden.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Sprachoptionen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Sprachoptionen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:langlay}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Die Dialogfenster
+\family sans
+Dokumentformat
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+Zeichenformat
+\family default
+ haben Optionen für Sprache, Papiergröße und Zeichenkodierung.
+
+\family roman
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Um Ihre Sprache auszuwählen, klicken Sie im Dialogfenster
+\family sans
+Dokumentformat\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Sprache
+\family default
+ auf den Pfeil rechts neben dem
+\family sans
+Sprache
+\family default
+-Kästchen.
+ Voreingestellt ist
+\family sans
+Deutsch
+\family default
+.
+ Suchen Sie Ihre Sprache in der Liste und klicken Sie darauf.
+ Der Sprachname wird ins Kästchen kopiert.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Für LaTeX bedeutet die Wahl einer anderen Sprache als der Standardeinstellung,
+ die Babel-Unterstützung einzuschalten.
+ Wenn bei Ihnen Babel nicht installiert ist, suchen Sie nach einer anderen
+ LaTeX-Distribution.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Mit der Option
+\family sans
+\bar under
+K
+\bar default
+odierung
+\family default
+ können Sie die Zeichenkodierung auswählen.
+ Die Voreinstellung ist
+\family sans
+latin1
+\family default
+, die die Zeichen der westeuropäischen Sprachen enthält (Umlaute, akzentuierte
+ Vokale und ähnliche).
+ Die Möglichkeit
+\family typewriter
+Latin2
+\family default
+ ist für die osteuropäischen Sprachen.
+
+\family typewriter
+Latin5
+\family default
+ schließlich ist für die kyrillische Schrift.
+ Klickt man auf das Kästchen und dann auf die gewünschte Kodierung, so erscheint
+ sie im Kästchen.
+ (In
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:keytab}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ finden Sie mehr über Zeichenkodierung.)
+\layout Standard
+
+Klicken Sie im Dialogfenster
+\family sans
+Dokumentformat\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Seite
+\family default
+ auf das pull-down-Menü
+\family sans
+Papier
+\bar under
+g
+\bar default
+röße:,
+\family default
+um die Wahlmöglichkeiten für die Papiergröße zu sehen.
+ Die Voreinstellung ist
+\family sans
+A4
+\family default
+.
+ Klicken Sie auf die Größe Ihrer Wahl, und sie erscheint im Kästchen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Um Ihre Wahl wirksam zu machen, klicken Sie auf
+\family sans
+OK
+\family default
+ oder
+\family sans
+\bar under
+Ü
+\bar default
+bernehmen
+\family default
+.
+ Die Änderungen bleiben während der momentanen LyX-Sitzung erhalten.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Tastaturtabellen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tastaturtabellen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:optkey}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Über
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family default
+Karteikarte
+\family sans
+Sprach-Optionen
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Karteikarte
+\family sans
+Sprache
+\family default
+ können Sie den Knopf
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+a\SpecialChar \-
+sta\SpecialChar \-
+tur\SpecialChar \-
+ta\SpecialChar \-
+bel\SpecialChar \-
+le
+\family default
+ aktivieren, mit dem Sie die Sprache für Ihre Tastatur auswählen können.
+ Sie können 1
+\family sans
+.
+
+\family default
+und
+\family sans
+\bar under
+2
+\bar default
+.
+
+\family default
+ Tastatursprache festlegen.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Zeichentabellen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Zeichentabellen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:keytab}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Hier ist eine Tabelle mit allen Zeichen des
+\family typewriter
+Latin1
+\family default
+-Zeichensatzes.
+ Sie sollten diese Zeichen direkt mit der Tastatur eingeben können, ohne
+ allzuviele Modifiziertasten benutzen zu müssen (vorausgesetzt, Ihre Tastatur
+ wurde richtig eingestellt).
+ Beachten Sie, daß Sie über
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+okument\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Sprache
+\bar under
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+K
+\bar default
+odierung
+\family default
+
+\family sans
+latin1
+\family default
+ auswählen müssen, um diesen Zeichensatz benutzen zu können, und
+\family sans
+latin2
+\family default
+ für den
+\family typewriter
+Latin2
+\family default
+-Zeichensatz.
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_top 3mm \added_space_bottom 3mm \align center
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\size tiny
+00
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\size tiny
+10
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\size tiny
+20
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\size tiny
+30
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\size tiny
+40
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\size tiny
+50
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\size tiny
+60
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\size tiny
+70
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\size tiny
+80
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\size tiny
+90
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\size tiny
+A0
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\size tiny
+B0
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\size tiny
+C0
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\size tiny
+D0
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\size tiny
+E0
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\size tiny
+F0
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\size tiny
+00
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+0
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+@
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+P
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+'
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+p
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+°
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+À
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Ð
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+à
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+ð
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\size tiny
+01
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+!
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+1
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+A
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Q
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+a
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+q
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+¡
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+±
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Á
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Ñ
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+á
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+ñ
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\size tiny
+02
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+2
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+B
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+R
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+b
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+r
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+¢
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+²
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Â
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Ò
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+â
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+ò
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\size tiny
+03
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+#
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+3
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+C
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+S
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+c
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+s
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+£
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+³
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Ã
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Ó
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+ã
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+ó
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\size tiny
+04
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+$
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+4
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+D
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+T
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+d
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+t
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+¤
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+´
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Ä
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Ô
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+ä
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+ô
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\size tiny
+05
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+%
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+5
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+E
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+U
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+e
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+u
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+¥
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+µ
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Å
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Õ
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+å
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+õ
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\size tiny
+06
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+&
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+6
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+F
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+V
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+f
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+v
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+¦
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+¶
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Æ
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Ö
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+æ
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+ö
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\size tiny
+07
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+`
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+7
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+G
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+W
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+g
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+w
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+§
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+·
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Ç
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+×
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+ç
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+÷
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\size tiny
+08
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+(
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+8
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+H
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+X
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+h
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+x
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+¨
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+¸
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+È
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Ø
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+è
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+ø
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\size tiny
+09
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+)
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+9
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+I
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Y
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+i
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+y
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+©
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+¹
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+É
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Ù
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+é
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+ù
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\size tiny
+0A
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+:
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+J
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Z
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+j
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+z
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+ª
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+º
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Ê
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Ú
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+ê
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+ú
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\size tiny
+0B
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
++
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+;
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+K
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+[
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+k
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+{
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+«
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+»
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Ë
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Û
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+ë
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+û
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\size tiny
+0C
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+,
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+<
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+L
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\backslash
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+l
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+|
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+¬
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+¼
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Ì
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Ü
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+ì
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+ü
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\size tiny
+0D
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+-
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+=
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+M
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+]
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+m
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+}
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+½
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Í
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Ý
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+í
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+ý
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\size tiny
+0E
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+.
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+>
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+N
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+^
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+n
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+~
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+®
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+¾
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Î
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Þ
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+î
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+þ
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\size tiny
+0F
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+/
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+?
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+O
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+_
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+o
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+¯
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+¿
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Ï
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+ß
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+ï
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+ÿ
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Ein paar Dinge müssen Sie über diese Tabelle wissen.
+ Sie wurde manuell -- allerdings -- erzeugt, um alle Zeichen zu drucken.
+ Das ist nicht der Normalfall, bei weitem nicht.
+ Hier sind einige Einzelheiten, die Sie berücksichtigen müssen, wenn Sie
+ Zeichen des
+\family typewriter
+Latin1
+\family default
+-Zeichensatzes benutzen wollen:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Die Zeichen (erstes Zeichen Spalte, zweites Zeile) A2, A4, A5, A6 und AD
+ -- der Cent, das generische Währungssymbol, der Yen, der unterbrochene
+ senkrechte Strich und der kurze Gedankenstrich -- fehlen ganz einfach in
+ der Standardkodierung.
+ Wir wissen weder, wo sie sind, noch, warum das so ist.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Auch wenn Sie
+\family sans
+latin1
+\family default
+ als
+\family sans
+Kodierung
+\family default
+im Dialogfenster
+\family sans
+Dokumentformat
+\family default
+ gewählt haben, aber nur die
+\family typewriter
+OT1
+\family default
+-Fonts für LaTeX (oder die
+\family typewriter
+T1
+\family default
+-Fonts ohne sie zu benutzen) haben, werden Sie noch ein paar Zeichen vermissen:
+ D0, F0, DE, FE, AB und BB -- eth und thorn (jeweils groß und klein) und
+ die französischen Anführungszeichen.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Benutzer der
+\family typewriter
+OT1
+\family default
+-Fonts können die französischen Anführungszeichen (die Zeichen AB und BB)
+ aber bekommen, wenn sie das Paket
+\family typewriter
+umlaute.sty
+\family default
+ oder
+\family typewriter
+german.sty
+\family default
+ in Ihre Dokumente einfügen.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Das gilt für den Fall, wenn Sie diese Zeichen manuell einfügen wollen.
+ Die automatische Anführungszeichenfunktion (siehe Abschnitt
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:quotes}
+
+\end_inset
+
+) wird automatisch LaTeX-Code erzeugen, der an die verfügbaren Fonts und
+ Pakete angepaßt ist.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Es folgt eine Aufstellung aller akzentuierten Zeichen, die LyX direkt darstellen
+ kann.
+ Das sind alle akzentuierten Zeichen von
+\family typewriter
+ISO8859-1
+\family default
+ bis
+\family typewriter
+4
+\family default
+.
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+Aus
+\family typewriter
+ISO8859-1
+\family default
+:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
+\hfill
+diaeresis
+\layout Standard
+
+^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
+\hfill
+circumflex
+\layout Standard
+
+` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
+\hfill
+grave
+\layout Standard
+
+´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
+\hfill
+acute
+\layout Standard
+
+~ Ã Ñ Õ ã ñ õ
+\hfill
+tilde
+\layout Standard
+
+¸Çç
+\hfill
+cedilla
+\layout Standard
+
+¯
+\hfill
+macron
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Die
+\begin_inset Quotes pld
+\end_inset
+
+dead macron
+\begin_inset Quotes prd
+\end_inset
+
+ wird normalerweise nicht benötigt, weil Sie eine
+\begin_inset Quotes pld
+\end_inset
+
+non--dead
+\begin_inset Quotes prd
+\end_inset
+
+-Taste benutzen werden.
+ Zum Beispiel
+\family sans
+Umschalt+Alt+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+/
+\end_inset
+
+-
+\family default
+ oder
+\family sans
+Umschalt+Alt+macron
+\family default
+, wenn
+\family typewriter
+\shape up
+.Xmodmap
+\family default
+\shape default
+ richtig ist.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Aus
+\family typewriter
+ISO8859-2
+\family default
+ bis
+\family typewriter
+4
+\family default
+:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+\i \^{H}
+\i \^{J}
+\i \^{h}
+\i \^{\j}
+\i \^{C}
+\i \^{G}
+\i \^{S}
+\i \^{c}
+\i \^{g}
+\i \^{s}
+
+\hfill
+circumflex
+\layout Standard
+
+\i \'{S}
+\i \'{Z}
+\i \'{s}
+\i \'{z}
+\i \'{R}
+\i \'{L}
+\i \'{C}
+\i \'{N}
+\i \'{r}
+\i \'{l}
+\i \'{c}
+\i \'{n}
+
+\hfill
+acute
+\layout Standard
+
+\i \~{I}
+\i \~{\i}
+\i \~{U}
+\i \~{u}
+
+\hfill
+tilde
+\layout Standard
+
+\i \c{S}
+\i \c{s}
+\i \c{T}
+\i \c{t}
+\i \c{R}
+\i \c{L}
+\i \c{G}
+\i \c{r}
+\i \c{l}
+\i \c{g}
+\i \c{N}
+\i \c{K}
+\i \c{n}
+\i \c{k}
+
+\hfill
+cedilla
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Diese Zeichen sehen auf dem Bildschirm sicher nicht schön aus, dafür aber
+ ausgedruckt umso schöner.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\i \={E}
+\i \={e}
+\i \={A}
+\i \={I}
+\i \={O}
+\i \={U}
+\i \={a}
+\i \={\i}
+\i \={o}
+\i \={u}
+
+\hfill
+macron
+\layout Standard
+
+\i \H{O}
+\i \H{U}
+\i \H{o}
+\i \H{u}
+
+\hfill
+hungarian umlaut
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+All diese Zeichen werden aktiv von TeX-Fonts unterstützt.
+ Zusätzlich erlaubt TeX diakritische Marken auf fast allen Zeichen.
+ Vergewissern Sie sich, daß Sie die
+\family typewriter
+T1
+\family default
+-Fontkodierung benutzen und das Paket
+\family typewriter
+umlaute.sty
+\family default
+ mit der Definitionsdatei
+\family typewriter
+iso.def
+\family default
+ installiert haben.
+\layout Chapter
+
+Die restlichen Befehle
+\layout Section
+
+Die Werkzeugleiste
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Werkzeugleiste}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:Werkzeugleiste}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Die Werkzeugleiste enthält von links nach rechts folgende Menüs und Schaltknöpfe
+:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+pull-down
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+-Menü für die Absatzumgebungen.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/file-open.png
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+:
+\family sans
+Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Ö
+\bar under
+f
+\bar default
+fnen\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/buffer-write.png
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
+
+\end_inset
+
+:
+\family sans
+Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+peichern
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/buffer-print.png
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
+
+\end_inset
+
+:
+\family sans
+Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+rucken\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/cut.png
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
+
+\end_inset
+
+:
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+A
+\bar default
+usschneiden
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/copy.png
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
+
+\end_inset
+
+:
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+K
+\bar default
+opieren
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/paste.png
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
+
+\end_inset
+
+:
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/font-emph.png
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
+
+\end_inset
+
+:
+\family sans
+Hervorhebung
+\family default
+ (
+\family sans
+Alt+Z+H
+\family default
+)
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/font-noun.png
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
+
+\end_inset
+
+:
+\family sans
+Kapitälchen
+\family default
+ (
+\family sans
+Alt+Z+K
+\family default
+)
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/font-free.png
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
+
+\end_inset
+
+: wenn Sie über
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ormat
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+Z
+\bar default
+eichen
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+ den voreingestellten Font geändert haben, können Sie mit einem Klick auf
+ diesen Knopf einzelne Worte oder markierten Text damit formatieren.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/ert-insert.png
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
+
+\end_inset
+
+: (La)T
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{}
+\end_inset
+
+eX-Code einfügen (
+\family sans
+Alt+Z+T
+\family default
+ oder
+\family sans
+Strg+L
+\family default
+)
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{enu:LaTeX-Code-einfügen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/math-mode.png
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
+
+\end_inset
+
+:
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+M
+\bar default
+athe\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+ingebettete Formel (Strg+M)
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/footnote-insert.png
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
+
+\end_inset
+
+:
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ußnote
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/marginalnote-insert.png
+ width 0.9cm
+ height 0.9cm
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
+ rotateOrigin center
+
+\end_inset
+
+:
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+R
+\bar default
+andnotiz
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/depth-increment.png
+ width 0.9cm
+ height 0.9cm
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
+ rotateOrigin center
+
+\end_inset
+
+:
+\family sans
+Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Umgebungstiefe erhöhen
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/graphics-insert.png
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
+ rotateOrigin center
+
+\end_inset
+
+:
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+G
+\bar default
+raf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
+ik\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/tabular-insert.png
+ width 0.9cm
+ height 0.9cm
+ BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
+ rotateOrigin center
+
+\end_inset
+
+:
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+abelle\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\layout Section
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family default
+ \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+
+\family sans
+Versions
+\bar under
+k
+\bar default
+ontrolle
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Versionskontrolle}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+R
+\bar default
+egistrieren\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Siehe
+\emph on
+Profi-Tipps.
+\layout Subsection
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+mportieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+aT
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+eX\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+/
+\bar under
+N
+\bar default
+oWeb\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Datei!importieren}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Siehe
+\emph on
+Profi-Tipps.
+\layout Subsection
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+xportieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+VI/
+\bar under
+H
+\bar default
+TML/
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+aT
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+eX/
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+DF/Pos
+\bar under
+t
+\bar default
+script/
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+enutzerdef\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
+iniert\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Datei!exportieren}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Siehe
+\emph on
+Profi-Tipps.
+
+\emph default
+Welche Typen in der Liste auftauchen, hängt davon ab, welche Pakete zusätzlich
+ zu LyX und LaTeX geladen wurden.
+\layout Subsection
+
+
+\family sans
+Fa
+\bar under
+x
+\bar default
+en
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Das bearbeitete Dokument wird zunächst in eine PostScript®-Datei formatiert
+ und zwischengespeichert.
+ Dann wird ein Programm aufgerufen, mit dem diese zwischengespeicherte PostScrip
+t®-Datei gefaxt werden kann.
+\layout Section
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family default
+ \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+
+\family sans
+Externe A
+\bar under
+u
+\bar default
+swahl einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+als
+\bar under
+Z
+\bar default
+eilen/als
+\bar under
+A
+\bar default
+bsätze
+\layout Standard
+
+Funktioniert wahrscheinlich wie
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+mportieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+ASCII-Text\SpecialChar ~
+als\SpecialChar ~
+Zeilen/Absätze\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\family default
+ (siehe Abschnitt
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sub:ASCII-Dateien-importieren}
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ Dieser Menüpunkt ist aber noch nirgends näher beschrieben.
+\layout Subsection
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+M
+\bar default
+athe\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family default
+ \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Hiermit kann man mathematische Ausdrücke bearbeiten, wenn man sich im Mathematik
+-Editor befindet.
+ die einzelnen Punkte sollten selbsterklärend sein.
+ Ansonsten lesen Sie bitte in Kapitel
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{cha:Mathe-Formeln}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ nach.
+\layout Subsection
+
+
+\family sans
+T
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+e
+\bar under
+X
+\bar default
+ prüfen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{TeX!prufen@prüfen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Siehe
+\emph on
+Profi-Tipps.
+\layout Subsection
+
+
+\family sans
+Alle Fe
+\bar under
+h
+\bar default
+lermarken entfernen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Fehlermarken entfernen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Damit können Sie alle Fehlermarken, die nach einem LaTeX-Lauf in Ihr LyX-Dokumen
+t eingefügt wurden, auf einmal entfernen.
+\layout Section
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family default
+ \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+M
+\bar default
+athe\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+C
+\bar default
+ases/AMS align, alignat, f\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
+lalign
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+gather
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+ multline-Umgebung
+\layout Standard
+
+Diese Menüpunkte sind noch nirgends näher beschrieben außer in
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.ams.org}
+
+\end_inset
+
+, aber Sie können sie ruhig ausprobieren.
+\layout Subsection
+
+
+\family sans
+St
+\bar under
+i
+\bar default
+chwort\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Index}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Siehe
+\emph on
+Profi-Tipps.
+\layout Subsection
+
+
+\family sans
+T
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+e
+\bar under
+X
+\bar default
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{TeX}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Siehe Abschnitt
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:Werkzeugleiste}
+
+\end_inset
+
+, Punkt
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{enu:LaTeX-Code-einfügen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ und
+\emph on
+Profi-Tipps.
+\layout Subsection
+
+
+\family sans
+Mini
+\bar under
+p
+\bar default
+age
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Minipage}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Siehe
+\emph on
+Profi-Tipps.
+\layout Subsection
+
+
+\family sans
+Gleit
+\bar under
+o
+\bar default
+bjekte\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Algorithmus
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Algorithmus}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Funktioniert ähnlich wie die anderen Gleitobjekte, ist aber noch nirgends
+ näher beschrieben.
+ In der Druckausgabe sieht man oberhalb des Objektes einen etwas dickeren,
+ darunter zwei dünnere Striche über die ganze Seitenbreite.
+\layout Subsection
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+atei
+\family default
+
+\family sans
+einfügen
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+ \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+
+\family sans
+Ly
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+X Dokument\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Damit können Sie ein anderes LyX-Dokument in ein bestehendes LyX-Dokument
+ einbinden.
+ Die Dokumentklasse des eingesetzten Dokuments geht allerdings verloren.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+
+\family sans
+ASCII
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{ASCII}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ als
+\bar under
+Z
+\bar default
+eilen/
+\bar under
+A
+\bar default
+SCII als Absätze\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Funktioniert genauso wie
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+mportieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+ASCII\SpecialChar ~
+Text\SpecialChar ~
+als\SpecialChar ~
+Zeilen/Absätze
+\family default
+ (siehe Abschnitt
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sub:ASCII-Dateien-importieren}
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+\layout Subsection
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+xternes Material\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Damit können Sie andere Dateien mit den unterschiedlichsten Dateitypen einfügen.
+ Es kann und wird aber so sein, daß nicht alles druckaufbereitet werden
+ kann wie zum Beispiel eine
+\family typewriter
+.xpm
+\family default
+-Datei.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Diese können Sie aber mit
+\family typewriter
+xfig
+\family default
+ (s.
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sub:xfig-und-LyX}
+
+\end_inset
+
+) oder OpenOffice in eine .
+\family typewriter
+eps
+\family default
+-Datei exportieren.
+ Wahrscheinlich gibt es noch andere Programme, die das tun.
+\end_inset
+
+ Dieser Menüpunkt ist aber noch nirgends näher beschrieben.
+\layout Section
+
+
+\family sans
+Ans
+\bar under
+i
+\bar default
+cht\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family default
+ \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+DF
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+\bar under
+A
+\bar default
+ktualisieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+DF
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{PDF}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Siehe
+\emph on
+Profi-Tipps.
+\layout Subsection
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+DF (dvipdf
+\bar under
+m
+\bar default
+)
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+\bar under
+A
+\bar default
+ktualisieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+DF (dvipdf
+\bar under
+m
+\bar default
+)
+\family default
+
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{PDF (dvipdfm)}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Dieser Menüpunkt ist noch nirgends näher beschrieben.
+\layout Subsection
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+aT
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+eX-Protokoll
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{LaTeX-Protokoll}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Siehe
+\emph on
+Profi-Tipps.
+\layout Subsection
+
+
+\family sans
+T
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+e
+\bar under
+X
+\bar default
+-Informationen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{TeX!-Informationen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Dieser Menüpunkt ist noch nirgends näher beschrieben.
+\layout Section
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+N
+\bar default
+avigieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family default
+ \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+
+\family sans
+Abbildung
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Abbildung}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ und
+\family sans
+Tabelle
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tabelle}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Damit gelangen Sie direkt zur ausgewählten Abbildung oder Tabelle.
+\layout Subsection
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ehler
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Fehler}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Siehe
+\emph on
+Profi-Tipps.
+\layout Subsection
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+N
+\bar default
+otiz
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Notiz}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Damit gelangen Sie von einer Notiz zur nächsten.
+\layout Subsection
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+R
+\bar default
+eferenzen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Referenzen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Damit gelangen Sie von einem Querverweis zum nächsten.
+\begin_inset Note
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\noun on
+HHa
+\noun default
+: oder auch nicht!
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+esezeichen
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Lesezeichen}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family default
+ \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Damit können Sie bis zu drei Lesezeichen setzen und dorthin gehen.
+\layout Section
+
+
+\family sans
+Do
+\bar under
+k
+\bar default
+umente
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Dokumente}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Hier ist eine Liste aller geöffneten Dokumente.
+ Das gerade bearbeitete ist mit einem Häkchen versehen, und Sie können eines
+ der anderen zur Bearbeitung nach vorn holen.
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+\layout Chapter
+
+Danksagung
+\layout Standard
+
+Viele haben etwas zur Dokumentation beigetragen.
+ Zunächst müssen wir uns bei denen bedanken, die
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+vor uns
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ waren.
+ Sie gaben uns die Basis, auf der die neuen Handbücher aufgebaut wurden,
+ und einige von ihnen liefern heute noch Informationen:
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\noun on
+Matthias Ettrich
+\noun default
+ schrieb die ursprüngliche Dokumentation, aus der sich dieser Text entwickelt
+ hat, ebenso die Einleitung zu diesem Text (das
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+LyX-Manifest
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+, wie es manche nennen).
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\noun on
+Lars Gullik Bjønnes
+\noun default
+ schrieb mehrere Mini-Dokumentationen, insbesondere diejenigen über die
+ Unterstützung von anderen Sprachen in LyX.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\noun on
+Ivan Schreter
+\noun default
+ schrieb auch einiges zu den internationalen Versionen von LyX, insbesondere
+ zu Tastaturtabellen und Anpassung.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\noun on
+Pascal André
+\noun default
+ schrieb die ursprüngliche Dokumentation der LinuxDoc SGML-Schnitt\SpecialChar \-
+stelle.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\noun on
+Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
+\noun default
+ entwarf die erste Dokumentation des Mathematik-Edi\SpecialChar \-
+tors und stellte die
+ Einträge für das
+\emph on
+Referenzhandbuch
+\emph default
+ zusammen.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Ein besonderer Dank geht an das LyX-Team\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{lyxcredit}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ für Hilfe und Antworten auf Fragen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Und nun zum
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+LyX-Dokumentations-Team
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Das sind all diejenigen, die mitgeholfen haben, die LyX-Do\SpecialChar \-
+ku\SpecialChar \-
+men\SpecialChar \-
+ta\SpecialChar \-
+tion nach
+ der Version 0.10 in die Form neu- und umzuschreiben, die sie heute hat:
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\noun on
+David Johnson
+\noun default
+:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Beiträge zur FAQ
+\layout Itemize
+
+Generelle Hilfe beim Editieren.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Dokumentation von:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Mathematik-Modus
+\layout Itemize
+
+Tabellen
+\layout Itemize
+
+Rechtschreibprüfung
+\layout Standard
+
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+ im
+\emph on
+Benutzerhandbuch
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\noun on
+Rich Fields
+\noun default
+:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Hauptautor im
+\emph on
+Referenzhandbuch
+\layout Itemize
+
+Dokumentation der grundlegenden Benutzerschnittstelle im
+\emph on
+Benutzerhandbuch
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\noun on
+Paul Evans
+\noun default
+:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Ehemaliger Verwalter der FAQ
+\layout Itemize
+
+Dokumentation von LinuxDoc im
+\emph on
+Benutzerhandbuch
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\noun on
+Paul Russel:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Dokumentation von Abbildungen und Grafikimport im
+\emph on
+Benutzerhandbuch
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\noun on
+John Raithel
+\noun default
+:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Dokumentation der Möglichkeiten zur Internationalisierung im
+\emph on
+Benutzerhandbuch
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\noun on
+Robin Socha:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Dokumentation von:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Fußnoten
+\layout Itemize
+
+Randnotizen
+\layout Itemize
+
+Inhaltsverzeichnissen
+\layout Itemize
+
+Querverweisen
+\layout Standard
+
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+ im
+\emph on
+Benutzerhandbuch
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\noun on
+Amir Karger
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Hauptautor des
+\emph on
+Tutorium
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\noun on
+Matthias Zenker:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Dokumentation von:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+manuellen Feineinstellungen
+\layout Itemize
+
+Verwendung von LaTeX in LyX
+\layout Standard
+
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+ im
+\emph on
+Benutzerhandbuch
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\noun on
+John Weiss
+\noun default
+:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Generelle Organisation und Format der Dokumente
+\layout Itemize
+
+Dokumentation von:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+LyX-Setup
+\layout Itemize
+
+Absatzumgebungen, Dokumentenlayout, Schachtelungen, Hinweise zu Typographie
+ und Zeichensätzen
+\layout Standard
+
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+ mit einigen kleinen Änderungen an
+\noun on
+Matthias Ettrich
+\noun default
+s Einleitungskapitel im
+\emph on
+Benutzerhandbuch
+\emph default
+.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Auch verantwortlich für die Einleitung im
+\emph on
+Tutorium
+\layout Itemize
+
+Editor der Dokumentation (von 6/96 bis Herbst 97)
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Nach dem Herbst 1997 übernahm das LyX-Team als Ganzes die Betreuung der
+ Dokumentation.
+\layout Bibliography
+\bibitem {lyxcredit}
+
+The LyX source tree.
+ File: CREDITS.
+\layout Bibliography
+\bibitem {latexbook}
+
+Leslie Lamport.
+
+\emph on
+LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
+
+\emph default
+Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
+\layout Bibliography
+\bibitem {latexcompanion}
+
+Michel Goossens, Frank Mittelbach and Alexander Samarin:
+\emph on
+The LaTeX Companion.
+
+\emph default
+Addison-Wesley, 1994
+\layout Bibliography
+\bibitem {latexguide}
+
+A Guide to LaTeX2e, Kopka and Daly.
+
+\layout Bibliography
+\bibitem {texbook}
+
+Donald E.
+ Knuth.
+
+\emph on
+The TeXbook
+\layout Bibliography
+\bibitem {latex-einführung}
+
+Helmut Kopka:
+\emph on
+LaTeX, Band 1 -- Einführung, 2., überarbeitete Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
+lage
+\emph default
+.
+ Addison-Wesley, 1996
+\layout Bibliography
+\bibitem {Mathebefehle}
+
+Uwe Stöhr: Mathebefehle für LyX, 2003
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\lang ngerman
+
+\begin_inset Note
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\lang ngerman
+Damit der Index den Namen
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Stichwortverzeichnis
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ erhält, wurde im LaTeX-Vorspann
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series bold
+\lang ngerman
+
+\backslash
+usepackage[german]{babel}
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series bold
+\lang ngerman
+
+\backslash
+addto
+\backslash
+captionsgerman {
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+indexname} {Stichwortverzeichnis}}
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\lang ngerman
+eingefügt.
+ Denn voreingestellt ist
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Index
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\lang ngerman
+Das Paket
+\series bold
+babel
+\series default
+ sorgt dafür, dass die Beschriftungen in der ausgewählten Sprache erscheinen.
+ Ehe man Beschriftungen ändern kann, muss es geladen werden.
+ Außerdem wird
+\series bold
+babel
+\series default
+ von LyX automatisch nach dem LaTeX-Vorspann geladen.
+ Das ruft aber keine Probleme hervor.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\lang ngerman
+Möchte man andere Beschriftungen ändern, ersetzt man
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+indexname
+\series default
+ durch
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+<Beschriftungs>name
+\series default
+.
+ Eine Auflistung der möglichen Namen findet man unter
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\lang ngerman
+http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=fixnam
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\lang ngerman
+Möchte man Beschriftungen für andere Sprachen ändern, ersetzt man
+\series bold
+german
+\series default
+ durch die Dokumentsprache und
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series bold
+\lang ngerman
+
+\backslash
+captionsgerman
+\series default
+ durch
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+captions<Dokumentsprache>
+\series default
+.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\lang german
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \printindex{}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\lang ngerman
+
+\begin_inset Note
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\lang ngerman
+Das LaTeX-Paket
+\series bold
+tocbibind
+\series default
+, dass im LaTeX-Vorspann mit der Zeile
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series bold
+\lang ngerman
+
+\backslash
+usepackage[nottoc]{tocbibind}
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\lang ngerman
+geladen wurde, sorgt dafür, dass der Index im Inhaltsverzeichnis erscheint.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\lang ngerman
+Die Option
+\series bold
+nottoc
+\series default
+ verhindert, dass das Wort
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Inhaltsverzeichnis
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ selbst im Inhaltsverzeichnis erscheint.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\the_end
--- /dev/null
+#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
+\lyxformat 221
+\textclass article
+\language english
+\inputencoding default
+\fontscheme default
+\graphics default
+\paperfontsize default
+\spacing single
+\papersize Default
+\paperpackage a4
+\use_geometry 0
+\use_amsmath 0
+\use_natbib 0
+\use_numerical_citations 0
+\paperorientation portrait
+\secnumdepth 3
+\tocdepth 3
+\paragraph_separation indent
+\defskip medskip
+\quotes_language english
+\quotes_times 2
+\papercolumns 1
+\papersides 1
+\paperpagestyle default
+
+\layout Title
+
+LyX Documentation Table of Contents
+\layout Section*
+
+Introducción a LyX
+\newline
+o
+\newline
+Cómo usar esta documentación
+\layout Description
+1
+Navegando por la documentación
+\layout Description
+2
+El formato de los manuales
+\layout Description
+3
+Los manuales
+\layout Description
+4
+
+
+Contribuir al proyecto de documentación
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+Informar de errores en los manuales
+\layout Description
+4.2
+Unirse al Equipo de Documentación
+\end_deeper
+\layout Section*
+
+LyX Frequently Asked Questions with Answers
+\newline
+Version 0.3.7
+\layout Description
+1
+Introduction and General Information
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.1
+What is LyX?
+\layout Description
+1.2
+That's fine, but is it useful?
+\layout Description
+1.3
+Where do I start?
+\layout Description
+1.4
+Does LyX run on my computer?
+\layout Description
+1.5
+How much hard disk space does LyX need?
+\layout Description
+1.6
+Is LyX really Open Source?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2
+Internet Resources
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+Where should I look on the World Wide Web for LyX stuff?
+\layout Description
+2.2
+Where can I get LyX material by FTP?
+\layout Description
+2.3
+What mailing lists are there?
+\layout Description
+2.4
+Are the mailing lists archived anywhere?
+\layout Description
+2.5
+Okay, wise guy! Where are they archived?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+Compatibility with other word/document processors
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Can I read/write LaTeX files?
+\layout Description
+3.2
+Can I read/write Word files?
+\layout Description
+3.3
+Can I read/write HTML files?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+Obtaining and Compiling LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+What do I need?
+\layout Description
+4.2
+How do I compile it?
+\layout Description
+4.3
+I hate compiling.
+ Where are precompiled binaries?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Questions about Evil Red Text (IMPORTANT!)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+What is Evil Red Text (aka ERT)?
+\layout Description
+5.2
+How do I enter Evil Red Text?
+\layout Description
+5.3
+The new ERT inset is really inconvenient !
+\layout Description
+5.4
+Is there an alternative?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6
+Questions Related to Using LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1
+General questions
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.1
+How do I get rid of the date under the title?
+\layout Description
+6.1.2
+How do I change the spacing in an Itemize/\SpecialChar \-
+Enumerate/\SpecialChar \-
+Description list environment
+?
+\layout Description
+6.1.3
+How do I number equations by section?
+\layout Description
+6.1.4
+Is it possible to do this for figures and tables as well?
+\layout Description
+6.1.5
+How do I change to footnote numbers to symbols (star, dagger, etc.)?
+\layout Description
+6.1.6
+How do I kill widows and orphans?
+\layout Description
+6.1.7
+How do I get a formatted list which starts with e.g.
+ 1.
+ a)?
+\layout Description
+6.1.8
+How do I count words in LyX?
+\layout Description
+6.1.9
+How do I insert a fixed amount of horizontal space?
+\layout Description
+6.1.10
+How can I make citations show up as [1,2,3,6] or [1-3,6] rather than [1][2][3][6
+]?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.2
+Figure related questions
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.2.1
+What is the difference between a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+figure
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ and a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+figure float
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+?
+\layout Description
+6.2.2
+How do I get LyX to put the figure exactly where I want it?
+\layout Description
+6.2.3
+What does
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Too many unprocessed floats
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ mean?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3
+Math related questions
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3.1
+How do I put normal text inside a mathematical equation?
+\layout Description
+6.3.2
+How do I make a cube root (or higher)?
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7
+Questions Related to Running LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.1
+How do I convert LyX files to LaTeX from the command line?
+\layout Description
+7.2
+How do I create PDF files from my LyX document?
+\layout Description
+7.3
+Why do the fonts in my document look so bad in
+\family typewriter
+acroread
+\family default
+ ?
+\layout Description
+7.4
+Why doesn't my latest and greatest version of Ghostscript render EPS inline
+ figures properly?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+8
+Questions Related to LyX on Windows
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.1
+Why do the menus and the toolbar flicker ?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+9
+How to get further assistance
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+9.1
+You still haven't answered my question!
+\layout Description
+9.2
+I want to mail someone about my problem.
+
+\layout Description
+9.3
+What to put in a request for help.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+10
+Administrative information and acknowledgments
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+10.1
+Feedback is invited.
+
+\layout Description
+10.2
+Formats in which this FAQ is available.
+
+\layout Description
+10.3
+Authorship and acknowledgments.
+\layout Description
+10.4
+Disclaimer and Copyright.
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Section*
+
+Tutorial de LyX
+\layout Description
+1
+Introducción
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.1
+¡Bienvenido a LyX!
+\layout Description
+1.2
+Qué
+\emph on
+es
+\emph default
+ este tutorial y qué
+\emph on
+no
+\emph default
+
+\emph on
+es
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.2.1
+Para aprovechar al máximo el tutorial
+\layout Description
+1.2.2
+Qué
+\emph on
+no
+\emph default
+ vas a encontrar
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.3
+¿Qué es LyX?
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.3.1
+Visión general
+\layout Description
+1.3.2
+Diferencias entre LyX y los procesadores de texto usuales
+
+
+\layout Description
+1.3.3
+¿Qué diablos es LaTeX?
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2
+Empezando con LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+Tu primer documento LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1.1
+Escribiendo, viendo e imprimiendo
+\layout Description
+2.1.2
+Operaciones sencillas
+\layout Description
+2.1.3
+WYSIWYM: el espacio en blanco en LyX
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.2
+Entornos
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.2.1
+Secciones y subsecciones
+\layout Description
+2.2.2
+Listas y sublistas
+\layout Description
+2.2.3
+Más entornos: estrofas, citas y otros
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+Escribiendo documentos
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Clases de texto y modelos
+\layout Description
+3.2
+Modelos: escribir una carta
+\layout Description
+3.3
+Título del documento
+\layout Description
+3.4
+Etiquetas y referencias cruzadas
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.1
+Tu primera etiqueta
+\layout Description
+3.4.2
+Tu primera referencia
+\layout Description
+3.4.3
+Más diversión con etiquetas
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.5
+Notas a pie de página y notas al margen
+\layout Description
+3.6
+Bibliografía
+\layout Description
+3.7
+Índice general
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+Usando las matemáticas
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+El modo matemático
+\layout Description
+4.2
+Navegando por una ecuación
+\layout Description
+4.3
+Exponentes e índices
+\layout Description
+4.4
+El
+\family sans
+Panel de Fórmulas
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4.1
+Símbolos y letras griegas
+\layout Description
+4.4.2
+Raíces cuadradas, tildes y delimitadores
+\layout Description
+4.4.3
+Fracciones
+\layout Description
+4.4.4
+Modo TeX: Límites, logaritmos, senos y otros
+\layout Description
+4.4.5
+Matrices
+\layout Description
+4.4.6
+El modo demostración
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5
+Ecuaciones de varias líneas
+\layout Description
+4.6
+Más cosas sobre matemáticas
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Misceláneo
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+Otras características importantes de LyX
+\layout Description
+5.2
+LyX para usuarios de LaTeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.1
+Modo TeX
+\layout Description
+5.2.2
+Importar documentos LaTeX:
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\layout Description
+5.2.3
+Convertir documentos LyX a LaTeX
+\layout Description
+5.2.4
+Preámbulo LaTeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.4.1
+Clase de documento
+\layout Description
+5.2.4.2
+Otros aspectos del preámbulo
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.5
+BibTeX
+\layout Description
+5.2.6
+Misceláneo
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3
+¡Errores!
+\end_deeper
+\layout Section*
+
+The LyX User's Guide
+\layout Description
+1
+Introduction
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.1
+What is LyX?
+\layout Description
+1.2
+Getting Started
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.2.1
+Invoking LyX
+\layout Description
+1.2.2
+How LyX Looks
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.2.2.1
+The Main Window
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.2.3
+HELP!
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.3
+The LyX Interface
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.3.1
+Basic File Operations
+\layout Description
+1.3.2
+Basic Editing Features
+\layout Description
+1.3.3
+Undo and Redo
+\layout Description
+1.3.4
+Basic Mouse Bindings
+\layout Description
+1.3.5
+Basic Key Bindings
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.4
+Using LyX with Other Programs
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.4.1
+Importing ASCII files
+\layout Description
+1.4.2
+Cut and Paste Between LyX and Other X Programs
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2
+LyX Setup and Supporting Applications
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+2.2
+Basic LyX Setup
+\layout Description
+2.3
+Setting Up the X Keyboard
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.3.1
+
+\family typewriter
+xmodmap
+\family default
+ and
+\family typewriter
+xkeycaps
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.3.1.1
+
+\family typewriter
+xmodmap
+\layout Description
+2.3.1.2
+
+\family typewriter
+xkeycaps
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.3.2
+Modifiers and Mode_switch
+\layout Description
+2.3.3
+Helpful Hints and Tips
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.4
+LaTeX
+\layout Description
+2.5
+Dvips and Ghostscript
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.5.1
+What You Need
+\layout Description
+2.5.2
+Dvips
+\layout Description
+2.5.3
+Ghostscript, Xdvi and Ghostview
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.6
+The Printer
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+LyX Basics
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Document Types
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+3.1.2
+
+
+The Various Document Classes
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1.2.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+3.1.2.2
+Selecting a Class
+\layout Description
+3.1.2.3
+Properties
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1.3
+Fine-tuning the Defaults
+\layout Description
+3.1.4
+Paper Size, Orientation, and Margins
+\layout Description
+3.1.5
+Important Note:
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.2
+Paragraph Indentation and Separation
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.2.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+3.2.2
+Global Indentation Method
+\layout Description
+3.2.3
+Fine-Tuning
+\layout Description
+3.2.4
+Changing Line Spacing
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3
+Paragraph Environments
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+3.3.2
+Standard
+\layout Description
+3.3.3
+Document Titles
+\layout Description
+3.3.4
+Headings
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.1
+Numbered Headings
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.2
+Unnumbered Headings
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.3
+Changing the Numbering
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.4
+Special Information
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.5
+Creating an Appendix
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.5
+Quotes and Poetry
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.5.1
+
+\family sans
+Quote
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Quotation
+\layout Description
+3.3.5.2
+
+\family sans
+Verse
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.6
+Lists
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.1
+General Features
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.2
+
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.3
+
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.4
+
+\family sans
+Description
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.5
+The LyX
+\family sans
+List
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.7
+Letters
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.7.1
+
+\family sans
+Address
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Right\SpecialChar ~
+Address
+\family default
+: An Overview
+\layout Description
+3.3.7.2
+Usage
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.8
+Academic Writing
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.8.1
+
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\layout Description
+3.3.8.2
+
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.9
+Special Purpose
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.9.1
+
+\family sans
+Caption
+\layout Description
+3.3.9.2
+
+\family sans
+LyX-Code
+\layout Description
+3.3.9.3
+Comment
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4
+Nesting Environments
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.1
+The Big Deal
+\layout Description
+3.4.2
+What You Can and Can't Nest
+\layout Description
+3.4.3
+Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
+\layout Description
+3.4.4
+Usage and General Features
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.4.1
+Nesting limits
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.5
+Some Examples
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.5.1
+Example #1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
+\layout Description
+3.4.5.2
+Example #2: Inheritance
+\layout Description
+3.4.5.3
+Example #3: Labels, Levels, and the
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\family default
+ Environments.
+\layout Description
+3.4.5.4
+Example #4: Going Bonkers
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.5
+Fonts and Text Styles
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.5.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+3.5.2
+Global Options
+\layout Description
+3.5.3
+Using Different Character Styles
+\layout Description
+3.5.4
+Fine-Tuning with the
+\family sans
+Character Layout
+\family default
+ dialog
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.6
+Printing and Previewing
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.6.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+3.6.2
+Quick Viewing with
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\layout Description
+3.6.3
+Viewing the PostScript® Version with
+\family typewriter
+ghostview
+\layout Description
+3.6.4
+Printing the File
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7
+A Few Words about Typography
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7.1
+Hyphens and Hyphenation
+\layout Description
+3.7.2
+Punctuation Marks
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7.2.1
+Abbreviations and End of Sentence
+\layout Description
+3.7.2.2
+Quotes
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7.3
+Ligatures
+\layout Description
+3.7.4
+Widows and Orphans
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+Floats: Tables, Figures, Footnotes and Margin Notes
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+Footnotes
+\layout Description
+4.2
+Margin Notes
+\layout Description
+4.3
+Figures and Imported Graphics
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3.1
+Figure Floats
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3.1.1
+Using Figure Floats
+\layout Description
+4.3.1.2
+Float Placement
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3.2
+
+\family typewriter
+XFig
+\family default
+ and LyX
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4
+Tables
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4.1
+The Table dialog
+\layout Description
+4.4.2
+What can be placed inside a table cell?
+\layout Description
+4.4.3
+Cut & Paste in Tables
+\layout Description
+4.4.4
+Multiple lines in cells
+\layout Description
+4.4.5
+Table Floats
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5
+Table of Contents and other Listings
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.1
+The Table of Contents
+\layout Description
+4.5.2
+List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Mathematical Formulae
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+Basic Math Editing
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1.1
+Navigating a Formula
+\layout Description
+5.1.2
+Selecting Text
+\layout Description
+5.1.3
+Exponents and Subscripts
+\layout Description
+5.1.4
+Fractions
+\layout Description
+5.1.5
+Sums and Integrals
+\layout Description
+5.1.6
+The Math Panel
+\layout Description
+5.1.7
+Other Math Symbols
+\layout Description
+5.1.8
+Altering spacing
+\layout Description
+5.1.9
+Math functions
+\layout Description
+5.1.10
+Accents
+\layout Description
+5.1.11
+The math editor for LaTeX users
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2
+Brackets and decorations
+\layout Description
+5.3
+Grouping
+\layout Description
+5.4
+Arrays and Multi-line Equations
+\layout Description
+5.5
+Equation Numbering and Labels
+\layout Description
+5.6
+User defined macros in math mode
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.6.1
+Directions on using macros
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.6.1.1
+How to create them
+\layout Description
+5.6.1.2
+How to navigate
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.7
+Fine-Tuning
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.7.1
+Typefaces
+\layout Description
+5.7.2
+Math Text Mode
+\layout Description
+5.7.3
+Font Sizes
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.8
+AMS LaTeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.8.1
+Enabling AMS Support
+\layout Description
+5.8.2
+AMS Symbols
+\layout Description
+5.8.3
+AMS Formula Types
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6
+More Tools
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1
+Cross-References
+\layout Description
+6.2
+URLs (Uniform Resource Locators)
+\layout Description
+6.3
+Specifying Short Titles with Optional Arguments
+
+
+\layout Description
+6.4
+Spacing, pagination and line breaks
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.1
+Extra Horizontal Space
+\layout Description
+6.4.2
+Extra Vertical Space
+\layout Description
+6.4.3
+Changing Paragraph Alignment
+\layout Description
+6.4.4
+Forcing Page Breaks
+\layout Description
+6.4.5
+Protected blanks
+\layout Description
+6.4.6
+Line breaking
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.5
+Spellchecking
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.5.1
+Spellchecker Options
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.5.1.1
+Dictionary
+\layout Description
+6.5.1.2
+Personal dictionary
+\layout Description
+6.5.1.3
+Further Options
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.5.2
+Limitations
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.6
+International Support
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.6.1
+Language Options
+\layout Description
+6.6.2
+Keyboard mapping configuration
+\layout Description
+6.6.3
+Character Tables
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7
+Credits
+\layout Section*
+
+Extended LyX Features
+\layout Description
+1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+2
+LyX and LaTeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+How LyX Uses LaTeX
+\layout Description
+2.2
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Help! LyX generated an unreadable
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+ file!
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+2.3
+Translating LaTeX files into LyX
+\layout Description
+2.4
+Inserting LaTeX Code into LyX Documents
+
+
+\layout Description
+2.5
+LyX and the LaTeX Preamble
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.5.1
+About the LaTeX Preamble
+\layout Description
+2.5.2
+Changing the Preamble
+\layout Description
+2.5.3
+Examples
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.5.3.1
+Example #1: Offsets
+\layout Description
+2.5.3.2
+Example #2: Labels
+\layout Description
+2.5.3.3
+Example #3: Paragraph Indentation
+\layout Description
+2.5.3.4
+Example #4: This Document
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.6
+LyX and LaTeX Errors
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+Supplemental Tools
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Preparing a Bibliography with BibTeX
+\layout Description
+3.2
+Making an Index
+\layout Description
+3.3
+Multipart Documents
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.1
+General Operation
+\layout Description
+3.3.2
+Cross-References Between Files
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4
+Algorithms
+\layout Description
+3.5
+Subfigures
+\layout Description
+3.6
+Fancy Headers and Footers
+\layout Description
+3.7
+Minipages
+\layout Description
+3.8
+Wrapping Text Around Figures
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.9
+Extra Table Options
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.9.1
+Removing Extra Column Space
+\layout Description
+3.9.2
+Changing the Column Separator Character
+\layout Description
+3.9.3
+Making a Decimal Point Aligned Column
+\layout Description
+3.9.4
+A Better Decimal-Alignment Solution
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.10
+Itemize Bullet Selection
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.10.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+3.10.2
+How it looks
+\layout Description
+3.10.3
+How to use it
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+Special Document Classes
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+AMS LaTeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1.1
+What these layouts provide
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.2
+Dinbrief
+\layout Description
+4.3
+Paper
+\layout Description
+4.4
+A&A Paper
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.4.2
+Getting started
+\layout Description
+4.4.3
+The header block
+\layout Description
+4.4.4
+The abstract
+\layout Description
+4.4.5
+Supported environments
+\layout Description
+4.4.6
+Commands not supported by LyX
+\layout Description
+4.4.7
+Figure and Table Floats
+\layout Description
+4.4.8
+Referee layout
+\layout Description
+4.4.9
+The example paper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5
+AASTeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.5.2
+Starting a New Paper
+\layout Description
+4.5.3
+Finishing Your Paper
+\layout Description
+4.5.4
+Comments On Specific Commands
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.4.1
+Things that work as expected
+\layout Description
+4.5.4.2
+Things that work, but require more comment
+\layout Description
+4.5.4.3
+Things not implemented, use ERT
+\layout Description
+4.5.4.4
+Things that cannot be implemented
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.5
+FAQs, Tips, Tricks, and Other Ruminations
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.1
+Getting LyX and AASTeX to cooperate
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.2
+LaTeX error processing a table
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.3
+References
+
+
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.4
+Including EPS files
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.5
+Things I could have done, but didn't
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.6
+Final Caveat
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.6
+ijmpd
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.6.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+4.6.2
+Writing a paper
+\layout Description
+4.6.3
+Preparing a paper for submission
+\layout Description
+4.6.4
+Use of ERT
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.7
+Kluwer
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.7.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+4.7.2
+Writing a paper
+\layout Description
+4.7.3
+Preparing a paper for submission
+\layout Description
+4.7.4
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Peculiarities
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ of the Kluwer package
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.8
+Koma-Script
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.8.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+4.8.2
+article (koma-script), report (koma-script), and book (koma-script)
+\layout Description
+4.8.3
+letter (koma-script)
+\layout Description
+4.8.4
+The new letter class: letter (koma-script v.2)
+\layout Description
+4.8.5
+Problems
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.9
+Springer Journals (
+\family sans
+svjour
+\family default
+)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.9.1
+Description
+\layout Description
+4.9.2
+New styles
+\layout Description
+4.9.3
+Supported journals
+\layout Description
+4.9.4
+Credits
+\layout Description
+4.9.5
+Bugs
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.10
+AGU journals (
+\family sans
+aguplus
+\family default
+)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.10.1
+Description
+\layout Description
+4.10.2
+New styles
+\layout Description
+4.10.3
+New floats
+\layout Description
+4.10.4
+Supported journals
+\layout Description
+4.10.5
+Bugs and things to remember
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.11
+EGS journals (
+\family sans
+egs
+\family default
+)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.11.1
+Description
+\layout Description
+4.11.2
+New styles
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12
+Slides [aka
+\noun on
+Sli
+\noun default
+TeX]
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.12.2
+Getting Started
+
+
+\layout Description
+4.12.3
+Paragraph Environments
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.3.1
+Supported Environments
+\layout Description
+4.12.3.2
+Quirks of the New Environments
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.4
+Making a Presentation with
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+ Overlay
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Note
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.4.1
+Using the
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+ Environment
+\layout Description
+4.12.4.2
+Using
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+ with
+\family sans
+Slide
+\layout Description
+4.12.4.3
+Using
+\family sans
+Note
+\family default
+ with
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.5
+The
+\family sans
+slides
+\family default
+ Class Template File
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13
+Foils [aka
+\family sans
+Foil
+\family default
+\noun on
+TeX
+\noun default
+]
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.13.2
+Getting Started
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.2.1
+Extra Options
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.3
+Supported Environments
+\layout Description
+4.13.4
+Building a Set of Foils
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.1
+Give It a Title Page
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.2
+Start a New Foil
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.3
+Theorems, Lemmas, Proofs and more
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.4
+Lists
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.5
+Figures and Tables
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.6
+Page Headers and Footers
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.5
+Unsupported
+\family sans
+Foil
+\family default
+TeX Goodies
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.5.1
+Lengths
+\layout Description
+4.13.5.2
+Headers and Footers
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.14
+Latex8 (IEEE Conference Papers)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.14.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.14.2
+Getting Started
+\layout Description
+4.14.3
+Supported Environments
+\layout Description
+4.14.4
+Differences Between Screen and Paper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.15
+Hollywood (Hollywood spec scripts)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.15.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.15.2
+Special problems
+\layout Description
+4.15.3
+Special features
+\layout Description
+4.15.4
+Paper size and Margins
+\layout Description
+4.15.5
+Environments
+\layout Description
+4.15.6
+Script jargon
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.16
+Broadway
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.16.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.16.2
+Special problems
+\layout Description
+4.16.3
+Special features
+\layout Description
+4.16.4
+Paper size and Margins
+\layout Description
+4.16.5
+Environments
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.17
+RevTeX4
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.17.1
+Installation
+\layout Description
+4.17.2
+Preamble Matter
+\layout Description
+4.17.3
+Layouts
+\layout Description
+4.17.4
+Important Notes
+\layout Description
+4.17.5
+Drawbacks
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.18
+Article (mwart), book (mwbk) and report (mwrep)
+
+
+\layout Description
+4.19
+Elsevier Journals
+\layout Description
+4.20
+Memoir
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.20.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+4.20.2
+Basic features and restrictions
+\layout Description
+4.20.3
+Extra features
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Importing and Exporting Alternate File Formats
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+Considerations
+\layout Description
+5.2
+Importing Other Formats
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.1
+LaTeX
+\layout Description
+5.2.2
+ASCII Text
+\layout Description
+5.2.3
+Noweb
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3
+Exporting Other Formats
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3.1
+LaTeX
+\layout Description
+5.3.2
+Device Independent Files
+\layout Description
+5.3.3
+PostScript®
+\layout Description
+5.3.4
+ASCII text
+\layout Description
+5.3.5
+HTML
+\layout Description
+5.3.6
+PDF
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.1
+Use pdfLaTeX
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.2
+Why does the text look so bad when viewed with Acrobat Reader?
+
+
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.3
+Why doesn't the
+\backslash
+boldsymbol{} command work when I use pslatex?
+
+
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.4
+Is it possible to do write latex code which is processed only when running
+ pdfLaTeX?
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.5
+How can I make URLs clickable ?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3.7
+Custom
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4
+The Complete reLyX Description
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.1
+Synopsis
+\layout Description
+5.4.2
+Options
+\layout Description
+5.4.3
+Description
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.2
+Usage
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.3
+What reLyX Can Handle
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.4
+What reLyX Can't Handle --- But it's OK
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.5
+What reLyX Handles Badly --- a.\SpecialChar ~
+k.\SpecialChar ~
+a.
+ BUGS
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.6
+What LyX Can't Handle
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.4
+Examples
+\layout Description
+5.4.5
+Notes
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.1
+Bug Reports
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.2
+Implementation Details:
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.3
+Layout Files
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.4
+Syntax Files
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.5
+Miscellaneous
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.6
+Diagnostics
+\layout Description
+5.4.7
+Warnings
+\layout Description
+5.4.8
+Files
+\layout Description
+5.4.9
+See also
+\layout Description
+5.4.10
+Authors
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6
+LyX Features needing Extra Software
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1
+Using LyX with SGML-Tools (aka LinuxDoc)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+6.1.2
+Preparing and using a LinuxDoc document
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.2.1
+Getting started
+\layout Description
+6.1.2.2
+Output from LinuxDoc
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.3
+Using the paragraph environments in LinuxDoc
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.3.1
+The Structure of a LinuxDoc Document
+\layout Description
+6.1.3.2
+The LinuxDoc Paragraph Environments
+\layout Description
+6.1.3.3
+Other document features
+\layout Description
+6.1.3.4
+Cross references and HTML
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.4
+Using the LinuxDoc Sgml scripts
+
+
+\layout Description
+6.1.5
+Troubleshooting LinuxDoc
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.2
+Checking TeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.2.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+6.2.2
+How to use it
+\layout Description
+6.2.3
+How to fine tune it
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3
+Version Control in LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+6.3.2
+RCS commands in LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.1
+
+\family sans
+Register
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.2
+
+\family sans
+Check In Changes
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.3
+
+\family sans
+Check Out For Edit
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.4
+
+\family sans
+Revert To Last Version
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.5
+
+\family sans
+Undo Last Checkin
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.6
+
+\family sans
+Show History
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4
+Literate Programming
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+6.4.2
+Literate Programming
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.2.1
+References
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.3
+LyX and Literate Programming
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.1
+Generating documents and code (weaving and tangling)
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.2
+Configuring LyX
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.3
+Debug extensions
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.4
+Toolbar extensions
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.5
+Colors customization
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7
+Secrets of the LaTeX Masters
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.1
+Tricks for Footnotes and Margin Notes
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.1.1
+Footnotes
+\layout Description
+7.1.2
+Margin Notes
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.2
+Multiple Columns
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.2.1
+Purpose
+\layout Description
+7.2.2
+Limitations
+\layout Description
+7.2.3
+Examples
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.2.3.1
+Two columns
+\layout Description
+7.2.3.2
+Multiple columns
+\layout Description
+7.2.3.3
+Columns inside columns
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.3
+Numbering in the
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+ Paragraph Environment
+
+
+\layout Description
+7.4
+Extra Space Between Table Rows
+\layout Description
+7.5
+Dropped Capitals
+\layout Description
+7.6
+Non-standard Paragraph Shapes
+\layout Description
+7.7
+Summary
+\end_deeper
+\layout Section*
+
+Customizing LyX: Features for the Advanced User
+\layout Description
+1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+2
+LyX configuration files
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+What's in
+\family typewriter
+LyXDir
+\family default
+?
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1.1
+Automatically generated files
+\layout Description
+2.1.2
+Directories
+\layout Description
+2.1.3
+Files you don't want to modify
+\layout Description
+2.1.4
+Other files needing a line or two...
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.2
+Your local configuration directory
+\layout Description
+2.3
+Running LyX with multiple configurations
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+The
+\family sans
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+references
+\family default
+ dialog
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Using the dialog for the first time
+\layout Description
+3.2
+On-screen fonts
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.2.1
+DPI setting and Font Zoom
+\layout Description
+3.2.2
+Font definition commands
+\layout Description
+3.2.3
+Font encoding
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3
+Bindings
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.4
+User Interface
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.5
+Converters, Formats and Viewers
+\layout Description
+3.6
+ASCII export options
+\layout Description
+3.7
+Printer
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7.1
+Changing Colors
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.8
+The autodetected settings
+\layout Description
+3.9
+The rest
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+Internationalizing LyX
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+Selecting an alternative language for the user interface
+\layout Description
+4.2
+Translating LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.2.1
+Translating the graphical user interface (text messages).
+\layout Description
+4.2.2
+Translating the documentation.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3
+International Keyboard Support
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3.1
+Defining Own Keymaps: Keymap File Format
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4
+International Keymap Stuff
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4.1
+The .kmap File
+\layout Description
+4.4.2
+The .cdef File
+\layout Description
+4.4.3
+Dead Keys
+\layout Description
+4.4.4
+Saving your Language Configuration
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Installing New Document Classes, Layouts, and Templates
+
+
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+Installing a new LaTeX package
+\layout Description
+5.2
+Layouts
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.1
+Supporting new document classes
+\layout Description
+5.2.2
+A layout for an
+\family sans
+sty
+\family default
+ file
+\layout Description
+5.2.3
+Layout for a
+\family sans
+cls
+\family default
+ file
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3
+Declaring a new text class
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3.1
+General text class parameters
+\layout Description
+5.3.2
+
+\family typewriter
+ClassOptions
+\family default
+ section
+\layout Description
+5.3.3
+Specific Paragraph Layouts
+\layout Description
+5.3.4
+Floats
+\layout Description
+5.3.5
+Counters
+\layout Description
+5.3.6
+Font description
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4
+Creating Templates
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6
+Including External Material
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1
+Background
+\layout Description
+6.2
+How does it work?
+\layout Description
+6.3
+The external material dialog
+\layout Description
+6.4
+Examples
+\layout Description
+6.5
+The external template configuration file
+\layout Description
+6.6
+The substitution mechanism
+\layout Description
+6.7
+Security discussion
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7
+The LyX Server
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+7.2
+Starting the LyX Server
+\layout Description
+7.3
+Normal communication
+\layout Description
+7.4
+Notification
+\layout Description
+7.5
+The simple LyX Server Protocol
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+8 \start_of_appendix
+Bindings
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.1
+Toolbar
+\layout Description
+8.2
+Menu
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.2.1
+File
+\layout Description
+8.2.2
+Edit
+\layout Description
+8.2.3
+Insert
+\layout Description
+8.2.4
+Layout
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.2.4.1
+L
+\family sans
+ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Character
+\family default
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.2.5
+View
+\layout Description
+8.2.6
+Navigate
+\layout Description
+8.2.7
+Help
+\layout Description
+8.2.8
+Paragraph Style
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.3
+Keyboard
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.3.1
+Specific to
+\family typewriter
+emacs.bind
+\layout Description
+8.3.2
+Specific to
+\family typewriter
+cua.bind
+\layout Description
+8.3.3
+Specific to
+\family typewriter
+sciword.bind
+\layout Description
+8.3.4
+Standard math bindings
+\layout Description
+8.3.5
+Other Accelerators
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+
+\the_end
--- /dev/null
+#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
+\lyxformat 221
+\textclass scrbook
+\begin_preamble
+\usepackage{multicol}
+\end_preamble
+\language basque
+\inputencoding latin1
+\fontscheme pslatex
+\graphics default
+\paperfontsize default
+\spacing single
+\papersize a4paper
+\paperpackage a4
+\use_geometry 0
+\use_amsmath 0
+\use_natbib 0
+\use_numerical_citations 0
+\paperorientation portrait
+\secnumdepth 3
+\tocdepth 3
+\paragraph_separation indent
+\defskip medskip
+\quotes_language english
+\quotes_times 2
+\papercolumns 1
+\papersides 2
+\paperpagestyle default
+
+\layout Title
+
+LyX pertsonalizatzea:
+\newline
+erabiltzaile aurreratuentzako ezaugarriak
+\layout Author
+
+egilea: LyX taldea
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Fitxategi honen arduradun nagusia
+\noun on
+Mike Ressler
+\noun default
+ da.
+ Bidali iradokizunak edo erroreei buruzko zuzenketak LyX dokumentazioko
+ posta-zerrendara : <lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org>.
+
+\newline
+Itzulpena: Iñaki Larrañaga Murgoitio, <dooteo@euskalgnu.org>, 2004.
+
+\newline
+Zuzenketak: Hizkuntza Politikarako Sailburuordetza, <hizpol@ej-gv.es>, 2004
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Chapter
+
+Sarrera
+\layout Standard
+
+Eskuliburu honek pertsonaliza ditzakezun LyX-eko ezaugarriak azaltzen ditu.
+ Berton, teklatuko laster-teklak, pantailako aurrebistaren aukerak, inprimagailu
+aren aukerak, LyX-i (LyX zerbitzariaren bitartez) aginduak bidaltzea, nazioartek
+o hizkuntzak, LaTeX klaseak eta LyX diseinu berriak instalatzea, eta bestelako
+ gauza batzuetaz mintzatuko gara.
+ Baliteke alda dezakezun guztia ez azaltzea, gure garatzaileek ezaugarri
+ berriak horiei buruzko dokumentazioa prestatu baino azkarrago sortzen baitira.
+ Hala ere, gehien pertsonalizatzen diren gauzak azalduko ditugu, eta, zorionez,
+ korapilotsua gerta dakizukeen arloan egokiro bideratzen lagunduko dizugu.
+\layout Chapter
+
+LyX-en konfigurazioko fitxategiak
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{kapi:konfig}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Kapitulu honen xedea da LyX-en konfigurazioko fitxategien artean zure bidea
+ aurkitzen laguntzea.
+ Kapitulu hau irakurtzen jarraitu aurretik, LyX-eko liburutegien direktorioa
+ non kokatzen den aurkitu beharko zenuke, horretarako erabili
+\family sans
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+aguntza\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Ly
+\bar under
+X
+\bar default
+-i\SpecialChar ~
+buruz
+\family default
+ menua.
+ Direktorio horretan LyX-ek bere konfigurazioko fitxategien sistema osoa
+ dago, eta dokumentu honetan
+\family typewriter
+LyXDir
+\family default
+ esaten diogu.
+\layout Section
+
+Zer dago LyXDir-en?
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+LyXDir
+\family default
+-en, eta beraren azpidirektorioetan, hainbat fitxategi dago, eta LyX-en
+ jokaera pertsonalizatzeko erabil ditzakezu.
+ Fitxategi horietariko asko LyX bertatik alda ditzakezu,
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+H
+\bar default
+obespenak
+\family default
+ menua erabiliz.
+
+\family sans
+Hobespenak
+\family default
+ leihoan LyX-en pertsonalizatzeko nahi dituzun ia gauza guztiak egoki ditzakezu.
+ Hala ere, LyX-eko beste gauza batzuk
+\family typewriter
+LyXDir
+\family default
+ direktorioko fitxategiak aldatuta pertsonaliza ditzakezu.
+ Horiek honako azpiatal hauetan azaltzen diren kategoria ezberdinetan sailkatzen
+ dira.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Automatikoki sortutako fitxategiak
+\layout Standard
+
+Fitxategi hauek LyX konfiguratzen duzunean sortzen dira.
+ Lehenetsitako hainbat balio edukitzen dute, eta zure sistemaren gain egindako
+ ikuskapenetik kalkulatzen dira.
+ Orokorrean, ez da komeni horiek aldatzea, zeren eta edozein unetan gainidatzita
+ gelditu baitaitezke.
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family typewriter
+lyxrc.defaults
+\family default
+: hainbat komandorentzako balio lehenetsiak ditu.
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family typewriter
+packages.lst
+\family default
+: LyX-ek ezagutu dituen paketeen zerrenda bat dauka.
+ Gaur egun, LyX programak fitxategi honek duen informazioa jaso eta
+\family sans
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+aguntza\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+aTeX\SpecialChar ~
+konfigurazioa
+\family default
+ eskuliburuan bistaratzeko erabiltzen du.
+
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family typewriter
+textclass.lst
+\family default
+: zure
+\family typewriter
+layout/
+\family default
+ direktorioan aurkitu diren testu-klaseen zerrenda da, dagokien LaTeX dokumentu-
+klase eta azalpenekin batera.
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family typewriter
+doc/LaTeXConfig.lyx
+\family default
+:
+\family typewriter
+LaTeXConfig.lyx.in
+\family default
+ fitxategia konfiguratzerakoan automatikoki sortzen da.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Direktorioak
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family typewriter
+bind/
+\family default
+ Direktorio honek
+\family typewriter
+.bind
+\family default
+ luzapenak dituzten fitxategiak dauzka; horiek LyX-en erabiltzen diren laster-te
+klak definitzen dituzte (ikusi
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:lasterbideak}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+atala).
+ Norberaren hizkuntzera (internazionalizatutakoa ere deitzen zaio) moldatutako
+ laster-teklen fitxategirik badago, lehenbizi hori erabiliko da.
+ Xehetasun gehiagorako, ikusi
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{kapi:i18n}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+kapitulua eta
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:lasterbideak}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+atala .
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family typewriter
+clipart
+\family default
+/ Dokumentuetan gehitu daitezkeen fitxategi grafikoak ditu.
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family typewriter
+doc/
+\family default
+ LyX-eko dokumentazioaren fitxategiak ditu (une honetan irakurtzen ari zarena
+ barne).
+
+\family typewriter
+LaTeXConfig.lyx
+\family default
+ fitxategiak, arestian azaldu den bezala, arreta berezia eskatzen du.
+ Laguntzako dokumentazioak hizkuntza batera itzulita badaude, fitxategi-izenen
+ aurretik
+\family typewriter
+$LANG_
+\family default
+ edukitzen dute, lehenbizi itzulitako horiek erabiliko dira.
+ Xehetasun gehiagorako, ikusi
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{kapi:i18n}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+kapitulua .
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family typewriter
+examples/
+\family default
+ Ezaugarri batzuk nola erabiltzen diren azaltzen duten adibideen fitxategiak
+ dauzka.
+ Adibideen zerrenda ikusteko, klikatu fitxategien arakatzailean
+\family sans
+Adibideak
+\family default
+ botoian .
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family typewriter
+images/
+\family default
+
+\family sans
+Dokumentu-ezarpenak
+\family default
+ leihoan erabiltzen diren irudien fitxategiak ditu.
+ Gainera, tresna-barrako eta iragarkiaren (LyX abiatzen denean erakusten
+ dena) ikonoak ditu.
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family typewriter
+kbd/
+\family default
+ Teklatuarentzako mapen fitxategiak ditu.
+ Xehetasun gehiagorako, ikusi
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:teklatmapa}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+atala .
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family typewriter
+layouts/
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{kapi:testu-klaseak}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+kapituluan azaltzen diren testu-klaseen fitxategiak ditu.
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family typewriter
+reLyX/
+\family default
+ reLyX-en fitxategiak dauzka.
+ reLyX LaTeX-eko fitxategiak LyX formatura bihurtzen ditu.
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family typewriter
+scripts/
+\family default
+ Kanpo-materiala funtzioaren gaitasunak erakusten duten fitxategiak ditu.
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family typewriter
+templates/
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:txantiloiak}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+kapituluan azaltzen diren LyX-eko txantiloi estandarrak ditu.
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family typewriter
+tex/
+\family default
+ LyX-ekin banatzen diren LaTeX cls motako fitxategiak ditu.
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family typewriter
+ui/
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+.ui
+\family default
+ luzapena duten fitxategiak ditu, LyX-entzako erabiltzailearen interfazea
+ definitzen dute, hau da, fitxategiok zein menutan eta tresna-barran zein
+ elementu agertu behar duten definitzen dute.
+ Xehetasun gehiagorako, ikusi
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:ui}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+kapitulua .
+\layout Subsection
+
+Fitxategi hauek ez aldatu
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-ek bere barruan erabiltzen dituen fitxategi batzuk daude, eta garatzailea
+ ez bazara ez zaizu hauek aldatzea komeni.
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family typewriter
+CREDITS
+\family default
+ Fitxategi honek LyX-eko garatzaileen zerrenda dauka.
+ Honen edukia
+\family sans
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+aguntza\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+yX-i\SpecialChar ~
+buruz
+\family default
+ menuarekin irekitzen den leihoan aurkezten da.
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family typewriter
+chkconfig.ltx
+\family default
+ Hau konfigurazio prozesuan erabiltzen den LaTeX-eko script bat da.
+ Ez exekutatu zuzenean.
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family typewriter
+configure
+\family default
+ Hau LyX birkonfiguratzeko erabiltzen den script-a da.
+ Exekutatu den direktorioan konfigurazioko fitxategiak sortzen ditu.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Lerro bat edo bi behar duten fitxategiak\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family typewriter
+encodings
+\family default
+ Honek karaktere kodeketa ezberdina Unicode-ra nola mapatu daitezken azaltzen
+ dituzten taulak ditu.
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family typewriter
+external_templates
+\family default
+ Honek
+\family sans
+Kanpo-materiala
+\family default
+ funtzio berriak eskaintzen dituen txantiloiak ditu.
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family typewriter
+languages
+\family default
+ Fitxategi honek gaur egun LyX-en onartuta dauden hizkuntza guztien zerrenda
+ dauka.
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family typewriter
+lyxrc.example
+\family default
+ Hau erabat zaharkituta dago, garai bateko hobespenenetarako fitxategia
+ zen.
+ Laster desagertuko da, hurrean.
+\layout Section
+
+Zure konfigurazio lokaleko direktorioa
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX programa erabiltzaile arrunt gisa erabiltzen baduzu, noizbait LyX-en
+ kofigurazioa aldatzu nahi izango duzu zure erabilerarentzako.
+
+\family typewriter
+ErabDir
+\family default
+ direktorioak zure konfigurazioaren fitxategi guztiak ditu.
+ Direktorio hau
+\family sans
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+aguntza\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+yX-i\SpecialChar ~
+buruz
+\family default
+ menuko leihoa agertzen den "erabiltzailearen direktorioa" da.
+ Direktorio hau
+\family typewriter
+LyXDir
+\family default
+-en ispilu bezala erabiltzen da, hau da,
+\family typewriter
+ErabDir
+\family default
+-en aurkitzen den fitxategi bakoitza
+\family typewriter
+LyXDir
+\family default
+-eko dagokion fitxategiaren ordezko bat da.
+ Arestian azaldu den konfigurazioko edozein fitxategi sistema osoko direktorioan
+ kokatu daiteke, eta horrela erabiltzaile guztiei eragingo die, edo bestela
+ zure erabilerarentzako direktorio lokalean.
+\layout Standard
+
+Gauzak argiago azalteko, adibide gutxi batzuk jarriko dizkizugu:
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+H
+\bar default
+obespenak
+\family default
+ menuko leihoan ezarritako hobespenak
+\family typewriter
+ErabDir
+\family default
+-eko
+\family typewriter
+preferences
+\family default
+ fitxategian gordetzen dira.
+\layout Itemize
+
+LyX konfiguratzen duzunean
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+irkonfiguratu
+\family default
+ erabiliz, LyX-ek
+\family typewriter
+configure
+\family default
+ exekutatzen du, eta emaitzeko fitxategiak zure konfigurazio lokaleko direktorio
+an gordetzen ditu (ekimen honek eragiten duen
+\family typewriter
+preferences
+\family default
+-eko ezarpenen zerrenda
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:autodetektatuta}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+atalean ikusi ahalko duzu).
+ Honek esanahi du
+\family typewriter
+ErabDir/layouts
+\family default
+ direktoriopean gehitzen dituzun testu-klaseak
+\family sans
+Dokumentu-ezarpenak
+\family default
+ leihoko klaseen zerrendan gehituko direla.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Halaber, etxean (direktorio pertsonalean) LaTeX dokumentu-klaseak instalatu
+ badituzu, eta LaTeX zure
+\family typewriter
+TEXINPUTS
+\family default
+ bide-izenean aurkitzeko gai bada, horiek zure testu-klaseen zerrendan azalduko
+ dira
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-ek edo zuk
+\family typewriter
+.layout
+\family default
+fitxategian sartzen dituzun hainbat sarreren arabera, noski
+\end_inset
+
+.
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+LyX-eko ftp zerbitzaritik eguneratutako dokumentazioa eskuratzen baduzu,
+ eta sistemako arduraduna ez zarenez zure sisteman ezin baduzu instalatu,
+ kopiatu fitxategiok
+\family typewriter
+ErabDir/doc/
+\family default
+ direktoriopean, eta
+\family sans
+Laguntza
+\family default
+ menuko elementuek irekiko dituzte!
+\layout Section
+
+LyX hainbat konfiguraziorekin exekutatzen
+\layout Standard
+
+Konfigurazio lokaleko direktorioaren konfigurazio askatasuna ez da nahikoa
+ izango aldi berean konfigurazio bat baino gehiago zure esku eduki nahi
+ badituzu.
+ Adibidez, aldi bakoitzean laster-tekla edo inpimagailuaren ezarpenak erabil
+ deitzakezu.
+ Hori lortzeko direktorio batzuk eduki beharko dituzu.
+ Orduan, exekuzio-garaian zein direktorio erabili behar den zehaztu beharko
+ duzu.
+\layout Standard
+
+Komando lerroan LyX programari
+\family typewriter
+-userdir
+\family default
+ <
+\emph on
+direktorio-bat
+\emph default
+> aukerarekin deitzen bazaio, <
+\emph on
+direktorio-bat
+\emph default
+> direktorioko konfigurazio-fitxategiak irakurtzera bultzatuko duzu (bestela,
+ komando lerroan LyX aukerarik gabe deitzen bada, lehenespeneko direktorioa
+ hartuko du oinarritzat).
+ <
+\emph on
+direktorio-bat
+\emph default
+> direktorioa ez balego, LyX-ek zure ordez sortuko luke, lehenetsitako direktori
+oa sortzen duen bezalaxe, programa lehen aldiz abiatzen denean.
+
+\family typewriter
+Erabdir
+\family default
+ gehigarri honetan konfigurazioko aukerak alda ditzakezu, lehenespeneko
+ direktorioan aldatuko zenituzkeen antzera.
+ Direktorio hauek bata bestearengatik askeak dira (baina jarraian irakurtzen
+ dira).
+ Ohartu zaitez
+\family typewriter
+LYX_USERDIR_13x
+\family default
+ inguruneko aldagaia balio hauetariko batekin ezartzeak antzeko eragina
+ duela.
+\layout Standard
+
+Hainbat konfigurazio edukitzeak guztiak zaindu beharra izatea eskatzen du:
+
+\family typewriter
+Erabdir/layouts
+\family default
+ direktorian diseinu berri bat gehitu nahi baduzu, eta hori zure konfigurazio
+ guztietan eskuragarri eduki nahi izanez gero, diseinuari dagokion fitxategia
+ direktorio bakoitzean gehitu beharko duzu.
+ Lan guzti hori sahiesteko, honako hau egin behar duzu: behin LyX-ek direktorio
+ gehigarri bat sortzen duenean, azpidirektorio gehienak (ikus arestian)
+ hutsik egoten dira.
+ Konfigurazio berri bat existitzen den beste baten
+\emph on
+ispilua
+\emph default
+ izateko erabili esteka sinbolikoa.
+ Argi ibili
+\family typewriter
+doc/
+\family default
+ azpidirektorioarekin, zeren eta honek konfigurazioko fitxategiak baititu
+ (hautatu
+\family sans
+\bar under
+ E
+\bar default
+ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+irkonfiguratu
+\family default
+ menua konfigurazioa automatikoki eguneratzeko, xehetasun gehiago
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:autodetektatuta}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+atalean) eta sistemaren arabera konfigurazio-fitxategiak bereziki sortzen
+ dira.
+ Beraz, ez sortu
+\family typewriter
+doc/
+\family default
+ azpidirektorioaren esteka sinbolikorik.
+\layout Description
+
+Itzultzailearen\SpecialChar ~
+oharra: esteka sinbolikoak sortzeko komando lerroan (shell
+ batean) honako agindu hau lantzen da:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ln -s /jator_bidea/direktorio1 /helbur_bidea/direktorio2
+\layout Standard
+
+non
+\family typewriter
+direktorio1
+\family default
+-ra iristeko bide-izen osoa (
+\family typewriter
+jator_bidea
+\family default
+) idaztea komeni den, eta honen esteka
+\family typewriter
+direktorio2
+\family default
+ izenarekin sortuko den estekaren bide-izen osoa (
+\family typewriter
+helbur_bidea
+\family default
+) ere zehaztu behar den.
+ Batzuetan, erabiltzaile bakoitzak erabakitzen du;
+\family typewriter
+direktorio1
+\family default
+-ek eta
+\family typewriter
+direktorio2
+\family default
+-k izen berdina eduki dezakete (baldin eta
+\family typewriter
+jator_bidea
+\family default
+ eta
+\family typewriter
+helbur_bidea
+\family default
+ ezberdinak badira, bederen).
+ Adibidez, LyX-eko konfigurazioari dagokion esteka sinbolikoa sortzeko honako
+ komando hau erabili nuen:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ln -s /home/dooteo/.lyx/layouts /home/dooteo/lyx01/layouts
+\layout Standard
+
+Hor bigarren konfigurazioari dagokion direktorioa
+\family typewriter
+lyx01
+\family default
+ izendatuta nuen.
+ Agindu hau landu ostean,
+\family typewriter
+.lyx/layouts
+\family default
+ direktoriopean gehitzen dudan guztia
+\family typewriter
+lyx01/layouts
+\family default
+ direktorioan (ispilu baten antzekoa) ere
+\emph on
+gehituta
+\emph default
+ legoke.
+ Honela,
+\family typewriter
+.lyx/layouts
+\family default
+ direktoriopeko diseinuaren fitxategi bat ezabatzen badut,
+\family typewriter
+lyx01/layouts
+\family default
+ direktorioan ere desagertuko da.
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Chapter
+
+Hobespenak leihoa
+\layout Section
+
+Leihoa lehen aldiz erabiltzea
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+ErabDir/preferences
+\family default
+ fitxategiak jatorrizko jokaeraren aldaketak bakarrik ditu.
+ Horietariko batzuk LyX-eko iturburuan kodetuta daude; beste batzuk, berriz,
+ sistemako
+\family typewriter
+LyXDir/lyxrc.defaults
+\family default
+ fitxategian daude.
+ Jabetu zaitez bi fitxategiotan "
+\family typewriter
+#
+\family default
+" ikurrarekin hasten diren lerroak, iruzkinak direnez, ez direla interpretatuak
+ izango.
+ Hala ere,
+\family typewriter
+LyXDir/lyxrc
+\family default
+ fitxategia sistemako arduradunak bakarrik edita dezake.
+ Erabiltzaileek fitxategia sortu eta aldatzeko,
+\family sans
+Editatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Hobespenak
+\family default
+ leihoa erabili beharko dute.
+\layout Standard
+
+Uste dugu
+\family sans
+Hobespenak
+\family default
+ leihoak bere burua nahiko ongi azaltzen duela.
+ Komando gehienek dagokien iruzkina dutenez, probak egiteko ez duzu arazo
+ handirik izango.
+ Komando garrantzitsu batzuk beherago azaltzen hasi aurretik, ohar garrantzitsua
+ egingo dizugu.
+ Egiten dituzun aldaketa batzuk egin eta
+\family sans
+Aplikatu
+\family default
+ botoian sakatuta (adibidez pantailako letra-tipoak), berehalako eragina
+ izaten dute.
+ Beste batzuek (adib.
+ laster-teklen fitxategia aldatzea) ez dute zuzeneko eraginik izango.
+ Ezer aldatu ez dela iruditzen bazaizu, aldaketak
+\family sans
+Gorde
+\family default
+ eta LyX berrabiarazi.
+\layout Section
+
+Pantailako letra-tipoak
+\layout Standard
+
+Zure dokumentuak LyX-eko pantailan erakusteko erabiltzen den letra-tipoa
+ oso garrantzitsua da, zure dokumentu guztiak letra-tipo honekin irakurtzen
+ arituko baitzara.
+ Horrela, dokumentua irakurtzeko, letra-tipoa eroso eta ahalik eta politena
+ izateak bere garrantzia dauka.
+ Zuretzat lehenespenez ahalik eta letra-tipo onena eskaintzen saiatzen da
+ LyX taldea, baina X11 sistema guztiak ezberdinak direnez, gerta daiteke
+ lehenetsitako letra-tipoa zure sistemako egokiena ez izatea.
+ Zorionez, hori konpontzeko, zerbait egin dezakezu.
+ Nola egiten den azaldu baino lehenago, letra-tipoei buruz gehiago ikasi
+ beharko zenuke, horrela letra-tipoak aukeratzeko hobeto prestatuta egongo
+ baitzara; gainera, zure sistemak eskaintzen dituenak eta atsegin dituzunen
+ arteko zerbait izaten da.
+\layout Standard
+
+Atal honek LyX-eko leihoan (pantailan) agertzen diren letra-tipoe aztertuko
+ ditu.
+ Inprimatutako edo aurrebistako letra-tipoek ez dute zerikusirik LyX-en
+ pantailako letra-tipoekin, dokumentu-klaseak letra-tipoak zehazten baititu.
+ Inprimatutako bertsioaren letra-tipoak aldatzen ikasteko, irakurri
+\emph on
+Erabiltzailearen Gida
+\emph default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Oinarrian, pantailako letra-tipoak bi motatakoak dira: eskalatu daitezkeen
+ letra-tipo bektorialak eta eskalatu ezin daitezkeen bitmap motako letra-tipoak.
+ Ezberdintasuna gaur egun gutxitzen doa, zeren eta letra-tipoak marrazten
+ dituzten tresna modernoek letra-tipo
+\emph on
+eskalakaitzak
+\emph default
+ eskala baititzakete.
+ Horrela, garrantzitsuena da eskalakaitzak diren bitmap letra-tipoak edo
+ eskalakorrak diren letra-tipo bektorialak noiz erabili behar diren jakitea.
+\layout Standard
+
+Eskalagarriak diren letra-tipoak karaktere bakunetako ("glyphs") letra-tipoen
+
+\emph on
+kanpoko marretatik
+\emph default
+ sortzen dira.
+ Horrek esanahi du karaktere bakoitza matematikako kurbak definituz sortzen
+ dela, eta nahi den tamainara eskalatzeko gaitasuna daukala.
+ Matematikako definizio hau letrak marrazten dituen tresnak interpretatzen
+ du, eta programatzailearen eskaeretan oinarrituz konposatzen du.
+ Horrela, eskalagarriak diren letra-tipoak tamaina guztietan egokiro bistaratuko
+ dira.
+ Letra-tipo eskalagarriak modu abstraktu batean definitzen direnez, tamaina
+ txikiak marraztea nahiko gogorra izaten da, non irudi on bat emateko pixel
+ bakoitza kontu handiarekin kalkulatzen den.
+ Teknikoki hau matematikako definiziotik egiteko aukera dago, baina marrazketa-p
+rozesuaren denbora ahalik eta azkarrena izan dadin, adostasun batera iritsi
+ beharra egoten da, eta honen ondorioz letra-tipo eskalagarriak tamaina
+ txikiekin irakurtzeko zailtasunak egoten dira.
+\layout Standard
+
+Bitmap motako letra-tipoak ordea, hasieratik bitmap irudietan definitzen
+ dira, eta diseinatuta dauden tamaina guztietan ongi irakurtzen dira.
+ Hala ere, ez dira egokiro eskalatzen, zeren eta karaktere bat handitzerakoan,
+ jatorrizko pixel bat hainbat pixeletara zabaltzen baita.
+ Antzeko efektu bat gertatzen da
+\family typewriter
+xv
+\family default
+ edo beste irudiak ikusteko tresnekin irudi bat handitzen duzunean.
+ Efektu zatar horiek kentzeko, bitmap motako letra-tipoak hainbat neurritan
+ diseinatzen dira: 8 pixel-etik 34 pixel-erako tamainaren esparrua betetzen
+ dute (batzuetan handiagoak ere diseinatu izan dira), eta gehienetan tamainak
+ horiek izaten dira erabilienak.
+ Bitmap motako letra-tipoak erabiltzearen abantailarik nagusiena da karaktere
+ bakoitza bistaratzeko kalkulu konplexurik ez dela egin behar izaten, eta
+ horrela, letra-tipo eskalkorrak baino askoz ere azkarrago bistaratzen dira.
+ Alde txarra ere badute: nahi den tamainakorik ez balego, pixelak bikoiztuz
+ eskalatzen dira, eta beraz, letra-tipoen itxura zatartu egiten da.
+\layout Standard
+
+Laburtuz, bitmap motako letra-tipoak tamaina txikientzat egokiak dira; eskuragar
+ri daudenean, berriz, letra-tipo eskalakorrak orokorrean egokiagoak dira
+ tamaina handientzat.
+ Hemendik lortzen dugun emaitza da letra-tamaina txikientzat bitmap letra-tipoak
+ erabiltzea eta letra-tamaina handientzat, berriz, letra-tipo eskalagarriak.
+ Zoritxarrez, hori ez da batere egokia, zeren eta bitmap eta eskalakorrak
+ ez baitaude diseinatuta batera erabiltzeko.
+ Beraz, emaitzaren itxura orokorra nahiko zatarra izango litzateke.
+ Egokiena da bi letra-tipo motekin jokatu eta norberari ondoen egokitzen
+ zaiona erabiltzea.
+\layout Standard
+
+Lehenespenez, LyX-ek (interfazean XForms liburutegiak erabiltzerakoan) eskalakai
+tzak diren bitmap motako letra-tipoak erabiltzen ditu.
+ Serif letra-tipoentzat
+\emph on
+times
+\emph default
+, sans serif letra-tipoentzat
+\emph on
+helvetica
+\emph default
+ eta idazmakina letra-tipoarentzako
+\emph on
+courier
+\emph default
+ erabiltzen ditu.
+\layout Standard
+
+Ondoren, LyX-en ongi ikusten ez diren letra-tipoez arituko gara.
+ Parametro garrantzitsuenekin hasiko gara: DPI eta zoom letra-tipoa.
+\layout Subsection
+
+DPIren ezarpenak eta zooma
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX automatikoki letra-tipoak eskalatzen saiatzen da, inprimatuko den bertsioko
+ tamainara ahalik eta gehien gerturatuz, zoom faktorea deitzen zaionarentzat
+ izan ezik.
+\layout Standard
+
+Sistema guztian hau lantzeko, pantailako DPI ("dots per inch" edo "puntuak
+ hatzeko") ezarpenetan oinarritzen da.
+ LyX-ek zure sistemako DPI ezarpenak autodetektatzen ditu, horretarako X
+ zerbitzariak eskaintzen duen informazioa erabiliz.
+ LyX-ek jasotzen dituen DPI ezarpenak ikusteko, terminal batean exekutatu
+ komando hau:
+\family typewriter
+lyx -dbg 2
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Sistema askotan X ez da egokiro konfiguratuta egoten; hori dela eta, zuzen
+ dagoela eskuz egiaztatu beharko duzu.
+ Exekutatu "
+\family typewriter
+xdpyinfo | more
+\family default
+" eta idatzi papertxo batean erabiltzen ari zaren pantailako bereizmenean
+ zein DPI daukazun.
+ Hor agertzen diren balioak LyX-ek detektatzen dituenen antzekoak izan beharko
+ lukete.
+ Balioa "resolution" bezala adierazitako zenbakia da.
+ Zabaleran duzun pixel kopurua ere idatzi ("dimensions" eremuan agertuko
+ zaizu).
+\layout Standard
+
+Gero, eskuratu erregela zahar bat, eta neurtu zure monitorean ikusten den
+ arearen zabalera.
+ Bihurtu neurtutakoa hatzetara (zentimetroak erabiltzen ari bazara); horretarako
+ jasotzen duzun tamaina zati 2,54 egiten da.
+ Orain, zure pantailaren DPI ezarpen egokia zehaz dezakezu, zabalerak duen
+ pixel kopurua monitoreak duen marrazte arearen zabaleragatik zatituz.
+ Emaitza detektatu den balioa baino 5 DPI handiagoa bada, X-en konfigurazioa
+ zuzendu beharko zenuke, edo behintzat LyX-i jakinarazi DPI-ren balioa eta
+ dektektatu denarena ezberdinak direla.
+\layout Standard
+
+X-en konfigurazioa zuzendu ezin baduzu (zuzenduz gero, LyX eta beste programa
+ guztiek horren onura jasoko lukete), LyX-i,
+\family sans
+Hobespenak
+\family default
+ leihoa erabiliz, DPI zuzena zein den esan beha diozu .
+ Testua txikiegia edo handiegia bada, zoomaren eremuan balio bat ezarriz
+ egoki dezakezu.
+ Ezarpen honek testuko puntuaren tamaina eskalatzen du.
+ Zure DPI ezarpenak zuzenak badira, eta zoomaren balioa 100 bada, horrek
+ esanahi du LyX-ek agertzen duen letra-tamaina eta inprimatuko dena berdinak
+ izango direla.
+ Zooma 200 balioarekin jartzen baduzu, pantailako testua inprimatuko dena
+ baino bi bider handiago agertuko da.
+ Noski, LyX-ek tamaina egokia duen letra-tipo bat aurkitzen badu gertatuko
+ da, baina hori ezin da erabat bermatu.
+ LyX programa WYSIWYM izaera duenez, murriztapen hori ez da arazo larria.
+\layout Standard
+
+Lehenespenez letra-tamainaren zooma 150-koa da, normalean pantaila paper-zati
+ bat baino handiagoa izaten baita, eta hori zure beharretara egokitzeko,
+ erabili
+\family sans
+Hobespenak
+\family default
+ leihoko
+\family sans
+Zooma
+\family default
+ eremua.
+ Zure nahietara egokitzen den ezarpena aurkitzen duzunean (trikimailua:
+ jolasean ibiltzen zaren bitartean leihoa zabalik egon dadin, erabili
+\family sans
+\bar under
+A
+\bar default
+plikatu
+\family default
+ botoia), lehenetsi gisa
+\family sans
+\bar under
+G
+\bar default
+orde
+\family default
+ behar duzu.
+\layout Standard
+
+Nahiz eta pantailako testuarentzako tamaina egoki bat aurkitu, horrek ez
+ du esanahi zure sistemako letra-tiporik onena izango denik.
+ Zure sistemako letra-tipoak lortzen laguntzeko, tamaina ez ezik testuaren
+ itxura ere gain beste xehetasun batzuetan fintzeko letra-tipoak definitzen
+ dituzten komandoak erabil ditzakezu.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Letra-tipoak definitzeko komandoak
+\layout Standard
+
+Arestian aipatu den bezala, LyX-ek interfaze lanetarako XForms liburutegiak
+ erabiltzen dituenean, bitmap motako letra-tipo eskalakaitzak erabiltzen
+ ditu.
+ Serif letra-tipoentzako
+\emph on
+times
+\emph default
+, sans serif letra-tipoentzako
+\emph on
+helvetica
+\emph default
+ eta idazmakina letra-tipoarentzako
+\emph on
+courier
+\emph default
+ erabiltzen ditu.
+\layout Standard
+
+Horiek guztiak
+\family sans
+Hobespenak
+\family default
+ leihoan alda ditzakezu.
+ Eskuragarri dauden letra-tipoak sistemaren araberakoak dira, baina
+\family typewriter
+xfontsel
+\family default
+ programa sistemak guztietan erabilgarri egon beharko luke.
+ Erabili programa hori dauden letra-tipoak aurkitzeko.
+ Atsegin duzun letra-tipo bat aurkitzen duzunean, saia zaitez izenaren lehenbizi
+ko bi elementuak (xfontsel programako "fndry" eta "fmly" izenekoak)
+\family sans
+Hobespenak
+\family default
+ leihoko dagokien eremuetan sartzen, eta klikatu
+\family sans
+\bar under
+A
+\bar default
+plikatu
+\family default
+ botoian.
+ LyX-ek, orduan, letra-tipo berria erabiliz zure dokumentua birfomateatuko
+ du, eta letra-tipo hori egitan (baina egi-egitan) atsegin baduzu,
+\family sans
+\bar under
+G
+\bar default
+orde
+\family default
+ ezazu.
+ Letra-tipo berriak aurkitzeko biderik egokiena da "utopia" letra-tipo eskalakor
+ra ba al dagoen begiratzea.
+
+\layout Description
+
+
+\emph on
+Trikimailua
+\emph default
+: letra-tipo bat bitmap motakoa edo eskalakorra den jakiteko, begiratu
+\family typewriter
+xfontsel
+\family default
+ programako "resx" edo "resy" eremuetan.
+ 0 balioa erabilgarri badago, orduan letra-tipoa eskalakorra izango da.
+ Bestela, 0 erabilgarri ez badago, bitmap motakoa.
+\layout Standard
+
+Bitmap motako letra-tipoekin jauregiak eraikitzen hasi aurretik, tamaina
+ handikoak 'blokeak' diruditelako, "Erabili letra eskalakorrak" ("Use scalable
+ fonts") gaitu beharko zenuke.
+ Hori bitmap letra-tipoentzako bakarrik da, ez baitira ongi eskalatzen.
+ Bandera hau ezartzen baduzu, eskuragarri dauden finkatutako letra-tipoak
+ bakarrik erabiliko ditu LyX-ek, eta horrela bitmap letra-tipoak itxura
+ polita edukiko dutela ziurtatuko du.
+ Gogoratu, eskuragarri dauden letra-tipoak ikusteko
+\family typewriter
+xlsfonts
+\family default
+ komandoa erabil dezakezula, xehetasun gehiagorako, landu terminal batean
+
+\family typewriter
+man xlsfonts
+\family default
+.
+ Hala ere, lortzen dena ezberdina izan daiteke; izan ere, pantailako letra-tipoe
+n tamainaren aldean inprimatzen den letra-tipoa handiagoa izan daiteke,
+ zeren eta dagoen tamainatik gertuena erabiltzen saiatzen baita LyX, eta
+ egokitzeko ez du letra-tipoa eskalatuko.
+ Gainera, logikoa denez, pantailan tamaina batzuk berdintsu agertuko dira,
+ adibidez, Handia eta Handiagoa, eta pantailan bien arteko aldeak ikustea
+ zaila izango da zuretzat.
+ Letra-tipo eskalakorrak lehenetsi gisa ez erabiltzea adostu genuen, zeren
+ eta erabiltzaile askok bandera hori edozein modutara erabiltzea atsegin
+ baitu, nahiz eta pantailako letra-tipoen tamaina fidagarria ez dela jakin.
+ Gogoratu, ordea, bandera honek bitmap motako letra-tipoak erabiltzen dituzunean
+ bakarrik eragiten duela.
+ Letra-tipo eskalakorrei, orain ulertu dezakezun arrazoiengatik, ez die
+ eragingo.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\emph on
+Bandera\SpecialChar ~
+honi\SpecialChar ~
+buruzko\SpecialChar ~
+azken\SpecialChar ~
+oharra
+\emph default
+: jakin beharko zenuke ez dagoela inolako arazorik bitmap eta eskalakorrak
+ diren letra-tipoak aldi berean, eta xede ezberdinetarako, batera erabiltzen
+ dituzunean.
+ Serif testuentzako "Utopia" eskalakorra eta "Helvetica" bitmap bertsioa
+ batera erabiltzea oso hedatua dago.
+ Eta " Erabili letra eskalakorrak" botoia lasai hauta dezakezu, Helvetica
+ letra-tipoari bakarrik eragingo baitio.
+\layout Standard
+
+Batzuetan aukera hori erabiltzeak sortzen duen eragozpena pantailako letra-tamai
+nak erabiliz arindu daiteke (hauei dagozkien tamaina logiko ezberdinak aldatuz).
+ LyX
+\family typewriter
+lyx -dbg 513
+\family default
+ bezala abiatuta, zein letra-tipo zehatzen tamaina logikoa mapatzen den
+ ikusiko duzu, eta hauei dagokien sarrerak
+\family sans
+Hobespenak
+\family default
+ leihoan egokitzen saia zaitezke, nahi dituzun letra-tipoak lorzeko.
+ Hau lantzea nahiko astuna gerta dakizuke, LyX-ek pantailako letra-tamainak
+ X zerbitzariari eskatzeko DPI ezarpena eta letra-tipoaren zooma erabiltzen
+ baititu, eta ondorioz mapatze lanak korapilatzen du.
+ Saiakera eta erroreen bitartez ezin baduzu lortu, DPI ezarpena eta zooma
+ 100 baliora ezarriz (nahiz eta gaizki dagoela jakin) prozesu hau erosoago
+ egingo zaizu.
+ Tamalez letra-tipo eskalakorrak itsusi agertuko dira, beraz egiten duzunarekin
+ argi ibili.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Letra-kodeketa
+\layout Standard
+
+Lehenespenez, LyX-ek europa mendebaldeko (Western European) testuak, eta
+ ingeleseko mota guztiak, idazteko letra-tipoak erabiltzen ditu.
+ Hau
+\emph on
+letra-kodeketa
+\emph default
+ deitzen zaionaren birtartez definitzen da.
+ LyX-ekin europa ekialdeko testuak, Cirilikoa edo ISO-8859-1 kodeketak betetzen
+ ez duen beste hizkuntza batean idazteko, kodeketaren ezarpen ezberdin bat
+ defini dezakezu.
+ Honek letra-tipo bereziak instalatuta edukitzea eskatzen du.
+ Zure egoera zein den ikusteko
+\family typewriter
+xfontsel
+\family default
+ programa erabili: ISO-8859-1 kodeketaren ISO-8859-X balio ezberdinak ikusi
+ eta zure hizkuntzari dagokion karaktereak dituena aurkitzeko eremuak "rgstry"
+ eta"encdng" egiaztatu.
+ Kodeketaren bat aurkituz gero, leihoan sar ezazu.
+ Ezezko kasuan, letra-tipo egokiak aurkitzeko zoaz Interneten bilatzera.
+ LyX programak Qt liburutegia erabiltzen badu, orduan egokiena iso646 kodeketa
+ erabiltzea da.
+\layout Standard
+
+Bestelako letra-kodeketa erabiltzeko LyX konfiguratzen duzunean, LyX-eko
+ leihoetan erabiltzen diren letra-tipoak aldatzea ere komeniko zaizu.
+ Adibidez, Gaien aurkibidearen leihoa ez da ulertuko LyX-i bertan beste
+ letra-tipo bat erabiltzeko esaten ez diozun bitartean.
+ Lehenetsi gisa, menuen letra-tipoa
+\family typewriter
+ -*-helvetica-medium-r
+\family default
+ motarekin ezarrita dago, baina askotan behar duzun kodeketarekin
+\family sans
+Helvetica
+\family default
+ letra-tipoa ez da eskuragarri egoten.
+ Beraz,
+\family sans
+Hobespenak
+\family default
+ leihoak hau aldatzen uzten dizu.
+\layout Standard
+
+Ikus dezakezun bezala, zure letra-tipoak fintzeko Hainbat aukera dituzu.
+ Ez zaitez beldurtu eta egokitu ezarpenak zeure nahietara, azken finean
+ LyX etorkizunean asko erabiliko baituzu.
+ WYSIWYG motako testu prozesatzaileekin ez bezala (bai pantailan bai inprimatzen
+ diren orrietan letra-tipo berdinak erabiltzeaz aspertuko zarelakoan), LyX-ek
+ inprimatutako orrietarako letra-tipo dotoreak erabiltzen dituzun bitartean
+ pantailarako egokiak diren letra-tipoak erabiltzea uzten dizu.
+\layout Section
+
+Lasterbideak
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:lasterbideak}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Lasterbideak funtzio bat tekla bati esleitzeko erabiltzen dira.
+ Hainbat paketetan sartutako lasterbideak eskuragarri daude: CUA lasterbide
+ multzoa (PC eta CDE teklatuentzako lasterbideak), Emacs lasterbide multzoa
+ (Egiazko Bide Bakarra eta gure estandarrak galtzerik nahi ez dugunontzat
+
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Argi dago ni hauetariko bat naizela, ez?
+\end_inset
+
+), beste lasterbide berezi batzuk (broadway eta hollywod) eta bestelako
+ hizkuntzetakoak (frantsesa, alemaniera, e.a.).
+\layout Standard
+
+Hala ere, lasterbideak zuretzat atseginagoak izan daitezen aldatu nahi badituzu,
+ orduan
+\family typewriter
+LyXDir/bind/
+\family default
+ direktorioko gehien gerturatzen zaizun fitxategia
+\family typewriter
+ErabDir/bind/
+\family default
+ direktorioan kopiatu eta biderik egokiena bertan aldatzea duzu.
+ Ez ahaztu gitxategi berri hau LyX-en kargatzea; horretarako, erabili Hobespenak
+ leihoa.
+ Oraingoz aldaketa hauek eragina izan dezaten LyX berrabiaraztea nahikoa
+ izaten da.
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-ek erabiltzailearen interfazerako nazioarteko hizkuntzen euskarria dauka
+ (ikusi
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{kapi:i18n}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+kapitulua).
+ Zure locale inguruneko
+\family typewriter
+$LANG
+\family default
+ aldagaiarekin ezarrita badago, LyX lasterbideen fitxategiak (aurretik
+\family typewriter
+$LANG_
+\family default
+ dutenak) erabiltzen saiatuko da.
+ Adibidez, lasterbide estandar baten itzulitako kopia zure
+\family typewriter
+bind/
+\family default
+ direktorioan jar dezakezu, eta LyX-ek automatikoki erabiliko du.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+.bind
+\family default
+ fitxategien sintaxia honelakoa izaten da:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+bind <tekla elkartea> <lyx-funtzioa>
+\layout Standard
+
+Bai tekla-elkarteak bai lyx-funtzioak (eduki ditzakeen argumentuak barne)
+ "komatxo bikoitzen" artean egon behar dute.
+ LyX-eko funtzio guztiak
+\emph on
+Erreferentzia Gida
+\emph default
+ eskuliburuan zerrendatzen dira.
+\layout Section
+
+Erabiltzailearen interfazea
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:ui}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Menua eta tresna-barraren itxura Hobespenak leihoa erabiliz alda ditzakezu.
+
+\family typewriter
+LyXDir/ui/
+\family default
+ direktorioko .ui fitxategia aldatzea besterik ez da.
+ Oraingoz, fitxategi bakarra dago,
+\family typewriter
+default.ui
+\family default
+, baina beronekin jolas dezakezu.
+ Fitxategi hori
+\family typewriter
+ErabDir/ui/
+\family default
+ direktorioan kopiatu eta jolastera! Gogoratu, oraingoz, aldaketa hauek
+ eragina izan dezaten LyX berrabiarazi behar duzula.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+.ui
+\family default
+ fitxategien sintaxia nahiko garbia da: begiratu
+\family typewriter
+default.ui
+\family default
+ fitxategian.
+
+\family typewriter
+The\SpecialChar ~
+Menubar
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+Menu
+\family default
+ eta
+\family typewriter
+Toolbar
+\family default
+ sarrerek
+\family typewriter
+End
+\family default
+ hitzarekin amaitu behar dute.
+ Horiek
+\family typewriter
+Submenu
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+Item
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+OptItem
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+Separator
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+Icon
+\family default
+ elementuak edukiko dituzte, eta "file" menuaren kasuan
+\family typewriter
+Lastfiles
+\family default
+ sarrera bat.
+ Ohar bat egin behar dizugu:
+\family typewriter
+Submenu
+\family default
+ elementuak
+\family typewriter
+Menubar
+\family default
+ edo
+\family typewriter
+Menu
+\family default
+ batean sartu beharko lukete, baina hauek
+\family typewriter
+Menu
+\family default
+ gisa definitzen dira, ez
+\family typewriter
+Submenu
+\family default
+ bezala.
+\layout Section
+
+Bihurtzaileak, formatuak eta ikustaileak
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-ek fitxategien formatuetatik edota formatuetara bihurtzeko mekanismo
+ ahaltsu bat dauka, eta horretarako kanpoko tresnetan oinarritzen da.
+ Formatu bikote bat definitu, adib.
+\family typewriter
+\SpecialChar ~
+LaTeX
+\family default
+ eta
+\family typewriter
+\SpecialChar ~
+PDF
+\family default
+.
+ Orain definitu formatu batetik bestera bihurtzeko erabiliko den tresna.
+ Gure adibidean, bi bide daude.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+LaTeX-etik PDF-ra
+\family typewriter
+pdflatex
+\family default
+ erabiliz zuzeneko bihurketa egitea.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Bide korapilatsuago bat, bitarteko bihurtzaile eta formatuak erabiliz: LaTeX-eti
+k DVI-ra (LaTeX erabiliz) eta gero PostScript® formatora (
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+ erabiliz) eta azkenik PDF formatora (
+\family typewriter
+ps2pdf
+\family default
+ erabiliz).
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-ek beti biderik motzena hautatzen du, beraz biak erabiltzeko
+\family typewriter
+.pdf
+\family default
+ fitxategientzako bi formatu-izen ezberdin zehaztu beharko dituzu.
+ Biak lehenespenez
+\family sans
+Hobespenak
+\family default
+ leihoan gehituta daude.
+ Begiratu eta sortu zuretzat egokiena.
+\layout Standard
+
+Horretaz gain, formatu bakoitzari ikustaile bat esleitzen zaio.
+ Adibidez, PostScript® bistaratzeko
+\family typewriter
+ghostview
+\family default
+ edo LaTeX-eko irteera aurreikusteko
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\family default
+ tresna erabili ohi dira.
+ Erabili nahi dituzun ikustaileak aldatzeko (eta hoiei zein aukera igorriko
+ zaien zehazteko),
+\family sans
+Editatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Hobespenak
+\family default
+ menua hautatu, eta, sortzen den leihoan, erabili
+\family sans
+Fitxategi-formatuak
+\family default
+ fitxako Ikustailea eremua.
+ Adibidez,
+\family typewriter
+dvi
+\family default
+ ikustailea aldatzeko, hautatu formatuen zerrendan DVI; aldatu ikustailea
+
+\family typewriter
+kdvi
+\family default
+ tresnara (edo bestelako batera) eta klikatu Aldatu botoian.
+\layout Section
+
+ASCIIra esportatzeko aukerak
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_top bigskip
+ASCII eran esportatzen diren testu fitxategiak "garbitzeko" bi komando daude.
+ Jabetu zaitez LyX-ek instalazio-garaian zure sistemako ezarpen egokienak
+ automatikoki detektatu eta erabiltzen dituela.
+ Haren interpretazioarekin ados ez bazaude, horiek alda ditzakezu.
+ Ezarpen horiek
+\family sans
+Hobespenak
+\family default
+ leihoko
+\family sans
+Irteerak
+\family default
+ fitxako
+\family sans
+ASCII
+\family default
+ azpifitxan aurkituko dituzu.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+roff\SpecialChar ~
+komandoa
+\family default
+\series default
+ Aukera honek ASCII taula egokiagoak sortzeko erabiliko den komandoa definitzen
+ du.
+ UNIX sistemetan eskuragarri dituzun komandoak hauek dira:
+\family typewriter
+groff
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+troff
+\family default
+ edo
+\family typewriter
+nroff
+\family default
+.
+ Agindu horien xehetasunak jakiteko, ikusi
+\family typewriter
+man
+\family default
+ orrialdeak.
+ Eremu hau hutsik utzita, LyX-i bere barneko bihurtzailea erabiltzeko adierazten
+ zaio.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+Irteerako\SpecialChar ~
+lerro\SpecialChar ~
+luzera
+\family default
+\series default
+ Eremu honekin lehenetsi gisa ezar dezakezu ASCII motako irteerako fitxategiek
+ edukiko duten lerroen luzera .
+ Eremu hau 0 balioarekin ezarrita, amaierarik ez duten lerroak edukitzea
+ esanahi du.
+\layout Section
+
+Inprimagailua
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-ek kanpoko inprimatzeko komandoarekin lan egiteko konfigurazioko hainbat
+ aukera ditu.
+ Ezarpen horiek
+\family sans
+Hobespenak:Irteerak
+\family default
+ fitxako
+\family sans
+Inprimagailua
+\family default
+ azpifitxan daude.
+ Orohar, lehenetsita daudenak ongi finduta egoten dira.
+ Hala ere, zure inprimagailuak aukeren beste izenak erabiltzen baditu, fitxa
+ horretan egokitu ditzakezu.
+\layout Section
+
+Koloreak aldatzea
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-ek pantailan darabiltzan koloreak aldatzea nahi baduzu, erabili
+\family sans
+Hobespenak
+\family default
+ leihoko
+\family sans
+Koloreak
+\family default
+ fitxa.
+ Horretaz gain, sakonago jolastu nahi baduzu,
+\family typewriter
+set-color
+\family default
+ funtzioa (
+\emph on
+Erreferentzia Gida
+\emph default
+ ikusi) honela erabili behar duzu:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+set-color LyXIzena X11Kolorea
+\layout Standard
+
+Hemen funtzioen eta lehenetsitako koloreen zerrenda-zati bat aurkezten dizugu:
+\layout Standard
+\align center
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="3">
+<features>
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+LyX
+\family default
+\series default
+\shape default
+\size default
+\emph default
+\bar default
+\noun default
+\color default
+izena
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Xedea
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+(X11) Kolore lehenetsia
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+background
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+te
+\family default
+\series default
+\shape default
+\size default
+\emph default
+\bar default
+\noun default
+\color default
+stuaren atzeko planoa
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+black
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+foreground
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+testuaren kolorea
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+linen
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+latex
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+LaTeX
+\family default
+\series default
+\shape default
+\size default
+\emph default
+\bar default
+\noun default
+\color default
+kodea
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+DarkRed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+math
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Matematika formulak
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+DarkBlue
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+mathline
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+zatikien marrak, kortxeteak, e.a.
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Blue
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+mathbg
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+AntiqueWhite
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+mathframe
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Magenta
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+mathcursor
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+black
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+selection
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+hautapenaren atzeko planoa
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+LightBlue
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Section
+
+Autodetektatutako ezarpenak
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:autodetektatuta}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+irkonfiguratu
+\family default
+ aukeratzen duzunean, hainbat elementu detektatzen dira.
+ Atal honetan erabiltzailearen hobespenekin zerikusia dutenak zerrendatu
+ ditugu:
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+
+\backslash
+ascii_roff_command
+\family default
+\series default
+ honek
+\family typewriter
+groff
+\family default
+ edo
+\family typewriter
+nroff+tbl
+\family default
+ erabiltzen du, eskuragarri dagoenaren arabera.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+
+\backslash
+chktex_command
+\family default
+\series default
+ hau
+\family typewriter
+chktex
+\family default
+ komandoarekin ezartzen da, eta hainbat aukera gehitzen dira.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+
+\backslash
+print_spool_command
+\family default
+\series default
+ hau System V motako sistema eragileko
+\family typewriter
+lp
+\family default
+ komandoarekin ezartzen da.
+ Sistema BSD motakoa bada, orduan
+\family typewriter
+lpr
+\family default
+ komandoarekin ezarriko da.
+
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+
+\backslash
+print_spool_printerprefix
+\series default
+ -d
+\family default
+ aukera ezarriko zaio sistemak
+\family typewriter
+lp
+\family default
+ komandoa badu; bestela,
+\family typewriter
+lpr
+\family default
+ komandoaren kasuan,
+\family typewriter
+-P
+\family default
+ aukera ezarriko zaio.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+
+\backslash
+font_encoding
+\family default
+\series default
+ hau
+\family typewriter
+T1
+\family default
+ kodeketarekin ezarriko da baldin eta
+\family typewriter
+ec
+\family default
+ letra-tipoak aurkitu badira eta LaTeX-ek letra-tipo horiek onartzen baditu.
+ Eskuz ezar dezakezu
+\family typewriter
+dc
+\family default
+ letra-tipoak bakarrik badituzu.
+\layout Section
+
+Hainbat
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-en jokaera pertsonalizatzeko beste konfigurazio aukera asko daude.
+ Horiei buruz idatzi beharra daukagun arren, gehienak zertarako diren nahiko
+ garbi egongo dira.
+ Informazio gehiago behar baduzu, idatzi posta-zerrendetara, horrela atal
+ hau landuko dugu.
+\layout Chapter
+
+LyX internazionalizatzea
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{kapi:i18n}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-ek itzulitako interfaze bat erabiltzeko euskarria dauka.
+ Azken aldiz begiratu genuenean LyX, ingelesera eta beste 14 hizkuntzatara
+ itzulita zegoen.
+ Hizkuntzaren aukerari
+\emph on
+locale
+\emph default
+ deitzen zaio.
+ Sistema eragileak hizkuntza batekin lan egin dezan, ezarpen batzuk egin
+ beharko dituzu, konfiguratuta ez badago bederen.
+ Hizkuntzak ezartzeko, irakurri
+\family typewriter
+man locale
+\family default
+ eskuliburua, abiapuntu egokia da.
+\layout Standard
+
+Itzulpen hauek erabil ditzakezu.
+ Okerrena da leihoak diseinatzeko garaian, ingelesean oinarritu zirela,
+ eta batzuetan itzulitako esaldiak (dagokien eremuetarako) luzeegiak direla.
+ Horrek ez du programa hondatzen, itsusiago egotea bakarrik dakar.
+ Gainera, zenbait itzulpenetan lasterbide guztiak ez dira erabiltzen.
+ Batzuetan lasterbide gisa erabiltzeko hizkirik ez baitute aurkitu.
+ Beste batzuetan, itzultzailea ez da horretaz arduratu.
+ Etorriko diren LyX-en bertsioetan hori finkatzen saiatuko gara.
+\layout Section
+
+Interfazea beste hizkuntza batekin
+\layout Standard
+
+Lehenespenez ezaugarri hau desgaituta egoten da, interfazea ingelesez agertuko
+ da.
+ Beste hizkuntza bat gaitzeko, dagokion inguruneko aldagaia ezarri beharko
+ duzu.
+
+\family typewriter
+csh
+\family default
+ komando lerroa erabiltzen baduzu, erabili "
+\family typewriter
+setenv LANG xx
+\family default
+".
+ Erabili "
+\family typewriter
+export LANG=xx
+\family default
+"
+\family typewriter
+sh
+\family default
+ motako komando-lerroekin.
+ Idatzi zure hizkuntzari dagokion kodea
+\family typewriter
+xx
+\family default
+ azaltzen den tokian.
+ Adibidez, Euskara hizkuntza ezartzeko,
+\family typewriter
+eu
+\family default
+ erabiltzen da.
+\layout Standard
+
+Egokiena lerro hori zure
+\family typewriter
+~/.Xsession
+\family default
+ edo
+\family typewriter
+~/.xinitrc
+\family default
+ fitxategian jartzea duzu; horrela, lehenespenez hautatutako hizkuntza hori
+ erabiliko duzu.
+ Gogoratu LyX "
+\family typewriter
+--disable-nls
+\family default
+" aukerarekin konfiguratu eta konpilatu bada, honek ez duela funtzionatuko.
+\layout Section
+
+LyX itzultzea
+\layout Subsection
+
+GUI itzultzea (testuen mezuak)
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-ek, bere interfazea bestelako hizkuntzekin kudeatzeko, GNU
+\family typewriter
+gettext
+\family default
+ liburutegia erabiltzen du.
+ LyX-ek menu eta leiho guztiak atseginen duzun hizkuntzan bistaratzeko,
+ hizkuntza horri dagokion PO fitxategia eduki behar du.
+ Hori eskuragarri dagoenean, PO fitxategitik MO fitxategia sortzen da, eta
+ mo hori instalatzen da.
+ Eman beharreko urrats guztiak GNU
+\family typewriter
+gettext
+\family default
+-eko dokumentazioan aurkitzen dira
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\emph on
+Itzultzailearen oharra
+\emph default
+: EuskalGNU-ren gunean (
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.euskalgnu.org}
+
+\end_inset
+
+) honi buruzko dokumentazioa euskaraz ere agertzen da:
+\emph on
+Nola\SpecialChar ~
+gettext
+\emph default
+ izenekoa.
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Hemen laburpen bat idatzi dugu (hizkuntzaren kodea xx-ekin adierazi da):
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+begin{sloppypar}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+LYX-ITURBURU-DIR/po/lyx.pot
+\family default
+ fitxategia
+\family typewriter
+xx.po
+\family default
+-ra kopiatu (
+\family typewriter
+lyx.pot
+\family default
+ ez badago, direktorio horretan
+\family typewriter
+make lyx.pot
+\family default
+ komandoarekin berregin dezakezu, edo dagoen beste
+\family typewriter
+po
+\family default
+ fitxategi bat txantiloi gisa erabili).
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+xx.po
+\family default
+ fitxategia editatu
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\emph on
+Egilearen oharra:
+\emph default
+ Emacs erabiltzea aholkatzen dizugu, po motako fitxategiak lantzeko euskarri
+ dotorea baitauka.
+\newline
+
+\emph on
+Itzultzailearen oharra
+\emph default
+: GNU/Linux-en baditugu beste tresna batzuk:
+\family typewriter
+KBabel
+\family default
+ eta
+\family typewriter
+Gtranslator
+\family default
+.
+ Neuk KBabel erabiltzeko ohitura daukat, euskaratuta dago eta, gainera,
+
+\emph on
+Itzulpen Memoriekin
+\emph default
+ aritzeko euskarria dauka.
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Zenbait menu eta etiketarentzako itzuli beharreko lasterbideak daude.
+ Gako hauek `|' ikurraren ostean agertzen dira (LyX bertsio berriek batzuetan
+ '&' ere erabiltzen hasi dira), eta xx hizkuntzaren hitz eta esaldiei egokituta
+ egon behar dute.
+
+\family typewriter
+LYX-ITURBURU-DIR/development/tools/
+\family default
+ direktorioan
+\family typewriter
+scgen.pl
+\family default
+ izeneko tresna bat dago (
+\family typewriter
+Prolog
+\family default
+ programaketa hizkuntzan idatzita), eta lasterbideak zehazten lagunduko
+ dizu.
+ Kontutan izan XForms liburutegiak (0.86 bertsioak behintzat) lasterbide
+ gisa 7-bit motako karaktereak bakarrik onartzen dituela.
+ PO fitxategiaren hasieran beste informazio batzuk bete beharko dituzu:
+ zure helbide elektronikoa, eta abar.
+ Horrela erabiltzaileek iradokizunak bideratzeko helbide bat dute.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+xx.mo
+\family default
+ sortu.
+ Honela sortu behar duzu:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+msgfmt -o xx.mo < xx.po
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Kopiatu sortu berri den MO fitxategia ondoren agertzen den direktoriopean
+ lyx.mo izenarekin; horretarako, supererabiltzailearen baimenak eduki beharko
+ dituzu:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+/usr/local/share/locale/xx/LC_MESSAGES/lyx.mo
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+end{sloppypar}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+PO fitxategi bat LyX banaketan gehitzeak konfigurazioaren script-a eta bestelako
+ batzuk aldatu beharra izatea dakar.
+ Baina POa itzultzeko LyX-en iturbururik ez duzu behar,
+\family typewriter
+lyx.pot
+\family default
+ (edo
+\family typewriter
+po
+\family default
+ fitxategia) eta
+\family typewriter
+gettext
+\family default
+ tresnak instalatuta edukitzea nahikoa izaten da.
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX une honetan onartzen ez duen PO bat hizkuntza batera itzuli baduzu,
+ bidal iezaguzu.
+ Kasu horretan, xehetasun gehiagorako,
+\family typewriter
+LYX-ITURBURU-DIR/po/
+\family default
+ direktorioan dagoen
+\family typewriter
+README
+\family default
+ fitxategia irakurtzea aholkatzen dizugu.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Dokumentazioa itzultzea
+\layout Standard
+
+Laguntza menuan agertzen diren eskuliburuak itzul daiteke (edo itzultzea
+ komeni dira).
+ Dokumentazioaren eskuliburu batzuk itzulita egonez gero, eta
+\emph on
+locale
+\emph default
+ egokiro ezarrita balego, LyX-ek automatikoki erabiliko lituzke.
+ LyX-ek itzulitako bertsioak
+\family typewriter
+LyXDir/doc/
+\series bold
+xx
+\series default
+_DokIzena.lyx
+\family default
+ bezala bilatzen ditu; bertan
+\family typewriter
+\series bold
+xx
+\family default
+\series default
+ hitzak
+\family typewriter
+$LANG
+\family default
+ aldagaiarekin zehazten den hizkuntzari dagokion kodea adierazten du.
+ Itzulitakorik ez badu aurkitzen, ingelesezkoa bistaratuko luke.
+ Jakin ezazu itzulitako bertsioek jatorrizko fitxategiaren izen berdina
+ (arestiko
+\family typewriter
+DokIzena
+\family default
+) eduki behar dutela.
+ Dokumentazioa euskaratzea nahi baduzu (eta bitartean jatorrizkoa egiaztatzeko
+ aukera izango zenuke) ondorengo urratsak landu beharko zenituzke:
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+DocStyle.lyx
+\family default
+ irakurri, LyX-eko dokumentazioa idazteko gida da.
+ Irakurri arretaz itzultzaileen atala.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Begiratu dokumentazioaren itzulpenaren web gunean (
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url[LyX garatzaileen gunea]{http://www.devel.lyx.org}
+
+\end_inset
+
+), horrela jakingo duzu zein dokumentu dauden zure hizkuntzara itzulita.
+ Gune horretan LyX-eko gauzak zure hizkuntzara itzultzen eta antolatzen
+ ari den taldeari buruzko informazioa ere aurkituko duzu.
+ Antolaketa-talderik ez balego, bidali iezaguzu mezu bat interesa duzula
+ adieraziz.
+\layout Standard
+
+Behin itzultzen hasten zarela, arazao batzuk saihesteko adierazpen batzuk
+ zerrendatzen dizkizugu:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Elkartu dokumentazio-taldean! Hori nola egin behar duzun jakiteko, irakurri
+
+\family typewriter
+Intro.lyx
+\family default
+ (
+\family sans
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+aguntza\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+arrera
+\family default
+).
+ Gainera, hau lehenbizi itzuli beharko zenukeen dokumentua da.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Ikasi hizkuntzaren tipografiaren arautegia.
+ Tipografia duela mende askotik hona datorren artea da, eta munduko leku
+ bakoitzak bere arauak erabiltzen ditu.
+ Ikasi zure herrian tipografia-arloko adituek erabiltzen duten terminologia
+ ere.
+ Terminologia berria asmatuta, erabiltzaileak nahastea besterik ez duzu
+ lortuko.
+
+\emph on
+Argi ibili! Tipografiak zaletasuna bultzatzen baitu!
+\layout Itemize
+
+Egin dokumentuaren kopia bat.
+ Kopiaren gainean lan egin beharko zenuke.
+ Dokumentu hau zure
+\family typewriter
+~/.lyx/doc/
+\family default
+ direktorioan kokatuta,
+\family sans
+Laguntza
+\family default
+ menuan erabil ahalko duzu.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Batzuetan jatorrizko dokumentua (LyX taldearen eskutik) eguneratu daiteke.
+ Aldatu dena aztertzeko, erabili
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \htmlurl{http://www.lyx.org/viewcvs.cgi/lyxdoc/}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ guneko
+\family typewriter
+ViewCVS
+\family default
+ tresna
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Horretaz gain, itzuli duzun dokumentuaren ingelesezko azken bertsioa gordeta
+ eduki dezakezu.
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Honela, itzuli duzun dokumentuaren zein zati eguneratu behar diren errazago
+ ikusiko duzu.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Jatorrizko dokumentuan errore bat aurkitzen baduzu, konpondu eta jakinarazi
+ dokumentazio-taldeari aldaketen berriekin batera (ez al zaizu ahaztu dokumentaz
+io taldearekin elkartzea?).
+\layout Section
+
+Teklatu internazionalaren euskarria
+\layout Description
+
+
+\emph on
+Editorearen\SpecialChar ~
+oharra
+\emph default
+: datorren atal hau
+\noun on
+Ivan Schreter
+\noun default
+-ek idatzi du.
+ Dokumentazioaren estilo berriari egokitzea eta v1.0 bertsioko ezaugarriak
+ erabiltzea falta da.
+ -jw
+\layout Subsection
+
+Zure teklatu-mapa definitzea: fitxategiaren formatua
+\layout Standard
+
+Teklatuaren definizioa duen fitxategia gertuagotik ikusiko dugu.
+ ASCII soileko fitxategi bat da, eta honako hau definitzen du:
+\layout Itemize
+
+tekla-eta-tekla edo tekla-eta-katea dagokion bihurketa
+\layout Itemize
+
+tekla hilak (dead keys)
+\layout Itemize
+
+tekla hilen salbuespenak
+\layout Standard
+
+tekla-eta-tekla edo tekla-eta-katea bihurketa definitzeko, erabili komando
+ hau:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+kmap tekla irteerako_katea
+\layout Standard
+
+bertan,
+\family typewriter
+tekla
+\family default
+ bihurtu beharreko tekla da, eta
+\family typewriter
+irteerako_katea
+\family default
+ dokumentuan txertatuko den katea da.
+ Tekla hilak definitzeko, erabili hau:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+kmod tekla tekla_hila
+\layout Standard
+
+bertan,
+\family typewriter
+tekla
+\family default
+ teklatuko tekla da, eta tekla_hila tekla hilaren izena da.
+ Honako tekla hil hauek onartzen dira (laburtutako izenak parentesi artean):
+\layout Quotation
+
+
+\emph on
+Izena
+\hfill
+Adibidea
+\layout Quotation
+
+acute (acu)
+\hfill
+áéíóú
+\layout Quotation
+
+grave (gra)
+\hfill
+àèìòù
+\layout Quotation
+
+macron (mac)
+\hfill
+ \i \={o}
+
+\layout Quotation
+
+tilde (til)
+\hfill
+ñÑ
+\layout Quotation
+
+underbar (underb)
+\hfill
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+b o
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Quotation
+
+cedilla (ced)
+\hfill
+çÇ
+\layout Quotation
+
+underdot (underd)
+\hfill
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+d o
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Quotation
+
+circumflex (circu)
+\hfill
+âêîôû
+\layout Quotation
+
+circle (circl)
+\hfill
+Å\i \r{u}
+\i \r{U}
+
+\layout Quotation
+
+tie (tie)
+\hfill
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+t o
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Quotation
+
+breve (bre)
+\hfill
+\i \u{a}
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+u o
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Quotation
+
+caron (car)
+\hfill
+\i \v{c}
+\i \v{s}
+\i \v{z}
+
+\layout Quotation
+
+hungarian umlaut (hug)
+\hfill
+\i \H{o}
+\i \H{u}
+
+\layout Quotation
+
+umlaut (uml)
+\hfill
+äöü
+\layout Quotation
+
+dot (dot)
+\hfill
+\i \.{z}
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+.s
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Nazioarteko teklatu askotan tekla hilek egin dezaketenaren salbuespenak
+ daudenez, honela defini ditzakezu:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+kxmod tekla_hila tekla irteera_katea
+\layout Standard
+
+Adibidez, Eslovakierako teklatu batekin,
+\family typewriter
+caron-o
+\family default
+ sartzen baduzu, berak "circumflex-o" bat sortzen du; beraz, ongi landu
+ dadin, hau idatzi beharko zenuke:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+kxmod caron o "
+\backslash
+^o"
+\layout Standard
+
+Bestalde, i eta j hizkien gainean salbuespenak definitu behar dituzu.
+ Hizki horietan azentua jarri aurretik beraien burugainean duten puntua
+ kendu behar zaielako.
+ Etorkizunean hau aldatuko dut, baina epe luzera begiratu beharko diogu
+ denboraz oso larri baikabiltza.
+\layout Standard
+
+Karaktereei buruzko gauza batzuk: alderantzizko barra ihes karaktere motakoa
+ da, eta hori sartzeko alderantzizko barra bikoitza jarri beharko duzu.
+ Gainera komatxoak eta
+\family typewriter
+#
+\family default
+ ikurrak erabilera ezberdina dute.
+
+\family typewriter
+#
+\family default
+ ikurrak iruzkinak adierazten ditu.
+ Komatxoak (hasiera eta amaierakoak), berriz, LaTeX estiloko komandoak.
+ Komatxo bat sartzeko
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+"
+\family default
+ erabili, eta
+\family typewriter
+#
+\family default
+ sartzeko
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+#
+\family default
+ erabili.
+\layout Standard
+
+Teklatuaren deskripzio-fitxategi bat egiten baduzu, eta zure hizkuntzarekin
+ ongi moldatzen bada, eskertuko nizuke niri bidaliko bazenit, eta horrela
+ teklatu-mapen hurrengo banaketan gehituko nuke.
+\layout Standard
+
+Etorkizunean teklatu-mapako konfigurazio fitxategian teklatu gehienak onartuta
+ egongo dira.
+ Honela
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+kinclude
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+fitxaIzena
+\family default
+
+\hfill
+beste fitxategi bat gehitzen du (
+\family typewriter
+include
+\family default
+)
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+kprog
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+programa
+\family default
+
+\hfill
+kanpoko tekla-mapa bihurtzaile bat (
+\family typewriter
+define
+\family default
+)
+\layout Standard
+
+Lehenespenak
+\family typewriter
+lyxrc
+\family default
+ fitxategian begiratu beharko zenuke baita ere (adibidez,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+kinclude
+\family default
+ aukera batek lehenetsitako teklatua gehituko luke).
+\layout Section
+
+Nazioarteko teklatu-mapa
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:teklatmapa}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Hurrengo bi atalek
+\family typewriter
+ .kmap
+\family default
+ eta
+\family typewriter
+.cdef
+\family default
+ fitxategien sintaxia xeheasun osoz azalduko dute.
+ Atal horiek zure teklatu-mapa propioa diseinatzen lagunduko dizute; izan
+ ere, gerta daiteke orain daukazuna zure beharretara ez moldatzea.
+\layout Subsection
+
+
+\family typewriter
+.kmap
+\family default
+ fitxategia
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+.kmap
+\family default
+ fitxategi batek sakatutako tekla karaktere edo kateetara mapatzen ditu.
+ Izenak dioen bezala, teklatuaren mapa ezartzen du.
+
+\family typewriter
+.kmap
+\family default
+ fitxategiko
+\family typewriter
+kmap
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+kmod
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+ksmod
+\family default
+, eta
+\family typewriter
+kcomb
+\family default
+ gakoak atal honetan azaltzen dira.
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family typewriter
+kmap
+\family default
+ Karakte bat kate batera mapatzen du.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+kmap
+\emph on
+karak
+\emph default
+
+\emph on
+katea
+\layout Standard
+
+Honek
+\emph on
+karak
+\emph default
+ tekla
+\emph on
+katea
+\emph default
+ karaktere edo katera mapatzen du.
+ Jakin ezazu kate horretan komatxo bikoitzak (
+\family typewriter
+"
+\family default
+) eta alderantzizko barra (
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+
+\family default
+) ikurrek aurretik alderantzizko barra den (
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+
+\family default
+) ihes ikurra eduki behar dutela.
+
+\family typewriter
+kmap
+\family default
+ instrukzio baten adibidea ikusiko dugu.
+ Horren ondorioz erabiltzaile batek
+\family typewriter
+&
+\family default
+ tekla sakatzen duenean irteeran
+\family typewriter
+/
+\family default
+ikurra agertuko da:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+kmap & /
+\end_deeper
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family typewriter
+kmod
+\family default
+ Azentodun karakterea zehazten du.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+kmod
+\emph on
+karak azentu baimenduta
+\layout Standard
+
+Honek baimenduta dauden karaktereetan karak karakterea azentua bezala jartzen
+ die.
+ Hau da, tekla-hilen
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\emph on
+tekla-hila
+\emph default
+ terminoa tekla bati deitzen zaio, eta tekla honek bere kasa karaktererik
+ ez du sortzen, jarraitzen dion teklak baizik, eta horrela nahi den azentudun
+ karakterea sortzen da.
+ Adibidez, alemanerako karaktere bat umlaut batekin,
+\emph on
+ä
+\emph default
+ bezala, era honetan sortzen da.
+\end_inset
+
+ mekanismoa.
+
+\emph on
+karak
+\emph default
+ (tekla) sakatzen baduzu, eta gero
+\emph on
+baimenduta
+\emph default
+ ez dagoen beste tekla bat, irteeran bai karak bai bestea (baimenduta ez
+ dagoena) lortuko dituzu.
+ Gogoratu
+\family sans
+Atzera
+\family default
+\SpecialChar ~
+
+\family sans
+tekla
+\family default
+ batek tekla hil bat ezerezten duela, beraz
+\emph on
+karak
+\emph default
+
+\family sans
+Atzera
+\family default
+\SpecialChar ~
+
+\family sans
+tekla
+\family default
+ sakatzen baduzu, kurtsorea ez da atzerantz joango eta tekla hilaren eragina
+ deuseztatuko luke.
+\layout Standard
+
+Ondorengo adibideak ' karakterea acute azentua izango dela zehazten du,
+ eta baimendutako a, e, i, o, u, A, E, I, O, eta U karaktereetan bakarrik
+ izango luke eragina:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+kmod
+\emph on
+' acute aeiouAEIOU
+\end_deeper
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family typewriter
+ksmod
+\family default
+ azentodun karakterearentzako salbuespen bat zehazten du
+\begin_deeper
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+kxmod
+\emph on
+azentua karak emaitz
+\layout Standard
+
+Honek karak baten azentuarentzako salbuespena definitzen du.
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+kmod
+\family default
+ instrukzio batean
+\emph on
+azentua
+\emph default
+ tekla bati esleitu behar izan zaio aurretik, eta
+\emph on
+karak
+\emph default
+ ezin da
+\emph on
+azentu
+\emph default
+ horren baimenduta multzoan egon.
+
+\emph on
+azentua
+\emph default
+ karak sekuentzia bat sartzen duzunean, emaitz gertatzen da.
+ .
+\family typewriter
+kmap
+\family default
+ fitxategian deklarazio hori ez badago definituta eta zuk
+\emph on
+azentua
+\emph default
+
+\emph on
+karak
+\emph default
+ sakatzen baduzu, orduan
+\emph on
+azentu_tekla karak
+\emph default
+ lortuko duzu, non
+\emph on
+azentu_tekla
+\emph default
+ deklarazioaren aurreneko argumentua den.
+\layout Standard
+
+Ondorengo komandoak, acute-i ('i) sakatzen duzunean äi sortzen du:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+kxmod acute i "
+\backslash
+
+\backslash
+'{
+\backslash
+
+\backslash
+i}"
+\end_deeper
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family typewriter
+kcomb
+\family default
+ Bi azentudun karaktere bateratzen ditu
+\begin_deeper
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+kcomb
+\emph on
+azent1 azent2 baimenduta
+\layout Standard
+
+Hau nahiko bitxia da.
+ Honek
+\emph on
+azent1
+\emph default
+ eta
+\emph on
+azent2
+\emph default
+ efektuak (ordena horretan) bateratzen ditu baimendutako karaktereetan.
+ Fitxategian, gaineko lekuren batean (
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+kmod
+\family default
+ komandoa erabiliz)
+\emph on
+azent1
+\emph default
+ eta
+\emph on
+azent2
+\emph default
+-k definituta egon behar dute.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Aztertu
+\family typewriter
+greek.kmap
+\family default
+ fitxategitik jaso dugun adibide hau:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+kmod ; acute aeioyvhAEIOYVH
+\backslash
+kmod : umlaut iyIY
+\backslash
+kcomb acute umlaut iyIY
+\layout Standard
+
+Horrek
+\family typewriter
+ ;:i
+\family default
+ sakatzen uzten dizu eta ondorioz
+\family typewriter
+\shape up
+
+\backslash
+'{
+\backslash
+"{i}}
+\family default
+\shape default
+-ren efektua lortzen.
+ Atzera tekla bat sakatuz, azken efektua ezeztatuko luke, beraz
+\family typewriter
+;:Atzera\SpecialChar ~
+tekla
+\family default
+ sakatzean
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+'{i}
+\family default
+ lortuko zenuke.
+\layout Subsection
+
+
+\family typewriter
+.cdef
+\series medium
+
+\family default
+\series default
+fitxategia
+\layout Standard
+
+.kmap mapatzea amaitzen denean,
+\family typewriter
+.cdef
+\family default
+ fitxategi batek uneko letra-tipoaren karaktereekin sortu diren kateak mapatzen
+ ditu.
+ LyX banaketak gaur egun
+\family typewriter
+iso8859-1.cdef
+\family default
+ eta
+\family typewriter
+iso8859-2.cdef
+\family default
+ fitxategiak behintzat eskaintzen ditu.
+\layout Standard
+
+Orokorrean,
+\family typewriter
+.cdef
+\family default
+ fitxategi bat ondoren azaltzen den formako deklarazio-sekuentzia bat da
+
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\family roman
+\emph on
+karak_index_multzoan
+\emph default
+
+\emph on
+ katea
+\layout Standard
+
+Adibidez,
+\family sans
+
+\backslash
+'{e}
+\family default
+ dagokion iso-8859-1 multzoko (233) karakterera mapatzeko, honako deklarazio
+ hau erabiltzen da
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+233 "
+\backslash
+
+\backslash
+'{e}"
+\layout Standard
+
+katea-ko
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+
+\family default
+ eta
+\family typewriter
+"
+\family default
+ ikurrak ihes eran daude.
+ Konturatu zaitez karaktere berak kate bat baino gehiagori eragin diezaiokeela.
+
+\family typewriter
+iso-8859-7.cdef
+\family default
+ fitxategian honako hauek dituzu
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+192 "
+\backslash
+
+\backslash
+'{
+\backslash
+
+\backslash
+
+\backslash
+"{i}}"
+\newline
+192 "
+\backslash
+
+\backslash
+
+\backslash
+"{
+\backslash
+
+\backslash
+'{i}}"
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-ek lasterbide edo tekla hil sekuentzi batek sortzen duen katearentzako
+ mapa bat ezin badu aurkitu, azentudun karaktere bezalakoa al den begiratuko
+ du, eta pantailan karakterearen gainean azentua marrazten saiatuko da.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Tekla hilak
+\layout Standard
+
+Nazioarteko karaktereak gehitzeko beste bide bat dago, Tekla hilak deitzen
+ zaiona.
+ Tekla hil bat hizki batekin
+\emph on
+bat eginez
+\emph default
+ azentudun karaktere bat sortzen du.
+ Hemen, hauek nola lantzen diren erakusteko, tekla hil oso sinpleak azaldu
+ ditugu.
+\layout Standard
+
+Demagun circumflex karakterea ("\i \^{}
+") behar duzula.
+ Horretarako
+\family sans
+^-tekla
+\family default
+ (edo
+\family sans
+Shift-6
+\family default
+) LyX-en
+\family typewriter
+accent-circumflex
+\family default
+ komandoarekin zure
+\family typewriter
+lyxrc
+\family default
+ fitxategian bateratu behar duzu.
+ Orain,
+\family sans
+^-tekla
+\family default
+ sakatzen duzunean, eta hizki batek jarraitzen diolarik, hizkiak bere gainean
+ circumflex motako azentu bat edukiko du.
+ Adibidez, "
+\family sans
+^e
+\family default
+" sekuentziak "ê" hizkia sortuko luke.
+ Hala ere "
+\family sans
+^t
+\family default
+"-rekin saiatzen bazara, LyX-ek soinu bat kaleratuko du, zeren eta "
+\family sans
+t
+\family default
+" hizkiak inoiz ez baitu circumflex motako azenturik jasotzen.
+ Tekla hil baten ostean
+\family sans
+Zuriune
+\family default
+ tekla sakatzen bada, honek azento soila sortuko du.
+ Konturatu azken honekin! Tekla bat tekla hil batekin lotzen baduzu, tekla
+ horretako karakterea beste tekla bati berriro lotu (bateratu) beharko diozu.
+ Ez da batere egokia ,-tekla 'cedilla' bati gehitzea, zeren eta komen ordez
+ cedillak bakarrik lortuko baitituzu.
+\layout Standard
+
+Tekla hilak bateratzeko bide arrunt bat
+\family sans
+Meta-
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Ctrl-
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Shift-
+\family default
+ ("~", edo "," edo "^" bezalako) azentuarekin batera erabiltzea da.
+ Beste bide bat
+\family typewriter
+xmodmap
+\family default
+ eta
+\family typewriter
+xkeycaps
+\family default
+ erabiltzea da
+\family typewriter
+Mode_Switch
+\family default
+ tekla berezia konfiguratzeko.
+
+\family typewriter
+Mode_Switch
+\family default
+-ek
+\family sans
+Shift
+\family default
+ bezala lan egiten du eta azentudun karaktereei teklak lotzea uzten dizu.
+ Nahi baduzu teklak tekla hilak bezala jar ditzakezu,
+\family typewriter
+usldead_cedilla
+\family default
+ bezalako batekin lotuz eta gero tekla sinboliko hau dagokion LyX komandoarekin
+ elkartuz
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\emph on
+\noun on
+John Weiss
+\noun default
+-en oharra
+\emph default
+: Hau da hain zuzen nire
+\family typewriter
+~/.lyx/lyxrc
+\family default
+ eta
+\family typewriter
+~/.xmodmap
+\family default
+ fitxategietan egiten dudana.
+ Nire
+\family sans
+Scroll\SpecialChar ~
+Lock
+\family default
+ tekla
+\family typewriter
+Mode_Shift
+\family default
+ bezala ezarrita daukat, eta hainbat "
+\family typewriter
+usldead_*
+\family default
+" tekla sinboliko
+\family sans
+Scroll\SpecialChar ~
+Lock-^
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Scroll Lock-~
+\family default
+ bezala elkartuta ditut.
+ Horrela sortzen ditut azentudun karaktereak.
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Nahi duzuna egin dezakezu
+\family typewriter
+Mode_Switch
+\family default
+ teklaren barruan:
+\family sans
+Ctrl-
+\family default
+ tekletariko bat funtzio-tekla bezala erabiltzeko definitu, e.a.
+ Azentuek sortzen dituzten LyX-en komandoak
+\emph on
+Erreferentzia Gida
+\emph default
+ko
+\family sans
+accent-acute
+\family default
+ atalean dagoen zerrendan aurkituko dituzu.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Hizkuntzaren konfigurazioa gordetzea
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:gordeHizkunt}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Zure hobespenak edita ditzakezu, eta beraz, LyX abiatzen denean automatikoki
+ nahi duzun hizkuntzaren ingurunea konfiguratu dezan ezar dezakezu.
+ Horretarako erabili
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+H
+\bar default
+obespenak
+\family default
+ leihoa.
+\layout Chapter
+
+Dokumentu-klase, diseinu eta txantiloi berriak instalatzea
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{kapi:testu-klaseak}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset OptArg
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Dokumentu-klase berriak instalatzea
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Kapitulu honetan azalduko da LyX-eko diseinu eta txantiloi berriak nola
+ sortu eta instalatzen diren erakusteaz gain, bai eta LaTeX-eko dokumentu-klase
+ berriak nola instalatzen diren ere.
+ Hona zenbait definizio:
+\layout Description
+
+Dokumentu-klasea LaTeX motako fitxategia bat izaten da (
+\family typewriter
+.cls
+\family default
+ edo
+\family typewriter
+.sty
+\family default
+ luzapena eduki ohi du).
+ Honek dokumentu baten formatua (adibidez artikulua, txostena, liburua e.a.)
+ definitzen du, eta formatu hori sortzeko behar diren komando guztiak ditu.
+\layout Description
+
+Diseinu\SpecialChar ~
+fitxategia LyX motako fitxategi bat da, eta LaTeX-eko dokumentu-klase
+ bati dagokio.
+ Fitxategi honek LyX-i gauzak pantailan nola bistaratu behar dituen esaten
+ dio, azken finean inprimatutako bertsioaren antzeko itxura LyX-eko pantailan
+ marrazteko.
+ Zehatzago esanda, diseinuaren fitxategi batek "testu-klase" bat definitzen
+ du, eta azken hori ("testu-klasea") LyX-ek pantailan gauzak bistaratzeko
+ erabiltzen duen eta bere barnean dagoen eraikitzaile bat da.
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Nahiz eta dokumentazioan bai "diseinua" bai "testu-klasea" hitzak bereiztu
+ gabe erabili izan diren, fitxategi bati buruz hitz egiterakoan egokiagoa
+ da "diseinua" hitza erabiltzea, eta LyX-en memorian dagoenari "testu-klasea"
+ deitzea.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+
+Txantiloia Hau LyX dokumentu normal bat da, eta dokumentu-klase batentzako
+ aurrez definitutako sarrera-multzo bat edukitzen du.
+ Sarrera multzo hori dokumentu-klase horrek eskatzen duena izan ohi da.
+ Txantiloiak batik bat aldizkarien idazkietarako erabilgarriak izaten dira.
+ Idazki horiek posta elektronikoaren bitartez argitaletxera bidaltzen dira.
+\layout Section
+
+LaTeX pakete berri bat instalatzea
+\layout Standard
+
+Banaketa batzuek LaTeX-eko pakete guztiak ez dituzte instalatzen, batzuetan
+ LyX-ekin erabili nahiko zenukeena instalatu gabe gelditzen da.
+ Adibidez, demagun FoilTeX (gardenkiak sortzeko pakete ahaltsua) behar duzula.
+ Orain paketea nola lortu eta instalatzeko ematen diren urratsak zerrendatuko
+ ditugu, eta teTeX edo web2c banaketan oinarritutako zerbait erabiltzen
+ duzula suposatzen da:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+CTAN edo beste nonbaitetik paketea eskuratu
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Ikusi
+\emph on
+Inventory of your LaTeX configuration
+\emph default
+ eskuliburua CTAN zer den jakiteko, eta bertan aurki ditzakezun paketeen
+ zerrenda lortzeko.
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Irakurri
+\family typewriter
+texmf.cnf
+\family default
+ fitxategia,
+\family typewriter
+$TEXMF/web2c
+\family default
+ direktoriopean aurkitu ahal izango duzu.
+ Fitxategi hau non kokatua zehazki jakiteko, landu terminal batean
+\family typewriter
+kpsewhich texmf.cnf
+\family default
+ komandoa.
+ Fitxategi horrek
+\family typewriter
+texmf
+\family default
+ direktorio lokal bat nola gehitzen den deskribatzen duenez, jarraitu bertan
+ ageri diren urratsak .
+
+\family typewriter
+texmf.cnf
+\family default
+ fitxategian zure
+\family typewriter
+texmf
+\family default
+ direktorio lokalaren izena gehitu behar duzu.
+ GNU/Linux sistema eragilean, zure banaketarekin batera ez datorren softwarea
+
+\family typewriter
+/usr/local
+\family default
+ direktoriopean instalatu ohi da.
+ Beraz,
+\family typewriter
+/usr/local/texmf
+\family default
+ erabiltzea komeniko litzaizuke.
+ Arruntena bi gauza bakarrik aldatzea izaten da:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Ezarri
+\family typewriter
+TEXMFLOCAL
+\family default
+ aldagaia aukeratu duzun direktorioarekin.
+ Adibidez,
+\begin_deeper
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+TEXMFLOCAL = /usr/local/texmf
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Ziurtatu
+\family typewriter
+TEXMF
+\family default
+ aldagaiak dituen elementuen artean
+\family typewriter
+TEXMFLOCAL
+\family default
+ aldagaia aurkitzen dela.
+ Adibidez,
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+TEXMF = {$HOMETEXMF,!!$TEXMFLOCAL,!!$TEXMFMAIN}
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Sortu zure
+\family typewriter
+texmf
+\family default
+ direktorio lokala: adib.
+\family typewriter
+\SpecialChar ~
+/usr/local/texmf
+\family default
+.
+
+\family typewriter
+texmf
+\family default
+ direktorioan dagoen direktorio-egitura zure direktorio lokalean errepikatu
+ behar duzu: adibidez, LaTeX-eko paketeak
+\family typewriter
+/usr/local/texmf/tex/latex/
+\family default
+ direktorioan kokatuko lirateke.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Paketea instalatu.
+ Adibidez, deskonprimatu FoilTeX artxiboa eta
+\begin_deeper
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+/usr/local/texmf/tex/latex/foiltex
+\layout Standard
+
+sortu beharko zenuke.
+
+\family typewriter
+foiltex
+\family default
+ direktorioak fitxategi batzuk edukiko ditu.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Exekutatu
+\family typewriter
+texhash
+\family default
+.
+ Honek, beste batzuen artean, hau sortuko luke:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+/usr/local/texmf/ls-R
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+6.
+ LyX-en hau landu:
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+irkonfiguratu
+\family default
+.
+ Gero berrabiarazi LyX .
+\layout Standard
+
+Orain, instalatu duzun pakete berria (adibidearekin jarraitzeko
+\family sans
+slides\SpecialChar ~
+(FoilTeX)
+\family default
+ izango litzakete)
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+okumentua
+\family default
+ menuak irekitzen duen
+\family sans
+Dokumentu-ezarpenak
+\family default
+ leihoko
+\family sans
+Diseinua
+\family default
+ fitxako
+\family sans
+Dokumentu-klasea
+\family default
+ zerrendan aurkituko duzu.
+ Jakin ezazu paketeak instalatzeko beste bide errazgo bat ere badagoela:
+ sistemako LaTeX direktorioan (
+\family typewriter
+$TEXMF/tex/latex
+\family default
+) pakete berria kokatuta dagoen direktoriora bideratutako esteka bat gehitu,
+ eta gero exekutatu terminalean
+\family typewriter
+texconfig
+\family default
+ komandoa.
+ Beste bide bat inguruneko
+\family typewriter
+$TEXINPUTS
+\family default
+ aldagian pakete berria gehitzea da.
+ Hala ere,
+\family typewriter
+texmf.cnf
+\family default
+ fitxategiak argitzen duen bidea jarrituta, hori ongi ibiliko dela bermatzen
+ du, eta beraz, supererabiltzailearen baimenik ez baduzu,
+\family typewriter
+texmf.cnf
+\family default
+-ek azaltzen duen bidea jorratzea komeniko zaizu.
+\layout Section
+
+Diseinuak
+\layout Standard
+
+Atal honek LyX diseinuen fitxategiak (gogoratu testu-klaseak ere deitzen
+ zaiela) nola idatzi eta instalatu ditzakezun azaltzen du, eta adibide gisa,
+
+\family sans
+article
+\family default
+ testu-klasean oinarrituko da.
+ Diseinuaren fitxategiak (
+\family typewriter
+.layout
+\family default
+ luzapena edukitzen du) dokumentu-klase batentzako eskuragarri dauden paragrafo
+ estiloak deskribatzen ditu, eta LyX-ek nola bistaratu behar dituen ere
+ bai.
+ Hemen prozesu hau azaltzen saiatuko garen arren, LaTeX-ek dokumentu-klase
+ ugari dituenez, aukera denak ezin izango ditugu azaldu.
+\layout Standard
+
+Kapitulu honetan azaltzen diren etiketa (edo marka) guztiak maiuskuletan
+ edo minuskuletan egon daitezke, hots,
+\family typewriter
+Style
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+style
+\family default
+ eta
+\family typewriter
+StYlE
+\family default
+ komando berdinak dira.
+ Erabil daitezkeen balioak kortxete artean jarri dira, ezaugarrien izenen
+ ondoren.
+ Balio lehenetsia, ezaugarria, testuaren klase-deskripzioan ez badago zehaztuta,
+
+\emph on
+letra etzanarekin
+\emph default
+ jarriko da.
+ Argumentuak "string" edo "float" bezalako datu-tipo bat du, lehenetsitakoa
+ honela erakutsiko da:
+\family typewriter
+float=default
+\family default
+.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Dokumentu-klase berriak onartzea
+\layout Standard
+
+LaTeX-eko dokumentu-klase berriak onartu nahi izanen gero, bi egoera aurkitu
+ ditzakezu: LaTeX2e klasearen (
+\family typewriter
+.cls
+\family default
+) eta estiloaren (
+\family typewriter
+.sty
+\family default
+) fitxategiak.
+\layout Subsection
+
+
+\family typewriter
+sty
+\family default
+ fitxategi baten diseinua
+\layout Standard
+
+Dokumentu-klase berri bat estilo-fitxategi bezala eskaintzen baduzu, eta
+ orain arte onartuta dagoen dokumentu-klase batekin oinarrituta erabiltzen
+ bada, kopiatu klase horren diseinua zure direktorio lokalean.
+ Adibidean suposatuko dugu zure diseinuaren fitxategiak
+\family typewriter
+nireklasea.sty
+\family default
+ izena duela, eta
+\family typewriter
+report.cls
+\family default
+-rekin (klase estandar bat) erabiliko dela.
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+cp report.layout ~/.lyx/layouts/nireklasea.layout
+\layout Standard
+
+Gero, nire
+\family typewriter
+klasea.layout
+\family default
+ fitxategia editatu eta ondorengo lerroa
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+DeclareLaTeXClass{report}
+\layout Standard
+
+aldatu.
+ Honela gelditu beharko luke:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+DeclareLaTeXClass[report,
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{}
+\end_inset
+
+nireklasea.sty]{report (nireklasea)}
+\layout Standard
+
+Ondoren hau gehitu:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+Preamble
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+usepackage{nireklasea}
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+EndPreamble
+\layout Standard
+
+fitxategiaren hasieratik gertu egon dadila.
+\layout Standard
+
+Abiatu LyX eta hautatu
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+irkonfiguratu
+\family default
+.
+ LyX berrabiarazi eta dokumentu berri bat sortzen saia zaitez.
+
+\family sans
+Dokumentu-ezarpenak
+\family default
+ leihoan
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+report\SpecialChar ~
+(nireklasea)
+\family default
+" dokumentu-klasea aurkitu beharko zenuke.
+ Litekeena da ataleko komando batzuk oinarrizko klaseak dituenaren jokaera
+ ezberdinak edukitzea
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Adibide honetan:
+\family sans
+report
+\family default
+ klasea.
+\end_inset
+
+, beraz nahi duzun jokaera eduki dezaten atal ezberdinentzako ezarpenekin
+ jolastu.
+ Hurrengo ataletan xehetasun gehiago azalduko dira.
+\layout Subsection
+
+
+\family typewriter
+cls
+\family default
+ fitxategi baten diseinua
+\layout Standard
+
+Kasu honetan, diseinua zeuk sortzea nahiko duzu.
+ Gure aholkua hau da: jadanik antzeko LaTeX klasea erabiltzen duen diseinu
+ bat kopiatu, eta aukera egonez gero, zure beharretara moldatu.
+ Behintzat existitzen den fitxategi bat hasierako oinarri bezala erabili,
+ horrela arduratu beharko zaren elementuak aurkituko baitituzu.
+ Berriro diogu, xehetasunak azpian azaltzen ditugu.
+\layout Section
+
+Testu-klase berri bat deklaratzea
+\layout Standard
+
+Eskuak zikintzen hasteko eta zure diseinuaren fitxategia sortu edota editatzeko
+ ordua heldu zaizu, ondorengo atalek eman beharreko urratsak argituko dizute.
+ Jarraitu gure aholkua eta gauzak astiro egin, askotan gorde eta egiaztatu,
+ musika goxoa eta lasaia entzun, eta dastatu gehien atsegin duzun helduentzako
+ edaria (mozkortu gabe), batik bat arazo batekin trabatzen zarenean.
+ Ez da hain zaila, leku berean aukera gehiegirekin saiatzeak burua lehertzen
+ ez badizu behintzat.
+ Joan kalera, lagunartean egon eta itzulitakoan, litekeena da konponbidea
+ aurkituta izatea.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\emph on
+Gazen ba!
+\layout Standard
+
+Diseinu bateko fitxategian
+\family typewriter
+ #
+\family default
+ ikurrarekin hasten diren lerroak iruzkinak dira.
+ Arau honek, ordea, salbuespen bat dauka: diseinu guztiak honelako lerroekin
+ hasi beharko lukete:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+#% Do not delete the line below; configure depends on this
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+"Ez ezabatu azpiko lerroa; konfigurazioa horren esku baitago"
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+#
+\backslash
+DeclareLaTeXClass{article}
+\layout Standard
+
+Bigarren lerroa LyX konfiguratzeko erabiltzen da.
+ Diseinuaren fitxategia LaTeX-eko
+\family typewriter
+chkconfig.ltx
+\family default
+ script-ak irakurtzen du, modu berezi batean zeren eta
+\family typewriter
+#
+\family default
+ ikurrari ezikusi egiten dio.
+ Lehenbiziko lerroa LaTeX-eko iruzkin bat da, eta bigarrenak testu-klasearen
+ deklarazioa dauka.
+ Lerro hauek
+\family typewriter
+article.layout
+\family default
+ izeneko fitxategian agertzen badira, orduan
+\family sans
+article
+\family default
+ izeneko (diseinu fitxategiaren izena) testu-klase bat definitzen dute,
+ eta testu-klaseak LaTeX-eko
+\family typewriter
+article.cls
+\family default
+ dokumentu-klasea erabiltzen du (lehenetsi gisa diseinu fitxategiaren izen
+ berdina erabiltzea da).
+ Arestian agertzen den "article" katea
+\family sans
+Dokumentu-ezarpenak
+\family default
+ leihoko testu-klasearen deskripzio bat egiteko erabiltzen da.
+\layout Standard
+
+Demagun
+\family typewriter
+article.cls
+\family default
+ dokumentu-klasean oinarritutako testu-klasea idatzi duzula, baina ataleko
+ izenburuen itxura aldatu duzula.
+ Hori
+\family typewriter
+nireartikulua.cls
+\family default
+ fitxategian jarri baduzu, fitxategiaren goiburukoa hau izango da:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+#% Do not delete the line below; configure depends on this
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+#
+\backslash
+DeclareLaTeXClass[article]{artikulua (nere izenburuekin)}
+\layout Standard
+
+Honek
+\family sans
+nireartikulua
+\family default
+ testu-klase bat deklaratzen du, LaTeX-eko
+\family typewriter
+article.cls
+\family default
+ dokumentu-klaseari esleitzen dio eta "artikulua (nere izenburuekin)" bezala
+ deskribatzen du.
+ Zure testu-klaseak hainbat paketerekiko menpekotasuna badu, honela deklaratu
+ dezakezu:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+#% Do not delete the line below; configure depends on this
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+#
+\backslash
+DeclareLaTeXClass[article,lelo.sty]{artikulua (nere izenburuekin)}
+\layout Standard
+
+Honek zure testu-klaseak
+\family typewriter
+lelo.sty
+\family default
+ paketea erabiltzen duela adierazten du.
+ Azkenik, SGML eta DocBook kodeentzako klaseak deklara ditzakezu.
+ Ohiko deklarazio batek honelako itxura edukiko luke
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+#% Do not delete the line below; configure depends on this
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+#
+\backslash
+DeclareSGMLClass{SGML (LinuxDoc)}
+\layout Standard
+
+edo
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+#% Do not delete the line below; configure depends on this
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+#
+\backslash
+DeclareDocBookClass[article]{SGML (DocBook article)}
+\layout Standard
+
+Jabetu zaitez deklarazio hauek aurkerazko parametro bat ere eman dezaketela,
+ dokumentu-klasearen izena zehazten duena (baina ez zerrenda bat).
+\layout Standard
+
+Atsegin duzun testu-klase bat moldatutakoan,
+\family typewriter
+$LyXDir/layouts/
+\family default
+ edota
+\family typewriter
+$ErabDir/layouts
+\family default
+ direktorioan kopiatu behar duzu, eta gero
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+irkonfiguratu
+\family default
+ hautatu.
+ LyX-etik irten eta berriro abiatu, orduan testu-klase berri hau beste guztiekin
+ batera erabilgarri izango duzu.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Testu-klaseen parametro orokorrak
+\layout Standard
+
+Hauek parametro orokorrak dira eta dokumentu osoaren formatua deskribatzen
+ dute:
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+begin{sloppypar}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+Columns[1,
+\series default
+2]
+\family default
+: klaseak, lehenespenez, zutabe bat edo bi izango dituen zehazten du.
+ Dokumentu-ezarpenak leihoan alda daiteke.
+ Ezarpen hau (
+\family typewriter
+Sides
+\family default
+-entzako ere antzekoa da) oso garrantzitsua da: zure testu-klasea lehenetsi
+ gisa bi zutabekoa bada, baina gaizki ezarri baduzu,
+\family sans
+Dokumentu-ezarpenak
+\family default
+ leinoko
+\family sans
+Bi zutabeko dokumentua
+\family default
+ eremua gaitu arren LaTeX-en
+\family typewriter
+twocolumn
+\family default
+ aukera ez da irteeran kaleratuko.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+Sides [1,
+\series default
+2]
+\family default
+: lehenespenez klasea paper bateko alde bakarrean edo bi aldeetan inprimatuko
+ den zehazten du.
+
+\family sans
+Dokumentu-ezarpenak
+\family default
+ leihoan alda daitezke.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+PageStyle [plain,\SpecialChar ~
+empty,\SpecialChar ~
+headings]
+\family default
+\series default
+ Klasearen orri-estilo lehenetsia.
+
+\family sans
+Dokumentu-ezarpenak
+\family default
+ leihoan alda daiteke.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+MaxCounter
+\series default
+[Counter_Chapter, Counter_Section, Counter_Subsection, Counter_Subsubsection,
+ Counter_Paragraph, Counter_Subparagraph, Counter_EnumI, Counter_EnumII,
+ Counter_EnumIII, Counter_EnumIV]
+\family default
+ Zenbaketa automatikoaren mailarik gorena.
+ Liburu edo txosten batentzako
+\family typewriter
+Counter_Chapter
+\family default
+ balioa eta artikulu batentzako
+\family typewriter
+Counter_Section
+\family default
+ balioa oso erabilgarriak dira.
+ Inolako zenbaketarik ez bada behar, adibidez gutun klase batean, orduan
+
+\family typewriter
+MaxCounter
+\family default
+-i balio hau ezarri:
+\family typewriter
+Counter_EnumI
+\family default
+.
+
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+ClassOptions\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+End
+\family default
+\series default
+ Atal honek dokumentu-klaseak onartzen dituen aukera global batzuk deskribatzen
+ ditu.
+ Xehetasun gehiago
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:classoptions}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+atalean aurkituko dituzu.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+ProvidesAmsmath
+\series default
+[0, 1]
+\family default
+: klaseak jadanik
+\family typewriter
+amsmath
+\family default
+ paketea kargatzen du.
+ Hau
+\family sans
+amsart
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+amsbook
+\family default
+ dokumentu-klaseen kasua da.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+ProvidesMakeidx
+\series default
+[0, 1]
+\family default
+: klaseak jadanik
+\family typewriter
+makeidx
+\family default
+ paketearen funtzionalitatea eskaintzen du.
+ Hau
+\family sans
+amsart
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+amsbook
+\family default
+ dokumentu-klaseen kasua da.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+ProvidesUrl
+\series default
+[0, 1]
+\family default
+: klaseak jadanik
+\family typewriter
+url
+\family default
+ paketearen funtzionalitatea eskaintzen du.
+ Hau
+\family sans
+AASTeX
+\family default
+ dokumentu-klasearen kasua da.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+DefaultFont
+\family default
+\series default
+ Dokumentuko letra-tipo lehenetsia deskribatzeko erabiltzen da.
+ Xehetasun gehiago
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:letra-tipoak}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+atalean aurkituko duzu.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+DefaultStyle
+\series default
+[string]
+\family default
+ Paragrafo berriei ezarriko zaien estilo lehenetsia da, arruntena
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+ (
+\family sans
+Estandarra
+\family default
+) erabiltzea da.
+ Lehenespeneko balioa definitutako lehen ingurunearentzako izango da, bestelakor
+ik ez baduzu ematen, hala ere agindu hau erabiltzea oso aholkatzen dizugu.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+TitleLatexType
+\series default
+[CommandAfter, Environment]
+\family default
+ Dokumentuaren titulua definitzeko erabiliko den marka-mota da.
+
+\family typewriter
+CommandAfter
+\family default
+-ek honako hau adierazten du:
+\family typewriter
+TitleLaTeXCommand
+\family default
+ izeneko makroa "
+\family typewriter
+InTitle 1
+\family default
+" daukan azken ingurunearen ondoren txertatuko da.
+ "
+\family typewriter
+InTitle 1
+\family default
+" daukaten paragrafo-blokeak
+\family sans
+TitleLaTeXCommand
+\family default
+ ingurunean bilduta egon behar duten kasuari dagokio
+\family typewriter
+Environment
+\family default
+.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+TitleLatexCommand
+\series default
+[string="maketitle"]
+\family default
+Arestian aipatutako komando edo ingurunearen izena.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+Preamble\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+EndPreamble
+\family default
+\series default
+ Makroen definizio multzo bat, eta LaTeX fitxategietako hasieran idazten
+ dira.
+ Erabili definizio orokorretarako.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+Input
+\family default
+\series default
+: beraren izenak (sarrera) dioen bezala, bikoiztutako komandoak saihesteko,
+ zure diseinuan beste diseinuen definizio fixtategia gehitzea eskaintzen
+ dizu agindu honek.
+ Adibidez
+\family typewriter
+stdclass.inc
+\family default
+, oinarrizko diseinu gehienak ditu.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+Style\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+End
+\family default
+\series default
+ Sekuentzia honek estilo berri bat definitzen du.
+ Xehetasun gehiagorako, ikusi
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:style}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+atala.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+NoStyle
+\family default
+\series default
+ Komando honek existitzen den estiloa ezabatzen du.
+ Sarrerako fitxategi batean definitu den estilo bat ezabatzea oso baliagarria
+ izaten da nahi duzunerako.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+Float\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+End
+\family default
+\series default
+ Sekuentzia honek mugikor berri bat definitzen du.
+ Xehetasun gehiagorako, ikusi
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:mugikor}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+atala.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+NoFloat
+\family default
+\series default
+ Komando honek existitzen den mugikor bat ezabatzen du.
+ Sarrerako fitxategi batean definitu den mugikor bat ezabatzea oso baliagarria
+ izaten da nahi duzunerako.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+Counter\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+End
+\family default
+\series default
+ Sekuentzia honek zenbatzaile berri bat definitzen du.
+ Xehetasun gehiagorako, ikusi
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:zenbatzaile}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+atala.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+end{sloppypar}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+ClassOptions atala
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:classoptions}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+ClassOptions
+\family default
+ atalak honako sarrera hauek ditu:
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+FontSize
+\family default
+\series default
+ [
+\family typewriter
+string="10|11|12"
+\family default
+] Dokumentuaren letra-tipo nagusientzako dauden letra-tamainen zerrenda,
+ "|" ikurrarz bereizten dira.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+PageStyle
+\family default
+\series default
+ [
+\family typewriter
+string="empty|plain|headings|fancy"
+\family default
+] Eskuragarri dauden orri-estiloen zerrenda, "|" ikurrarekin bereizten dira.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+Other
+\family default
+\series default
+ [
+\family typewriter
+string=""
+\family default
+] Dokumentu-klasearen aukera batzuk, komaz bereizita, eta
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+documentclass
+\family default
+ komandoaren aukerako zatiari gehituko zaio.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Paragrafo-ingurune jakin batzuk
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:style}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Paragrafo-ingurune baten deskripzioa honelakoa izan ohi da.
+
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Jakin ezazu honek ingurune berri bat definitu edo dagoena aldatu dezakeela.
+\end_inset
+
+ :
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+Style
+\family roman
+\emph on
+name
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+...
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+End
+\layout Standard
+
+Bertan honako komando hauek erabil ditzakezu:
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+begin{sloppypar}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+CopyStyle
+\family default
+\series default
+ Hau existitzen den diseinu baten ezaugarri guztiak uneko diseinuan kopiatzeko
+ erabiltzen da.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+LatexType
+\series default
+[Paragraph, Command, Environment, Item_Environment, List_Environment]
+\family default
+ Ingurunea LaTeX-era nola bihurtu beharko litzatekeen.
+
+\family typewriter
+Paragraph
+\family default
+ "ezer berezia" adierazten du.
+
+\family typewriter
+Command
+\family default
+ hau adierazten du:
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+LatexName{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+}
+\family default
+.
+
+\family typewriter
+Environment
+\family default
+ hau adierazten du:
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{LatexName}\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\backslash
+end{LatexName}
+\family default
+.
+
+\family typewriter
+Item_Environment
+\family default
+ berriz
+\family typewriter
+Environment
+\family default
+-en antzekoa da, gainera ingurune honen paragrafo bakoitzarentzako
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+item
+\family default
+ sortzen du.
+
+\family typewriter
+List_Environment
+\family default
+ berriz
+\family typewriter
+Item_Environment
+\family default
+-en antzekoa da; gainera,
+\family typewriter
+LabelWidthString
+\family default
+ argumentu bezala inguruneari igortzen zaio.
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+aragrafoa
+\family default
+ leihoan
+\family typewriter
+LabelWidthString
+\family default
+ definitzeko aukera dago.
+
+\family typewriter
+LatexName
+\family default
+ piska bat gaizki ulertu izan ohi da, arau hauek SGML klaseei ere eragiten
+ dietelako.
+ Adibide zehatzagoak SGML klaseen fitxategiak ikus ditzakezu.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+InTitle
+\series default
+[1, 0]
+\family default
+ Baldin eta 1 balioa badu, ingurunea titulu-blokearen zati bezala markatzen
+ du (
+\family typewriter
+TitleLatexType
+\family default
+ eta
+\family typewriter
+TitleLatexCommand
+\family default
+ sarrera globalak ikusi baita ere).
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+LatexName
+\family default
+\series default
+ LaTeX objektuari dagokion izena da, bai ingurune bai komandoaren izena.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+LatexParam
+\family default
+\series default
+ Hau
+\family typewriter
+LatexName
+\family default
+ objektuari dagokion aukerazko parametroa da.
+ Parametro hau LyX-en ezin da aldatu.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+Margin
+\series default
+[Static, Manual, Dynamic, First_Dynamic, Right_Address_Box]
+\family default
+ Inguruneak bere ezkerrean duen marjina mota da.
+
+\family typewriter
+Static
+\family default
+-ek finkatutako marjina adierazten du.
+
+\family typewriter
+Manual
+\family default
+-ek ezkerreko marjina
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+aragrafoa
+\family default
+ leihoan sartzen den katearen menpe dagoela esanahi du.
+ Tabuladorerik gabe zerrendak erdira lerrokatzeko erabiltzen da hau.
+
+\family typewriter
+Dynamic
+\family default
+-ek marjina etiketaren tamainaren menpe dagoela adierazten du.
+ Goiburukoak automatikoki zenbatzeko erabiltzen da hori.
+ Argi dago "5.4.3.2.1 Goiburuko oso luzea" goiburukoak ( eta "5.4.3.2.2" gehi zuriunea
+ duen goiburuko baten bezain handia) "3.2 Goiburuko oso luzea" baino ezkerreko
+ marjina handiagoa edukiko duela, nahiz eta beste testu prozesatzaileek
+ hori egiteko gai izan ez.
+
+\family typewriter
+First_Dynamic
+\family default
+ antzekoa da, baina paragrafo bakoitzeko lehen lerroa bakarrik izaten da
+ dinamikoa, beste guztiak estatikoak dira.
+ Hau azalpenetarako (edo deskripzioentzako) erabiltzen da.
+
+\family typewriter
+Right_Address_Box
+\family default
+-ek paragrafoaren lerro luzeenak eskuineko marjina finkatu ahala marjina
+ aukeratzen dela adierazten du.
+ Orrialdearen eskuineko ertzean helbidea lerrokatzeko erabiltzen da hori.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+NextNoIndent
+\series default
+[1, 0]
+\family default
+: hurrengo paragrafoaren lehenbiziko lerroa koskatua izango den edo ez zehazten
+ du.
+ 1 balioak adierazten du ez dela koskatuko , eta 0 balioak, berriz, kostatuko
+ dela.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+ParIndent
+\series default
+[string=""]
+\family default
+ Paragrafo bateko lehen lerroaren koska.
+ Argumentua kate gisa igortzen zaio.
+ Adibidez, "
+\family typewriter
+MM
+\family default
+"-ek paragrafoa letra-tipo arrunta duen
+\family typewriter
+"MM"
+\family default
+-ren zabalerarekin koskatuko dela zehazten du.
+ Zabalera negatiboa ezar dezakezu; horretarako, jarri katearen hasieran
+ "
+\family typewriter
+-
+\family default
+" ikurra.
+ Bide hau pantailan erabiltzen den letra-tipoaren itxura berdina edukitzeko
+ aukeratu zen.
+ Parindent ingurune batzuk finkatzeko da.
+ Salbuespena
+\family sans
+Standar
+\family default
+ (
+\family sans
+Estandarra
+\family default
+) ingurunea da, zeren eta
+\family sans
+Estandarra
+\family default
+ ingurunea koskatzea
+\family typewriter
+NextNoIndent
+\family default
+-ekin galarazi baitaiteke.
+ Gainera, inguruneen barruan dauden
+\family sans
+Estandarra
+\family default
+ motako pagrafoak ingurunearen
+\family typewriter
+Parindent
+\family default
+ erabiltzen du, eta ez beraien jatorrizkoa.
+ Adibidez,
+\family sans
+Zenbatuta
+\family default
+ ingurunean dagoen
+\family sans
+Estandarra
+\family default
+ paragrafo bat ez da koskatzen.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+Parskip
+\series default
+[float=0]
+\family default
+ LyX-ek dokumentu bateko paragrafoak bereizteko Koska ("indent") edo Jauzia
+ ("skip") erabiltzeko aukera eskaintzen du.
+ Koska aukeratzen denean balio hau baztertu egingo da.
+ Jauzia aukeratzen denean, ingurune baten ParIndent baztertu egiten da eta
+ paragrafo guztien arteko bereizketari Parskip argumentu hau gehitzen zaie.
+ Tarte bertikala
+\family typewriter
+value*DefaultHeight()
+\family default
+-rekin kalkulatzen da, eta
+\family typewriter
+DefaultHeight()
+\family default
+ lerro baten altuera da (letra-tipo normala duen lerroarena, alegia).
+ Honela, pantailako letra-tipo ezberdinekin itxura berdina mantetzen jarraituko
+ du.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+TopSep
+\series default
+[float=0]
+\family default
+ Ingurune honetako paragrafo-multzoko lehenengo paragrafoa aurreko paragrafotik
+ bereizteko tarte bertikala da.
+ Aurreko paragrafoak beste ingurune-mota bat badu, bereizketa gehitu ordez
+ tarte handiena hartuko luke.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+BottomSep
+\series default
+[float=0]
+\family default
+Hau
+\family typewriter
+TopSep
+\family default
+-en antzekoa da, azken paragrafoari dagokio ordea.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+Parsep
+\series default
+[float=0]
+\family default
+ Ingurune honetako bi paragrafoen arteko tartea bertikala da.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+Itemsep
+\series default
+[float=0]
+\family default
+ Ingurune bateko paragrafoen arteko tarte gehigarria da.
+ Ingurune honetan beste inguruneko paragrafoak abiaratzen badizutu, bakoitza
+ inguruneko
+\family typewriter
+Parsep
+\family default
+-ekin bereiztuko da.
+ Baina inguruneko elementu guztiak Itemsep honekin bereiztuko dira gainera.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+LeftMargin
+\series default
+[string=""
+\family default
+] Inguruneetan beste ingurune batzuetako paragrafoak abiaratzen badituzu,
+ ezkerreko marjinak zuzenean elkarrekin gehitu ordez,
+\begin_inset Formula $\frac{4}{depth+4}$
+\end_inset
+
+ faktore batekin gehitzen dira.
+ Ertza
+\family typewriter
+Manual
+\family default
+ edo
+\family typewriter
+Dynamic
+\family default
+ bezala definitzen denean ere parametro hau erabiltzen da.
+ Gero, eskuzko ertzari edo ertz dinamikoari gehitzen zaio.
+ Kate honek
+\family typewriter
+ParIndent
+\family default
+-entzako esanahi berdina dauka.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+RightMargin
+\series default
+[string=""]
+\family default
+Hau
+\family typewriter
+LeftMargin
+\family default
+ komandoaren antzekoa da.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+Labeltype
+\series default
+[No_Label, Manual, Static, Top_Environment,
+\newline
+Centered_Top_Environment, Sensitive, Counter_Chapter,
+\newline
+Counter_Section, Counter_Subsection, Counter_Subsubsection,
+\newline
+Counter_Paragraph, Counter_Subparagraph, Counter_EnumI,
+\newline
+Counter_EnumII, Counter_EnumIII, Counter_EnumIV] Manual
+\family default
+-ek etiketa lehenbiziko hitza dela esanahi du (aurreneko egitazto zuriuneraino).
+
+\family typewriter
+Static
+\family default
+ ingurunean definitzen dela adierazten du (ikus
+\family typewriter
+LabelString
+\family default
+).
+
+\family typewriter
+Top_Environment
+\family default
+ eta
+\family typewriter
+Centered_Top_Environmen
+\family default
+t berriz Static-en kasu bereziak dira.
+ Etiketa paragrafoaren gainean inprimatuko da, baina ingurune baten gainean
+ edo ingurune honen paragrafo multzoen gainean bakarrik.
+ Adibidez,
+\family sans
+Laburpena
+\family default
+ (Abstract) edo
+\family sans
+Bibliografia
+\family default
+ (Bibliography) inguruneetan erabili ohi izaten da.
+
+\family typewriter
+Manual
+\family default
+ etiketen (eta
+\family typewriter
+LatexType
+\family default
+ komandoan
+\family typewriter
+Environment
+\family default
+ dutena) kasua da baita ere, teoremen diseinua egokiro lantzeko.
+ Sensitive "Irudia" eta
+\family sans
+"Taula"
+\family default
+ epigrafe-etiketen kasu berezia da.
+ Sensitive-ek etiketaren katea mugikor motaren arabera dagoela adierazten
+ du.
+
+\family typewriter
+Counter_xxx
+\family default
+ etiketa-motak bere buruz azaldu beharko luke.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+Labelsep
+\series default
+[string=""]
+\family default
+ Etiketa eta gorputzeko testuaren arteko tarte horizontala da.
+ Gorputzeko testuaren gainetik ez dauden etiketentzako bakarrik da baliagarria.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+LabelBottomsep
+\series default
+[float=0]
+\family default
+ Etiketa eta gorputzeko testuaren arteko tarte bertikala.
+ Gorputzeko testuaren (
+\family typewriter
+Top_Environment
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+Centered_Top_Environment
+\family default
+) gainean dauden etiketentzako da bakarrik baliagarria.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+LabelString
+\series default
+[string=""]
+\family default
+ Kate hau
+\family typewriter
+LabelType
+\family default
+ komandoa
+\family typewriter
+Static
+\family default
+ balioarekin duen etiketarentzako bakarrik erabiltzen da.
+ Ertza
+\family typewriter
+Manual
+\family default
+ denean, kate hau
+\family typewriter
+LabelWidthString
+\family default
+ komandoarentzako iradokizun bezala erabiliko da, eta
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+aragrafoa
+\family default
+ leihoan ezar daiteke.
+
+\family typewriter
+LabelType
+\family default
+ komandoa
+\family typewriter
+Counter_xxx
+\family default
+ denean, kate hau zenbatzailearen aurrean agertuko da.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+EndLabeltype
+\series default
+[No_Label, Box, Filled_Box, Static]
+\family default
+ Paragrafoaren amaiera (edo paragrafoen sekuentzia
+\family typewriter
+LatexType
+\family default
+ komandoa
+\family typewriter
+Environment
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+Item_Environment
+\family default
+ edo
+\family typewriter
+List_Environment
+\family default
+ bada) zehazten duen etiketa mota da.
+
+\family typewriter
+No_Label
+\family default
+ balioak "ezer ez" adierazten du.
+
+\family typewriter
+Box
+\family default
+-ek (eta
+\family typewriter
+Filled_Box
+\family default
+) lauki zuri bat (eta beltza) frogapenen amaiera markatzeko da.
+ Static ageriko testu-kate bat da.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+EndLabelString
+\series default
+[string=""]
+\family default
+ Hau
+\family typewriter
+EndLabelType
+\family default
+ komandoa
+\family typewriter
+Static
+\family default
+ balioarekin duen etiketa batentzako katea da.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+Align
+\series default
+[block, left, right, center]
+\family default
+Paragrafoa lerrokatzeko da.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+AlignPossible
+\series default
+[block, left, right, center]
+\family default
+Komaz bereiztutako lerrokadura aukeren zerrenda da.
+ LaTeX estilo batzuk zenbait lerrokadura debekatzen dute, ez baitute zentzurik
+ izaten.
+ Adibidez, eskuinera edo erdira lerrokatutako zenbakera ezinezkoa da.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+Fill_Top
+\series default
+[0,1]
+\family default
+ Parametro honekin
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+aragrafoa
+\family default
+ leihoko "Tarte bertikala" zerrendako Bete balioa ezartzen du
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\emph on
+\noun on
+Jean-Marc
+\noun default
+-en oharra
+\emph default
+: Ez nago ziur ezarpen hau baliagarria ote den, eta baliteke datozen bertsioetan
+ kentzea.
+\end_inset
+
+.
+
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+Fill_Bottom
+\family default
+\series default
+ [0,1] Hau
+\family typewriter
+Fill_Top
+\family default
+-en antzekoa da.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+NeedProtect
+\series default
+[0,1]
+\family default
+ Diseinu honetako komando ahulak
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+protect
+\family default
+ komandoarekin babestu behar diren zehazten du.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+Newline
+\series default
+[0, 1]
+\family default
+ Lerro berriak LaTeX-eko lerro-berrietara (
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+
+\backslash
+
+\family default
+) bihurtu behar al diren edo ez.
+ Bihurketa desgaitu daiteke LyX-en LaTeX modu eroso batean editatu ahal
+ izateko.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+PassThru
+\series default
+[0, 1]
+\family default
+Paragrafo honen edukia era gordin batean, LaTeX-ek eskatzen duen bihurketa
+ berezirik egin gabe, kanporatuko den zehazten du.
+ Honek nolabait LaTeX zaharreko letra-tipoaren propietateak ordezten ditu.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+FreeSpacing
+\series default
+[0, 1]
+\family default
+Gehienetan LyX-ek hitzen artean zuriune bat baino gehiago sartzen ez dizu
+ utziko, zeren eta zuriune bat bi hitzen arteko bereizketa egiteko (eta
+ ez karaktere edo ikur bezala) hartzen baita.
+ Hau gauza nahiko fina izan arren batzuetan nekagarria gerta daiteke, adibidez
+ programa baten kodea edo LaTeX-eko kode soila idazterakoan.
+ Hori dela eta,
+\family typewriter
+FreeSpacing
+\family default
+ gaitzeko aukera dago.
+ Jakin ezazu LyX-ek zuriune gehigarrientzako, eta LaTeX eran ez dagoenean,
+
+\family sans
+Zuriune-babestuak
+\family default
+ sortuko lituzkeela.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+KeepEmpty
+\series default
+[0, 1]
+\family default
+Normalki LyX-ek paragrafo huts bat edukitzea ez du utziko, LaTeX irteera
+ hutsa sortuko lukeelako.
+ Hala ere, zenbait egoeretan horrelako paragrafo hutsak edukitzea baliagarria
+ izan daiteke, adibidez gutunen txantiloi batean, bete beharreko eremu hutsak
+ eduki ditzake, eta horrela erabiltzailea ez da hauetaz ahaztuko.
+ Kasu berezi batzuetan paragrafoa (testurik gabekoa) jauzi bezala erabil
+ daiteke.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+Spacing
+\series default
+[single, onehalf, double, other
+\family default
+\emph on
+balioa
+\family typewriter
+\emph default
+]
+\family default
+Honek paragrafoaren tarte lehenetsia definitzen du.
+
+\family typewriter
+single
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+onehalf
+\family default
+ eta
+\family typewriter
+double
+\family default
+ argumentuek bidertzeko 1, 1.25 eta 1.667 koefizienteei dagokie, hurrenez
+ hurren.
+ other argumentua zehazten baduzu, zenbakizko argumentu bat eman behar diozu,
+ eta balio hori oraingo biderkatzailearen balioa izango da.
+ Ohartu zaitez beste parametroekin gertatzen ez den bezala,
+\family typewriter
+Spacing
+\family default
+-ek,
+\family typewriter
+setspace.sty
+\family default
+ paketea erabiltzen duen LaTeX kode berezia sortzea dakar.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+Font
+\family default
+\series default
+ Etiketa eta gorputzeko testuan erabiliko den letra-tipoa da.
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:letra-tipoak}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+atala ikusi.
+ Ohartu zaitez letra-tipo hau definitzeak automatikoki
+\family typewriter
+LabelFont
+\family default
+ balio berdinarekin definitzen duela.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+TextFont
+\family default
+\series default
+ Gorputzeko testuan erabiliko den letra-tipoa.
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:letra-tipoak}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+atala ikusi.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+LabelFont
+\family default
+\series default
+ Etiketek erabiliko duten letra-tipoa.
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:letra-tipoak}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+atala ikusi.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+Preamble\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+EndPreamble
+\family default
+\series default
+ Makro definizioen multzo bat, diseinu hau erabiltzerakoan LaTeX fitxategien
+ hasieran idatziko dira.
+ Zure diseinu bereziak behar dituen makroak definitzeko erabil ezazu.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+DependsOn
+\family default
+\series default
+ Estilo baten izena da.
+ Estilo horren hitzaurrea arestikoarena baino lehenago kanporatu behar da.
+ Makro definizio batzuk beste batzuen menpean daudenean hitzaurreak egokiro
+ ordenatuko direla ziurtatzen du
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Jabetu zaitez, funtzionalitate honetatik kanpo, hitzaurreak ordenatzeko
+ biderik ez dagoela.
+ LyX-eko bertsio baten ikusten duzun ordena beste azken bertsio batzuetan,
+ eta jakinarazpenik gabe, alda daiteke.
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+end{sloppypar}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+Mugikorrak
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:mugikor}
+
+\end_inset
+
+LyX-en 1.3.0 betsiotik honantz, mugikorrak (irudia, taula, \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+) testu-klase bertan
+ definitu behar dira.
+ Existitzen den testu-klase bat nola eguneratzen den ikasteko atal honetara
+ iritsi bazara, ziurrenik testu-klasean ondorengoa idaztearekin nahikoa
+ izango duzu
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Ez ahaztu hurrengo atala, zenbatzaileei buruzkoa, ere irakurtzea.
+\end_inset
+
+ :
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+Input stdfloats.inc
+\layout Standard
+
+Bestelako mugikor-motak (AGU klasea LyX-ekin erabiltzea bezalakoa) erabiltzeko
+ gaitasuna duen testu-klase bat garatu nahi baduzu, azpiko informazioak
+ lagunduko dituzu:
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+Type
+\series default
+[string=""]
+\family default
+Mugikor-klase berriaren tipoa ("type"), programa edo algoritmoa bezala.
+ Dagokion
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+newfloat
+\family default
+-en ondoren,
+\family typewriter
+begin{program}
+\family default
+ edo
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+end{algorithm*}
+\family default
+ bezalako komandoak erabilgarriak dira.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+GuiName
+\series default
+[string=""]
+\family default
+ Menuetan, eta epigrafean ere, erabiliko den katea.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+LaTeXBuiltin [0, 1]
+\family default
+ Mugikorra jadanik dokumentu-klasean definituta badago,
+\family typewriter
+1
+\family default
+ balioa ezarri.
+
+\family typewriter
+0
+\family default
+ balioarekin ezartzen bada, mugikorra LaTeX-eko float paketearekin definituko
+ da.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+NumberWithin
+\series default
+[string=""]
+\family default
+ Aukerazko argumentu honek klase honetako mugikorrak dokumentuko atal unitateen
+ barruan zenbatuko diren zehazten du.
+ Adibidez,
+\family typewriter
+chapter
+\family default
+ sartzen baduzu, mugikorrak kapitulu barruan kapitulu zenbakiarekin zenbatuko
+ dira.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+Style
+\series default
+[string=""]
+\family default
+ Mugikorra
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+newfloat
+\family default
+ erabiliz definitzen denean erabiliko den estiloa.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+Placement
+\series default
+[string=""]
+\family default
+Mugikor klasearentzako ematen den kokapen lehenetsia.
+ LaTeX estandarrekoen bezalakoak dira (parentesi artean beraien esanahiak
+ azaltzen dira):
+\family typewriter
+t
+\family default
+ (goian),
+\family typewriter
+b
+\family default
+ (behean),
+\family typewriter
+p
+\family default
+ (orrialdean) eta
+\family typewriter
+h
+\family default
+ (hemen)
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Jakin ezazu hizki hauen ordenak ez duela inolako garrantzirik, LaTeX-en
+ gertatzen den bezala.
+\end_inset
+
+ .
+ Gainera tipo berri bat dago,
+\family typewriter
+H
+\family default
+.
+ Tipo berri hau mugikor bati ez dagokio, zeren eta "jarri hemen eta ez beste
+ inon" adierazten baitu.
+ Jabetu zaitez
+\family typewriter
+H
+\family default
+ tipo berezia dela, eta garapenen arrazoiak direla medio, dokumentu-klasean
+ definitu (
+\family typewriter
+LaTeXBuiltin=1
+\family default
+) ez diren mugikorrekin ezin dela erabili.
+ Zeri buruz ari garen ez baduzu ulertzen, lasai, erabili
+\family typewriter
+"tbp"
+\family default
+ eta kitto!
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+Extension
+\series default
+[string=""]
+\family default
+ Irudien (edo beste zerbaiten) zerrendaren fitxategi-laguntzaile baten fitxategi
+-izenaren luzapena.
+ LaTeX-ek epigrafeak fitxategi honekiko idatziko ditu.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+ListName
+\series default
+[string=""]
+\family default
+ Mugikorren zerrendarako erabiliko den izenburua.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Zenbatzaileak
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:zenbatzaile}
+
+\end_inset
+
+LyX-en 1.3.0 bertsiotik honantz, zenbatzaileak (kapitulua, irudia, \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+) testu-klase
+ bertan definitu behar dira.
+ Existitzen den testu-klase bat nola eguneratzen den ikasteko atal honetara
+ iritsi bazara, ziurrenik testu-klasean ondorengoa idaztearekin nahikoa
+ izango duzu
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+Input stdcounters.inc
+\layout Standard
+
+Zenbatzaileen definizioa, LyX-en, nahikoa gogorra da, gauza asko oraindik
+ ere iturburuetan jarraitzen dutelako.
+ Honako bi parametro hauek erabil ditzakezu:
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+Name
+\series default
+[string=""]
+\family default
+ Zenbatzaielaren izena.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+Within
+\series default
+[string=""]
+\family default
+ Hau beste zenbatzaile baten izenarekin ezartzen bada, oraingo zenbatzailea
+
+\family typewriter
+0
+\family default
+ balioarekin berrasieratu egingo da bestea handitzen (edo gehitzen) den
+ bakoitzean.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Letra-tipo deskripzioa
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:letra-tipoak}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Letra-tipo baten deskripzioa honelakoa da:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+Font
+\family roman
+\emph on
+edo
+\family default
+\emph default
+ LabelFont
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+...
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+EndFont
+\layout Standard
+
+eta komando hauek eskuragarri daude:
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+Family
+\series default
+[Roman, Sans, Typewriter]
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+Series
+\series default
+[Medium, Bold]
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+Shape
+\series default
+[Up, Italic, SmallCaps, Slanted]
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+Size
+\series default
+[tiny, small, normal, large, larger, largest, huge, giant]
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+Color
+\series default
+[none, black, white, red, green, blue, cyan, magenta, yellow]
+\layout Section
+
+Txantiloiak sortzea
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:txantiloiak}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Txantiloiak ohiko dokumentuen antzera sortzen dira.
+ Dagoen ezberdintasun bakarra hau da: ohiko dokumentuek ezarpen guztiak
+ dituzte, letra-tipoen eskemak (fontscheme) eta paper-tamainak (papersize)
+ barne.
+ Gehienetan erabiltzaile batek txantiloi bateko lehenespenak gainidazterik
+ ez du nahi izaten.
+ Horregatik, txantiloiaren egileak bere LyX txantiloitik dagokion komandoak
+ (
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+fontscheme
+\family default
+ edo
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+papersize
+\family default
+ bezalakoak) kentzen ditu.
+ Hori edozein testu-editore arruntekin egin daiteke, adib.
+
+\family typewriter
+vi
+\family default
+ edo
+\family typewriter
+xedit
+\family default
+.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Sortzen eta editatzen dituzun txantiloiak
+\family typewriter
+$ErabDir/templates/
+\family default
+ direktorioan jarri, erabili ohi duzuna
+\family typewriter
+$LyXDir/templates/
+\family default
+ direktoriotik (txantiloien direktorio orokorra) zure direktorio lokalean
+ kopiatu, eta
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+H
+\bar default
+obespenak
+\family default
+ leihoko
+\family sans
+Bide-izenak
+\family default
+ fitxan txantiloien bide-izen egokia berriro zehaztu.
+\layout Standard
+
+Ohartu zaitez hor txantiloi berezi bat dagoela:
+\family typewriter
+defaults.lyx
+\family default
+.
+ Txantiloi hori
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+erria
+\family default
+ hautatuta dokumentu berri bat sortzen den bakoitzean (eta lehenespenak
+ erabilgarri edukitzeko xedearekin) kargatzen dela.
+ LyX-ekin, txantiloi hori sortzeko, ireki dokumentu bat eta egokitu ezarpenak,
+ gero
+\family sans
+Dokumentu-ezarpenak
+\family default
+ leihoko
+\family sans
+Gorde dokumentu lehenetsi gisa
+\family default
+ botoian klikatu behar duzu.
+\layout Chapter
+
+Kanpoko materiala gehitzea
+\layout Section
+
+Testuingurua
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-en erabiltzaileek gehien eskatzen duten gauzetariko bat LyX-ek
+\family typewriter
+XFig
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+Dia
+\family default
+ edo antzerako beste programa batentzako interfazea edukitzea da.
+ Programak horiek dokumentuan edukitzea garrantzitsuak diren diagrama, irudi,
+ eskemak edo bestelako gauzak sortzeko bereziki prestatuta daude.
+ Garai batean LyX dokumentuetan irudi finko edo estatikoak bakarrik gehitu
+ zitekeen, baina arazo horri eusteko murriztapen batzuk daude:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Irudia aldatzea nahi baduzu, kanpoko programa bati eskuz deitu behar diozu.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Erreferentzia fitxategia aldatzen denean LyX-ek ez du oharrik ematen, eta
+ pantailako bistaratzea zaharkitua egon daiteke, bistaratzea ezin eguneratzeak
+ hau astunago egiten du.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Objektu grafikoek esportatutako formatuekin (hala nola DocBook, HTML edo
+ Ascii soila) kopiatzeko mekanismorik ez dute eskaintzen.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Kanpoko materiala arazo hauek ebazteko erraztasunak ematen saiatzen da
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Nahiz eta irudien erraztasunak arazo guztiak ezin konpondu, oraindik baliagarria
+ da zeren eta grafikoen aurrebista lerro-barnean erakusteaz gain, interfaze
+ eroso batekin bihurketa geometriko aurreratuen euskarria baitu.
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Hori egiteko, kanpoko aplikazioentzako interfaze bezala lantzeko prestatu
+ da LyX.
+ Aplikazio berezi bakoitzarentzako funtzio ezberdinen zerrenda luze bat
+ sartu ordez, aplikazio esparru handia biltzen duen funtzio orokor bat eskaintze
+ko xedearekin gehitutako materialaren lerro-barneko bistara galtzea erabaki
+ dugu.
+ Horren ondorioz, kanpoko materialen funtzioa daukagu.
+ Kanpoko materiala dokumentuan botoi bat bezala agertzen den arren, ez zaitez
+ honekin zoratu.
+ Botoiaren gainean klikatzen duzunean, leiho bat irekiko da, eta bertan
+ gehitzea nahi duzun material zehatza hautatu ahal izango duzu.
+ Hurrengo ataletan mekanismo hau erabiltzen eta zure arazoak honekin gainditzen
+ ikasiko duzu.
+\layout Section
+
+Nola lantzen da?
+\layout Standard
+
+Kanpoko materialaren ezaugarria
+\emph on
+txantiloi
+\emph default
+ baten zentzuan oinarritzen da.
+ Txantiloi batek LyX-ek material mota batekin interfaze lanak nola egin
+ behar dituen zehazten du.
+ Orokorrean LyX banaketa
+\family typewriter
+XFig
+\family default
+ motako irudiak, Dia motako diagramak,
+\emph on
+raster
+\emph default
+
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\emph on
+Itzultzailearen oharra
+\emph default
+: raster formatua batzuetan "itzaldura" itzuli izan da; beste batzuetan,
+ berriz, "bilbe-grafikoa".
+ Dokumentu honetan "raster" erabiliko dugu.
+ Honako esanahi hauek ditu:
+\layout Description
+
+Raster Sare edo laukitxo baten kolore edo gris tonoak osatzen duten irudi-format
+u bat da, pantailako pixelei ere deitzen zaie.
+\layout Description
+
+Raster Pantaila bateko pixelak dituzten lerro horizontalekin osatzen den
+ irudi-formatua.
+
+\end_inset
+
+ formatuko irudiak,
+\family typewriter
+gnuplot
+\family default
+ eta bestelako batzuen aurredefinitutako txantiloiekin etortzen da.
+ Orain daukan zerrenda ikusteko
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+K
+\bar default
+anpo-materiala
+\family default
+ menura joan.
+ Horretaz gain, material mota zehatz baten euskarria duen txantiloi bat
+ sor dezakezu.
+ Geroxeago zer egin behar den azalduko dugu, eta horrela sortzen dituzun
+ txantiloi guztiak guri bidali eta hurrengo LyX-en bertsioan kaleratuko
+ genituzke.
+\layout Standard
+
+Kanpoko materialaren ezaugarriaren beste oinarrizko ideia jatorrizko fitxategia
+ (bukaerako materiala lortzeko oinarri bezala erabiltzen dena) eta sortzen
+ den bihurtutako fitxategia (esportatzen edo inprimatzen den dokumentuan
+ gehitzen dena) arteko ezberdintasunean datza.
+ Adibidez, demagun
+\family typewriter
+XFig
+\family default
+ programarekin irudi bat sortzen dela.
+
+\family typewriter
+XFig
+\family default
+ programa berak
+\family typewriter
+.fig
+\family default
+ luzapena duen jatorrizko fitxategi batekin lan egiten du.
+
+\family typewriter
+XFig
+\family default
+-ekin irudiak sortu eta alda ditzakezu, eta behin amaitutakoan fig fitxategia
+ gorde.
+ Irudi hori zure dokumentuan gehitu nahi duzunean, PostScript fitxategi
+ bat sortzeko (eta hau LaTeX fitxategian gehitzeko), landu terminal batean
+
+\family typewriter
+transfig
+\family default
+ komandoa.
+ Kasu honetan
+\family typewriter
+.fig
+\family default
+ fitxategia jatorrizkoa da, eta PostScript motakoa sortzen den bihurtutako
+ fitxategia da.
+\layout Standard
+
+Bereizketa hau egitea oso garrantzitsua da, horrela dokumentua idazten jarraitze
+n duzun bitartean materialaren eguneraketak egin ditzakezu.
+ Gainera, hainbat formatutan esportatzeko euskarriak behar den malgutasuna
+ ematen digu.
+ Adibidez, bihurtutako ASCII motako fitxategi baten kasuan, PostScript bezala
+ irudia gehitzea ez da batere egokia.
+ Horren ordez, irudiaren erreferentzia bat gehitzea, edo amaierako emaitzak
+ benetako grafiko baten itxura izan dezan grafikoetatik ASCII-ra moldatzen
+ duen bihurtzaile bati deitzea komenigarriagoa da.
+ Kanpoko materialen kudeaketak hori egiten uzten du, zeren eta LyX-ek onartzen
+ dituen formatu ezberdinetara esportatzeko parametrizatua baitago.
+\layout Standard
+
+Esportatzeko formatuei dagokien produktu ezberdinen ekoizpena onartzeko
+ xedearekin, aplikazioekin editatu eta bistaratzeko bateratutako euskarria
+ sartu zaio.
+
+\family typewriter
+XFig
+\family default
+ motako irudi baten kasuan, LyX-eko kanpoko materialen leihoan klik batekin
+ jatorrizko fitxategiaren gain lan egin dezan
+\family typewriter
+xfig
+\family default
+ abia dezakezu, eta beste klik bat eginez
+\family typewriter
+ghostview
+\family default
+-rekin sortzen den PostScript fitxategiaren aurrebista landu.
+ Jatorrizko edo bihurtutako fitxategiak non kokatuta dauden aurkitzeko eta
+ ukitzeko (edo aldatzeko), komando-lerrorik edota fitxategi kudeatzailerik
+ erabili beharrik ez daukazu.
+ Honela zure dokumentuak idazten ari zarenean aplikazio ezberdin askoren
+ gaitasun guztiekin aritzeko aukera izango duzu, eta, azken finean, eraginkorrag
+oa izango da.
+\layout Standard
+
+Beraz, LyX-ek, hori guztia lantzeko, erabil daitezkeen programa ezberdinei
+ buruzko informazioa dauka.
+ Egotez, informazio hori txantiloietan dago.
+ Txantiloi bakoitzak deitu behar duen aplikazioentzat, jatorrizkotik bihurtutako
+ fitxategira bihurtzeko eta beste gauza batzuk egiteko komandoen zerrenda
+ bat dauka.
+ Mekanismo honek erabiltzaile aurreratuei Lyx-en gaitasuna hedatzeko (LyX-eko
+ iturburak ukitu gabe) aukera eskaintzen die.
+ Komando eta bandera (aukera) guztiak definitzeak bere lana eskatzen du,
+ baina zorionez LyX taldekoek lan gogor guzti hau zure ordez egin dute.
+\layout Standard
+
+Onartu behar dugu zenbait gauza ez ditugula egin.
+ Esportatutako formatu bakoitzarekin fitxategi mota ezberdin asko sor ditzakezun
+ez, produktu bakoitzaren aurrebista lantzeko aukera dagoela pentsa dezakezu.
+ Erabiltzailearen interfazea sinplea izaten jarraitu dezan, LyX-eko taldeak
+ hau ez egitea erabaki zuen.
+ Esportutako fitxategi formatu bakoitzeko botoi bat sortu ordez, botoi bakarra
+ edukitzea (oinarrizko fitxategi formatuaren kontzeptua sartzen duelarik)
+ erabaki genuen.
+ Kanpoko materialaren leihoan
+\family sans
+Ikusi\SpecialChar ~
+emaitza
+\family default
+ botoian klikatzen duzuenan bukerako fitxategiaren ikuspegia oinarrizko
+ fitxategiaren formatuan lortuko duzu.
+ Eta zure dokumentu-klasean oinarrizko fitxategiaren formatua zehazten da.
+ Dokumentu-klase gehienetan oinarrizko fitxategiaren formatua LaTeX izaten
+ da, baina DocBook dokumentu-klaseetan oinarrizko fitxategiaren formatua
+
+\family typewriter
+DocBook
+\family default
+ izaten da.
+ Beraz, bihurtutako fitxategia ikusten duzunean, gogoratu emaitz nagusia
+ kaleratuko denaren aurrebista bat bakarrik izango dela.
+ Esportatutako beste formatuak nola ikusten diren jakin nahi baduzu, eskuz
+ esportatu eta ikusi beharko dituzu.
+\layout Section
+
+Kanpo-materiala leihoa
+\layout Standard
+
+Kanpoko materiala
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+xertatu
+\family default
+ menutik txertatzen da.
+ Hori egiterakoan, dokumentuan botoi bat txertatzen da, eta kanpoko materialaren
+ leihoa erakusten da.
+ Leiho honek gehitzea nahi duzun materiala, eta nola gehitzen den ere bai,
+ zehazki deskribatzea uzten dizu.
+ Gainera, emaitzeko fitxategian erabiltzeko asmoarekin materiala ikusi,
+ editatu edota sortzeko kanpoko aplikazioari deitzeko aukera eskaintzen
+ du.
+\layout Standard
+
+Leihoko
+\family sans
+Txantiloia
+\family default
+ eremua erabili behar diren txantiloien zerrenda da, eta hor egokien datorkizuna
+ aukeratu behar duzu.
+ Eremu horren azpian testu-area bat dago, aukeratzen duzun txantiloiaren
+ laburpen bat erakusten da, txantiloia nola erabili azaltzen du.
+ Gehienetan txantiloiaren laburpena eta nola parametriza dezakezun azaltzen
+ du.
+ Leiho horretan "Arakatu" botoia ere badago, eta fitxategien arakatzaile
+ arrunt batekin gehitzea nahi duzun fitxategia hautatzeko erabiltzen da.
+ Horrela, eremu honek jatorrizko fitxategiari dagokio.
+ Bihurtutako fitxategia automatikoki sortzen denez, horrentzako erabiltzailearen
+ interfazean sarbiderik ez da behar.
+\layout Standard
+
+Badago beste eremu bat
+\family sans
+Parametroak
+\family default
+ izenekoa.
+ Eremu horretan txantiloi zehatz bat parametrizatzeko erabiltzen da.
+ Erabileraren xehetasunak txantiloiaren laburpenean agertu beharko luke,
+ bihurtutako fitxategia nola sortuko den definitzeko beste modu batzuk jar
+ ditzakezu.
+ Leiho horretan beste hiru botoi aurkituko dituzu:
+\family sans
+Editatu\SpecialChar ~
+fitxategia
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Ikusi\SpecialChar ~
+emaitza
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Eguneratu\SpecialChar ~
+emaitza
+\family default
+.
+ Horiek jatorrizko fitxategia (dagokion aplikazioarekin) editatu, oinarrizko
+ dokumentuaren formatuan gehituko den bezala bihurtutako fitxategia ikusi,
+ eta azkenik, oinarrizko formatuan emaitzaren materiala eguneratzeko erabiltzen
+ dira.
+ Normalki
+\family sans
+Eguneratu\SpecialChar ~
+emaitza
+\family default
+ botoia desgaituta egoten da, zeren eta txantiloi gehienek behar denean
+ bihurtutako fitxategia automatikoki eguneratzen baitute.
+ Kasu horietan bihurtutako fitxategi berri bat sortzea ez da beharrezkoa.
+ Hala ere, txantiloi batzuk ez dute automatikoki bihurtutako fitxategia
+ eguneratzen, hori egiten duten bakoitzean denbora gehiegi igarotzen baitute,
+ eta dokumentuaren ekoizpena gehiegi luzatuko lukete.
+ Mota horretako txantiloiei
+\emph on
+eskuzko
+\emph default
+ kanpo-materiala esaten zaie.
+ Kasu horietan bihurtutako fitxategia eguneratzeko zeuk (hori egin behar
+ duzunean
+\family sans
+Eguneratu\SpecialChar ~
+emaitza
+\family default
+ botoia erabilita) egunera dezakezu.
+ Hau da, zure eskuetan gelditzen da une bakoitzean bihurtutako fitxategia
+ eguneratua dagoela ziurtatzea: inprimatu, esportatu, aurrebista landu eta
+ bestelako batzuen aurretik jorratu beharko zenituzke.
+ Agian, etorkizunean, baliteke LyX-ek zeregin honetan zuri laguntzea.
+ Txantiloia, jatorrizko fitxategia edo parametroak aldatzerakoan
+\family sans
+Editatu\SpecialChar ~
+fitxategia
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Ikusi\SpecialChar ~
+emaitza
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Eguneratu\SpecialChar ~
+emaitza
+\family default
+ botoiak erabili beharko dituzu.
+\layout Section
+
+Adibideak
+\layout Standard
+
+Atal honetan kanpoko materialaren erabileren adibide batzuk gehituko ditugu.
+ Adibideok honako hauek eduki beharko dituzte:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Kanpoko raster irudiak.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Kanpoko XFig irudiak.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Chess diagramak.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Soinuen laginak.
+\layout Itemize
+
+makefiles-en erabilera.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Kanpoko LyX txantiloi errekurtsiboak.
+\layout Section
+
+Kanpoko txantiloiaren konfigurazio fitxategia
+\layout Standard
+
+Kanpoko txantiloiaren definizioak LyX-en gehitzea nahikoa erraza da.
+ Hala ere, argi ibili hori lantzerakoan, zeren eta segurtasun alorreko zulo
+ bat sor baitezakezu.
+ Beraz, horrekin jolasean hasi aurretik, irakurri geroago aurkituko duzun
+ segurtasunari buruzko atala.
+\layout Standard
+
+Hau esanda, sortzen dituzun txantiloi interesgarriak bidaltzeko eskatzen
+ dizugu.
+\layout Standard
+
+Kanpoko txantiloiak
+\family typewriter
+lib/external_templates
+\family default
+ fitxategian definitzen dira.
+ Zure bertsioa
+\family typewriter
+.lyx/external_templates
+\family default
+ fitxategian jar dezakezu.
+ Etorkizunean litekeena da norbaitek txantiloien edukien eta txantiloiak
+ definitzeko erabiltzen den sintaxiaren dokumentazioa idaztea.
+\layout Section
+
+Ordezpen mekanismoa
+\layout Standard
+
+Kanpoko materialaren erraztasunak kanpoko programa bati deitzen dionean,
+ txantiloiaren konfigurazio fitxategian definituta dagoen oinarrizko komandoan
+ oinarrituz egiten da.
+ Komando horiek exekutatu aurretik hedatzen diren makro batzuk eduki ditzakete.
+ Exekuzioa dokumentua dagoen direktorioan gertatzen da beti.
+\layout Standard
+
+Gainera, kanpoko materiala bistaratu behar den bakoitzean, ordezte-mekanismoak
+ sortuko du bere izena.
+\layout Standard
+
+Eskuragarri dauden makroak hauexek dira:
+\layout Description
+
+$$FName Kanpoko materialaren leihoan zehazten den jatorrizko fitxategiaren
+ izena.
+\layout Description
+
+$$Basename Luzapenik gabeko fitxategi-izena.
+\layout Description
+
+$$Tempname Behin-behineko fitxategi batentzako izena eta bide-izen osoa.
+ Hori daukan dokumentua ixterakoan edo kanpoko materialaren txertatze-gunea
+ ezabatzen denean automatikoki ezabatuko da.
+\layout Description
+
+$$Contents("fitxa_izena.ext") Makro hau
+\family typewriter
+fitxa_izena.ext
+\family default
+ izena duen fitxategiaren edukietara hedatuko da.
+\layout Description
+
+$$Sysdir Makro hau sistemako direktorioaren bide-izen osoarekin hedatuko
+ da.
+ LyX-ekin datozten script lagungarriengana bideratzeko erabili ohi izaten
+ da.
+\layout Standard
+
+Hauetaz gain, erraztasunak
+\family typewriter
+${PATH}
+\family default
+ bezalako sintaxia duten inguruneko aldagai orokorrak heda ditzake.
+\layout Section
+
+Segurtasunaren eztabaida
+\layout Standard
+
+Kanpoko materialaren funtzioak kanpoko programa askoren interfaze lanak
+ egiten ditu, eta gauzak automatikoki egiten dituenez, segurtasun arazoak
+ aztertu behar ditugu.
+ Fitxategien izenak edota parametroak komandoetan heda ditzakezunez, badirudi
+ dokumentu maltzur bat sortzeko aukera dagoela, eta ondorioz, erabiltzaile
+ batek dokumentuaren aurrebista lantzerakoan edo inprimatzerakoan bestelako
+ komando batzuk exekuta ditzake.
+ Hori erabat saihetsi nahiko genuke.
+\layout Standard
+
+Hala ere, kanpoko programen komandoak txantiloiaren konfigurazio fitxategian
+ bakarrik zehazten direnez, eta LyX txantiloi seguruekin bakarrik konfiguratuta
+ badago, orduan ez dago segurtasun arriskurik.
+ Horrela da zeren eta
+\family typewriter
+execvp
+\family default
+ sistemako deia erabiltzen baita, eta ez
+\family typewriter
+system
+\family default
+ errutina, eta ondorioz fitxategi-izenetik edo parametroen bitartez ezin
+ dira komando lerroko (shell) edozein komando exekutatu.
+\layout Standard
+
+Horrek beste ondorio batzuk ditu, kanpoko materialen txantiloietan komando
+ batzuk erabiltzera mugatuta egotea.
+ Kanalizazioak eta berbideratzeak ezin dituzu erabili.
+ Horrela izan behar du LyX segurtasun aldetik segurua izaten jarraitzeko.
+ Komando lerroko zenbait funtzio erabili nahi badituzu, hori modu kontrolatu
+ batean egiteko, script seguru bat idatz dezakezu, eta gero komando lerrotik
+ script horri deitu.
+ LyX instalatzen den
+\family typewriter
+lib/scripts
+\family default
+ direktorioan itzulbirako script seguru bat aurkituko duzu:
+\family typewriter
+general_command_wrapper.py
+\family default
+; horrek sarrera eta irteera berbideratzea onartzen du.
+ Gainera, babeseko script txantiloi bat nola idazten den erakusteko ere
+ balio du.
+
+\family typewriter
+fork
+\family default
+ eta antzekoak erabiltzen dituzten adibide aurreratuagoak
+\family typewriter
+pic2ascii.py
+\family default
+ bihurtzaile script-ean aurkituko dituzu.
+\layout Standard
+
+Zuzenean komandoen lerroarekin lan egiteko txantiloi bat garatu daiteke,
+ baina erabiltzaile maltzur batek ahultasun hau bere onerako erabil dezake.
+ Hori dela eta, script seguruak bakarrik eta modu kontrolatu batean
+\family typewriter
+execvp
+\family default
+ sistemako deiarekin lantzen dena erabiltzea aholkatzen dizugu.
+ Noski, ingurune kontrolatu batean erabiltzeko, komando lerroko script arruntak
+ erabiltzea oso tentagarria izan daiteke.
+ Hori eginez gero, konturatu zaitez zure sisteman erraz lehertu daitekeen
+ segurtasun zulo bat eskaini dezakezula.
+ Segurtasunari begira, LyX-eko banaketeta arruntetan ez da inoiz seguruak
+ ez diren txantiloirik gehituko.
+ Iturburu irekien izaeran oinarrituz, erabiltzaileei txantiloiak bidaltzeko
+ eskatzen jarraituko dugu, baina seguruak ez direnak ez ditugu banaketan
+ sartuko.
+\layout Standard
+
+Kanpoko materiala gehitzeak ahalmen handia eskaintzen du, eta argi ibili
+ behar duzu ahalmen honetan segurtasun arloko gune ahulik ez sartzeko.
+ Inozoa dirudien script batean lerro oker bakar bat sartzea nahiko da sisteman
+ ikaragarrizko atzeko atea ireki eta arazo larriak sortzeko.
+ Arazo horiek ez badituzu ongi ulertu, segurtasun sistemetan aditua den
+ norbaiti galdetzeko eskatzen dizugu, edo bestela hor dituzun txantiloiak
+ seguruak al diren edo ez jakiteko, jo LyX taldearengana.
+ Eta hori guztia ingurune ez-kontrolatu batean aritzen hasi aurretik egin
+ beharko zenuke.
+\layout Chapter
+
+LyX zerbitzaria
+\layout Section
+
+Sarrera
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX zerbitzaria LyX-en garatutako metodo bat da, eta horren bitartez beste
+ programa batzuek LyX-ekin hitzegin, LyX-eko komandoei deitu eta LyX-en
+ barneko egoeraren informazioa eskura dezakete.
+ Hau erabiltzaile adituentzako zuzenduta dago, oso erabilkorra aurkituko
+ baitute.
+\layout Section
+
+LyX zerbitzaria abiatzea
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX zerbitzaria kanalizazioko tutua (pipe) izeneko bikotearen bitartez lantzen
+ da.
+ Zure direktorioan (etxean) "
+\family typewriter
+.lyxpipe.in
+\family default
+" eta "
+\family typewriter
+.lyxpipe.out
+\family default
+" izenekin kokatzen dira.
+ Kanpoko programak
+\family typewriter
+.lyxpipe.in
+\family default
+ fitxategian idazten du, eta itzulerako datuak
+\family typewriter
+.lyxpipe.out
+\family default
+ fitxategitik irakurtzen ditu.
+ Kanalizazioaren tutuaren izena
+\family sans
+Hobespenak
+\family default
+ leihoko
+\family sans
+Bide-izenak
+\family default
+ fitxan egokitu, adib.
+ "
+\family typewriter
+/home/nire_etxea/.lypipe
+\family default
+".
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-ek tutuak sortzeko '
+\family typewriter
+.in
+\family default
+' eta '
+\family typewriter
+.out
+\family default
+' luzapenak gehituko ditu.
+ Arestiko ezarpenak LyX zerbitzaria aktibatzea eragiten du baita ere.
+ Tutuetariko bat jadanik sortuta balego, LyX-ek beste LyX-en procesu bat
+ lanean dagoela suposatzen duela uste du, eta ez du zerbitzaririk abiatuko.
+ Une berean, hainbat LyX prozesu zerbitzariekin edukitzeko, programa horiek
+ abiatu aurretik beraien konfigurazioa aldatu beharko dituzu.
+\layout Standard
+
+Bezero
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\emph on
+Itzultzailearen oharra
+\emph default
+:
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+bezeroa
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ programa bati deitzen zaio.
+ Programa hau erabiltzailearen ordenagailuan exekutatu ohi da, eta zerbitzariare
+kin konektatzeko erabiltzen da.
+ Horrela, zerbitzari eta bezero batek zeregin bateko bikotea osatzen dute.
+ Adibidez, posta elektronikoaren arloan bezeroa Evolution edo KMail dira,
+ eta zerbitzariak berriz Qmail, Sendmail.
+\layout Standard
+
+Ingelesez
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+client
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ (bezeroarentzat) eta
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+server
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ (zerbitzariarentzat) hitzak erabiltzen dute.
+\end_inset
+
+ bat garatzen ari bazara, LyX zerbitzaritik arazketa informazioa gaitzea
+ erabilgarria izan daiteke.
+ Horretarako LyX honela abiatu:
+\family typewriter
+lyx -dbg 8192
+\family default
+.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\emph on
+Oharra
+\emph default
+: LyX hondatzen bada, tutuak ez ditu ezabatuko.
+ Gogoratu tutu horiek fitxategiak direla, eta ondorioz zeuk eskuz ezabatu
+ beharko dituzu, zeren eta LyX abiatzerakoan tutuak hor badaude, zerbitzaririk
+ ez baita abiatuko.
+\layout Standard
+
+Esandakoaz gainera, beste gauza batzuk kontuan eduki behar dira:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Bai zerbitzari bai bezeroek UNIX edo OS/2 sistema eragileetan aritu behar
+ dute.
+ Bai zerbitzariek bai bezeroek, oraingoz, sistema eragile-mota berdinarekin
+ aritu behar dute: adibidez, LyX zerbitzaria UNIX batean lantzen ari bada,
+ bezeroek ere UNIX sistema motetan egon beharko dute, bestela beraien artean
+ ez baita komunikaziorik gertatutako.
+ Zerbitzaria OS/2 sisteman badago, bezeroak ere sistema eragile horretan
+ kokatuta egon beharko dute.
+\layout Itemize
+
+OS/2 sisteman LyX zerbitzari batekin, aldi berdinean, bezero bakar bat konekta
+ daiteke.
+\layout Itemize
+
+OS/2 sistemako bezeroek sarrerako tutua
+\family typewriter
+O_WRONLY
+\family default
+ moduan ireki behar dute.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+C
+\family default
+ programazioa hizkuntzan egindako adibide oso bat banaketaren iturburuetan
+ aurkitu ahal izango duzu:
+\family typewriter
+development/server_monitor.c
+\family default
+.
+\layout Section
+
+Komunikazio normala
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-i dei bat igortzeko bezeroek sarrerako tutuan ASCII lerro bat idazten
+ dute.
+ Lerroak formatu hau dauka:
+\layout Quote
+
+LYXCMD:
+\emph on
+bezeroizena
+\emph default
+:
+\emph on
+funtzioa
+\emph default
+:
+\emph on
+argurmentua
+\layout Standard
+
+Hemen
+\emph on
+bezeroizena
+\emph default
+ bezeroak hartu dezakeen edozein izen da.
+ LyX-ek erantzuna bidali behar duenean bakarrik erabiliko du, horrela bezero
+ batek beste hainbat eskaleren emaitzak bana ditzake.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\emph on
+funtzioa
+\emph default
+ LyX-ek lantzea nahi duzun funtzioa da.
+ Bufertxoan erabiltzen dituzun komandoen antzekoa da.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\emph on
+argumentua
+\emph default
+ aukerazko argumentu bat da, eta funtzio batzuetan bakarrik dauka zentzua
+ (adib.\SpecialChar ~
+"self-insert", honek argumentua kurtsorearen kokapenean testu gisa
+ txertatuko luke).
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-etik datorren erantzuna irteerako tutura iristen da eta honelako formatua
+ edukitzen du
+\layout Quote
+
+INFO:
+\emph on
+bezeroizena
+\emph default
+:
+\emph on
+funtzioa
+\emph default
+:
+\emph on
+datua
+\layout Standard
+
+Bertan,
+\emph on
+bezeroizena
+\emph default
+ eta
+\emph on
+funtzioa
+\emph default
+ eskaerako komandotik errepikatutako balioak dira;
+\emph on
+datua
+\emph default
+ komandoaren eraginez sor daitekeen informazio (neurri batean gehiago edo
+ gutxiago) erabilgarria izan daiteke.
+ Komando batzuek LyX-en barneko egoeraren informazioa itzultzen dute,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+font-state" komandoak esaterako.
+ Beste batzuek datu hutsak itzultzen dituzte.
+ Honek komandoaren zeregina egokiro burutu dela esanahiko luke.
+\layout Standard
+
+Errorea gertatzen bada, LyX-ek honelako erantzuna botako du:
+\layout Quote
+
+ERROR:
+\emph on
+bezeroizena
+\emph default
+:
+\emph on
+funtzioa
+\emph default
+:
+\emph on
+errore-mezua
+\layout Standard
+
+Bertan,
+\emph on
+errore-mezuak
+\emph default
+ huts egin duen komandoari buruzko azalpena dauka.
+ Adibidez:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+echo "LYXCMD:proba:beginning-of-buffer:" >~/.lyxpipe.in
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+echo "LYXCMD:proba:get-xy:" >~/.lyxpipe.in
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+read a <~/.lyxpipe.out
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+echo $a
+\layout Section
+
+Jakinarazpena
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-ek gertaerak asinkronoki joango direla adieraziz bezeroei jakinarazpena
+ bidal diezaieke.
+ Une honetan hori egiteko erabiltzaileak
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+notify" funtzioarekin tekla-sekuentzi bat elkartu behar du.
+ LyX-ek bidaltzen duen katearen formatua hau da:
+\layout Quote
+
+
+\family typewriter
+NOTIFY:
+\family default
+\emph on
+tekla-sekuentzia
+\layout Standard
+
+Bertan,
+\emph on
+tekla-sekuentzia
+\emph default
+ erabiltzaileak orain idatzi duen teklen sekuentziaren adierazpen inprimatua
+ da.
+\layout Standard
+
+Erabili mekanisko hau LyX-eko komando multzoak hedatzeko eta makroak garatzeko:
+ tekla sekuentzia batzuk "notify"-rekin elkartuz, irteerako tutuan entzuten
+ duen bezero bat abiatu, sekuentziari dagokion bezala komando bat igorri,
+ eta LyX-i komando bat (edo batzuk) igortzeko LyX-en deiak eta eskariak
+ erabiltzen dituen funtzio bat abiatu.
+\layout Section
+
+LYX zerbitzariaren protokoloa
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-ek protokolo sinple bat dauka, eta saioaren kudeaketa egiteko erabil
+ daiteke.
+ Mezu guztiak era honetakoak dira:
+\layout Quote
+
+LYXSRV:
+\emph on
+bezeroizena:protokolo-mezua
+\layout Standard
+
+Bertan,
+\emph on
+protokolo-mezuak
+\emph default
+ "hellow" edo "bye" esan dezake.
+ Bezero batetik
+\family typewriter
+"hello"
+\family default
+ jasotzen badu, LyX-ek bezeroari bere mezuak entzuten ari dela adierazteko
+ erantzun bat itzuliko dio.
+ LyX-ek bezeroei
+\family typewriter
+"bye"
+\family default
+ igortzen dienean taberna ixten ari dela eta bezeroak lotara joateko ordua
+ dutela adierazten du.
+\layout Chapter
+\start_of_appendix
+Lasterbideak
+\layout Standard
+
+Eranskin hau ingeleseko lasterbide guztien izugarrizko erreferentzia gurutzatu
+ bat da.
+ Jatorrian, lasterbideak eta horiekin lotuta zeuden funtzioak bakarrik zerrendat
+zea bururatu zitzaigun.
+ Horrela, erabiltzaile batek lasterbide bat (zer egiten duen jakiteko) bilatu
+ zezakeen.
+ Orduan erabaki genuen, zergatik ez, jatorrizko tresna-barra eta menuen
+ lasterbideak ere gehitzea.
+ Jakin ezazu atal hau oso zaharkitua egon daitekeela.
+\layout Standard
+
+Atal honetako edukien egitura nahiko garbia delakoan gaude, baina badaezpada
+ argibide batzuk emango dizkizugu: sarrera guztiak lasterbideen arabera
+ alfabetikoki (
+\family sans
+C-a
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+C-b
+\family default
+, e.a.) antolatu dira.
+ Teklatuaren diseinu orokor batentzako aurrizki xumeagoak konplexuagoaren
+ aurretik jarri ditugu (lehenbizi
+\family sans
+C-s
+\family default
+, gero
+\family sans
+C-S-c
+\family default
+).
+ Sarrera guztiak erabiltzailearen interfaze eta lasterbideen fitxategietatik
+ eskuratu dira.
+ Fitxategiok \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\family typewriter
+/share/lyx/ui
+\family default
+ eta \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\family typewriter
+/share/lyx/bind
+\family default
+ direktorioetan daude.
+ Eta horiek lasterbideen erabateko arau bezala erabili behar dira.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\emph on
+Azken\SpecialChar ~
+oharra
+\emph default
+: argi ibili zenbait leiho kudeatzailerekin (FVWM bezalakoa) zenbait funtzio
+ edo mugimendu teklen kontrolaz jabetzen baitira.
+ Hemen
+\family sans
+C-eskuina
+\family default
+ lasterbideak
+\family typewriter
+hitza-aurrera
+\family default
+ funtzioa sortuko duela zerrendatzen da, baina FVWM leiho kudeatzaileak
+ mahaigain birtualetan mugitzeko erabiltzen du.
+ Nahikoa gogaikarria izan daiteke zure leiho kudeatzaileari sekuentzia hauek
+ jaso ez ditzala agintzen ez diozun bitartean.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\emph on
+Itzultzailearen\SpecialChar ~
+oharra
+\emph default
+: hemen agertzen diren lasterbide asko ingelesari eta, gainera, LyX-eko
+ bertsio zaharkituei dagozkienez, lasterbide eta funtzioen izenak ez dira
+ euskaratu.
+ Bestelako azalpenak lagungarriak izango direlakoan euskaratu dira.
+\layout Section
+
+Tresna-barra
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+Tresna-barra
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Diseinuak
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Ikonoa "ireki"
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Ikonoa "gorde"
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Ikonoa "inprimatu"
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Bereizlea
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Ikonoa "ebaki"
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Ikonoa "kopiatu"
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Ikonoa "itsatsi"
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Bereizlea
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Ikonoa "letra-enfasia"
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Ikonoa "letra-izena"
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Ikonoa "letra-askea"
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Bereizlea
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Ikonoa "tex era"
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Ikonoa "matematika-era"
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Bereizlea
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Ikonoa "txertatu oin-oharra"
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Ikonoa "txertatu albo-oharra"
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Ikonoa "habio-sakonera"
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Bereizlea
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Ikonoa "txertatu irudia"
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Ikonoa "taula txertatzeko leihoa"
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+End
+\layout Section
+
+Menua
+\layout Subsection
+
+Fitxategia
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-f\SpecialChar ~
+a
+\family typewriter
+buffer-write-as
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-f\SpecialChar ~
+c
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-close
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-f\SpecialChar ~
+d
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-reload
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-f\SpecialChar ~
+e
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+file_export
+\family default
+ azpimenua
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-f\SpecialChar ~
+f
+\family typewriter
+buffer-export fax
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-f\SpecialChar ~
+i
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+file_import
+\family default
+ azpimenua
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-f\SpecialChar ~
+n
+\family typewriter
+buffer-new
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-f\SpecialChar ~
+o
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-open
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-f\SpecialChar ~
+p
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-print
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-f\SpecialChar ~
+s
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-write
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-f\SpecialChar ~
+t
+\family typewriter
+buffer-new-template
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-f\SpecialChar ~
+v
+\family typewriter
+ file_vc
+\family default
+ azpimenua
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+h
+\family typewriter
+ vc-history
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+i
+\family typewriter
+ vc-check-in
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+l
+\family typewriter
+ vc-revert
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+o
+\family typewriter
+ vc-check-out
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+r
+\family typewriter
+ vc-register
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+u
+\family typewriter
+ vc-undo-last
+\end_deeper
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-f\SpecialChar ~
+x
+\family typewriter
+lyx-quit
+\layout Subsection
+
+Editatu
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-e\SpecialChar ~
+a
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+paste
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-e\SpecialChar ~
+c
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+cut
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-e\SpecialChar ~
+d
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+redo
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-e\SpecialChar ~
+e
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+error-remove-all
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-e\SpecialChar ~
+f
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+find-replace
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-e\SpecialChar ~
+h
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-chktex
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-e\SpecialChar ~
+i
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+edit_floats
+\family default
+ azpimenua
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+a
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+tabular-feature append-row
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+b
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+tabular-feature toggle-line-bottom
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+c
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+tabular-feature align-center
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+d
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+tabular-feature delete-column
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+e
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+tabular-feature align-left
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+i
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+tabular-feature align-right
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+l
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+tabular-feature toggle-line-left
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+m
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+tabular-feature multicolumn
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+n
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+tabular-feature valign-center
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+o
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+tabular-feature valign-top
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+r
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+tabular-feature toggle-line-right
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+t
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+tabular-feature toggle-line-top
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+u
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+tabular-feature append-column
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+v
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+tabular-feature valign-bottom
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+w
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+tabular-feature delete-row
+\end_deeper
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-e\SpecialChar ~
+l
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+matematikako panela
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+a
+\family typewriter
+ floats-operate openfoot
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+c
+\family typewriter
+ floats-operate closefoot
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+f
+\family typewriter
+ floats-operate openfig
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+m
+\family typewriter
+ melt
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+o
+\family typewriter
+ open-stuff
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+t
+\family typewriter
+ floats-operate closefig
+\end_deeper
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-e\SpecialChar ~
+o
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+copy
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-e\SpecialChar ~
+p
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+dialog-preferences
+\family sans
+
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-e\SpecialChar ~
+r
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+reconfigure
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-e\SpecialChar ~
+s
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+spellchecker
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-e\SpecialChar ~
+t
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+edit_tabular
+\family default
+ azpimenua
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-e\SpecialChar ~
+u
+\family typewriter
+undo
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-e\SpecialChar ~
+x
+\family typewriter
+edit_paste
+\family default
+ azpimenua
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+l
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+primary-selection-paste
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+p
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+primary-selection-paste paragraph
+\end_deeper
+\layout Subsection
+
+Txertatu
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-i\SpecialChar ~
+a
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+insert_floats
+\family default
+ azpimenua
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+a
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-float-insert algorithm
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+d
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-float-insert wide-tab
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+f
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-float-insert figure
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+t
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-float-insert table
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+w
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-float-insert wide-fig
+\end_deeper
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-i\SpecialChar ~
+b
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+dialog-tabular-insert
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-i\SpecialChar ~
+c
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+citation-insert
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-i\SpecialChar ~
+d
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-display
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-i\SpecialChar ~
+e
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-child-insert
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-i\SpecialChar ~
+f
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+footnote-insert
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-i\SpecialChar ~
+g
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+figure-insert
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-i\SpecialChar ~
+h
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-mode
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-i\SpecialChar ~
+i
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+index-insert
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-i\SpecialChar ~
+l
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+label-insert
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-i\SpecialChar ~
+m
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+marginpar-insert
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-i\SpecialChar ~
+n
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+note-insert
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-i\SpecialChar ~
+o
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+insert_toc
+\family default
+ azpimenua
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+a
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+loa-insert
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+b
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+bibtex-insert
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+c
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+toc-insert
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+f
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+lof-insert
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+i
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+index-print
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+t
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+lot-insert
+\end_deeper
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-i\SpecialChar ~
+r
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+reference-insert
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-i\SpecialChar ~
+s
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+insert_special
+\family default
+ azpimenua
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+b
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+protected-space-insert
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+e
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+end-of-sentence-period-insert
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+h
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+hfill-insert
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+i
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+dots-insert
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+l
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+break-line
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+m
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+menu-separator-insert
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+p
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+hyphenation-point-insert
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+q
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+quote-insert
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+s
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+command-sequence math-insert ^;math-mode;
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+u
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+command-sequence math-insert _;math-mode;
+\end_deeper
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-i\SpecialChar ~
+t
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+insert_file
+\family default
+ azpimenua
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+l
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+file-insert-ascii lines
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+p
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+file-insert-ascii paragraphs
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+x
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+file-insert
+\end_deeper
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-i\SpecialChar ~
+u
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+url-insert
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-i\SpecialChar ~
+w
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+index-insert-last
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-i\SpecialChar ~
+x
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+external-insert
+\layout Subsection
+
+Diseinua
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-l\SpecialChar ~
+a
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+appendix
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-l\SpecialChar ~
+b
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+font-bold
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-l\SpecialChar ~
+c
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout-character
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-l\SpecialChar ~
+d
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout-document
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-l\SpecialChar ~
+e
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+font-emph
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-l\SpecialChar ~
+l
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout-preamble
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-l\SpecialChar ~
+n
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+font-noun
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-l\SpecialChar ~
+p
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout-paragraph
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-l\SpecialChar ~
+s
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout-save-default
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-l\SpecialChar ~
+t
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout-tabular
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-l\SpecialChar ~
+v
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+depth-increment
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-l\SpecialChar ~
+x
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+tex-mode
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Diseinua
+\family sans
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family default
+Karakterea
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-c\SpecialChar ~
+b
+\family typewriter
+font-bold
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-c\SpecialChar ~
+c
+\family typewriter
+font-noun
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-c\SpecialChar ~
+e
+\family typewriter
+font-emph
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-c\SpecialChar ~
+m
+\family typewriter
+math-mode
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-c\SpecialChar ~
+p
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+font-code
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-c\SpecialChar ~
+r
+\family typewriter
+font-roman
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-c\SpecialChar ~
+s
+\family typewriter
+font-sans
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-c\SpecialChar ~
+t
+\family typewriter
+tex-mode
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-c\SpecialChar ~
+u
+\family typewriter
+font-underline
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-c\SpecialChar ~
+space
+\family typewriter
+font-default
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-c\SpecialChar ~
+Down
+\family typewriter
+word-lowcase
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-c\SpecialChar ~
+Up
+\family typewriter
+word-upcase
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-c\SpecialChar ~
+Right
+\family typewriter
+word-capitalize
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-s\SpecialChar ~
+h
+\family typewriter
+font-size huge
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-s\SpecialChar ~
+l
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+font-size large
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-s\SpecialChar ~
+n
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+font-size normal
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-s\SpecialChar ~
+s
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+font-size small
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-s\SpecialChar ~
+t
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+font-size tiny
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-s\SpecialChar ~
+0
+\family typewriter
+font-size huger
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-s\SpecialChar ~
+1
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+font-size tiny
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-s\SpecialChar ~
+2
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+font-size smallest
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-s\SpecialChar ~
+3
+\family typewriter
+font-size smaller
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-s\SpecialChar ~
+4
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+font-size small
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-s\SpecialChar ~
+5
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+font-size normal
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-s\SpecialChar ~
+6
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+font-size large
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-s\SpecialChar ~
+7
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+font-size larger
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-s\SpecialChar ~
+8
+\family typewriter
+font-size largest
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-s\SpecialChar ~
+9
+\family typewriter
+font-size huge
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-s\SpecialChar ~
+S-H
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+font-size huger
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-s\SpecialChar ~
+S-L
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+font-size larger
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-s\SpecialChar ~
+S-S
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+font-size smaller
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-s\SpecialChar ~
+plus
+\family typewriter
+font-size increase
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-s\SpecialChar ~
+minus
+\family typewriter
+font-size decrease
+\layout Subsection
+
+Ikusi
+\layout Subsection
+
+Arakatu
+\layout Subsection
+
+Laguntza
+\layout Subsection
+
+Paragrafo-estiloa
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-p\SpecialChar ~
+a
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout Abstract
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-p\SpecialChar ~
+b
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout Itemize
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-p\SpecialChar ~
+c
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout LyXCode
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-p\SpecialChar ~
+d
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout Description
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-p\SpecialChar ~
+e
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout Enumerate
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-p\SpecialChar ~
+f
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout ShortFoilhead
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-p\SpecialChar ~
+i
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout Itemize
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-p\SpecialChar ~
+l
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout List
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-p\SpecialChar ~
+n
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout Enumerate
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-p\SpecialChar ~
+q
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout Quote
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-p\SpecialChar ~
+r
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout ShortRotatefoilhead
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-p\SpecialChar ~
+s
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout Standard
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-p\SpecialChar ~
+t
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout Title
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-p\SpecialChar ~
+v
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout Verse
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-p\SpecialChar ~
+space
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+drop-layouts-choice
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-p
+\noun on
+\SpecialChar ~
+0
+\family default
+\noun default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout Part
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-p
+\noun on
+\SpecialChar ~
+1
+\family default
+\noun default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout Chapter
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-p\SpecialChar ~
+2
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout Section
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-p\SpecialChar ~
+3
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout Subsection
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-p\SpecialChar ~
+4
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout Subsubsection
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-p\SpecialChar ~
+5
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout Paragraph
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-p\SpecialChar ~
+6
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout Subparagraph
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-p\SpecialChar ~
+asterisk\SpecialChar ~
+0
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout Part*
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-p\SpecialChar ~
+asterisk\SpecialChar ~
+1
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout Chapter*
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-p\SpecialChar ~
+asterisk\SpecialChar ~
+2
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout Section*
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-p\SpecialChar ~
+asterisk\SpecialChar ~
+3
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout Subsection*
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-p\SpecialChar ~
+asterisk\SpecialChar ~
+4
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout Subsubsection*
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-p\SpecialChar ~
+asterisk\SpecialChar ~
+5
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout Paragraph*
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-p\SpecialChar ~
+asterisk\SpecialChar ~
+6
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout Subparagraph*
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-p\SpecialChar ~
+S-A
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout Author
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-p\SpecialChar ~
+S-B
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout Bibliography
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-p\SpecialChar ~
+S-C
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout Comment
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-p\SpecialChar ~
+S-D
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout Date
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-p\SpecialChar ~
+S-F
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout Foilhead
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-p\SpecialChar ~
+S-L
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout LaTeX
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-p\SpecialChar ~
+S-Q
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout Quotation
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-p\SpecialChar ~
+S-R
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout Rotatefoilhead
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-p\SpecialChar ~
+C-a
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout RightAddress
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-p\SpecialChar ~
+M-a
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout Address
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-p\SpecialChar ~
+M-c
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout Caption
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-p\SpecialChar ~
+Left
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+depth-decrement
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-p\SpecialChar ~
+Right
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+depth-increment
+\layout Standard
+
+Hauek guztiak atzerako konpatibilitatea mantentzeko daude, baina qwerty
+ motako teklatuetan bakarrik dute zentzua:
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-p\SpecialChar ~
+S-at
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout Section*
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-p\SpecialChar ~
+S-dollar
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout Subsubsection*
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-p\SpecialChar ~
+S-numbersign
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout Subsection*
+\layout Section
+
+Teklatua
+\layout Subsection
+
+
+\family typewriter
+emacs.bind
+\family default
+-i dagokionak
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-a
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+line-begin
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-b
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+char-backward
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-d
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+delete-forward
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-e
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+line-end
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-f
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+char-forward
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-g
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+cancel
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-h
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+hyphenation-point-insert
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-i
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+hfill-insert
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-k
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+line-delete-forward
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-l
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+screen-recenter
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-m
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+mark-toggle
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-n
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+down
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-o
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+open-stuff
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-p
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+up
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-q
+\family typewriter
+ quote-insert
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-s
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+find-replace
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-u
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+font-underline
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-v
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+screen-down
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-w
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+cut
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-y
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+paste
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-S-Y
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout-paste
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-x\SpecialChar ~
+a
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-auto-save
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-x\SpecialChar ~
+b
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-previous
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-x\SpecialChar ~
+c
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+lyx-quit
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-x\SpecialChar ~
+d
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-new
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+?\SpecialChar ~
+C-x\SpecialChar ~
+f
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-open
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-x\SpecialChar ~
+g
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-view-ps
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-x\SpecialChar ~
+k
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-close
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-x\SpecialChar ~
+p
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-view
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-x\SpecialChar ~
+r
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-typeset
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+?\SpecialChar ~
+C-x\SpecialChar ~
+s
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-write
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-x\SpecialChar ~
+t
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-typeset
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-x\SpecialChar ~
+u
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+undo
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-x\SpecialChar ~
+v\SpecialChar ~
+c
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+vc-undo-last
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-x\SpecialChar ~
+v\SpecialChar ~
+h
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+vc-history
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-x\SpecialChar ~
+v\SpecialChar ~
+i
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+vc-register
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-x\SpecialChar ~
+v\SpecialChar ~
+u
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+vc-revert
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-x\SpecialChar ~
+v\SpecialChar ~
+v
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+vc-check-in
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+?\SpecialChar ~
+C-x\SpecialChar ~
+w
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-write-as
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-x\SpecialChar ~
+bracketleft
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+screen-up
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-x\SpecialChar ~
+bracketright
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+screen-down
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-x\SpecialChar ~
+C-a
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-auto-save
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-x\SpecialChar ~
+C-b
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+menu-open Documents
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-x\SpecialChar ~
+C-c
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+lyx-quit
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-x\SpecialChar ~
+C-d
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-new
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-x\SpecialChar ~
+C-f
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-open
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-x\SpecialChar ~
+C-g
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-view-ps
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-x\SpecialChar ~
+C-p
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-view
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-x\SpecialChar ~
+C-q
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-toggle-read-only
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-x\SpecialChar ~
+C-s
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-write
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-x\SpecialChar ~
+C-t
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-typeset
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-x\SpecialChar ~
+C-w
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-write-as
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+Home
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-begin
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+End
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-end
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+S-Home
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+line-begin-select
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+S-End
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+line-end-select
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+S-Up
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+up-select
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+S-Down
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+down-select
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+S-Next
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+screen-down-select
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+S-Prior
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+screen-up-select
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+S-Left
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+backward-select
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+S-Right
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+forward-select
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-Up
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+paragraph-up
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-Down
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+paragraph-down
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-Left
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+word-backward
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-Right
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+word-forward
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-Delete
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+word-delete-forward
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-BackSpace
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+word-delete-backward
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-Return
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+break-line
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-period
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+end-of-sentence-period-insert
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-space
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+protected-space-insert
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-S-at
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+mark-on
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-S-greater
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+reference-goto
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-S-less
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+reference-back
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-S-slash
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+undo
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-S-underscore
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+undo
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-S-quotedbl
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+quote-insert
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-S-Home
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-begin-select
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-S-End
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-end-select
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-S-Up
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+paragraph-up-select
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-S-Down
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+paragraph-down-select
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-S-Left
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+word-backward-select
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-S-Right
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+word-forward-select
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+Escape
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+meta-prefix
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-d
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+word-delete-forward
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-w
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+copy
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-x
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+command-execute
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-S-W
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout-copy
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-period
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+dots-insert
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-Return
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+break-paragraph-keep-layout
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-S-percent
+\family typewriter
+find-replace
+\layout Subsection
+
+
+\family typewriter
+cua.bind
+\family default
+-i dagokionak
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-b
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+font-bold
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-c
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+copy
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-d
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-view
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-e
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+font-emph
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-f
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+find-replace
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-g
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+error-next
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-i
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+open-stuff
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-k
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+font-noun
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-l
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+tex-mode
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-m
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-mode
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-n
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-new
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-o
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-open
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-p
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-print
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-q
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+lyx-quit
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-r
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-reload
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-s
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-write
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-t
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-view-ps
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-u
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+font-underline
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-v
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+paste
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-w
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-close
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-x
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+cut
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-z
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+undo
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-space
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+protected-space-insert
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-S-C
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout-copy
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-S-D
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-typeset
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-S-M
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-display
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-S-N
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-new-template
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-S-P
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+font-code
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-S-S
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-write-as
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-S-T
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-typeset-ps
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-S-V
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+layout-paste
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-S-Z
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+redo
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+S-Insert
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+paste
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+S-Delete
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+cut
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-period
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+end-of-sentence-period-insert
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-S-greater
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+reference-goto
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-S-less
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+reference-back
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-minus
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+hyphenation-point-insert
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-S-quotedbl
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+quote-insert
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-S-space
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+protected-space-insert
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-x
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+command-execute
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+S-Home
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+line-begin-select
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+S-End
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+line-end-select
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+S-Up
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+up-select
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+S-Down
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+down-select
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+S-Delete
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+cut
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+S-Insert
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+paste
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+S-Next
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+screen-down-select
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+S-Prior
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+screen-up-select
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+S-Left
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+backward-select
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+S-Right
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+forward-select
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-Home
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-begin
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-End
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-end
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-Up
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+paragraph-up
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-Down
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+paragraph-down
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-Delete
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+word-delete-forward
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-BackSpace
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+word-delete-backward
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-Insert
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+copy
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-Return
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+break-line
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-Left
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+word-backward
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-Right
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+word-forward
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-S-Down
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+paragraph-down-select
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-S-End
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-end-select
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-S-Home
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-begin-select
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-S-Left
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+word-backward-select
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-S-Right
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+word-forward-select
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-S-Up
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+paragraph-up-select
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-S-quotedbl
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+quote-insert
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-Return
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+break-paragraph-keep-layout
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-period
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+dots-insert
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-S-Right
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+depth-increment
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-S-Left
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+depth-decrement
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+Escape
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+cancel
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+F2
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-write
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+F3
+\family typewriter
+buffer-open
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+F5
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+screen-recenter
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+F7
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+spellchecker
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+F9
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+meta-prefix
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-F4
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-close
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-F4
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+lyx-quit
+\layout Subsection
+
+
+\family typewriter
+sciword.bind
+\family default
+-i dagozkionak
+\layout Standard
+
+Hauek matematikarentzako (edo Scientific Word-en antzekoentzako) LyX teklatuaren
+ definizioak dira.
+\layout Standard
+
+Laster-teklen fitxategiak eta dokumentu hau Serge Winitzki-ek sortu zuen,
+ Jean-Marc Lasgouttes-ren laguntzarekin.
+ 1.3 bertsioa, LyX 1.2 eta 1.3.x-entzako.
+\layout Standard
+
+Definizio hauek sagua erabili gabe ekuazioak sartzeko bide errazagoa eskaintzen
+ dute, batik bat Scientific Word ezagutzen duten erabiltzaileentzako.
+ LyX-en lasterbide estandarrak,
+\family sans
+M-m
+\family default
+ edo
+\family sans
+M-o
+\family default
+ bezalakoak, ez dira aldatu.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\emph on
+Trikimailua
+\emph default
+: "LyX-eko lasterbide baten izena" aurkitzeko, begiratu egoera-barran ez
+ dagoen lasterbide-elkarte batekin.
+ Adibidez, "
+\family sans
+Ctrl-&
+\family default
+" nola erreferentzitzen den ikusteko, sakatu
+\family sans
+Ctrl-S
+\family default
+ eta gero
+\family sans
+Ctrl-&
+\family default
+: egoera-barrak honelako zerbait erakutsiko luke "
+\family sans
+C-s S-c-ampersand
+\family default
+".
+ Gauza bat! Hau ez dabil LyX-en 1.3.0 bertsiotik aurrera (garatuagoak)!
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-c
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+copy
+\family default
+ -- Kopiatu, ebaki, itsatsi Sciword-en bezala,
+\family sans
+C-c
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+C-x
+\family default
+, eta
+\family sans
+C-v
+\family default
+.
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-d
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-display
+\family default
+ -- Adierazpen-formula txandakatu: adierazpen-ekuazio bat sartzeko
+\family sans
+C-d
+\family default
+ idatzi.
+ Kursorea adierazpen-erako ekuazio batean kokatu eta
+\family sans
+C-d
+\family default
+ sakatuta, lerro barneko ekuazio da.
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-f
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-insert
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+frac
+\family default
+ -- Zatikiak: zatiki bat txertatzeko
+\family sans
+C-f
+\family default
+ sakatu.
+ Espresio bat hautatu eta
+\family sans
+C-f
+\family default
+ sakatuta, zatiki bateko zenbatzaile bihur dezakezu.
+
+\emph on
+Oharra
+\emph default
+: zatiki bateko izendatzailearen ezkerrean
+\family sans
+Atzera-tekla
+\family default
+ (
+\family sans
+backspace
+\family default
+) sakatuta, zenbatzailea ezabatu eta izendatzailea ez-zatiki batean bihurtzen
+ du.
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-i
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-insert
+\backslash
+int
+\family default
+ --
+\begin_inset Formula $\int$
+\end_inset
+
+ ikurra txertatzen du
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-k
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+line-delete-forward
+\family default
+ -- Emacs-en lasterbideak: kurtsorea dagoen lekutik lerroaren bukaera arte
+ ezabatzen du.
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-m
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-mode
+\family default
+ -- Testua/Matematika txandakatzeko: testu-eran matematika-erara aldatzen
+ da, eta matematika-eran letra-tipo erromatarra duen testua sartzen du.
+
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-n
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-number
+\family default
+ -- Ekuazio baten zenbatzailea gehitu/kendu.
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+S-C-N
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-nonumber
+\family default
+ -- Ekuazio-multzoko lerro baten zenbatzailea gehitu/kendu.
+\layout Standard
+
+Arestiko komandoak ekuazioen zenbakera kontrola txandakatzeko dira.
+
+\emph on
+Oharra
+\emph default
+: ekuazio-multzo bateko zenbatzailearen etiketa ezabatzen denean, egitan
+ etiketa hori ez da ezabatuko (TeX kodea honelakoa da: "
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+label{}
+\backslash
+nonumber
+\family default
+"), eta LaTeX-en ohar (ez kaltegarri) bat sortzen du.
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-o
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+file-open
+\family default
+ -- Dokumentu berri bat ireki.
+ (W*ndows)
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-q
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+quote-insert
+\family default
+ -- Komatxo bat " txertatzen du.
+ Hori ez da lehenespenez lortzen duzun komatxo bikoitz "azkarra".
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-r
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-insert
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+sqrt
+\family default
+ --
+\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{x}$
+\end_inset
+
+ erro karratuaren ikurra.
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+S-C-R
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-insert
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+root
+\family default
+ --
+\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt[n]{x}$
+\end_inset
+
+ erro ikurra.
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-t
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-mode
+\family default
+ -- Beste lasterbide testu eta matematika artean txandakatzen aritzeko.
+ Jakin ezazu matematika-eran txertatzen den testu erromatarra berezia dela.
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-u
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+font-underline
+\family default
+ -- Hautatutako testua
+\bar under
+azpimarratu
+\bar default
+ (testu eran soilik, matematikarako
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+overline
+\family default
+ edo
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+underbar
+\family default
+ bezalako gauzak erabili).
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-v
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+paste
+\family default
+ -- W*ndows-etik jasotakoa
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-w
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-close
+\family default
+ -- Uneko dokumentua itxi (berriro, W*ndows-etik jasotakoa).
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-x
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+cut
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-z
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+undo
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+S-C-Z
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+redo
+\family default
+ -- "Berregin" eragiketa, edo "desegindakoa desegin".
+\layout Standard
+
+Kortxete mugatzaileak: mugatzaile bikote bat (iriki eta itxierakoak parekatzen
+ direnak) txertatzeko, sakatu
+\family sans
+Ctrl-
+\family default
+<kortxete tekla>.
+ Adibidez,
+\family sans
+Ctrl-[
+\family default
+ lasterbideak
+\begin_inset Formula $\left[\right]$
+\end_inset
+
+ motako kortxeteak sartzen ditu.
+
+\family sans
+Ctrl-]
+\family default
+ ere berdin egiten du.
+ Beharrezkoa bada, matematika-erara aldatuko da.
+ Onartutako karaktereak hauek dira:
+\family sans
+( [ { < |
+\family default
+.
+ Berdin dio ezkerreko edo eskuineko kortxete/parentesiak diren.
+ Dagokien mugatzaileak hauek dira, hurrenez hurren:
+\begin_inset Formula $\left(\right)$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\left[\right]$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\left\{ \right\} $
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\left\langle \right\rangle $
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\left|\right|$
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Mugatzaileak "argiak" dira eta beraien edukien arabera tamaina egokitzeko
+ gaitasuna daukate.
+ Erabili matematikako panela bestelako edo parekatzen ez diren mugatzaileak
+ lortzeko.
+
+\emph on
+Ezkerreko
+\emph default
+ mugatzailean sakatu
+\family sans
+Atzera-tekla
+\family default
+ (
+\family sans
+backspace
+\family default
+) eta mugatzaile bikotea ezabatuko da, edukia ezabatu gabe.
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-9
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-delim ( )
+\family default
+-- Komeni delako,
+\family sans
+Ctrl-9
+\family default
+ sakatzea
+\family sans
+Ctrl-(
+\family default
+ edo
+\family sans
+Ctrl-)
+\family default
+ sakatzea bezalaxe da
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+S-C-parenleft
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-delim ( )
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-0
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-delim ( )
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+S-C-parenright
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-delim ( )
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-bracketleft
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-delim [ ]
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-bracketright
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-delim [ ]
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-S-less
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-delim langle rangle
+\family default
+ -- Mugatzaile angularrak
+\begin_inset Formula $\left\langle \right\rangle $
+\end_inset
+
+, mesedez, ez nahastu < > ikur arruntekin.
+ Horiek beste maila jerarkiko batean daude!
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-S-greater
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-delim langle rangle
+\layout Standard
+
+Barra bertikala: teklatu batzuetan (Ingalaterrakoak, adib.), barra-karakterea
+
+\family sans
+Alt
+\family default
+-zerbaiti elkartua dago, eta zenbait Unix-etan barra bertikal zatikatuari
+ ("brokenbar" ) dagokio.
+ Beraz tekla hauek guztiak honela definitu ditugu:
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-S-bar
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-delim | |
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-S-brokenbar
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-delim | |
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-M-bar
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-delim | |
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+S-C-braceleft
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-delim { }
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+S-C-braceright
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-delim { }
+\layout Standard
+
+Azentuak kasu gehienetan
+\family sans
+Ctrl-
+\family default
+<azentu tekla> sakatuta txertatzen dira.
+ Adib.
+
+\family sans
+Ctrl-.
+
+\family default
+ batek gainpuntu bat,
+\family sans
+Ctrl-'
+\family default
+ azentu zorrotz bat,
+\family sans
+Ctrl-~
+\family default
+ tilet bat (hemen
+\family sans
+Shift
+\family default
+ ere sakatu beharko duzu) e.a.
+ Adibidez, "
+\family sans
+Ctrl-' a
+\family default
+" batek á txertazen du.
+ Azentu batzuk matematika eran bakarrik erabil daitezke, eta beste batzuk,
+ berriz, testu eran bakarrik.
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-period
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+accent-dot
+\family default
+ -- "gaipuntu" azentua: \i \.{a}
+ (testu eran soilik).
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-comma
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-insert
+\backslash
+dot
+\family default
+ -- "gaipuntu" azentua:
+\begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
+\end_inset
+
+ (matetamtika eran soilik -- fisikan lehen deribatua adierazten du).
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-equals
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-insert
+\backslash
+overrightarrow
+\family default
+ -- Bektore azentua:
+\begin_inset Formula $\overrightarrow{x}$
+\end_inset
+
+ (matem.).
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+S-C-quotedbl
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+accent-umlaut
+\family default
+ -- umlaut azentua: ä (testuan soilik).
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+S-C-colon
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-insert
+\backslash
+ddot
+\family default
+ -- "puntu bikoitza" azentua:
+\begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
+\end_inset
+
+ (matem.
+ -- fisikan bigarren deribatua adierazten du).
+ Matematika-eran hirugarren puntua lortzeko, erabili
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+dddot
+\family default
+.
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-quoteleft
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+accent-grave
+\family default
+-- grave azentua: à (testu eran soilik, matem.
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+grave
+\family default
+ erabili).
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+S-C-asciitilde
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+accent-tilde
+\family default
+ -- tilet azentua: ã (testu eran soilik, matem.
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+tilde
+\family default
+ erabili).
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-apostrophe
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+accent-acute
+\family default
+ -- azentu zorrotza: á (testu eran soilik, matem.
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+acute
+\family default
+ erabili).
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+S-C-asciicircum
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+accent-circumflex
+\family default
+ -- circumflex azentua: â (testu eran soilik, matem.
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+hat
+\family default
+ erabili).
+\layout Standard
+
+Funtzio teklak.
+ S-F2 tekla berria LaTeX fitxategia sortzeko erosoa dela dirudi.
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+F2
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-write
+\family default
+ -- Uneko dokumentua gorde.
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+S-F2
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-export latex
+\family default
+ -- Uneko dokumentua LaTeX fitxategi gisa esportatu.
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+F3
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+find-replace
+\family default
+ -- Bilatu eta ordeztu leihoa.
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-F4
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+buffer-close
+\family default
+ --
+\family sans
+C-w
+\family default
+-ren antzekoa.
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-F4
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+lyx-quit
+\family default
+ --
+\family sans
+Alt-F4
+\family default
+ LyX-etik irteteko.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+F4
+\family default
+-tik
+\family sans
+F8
+\family default
+-ra letra-tipoak aldatzeko erabiltzen dira.
+ Letra-tipo arruntera itzultzeko,
+\family sans
+F4
+\family default
+ erabili.
+ Letra-tipo ez-lehenetsiak txandakatzeko,
+\family sans
+F5
+\family default
+ -
+\family sans
+F8
+\family default
+ erabili.
+ Kurtsorea hitz baten erdian kokatuta badago, hitz osoari eragingo dio edo
+ hautatzen duzun testuari.
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+F4
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+font-default
+\family default
+ -- letra-tipo berezia erabiltzeari utzi.
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+F5
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+font-bold
+\family default
+ -- letra-
+\series bold
+lodia
+\series default
+,
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+F6
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+font-emph
+\family default
+ -- letra-
+\emph on
+etzana
+\emph default
+.
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+F7
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+font-code
+\family default
+ -- testua
+\family typewriter
+idazmakina
+\family default
+ bezala jarri.
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+F8
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+font-noun
+\family default
+ -- testua
+\noun on
+Maius/maius txiki
+\noun default
+ letra-tipoarekin jarri.
+ Batzuetan pertsonen izenak nabarmentzeko erabiltzen da.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+F9
+\family default
+, berriz, "meta-aurrizki" bezala erabiltzen da,
+\family sans
+Alt
+\family default
+ teklaren antzera (adibidez, teklatuak
+\family sans
+Alt
+\family default
+-ekin lanik ezin duenerako egin).
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Matematikako ikurrak txertatzeko Sciword-en oinarritutako zenbait lasterbide
+ ere badaude.
+ Ikur asko
+\family sans
+C-s
+\family default
+ sekuentziarekin hasten dira.
+ Horrela
+\family sans
+C-s
+\family default
+ bera ezin zaio ebste ezeri elkartu.
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-apostrophe
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-insert
+\backslash
+prime
+\family default
+ -- Matematikako
+\begin_inset Formula $\prime$
+\end_inset
+
+ "prime" ikurra.
+ Gehienetan ez da beharrezkoa izaten: kasu gehienetan apostrofe bat erabiltzeare
+kin nahikoa izaten da, adib.
+
+\begin_inset Formula $x'+2x=0$
+\end_inset
+
+, batzuetan ordea honek LaTeX goi-indizeko errore bat sortzen du.
+ Kasu horretan
+\begin_inset Formula $x^{\prime2}$
+\end_inset
+
+ (
+\begin_inset Formula $x$
+\end_inset
+
+ prime karratua) sartu behar da prime karakterearekin.
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-s
+\family typewriter
+ math-matrix 3 3
+\family default
+ -- 3
+\begin_inset Formula $\times$
+\end_inset
+
+3 neurriko matrize bat sortzen du:
+\begin_inset Formula $\begin{array}{ccc}
+\\\\\end{array}$
+\end_inset
+
+ (matrizea inprimatutako dokumentuan ez da agertuko, elementu guztiak hutsik
+ baititu).
+ Gero matrize hori
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+M
+\bar default
+atematika
+\family default
+ menua erabiliz alda dezakezu.
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-s\SpecialChar ~
+S-plus
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-insert
+\backslash
+dagger
+\family default
+--
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Daga
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\dagger$
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-s\SpecialChar ~
+equal
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-insert
+\backslash
+equiv
+\family default
+--
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Berdintasun berbera
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\equiv$
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-equal
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-insert
+\backslash
+approx
+\family default
+--
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Gutxi gorabehera berdina
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\approx$
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-minus
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-insert
+\backslash
+sim
+\family default
+--
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Baliokidea
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ ikurra:
+\begin_inset Formula $\sim$
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-minus
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-insert
+\backslash
+rightarrow
+\family default
+-- Gezia
+\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow0}$
+\end_inset
+
+ bezala.
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+S-M-less
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-insert
+\backslash
+leq
+\family default
+-- Txikiago edo berdina
+\begin_inset Formula $\leq$
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+S-M-greater
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-insert
+\backslash
+geq
+\family default
+-- Handiago edo berdina
+\begin_inset Formula $\geq$
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-s\SpecialChar ~
+S-less
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-insert
+\backslash
+ll
+\family default
+--
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Askoz ere txikiagoa
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\ll$
+\end_inset
+
+ (fisikan oso erabilia)
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+C-s\SpecialChar ~
+S-greater
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-insert
+\backslash
+gg
+\family default
+--
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Askoz ere handiagoa
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ ikurra
+\begin_inset Formula $\gg$
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Subsection
+
+A.3.4 Matematikako lasterbide estandarrak
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-m\SpecialChar ~
+b
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-insert
+\backslash
+overline
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-m\SpecialChar ~
+d
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-display
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-m\SpecialChar ~
+e
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-insert ^
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-m\SpecialChar ~
+f
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-insert
+\backslash
+frac
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-m\SpecialChar ~
+g
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-greek
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-m\SpecialChar ~
+h
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+accent-circumflex
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-m\SpecialChar ~
+i
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-insert
+\backslash
+int
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-m\SpecialChar ~
+l
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-limits
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-m\SpecialChar ~
+m
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-mode
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-m\SpecialChar ~
+n
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-number
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-m\SpecialChar ~
+o
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-insert
+\backslash
+oint
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-m\SpecialChar ~
+p
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-insert
+\backslash
+partial
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-m\SpecialChar ~
+r
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-insert
+\backslash
+sqrt
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-m\SpecialChar ~
+s
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-insert
+\backslash
+sqrt
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-m\SpecialChar ~
+u
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-insert
+\backslash
+sum
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-m\SpecialChar ~
+v
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-insert
+\backslash
+vec
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-m\SpecialChar ~
+x
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-insert _
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-m\SpecialChar ~
+8
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-insert
+\backslash
+infty
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-m\SpecialChar ~
+S-G
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-greek-toggle
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-m\SpecialChar ~
+S-N
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-nonumber
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-m\SpecialChar ~
+S-period
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+accent-dot
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-m\SpecialChar ~
+S-asciitilde
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+accent-tilde
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-m\SpecialChar ~
+S-apostrophe
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-insert
+\backslash
+prime
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-m\SpecialChar ~
+S-parenleft
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-delim ( )
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-m\SpecialChar ~
+S-bracketleft
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-delim [ ]
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-m\SpecialChar ~
+S-braceleft
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-delim { }
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-m\SpecialChar ~
+S-less
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-delim langle rangle
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-m\SpecialChar ~
+S-greater
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-delim rangle langle
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-m\SpecialChar ~
+S-bar
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-delim | |
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-m\SpecialChar ~
+S-plus
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-insert
+\backslash
+pm
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-m\SpecialChar ~
+S-equal
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+math-insert
+\backslash
+neq
+\layout Subsection
+
+Beste azeleratzaileak
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-k\SpecialChar ~
+o
+\family typewriter
+keymap-off
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-k\SpecialChar ~
+t
+\family typewriter
+keymap-toggle
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-k\SpecialChar ~
+x
+\family typewriter
+keymap-off
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-k\SpecialChar ~
+1
+\family typewriter
+keymap-primary
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+M-k\SpecialChar ~
+2
+\family typewriter
+keymap-secondary
+\the_end
--- /dev/null
+#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
+\lyxformat 221
+\textclass scrbook
+\begin_preamble
+\usepackage{multicol}
+\newcommand{\extratablespace}[1]{\noalign{\vskip#1}}
+\end_preamble
+\language basque
+\inputencoding latin1
+\fontscheme pslatex
+\graphics default
+\paperfontsize default
+\spacing single
+\papersize a4paper
+\paperpackage a4
+\use_geometry 0
+\use_amsmath 0
+\use_natbib 0
+\use_numerical_citations 0
+\paperorientation portrait
+\secnumdepth 3
+\tocdepth 3
+\paragraph_separation indent
+\defskip medskip
+\quotes_language english
+\quotes_times 2
+\papercolumns 1
+\papersides 2
+\paperpagestyle default
+
+\layout Title
+
+LyX Ezaugarri Hedatuak
+\layout Author
+
+egilea: LyX taldea
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Fitxategi honen arduradun nagusia
+\noun on
+Mike Ressler
+\noun default
+ da.
+ Bidali iradokizunak edo erroreei buruzko zuzenketak LyX dokumentazioko
+ posta-zerrendara: <lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org>.
+
+\newline
+Itzulpena: Iñaki Larrañga Murgoitio, <dooteo@euskalgnu.org>, 2004.
+
+\newline
+Zuzenketak: Hizkuntza Politikarako Sailburuordetza, <hizpol@ej-gv.es>, 2004.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Chapter
+
+Sarrera
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\emph on
+LyX
+\emph default
+
+\emph on
+Ezaugarri Hedatuak
+\emph default
+ eskuliburua, oraintxe irakurtzen ari zarena, batik bat
+\emph on
+Erabiltzailearen Gida
+\emph default
+-ren 2.
+ zatia da.
+ Dokumentu hau zatitzearen arrazoia hau da:
+\emph on
+Erabiltzailearen Gida
+\emph default
+ jadanik oso handia da, eta dokumentu gehienak prestatzeko behar diren oinarrizk
+o ezaugarriak azaltzen ditu.
+ Hala ere, LyX taldeak aspalditik hainbat konfigurazio-fitxategiren eta
+ kanpoko paketeen bitartez LyX programa hedatzeko helburua izan du.
+ Horrek esanahi du LaTeX-eko Trikitixa (ez dago, adibidea besterik ez da)
+ paketearen euskarria eduki nahi baduzu, LyX bera aldatu gabe fitxategiaren
+ diseinua sor dezakezula.
+ Horrela, ezaugarri berri asko ekarriko lizkizuke.
+ Eskuliburu honetan hori guztia dokumentatzen da.
+\layout Standard
+
+Eskuliburu honek ezaugarri berezi batzuk dokumentatzen ditu, ongi lantzeko
+ software gehigarria eskatzen dutenak alegia: adibidez faxaren euskarria,
+ bertsio-kontrola eta SGML euskarriari buruzkoak.
+ Azkenik, LaTeX-eko tresnei eta trikimailuei buruzko kapitulu bat dago,
+ LaTeX-en ezaugarri ahaltsuak erabiliz zure dokumentuak hobetzeko.
+ Azken finean, LyX WYSIWYM bakarrik da, eta LaTeX-eko hainbat funtziorentzako
+ intefazea besterik ez da.
+\layout Standard
+
+Noski, dokumentazio osagarri horrekin guztiarekin,
+\emph on
+LyX Ezaugarri Hedatuak
+\emph default
+ bere txapelean sartzeko gehiegi handitu daiteke.
+ Egoera horretan, adar jotzeko " Eskuliburu gain-hedatua" dei diezaiokezu!
+\layout Standard
+
+Oraindik ez baduzu
+\emph on
+Sarrera
+\emph default
+ eskuliburua irakurri, orduan okerreko eskuliburuan zaude.
+ Lehenengo eta behin
+\emph on
+Sarrera
+\emph default
+ irakurri behar da, eta berak eramango zaitu eskuliburu egokira.
+ Gainera, eskuliburu guztien jakinarazpenak eta egiturak azaltzen ditu.
+
+\emph on
+Erabiltzailearen Gida
+\emph default
+-rekin eta LyX-eko oinarrizko ezaugarriekin ere arituta egon beharko zenuke.
+\layout Standard
+
+Dokumentu honetan, atal asko laguntzaile batzuk idatzitako artikulu askeak
+ dira, eta hori direla jakinarazten da.
+ Idazle bakoitzak, orokorrean, LaTeX pakete edo dokumentu-klase berri batentzako
+ diseinu-fitxategia idatzi du, edo bestela funtzioren bat garatu du.
+ Kapitulu batean (edo dagokion atalean) egilearen izenik ez bada aipatzen,
+ LyX-eko Dokumentazio taldeak idatzi duela esan nahi du.
+\layout Standard
+
+Eskuliburu honetako gai guztiek azaltzen dute (LyX programa LaTeX-en oinarritzen
+ denez) LyX barrutik nola dabilen eta LyX-en nahi duzun LaTeX-eko kodea
+ zuzenean nola sortzen den.
+ Hau, agerian dagoenez, LyX-eko erabiltzaile aurreratuentzako prestatua
+ dago.
+\layout Chapter
+
+LyX eta LaTeX
+\layout Section
+
+LyX-ek nola erabiltzen du LaTeX
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:lyxetalatex}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Kapitulu hau bai TeX-eko teknikarientzat bai LaTeX-eko kuxkuxeroentzat da.
+ Berton, LyX eta LaTeX elkarrekin nola aritzen diren erakutsiko dugu, inprimatu
+ daitekeen irteera sortzeko.
+ LaTeX-i buruzko zerbait dakizula eskuliburu honetan bakarrik suposatuko
+ da, ez beste eskuliburuetan.
+\layout Standard
+
+Garai batean LyX-i "LaTeX-entzako WYSIWYM motako interfazea" deitzen genion,
+ baina ez da gehiago egia izango.
+ Hor kanpoan LaTeX-entzako beste interfaze batzuk badaudelako.
+ Horiek, orokorrean, LaTeX exekutatzeko eta editatzen duzun fitxategian
+ edozein errore markatzeko gaitasuna duten editoreak dira.
+ LyX ere editore bat da, LaTeX exekutatzen du eta fitxategian erroreak markatzen
+ ditu, baina hori baino gauza gehiago egiten ditu, askoz ere gauza gehiago.
+ WYSIWYM kontzeptuari esker, LyX era eraginkor batean erabiltzeko ez duzu
+ LaTeX-ik behar.
+ LyX-ek ere LaTeX-entzako zenbait hedapen dakartza.
+ Saiatu zaitez noizbehinka honako hau egiten: hautatu
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Esportatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+LaTeX
+\family default
+ menua, ondoren
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+ fitxategiaren emaitzeko hitzaurrean begiratu.
+ Jabetuko zara LyX-ek hainbat makro berri bereziki definitu dituela.
+ Makro horiek automatikoki definitzen dira, dokumentuan erabiltzen dituzun
+ ezaugarrien arabera.
+\layout Standard
+
+LaTeX-i automatikoki deitzeko komando asko daude.
+ Hona hemen:
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+kusi\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\emph on
+Formatua
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+kusi\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+guneratu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\emph on
+Formatua
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+I
+\bar under
+n
+\bar default
+primatu...
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+axa...
+\layout Standard
+
+Horiek LaTeX-i deituko diote baldin eta LaTeX landu den azken alditik fitxategia
+n aldaketak egon badira.
+ Editatzen ari zaren fitxategiarekin LaTeX exekutatzen duzunean, LyX-ek
+ urrats hauek lantzen ditu:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Dokumentua LaTeX-era bihurtzen du, eta fitxategia
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+ luzapenarekin
+\family typewriter
+.lyx
+\family default
+ dagoen direktorioan gordetzen du.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+LaTeX abiatzen du
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+ fitxategiarekin (agian hainbat aldiz).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Errorerik gertatzen bada, dokumentuan errore-kutxak txertatzen ditu, non
+ gertatu diren adierazteko.
+ Kutxa horiek aldi baterako izaten dira eta ez dira dokumentuarekin batera
+ gordetzen.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+kusi\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+DVI
+\family default
+ erabiliz LaTeX exekutatzen baduzu, LyX-ek orduan
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\family default
+ abiaratuko du Dvi fitxategiarentzako.
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+kusi\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+PostScript
+\family default
+ edo
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Inprimatu
+\family default
+ erabiltzen baduzu, LyX-ek beste bi urrats gehiago landuko ditu:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Dvi fitxategia PostScript®-era bihurtzeko
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+ abiatuko du:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+PostScript
+\family default
+ hautatu bada, irteerako fitxategiaren luzapena
+\family typewriter
+.ps_tmp
+\family default
+ izango da.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+I
+\bar under
+n
+\bar default
+primagailua...
+\family default
+\SpecialChar ~
+hautatu bada, irteerako fitxategiaren luzapena
+\family typewriter
+.ps
+\family default
+ izango da, espero zenuen bezalaxe.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+ghostview
+\family default
+ exekutatu, edo bidali PostScript® fitxategia inprimagailura.
+\layout Section
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Lagundu! LyX-ek
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+ fitxategi irakurkaitza sortu du!
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+LaTeX-eko erabiltzaile sutsuek alkondarak txikitu eta garrasika igaroko
+ dute urte hasierako gaua (San Juan bezpera, alegia), ilargi betearen itzalpean
+ LyX erabilkaitza dela lau haizetara aldarrikatuz, eta hori guztia gertatzen
+ zaie eskuliburu guztiak ez irakurtzeagatik.
+\layout Standard
+
+Goazen, bada, gauzak argitzera.
+ LyX-ek bi LaTeX fitxategi-mota sortzen ditu.
+ Bata, gizakiok irakur dezakeguna; bestea, LyX-ek irakur dezakeena.
+ LyX-ek LaTeX lantzen duen bakoitzean, LaTeX fitxategi bat sortzen du erroreak
+ errazago antzemateko.
+ Ondorioz, sortzen den
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+ fitxategia gizakientzako irakurtezina da.
+ Ez saiatu hori irakurtzen.
+
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+ fitxategia nahi baduzu (lankide bati bidaltzeko, adib.), hautatu
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+sportatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+aTeX
+\family default
+ menua.
+\layout Section
+
+LaTeX fitxategiak LyX-era bihurtzen
+\layout Standard
+
+LaTeX fitxategi bat LyX-era inportatzeko, erabili
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+nportatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+aTeX
+\family default
+ komandoa LyX leihoan.
+ Horrek Perl programaketa hizkuntzan egindako script bati deituko dio:
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+ ; horrek
+\family typewriter
+fitxat1.tex
+\family default
+ fitxategia jasoz
+\family typewriter
+fitxat1.lyx
+\family default
+ sortzen du.
+ Ondoren, LyX-ek
+\family typewriter
+ fitxat1.lyx
+\family default
+ fitxategia irekitzen du.
+ Bihurketa ez bada ongi ibili, saia zaitez reLyX tresna komando lerrotik
+ exekutatzen, aukera sofistikatuagoak erabilita.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+-ek LaTeX-eko zilegia den ia dena bihurtuko du, baina ez guztia.
+ TeX moduan ulertzen ez dituen gauzak ez ditu bihurtuko; beraz, bihurtu
+ gabekoak gorri koloreko testuetan agertzen dira, eta eskuz editatu beharko
+ dituzu ongi ikusteko.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+-ek
+\emph on
+Ezaugarri Hedatuak
+\emph default
+ eskuliburuan (eta dagokion Unix-eko man orrialdeetan ere) bere atala dauka.
+ Irakurri atal hori, jakiteko LaTeX-eko zein ezaugarri ez dauden onartuta,
+ zein akats dauden (eta nola konpondu) eta aukera batzuk nola erabili.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+-ek lana egitea lortzen ez baduzu, edo LyX fitxategi batean LaTeX kodea
+ txertatzea nahi baduzu, ikusi
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:latexkodeak}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+atala.
+\layout Section
+
+LaTeX kodea LyX dokumentuetan txertatzea
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:txertat-LaTeX-kodea}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:latexkodeak}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Ezaugarri hau nahiko garrantzitsua da: beti izango duzu LaTeX kodea LyX-eko
+ dokumentu batean txertatzeko aukera.
+ LyX-ek ezin ditu, eta litekeena da inoiz ezin izatea, LaTeX-eko egitura
+ guztiak bistaratu.
+ LyX dokumentu batean LaTeX-eko komando bat txertatu behar duzunean, erabili
+ ERT kutxa.
+ ERT kutxa lortzeko, hautatu
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+eX
+\family default
+ menua.
+ ERT kutxa hiru modutan ager daiteke: tolestuta, irekita eta lerro barnean.
+ Aurreneko biak beste kutxa tolesgarriak bezala erabiltzen dira, adib.
+ oin-oharrak, eta LaTeX-eko komando kopuru askorekin erabiltzen dira.
+ "Barneko" ERT kutxa batek bere edukia botoiaren zati bezala bistaratzen
+ du, eta LaTeX komandoen zati motz bezala erabiltzen dira.
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+% hau bezala
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Hiru moduen artean txandakatzeko, ERT kutxa bertan klikatu saguaren eskuineko
+ botoiarekin.
+ Jakin ezazu LaTeX-eko komandoak lerro bat baino gehiagotan erabiltzea nahi
+ badituzu, ezin duzula barneko modua erabili.
+\layout Standard
+
+Ondorengoa LyX-eko dokumentu batean LaTeX kodea txertatzearen adibidea duzu.
+ Kodeak honelako itxura eduki ohi dute:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+begin{tabular}{ll}
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+begin{minipage}{5cm}
+\newline
+Hau orritxo ingurunearen adibide bat da.
+ Zuk
+\newline
+nahi duzuna jar dezakezu bertan, edozein (ez-mugikor)
+\newline
+irudi eta taula.
+
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+end{minipage}
+\newline
+&
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+begin{minipage}{5cm}
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+begin{verbatim}
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+begin{minipage}{5cm}
+\newline
+Hau ...
+
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+end{minipage}
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+end{verbatim}
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+end{minipage}
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+end{tabular}
+\layout Standard
+
+Adibideko testuak daukan ERT kutxa paragrafo honen ondoren agertzen da.
+ Eskuliburu hau pantailan (LyX-eko leihoan) irakurtzen ari bazara, gris
+ koloreko botoi bat (gorri koloreko testu bitxi batekin) ikusiko duzu.
+ Inprimatutako bertsioan, ordea, honen emaitza ikusiko duzu:
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+begin{tabular}{ll}
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+begin{minipage}{5cm}
+\newline
+Hau orritxo ingurunearen adibide bat da. Zuk nahi duzuna jar dezakezu bertan, edozein (ez-mugikor) irudi eta taula.
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+end{minipage}
+\newline
+&
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+begin{minipage}{5cm}
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+begin{verbatim}
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+begin{minipage}{5cm}
+\newline
+Hau ...
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+end{minipage}
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+end{verbatim}
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+end{minipage}
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+end{tabular}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Bi metodo hauetaz gain, LaTeX-eko egitura konplexua duen aparteko fitxategi
+ bat sor dezakezu.
+ Gero
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Txertatu\SpecialChar ~
+fitxategia
+\family default
+ menua erabili fitxategia txertatzeko (sarrera mota hautatu beharko duzu).
+ Hau aholkatzen dizugu ongi dabilen
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+ fitxategi bat jadanik badaukazu.
+ Bestela izugarrizko lana izango duzu LaTeX-eko erroreak zuzentzen.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Azpimarratu beharreko azken oharrak:
+\layout Itemize
+
+LyX-en barruan LaTeX-eko kodea
+\emph on
+gorriz
+\emph default
+ agertzen da.
+\layout Itemize
+
+LyX-ek
+\emph on
+ez du
+\emph default
+ LaTeX-eko kodea ongi a dagoen egiaztatzen.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Kontu ibili gurpila berriz asmatzearekin.
+\layout Standard
+
+Azken oharrak bi gauza adierazi nahi ditu.
+ Lehenbizi, LyX-ek bere barnean ezaugarri batzuk ditu, eta gehiago ekartzekotan
+ dago.
+ LaTeX-eko kodea idazten hasi aurretik, ziurtatu zaitez eskuliburuetan irakurriz
+ LyX-ek zuk behar dituzun LaTeX-eko ezaugarri horiek ez dakartzala, bestela
+ alferrikako lana egingo baituzu.
+ Bigarrenik, hor kanpoan (zure LaTeX-eko banaketan) hainbat gauza ezberdin
+ egiten dituzten pakete asko daude, eta agian zuk behar duzuna horietariko
+ bat izan daiteke, kartazalentzako etiketetatik hasi eta hainbat orrialdeko
+ tauletaino.
+ Begiratu CTANeko gunean xehetasunak irakurtzeko (ikusi
+\emph on
+Erabiltzailearen Gida
+\emph default
+ eskuliburuko "Beharrezko aplikazioak" atala)
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\emph on
+\noun on
+John Weiss
+\noun default
+-en oharra
+\emph default
+: hori egiten askotan ikusi izan dut.
+ Etiketak inprimatzeko kodea batzuk prestatzen hasi, eta buruhauste asko
+ igaro eta gero konturatzea hori egiteko jadanik LaTeX-eko bi pakete erabilgarri
+ daudela.
+ Eta okerrena da neuk banituela pakete horiek!
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Zure dokumentuan zerbait sofistikatua eta sakona egin behar baduzu, ziurtatu
+ zaitez alboan LaTeX buruzko liburu on bat edukitzea, kodea garatzen laguntzeko.
+
+\emph on
+Erabiltzailearen Gida
+\emph default
+ eskuliburuko bibliografian batzuk zerrendatzen dira.
+\layout Standard
+
+Badaude LaTeX-eko komando batzuk testuaren aurretik kokatu behar izaten
+ direnak.
+ Hauek hitzaurrean kokatzen dira, eta hurrengo atalean honi buruz hitz egiten
+ da.
+\layout Section
+
+LyX eta LaTeX-eko hitzaurrea
+\layout Subsection
+
+LaTeX-eko hitzaurreari buruz
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:hitzaurrea}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ LaTeX ezagutzen baduzu, hemen ez daukagu hitzaurrea zertarako egokia den
+ azaldu beharrik.
+ Ez baduzu ezagutzen ordea, datozen azalpenek ideia batzuk lortzen lagunduko
+ dizute (berriro diogu, xehetasun gehiagorako LaTeX-eko liburu on bat eskuratu
+ eta irakurri).
+ Dena den, ondorengo azalpenak irakurri beharko zenituzke, LyX-eko dokumentu
+ batean LaTeX-eko hitzaurrerekin zer egin dezakezun eta zer ez duzun egin
+ behar azaltzen baitute.
+\layout Standard
+
+LaTeX-eko hitzaurrea dokumentuaren hasieran agertzen da, edozein testuren
+
+\emph on
+aurretik
+\emph default
+.
+ Ondorengoentzako da:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Dokumentu-klasea zehazteko.
+ Jadanik, LyX-ek hau zuregatik egiten du.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+LaTeX arloan aditua bazara, eta erabili nahi dituzun dokumentu-klase pertsonaliz
+atuak badituzu, irakurri
+\emph on
+Pertsonalizazioa
+\emph default
+ eskuliburua, LyX horien interfaze gisa ezartzeko egin beharrekoak agertzen
+ baititu.
+ Ziurtatu zure lanak LyX taldeari bidaltzen dizkiozula, datozen bertsioetan
+ sartzeko!
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Paketeen erabilera zehazteko.
+ LaTeX-eko paketeek komando bereziak eskaintzen dituzte; horiek dokumentuan
+ erabili ahal izango dira baldin eta dokumentuko hitzaurrean zehaztu badira.
+ Adibidez,
+\family typewriter
+indentfirst
+\family default
+ paketeak paragrafo guztiak koskatuak izan daitezen derrigortzen du.
+ Etiketak, kartazalak, marjinak eta beste hainbat gauzetarako beste pakete
+ batzuk badaude.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Zenbatzaileak, aldagaiak, luzera eta zabalerak zehazteko.
+ LaTeX-en hainbat zenbatzaile eta aldagai daude, eta nahi den eragina egiteko
+ modu global batean hitzaurrean ezarri behar dira.
+ Beste zenbait aldagai, ordea, dokumentuaren barruan ezar eta berrasiera
+ ditzakezu.
+ Marjinak adibide egokiak dira hitzaurrean zer ezarri behar den erakusteko.
+ Beste adibide bat zerrendentzako etiketen formatua da.
+ Gaur egun, horiek dokumentuko edozein lekutan ezar ditzakezu, baina egokiena
+ leku bakar batean egitea da, hitzaurrearen barruan.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Erabiltzaileak definitutako komandoak (
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+newcommand
+\family default
+ edo
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand
+\family default
+-ekin) zehazteko.
+ Gehienetan LaTeX-eko komandoen laburtzapenak izan ohi dira dokumentu barruan
+ askotan agertzen direnak.
+ Gainera, hitzaurrea leku egokia da komando horiek zehazteko, beste edozein
+ lekutan ere zehatz daitezke (hori bai, lehen aldiz erabili
+\emph on
+aurretik
+\emph default
+).
+ Hau oso erabilgarria izan daiteke zure dokumentuan LaTeX-eko kode gordin
+ asko daudenean, normalean ez da horrelakorik gertatzen.
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-ek sortzen duen
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+ fitxategian dagokion definizio-multzoa hitzaurrean gehitzen du.
+ Horrela, LyX-ek sortutako LaTeX fitxategia eramangarria izaten da.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Hitzaurrea aldatzea
+\layout Standard
+
+LaTeX fitxategiko hitzaurrean LyX-ek gehitzen dituen komandoak finkatuta
+ daude; ezin dituzu aldatu baldin eta LyX programaren iturburua ez baduzu
+ aldatzen.
+ Hala ere, zure komandoak hitzaurrean gehitzeko aukera daukazu.
+ Hori egiteko bi bide daude:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Hautatu
+\family sans
+Diseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Hitzaurrea,
+\family default
+ edo
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+iseinua
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+okumentua
+\family default
+ menutik sortzen den leihoko
+\family sans
+\bar under
+H
+\bar default
+itzaurrea
+\family default
+ fitxa, erabiltzen duzun LyX bertsioaren arabera.
+ LyX-eko laster-teklak leihoan ez dira erabilgarriak.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Gehitu dituzun hitzaurreko edukiak erabili lehenetsitako txantiloi gisa
+ (ikus "Oinarrizko LyX konfigurazioa"
+\emph on
+Erabiltzailearen Gida
+\emph default
+ eskuliburuan), horrela sortzen dituzun fitxategien hitzaurre lehenetsia
+ izango da.
+\layout Standard
+
+Aurrez berak eraikita duen hitzaurreko guztia Hitzaurrean gehitzen du LyX-ek.
+ Hitzaurrean zure komandoak sartu aurretik, ziurtatu zaitez zuk nahi duzuna
+ LyX-ek ez daukala (gogoratzen zara nola esan genizun gurpila berriro ez
+ asmatzeko?).
+ Gainera,
+\emph on
+ziurtatu zure hitzaurrearen kodea zuzena dela
+\emph default
+.
+ LyX-ek ez ditu egiaztatzen.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Adibideak
+\layout Standard
+
+Hemen agertzen diren adibideek azaltzen dute hitzaurrean zer gehitu ditzakezun
+ eta zer egiten duten:
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+1.
+ adibidea: desplazamendua
+\layout Standard
+
+LaTeX-en bi aldagai daude orrialdearen kokapena kontrolatzeko:
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+hoffset
+\family default
+ eta
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+voffset
+\family default
+.
+ Horizontalki eta bertikalki desplazatzeko erabiltzen dira, hurrenez hurren.
+ Aldagai horiek oso baliagarriak dira etiketak inprimatzeko.
+ Noizbehinka, orriaren (edo inprimakiaren) tamaina eta orrian inprimatu
+ daitekeen arearen tamainak ez datoz bat.
+ Horretarako erabiltzen dira
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+hoffset
+\family default
+ eta
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+voffset
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Lehenetsitako balioak bai
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+hoffset
+\family default
+ bai
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+voffset
+\family default
+-entzako
+\family typewriter
+0\SpecialChar ~
+pt.
+
+\family default
+ izan ohi dira, adibidez, orrialdea ez badago mailakatuta.
+\layout Standard
+
+Zoritxarrez, badirudi zenbait DVI kontrolatzailek orrialdea beti mailakatzen
+ dutela.
+ Ez dakigu zergatia, agian sistemako arduradunak ez du dagokion jokaera
+ egokiro finkatu.
+ LyX erabiltzen ari zaren ordenagailuko arduraduna ez bazara, edota sistemako
+ arduraduna alfer-ontzi bat bada,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+hoffset
+\family default
+ eta
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+voffset
+\family default
+ aldagaiek lagunduko dizute.
+ Demagun ezkerreko eta goiko marjinak
+\family typewriter
+0,5
+\family default
+ hazbete (inch) handiagoak direla beti.
+ Gehitu hauek hitzaurreari:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+setlength{
+\backslash
+hoffset}{-0.5 in}
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+setlength{
+\backslash
+voffset}{-0.5 in}
+\layout Standard
+
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+eta marjinak egokiro edukiko dituzu orain.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+2.
+ adibidea: etiketak
+\layout Standard
+
+Etiketez ari garela, helbideen etiketa-sorta bat inprimatu nahi duzula suposatu.
+ Badago
+\family typewriter
+labels.sty
+\family default
+ izeneko pakete polit bat (CTAN-eko artxiboetatik eskura dezakezuna) etiketa-orr
+iak inprimatzeko.
+ Litekeena da zure sistemak pakete hau lehenetsi gisa instalatuta ez edukitzea.
+ Egiaztatze-lanak zure esku uzten ditugu.
+ Agian dagokion dokumentazioa irakurtzea komeniko zaizu, ez baitugu hori
+ hemen azalduko.
+ Hau adibide bat denez, pakete hori nola erabili azalduko dizugu.
+\layout Standard
+
+Lehenik, ziurtatu
+\family sans
+article
+\family default
+ dokumentu-klasea erabiltzen ari zarela.
+ Gero, jarri honako hau hitzaurrean:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+usepackage{labels}
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+LabelCols=3
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+LabelRows=7
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+LeftBorder=8mm
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+RightBorder=8mm
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+TopBorder=9mm
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+BottomBorder=2mm
+\layout Standard
+
+Horrek gauzak etiketa-orri motarentzat konfiguratzen ditu Avery®, #5360
+ erreferentziarekin.
+ Etiketak inprimatzeko prest egon arren, LaTeX kodea txertatu beharko duzu,
+ etiketa bakoitzaren inguruan
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{labels}
+\family default
+ eta
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+end{labels}
+\family default
+ komandoak jarriz.
+ Hori eta
+\family typewriter
+labels.sty
+\family default
+ paketeko beste ezaugarri bereziak dokumentazio honetan azaltzen dira.
+\layout Standard
+
+Noizbait norbaitek LyX diseinuren bat idatz lezake pakete hau zuzenean erabiltze
+ko.
+ Agian norbait hori zeu izan zintezke.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+3.
+ adibidea: paragrafoak koskatzea
+\layout Standard
+
+Amerikarrak ohituta daude paragrafo
+\emph on
+bakoitzeko
+\emph default
+ lehenbiziko lerroa kostatzen.
+ Dituzten beste lilurazko jokabideekin, amerikar gehienek negar-zotinka
+ aritzen dira beraiena lortu eta paragrafo guztien lehenbiziko lerroa koskatu
+ arte
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\emph on
+\noun on
+John Weiss
+\noun default
+-en oharra
+\emph default
+: hau amerikar batek idatzi du --- neuk! Nire herrialdeko biztanleei buruzko
+ neure ikuspegia da.
+ Ez baduzu atsegin, pikuteaaaaaaaaa, ño!
+\end_inset
+
+ .
+\layout Standard
+
+Noski, jokabide hau tipografia ikuspuntutik ez da batere estandarra.
+ Liburuetan, normalean paragrafo bateko lehenbiziko lerroa koskatzen da
+ baldin eta beste baten atzetik badoa.
+ Paragrafo bateko aurreneko lerroa koskatzearen ideia inguruetako paragrafoetati
+k nabarmentzeko da.
+ Aurretik ez badago paragraforik, irudi baten atzean dagoelako edo atal
+ bateko lehenbiziko paragrafoa delako, orduan ez da koskatze berezirik egiten.
+\layout Standard
+
+Amerikar liluratu horietariko bat bazara, ez zaitez gauza esoterikoetaz
+ arduratu: zuk koskatzea nahiko duzu! Gehitu hau hitzaurrean:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+usepackage{indentfirst}
+\layout Standard
+
+Zure TeX banaketa ez badago hondatuta, pakete hau edukiko duzu, eta paragrafo
+ guztiek lortuko dute hain maiteak dituzun koskak.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+4.
+ adibidea: dokumentu hau
+\layout Standard
+
+Dokumentu honen hitzaurrea ere begiratu dezakezu, egin ditzakezun gauza
+ aurreratu batzuen burutazioa argitzeko.
+ Agian
+\family sans
+Hitzaurrea
+\family default
+ dagoen leihoa handitu beharko duzu bertakoa erosoago ikusteko.
+ Adibide gehiago eta LaTeX-eko
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+trikimailu zikin" batzuk
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{kapi:sekretuak}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+kapituluan aurkitzen dira.
+\layout Section
+
+LyX eta LaTeX-eko erroreak
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-ek LaTeX-i deitzen dionean, erroreei ezikusi egiteko eta aurrera jarraitzeko
+ esaten dio.
+ Gero, LaTeX-ek landutako egunkari fitxategia eskuratzen du erroreak aztertzeko.
+ Kapitulu hasieran azaldu dugun bezala, LyX-ek bi
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+ fitxategi-mota sortzen ditu, horietariko bat dokumentuko erroreak antzemateko
+ erabiltzen da.
+ Nonbaiten errore bat egonez gero, LyX-ek
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Errorea" etiketa duen kutxa dokumentuko leku egoki batean jarriko du
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Batzuetan LyX-ek ezin du asmatu errorea zehazki non gertatu den.
+ Arruntena irudi, taula, matematika eta hitzaurrearekin gertatzea izaten
+ da.
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Honekin batera, leiho bat kaleratuko du zenbat errore gertatu diren jakinarazte
+ko.
+\layout Standard
+
+Errore artean mugitzeko erabili
+\family sans
+\bar under
+A
+\bar default
+rakatu
+\family default
+ menuko
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+rrorea
+\family default
+ aukera.
+ Saguarekin klikatuz errore-kutxak ireki eta mezuak irakur ditzakezu.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Erabiltzaile batzuk egunkari-fitxategian zuzenean begiratu nahi izaten dute,
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+kusi\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+aTeX\SpecialChar ~
+egunkaria
+\family default
+ menua erabiliz.
+ Bertan errore-mezu eta abisu gehienak azaltzen dira.
+ Horiek hemen azaltzen ditugu.
+ Zerrenda osoa lortzeko, eskuratu LaTeX liburu on bat.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+LaTeX Warning:
+\family default
+"
+\layout Standard
+
+Hitz horiekin hasten den edozer gauza abisuko mezu bat da, LaTeX kodea arazteko
+ xededuna.
+ Honelako mezuak jasoko dituzu erreferentzia gurutzatuak edo bibliografien
+ sarrerak gehitu edo aldatu badituzu, kasu horietan LaTeX-ek beste exekuzio
+ bat egin behar duzula esaten ari da.
+\layout Standard
+
+Orokorrean mezu hauek ahaztu ditzakezu.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+LaTeX Font Warning:
+\family default
+"
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Abisuko beste mezu bat, oraingoan LaTeX-ek aurkitu ezin dituen letra-tipoengatik
+ ari da.
+ Mezuaren beste zatiak LaTeX-ek erabiltzen dituen letra-tipoak aldatzeko
+ zerbait esaten du askotan.
+\layout Standard
+
+Horietaz lasai asko ahaztu zaitezke.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+Overfull
+\backslash
+hbox
+\family default
+"
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+LaTeX-ek mezu hauek botatzen ditu sarritan.
+ Lerro batzuk luzeegiak direla eta eskuineko marjina gaindituko dutela ohartaraz
+ten dute.
+ Lerro bukaeran hitz bat zatitu eta hitzaren beste zatia lerro berrira ezin
+ duelako bidali gertatzen da.
+ Betiko moduan, azken irteerako bertsioan ez zara ohartuko.
+ Edo karaktere bakarrak edo bik igaroko dute marjina.
+ Idazten duzun edozein dokumentutan LaTeX-ek behintzat honelako mezu bat
+ kaleratuko du.
+\layout Standard
+
+Mezu alu horiek bazter ditzakezu.
+ Zure begiek esango dizute arazorik ba al dagoen luzeegia den zerbaitekin.
+ Irteerako bertsioa begiratzearekin nahikoa duzu.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+Underfull
+\backslash
+hbox
+\family default
+"
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Ez da bere lehengusina bezain ospetsua, agerraldi gutxiago egiten baititu.
+ Badirudi LaTeX-ek atsegin duela lerro luzeak direnak inprimatzea, txikien
+ ordez.
+ Ez dakigu zergatia.
+\layout Standard
+
+Honelakoak ere ahaztu.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+Overfull
+\backslash
+vbox
+\family default
+" eta
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+Underfull
+\backslash
+vbox
+\family default
+"
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Orrialdeak zatitzeko (jauzteko) arazoak daudela ohartarazten dute.
+ Berriro, begiratu irteerako bertsioan.
+ Zure begiek esango dizute akatsa non gertatu den.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+LaTeX Error: File "Xxxx" not found
+\family default
+"
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Sistema honetan
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+Xxxx
+\family default
+" fitxategia ez dagoela instalatuta jakinarazten du.
+ Egoera hau normalki zure dokumentuak eskatzen duen paketea instalatu gabe
+ dagoenean gertatzen da.
+ Hitzaurrea ez baduzu aldatzen edo
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+usepackage{}
+\family default
+ komandoa ez baduzu erabiltzen, orduan LyX-ek kargatu nahi izan duen paketea
+ falta da.
+ Erabili
+\family sans
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+aguntza
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+aTeX\SpecialChar ~
+konfigurazioa
+\family default
+ LyX-ek ezagutzen duen pakete-zerrenda lortzeko.
+ Fitxategi hau LyX birkonfiguratzen duzun (
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+irkonfiguratu
+\family default
+ erabili) bakoitzean eguneratzen da, eta zein pakete antzeman dituen eta
+ zer egiten duten argituko dizu.
+\layout Standard
+
+Baldin eta dokumentuan komando bat erabili baduzu, eta kortxete artean zehaztu
+ duzun paketea ez badago instalatuta, zeuk instalatu beharko duzu.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+LaTeX Error: Unknown option
+\family default
+"
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Honekin hasten diren errore-mezuak pakete batentzako aukera oker bat edo
+ definitu gabea zehaztu duzula adierazten saiatzen dira.
+ Begiratu paketeen dokumentazioa.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+Undefined control sequence
+\family default
+"
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Zure dokumentuan LaTeX kodea txertatu baduzu, baina hizkiren bat gaizki
+ idatzi baduzu, honelako mezu bat lortuko duzu.
+ Litekeena da pakete bat kargatzea ahaztu izana.
+ Edozein modutan, errore-mezu honek definitu gabeko komando bat erabiltzen
+ ari zarela adierazten du.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Bestelako errore eta abisu-motako mezuak ere badira.
+ Batzuk beraien burua azaltzen dute.
+ Oro har, LaTeX-eko mezuak dira.
+ Besteak apur bat zailago dira ulertzeko.
+ TeX-en errore-mezuak izan ohi dira, eta ez dakigu zer adierazi nahi duten
+ edo nola argitu beraien esanahia.
+\layout Standard
+
+Errore-mezuak agertzen badira, honako urrats hauek egin behar dituzu:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Begiratu LaTeX-eko kodean ea hizkiren bat gaizki idatzi ote duzun jakin
+ eta zuzentzeko.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Hizkirik ez baduzu jan, egiaztatu komandoak egokiro erabili dituzula.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Dokumentu-hasieran zenbait errore-kutxa agertzen badira, hitzaurrean erroreak
+ daudela adierazten du.
+ Zure hitzaurrea arazten has zintezke.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Dokumentuak ez badu ez hitzaurrerik ez LaTeX koderik, litekeena da akatsa
+ duzun LaTeX banaketan egotea.
+ Begiratu galdutako paketeak, eta instala itzazu.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Ongi, pakete galdurik ez badago, erabili al duzu dokumentua fintzeko aukerarik
+ LyX-en? Gauzak zehaztuz, horietariko batzuk
+\emph on
+gaizki erabili
+\emph default
+ dituzu? Adibidez, eskuz hainbat
+\family sans
+Zuriune\SpecialChar ~
+babestu
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Lerro-jauzi
+\family default
+ edo
+\family sans
+Orri-jauzi
+\family default
+ txertatu dituzu? Horiekin zerbait oker bateratzen saiatu zara paragrafo-ingurun
+e egokiak erabili ordez?
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Oso ondo, ez duzu dokumentua fintzeko aukerarik erabili, arauen barruan
+ jokatzen ari zara.
+ Dotoretzeko gauzak eskuz egiten ari zara? Taula edo ekuazio baten barruan
+ zerbait polita egin al duzu, grafiko bat taula bateko gelaxka batean txertatzea
+ bezalakoa?
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Testu-zati luzeak al dituzu, eta horietan LaTeX-ek lerroa eteteko leku egokia
+ ezin du aurkitu? Jatorriz, LaTeX nahiko zorrotza izaten da lerro bat eteteko
+ hitzen artean zenbat tarte gehitu behar duen erabakitzerakoan.
+ Egokiena paragrafoa berriro lantzea duzu, arazoa konpontzeko testua beste
+ modu batera idatz dezakezu.
+ Hori ez bada zuretzako aukera bat, zure testua itzulbiratu dezakezu
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+sloppypar
+\family default
+ erabiliz LaTeX-ek lerro-jauzia nahi duen bezala egin dezan
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Itzultzailearen oharra: LaTeX-ek nahi duen bezala testu zati baten lerro-jauzia
+ egiteko, kokatu testu zati hori honako komando hauen artean:
+\newline
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{sloppypar}
+\newline
+(...
+ hemen testu zatia sartu...)
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+end{sloppypar}
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Habiaratze-sakonera maila guztiak gainditu dituzu? Gaur egun, LyX-ek ez
+ du egiaztatzen inguruneetako habiaratze-sakoneraren muga gainditzen al
+ duzun, oraingoz hori zure esku gelditzen da.
+ Inguruneak bata bestearen barruan
+\begin_inset Formula $17.$
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+mailaraino habiaratzen badira, hor egongo da arazoa.
+
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Ederto! errore-mezurik ez daukazu, baina irteerako bertsioaren itxura zatar
+ agertzen da.
+ Dokumentuak taula edo irudi handiegia edo orrialdearentzat luzeegia badu,
+ saiatu hauekin:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+berreskalatu irudia, hobekiago finkatu dadin.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+txikitu edo zatitu taula, finkatu arte.
+\layout Standard
+
+Irteeran zerbait oker badoa, eta ez bazara saiatu gauzak dotoretzen edo
+ sofistikatzen, ez eta dokumentua fintzeko aukerarik ukitu, orduan ez dakigu
+ zer egon daitekeen gaizki .
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Horrek guztiak ez badu laguntzen, agian LyX-en akats bat aurkitu duzu\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\layout Chapter
+
+Tresna osagarriak
+\layout Section
+
+BibTeX-ekin bibliografia prestatzea
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_bottom bigskip
+Idazlea:
+\noun on
+Mike Ressler
+\layout Standard
+\noindent
+GELDITU! Ez badakizu zer den BibTeX, edo erabileraren inguruko ezagutza
+ onak (zure bibliografiarako datu-base bat konfiguratzea adibidez) badituzu,
+ zoaz korrika, aintza-aintzaka,
+\noun on
+Lamport
+\noun default
+-en
+\emph on
+LaTeX: A Document Preparation System
+\emph default
+ liburuko 2.\SpecialChar ~
+argitalpen baten gertuen daukazun kopiara,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Appendix B" atalera hain zuzen.
+ Azalpenean bibliografia-fitxategi egoki bat sortu duzula eta inguruneko
+ aldagaiak (
+\family typewriter
+BIBINPUTS
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+BSTINPUTS
+\family default
+, eta
+\family typewriter
+TEXINPUTS
+\family default
+ bereziki) ere egokiro konfiguratu dituzula suposatzen da, horrela BibTeX
+ datu-basea duen LaTeX fitxategi bat sortu eta
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+TeX"-atzeko aukera daukazu.
+\layout Standard
+
+Ez dakitenentzat BibTeX zer den, gehien erabiltzen dituzun bibliografien
+ erreferentziak gordetzen duen datu-base handi bat sortzeko sistema bat
+ da.
+ Etorkizunean idazten dituzun artikuluetan, gehitu datu-base estandar hau
+ eta egin erreferentzia bakoitzaren gakoari dagokion aipua.
+ Nahiz eta orri gutxi batzuk (bakoitzean erabilkorrak diren erreferentziekin)
+ idatzi, BibTeX aztertzea ongi igarotako denbora izango da, eta zuretzat
+ zenbateraino baliagarria izango den erabaki ahalko duzu.
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-en BibTeX erabiltzeko, aurrenik irakurri
+\emph on
+Erabiltzailearen Gida
+\emph default
+, aipamenak nola txertatzen diren argitzen baitu.
+ BibTeX-eko erreferentziak txertatzeko oinarrizko urratsak berdinak dira.
+ Gero, zure dokumentuaren bukaeran, hautatu
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Zerrendak\SpecialChar ~
+eta\SpecialChar ~
+
+\bar under
+A
+\bar default
+urk\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+ibTeX\SpecialChar ~
+erreferentzia
+\family default
+.
+ Bete horrek bistaratzen duen elkarrizketa-koadroan dauden eremuak:
+\layout Description
+
+Datu-basea: idatzi zure
+\family typewriter
+ .bib
+\family default
+ fitxategiaren izena,
+\family typewriter
+.bib
+\family default
+ luzapenik gabe.
+ Hainbat
+\family typewriter
+.bib
+\family default
+ fitxategitan bilaketa egiteko, idatzi nahi duzun ordenan, eta komaz bereiztuta.
+\layout Description
+
+Estiloa: idatzi zure BibTeX estiloaren izena, baina
+\family typewriter
+.bst
+\family default
+ luzapenik gabe.
+ Lehenetsitako estiloa
+\family sans
+plain
+\family default
+ (zure LaTeX banaketan egon behar duenez, ez kezkatu hori sortzen) da.
+\layout Standard
+
+Aipamen bakoitzarentzako iturburuak
+\family typewriter
+.bib
+\family default
+ fitxategian daudela suposatuz, testuko kokaleku batean
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+Z
+\bar default
+itazio\SpecialChar ~
+erreferentzia
+\family default
+ menuari deitu, eta sartu erreferentziaren gako egokia.
+ Ez da besterik eskatzen:
+\family sans
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+kusi\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+VI
+\family default
+ ikustaileari deitzen diozunean, adibidez, ikusiko duzu nola BibTeX eta
+ LaTeX exekutatzen diren behar diren heinean.
+\layout Section
+
+Indize bat sortzea
+\layout Standard
+
+Dokumentu luze batean indize ona sortzea oso zaila izan arren, LyX-ek gauzak
+ errazten laguntzen du, LaTeX-eko azken banaketetan dagoen
+\family typewriter
+makeindex
+\family default
+ programaren interfaze lanak eginez.
+ Indize bat txertatzea eta hitzak markatzea indizearen aurkibidean gehitzeko,
+ arestiko atalean azaldu den bibliografia erreferentziekin lan egitearen
+ antzeko zerbait da.
+\layout Standard
+
+Lehenbizi, joan zure fitxategiaren amaierara eta hautatu
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Zerrenda\SpecialChar ~
+eta\SpecialChar ~
+
+\bar under
+A
+\bar default
+urk\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Indize-zerrenda
+\family default
+.
+ Ondoren, indizean agertzea nahi duzun hitz bakoitzarentzako, zoaz hitz
+ horren atzera, eta klikatu
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Indize-sarrera
+\family default
+.
+ Honek, indize alfabetikoan agertuko den hitza erakutsiz, etiketa bat txertatuko
+ du.
+ Hori da dena; LyX-ek automatikoki
+\family typewriter
+makeindex
+\family default
+-eri deituko dio eta indizea sortuko du.
+ Indize-motako botoian saguaren eskuineko botoiaz klikatuz agertzen den
+ elkarrizketa-koadroko testuak LaTeX onartzen du; kontuz ibili eta saihestu
+ karaktere bereziak.
+ Aukera aurreratuak erabil ditzakezu (zure LaTeX banaketarekin datorren
+ dokumentazioa begiratu "habiaratutako sarrerak" bezalako gauzak lantzeko).
+\layout Standard
+
+Argi ibili testuko hitzaren eta indizearen markatzailearen artean tarterik
+ ez jartzearekin, bestela indize alfabetikoan okerreko orrialde baten zenbakiare
+kin agertuko dira.
+\layout Section
+
+Zati anitzeko dokumentuak
+\layout Subsection
+
+Eragiketa orokorra
+\layout Standard
+
+Fitxategi luze batean hainbat atalekin lanean ari bazara, batzuetan egokia
+ izaten da dokumentua hainbat fitxategitan zatitzea, edo aldiro bere edukia
+ eguneratzen den taula bat edukitzea, baina arestian daukan testua ez ordea.
+ Egoera horietan, zati anitzeko dokumentuak erabiltzea egokiagoa izan dezakezu.
+ Adibidez, aldizkari zientifikoek bost atal nagusi izaten dituzte: sarrera,
+ behaketa, emaitzak, eztabaida eta ondorioak.
+ Horietariko bakoitza LyX fitxategi bereizi batean egon ohi da, eta fitxategi
+ 'nagusi' batekin (honek titulua, egileak, laburpena, erreferentziak eta
+ bost fitxategiak txertatuta edukitzen ditu).
+ Garrantzitsua da jakitea fitxategi horietariko bakoitza erabateko LyX fitxategi
+a dela, eta bera bakarrik egituratu eta inprimatu daitekeela, baita fitxategi
+ nagusian sartuta dagoenean ere.
+ Fitxategi horiek guztiak dokumentu-klase berdina erabili behar dute (ez
+ bateratu artikulu-klase bat liburu-klase batekin).
+ LaTeX fitxategiak ere sartu behar dituzu; fitxategi horiek ez dute beraien
+ hitzaurrea eduki behar (hori dela eta,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{document}
+\family default
+ lerroraino dagoen guztia, komando hau barne, eta
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+end{document}
+\family default
+ lerroa ezabatu behar dira) bestela DVI fitxategia sortzerakoan erroreak
+ gertatuko baitira.
+\layout Standard
+
+Fitxategiak gehitzeko, LyX-ek bide erraz bat aurkezten dizu:
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+xertatu\SpecialChar ~
+fitxategia
+\family default
+.
+ Hautapen honetan klikatzen duzunean kurtsorea kokatuta dagoen lekuan kutxa
+ txiki bat txertatzen da.
+ Kutxa horretan klikatuz elkarrizketa-koadro bat irekitzen da, gehitu nahi
+ den fitxategia hautatzeaz gain zein modu erabiliko den aukera dezakezu.
+\layout Standard
+
+Fitxategia hautatzeko kutxa nola erabiltzen den argi dago.
+ Hiru bide daude gehitzeko: "gehitu", "sarrera" eta " hitzez hitz".
+ LaTeX-eko adituentzako "gehitu" eta "sarrera" arteko ezberdintasunak garrantzia
+ eduki arren, "gehitu" diren fitxategiak orrialde berri batean konposatzen
+ diren bitartean, "sarrera" moduan gehitu direnak uneko orrialdean konposatzen
+ hasten dira.
+ Agian, egunen batean, LyX-eko etiketak aldatuko dira egoera hauek bereizteko.
+\layout Standard
+
+Orokorrean, fitxategi nagusia konposatu aurretik LaTeX fitxategi batera
+ bihurtu ohi da, gehitutako fitxategiak ordea hitzaurreko informazio guztia
+ ez duten LaTeX fitxategietara bihurtzen dira.
+
+\family sans
+Ez\SpecialChar ~
+konposatu
+\family default
+ botoia aktibatuta, bihurketa hau aurrezaintzen da.
+\layout Standard
+
+"hitzez hitz" moduan gehitutako fitxategi bat fitxategi nagusian egongo
+ bazen bezala konposatzen da, karaktereak finkatutako zabalera duen idazmakina
+ letra-tipoarekin ezartzen dira.
+ Normalki, fitxategi honetako zuriuneak ikusgaitzak dira, eta bi zuriune
+ jarraian egon daiteke, LyX zuriuneekin lan egiten duen bidetik aldenduz.
+ Hala ere,
+\family sans
+Markatu zuriuneak irteeran
+\family default
+ aktibatuz zuriuneen agerpena nabarmentzen du.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Fitxategien arteko erreferentzia gurutzatuak
+\layout Standard
+
+Bi fitxategien artean erreferentzia gurutzatuak lantzeko aukera daukazu.
+ Aurrenik ireki fitxategi guzti horiek, A eta B deituko diegu bi fitxategiko
+ adibidean, non B fitxategia A barruan gehitzen den.
+ Orain kokatu A fitxategian eta txertatu etiketa bat, B fitxategian honi
+ buruzko erreferentzia bat sartzeko.
+ Ondoren, joan B fitxategira, erreferentzia gurutzatuen leihoa ireki eta
+ hautatu nahi duzun elementua.
+\layout Section
+
+Algoritmoak
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-ek
+\family typewriter
+algorithm
+\family default
+ paketea behar du algoritmo mugikorrak kaleratzeko.
+ Orri-jauzietan zehar algoritmo laburrak kokatzeko eta algoritmoen zerrenda
+ sortzeko erabiltzen da.
+\layout Section
+
+Azpirudiak
+\layout Standard
+
+Grafikoen leihoan "azpirudia" hautatzerakoan eta azpirudiaren epigrafea
+ sartzen duzunean, LyX-ek
+\family typewriter
+subfigure
+\family default
+ paketea erabiltzen du.
+ Honela markatutako hainbat irudi mugikor bakar batean, azpi-epigrafeekin,
+ sar daiteke.
+\layout Section
+
+Goiburuko eta orri-oin sofistikatuak
+\layout Standard
+
+Lehenetsitako orrialdearen diseinua nahiko soila izaten da; artikulu motako
+ dokumentu-klase batentzako, lortzen duzun bakarra orrialdeko behean eta
+ erdira lerrokatuta dagoen orrialde-zenbatzaile bat da.
+ Dokumentu hau liburu-klasekoa da, eta dotorexeago azaldu beharko luke,
+ baina era horretan jartzeko (
+\emph on
+Erabiltzailearen Gida
+\emph default
+n aipatzen denez) dokumentuaren orri-estiloa "fancy" aukerarekin ezarri
+ behar duzu.
+ Atal honek hitzaurrean edo testuan sartu behar duzun LaTeX-en kodea argitzen
+ du, nahi duzun itxura lortzeko.
+\layout Standard
+
+Orrialdearen goiburukoa hiru eremutan banatzen da, "ezkerra" , "erdia" eta
+ "eskuina" etiketekin.
+ Orri-oina ere hiru eremu horietan banatzen da.
+ Eremu horiek ezartzeko, LaTeX-eko komandoak
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+lhead
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+chead
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+rhead
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+lfoot
+\family default
+, eta bestelakoak daude.
+ Demagun zure izena orrialde bakoitzeko goi eta ezkerreko ertzean jartzea
+ nahi duzula.
+ Hitzaurrean honako hau idaztea besterik ez duzu:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+lhead{Enbata Ondamendieta Lurrikaragoiena}
+\layout Standard
+
+Ikusi dezakezu zure izena goi-ezkerrean.
+ Eremu batek kendu nahiko zenukeen lehenetsitako sarrera badu (maiz gertatzen
+ da dokumentu baten orrialdeetako behean eta erdira lerrokatuta zenbaki
+ bat agertzea), idatzi argumentu huts bat duen komandoa.
+ Adibidez:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+cfoot{}
+\layout Standard
+
+Goazen, ordea, gauzak apaintzera: atalaren zenbatzailea "atala" hitzaren
+ atzetik jarriko dugu (adib.
+ "3.
+ atala") goi-ezkerrean, orrialdearen zenbakia (adib.
+ "4.
+ orria") goi-eskuinean, zure izena behe-ezkerrean, eta data behe-eskuinean.
+ Komando hauek hitzaurrean agertuko dira:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+lhead{
+\backslash
+thesection.
+ atala}
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+chead{}
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+rhead{
+\backslash
+thepage.
+ orria}
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+lfoot{Enbata Ondamendieta Lurrikaragoiena}
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+cfoot{}
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+rfoot{
+\backslash
+today}
+\layout Standard
+
+LaTeX-eko atal eta orri zenbatzaileak
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+thesection
+\family default
+ eta
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+thepage
+\family default
+ kodeekin erabiltzen dira.
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+today
+\family default
+ kodeak egungo data inprimatzen du.
+\layout Standard
+
+Goiburukoan eta orri-oinean agertzen diren marra mehe horizontalak ere alda
+ daitezke.
+ Goiburukoan ez baduzu nahi, ezarri bere lodiera
+\family typewriter
+0
+\family default
+\SpecialChar ~
+baliora.
+ Goiburukoko marraren lehenetsitako lodiera
+\family typewriter
+0.4pt
+\family default
+ balioa da, eta orri-oinarena berriz
+\family typewriter
+ 0pt
+\family default
+.
+ Lodierak berriz ezartzeko erabili komando hauek, atsegin dituzun balioak
+ idatziz:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+headrulewidth}{0.4pt}
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+eta
+\end_deeper
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+footrulewidth}{0.4pt}.
+\layout Standard
+
+Orrialde bakoitzean goiburuko eta orri-oineko ezarpenak aktibatu eta desaktibatz
+eko aukera dago,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+thispagestyle{empty}
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+thispagestyle{plain}
+\family default
+, eta
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+thispagestyle{fancy}
+\family default
+ bezalako komandoak erabiliz.
+ Aldatzea nahi duzun orrialdeko testuan txertatu eta jakinarazi TeX kode
+ gisakoak direla.
+ Izan ere, tituluek duten orrialdeak "plain" orri-estilo lehenetsia bezala
+ ezarrita daude, eta ondorengo orrialdeak berriz "fancy" bezala, orri-estilo
+ orokorra "fancy" bezala ezarrita dagoenean.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Badaude askoz ere komando zailagoak, orrialde bakoitietako goi-ezkerrean
+ gauzak sartzea eskaintzen dizutenak, eta bestelako gauza batzuk egiteko,
+ baina horretarako
+\family typewriter
+fancyhdr
+\family default
+ paketearen dokumentazioa irakurtzea aholkatzen dizugu.
+ Adibidez, teTeX bat instalatuta baduzu, bilatu hau:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+/usr/share/texmf/doc/latex/fancyhdr/-fancyhdr.dvi.
+\layout Standard
+
+Azken adibide bat, goiburukoan edo orri-oinean Kapsulatutako PostScript®
+ (EPS) fitxategi bat sartzeko aukera dago.
+ Demagun enpresa baten logoa goi-ezkerreko ertzean kokatu nahi duzula.
+ Saiatu honelako zerbaitekin:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+lhead{
+\backslash
+resizebox{1in}{!}{
+\backslash
+includegraphics{logo_politta.eps}}}
+\layout Standard
+
+(hau hitzaurrean
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+usepackage{graphics}
+\family default
+ aginduarekin idatzi beharko zenuke EPS motako fitxategirik dokumentuan
+ gehitu ez baduzu).
+\layout Section
+
+Orritxoak
+\layout Standard
+
+LaTeX-ek orri baten barruan beste orri bat sortzeko tresna eskaintzen du,
+ orritxoak deritze.
+ Orritxo batean, ohiko arauak erabil ditzakezu: koskatzea, lerroak itzulbiratzea
+, e.a.
+ LyX-ek ere orritxoen gaitasuna eskaintzen du.
+\layout Standard
+
+Orritxoek, LyX-en, kutxa toleskorra dute:
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+O
+\bar default
+rritxoa
+\family default
+ menutik txertatu.
+ Kutxan saguaren eskuineko botoiarekin klikatuz, orritxoaren zabalera eta
+ bertako lerrokadura aldatzeko aukera izango duzu.
+ Abisua: orritxoa orrialde batean doitzeko luzeegia bada, moztu egingo da,
+ ez da hurrengo orrialdera itzulbiratuko.
+\layout Standard
+
+Erabili
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Hizki\SpecialChar ~
+
+\bar under
+b
+\bar default
+erezia
+\family default
+ menuko
+\family sans
+HBete
+\family default
+orritxo bat beste baten alboan jartzeko, honek bien artean ahalik eta tarte
+ horizontal handiena jarriko du.
+ Horrela orritxo bat ezkerreko mugara eta bestea eskuinekora derrigortuko
+ ditu.
+ Hurrengo adibideek ezberdintasunak erakutsiko dituzte.
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_top bigskip
+
+\begin_inset Minipage
+position 1
+inner_position 0
+height "0pt"
+width "100col%"
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Orritxo honek ez du HBete erabiltzen.
+ Hau HBete erabiltzen ez duen orritxo bateko bigarren esaldia da.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Minipage
+position 1
+inner_position 0
+height "0pt"
+width "100col%"
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Hau HBete erabiltzen ez duen bigarren orritxoa da.
+ Hau HBete erabiltzen ez duen bigarren orritxoko bigarren esaldia da.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_top bigskip \added_space_bottom bigskip
+Hemen bi adibideak bereizteko erabili dugun testu arrunta dago.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Minipage
+position 1
+inner_position 0
+height "0pt"
+width "100col%"
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Hau HBete erabiltzen duen orritxoa da.
+ Hau HBete erabiltzen duen orritxoaren bigarren esaldia da.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\hfill
+
+\begin_inset Minipage
+position 1
+inner_position 0
+height "0pt"
+width "100col%"
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Hau HBete erabiltzen duen bigarren orritxoa da.
+ Hau HBete erabiltzen duen bigarren orritxoaren bigarren esaldia da.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Section
+
+Testua irudien inguruan egokitzea
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:floatflt}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Wrap figure
+placement r
+width "6cm"
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename mobius.eps
+ display color
+ width 40col%
+ rotateOrigin center
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Caption
+
+Hau egokitutako irudia da, eta esaldia berriz honi buruzko epigrafe distiratsua
+ da.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Maiz galdetzen da ea testua irudien inguruan egokitu daitekeen, irudiak
+ zutabe bateko zati bat bete eta gelditzen den zatia testuek osatuta LaTeX-eko
+
+\family typewriter
+floatflt
+\family default
+ paketea instalatuta edukiz gero (honi buruz
+\emph on
+LaTeX konfigurazioa
+\emph default
+ eskuliburuan aurkituko duzu) egin dezakezu hau.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Paragrafo hauen eskuinean
+\noun on
+Mobius
+\noun default
+-en banda duen irudia dago (irudia
+\emph on
+ Erabiltzailearen Gida
+\emph default
+n ikusiko zenuen).
+ Hautatu
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+xertatu
+\family default
+ menuko
+\family sans
+
+\bar under
+M
+\bar default
+ugikorrak\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Floatflt\SpecialChar ~
+irudia
+\family default
+ eta egokitze-kutxa bat txertatuko du.
+ Ondoren, egokitze-kutxa horretan irudi bat txertatu.
+ Horrela, irudiaren inguruan honen bezalako testua egokitu ahal izango duzu.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\emph on
+Oharra
+\emph default
+: pakete hau oso hauskorra da! Adibidez, irudi bat orrialdearen behetik
+ oso gertu badago, gauzak izorra ditzake, bi irudi gertuegi edukitzea bezalaxe.
+ Pakete hau kontu handiz erabili eta berorrekin datorren dokumentazioa irakurri
+ (bertan testuak taulen inguruan nola finkatu ditzakezun argituko dizu).
+\layout Section
+
+Taulen aukera osagarriak
+\layout Standard
+
+Nahiz eta dituzun taulen diseinu estandarrarekin taulen %99 sortzeko nahikoa
+ izan, noizbehinka lan gehiago egitea eskatzen duten taulak sortu beharko
+ dituzu.
+ Taula baten gainean saguaren eskuineko botoiarekin klikatuz taularen leihoa
+ irekiko zaizu, leiho horrek lan hauek egiteko aukera eskaintzen dizu.
+ Zutabeen lerrokaduraren argumentu osagarriekin lan egin dezakezu.
+ Hemen LaTeX-eko kodea piskat erabilgarri daukazu: LaTeX-en taula bat konfigurat
+zen duzunean, zutabe bakoitza lerrokadura-mota batekin jartzen da.
+ Adibidez, zutabeak ezkerrera, erdira edo eskuinera lerrokatzeko, eman "
+\family typewriter
+l
+\family default
+", "
+\family typewriter
+c
+\family default
+", or "
+\family typewriter
+r
+\family default
+" balioak (aukerak, LyX-en, zerrenda batean agertzen dira).
+ Laugarren mota "
+\family typewriter
+p
+\family default
+" da, zutabe baten zabalera zehazten du (LyX-en zutabe zabalera markoa izan
+ ohi da), eta testua gelaxka horrekiko egokitzea uzten du.
+ Bosgarrena "
+\family typewriter
+|
+\family default
+" da (marra bertikala), puntu batean zutabea marra bertikalarekin marrazten
+ du (LyX-en " ertzak" fitxako marrekin jartzen dira).
+ Azkenik,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+@
+\family default
+" motakoa ere badago, horrek zutabeen bereizle bezala kortxete artean dauden
+ argumentuak erabiltzea uzten dizu, argumentu hutsa barne.
+ Hori egitearen zergatia hain argia ez izan arren, ahalmen handia eskaintzen
+ dute.
+ Hoberena adibideekin erakustea da.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Zutabeko tarte gehigarria ezabatzea
+\layout Standard
+
+Hemen taula arrunt bat:
+\layout Standard
+\align center
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="2">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Mota
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Adibidea
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Haitza
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Granitoa
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Minerala
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Kuartzoa
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Ohartu zaitez taulako goiburukoa azpimarratzen duen marra horizontala bi
+ alboetako testuak baino zertxobait gehiago zabaltzen dela.
+ LyX pantailan ez da hain argi ikusten, egokiena aurrebistan edo inprimatutako
+ dokumentuan ikustea da.
+ Marra hori testuarekin amaitzea nahi baduzu, amaieran bereizle huts bat
+ jar dezakegu, LaTeX-ek, lehenetsi gisa, gehitzen dion tarte osagarria kentzeko.
+ Hona adibidea:
+\layout Standard
+\align center
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="2">
+<features>
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt" special="@{} l">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt" special="l @{}">
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Mota
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Adibdiea
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Haitza
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Granit
+\family default
+\series default
+\shape default
+\size default
+\emph default
+\bar default
+\noun default
+\color default
+oa
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Mineral
+\family default
+\series default
+\shape default
+\size default
+\emph default
+\bar default
+\noun default
+\color default
+a
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+K
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+uartz
+\family default
+\series default
+\shape default
+\size default
+\emph default
+\bar default
+\noun default
+\color default
+oa
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Adibidean, ezkerreko zutabearen argumentuen eremuan "
+\family typewriter
+@{} l
+\family default
+" ezarri den bitartean eskuinekoan "
+\family typewriter
+l @{}
+\family default
+" ezarri da, ertzetan karaktere hutsa jartzeko.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Zutabeko karaktere-bereizlea aldatzea
+\layout Standard
+
+Demagun (gaur irrifarre bihurri horrekin esnatu zarelako)
+\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{\pi}$
+\end_inset
+
+ bezalako tarte bereizlea erabiltzea nahi duzula, zutabe artekoa noski.
+ Kendu marra bertikala, eta eskuineko zutabeko argumentuen eremuan
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+@{~$
+\backslash
+sqrt{
+\backslash
+pi}$~} l
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ jarri.
+ Orain taulak honen antza izango du:
+\layout Standard
+\align center
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="2">
+<features>
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0in" special="@{\nobreakspace$\sqrt{\pi}$\nobreakspace}l">
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Mota
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Adibidea
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Haitza
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Granit
+\family default
+\series default
+\shape default
+\size default
+\emph default
+\bar default
+\noun default
+\color default
+oa
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Mineral
+\family default
+\series default
+\shape default
+\size default
+\emph default
+\bar default
+\noun default
+\color default
+a
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+K
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+uartz
+\family default
+\series default
+\shape default
+\size default
+\emph default
+\bar default
+\noun default
+\color default
+oa
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+
+
+\emph on
+Itzultzailearen\SpecialChar ~
+oharra
+\emph default
+: batzuetan, dokumentuak erabiltzen duen hizkuntzaren arabera, taula horretan
+ sartu den aukerak LaTeX-eko erroreak ematen ditu.
+ Antzeko erroreak euskarazko eta gaztelaniazko dokumentuetan gerta daitezke,
+ adibidez.
+ Horrelakoren bat gertatzen bazaizu, saia zaitez beste hauetariko bat sarzen:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+@{~{}$
+\backslash
+sqrt{
+\backslash
+pi}$~{}}l
+\layout Standard
+
+edo
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+@{
+\backslash
+nobreakspace$
+\backslash
+sqrt{
+\backslash
+pi}$
+\backslash
+nobreakspace}l
+\layout Standard
+
+Juan M.
+ Aguirregabiria
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Juan M.
+ Aguirregabiria EHU-ko Fisika Teorikoa eta Zientziaren Historia Saileko
+ irakaslea da, eta LaTeX euskaraz erabiltzeko bahyph.tex, basque.ldf eta basque.sty
+ fitxategiak sortzeaz gain, liburua.cls dokumentu-klasea (euskarazko liburuak
+ LaTeX-ekin jorratzeko) sortu zuen.
+ Mila esker Juan!
+\end_inset
+
+ eta Jean-Marc Lasgouttes
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+ Jean Marc Lasgouttes LyX taldeko garatzailea da, eta pazientzia handiarekin
+ egindako euskaraketak LyX-en barneratzen lagundu dit.
+ Mertzi Jean Marc!
+\end_inset
+
+ azaldu zidaten batzuetan
+\family typewriter
+~
+\family default
+ ikurra erabiltzeak arazoak ekartzen dituela.
+ Hona hemen Juan M.ren hitzak:
+\layout Quotation
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Niri ere agertu zait nohizean behin problemaren bat espazio apurtezina lortzeko
+ tildea erabili dudanean: adibidez, fisikan zenbakia eta unitateak ezin
+ dira banandu lerro desberdinetan, beraz, batzuetan 1~N erabili dut eta
+ emaitza izan da 1Ñ eta ez nahi nuen 1 N.
+ Horrelakoak erraz konpontzen dira {} bikote hutsa erabiliz, 1~{}N, eta
+ modu berean konpontzen da zure problema.
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Aipuan esaten den bezala, batzuetan
+\family typewriter
+~
+\family default
+ ikurraren ostean
+\family typewriter
+ {}
+\family default
+ kortxete bikotea sartzea komeni izaten da:
+\family typewriter
+~{}
+\family default
+.
+ Edo beste bide bat, Jean Marc-ek argitu zidana,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+nobreakspace
+\family default
+ sartzean datza,
+\family typewriter
+~
+\family default
+ ikurraren ordez.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Subsection
+
+Puntu dezimalean lerrokatutako zutabea sortzea
+\layout Standard
+
+Ongi, azken adibidea oso xumea zen, baina oraingoarekin\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+ eutsi arnasari!
+ Demagun puntu dezimalean lerrokatutako zutabea duen taula sortzea bururatu
+ zaizula.
+ LaTeX arrunt baten trikimailua zenbaki osoak eskuinera lerrokatutako zutabe
+ batean, eta zati dezimala berriz ezkerrera lerrokatutako zutabean, kokatzean
+ datza.
+ Honen aldaketa bat dezimal puntua zenbaki osoa dagoen zutabean sartu, eta
+ zutabeen arteko tartearentzako bereizle hutsa erabiltzea da.
+ Ondoren azken aldaketa erakusten da:
+\layout Standard
+\align center
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt" special="@{} l">
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Adierazpena
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Balioa
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\pi$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+3
+\family default
+\series default
+\shape default
+\size default
+\emph default
+\bar default
+\noun default
+\color default
+,
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+1416
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\pi^{\pi}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+36
+\family default
+\series default
+\shape default
+\size default
+\emph default
+\bar default
+\noun default
+\color default
+,
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+462
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+
+\begin_inset Formula $(\pi^{\pi})^{\pi}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+80663
+\family default
+\series default
+\shape default
+\size default
+\emph default
+\bar default
+\noun default
+\color default
+,
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\pi^{\pi^{\pi}}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+1
+\family default
+\series default
+\shape default
+\size default
+\emph default
+\bar default
+\noun default
+\color default
+,
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+3402
+\begin_inset Formula $\times10^{18}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Badirudi LyX-en nahiko barregarri agertzen dela, baina inprimatutako bertsioan
+ bi zutabeko taula izango da; bertan goiburukoak erdira eta eskuineko zutabea
+ puntu dezimalarekiko lerrokatuta agertzen diren.
+\layout Standard
+
+Agian, hobeto izango da nola egin dudan azaltzea: lehenbizi 3
+\begin_inset Formula $\times$
+\end_inset
+
+3 gelaxkadun taula sortu, eta kendu ertz guztiak.
+ Gero, aurreneko errenkadaren azpiko ertza (marra) jarri, eta lehen zutabeko
+ eskuineko ertza jarri.
+ Lehenbiziko zutabean balioak idatzi eta bere lerrokadura erdira ezarri.
+ Idatzi
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+3
+\family default
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+36
+\family default
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\family typewriter
+80663
+\family default
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ eta
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+1
+\family default
+," balioak, ondoren zutabearen lerrokadura eskuinera ezarri.
+ Idatzi beste balio hauek:
+\family typewriter
+1416
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+462
+\family default
+, eta
+\family typewriter
+3402
+\begin_inset Formula $\times10^{18}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+.
+ Dagokion zutabea
+\family typewriter
+@{} l
+\family default
+-rekin lerrokatu.
+ Azkenik, Idatzi goiburukoko erdiko zutabean
+\family typewriter
+Balioa
+\family default
+ hitza, nabarmendu hitz hori, bere eskuineko zutabean sarrera hutsik utzi,
+ hautatu bi zutabeon goiburukoak eta aktibatu
+\family sans
+Zutabe\SpecialChar ~
+anitza
+\family default
+ kontrol-laukia.
+ Erraza, ez?
+\layout Subsection
+
+Dezimalen lerrokadura hobea
+\layout Standard
+
+Dezimalen lerrokadura lantzeko beste bide bat
+\family typewriter
+dcolumn
+\family default
+ paketearen bitartez egitea da.
+ LaTeX-eko hitzaurrean hau idatzi:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+usepackage{dcolumn}
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+newcolumntype{d}[1]{D{,}{,}{#1}}
+\layout Standard
+
+Dezimalki lerrokatutako zutabe bat edukitzeko, idatzi hau
+\family sans
+Taula
+\family default
+ leihoko argumentuen eremuan:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+d{datuen dezimal kopurua}
+\layout Standard
+
+Zutabeen arteko tarte gehigarria edukitzeko
+\family typewriter
+d{}
+\family default
+ argumentuan dezimal kopurua handitu.
+ Gelaxka bakun batentzako zutabe anitzak atributua ezarriz lerrokadura dezimala
+ sentikaitza bihurtzen du, eta honek bere erabilkortasuna edukitzen du.
+ Bide honen ordaina hau da: lerrokadura dezimala duen zutabean matematika
+ erak ez direla onartzen, zutabe anitza atributua gaitzen ez bada bederen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Bide honek
+\family typewriter
+dcolumn
+\family default
+ paketearen malgutasun berdina eskaintzen du.
+ Adibidez, norbaitek lerrokaduraren bereizlea alda dezake, eta zutabe bakoitzare
+ntzako lerrokadura bereizle ezberdin bat eduki dezake, hitzaurrean hainbat
+ zutabe definituz.
+ Sintaxia ondorengoa da:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+D{sarrerabereizlea}{irteerabereizlea}{kokapen dezimalak}
+\layout Standard
+
+Xehetasun gehiagorako, irakurri
+\family typewriter
+dcolumn
+\family default
+ paketearekin datorren dokumentazioa.
+\layout Section
+
+Elementuen bulet hautapena
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:bulet}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Idazlea:
+\noun on
+Allan Rae
+\layout Subsection
+
+Sarrera
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-ek 216 bulet eskaintzen ditu, eta leiho batetik erabil daiteke.
+ Leiho hori erabiliz elementuen zerrendako habiaratze-maila bakoitzean erabili
+ nahi dituzunak zehatz ditzakezu.
+ Ezarpen hauek dokumentu osoarentzat izaten denez, ezin duzu paragrafo bakoitzar
+entzat bulet ezberdinik zehaztu
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Dena den, gaur egun LyX-ekin ezin izan arren, eskuz egin dezakezu.
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Nolako itxura dauka
+\layout Standard
+
+Ireki
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+okumentua
+\family default
+ elkarrizketa-koadroa eta joan
+\family sans
+Buletak
+\family default
+ fitxara.
+\layout Standard
+
+Leihoak bulet irudiak dituen taula bat dauka.
+ LyX-eko bertsio berrietan (1.3.x-tik goruntz)
+\family sans
+Ezarri\SpecialChar ~
+buletak
+\family default
+ zerrenda ireki eta sei elementu dituela ikusiko duzu.
+ Elementu horietariko bakoitzak panel bat irekitzen du.
+ Panel horiek ireki aurretik, aukeratu zein habiaratze-mailatan aldatu nahi
+ duzun.
+ Ondoren, ireki buleten panel bat, hautatu eta agertzen diren horietatik
+ bat.
+ Ohartuko zara nola aukeratu duzun habiaratze-mailako buleta aldatu den.
+ Behin nahi dituzunak hautatutakoan, dokumentuan aldaketek eragina izan
+ dezaten, sakatu
+\family sans
+Aplikatu
+\family default
+ botoia.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Beste bulet batzuen forma erabili nahi baduzu, LaTeX-eko hitzaurrean dagokion
+ paketea erabiltzeko zehaztu beharko diozu.
+\layout Standard
+
+Sei panelak bakoitzari dagokien paketeen arabera sailkatu dira.
+ Taula honek bulet formen izena eta LaTeX paketeak zerrendatzen ditu.
+\layout Standard
+\align center
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="7" columns="2">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+B
+\family default
+\series default
+\shape default
+\size default
+\emph default
+\bar default
+\noun default
+\color default
+otoia
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Beharrezko paketea
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Standar
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+LaTeX oinarria
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Maths
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+amssymb.sty
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Ding
+\series default
+\shape default
+\size default
+\emph default
+\bar default
+\noun default
+\color default
+
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+1
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+pifont.sty
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Ding
+\series default
+\shape default
+\size default
+\emph default
+\bar default
+\noun default
+\color default
+
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+2
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+pifont.sty
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Ding
+\series default
+\shape default
+\size default
+\emph default
+\bar default
+\noun default
+\color default
+
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+3
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+pifont.sty
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Ding
+\series default
+\shape default
+\size default
+\emph default
+\bar default
+\noun default
+\color default
+
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+4
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+pifont.sty
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-ek ez dizu ukatuko ez daukazun paketeko buletak erabiltzea.
+ LaTeX-ek erroreak ematen badizkizu, aurrebistan edo inprimatzerakoan, litekeena
+ da pakete bat ez egotea.
+ LyX-ek ez dizu hegorik ebakiko, horrela fitxategia etxean editatu eta beste
+ nonbaitera eraman baitezakezu, agian bigarren leku horretan bulet berrien
+ paketea instalatuta egon daitekeelako.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Nola erabili
+\layout Standard
+
+Hautatu aldatu nahi duzun habiaratze-sakoneraren buleta; Ondoren, aukeratu
+ bulet irudi berria eta tamaina.
+ Egiten dituzun aldaketak ez dira LyX-eko pantailan ikusiko, baizik eta
+
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\family default
+ edo
+\family typewriter
+ghostscript
+\family default
+ programekin dokumentuaren aurrebistan.
+\layout Standard
+
+Bulet baten irudia berrasieratzeko,
+\family sans
+Dokumentu-ezarpenak
+\family default
+ leihoko
+\family sans
+Buletak
+\family default
+ nahikoa izaten da dagokion botoiaren gainean saguaren eskuineko botoiarekin
+ klikatzea
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Itzultzailearen oharra: LyX 1.3.x edo bertsio garatuagoetan badirudi hau ezin
+ dela egin, horretarako klikatu Erabili klase lehenetsia botoia.
+ Eskuliburu hau LyX 1.3.3 bertsioarekin euskaratua izan da.
+ Zure esku gelditzen da beraz hau ziurtatzea.
+ Atal honetako informazio zati bat erabilgarria izan daitekeelakoan guztia
+ euskaratu dut.
+\end_inset
+
+ .
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Egitan nahi baduzu paragrafo-multzoak bulet multzo ezberdinekin aritzea,
+ orduan goazen eskuak zikintzera.
+ Buleten leihoak lagundu diezazuke, zeren eta bulet irudi gehienen LaTeX
+ kodea bistaratzen baitu.
+ Zure paragrafoak pertsonalizatzeko, aukera hauek dituzu:
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+let
+\backslash
+savelabelitemi=
+\backslash
+labelitemi
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand
+\backslash
+labelitemi[0]{
+\backslash
+small
+\backslash
+(
+\backslash
+sharp
+\backslash
+)}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+Habiaratze-sakonera jakin batean bulet irudi berri bat zehazteko
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand{}{}
+\family default
+ LaTeX komandoa erabili.
+ Uneko buleta geroago berreskuratu ahal izateko gorde dezakezu, ikus hurrengo
+ kodeko lehenbiziko lerroa.
+
+\family sans
+Elementua
+\family default
+ inguruneko zerrenda honetako lehenbiziko habiaratze-sakoneran erabiltzen
+ den buleta aldatzeko honako kodea idatzi da:
+\newline
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+let
+\backslash
+savelabelitemi=
+\backslash
+labelitemi
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand
+\backslash
+labelitemi[0]{
+\backslash
+small
+\backslash
+(
+\backslash
+sharp
+\backslash
+)}
+\family default
+
+\newline
+Jabetu zaitez elementuaren sakonera Erromatar letra-tipodun zenbakiekin
+ zehaztu dela,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+labelitem
+\family default
+ komandoko zati gisa.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+[
+\backslash
+(
+\backslash
+star
+\backslash
+)]
+\end_inset
+
+ Banakako sarrera bakoitza zehazteko, idatzi elementuaren hasieran lauki-kortxet
+etan sartutako bulet irudia , ezarri eta TeX bezala.
+ Adibidez, elementu hau honekin hasi dugu:
+\family typewriter
+[
+\backslash
+(
+\backslash
+star
+\backslash
+)]
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand
+\backslash
+labelitemi[0]{
+\backslash
+savelabelitemi}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Elementuaren jatorriko buletera itzuli beharra daukazu, etor daitezkeen
+ beste zerrendetan ohiko buleta erabiltzeko.
+ Horretarako idatzi hau:
+\newline
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand
+\backslash
+labelitemi[0]{
+\backslash
+savelabelitemi}
+\layout Chapter
+
+Dokumentu-klase bereziak
+\layout Section
+
+AMS LaTeX
+\layout Standard
+
+Idazlea:
+\noun on
+David Johnson
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_top bigskip \noindent
+AMS LaTeX diseinuak matematikako idazkientzat (Amerikar Matematika Elkarteako
+ argitalpenera bidaltzeko) aholkatutako estiloen neurrira konfiguratuta
+ daude.
+ Diseinuak ez daude aldizkari zehatz batzuentzako finkatuta, nahiz eta erraz
+ egin daitekeen.
+ Aldizkari bakoitzaren neurrira egokitzeko irakurri AMS-ko dokumentazioa,
+ askotan TeX-eko irteeran lerro bakarra aldatzea nahiko izan ohi da.
+ Dokumentazio hori
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.ams.org}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ web gunean edo
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ftp.ams.org/pub/tex/amslatex/}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ ftp gunean aurkituko duzu.
+ Diseinu hauek matematikako idazkientzako oso erabilgarri eta baliagarriak
+ dira.
+ Une honetan 4 AMS LaTeX diseinu ezberdin daude:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+amsart: AMS artikulu estandarraren formatua.
+ Emaitza eta sententzia guztiak
+\begin_inset Formula $(n.m)$
+\end_inset
+
+ bezala zenbatzen dira; bertan, lehenbiziko zenbakiak atala aipatzen du,
+ eta bigarrenak, berriz, atal horretako emaitza-kopurua (teoremak, korolarioak,
+ proposizioak, definizioak eta oharrak, eta e.a.) aipatzen du.
+ Batzuetan behar dituzun zenbatu gabeko hainbat (baina ez guztiak) ingurune
+ ere badaude.
+ Gogoratu zenbatu gabeko inguruneak adierazteko izartxoa (*) edukitzen dutela
+ amaieran.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+amsart-seq: Hemen sententzi bakoitzaren zenbaketak bere sekuentzia dauka,
+ eta atalaren zenbakiari ez diote aipurik egiten.
+ Batzuetan beharko dituzun zenbatu gabeko hainbat (baina ez guztiak) ingurune
+ ere badaude.
+ Zenbatu gabeko inguruneak adierazteko izartxo (*) bat edukitzen dute amaieran.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+amsart-plain: Hau askoz ere laburragoa da, ingurune guztiak zenbatu gabekoak
+ baitira.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+amsbook: AMS liburu (monografikoak) estandarraren formatua.
+ Zenbaketa amsart diseinuaren antzekoa erabiltzen du:
+\begin_inset Formula $(n.m.p)$
+\end_inset
+
+; bertan, lehenbiziko zenbakiak kapitulua adierazten du, bigarrenak atala,
+ eta hirugarrenak berriz atal horretako emaitza-kopurua (teoremak, korolarioak,
+ proposizioak, definizioak eta oharrak, e.a.) aipatzen du.
+ Batzuetan beharko dituzun zenbatu gabeko hainbat (baina ez guztiak) ingurune
+ ere badaude.
+ Ez ahaztu zenbatu gabeko inguruneak adierazteko izartxoa (*) edukitzen
+ dutela amaieran.
+\layout Standard
+
+Edozein AMS diseinuko LyX fitxategia nahi den zenbakerara bihur daiteke,
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+okumentua
+\family default
+ leihoan dokumentu-klasea aldatuz.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Diseinuok eskaintzen dutena
+\layout Standard
+
+Diseinu hauek ematen dituzten hainbat ingurune zerrendatuko dira orain.
+ Matematikako artikulu edo liburu gehienek ingurune hauek sententzia berezi
+ bezala ezartzen dituzte, AMS LaTeX-ekin mugatu gabeko barietatea deklarazio
+ bezala definitzeko aukera dago.
+ Hala ere, LyX-en AMS-eko eskuragarri dauden inguruneak aholkatzen dira.
+ Inguruneen zerrenda (
+\family sans
+atala, bibliografia, titulua, egilea, data
+\family default
+ bezalakoak ez dira zerrendatuko) hau da:
+\layout Description
+
+Teorema (
+\emph on
+Theorem
+\emph default
+) Emaitza nagusietako sententzietan erabili ohi da.
+
+\family sans
+"Theorem"
+\family default
+ hitza letra lodiz agertzen da, automatikoki ezarritako zenbaki batekin
+ (zenbatu gabeko bertsioentzat
+\family sans
+Teorema*
+\family default
+ ere badago).
+ Testua letra etzanaz agertuko da.
+\layout Description
+
+Korolarioa (
+\emph on
+Corollary
+\emph default
+) Aurreko sententziei zuzenean jarraitzen dien sententzietan erabiltzen
+ da.
+ Hemen ere, hauek emaitza nagusiak izan daitezke.
+ Zenbatu gabeko
+\family sans
+Korolarioa*
+\family default
+ bertsioa erabilgarri dago.
+\layout Description
+
+Lema (
+\emph on
+Lemma
+\emph default
+) Hauek beste sententziak frogatzeko behar diren emaitza txikiak (minoreak)
+ dira.
+\layout Description
+
+Proposizioa (
+\emph on
+Proposition
+\emph default
+) Hauek emaitza nagusi minoreak dira, eztabaidatzen ari den teori orokorrari
+ gehitzeko.
+\layout Description
+
+Aierua (
+\emph on
+Conjecture
+\emph default
+) Justifikaziorik gabe dauden sententziak dira, egileak nola frogatu ez
+ dakien arren badirudi egiak direla (egilearen ikuspuntutik bederen).
+ Batzuek honi "hipotesia" ere deitzen diote.
+\layout Description
+
+Irizpidea (
+\emph on
+Criterion
+\emph default
+) Beharrezko baldintza bat.
+\layout Description
+
+Algoritmoa (
+\emph on
+Algorithm
+\emph default
+) Erabiliko den prozedura orokor bat.
+\layout Description
+
+Axioma (
+\emph on
+Axiom
+\emph default
+) Hau eztabaidatzen ari den sisteman egiatzat hartzen den propietate edo
+ sententzi bat da.
+\layout Description
+
+Definizioa (
+\emph on
+Definition
+\emph default
+) Badakizu zertarako den.
+ Letra-tipoa, bai pantailan bai inprimatuko den bertsioan, aurreko inguruneek
+ dutenaren ezberdina izaten da.
+ Izenburua ("definition") letra lodiarekin izaten jarraitzen du, zenbakiarekin
+ jarraituz, baina beste guztia zutik egongo da.
+\layout Description
+
+Adibidea (
+\emph on
+Example
+\emph default
+) Definizioa bezala konposatzen da.
+\layout Description
+
+Baldintza (
+\emph on
+Condition
+\emph default
+)
+\layout Description
+
+Buruketa (
+\emph on
+Problem
+\emph default
+)
+\layout Description
+
+Ariketa (
+\emph on
+Exercise
+\emph default
+)
+\layout Description
+
+Oharra (
+\emph on
+Remark
+\emph default
+) Hau teorema mota berri bat da.
+ Horrek
+\family typewriter
+"Remark"
+\family default
+ hitza letra etzanez edukitzen du, eta beste guztia zutik.
+\layout Description
+
+Ohar (
+\emph on
+Note
+\emph default
+) Oharra ingurunea bezala ezartzen da.
+\layout Description
+
+Idazkera (
+\emph on
+Notation
+\emph default
+)
+\layout Description
+
+Aldarrikapena (
+\emph on
+Claim
+\emph default
+)
+\layout Description
+
+Laburpena (
+\emph on
+Summary
+\emph default
+)
+\layout Description
+
+Aitorpena (
+\emph on
+Acknowledgement
+\emph default
+)
+\layout Description
+
+Kasua (
+\emph on
+Case
+\emph default
+) Orokorrean argumentu luzeak zatitzeko erabiltzen dira, baldintza bateko
+ instantzia zehatzak erabiliz.
+ Kasuek zenbaketa propioa daukate, zenbatutako beste sententzietatik kanpo.
+\layout Description
+
+Ondorioa (
+\emph on
+Conclusion
+\emph default
+)
+\layout Description
+
+Egitatea (
+\emph on
+Fact
+\emph default
+ )
+\layout Description
+
+Frogapena (
+\emph on
+Proof
+\emph default
+) Pantailan
+\family typewriter
+"Proof"
+\family default
+ hitza letra etzanez eta beste guztia zutik agertzen da.
+ Ingurunearen amaieran (beste batzuk honetan abiarazi daitezke) QED ikur
+ bat (gehienetan laukitxo bat izaten da, nahiz eta estilo ezberdinetan ager
+ daitekeen) jartzen da.
+\layout Description
+
+Helbidea (
+\emph on
+Address
+\emph default
+) Egilearen helbide iraunkorra izan beharko luke.
+\layout Description
+
+Uneko\SpecialChar ~
+helbidea (
+\emph on
+Current Address
+\emph default
+) Egileak dokumentua bidaltzerakoan duen aldi bateko helbidea da,
+\family sans
+Helbidea
+\family default
+-ren ezberdina bada.
+\layout Description
+
+Helb.\SpecialChar ~
+elek.
+ (
+\emph on
+Email
+\emph default
+) Egilearen helbide elektronikoa.
+\layout Description
+
+URLa (
+\emph on
+URL
+\emph default
+) Egilearen web gunea, nahi izanez gero.
+\layout Description
+
+Gakoak (
+\emph on
+Keywords
+\emph default
+) Artikuluan eztabaidatzen den gai zehatza identifikatzeko erabiltzen den
+ gako hitzak edo esaldiak.
+\layout Description
+
+Gai-sailkapena (
+\emph on
+Subjectclass
+\emph default
+) Hauek AMSko Gai-sailkapenei aipamena egiten diote,
+\emph on
+Mathematical Reviews
+\emph default
+-en argitaratu eta azaltzen den bezala.
+ Interneten ere arestian zerrendatutako AMSko zitak eskuragarri daude.
+\layout Description
+
+Esker\SpecialChar ~
+ona (
+\emph on
+Thanks
+\emph default
+)
+\layout Description
+
+Eskaintza (
+\emph on
+Dedicatory
+\emph default
+)
+\layout Description
+
+Itzultzailea (
+\emph on
+Translator
+\emph default
+)
+\layout Standard
+
+Gainera, AMS LaTeX eta AMS letra-tipoen paketeek ingurune hauek automatikoki
+ eskaintzen dituzte.
+ Ingurune hauek erabiltzeko zure sisteman paketeok eskuragarri egon beharko
+ dute.
+\layout Section
+
+Dinbrief
+\layout Standard
+
+Dokumentu-klase hau,
+\family sans
+dinbrief
+\family default
+, alemanierako itunarekin bat datozen gutun motentzako erabiltzen da.
+ Txantiloi bat
+\family typewriter
+.../lyx/share/templates
+\family default
+ direktorioan aurkituko duzu, abiapuntu bezala erabiltzeko.
+\layout Section
+
+Paper
+\layout Standard
+
+Honek (
+\family sans
+paper
+\family default
+ dokumentu-klaseak) artikulu estandarra klasearen ordezko aukera eskaintzen
+ du.
+ Antzeko erabilgarritasuna eskaintzen duen arren, diseinu hau (atal, izenburu
+ eta bestelakoak sans serif-ekin lantzeko) erabiltzea nahiago izango duzu.
+\layout Section
+
+A&A Paper
+\layout Standard
+
+Idazlea:
+\noun on
+Peter Sütterlin
+\layout Subsection
+
+Sarrera
+\layout Standard
+
+Atal honek
+\emph on
+Astronomy and Astrophysics
+\emph default
+ (
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.edpsciences.fr/aa}
+
+\end_inset
+
+) aldizkari zientifikora bidaltzeko LyX-ekin artikuluak nola idatzi azaltzen
+ du,
+\family sans
+aa.cls
+\family default
+ dokumentu-klasearen 5.01 bertsioa erabiliz.
+ Pakete hau helbide honetatik jaitsi dezakezu:
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_top medskip \added_space_bottom medskip \align center
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ftp.edpsciences.org/pub/aa/readme.html}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Paketearekin eskuliburu bat dator, eta atal honek jatorrizko eskuliburua
+ ordezteko asmorik ez dauka, atal hau artikuluarentzako inprimaki egoki
+ bat nola sortzen den azaltzen duen gida laburra besterik ez baita.
+\layout Standard
+
+Aldizkariaren argitaletxea 2001.
+ urtean Springer-tik EDP Sciences-ra aldatu zen.
+ Ondorioz, estiloen fitxategietan zenbait aldaketa gertatu ziren, batik
+ bat tesaurus komandoa kentzea.
+ LyX-eko
+\family sans
+aa
+\family default
+ klaseak fitxategi hauen azken bertsioak, V 5.01, onartzen ditu.
+ Bertsio zaharragoa edukiz gero, hobe da eguneratzea.
+ Konpatibilitatea dela eta, diseinu zaharra (4.
+ bertsiokoa) article (A&A V4) bezala mantendu da.
+ Ikus
+\family typewriter
+LyXDir/layouts/aapaper.layout
+\family default
+-eko iruzkinak.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Lanean hastea
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-ekin datorren txantiloitik hastea aholkatzen da.
+ Txantiloia ez baduzu erabiltzen, irakurri honako hauek:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Hautatu
+\family sans
+article
+\family default
+ (A&A) dokumentu-klasea,
+\family sans
+Diseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Dokumentua
+\family default
+ erabili (nahiko erraza izan da hau).
+\layout Itemize
+
+Ez aldatu
+\family sans
+Orri-estiloa
+\family default
+ aukera: utzi "lehenetsi" (default) bezala.
+ Diseinu guztia makroekin egingo da, ez zenuke besterik aldatu behar.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Goiburuko zatia
+\layout Standard
+
+Lehenbizi goiburukoari dagokion informazioa sartu behar da.
+ Zazpi sarrera ditu, eta batzuk aukerazkoak dira.
+ Hauek dira:
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Titulua
+\family default
+: [beharrezkoa]
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Azpititulua
+\family default
+: [aukerazkoa]
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Egilea
+\family default
+: [beharrezkoa]
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Helbidea
+\family default
+: [beharrezkoa]
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Artikulu zatia
+\family default
+ (Offprints): [aukerazkoa] egile bat baino gehiago diren kasuan; artikuluaren
+ zatiei buruz egileekin harremanetan jartzeko da.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Gutuna
+\family default
+ (Mail): [aukerazkoa] harremanetarako gutun-helbidea.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Data
+\family default
+: [beharrezkoa].
+ Aholkatutako egitura
+\family typewriter
+Jasota:<data>; Onartuta <data>
+\family default
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Ez dago
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+maketitle
+\family default
+ komandoa azaldu beharrik, goiburukoa amaitzen denean, LyX-ek automatikoki
+ deitzen baitu.
+ Nahiz eta goiburuko bakarreko sarreren ordenak arazorik ez eman, arestiko
+ sekuentzia mantentzeko aholkua ematen da, benetako dokumentuaren diseinutik
+ gertuenik eta optika hoberena lortzeko.
+\layout Standard
+
+Goiburukoaren zatian oin-oharrak sartu nahi badituzu, adib.\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+
+\end_inset
+
+ uneko helbidea azaltzeko, erabili ohiko oin-oharra
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Oi
+\bar under
+n
+\bar default
+-oharra
+\family default
+.
+ Kasu horretan LyX-ek automatikoki
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+thanks{}
+\family default
+ hitza erabiliko du.
+\layout Standard
+
+Gainera, makroek LyX-en antzekoak ez dauden LaTeX-eko hiru komando erabiltzen
+ dituzte:
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+and
+\family default
+ izen ezberdinak bereizteko, egile eta institutu bat baino gehiagoentzako,
+ hurrenez hurren.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+inst{<nr>}
+\family default
+ egile/institutu bikotea markatzeko.
+ Institutuak sekuentzialki zenbatzen dira Helbidea eremuan agertzen diren
+ ordenan; beraz, egile bakoitzari marka bat jarri beharko diozu.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+email{helbidea}
+\family default
+ helbide elektroniko bat ordezteko; harreman azkarrentzako.
+\layout Standard
+
+Kasu guztietan, komando guztiak LyX-en LaTeX kodea bezala sartu behar dira.
+ Ikus adibideak.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Laburpena
+\layout Standard
+
+Laburpena goiburukoa zatiaren ondoren jarraitu behako luke.
+ 5.\SpecialChar ~
+bertsioarekin laburpena ingurunea komando batera aldatu zen, eta orain
+ paragrafo batera mugatzen da.
+ Horretaz gain, gako-sarrera bat eduki beharko luke.
+ Hori oraindik LyX-en ez dago garatuta.
+ Hori dela eta, LaTeX-eko
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+keywords{}
+\family default
+ komandoa eskuz sartu beharko duzu, eta LaTeX kodea bezala markatu.
+ Ikus artikuluaren adibidea.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Onartutako inguruneak
+\layout Standard
+
+A&A artikuluaren diseinuak zure testua egitura dezan, ondorengo inguruneak
+ onartzen ditu:
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Estandarra
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Atala
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Azpiatala
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Azpiazpiatala
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Elementua
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Zenbatuta
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Azalpena
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Epigrafea
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Laburpena
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Aitorpena
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Bibliografia
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+LaTeX
+\layout Subsection
+
+LyX-ek onartzen ez dituen komandoak
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-en
+\family sans
+paper (A&A)
+\family default
+ diseinuko zenbait komando ez ditu oraindik onartzen.
+ Batzuk aipatu dira, guztiak hemen zerrendatzen dira:
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+and
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+email
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+appendix
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+authorrunning
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+inst{}
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+keywords{}
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+object{}
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+titlerunning{}
+\layout Standard
+
+Komando horietariko bat edo beste erabili nahi badituzu, zeuk sartu beharko
+ dituzu.
+
+\series bold
+Ez ahaztu LaTex-eko kodea bezala ezartzea!
+\layout Subsection
+
+Irudi eta taula mugikorrak
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-ek
+\family sans
+Irudia
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Irudia*
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Taula
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Taula*
+\family default
+ ingurune mugikorrekin lan egiteko euskarria daukanez, ez dugu hemen gauza
+ askorik azalduko.
+ Ikus
+\emph on
+Erabiltzailearen Gida
+\emph default
+.
+ Gogoratu taulek ezkerrera lerrokatua egon behar dutela.
+ Horretarako, hautatu taula bat eta aldatu lerrokadura
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+aragrafoa
+\family default
+ menutik.
+\layout Standard
+
+Gauza berezi bat badago: alboan epigrafeak dituzten irudiak.
+ Honelako irudi bat sortzeko, ondorengoa landu:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Sortu irudi mugikor handi bat:
+\family sans
+Txertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+M
+\bar default
+ugikorra\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Irudia
+\family default
+.
+ Ondoren, klikatu saguaren eskuineko botoiarekin irudian eta hautatu
+\family sans
+Hedatu\SpecialChar ~
+zutabeak
+\family default
+.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Sartu epigrafearen testua.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Sakatu
+\family sans
+Lerro-itzulera
+\family default
+ kurtsorea epigrafearen gainean kokatzeko.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Txertatu irudia.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Kokatu kurtsorea irudiaren ondoren eta txertatu lerro betetzaile bat:
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Hizki\SpecialChar ~
+
+\bar under
+b
+\bar default
+erezia\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+HBete
+\family default
+.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Txandakatu LaTeX egoerara:
+\family sans
+M-c t
+\family default
+.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Sartu
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+parbox[b]{55mm}{
+\family default
+.
+
+\series bold
+Ez itxi kortxetea!
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Kokatu kurtsorea epigrafeko testuaren atzean, txandakatu LaTeX egoerara
+ eta ixteko kortxetea idatzi:
+\family sans
+M-c\SpecialChar ~
+t
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+}
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Ikus artikuluaren (
+\family sans
+paper
+\family default
+) adibideko irudiak baita ere.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Diseinua gainbegiratzea
+\layout Standard
+
+Bidaltzeko, artikulua tarte bikoitz berezidun diseinuarekin egituratzen
+ da.
+ Horretarako, dokumentu-klasean
+\family typewriter
+referee
+\family default
+ aukera eman behar duzu.
+
+\family sans
+Dokumentua
+\family default
+ leihoko
+\family sans
+Aukerak
+\family default
+ eremua erabili.
+ Hor sartu
+\family typewriter
+referee
+\family default
+ katea.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Artikuluaren adibidea
+\layout Standard
+
+Examples direktorioak LyX-en idatzitako artikulu baten adibidea dauka.
+ Jatorrizko makroen paketearekin datorren artikulu-adibidea da, LyX-era
+ bihurtuta.
+ Erabil ezazu burutazioak eskuratzeko, eta konparatu LaTeX-eko jatorrizko
+ kodea eta LyX-en idatzita dagoena.
+\layout Section
+
+AASTeX
+\layout Standard
+
+Idazlea:
+\noun on
+Mike Ressler
+\layout Subsection
+
+Sarrera
+\layout Standard
+
+AASTeX Amerikar Elkarte Astronomikoak sortutako makro-multzo bat da, argitaratze
+n duten hiru aldizkarietara idazki elektronikoak bidaltzeko.
+ Hauek dira aldizkariak: "Astrophysical Journal" (gutunak eta osagarriak
+ barne), "Astronomical Journal" eta " Publications of the Astronomical Society
+ of the Pacific" .
+ LyX-ek makro hauen 5.0 bertsioa (edo garatuagoa) eskatzen du.
+ Bertsio zaharkituak LaTeX2.09-ekin erabiltzeko dira, eta ia erabat ezinezkoa
+ da LyX-en erabiltzea.
+ AASTeX paketea AAS-ren ftp gunetik eskura dezakezu:
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_top medskip \added_space_bottom medskip \align center
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ftp.aas.org/pubs}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Pakete honek erabiltzailearen gida oso bat dauka, eta LyX-en artikulu-mota
+ hauek idazten hasi aurretik xehetasun guztiak ezagutu beharko zenituzke.
+ LyX-ek ez du AASTeX-eko komando guztientzako irtebideen beharra konponduko,
+ bertan testua idazten bakarrik lagunduko dizu.
+ Artikulua bidali aurretik esportatzen den LaTeX dokumentuak aldizkariak
+ eskatzen dituen betebeharrak osatzen dituela ziurtatzeko ardura zure eskuetan
+ gelditzen da.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Artikulu berri bat hastea
+\layout Standard
+
+AASTeX txantiloiarekin hasteko aholkatzen dizut.
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Berria\SpecialChar ~
+(
+\bar under
+t
+\bar default
+xantiloitik)
+\family default
+ menuan klikatu, hautatu
+\family typewriter
+aastex.lyx
+\family default
+ txantiloia eta gorde dokumentua izen berri batekin.
+ Idazkian erabiltzen diren eremu gehienak aurkeztuko dizkizu.
+ Daukan testua informazio berriarekin gainidatzi (kortxete barnekoak ere
+ bai, <>).
+ AASTeX-eko komando eta ingurune gehientsuenak LyX-en erabil daitezke; beste
+ batzuk, ez, ordea: batik bat
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+altaffilmark
+\family default
+ eta
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+altaffiltext
+\family default
+; horiek sumindutako irudi bat bezala hedatzen dira baldin eta txantiloi
+ bat irekita baduzu.
+ Horiek bezalako komandoentzako zuzenean LaTeX kodea sartu eta era horretan
+ ezarri behar dira.
+ Komando-mota horiei ERT (Inpernuko Testu Gorria edo "Evil Red Text") deritze.
+ Saiatu naiz dokumentuetan ERT kopurua ahalik eta gehien minimizatze, tamalez
+ nahi baino baino gehiago egoten jarraitzen dute.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Artikulua amaitzea
+\layout Standard
+
+Atsegin duzun informazioa sartu ondoren, eta aurrebista ongi badago, prozesatze
+ ondorengo zenbait urrats landu behar dira, aldizkarira bidali aurretik.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Artikulua LaTeX fitxategi bezala esportatu (
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+sportatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+ateX
+\family default
+).
+
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Editatu emaitzako
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+ fitxategia nahi duzun testu editorearekin.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+ezabatu
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+documentclass
+\family default
+ komandoa duen lerroaren aurretik dauden iruzkin guztiak.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+ezabatu
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+usepackage...{fontenc}
+\family default
+ lerroa, agertzen bada (gehienetan
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+documentclass
+\family default
+-en atzetik agertu ohi da).
+ Agertzen bada, ezabatu
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+secnumdepth
+\family default
+ lerroa ere.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+ezabatu
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+makeatletter
+\family default
+ eta
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+makeatother
+\family default
+ komandoen artean dagoen guztia, komandoak barne.
+ LaTeX hitzaurrean zeuk sartutako komandoak ez ezabatu, ordea, (normalki
+
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+ fitxategi batean "User specified LaTeX commands" iruzkinaren atzetik agertu
+ ohi dira).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+bilatu
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+figcaption
+\family default
+ komandoaren agerpen bakoitza eta "FileName" dagokion fitxategiaren benetako
+ izenarekin ordeztu.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+aldatu
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+cite
+\family default
+ komandoak, beharrezkoa bada (ikus
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{apzi:zitak}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+atala).
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Emaitza LaTeX-etik exekutatu, egokiro prozesatzen dela ziurtatzeko.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Berrirakurri aldizkariaren eskakizunak, zure fitxategiaren izena eta formatuak
+ egokiak direla ziurtatzeko.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Bidali fitxategia.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Komando zehatzei buruzko oharrak
+\layout Standard
+
+Ez dut xehetasunez azalduko AASTeX-eko komando bakoitza: AASTeX-eko
+\emph on
+Erabiltzailearen Gida
+\emph default
+k (
+\family typewriter
+aasguide.tex
+\family default
+) bakoitzaren argibide onak azaltzen ditu.
+ Niretzat errazena da gidan aurkitu dudan zerrendara joatea eta behar den
+ lekuan oharrak ematea.
+ Has gaitezen, bada,\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Aurreikusi bezala lantzen dira
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+begin{sloppypar}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Uste zenuen bezala lantzen direnez, komandoak zerrendatuko ditut, eta zein
+ ataletan aurkitzen ziren ere bai:
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+documentclass
+\family default
+ (2.1.1),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{document}
+\family default
+ (2.2),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+title
+\family default
+ (2.3),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+author
+\family default
+ (2.3),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+affil
+\family default
+ (2.3),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+abstract
+\family default
+ (2.4),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+keywords
+\family default
+ (2.5),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+section
+\family default
+ (2.7),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+subsection
+\family default
+ (2.7),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+subsubsection
+\family default
+ (2.7),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+paragraph
+\family default
+ (2.7),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{displaymath}
+\family default
+ (2.11),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{equation}
+\family default
+ (2.11),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{eqnarray}
+\family default
+ (2.11),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{mathletters}
+\family default
+ (2.11),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{thebibliography}
+\family default
+ (2.12.1),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+bibitem
+\family default
+ (2.12.2),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{table}
+\family default
+ (2.14.4),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{tabular}
+\family default
+ (2.14.4),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+caption
+\family default
+ (2.14.4),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+label
+\family default
+ (2.14.4, eta beste leku batzuetan ere bai),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+tablerefs
+\family default
+ (2.14.5),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+tablecomments
+\family default
+ (2.14.5),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+url
+\family default
+ (2.15.4),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+end{document}
+\family default
+ (2.16).
+\layout Standard
+
+Estilo-aukera hauek ere egokiro lantzen dira:
+\family typewriter
+preprint
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+preprint2
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+eqsecnum
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+flushrt
+\family default
+ (3, 3.1, 3.2).
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+okumentua
+\family default
+ leihoko
+\family sans
+Aukerak
+\family default
+ eremuan jar itzazu.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+end{sloppypar}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Badabiltzanak, baina iruzkinak behar dituztenak
+\layout Standard
+
+Ondorengo elementuak badabiltza, baina azalpen gehiago eskatzen dute:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Elementu hauek aldizkariko argitaratzaileak erabiltzeko diren arren, LaTeX-eko
+ hitzaurrean jar ditzakezu osatuagoa dagoela pentsatzen baduzu:
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+received
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+revised
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+accepted
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+ccc
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+cpright
+\family default
+ (guztiak 2.1.3 atalean)
+\layout Itemize
+
+Elementua hauek LaTeX-eko hitzaurrean jartzen dira, eta txantiloi fitxategian
+ zuriuneak bezala daude:
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+slugcomment
+\family default
+ (2.1.4),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+shorttitle
+\family default
+ (2.1.5),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+shortauthors
+\family default
+ (2.1.5)
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+email
+\family default
+ (2.3)-- "bakarka" soilik erabiltzen da, ez paragrafo baten erdian.
+ Erabili ERT lerro batean barneratzea nahi baduzu.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+and
+\family default
+ (2.3) -- atzetik {} osagarria edukiko du.
+ Honek ez luke errorerik eman beharko.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+notetoeditor
+\family default
+ (2.6) --"bakarka" soilik erabiltzen da, ez paragrafo baten erdian.
+ Erabili ERT lerro batean barneratzea nahi baduzu.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+placetable
+\family default
+ (2.8) -- ezin zaio erreferentzia gurutzatu markarik txertatu, marka eskuz
+ idatzi beharko duzu.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+placefigure
+\family default
+ (2.8) --
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+placetable
+\family default
+-en antzekoa
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+acknowledgements
+\family default
+ (2.9) -- atzetik {} osagarria edukiko du.
+ Honek ez luke errorerik eman beharko.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+appendix
+\family default
+ (2.10) -- atzetik {} osagarria edukiko du.
+ Honek ez luke errorerik eman behako.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+figcaption
+\family default
+ (2.13.2) -- azkenengo LaTeX fitxategian aukerazko argumentua eskuz editatu
+ beharko duzu.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Garatu gabe daudenak, erabili ERT
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+begin{sloppypar}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+altaffilmark
+\family default
+ (2.3),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+altaffiltext
+\family default
+ (2.3),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+eqnum
+\family default
+ (2.11),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+setcounter{equation}
+\family default
+ (2.11),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+citet
+\family default
+ (2.12),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+citep
+\family default
+ (2.12), aldizkariaren izen laburrak (2.12.4),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+figurenum
+\family default
+ (2.13.1),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+epsscale
+\family default
+ (2.13.1),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+plotone
+\family default
+ (2.13.1),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+plottwo
+\family default
+ (2.13.1),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+tablenum
+\family default
+ (2.14.4),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+tableline
+\family default
+ (2.14.4, txertatu hau nahi duzun lekuaren ondorengo ezkerreko gelaxkako lehenbizi
+ko elementu gisa.
+ Taulan LyX-eko araurik ez erabili),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+tablenotemark
+\family default
+ (2.14.5),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+tablenotetext
+\family default
+ (2.14.5), gehienak Misc-en (2.15,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+url
+\family default
+ eta
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+email
+\family default
+ ezik; ikus arestian),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+singlespace
+\family default
+ (3.1),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+doublespace
+\family default
+ (3.1),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+onecolumn
+\family default
+ (3.2),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+twocolumn
+\family default
+ (3.2)
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+end{sloppypar}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Garatu ezin daitezkeenak
+\layout Standard
+
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+hauek ahazteko aholkatuko nizuke.
+ Hauek
+\family typewriter
+reference
+\family default
+ (2.12.3) eta
+\family typewriter
+deluxetable
+\family default
+ (2.14) inguruneak dira.
+ Erabat beharrezkoa baduzu deluxetable erabiltzea, beste testu editore batekin
+ fitxategi bereizi batean editatzea ahokatuko nizuke, ondoren, LyX dokumentuan
+ gehitzeko erabili
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+G
+\bar default
+ehitu\SpecialChar ~
+fitxategia
+\family default
+ menua.
+ Ikus
+\family typewriter
+aas_sample.lyx
+\family default
+ fitxategia honen adibide bat aztertzeko.
+\layout Subsection
+
+MEG, iradokizunak, trikimailuak eta bestelako hausnarketak
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+LyX eta AASTeX elkarlanean jartzea
+\layout Standard
+
+Maltzurtasun piska bat behar da LyX-ek diseinu eta dokumentu-klase berri
+ bat onartzeko.
+ Guzti honek huts egiten duenean, saiatu hau egiten:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Ziurtatu LaTeX-ek AASTeX aurkitzen duela.
+
+\family typewriter
+Sample.tex
+\family default
+ (eta agian
+\family typewriter
+table.tex
+\family default
+ ere bai) AASTeX banaketatik LaTeX edo AASTeX-ekin inolako zerikusirik ez
+ duen direktorio batean kopiatu, eta landu LaTeX
+\family typewriter
+sample.tex
+\family default
+ fitxategiarekin.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Ziurtatu
+\family typewriter
+aastex.layout
+\family default
+ fitxategia direktorio hauetariko batean agertzen dela:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+/usr/.../share/lyx/layouts
+\layout Standard
+
+edo
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+~/.lyx/layouts.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+LyX-en abiatu
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+irkonfiguratu
+\family default
+ menua, ondoren LyX berrabiatu.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Ireki fitxategi arrunt berri bat, txantiloirik ez erabili.
+ Agertzen al da
+\family sans
+Dokumentua
+\family default
+ leihoko dokumentu-klaseen zerrendan?
+\layout Standard
+
+Abisu bat jasotzen baduzu, AASTeX motako dokumentu bat dagoelarik ezin duela
+ AASTeX diseinurik aurkitu edo "You should not mix title layouts with normal
+ ones" bezalako mezu bat, orduan gauzak ez dira ongi instalatu.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+LaTeX errorea taula bat prozesatzean
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-ek, lehenetsi gisa, taulako izenburu/epigrafea erdira lerrokatzea saiatzen
+ da.
+ Badirudi hau AASTeX-ekin gaizki konpontzen dela.
+ Hori dela eta, klikatu izenburu/epigrafean eta ondoren hautatu
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+aragrafoa
+\family default
+ menua.
+ Gero, lerrokadura eremuko zerrendan
+\family sans
+Blokea
+\family default
+ hautatu
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\emph on
+Itzultzailearen oharra
+\emph default
+: agian LyX-en zenbait bertsiotan
+\family sans
+Blokea
+\family default
+ (Block) ez duzu aurkituko.
+ Saiatu zaitez ea
+\family sans
+Justifikatua
+\family default
+ aukerarekin gauzak konpontzen al diren.
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Egokitzapen honekin LyX niregatik arduratuko da.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Erreferentziak
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{apzi:zitak}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Gauza gutxi batzuk:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Ohartarazi nahiko nuke erreferentzien sarrerako testuetan tarteekin gauza
+ bitxiak gertatzen direla.
+ Bibliografiako elementu bat sartzen duzunean, ziurtatu azken egile eta
+ urtea duen parentesien artean tarterik ez uztea: adib.\SpecialChar ~
+idatzi
+\family typewriter
+M.Davis(1991)
+\family default
+, ez
+\family typewriter
+M.Davis\SpecialChar ~
+(1991)
+\family default
+.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Nahiko goibel sentitzen naiz ezin dudalako
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+citet
+\family default
+ eta
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+citep
+\family default
+ automatikoagoak egin, LyX-eko iturburuak aldatzea eskatzen baitu.
+ Oraingoz bi hauetariko bat landu dezakezu:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+sartu zitazioak
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+Z
+\bar default
+itazio-erreferentzia
+\family default
+ erabiliz.
+ Horrela behintzat automatikoki txertatuko duzu.
+ Gero editatu (beste testu editore batekin) esportatutako LaTeX fitxategia
+ eta
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+cite
+\family default
+ sarrerak
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+citet
+\family default
+ edo
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+citep
+\family default
+ komandoetara aldatu, fitxategia bidali aurretik (
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+cite
+\family default
+ une honetan
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+cite
+\family default
+-ren baliokidea denez, ez daukazu aldatu beharrik).
+ Edo
+\layout Enumerate
+
+zure zitazioak zuzenean ERT erabiliz sar ditzakezu, bibliografiako elkarrizketa-
+koadroan erabiltzen dituzun argumentuentzako gako berdinak erabiliz, adibidez
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+citet{gakoa}
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Bide hauek erosoak ez izan arren, LyX-ek zitazioak ulertzeko natbib tresna
+ daukanez, honekin moldatu beharko gara.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Guztientzako erreferentziak sartzea ez da hain garbia.
+ Errazena dokumentuaren amaieran zure lehenbiziko erreferentzia idaztea
+ da, ondoren
+\family sans
+Erreferentzia
+\family default
+ mota bezala ezarri.
+ Honek kutxa gris bat jarriko dizu kurtsorea kokatuta zegoen lekuan.
+ Klikatu kutxan bestelako informazioa betetzeko.
+ Erreferentzia berrientzako, joan dagoen erreferentzia baten amaierara eta
+ sakatu
+\family sans
+Lerro-itzulera
+\family default
+.
+ Horrela lerro berri bat sortuko da, bere kutxa eta guzti, e.a.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+EPS fitxategiak gehitzea
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\noun on
+Chris Biemesderfer
+\noun default
+ eta AASTeX paketea idazten lagundu zuten guztiei begirunea diegun arren,
+ irudiak kudeatzeko tresnak kirats nazkagarria dario.
+ Txertatu dezakezu
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+plotone
+\family default
+, e.a.
+ irudi mugikorren kutxako ERTeko komando bezala, baina nik neuk ez dut inoiz
+ zorterik izan diseinu egokirik lortzeko.
+ Nire aholkua hau da: ez gehitu EPS motako irudirik idazkian, aldizkarira
+ bidaltzeko.
+ Horren ordez, erabili LyX-ek duen EPS fitxategiak gehitzeko tresna estandarra
+ aurrebista dotoreak egin nahi dituzunean.
+ LyX-ek LaTeX-eko hitzaurrean
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+usepackage{graphics}
+\family default
+ komandoa jartzen du eta irudiak LaTeX2e-ko modu estandarrean kudeatzen
+ ditu.
+ Hala ere, jakin behar da AASTeX 5.0 motako idazki bat inprimatzea nahi bada
+ LaTeX2e banaketa instalatuta eduki behar dela, eta horrela izanik, zergatik
+ ez gara irudiak kudeatzeko tresna mila bider hobeagoa den batekin arituko?
+ Beraiek LaTeX2e edo grafikoen paketeengatik kexuka badabiltza, galantena
+ da hau
+\emph on
+Lamport\SpecialChar ~
+(1994)
+\emph default
+ bigarren argitalpenean aipatu zela, eguneratzeko nahiko denbora izan zuten
+ duela urte dexente.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Egin nitzakeenak, egin gabe
+\layout Standard
+
+Gauza gutxi "politt" batzuk garatu nitzaken, baina ez egitea erabaki nuen.
+ Adibidez, LyX-eko leihoko testuan ez nituen testu artean tarte bikoitzik
+ ikusi, nahiz eta inprimatutako bertsioan tarte bikoitza agertu.
+ Gainera, preprint eta preprint2 estiloentzako bereizitako diseinurik ez
+ egitea erabaki nuen.
+ Dena den, denbora gehiena idazki soil batean igarotzen duzulakoan konturatu
+ nintzenetik honekin disko gogorrarekin dantzan ez ibiltzea erabaki nuen.
+ Egi-egitan uste baduzu diseinu hauek garatu behar nituela Mudgeeraba Creek-eko
+ Zaldi eta Boomerang Jaurtitze Elkartekoak oinarritzen diren arauen arimetara
+ atxikituko naiz:
+\layout Quotation
+
+"Epaitegien erabakia erabatekoa izango da, baldin eta aurkitzen den entzulegoak
+ izugarrizko esku-altxatze-olatua-sortuz batekin ez badu isiltzen.
+ Arerioak ezingo du gehikeria edo hizkuntza lizunik erabili epaikideekin,
+ edo alderantziz, epaitegiko epaikideek arerioari zuzentzerakoan (boomerang
+ batek buruan jotzen ez badio bederen)."
+\layout Subsection
+
+Azken
+\emph on
+ikuttua
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\noun on
+Donald Knuth
+\noun default
+-en ordenagailuen algoritmoei buruzko zita zital bat lapurtuko diot, "Hau
+ probatu dut ongi dagoela ikusteko, egia esanda, ez naiz saiatu ere egin".
+ Sinisten dut, izar eta galaxia guztiengatik, arestiko prozedurak AASTeX
+ dokumentu onargarri bat sortuko duela, baina honen azken eguneraketa (2000.eko
+ urtarrilak 25), hau erabiltzen duen artikulurik ez dut bidali.
+ Agian, patuak laguntzen banau, hemendik hilabete batzuetara\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\layout Section
+
+ijmpd
+\layout Standard
+
+Idazlea:
+\noun on
+Panayotis Papasotiriou
+\layout Subsection
+
+Sarrera
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+ijmpd
+\family default
+ paketea makroen multzo bat da, World Scientific-ek kaleratzen duen
+\emph on
+International Journal of Modern Physics D
+\emph default
+ aldizkarira idazki elektronikoak bildatzeko erabiltzen da.
+ Dokumentu-klasearen izena ws-ijmpd.cls da.
+ Artxiboa, dokumentazio eta guzti,
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.worldscinet.com/ijmpd/mkt/guidelines.shtml}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ gunetik jaitsi daiteke.
+ Pakete hau,
+\family typewriter
+ijmpd
+\family default
+, "artikulua" (article) pakete estandarraren moldaketa bat da.
+ LyX-ek bere ezaugarri gehienak onartzen ditu.
+ Duela gutxi LyX arrakastaz erabili dut artikulu bat
+\emph on
+International Journal of Modern Physics D
+\emph default
+ aldizkarira bidaltzeko.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Artikulua idaztea
+\layout Standard
+
+Artikulu bat idazteko modurik erosoena txantiloi bat erabiltzea da.
+ Klikatu
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Berria\SpecialChar ~
+(
+\bar under
+t
+\bar default
+xantiloitik)
+\family default
+menua eta hautatu
+\emph on
+ijmpd.lyx
+\emph default
+ fitxategia.
+ Honek dokumentua ia hutsik agertzen du, idazkian aurkitzen diren eremu
+ guztiekin.
+ Dagoen testua (<> kortxeteak barne) dagokion informazioarekin gainidatzi.
+ Gogoan eduki ondorengo oharrak.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+LyX-ek ez dizu dokumentuaren letra-tamaina eta orri-estiloak aldatzen utziko,
+
+\family typewriter
+ijmpd
+\family default
+ paketeak ez baitu horrelako moldaketarik onartzen.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\family typewriter
+ijmpd
+\family default
+ paketeak dokumentuaren hizkuntza aldatu gabe jarraitzea eskatzen du.
+ Artikulua aurreikusi aurretik ziurtatu babel paketea ez dela erabiltzen.
+ Hori egiteko, klikatu
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+H
+\bar default
+obespenak
+\family default
+ menuan,
+\family sans
+Hizkuntza
+\family default
+ fitxa hautatu,
+\family sans
+Erabili\SpecialChar ~
+babel
+\family default
+ aukera desgaitu eta
+\family sans
+\bar under
+A
+\bar default
+plikatu
+\family default
+ botoian (edo
+\family sans
+\bar under
+G
+\bar default
+orde
+\family default
+ aldaketa hau betirako edukitzea nahi baduzu) klikatu.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Bi ingurune berri erabilgarri dituzu,
+\family sans
+"Teorema"
+\family default
+ (
+\emph on
+Theorem
+\emph default
+) eta
+\family sans
+"Frogapena"
+\family default
+ (
+\emph on
+Proof
+\emph default
+) izenekoak.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Artikuluan eranskinak gehi daitezke.
+ LyX-ek ingurune berezia eskaintzen du,
+\family sans
+"Eranskina"
+\family default
+ (
+\emph on
+Appendix
+\emph default
+) izenekoa, eta eranskinaren hasiera markatzen du.
+ Eranskin batek atal, azpiatal edo azpiazpiatal normal bat eduki dezake.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\family typewriter
+ijmpd
+\family default
+ paketeak taulen epigrafeak LyX-ek lantzen dituen ezberdin bideratzen ditu.
+ Ondorioz, LyX-ekin sortutako taula bat ongi inprimatzen da, baina epigrafeei
+ jaramonik ez zaie egiten.
+ Epigrafeak dituzten taulak behar badituzu, taula mugikor osoa
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+ fitxategian garatu beharko duzu, gero fitxategi hori LyX dokumentuan gehitu
+ (
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+G
+\bar default
+ehitu\SpecialChar ~
+fitxategia
+\family default
+).
+
+\family typewriter
+ijmpd
+\family default
+ taula nola sortzen den buruzko xehetasunak
+\family typewriter
+ws-ijmpd.tex
+\family default
+ fitxategian aurkituko duzu, eta
+\family typewriter
+ijmpd
+\family default
+ paketearen barruan dago.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Artikulua bidaltzeko prestatzea
+\layout Standard
+
+Artikulua bidali aurretik LyX-eko dokumentua LaTeX motako fitxategi bezala
+ esportatu behar duzu,
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+sportatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+atex
+\family default
+ menua erabili.
+ Hori egin ostean,
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+ emaitzeko fitxategian ondorengoak aldatu:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Ezabatu
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+documentclass
+\family default
+ komandoaren aurreko iruzkin lerroak.
+
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Ezabatu
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+makeatletter
+\family default
+ eta
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+makeatother
+\family default
+ komandoen arteko (hauek barne) guztia, LaTeX-eko hitzaurrean zeuk sartutakoak
+ ezik.
+\layout Standard
+
+Aldatutako
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+ fitxategia behar adina aldiz gorde eta LaTeX-etik prozesatu.
+ Egiaztatzeko, sortzen den
+\family typewriter
+.dvi
+\family default
+ dokumentua begiratu.
+\layout Subsection
+
+ERTen erabilera
+\layout Standard
+
+ERTen erabilera aukerazkoa da, eta hiru komandoetara laburtzen da, orrialdearen
+ itxurari eragiten diote.
+ Zure artikulua
+\family typewriter
+ijmpd.lyx
+\family default
+ txantiloiarekin idazten hasi bazara, beharrezko ERT eremua jadanik bere
+ kokapenean egongo da, eta normalki ez duzu zer ezabatu beharrik izango.
+ Lehenbiziko ERT kutxaren edukia aldatzea komeni zaizu, inprimatuko den
+ bertsiorako orrialde bakoiti eta bikoitien goiburukoaren informazioa zehaztuz
+ (egilearen izena eta artikulu motzaren titulua hurrenez hurren).
+ ERT honek
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+markboth{Egileen izenak}{Artikuluaren titulu laburtua}
+\family default
+ antzeko itxura edukiko du.
+\layout Section
+
+Kluwer
+\layout Standard
+
+Idazlea:
+\noun on
+Panayotis Papasotiriou
+\layout Subsection
+
+Sarrera
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+Kluwer
+\family default
+ paketea Kluwer Academic Publishers-ek sortutako makro multzo bat da, beraiek
+ argitaratzen dituzten aldizkarietara idazki elektronikoak bidaltzeko.
+ Argitaratzen dituzten aldizkarietatik hauek dira ospetsuenak (interesgarrienak
+ iruditzen zaizkidanak bederen):
+\emph on
+Astrophysics and Space Science
+\emph default
+eta
+\emph on
+ Solar Physics
+\emph default
+, baina batituzte gehiago ere (ikus zerrenda osoa
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.wkap.nl/jrnllist.htm/JRNLHOME}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ gunean).
+
+\family typewriter
+Kluwer
+\family default
+ paketea
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.wkap.nl/kaphtml.htm/STYLEFILES}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ gunetik jeitsi dezakezu.
+ Pakete horretan erabiltzailearen gida oso bat aurkituko duzu (bananduta
+ ere jaitsi daiteke).
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-ek pakete honen ezaugarri asko onartzen ditu.
+ Hala ere, paketeko komando "bitxi" batzuentzako ERT erabili behar da (ikus
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{azpiatal:kluwer_berezitasunak}
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ Duela gutxi LyX erabili dut artikulu bat idatzi eta
+\emph on
+Astrophysics and Space Science
+\emph default
+-ra bidaltzeko, inolako arazorik gabe.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Artikulua idaztea
+\layout Standard
+
+Artikulu bat idazteko biderik goxoena Kluwer txantiloi batean oinarritzea
+ da.
+ Klikatu
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Berria\SpecialChar ~
+(
+\bar under
+t
+\bar default
+xantiloitik)
+\family default
+ menuan, eta hautatu
+\family typewriter
+kluwer.lyx
+\family default
+ txantiloia.
+ Honek dokumentu ia hutsik agertzen du, idazkian aurkitzen diren eremu guztiekin.
+ Txantiloi gehienetan bezala, dagoen testua (<> kortxeteak barne) dagokion
+ informazioarekin gainidatzi.
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+Artikulua bidaltzeko prestatzea
+\layout Standard
+
+AASTeX paketearen antzera, artikulua bidali aurretik " hurrengo prozesuak"
+ landu behar dituzu, irakurri datozen urrtatsak.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Esportatu artikulua LaTeX fitxategi gisa.
+ Hau egiteko klikatu
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+sportatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+aTeX
+\family default
+ menuan.
+
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Irteerako
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+ fitxategia beste testu editore batekin editatu eta ondorengo aldaketak
+ egin:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Ezabatu
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+documentclass
+\family default
+ komandoaren aurreko iruzkin lerroak.
+
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Ezabatu
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+makeatletter
+\family default
+ eta
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+makeatother
+\family default
+ komandoen arteko (hauek barne) guztia, LaTeX hitzaurrean zuk sartutakoak
+ ezik.
+\layout Standard
+
+Gorde aldatutako
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+ fitxategia.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Aldatutako
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+ fitxategia behar adina aldiz gorde eta LaTeX-etik prozesatu.
+
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Begiratu emaitza
+\family typewriter
+.dvi
+\family default
+ dokumentuan, horretarako
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\family default
+ erabili dezakezu, eta guztia ongi dagoela ziurtatu (halaxe egongo da baldin
+ eta akatsik ez baduzu egin).
+\layout Subsection
+
+Kluwer paketearen
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+berezitasunak
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{azpiatal:kluwer_berezitasunak}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Kluwer paketeak ondorengo
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+berezitasunak" ditu:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Hainbat artikulu LaTeX fitxategi berdinean idatz daiteke
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Hau egiteko arrazoi egokirik ez zait bururatzen.
+\end_inset
+
+ .
+ Artikulu bakoitza
+\family sans
+"Artikulua"
+\family default
+ (article) ingurunean sartuta egon beharko du.
+ Zoritxarrez, ingurune hau ezin da ahaztu, nahiz eta artikulu bakar bat
+ idatzi.
+ Beraz, artikulu bakoitza
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{article}
+\family default
+ komandoarekin hasi behar da, eta noski,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+end{article}
+\family default
+ komandoarekin amaitu.
+ Nahiz eta hau LyX-en garatu daitekeen, ez dut gehitu, zatarra gelditzen
+ delako eta erabiltzaile hasiberrientzako korapilotsua gerta dakiekeelako.
+ Hortaz, zeuk zuzenean sartu eta LaTeX kode gisa ezarri beharko dituzu (hain
+ ezaguna den ERT erabiliz).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Artikuluaren hasieran ematen den informazioa (adib.
+ titulua, azpititulua, egilea, instituzioa, titulu laburtua, egile laburtua,
+ laburpena eta gakoak) "
+\family sans
+ireki-unea
+\family default
+" (opening) izeneko ingurunean sartu behar dira.
+ Hau LyX-en garatuta ez dagoenez, zeuk sartu beharko dituzu titulu, azpititulu
+ eta bestelakoak bi ERT lerroartean:
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{opening}
+\family default
+ eta
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+end{opening}
+\family default
+ komandoen artean.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Erabiltzailearen eskuliburuari jarraituz, bibliografiako elementu bakoitzaren
+ etiketa honela idatzi behar da:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+protect
+\backslash
+citeauthoryear{
+\emph on
+egilea(k)
+\emph default
+}{
+\emph on
+urtea
+\emph default
+}
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+kluwer.lyx
+\family default
+ txantilioak "berezitasun" hauei buruzko ardura hartzen du.
+ Artikulua txantiloi honetan oinarrituz idazten baduzu, ez daukazu ezer
+ berezirik egin beharrik.
+ Hauek egin:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Ez ezabatu txantiloian dauden ERT eremuak.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Kopiatu txantiloian agertzen den bibliografiako elementua, eta aldatu behar
+ dituzun bibliografiako hainbat elementu berri sartzeko.
+\layout Section
+
+Koma-Script
+\layout Standard
+
+Idazlea:
+\noun on
+Bernd Rellermeyer
+\layout Subsection
+
+Sarrera
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-eko
+\family sans
+article (koma-script)
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+report (koma-script)
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+book (koma-script)
+\family default
+, eta
+\family sans
+letter
+\family default
+
+\family sans
+(koma-script)
+\family default
+ dokumentu-klaseak LaTeX-eko Koma-Script familiako
+\family typewriter
+scrartcl.cls
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+scrreprt.cls
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+scrbook.cls
+\family default
+, eta
+\family typewriter
+scrlettr.cls
+\family default
+ dokumentu-klaseei dagokie, hurrenez hurren.
+
+\family typewriter
+article.cls
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+report.cls
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+book.cls
+\family default
+ eta
+\family typewriter
+letter.cls
+\family default
+ dokumentu-klase estandarren ordezkoak dira, eta Europako tipografia hitzarmenek
+o dezimaldun zenbakietara moldatzen dira.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Letra-tamaina estandarra 11pt-koa da
+\family sans
+article (koma-script)
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+report (koma-script)
+\family default
+, eta
+\family sans
+book (koma-script)
+\family default
+ dokumentu-klaseeten, eta 12pt-koa
+\family sans
+letter (koma-script)
+\family default
+ motan.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Izenburuak, azalpena ingurunearen etiketak, eta
+\family sans
+letter (koma-script)
+\family default
+ klaseko elementu kopuru bat sans serif letra lodiz ezarrita daude
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Ezberdintasun handia dago sans serif-eko
+\family sans
+cm
+\family default
+ letra-tipo zaharkitua eta
+\family sans
+ec
+\family default
+ letra-tipo berrien artean, goiburukoetan bereziki.
+ Elkarrekin konparatuz,
+\family sans
+ec
+\family default
+-ko sans serif letra lodiak meheagoak dirudite.
+ Hemen
+\noun on
+Walter Schmidt
+\noun default
+-ek prestatutako LaTeX
+\family typewriter
+cmsd.sty
+\family default
+ paketeak "ohiko" itxura sortzen laguntzen du,
+\family sans
+ec
+\family default
+ letra-tipoak erabiltzerakoan.
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Kapituluen izenburuak atalen izenburuak bezala zenbatzen dira, hau da,
+ "Kapitulua\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+" lerro gehigarririk gabe.
+ Gainera, izenburuen itxura aldatzeko
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+okumentua
+\family default
+ sortzen duen leihoko Aukerak eremua erabil daiteke.
+ Alemanieraz idatzitako xehetasunak (aukera hauei buruzkoak) Koma-Script
+ dokumentazioko
+\emph on
+scrguide
+\emph default
+ gidan aurkituko dituzu.
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+Koma-Script-eko dokumentu-klaseen area diseinatzeko gauzarik garrantzitsuenak
+
+\family sans
+BCOR
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+DIV
+\family default
+ aukerak dira (LyX-en Aukerak eremuan sartu behar dira).
+ Hauek ahalik eta orrialdeen marjinen moldaketa garbiena egiten dute,
+\family sans
+Dokumentua
+\family default
+ leihoko aukerek egiten duten gisa.
+ Alemanieraz idatzitako hauei eta beste idazte-areako aukerei buruzko xehetasuna
+k Koma-Script dokumentazioko
+\emph on
+scrguide
+\emph default
+ gidan aurkituko dituzu.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Koma-Script familiako LaTeX dokumentu-klaseek komando gehigarriak definitzen
+ dituzte.
+ LyX-en zentzua dutenak dagokien paragrafo motetan garatuak izan dira.
+\layout Standard
+
+Koma-Script familiako LaTeX paketeen xehetasunak, alemanieraz, Koma-Script-eko
+ dokumentazioko
+\emph on
+scrguide
+\emph default
+ gidan aurkitzen dira
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Badago ingelesezko itzulpena,
+\emph on
+screnggu
+\emph default
+, baina ez dago osatuta.
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Hurrengo atalek LyX-en erabiltzen direnak soilik argituko dute.
+\layout Subsection
+
+article (koma-script), report (koma-script), eta book (koma-script)
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+article (koma-script)
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+report (koma-script)
+\family default
+, eta
+\family sans
+book (koma-script)
+\family default
+ dokumentu-klaseak diseinuko
+\family typewriter
+scrartcl.layout
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+scrreprt.layout
+\family default
+, eta
+\family typewriter
+scrbook.layout
+\family default
+ fitxategietan hurrenez hurren garatuta daude.
+ Hauek dokumentu-klase estandarrei (artikulua edo
+\family sans
+"article"
+\family default
+, txostena edo
+\family sans
+"report"
+\family default
+, eta liburua edo
+\family sans
+"book"
+\family default
+) dagokien paragrafo-mota guztiak (apur bat eraldatuak) dituzte, LyX-en
+ berariazkoa den
+\family sans
+Zerrenda
+\family default
+ mota izan ezik (gaitasun berdina duen
+\family sans
+Etiketatua
+\family default
+ (Labeling) mota berriagatik ordeztua izan delarik).
+
+\family sans
+Etiketatua
+\family default
+ motaren aurretik paragrafo mota berriak gehitu dira.
+ Hauek ez dira
+\family sans
+letter (koma-script)
+\family default
+ dokumentu-klaseko kide.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+GehituZati
+\family default
+ (Addpart),
+\family sans
+GehituKapi
+\family default
+ (Addchap),
+\family sans
+GehituAtal
+\family default
+ (Addsec): hauek
+\family sans
+Zatia*
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Kapitulua*
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Atala*
+\family default
+ inguruneen baliokideak dira, hurrenez hurren, gaien aurkibideari sarrera
+ bat gehitzen diote.
+
+\family sans
+GehituZati
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+GehituKapi
+\family default
+ ez daude
+\family sans
+article (koma-script)
+\family default
+ dokumentu-klasean.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+GehituKapi*
+\family default
+ (
+\family sans
+Addchap*
+\family default
+),
+\family sans
+GehituAtal*
+\family default
+ (
+\family sans
+Addsec*
+\family default
+): hauek
+\family sans
+GehituKapi
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+GehituAtal
+\family default
+ inguruneen jokaera dute, kapitulu eta atalen zenbaketarik ez dute azaltzen.
+
+\family sans
+GehituKapi*
+\family default
+ ez dago
+\family sans
+article (koma-script)
+\family default
+ dokumentu-klasean
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Badago
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+addpart*
+\family default
+ komandoa ere
+\family sans
+book (koma-script)
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+report (koma-script)
+\family default
+ dokumentu-klaseetan, baina
+\family sans
+Part*
+\family default
+ ingurunearen berdina denez, ez da LyX-en garatua izan.
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Ataltxoa (Minisec)
+\family default
+: zuzenean izenburu bat sortzen du hurrengo paragrafoaren gainean, letra-tamaina
+ estandarrarekin eta dokumentuaren egituran eraginik egin gabe.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Epigrafea\SpecialChar ~
+gainean (Captionabove)
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Epigrafea\SpecialChar ~
+azpian (Captionbelow)
+\family default
+ epigrafe bereziak dira, eta elementu baten gainean edo azpian behar den
+ tarteak mantentzen dituzte (tipografien arautegiak jarraitzen badituzu,
+ taulei dagokien epigrafeak beti taulen gainean kokatzea nahiko dituzu).
+ Klaseko
+\family typewriter
+tablecaptionsabove
+\family default
+ aukera ere erabil dezakezu, honek taulentzako epigrafea ingurunea
+\family sans
+Epigrafea gainean
+\family default
+ motara, eta irudientzako epigrafea azpian motara, bihurtuko du.
+ Hau erabiltzeko gutxienez
+\family sans
+Koma-Script\SpecialChar ~
+2.8q
+\family default
+ bertsioa beharko duzu.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Esaera (Dictum)
+\family default
+: esaera edo zita bat kapitulu hasieran sartzeko erabiltzen da.
+ Aukerazko argumentua erabiltzen baduzu (
+\family sans
+Txertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Titulu\SpecialChar ~
+laburtua
+\family default
+), hemen esaeraren egilea txerta dezakezu.
+ Esaera eta egilea lerro batez bereizten dira.
+ Hau erabiltzeko gutxienez
+\family sans
+Koma-Script\SpecialChar ~
+2.8q
+\family default
+ bertsioa beharko duzu.
+ Esaera ez dago
+\family sans
+article (koma-script)
+\family default
+ dokumentu-klasean.
+\layout Standard
+
+Hurrengo ingurune motek,
+\family sans
+Titulua
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Egilea
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Data
+\family default
+ estandarrekin batera, dokumentuko tituluaren gunea osatzen dute.
+ Lehenbiziko paragrafo "arrunta"-ren aurretik sartu behar dira
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Dagokien LaTeX komandoak
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+maketitle
+\family default
+ komandoaren baino lehenago agertu behar dute.
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Mota bakoitza behin baino gehiagotan erabiltzen direnean, azkenaren erabilerak
+ osatutakoa gainidazten du, hau da, mota bakoitzentzako erabilitako azkena
+ izango da baliagarria.
+ Mota ezberdinen ordenak,
+\family sans
+Titulua
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Egilea
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Data
+\family default
+ bezala, sortzen den dokumentuan ez dute eraginik.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Gaia (Subject)
+\family default
+: titulu arruntaren (
+\family sans
+Titulua
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Egilea
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Data
+\family default
+) gainean erdira lerrokatutako paragrafoa sortzen du, dokumentuaren gaia
+ azaltzeko.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Argitaratzaileak (Publishers)
+\family default
+: titulu arruntaren (
+\family sans
+Titulua
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Egilea
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Data
+\family default
+) azpian erdira lerrokatuako paragrafoa sortzen du, argitaratzaileen izenentzako.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Eskaintza (Dedication)
+\family default
+:
+\family sans
+report (koma-script)
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+book (koma-script)
+\family default
+ klaseetan bere orrialde bereizian erdira lerrokatutako paragrafoa sortzen
+ du, edo
+\family sans
+article (koma-script)
+\family default
+ klasean titulu arruntaren azpian (
+\family sans
+Titulua
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Egilea
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Data
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Argitaratzaileak
+\family default
+) erdiratutako paragrafoa sortzen du eskaintzarentzako.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Tituluburua (Titlehead)
+\family default
+: titulu arruntaren gainean (
+\family sans
+Titulua
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Egila
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Data
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Gaia
+\family default
+) ezkerrera lerrokatutako paragrafoa sortzen du, dokumentuaren goiburukoarentzak
+o.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+TituluAtzekoGoian (Uppertitleback)
+\family default
+:
+\family sans
+report (koma-script)
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+book (koma-script)
+\family default
+ klaseetan alde bietako inprimaketan ezkerrera lerrokatuta, eta titulu orriaren
+ atzealdean eta goian, paragrafoa sortzen du.
+ Ez du eraginik alde bakarreko inprimaketan edo
+\family sans
+article (koma-script)
+\family default
+ klasean.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+TituluAtzekoBehean (Lowertitleback)
+\family default
+:
+\family sans
+report (koma-script)
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+book (koma-script)
+\family default
+ klaseetan alde bietako inprimaketan ezkerrera lerrokatuta eta titulu orriaren
+ atzealdean eta behean paragrafoa sortzen du.
+ Ez du eraginik alde bakarreko inprimaketan edo
+\family sans
+article (koma-script)
+\family default
+ klasean.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+TituluOsagarria (Extratitle)
+\family default
+: uneko dokumentuaren aurrean orrialde "zikin" bat sortzen du, egitura berezirik
+ ez duen paragrafo batekin.
+\layout Standard
+
+Diseinu fitxategiek,
+\family sans
+article (koma-script)
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+report (koma-script)
+\family default
+, eta
+\family sans
+book (koma-script)
+\family default
+ dokumentu-klaseena,
+\family typewriter
+scrmacros.inc
+\family default
+ fitxategia dute.
+ Zure motak definitzeko lekua bezala pentsatua dago.
+ Kopiatu
+\family typewriter
+scrmacros.inc
+\family default
+ zure diseinuen direktorioan eta editatu fitxategia!
+\layout Subsection
+
+letter (koma-script)
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+begin{sloppypar}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+letter (koma-script)
+\family default
+ dokumentu-klasea
+\family typewriter
+scrlettr.layout
+\family default
+ diseinu fitxategian garatuta dago.
+ Honek
+\family sans
+letter
+\family default
+ (gutuna) dokumentu-klaseak dituen paragrafo-ingurune guztiak ditu, piska
+ bat eraldatuta, LyX-en berariazkoak diren
+\family sans
+LyX-kodea
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Iruzkina
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Zerrenda
+\family default
+ motak izan ezik,
+\family sans
+Etiketatua
+\family default
+ (Labeling) mota berriarekin ordeztuak izan baitira.
+ Gainera,
+\family sans
+LaTeX
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Zita
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Zitazioa
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Bertsoa
+\family default
+ ingurune estandarrak ditu.
+ Horretaz gain, badaude gutunentzako bereziki zehaztutako ingurune berri
+ batzuk.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+end{sloppypar}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Dokumentu-klase honek sortzen duen gutunaren itxura LaTeX-eko hainbat komandorek
+in egokitu daiteke (
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+okumentua
+\family default
+ menuak zabatzen duen
+\family sans
+Dokumentu\SpecialChar ~
+ezarpenak
+\family default
+ leihoan
+\family sans
+Hitzaurrea
+\family default
+ fitxan idatzi)
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Adibidez, gutunetako goiburukoen (izen eta helbidea ditu) itxura estandarra
+ nahiko burugogorra izan ohi da.
+ Goiburuko "arrunt" bat sortzeko, sartu ondorengo LaTeX komandoak hitzaurrean:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+firsthead{
+\backslash
+parbox[b]{
+\backslash
+textwidth}
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+{
+\backslash
+ignorespaces
+\backslash
+fromname
+\backslash
+
+\backslash
+
+\backslash
+ignorespaces
+\backslash
+fromaddress}}
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+nexthead{
+\backslash
+parbox[b]{
+\backslash
+textwidth}
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+{
+\backslash
+ignorespaces
+\backslash
+fromname
+\backslash
+hfill
+\backslash
+ignorespaces
+\backslash
+pagename
+\backslash
+
+\backslash
+thepage}}
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Alemanieraz idatzitako xehetasunak, LaTeX-en komandoei buruzkoak bezalakoak,
+
+\family sans
+Koma-Script
+\family default
+-eko
+\family typewriter
+scrguide
+\family default
+ dokumentazioan aurki daiteke.
+ Berorrekin, gutunaren egileak gutun diseinu pertsonalizatu bat sor dezake.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Gutuna
+\family default
+ (Letter) eta
+\family sans
+Ireki-unea
+\family default
+ (Opening) inguruneek gutunaren hasiera definitzen dute, eta gutun bakoitzean
+ egon beharko dute.
+ Hauek LyX-eko dokumentu-klasean nabarmentzeko,
+\emph on
+L
+\emph default
+ edo
+\emph on
+O
+\emph default
+ hizkiekin markatzen dira ezkerreko marjinan.
+ Fitxategi bakar batean hainbat gutun idazteko aukera dago.
+
+\family sans
+Ireki-unea
+\family default
+ inguruneak helbide berdina erabiliz gutun berri bat hasten du, eta
+\family sans
+Gutuna
+\family default
+-k berriz helbidea aldatzeko aukera eskaintzen du.
+
+\family sans
+Itxi-unea
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+PS
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+CC
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Eransk
+\family default
+ paragrafo-ingurune arruntak dira, eta gutun bakarrean nahi adina aldiz
+ erabil daiteke.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Gutuna
+\family default
+ (Letter): helbideentzako paragrafoa sortu eta gutunarean hasiera definitzen
+ du.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Ireki-unea
+\family default
+(Opening): helbidearen paragrafoa sortzen du eta inplizitoki gutun berria
+ sortzen du.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Itxi-unea
+\family default
+ (Closing): itxierako paragrafoa sortzen du.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+PS
+\family default
+: postscript-arentzako paragrafoa sortzen du.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+CC
+\family default
+: banaketa zerrendarako paragrafoa sortzen du.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Eransk
+\family default
+ (Encl): eranskinentzako paragrafoa sortzen du.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Izena
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Sinadura
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Helbidea
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Telefonoa
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Tokia
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Itzulerako helbidea
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Gutun berezia
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Kokapena
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Titulua
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Gaia
+\family default
+ inguruneek informazioa sartzeko etiketa bat eskaintzen dute (sarrera motakoa
+ deituko diegu), eta dokumentu-klaseak landuko du
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Baliteke
+\family sans
+Gutuna
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Ireki-unea
+\family default
+ inguruneek zentzugabeko gauza bezala ikustea, arestian aipatutako etiketak
+ ez baitituzte jartzen.
+ Ingurune hauen zeregin berezia dela eta, ezkerrean marka bat jartzen duten
+ paragrafo arrunt bezala garatu ditut.
+ Bestalde,
+\family sans
+Ireki-unea
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Itxi-unea
+\family default
+ inguruneek bestelako itxura edukiz gero, nire simetriaren zentzua hautsiko
+ bailukete.
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Ingurune hauek dagokien
+\family sans
+Ireki-unea
+\family default
+ baino lehenago erabili behar dira.
+\layout Standard
+
+Ingurune hauen WYSIWYG itxurako garapenak badirudi zentzurik ez duela, zeren
+ eta sortzen den gutunaren benetako itxura ez baitago mota berezi bat erabiltzea
+ren arabera , beste faktore batzuk daude jokoan.
+ Adibidez,
+\family sans
+Sinadura
+\family default
+ ingurunearekin sartutako sinadura bat, gutun horretan
+\family sans
+Itxi-unea
+\family default
+ erabiltzen denean, jokaera estandar batekin agertuko litzateke sortzen
+ den gutunean.
+
+\family sans
+Telefonoa
+\family default
+ ingurunean sartutako balioa jokaera estandarrarekin sortzen den gutunean
+ ez da azaltzen.
+ Gutun baten izenburua diseinatzeko askatasuna beheko oin-oharrean azaltzen
+ da.
+\layout Standard
+
+Sarrera motak paragrafo hutsen gisa erabil daitezke.
+ Adibidez, honen zentzua
+\family sans
+Sinadura
+\family default
+ ingurunean gerta daiteke.
+ Ez bada sinadurarik erabili behar, beraren ordez Izena inguruneko balioa
+ erabiliko da; bertan,
+\family sans
+Sinadura
+\family default
+ hutsa erabiliz sinadura gabeko balioa definitzen da.
+\layout Standard
+
+Sarrera motakoak erabiliz gutunaren txantiloi bat idazteko aukera dago,
+ eta bete beharreko eremuek zure datu pertsonalak (izena, helbidea, e.a.)
+ edukiko ditu;sarrera hutsak, berriz, sartu nahi dituzun bestelako datuak.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Izena
+\family default
+ (Name): bidaltzailearen izena, jokaera estandarrarekin gutunaren izenburuan
+ erdira lerrokatutako paragrafo bezala agertuko da, maiuskula-txiki letra-tipoek
+in.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Sinadura
+\family default
+ (Signature): bidaltzailearen sinadura, jokaera estandarrarekin
+\family sans
+Itxi-unea
+\family default
+ren azpian agertzen da.
+ Ez bada
+\family sans
+Sinadura
+\family default
+rik erabiltzen, horren ordez Izena-ren balioa erabiliko da.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Helbidea
+\family default
+ (Address): bidaltzailearen helbidea, jokaera estandarrarekin gutuneko izenburua
+n eta bidaltzaile-izenaren azpian erdira lerrokatutako paragrafoan agertuko
+ da.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Telefonoa
+\family default
+ (Telephone): bidaltzailearen telefono-zenbakia, jokaera estandarrarekin
+ LaTeX-eko
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+telephonenum
+\family default
+ aldagaia ezartzen du soilik.
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Tokia
+\family default
+ (Place): gutuna idatzi den lekua.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Data
+\family default
+ (Date): gutuna idatzi den data.
+
+\family sans
+Tokia
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Data
+\family default
+, jokaera estandarrarekin, gutuneko helbidea eremuaren azpiko lerroan eta
+ eskuinera lerrokatuta agertzen dira.
+
+\family sans
+Data
+\family default
+ hutsik egonez gero, ez dira agertuko ez tokia ez data, eta berdin dio
+\family sans
+Tokia
+\family default
+ eremuak balioren bat al daukan edo ez.
+
+\family sans
+Data
+\family default
+rik ez bada erabiltzen, gutuna sortzen den egunari dagokion data agertuko
+ da.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Itzulerako\SpecialChar ~
+helbidea
+\family default
+ (Backaddress): bidaltzailearen itzulerako helbidea, jokaera estandarrarekin
+ helbidea eremuaren gainean agertzen da, sans serif motako letra-tipo txikiekin.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Gutun\SpecialChar ~
+berezia
+\family default
+ (Specialmail): gutunaren informazio berezia, jokaera estandarrarekin itzulerako
+ helbidearen azpian eta helbidea eremuaren gainean azpimarratuta agertzen
+ da.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Kokapena
+\family default
+ (Location): informazio gehigarria, jokaera estandarrarekin helbide eremuaren
+ azpian eta eskuinera lerrokatuta agertzen da.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Titulua
+\family default
+ (Title): gutunaren izenburua, jokaera estandarrarekin gaiaren gainean sans
+ serif letra-tipo lodia eta handiz agertzen da.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Gaia
+\family default
+ (Subject): gutunaren gaia, jokaera estandarrarekin
+\family sans
+Ireki-unea
+\family default
+ paragrafoaren gainean letra lodiz agertuko da.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Zure\SpecialChar ~
+erref
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Zure\SpecialChar ~
+gutuna
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Nire\SpecialChar ~
+erref
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Bezeroa
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Faktura
+\family default
+ inguruneek negozio-gutuna sortzen dute.
+ Gutun honek
+\family sans
+Titulua
+\family default
+ lerroaren gainean "Your ref.", "Your letter of", " Our ref.", "Customer no.",
+ "Invoice no.", eta "Date" jartzen ditu.
+ Dataren eremuan
+\family sans
+Data
+\family default
+ inguruneko balioa erabiltzen du.
+ "Negozio-gutuneko" ingurune hauetariko bat erabiltzen baduzu,
+\family sans
+Tokia
+\family default
+ inguruneko balioa ez da agertuko, LaTeX-eko
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+fromplace
+\family default
+ aldagaia ezarriko da bakarrik.
+ Toki eta dataren irteera arrunta (helbide azpian eskuinera lerrokatutakoak)
+ desagertuko dira.
+ Hauek sarrera motakoen antzera etiketa jartzen dute, eta dagokien
+\family sans
+Ireki-unea
+\family default
+ ingurunea baino lehenago erabili behar dira.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Zure\SpecialChar ~
+erref
+\family default
+ (Yourref): zure erreferentzia.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Zure\SpecialChar ~
+gutuna
+\family default
+ (Yourmail): zure gutuna.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Nire\SpecialChar ~
+erref
+\family default
+ (Myref): gure erreferentzia.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Bezeroa
+\family default
+ (Customer): bezero zenbakia.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Faktura
+\family default
+ (Invoice): faktura zenbakia.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Gutun klase berria: letter (koma-script v.2)
+\layout Standard
+
+Idazlea:
+\noun on
+Jürgen Spitzmüller
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_top bigskip \noindent
+
+\family sans
+Koma-Script 2.8
+\family default
+ bertsioak gutun klase berri bat ekarri du:
+\family sans
+scrlttr2
+\family default
+.
+ Honek orain euskarririk ez daukan
+\family sans
+scrlettr
+\family default
+ ordezkatzen du.
+ LaTeX-en ikuspegitik interfaze eraberritua dauka, eta klase zaharkituarekin
+ bateraezina da.
+ Horrela, LyX-ek biak onartzen dituen arren, berriena erabiltzea aholkatzen
+ zaizu.
+\layout Standard
+
+Klase honek
+\family sans
+letter\SpecialChar ~
+(koma-script)
+\family default
+-ek zuen funtzionalitate berdina, askoz ere gehiago, egia esan behar bada.
+ Oinarrizko elementuak
+\family sans
+Helbidea
+\family default
+ (jasotzailearen, diseinu zaharreko
+\family sans
+Gutuna
+\family default
+ izango zatekeena),
+\family sans
+Ireki-unea
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Itxi-unea
+\family default
+ dira.
+
+\family sans
+Hurrengo\SpecialChar ~
+helbidea
+\family default
+ inguruneak gutun berri bat hasten du (dokumentu batean hainbat gutun idatz
+ ditzakezula gogoratu).
+ Elementu berriak bidaltzailearen
+\family sans
+E-posta
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+URLa
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Faxa
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Bankoa
+\family default
+ dira eta goiburukoan
+\family sans
+Logoa
+\family default
+ erabiltzeko aukera dago (
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Irudia
+\family default
+).
+\layout Standard
+
+Hobekuntza handiena gutunaren diseinua edozein beharretara konfiguratzeko
+ aukera da.
+ Horretarako, erabili
+\family sans
+Dokumentu-ezarpenak
+\family default
+ leihoko
+\family sans
+Hitzaurrea
+\family default
+ fitxa, edo estilo fitxategi berezi bat (Letter Class Option,
+\family typewriter
+*.lco
+\family default
+ luzapenekoa) klase aukera baten antzera irakurria izango dena
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+KOMA
+\family default
+ paketea oinarrizko hainbat
+\family typewriter
+*.lco
+\family default
+ fitxategirekin dator.
+ Adibidez, alemanierako konposaketa estiloa jarraitzen duen
+\family typewriter
+DIN.lco
+\family default
+ fitxategia, edo
+\family sans
+scrlettr
+\family default
+ klase zaharkituaren diseinua eskaintzen duen
+\family typewriter
+KOMAold.lco
+\family default
+ fitxategia.
+ Azkenekoa
+\family sans
+KOMAold
+\family default
+ klase aukerarekin kargatu daiteke,
+\family sans
+Dokumentu-ezarpenak
+\family default
+ leihoko
+\family sans
+Aukerak
+\family default
+ erabiliz.
+\end_inset
+
+ .
+\layout Standard
+
+Ikusi
+\family typewriter
+koma-letter2
+\family default
+ txantiloia, LyX-eko txantiloien artean dago.
+ Xehetasunak Koma-Script-en dokumentazioan (
+\family typewriter
+scrguide
+\family default
+) aurkituko dituzu.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Arazoak
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Koma-Script
+\family default
+ motako dokumentu-klaseak LyX-en bistaratzen direnean LyX barneko arazo
+ batzuk sortzen dira.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Kapituluaren zenbatzailea (
+\family sans
+Kapitulua
+\family default
+ inguruarena) kapituluko izenburuari dagokion lerroaren azpian agertzen
+ da, lerro berdinean agertu ordez.
+ Horren arrazoia LyX-ek bere barnean diseinu fitxategiko
+\family sans
+Counter_Chapter
+\family default
+ etiketarentzako jokabidean datza.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+GehituKapi
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+GehituAtal
+\family default
+ ingurunetako izenburuak LaTeX-en "egitazko" gaien aurkibidean agertzen
+ dira, baina ez LyX-ekoan (
+\family sans
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+kusi\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Gaien\SpecialChar ~
+aurkibidea
+\family default
+).
+\layout Itemize
+
+Paragrafoak,
+\family sans
+letter
+\family default
+ dokumentu-klasean, bereiztutako jauzi batekin agertzen dira, baina ez koskatuta.
+ Hau jokabide estandarra da, ez da LaTeX-eko komando berezirik behar horretarako.
+ Baina
+\family sans
+Dokumentu-ezarpenak
+\family default
+ leihoko (
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+okumentua
+\family default
+ botoiak Koska adierazten du.
+ Jauzia eremua gaitzen bada, tartea sartzeko dokumentuan LaTeX-eko komando
+ osagarriak txertatzea dakar, baina kasu honetan hau ez dugu nahi.
+\layout Section
+
+Springer aldizkariak (svjour)
+\layout Standard
+
+Idazlea:
+\noun on
+Martin Vermeer
+\layout Subsection
+
+Azalpena
+\layout Standard
+
+Diseinu hauek Springer Verlag etxeko aldizkarien formatuak dira, eta
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.springer.de/author/tex/help-journals.html}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ gunean zerrendatuta daude, hortik ere klaseen fitxategiak jaitsi ahal izango
+ dituzu (bai, LaTeX2e-entzako prestatuta daude).
+ Sistema modular bat da: aldizkari guztientzako orokorrak diren gauza guztiak
+
+\family typewriter
+svjour.inc
+\family default
+ fitxategian aurkitzen dira, eta aldizkari zehatz bateko (adib.
+\family typewriter
+\SpecialChar ~
+svjog.layout
+\family default
+, Journal of Geodesy aldizkarikoa) diseinu fitxategiak gehitu dezake.
+\layout Standard
+
+Haren gunean zerrendatu ez den Springer-en beste aldizkari baterako euskarria
+ garatzea nahi izanez gero, nahikoa duzu
+\family typewriter
+sv<
+\emph on
+nerealdizkaria
+\emph default
+>.layout
+\family default
+ garatzea, bidea
+\family typewriter
+svjog.layout
+\family default
+ fitxategiak erakutsiko dizu.
+\layout Standard
+
+Diseinu hau ongi baino hobekiago egiaztatu da Journal of Geodesy-rako.
+
+\family typewriter
+svjour
+\family default
+ eta
+\family typewriter
+svjog
+\family default
+ LyX banaketa estandarrarekin batera dator.
+ Klase garrantzitsuen fitxategia instalatu (Springer-en gunetik jeitsi)
+ direktorio egoki batean, birkonfiguratu LaTeX (teTeX-en kasuan
+\family typewriter
+texhash
+\family default
+ exekutatuz, agian supererabiltzaile bezala egin beharko duzu --- LyX oraindik
+ ez al da honetaz arduratu?), birkonfiguratu LyX eta kitto! Oso ongi ibili
+ beharko litzateke!
+\layout Subsection
+
+Estilo berriak
+\layout Standard
+
+Teoremen antzeko estilo kopuru handia ---
+\family sans
+Aldarrikapena
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Aierua
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+ \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+Teorema.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+begin{multicols}{2}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Goi-oharra
+\family default
+\size scriptsize
+
+\newline
+(Headnote)
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Eskaintza
+\family default
+\size scriptsize
+
+\newline
+(Dedication)
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Azpititulua
+\family default
+\size scriptsize
+
+\newline
+(Subtitle)
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+LaTeX_Titulu_Laburtua
+\family default
+\size scriptsize
+
+\newline
+(Running_LaTeX_Title)
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Egile_Laburtua
+\size scriptsize
+
+\family default
+
+\newline
+(Author_Running)
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Erakundea
+\family default
+\size scriptsize
+
+\newline
+(Institute)
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Posta
+\family default
+\size scriptsize
+
+\newline
+(Mail)
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Separatak
+\family default
+\size scriptsize
+
+\newline
+(Offprints)
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Gakoak
+\family default
+\size scriptsize
+
+\newline
+(Keywords)
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Aitorpenak
+\family default
+\size scriptsize
+
+\newline
+(Acknowledgements)
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Aitorpena
+\family default
+\size scriptsize
+
+\newline
+(Acknowledgement)
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+end{multicols}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Xehetasun gehiagorako, ikus Springer klaseko fitxategien dokumentazioa.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Onartutako aldizkariak
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\emph on
+Journal of Geodesy
+\emph default
+:
+\family typewriter
+svjog.layout
+\family default
+ --- Martin Vermeer
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\emph on
+Probability Theory and Related Fields
+\emph default
+:
+\family typewriter
+svprobth.layout
+\family default
+ --- Jean-Marc Lasgouttes
+\layout Standard
+
+Gehitu zurea, ez da hain zaila!
+\layout Subsection
+
+Aitorpena
+\layout Standard
+
+Fitxategi hauek zati batean
+\family typewriter
+ ejour2.layout
+\family default
+ zaharrean oinarrituta daude, azken hori Springerren LaTeX 2.09 bertsio zaharrera
+ko prestatua zegoen estilo fitxategian oinarrituta zegoen.
+ Guzti hauek ez dute jarraipenik.
+
+\noun on
+Jean-Marc Lasgouttes
+\noun default
+ jaunak ikaragarri lagundu dit LyX-en diseinu fitxategi sisteman inguruko
+ bidea aurkitzen.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Akatsak
+\layout Standard
+
+Daitekeena da.
+ Hala ere, ziurrenik LaTeX
+\family typewriter
+ejour2
+\family default
+ zaharrak baino askoz ere gutxiago edukiko ditu.
+\layout Standard
+
+Murriztapenak: ez ditu teoremen zenbaketak bistaratzen,
+\family typewriter
+#
+\family default
+ soilik.
+\layout Section
+
+AGU aldizkariak (aguplus)
+\layout Standard
+
+Idazlea:
+\noun on
+Martin Vermeer
+\layout Subsection
+
+Azalpena
+\layout Standard
+
+Diseinu fitxategi hauek American Geophysical Society-ko aldizkari batzuena
+ dira.
+ Hau erabiltzeko bai AGU-ko klase fitxategiak bai
+\family typewriter
+AGUplus
+\family default
+ instalatuta eduki behar dituzu (
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ftp.agu.org/journals/latex/journals}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ gunetik jeitsi ahal dituzu).
+\layout Subsection
+
+Estilo berriak
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Paragrafoa
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Paragrafoa*
+\family default
+ berriro definitu dira.
+ LyX-eko interfaze grafikoan oraindik horrela deitzen zaie, baina beraien
+ LaTeX-eko baliokideak (AGU klaseetan)
+\family sans
+Azpiazpiazpiatala
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Azpiazpiazpiatala*
+\family default
+ dira.
+\layout Standard
+
+Berriro definitu diren estilo berriak hauek dira:
+\family sans
+Ezker-goiburukoa
+\family default
+ (Left_Header),
+\family sans
+Eskuin-oiburukoa
+\family default
+ (Right_Header),
+\family sans
+Jasoa
+\family default
+ (Received),
+\family sans
+Berraztertua
+\family default
+ (Revised),
+\family sans
+Onartua
+\family default
+ (Accepted),
+\family sans
+CCC
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+PaperId
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Egile-helbidea
+\family default
+ (AuthorAddr),
+\family sans
+SlugComment
+\family default
+.
+ Hauek idazki gehienen atributuak dira, eta AGU klasearen dokumentazioan
+ aipatzen dira.
+\layout Standard
+
+Ummmm...
+ Uste dut oraindik hau ez daukadala osatua.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Mugikor berriak
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Planotable
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Plate
+\family default
+.
+ Baita ere
+\family sans
+Taula_epigrafea
+\family default
+ (Table_Caption) berri bat daukagu.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Onartutako aldizkariak
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\emph on
+Journal of Geophysical Research
+\emph default
+:
+\family typewriter
+jgrga.layout
+\family default
+ ---
+\noun on
+Martin Vermeer
+\layout Standard
+
+Gehitu zurea, ez da horren zaila! Ikus
+\family typewriter
+jgrga.layout
+\family default
+ eta
+\family typewriter
+aguplus.inc
+\family default
+ adibide gisa.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Akatsak eta gogoratu beharrekoak
+\layout Standard
+
+Diseinu berri hauekin lan egiterakoan, gogoratu dokumentu berri batean egin
+ beharrekoak zein diren:
+\layout Standard
+
+1.
+ Kendu babel.
+ Horretarako, joan
+\family sans
+Hobespenak
+\family default
+ (
+\family sans
+Editatu
+\family default
+ menutik) leihora.
+ AGUrentzako artikuluak beti ingelesez izaten dira.
+ Beraz, ez hautatu beste hizkuntzarik.
+\layout Standard
+
+2.
+ Sartu jgrga dokumentuaren
+\family sans
+Dokumentu-ezarpenak
+\family default
+ leihoko
+\family sans
+Aukerak
+\family default
+ eremuan.
+\layout Standard
+
+3.
+ Ziurtatu
+\family typewriter
+agu.bst
+\family default
+ bibliografia estiloa erabiltzen ari zarela, BibTeX-eko bigarren eremuan
+ sartu agu.
+ Estilo estandarretako inork ezin du egin.
+\layout Section
+
+EGS aldizkariak (egs)
+\layout Standard
+
+Idazlea:
+\noun on
+Martin Vermeer
+\layout Subsection
+
+Azalpena
+\layout Standard
+
+Diseinu hau European Geophysical Society-ko aldizkarientzako da.
+ Eskatzen duen
+\family typewriter
+egs.cls
+\family default
+ fitxategia EGS
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{www.copernicus.org}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ gunetik eskura daiteke.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Estilo berriak
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Eskuin-helbidea
+\family default
+ (Right_address),
+\family sans
+LaTeX_Titulua
+\family default
+ (LaTeX_Title),
+\family sans
+Afiliazio
+\family default
+ (Affil),
+\family sans
+Aldizkaria
+\family default
+ (Journal),
+\family sans
+mszenbakia
+\family default
+ (msnumber),
+\family sans
+LehenEgilea
+\family default
+ (FirstAuthor),
+\family sans
+Jasoa
+\family default
+ (Received),
+\family sans
+Onartua
+\family default
+ (Accepted),
+\family sans
+Desplazamendua
+\family default
+ (Offsets).
+ Uneko diseinu fitxategia, zoritxarrez, ez da batere modularra, eta onura
+ lortuko luke
+\family typewriter
+std*.inc
+\family default
+ motako fitxategi batzuk erabiliz gero.
+\layout Section
+
+Gardenkiak (edo SliTeX)
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:slitex}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Idazlea:
+\noun on
+John Weiss
+\layout Subsection
+
+Sarrera
+\layout Standard
+
+Atal honek proiektoreekin aurkezpenak egiteko LyX nola erabiltzen den azaltzen
+ du, gardenkiak sortzeko alegia.
+ Hau egiteko bi dokumentu-klase daude:
+\family sans
+gardenkia
+\family default
+ klasea (slides) eta
+\family sans
+FoilTeX
+\family default
+ gardenki-klasea.
+ Atal honek lehenbizikoa argitzen du.
+\layout Standard
+
+Berriro esango dut, ozen eta garbi, gaizki ez dadin ulertu:
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_top bigskip \added_space_bottom bigskip \align center
+
+\size large
+Atal honek
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+slides (default)
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\emph on
+bakarrik
+\emph default
+ deskribatzen du.
+\layout Standard
+
+"slides (FoilTeX)" buruzko dokumentuazioaren bila bazalbiltza, ikus
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:foiltex}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+atala.
+
+\family sans
+Foils
+\family default
+ klasea ("slides (FoilTeX)" ) gaur egun, atal honetan dokumentatzen den,
+ slides klasea baino zerbait hobeagoa da
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+edo hainbat aldiz errepikatu dut honen alde eginez.
+ Inoiz erabili ez dudanez, ez dakit aldarrikapen hau egia al den edo ez.
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Klase hau
+\noun on
+SliTeX
+\noun default
+ pakete zaharrean oinarritutako hobekuntza bat da, LaTeX2e-entzako prestatuta.
+ LaTeX2e banaketa bakoitzak klase hau (hemendik aurrera
+\family sans
+"slides"
+\family default
+ bezala deituko diot) edukitzen duenez,zure sisteman derrigorrez eduki beharko
+ duzu.
+ Arestian aipatu dudanez, badaude beste klase batzuk,
+\family sans
+foils
+\family default
+ bezalakoak, gardenkiak sortzen dituztenak, eta agian lan hobea egiten dutenak.
+ Hala ere, badaude
+\family sans
+slides
+\family default
+ klaseak egin ditzakeen gauza batzuk, besteek ezin dituztenak egin.
+ Jarraitu irakurtzen!
+\layout Subsection
+
+Lanean hastea
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:gardenkonfig}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Argi dago dokumentu-klase hau erabiltzeko
+\family sans
+Dokumentu-ezarpenak
+\family default
+ leihoan "slides (default)" hautatu behar duzula.
+ Klase honi buruz jakitea komeni zaizkizun gauza batzuk daude:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Alferrik ibiliko zara
+\family sans
+Dokumentu-ezarpenak
+\family default
+ leihoan
+\family sans
+Aldeak
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Zutabeak
+\family default
+ aukera aldatzen, inola ere ez baitaude
+\family sans
+slides
+\family default
+ klasean onartuta.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Dokumentu-ezarpenak
+\family default
+ leihoan
+\family sans
+Orri-estiloa
+\family default
+ aukerak jokaera ezberdina dauka klase honentzako.
+ Ondoren, dauden aukerak eta zer egiten duten zerrendatzen dira:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+
+plain: azken irteerako dokumentuan orrialdeak zenbatuta agertzen dira, azpiko
+ eskuineko ertzean.
+\layout Description
+
+headings: plain antzera, sartzen dituzun denboraren markatzaileak inprimatzen
+ ditu.
+ Hau lehenetsitako estiloa da.
+\layout Description
+
+empty: irteerako dokumentuan ez dira orrialdeen zenbakirik, denbora markatzailer
+ik edo lerrokadura markatzailerik inprimatzen.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+slides
+\family default
+ klaseak aukera osagarri bat dauka:
+\family typewriter
+clock
+\family default
+.
+ Hori erabiltzeko
+\family typewriter
+"clock"
+\family default
+ sartu
+\family sans
+Dokumentu-ezarpenak
+\family default
+ leihoko
+\family sans
+Aukerak
+\family default
+ eremuan.
+\layout Standard
+
+Aukera hau erabiliz Ohar inguruneetan denbora markatzaileak gehi ditzakezu.
+ Xehetasun gehiagorako ikus
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:gardenOhar}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+atala.
+\layout Standard
+
+Dokumentu batek automatikoki slides klasea erabil dezan, "
+\family typewriter
+slides.lyx
+\family default
+" txantiloitik sortzea aholkatzen dizut: hautatu
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Berria\SpecialChar ~
+(
+\bar under
+t
+\bar default
+xantiloitik)
+\family default
+ menua.
+ Txantiloi honek klase honetan erabiltzen diren paragrafo-ingurune berezi
+ batzuen adibideak ditu.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Paragrafoen inguruneak
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Onartutako inguruneak
+\layout Standard
+
+Gardenkia sortzerakoan ohartuko zara beste letra-tipo eta tamaina bat erabiltzen
+ duela:
+\family sans
+Sans\SpecialChar ~
+Serif
+\family default
+ letra-tipoko "Handiena" tamainaren baliokidea izanik.
+ Irteeran erabiltzen dena da.
+ Har ezazu hori "eredu bisuala" bezala, gardenki batekin lanean ari zarela
+ gogoratzeko.
+ Irteerako gardenkiak letra-tamaina handiagoa erabiltzen du, eta beraz,
+ leku gutxiago daukazu.
+ Noski, pantailan agertzen den lehenetsitako letra-tipo handiena ez da WYSIWYG,
+ gauzak oroitzeko bakarrik erabiltzen da.
+\layout Standard
+
+Nabarmena den beste gauza bat zer da: paragrafoen inguruneak alda ditzakezula.
+ Beste dokumentu-klase batzuetan ikusi izan dituzun ingurune asko ez dira
+ zerrendatzen.
+ Beste bost berri daude.
+
+\family sans
+Slides
+\family default
+ klaseak zenbait paragrafo-ingurune bakarrik onartzen dituelako da:
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+begin{multicols}{2}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Estandarra
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Elementua
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Zenbatua
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Azalpena
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Zerrenda
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Zitazioa
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Zita
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Bertsoa
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Epigrafea
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+LyX-kodea
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Iruzkina
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+end{multicols}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Bestelako ohiko inguruneak, ataleko izenburuen inguruneak barne, ez dira
+
+\family sans
+slides
+\family default
+ klasean erabiltzen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Horretaz gain, hauek dira dauden ingurune berriak:
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+begin{multicols}{2}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Gardenkia
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Gainjarria
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Ohar
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+TestuIkuskaitza
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+TestuIkuskorra
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+end{multicols}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Bost ingurune hauek LyX-en berezitasuna dela-eta "bitxikeri" motakoak dira.
+ LyX-ek ez dizu uzten paragrafo bat beste paragrafo huts baten barruan habiaratz
+en.
+ Hori dotore eta sofistikatua da, baina gardenki bat hasteko derrigorrez
+ testu batekin hasi beharko zatekeen.
+
+\emph on
+Arazo
+\emph default
+ hau kudeatzeko, "LaTeX-en sorginkeria" landu dut.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Ingurune berrien bitxikeriak
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:gardenkBitxi}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Uneko LyX-en murriztapenak direla eta, bost ingurune berri hauek nahiko
+ bitxak dira.
+ Esan bezala, LyX-ek ingurune bat beste ingurune batekin hastea galarazten
+ du.
+ Hori lortzeko
+\family sans
+Gardenkia
+\family default
+ ingurunea ez da paragrafo-ingurune bat.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Gardenkia
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Gainjarria
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Ohar
+\family default
+ elementuak "sasi-inguruneak" direla suposatu.
+ Horiek ataleko izenburuaren edo
+\family sans
+Kapitulua
+\family default
+ren antzeko itxura dute, baina egitan paragrafo-ingurune bat hasten dute
+ (eta beharrezkoa izanez gero, aurrekoa itxi ere bai).
+ Era berean,
+\family sans
+TestuIkuskaitza
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+TestuIkuskorra
+\family default
+ "sasi-inguruneak" bezala hartu behar dituzu.
+\layout Standard
+
+Bost ingurune horien ezaugarri orokorra da etiketa nahiko luzea dutela.
+ Etiketa honi jarraitzen dion testuak (era arruntean esanda, paragrafo-ingurunee
+n edukia) garrantzirik ez du
+\family sans
+Gardenkia
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Gainjarria
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Ohar
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+TestuIkuskaitza
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+TestuIkuskorra
+\family default
+ inguruneetzat.
+ LyX-ek ezikusi egiten die.
+ Izan ere, bost ingurune horiek hutsik utz ditzakezu.
+\layout Standard
+
+Nahiz eta etiketa luze samar horien ondoren testua eduki beharrik ez izan,
+ litekeena da xede hori izatea.
+ Hau
+\family sans
+Gardenkia
+\family default
+ inguruneko azalpen labur bat da, adibidez.
+ Egoera horretan, sartu zure azalpenari buruzko iruzkina eta
+\family sans
+Lerro-itzulera
+\family default
+ sakatu, ohi den bezala.
+\layout Standard
+
+Bestalde, azalpeneko testua idatzi nahi ez baduzu, LyX-eko beste bitxikeri
+ bat hauta dezakezu.
+ LyX-ek ez dizu paragrafo-ingurune berri bat hasten utziko baldin eta aurrekoan
+ ez baduzu zerbait idazten.
+ Horretarako, hau egin:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Hasi testua sartzen:
+\family sans
+Gardenkia
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Gainjarria
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Ohar
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+TestuIkuskaitza
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+TestuIkuskorra
+\family default
+ inguruneei jarraituz.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Orain kokatu kurtsorea paragrafo horren hasieran.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Ondoren, sakatu
+\family sans
+Lerro-itzulera
+\family default
+.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Azkenik, aldatu paragrafo berri huts hau
+\family sans
+Gardenkia
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Gainjarria
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Ohar
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+TestuIkuskaitza
+\family default
+ edo
+\family sans
+TestuIkuskorra
+\family default
+ ingurunera.
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-en etorkizuneko bertsioetan, zorionez, bitxikeria horiek konpontzeko
+ ahaleginak egingo dira\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+Gardenkia, Gainjarria eta Ohar-ekin aurkezpena egitea
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Gardenkia ingurunea erabiltzea
+\layout Standard
+
+Atal honek aurkezpen bat nola egiten den erakutsiko dizulakoan bazaude,
+ oker zaude.
+ Atal honetan, aurkezpen baten materialak prestatzeko slides klaseak nola
+ lagun diezazukeen azalduko da.
+ Edukiak betetzea zure esku dago, LyX-en izaera baita.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Gardenkia
+\family default
+ ingurunea aukeratzeak (
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:gardenkBitxi}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+atalean azaldu den moduan) LyX-i gardenki berri bat hasteko esaten dio.
+ Sasi-ingurune honen etiketa urdin koloreko "ASCII marra" bat da, eta jarraian
+ "NewSlide" izena agertzen da.
+ Etiketa honen ondoren doan testu edo paragrafo-ingurune guztia gardenki
+ berrian joango da.
+ Bai erraza!
+\layout Standard
+
+Ziur asko, gardenkiak izango dira orrialde bakoitza ixtera derrigortzen
+ duen klase bakarra (hau
+\family sans
+Paragrafo
+\family default
+ diseinua leihoan zehatz dezakezu).
+ Izan ere, gardenki baten edukia sartutakoan nahiko duzu orria amaitzea,
+ ez? Gardenki batean, fisikoki sartzen diren testuak baino testu gehiago
+ sartzen baduzu, soberan dagoen testua gardenki berri batera bidaliko da.
+ Ez dut hau egitea aholkatzen, zeren eta soberakoa dagoen orria ez baitago
+ zenbatuta.
+ Gainera, neurriz gainezka dagoen Gardenkia laguntzeko jarri dezakezun
+\family sans
+Gainjarria
+\family default
+ ingurunearekin oztopatzen da.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Gainjarria
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Ohar
+\family default
+ inguruneak
+\family sans
+Gardenkiaren
+\family default
+ antzera lantzen dira.
+ Bi horiek "ASCII marra" sortzen dute, "NewOverlay:" eta "NewNote:" izeneko
+ etiketekin, hurrenez hurren.
+ Urdina izan beharrean, arrosa kolorea erabiltzen dute, eta "ASCII marrak"
+ itxura ezberdina dauka, bai estiloan bai luzeran.
+ Hirukoteko bakoitzaren letra-tipoa ere elkarrengatik bereizten da.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Gardenkia
+\family default
+ batekin,
+\family sans
+Ohar
+\family default
+-ren eta
+\family sans
+Gainjarria
+\family default
+-ren edukia gardenki baten edo paperaren tamaina fisikoa gainditzen badute,
+ gainezka egiten duen testu-zatia orri berri batean ezarriko da.
+ Berriro diot, hori saihesten ahalegindu zaitez.
+ Horrek
+\family sans
+Ohar
+\family default
+-ren eta
+\family sans
+Gainjarria
+\family default
+-ren xedea izurra dezake.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Gardenkiarekin Gainjarria erabiltzea
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Gainjarria
+\family default
+ baten atzean dagoen kontzeptua honako hau da: gardenki bat beste gardenki
+ baten gainean jartzea.
+ Agian
+\family sans
+Gardenkia
+\family default
+ nagusian irudi bat aurkeztea nahiago duzu dagokion testua agertu aurretik.
+ Hori burutzeko bide bat da zinta itsaskor batekin kartulina beltz bat geroago
+ gardenkiaren aurkezpenean nahi duzun zatiaren gainean ipintzea.
+ Metodo honek, ordea, huts egiten du grafiko bat beste baten gainean jarri
+ nahi duzunean, adibidez.
+ Orduan, hitz egiten ari zaren bitartean, kartulina hori kendu eta bi grafikoak
+ elkarrekiko lerrokatzeko
+\family sans
+Gardenkiak
+\family default
+ gainjartzen arituko zara.
+
+\family sans
+Gainjarria
+\family default
+ ingurunea bi kasuetan erabiltzea askoz errazagoa da.
+ Gainjarri bakoitzak bere gurasoaren orri-zenbakia jasotzen du, "
+\family typewriter
+-a
+\family default
+" bat erantsita
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Antza denez, hainbat
+\family sans
+Gainjarriek
+\family default
+ bere
+\family sans
+Gardenki
+\family default
+ gurasoaren orri-zenbakietan "
+\family typewriter
+-a
+\family default
+", "
+\family typewriter
+-b
+\family default
+", "
+\family typewriter
+-c
+\family default
+", e.a.
+ erantsita edukiko dute.
+\end_inset
+
+ .
+ Garbi dago
+\family sans
+Gardenki
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Gainjarrien
+\family default
+ edukiak gardenki fisiko bakarrean jartzea nahiko dituzula.
+ Baliteke zuk
+\family sans
+Gainjarri
+\family default
+ bat
+\family sans
+Gardenki
+\family default
+ baten zati bezala hartzea.
+ Noski, LyX-en slides klaseak jarraibide bisuala eskaintzen du:
+\family sans
+Gainjarria
+\family default
+ hasten den etiketa
+\family sans
+Gardenkia
+\family default
+ ingurunearen baino motzagoa da.
+ Azkenik, inprimatzeko irteera sortzen duzunean, bai
+\family sans
+Gainjarria
+\family default
+ orrietako bai
+\family sans
+Gardenkia
+\family default
+ orrietako ertz guztietan lerrokatzeko markak aurkituko dituzu.
+ Bi gardenki fisikoak elkarrekiko zentratzen lagunduko dizute.
+\layout Standard
+
+Bi gardenki gainjartzearen arazorik handiena bien edukiak zentratzean datza.
+ Zenbateko tartea utzi behar duzu bigarren gardenkiaren grafikoarentzako?
+ Edo okerrago, zer gertatzen da bigarren gardenkian grafiko bat eta sententzia
+ (testua) eduki nahi badituzu, baina gardenki nagusiko testuak bien artean
+ agertu behar badu? Nahi baduzu tamaina egokiko tarte bertikala sartzen
+ saia zaitezke.
+ Biderik egokiena, ordea,
+\family sans
+TestuIkuskaitza
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+TestuIkuskorra
+\family default
+ erabiltzea da.
+\layout Standard
+
+Beraien izenek dioten bezala,
+\family sans
+TestuIkuskaitza
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+TestuIkuskorra
+\family default
+ bi paragrafo-inguruneko komandoak dira, eta ondorioz testua ikustezina
+ eta ikuskor jartzen dute, hurrenez hurren.
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:gardenkBitxi}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+ataleko oharra: nola nahi ere, bi ingurune horien
+\emph on
+barruan
+\emph default
+ezer ez jarri.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+TestuIkuskaitza
+\family default
+ sortzen duzunean, berak orrialdean erdira lerrokatutako urdin-argia koloreko
+ etiketa ("<Invisible Text Follows>") txertatzen du.
+ Etiketa honi jarraitzen dioten paragrafoek
+\family sans
+Gardenkia
+\family default
+ zatian (edo
+\family sans
+Gainjarrian
+\family default
+, berdin dio) egon beharko luketena, eta tarte hutsez ordezkatzen dira.
+ Hau da, gardenki nagusian
+\family sans
+TestuIkuskaitza
+\family default
+-ko testua ez da agertuko, eta
+\family sans
+Gainjarria
+\family default
+ gardenkian, ordea, agertuko dira.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+TestuIkuskorra
+\family default
+ sortzen duzunean berak orrialdean erdira lerrokatutako berde-argia koloreko
+ etiketa ("<Visible Text Follows>") txertatzen du.
+ Etiketa horri jarraitzen dioten paragrafoak jokaera normala dute, hots,
+ gardenki nagusian
+\family sans
+TestuIkuskorre
+\family default
+-ko testua agertuko da, baina ez
+\family sans
+Gainjarria
+\family default
+ gardenkian.
+
+\family sans
+Gainjarria
+\family default
+ orrian agertzeko, gainjarri horretan
+\family sans
+TestuIkuskorra
+\family default
+ inguruneko testua idatzi beharko duzu.
+ Hori guztia azaltzea batere erraza ez denez, egokiena Tomas Deunaren bidea
+ jarraitzea da: ikusi ondoren sinetsiko dut.
+ Beraz, ireki ezazu
+\family typewriter
+slides.lyx
+\family default
+ txantiloia eta DVI aurrebista ireki.
+ Mirarietan sinisten hasiko zara! .
+\layout Standard
+
+Jakin ezazu
+\family sans
+Gardenkia
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Gainjarria
+\family default
+ edo
+\family sans
+Ohar
+\family default
+ berri baten hasierak
+\family sans
+TestuIkuskaitz
+\family default
+ bat desgaitzen duela automatikoki.
+ Hori dela eta,
+\family sans
+Gardenki
+\family default
+ baten amaieran ez daukazu
+\family sans
+TestuIkuskorra
+\family default
+ erabili beharrik.
+\layout Standard
+
+Oraingoz, gardenkiak elkarren gainean sortzeko
+\family sans
+TestuIkuskaitza
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+TestuIkuskorra
+\family default
+
+\family sans
+Gardenkia
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Gainjarrian
+\family default
+ nola erabili garbi gelditu da:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Sortu
+\family sans
+Gardenki
+\family default
+ bat, bertan agertu behar duen guztiarekin, gardenki nagusian edo
+\family sans
+Gainjarri
+\family default
+ batean.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\family sans
+Gainjarri
+\family default
+ batean agertu behar duen irudi edo paragrafo bakoitzaren aurretik txertatu
+
+\family sans
+TestuIkuskaitza
+\family default
+ ingurunea.
+ Beharrezkoa bada, txertatu
+\family sans
+TestuIkuskorra
+\family default
+ ingurunea
+\family sans
+Gainjarria
+\family default
+-ren ondoren (testuentzako soilik).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Hasi
+\family sans
+Gainjarri
+\family default
+ bat
+\family sans
+Gardenki
+\family default
+ bati zuzenean jarraituz.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Kopiatu
+\family sans
+Gardenkia
+\family default
+ren edukia
+\family sans
+Gainjarrian
+\family default
+.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Gainjarrian, aldatu
+\family sans
+TestuIkuskaitza
+\family default
+ guztiak
+\family sans
+TestuIkuskorra
+\family default
+ ingurunera, eta alderantziz.
+\layout Standard
+
+Hori da guztia.
+ Sortu berri duzu
+\family sans
+Gainjarri
+\family default
+ bat.
+\layout Standard
+
+Arazo bat dago LyX-eko slides klasea diseinatzeko modu honekin: ezin duzu
+ paragrafo baten erdiko testua ikuskaitz bihurtu, ezta ere ikuskaitza den
+ paragrafo baten erdiko testua berriro ikuskor bihurtu.
+ Hori lantzeko, LaTeX kode batzuk erabili beharko dituzu
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Hauek dira komando interesgarriak:
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+{
+\backslash
+invisible \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+ }
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+{
+\backslash
+visible \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+ }
+\layout Standard
+
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+eta TeX bezala (ERT) markatu behar dira.
+ "Ikusgarritasuna" aldatzea nahi duzun testuak kortxete artean joan behar
+ du (eta
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+invisible
+\family default
+ edo
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+visible
+\family default
+ komandoen ondoren).
+ Ez badakizu TeX gisa nola markatzen diren, ikus dagokion atala Erabiltzailearen
+ Gidan.
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Gardenkiarekin Ohar erabiltzea
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:gardenOhar}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Gainjarri baten antzera,
+\family sans
+Ohar
+\family default
+ bat gurasoa duen
+\family sans
+Gardenki
+\family default
+ batekin elkartzen da.
+ Hemen ere, LyX-en
+\family sans
+slides
+\family default
+ klaseak jarraibide bisuala ematen du.
+
+\family sans
+Ohar
+\family default
+ baten etiketa, arrosa kolorekoa,
+\family sans
+Gardenkia
+\family default
+rena baino motzagoa da (baina
+\family sans
+Gainjarri
+\family default
+ baten baino luzeagoa).
+ Gainera, inprimatutako
+\family sans
+Ohar
+\family default
+rak bere
+\family sans
+Gardenki
+\family default
+ gurasoaren orri zenbakia dauka,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+-
+\family default
+1
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+-
+\family default
+2
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+-
+\family default
+3
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ e.a.\SpecialChar ~
+gisa erantsita.
+
+\family sans
+Gardenki
+\family default
+ batekin hainbat
+\family sans
+Ohar
+\family default
+ eduki ditzakezu, eta badaiteke ohar luzeak zatitu nahi izatea, orri bakun
+ batean jartzeko.
+\layout Standard
+
+Ohar baten xedea nahiko garbia da: gardenkiari buruz mintzatzea, nahi duzunaren
+ informazio osagarria edukitzen du.
+ Gardenki baten oroigarrietarako orri bezala ere erabil daiteke.
+ Azken kasuan, denbora-markak erabiltzea nahi izango duzu.
+ Une honetan, LyX-eko slides klaseak ez dauka denbora marken euskarririk.
+ Horretarako, erabili LaTeX kodea.
+\layout Standard
+
+Denbora-markak erabiltzeko,
+\family typewriter
+"clock"
+\family default
+ aukera osagarria zehaztu behar duzu (
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:gardenkonfig}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+atala ikusi).
+ Aukera honek denbora markak gaitzen ditu, eta sortzen duzun
+\family sans
+Ohar
+\family default
+ bakoitzaren azpi-ezkerreko ertzean agertzen da.
+ Denbora markatzailean zer agertu behar duen ezartzeko, erabili LaTeX-eko
+ "
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+settime{}
+\family default
+" eta "
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+addtime{}
+\family default
+" komandoak.
+ Bi komandoetako argumentua segundotan neurtzen dira.
+ "
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+settime{}
+\family default
+" komandoak emandako ordu batekin jartzen du denbora-marka.
+ "
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+addtime{}
+\family default
+" komandoak denbora-marka zenbatzaile batekin gehitzen du, zeuk ezartzen
+ duzu zenbatzaile hori.
+ Denbora markak eta
+\family sans
+Ohar
+\family default
+rak erabiltzean, zeure buruari gogorarazten diozu
+\family sans
+Gardenki
+\family default
+ bakoitzean hitz egin dezakezun denbora.
+\layout Standard
+
+Azken ezaugarri bat azaldu behar dugu.
+ Askotan,
+\family sans
+Gardenki
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Gainjarri
+\family default
+ guztiak paper gardenetan inprimatzea nahiko duzu, eta
+\family sans
+Ohar
+\family default
+rak berriz paper zurietan.
+ Hala ere,
+\family sans
+Ohar
+\family default
+ batek
+\family sans
+Gardenki
+\family default
+ gurasoari jarraitu behar dio.
+ Nork egingo du?
+\layout Standard
+
+Zorionez, badaude bi LaTeX komando zer inprimatzea nahi duzun hautatzeko.
+ Biak dokumentuaren hitzaurrean sartu behar dira.
+ "
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+onlyslides{
+\backslash
+slides}
+\family default
+" komandoarekin
+\family sans
+Gardenki
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Gainjarriak
+\family default
+ soilik inprimatuko dira.
+ "
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+onlynotes{
+\backslash
+notes}
+\family default
+" komandoarekin berriz
+\family sans
+Ohar
+\family default
+rak bakarrik inprimatuko dira.
+
+\layout Description
+
+
+\emph on
+Oharra
+\emph default
+: egokiena da hasieratik bi komando horiek hitzaurrean sartzea, eta iruzkin
+ gisa uztea.
+ Ondoren, aurkezpen guztiaren aurrebista landu dezakezu.
+ Behin aurkezpena idaztea amaitzen duzunean, kendu bi komandoetariko bati
+ iruzkina egoera (inprimatu nahi duzuna hautatzeko).
+ Nire ohitura (zuretzako ere baliagarria izan daiteke): "
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+onlyslides{
+\backslash
+slides}
+\family default
+"-ri iruzkina egoera kendu eta inprimatuko den fitxategiaren izenari "
+\family typewriter
+*-garden.ps
+\family default
+" gehitzen diot.
+ Gero, aurreko komandoa berriro iruzkin egoeran jartzen dut eta beste komandoari
+ ("
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+onlynotes{
+\backslash
+notes}
+\family default
+") iruzkin egoera kentzen diot.
+ Ondoren "
+\family typewriter
+*-ohar.ps
+\family default
+" fitxategian inprimatzen dut.
+ Hori egin ostean, bi fitxategiok inprimagailura bidaltzen ditut, dagokionari
+ gardenak edo zuriak diren paperak emanez.
+\layout Standard
+
+Bi komandoentzako ("
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+onlyslides{}
+\family default
+"eta "
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+onlynotes{}
+\family default
+") argumentuak eman ditzakezu.
+ Xehetasun gehiagorako, irakurri LaTeX liburu on bat.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Gardenkiaren txantiloia
+\layout Standard
+
+Baita ere, "
+\family typewriter
+slides.lyx
+\family default
+" izeneko txantiloia erabilgarri dago LyX-en, eta slides klasea erabiltzen
+ du.
+ Zure aurkezpena txantiloi honekin lantzeko, zoaz
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Berria\SpecialChar ~
+(
+\bar under
+t
+\bar default
+xantiloitik)
+\family default
+ menura.
+ LyX-en aurkezpen berriak
+\family sans
+Gardenkia
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Gainjarria
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Ohar
+\family default
+ hirukotearen adibideak edukiko ditu.
+ Horretaz gain
+\family sans
+Gardenkia
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Gainjarriak
+\family default
+
+\family sans
+TestuIkuskaitza
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+TestuIkuskorra
+\family default
+ren adibideekin datoz.
+ Azkenik, hitzaurreak ondorengoa edukiko du
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+Uncomment to print out only slides and overlays
+\family default
+" esaldiak hau adierazten du:
+\emph on
+Kendu iruzkina (% ikurra) gardenki eta gainjarriak bakarrik inprimatzeko
+\emph default
+.
+ Iruzkina kenduta honela geldituko da:
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+onlyslides{
+\backslash
+slides}
+\layout Standard
+
+"
+\family typewriter
+Uncomment to print out only notes
+\family default
+" berriz beste hau:
+\emph on
+Kendu iruzkina oharrak bakarrik inprimatzeko
+\emph default
+.
+ Iruzkinik gabe honela geldituko da:
+\backslash
+
+\family typewriter
+onlynotes{
+\backslash
+notes}
+\end_inset
+
+:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+% Uncomment to print out only slides and overlays
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+%
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+%
+\backslash
+onlyslides{
+\backslash
+slides}
+\newline
+
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+% Uncomment to print out only notes
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+%
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+%
+\backslash
+onlynotes{
+\backslash
+notes}
+\layout Description
+
+
+\emph on
+Azken\SpecialChar ~
+oharra
+\emph default
+: klase hau LaTeX2e "SliTeX emulation" klasea onartzeko garatu dut, LaTeX2e
+ barneko klasetariko bat.
+ Ez nik ez LyX Taldeko beste inork slides klase hau erabiltzera ez zaitugu
+ derrigortuko edo debekatuko, erabiltzaile bakoitzak erabakitzen baitu.
+ Erabiltzea nahi duenarentzako dago hemen.
+ Aurkezpenak egiteko badaude beste LaTeX2e klase batzuk,
+\family sans
+Foils
+\family default
+ klasea (ikus
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:foiltex}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+atala) edo
+\family typewriter
+seminar
+\family default
+ paketea (zenbait TeX banaketetan ageri da).
+ Azken hori ez da LyX-en onartzen
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Agian zeregin hori har dezakezu\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Beste klase horiei buruzkorik ez dakit ezer.
+ Saiatu bestekin nolako aukerabidea eskaintzen duten ikusteko.
+\layout Section
+
+Foils (edo FoilTeX)
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:foiltex}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Idazlea:
+\family typewriter
+Allan Rae
+\layout Subsection
+
+Sarrera
+\layout Standard
+
+Atal honetan proiektoreentzako aurkezpenak egiteko LyX nola erabili azaltzen
+ du.
+ Horretarako bi dokumentu-klase daude: lehenetsitako slides klasea eta
+\family sans
+FoilTeX
+\family default
+ gardenki klasea.
+ Atal honek azkenengo klasea dokumentatzen du.
+ Hemendik aurrera,
+\family sans
+FoilTeX
+\family default
+ dokumentu-klaseari
+\family sans
+foils
+\family default
+ klasea deituko diot.
+\layout Standard
+
+Berriro esango dut, garbiago baina ez ozenago, ongi ulertuta gelditu dadin:
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_top bigskip \added_space_bottom bigskip \align center
+
+\size large
+Atal honek
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+slides (FoilTeX)
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ klasea
+\emph on
+bakarrik
+\emph default
+deskribatzen
+\emph on
+
+\emph default
+du
+\emph on
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+"slides (default)"-en dokumentazioaren bila bazabiltza, zoaz
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:slitex}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+atalera.
+ Zure sistemak ez badu
+\family sans
+foils
+\family default
+ klasea (" slides (FoilTeX)") instalatuta, orduan baliteke slides klasea
+ erabili nahi izatea, nahiz eta foils bezain ona ez izan.
+\layout Standard
+
+Klase hau,
+\family sans
+foils
+\family default
+, LaTeX-eko
+\family typewriter
+foils.cls
+\family default
+ fitxategiaren 2.1 bertsioarekin lan egiteko diseinatuta dago, orain LaTeX2e-reki
+n bateratua dago.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Lanean hastea
+\layout Standard
+
+Ohikoa denez, dokumentu-klase hau erabiltzeko
+\family sans
+Dokumentu-ezarpenak
+\family default
+ leihoan "
+\family sans
+slides (FoilTeX)
+\family default
+" hautatu behar duzu.
+ Leiho horretan ezagutzea komeni zaizun klase honi buruzko zenbait ezarpen
+ daude:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Ez aldatu (
+\family sans
+Dokumentu-ezarpenak
+\family default
+ leihoan)
+\family sans
+Aldeak
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Zutabeak
+\family default
+ aukerak.
+
+\family sans
+foils
+\family default
+ klaseak jaramonik ez baitie egingo.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Lehenetsitako letra-tamaina 20pt da; beste aukeretan 17pt, 25pt eta 30pt
+ erabiltzen dira.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Lehenetsitako letra-tipoa
+\family sans
+sans serif
+\family default
+ da, matematikako ekuazioetan, ordea, ohiko letra-tipo erromatarra erabiltzen
+ du.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+FoilTeX
+\family default
+ -ek A4 eta
+\family sans
+Gutuna
+\family default
+ (Letter) paper-tamainen euskarria edukitzeaz gain, 35mm tamainako gardenkiekin
+ ere lan egin dezake.
+ Ez ditu A5, legala edo exekutiboa paper-tamainak onartzen.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Nazkatuko zara
+\family sans
+Mugikor
+\family default
+ kokapenaren ezarpenak aldatzen, zeren eta edozein modutan baztertuak izango
+ baitira.
+ Mugikor guztiak testuan definitzen diren lekuan agertuko dira.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Klase honetan
+\family sans
+Orri-estiloak
+\family default
+ bestelako jokaera bat zehazten du.
+
+\family sans
+FoilTeX
+\family default
+-ek orri-oinaren eta goiburukoaren gaitasun zabala eskaintzen du, erabiltzaileak
+ definitutako logoa barne.
+ Xehetasun gehiagorako ikus
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:orriburuak}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+atala.
+ Tituluaren orria dokumentuko beste orrien ezberdin lantzen da, eta
+\emph on
+beti
+\emph default
+ zenbatu gabea da eta logotipoa (txertatzen bada bederen)
+\emph on
+beti
+\emph default
+ orriaren behean erdira lerrokatuta doa.
+ Ondoren, dauden orrien estiloak eta zer egiten duten zerrendatzen da:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+
+empty Irteerako dokumentuak ez du zenbatutako orririk, ezta ere goiburukorik
+ edo orri-oinik (oin-oharrak bai, noski!).
+\layout Description
+
+plain Irteerako orriak zenbatuta daude, orriaren behean eta erdira lerrokatuta.
+ Oin-oharrak ez diren izenbururik edo orri-oinarik ere ez dute.
+\layout Description
+
+foilheadings Orrien zenbakiak behe eta eskuineko ertzean doaz.
+ Goiburuko eta orri-oin gehigarriak ere bistaratzen dira.
+ Hau lehenetsitako estiloa da.
+\layout Description
+
+fancy Honek
+\family sans
+fancyheadings
+\family default
+ paketea erabiltzeko sarbidea eskaintzen dizu.
+
+\family sans
+FoilTeX
+\family default
+-en egileak, ordea,
+\family sans
+FoilTeX
+\family default
+-ekin ez erabilzeko aholkatzen du, zenbait bateraezintasun gertatzen direlako.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Aukera osagarriak
+\layout Standard
+
+Aukera hauek
+\family sans
+Dokumentu-ezarpenak
+\family default
+ leihoko
+\family sans
+Aukerak
+\family default
+ eremuan jar ditzakezu:
+\layout Description
+
+35mmSlide Honek orriaren diseinua 7.33 hatz x 11 hatz tamainuko paper-motarentzat
+ prestatzen du, eta 35mm motako gardenkiaren itxura-erlazio berdina du,
+ euskarri honekin lan egitea erraztuz.
+\layout Description
+
+headrule Tituluaren orrian izan ezik, beste orri guztietan marra horizontal
+ bat jartzen du goiburukoaren azpian.
+\layout Description
+
+footrule Titulu orrian izan ezik, beste orri guztietan marra horizontal
+ bat jartzen du orri-oinaren gainean.
+\layout Description
+
+dvips Hau automatikoki ezartzen da foils dokumentu berri bat sortzen den
+ bakoitzean.
+ Aukera honek
+\family sans
+FoilTeX
+\family default
+-i
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+ kontrolatzailea erabiltzeko esaten dio, horizontalki egon behar duten orriak
+ biratzeko.
+\layout Description
+
+landscape Orriaren dimentsioak aldatzen ditu horizontaleko orrientzat, baina
+ ez du biraketarik egiten.
+ Honela, aukera hau erabiltzen baduzu orri bakoitza biratzeko edo zure inprimaga
+iluari orriak horizontalki emateko kanpoko programa bat erabili beharko
+ duzu.
+ Jabetu zaitez aukera honek
+\family sans
+Foilhead
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Rotatefoilhead
+\family default
+ inguruneen zeregina alderantzikatzen duela.
+ Ez kezkatu, azkenengo bi ingurune horiek hurrengo atalean argitzen dira.
+\layout Description
+
+leqno Ekuazioan zenbakiak ezkerrera lerrokatuak.
+\layout Description
+
+fleqn Ezkerrera lerrokatutako ekuazioak.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Onartutako inguruneak
+\layout Standard
+
+Beste klaseetan dauden ohiko ingurune gehienak foils klasean onartuta daude.
+ FoilTeX-ek hainbat ingurune gehiago eskaintzen ditu, eta LyX-ek beste pare
+ bat gehitzen dizkio.
+ Orain beste klaseekin partekatzen diren inguruneak zerrendatzen dira:
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+begin{multicols}{2}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Estandarra
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Elementua
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Zenbatua
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Azalpena
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Zerrenda
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+LyX-kodea
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Bertsoa
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Zita
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Zitazioa
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Titulua
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Egilea
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Data
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Laburpena
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Bibliografia
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Helbidea
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Eskuin-Helbidea
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Epigrafea
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Iruzkina
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+end{multicols}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Hau da, atalen inguruneak izan ezik beste ingurune nagusi gehienak daude.
+ Gardenki mota hauek beraien barnean titulu eta gorputzak ataletan zatituta
+ dutenez, gardenki berriak hasteko
+\family sans
+FoilTeX
+\family default
+-ek komando berezi hauek eskaintzen ditu:
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Orriburua (Foilhead)
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+BiratuOrriburua (Rotatefoilhead)
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-ek ere moldatutako bi ingurune hauek eskaintzen ditu:
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+OrriburuLaburra (ShortFoilhead)
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+BiratuOrriburuLaburra (ShortRotatefoilhead)
+\layout Standard
+
+eta horien arteko ezberdintasunak hurrengo atalean argituko dira.
+\layout Standard
+
+Gardenkiak (edo diapositibak) burutazio edo teorema berriak aurkezteko ere
+ erabiltzen direnez, FoilTeX-ek aurkezpen dotoreak egiteko beste hauek eskaintze
+n ditu:
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+begin{multicols}{2}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Teorema
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Lema
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Korolarioa
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Proposizioa
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Definizioa
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Frogapena
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Teorema*
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Lema*
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Korolarioa*
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Proposizioa*
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Definizioa*
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+end{multicols}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Izartxoak dituztenak zenbatutako inguruneak dira; izartxorik ez dutenak,
+ berriz, zenbatu gabekoak dira.
+ LyX-ek zerrendentzako beste bi ingurune gehitu ditu:
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+ZerrendaMarka (TickList)
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+ZerrendaGurutzea (CrossList)
+\layout Standard
+
+Horietaz gain,
+\family sans
+FoilTeX
+\family default
+-ek goiburukoaren eta orri-oinaren gaitasun ahaltsua ematen du, horiek dokumentu
+ko edozein lekutan jar daitekeen arren, egokiena hitzaurrean ezartzea izango
+ litzateke.
+ Dokumentuan ezarpen hauek aldatu nahi badituzu, lekurik egokiena gardenkiaren
+ goian egotea da, adibidez, orriburuaren ondoren.
+\layout Standard
+
+Xede horretarako, estilo-komando hauek eskaintzen dira
+\shape smallcaps
+(Martin Vermeer
+\shape default
+):
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+begin{multicols}{2}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Nere\SpecialChar ~
+Logora (My\SpecialChar ~
+Logo)
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Murrizketa (Restriction)
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+EskuinOrri-Oina (RightFooter)
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+EskuinGoiburukoa (RightHeader)
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+EzkerGoiburukoa (LeftHeader)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+end{multicols}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+FoilTeX-ek eskaintzen dituen beste komando batzuk zuzenean LyX-ek ez ditu
+ onartzen, baina zer egiten duten eta nola erabili
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:foils-onargabeak}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+atalean esango dizut.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Gardenki-multzoa sortzea
+\layout Standard
+
+Atal honetan gardenki-multzo bat sortzeko hainbat ingurune nola erabili
+ azaltzen da.
+ Gardenki-multzo baten adibidea ikusi nahi baduzu, hautatu
+\family typewriter
+Foils.lyx
+\family default
+ fitxategia ((
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+reki
+\family default
+ menua aukeratu eta
+\family sans
+Adibideak
+\family default
+ botoian klikatu).
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Eman titulu-orri bat
+\layout Standard
+
+Beste klase batzuk
+\family sans
+Titulua
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Egilea
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Data
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Laburpena
+\family default
+ inguruneak eskaintzen dituzte;
+\family sans
+foils
+\family default
+-ek, ordea, bere kasa orri batean titulua sortzen du.
+
+\family sans
+Data
+\family default
+ ingurunea uzten baduzu LaTeX-ek uneko data ordeztuko du (irteera birsortzen
+ duzun bakoitzean).
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Hasi gardenki berri bat
+\layout Standard
+
+Arestian aipatu dudanez, gardenki batekin hasteko lau bide daude.
+ Gardenki bertikalentzako
+\family sans
+Orriburua
+\family default
+ edo
+\family sans
+OrriburuLaburra
+\family default
+ erabili beharko zenuke.
+ Bi ingurune horien arteko ezberdintasuna hau da: orriaren (orriburua) titulu
+ eta orriaren gorputzaren arteko tartea.
+\layout Standard
+
+Erabili
+\family sans
+BiratuOrriburua
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+BiratuOrriburuLaburra
+\family default
+ inguruneak
+\family sans
+Gardenki
+\family default
+ horizontalentzako.
+ Bi horien arteko ezberdintasuna orriburu eta gorputzaren arteko tartea
+ da.
+ Bi laburren bertsioek orriburu eta gorputzaren arteko tartea 0.5 hatz-etakoa
+ da.
+\layout Standard
+
+Gardenki horizontalekin dagoen arazo bakarra da
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+ kontrolatzailea erabili behar duzula, PostScript® motako irteera sortzeko,
+ bestela gardenkiak ez baitira biratuko.
+ Aukera dago eskatzen den
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+ kontrolatzailerik gabe gardenki horizontalak lortzeko, inprimagailuan paperak
+ albotaka sartuz ;-)
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Teoremak, lemak, frogapenak eta bestelakoak
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-eko akats ttipi bat dela medio, ezin dituzu antzeko bi ingurune horietarikor
+ik bata bestearen ondoren erabili.
+ Zerbaitek banatu behar ditu.
+ Saiatzen bazara, aurreneko ingurunea hedatuko da, bi inguruneak bateratuta
+ egongo balira bezala.
+ Beraz, nola konpondu arazo hau? Aukerarik errazena da bi inguruneen artean
+ testuren bat txertatzea, edo bien artean LaTeX ingurune bat"%" duelarik
+ txertatzea (ikur horrek lerroaren atzetik datorrena iruzkina dela adierazten
+ du).
+ Honela LyX bi inguruneak bereiztera derrigortzen da, eta LaTeX irteera
+ egokia sortzen da.
+ Honen adibidea LyX banaketan dagoen adibide-fitxategia da.
+ Gogoratu, arazo hau baldin eta bi antzeko ingurune (teorema bezalakoak)
+ bata bestearen segidan jarriz gero gertatzen da.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Zerrendak
+\layout Standard
+
+Beste klaseetan onartuta dauden zerrenda ingurune gehienak eskuragarri edukitzea
+z gain beste bi berri dituzu.
+ Berri horiek bakarrik azalduko ditut.
+ Beste zerrenda inguruneei buruzko informazioa jakiteko, irakurri
+\emph on
+Erabiltzailearen Gida
+\emph default
+.
+
+\family sans
+Elementua
+\family default
+ ingurunea erabiltzea nahi baduzu, eta erabiltzen dituen buletak nola zehatz
+ ditzakezun jakiteko, irakurri arestiko
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:bulet}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+atala.
+\layout Standard
+
+Bi zerrenda berriak,
+\family sans
+ZerrendaMarka
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+ZerrendaGurutzea
+\family default
+, zereginen eta zer-ez-eginen edo ongi eta gaizki-ri buruzko zerrendak sortzeko
+ baliabideak dira, zerrendaren etiketeta bezala baieztapen marka bat edo
+ gurutze bat jartzeko erabiltzen dira.
+ Zerrenda horiek
+\family sans
+Elementua
+\family default
+ ingurunearen ondorioak dira.
+ Hala ere, hauek paketea instalatuta edukitzea eskatzen dute.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Irudi eta taulak
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+FoilTeX
+\family default
+-ek berriro definitzen ditu taula eta irudi mugikorrak; hori dela eta, hauek
+ txertatzen diren lekuan agertuko dira inprimatutako bertsioan.
+ Izan ere, mugikor bateko kokalekuaren ezarpena aldatzen baduzu, jaramonik
+ ez dio egingo.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Orriaren goiburukoak eta orri-oinak
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:orriburuak}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Nire_Logoa
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Murriztapena
+\family default
+ orri-oinaren ezkerreko testu katea kontrolatzeko erabiltzen diren komandoak
+ dira.
+ Lehenbizikoak zure gardenkian logotipo grafiko bat txertatzeko aukera eskaintze
+n dizu, lehenetsi gisa "-Typeset by FoilTex" jartzen baitu.
+ Bigarrenak, berriz, entzuleen sailkapena egiteko balio du, adib.\SpecialChar ~
+Isilpekoa.
+ Lehenetsi gisa hutsik egoten da.
+\layout Standard
+
+Oroitzapenerako orriaren ertzak
+\family sans
+EskuinOrri-oina
+\family default
+ (orriak zenbatzeko lehenetsia da),
+\family sans
+EskuinGoiburukoa
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+EzkerGoiburukoa
+\family default
+ erabiliz bete ditzakezu.
+\layout Subsection
+
+FoilTeX-eko onartu gabeko funtzioak
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:foils-onargabeak}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Ondoren aipatzen diren komandoak LaTeX ingurunean edo TeX eran (beste ingurune
+ batekin) ezarri behar izaten dira.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Luzerak
+\layout Standard
+
+Luzera guztiak
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+setlength{
+\family default
+\emph on
+luzeraizena
+\family typewriter
+\emph default
+}{
+\family default
+\emph on
+luzeraberria
+\family typewriter
+\emph default
+}
+\family default
+ komandoarekin egokitzen dira.
+ luzeraizena aldatzeko, nahi duzun luzeraren izenarengatik ordeztu behar
+ da, eta luzeraberria luzeraren balio berria da.
+ Luzera guztien balioak hatzetan (
+\family typewriter
+in
+\family default
+), milimetrotan (
+\family typewriter
+mm
+\family default
+) edo puntuetan (
+\family typewriter
+pt
+\family default
+) edo beste dokumentu batetiko edo letra-tipoaren luzeroan oinarrituz (
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+textwidth
+\family default
+ bezala) zehaztu behar dira.
+\layout Standard
+
+Gardenkiaren goiburuko eta gorputzaren arteko tartea aldatzeko aukera dago,
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+foilheadskip
+\family default
+-ekin luzera egokituz.
+ Adibidez, goiburuko guztiak beraien gorputzengandik 0,5 hatz gerturatzeko,
+ hitzaurrean ondorengo komandoa idatzi:
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+setlength{
+\backslash
+foilheadskip}{-0.5in}
+\layout Standard
+
+Mugikorren arteko tartea egokitzeko, ezarri honako luzera hauek:
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+abovefloatskip
+\family default
+ Testu eta mugikorraren gainaren arteko tartea
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+abovecaptionskip
+\family default
+ Mugikorra eta epigrafearen arteko tartea
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+belowcaptionskip
+\family default
+ Epigrafea eta jarraitzen dion testuaren arteko tartea
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+captionwidth
+\family default
+ Luzero hau egokituz epigrafeak inguruko testuen baino estuago jar ditzakezu.
+ Egokiena
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+textwidth
+\family default
+ definitzea izan daiteke.
+\layout Standard
+
+Badaude hainbat tituluko orriekin zerikusia duten luzerak, titulu luzea
+ edo hainbat egile zerrendatzeko baliagarri aurkituko dituzunak:
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+abovetitleskip
+\family sans
+Goiburukoa
+\family default
+-k
+\family sans
+Titulua
+\family default
+-tik banatzeko tartea
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+titleauthorskip
+\family default
+
+\family sans
+Titulua
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Egilea
+\family default
+ inguruneen artekoa
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+authorauthorskip
+\family default
+Hainbat
+\family sans
+Egile
+\family default
+-ren artekoa
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+authordateskip
+\family default
+
+\family sans
+Egilea
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Data
+\family default
+ artekoa
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+dateabstractskip
+\family default
+
+\family sans
+Data
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\family default
+ artekoa
+\layout Standard
+
+Aipatutako azken luzera komandoak zerrenda motako ingurune guztiei eragiten
+ die.
+ Zerrenda motako ingurune baten barruan
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+zerolistvertdimens
+\family default
+ jartzen baduzu, zerrendako elementuen arteko tarte bertikala kendu egingo
+ dira.
+ Ohartu zaitez hau ez dela luzera bat, komando bat baizik, eta beraz ez
+ du behar
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+setlength
+\family default
+, arestian azaldu den bezala.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Goiburukoak eta orri-oinak
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+LogoOn
+\family default
+ eta
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+LogoOff
+\family default
+ komandoek emandako orri batean
+\family sans
+Nere\SpecialChar ~
+Logoa
+\family default
+ noiz agertu behar duen, edo noiz ez, kontrolatzen dute.
+ Hitzaurrean
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+LogoOff
+\family default
+ jartzen baduzu, gardenki batek berak ere ez du logotiporik edukiko.
+ Gardenki batean logorik ez baduzu nahi, gardenki horretako goiburuko baten
+ ondoren kokatu
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+LogoOff
+\family default
+ zuzenean eta jarri zuzenean
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+LogoOn
+\family default
+ hurrengo goiburukoaren ondoren.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+fancy
+\family default
+ orri-estiloa erabiltzea erabaki baduzu (
+\family sans
+Dokumentu-ezarpenak
+\family default
+ leihoan), ziurrenik hitzaurrean
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+let
+\backslash
+headwidth
+\backslash
+textwidth
+\family default
+jarri beharko duzu, horrela gardenki horizontaletako goiburukoak eta orri-oinak
+ egokiro biratuko dira.
+
+\family sans
+fancyheadings
+\family default
+ paketea eta
+\family sans
+foils
+\family default
+ klasearen artean zenbait gatazka sortzen direlako gertatzen da.
+\layout Section
+
+Latex8 (IEEE jardunaldiko idazkiak)
+\layout Standard
+
+Idazlea:
+\noun on
+Allan Rae
+\layout Subsection
+
+Sarrera
+\layout Standard
+
+Klase hau IEEEk babesten (laguntzen) dituen jardunaldietara idazkiak bidaltzeko
+ prestatuta dago, beraien
+\family sans
+Egileen Tresna-jokoa
+\family default
+ren (Authors Kit) kopia bat eskuratzea aholkatzen dizut.
+ Tresna-joko horretan
+\family typewriter
+latex.sty
+\family default
+ paketea eta dagokion bibliografia estiloko fitxategia barneratuta daude.
+
+\family sans
+Egileen Tresna-jokoa
+\family default
+k posta elektronikoz bidaltzen da, behin zure hasierako bidalketa onartua
+ izandakoan.
+
+\family sans
+Egileen Tresna-joko
+\family default
+an informazio erabilgarri ugari dago, murriztapenak nola formateatu eta
+ bestelakoak azalduz, eta suposatzen dut hori irakurri duzula, beraz ez
+ dut gehiago errepikatuko.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Lanean hastea
+\layout Standard
+
+(AR.
+ hau bete beharra dago)
+\layout Subsection
+
+Onartutako inguruneak
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+begin{multicols}{2}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Estandarra
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Titulua
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Egilea
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Helb.elek.
+ (E-posta)
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Afiliazioa
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Laburpena
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Atala
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Azpiatala
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Kapitulua
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+end{multicols}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+Pantaila eta paperaren arteko ezberdintasunak
+\layout Standard
+
+Ezberdintasun arin batzuk daude itxura nagusian aurkezpeneko atalen zenbatzailee
+kin.
+ Pantailan ataleko zenbakiaren puntuen aztarnak galdu egiten dira, baina
+ irteerako bertsioan agertzen dira.
+ Beraz, ez zaitez kezkatu.
+\layout Section
+
+Hollywood (Hollywood gidoi berezia)
+\layout Standard
+
+Idazlea:
+\noun on
+Garst Reese
+\layout Subsection
+
+Sarrera
+\layout Standard
+
+Hollywood gidoiaren egitura bat lortzea "iraganeko erritual" bat da.
+ Irakurleak edukian zentratzeko eta aktoreek era eroso eta ezagun batean
+ irakurtzeko diseinatuta dago.
+ Gidoiaren orri bakoitzak pelikulako minutu bati dagokio (gutxi gorabehera).
+ Gidoiak pantailan ikusi edo entzungo duzunik ez dago.
+ Letra-tipoa 12pt tamainako courier mota erabiltzen da.
+ Ez dago letra etzanik.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Arazo bereziak
+\layout Standard
+
+Hizlarien lerroak INOIZ ere ez dira sententziaren erdian eteten.
+ Hizlari baten lerroak orri-jauzi baten ondoren jarraitzen badu, errepikatu
+
+\family sans
+Hizlaria
+\family default
+ (Speaker) titulua "(Cont-d)" edo ("Jarraitzen du") batekin.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Ezaugarri bereziak
+\layout Standard
+
+Txertatu
+\family sans
+Hizlarien
+\family default
+ izenak etiketa bezala, gero izena txertatzeko etiketari dagokion erreferentzia
+ gurutzatua erabili.
+ Erreferentzia gurutzatuaren elkarrizketa-koadroak uneko antzezleen zerrenda
+ erakutsiko dizu.
+ Hau historioaren kontaketan hizlariaren izena sartzeko ere erabil dezakezu.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Paper tamaina eta marjinak
+\layout Standard
+
+US\SpecialChar ~
+gutuna (US\SpecialChar ~
+letter), ezkerretik 1.6in, eskuinetik 0.75in, goitik 0.5in, azpitik
+ 0.75in
+\layout Subsection
+
+Inguruneak
+\layout Standard
+
+Hurrengo inguruneen euskarriak ditu.
+
+\family typewriter
+hollywood.bind
+\family default
+ fitxategia erabil dezakezu eskuinean zerrendatzen diren laster-teklak lortzeko.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Estandarra
+\newline
+
+\family default
+Hau erabili, besterik ez badu funtzionatzen.
+ Saiatu hau sahiezten.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+IREKI_IRAUNGIZ (FADE_IN
+\family default
+):
+\hfill
+
+\family sans
+M-z S-I
+\family default
+
+\newline
+Normalki, honen ondoren
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Arantxa esnatzerakoan
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ antzeko zerbaitek jarraitzen dio.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+BARNE (INT):
+\hfill
+M-z i
+\newline
+
+\family default
+Kamararentzat BARRUKO berri bat sartzen du.
+ Beti EGUNA edo GAUA, edo antzerako zerbaitekin argitasuna definituz jarraitzen
+ da.
+ Lerro honetako guztia MAIUSKULETAN.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+KANPO (EXT):
+\hfill
+M-z e
+\newline
+
+\family default
+Kamerarentzat KANPOKO berri bat sartzen du.
+ Lerro honetako guztia MAIUSKULAZ.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Hizlaria (Speaker)
+\hfill
+M-z s
+\newline
+
+\family default
+Hitzegiten duen pertsonaia.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Parentesikoa (Parenthetical)
+\hfill
+M-z p
+\newline
+
+\family default
+Hizlariarentzako instrukzio edo azalpenak.
+ () ikurrak automatikoki txertatzen dira, baina LyX-en ( ikurra bakarrik
+ erakusten da, nahiz eta biak inprimatuko diren.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Elkarrizketa (Dialogue)
+\hfill
+M-z d
+\newline
+Hizlariak (Speaker) zer esten duen.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Iragapena (Transition)
+\hfill
+M-z t
+\newline
+
+\family default
+Kamara mugitzeko xehetasunak (instrukzioak).
+ Adibz.\SpecialChar ~
+HONEN HURBILEKO PLANOA:
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+ITXI-IRAUNGIZ (FADE OUT):
+\hfill
+M-z S-I
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Egilea
+\hfill
+M-z S-A
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Titulua
+\hfill
+M-z S-T
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Eskuin-Helbidea
+\hfill
+M-z r
+\layout Subsection
+
+Gidoiko argota
+\layout Itemize
+
+(O.S) --- pantailatik kanpo (off screen)
+\layout Itemize
+
+(V.0) --- gaineko ahotsa (voice over)
+\layout Itemize
+
+b.g.
+ --- atzeko planoa (background)
+\layout Itemize
+
+C.U.
+ --- hurbileko planoa (close-up)
+\layout Itemize
+
+PAN --- kamara mugimendua
+\layout Itemize
+
+INSERT --- sartu hurbileko planoa (cut to close-up of)
+\layout Section
+
+Broadway
+\layout Standard
+
+Idazlea:
+\noun on
+Garst Reese
+\layout Subsection
+
+Sarrera
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Broadway
+\family default
+ antzezlanak idazteko dokumentu-klase bat da.
+ Bere formatua
+\family sans
+Hollywood
+\family default
+-en baino apaingarriagoa da, eta ez dago hain estandarizatua.
+ Formatu hau lantegientzako egokia izan daiteke.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Arazo bereziak
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Hollywood
+\family default
+-en antzekoak.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Ezaugarri bereziak
+\layout Standard
+
+Txertatu
+\family sans
+Hizlarien
+\family default
+ izenak etiketa bezala, gero, izena txertatzeko, etiketarentzako
+\family sans
+Erreferentzia gurutzatua
+\family default
+ erabili.
+
+\family sans
+Erreferentzia gurutzatua
+\family default
+ren elkarrizketa-koadroak uneko antzezlarien zerrenda erakutsiko dizu.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Paper tamainak eta marjinak
+\layout Standard
+
+US\SpecialChar ~
+gutuna (US\SpecialChar ~
+letter), ezkerretik 1.6in, eskuinetik 0.75in, goitik 0.5in, behetik
+ 0.75in
+\layout Subsection
+
+Inguruneak
+\layout Standard
+
+Ondorengo inguruneak erabil ditzakezu.
+ Eskuinean zerrendatzen diren laster-teklak lortzeko, erabili broadway.bind
+ fitxategia.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Estandarra
+\newline
+
+\family default
+ Ez zenuke hau erabili beharko, beste guztiak huts egiten dutenean soilik.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Kontakizuna (Narrative)
+\hfill
+M-z n
+\newline
+
+\family default
+Dekorazioa eta ekintza deskribatzeko erabiltzen da.
+ Hizlarien izenak lehen aldiz erabiltzerakoan MAIUSKULAZ egon behar dute.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+AKTOA (ACT)
+\hfill
+M-z a
+\newline
+
+\family default
+Automatikoki zenbatzen da.
+ Pantailan zenbaki arabierekin dago, baina erromatar zenbakiekin inprimatzen
+ da.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+AKTOA (ACT*)
+\hfill
+M-z S at
+\newline
+AKTOA
+\family default
+-rentzako azpitituluak.
+ Erdira lerrokatutako testua.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+ESZENA (SCENE)
+\hfill
+M-z S-S
+\newline
+
+\family default
+Ez da automatikoki zenbatzen.
+ Zeuk sartu behar dizkiozu zenbakiak.
+ Nola egin ez dakidalako da.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+IGOTZEAN (AT_RISE):
+\hfill
+M-z S-R
+\newline
+
+\family default
+Kontakizunaren egoera berezia, antzoki-oihala igotzean dekorazioa eta ekintza
+ deskribatzeko.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Hizlaria (Speaker)
+\hfill
+M-z s
+\newline
+
+\family default
+Hizlariaren (aktorearen) izenburua, MAIUSKULETAN.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Parentesikoa (Parenthetical)
+\hfill
+M-z p
+\newline
+
+\family default
+Hizlariarentzako instrukzioak.
+ Parentesiak automatikoki txertatzen dira.
+ Nahiz eta pantailan ( ikurra bakarrik agertu, biak inprimatzen dira.
+ Ingurune hau
+\family sans
+Elkarrizketa
+\family default
+-ren barruan bakarrik erabil daiteke.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Elkarrizketa (Dialogue)
+\hfill
+M-z d
+\newline
+
+\family default
+Hizlariak zer dioen.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+OIHALA (CURTAIN)
+\hfill
+M-z S-C
+\newline
+
+\family default
+Antzokiko oihala jeistea.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Titulua
+\hfill
+M-z S-T
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Egilea
+\hfill
+M-z S-A
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Eskuin-Helbidea
+\hfill
+M-z r
+\layout Standard
+
+Kaixo entzule zoragarria.
+\layout Section
+
+RevTeX4
+\layout Standard
+
+Idazlea:
+\noun on
+Amir Karger
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_top bigskip \noindent
+
+\family sans
+Revtex 4
+\family default
+ dokumentu-klasea American Physical Society-ren RevTeX 4.0 klasearekin (1999.go
+ maiatzean kaleratu zen
+\begin_inset Formula $\beta$
+\end_inset
+
+ bertsioarekin) lan egiten du.
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-ek duen
+\family sans
+Revtex
+\family default
+ dokumentu-klaseak RevTeX 3.1 bertsioarekin lan egiten du.
+ Hala ere, 3.1 bertsioa nahiko zaharkitua dago, eta LaTeX 2.09 bertsioarekin
+ lan egiten du.
+ Horrek esanahi du ez dela oso ongi konpontzen LyX-ekin, zeren eta LyX-ek
+ LaTeX2e eskatzen baitu, nahiz eta lan egiteko era zikin batean bateratua
+ izan.
+ RevTeX 4.0 bertsioa LaTeX2e-rekin askoz ere egokiago lan egiteko diseinatuta
+ dagoenez, LyX-en
+\family sans
+RevTeX\SpecialChar ~
+4
+\family default
+ dokumentu-klasea erabiltzea nahiko erraza izan beharko luke.
+\layout Standard
+
+Dokumentazio hau RevTeX 4.0-ren eskuliburuekin batera erabiltzeko asmoz idatzi
+ da, eta ondorioz ez ditugu RevTeX-en makro berezirik azalduko, eta suposatzen
+ da badakizula hitzaurrean zein komando idatzi behar dituzun.
+ Zalantzaren bat edukiz gero, joan zaitez RevTeX-en dokumentazioa irakurtzera,
+ gauzak xehetasun gehiagoz argitzen baititu.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Instalazioa
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+RevTeX\SpecialChar ~
+4
+\family default
+ instalatzeko eskatzen den guztia paketeko
+\family typewriter
+README
+\family default
+ fitxategian aurkituko duzu.
+ RevTeX 4 paketea
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url[RevTeX 4, web gunea]{http://publish.aps.org/revtex4/}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ gunetik jaitsi beharko duzu.
+ Instalatu LaTeX-ek aurkitu dezakeen lekuren batean.
+ Zure etxean
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\emph on
+Itzultzailearen oharra
+\emph default
+: UNIX antzeko sistema eragileetan, "etxea" erabiltzailearen direktorio
+ pertsonalari deitzen zaio.
+\end_inset
+
+ RevTeX\SpecialChar ~
+4 dokumentu bat sortu eta LaTeX-etik prozesatzeko egiaztatu ezazu.
+ Egokiro instalatuta dagoenean, birkonfiguratu LyX, berak aurkituko du klasearen
+ fitxategia eta RevTeX\SpecialChar ~
+4 dokumentu-klasea erabiltzen utziko dizu.
+\layout Standard
+
+Agian, hasteko biderik erosoena RevTeX\SpecialChar ~
+4 dokumentu bat
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+-ekin inportatzea izango litzateke, edo RevTeX\SpecialChar ~
+4 txantiloia erabiltzea.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Hitzaurreari buruz
+\layout Standard
+
+Ohitura denez,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+documentclass
+\family default
+ komandoarentzako aukerazko argumentuak,
+\family typewriter
+"preprint"
+\family default
+ edo
+\family typewriter
+"aps"
+\family default
+ bezalakoak,
+\family sans
+Dokumentu-ezarpenak
+\family default
+ leihoko
+\family sans
+Aukerak
+\family default
+ eremuan joan behar dute.
+ Gogoratu RevTeX batek aukerazko argumentu bat behintzat eskatzen duela!
+\layout Standard
+
+Beti bezala, hitzaurreko gauzak,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+draft
+\family default
+ eta bestelakoak, LaTeX-en (
+\family sans
+Dokumentu-ezarpenak
+\family default
+ leihoko)
+\family sans
+Hitzaurrean
+\family default
+ egoten dutela.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Diseinuak
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\emph on
+Itzultzailearen oharra
+\emph default
+: Atal honetan egilea "diseinuari" buruz ari da, baina gehienetan LyX-eko
+ dokumentazioan erabili dugun hitza adieraziko luke: "ingurunea" edo " paragrafo
+en ingurunea".
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Diseinuak beraien oinarrian RevTeX\SpecialChar ~
+4.0-eko komandoei dagokie.
+ Adibidez,
+\family sans
+Helbide elektronikoa
+\family default
+ (Email) ingurunea
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+email{}
+\family default
+ komandoari dagokio.
+ Jakin ezazu (RevTeX\SpecialChar ~
+4.0 Beta bertsioan bederen)
+\family sans
+Helbidea
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Afiliazioa
+\family default
+ inguruneak baliokideak direla, eta ez zenuke biak erabili beharrik izango
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Jakinguraz bazaude, biak barneratuta daude, eta
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+ tresnak
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+address
+\family default
+ eta
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+affiliation
+\family default
+ bihurtzeko gai da.
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Ohar garrantzitsuak
+\layout Standard
+
+RevTeX 4-ko zenbait ezaugarri garrantzitsu daude, arazoak sor ditzaketenak
+ eta ondorioz LyX erabiltzerakoan burua nahastu dezakete.
+\layout Standard
+
+RevTeX-en,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+thanks
+\family default
+ komandoa
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+author
+\family default
+ komandoaren
+\emph on
+kanpoan
+\emph default
+ joaten da.
+ LyX-eko baliokidea den banatutako
+\family sans
+Esker\SpecialChar ~
+ona
+\family default
+ ingurunea da.
+
+\family sans
+Egilea
+\family default
+ ingurunean ez idatzi oin-oharrik, bestela urtzia buru gainera eroriko baitzaizu.
+ Xehetasun gehiagorako, ikus RevTeX\SpecialChar ~
+4-ren dokumentazioa.
+\layout Standard
+
+Bestalde,
+\family sans
+Egilea_Helb.elek
+\family default
+.,
+\family sans
+Egilea_URLa
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Esker\SpecialChar ~
+ona
+\family default
+ ingurunea
+\family sans
+Egilea
+\family default
+ ingurunearen eta dagokion
+\family sans
+Helbidea
+\family default
+ (edo baliokidea den
+\family sans
+Afiliazioa
+\family default
+) ingurunearen artean jarri behar dira.
+
+\family sans
+Esker\SpecialChar ~
+ona
+\family default
+ ingurunea
+\family sans
+Helbidearen
+\family default
+ ondoren jartzen baduzu, LaTeX-ek ez du konpilatuko.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Eragozpenak
+\layout Standard
+
+Diseinu honek duen eragozpenik nagusiena da
+\family sans
+Helb.elek.
+
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Titulua
+\family default
+ bezalako diseinuentzako aukerazko argumenturik ezin duzula erabili.
+ Arazo hau ez dagokio diseinu honi bakarrik; ezin duzu
+\family sans
+Atala
+\family default
+ ingurunearentzako aukerazko argumenturik erabili.
+ Horrek esanahi du fitxategia LaTeX-era esportatu (honetarako aldi baterako
+ APS-ra igorri beharko duzu) ondoren LaTeX fitxategia editatu beharko duzula,
+ eta aukerazko argumentuak (titulu laburtuentzako edo orrialdeen goiburukoentzak
+o, adiz.) eskuz ezarri beharko dituzula.
+ Diseinu horien faltan
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+altaffiliation
+\family default
+ (eta baliokidea den
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+altaddress
+\family default
+) erabilgaitza egiten dute, eta dagokien diseinuak ez daudenez, eskuz gehitu
+ beharko dituzu.
+
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\emph on
+\noun on
+JMarc
+\noun default
+-en oharra
+\emph default
+: une honetan, LyX 1.3.0 bertsioak honelako aukerazko argumentu batzuk onartzen
+ ditu, baina diseinu hauek oraindik ez dira eguneratu, eta ondorioz, beraien
+ abantailekin oraingoz ezingo dugu jolastu.
+\end_inset
+
+ .
+\layout Section
+
+Artikulua (mwart), liburua (mwbk) eta txostena (mwrep)
+\begin_inset OptArg
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\emph on
+mw
+\emph default
+ motako klaseak
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Idazlea:
+\noun on
+Tomasz Luczak
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_top bigskip \noindent
+LyX-eko
+\family sans
+article (mwart)
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+report (mwrep)
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+book (mwbk)
+\family default
+ dokumentu-klaseak LaTeX-eko
+\family typewriter
+mwart.cls
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+mwrep.cls
+\family default
+ eta
+\family typewriter
+mwbk.cls
+\family default
+ klaseei dagokie, hurrenez hurren.
+ Estandarrak diren
+\family typewriter
+article.cls
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+report.cls
+\family default
+ eta
+\family typewriter
+book.cls
+\family default
+ dokumentu-klaseen ordezkoak dira, hurrenez hurren, polonieraren tipografia
+ hitzarmeneko zenbaki dezimalekin lan egiteko egokitua dago.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Oinarrizko ezberdintasunak:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Zenbatu gabeko atalak (izartxoa dutenak, adib.\SpecialChar ~
+
+\family sans
+Atala*
+\family default
+) gaien aurkibidean gehitzen dira.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Beste orri-estiloak:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+
+uheadings goiburuak bereiztutako lerroetan.
+\layout Description
+
+myheadings goiburu pertsonalizatuak, komando hauekin definitzen dira:
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+markright
+\family default
+ eta
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+markboth
+\family default
+.
+\layout Description
+
+myuheadings goiburu pertsonalizatuak bereiztutako lerroetan.
+\layout Description
+
+outer orrialdearen zenbakia orriaren kanpokaldean kokatzen da.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Aukerak
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+
+rmheadings serif letra-tipodun tituluak --- lehenetsia.
+\layout Description
+
+sfheadings sansserif letra-tipodun tituluak.
+\layout Description
+
+authortitle titulu orrialdean lehenbizi egilea kokatzen da, eta ondoren
+ titulua ---lehenetsia.
+\layout Description
+
+titleauthor titulu orrialdean lehenbizi titulua kokatzen da, gero egilea.
+\layout Description
+
+withmarginpar orrialdeetan marjinentzako lekua gordetzen da.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Section
+
+Elsevier aldizkariak
+\layout Standard
+
+Idazlea:
+\noun on
+Rod Pinna
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_top bigskip \noindent
+Elsevier Science Publishers B.V.-ek beraien aldizkarietara artikuluak bidaltzeko
+ LaTeX-eko dokumentu-klase estandar bat eskaintzen du:
+\family typewriter
+elsart.cls
+\family default
+.
+ Fitxategi hau beraien gunetik jeitsi daiteke:
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://authors.elsevier.com/}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Instrukzioak fitxategiarekin batera datoz, eta argitaratzaileen xehetasunak
+ dakartzate.
+ LyX-ek pakete hau dauka, klase hau erabiltzeko, bai diseinu bat bai txantiloi
+ fitxategi bat ere.
+ Klase fitxategiaren instalazioa LaTeX-eko beste paketeen antzera egiten
+ da; instrukzioak Elsevier-en dokumentazioan aurkitzen dira.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+elsart.cls
+\family default
+ dokumentu-klasea erabiltzeko
+\family typewriter
+elsart.layout
+\family default
+ fitxategia hornitzen da.
+ Elsevier klasea batik bat artikulu klasean oinarrituta dagoenez, ohiko
+ funtzionalitatearen gehiengoa eskaintzen da.
+ Elsevier klaseak AMS-ko inguruneen antzekoak diren hainbat matematikarako
+ ingurune definitzen ditu.
+ Komando hauek Elsevier-en dokumentazioan argitzen dira, eta LyX-en eskuragarri
+ daude.
+\layout Standard
+
+Elsevier estiloko dokumentuak sortzeko biderik erosoena paketearekin datorren
+ txantiloian oinarritzea da.
+ Hoberena
+\family sans
+"fancy"
+\family default
+ orri-estiloa edo geometriaren paketea ez erabiltzea da, Elsevier berak
+ definituta baitauzka antzeko funztioak.
+ Egokiena da Elsevier-eko dokumentazioan agertzen diren pakete gehigarriak
+ bakarrik erabiltzea, bestelakorik ez erabili.
+ Berez, Elsevier-ek ahalik eta LaTeX fitxategi
+\emph on
+garbiena
+\emph default
+ eskatzen du, zeren eta bidaltzen zaien artikulua aldizkari bakoitzarentzako
+ bereziki prestatutako klasera bihurtzen baitute.
+ Hots, dokumentu baten egitura prestatzen denbora asko ez dela galdu behar,
+ dena den argitaratzerakoen beti moldatua izango baita.
+ Diseinu honen erabilera artikulu estandarraren oso antzekoa da.
+ Elseveir-ek zer egin dezakeen (edo zer ez) jakiteko, dagokion dokumentazioa
+ irakurri.
+\layout Section
+
+Memorandum (Memoir)
+\layout Standard
+
+Idazlea:
+\noun on
+Jürgen Spitzmüller
+\layout Subsection
+
+Laburpena
+\layout Standard
+
+Memorandum bat (
+\family sans
+Memoir
+\family default
+) ahalmen handiko eta beti hedatzen doan klase bat da.
+ Hau fikzio edo ez-fikziozko literaturarentzat adeitasunez diseinatuta dago.
+ Bere xedea dokumentuko konposaketaren gainean erabiltzaileak kontrol handiena
+ edukitzea da.
+
+\family sans
+Memoir
+\family default
+ liburu klase estandarrean oinarrituta dago, baina artikulu gisa ere moldatu
+ daiteke (ikusi behean).
+\layout Standard
+
+Peter Wilson, Memorandumaren (Memoir) garatzailea LaTeX arloko pakete ugari
+ garatzen dituelako ezagutzen da.
+ Horietariko gehienak
+\family sans
+Memoir
+\family default
+-en bateratuak izan dira.
+ Horrela, gaien aurkibidea, eranskinak, kapituluen inguruneak eta antzekoak
+ diseinatzea errazagoa da.
+ LyX-ek, halere, jatorriz ez ditu ezaugarri guztiak onartzen.
+ Batzuk etorkinuzeko LyX bertsioetan gehituko dira
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Bidali iradokizunak hona:
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_inset
+
+ , beste asko litekeena da inoiz ez barneratzea, LyX-eko lan-moldearen murriztap
+enak direla eta.
+ Ezaugarri hauek LaTeX-eko komandoekin (ERT
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Xehetasunak
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:txertat-LaTeX-kodea}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+atalean ikus ditzakezu.
+\end_inset
+
+) erabil ditzakezu.
+ Atal honetan, LyX onartzen dituen ezaugarriak bakarrik zerrendatuko ditugu.
+ Azalpen sakonagoak irakurtzeko (eta beste ezaugarriak ikasteko) joan
+\family sans
+Memoir
+\family default
+ klaseko dokumentaziora.
+ Dokumentazio hori ez da erabiltzailearen gida soil bat, horretaz gain konposake
+ta onak egiteko azalpenak eta konposaketa dotore baten adibidea dauzka.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Oinarrizko ezaugarriak eta murriztapenak
+\layout Standard
+
+Memorandumak (Memoir) liburua klaseak dituen ezaugarri guztiak onartzen
+ ditu, gutxi gorabehera.
+ Ezberdintasun batzuk daude ordea:
+\layout Description
+
+Letra-tamainak:
+\family sans
+Memoir
+\family default
+-ek letra-tipoen barruti zabal hau dauka: 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 17
+\layout Description
+
+Orri-estiloak:
+\family sans
+"fancy"
+\family default
+ orri-estiloa ez du onartzen,
+\family sans
+Memoir
+\family default
+ eta
+\family typewriter
+fancyhdr
+\family default
+ paketearen arteko gatazka dela eta (biak komando bat izen berdinarekin
+ definitzen dute, eta LaTeX zoratu egiten da).
+ Horren ordez,
+\family sans
+Memoir
+\family default
+-ek bere orri-estilo multzoarekin etortzen da (ikus
+\family sans
+Dokumentu-ezarpenak
+\family default
+ leihoko
+\family sans
+Orri-estiloa
+\family default
+ zerrenda).
+ Kapituluen orrietan erabili nahi badituzu,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+chapterstyle
+\family default
+ komandoa testu nagusian edo hitzaurrean jarri beharko duzu (adib.
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+chapterstyle{companion}
+\family default
+).
+\layout Description
+
+Testu-atalak: Testua zatitzaileak (kapitulua, atala, azpiatala, e.a.) klase
+ estandarreko aukerazko argumentuekin datoz.
+ Honekin, gaien aurkibideko eta goiburukoen (titulua luzegia bada, adib.)
+ aukerazko titulua zehaz dezakezu.
+ LyX-en hau kapitulu/atal batean jartzeko,
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Titulu\SpecialChar ~
+laburtua
+\family default
+ menutik egin dezakezu.
+
+\family sans
+Memoir
+\family default
+-ek bigarren aukerazko argumentua bat dauka, horrela gaien aurkibidea goiburukoe
+tatik bereiztu daiteke.
+ Titulua hiru eratara defini dezakezu: bat testu nagusiarentzako, bestea
+ gaien aurkibidearentzako eta azkenekoa goiburuentzako.
+ Zoritxarrez, LyX-ek ez ditu bi aukerazko argumentu onartzen.
+ Baina LyX-i adarra jo diezaiokezu.
+ Sartu kortxete bikote bat ERT eran (
+\family sans
+C-L
+\family default
+), lehenbiziko eta bigarren argumentuen artean.
+ Hori da eta! Idatzi
+\family sans
+Titulu\SpecialChar ~
+laburtua
+\family default
+ barnekian <
+\emph on
+titulu laburtua gaien aurkibidearentzat
+\emph default
+> ][ <
+\emph on
+titulu laburtua goiburukoentzat
+\emph default
+> (non ][ TeX eran dagoen).
+\layout Description
+
+GAurk./TaulaZer./IrudiZer.: Klase estandarretan (eta beste klase batzuetan
+ ere) gaien aurkibideak, irudien zerrendak eta taulen zerredak automatikoki
+ orri berri bat hasten dute.
+
+\family sans
+Memoir
+\family default
+-ek ez du joera hau jarraitzen.
+ Orri-jauzi bat zeuk txertatu beharko duzu, bat eduki nahi baduzu, bederen.
+\layout Description
+
+Titulu-orria: Arrazoi ezezagun bat dela medio,
+\family sans
+Memoir
+\family default
+-ek titulu-orrian orrialdeztapena erabiltzen du (klase estandarretan titulu-orri
+ak "hutsak" egoten dira, adib.
+ orrialderik gabe).
+
+\family sans
+Titulu-orri
+\family default
+ hutsa eduki nahi baduzu, hitzaurrean idatzi
+\begin_deeper
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+aliaspagestyle{title}{empty}
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+
+Artikulua: article klaseko aukerarekin (
+\family sans
+Dokumentu-ezarpenak
+\family default
+ leihoko
+\family sans
+Aukerak
+\family default
+ eremuan sartzeko), artikuluaren estiloa emulatzeko aukera izango duzu.
+ Hau da, zenbatzaileak (oin-oharrena, irudiena, taulena, e.a.)
+\family sans
+Kapitulu
+\family default
+ edo
+\family sans
+Zati
+\family default
+ berrietan ez dira berrasieratuko, kapituluek ez dute orrialde berri bat
+ hasiko (hemen kapituluak onartzen dira, benetako artikulu batean gertatzen
+ ez dena), nahiz eta liburuetan beraien orri propioa eduki.
+\layout Description
+
+Letra-tipo\SpecialChar ~
+komando\SpecialChar ~
+zaharrak: Lehenespenez,
+\family sans
+Memoir
+\family default
+-ek ez du letra-tipoen komando zaharkituak erabiltzen uzten, LaTeX 2.09 bertsio
+ zaharkituan erabiltzen zirenak (adib.\SpecialChar ~
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+rm
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+it
+\family default
+).
+ Komando hauetariko bat agertzen denean LaTeX-ek errore bat sortzen du eta
+ gelditu egiten da.
+
+\family sans
+oldfontcommands
+\family default
+ klaseko aukerak komando hauek erabiltzea eskaintzen du, eta abisuak jaurtitzen
+ ditu (horrela LaTeX ez da gelditzen).
+ Oraindik pakete askok, eta batik bat BibTeX-ek, komando hauek erabiltzen
+ dituztenez, aukera hau lehenetsi gisa erabiltzea erabaki dugu.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Ezaugarri osagarriak
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-ek onartzen dituen ezaugarriak azalduko dituzu, egia esanda, gaur egun
+ ez dira ezaugarri asko.
+ Xehetasunak jakiteko
+\family sans
+Memoir
+\family default
+-en eskuliburua
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Gune honetan aurkituko duzu:
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{CTAN:/macros/latex/memoir/memman.pdf}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Irakurri.
+\layout Description
+
+Laburpena: Nolatan laburpena ezaugarri osagarri bat den galdetzen ariko
+ zara.
+ Egia da liburu klasean dagoela.
+ Normalki, liburuek ez dute laburpenik izaten.
+
+\family sans
+Memoir
+\family default
+-ek bai, ordea.
+ Nahi duzun lekuan eta nahi adina aldiz erabil dezakezu.
+\layout Description
+
+KapituluZehaztua\SpecialChar ~
+(Chapterprecis): Kapitulu baten edukia tituluaren azpian
+ laburki azalten da, eta baita gaien aurkibidean ere (adib.
+
+\emph on
+Txanogorritxu basoan; lagun berria; otsoaren iruzurra
+\emph default
+).
+
+\family sans
+KapituluZehaztua
+\family default
+ inguruneak hau egiten du.
+ Honela, kapitulu baten azpian bakarrik erabiltzen da.
+\layout Description
+
+KapituluEpigrafea\SpecialChar ~
+(Epigraph)
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Itzultzailearen\SpecialChar ~
+oharra: epigrafe mota honi "KapituluEpigrafea" deitzen diot,
+ zeren eta beste klase batzuetan irudi eta taulentzako epigrafeak baitaude,
+ horrela hauetatik nabarmentzen dut.
+
+\end_inset
+
+: Epigrafe mota hau kapitulu baten hasierako lema txiki bat da.
+
+\family sans
+KapituluEpigrafea
+\family default
+ inguruneak kapituluaren lema batentzako konposaketa dotore bat eskaintzen
+ du.
+ Lema bera (testua) eta bere egilea (jatorria) lerro motz batekin banatzen
+ dira.
+ Zoritxarrez, berriro LyX-i adarra jo beharko diogu, ingurune honek bi argumentu
+ behar dituelako (testu eta jatorria).
+ Kasu honetan, kortxete kizkurrak erabili behar ditugu (TeX eran) bi argumentuen
+ artean:<
+\emph on
+lema laburra
+\emph default
+> }{ <
+\emph on
+lemaren egilea
+\emph default
+>.
+\layout Description
+
+Olerki-titulua\SpecialChar ~
+(Poemtitle):
+\family sans
+Memoir
+\family default
+-ek olerkiak konposatzeko bide asko ditu (oso konplexuak diren irudizko
+ olerkietaraino), LyX-ek gutxi batzuen euskarria dauka.
+ Horietariko bat
+\family sans
+Olerki-titulua
+\family default
+ da: olerkien tituluak erdira lerrokatzen ditu, eta gaien aurkibidean ere
+ gehitzeko aukera du (
+\family sans
+Bertsoa
+\family default
+ olerkientzako ingurune estandarra da.
+
+\family sans
+Memoir
+\family default
+-ek
+\family sans
+Bertsoa
+\family default
+ren bertsio hobetu batzuk ditu, baina horientzako ERT erabili beharko duzu,
+
+\family sans
+Bertsoa
+\family default
+ ingurune arruntean habiaratu behar direlako, eta hori LyX-en ezinezkoa
+ da).
+\layout Description
+
+Olerki-titulua\SpecialChar ~
+(Poemtitle)*:
+\family sans
+Olerki-titulua
+\family default
+ gisakoa da, baina gaien aurkibidean ez du sarrerarik gehitzen.
+\layout Chapter
+
+Beste fitxategi formatuak inportatu eta esportatzea.
+
+\begin_inset OptArg
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Inportatu eta esportatzea
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Section
+
+Gogoeta
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-en dokumentuak inportatzea (edo esportatzea), beste formatu batzuetatik
+ (edo batzuetara)
+\emph on
+Erabiltzailearen Gida
+\emph default
+n laburki azalduta dago.
+ Hemen
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+nportatu
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+sportatu
+\family default
+ menuetako elementuak hautatzerakoan zer gertatzen den xehetasun gehiagoz
+ azaltzen dugu.
+\layout Section
+
+Beste formatuetatik inportatzea
+\layout Subsection
+
+LaTeX
+\layout Standard
+
+LaTeX-eko fitxategi bat LyX formatura bihurtzeko
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+ izeneko script bat lantzen da.
+ Nahiz eta bere kasa programa bat izan eta komandoen lerrotik deitu dezaiokezun
+ arren, LyX-ek LaTeX-eko dokumentu bat inportatzerakoan automatikoki deitzen
+ dio.
+ Azalpen zehatzagoa
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:reLyX}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+atalean aurkituko duzu.
+ Erabiltzaileak LyX-en
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+-entzako aukerazko argumenturik ezin ditu erabili.
+\layout Subsection
+
+ASCII Testua
+\layout Standard
+
+ASCII motako testu soila inportatzen denean, fitxategia irakurtzeko bi metodo
+ daude.
+ "Lerro gisa" inportatzeak ASCII-ko lerro-jauziak mantentzen ditu, eta gero
+ LyX-en lerro bakoitza paragrafo bat bezala agertzen da.
+ " Paragrafo gisa" inportatzen denean, jarraian dauden lerroak (lerro-jauzi
+ bakarrarekin) paragrafo bat bezala onartzen dira.
+ Paragrafo berria antzemateko, tartean lerro zuri edo hutsa egon behar du.
+ Hots, hainbat lerro-jauzi jarraian eta testurik gabe egotea, paragrafoen
+ mugatzaile bezala onartzen dira.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Noweb
+\layout Standard
+
+(
+\emph on
+Editorearen oharra
+\emph default
+: argi dago hau idatzi beharrekoa dela, bolondresik bai? --- mer)
+\layout Section
+
+Beste formatuetara esportatzea
+\layout Subsection
+
+LaTeX
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-ek bi LaTeX mota sortzen ditu: batak oinarrizko ezaugarriak ditu, prozesatze
+ normala lantzeko (
+\family sans
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+kusi\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+VI
+\family default
+, e.a.), eta gehienetan erabiltzaile batek sortzen den fitxategi hau ez du
+ inoiz ere ikusten
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Emaitzeko fitxategia LaTeX fitxategi baliogarria bat izaten da; hala ere,
+ hitzaurreak nahiko itxura bitxia edukiko du, LyX-ek erabiltzen dituen zenbait
+ definizio baitauzka, eta hauek erabiltzaileen dokumentuetan ez ditu inoiz
+ erakusten.
+\end_inset
+
+; besteak gizakiok irakurri ahal izan dezagun formatuan kaleratzen du, eta
+ horrela lagunartean bana daiteke.
+ Bihurketak egiteko zehaztu daitekeen gauza bakarra lerroaren luzera da.
+ Lehenetsi gisa 65 karakteretara mugatuta dago, baina
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+H
+\bar default
+obespenak
+\family default
+ menuan
+\family sans
+Irteerako\SpecialChar ~
+lerro\SpecialChar ~
+luzera
+\family default
+ eremuan ezar dezakezu.
+\layout Subsection
+
+DVI fitxategiak (Gailutik askeak)
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Gailutik askeak
+\family default
+ (edo DVI fitxategiak) sortzeko zure dokumentua LaTeX-etik igaroz lortzen
+ da (nolabaiteko konpilaketa bat gertatzen da).
+ Ez ditu aukeren ezarpenik, beraz erabiltzaile batek ezin du ezer aldatu.
+\layout Subsection
+
+PostScript®
+\layout Standard
+
+Bihurketa katearen hurrengo urratsa DVI fitxategi bat PostScript®-era bihurtzean
+ datza.
+ Horretarako bai
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+sportatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+PostScript
+\family default
+ bai
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+I
+\bar under
+n
+\bar default
+primatu
+\family default
+ erabil ditzakezu.
+ Azkena erabiltzen baduzu, jabetu zaitez dvips programari zenbait aukera
+ igortzeko eta zenbait efekturekin inprima dezan zehazteko,
+\family sans
+Hobespena
+\family default
+ leihoko
+\family sans
+Irteerak
+\family default
+ fitxako
+\family sans
+Inprimagailua
+\family default
+ azpifitxan nahi duzun bezala konfigura dezakezula.
+\layout Subsection
+
+ASCII testua
+\layout Standard
+
+ASCII gisa esportatzerakoan dokumentuaren "izaera" ahalik eta gehien mantentzen
+ saiatzen da, baina erdira lerrokatzea edo koskatze antzeko gauzak baztertu
+ egiten dira; paragrafoak lerro
+\emph on
+zuriz
+\emph default
+ (edo lerro hutsez) bereizten dira.
+ Atalen zenbaketa, eta erreferentzia gurutzatuak egokiro lantzen direnez,
+ emaitzeko testua irakurtzeko formatu polita lortzen du.
+ Aldatu dezakezun aukera bakarra, LaTeX-eko ireteeran bezala, lerroen luzera
+ da.
+\layout Subsection
+
+HTML
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX dokumentuak hipertestu markatu formatuko dokumentuetan bihur daitez
+ ke, horretarako lehenbizi LaTeX-era bihurtzen da, eta ondoren HTML-ra.
+ Gaur egun LyX-ek hiru LaTeX
+\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+HTML bihurtzaile ezagutzen ditu:
+\family typewriter
+tth
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+latex2html
+\family default
+, eta
+\family typewriter
+hevea
+\family default
+.
+ Halere hauek autodetektatuak izaten direnez, hobespenetan nahi duzuna erabil
+ dezakezu (
+\family sans
+Bihurtzaileak
+\family default
+ fitxako
+\family sans
+Bihurtzaileak
+\family default
+ zerrendan).
+ Fitxa honetan komando lerroko aukera gehiago sar ditzakezu.
+\layout Subsection
+
+PDF
+\layout Standard
+
+Idazlea:
+\noun on
+Dekel Tsur
+\noun default
+ (gehienbat)
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_top bigskip \noindent
+Oinarrizko PDF fitxategi bat (etiketa markarik gabe, estekarik gabe, e.a.)
+ sortzeko biderik erosoena, LyX-eko edozein bertsioetan, dokumentua PostScript®
+ fitxategi bezala gordetzea da, gero fitxategi hori
+\family typewriter
+ps2pdf
+\family default
+ komandoari igortzea.
+ LyX-eko 1.1.6 bertsioan, bidea errazteko,
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+sportatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+DF
+\family default
+ menuko elementua gehitu zen.
+ Letra-tipoekin dauden zenbait berezitazun gogoan eduki behar dituzu: ikus
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:letra-zatarrak}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+atala.
+ Gainera, 1.1.6 bertsiotik honantz fitxategi askoz ere sofistikatuagoak sortzeko
+ metodo hobeago bat garatu zen.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Erabili pdfLaTeX
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+pdfLaTeX
+\family default
+ programarekin zure EPS formatuko irudiak PDF formatura bihurtu behar dituzu,
+ eta ezin duzu
+\family typewriter
+pstricks
+\family default
+ erabili.
+ Bestalde, pdfLaTeX programarekin JPEG edo PNG formatudun irudiak zuzenean
+ txerta ditzaketzu, edo TrueType motako letra-tipoak erabili, eta abar.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Zergatik ikusten da testua hain gaizki Acrobat Reader-ekin?
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:letra-zatarrak}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset OptArg
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Letra-tipo zatarrak Acrobat Reader-en
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Arazoa da Acrobat Reader-en bitmap motako letra-tipoak gaizki bistaratzen
+ direla.
+ LyX motako fitxategi batetik PDF fixtategi bat sortzen denean, letra-tipo
+ bektorialak erabili behar dituzu, lehenetsitako bitmap letra-tipoen ordez
+ (izan ere, PostScript® fitxategietan ere letra-tipo bektorialak erabil
+ ditzakezu).
+ Azken LaTeX banaketek letra-tipo estandarren (Computer Modern) Postscript®
+ Type 1 bertsioarekin datoz.
+
+\family typewriter
+pdfLaTeX
+\family default
+-ek lehenespenez letra-tipo hauek erabiltzen ditu.
+
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+ programak, berriz, lehenespenez ez ditu letra-tipo hauek erabiltzen.
+ Letra-tipo hauek erabil ditzan zure
+\family typewriter
+~/.dvipsrc
+\family default
+ fitxategian ondorengo lerroak gehitu behar dituzu:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+p+ psfonts.cmz
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+p+ psfonts.amz
+\layout Standard
+
+LaTeX-en letra-kodeketa lehenetsia (
+\family typewriter
+OT1
+\family default
+) erabiltzen bada, ez da besterik egin behar.
+ Hala ere, T1 letra-kodeketa erabiltzen bada, orduan LaTeX-ek EC letra-tipo
+ berrienak erabiliko ditu, eta hauentzako Type 1 bertsiorik ez dago.
+ Arazo hau konpontzeko egokiena ae paketea erabiltzea da, honek T1 letra-kodeket
+a emulatzen du (CM letra-tipo estandarrak erabiliz).
+ Horretarako LyX fitxategiko hitzaurrean
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+usepackage{ae,aecompl}
+\family default
+gehitu behar da.
+ Hala ere, CM letra-tipoko zenbait karaktere bitxi (adib.
+ eth, thorn) galdu egiten dira, eta EC letra-tipoetatik eskuratzen dira.
+ Hori dela eta, karaktere bitxi horiek bitmap eran lortuko dituzu.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\emph on
+Oharra
+\emph default
+: LyX-ek lehenespenez
+\family typewriter
+T1
+\family default
+ letra-kodeketa erabiltzen du.
+ Lehenesitako letra-kodeketa erabili nahi baduzu (dokumentuak ingelesez
+ bakarrik idatzi behar duzunean bakarrik aholkatzen da), garbitu
+\family sans
+Hobespenak
+\family default
+ leihoko LaTeX fitxan dagoen TeX kodeketa eremua.
+\layout Standard
+
+Bestelako aukera bat PostScript® letra-tipo estandarrak erabiltzea da, Computer
+ Modern letra-tipoen ordez.
+ Hori egiteko, dokumentuaren ezarpeneko leihoan letra-tipo globala bezala
+
+\family sans
+pslatex
+\family default
+ hautatu behar duzu.
+ PostScript® letra-tipoak erabiltzean, sortzen den PDF fitxategia txikiagoa
+ izaten da, letra-tipoak ez baitira fitxategi barruan gordetzen.
+ Honetaz gain, PostScript® letra-tipoak
+\family typewriter
+T1
+\family default
+-eko karaktere
+\emph on
+bitxiak
+\emph default
+ dauzkate.
+ Bestalde, PostScript® letra-tipoek ez dute letra lodi ikurrik, eta beraz
+ letra lodi txiroa ("poor man's bold" edo pmb) erabili beharko da (ikus
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:pdfbold}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+atala).
+ Gainera, PostScript® letra-tipoek Computer Modern letra-tipoen itxura ezberdina
+ edukitzen dute.
+\layout Standard
+
+Laburtzeko, Computer Modern eta PostScript® letra-tipoek emaitza hobeak
+ eskaintzen dituzte (salbuezpen gutxi batzuekin).
+ Zein erabili erabiltzailearen eskuetan dago.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Zergatik ez dabil
+\backslash
+boldsymbol{} komandoa pslatex erabiltzen dudanean?
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:pdfbold}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset OptArg
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\backslash
+boldsymbol{} eta pslatex
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+PostScript® letra-tipoek ez dute letra lodi ikurrik.
+ Hori konpontzeko, erabili
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+pmb{}
+\family default
+ (poor man's bold) komandoa.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+boldsymbol
+\family default
+ komandoak
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+pmb
+\family default
+ erabil dezan berriz definitzeko aukera dago.
+ Horretarako, idatzi hau hitzaurrean:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+boldsymbol}[1]{
+\backslash
+pmb{#1}}
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Nola idatzi latex kodea, pdfLaTeX exekutatzean bakarrik prozesatzeko?
+\begin_inset OptArg
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+ Baldintzatu pdfLaTeX-ekin
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Bai.
+ Hona hemen adibide bat:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+newif
+\backslash
+ifpdf
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+ifx
+\backslash
+pdfoutput
+\backslash
+undefined
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+pdffalse
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+else
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+pdftrue
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+fi
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+ifpdf
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+pdfinfo { /Author (zure izena eta helbide elektronikoa)
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ /Title (titulu ofiziala -- adbi., titulu elementua)
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ /Subject (dokumentua azaltzeko lerro bat)
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ }
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+pdfcatalog { /PageMode (/UseNone)
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ % /OpenAction (fitbh)
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ }
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+usepackage[pdftex]{hyperref}
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+else
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+usepackage[ps2pdf]{hyperref}
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+fi
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Zer egin dezaket URLak klikatu ahal izateko?
+\layout Standard
+
+Ikus aipuak hemen:
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://wiki.lyx.org/pmwiki.php/FAQ/PDF}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+Pertsonalizazioa
+\layout Standard
+
+Pertsonalizatutako esportazio bat egin daiteke, nahi duzun formatura bihurtzeko,
+ eta suposatuz beste formatu horretara bihurtzeko tresna egokia instalatuta
+ daukazula.
+ Bihurketaren
+\emph on
+sarrerako
+\emph default
+ fitxategiaren formatua
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+sportatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+ertsonalizatua
+\family default
+ menuan aukeratu beharko duzu; LyX-ek automatikoki sarrerako formatu horretara
+ bihurtuko du, eta ondoren zure bihurtzaile pertsonalizatura igorriko du.
+ Dauden aukera baliagarriak LyX-ek bere dokumentutik sor ditzakeen formatu
+ horiek guztiak dira.
+\layout Standard
+
+Bihurtzailearen komandoa leiho horretan zehazten da.
+ Eremu horrek komando lerroko (edo shell-a) erabateko komandoa eduki beharko
+ luke, eta fitxategiaren izena zehazteko
+\family typewriter
+$$FName
+\family default
+ aldagaia erabili.
+ Aldagai hori ez bazaio ematen, fitxategia zure komando lerroko sarrera
+ estandarrera (stdin) bidaliko litzateke.
+ Sekuentzia hau zure shell-arekin bat egoteko burutsua izan beharko zara.
+\layout Standard
+
+Ezinezkoa denez komando hau
+\family sans
+Hobespenak
+\family default
+ leihoarekin gordetzea, zure etxeko
+\family typewriter
+.lyx/preferences
+\family default
+ fitxategia eskuz edita dezakezu ondorengo lerroa (edo antzekoa) gehitzeko:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+custom_export_command "nire_komandoa $$FName"
+\layout Section
+
+reLyX, xehetasunak
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:reLyX}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+Laburpena
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+ erabiltzeko bide eroso bat LyX-eko
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+nportatu
+\family default
+ menua da.
+ Horrek
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+ programari deitzen dio (fitxategi bat emanez) eta sortzen duen emaitzeko
+ fitxategia LyX-en kargatzen du.
+ Aurrenik saia zaitez horrela egiten, eta komando lerroan
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+-i deitu baldin eta aukera bereziagoak behar dituzunean doilik.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series bold
+reLyX
+\series default
+ [
+\series bold
+-c
+\series default
+
+\shape italic
+dok_klasea
+\shape default
+ ] [
+\series bold
+-df
+\series default
+ ] [
+\series bold
+-o
+\series default
+
+\shape italic
+irteera_direkt
+\shape default
+ ] [
+\series bold
+ -r
+\series default
+\shape italic
+ ingur1
+\shape default
+[,
+\shape italic
+ingur2
+\shape default
+...]] [
+\series bold
+ -s
+\series default
+\shape italic
+ sfitxa
+\shape default
+1[,
+\shape italic
+sfitxa2
+\shape default
+...]]
+\emph on
+fitxa_sarrera
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series bold
+reLyX
+\series default
+
+\series bold
+-p
+\series default
+
+\series bold
+-c
+\series default
+
+\shape italic
+dok_klasea
+\shape default
+ [
+\series bold
+-df
+\series default
+ ] [
+\series bold
+-o
+\series default
+
+\shape italic
+irteera_direkt
+\shape default
+ ] [
+\series bold
+ -r
+\series default
+\shape italic
+ ingur1
+\shape default
+[,
+\shape italic
+ingur2
+\shape default
+...]] [
+\series bold
+ -s
+\series default
+\shape italic
+ sfitxa1
+\shape default
+[,
+\shape italic
+sfitxa2
+\shape default
+...]]
+\emph on
+fitxa_sarrera
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series bold
+reLyX
+\series default
+
+\series bold
+-h
+\layout Subsection
+
+Aukerak
+\layout Description
+
+-c Klasea.
+ Lehenesenez, reLyX-ek
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+documentclass{lelo}
+\family default
+ komandoa ikusten duenean, "lelo
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\emph on
+Itzultzailearen oharra
+\emph default
+: lelo hitza erabili dut, ingelesezkoa foo izan ohi den bezala, zerbait
+ txoroa edo huskeria denean, edo adibide bezala ere, erabiltzen baita.
+\end_inset
+
+" dokumentu-klasea sortzen du, eta klase horri dagokion LyX-eko diseinu-fitxateg
+ia irakurtzen du.
+ Erabili
+\family sans
+-c
+\family default
+ beste dokumentu-klase bat definitzeko (eta beste diseinu-fitxategi bat
+ irakurtzeko).
+\layout Description
+
+-d Arazketa (debug).
+ Lehenespenez, irteera bat bakarrik ematen du, eta bihurketan sortzen dituen
+ behin-behineko fitxategiak ezabatzen ditu.
+ Erabili
+\family sans
+-d
+\family default
+ aukera (edo bandera) irteera gehiago sor ditzan (bai stdout bai stderr
+ irteeretan) eta behin-behineko fitxategiak ez ezabatzeko.
+\layout Description
+
+-f Derrigortu.
+
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+ ez da exekutatuko baldin eta jadanik
+\family typewriter
+.lyx
+\family default
+ fitxategia existitzen bada.
+ Erabili
+\family sans
+-f
+\family default
+ aukera (argi ibili) existintzen den fitxategiaren gainean idazteko.
+\layout Description
+
+-h Laguntza.
+
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+ nola erabiltzen den buruzko informazioa aurkezten du, eta bere exekuzioa
+ amaitzen da.
+\layout Description
+
+-o Irteerako direktorioa.
+ Aukera honekin behin-behineko fitxategiak eta irteerako LyX fitxategiak
+ (ematen zaion sarrerako fitxategiarentzat, gehitutako fitxategiarentzat
+ eta edozein fitxategi-zatirentzat,
+\family sans
+-p
+\family default
+ aukerarekin)
+\family typewriter
+irteera_direkt
+\family default
+ direktorioan kokatuko ditu.
+ Bestela,
+\family typewriter
+dir/lelo.tex
+\family default
+ fitxategi bakoitzeko, behin-behineko fitxategiak eta irteerako LyX fitxategia
+
+\family typewriter
+dir
+\family default
+ direktorioan kokatuko ditu.
+ Hori oso erabilgarria izan daiteke fitxategi batek beste direktorioetako
+ fitxategiak baditu, eta guztiak direktorio batean bateratu nahi dituzunean;
+ edo LaTeX fitxategiak dauden direktorioan idazteko baimenik ez daukazunean.
+\layout Description
+
+-p Fitxategi zatiak.
+ Sarrerako fitxategiak LaTeX zatiak dira, hitzaurrerik edo
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{document}
+\family default
+ komandorik ez daukate.
+ Aukera honek
+\family sans
+-c
+\family default
+ aukera eskatzen du, zeren eta reLyX bihurtzen ari den fitxategiak
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+documentclass
+\family default
+ komandorik ez baitauka.
+ Aukera hau erabiltzen denean, fitxategi bat baino gehiago bihur ditzakezu,
+ hori bai, fitxategi guztiak dokumentu-klase berdinekoak izan behar dute.
+
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+-ek sortzen duen LyX fitxategia existitzen den beste fitxategi batean gehitu
+ daiteke,
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Txertatu\SpecialChar ~
+fitxategia
+\family default
+ menuko LyX dokumentua elementua hautatuz.
+\layout Description
+
+-r Ingurune arruntak (ikus
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{azpi:relyx-sintaxia}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+atala).
+ Ingurune bat baino gehiago eman behar baduzu, bereiztu itzazu koma karakterea
+ erabiliz (zuriunerik ez) .
+ Gerta daiteke inguruneen zerrenda komatxoen artean jarri behar izatea,
+ batik bat zerrenda horretan izartxoa duten inguruneak (lelo*) badaude.
+ Komando hau askotan erabiltzen baduzu, agian sintaxi-fitxategi pertsonal
+ bat sortu eta erabiltzea egokiagoa izango duzu.
+\layout Description
+
+-s Sintaxi-fitxategiak.
+ Sarrerako (bat edo gehiago komatxo artean, eta komaz bereiztuta) sintaxi-fitxat
+egiak irakurtzeko, lehenetsitakoaz gain.
+ Xehetasun gehiagorako, ikus
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{azpi:relyx-sintaxia}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+atala.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Azalpena
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Sarrera
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+-ek LaTeX-eko
+\family typewriter
+dir/lelo.tex
+\family default
+ fitxategia eskuratuz
+\family typewriter
+dir/lelo.lyx
+\family default
+ LyX fitxategi bat sortzen du (
+\family sans
+-o
+\family default
+ aukera ez bada erabiltzen, bederen).
+\layout Standard
+
+Onartzen diren luzapenak hauek dira:
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+.ltx
+\family default
+ eta
+\family typewriter
+.latex
+\family default
+.
+ Sarrerako fitxategirik ez badago, eta luzapen horietariko bat ez badu,
+ orduan
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+ programak
+\family typewriter
+ inputfile.tex
+\family default
+ fitxategia bihurtzen saiatuko da (LaTeX-ek ere antzeko joera dauka).
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+-en xedea LaTeX2e bertsioan oinarritutako fitxategi egoki bat LyX-era bihurtzen
+ saiatzea da.
+ Zure LaTeX-ek ezin badu ongi konpilatu (edo gauzak oker idatzi badituzu,
+ LaTeX-eko komando estandarrak berriro definituz, eta horrelakoak) gatazka
+ gerta daiteke.
+ LaTeX 2.09 bertsioan oinarritutako dokumentuak egokiro bihurtzen dira, nahiz
+ eta erabat bermatuta ez egon.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+-ek zenbait akats eta funtzio gutxi batzuk falta ditu.
+ Hala ere, bere helburu nagusiak hauek dira:
+\layout Itemize
+
+LaTeX2e motako ongi egokitutako fitxategia, apurtu gabekoa, eskuratzea.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Fitxategi horretako zati gehienak bihurtzea.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Bihurtu ezin dituen zatiak aurkitzea eta LyX fitxategian TeX eran kopiatzea.
+\layout Standard
+
+Helburu nagusi hauek, fitxategi gehienentzako, ongi burutzen ditu.
+\layout Standard
+
+Etorkizunera begira, reLyX-en hobekuntza asko egin daitezke eta egin beharko
+ lirateke.
+ Hala ere, nahiko genuke reLyX ahalik eta azkarren kaleratzea, LyX-eko erabiltza
+ile berriek dauzkaten LaTeX fitxategiak bide eroso batean irakurtzeko.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Erabilera
+\layout Standard
+
+Hemen LaTeX motako dokumentuak LyX-era bihurtzeko zer egin behar duzun azalpen
+ luzeagoekin zerrendatzen dugu.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Exekutatu
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+-ek bihurketaren egoerari buruz informatuko zaitu, eta abisu guztiak stderr
+ irteera estandarrean bistaratuko ditu.
+ Beraz, guzti horiek ikusteko gogorik ez baduzu, saiatu komando hauekin:
+\layout Standard
+
+(csh komando lerroan)
+\family typewriter
+reLyX lelo.tex >& /dev/null
+\layout Standard
+
+edo
+\layout Standard
+
+(bash komando lerroan)
+\family typewriter
+reLyX lelo.tex 2>&1 >/dev/null
+\layout Standard
+
+Irteera estandarra EZ berbideratu
+\family typewriter
+lelo.lyx
+\family default
+ fitxategira.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Emaitzeko
+\family typewriter
+.lyx
+\family default
+ fitxategiarekin LyX programa exekutatu.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Teorikoki, fitxategi gehienak bihurtu ditzake, eta bihurtu ezin ditzakeen
+ zatiak gorriz (TeX eran) nabarmenduko ditu.
+ Teorikoki, LyX-ek fitxategia irakurtzeko gai izan behar du, eta bertatik
+ inprimatzeko dokumentua sortu, zeren eta bihurtu ez den (gorriz dagoena,
+ TeX eran) zuzenean LaTeX-i bidaliko baitio.
+ Gogoratu LyX-ek bere atzekaldean LaTeX erabiltzen duela.
+ Zoritxarrez, errealitateak ez dio beti teoriari jarraitzen.
+ reLyX hondatu egiten bada, eta LyX-ek aurretik sortu den LyX motako fitxategia
+ ezin badu irakurri, orduan begiratu
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{azpi:relyx-akatsak}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+atalean, edo
+\family typewriter
+BUGS
+\family default
+ fitxategian.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+LyX-en, ERT (TeX kodea) kutxetan dauden gauzak eskuz aldatu.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Arestian azaldu den bezala, LyX fitxategia (ezer aldatu gabe) inprimatu
+ beharko zenuke.
+ Hala ere, TeX erako komando bat dagokion LyX objektuan aldatzeak aukera
+ emango dizu LyX editorearen WYSIWYM filosofiaren abantailekin lanean aritzeko.
+\layout Standard
+
+reLyX-ek ez du bermatzen LaTeX fitxategiak duen irteera berdina LyX fitxategiak
+ edukiko duenik, nahiz eta asko gerturatu.
+ reLyX-ek normalki egin dezakeen baino zerbait gutxiago bihurtzen du, dvi
+ edo ps fitxategiak ziurtatzeko, nahiz eta honen ondorioz " inpernuko testu
+ gorri" (ERT) gehiago eta WYSIWYM gutxiago sortu.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+DOKUMENTUKO ERROREAK IRAKURRI!!
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Ziur nago bestela ere hau egiteko asmoa zenuela, gainera ohartu zaitez LaTeX
+ motako dokumentu bat bihurtzen denean hau egitea oso garrantzitsua dela.
+ reLyX dokumentu osoak bihurtzen tresbetasun gehiago dauka dokumentuko xehetasun
+ak bihurtzen baino.
+ Adibidez, zuriune gehigarriak edo ezabatutako zuriuneak ikusiko dituzu.
+ Zuriuneen kudeaketa hobetu den arren, ez da perfektua.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+reLyX-ek kudea ditzakeena
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+-ek LaTeX-eko komando asko ulertzen ditu.
+ Ondorengoak bihur ditzake:
+\layout Itemize
+
+testu arrunta: ~, '',
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+@
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+TeX
+\family default
+ bezalako komandotxoak,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+'{a}
+\family default
+ gisako karaktereak, eta ?` eta !` bezalako kasu bereziak.
+\layout Itemize
+
+tituluen komandoak:
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+author
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+date
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+title
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+thanks
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+laburpena
+\family default
+ inguruneak bezalakoak.
+\layout Itemize
+
+goiburuen komandoak:
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+section
+\family default
+ antzekoak, eta dagokien izardun komandoak ere bai (
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+section*
+\family default
+).
+\layout Itemize
+
+Inguruneak:
+\family typewriter
+ quote
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+quotation
+\family default
+, eta
+\family typewriter
+verse
+\family default
+;
+\family typewriter
+center
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+flushright
+\family default
+, eta
+\family typewriter
+flushleft
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+itemize
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+enumerate
+\family default
+, eta
+\family typewriter
+description
+\family default
+ inguruneak, eta beraien
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+item
+\family default
+ komandoak.
+ Gainera, habiaratutako zerrendak ere bai.
+\layout Itemize
+
+erreferentzia gurutzatuen komandoak:
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+ref
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+pageref
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+label
+\family default
+, eta
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+cite
+\family default
+.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+footnote
+\family default
+ eta
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+margin
+\family default
+.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Letra-tipoak aldatzeko komandoak
+\family typewriter
+ (
+\backslash
+em
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+emph
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+textit
+\family default
+ barne) eta letren familia, tamaina, serieak eta formak aldatzeko komandoak
+ ere bai.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+input{lelo}
+\family default
+ (edo
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+input{lelo.zerbait}
+\family default
+) eta
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+include{lelo}
+\family default
+.
+ TeX soilaren
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+input
+\family default
+ komandoa
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+input lelo.tex
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ ere onartuta dago.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+tabular
+\family default
+ ingurunea (taulena), bertan egon ohi diren komandoak:
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+hline
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+cline
+\family default
+, eta
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+multicolumn
+\family default
+ bezalakoak (ikus beherago).
+\layout Itemize
+
+Mugikorren ingurunea:
+\family typewriter
+table
+\family default
+ eta
+\family typewriter
+table*
+\family default
+ bezalakoak, eta beraien barruan kokatzen diren
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+caption
+\family default
+ komandoen bezalakoak.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+thebibliography
+\family default
+ ingurunea eta
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+bibitem
+\family default
+ komandoa, eta BibTexeko
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+bibliography
+\family default
+ eta
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+bibliographystyle
+\family default
+ komandoak.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Hainbat komando:
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+hfill
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+
+\backslash
+
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+noindent
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+ldots\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+Dokumentu-klaseentzako bereziak diren inguruneak (eta komando batzuk), LyX-eko
+ diseinuetara bihur daitekeenak.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Bihurtu ezin direnen zenbait komandoentzako argumentuak (adib.
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+mbox
+\family default
+).
+\layout Standard
+
+Euskarri hauek oraindik ez daude %100-ean osatuta.
+ Ikus beherago xehetasunak jakiteko.
+\layout Standard
+
+reLyX-ek zure LaTeX fitxtategitik matematika (gehiena) hitzez hitz kopiatzen
+ du.
+ Zorionez, LyX-ek LaTeX-en matematika eran irakurtzen du, beraz, matematikako
+ edozer (gehiena), LyX-en onartuta dagoena, ongi ibili beharko luke.
+ LyX-ek matematikako komando gutxi batzuk ez ditu onartzen, eta baliokideekin
+ ordeztuko dira, adibidez,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+to
+\family default
+ komandoa
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+rightarrow
+\family default
+ komandoan bihurtuko da.
+ Ikusi
+\emph on
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{azpi:relyx-sintaxia}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\emph default
+\SpecialChar ~
+atala xehetasun gehiago jakiteko.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+-ek ere hitzaurreko komandoak hitzez hitz kopiatuko ditu (adibidez,
+\backslash
+
+\family typewriter
+begin{document}
+\family default
+), eta horrela hitzaurrean dituzun gauza sofistikatuak
+\family typewriter
+dvi
+\family default
+ eta inprimatutako dokumentuan mantendu beharko lirateke.
+ Hori ziurtatzeko,
+\family sans
+Dokumentu-ezarpenak
+\family default
+ leihoko
+\family sans
+Hitzaurrea
+\family default
+ eremua egiaztatu beharko zenuke.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+reLyX-ek kudeatu ezin ditzakena --- Baina ongi dagoena
+\layout Itemize
+
+Irudiak eta
+\family typewriter
+tabular*
+\family default
+ taulak.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Orritxoak.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Tartekatzeko komandoak (
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+vspace
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+pagebreak
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+par
+\family default
+)
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+centering
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+raggedleft
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+raggedright
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+verb
+\family default
+ eta
+\family typewriter
+verbatim
+\family default
+ inguruneak.
+ reLyX-ek, kasu honetan, kontuz kontu kopia zehatza egiten du, iruzkin eta
+ zuriuneak barne.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Beste ingurune eta komando ezezagun batzuk, adib.\SpecialChar ~
+erabiltzaileak definitutakoak.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+-ek komando ezezagunak ere, beraien argumentu eta guzti, hitzez hitz LyX
+ fitxategian kopiatzen ditu.
+ Gainera,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{lelo}
+\family default
+ aurkitzen badu ez du "lelo" ingurunea ezagutzen, eta
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+end{lelo}
+\family default
+ aurkitu arte hitzez hitz kopiatzen du (baldin eta
+\series bold
+ -r
+\series default
+ aukera ez baduzu erabiltzen).
+ Zorionez, honelako komando ezezagunekin
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+ ez da hondatzen, eta behin LyX-en fitxategia editatzen duzunean, zeuk eskuz
+ landu beharko dituzu.
+ Edozein testu editorekin
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+ edo
+\family typewriter
+.lyx
+\family default
+ fitxategia editatzea baino samurragoa izaten da LyX-ekin egitea.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+reLyX-ek gaizki kudeatzen duenak ---hots, AKATSAK
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{azpi:relyx-akatsak}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+ nahiko programa berria denez, oraindik zenbait akats ditu.
+ Garatzen doan adinean, akats hauek konpontzen joango dira.
+ Dituen akatsak eta falta zaizkion ezaugarriak LyX-en akats-bideratzailea
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Ingelesez "bug tracker" deizen zaio sistema edo tresna honi.
+\end_inset
+
+ zerrendatuta aurkituko dituzu,
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url[LyX Bugzilla]{http://bugzilla.lyx.org/}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+gunean.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+-ek zerbaitekin gatazka bat badu, edo bihurtu duen fitxategia LyX-en ezin
+ bada irakurri, orduan egokiena iraintzen duen testuaren aurrean
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{reLyXskip}
+\family default
+ komandoa jartzea da, eta testua amaitu ondoren
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+end{reLyXskip}
+\family default
+ jartzea.
+ Honi "saltatzeko zatia" deitzen diot.
+ reLyX-ek zati hori zehatz-mehatz kopiatuko du, TeX eran.
+ Sortzen den fitxategia LyX-ekin editatzen duzunean, gauza ezezagunak eskuz
+ bihurtu beharko dituzu.
+
+\family sans
+reLyXskip
+\family default
+ sorgindutako ingurune bat da,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin
+\family default
+ eta
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+end
+\family default
+ komandoak ez baitira LyX fitxategian jarriko.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Ingurune ezezagunak "zehatz-mehatz" kopiatzea ez da erabat zuzena, batik
+ bat lerro berriak eta iruzkinak gal daitezkeelako.
+ Honek LyX-eko emaitza zatartuko du, baina kasu gehienetan antzeko irteera
+ emango du.
+ Hala ere, fitxategiko hainbat zati egokiro kopiatuko dira, zuriune eta
+ iruzkinak barne.
+ Hemen honako hauek sartzen dira: LaTeX-eko hitzaurrea,
+\family typewriter
+verbatim
+\family default
+ inguruneak eta
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+verb
+\family default
+ komandoak, eta "saltatzeko zaitak".
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+-ek
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+documentclass
+\family default
+ komandoaren aukera gutxi batzuk bihurtzen ditu (
+\family sans
+1[012]pt, [letter|legal|executive|a4|a5|b5]paper, [one|two]side, landscape,
+
+\family default
+eta
+\family sans
+ [one|two]column
+\family default
+ hain zuzen).
+ Beste aukerak
+\family sans
+Dokumentu-ezarpenak
+\family default
+ leihoko
+\family sans
+Aukerak
+\family default
+ eremuan ezartzen dira:
+\layout Standard
+
+Garrantzitsuagoa dena,
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+-ek ezin ditu
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+usepackage
+\family default
+ komandoak, marjinen komandoak,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+newcommands
+\family default
+ edo hitzaurreko besterik bihurtu.
+ Berak LaTeX-eko hitzaurrean kopiatzen ditu.
+ Zure hitzaurrean marjinen komandoak badituzu, orduan LyX fitxategiak marjina
+ egokiak izango ditu.
+ Hala ere, marjina hauek
+\family sans
+Dokumentu-ezarpenak
+\family default
+ leihoan dituzun edozein marjinen gainetik jokatuko dute.
+ Hori dela eta, ziurtatzeko kendu aukerak horiek hitzaurretik.
+ Antzekoa gertatzen da zure hizkuntzaren ezarpenekin, babel-en,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+inputencoding
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+pagestyle
+\family default
+, e.a.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Foil
+\family default
+ klaseak akats batzuk ditu.
+
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+-ek gauza bitxiak egingo ditu
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+foilhead
+\family default
+ komandoaren aukerazko argumentuekin.
+ Gainera, gerta daiteke
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{dinglist}
+\family default
+ gaizki kudeatzea nahiz eta inguruneko gauzak normalki bihurtu.
+\layout Standard
+
+Garrantzi gutxiagoa duten akatsak
+\family typewriter
+BUGS
+\family default
+ fitxategian aurkituko dituzu.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+ zorionez nahiko gogorra da.
+ Arestian esan dugunez, zure fitxategia ez du erabat bihurtuko, baina programa
+ ez da hondatuko.
+ Hondatuz gero (eta arazoa arestian azaldu diren horietariko bat ez bada,
+ edo
+\family typewriter
+BUGS
+\family default
+ fitxategian ez bada agertzen) ikus
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{azpi:relyx-errore-txostenak}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+atala.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+LyX-ek kudea ezin dezakeena
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX berari funtzio batzuk falta zaizkio, nahi eta
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+-ek bihurketak ongi egin, LyX-ek fitxategia irakurtzeko zenbait arazo izan
+ ditzake.
+ Funtzio hauek behar badituzu, zure dokumentua LaTeX formatura esportatu,
+ eta bertan sartu itzazu.
+ Akats hauei buruzko xehetasun gehiago
+\family typewriter
+BUGS
+\family default
+ fitxategian aurkituko dituzu.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Komando batzuetan LyX-ek ez ditu aukerazko argumenturik onartzen.
+ Adibidez,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+sqrt
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+chapter
+\family default
+ (eta beste atalen komandoak), eta
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+
+\backslash
+
+\family default
+.
+ reLyX-ek automatikoki aukerazko argumentuak baztertuko ditu, irteera estandarre
+an (stdout) gertatuakori buruzko abisuak kaleratuz.
+ LyX-ek ere
+\family sans
+thebibliography
+\family default
+ ingurunearen zabalerako argumentua baztertzen du.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Erdira lerrokatzea (edo eskuinera edo ezkerrera) paragrafo guztietan dabil.
+\layout Itemize
+
+LyX-ek taulentzako duen euskarria ez da erabat perfektua.
+ Taula konplikatuentzako erabili "saltzatzeko zatia", eta TeX eran kopiatuko
+ dira.
+\layout Itemize
+
+LyX-eko matematika editoreak ezin du AMS-LaTeX-eko
+\family sans
+align
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+spli
+\family default
+ eta bestelako matematikako inguruneak kudeatu.
+ Hori dela eta, ingurune horiek TeX eran kopiatuko dira.
+
+\family sans
+equation*
+\family default
+ inguruneak alda ditzakezu matematik erako baliokideak direnengatik, eta
+ horrela egokiro bihurtuko dira.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Adibideak
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+reLyX -df -o "nere/direk" -r "nereingur" lelo.tex > lelo.debug
+\layout Standard
+
+Aurreko adibideak
+\family typewriter
+lelo.tex
+\family default
+ fitxategia sarrera bezala jaso eta
+\family typewriter
+nere/direk/lelo.lyx
+\family default
+ fitxategia sortuko luke, hau gainidatziz beharrezkoa bada.
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{nereingur} ...
+
+\backslash
+end{nereingur}
+\family default
+ zati bat aurkitzen duenean, zati horren barnean dagoena bihurtuko du, baina
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin
+\family default
+ eta
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+end
+\family default
+ komandoak TeX eran kopiatuko ditu.
+ Azkenik, sortuko dituen behin-behineko fitxategiak mantendu nahi ditu (
+\family typewriter
+nere/direk
+\family default
+ direktorioan egongo dira) eta arazketa lantzeko informazioa lelo.debug fitxategi
+an gordeko ditu.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Oharrak
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Errore-txostenak
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{azpi:relyx-errore-txostenak}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+ hondatzen bada, edo jokaera bitxi bat agertzen badu (
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{azpi:relyx-akatsak}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+atalean edo akatsen gunean azaldu ez den beste era batean) orduan
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family sans
+-d
+\family default
+ aukerarekin exekutatu.
+ Honek
+\family typewriter
+reLyx
+\family default
+ zein urratsetan hondatu den erakutsiko dizu, eta ondorioz errore-txosten
+ hobeago bat idatzi ahal izateaz gain garatzaileek arazoa askoz ere azkarrago
+ eta errazago aurkituko dute.
+\layout Standard
+
+Errore-txostenak LyX proiektuko garatzaileen posta-zerrendara bidali beharko
+ litzateke.
+ Une hauetan helbidea
+\family typewriter
+lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org
+\family default
+ da.
+ reLyX fitxategi handi batekin exekutatzen ari bazara, mesedez, errore-txostenar
+ekin irteera guztia ez bidali.
+ Irteerako azken hamar edo hogei lerro bakarrik sartu, LaTeX-eko fitxategiko
+ zatiarekin batera (hondatu duen zatia, alegia).
+ Edo, egokia da baita ere, antzeko arazoa sortzen duen fitxategi txiki bat
+ bere osotasunean mezuari erantsi.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Garaketaren xehetasunak:
+\layout Standard
+
+reLyX-ek hainbat "urrats" lantzen ditu TeX fitxategi bat bihurtzerakoan.
+ Urrats bakoitzean fitxategi bat edo bi sortzen ditu.
+\layout Description
+
+0.\SpecialChar ~
+urratsa \SpecialChar ~
+
+\newline
+Beste ezer egin aurretik, irakurri sintaxi fitxategia(k).
+\layout Description
+
+1a.\SpecialChar ~
+urratsa \SpecialChar ~
+
+\newline
+Zatitu hitzaurrea (
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{document}
+\family default
+ komandoaren baino lehenago dagoen guztia) fitxategiko beste guztitik.
+ Bi zatiak bereiztutako fitxategietan gordeko ditu.
+ Horrela egiten da zeren eta hitzaurrean nahiko gauza xelebre egon baitaiteke.
+ Gainera,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+end{document}
+\family default
+ komandoraren ondoren doan guztia baztertzen du, LaTeX ez dela suposatzen
+ baitu.
+\layout Description
+
+1b.\SpecialChar ~
+urratsa \SpecialChar ~
+
+\newline
+Hitzaurrea bihurtzen du.
+ Une honetan
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+documentclas
+\family default
+s komandoa bihurtu eta beste guztia dagoen bezala kopiatzen duela esanahi
+ du.
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Behin zein dokumentu-klase erabiltzen duen dakizula, klaseari dagokion LyX-eko
+ diseinu fitxategia irakurri.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+
+2.\SpecialChar ~
+urratsa \SpecialChar ~
+
+\newline
+"Garbitu" TeX fitxategia, LaTeX piskat zorrotzagoa sortzen du.
+ Honek daukana:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Aldatzea.
+ Adib.\SpecialChar ~
+
+\family typewriter
+x^2
+\family default
+ bere baliokidea eta garbiagoa den
+\family typewriter
+x^{2}
+\family default
+ formulagatik ordezten du.
+\layout Itemize
+
+LyX-ek kudea ezin ditzakeen aukerazko argumentuak kendu (adib.
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+sqrt
+\family default
+-tik)
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+{
+\backslash
+em lelo}
+\family default
+ adierazpena
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+emph{lelo}
+\family default
+-ra aldatzea, e.a.
+ Hau beharrezkoa da eta LyX-ek beti forma ez-lokalean idazten baitu.
+ Normalki emaitz berdinak lortzen dira.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+
+3.\SpecialChar ~
+urratsa \SpecialChar ~
+
+\newline
+LaTeX testua, komandoak eta inguruneak LyX-era bihurtzea.
+\layout Description
+
+4.\SpecialChar ~
+urratsa \SpecialChar ~
+
+\newline
+Bi zatiak bateratu, eta azken ikutu batzuk lantzea, LyX fitxategia sortzeko.
+\layout Standard
+
+Baldin eta
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+input
+\family default
+ edo
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+include
+\family default
+ komandoak baleude, reLyX-ek berriro atzeruntz itzuliko litzateke, eta horiek
+ bihurtuko lituzke.
+ Berak gehitutako fitxategiak fitxategi nagusiak darabilen klase berekoak
+ direla eta hitzaurrean ezer ez daukatela suposatzen du.
+ Fitxategi bateko hitzaurrean
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+input
+\family default
+ komandoa baduzu, komandoa horrelaxe kopiatuko da LyX fitxategiko LaTeX-eko
+ hitzaurrean, eta ondorioz gehitutako fitxategia ez da bihurtuko).
+ Beraz, gehitutako fitxategiak bihurtzerakoan 0.\SpecialChar ~
+eta 1.\SpecialChar ~
+urratsak saltatuko ditu.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+-ek gehitzea nahi duzun fitxategia ez badu aurkitzen, abisu bat kaleratuko
+ du, baina aurkitzen dituen fitxategiak bihurtzen jarraituko du.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Diseinuen fitxategiak
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+-ek LyX-eko diseinuaren fitxategi bat irakurtzen du, LaTeX-eko inguruneko
+ komandoak LyX diseinura nola bihurtu behar dituen jakiteko.
+ Fitxategi honek matematikakoak ez diren ingurune "normal" guztiak eduki
+ ditzake (
+\family sans
+quote
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+itemize
+\family default
+ barne, baina ez
+\family sans
+tabular
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+minipage
+\family default
+ edo beste ingurune sofistikaturik),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+section
+\family default
+ eta
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+title
+\family default
+ bezalako komandoak.
+
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+-ek existitzen ez den klase bat lantzea nahi baduzu, orduan dagokion diseinuaren
+ fitxategia sortu beharko duzu.
+ Bestela ere, hau egin beharra izango duzu, zeren eta LyX-ek fitxategiak
+ kudeatzeko diseinuen fitxategietan oinarritzen baita, horrela jakiten du
+ gauzak nola bistaratzen eta prozesatzen diren.
+ Egiaztatu LyX-eko dokumentazioa lan honetan laguntza jasotzeko (errazago
+ edo zailagoa gerta daiteke, klaseari dagokion eta sortzea nahi duzun diseinuare
+n arabera).
+ Zure klasea diseinuaren fitxategi bat duen klase baten antzekoa bada, saiatu
+
+\family sans
+-c
+\family default
+ aukera erabiltzen.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Sintaxien fitxategiak
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{azpi:relyx-sintaxia}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+-ek beti sintaxiaren fitxategi bat behintzat irakurtzen du, lehenetsitako
+ sintaxiaren fitxategia deitzen zaiona.
+
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+-ek zure sintaxiaren fitxategia irakur lezake (aurkituko balu) , bestela
+ sistemakoa irakurriko luke.
+
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+-ek beste sintaxiaren fitxategi osagarriak irakur ditzake, horretarako
+\family sans
+-s
+\family default
+ aukera zehaztuz.
+ Fitxategi osagarri hauek lehenetsitakoaren formatua mantendu beharko dute,
+ nahiz eta txikiagoa izateko joera eduki, zeren eta fitxategi lehenetsian
+ aurkitzen ez diren komando osagarriei buruzkoak edukitzen baitituzte.
+ Sintaxiaren fitxategi batek
+\family sans
+reLyX
+\family default
+-i gauza gutxi batzuk argitzen diote.
+\layout Standard
+
+Lehenbizikoa, komando bakoitzaren sintaxia deskribatzen dute: hots, derrigorrez
+ zenbat argumentu eskatzen dituzten eta zenbat aukerazko argumentu jasotzen
+ dituzten.
+ Hau jakiteak
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+-i bidea errazten dio, komandoak nola bihurtu ez badaki TeX eran kopiatuko
+ baititu.
+ Sintaxiaren fitxategiak komando bat eta beroni kortxete-lauki edo kortxete-gilt
+za (nolabait azaltze arren) jarraitzen diote, erabiltzen dituen argumentuak
+ ordena egokian azalduz.
+ Adibidez, sintaxiaren fitxategiko
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+bibitem[]{}
+\family default
+ sarrera batek zera esanahi du:
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+bibitem
+\family default
+ komandoak aukerazko komando bat jasotzen duela, eta derrigorrezko bat eduki
+ behar duela;
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+bf
+\family default
+ sarrera batean,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+bf
+\family default
+ komandoak ordea ez du inolako argumenturik jasotzen.
+ Orduan,
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+-ek LyX-era nola bihurtu ez dakien komando batekin aurkitzen bada, zehatz-mehatz
+ kopiatuko du (dagokion argumentu kopuruarekin).
+ Sintaxiaren fitxategian komandoari dagokion sarrerarik ez badago, orduan
+
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+-ek aurkitzen dituen argumentu guztiekin kopiatuko du.
+ Honek esanahi du askotan kopiatzen duela.
+ Ez luke askotan gertatu behar, zeren eta gogoratu dezagun erabiltzaileak
+ sintaxiaren fitxategi osagarriak zehazteko aukera duela.
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX formatora bihurtu ezin diren komando batzuk,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+mbox
+\family default
+ bezala, beraien argumentoetariko bat LaTeX testu arrunta dute.
+ Sintaxiaren fitxategian, bihurtu ezin daitekeen komando bateko argumentu
+ batean "translate" katea jartzen bada orduan reLyX-ek bihurtu egingo du,
+ hitzez hitz kopiatu ordez.
+ Adibidez, lehenespeneko sintaxiaren fitxategiak
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+raisebox{}[][]{translate}
+\family default
+ dauka.
+ Hau da, komandoa eta bere lehenbiziko argumentua (eta aukerazko argumentua
+ ere, edukiz gero) TeX eran kopiatuko lituzke, baina azkena (matematika,
+ LaTeX konplexu bat edo bihurtu ezin daitekeen beste komando bat daukana)
+ LyX-era bihurtuko litzateke.
+ Ezin duzu "translate" katea aukerazko argumentuetan erabili.
+\layout Standard
+
+Erabiltzaileak definitutako sintaxiaren fitxategiak onartzen dira, komando
+ berriak eta dagozkien argumentuak definitzeko, edo sintaxiaren fitxategi
+ lehentsiko komando baten argumetu kopuruak gainidazteko (adib.
+ komando batentzako argumentu bat gehiago ematen duen estilo bat erabiltzen
+ ari bazara).
+ Hala ere, hau TeX eran kopiatutako komandoentzako bakarrik da erabilgarria.
+ Orain
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+-ek bihurtzen dituen komandoak (
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+item
+\family default
+ bezalakoak) beraien argumentuen sintaxia gogorki kodetuak dituzte.
+ Gogorki kodetutako komandoak sintaxiaren fitxategi lehenetsian identifikatzen
+ dira.
+\layout Standard
+
+Bigarrena, sintaxiaren fitxategi batek edozein "ingurune arrunt" deskribatzen
+ du.
+ Normalki, ingurune ezezagun osoa TeX eran kopiatzen da.
+ Adibidez, "lelo" izeneko ingurune berri bat definitzen baduzu
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{lelo
+\family default
+} eta
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+end{lelo}
+\family default
+ bakarrik kopiatuko dira TeX eran, hauen artean dagoen testua LaTeX-eko
+ testu arrunta bezala bihurtuko da, TeX eran kopiatu ordez.
+ Ez saiatu tabbing eta picture ingurune arrunt bezala definitzen, ingurune
+ hauetan dagoen testuak
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+ zoratuko baitute; gaitasun hau testua edo matematika edo komando sinpleak
+ dituzten inguruneak sortzeko erabili.
+ Matematikako ingurune ezezagunak (equation* bezalakoak) ez definitu ingurune
+ arrunt bezala, LyX-eko matematika editoreak ez baititu ulertuko.
+ Sintaxiaren fitxategian, ingurune arrunten izenak
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{reLyXre}
+\family default
+ eta
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+end{reLyXre}
+\family default
+ sententzien artean agertzen dira, zuriunez bereiztuta.
+ Gutxitan erabiltzen duzun ingurune arrunta
+\family sans
+-r
+\family default
+ aukerarekin erabiltzea egokiagoa da, sintaxiaren fitxategian gehitzea baino.
+\layout Standard
+
+Hirugarrena, sintaxi-fitxategiak matematikako bihurketa taula deskribatzen
+ du.
+ LyX-eko matematika editoreak komando gutxi batzuk bakarrik ez ditu onartzen.
+ Adibidez,
+\family sans
+_
+\family default
+ onartuta dago, baina ez bere baliokidea den
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+sb
+\family default
+.
+ Bihurtzea nahi duzun edozein komando
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{reLyXmt}
+\family default
+ eta
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+end{reLyXmt}
+\family default
+ sententzien artean jarri.
+ "
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+| {
+\backslash
+Vert}
+\family default
+" sententziak hau adierazten du: edozein
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+|
+\family default
+ matematika eran "
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+Vert
+\family default
+"-ra bihurtuko dela (esaldiak alderantzizko barra eta hizkia ez den zerbait
+ badu, bukaeran hizkia duen batera bihurtuko da, eta reLyX-ek zuriune bat
+ gehituko dio.
+ Honela, "
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+|a
+\family default
+" egokiro "
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+Vert a
+\family default
+"-ra bihurtzen da).
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Hainbat
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+ exekutatu ahal izateko Perl 5.002 edo garatuagoa den bertsioa eduki behar
+ duzu.<plug> Ez badaukazu,
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url[Perl]{http://www.perl.com/}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+gunetik eskura dezakezu, gainera gauza askotarako oso tresna baliagarria
+ da.</plug>
+\layout Subsection
+
+Diagnostikoak
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+-ek beti azalduko dizu zerrekin hondatu den, hondatzen bada bederen.
+ Diagnostiko batzuk nahiko teknikoak izango dira, kodeko erraietatik etortzen
+ baitira.
+
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+-ek
+\family sans
+-d
+\family default
+ aukerarekin exekutatzen denean informazio gehiago kaleratzen du, baina
+ ez daukazu erabili beharrik gauzak ongi joanez gero.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Amaitzen denean,
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+-ek bihurketa ongi burutu al duen edo zerbaitegatik hil al den esango dizu.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Abisuak
+\layout Standard
+
+Zure LaTeX fitxaegien jatorrizko kopiak leku babestu batean eduki, izen
+ ezberdinekin edo beste direktorio batzuetan.
+ Badaude bide batzuk, LyX erabiltzerakoan, jatorrizko LaTeX fitxategiak
+ gainidazteko.
+\layout Standard
+
+lelo.tex inportatzen baduzu
+\family typewriter
+lelo.lyx
+\family default
+ sortzeko, eta gero
+\family typewriter
+lelo.lyx
+\family default
+ editatu eta berriro esportatzea nahi baduzu, jakin ezazu jatorrizko
+\family typewriter
+lelo.tex
+\family default
+ fitxategian gainidatziko dela (LyX-ek ez dizu ea gainidaztea nahi duzun
+ galdetuko).
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Hobespenak
+\family default
+ leihoko
+\family sans
+Bide-izenak
+\family default
+ fitxan behin-behineko direktoriorik ez erabiltzea aukeratu baduzu, LyX-ek
+ zure uneko direktorioan sortuko ditu behin-behineko fitxategiak.
+ Beraz, jatorrizko LaTeX fitxategia gainidatzia izango da
+\family sans
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+kusi\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+VI
+\family default
+ menua hautatzen duzunean edo LyX dokumentua inprimatzean, gogoratu LyX-etik
+ ez duzula abisurik jasoko.
+\layout Subsection
+\pagebreak_top
+Fitxategiak
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+NIRE_LYXDIR/layouts/*.layout
+\family default
+\series default
+ \SpecialChar ~
+
+\newline
+Erabiltzaileak pertsonalizatutako diseinuen fitxategiak dira, dokumentu-klaseent
+zako.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+NIRE_LYXDIR/reLyX/syntax.default
+\family default
+\series default
+ \SpecialChar ~
+
+\newline
+Erabiltzaileak pertsonalizatutako sintaxiaren fitxategia.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+LIBDIR/layouts/*.layout
+\family default
+\series default
+ \SpecialChar ~
+
+\newline
+Sistemak dituen diseinuen fitxategiak, dokumentu-klaseentzako.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+LIBDIR/reLyX/syntax.default
+\family default
+\series default
+ \SpecialChar ~
+
+\newline
+Sistemaren LaTeX-eko sintaxiaren fitxategiak.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+LIBDIR
+\family default
+ LyX sistemako direktorioa da,
+\family typewriter
+/usr/local/share/lyx/
+\family default
+ izan ohi da.
+ Bestalde,
+\family typewriter
+NIRE_LYXDIR
+\family default
+ esaten denean, erabiltzailearen etxeko
+\family typewriter
+.lyx/
+\family default
+ adierazi nahi izaten da.
+ Hauen balioak
+\family sans
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+aguntza\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+LyX-i\SpecialChar ~
+buruz
+\family default
+ leihoan ikus ahalko dituzu.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Ikusi hauek ere
+\layout Standard
+
+lyx(1), latex(1)
+\layout Subsection
+
+Egileak
+\layout Standard
+
+Copyright (c) 1998--9
+\noun on
+Amir Karger
+\noun default
+ (
+\family typewriter
+karger@voth.chem.utah.edu
+\family default
+)
+\layout Standard
+
+Kodean lagundu dutenak:
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\noun on
+John Weiss
+\noun default
+-ek jatorrizko CleanTeX urratsa idatzi zuen.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\noun on
+Etienne Grossmann
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\noun on
+Jos\i \'{e}
+ Ab\i \'{\i}
+lio Oliveira Matos
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\noun on
+David Suarez de Lis
+\layout Standard
+
+Beste laguntzaileak:
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\noun on
+Jean-Marc Lasgouttes
+\noun default
+-ek itzulbiratzeko script-ean garatzen jardun zuen, eta errore-txosten,
+ jakinarazpen eta funtzioen iradokuzun ugari zabaldu zituen.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\noun on
+Asger K.
+ Alstrup Nielsen
+\noun default
+ eta
+\noun on
+Marc Pavese
+\noun default
+ jakinarazpena eskaini zuten.
+\layout Itemize
+
+LyX-eko garatzaileen eta erabiltzaileen zerrendako hainbat kidek errore-txostena
+k eta funtzioak iradoki zuten.
+\layout Standard
+
+reLyX-ek moldatutako Perl TeX aztertzaile bat erabiltzen du:
+\family typewriter
+Text::TeX
+\family default
+ paketea,
+\noun on
+Ilya Zakharevich
+\noun default
+-ek (
+\family typewriter
+ilya@math.ohio-state.edu
+\family default
+) idatzitakoa, eta CPAN-en eskuragarri dago.
+\layout Chapter
+
+LyX-en funtzioentzako software osagarriak
+\layout Section
+
+LyX SGML-Tools-ekin erabiltzea (edo LinuxDoc)
+\layout Standard
+
+Idazlea:
+\noun on
+Paul Evans
+\layout Subsection
+
+Sarrera
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+LinuxDoc
+\family default
+ LyX-en erabilgarri dagoen dokumentu-klase bat da,
+\family typewriter
+sgml-tools
+\family default
+ paketea instalatuta baduzu bederen.
+ SGML (Standardized General Mark-up Language) motako dokumentuak sortzeko
+ erabil dezakezu, formatu hau Linuxeko Dokumentazio Proiektuan erabiltzen
+ da.
+ Proiektu horretan laguntzen ari bazara, dokumentu-klase hau lagungarria
+ izango duzu.
+ SGML formatua paketeko script eta programekin erabil dezakezu bestelako
+ formatu batzuk sortzeko: LaTeX, HTML, testu soila, man orrialdeak eta abar.
+ Dokumentu-klase hau erabiltzea nahiko duzu, beste formatu askotara modu
+ errazean dokumentuak bihurtzeko.
+\layout Standard
+
+Ikusiko duzu nola
+\family sans
+LinuxDoc
+\family default
+-ek beste dokumentu-klase batzuk baino diseinu-aukera gutxiago dituela.
+ Hau garrantzitsua da, zeren eta beste formatuetara egokiro eta zentzuz
+ bihurtzeko aukera baitauka.
+ Atal honek ondorengoak azalduko ditu:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Dokumentu bat LinuxDoc batean nola konfiguratu eta erabili.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Nola erabili LinuxDoc-eko markatze-etiketak zure dokumentuetako diseinuan.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Nola erabili SGML paketeak hainbat formatu sortzeko.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Nola konpondu arazo batzuk.
+\layout Subsection
+
+LinuxDoc dokumentua prestatu eta erabiltzea
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Hasi lanean
+\layout Standard
+
+Hasi
+\family sans
+Dokumentu-ezarpenak
+\family default
+ leihoan
+\family sans
+LinuxDoc
+\family default
+ dokumentu-klasea hautatzen.
+ Gero, beste dokumentu-klaseek erabiltzen duten baino ingurune kopuru gutxiago
+ aurkituko dituzu.
+ Jakingo duzunez, inguruneak tresna-barrako ezkerraldean zerrendatzen dira.
+ Ingurune hauek nola erabiltzen diren
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:sgmlparagr}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+atalean argitzen dira.
+\layout Standard
+
+Dokumentuaren titulua idatzi
+\emph on
+behar
+\emph default
+ duzu, egilearen izenarekin jarraituz, eta bakoitzari dagokion paragrafo-ingurun
+ea ezarriz.
+ Ez baduzu hau egiten, inprimatzerakoan erroreak gertatuko dira.
+ Ondoren, data eta laburpena idatz ditzakezu.
+ Dokumentu egoki bat
+\family sans
+Atala
+\family default
+ paragrafo-ingurunearekin hasi behar da, eta ez beste edozein ingurune estandar
+ batekin.
+\layout Standard
+
+Horren ondoren, prestatu dokumentua eskuragarri dituzun ohiko paragrafo-ingurune
+ekin.
+ Zerrenda osoa eta beraien erabilpena ikusteko
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:sgmlparagr}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+atalera joan.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+LinuxDoc-en formatua
+\layout Standard
+
+Dokumentu hauek beti bezala gorde eta inprima ditzakezu.
+ SGML paketearen beste funtzioak erabiltzeko, LinuxDoc formatuan gorde behar
+ duzu (honela dokumentua oinarrizko smgl-etiketak dituen fitxategira bihurtuko
+ da).
+
+\family sans
+LinuxDoc
+\family default
+ formatuan gordetzeko erabili
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+sportatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+LinuxDoc
+\family default
+ menua.
+ Izen bereko baina
+\family typewriter
+.sgml
+\family default
+ luzapena duen fitxategia lortuko duzu,
+\family typewriter
+.lyx
+\family default
+ luzapenaren ordez.
+ Fitxategi berria erabiltzen ikasteko
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:sgml-script}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+atala ikusi.
+\layout Subsection
+
+LinuxDoc-eko inguruneak erabiltzea
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+LinuxDoc dokumentuaren egitura
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+LinuxDoc
+\family default
+-ek egitura formal bat dauka, eta honek etiketak nola jartzen dituzun mugatzen
+ du.
+ Dokumentu guztietan bi zati daude:
+\layout Description
+
+Goiburukoa\SpecialChar ~
+(Header): Honek lehenbiziko
+\family sans
+Atala
+\family default
+ inguruneko markaren gainetik dagoena zehazten du.
+ Hor titulua, egilea, data, laburpena eta gaien aurkibidea koka ditzakezu.
+ Lehengo bi diseinuak (titulua eta egilea) gehitu
+\emph on
+behar
+\emph default
+ dituzu.
+\layout Description
+
+Gorputza\SpecialChar ~
+(Body): Lehenbiziko atalaren markatik beheruntz dagoen guztia.
+ Beste etiketa guztiak erabil ditzakezu.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+LinuxDoc-eko paragrafo-inguruneak
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:sgmlparagr}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Erabil ditzakezun inguruneak zerrendatzen ditugu, bakoitzari dagokion azalpenare
+kin:
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Estandarra
+\family default
+: erreferentzia gurutzatua bezala lan egiten du.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Titulua
+\family default
+: dokumentuaren hasieran agertzen da, marra horizontal lodi baten gainean
+ (marra hau LyX pantailan ez duzu ikusiko).
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Atala
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Azpiatala
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Azpiazpiatala
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Paragrafoa
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Azpiparagrafoa
+\family default
+: betiko moduan erabiltzen dira, beraien arteko ordena mantenduz.
+ Zenbatzen al diren edo ez
+\family sans
+Dokumentu-ezarpenak
+\family default
+ leihoko
+\family sans
+Zenbakera
+\family default
+ fitxan dagoen Zenbaki sakonera eremuaren ezarpenak kudeatzen du.
+ Zenbatu gabekoak ez dituzu beste moduan lortuko, hemen
+\family sans
+Atala*
+\family default
+ edo antzekorik ez baitaude.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Zenbatuta
+\family default
+: ohi den bezala, honek zenbatutako eta koskatutako zerrenda bat sortzen
+ du,
+\emph on
+Erabiltzailearen Gida
+\emph default
+n azaltzen zen bezala.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Elementua
+\family default
+: beste dokumentu-klaseetakoaren berdina da.
+ Ikus
+\emph on
+Erabiltzailearen Gida
+\emph default
+.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Azalpena
+\family default
+:
+\emph on
+Erabiltzailearen Gida
+\emph default
+n azaldu zen bezala dabil.
+ Gogoratu zerrendako elementuaren hasierako hitzak letra lodiz agertzeko,
+ hitz bat baino gehiago diren kasuan, hauen artean zuriune babestuak erabili
+ behar dituzula.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Hitzaz hitz
+\family default
+: beti bezala erabiltzen da.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Kodea
+\family default
+:
+\family sans
+LyX-Kodea
+\family default
+ ingurunearen antzekoa da.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Egilea
+\family default
+: honela markatzen duzun edozer, dokumentuko izenburuaren ezkerrean agertuko
+ da, marra lodi baten azpian.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Data
+\family default
+: honela markatzen duzuna izenburuaren eskuinean, eta marraren azpian, agertzen
+ da.
+ Ez daukazu derrigorrez data bat sartu behar, askotan dokumentuaren bertsioa
+ ingurune honekin markatzen da.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Laburpena
+\family default
+: egile eta dataren ondoren, baina lehenbiziko atalaren aurretik, paragrafo
+ aske bat sortzeko erabil dezakezu.
+ Honelako paragrafo bakar bat erabil dezakezu.
+
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\emph on
+Egilearen oharra
+\emph default
+: honek egiaztapena behar du ---pe..
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Displaymath
+\family default
+:
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\emph on
+Egilearen oharra
+\emph default
+: oraindik hau ez dut egiaztatu ---pe
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Beste funtzio batzuk
+\layout Standard
+
+Diseinua menua ere erabil dezakezu letra-tipoak ezartzeko edo hitzak enfasiareki
+n jartzeko.
+ Gaien aurkibidea beti bezala erabil dezakezu baita ere (ikus
+\emph on
+Erabiltzailearen Gida
+\emph default
+ko dagokion atala).
+ Gainera, menuetan beste zenbait funtzio aurkitu ahal izango dituzu, adib.\SpecialChar ~
+oin-oha
+rrak txertatzea.
+ Guzti hauek egokiro lantzen ote diren buruz zenbait zalatzan daude
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\emph on
+Egilearen oharra
+\emph default
+: berriro, hau egiaztatu beharra dago, baliteke nere sistemaren eraginaren
+ ondorioz izatea eta.
+ ---pe.
+\end_inset
+
+ .
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Erreferentzia gurutzatuak eta HTML
+\layout Standard
+
+Txertatu menuan URL motako helbideak gehitzen duten bi aukera berri aurkituko
+ dituzu.
+ Aukera hauetariko bat erabiltzen baduzu, zure dokumentua TeX kodean txertatutak
+o blokea aurkituko duzu, hiru bloketan banatuta dago, eta blokeak bereizteko
+ tarte horizontalak ditu.
+ Honelako blokea izango litzateke:
+\layout Quote
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+htmlurl{
+\family default
+ edo
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+url{
+\family roman
+
+\hfill
+
+\family default
+tartea
+\family typewriter
+
+\hfill
+}{
+\family roman
+
+\hfill
+
+\family default
+tartea
+\family roman
+
+\hfill
+
+\family typewriter
+}
+\layout Standard
+
+HTML etiketa oso bat txertatu dezakezu lehen eta bigarren blokeen artean.
+ Hau izan daiteke
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://edozein.helbide}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ edo honelako etiketa baliagarri bat:
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{mailto:neroni@nire.helbidea}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Gero, bigarren eta hirugarren blokeen artean nolabaiteko azalpen bat gehitu.
+ Hauek dira ezberdintasunak:
+\layout Itemize
+
+URLa: bai HTML etiketa bai dagokion azalpena dokumentuan agertuko dira.
+\layout Itemize
+
+HTML URLa: inprimatutako bertsioan azalpena bakarrik agertuko da.
+\layout Subsection
+
+LinuxDoc-en sgml script-ak erabiltzea
+\begin_inset Note
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Atal hau erabat zaharkitua dago.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:sgml-script}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+LinuxDoc
+\family default
+ dokumentu-klase bezala erabil dezakezu, bestelako script edo programarik
+ erabili gabe, baina kasu horretan ezin da gauza gehiegirik egin.
+ Lortuko duzun guztia Linux Documentation Project Howto-ren antzeko itxura
+ izatea da.
+ Dokumentuaren bihurketa lantzeko
+\family typewriter
+sgml-tools-1.0.x.tar.gz
+\family default
+ (non
+\begin_inset Formula $x\geq3$
+\end_inset
+
+ izan behar duen) paketea eskuratu eta instalatu behar duzu.
+ Hau eskuratzeko, joan web gune honetara:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\family roman
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://pobox.com/~cg/sgmltools}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Beste gune batetik ere eskura dezakezu, joan
+\family typewriter
+sunsite
+\family default
+-ren artxiboetara.
+
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Hau itzuli den garaian (2004/02/03), sgml-tools-en 1.0.3 bertsioa ez da
+\family typewriter
+sunsite
+\family default
+-ren ftp zerbitzarian aurkitzen.
+ 0.99.0 bertsioa bakarrik aurkitu da.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\family roman
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://sunsite.unc.edu/pub/Linux/utils/text/sgml-tools-1.0.x.tar.gz}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+sgml-tools-1.0.x.tar.gz
+\family default
+ fitxategiak SGML dokumentuak idazteko (eta groff, LaTeX, HTML, GNU info,
+ LyX, eta RTF formatuetara bihurtzeko) behar dituzun gauza guztiak ditu.
+ Pakete hau 1997ko urtarrilean
+\family typewriter
+linuxdoc-sgml-1.5.tar.gz
+\family default
+ bezala berrizendatu zen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Pakete horren jarraibideak zehazten duten urratsak landu, nola instalatu
+ eta erabili behar den argitzen baitu.
+ Guzti hau LyX-etik kanpo egin behar da,
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+sportatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+LinuxDoc
+\family default
+ menua erabili baino lehenago.
+\layout Subsection
+
+LinuxDoc-en erroreak
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+LinuxDoc
+\family default
+ motako dokumentu bat inprimatu edo aurrebista lantzen duzunean, LaTeX-i
+ deitu aurretik etiketen zenbait egiaztaketa egiten dira.
+ Hemen errore batzuk harrapatzen dira, batik bat dokumentuaren egiturarekin
+ zerikusiak dutenak.
+ LyX-ek errore mezua kaleratzen du, baina dokumentuan ez du errore-kutxarik
+ jartzen gero zuk ireki ahal izateko.
+ Zuzenean fitxategian begiratu beharko duzu gaizki dagoena aurkitzeko.
+ Arazo gehienak dokumentu-klasean erabat erabili ez daitekeen aukeretan
+ gertatzen da.
+\layout Section
+
+TeX egiaztatzea
+\layout Standard
+
+Idazlea:
+\noun on
+Asger Alstrup
+\layout Subsection
+
+Sarrera
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+ditatu
+\family default
+ menuan
+\family sans
+Egiaztatu\SpecialChar ~
+TeX
+\family default
+ komandoa aurkituko duzu.
+ Funtzio honek
+\family typewriter
+chktex
+\family default
+ programa instalatuta edukitzea eskatzen du, ez badago instalatuta menuan
+ itzalduta agertuko da (eta ezin izango duzu hautatu).
+ CTAN-eko gertuen daukazun zerbitzaritik jeitsi ahalko duzu, edo web gune
+ honetatik:
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.ifi.uio.no/~jensthi/chktex/}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\noun on
+Jens T.
+ Berger Thielemann
+\noun default
+-ek garatu zuen
+\family typewriter
+ChkTeX
+\family default
+ paketea, batzuetan LaTeX-eko eraikinak ez direlako hain errazak, edo ahazteko
+ errazegiak direlako.
+ Programa hau zure LaTeX-en gainetik lan egiten du, eta fitxategiaren osotasuna
+ egiaztatzen du, hau da, egoki idatzi duzula ziurtatzeko.
+ Hitz teknikoetan, LaTeX-entzako
+\family typewriter
+Lint
+\family default
+-en baliokidea da.
+\layout Standard
+
+Zer egiten du sintaxi-egiaztatzaile batek LyX-en, azken honek edozein modutara
+ LaTeX egokia sortzen badu? Hau da erantzuna:
+\family typewriter
+Lint
+\family default
+ bezala, honek ez du C hizkuntzaren sintaxi-egiaztaketa bakarrik lantzen,
+ errore-moten egiaztaketa semantikoa ere lantzen du.
+
+\family sans
+ChkTeX
+\family default
+-ek ohiko akats tipografikoak hartzen ditu, sintatikoetaz gain.
+
+\family sans
+ChkTeX
+\family default
+ hainbat ohiko errore antzemateko gai da, adibidez honelakoak
+\layout Itemize
+
+Elipsiak antzeman:
+\newline
+Erabili\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+ honen ordez\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+Parentesietako zuriuneak, irekitzen den parentesiaren ondoren eta ixten
+ denaren aurretik ezin du zuriunerik egon:
+\newline
+( zuriune okerrak )
+\layout Itemize
+
+Ohiko laburtzapenen ostean tarte normalak erabiltzera derrigortu:
+\newline
+adib.\SpecialChar ~
+tartea handiegia da.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Sententzien amaiera letra maiuskulaz amaitzen bada, derrigortu esaldi-amaieraren
+ tartea edukitzera:
+\newline
+Hauxe bai PROBA.
+ Eta hau tarte okerra da.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Etiketa eta antzeko komandoen aurreko tartea:
+\newline
+Etiketa bat aurreko testuari itsatsita (jarraian baina tarterik gabe) egon
+ behar du, okerreko orrialde batean ez erortzeko
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:chktex}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Oin-ohar honek beste okerreko orrialde batean erortzeko arrisku handia dauka.
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Etikea gehiegi banatuta dago.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Erreferentzien aurreko tartea, zuriune-babestuak erabili behar dituzte:
+
+\newline
+Zoritxarrekoa bazara, testua hurrengo lerrora
+\emph on
+salto
+\emph default
+ egingo du erreferentziaren eta zenbakiaren artean, bakoitza lerro ezberdinetan
+ utziz.
+ Ikus
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:chktex}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Kasu hauetan egokiena honela jartzea da: Ikus\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:chktex}
+
+\end_inset
+
+, edo ikusi
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:chktex}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+atala.
+\layout Itemize
+
+"x" erabiltzea
+\begin_inset Formula $\times$
+\end_inset
+
+-ren ordez, zenbakien artean:
+\newline
+2x2 oso itxura goibelekoa da,
+\begin_inset Formula $2\times2$
+\end_inset
+
+-rekin konparatzen badugu, azken hau ikaragarri dotorea baita.
+\layout Standard
+
+eta gehiago\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+ Zure dokumentuak inprimatu aurretik "bukatutzat" jotzeko izugarrizko
+ trebetasuna daukan tresna bat da, eta zuzentzaile ortografikoa landu ostean
+ eta konposaketa fintzen hasi aurretik landu ohi izaten da.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Nola erabili
+\layout Standard
+
+Programa instalatuta baduzu, hautatu
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Egiaztatu\SpecialChar ~
+Te
+\bar under
+X
+\family default
+\bar default
+ menua.
+ Horrela, LyX-ek zure dokumentuaren LaTeX fitxategi bat sortuko du,
+\family typewriter
+ChkTeX
+\family default
+ abiatuko da hau egiaztatzeko, eta gero sortzen dituen abisuak LyX-eko dokumentu
+an jarriko dira (errore-kutxetan), abisurik baleude behintzat.
+ Abisuak gertatu diren lekutik ahalik eta gertuen kokatuko dira, hauek bizkor-bi
+zkor aurkitzeko
+\family sans
+\bar under
+A
+\bar default
+rakatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Errorea
+\family default
+ menua edo
+\family sans
+C-g
+\family default
+ laster-tekla (CUA teklatu-mapan) edo
+\family sans
+C-o
+\family default
+ (Emacs teklatu-mapan) erabil ditzakezu.
+ Irakurri abisuak eta zuzendu akatsak, akatsa baldin bada.
+ Arazoren bat baduzu abisuak dioena ulertzeko, baztertu eta berataz ahaztu.
+ Gogoratu pantailako dokumentu eta
+\family typewriter
+ChkTeX
+\family default
+-i deitzeko xehetasun teknikoen artean ezkutuko geruza bat dagoela, eta
+ ondorioz zenbait abisu zaharkituak egon daitezkeela.
+\layout Standard
+
+Dokumentu hau, azaltzen ari garen funtzioa egiaztatzeko, probatu dezakezu,
+ eta zenbait abisu kaleratu beharko lituzke.
+ Ordenagailuak hain azkarrak direnez, abisu gehienak alferrikakoak izango
+ dira, edo horrela espero dugu gertatzea, ez?
+\layout Subsection
+
+Nola findu
+\layout Standard
+
+Batzuetan,
+\family typewriter
+ChkTeX
+\family default
+-ek inauterietan baino burrunda askoz ere handiagoa ateratzen duela aurkituko
+ duzu.
+ Horrela bada, ez erabiltzea hauta dezakezu, zure ohiturak aldatu arte zai
+ egon, edo
+\family typewriter
+ChkTeX
+\family default
+ pertsonalizatzea zurekin hobekiago jokatu dezan.
+ Beste aukera, egonezinik bazalbiltza, abisu guztiak bapatean ezabatzea
+ da,
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+K
+\bar default
+endu\SpecialChar ~
+errore\SpecialChar ~
+guztiak
+\family default
+ menua hautatuz.
+\layout Standard
+
+Nahiz eta
+\family typewriter
+ChkTeX
+\family default
+ oso konfiguragarria eta hedagarria izan, LyX-en eduki ditzakezun arazo
+ guztiak ez dizkizu konponduko.
+ LyX-ek nolabaiteko LaTeX berezi bat sortzen du, ChkTeX-en irteerak
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+chktex
+\family default
+ exekutatu ondoren bere irteera ikus ahal izango duzu
+\family sans
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+kusi\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+aTeX-en\SpecialChar ~
+egunkaria
+\family default
+ menua erabiliz.
+\end_inset
+
+ lerro zenbakiekin LyX-eko dokumentuaren egitura parekatzeko, eta ondorioz
+ gerta daiteke abisu batzuk beraien leku egokian ez agertzea.
+ Honi buruz, bi gauza egin ditzakezu:
+\layout Itemize
+
+*
+\family typewriter
+ChkTeX
+\family default
+-ri deitzeko komandoa
+\family sans
+Hobespenak
+\family default
+ leihoan (
+\family sans
+Irteera
+\family default
+ fitxako
+\family sans
+LaTeX
+\family default
+ azpifitxan) egokitu, edo
+\family typewriter
+ChkTeX
+\family default
+-en konfigurazio fitxategi orokorra, ziurrrenik hemen aurkutuko duzula:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+/usr/local/share/chktexrc
+\layout Standard
+
+Behean zein abisu-mota komando-lerroarekin gaitu edo desgaitu ditzakezun
+ azaltzen da.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Esportatu zure dokumentua LaTeX fitxategi gisa,
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+sportatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+aTeX
+\family default
+ menutik, eta dokumentu horren gainean landu
+\family typewriter
+chktex
+\family default
+ programa (terminal batean egin beharko duzu).
+ Bide hau jorratuz, apur bat azpergarria izan daiteke LyX-eko dokumentuarekin
+ parekotasuna aurkitzea, baina pazientzi piskatekin lortuko duzu.
+ Gora bihotzak!
+\layout Standard
+
+Orain,
+\family sans
+Hobespenak
+\family default
+ leihoan abisu motak gaitu eta desgaitzeko aukerak datoz.
+ Abisu bat desgaitzeko
+\family typewriter
+-n#
+\family default
+ erabili, eta gaitzeko
+\family typewriter
+-w#
+\family default
+ berriz.
+ Lehenspenez, enfasia duten sarrerak desgaituta daude, lehenetsiako komandoa
+ hau baita: "
+\family typewriter
+chktex -n1 -n3 -n6 -n9 -n22 -n25 -n30 -n38
+\family default
+".
+\layout Standard
+
+Jakin ezazu gaitu eta desgaitzeko aukerak bakarrik erabil ditzakezula, zeren
+ eta
+\family typewriter
+chktex
+\family default
+-ekin komunikatzeko bide zehatz bat ezartzeko LyX-ek beste komando batzuen
+ parametroetan oinarritzen baita.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Command terminated with space.
+ (
+\emph on
+Zuriunez bukatutako komandoa
+\emph default
+).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Non-breaking space ("~") should have been used.
+ (
+\emph on
+Tarte-ez-hauskorra erabili beharko litzateke
+\emph default
+).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+You should enclose the previous parenthesis with "{}".
+ (
+\emph on
+Aurreko parentesia "{}"-rekin inguratu beharko zenuke
+\emph default
+).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Italic correction ("
+\backslash
+/") found in non-italic buffer.
+ (
+\emph on
+Letra etzana ez den lekuan letra etzanaren zuzenketa ("
+\backslash
+/" ) aurkitu da
+\emph default
+).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Italic correction ("
+\backslash
+/") found more than once.
+ (
+\emph on
+Letra etzanaren zuzenketa ("
+\backslash
+/") askotan aurkitu da
+\emph default
+).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+No italic correction ("
+\backslash
+/") found.
+ (
+\emph on
+Ez da letra etzanaren zuzenketarik aurkitu
+\emph default
+).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Accent command "cmd" needs use of "cmd".
+ (
+\emph on
+"cmd" azentu komandoak "cmd" erabiltzea behar du
+\emph default
+).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Wrong length of dash may have been used.
+ (
+\emph on
+Barraren luzera okerra erabili da
+\emph default
+).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+"%s" expected, found "%s".
+ (
+\emph on
+"%s" espero zen, "%s" aurkitu da ordea
+\emph default
+).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Solo "%s" found.
+ (
+\emph on
+"%s" bakarrik aurkitu da
+\emph default
+).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+You should use "%s" to achieve an ellipsis.
+ (
+\emph on
+ elipsia ongi burutzeko "%s" erabili beharko zenuke
+\emph default
+).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Inter-word spacing ("
+\backslash
+ ") should perhaps be used.
+ (
+\emph on
+Agian hitz arteko tartea ("
+\backslash
+ ") erabili beharko litzateke
+\emph default
+).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Inter-sentence spacing ("
+\backslash
+@") should perhaps be used.
+ (
+\emph on
+Agian sententzien arteko tartea ("
+\backslash
+@") erabili beharko litzateke
+\emph default
+).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Could not find argument for command.
+ (
+\emph on
+Ezin izan da komandoarentzako argumenturik aurkitu
+\emph default
+).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+No match found for "%s".
+ (
+\emph on
+"%s"-ren baliokiderik ez da aurkitu
+\emph default
+).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Math mode still on at end of LaTeX file.
+ (
+\emph on
+LaTeX fitxategiaren amaieran matematika erak jarraitzen du
+\emph default
+).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Number of "char" doesn't match the number of "char".
+ (
+\emph on
+"char" -en zenbakia ez dator bat "char"-en zenbakiarekin
+\emph default
+).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+You should use either " or " as an alternative to """.
+ (
+\emph on
+" edo " erabili beharko zenuke, """-ren ordez
+\emph default
+).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+You should use
+\size small
+"
+\family typewriter
+'
+\family default
+" (ASCII 39) instead of "
+\family typewriter
+´
+\family default
+"
+\size default
+ (ASCII 180).
+ (
+\size small
+\emph on
+"
+\family typewriter
+'
+\family default
+"
+\size default
+ (ASCII 39) erabili beharko zenuke,
+\size small
+"
+\family typewriter
+´
+\family default
+"
+\size default
+ (ASCII 180)-ren ordez
+\emph default
+).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+User-specified pattern found.
+ (
+\emph on
+Erabiltzaileak zehaztutako baliokidea aurkitu da
+\emph default
+).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+This command might not be intended.
+ (
+\emph on
+Komando hau ezin da nahitakoa izan
+\emph default
+).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Comment displayed.
+ (
+\emph on
+Iruzkina bistaratua
+\emph default
+).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Either ''
+\backslash
+,' or '
+\backslash
+,'' will look better.
+ (
+\emph on
+''
+\backslash
+,' edo '
+\backslash
+,''itxura hobeagoa lortuko luke
+\emph default
+).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Delete this space to maintain correct page references.
+ (
+\emph on
+Ezabatu tarte hau orri-erreferentzia zuzenak mantentzeko
+\emph default
+).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+You might wish to put this between a pair of "{}".
+ (
+\emph on
+Hau "{}" bikote batean edukitzea nahi izango duzu
+\emph default
+).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+You ought to remove spaces in front of punctuation.
+ (
+\emph on
+Puntuazioen aurreko tartea kendu beharko zenituzke
+\emph default
+).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Could not execute LaTeX command.
+ (
+\emph on
+Ezin izan da LaTeX komandoa exekutatu
+\emph default
+).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Don't use
+\backslash
+/ in front of small punctuation.
+ (
+\emph on
+Ez erabili puntuazio baxuetan
+\emph default
+).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\family typewriter
+$
+\backslash
+times$
+\family default
+ may look prettier here.
+ (
+\emph on
+Hemen
+\family typewriter
+$
+\backslash
+times$
+\family default
+-ek itxura hobeagoa edukiko du
+\emph default
+).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Multiple spaces detected in output.
+ (I
+\emph on
+rteeran hainbat zuriune antzeman dira
+\emph default
+).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+This text may be ignored.
+ (
+\emph on
+Testu hau baztertu egingo da
+\emph default
+).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Use " to begin quotation, not '.
+ (
+\emph on
+Erabili " zitazioa hasteko, ez '
+\emph default
+).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Use ' to end quotation, not ".
+ (
+\emph on
+Erabili ' zitazioa amaitzeko, ez "
+\emph default
+)
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Don't mix quotes.
+ (
+\emph on
+Komatxoak ez nahastu
+\emph default
+).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+You should perhaps use "cmd" instead.
+ (
+\emph on
+Agian horren ordez "cmd" erabili beharko zenuke
+\emph default
+).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+You should put a space in front of/after parenthesis.
+ (
+\emph on
+Parentesien kanpoan zuriuneak sartu beharko zenituzke
+\emph default
+).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+You should avoid spaces in front of/after parenthesis.
+ (
+\emph on
+Parentesi barrukaldeko hasiera eta amaieran zuriunerik ez lukete egon behar
+\emph default
+).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+You should not use punctuation in front of/after quotes.
+ (
+\emph on
+Ez zenuke komatxoen barrukaldeko hasieran edo amaieran punturik erabili
+ behar
+\emph default
+).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Double space found.
+ (
+\emph on
+Zuriune bikoitza aurkitu da
+\emph default
+).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+You should put punctuation outside inner/inside display math mode.
+ (
+\emph on
+puntuazioa matematika eratik kanpo jarri beharko zenuke
+\emph default
+).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+You ought to not use primitive TeX in LaTeX code.
+ (
+\emph on
+Ez zenuke TeX-eko komando primitiborik LaTeX kodean erabili behar
+\emph default
+).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+You should remove spaces in front of "%s".
+ (
+\emph on
+"%s"-ren aurrean dauden tarteak kendu beharko zenituzke
+\emph default
+).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+"%s" is normally not followed by "%c".
+ (
+\emph on
+Normalki, "%s" -ren atzetik ez da "%c" etortzen
+\emph default
+).
+\layout Standard
+
+Etorkizuneko LyX bertsioetan tresna honentzako interfaze egokiago eta osatuago
+ bat eskaintzea espero dugu (eta bere
+\family typewriter
+lacheck
+\family default
+ lehengusina txikiarentzako ere bai), bere ahalmen guztia erabil ahal izateko.
+ Dagoen bezala, ordea, erabilgarria da: saiatu zaitez daukazun dokumentuekin
+ (apur bat luzeak izan daitezela), eta arrituta geldituko zara.
+\layout Section
+
+Bertsio-kontrola LyX-en
+\layout Standard
+
+Idazlea:
+\noun on
+Lars Gullik Bjønnes
+\layout Subsection
+
+Sarrera
+\layout Standard
+
+Nire lagun batek talde proiektu batean LyX erabiltzea nahi zuen.
+ Bertsio kontrolik edo fitxategia blokeatzeko euskarririk ez zuela ohartu
+ zenean, zakarrontzi ilun batera jaurti zuen.
+ Piska bat suminduta gelditu nintzen, eta pentsatu nuen zerbait egin nezakeela
+ RCS euskarria edukitzeko (etorkizunean CVS edota SCCS sistemetara hedatzeko
+ aukera zabalik utziz).
+ Eta halaxe egin zen.
+ LyX-ek gaur egun RCS-ko komando gehienak onartzen ditu.
+ Zerbait garatuagoa (edo sofistikatuagoa)
+\layout Standard
+
+behar baduzu, terminal batean zeuk eskuz egin beharko duzu.
+\layout Standard
+
+Bertsio kontrolen funtzioa LyX-en erabiltzen hasi aurretik, "rcsintro" irakurri
+ beharko zenuke (man motako eskuliburua da, terminalean landu:
+\family typewriter
+man rcsintro
+\family default
+).
+ Fitxategi honek RCS sistema baten oinarrizko funtzioak argitzen ditu.
+ RCS direktorioari buruzko iruzkina eta RCS fitxategi maisuaren kontzeptua
+ (
+\family typewriter
+,v
+\family default
+-kin amaizen den fitxategia) kontu handiarekin irakurri.
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-en egin den garaketak GNU taldearen (
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.gnu.org}
+
+\end_inset
+
+) RCS paketea, azken bertsioa, instalatuta dagoela suposatzen du.
+ Ezin da bermatu bertsio zaharkituentzako egina dagoenik.
+\layout Subsection
+
+RCS-ren komandoak LyX-en
+\layout Standard
+
+Hurrengo atalek LyX-ek onartzen dituen RCS komandoak azaltzen dituzte.
+ Hauek
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Bertsio\SpecialChar ~
+
+\bar under
+k
+\bar default
+ontrola
+\family default
+ azpimenuan aurkituko dituzu.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Erregistratu
+\layout Standard
+
+Zure dokumentua ez badago bertsio kontrolpean, azpimenu horretan aurkituko
+ duzun aukera bakarra izango da.
+ Eta bertsio kontrolpean egonez gero,
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+rregistratu
+\family default
+ itzalduta egongo da (edo LyX-eko zenbait bertsiotan agertu ere ez da egingo)
+\layout Standard
+
+Komando honek dokumentua RCS-rekin erregistratzen du.
+ Elkarrizketa-koadro baten bitartez dokumentuaren hasierako azalpen bat
+ emateko eskatuko dizu.
+ Behin erregistratuta dagoela, dokumentua irakur-soil erakoa izango da,
+ eta bertan edozein aldaketa egiteko
+\family sans
+Egiaztatu\SpecialChar ~
+editatzeko
+\family default
+ hautatu beharko duzu.
+ Bertsio kontrolpean dagoen dokumentu batek bufertxoan fitxategiaren izenari
+ atxikitutako "[RCS:<version> <locker>]" etiketa du.
+\layout Standard
+
+Lantzen den RCS komandoa hau da:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ci -q -u -i -t-"<haserako azalpena>" <fitx-izena>
+\layout Standard
+
+Aukerak ulertzeko (terminal batean)
+\family typewriter
+man ci
+\family default
+ eskuliburua irakurri.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Egiaztatu aldaketak
+\layout Standard
+
+Fitxategia editatzea amaitzen duzunean, egin dituzun aldaketak egiaztatzen
+ dira.
+ Hau egindakoan, egin dituzun aldaketei buruzko azalpen bat eskatuko zaizu.
+ Azalpen hau dokumentuko historiaren egunkarian gordeko da.
+ Bertsioaren zenbakia gehitzen denean, zure aldaketak RCS fitxategi maisura
+ aplikatzen dira, dokumentua desblokeatzen da eta
+\emph on
+irakur-soil
+\emph default
+ (soilik irakurtzeko, alegia) eran ezartzen da.
+\layout Standard
+
+RCS komandoa:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ci -q -u -m"<azalpena>" <fitx-izena>
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Egiaztatu editatzeko
+\layout Standard
+
+Hau aukeratzean dokumentua blokeatzen duzu, eta zeuk bakarrik editatu ahal
+ izango duzu.
+ Beraz, zuretzako bakarrik dokumentua irakurri eta idazte eran ezartzen
+ da.
+ Behar duzun denboran fitxategia editatu, eta amaitzen duzuenan egindako
+ aldaketak egiaztatu behar dituzu.
+ Egoeraren lerroa fitxategia blokeatu duzula adieraziz aldatzen da.
+\layout Standard
+
+RCS komandoa:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+co -q -l <fitx-izena>
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Itzuli azken bertsiora
+\layout Standard
+
+Honek dokumentuan aurreko egiaztaketa arte egindako azken aldaketa guztiak
+ baztertuko ditu.
+ Aldaketak baztertu aurretik abisu batek jakinaraziko zaitu.
+ Onartzen baduzu, aldaketa haiek galduko dituzu.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+RCS komandoa:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+co -f -u<version> <fitx-izena>
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Desegin azken egiaztaketa
+\layout Standard
+
+Hau lantzen baduzu, azken egiaztaketa ez da inoiz gertatu.
+ LyX-en dagoen dokumentuan aldaketarik ez da egiten, baina RCS fitxategi
+ maisutik azken bertsioa kenduko da.
+\layout Standard
+
+RCS komandoa:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+rcs -o<version> <fitx-izena>
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Erakutsi historiala
+\layout Standard
+
+Honek RCS dokumentuaren historia osoa erakusten du.
+ Horretarako,
+\family typewriter
+ rlog <fitx-izena>
+\family default
+ komandoaren irteera kaleratzen da arakatzailearen leiho batean.
+ Ikus
+\family typewriter
+man rlog
+\family default
+ xehetasun gehiagorako.
+\layout Section
+
+Literaturaren programazioa
+\layout Standard
+
+Eguneraketa:
+\noun on
+Kayvan Sylvan
+\noun default
+ (
+\emph on
+kayvan@sylvan.com
+\emph default
+), jatorrizko dokumentuaren egilea:
+\noun on
+Edmar Wienskoski Jr.
+
+\noun default
+ (
+\emph on
+edmar-w-jr@technologist.com
+\emph default
+)
+\layout Subsection
+
+Sarrera
+\layout Standard
+
+Dokumentazio honen xede nagusia literaturaren programaziorako LyX nola erabiltze
+n den argitzea da.
+ Progamaketa honen teknika ezagutzen duzula suposatzen da, eta "tangling"
+ and "weaving"
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\emph on
+Itzultzailearen oharra
+\emph default
+: kodearen eta dokumentazioaren sorrera adierazten dute, hurrenez hurren.
+
+\end_inset
+
+hitzek zer esanahi duten dakizula ere bai.
+ Ez badakizu zertaz ari garen, ondorengo ataletan zehazten diren web gunetara
+ joan zaitez.
+ Leku horietan garapen zaharren historiatik hasita egungo azken tresnen
+ trikimailuak dokumentatzen dira.
+\layout Standard
+
+Eta noski, suposatzen da LyX bera erabiltzen ohituta zaudela, LyX-en hobespenak
+ eta X konfigurazio fitxategiak zure nahietara aldatzeko gaitasuna daukazula.
+ Hau ez badakizu, egokiagoa izango litzateke LyX-en beste eskuliburuak irakurtze
+a.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Literaturaren programazioa
+\layout Standard
+
+Literaturaren programazioari buruzko MEG-etik eskuratuta:
+\layout Quotation
+
+Literaturaren programazioa dokumentazioa eta iturburua, gizakiok irakurtzen
+ dugun formatu batean, bateratzea da.
+ Izan ere, literaturaren programazioa irakurtze jostagarria izan beharko
+ luke, edozein dago gonbidatuta! (Barkatu Bob, ezin izan dut tentaldiarekin!).
+ Orokorrean, literaturaren programazioak iturburua eta dokumentazioa fitxategi
+ berdin batean batzen ditu.
+ Literaturaren programazioko tresnek fitxategia aztertzen dute irakurtzeko
+ gaitasuna duen dokumentua edo konpilagarriak den iturburua sortzeko.
+ WEB estiloko literaturaren programazioa
+\noun on
+D.E.
+ Knuth
+\noun default
+-ek sortu zuen, bere TeX konposatze-softwarea garatzerakoan.
+\layout Standard
+
+Beste pasarte batek dio:
+\layout Quotation
+
+
+\emph on
+Nolatan literaturaren programazioa iruzkinetatik ezberdintzen da?
+\layout Quotation
+
+Bereizten dituzten hiru ezaugarri daude.
+ Garrantziaren arabera ordenatuta, hauek dira:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+elaborazioaren ordena moldaerraza.
+\layout Itemize
+
+arakatzeko euskarri automatikoa.
+\layout Itemize
+
+dokumentazioaren konposaketa, diagramak eta matematikak bereziki.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Orain, zure jakinmina asetu dudalakoan, begiratu erreferentzietan.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Erreferentziak
+\layout Standard
+
+Literaturaren programazioari buruzko MEG
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+MEG: Maiz Egindako Galderak.
+\end_inset
+
+ osoa hemen aurkituko duzu:
+\layout Quote
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url[Literaturaren programazioko MEG]{http://shelob.ce.ttu.edu/daves/lpfaq/faq.html}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+MEG-ak 23 (hogeitahiru!) literaturaren programaziorako tresna ezberdinak
+ zerrendatzen ditu.
+ Batzuk programazio hizkuntza berezientan espezializatzen ("tailored") dira,
+ beste batzuk ordea eremu orokorragoak dituzte.
+ Neure gauzetarako
+\noun on
+Noweb
+\noun default
+ hautatu dut, eta hauek dira nire arrazoiak:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Honekin bai latex bai html egiturako dokumentazioa sor dezaket.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Arkitektura irekia da, eta beraz, iragazki berriak gehitu eta behar dituzun
+ pozesamendu bereziak landu ditzake.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Jadanik iragazki multzo handia eskaintzen du (html horietariko bat da).
+\layout Itemize
+
+Askea da.
+\layout Standard
+
+Noweb-en web gunea hemen aurkituko duzu.
+\layout Quote
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url[Noweb-en gune nagusia]{http://www.cs.virginia.edu/~nr/noweb/}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Gune honetatik hasita hainbat esteka interesgarri eta literaturaren programaziok
+o adibide batzuk aurkituko dituzu.
+\layout Subsection
+
+LyX eta literaturaren programazioa
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-ek literaturaren programazio euskarria dauka, eta LyX-en bihurketa mekanismo
+ orokorrak eskaintzen ditu.
+ Euskarri hau "Noweb-etik independentea" den bidetik ematen da, eta horrela
+ LyX-eko funtzio berri hau nahi duzun beste literaturaren programazio tresnekin
+ (LyX-eko hobespenan aldatuz) erabili ahal izango duzu.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Dokumentu eta kodea sortzea (weaving eta tangling)
+\layout Standard
+
+Dokumentu-klasea hautatzea
+\layout Standard
+
+Noweb eta LyX egokiro instalatu badituzu, dokumentu berri bat irekitzerakoan
+ edo dagoen bateko dokumentu-klasea aldatzerakoan, hurrengo hiru dokumentu-klase
+ berri eskuragarri daudela ohartuko zara:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Article (Noweb)
+\layout Itemize
+
+Book (Noweb)
+\layout Itemize
+
+Report (Noweb)
+\layout Standard
+
+Hauetariko bat hautatu zure literatura-dokumentua sortzeko.
+\layout Standard
+
+Jabetu zaitez, literatura-dokumentuak ez direla hiru hauetara mugatzen.
+ Klase berriak beste estiloetatik sor daitezke, adibidez, gutuna (letter)
+ edo Article (AMS) bezalako klase batzuk bateratuz.
+ Dauden klaseek ez badute zure beharrak betetzen, jakinerazi LyX-eko garatzailee
+n posta-zerrendan (lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org) eta sarrera berri bat txertatuko
+ dugu, edo nola egiten den azalduko dizugu
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Oso erraza da, lau lerro dituen fitxategi bat sortu eta auto-konfigurazioa
+ berriro exekutatzea bakarrik da.
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Gainera, Noweb ez den bestelako literatura-tresna erabiltzen baduzu, horrentzak
+o dokumentu-klaseen multzo berriak sortu beharko dituzu.
+\layout Paragraph
+
+Kodea hemen idaztea
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-ek izeneko Scrap diseinuarekin kodea idazten utziko dizu
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+ Noweb-eko baliokidea den hitza "Chunk" da.
+ Arrazoi historikoengatik "scrap" hitza erabiltzen dut.
+ Nuweb izeneko literatura-tresnak sartu zuen, eta Noweb zale bihurtu aurretik
+ erabiltzen nuen.
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Noweb-ek honela mugatzen ditu scrap-ak:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+<<Nire scrap>>=
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+kodea
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+kode gehiago
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+oraindik eta kode gehiago
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+@
+\layout Standard
+
+Arazoa hau da: << eta @ artean idatzita dagoena hitzez hitz hartu behar
+ da, hau da, LyX-ek idatzita dagoen zati horren interpretazio bereziak egitea
+ eragotzi egin beharko luke.
+ Diseinu (ingurune) berezi batek kudeatzen du hau, Scrap izenekoak; hori
+ paragrafo normal bat bezala lantzen da, baina nahi adina tarte jartzen
+ uzten du.
+\layout Standard
+
+Scrap paragrafo-ingurune baten eragozpena da jarraian dauden kodeen paragrafoak
+ jatorrizko kodean lerro huts baten bitartez bereizten direla, eta baita
+ inprimatutako dokumentuan ere.
+ Hau sahiesteko, Scrap batean kodea duen lerro bakoitza sartzen da,
+\family sans
+C-Lerro-itzulera
+\family default
+ erabiliz, baina ez
+\family sans
+Lerro-itzulera
+\family default
+ normal batekin.
+ Arestiko adibideak honelako itxura eduki beharko luke:
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Inprimatutako bertsioa irakurtzen ari bazara, ez duzu bi adibideen arteko
+ (aurrekoa eta hurrengoa) ezberdintasunik aurkituko.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+<<Nire scrap>>=
+\newline
+ kodea
+\newline
+ kode gehiago
+\newline
+ oraindik eta kode gehiago
+\newline
+ @
+\layout Standard
+
+Ingurune hau ongi dabil.
+ Daukan arazo bakarra da
+\family sans
+C+Lerro-itzulera
+\family default
+ erabili behar duzula, lerro-itzulera arrunt baten ordez
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Nire "Zereginen" zerrendan sartuta daukat hau hobetzeko.
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\emph on
+Ohar\SpecialChar ~
+berezi\SpecialChar ~
+bat
+\emph default
+: zure Scrap-ean Noweb-en "%def" eraikina erabil dezakezu Noweb-eko erreferentzi
+a gurutzatuen identifikatzailean elementuak gehitzeko:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+<<Nire scrap>>=
+\newline
+ def funtzio_bat(argum):
+\newline
+ "Funtzio honentzako kate bat da."
+\newline
+ print "Nire argumentuak: ", argum
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+@ %def funtzio_bat
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Erabilera honen eta irteerako emaitzean dagoen erreferentzia gurutzatuen
+ adibidea python-en idatzitako
+\family typewriter
+LIBDIR/examples/listerrors.lyx
+\family default
+ literatura-programan aurkituko duzu, eta gauza asko argituko dizkizu.
+\layout Paragraph
+
+Dokumentazioa sortzea
+\layout Standard
+
+Une honetan dokumentu berria bat, dokumentu-klase egoki batekin, eta zenbait
+ kode eta testu bertan idatzita dauzkazu.
+ Nola inprima dezaket? Hautatu
+\family sans
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+kusi\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+VI
+\family default
+, eta antzerako zerbait.
+ Dokumentu soil batentzako egingo zenukeen bezalaxe.
+ Ez da urrats berezirik eskatzen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Zer gertatzen den jakin dezazun, LyX barruan gertatzen dena azalduko dizut:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Ikusi menuan
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+guneratu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+VI
+\family default
+ hautatzen denean LaTeX fitxategi bat sortzen da.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Dokumentua literatura-klase batekoa bada sortutako fitxategiaren luzapenak
+ "literatur" formatuak definitzen duenarekin jartzen da (
+\family sans
+Hobespenak
+\family default
+ leihoan definitzen da), bestela ohiko
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+ luzapena edukiko du.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Jakin ezazu ezberdintasun nagusiena fitxategiaren izenean datzala, LyX-ek
+ ez du prozesamendu berezirik lantzen.
+ Gainera kodea idazteko
+\family sans
+Scrap
+\family default
+ ingurunea erabili baduzu, bera arduratuko da dagozkion zereginez.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Dokumentua literatura-klase batekoa bada, orduen LyX-ek bere baitan duen
+ bihurtzailea (LyX-etik Noweb-era) erabiliko du, eta gero Noweb-etik LaTeX-era
+ bihurtzen duen tresnari
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Bihurtzaileak
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+H
+\bar default
+obespenak
+\family default
+ leihoko
+\family sans
+Bihurtzaileak
+\family default
+ fitxan definitzen dira.
+\end_inset
+
+ deituko dio, LaTEX fitxategia sortzeko.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Bestela, urrats hau saltatzen du.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Azkenik, LaTeX-i deitzen zaio eta ohiko prozedurarekin jarraitzen du, ohiko
+ dokumentu arruntetan bezala.
+\layout Standard
+
+"Literatura-tresna" baten menpetik aske egotea hainbat bihurtzaile erabiliz
+ lortzen da.
+\layout Paragraph
+
+Kodea sortzea
+\layout Standard
+
+Eraikitzeko menuko aukera bat hautatzen denean, LaTeX fitxategi bat sortzen
+ da, arestiko 1.
+ urratsean bezala.
+ Ondoren LyX-ek
+\family typewriter
+Noweb->Program
+\family default
+ bihurtaileari deitzen dio.
+ Bihurtzaile honek (eta ia beste guztiek) bi zati ditu:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Programa bera bihurtzea.
+ Programa honek formatu batetik beste formatu batera bihurtzeko lanak egiten
+ ditu.
+ Kasu honetan, Noweb formatutik programaren sasi-formatura.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Errore mezuen iragazkia.
+ Programa honen helburua sortzen diren errore-mezuak LyX-ek ulertzen dituen
+ formatura bihurtzea da.
+ Horrela LyX-ek errore-mezuak dokumentuko leku egokienenean jarzen saiatuko
+ da.
+\layout Standard
+
+Lehenbiziko zatia, "Bihurtzaileak"-ren ezarpena, "
+\family typewriter
+eraikin-gidoi $$i
+\family default
+" bezala ezarri beharko litzateke.
+ Honek esanahi du, LyX-ek "eraikin-gidoi"-ari (programa edo script bat)
+ deituko diola Noweb fitxategiaren izenarekin (normalki LyX-en behin-behineko
+ direktorioan kokatzen den fitxategi bat).
+\layout Standard
+
+Hurrengo kodea "eraikin-gidoi" script-aren adibide bat da, eta zure exekutagarri
+en direktorioan jar dezakezu:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+#!/bin/sh
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+#
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+# Hau eraikin-gidoi fitxategia da.
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+#
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+notangle -Reraikin-gidoi $1 | env NOWEB_SOURCE=$1 sh
+\layout Standard
+
+Bihurtzaile ezarpenaren hurrengo zatia "banderak" ezartzea da, eta honela
+ jarri behar da:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+originaldir,parselog=listerrors
+\layout Standard
+
+Honek "eraikin-gidoi" script-a prozesatzen denean sortzen dituen erroreak
+ "listerrors" programaren bitartez landuko ditu.
+\layout Standard
+
+Kode bihurtzaileak "listerrors" programa
+\family typewriter
+NireLyxDirektorioa/scripts
+\family default
+ direktorioan begiratzen du lehenbizi, gero
+\family typewriter
+LIBDIR/scripts
+\family default
+ direktorioan begiratuko du, eta gero exekutagarrien direktorioan (Unix
+ sistemetan
+\family typewriter
+PATH
+\family default
+ aldagaiak zehazten dituen direktorioak izaten dira).
+\layout Paragraph
+
+Dokumentuan instrukzioak sortzea
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX eta noweb arteko bateratzearen azken pieza "eraikin-gidoi" scrap-a da.
+ Orokorki, zure programa sortzeko instrukzioak dagokion scrap-ean barneratuta
+ egon beharko luke.
+ Arestian azaldu den noweb-entzako bereziki prestatutako "eraikin-gidoi"
+ horrek
+\family typewriter
+notangle
+\family default
+ komandoa erabiltzen du bere scrap-a aurkitzeko ("eraikin-gidoi" izenekoa)
+ eta bere edukina "sh" komando lerroaren (shell) bitartez landuko ditu.
+\layout Standard
+
+Gehienetan, honelako scrap bat edukiko luke:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+<<eraikin-gidoi>>=
+\newline
+#!/bin/sh
+\newline
+
+\newline
+if [ -z "${NOWEB_SOURCE}" ]
+\newline
+then
+\newline
+ NOWEB_SOURCE=nirefitxategia.nw
+\newline
+fi
+\newline
+[...
+ fitxategiak ateratzeko kodea ...]
+\newline
+[...
+ fitxategiak konpilatzeko kodea ...]
+\newline
+@
+\layout Standard
+
+Zatiak nola bateratzen diren ikusteko begiratu
+\family typewriter
+LIBDIR/examples/
+\family default
+ direktorioko
+\family typewriter
+ listerrors.lyx
+\family default
+ edo
+\family typewriter
+ Literate.lyx
+\family default
+ fitxategietan, hauek "listerrors" programaren bi bertsio dauzkate, edo
+
+\family typewriter
+LIBDIR/examples/
+\family default
+ direktorioko
+\family typewriter
+ noweb2lyx.lyx
+\family default
+ fitxategian.
+ Modu interesgarrian, hiru fitxategi hauek LyX-ek duen literatura-programazioko
+ hizkuntzaren askatasun euskarria erakusten dute, Python, C eta Perl programazio
+ hizkuntzetan idatzita baitaude, hurrenez hurren.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+LyX konfiguratzea
+\layout Standard
+
+Literatura-programazioaren euskarria Hobespenak leihoan konfiguratzen da,
+ Bihurtzaileak edota Fitxategi-formatuak fitxetan.
+ Hor agertzen diren zati garrantzitsuenak hauek dira
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\emph on
+Itzultzailearen oharra
+\emph default
+: zerrendatzen diren eremu batzuk ez dira agertzen LyX 1.3.3 bertsioan, eta
+ ez dakit etorkizunean agertuko ote diren.
+ Badazpada, esku artean daukazun LyX bertsioan begiratu beharko duzu ea
+ zure kasuan agertzen diren edo ez ikusteko.
+\end_inset
+
+ :
+\layout Description
+
+Literatura-formatua Fitxategi-formatuak fitxan konfiguratu, Noweb-i dagozkion
+ ezaugarriak (fitxategi-formatuak zerrendan NoWeb aukeratu beharko duzu)
+ hemen aurkituko baitituzu.
+
+\family sans
+Gui\SpecialChar ~
+izena
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+NoWeb
+\family default
+ bezala ezarrita dago, eta Luzapena eremuak
+\family typewriter
+.nw
+\family default
+ du.
+ Honek LyX-i, bihurketako lehen urratsean,
+\family typewriter
+.nw
+\family default
+ luzapeneko fitxategi bat sortzeko agintzen dio,
+\layout Description
+
+Programa-formatua Hau formatu huts bat da, bihurketa bateko amaierako puntua
+ izateko xedea du (eta berorrentzako bihurtzaile bat ezartzea uzten digu).
+\layout Description
+
+NoWeb->LaTeX Bihurtzaile honek literatura-dokumentuaren "weaving"-a lantzen
+ du.
+ Noweb-entzako honela ezartzen da: "
+\family typewriter
+noweave -delay -index $$i > $$o
+\family default
+".
+\layout Description
+
+NoWeb->Programa Honek "tangling urratsa" lantzen du.
+ Arestian azaldun denez,
+\family sans
+Bihurtzailea
+\family default
+ "
+\family typewriter
+eraikin-gidoi $$i
+\family default
+" eran ezartzen da, eta
+\family sans
+Bandera\SpecialChar ~
+osagarriak
+\family default
+ eremuak "
+\family typewriter
+originaldir, parselog=listerrors
+\family default
+" duelarik.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Arazketaren hedapenak
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX zerbitzarian funtzio berri bat garatuta dago, " server-goto-file-row"
+ funtzioa, eta ddd/gdb edo beste arazketa-tresna batzuekin erabiltzen da.
+\layout Standard
+
+Kodea araztatzerakoan (
+\family typewriter
+ddd
+\family default
+ edo
+\family typewriter
+gdb
+\family default
+-rekin) uneko exekuzio kokapenetik testu-editore bati deitzeko aukera dago,
+ tekla bat sakatuz.
+ ddd programaren lehenetsitako laster-tekla
+\family sans
+Shift-Ctrl-V
+\family default
+ da.
+
+\family sans
+Editatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Hobespenak\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Laguntzaileak
+\family default
+ leihoko "Editatu iturburuak" eremuan editoreari komando lerrotik deitzeko
+ konfigura dezakezu.
+\layout Standard
+
+Sortu berri den LyX zerbitzariaren funtzio honek eta
+\family typewriter
+ddd
+\family default
+-ren ezaugarriek eskaintzen dituzten abantailak jaso ditut, eta "Editatu
+ iturburuak" eremuan ezarri ditut:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+echo "LYXCMD:monitor:server-goto-file-row:@FILE@ @LINE@" >~/.lyxpipe.in
+\layout Standard
+
+Honekin,
+\family typewriter
+ddd
+\family default
+ erabiltzen ari zarenean eta programako puntu bat editatzeko aurkitu nahi
+ duzun bakoitzean, sakatu
+\family sans
+Shift-Ctrl-V
+\family default
+ laster-tekla (
+\family typewriter
+ddd
+\family default
+ leihoan) eta horrek LyX zerbitzariaren bitartez LyX-i informazioa igorriko
+ dio, horrela LyX-ek
+\family typewriter
+ddd
+\family default
+ ttesnak duen informazioa aurkeztuko dizu eta kurtsorea
+\family typewriter
+ddd
+\family default
+-en kokatua zegoen leku berdinean agertuko da.
+ Ez da korritze-barrarik gora eta behera mugitu behar kurtsorea non dagoen
+ aurkitzeko!
+\layout Standard
+
+Ohartu zaitez, ezaugarri hori lanean aritzeko LyX zerbitzaria gaituta eduki
+ behar duzula (lehenespenez desgaituta egoten da).
+ Gaitzeko
+\family sans
+Hobespenak
+\family default
+ leihoko
+\family sans
+Bide-izenak
+\family default
+ fitxan dagoen
+\family sans
+LyX Zerbitzari-kanalizazioa
+\family default
+ eremuan honelako bide-izen bat jarri beharko duzu:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+/home/<zure-etxeko-direktorioa>/.lyx/lyxpipe
+\layout Standard
+
+Xehetasun gehiagorako, irakurri LyX zerbitzariaren dokumentazioa
+\emph on
+Pertsonalizazioa
+\emph default
+ eskuliburuan.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Tresna-barraren hedapenak
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-eko tresna-barrari gehi diezaiokezun sei botoi gehiago daude.
+ Bost botoi inguruneentzako laster-teklak dira: Estandarra, Atala, LaTeX,
+ LyXkodea eta Scrap.
+ Azkena "Eraikineko programa"-rentzako laster-tekla da.
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-ek tresna-barra pertsonalizatzeko zenbait botoi ditu.
+ Nire tresna-barran sei botoi horietaz gain, beste bi hauek ere gehitu dizkiot:
+ bata
+\family sans
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+kusi\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+VI
+\family default
+ lantzeko eta bestea
+\family sans
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+kusi\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+guneratu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+VI
+\family default
+ lantzeko.
+ Hona hemen duten itxura:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+Toolbar
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Layouts
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Icon "layout Standard"
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Icon "layout Section"
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Icon "layout LaTeX"
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Icon "layout LyXCode"
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Icon "layout Scrap"
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Separator
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Icon "buffer-view"
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Icon "buffer-typeset"
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Icon "build-program"
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Separator
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+.
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+.
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+.
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+End
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Koloreen pertsonalizazioa
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-en erabiltzen dituen hainbat kolore pertsonaliza ditzakezu:
+\family sans
+Hobespenak
+\family default
+ leihoan.
+ Erabiltzaile batzuk LaTeX letra-tipoen kolorearekin nazkatzen dira.
+ Lehenetsitako kolorea gorria izaten da, eta Scrap-ek LaTeX-en letra-tipo
+ berdina erabiltzen duenez, eta literatura-dokumentu batean scrap ugari
+ jartzen badituzu, dokumentua erabat gorrixkatzen da.
+ Aldatu nahi baduzu, joan
+\family sans
+Itxura\SpecialChar ~
+eta\SpecialChar ~
+izaera
+\family default
+ fitxako
+\family sans
+Koloreak
+\family default
+ azpifitxara.
+\layout Standard
+
+Hurrengo gauza pantailako lerro berriaren karaktere ikurra da.
+ Karaktere horren kolorea hauta dezakezu, eta atzeko planoan dagoen kolorearekin
+ nahasarazi.
+ Aholku bat: hautatu ezazu atzeko planoak duen antzeko kolorea baina ez
+ berdina, bien artean zerbait ezberdintzen dela antzemateko, eta horrela
+ ez zara hainbeste nazkatuko.
+\layout Chapter
+
+LaTeX-eko adituen sekretuak
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{kapi:sekretuak}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Nahiz eta LyX ahalmen handiko tresna bat izan, ezin da espero TeX/LaTeX
+ garbian idatzitakoek egiten duten guztia lantzea.
+ Hala ere, TeX eta LaTeX-eko ezagutzak diren trikimailu asko LyX-en ere
+ erabil daitezke, baldin eta tresna-barrako "TeX" botoia sakatzeko edo LaTeX-eko
+ hitzaurrean (
+\family sans
+Dokumentu-ezarpenak
+\family default
+ leihoko
+\family sans
+Hitzaurrea
+\family default
+ fitxan) gauzak idazteko beldurrik ez baduzu bederen.
+ Atal honetan hainbat trikimailu, aholku eta bestelako burutazio egoki emango
+ dizkizugu zure dokumentuan erabiltzeko eta hobetzeko.
+
+\emph on
+Saiatu zaitez etxean egiten
+\emph default
+, dokumentu txiki eta balio gutxi duenarekin hastea ahokatzen dizut!
+\layout Standard
+
+Atal honetako burutazio gehienek zure LaTeX banaketako dokumentu-klase gutxi
+ batzuk eskatzen dituzte.
+ teTeX bezalako banaketa bat instalatuta baduzu, gehienak eskuragarri izango
+ dituzu.
+ Gutxi batzuk, ordea, CTANen gunetik jaitsi beharko dira.
+ Maiz gertatzen da gauza bera egiteko bide bat baino gehiago egotea, edo
+ antzekoa egiten duten hainbat LaTeX-en estilo-fitxategi egotea.
+ Bakoitzak erabakitzen du zein bide hartu, egingo dugun bakarra fitxategi
+ mota batekin lan-mota bat nola egin dezakezun azaltzea da.
+ Beraz, jantzi aztiaren txapela, mantendu begi bat irekita inguruko herensugeent
+zako, eta has gaitezen.
+\layout Section
+
+Oin eta alboko oharrentzako trikimaluak
+\layout Standard
+
+Aholkapena:
+\noun on
+Robin Socha
+\layout Subsection
+
+Oin-oharrak
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-ek oraindik artikulu ("article") motako dokumentu-klase bateko atal
+ bakoitzaren hasieran ezin du oin-oharren zenbaketa berriro 1 balioarekin
+ berrasieratu, ez eta zenbatzailearen estiloa aldatu ere.
+ Horretarako, zeuk sartu beharko dituzu LaTeX-eko komandoak, honen bezalakoak:
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+setcounter{footnote}{0}
+\end_inset
+
+ Komando hau erabiltzeak,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+setcounter{footnote}{0}
+\family default
+, zenbatzailea 1 balioa edukitzera berrasieratzen du
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Zenbatzailea 1 balioarekin ezarri da.
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Hurrengo komandoak zenbatzailea hizki txikietara aldatzen du.
+ Begiratu hurrengo oin-oharra zure
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\family default
+ edo
+\family typewriter
+ghostview
+\family default
+ tresnan
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+thefootnote}{
+\backslash
+alph{footnote}}
+\end_inset
+
+:
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Hau zenbatzaile alfabetikoa duen oin-ohar baten adibidea da.
+
+\newline
+Hau lortzeko
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+thefootnote {
+\backslash
+alph{footnote}}
+\family default
+ erabili.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Hurrengo komandoak zenbatzailea bere lehenetsitako egoerara itzultzen du,
+ hau da,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+arabic
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Erabili
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+thefootnote}{
+\backslash
+arabic{footnote}}
+\family default
+ zenbatzailearen estiloa LyX-en lehenetsia dagoenera itzultzeko.Hau da,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+arabic
+\family default
+.
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand {
+\backslash
+thefootnote} {
+\backslash
+arabic{footnote}}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ .
+\layout Standard
+
+Zenbatzailearen estilo gisa
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+arabic
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+roman
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+Roman
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+alph
+\family default
+ edo
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+Alph
+\family default
+ eta beste batzuk erabil ditzakezu.
+ Arestiko adibidean LaTeX komandoa ordeztu, eta berriro exekutatu TeX zein
+ itxurarekin kaleratzen den ikusteko.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Albo-oharrak
+\layout Standard
+
+LaTeX komandoak erabiliz, alboko oharrak txukuntzeko bi adibide azaltzen
+ ditugu.
+\layout Standard
+
+Ondorengo komandoak zure testuaren alboan marra bertikal bat marraztuko
+ du, gauzak hatz erakuslearekin nabarmentzeko:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+marginpar{
+\backslash
+rule[-10mm]{30mm}{5mm}}
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+marginpar{
+\backslash
+rule[-10mm]{30mm}{5mm}}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Begiratu zure
+\family typewriter
+dvi
+\family default
+ edo
+\family typewriter
+ghostview
+\family default
+ irteeran
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+reversemarginpar
+\family default
+ komandoak zer egiten duen jarraian dagoen albo-oharrarekin.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+reversemarginpar
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Marginal
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+\size scriptsize
+Hau alboko
+\newline
+ohar bat da.
+
+\newline
+Hala ote?
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Section
+
+Zutabe anitzak
+\layout Standard
+
+Idazlea:
+\noun on
+Lars Gullik Bjønnes
+\layout Subsection
+
+Xedea
+\layout Standard
+
+Kapitulu honen helburua
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\emph on
+Editoraren oharra
+\emph default
+: Lars-ek idatzi zuen jatorrizko kapitulua
+\family typewriter
+multicol
+\family default
+ paketearen erabilpenari buruzko azalpen bikaina zen.
+ Tamalez, dokumentu honetan jartzeko luzegia zen.
+ Ondorioz, hemen atal garrantzitsuenak bakarrik sartzea hautatu nuen (bihotzez
+ sentitzen dut, Lars).
+ Jatorrizko kapitulua (eta beste kontu batzuk!)
+\family typewriter
+examples/multicol.lyx
+\family default
+adibide-fitxategian aurkituko duzu--- mer
+\end_inset
+
+ LyX-eko dokumentu batean
+\family typewriter
+multicol
+\family default
+ paketea nola erabil daitekeen erakustea da.
+ LyX-ek oraindik
+\family typewriter
+multicol
+\family default
+ paketea onartzen ez duenez, zenbait trikimailutxo erabili beharko ditugu.
+ Atal hau irakurtzen jarraitxen baduzu, nola egin dezakezun ikasiko duzu.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Murriztapenak
+\layout Standard
+
+Orrialde batean testua bat edo hainbat zutabetan agertzeko
+\family typewriter
+multicol
+\family default
+ paketea dago.
+ Oin-oharrak egokiro kudeatzen dira (zati gehienetan behintzat), baina orrialdea
+ren behean kokatzen da eta ez zutabe bakoitzaren azpian.
+ LaTeX-en mugikorrentzako mekanismoa; nola nahi ere, uneko garapenean desgaitua
+ dago.
+ Une hauetan orrialde osoko mugikorrak ingurunearen barrutian bakarrik erabil
+ daitezke.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Adibideak
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Bi zutabeko testua
+\layout Standard
+
+Testua bi zutabetan banatu nahi baduzu, LaTeX era erabili behar duzu
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{multicols}{2}
+\family default
+ txertatzeko, eta kokatzen duzun lekutik hasiko dira bi zutabeak agertzen.
+ Bi zutabeko testua amaitutzat jotzeko erabili:
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+end{multicols}
+\family default
+.
+ Honela
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\emph on
+Itzultzailearen oharra
+\emph default
+: zutabe anitzetako testua ez da euskaratu, zeren eta garrantzitsuena da
+ testuak hainbat zutabetan nola banatzen diren ikastea, eta ez adibide bezala
+ erabili den testua ulertzea.
+\end_inset
+
+ :
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+begin{multicols}{2}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series bold
+\size footnotesize
+The Adventure of the Empty House
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\size footnotesize
+by Sir Arthur Conan Doyle
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\size footnotesize
+It was in the spring of the year 1894 that all London was interested, and
+ the fashionable world dismayed, by the murder of the Honourable Ronald
+ Adair under most unusual and inexplicable circumstances.
+ The public has already learned those particulars of the crime which came
+ out in the police investigation, but a good deal was suppressed upon that
+ occasion, since the case for the prosecution was so overwhelmingly strong
+ that it was not necessary to bring forward all the facts.
+ Only now, at the end of nearly ten years, am I allowed to supply those
+ missing links which make up the whole of that remarkable chain.
+ The crime was of interest in itself, but that interest was as nothing to
+ me compared to the inconceivable sequel, which afforded me the greatest
+ shock and surprise of any event in my adventurous life.
+ Even now, after this long interval, I find myself thrilling as I think
+ of it, and feeling once more that sudden flood of joy, amazement, and increduli
+ty which utterly submerged my mind.
+ Let me say to that public, which has shown some interest in those glimpses
+ which I have occasionally given them of the thoughts and actions of a very
+ remarkable man, that they are not to blame me if I have not shared my knowledge
+ with them, for I should have considered it my first duty to do so, had
+ I not been barred by a positive prohibition from his own lips, which was
+ only withdrawn upon the third of last month.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+end{multicols}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Hainbat zutabeko testua
+\layout Standard
+
+Eredu berdina erabiltzen da testua bi zutabe baino gehiagotan jarri nahi
+ duzunean:
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+begin{multicols}{3}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\size footnotesize
+It can be imagined that my close intimacy with Sherlock Holmes had interested
+ me deeply in crime, and that after his disappearance I never failed to
+ read with care the various problems which came before the public.
+ And I even attempted, more than once, for my own private satisfaction,
+ to employ his methods in their solution, though with indifferent success.
+ There was none, however, which appealed to me like this tragedy of Ronald
+ Adair.
+ As I read the evidence at the inquest, which led up to a verdict of willful
+ murder against some person or persons unknown, I realized more clearly
+ than I had ever done the loss which the community had sustained by the
+ death of Sherlock Holmes.
+ There were points about this strange business which would, I was sure,
+ have specially appealed to him, and the efforts of the police would have
+ been supplemented, or more probably anticipated, by the trained observation
+ and the alert mind of the first criminal agent in Europe.
+ All day, as I drove upon my round, I turned over the case in my mind and
+ found no explanation which appeared to me to be adequate.
+ At the risk of telling a twice-told tale, I will recapitulate the facts
+ as they were known to the public at the conclusion of the inquest.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+end{multicols}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+3 zutabe baino gehiago eduki ditzakezu, baina ziurrenik begientzako ez dela
+ oso ikusgarria izango.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Zutabeak zutabeen barruan
+\layout Standard
+
+Zutabeen barruan zutabeak eduki ditzakezu:
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+begin{multicols}{2}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\size footnotesize
+The Honourable Ronald Adair was the second son of the Earl of Maynooth,
+ at that time governor of one of the Australian colonies.
+ Adair's mother had returned from Australia to undergo the operation for
+ cataract, and she, her son Ronald, and her daughter Hilda were living together
+ at 427 Park Lane.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+begin{multicols}{2}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\size footnotesize
+The youth moved in the best society--had, so far as was known, no enemies
+ and no particular vices.
+ He had been engaged to Miss Edith Woodley, of Carstairs, but the engagement
+ had been broken off by mutual consent some months before, and there was
+ no sign that it had left any very profound feeling behind it.
+ For the rest {sic} the man's life moved in a narrow and conventional circle,
+ for his habits were quiet and his nature unemotional.
+ Yet it was upon this easy-going young aristocrat that death came, in most
+ strange and unexpected form, between the hours of ten and eleven-twenty
+ on the night of March 30, 1894.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+end{multicols}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\size footnotesize
+Ronald Adair was fond of cards--playing continually, but never for such
+ stakes as would hurt him.
+ He was a member of the Baldwin, the Cavendish, and the Bagatelle card clubs.
+ It was shown that, after dinner on the day of his death, he had played
+ a rubber of whist at the latter club.
+ He had also played there in the afternoon.
+ The evidence of those who had played with him-- Mr.
+ Murray, Sir John Hardy, and Colonel Moran--showed that the game was whist,
+ and that there was a fairly equal fall of the cards.
+ Adair might have lost five pounds, but not more.
+ His fortune was a considerable one, and such a loss could not in any way
+ affect him.
+ He had played nearly every day at one club or other, but he was a cautious
+ player, and usually rose a winner.
+ It came out in evidence that, in partnership with Colonel Moran, he had
+ actually won as much as four hundred and twenty pounds in a sitting, some
+ weeks before, from Godfrey Milner and Lord Balmoral.
+ So much for his recent history as it came out at the inquest.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+end{multicols}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Adibide aurrerakoiagoak
+\family typewriter
+examples/multicol.lyx
+\family default
+ fitxategian aurkituko dituzu, zutabe eta goiburukoen arteko tarteak, lerro
+ bereizle bertikalak eta bestelako jokoak erakusten ditu.
+\layout Section
+
+Zenbatua paragrafo-ingurunearen zenbakera
+\begin_inset OptArg
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Zenbatua
+\family default
+-ren zenbakera
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Idazlea:
+\noun on
+John Weiss
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_top bigskip \noindent
+
+\family sans
+Zenbatua
+\family default
+ paragrafo-ingurunearen lehenetsitako zenbakera arabierazko zenbakiekin
+ hasi eta hizki maiuskulez amaitzen da.
+ Demagun, batzuetan eguna horrela zabaltzen delako, zenbakerarentzako bestelako
+ mota baztuk erabili nahi dituzula.
+ Zenbakera nola aldatzen den adierazteko adibidea dator orain:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+labelenumi}{
+\backslash
+Roman{enumi}.}
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+labelenumii}{
+\backslash
+Alph{enumii}.}
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+labelenumiii}{
+\backslash
+arabic{enumiii}.}
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+labelenumiv}{
+\backslash
+alph{enumiv}.)}
+\layout Standard
+
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+hauek zenbakera erromatar zenbakiak, maiuskuletan dauden hizkiak, arabierazko
+ zenbakia eta minuskuletan dauden hizkiak ezartzen dute, hurrenez hurren.
+\layout Standard
+
+Gainera, aurreko adibideak zenbakerari beste zerbait gehitzen dio.
+ Lehenbizikoak "I." bezalako etiketa edukiko luke.
+ Askoz erragazo irakurtzearren arestiko adibideak honelako zenbakera sortuko
+ luke: <
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+I.
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+,\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+A.
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+,\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+1.
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+,\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+a.)
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+>.
+\layout Standard
+
+Arestiko adibidean ikusi duzunez, habiaratze-sakonera bakoitzarentzako etiketa-k
+omando bat dago,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+labelenumi
+\family default
+ \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+labelenumiv
+\family default
+, eta baita zenbatzaile bat ere,
+\family typewriter
+enumi
+\family default
+ \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\family typewriter
+enumiv
+\family default
+.
+ "Zenbakiak inprimatzeko" bost komando ere badaude:
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+arabic{}
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+roman{}
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+Roman{}
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+alph{}
+\family default
+, eta
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+Alph{}
+\family default
+, eta bakoitzak zenbatzaile bat jasotzen du argumentu bezala.
+ Horien aurretik eta atzetik karaktereak gehi ditzakezu, baina zuriunerik
+ gehitu beharrik ez dago.
+\layout Standard
+
+Hauekin gauza ederrak lor ditzakezu.
+ Adibidez:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+labelenumi}{
+\backslash
+#
+\backslash
+Alph{enumi}
+\backslash
+#}
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+labelenumii}{
+\backslash
+Alph{enumi}.
+\backslash
+arabic{enumii}}
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+labelenumiii}{
+\backslash
+alph{enumiii}+}
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+labelenumiv}{(
+\backslash
+roman{enumiv})}
+\layout Standard
+
+Komando hauek honelako zenbakera bat sortuko lukete: <
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+#A#
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+,\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+A.1
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+,\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+a+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+,\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+(i)
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+>.
+
+\layout Section
+
+Taulako errenkaden arteko tarteaErrenkaden tartea
+\layout Standard
+
+Idazlea:
+\noun on
+Mike Ressler
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_top bigskip \noindent
+LaTeX-ek taula bateko errenkaden artean tarte osagarria jartzen uzten dizu,
+ errenkadaren amaiera zehazten duenari (
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+
+\backslash
+
+\family default
+) aukerako argumentu bat emanez.
+ LyX-ek oraindik gaitasun hori ez dauka garatuta, beraz hemen eta gauza
+ bera egiteko bi trikimailu azaltzen dira.
+\layout Standard
+
+Lehenbizikoa arruntagoa da, baita luzeagoa ere.
+ LyX-en hitzaurrean sartu ondorengo komandoaren definizioa:
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+newcommand{
+\backslash
+extratablespace}[1]{
+\backslash
+noalign{vskip#1}}
+\family default
+.
+ Komando honek argumentu bakar bat jasotzen du, txertatzea nahi duzun tarte-tama
+ina.
+ Txertatu komandoa atzeko errenkadako lehenbiziko zutabean, eta tartea errenkada
+ horren gainean agertuko da.
+ Hona hemen adibide bat (
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+aula
+\family default
+ erabiliz ertzak kendu dizkiot):
+\layout Standard
+\align center
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Mineral
+\family default
+\series default
+\shape default
+\size default
+\emph default
+\bar default
+\noun default
+\color default
+ak
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Kaltzita
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Dolomit
+\family default
+\series default
+\shape default
+\size default
+\emph default
+\bar default
+\noun default
+\color default
+a
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Kuartzo
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Grafito
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+extratablespace{2ex}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+\series default
+\shape default
+\size default
+\emph default
+\bar default
+\noun default
+\color default
+Haitzak
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Kararria
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Hareharri
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Granit
+\family default
+\series default
+\shape default
+\size default
+\emph default
+\bar default
+\noun default
+\color default
+oa
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Andesite
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Bigarren bidea askoz ere azkarragoa da, baina tipografia-arloan aritzen
+ dienek eta TeX-eko adituak aizkorak zorroztuta zeruari oihuka hasiko dira.
+ Leku berean errenkada amaitzen dela adierazten duen ikurra jarri, aukerazko
+ argumentu batekin.
+ Hemen, ez da behar komando bat definitzea, aurreko adibidean egin den bezala.
+ Baina zehazten duzun baino tarte handiagoa egongo da, zeren eta oinarrian
+ errenkada zuri (huts) bat gehitu baituzu, eta horri tartea gehituz.
+ Gehitzen den tartea handiegia bada, erabili zenbaki negatiboak, honen gisa:
+\layout Standard
+\align center
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Mineral
+\family default
+\series default
+\shape default
+\size default
+\emph default
+\bar default
+\noun default
+\color default
+ak
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Kaltzita
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Dolomit
+\family default
+\series default
+\shape default
+\size default
+\emph default
+\bar default
+\noun default
+\color default
+a
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Kuartzo
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Grafito
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+
+\backslash
+[-1ex]
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+\series default
+\shape default
+\size default
+\emph default
+\bar default
+\noun default
+\color default
+Haitzak
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Kararria
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Hareharri
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Granitoa
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Andesite
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Goxoki txiki bat dirudi, eta lana azkar egiten du, nahiz eta oso itxusia
+ izan.
+ Usteldutako barazkiak ximaurra egiteko erabili! Zin dagizut honelakorik
+ inoiz ez nukeela aholkatuko! Bestela eror bedi urtzia gure buruen gainera!
+\layout Section
+
+Letra kapitalak
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_bottom bigskip
+Idazlea:
+\noun on
+Mike Ressler
+\layout Standard
+\noindent
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+newfont{
+\backslash
+tmpfont}{cmr17 scaled 2500}{
+\backslash
+tmpfont Z}
+\backslash
+vspace*{-8.4ex}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+\noindent
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+hangindent=3.3em
+\backslash
+hangafter=-3
+\end_inset
+
+uetariko askok liburu zaharrek erabiltzen zuten "letra kapitalen" (maiuskuletan
+ zeuden letra ikaragarri handi haiek, kapitulu edo atal berri bakoitzeko
+ hasieran kokatzen zirenak) itxura eskuratzea nahiko zenukete .
+ Hauek LyX/LaTeX soilean zuzenean garatzen dira (TeX soilean zerbait idazten
+ dakizula suposatzen da), baina lan gehixeago eta beronen gainean hainbat
+ bira ematea eskatzen du.
+ Ikus dezakezu (pantailan irakurtzen ari bazara) paragrafo honen hasieran
+ TeX erako zatarkeria dagoela.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+verb+
+\backslash
+bigdrop{-1em}{3}{ptmri}{H}+
+\end_inset
+
+emen gauza bera egiteko bide errazagoa daukazu.
+ dropcaps paketea (edo berriagoa den
+\family typewriter
+dropping
+\family default
+) CTANen gunetik eskuratuz zure dokumentuetan honelako letrak agertzeko
+ bide eroso bat eskaintzen dizute.
+ Pakete hau teTeX-eko zati estandar bat ez denez, dokumentu honetan ezin
+ dizut erakutsi.
+ Baina paragrafo hau dokumentu berri batera kopiatzen baduzu, gero "
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+verb
+\family default
+" komandoa eta "+" ikurrak paragrafo hasieran dagoen TeX kodetik ezabatu,
+ eta LaTeX hitzaurrean
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+usepackage{dropcaps}
+\family default
+ gehitzen baduzu, Times Roman letra etzanarekin "H" hizki dotorea agertuko
+ zaizu.
+ Letra horrek hiru lerroko altuera izango du, eta marjinetik 1\SpecialChar ~
+em neurrian
+ kanporago geldituko da.
+ Ah! Gogoratu "
+\family typewriter
+dropcaps.sty
+\family default
+" TeX-ek ikus dezakeen direktorio batean kopiatu behar duzula.
+ Lehenbiziko argumentua koskatze-tartearen tamainari dagokio; kasu honetan
+ negatiboa denez, marjinerantz joango litzateke.
+ Bigarren argumentua hizkiaren altuera da, eta testuaren lerroetan neurtzen
+ da.
+ Hirugarren argumentua letra-tipoaren izena da: teorian
+\family typewriter
+tfm
+\family default
+ fitxategia duen edozerekin ongi moldatu beharko luke (murgildu zaitez \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\family typewriter
+/texmf/fonts/tfm
+\family default
+ direktorioan dauden aukerak ikusteko).
+ Gehien bat
+\family typewriter
+"yinit"
+\family default
+ atsegin dut, alemaniera luxuzko letra-tipo bat, letra kapitalentzako bereziki
+ diseinatua.
+ Laugarren argumentua kokatu beharreko hizkia da (edo hizkiak).
+
+\family typewriter
+dropping
+\family default
+ paketeak
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+bigdrop
+\family default
+ komandoa ekartzen du, eta apur bat sinpleagoa den
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+dropping
+\family default
+ komandoa ere.
+\layout Section
+
+Paragrafoen estandarrak ez diren forma
+\layout Standard
+
+Idazlea:
+\noun on
+Mike Ressler
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_top bigskip \noindent
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+begin{sloppypar}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+newdimen
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+setlength{
+\backslash
+varunit}{4.5in}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+\noindent
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+parshape 19 0.45
+\backslash
+varunit 0.332
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+0.40
+\backslash
+varunit 0.300
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+0.35
+\backslash
+varunit 0.293
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+0.30
+\backslash
+varunit 0.300
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+0.25
+\backslash
+varunit 0.317
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+0.20
+\backslash
+varunit 0.342
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+0.15
+\backslash
+varunit 0.373
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+0.10
+\backslash
+varunit 0.410
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+0.05
+\backslash
+varunit 0.453
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+0.00
+\backslash
+varunit 0.500
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+0.05
+\backslash
+varunit 0.453
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+0.10
+\backslash
+varunit 0.410
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+0.15
+\backslash
+varunit 0.373
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+0.20
+\backslash
+varunit 0.342
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+0.25
+\backslash
+varunit 0.317
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+0.30
+\backslash
+varunit 0.300
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+0.35
+\backslash
+varunit 0.293
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+0.40
+\backslash
+varunit 0.300
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+0.45
+\backslash
+varunit 0.332
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+
+\end_inset
+
+Bada garaia paragrafo laukiluzeen tirania bertan behera botatzeko.
+ Horrelakoetan, TeX soileko
+\backslash
+parshape komando zoragarriari deitzen zaio.
+ Ikus dezakezunez, edonolako formak jar daiteke lerro-luzeeren definizio
+ multzo batekin.
+ Nahiz eta
+\family typewriter
+parshape
+\family default
+ komandoa nahiko xumea eta erabilgaitza iruditu, erabiltzaileari burutatu
+ zaiokeen zenbait egoeretan lagungarri gerta dakioke: letra kapitalak fintzea,
+ irudi ez-laukien ingurunean testua itzulbiratzea, e.a.
+
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_top bigskip
+Sintaxia hau da:
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+parshape lerrokop #1koska #1luzero #21koska #2luzero \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+ #nkoska #nluzero
+\family default
+, non
+\family typewriter
+lerrokop
+\family default
+ paragrafoa osatzen duen lerro kopurua den.
+ Lerro gutxiago egonez gero, forma moztu egiten da; gehiago egonez gero,
+ gainezka dauden lerroak definizioko azken lerroaren neurriak hartuko dituzte.
+
+\family typewriter
+#nkoska
+\family default
+ sarrerak ezkerreko marjinetik hasita lerroaren koskatze-tamaina zehazten
+ du, eta
+\family typewriter
+#nluzero
+\family default
+ sarrerak berriz puntu horretatik hasi eta lerro horrek zenbateko luzera
+ izango duen.
+ Forma uneko paragrafoari eragiten dio, eta hurrengo paragrafoetan gauzak
+ bere laukidun ohituretara itzultzen dira.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+end{sloppypar}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Section
+
+Laburpena
+\layout Standard
+
+Ikusi duzunez, atal honetako adibideek praktikotasunetik gauza apetatsuetaraino
+ iritsi dira.
+ Ez dut uste inork azken ataleko forma bitxidun paragraforik beharko duenik,
+ zeren eta gauzarik garrantzitsuena da TeX eta LaTeX-en egin ditzakezunak
+ LyX-en ere egiteko gai izango zarela.
+ TeX konposaketarako ahalmen handiko sistema zoragarria da, eta bere gaitasun
+ guztia zure eskuetan dago, zeren eta LyX-ek bere atzekaldean erabiltzen
+ baitu.
+ Izan LyX-atze zoriontsua!
+\the_end
--- /dev/null
+#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
+\lyxformat 221
+\textclass scrartcl
+\begin_preamble
+\usepackage{multicol}
+\end_preamble
+\language basque
+\inputencoding latin1
+\fontscheme pslatex
+\graphics default
+\paperfontsize default
+\spacing single
+\papersize a4paper
+\paperpackage a4
+\use_geometry 0
+\use_amsmath 0
+\use_natbib 0
+\use_numerical_citations 0
+\paperorientation portrait
+\secnumdepth 3
+\tocdepth 3
+\paragraph_separation indent
+\defskip medskip
+\quotes_language english
+\quotes_times 2
+\papercolumns 1
+\papersides 2
+\paperpagestyle default
+
+\layout Title
+
+LyX Maiz Eginiko Galderak
+\newline
+0.3.7 bertsioa
+\layout Author
+
+egilea: LyX taldea.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Fitxategi honen arduradun nagusia
+\noun on
+Mike Ressler
+\noun default
+ da.
+ Bidali iradokizunak edo erroreei buruzko zuzenketak LyX dokumentazioko
+ posta-zerrendara: <lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org>.
+
+\newline
+Itzulpena: Iñaki Larrañaga Murgoitio, <dooteo@euskalgnu.org>, 2004.
+\newline
+Zuzenketak: Hizkuntza Politikarako Sailburuordetza <hizpol@ej-gv.es>, 2004.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Abstract
+
+Hau LyX-i dagokion Maiz Egindako Galderen (MEG) zerrenda da.
+ LyX-ek kalitate goreneko dokumentuak sortzeko
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Ikusten duzuna esan nahi duzu" (WYSIWYM) ingurunea eskaintzen duen testu-prozesa
+dore bat du, eta software librea da.
+ Laguntza gehiagorako, jarri harremanetan LyX-eko erabiltzaile taldearen
+ posta-zerrendarekin; hori bai, eskuliburu guztiak irakurri ondoren.
+ Posta-zerrenda hau da:
+\family typewriter
+lyx-users@lists.lyx.org
+\family default
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Section
+
+Sarrera eta informazio orokorra
+\layout Subsection
+
+Zer da LyX?
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX ordenagailuen bitartez dokumentazioa idazteko tresna eraginkorra da,
+ markatze-hizkuntza darabil, "idazmakina" kontzeptu zaharkitua apurtuz.
+ Ahalegin gutxirekin eta denbora oso labur batean dokumentu profesionalak
+ sortu nahi dituztenentzako diseinatua dago, eta "maketazio" arloko aditua
+ izan gabe.
+ Maketazio-lanetaz ordenagailua arduratzen da, ez egilea; LyX-ekin egilea
+ dokumentuaren edukian kontzentratzen da.
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-ek dokumentuaren
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+ia-WYSIWYG" ikuspegia eskaintzen du.
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Ia
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ hitzak lerro- eta orri-jauziak inprimatutako dokumentuan berdin-berdina
+ ez direla bistaratuko esan nahi du.
+ Hala ere, ez da beharrezkoa, zeren eta LyX-ek zure testuaren amaierako
+ formatua lantzeko konposatze-lanak egiten dituen beste programa (LaTeX
+ izenekoa) bat erabiltzen baitu.
+ LyX-ek erabiltzailearen interfaze eroso bat eskaintzeko osagai guztiak
+ dituen bitartean, konposaketa lanak egiteko programak testuaren formatua
+ lantzeko gauza guztiak ditu, eta bien artean oso-oso ongi moldatzen dira.
+\layout Standard
+
+Beraz, lerro- eta orri-jauziekin ez duzu inolako arazorik izango.
+ Azpiatal zehatz batek zein zenbatzaile duen gogoratu beharrik ez duzu izango.
+ Atalen izenburuek zein letra-tipo eta tamaina erabiltzen duten ere ahaztu.
+ LyX-i (eta LaTeX-i) esan behar diozun gauzan bakarra da zein
+\emph on
+dokumentu-klase
+\emph default
+ editatzen ari zaren eta testua dagoen paragrafoa zein
+\emph on
+motakoa
+\emph default
+ den; hori eginez gero ordenagailuak dokumentuari dagokion konposatze-lanak
+ egokiro egingo ditu.
+ Argi dago dokumentua fintzeko maila sakonagoetan aritzeko aukera duzula.
+ Hala ere, LyX-ek ordenagailuari testua zer den adierazten dio, eta ez nolako
+ itxura eduki behar duen.
+ Horregatik, LyX testu-prozesadoreak WYSIWYM ("What You See Is What You
+
+\emph on
+Mean"
+\emph default
+ edo "Ikusten duzuna
+\emph on
+esan
+\emph default
+
+\emph on
+nahi
+\emph default
+ duzu") moduko edizioa eskaintzen dizula esatea atsegin dugu.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Oso polita, baina erabilgarria da?
+\layout Standard
+
+Erabat.
+ LyX-ekin honako dokumentu-mota hauek sor daitezke:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Memoriak
+\layout Itemize
+
+Gutunak
+\layout Itemize
+
+Tesiak (dokumentu batean 260 orrialde, luzeagoak beste fitxategi batzuk
+ gehituz lortzen dira)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+adibidez,
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.fee.uva.nl/scholar/mdw/leuven/thesis.pdf}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Klaseak emateko apunteak (133 orrialde eta 27 irudi, 33 MHz 486 motako ordenagai
+lu batean ekoiztuta!)
+\layout Itemize
+
+Mintegietako koadernoak (500+ orrialde)
+\layout Itemize
+
+Konferentzietako txostenak ("Proceedings of the Second Continental Workshop
+ on the Geoid in Europe", (Finlandiako Geodesia Institutuaren txostena 98:4),
+ 292 orrialde)
+\layout Itemize
+
+Softwarearen dokumentazioa (LyX Erabiltzailearen Gidak 120 bat orrialde
+ ditu)
+\layout Itemize
+
+Liburuak
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+PostgreSQL-ren liburua
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.postgresql.org/docs/awbook.html}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ gunean aurki dezakezu.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Donnay, J-P., Barnsley, M.J., eta Longley, P.A., eds., 2001, "Remote Sensing and
+ Urban Analysis" (Taylor eta Francis: Londres).
+\layout Itemize
+
+Herbert Voss: "Praktische Kryptologie mit Java" 286 orrialde, ekuazio, taula
+ eta irudi pila bat.
+ ISBN 3-8311-1458-7.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Yann Collette eta Patrick Siarry, "Optimisation multiobjectifs", 2002, Eyrolles.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Ondoren zerrendatzen diren aldizkarietarako artikuluak:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Astronomy & Astrophysics (Suetterlin, P.
+ 1998, A&A, 333, 305; Suetterlin, P.
+ & Wiehr, E.
+ 1998, A&A, 336, 367)
+\layout Itemize
+
+Astronomical Journal (Ressler, M.
+ E.
+ & Barsony, M.
+ 2001, AJ, 121, 1098)
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Eleberriak (2000.
+ urtean kaleratu zen 400 orrialde baino gehiago zituen eleberri bat; une
+ hauetan 836 orrialdeko eleberri bat prestatzen ari dira)
+\layout Itemize
+
+Antzezlanak eta zinemarako gidoiak.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Negozio proposamenak: 1 milioi dolar (US) baino gehiagokoak.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Nondik hasiko naiz?
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-ekin zerikusia duena aurkitzeko, lehenbizi joan
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{www.lyx.org}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ web gunera.
+ Albisteak, adibideak, iturburuak, kode bitarrak eta beste gauza asko gune
+ horretan eskuragarri dituzu.
+ LyX instalatu ondoren eta lehen aldiz erabiltzerako, irakurri Tutoretza
+ (
+\family sans
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+aguntza\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+utoretza
+\family default
+).
+ Bai, horitxi esan nahi dut.
+\layout Standard
+
+Beste sarrerako gida bat aurkituko duzu hemen:
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{www.bilkent.edu.tr/~robin/lyxguide.pdf}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+Zein ordenagailutan erabil dezaket?
+\layout Standard
+
+Une honetan, LyX exekutatzeko X leiho-sistema behar duzu.
+ OS/2, MacOS X eta Win32 sistementzako bihurketak prestatuta daude, baina
+ sistema horietan X zerbitzaria instalatuta eta lanean eduki beharko duzu.
+ LyX honako sistema eragile hauetan (eta beste askotan) erabiltzen dela
+ badakigu:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Linux: Debian, RedHat, SUSE, Mandrake edo YellowDogLinux beste batzuen artean.
+\layout Itemize
+
+SparcLinux: RedHat 6.0
+\layout Itemize
+
+Sun Solaris 2.6, 2.7
+\layout Itemize
+
+Tru64 Unix 4.0f
+\layout Itemize
+
+HP-UX
+\layout Itemize
+
+OSF1 flore V4.0 1091 alpha
+\layout Subsection
+
+LyX-ek zenbat leku behar du disko gogorrean?
+\layout Standard
+
+Nire sisteman, LyX-en kode bitarrak disko gogorrean 2 MB betetzen ditu,
+ eta euskarriko fitxategiek beste 12.6 MB betetzen dute, horietatik 9.1 MB
+ dokumentuek osatzen dute, eta diskoan leku gehiago edukitzeko, axola ez
+ zaizkizun hizkuntzetakoak ezaba ditzakezu.
+ Gogoratu behar dugu LyX-ek LaTeX-en oinarritzen dela, eta teTeX bezalako
+ banaketa bat instalatuta 115 MB inguru betetzen dituela, eta ghostscript-ek
+ beste 10 MB eskatzen dituela!
+\layout Subsection
+
+LyX benetako software askea da?
+\layout Standard
+
+Bai, noski.
+ Hori galdetzea ere! Inor txikikerietan sakontzen hasten bada, LyX-ek erabiltzen
+ duen XForm liburutegi grafikoa nahiz eta dohainik eskuragarri egon jabedun
+ motako softwarea dela esan beharra dugu.
+ Horren ondorioz LyX ez da hain Garbia eta Santua.
+ Zentzugabekeria hutsa.
+ LyX-en iturburua pitin bat moldatutako GPL lizentzian oinarrituta dago,
+ eta beraz LyX bera software askea da eta horrelaxe bermatzen da.
+ Gainera, LyX-eko garatzaileek menpekotasunik ez duen tresna-jokoa lantzen
+ ari dira.
+ Beraz, 1.3.0 bertsiotik aurrera Qt 2 edo 3 liburutegi askearen 3.\SpecialChar ~
+bertsioa
+ onartzen du.
+ LyX-en 1.0 bertsioa baino zaharragoak (LGPL lizentziapean kaleratutakoak)
+ eskuratzeko, joan gune honetara:
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ftp.lyx.org/pub/xforms/OpenSource/}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\emph on
+Itzultzailearen\SpecialChar ~
+oharra
+\emph default
+: eskuliburu hau euskaratu zen garaian, 2004.
+ urteko hasieran, LyX 1.3.3 bertsioa GPL lizentziarekin banatuta zegoen.
+ Honek LyX erabat askea dela bermatzen du.
+\layout Section
+
+Interneteko euskarriak
+\layout Subsection
+
+LyX-i buruzkoak interneteko zein gunetan aurki ditzaket?
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{www.lyx.org}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{bugzilla.lyx.org}
+
+\end_inset
+
+, LyX-eko errore bati buruzko txostena bidaltzeko.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{www.devel.lyx.org}
+
+\end_inset
+
+, LyX-en hesteak eta odolkien artean murgiltzea nahi baduzu.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Ezagutzen diren ispilu-guneak, beste batzuen artean:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{www.mx.lyx.org}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{www.no.lyx.org}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{www.it.lyx.org}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Subsection
+
+LyX-eko materiala zein FTP-tik eskura dezaket?
+\layout Itemize
+
+ftp.lyx.org in /pub/lyx (ftp.via.ecp.fr bezala ere ezaguna)
+\layout Subsection
+
+Zein posta-zerrenda daude?
+\layout Description
+
+* lyx-announce@lists.lyx.org (mezu kopuru txikia), LyX-en albisteak zabaltzeko.
+\layout Description
+
+* lyx-users@lists.lyx.org (mezu kopuru ertaina), erabilera orokorrari buruzkoak.
+\layout Description
+
+* lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org (mezu kopuru handia), garapen eta araztatze buruzkoak.
+\layout Description
+
+* lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org (ikaragarrizko mezu kopuru txikia), dokumentazio
+ buruzkoak.
+\layout Standard
+
+Orokorrean posta-zerrenda hauetariko batean Harpidetzeko, bidali mezu bat
+ lyx-lelo-subscribe@lists.lyx.org helbidera; edo harpidetza amaitzeko, lyx-lelo-un
+subscribe@lists.lyx.org helbidera, non "lelo" hauetariko bat adierazi nahi
+ duen: "announce", "users", "devel", edo "docs".
+ Xehetasun gehiagorako, ikusi
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.lyx.org/internet/mailing.php3}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ gunea.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Posta-zerrendak nonbaiten gordetzen dira?
+\layout Standard
+
+Nola ez ba? :-)
+\layout Subsection
+
+Ederto, hi bai hi jatorra! Eta non gorde dituzue?
+\layout Itemize
+
+Albisteak:
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.mail-archive.com/lyx-announce@lists.lyx.org/}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+Erabiltzaileak:
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.mail-archive.com/lyx-users@lists.lyx.org/}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+Garapena:
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.mail-archive.com/lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org/}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Section
+
+Beste testu-prozesadore batzuekiko bateragarritasuna
+\layout Subsection
+
+LaTeX fitxategiak irakur/idatz ditzaket?
+\layout Standard
+
+Bai horixe.
+ LyX-ek dokumentuen irteera sortzeko LaTeX fitxategietara bihurtzen (inprimatzek
+o erabili behar bada) edo esportatzen (gizakiok irakurtzeko bada) ditu.
+ reLyX programak, LyX-ekin datorrenak, LaTeX motako fitxategiak LyX formatura
+ bihurtzen lan dotorea egiten du.
+ Perfektua ez izan arren, zuretzat %95 lantzen du.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Word fitxategiak irakur/idatz ditzaket?
+\layout Standard
+
+Ez da hain erraza.
+ Erabiltzaileek neurri batean arrakasta lortu izan dute honako sekuentzia
+ hauek landuta: LyX
+\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+LaTeX
+\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+RTF
+\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+Word, eta alderantziz.
+ Hala ere, Word-ek ez du LyX-ek eta LaTeX-ek duten markatze-hizkuntza erabiltzen
+, horren ondorioz bihurketak nahiko zailak eta zentzugabekoak dira.
+\layout Standard
+
+Dena den, hona iradokizun batzuk:
+\layout Description
+
+word2x Honek LaTeX, HTML eta testu soileko irteerak sortzen ditu.
+ Hasiera batean LaTeX formatura bihur dezake (eta nahiko garbi gainera),
+ baina nik nahiago izaten dut testu soilera bihurtu, eta azken honi LyX-ekin
+ formatua eman.
+ Horretarako, jatorrizko dokumentuaren formatua (zein diren atalen izenburuak,
+ zerrendak eta bestelakoak) ezagutzea eskatzen du.
+ Egin nuen azken saiakeran Office 2000-ko Word-ekin ez zebilen.
+
+\layout Description
+
+wvware (www.wvware.com gunean aurkituko duzu, edo azken bertsioa eskuratzeko,
+ joan CVS gordeleku-sistemara).
+ Garai batean msWordView izena zuen.
+ Oso ona, LaTeX/HTML formatua sortzeko balio du.
+ Oso konfigurakorra da:
+\family typewriter
+wvLaTeX.xml
+\family default
+ fitxategiak bihurketa prozesua bideratzen du.
+ Office-ren azken bertsioetako formatuekin lan egiteko gaitasuna dauka.
+\layout Description
+
+Ted Norbaitek Word-ekin sortutako RTF fitxategia bidaltzen dizunean, fitxategi
+ mota horren editorea da.
+ Produktu fina benetean.
+ Erabili bihurtzailearen bertsioa (testu soila edo HTML).
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Azkenik, guzti hauek huts egiten dutenean, erabili Word formatua ulertzen
+ duten edozein testu-prozesadore (OpenOffice.org, WordPerfect, StarOffice,...).
+ Gero, bihurtu fitxategia testu soil gisa, eta inportatu LyX-era (ASCII
+ gisa).
+ Ondoren, jarri dokumentuari dagokion formatuan.
+ Niretzat, eta hau iritzi pertsonala da, bihurketa horiek guztiak egin ordez,
+ azken bide hau jorratzea askoz ere azkarragoa eta garbiagoa da, horrela
+ ez baitaukazu atzera egin eta gauzak konpontzen denbora galtzen ibili beharrik.
+\layout Subsection
+
+HTML fitxategiak irakur/idatz ditzaket?
+\layout Standard
+
+Fitxategiak HTML formatuan idazteko, beste batzuen artean,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+tth
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ bihurtzailea erabili.
+ Hortik HTML
+\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+LaTeX bihurketa lantzen duen programaren bat egon beharko luke.
+\layout Section
+
+LyX eskuratzea eta konpilatzea
+\layout Subsection
+
+4.1 Zer behar dut?
+\layout Itemize
+
+LyX-eko iturburuak: lyx-1.x.x.tar.gz
+\layout Itemize
+
+XForms edo Qt liburutegia.
+ XForms-en kasuan xforms-0.88 edo garatuagoa (dagoen azken bertsioa erabiltzea
+ aholkatzen da) eskuratu.
+ Bestela Qt 3.1 edo garatuagoa.
+\layout Itemize
+
+LaTeX banaketa bat instalatuta edukitzea: teTeX-1.0 edo bertsio garatuagoa
+ eskuratzea aholkatzen dizugu.
+\layout Itemize
+
+PostScript® interpretatzailea: ghostscript 7.0 edo garatuagoa.
+\layout Itemize
+
+C++ konpilatzaile moderno bat.
+ Gcc erabiltzen baduzu, LyX-ek 2.95.2 edo 3.2 eskatuko dizu.
+ Saiatu dagoen azken bertsioarekin lan egiten.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Nola konpilatzen dut?
+\layout Standard
+
+Terminal batean, eta LyX-en iturburuak dauden direktorioan kokatuta, landu
+ komando hauek:
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+./configure
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Qt liburutegiak erabiltzea nahi baduzu, honako konfigurazio honetako aukerak
+ erabili beharko dituzu:
+\layout Itemize
+
+--with-frontend=qt
+\layout Itemize
+
+--with-qt-dir=<Qt_instalatuta_dagoen_direktorioa>.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+make
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+make install
+\family default
+ (komando hau supererabiltzaile edo root gisa landu beharko duzu, landu
+ duzun
+\family typewriter
+configure
+\family default
+ komandoan bestelako bandera edo aukerarik ez badiozu ezarri bederen)
+\layout Standard
+
+Xehetasun gehiagorako, irakurri iturburuko INSTALL fitxategia.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Konpilatzea gorrotatzen dut.
+ Aurrekonpilatutako kode bitarrak non aurki ditzaket?
+\layout Standard
+
+Arestiko pakete gehienak aurrekonpilatutako bitar formatuan Linux sistema
+ anitzetarako eskuragarri daude.
+ LyX-en kode bitarrak RPMS eta beste formatu batzuetan aurrekonpilatuta
+ daude eta gune honetatik eskura dezakezu:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ftp.lyx.org/pub/lyx/bin/}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Windows-entzako prestatutakoa hemendik jaitsi beharko duzu:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.fh-hannover.de/mbau/tim/hentschel/lyx/index.html}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Section
+
+Inpernuko Testu Gorriari buruzkoak (GARRANTZITSUA!)
+\layout Subsection
+
+Zer da Inpernuko Testu Gorria (edo ERT)?
+\layout Standard
+
+ERT (Inpernuko Testu Gorria) LaTeX-eko komando gordinei deitzen zaie, eta
+ LyX dokumentuan txerta ditzakezu.
+ Garapen-taldeko basapizti batzuei, ERT-ek LyX dokumentuei ematen zien itxura
+ zela eta, horrela izendatzea bururatu zitzaien.
+ Gutariko batzuek.
+ ordea, politikoki askoz ere zuzenagoak omen garenez, URT (Testu Gorri Itsusia)
+ deitu arren, arbasoengandiko ohitura hedatuz terminoa ERT bezala finkatu
+ zen.
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+Nola sartzen dut Inpernuko Testu Gorri bat?
+\layout Standard
+
+Itxurari buruzko eztabaida alde batera utziz, MEG honetan aurkitu dituzun
+ erantzun askok ERT erabiltzea eskatuko dizute; beraz,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+txertatu LaTeX kode hau" edo antzeko zerbait agintzen dizugunean, zuk honako
+ hau egin beharko zenuke (aginduei jaramonik ez egitea nahi baduzu, batzuek
+ esaten duten bezala "egin zerorrek!
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+)
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Tresna-barrako TeX botoian klikatu, edo
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+eX
+\family default
+ menua erabili.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Idatzi komandoa, beste edozein testu bezala.
+\layout Subsection
+
+ERT multzo berria nahiko astuna da!
+\layout Standard
+
+Erabiltzaile asko LyX 1.2.0 bertsioan sartu zen eta ERT txertatzeari buruzko
+ kexa azaldu zen.
+ Hala ere, LaTeX zaharra berpizteko itxaropen txiki bat egon arren (eta
+ hori bai zela akerren
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+I
+\emph on
+tzultzailearen oharra
+\emph default
+: "hack" hitza berez, beste esanahi batzuen artean, "aizkorakada" da, eta
+ ondorioz "hacker"-ak "aizkolariak" dira.
+ Fonema-kontua dela eta, "hacker" euskaraz ahoskatzerakoan "aker" entzuten
+ denez, "akerra" hitza erabiltzea bururatu zait.
+\end_inset
+
+ lana!), hemen hausnarketa batzuk zerrendatu ditugu:
+\layout Standard
+
+* ERT beste edozein mugikor bezala tolesta dezakezu; horretarako, klikatu
+ dokumentuan txertatu duzun ERT botoiaren gainean edo erabili
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Ireki/Itxi\SpecialChar ~
+
+\bar under
+m
+\bar default
+ugikorra
+\family default
+ menua (lehenespenez
+\family sans
+C-i
+\family default
+ lasterbideari esleituta dago).
+\layout Standard
+
+* ERT bat
+\emph on
+lerro-barnean
+\emph default
+ ezar dezakezu; horretarako, klikatu ERT txertatze-kutxaren barruan (LaTeX
+ kodea idazten den lekuan) saguaren eskuin-botoiarekin eta elkarrizketa-koadro
+ batean bere propietateak azalduko zaizkizu.
+ "Barnean" hautatu.
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+Badago beste aukerarik?
+\layout Standard
+
+LaTeX komandoak
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+LaTeX hitzaurrean" ere txerta daitezke, gune horretan idazten den guztia
+ prozesuan zehar sortzen den LaTeX fitxategian hitzez hitz txertatzen da.
+ Hau LaTeX-eko pakete ez-estandarrak gehitzeko (dokumentuan erabiliko diren
+ lasterbide orokorrak definitu, eta bestelakoak egiteko) oso erabilgarria
+ izaten da.
+\layout Section
+
+LyX-en erabilerari buruzkoak
+\layout Standard
+
+Atal honetan maiz egin ohi diren galderei erantzuna aurkitzen saiatuko gara.
+ Oso gutxitan egin diren galderak Herbert Voss-ek egindako
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.educat.hu-berlin.de/~voss/lyx}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ bilduma ikusgarrian aurkituko dituzu.
+ Beraz, posta zerrendetan zerbait galdetu aurretik gune horretara joan eta
+ irakurri, merezi du eta!
+\layout Subsection
+
+Galdera orokorrak
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Nola ezabatu titulu azpiko data?
+\layout Standard
+
+Irtenbiderik egokiena
+\family sans
+Dokumentu-ezarpenak
+\family default
+ leihoko
+\family sans
+Hitzaurrea
+\family default
+ gunean ondorengo lerroa sartzea da:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+date{}
+\layout Description
+
+
+\emph on
+Itzultzailearen\SpecialChar ~
+oharra
+\emph default
+: beste aukera bat da egilea izena sartzen duzunean, liburu batean adibidez,
+ ondorengo lerroan zuriune babestu bat sartu eta hau
+\family sans
+Data
+\family default
+ ingurunearekin ezartzea (horrela hitzaurrea ez duzu zer ukitu beharrik).
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Nola alda ditzaket Elementua/\SpecialChar \-
+Zenbatua/\SpecialChar \-
+Azalpena zerrenda inguruneko tarteak?
+\layout Standard
+
+Hori eskuz egin behar duzu: adibidez, idatzi zerrenda berezi baten hasieran
+ LaTeX kode hau:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+setlength{
+\backslash
+itemsep}{0mm}
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Nola zenbatzen dira ekuazioak atalekiko?
+\layout Standard
+
+Gehitu dokumentuko LaTeX hitzaurrean ondorengo bi lerroak:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+@addtoreset{equation}{section}
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+theequation}{
+\backslash
+thesection.
+\backslash
+arabic{equation}}
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Gauza bera irudi eta taulekin egiterik ba ote?
+\layout Standard
+
+Ordeztu
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+theequation
+\family default
+ esaldia
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+thetable
+\family default
+ edo
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+thefigure
+\family default
+ bategatik; gero ordeztu
+\family typewriter
+ equation
+\family default
+ hitza
+\family typewriter
+table
+\family default
+ edo
+\family typewriter
+figure
+\family default
+ hitzagatik.
+ Ez ahaztu
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+@addtoreset
+\family default
+ komandoa egokitzea ere, hor ere
+\family typewriter
+equation
+\family default
+ agertzen baita, eta egokitu beharra duzu.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Oin-oharren zenbakiak ikurretara (izartxoa, daga, e.a.) nola aldatu?
+\layout Standard
+
+Zure LaTeX hitzaurrean
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+thefootnote}{
+\backslash
+fnsymbol{footnote}}
+\family default
+ gehitu.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Nola hil ditzaket alargun eta umezurtzak?
+\layout Standard
+
+Beno, hemen ez gara Duke Nukem-ekin jolasten ari! Alargunak eta umezurtzak
+ (paragrafo baten aurreneko lerroa orrialde baten behean eta paragrafo baten
+ azken lerroa beste orrialde baten goian) kentzeko, gehitu hau LaTeX hitzaurrean
+:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+widowpenalty=10000
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+clubpenalty=10000
+\layout Standard
+
+eta agian beste hau ere bai:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+raggedbottom
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Nola egituratu zerrenda bat 1.a bezalakoarekin hasteko?
+\layout Standard
+
+Honelako zerrenda bat eduki nahi baduzu
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+1.
+ a) Lehen aukera
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ b) Bigarren aukera
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ c) Hirugarren aukera
+\layout Standard
+
+probatu hau egiten:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+1.
+ {}
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+a) Lehen aukera
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+b) Bigarren aukera
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+c) Hirugarren aukera
+\layout Standard
+
+{} kortxete bikotea ERT barruan dago.
+ Hau da, edukitzaileak ez dira inprimatzen.
+ Egin hau zehatz-mehatz: sortu paragrafo bat
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+zenbatua" ingurunearekin, sartu ERT batean kortxete bikoitza, sartu lerro
+ berri bat eta habiaratze-sakonera gehitu, gero idatzi hiru elementuak.
+ LyX-ek autoetiketatuko ditu.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Nola zenbatu hitz-kopurua?
+\layout Standard
+
+Exekutatu zuzentzaile ortografiko bat; egiaztatu duen hitz-kopuru osoa erakutsik
+o du.
+ Zuzentzailea abiatu baino lehenago, eta hitz guztiak zenbatzeko, ziurtatu
+ kurtsorea dokumentuaren hasieran dagoela.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Nola finkatu tarte horizontal zehatz bat?
+\layout Standard
+
+Erabil ditzakezun ERT komando batzuk daude:
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+enspace
+\family default
+ (1/2 em),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+thinspace
+\family default
+ (1/6 em),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+negthinspace
+\family default
+ (-1/6 em),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+quad
+\family default
+ (1 em),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+qquad
+\family default
+ (2 em),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+hspace{
+\emph on
+luzera
+\emph default
+}
+\family default
+, e.a.
+ Komandoetan agertzen diren
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+em" horiek uneko letra-tipoko "m"hizkiaren zabalera da.
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+hspace
+\family default
+ komandoko luzeraren argumentua edozein TeX luzera baliagarria da; unitateak
+
+\family typewriter
+mm
+\family default
+ (milimetroak),
+\family typewriter
+cm
+\family default
+ (zentimetroak),
+\family typewriter
+in
+\family default
+ (hatzak),
+\family typewriter
+pt
+\family default
+ (puntuak = 1/72 hatz),
+\family typewriter
+em
+\family default
+ ("m" hizkiaren zabalera), edo
+\family typewriter
+ex
+\family default
+ ("x" hizkiaren luzera) izan daitezke.
+ Adibidez:
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+hspace{1in}
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+hspace{2.5em}
+\family default
+, e.a.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Zer egin zitazioek [1][2][3][6] ordez [1,2,3,6] edo [1-3,6] erakusteko?
+\layout Standard
+
+Txertatu
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+usepackage{cite}
+\family default
+ LaTeX hitzaurrean.
+ LaTeX banaketa gehienek pakete hori edukitzen dute.
+ LyX-ek pakete hori onartzen du, eta horrela komaz bereiztuta hainbat aipu
+ zitazioaren elkarrizketa-koadroan txerta ditzakezu: adib.
+ [Ziggy_TokiAlai][Ansel_Etxetxo] ordez [Ziggi_TokiAlai, Ansel_Etxetxo] bata
+ bestearen jarraian erabil dezakezu.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Irudiei buruzkoak
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Zein ezberdintasun dute
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+irudia
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+k eta
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+irudi mugikorra
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+k?
+\layout Standard
+
+Hau terminologia ez-egoki baten adibidea da.
+ "Irudia" batek "grafiko" bat adierazten du, eta fitxategian argazki bat
+ txertatuko dela esaten du.
+ Irudi mugikorra batek artikulu bateko irudi batek adierazten duena baino
+ gehiago da: honek grafikoak, epigrafeak, irudiaren etiketak eta bestelakoak
+ baititu.
+ Lehenbizi irudi mugikor bat txertatzen da, eta gero berroren barruan irudi
+ bat jartzen zaio.
+\layout Standard
+
+Taulak antzera lantzen dira.
+ Txertatu taula mugikor bat , eta gero bertan sartu taula bat.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Nola kokatu dezaket irudi bat nahi dudan lekuan?
+\layout Standard
+
+Hautatu
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+okumentua
+\family default
+ menua.
+
+\family sans
+Diseinua
+\family default
+ fitxako
+\family sans
+Mugikor-kokapena
+\family default
+ eremuan
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+!htp
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ idatzi.
+ Horrek LaTeX-i irudia txertatu duzun lekuan jartzen buru-belarri saiatzeko,
+ ezin badu orrialde baten gainean, eta bestela orrialde bat beretzako bereziki
+ jartzea esaten dio.
+ Hau ezarpen orokor bat da: irudi guztiek ezarri den arau honi jarraituko
+ diote.
+\layout Standard
+
+Irudi bakoitzaren jokaera kontrolatu nahi baduzu, klikatu irudi mugikorraren
+ gainean saguaren eskuineko botoiarekin, eta horrek irudiaren jokaera kontrolatz
+eko leihoa bistaratuko dizu.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Zer adierazten du
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Too many unprocessed floats
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ errore-mezuak?
+\layout Standard
+
+LaTeX-ek une batean batera mugitu ditzakeen elementu mugikor kopuru mugatu
+ batekin lan egin dezake.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Adibidez, 4.
+ irudia ezin bada leku egoki batean jarri (lehenetsitako arauak jarraituz,
+ orrialdearen goian, gero behean, eta gero beretzako orrialde berezi batean)
+ eta gero 5.\SpecialChar ~
+irudia badator, biak, kokapen egokia lortu arte, dokumentuaren
+ amaiera arte mugitzen joango dira.
+ Ezer onik ez bada gertatzen, dokumentuaren amaieran kokatuko dira.
+ Horrelako gehiegi egonez gero, LaTeX-i buruko mina jartzen zaio eta "too
+ many unprocessed floats
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ errore-mezua igortzen du.
+ Hau ez da LaTeX-en errorea, irudi gehiegi eta testu gutxiegi dagoela baizik
+ :-)
+\layout Standard
+
+Honen inguruan lan egiteko biderik errazena hau da: txertatu
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+clearpage
+\family default
+ komandoa dokumentuan orri-jauzia ongi letorkeen leku batean.
+ Orri-jauzi batek orrialde berri bat hasten duen bitartean,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+clearpage
+\family default
+ komandoak ordura arte finkatu gabe dauden mugikor guztiak prozesatu, eta
+ gero orrialde berri bat hasten du.
+ Honek dokumentu erdian irudi pila bat batera jarri eta dokumentua itsusi
+ konposatuko du: beraz, irudiak dokumentuan zehar banatzeko hainbat
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+clearpage
+\family default
+ erabili beharko dituzu.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Matematikako gauzak
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Nola sartu testu arrunta matematikako ekuazio batean?
+\layout Standard
+
+Kurtsorea matematikako gunean kokatuta dagoela, sakatu
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+M-m m
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+, eta gero idatzi "mat.
+ testu arrunta".
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+6.3.2 Nola egiten da erro kubiko bat (edo handiagoa)?
+\layout Standard
+
+Kurtsorea matematikako gunean kokatuta dagoela, sakatu
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+M-m m
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+; honek "erroaren kutxa" txertatuko du.
+ Ondoren, eraibli teklatuko geziak sarrerako kutxetan zehar ibiltzeko.
+\layout Section
+
+7LyX-en exekuzioari buruzkoak
+\layout Subsection
+
+Nola bihurtu LyX fitxategiak LaTeX-era komando lerroarekin?
+\layout Standard
+
+Fitxategia esportatzeko gaitasun hau 1.1.6 bertsioan garatu zen.
+ Landu hau komando-lerroan:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+lyx --export latex <zure_fitxategia>.lyx
+\layout Standard
+
+eta egina duzu!
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-eko bertsio zaharragoa baduzu, X exekutatzen ari bazina bezalako sintaxia
+ erabil dezakezu; horrek LyX leihoa pantailan agertzea dakar.
+
+\family typewriter
+Xvfb
+\family default
+ komandoa erabilgarri baduzu, landu hau itsu-itsu (bash komando lerroan)
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+(Xvfb :1 -once -terminate &); rm <fitxat>.tex;
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+lyx -display :1 --export latex <fitxat>.lyx
+\layout Standard
+
+csh/tcsh motako komando-lerroan berriz:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+Xvfb :1 -once -terminate &; rm <fitxat>.tex;
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+lyx -display :1 --export latex <fitxat>.lyx
+\layout Standard
+
+Honek edozein lekutan funtzionatu beharko luke, eta berdin dio une horretan
+ LyX exekutatzen ari den edo ez.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Nola sortu LyX dokumentuaren PDF fitxategia?
+\layout Standard
+
+Irakurri
+\emph on
+Ezaugarri Hedatuak
+\emph default
+ eskuliburuko 5.3.6 atala.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Dokumentuaren letra-tipo itsusiak acroread-en?
+\layout Standard
+
+Arazo hau eta konponbidea
+\emph on
+Ezaugarri Hedatua
+\emph default
+k eskuliburuko 5.3.6 atalean ere azaltzen dira.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Zergatik nire Ghostscript-en azken bertsioak ezin ditu egokiro marraztu
+ lerro-barneko EPSak?
+\layout Description
+
+
+\emph on
+Oharra
+\emph default
+: honek LyX 1.2.0 bertsioa baino zaharragoak direnei eragiten die, bertsio
+ horretan marrazteko kodea erabat berridatzi baitzen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Erabiltzaile batzuek ohartarazi zuten LyX-eko lerro-barneko EPS irudiak
+ Ghostscript-en azken bertsioak ezin zituela marraztu.
+ Hori Ghostscript programaren akatsa da:
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://sourceforge.net/bugs/?func=detailbug&bug_id=124957&group_id=1897}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Akats honek Ghostscript 6.22 eta goranzkoei eragiten die.
+ Arestian aipatutako txaplata aplikatu ondoren, LyX-en marrazketa ongi lantzen
+ da berriro.
+ GNU Ghostscript 6.53 eta gainekoek arazoa konponduta dute.
+\layout Section
+
+LyX Windows-en
+\layout Subsection
+
+Zergatik egiten dute dardar tresna-barra eta menuak?
+\layout Standard
+
+Ziurrenik XWin32 X zerbitzaria erabiltzen ariko zara.
+ Hau XWin32-ren akats bat da: arazoa konpontzeko, desgaitu XWin32-ren "Use
+ Reserved Colors" aukera, eta saiatu SasiKolorea ez den beste kolore modu
+ bat erabiltzen.
+\layout Section
+
+Laguntza gehiago nola lortu
+\layout Subsection
+
+Oraindik ez diezu nire galderei erantzun!
+\layout Standard
+
+Zer, tiporta?! Orduan IEPAAAH
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\emph on
+Itzultzailearen oharra
+\emph default
+: ingelesez RTFM deitzen zaio, hots "Read The Fucking Manual".
+ Euskaratutakoaren esanahia neuretzako gordetzen dut, ingelesezkoa baino
+ askoz ere bortitzagoa baita, baina antzeko zerbait esan nahi du, gutxi
+ gorabehera.
+ Egunen batean, ardo beltza edanez txikiteoan gabiltzala, agian orduan,
+ esango dizuet ;-)
+\end_inset
+
+ , Tutoretza bereziki! Dokumentazioa oso ona da (azken finean zenbait zati
+ idazten lagundu bainuen :-).
+ Zure arazoa LaTeX-ekin bada, orduan irakurri Leslie Lamport-en
+\emph on
+LaTeX, A Document Preparation System, 2nd Ed.
+ (1994)
+\emph default
+.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-ek ere hainbat adibide-fitxategi dakartza.
+ Hautatu
+\family sans
+\bar under
+ F
+\bar default
+itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+reki
+\family default
+ menua eta klikatu
+\family sans
+\bar under
+ A
+\bar default
+dibideak
+\family default
+ botoian, egin esandakoa eta ulertuko duzu.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Nire arazoa norbaiti azaldu nahi diot
+\layout Standard
+
+Ummmm...Hemen erabiltzaileen bizitza sentimenalei buruz ez gara aritzen.
+ Horretarako telebistan nahikoa programa daude.
+ Arazoak LyX-ekin badituzu, orduan idatzi LyX-en erabiltzaileen zerrendara:
+ lyx-users@lists.lyx.org.
+ LyX izorratzen bada, edota bestelako funtzio batzuk hondatuta baditu, garatzail
+een posta-zerrendarekin saia zintezke: lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Laguntza-eskaeran zer jarri.
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-en zein bertsio erabiltzen ari zaren, deskribatu hondatzerakoan zer
+ egiten ari zinen, eta nabarmendu dokumentazioa irakurri duzula.
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX izorratu bada, idatzi LyX-en bertsioa, sistema eragilea, XForms (pantailan
+ marrazteko arazo batzuk izan ohi ditu) edo Qt bertsioa, eta zertan ari
+ zinen hori izorratzeko.
+ Garatzaileek zenbat eta azkarrago antzeman non izorratu den, orduan eta
+ lehenago konponduko dute arazoa.
+ Zeure burua akertzat baduzu, erabili gdb eta sortu atzeko-aztarnak (backtrace),
+ eta gehitu emaitzak zure gutunari.
+ Diodana ez baduzu aditzen, deskribatu gertatutakoa ahal duzun moduan.
+ Zure mezua ongi etorria izango dela jakinarazi nahi dizugu.
+\layout Section
+
+Informazio administratiboa eta aitorpenak
+\layout Subsection
+
+Ohartarazpenei ongi etorria
+\layout Standard
+
+Idatzi
+\emph on
+mike.ressler@alum.mit.edu
+\emph default
+ helbidera iradokizunak, aholkuak, hobekuntzak, eta zure dokumentuarekin
+ munduko marka hautsi duzula ohartaraziz edo bestelako ipuin batzuekin.
+ Hemendik entzun dugu gure Mikik (
+\emph on
+vos ça grande, miki!
+\emph default
+) neskatan lepo egiten duela, mutila jatorra da.
+ Ausartzen?
+\layout Subsection
+
+MEG honen formatu eskuragarriak
+\layout Standard
+
+Jatorrizko LyX fitxategia LyX-en banaketako iturburuekin batera dator, HTML
+ eta ASCII formatuetara bihurtutakoak laster web gunean eskuragarri egongo
+ dira.
+ Banaketan alemanezko bertsio bat ere badago.
+ Eta noski, euskarazkoa ere bai, irakurtzen ari zaren hau.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Errudunak eta aitorpenak
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-0.10.7 betetzen zuen MEG 0.2.2 bertsioaren egileak Bernhard Iselborn, David
+ Johnson, eta Paul Evans izan ziren.
+ MEG 0.3.0 bertsio bezala hutsetik idazten hasi zen eta LyX-1.0 edo garatuagoak
+ betetzen ditu.
+ Pertsona askok lagundu dute uneko bertsioan; Dokumentazio-taldeko Mike
+ Ressler-ek (
+\emph on
+mike.ressler@alum.mit.edu
+\emph default
+) guztiak bildu eta fitxategi honetan gorde zituen.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Ezespena eta Copyright-a.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Ez dut ziurtatzen dokumentu honetako edozer
+\begin_inset Formula $\pi$
+\end_inset
+
+-ren faktore barrutian koka daitekeenik; azken finean, ni astronomo bat
+ naiz, eta
+\begin_inset Formula $c=h=k=\pi=1$
+\end_inset
+
+ ezartzea atsegin dut.
+ Emaitza okerra denean, unitatean birdefinitzen ditugu.
+\layout Standard
+
+Fitxategi hau erabilgarria izango delakoan banatzen da, baina INOLAKO BERMERIK
+ GABE; era berean, ez da bermatzen beraren EGOKITASUNA MERKATURATZEKO edo
+ HELBURU PARTIKULARRETARAKO ERABILTZEKO.
+ Argibide gehiago nahi izanez gero, ikus GNU Lizentzia Publiko Orokorra.
+ Beste era batera mintzatuz, ez da nire errua zure doktoretzako aurkezpenaren
+ bezperako gauean tesia gorde ez zenuelako, zeren eta oinarrizko fisikako
+ konstantea
+\begin_inset Formula $\textrm{m s}^{-1}$
+\end_inset
+
+ unitateetan neurtuz nola izan zitekeen
+\begin_inset Formula $\textrm{kg m s}^{-2}\textrm{ K}^{-1}$
+\end_inset
+
+bezalako adierazpen baten berdina pentsatzen ari zinen bitartean argi indarra
+ joan bazen tesia galdu eraziz.
+ Fitxategi honen Copyright © 2000, egilea Michael E.
+ Ressler, LyX Dokumentazio Taldearen izenean.
+\the_end
--- /dev/null
+#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
+\lyxformat 221
+\textclass scrbook
+\begin_preamble
+\usepackage{multicol}
+\end_preamble
+\language basque
+\inputencoding latin1
+\fontscheme pslatex
+\graphics default
+\paperfontsize default
+\spacing single
+\papersize a4paper
+\paperpackage a4
+\use_geometry 0
+\use_amsmath 0
+\use_natbib 0
+\use_numerical_citations 0
+\paperorientation portrait
+\secnumdepth 3
+\tocdepth 3
+\paragraph_separation indent
+\defskip medskip
+\quotes_language english
+\quotes_times 2
+\papercolumns 1
+\papersides 2
+\paperpagestyle default
+
+\layout Title
+
+LyX Sarrera
+\layout Author
+
+egilea: LyX taldea.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Fitxategi honen arduradun nagusia
+\noun on
+John Weiss
+\noun default
+ da.
+ Bidali iradokizunak edo erroreei buruzko zuzenketak LyX dokumentazioko
+ posta-zerrenda honetara: <lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org>
+\newline
+Itzulpena: Iñaki Larrañaga Murgoitio <dooteo@euskalgnu.org>, 2004.
+\newline
+Zuzenketak: Hizkuntza Politikarako Sailburuordetza <hizpol@ej-gv.es>, 2004.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Chapter
+
+LyX-en filosofia
+\layout Quote
+
+"Osaba Cosmo, zergatik deitzen diote honi testu-prozesadorea?"
+\layout Quote
+
+"Erraza da, Skyler.
+ Ikusi duzu jaki prozesagailu batek jakiei zer egiten dien, bai?"
+\layout Quote
+
+
+\hfill
+--- Jeff MacNelly, "Shoe"
+\layout Section
+
+Zer da LyX?
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX dokumentuak prestatzeko sistema bat da.
+ Matematikak, erreferentzia gurutzatuak, bibliografiak, indizeak eta bestelakoak
+ erabiliz artikulu tekniko eta zientifiko konplexuak sortzeko aukera eskaintzen
+ dizu.
+ Edozein luzeratako dokumentuak idazteko gaitasuna duen tresna paregabea
+ da: dokumentua hainbat ataletan edo orrialdetan automatikoki zatitzeko,
+ zuzentzaile ortografikoak lantzeko eta bestelako ezaugarriak ditu.
+ Amatxori eskutitz bat idazteko ere erabil dezakezu, nahiz eta ziurrenik
+ hori egiteko programa sinpleagorik eskuragarri egon.
+ Ez da iragarki, posterrak edo marrazkiak sortzeko tresna (gero azalduko
+ da zergatia), nahiz eta gogorki saiatuta hori ere lor daitekeen.
+ Beraren erabileraren gaineko zenbait adibide: memoriak, eskutitzak, desadostasu
+nak eta horrelakoak, irakurtzeko oharrak, ikastarotako liburuxkak, hitzaldietara
+ko laburpenak, softwareari buruzko dokumentazioa, liburuak (PostgreSQL,
+ telepatia, kriptologia, fikziozko edota maitasunezko nobelak, olerkiak,
+ bertsoak, umeentzako ipuinak e.a.), ekitaldi zientifikoetarako artikuluak,
+ musika eta filmentzako script-ak, proiektuetarako txostenak \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+ideia hartu
+ duzu, ez?
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX ordenagailuen bitartez dokumentazioa idazteko tresna eraginkorra da,
+ markatze-hizkuntza darabil,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+idazmakina
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ kontzeptu zaharkitua apurtuz.
+ Ahalegin gutxirekin eta denbora oso labur batean dokumentu profesionalak
+ sortu nahi dituztenentzako diseinatua dago, eta
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+maketazioko
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ aditua izan gabe.
+ Maketazio lanez ordenagailua arduratzen da, ez egilea; LyX-ekin egileak
+ dokumentuaren edukian kontzentratzen da.
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX erabiltzeko lehen aurrerapausoa zuk, erabiltzaile zaren horrek, daukazun
+ pentsakera aldatzean datza.
+ Garai batean (sua asmatu eta mende gutxitara) dokumentuak sortzeko tresnak
+ idazmakinak ziren, eta bere mugak gainditzeko hainbat trikimailu beharko
+ ikasi.
+ Honela, esaldia edo hitz bat azpimarratzeko
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+_
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ karakterearekin berridazten genuen, esaldiari garrantzi handiagoa emanez.
+ Taula bat sortzeko, berriz, zutabe bakoitzaren zabalera zehaztu, eta kontuz-kon
+tuz tabulazioz betetzen genuen.
+ Gutunak eta bestelakoak sortzerakoan, eskuinera 'koskatu', e.a.
+ Gainera, lerro-amaierako hitz banaketekin kontuz ibili beharra...
+ Ene! (arnasotsa) Zelako garaiak haiek!
+\layout Standard
+
+Beste hitzetan, denok entrenatuak izan ginen
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+zer hizki zein lekutan kokatu
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ lan egiteko era horiekin arduratzeko.
+ Ondorioz, ia testu-prozesadoreen gehiengo batek oraindik bizimodu horrekin
+ darrai.
+ Oraindik, orri batean gauza bakoitzak eduki behar duen kokapenarekin arduratu
+ behar izaten dugu.
+ Tabuladorea leku batean zuriuneak ezartzeko erabiltzen da.
+ Dokumentu zati baten letra-tipoa aldatzea, idazmakina baten idazgurpila
+ aldatzea bezalako zerbait da.
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-eko oinarrizko izaera zer egiten ari garen horretan datza, eta ez
+\emph on
+nola
+\emph default
+ egitean.
+ "Ikusten duzuna lortzen duzu" (WYSIWYG, What You See Is What You Get) pentsamol
+deko prozesadore baten ordez LyX-en eredua "Ikusten duzuna
+\emph on
+esan nahi
+\emph default
+ duzu" (WYSIWYM, What You See Is What You
+\emph on
+Mean
+\emph default
+) da.
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX arlo honetan bereizten da, beste testu-prozesadore normal batekin konparatuz
+ .
+ Hizki bat leku zehatz batean egoteaz arduratu beharrik ez daukazu.
+ Esan LyX-i
+\emph on
+zer egiten ari zaren
+\emph default
+, eta bera,
+\emph on
+estilo
+\emph default
+ izeneko arautegi bat jarraituz, beste denaz arduratuko da
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+ Zehatzago izatearren, bulegotikako suiteak (azken bertsioak) markatze-metodoare
+n antzekoa erabiltzen duten orri-estiloak dituzte.
+ Nola nahi ere, gure esperientziaren arabera, eguneroko zereginetan oso
+ gutxi erabiltzen dira.
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Ikus dezakegun adibide bat:
+\layout Standard
+
+Demagun dokumentu bat idazten ari zarela.
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Sarrera
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ izeneko atal bat eduki nahi duzu.
+ Ireki zure testu-prozesadoreko menua, hautatu neurria eta letra-tipoa.
+ Ondoren, utzi esaldia letra lodiarekin.
+ Jarraian idatzi
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+1.\SpecialChar ~
+Sarrera
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Nola ez, denbora pasa ahala, gero atal hau dokumentuko beste leku batean
+ kokatzeko, edo aurretik beste atal bat idazteko asmoa edukiz gero, bai
+ honi bai beste atal guztiei zenbatzailean zenbakiak aldatu beharko dizkiozu,
+ eta nola ez, aurkibideko zenbaki guztiak aldatu.
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-en, berriz, kokatu goialdean dauden botoitxo guztien ezkerretara dagoen
+ zerrendan, hautatu
+\family sans
+Atala
+\family default
+ eta idatzi "Sarrera".
+\layout Standard
+
+Hori da dena.
+ Ebaki atal hori eta beste edonon itsatsiz gero, dena bere kasa berriz zenbatua
+ izango da.
+ Gainera, LyX-ek dokumentuaren barruan egon daiteken atal honi buruzko erreferen
+tzia guztiak egunera ditzake, ez daukazu atalen numerazioa gehiago idatzi
+ beharrik.
+\layout Standard
+
+Ohiko testu-prozesadore orokorrekin kontsistentzia-arazoak gertatzen dira.
+ Bost egun igaro ondoren, 4.\SpecialChar ~
+atala hasteko asmoa daukazu.
+ 18\SpecialChar ~
+neurriko letra lodia erabili behar dela ahaztu zaizu, eta 16\SpecialChar ~
+neurrikoa
+ erabiltzen duzu; beraz, 4.\SpecialChar ~
+ataleko izenburuko letra-tipoa eta 1.\SpecialChar ~
+atalean erabilitak
+oa ezberdin erabili dituzu.
+ LyX-en ez dago arazo hori, zure ordez letra-tipoa eta tamainak egoki edukitzeaz
+ ordenagailua arduratuko baita.
+ Azken finean, horretarako sortu ziren ordenagailuak, guri bizitza errazteko.
+\layout Standard
+
+Beste adibide bat.
+ Demagun zerrenda bat egiten ari zarela.
+ Beste testu-prozesadoreetan zerrenda bat tabulazio eta lerro berri (lerro-jauzi
+) batzuen ondorioa besterik ez da izaten, zerrendako elementu bakoitzaren
+ etiketa non jarri, zer den, zenbateko tartea eta antzekoetan pentsatu behar
+ duzu.
+ LyX-ekin, ordea, bi ardura hartu beharko dituzu, bata zelako zerrenda-mota
+ den, eta bestea, bertan zer idatzi behar duzun.
+ Eta kitto!
+\layout Standard
+
+Beraz, LyX inguruan dagoen ideia hau da: zer egin nahi duzun zehaztea, ez
+ nola egin nahi duzun.
+ "What You See Is What You Get" modeloaren ordez LyX-ek "What You See Is
+ What You
+\emph on
+Mean"
+\emph default
+ edo "WYSIWYM" erabiltzen du.
+ Ahalmen handiko burutazio honek dokumentuak idazteko zeregina oso sinplifikatze
+n du.
+\layout Standard
+
+Horregatik irudi edo iragarkiak sortzeko LyX ez da erabilgarria -- kasu
+ horietan, gauza bakoitza zein lekutan kokatu behar den zehaztu behar duzu,
+ hemen ez baitago paragrafo, atal eta bestelako unitate funtzionalik.
+ Ez du esan nahi LyX-i zenbait funtzio falta zaizkiola.
+ Esan nahi du lan horretarako ez dela tresna egokia -- marrazkiak ukitzeko
+ tresna egokiak dauden bezala, dokumentuak idazteko tresnen artean LyX daukagu.
+\layout Section
+
+LyX eta testu-prozesadoreen
+\newline
+arteko ezberdintasunak
+\begin_inset OptArg
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX eta beste testu-prozesadoreak
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Ez, gerra-santu bat irabazteko asmoarekin ez gabiltza.
+ LyX-en berezitasunak aipatzea garrantzitsua dela deritzogu.
+ Berezitasun garrantzitsuenetariko bat WYSIWYM da, jendearen %99-ak testua
+ ekoizteko daukan kontzeptuaz erabat ezberdintzen delako.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Hona LyX-en aurkituko ez dituzun ezaugarrien zerrenda:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Erregela bat (marjinak ezartzeko)
+\layout Itemize
+
+Tabuladoreak
+\layout Itemize
+
+Zuriune osagarriak (adbz.
+
+\family sans
+lerro\SpecialChar ~
+itzulera (Intro)
+\family default
+ edo zuriune tekla bi edo gehiagotan sakatzea)
+\layout Standard
+
+Tabuladoreek zehazten dute erregela batean zehar orrialde bakoitzeko elementuak
+ non kokatzen diren, LyX-en alferrikakoak dira.
+ Programa gauza bakoitzaren kokapenaz arduratzen da, zu ez.
+ Zuriune osagarriekin ere antzera: LyX-ek gehituko ditu, behar diren heinean
+ eta inguruaren arabera.
+ Hasieran, bi lerro huts jarraian ezin ezartzea nahiko bitxi gertatuko zaigu,
+ baina 'WYSIWYM' pentsamoldea ibiltzen ikastean zentzu gehiago hartzen joango
+ zara.
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-ek aurkezten dizkizun ezaugarri batzuk, baina irudikatu dezakezun bezala
+ erabiltzen ez direnak:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Koskatze-kontrolak.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Orri-jauziak.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Lerro-tartea (adb.
+ zuriune sinplea, bikoitza, e.a.).
+\layout Itemize
+
+Zuriunea, horizontal eta bertikala.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Letra-tipo eta tamainak.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Letra-itxura (lodia, etzana, azpimarratua, e.a.).
+\layout Standard
+
+Nahiz eta LyX-en agertu, oro har ez dira erabiltzen.
+ LyX gauza horietaz arduratzen da zure ordez, eta egiten ari zarenaren ondorioek
+in bat egiten du.
+ Dokumentuko zati bakoitzari letra-tipo eta tamaina zehatzak automatikoki
+ ezartzen dizkio.
+ Paragrafoen koskak kontestuaren menpe daude; paragrafo mota bakoitza era
+ ezberdinean 'koskatzen' da.
+ Orri-jauziak modu automatiko batean lantzen dira.
+ Oro har, lerro, hitz eta paragrafo-tarteak aldakorrak dira, LyX-ek ezartzen
+ ditu.
+
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Ezaugarri hauek denak zehatz ditzakezu (gutxi batzuk zehazteko LaTeX-eko
+ ezaguerak behar dira) bai dokumentu osorako bai eta zati baterako ere.
+ Xehetasun gehiagotarako, ikusi
+\emph on
+Erabiltzailearen gida
+\emph default
+ edota
+\emph on
+Ezaugarri hedatuak
+\emph default
+.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Azkenik, LyX-ek (eta LaTeX-ek ere bai) testu-prozesadore askori gainditzen
+ dien arloak hauek dira:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Lerro-amaierako hitz-banaketa (Hipenazioa).
+\layout Itemize
+
+Edozein motatako zerrendak.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Matematikak.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Taulak.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Erreferentzia gurutzatuak.
+\layout Standard
+
+Egungo prozesadore askok matematikako ikurrak, taulak, lerro amaierako hitz
+ bereizleak eta estilo-definizioa erabiltzen dituzte, eta WYSIWYM pentsamoldera
+ hurbiltzen hasiak dira.
+ Ezaugarri horiek ezartzen hasi berri dira; LyX, ordea, LaTeX dokumentu-prestatz
+e sisteman oinarritua dago.
+ LaTeX duela 15 urte baino gehiago sortu zen, eta
+\emph on
+funtzionatzen du
+\emph default
+.
+
+\layout Section
+
+Zer demontre da LaTeX?
+\layout Standard
+
+LaTeX
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Atal honetako informazioaren jatorria, Helmut Kopka eta Patrick Daly-k idatzitak
+o "A Guide to LaTeX2e"-a.
+
+\emph on
+Erabiltzailaren Gida
+\emph default
+k bibliografia atalean honi buruzko sarrera bat dauka.
+\end_inset
+
+ da 1985-ean Leslie Lamport-ek diseinatutako dokumentazioa prestatzeko sistema
+ da.
+ 1984-ean Donald Knuth-ek sortu zuen TeX maketazio-konposaketa hizkuntzaren
+ gainetik pixkanaka eraikita izan zen.
+ Zehazki zer den, ordea, askok ez du ulertzen.
+ ASCII (testu soila) fitxategian idatzitako komando-konposaketa zerrenda
+ hartu eta landu egiten du.
+ Idazmakina bat baino zailagoa da, baina argitaletxe baten espezializazio
+ eta konplexutasunera heldu gabe.
+ Edozein modutan, irteera bezala 'dispositibotik aske' (
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+device independent
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+) izeneko formatuan sortzen du,
+\family typewriter
+dvi
+\family default
+ era motzean esateko.
+
+\family typewriter
+dvi
+\family default
+ fitxategia bistaratzeko programak edo beste formatu batera (PostScript®
+ edo PDF) bihurtzen dutenak erabil ditzakezu.
+\layout Standard
+
+Ezaugarri hau besterik ez balu, konposaketaren bihotza besterik ez zen izango.
+ TeX-ek, ordea, makro-ak ezarri eta zehazteko aukera eskaintzen digu.
+ Hemen hasten da akelarrea!
+\layout Standard
+
+TeX erabiltzen duten gehienek erabiltzen dute Knuth-ek sortutako Konposaketa-mun
+duko ñabardurak ezkutatzeko makro-multzoa.
+ Erabiltzaile normalak TeX (konposaketa komandoez bakarrik osatutako bizkarrezur
+ra) garbi batekin lanik ez du egiten.
+ Era gordinean makro-ak sortzen dituztenek bakarrik erabiltzen dute.
+ Eta une hau da Leslie Lamport antzeztokira sartzen zaiguna.
+ Berak makro-ak (komando multzo bat), taulak edo matematika formulak sortzeko
+ bide sendo eta uniforme batean egon nahi zuen: erabiltzaileari begira gehiago
+ zuzendua eta konposaketa arlora berriz gutxiago, horrenbesteko buru hausterik
+ gabe.
+ Honela sortu zen LaTeX.
+\layout Standard
+
+Orain, LaTeX-en hedapen eta garapenekin bateratuz, beste gizaki batzuk TeX-erako
+ norberaren makro multzoak sortzen ari dira, matematika eta horrelako edizio
+ arloetara zuzendutakoak.
+ Batzuek zuzenean TeX erabili zuten; besteak, berriz, LaTeX moldatzen hasi
+ ziren.
+ Nahaspila hau konpontzeko asmoz, laurogeigarren hamarkadaren amaieran,
+ LaTeX-eko adituak (Lamport barne, noski) LaTeX2e-en lanean hasi ziren,
+ gaur egungo bertsioa.
+ Bertsio berri hori makro-ak sortzeko erraztasun handiagoak eskaintzen dizkizute
+n komandoekin dator, letra-tipo berriak erabiltzeko laguntza eta hobekuntza
+ gehiago.
+ Beraren eskubide osoz, LaTeX bere izakeran hizkuntza zabal bat da.
+ Estandarraz gain, mundu osoko erabiltzaileek LaTeX-entzat gehigarriak sortzen
+ darraite.
+\layout Standard
+
+LaTeX hedatzeko bi modu daude: klaseak eta estiloak.
+
+\emph on
+Klase
+\emph default
+ bat da dokumentu-mota berri bat (liburu bat, edo artikulu bat) zehazten
+ duen LaTeX-eko (eta TeX-ekoa ere) makro talde bat.
+ Diapositibentzako klaseak daude, fisika eta matematikako argitarapenetan...
+ zenbait unibertsitatek tesiak zehazten dituen formatuak dituzte.
+
+\emph on
+Estiloa
+\emph default
+ bat berriz, eta klase batetik ezberdinduz, ez du dokumentu berri bat zehazten,
+ edozein dokumentutan erabil dezakezun
+\emph on
+jokabide
+\emph default
+ berri bat baizik.
+ Adibidez, LyX-ek orriaren marjinak eta lerro-tarteak LaTeX-eko bi estilo-fitxat
+egi erabiliz kontrolatzen ditu.
+ Dokumentu-motak lantzeko hainbat estilo-fitxategi daude: txartelak edo
+ gutunazalak inprimatzeko, dokumentuaren koskak aldatzeko, letra-tipo berriak
+ ezartzeko, irudiak moldatzeko, orriko goiburukoak diseinatzeko, bibliografiak
+ nork bere erara egiteko, oin-oharren itxura eta kokalekuak aldatzeko, taulak
+ eta irudiak, zerrendak pertsonalizatu, e.a.
+\layout Standard
+
+Laburpen bat:
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+TeX: Konposaketa-hizkuntza, makroak sortu eta erabiltzeko ahalmenarekin.
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+LaTeX: Tex-en gainean eraikitako makroen paketea.
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+klaseak: dokumentu baten deskribapena, LaTeX erabiliz.
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+estiloak: nolabait LaTeX-en izakera moldatzeko.
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+LyX: WYSIWYM testu-prozesadore bisuala, LaTeX-en indar eta ahalmen guztiak
+ erabiliz.
+\layout Standard
+
+Atal honen asmoa izan da zuri argitzea LyX
+\emph on
+zergatik
+\emph default
+ ezberdintzen den beste testu prozesadoreen lana jorratzeko bideez (bere
+ funtzionamenduan).
+ Zergatia garbia da: konposaketa oinarri bezala LaTeX erabiltzen du.
+ Azken hau bezala, zure idazkeraren inguruan kokatzen da (idazten ari zarena).
+ Haren itxuraz ordenagailua arduratuko da.
+\layout Standard
+
+Epaaa! Gauza bat gehiago.
+ LaTeX TeX bezala ahoskatzen da.
+ "Hey blech"-ekin errimatzen du.
+ Lamport-ek bere liburuan, ordea, dio "lay-tecks" ere izan daitekeela.
+ Bestalde, "LyX" "licks" "lucks" edo "looks" ahoska daiteke, herri bakoitzeko
+ ahoskeren arabera.
+
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\emph on
+Itzultzailearen oharra
+\emph default
+: euskaraz "liks" esan dezakegu, hots, "lix".
+ :-)
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Chapter
+
+Dokumentazioan nabigatzea
+\layout Standard
+
+Zure galderei errazago erantzuteagatik, eta LyX-en ezaugarriak era egoki
+ baten azaltzeko, dokumentazioa hainbat fitxategitan bereiztua izan da.
+ Zati bakoitzak bere helburua du, aurrerago azalduko den bezala.
+ Fitxategi hauetariko batekin aurrez aurre aurkitu baino lehenago, begi
+ bistan daukazun hau irakurtzea aholkatzen dizugu, denbora aurreztu dezazun
+ informazio eta aipamen erabilgarri asko baitauka.
+\layout Standard
+
+Nahiz eta LyX-ek "1.0 bertsioa" ongi igarota eduki, laguntza dokumentuaren
+ zati bat amaitu gabe edo zaharkitua egon daiteke.
+ LyX-eko beste guztia bezala, eskuliburuak boluntario-lanaren emaitzak dira,
+ eta hauek "benetako lana" daukate; etxekoak, iloba zaindu, edalontziak
+ garbitu, mozkorkerian gaupasa egin, e.a.\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+ Eskuliburuak egoera onean (eguneratuak)
+ egon daitezen ahalegintzen gara.
+ Laguntzeko prest bazaude, ziurta zaitez dokumentuko beste ezer baino lehen
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:auzolana}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ atala irakurtzen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Beste mesede bat egin dezakezu: eskuliburu hauetan zerbait argi ez badago
+ edo akatsak baditu, guri jakinarazi! Dokumentazioa eguneratua edukitzen
+ arduratuta dauden neska/mutilekin harremanetan jar zaitezke, horretarako
+ idatzi
+\family typewriter
+lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
+\family default
+ helbidera.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Dokumentazioarekin zerikusirik ez duten eta erantzun azkarra eskatzen duten
+ galderentzat, erabil posta-zerrenda hau:
+\family typewriter
+lyx-users@lists.lyx.org
+\family default
+.
+\layout Section
+
+Eskuliburuen egitura
+\layout Standard
+
+Agian, eskulibururen bat edo beste inprimatuta edukiko duzu, edo bestela
+ LyX erabiliz "monitorean" irakurtzen zaude.
+ LyX-eko fitxategia eta inprimatutakoaren artean ezberdintasun batzuk daude.
+ Aurrenekoa, izenburua eskuliburuaren hasieran dago, ez da bereizitako orrialdea
+n agertzen, inprimatutako bertsioan lehenbiziko orrialdean agertzen da.
+ Bai oin-oharra, bai edukien aurkibidea ez daude bistaratuak.
+ Edukien aurkibidea ikusteko menuko aukera bat badaukazu:
+\family sans
+Arakatu
+\family default
+.
+ Oin-ohar bat irakurtzeko, modu honetan agertzen da
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Kaixo! Oin-ohar hau ixteko, ezkerraldeko laukitxo gris horretan klikatu\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+Bai,
+ "oina" hitza bertan idatzita agertzen da.
+\end_inset
+
+ eta saguaren ezker botoiaz bere gainean klikatu.
+ Saia zaitez!
+\layout Standard
+
+Inprimatutako eskuliburuetan, erreferentzia gurutzatu guztiak kapitulu,
+ atal, azpiatal eta bestelakoen zenbatzaile bezala agertzen dira.
+ Pantailan, ordea, erreferentzia gurutzatuak datorrena bezalako laukiluze
+ grisetan agertzen dira:
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:auzolana}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+alegia (inprimatutako eskuliburuetan zenbakiak agertzen dira laukiluze hauen
+ ordez).
+ Laukiluzea saguaren ezker botoiarekin klikatuz dokumentuko erreferentzia
+ gurutzatuen zerrenda daukan elkarrizketa-koadroa bistaratuko zaizu.
+ Sarrera honek "atal:auzolana" izeneko bakar bat dauka.
+ Erreferentziatu den atalera joateko, erabili elkarrizketa koadroan "Joan"
+ botoia.
+
+\family sans
+C-<
+\family default
+ zapalduz berriz, aurreko kokapenera itzuliko zara.
+ (
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+C-<
+\family default
+"-ren esanahia beheraxeago argitzen da).
+\layout Standard
+
+Fitxategi honen pantailazko eta inprimatutako bertsioaren arteko ezberdintasun
+ batzuk ikusi ondoren, eskuliburu honen formatuaz mintzatzen has gaitezke.
+ Noizean behin hizki mota ezberdindun elementuak aurkituko dituzu:
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\emph on
+Bereizketa-mota
+\emph default
+ orokorrean enfasietan erabiltzen da, arrazonamendu orokorretan, liburuen
+ tituluetan, beste eskuliburuetako ataletan, eta idazleen (egile) oharretan.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+Idazmakina mota
+\family default
+ programa eta fitxategien izenetan, LaTeX kodea eta LyX kode eta funtzioetan
+ erabiltzen da.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Sans Serif
+\family default
+ mota menu, botoi, elkarrizketa-koadroetan eta teklatuko teklen izenetan
+ erabiltzen da.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\noun on
+Izen
+\noun default
+ mota pertsonen izena idazteko erabiltzen da.
+\layout Standard
+
+Menuen laster-teklak eta beste tekla-loturei buruz gehiago jakiteko, irakurri
+
+\emph on
+Ezaugarri Hedatuak
+\emph default
+ (
+\family typewriter
+Extended.lyx
+\family default
+ fitxategia).
+ Tekla-loturei erreferentzia egiterakoan erabilpen hauek jarraituko dira:
+\layout Itemize
+
+"
+\family sans
+C-
+\family default
+"
+\family sans
+Kontrol
+\family default
+ (
+\family sans
+Ctrl
+\family default
+) tekla esanahi du.
+\layout Itemize
+
+"
+\family sans
+S-
+\family default
+"
+\family sans
+Shift
+\family default
+ tekla esanahi du.
+\layout Itemize
+
+"
+\family sans
+M-
+\family default
+"
+\family sans
+Meta
+\family default
+ tekla, ia teklatu gehienetan
+\family sans
+Alt
+\family default
+ izango da.
+\layout Itemize
+
+"
+\family sans
+F1
+\family default
+"\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+"
+\family sans
+F12
+\family default
+" funtzio teklak.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+"Esc"
+\family default
+
+\family sans
+'Ihes'
+\family default
+ edo
+\family sans
+'Escape'
+\family default
+ tekla da.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+"Ezkerra"
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+"Eskuina"
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Gora"
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+"Behera"
+\family default
+ beraien izenak dioen bezala, teklatuko geziak (kurtsoreak) dira.
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+"Txertatu",
+\family default
+
+\family sans
+"Ezabatu",
+\family default
+
+\family sans
+"Etxea",
+\family default
+
+\family sans
+"Amaiera",
+\family default
+ "
+\family sans
+Goratu Orria
+\family default
+" eta "
+\family sans
+Beheratu Orria
+\family default
+" gezien gainean egon ohi diren 6 tekla dira.
+ Goratu Orria eta Beheratu Orria teklatu batzuetan
+\family sans
+Prior
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Next
+\family default
+ deitzen dira.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Lerro\SpecialChar ~
+itzulera
+\family default
+ (
+\family sans
+Intro
+\family default
+).
+ Teklatu batzuek
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ edo
+\family sans
+Enter
+\family default
+ bezala daukate.
+ Beste batzuek birritan daukate.
+ LyX-ek tekla denak berdin erabiliko ditu, beraz
+\family sans
+lerro\SpecialChar ~
+itzulera
+\family default
+ edo
+\family sans
+intro
+\family default
+ erabiliko dugu.
+\layout Standard
+
+Noizean behin "
+\family sans
+(ikus
+\emph on
+"Hedatuak"
+\emph default
+)
+\family default
+" bezalakoekin aurkituko zara.
+ "Ezaugarri Hedatuak" eskuliburuan jatorrizko tekla-loturak zerrendatu ditugu,
+ beraz bertan begiradatxo bat bota dezakezu.
+ Ohartu zaitez LyX erabiltzaileen artean bi tekla-lotura mapa ezberdin erabiltze
+n direla: "CUA" tankeraduna, non hau PC arlotik datorrenarentzat ezaguna
+ eta jatorrizkoa izaten den, eta "emacs" tankerakoa, hau berriz Unix sistemekin
+ "hazi" eta "Emacs" editorea erabiltzen dutenentzako ohikoa izaten da.
+ Bestelakorik ez bada zehazten, dokumentuetan erabiltzen den tekla-loturak
+ CUA motako mapan oinarritutakoak izaten dira.
+ Emacs atsegingarria egiten bazaizu, eskuliburuak irakurtzeko eta loturak
+ zure kasa egiteko gai izango zarelakoan gaude.
+\layout Section
+
+Eskuliburuak
+\layout Standard
+
+Dokumentazioa osatzen duten zatiak zerrendatzen dira ondoren:
+\layout Description
+
+Sarrera
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Fitxategi hau.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+
+Tutoretza
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX erabiltzen hasiberria bazara, eta orain arte LaTeX inoiz ez baduzu entzun
+ ez eta erabili ere, orduan hemendik hasi beharko duzu.
+
+\emph on
+Tutoretza
+\emph default
+ irakurri ostean, LaTeX oraindik zabalegia delakoan ustearekin jarraitu
+ dezakezu, baina LyX nola erabili behar den jakingo duzu.
+\layout Standard
+
+LaTeX erabili baduzu,
+\emph on
+Tutoretza
+\emph default
+-ko "LyX LaTeX erabiltzaileentzat" atala irakurri beharko zenuke (eta eskuliburu
+ko beste atalek kalterik ez dizute egingo).
+\layout Standard
+
+Edozein unetan LyX-ekiko iparra (edo norabidea) galdu egin duzulakoan bazaude,
+ beste edozein eskulibururen bat irakurri eta ulertu aurretik,
+\emph on
+Tutoretza
+\emph default
+ irakurtzeak on egingo dizu.
+ Abiatzeko gune ona baita.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+
+Erabiltzailearen\SpecialChar ~
+gida
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Eskuliburu nagusia.
+ Hemen LyX programaren oinarrizko ezaugarri eta aukeren gehiengo bat argitzen
+ saiatuko gara.
+ Eskuliburu nagusiak LaTeX-eko ezagutza batzuk badauzkazulakoan dago, edo
+
+\emph on
+Tutoretza
+\emph default
+ irakurri duzula behintzat.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+
+Ezaugarri\SpecialChar ~
+hedatuak
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\emph on
+Erabiltzailearen Gida
+\emph default
+-ren hedapena.
+ LaTeX-eko komandoak, diseinu gehigarriak, edizioko ezaugarri bereziak eta
+ LaTeX-eko adituen trikimailu batzuk azaltzen ditu dokumentu honek.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+
+Pertsonalizazioa
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-en ezaugarri garatuen azalpena, programaren jarrera (izakera) orokorra
+ pertsonalizatzea; tekla-lotura, nazioartekotza eta konfigurazio-fitxategi
+ bezalakoak.
+
+\emph on
+Tutoretza
+\emph default
+ irakurri gabe hau irakurtzea ezta bururatu ere.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+
+LaTeX\SpecialChar ~
+konfigurazioa
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-ek, instalatzerakoan, zure sistema aztertzen du.
+ Fitxategi honek LyX-ek zure instalazioari buruz ikasitakoaren informazioa
+ dauka
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\emph on
+Itzultzailearen oharra
+\emph default
+: dokumentu hau automatikoki sortzen denez ezin da euskaratu.
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Eduki beharreko zerbait falta bada, hemen egiazta beharko duzu.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Fitxategiok elkar erreferentziatzen dute, beharrezkoa denean.
+ Adibidez,
+\emph on
+Erabiltzailearen Gida
+\emph default
+-k instalatze eta pertsonalizatze buruzko zerbait dio, baina irakurlea
+\emph on
+Pertsonalizazioa
+\emph default
+ eskuliburura bidaltzen du informazio gehiago eskura dezan.
+\layout Standard
+
+Berriro, gauza garrantzitsu bat azpimarratu behar dugu:
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_top bigskip \added_space_bottom bigskip \align center
+LyX-ekin hasiberria bazara,
+\emph on
+Tutoretza
+\emph default
+ irakur ezazu.
+ Orain.
+\layout Standard
+
+Bestela alferrik haserretuko zara zeure buruarekin.
+ LyX-ek testu-prozesadore batetik behar duzuna eskaintzen dizu, hori bai,
+ erabilera ezberdin batekin.
+\layout Chapter
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:auzolana}
+
+\end_inset
+
+LyX proiektuan laguntzea
+\layout Section
+
+Lagundu LyX-i
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX ia bere osotasunean C++ programaketa hizkuntzan idatzia dago (LaTeX
+ inportatzeko tresna Perl-en idatzia izan da).
+ Proiektu handi bat da, eta gerta daiteke errore bat edo beste edukitzea,
+ edo iturburua hobetu beharra izatea.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Bidali errorea
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX erabiltzerakoan jokaeraren bat errore bezala dela pentsa dezakezu.
+ Nahiz eta gutxitan gertatu, programa hondatu daiteke.
+ LyX-eko garatzaile-taldearen iritziz errore gehientsuenak erabiltzaile-interfaz
+etik sor daiteke: LyX interfazeko zein zati korapilotsua, zaila ulertzeko,
+ azaltzen dituzten iradokizunak oso lagungarriak izaten dira.
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-ek erroreen txostenak bidaltzeko eta kudeatzeko sistema bat erabiltzen
+ du,
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \htmlurl[LyX bug tracker]{http://bugzilla.lyx.org/}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ gunean aurki dezakezuna.
+ Edozein errore buruzko txostena bidali aurretik erroreak kudeatzeko sistema
+ hori egiaztatzea eskatuko genizuke, aurrez beste norbaitek errore berdinari
+ buruzko txosten bat bidalita eduki baitezake.
+ Hau da, errore txosten berri bat bidali aurretik, egiaztatu errore berdinari
+ buruzko beste txostenik ez dagoela erroreak kudeatzeko LyX-ek darabilen
+ sistema horretan.
+ Erabili sistema errore-kudeatzaile hori dagoen errore bati buruzko iradokizunak
+, edo errore berri bati buruzko txostena bidaltzeko, edo, bestela, bidali
+ mezu bat
+\family typewriter
+ lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org
+\family default
+ posta-zerrendara.
+ Posta-zerrenda honen artxiboei zuzenduriko estekak LyX gune nagusian jarri
+ dira,
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \htmlurl[LyX website]{http://www.lyx.org/}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Errore-txosten on (erabilgarria) batek gutxienik arazoak dituen LyX bertsioaren
+ zenbakia eduki beharko luke.
+ Honekin batera, azaldu LyX zein sisteman eragile eta bertsiotan erabiltzen
+ ari zaren.
+ Zure sisteman instalatuta daukazun liburutegien bertsioak eta, interesgarria
+ baderitzozu, LyX-ek erabiltzen duen kanpoko programen bertsioak.
+ Konpilatze- edo konfigurazio-arazo bat izanez gero, egokiena da config.log
+ fitxategia eranstea eta zein konpilatzaile erabiltzen ari zaren azaltzea.
+\layout Standard
+
+Izan zehatza, nahiago dira xehetasunez azaldutako deskribapenak - garatzaileek
+ zenbat eta denbora gehiago
+\layout Standard
+
+igaro errorea non dagoen aurkitzen, orduan eta denbora gutxiago eskainiko
+ diote programaren bestelako hobekuntzei.
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX hondatzeko gai bazara, eskertuko genizuke "backtrace
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\emph on
+Itzultzailearen oharra
+\emph default
+: "backtrace" hitza nolabait azaldu arren, programa bat erabiltzerakoan
+ honek sortzen dituen mezuak izaten dira.
+ Mezuok terminal batean agertzen dira.
+ Mezuen ibilbidea jarraituz garatzaileek errorea non kokatzen den errazago
+ aurkitu ahal izaten dute.
+\end_inset
+
+"-a sortzeko denbora hartuko bazenu lyx exekutagarri ez-garbi bat erabiliz.
+ Zure iturburuen direktorioan eraikitakoari deitzen diogu exekutagarri ez-garbia
+, sisteman instalatua daukazun kode bitarrari berriz garbia deitzen diogularik.
+ Beraz, gdb tresna erabiliz LyX exekutatu, adibidez idatzi "
+\family typewriter
+\size small
+gdb /users/estitxu/lyx-1.0.x/src/lyx
+\family default
+\size default
+" eta ondoren "
+\family typewriter
+run
+\family default
+".
+ Ondoren, itzuli LyX hondatzea egin eta gdb tresnara.
+ Erabili "bt" "backtrace"-a sortzeko eta txertatu ezazu errore-txostenean
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+perfektua izatea nahi baduzu, erabili "
+\family typewriter
+info locals
+\family default
+" eta
+\family typewriter
+"up"
+\family default
+ komandoak pila batzuen mailetako aldagai lokalen balioak plazaratzeko
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Posiblea bazaizu, azaldu zein urrats landu dituzun LyX hondatzeko, zeren
+ eta "backtrace" bera baino garrantzitsuagoa baita, horrela guri gure "backtrace
+" propioa sortzeko aukera eskainiko baitiguzu.
+ Errorea berriro sortzea ez den kasuan "backtrace" bat edukitzea ezinbestekoa
+ da, hori bakarrik edukiko genukeelako.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Lagundu finkatzen eta ezaugarri berrietan
+\layout Standard
+
+Baldin eta LyX-eko iturburuetan aldaketak egin badituzu eta LyX proiektuko
+ zati izatea garrantzitsua dela uste baduzu, bidal iezaguzu
+\family typewriter
+diff
+\family default
+ fitxategi bat (formatu bateratu batean) arestiko posta-zerrendara, baita
+
+\family typewriter
+changelog
+\family default
+ fitxategia eta zure txaplatak (
+\family typewriter
+patch
+\family default
+) egiten duenari buruzko azalpena ere.
+\layout Section
+
+Lagundu dokumentazioan
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-en dokumentazioa zabala da.
+ Nola nahi ere, LyX beti garatzen ari da, eta kaleratze berri bakoitzak
+ ezaugarri berriekin agertzen da.
+ Dokumentazio batzuk eguneratu beharrean daudela aurki ditzakezu.
+ Atal honek azaltzen du zer egin behar duzun errore bat edo hobekuntzaren
+ bat aholkatu nahi badiguzu.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Eskuliburuetako errore-txostena
+\layout Standard
+
+Dokumentazioan arazorik aurkitzen baduzu bidali mezu bat
+\family typewriter
+lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
+\family default
+ posta-zerrendara.
+ Dokumentazio-taldeak behar diren zuzenketak egingo dituzte.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Dokumentazio-taldera elkartzea
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX dokumentazio-proiektuak (The LyX Documentation Project), LyX proiektuko
+ beste guztiak bezala, laguntza erabiltzen du.
+ Dokumentazio-proiektuan lagundu nahi baduzu, jorratu urrats hauek:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Eskuratu LyX-en azken iturburuak.
+ Deskonprimatu
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Abenturazaleek dokumentazioa LyX-eko CVS eduki-sistematik anonimoki eskura
+ daiteke.
+ Edukien sistema honek
+\family typewriter
+lyxdoc
+\family default
+ modulua dauka.
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Bertan lib/doc/ izeneko direktorioa aurkituko duzu.
+ Direktorio honetan
+\family typewriter
+DocStyle.lyx
+\family default
+ izeneko fitxategia dago.
+ Irakurri, dokumentazioaren estilo orria baita.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Ondoren, irakurri
+\emph on
+Erabiltzailearen gida
+\emph default
+ eta
+\emph on
+Tutoretza
+\emph default
+.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Ariketa honen helburua zuri ideiak ematea dauka helburutzat.
+
+\emph on
+Tutoretza
+\emph default
+ eta
+\emph on
+Erabiltzailearen\SpecialChar ~
+gida
+\emph default
+ izango dira dokumentaziotik gehien eguneratu behar direnak.
+ Hauekin nolako eskuliburuak irakurri eta zein itxura eduki behar duten
+ ohartuko zara.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Jarri taldearekin harremanetan:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
+\layout Standard
+
+nahi dituzun aldaketei buruz eztabaidatzeko, eta beraien ikuspuntuak jakiteko.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Egiten dituzun aldaketek testu aldetik garbiak izan behar dute, ulerterrazak
+ alegia, dokumentazioaren berregituraketa sakonagoa egin ahal izateko.
+ Hobekuntza guzti horiek jasotzea beti eskertzen da.
+\the_end
--- /dev/null
+#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
+\lyxformat 221
+\textclass article
+\language english
+\inputencoding default
+\fontscheme default
+\graphics default
+\paperfontsize default
+\spacing single
+\papersize Default
+\paperpackage a4
+\use_geometry 0
+\use_amsmath 0
+\use_natbib 0
+\use_numerical_citations 0
+\paperorientation portrait
+\secnumdepth 3
+\tocdepth 3
+\paragraph_separation indent
+\defskip medskip
+\quotes_language english
+\quotes_times 2
+\papercolumns 1
+\papersides 1
+\paperpagestyle default
+
+\layout Title
+
+LyX Documentation Table of Contents
+\layout Section*
+
+LyX Sarrera
+\layout Description
+1
+LyX-en filosofia
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.1
+Zer da LyX?
+\layout Description
+1.2
+LyX eta testu-prozesadoreen
+\newline
+arteko ezberdintasunak
+
+
+
+
+\layout Description
+1.3
+Zer demontre da LaTeX?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2
+Dokumentazioan nabigatzea
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+Eskuliburuen egitura
+\layout Description
+2.2
+Eskuliburuak
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+
+
+LyX proiektuan laguntzea
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Lagundu LyX-i
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1.1
+Bidali errorea
+\layout Description
+3.1.2
+Lagundu finkatzen eta ezaugarri berrietan
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.2
+Lagundu dokumentazioan
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.2.1
+Eskuliburuetako errore-txostena
+\layout Description
+3.2.2
+Dokumentazio-taldera elkartzea
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Section*
+
+LyX Maiz Eginiko Galderak
+\newline
+0.3.7 bertsioa
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+.1
+Sarrera eta informazio orokorra
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+.1.1
+Zer da LyX?
+\layout Description
+.1.2
+Oso polita, baina erabilgarria da?
+\layout Description
+.1.3
+Nondik hasiko naiz?
+\layout Description
+.1.4
+Zein ordenagailutan erabil dezaket?
+\layout Description
+.1.5
+LyX-ek zenbat leku behar du disko gogorrean?
+\layout Description
+.1.6
+LyX benetako software askea da?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+.2
+Interneteko euskarriak
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+.2.1
+LyX-i buruzkoak interneteko zein gunetan aurki ditzaket?
+\layout Description
+.2.2
+LyX-eko materiala zein FTP-tik eskura dezaket?
+\layout Description
+.2.3
+Zein posta-zerrenda daude?
+\layout Description
+.2.4
+Posta-zerrendak nonbaiten gordetzen dira?
+\layout Description
+.2.5
+Ederto, hi bai hi jatorra! Eta non gorde dituzue?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+.3
+Beste testu-prozesadore batzuekiko bateragarritasuna
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+.3.1
+LaTeX fitxategiak irakur/idatz ditzaket?
+\layout Description
+.3.2
+Word fitxategiak irakur/idatz ditzaket?
+\layout Description
+.3.3
+HTML fitxategiak irakur/idatz ditzaket?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+.4
+LyX eskuratzea eta konpilatzea
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+.4.1
+4.1 Zer behar dut?
+\layout Description
+.4.2
+Nola konpilatzen dut?
+\layout Description
+.4.3
+Konpilatzea gorrotatzen dut.
+ Aurrekonpilatutako kode bitarrak non aurki ditzaket?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+.5
+Inpernuko Testu Gorriari buruzkoak (GARRANTZITSUA!)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+.5.1
+Zer da Inpernuko Testu Gorria (edo ERT)?
+\layout Description
+.5.2
+Nola sartzen dut Inpernuko Testu Gorri bat?
+\layout Description
+.5.3
+ERT multzo berria nahiko astuna da!
+\layout Description
+.5.4
+Badago beste aukerarik?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+.6
+LyX-en erabilerari buruzkoak
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+.6.1
+Galdera orokorrak
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+.6.1.1
+Nola ezabatu titulu azpiko data?
+\layout Description
+.6.1.2
+Nola alda ditzaket Elementua/\SpecialChar \-
+Zenbatua/\SpecialChar \-
+Azalpena zerrenda inguruneko tarteak?
+\layout Description
+.6.1.3
+Nola zenbatzen dira ekuazioak atalekiko?
+\layout Description
+.6.1.4
+Gauza bera irudi eta taulekin egiterik ba ote?
+\layout Description
+.6.1.5
+Oin-oharren zenbakiak ikurretara (izartxoa, daga, e.a.) nola aldatu?
+\layout Description
+.6.1.6
+Nola hil ditzaket alargun eta umezurtzak?
+\layout Description
+.6.1.7
+Nola egituratu zerrenda bat 1.a bezalakoarekin hasteko?
+\layout Description
+.6.1.8
+Nola zenbatu hitz-kopurua?
+\layout Description
+.6.1.9
+Nola finkatu tarte horizontal zehatz bat?
+\layout Description
+.6.1.10
+Zer egin zitazioek [1][2][3][6] ordez [1,2,3,6] edo [1-3,6] erakusteko?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+.6.2
+Irudiei buruzkoak
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+.6.2.1
+Zein ezberdintasun dute
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+irudia
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+k eta
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+irudi mugikorra
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+k?
+\layout Description
+.6.2.2
+Nola kokatu dezaket irudi bat nahi dudan lekuan?
+\layout Description
+.6.2.3
+Zer adierazten du
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Too many unprocessed floats
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ errore-mezuak?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+.6.3
+Matematikako gauzak
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+.6.3.1
+Nola sartu testu arrunta matematikako ekuazio batean?
+\layout Description
+.6.3.2
+6.3.2 Nola egiten da erro kubiko bat (edo handiagoa)?
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+.7
+7LyX-en exekuzioari buruzkoak
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+.7.1
+Nola bihurtu LyX fitxategiak LaTeX-era komando lerroarekin?
+\layout Description
+.7.2
+Nola sortu LyX dokumentuaren PDF fitxategia?
+\layout Description
+.7.3
+Dokumentuaren letra-tipo itsusiak acroread-en?
+\layout Description
+.7.4
+Zergatik nire Ghostscript-en azken bertsioak ezin ditu egokiro marraztu
+ lerro-barneko EPSak?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+.8
+LyX Windows-en
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+.8.1
+Zergatik egiten dute dardar tresna-barra eta menuak?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+.9
+Laguntza gehiago nola lortu
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+.9.1
+Oraindik ez diezu nire galderei erantzun!
+\layout Description
+.9.2
+Nire arazoa norbaiti azaldu nahi diot
+\layout Description
+.9.3
+Laguntza-eskaeran zer jarri.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+.10
+Informazio administratiboa eta aitorpenak
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+.10.1
+Ohartarazpenei ongi etorria
+\layout Description
+.10.2
+MEG honen formatu eskuragarriak
+\layout Description
+.10.3
+Errudunak eta aitorpenak
+\layout Description
+.10.4
+Ezespena eta Copyright-a.
+
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Section*
+
+
+\noun on
+LyX Tutoretza
+\layout Description
+1
+Sarrera
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.1
+Ongi etorri LyX-era!
+\layout Description
+1.2
+Tutoretza hau zer da eta zer ez da.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.2.1
+Tutoretza erabilgarria izan dadin.
+\layout Description
+1.2.2
+Aurkituko
+\emph on
+ez
+\emph default
+ duzuna:
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2
+LyX-ekin hastea
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+Lehenbiziko LyX dokumentua
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1.1
+Idaztea, ikustea eta inprimatzea
+\layout Description
+2.1.2
+Eragiketa bakunak
+\layout Description
+2.1.3
+WYSIWYM: zuriuneak LyX-en
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.2
+Inguruneak
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.2.1
+Atalak eta azpiatalak
+\layout Description
+2.2.2
+Zerrendak eta azpizerrendak
+\layout Description
+2.2.3
+Beste inguruneak: Bertsoa, Zitazioa eta beste batzuk
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+Dokumentuak idaztea
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Testu-klaseak
+\layout Description
+3.2
+Txantiloiak: eskutitza idaztea
+\layout Description
+3.3
+Dokumentuen tituluak
+\layout Description
+3.4
+Etiketa eta erreferentzia gurutzatuak
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.1
+Zure aurreneko etiketa
+\layout Description
+3.4.2
+Zure lehen erreferentzia gurutzatua
+\layout Description
+3.4.3
+Etiketekin jolastea
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.5
+Oin-oharrak eta albokoak
+\layout Description
+3.6
+Bibliografiak
+\layout Description
+3.7
+Gaien aurkibidea
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+Matematika erabiltzea
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+Matematika-era
+\layout Description
+4.2
+Ekuazioetan murgiltzea
+\layout Description
+4.3
+Berretzaile eta indizeak
+\layout Description
+4.4
+Matematikako panela
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4.1
+Grekera eta ikurrak
+\layout Description
+4.4.2
+Erroketa, tilet eta mugatzaileak
+\layout Description
+4.4.3
+Zatikiak
+\layout Description
+4.4.4
+TeX era: limiteak, log, sinu eta bestelakoak
+\layout Description
+4.4.5
+Matrizeak
+\layout Description
+4.4.6
+Adierazpen-era
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5
+Matematikari buruzko gauza gehiago
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Hainbat
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+LyX-en beste ezaugarri garrantzitsu batzuk
+\layout Description
+5.2
+LyX LaTeX-eko erabiltzaileentzat
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.1
+TeX era
+\layout Description
+5.2.2
+LaTeX dokumentuak inportatzea: reLyX
+\layout Description
+5.2.3
+LyX dokumentua LaTeX-era bihurtu
+\layout Description
+5.2.4
+LaTeX hitzaurrea
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.4.1
+Dokumentu-klasea
+\layout Description
+5.2.4.2
+Hitzaurreko beste alderdi batzuk
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.5
+BibTeX
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3
+Erroreak!
+\end_deeper
+\layout Section*
+
+LyX Erabiltzailearen Gida
+\layout Description
+1
+Sarrera
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.1
+LyX zer da?
+\layout Description
+1.2
+Hasiera
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.2.1
+LyX abiatzea
+\layout Description
+1.2.2
+LyX-en itxura
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.2.2.1
+Leiho nagusia
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.2.3
+Laguntza!
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.3
+LyX interfazea
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.3.1
+Oinarrizko fitxategi-eragiketak
+\layout Description
+1.3.2
+Oinarrizko edizio-ezaugarriak
+\layout Description
+1.3.3
+Desegin eta berregin
+\layout Description
+1.3.4
+Saguaren oinarrizko laster-teklak
+\layout Description
+1.3.5
+Oinarrizko tekla-lasterbideak
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.4
+LyX beste programa batzuekin erabiltzea
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.4.1
+Inportatu ASCII fitxategiak
+\layout Description
+1.4.2
+LyX-en eta beste X programen artean ebaki eta itsastea
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2
+LyX konfigurazioa eta beharrezko aplikazioak
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+Sarrera
+\layout Description
+2.2
+2.2 Oinarrizko LyX konfigurazioa
+\layout Description
+2.3
+X teklatua konfiguratu
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.3.1
+xmodmap eta xkeycaps
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.3.1.1
+xmodmap
+\layout Description
+2.3.1.2
+xkeycaps
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.3.2
+Aldatzaileak eta Modu_txandaketa
+\layout Description
+2.3.3
+Argibide eta trikimailu lagungarriak
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.4
+LaTeX
+\layout Description
+2.5
+Dvips eta Ghostscript
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.5.1
+Behar duzuna
+\layout Description
+2.5.2
+Dvips
+\layout Description
+2.5.3
+Ghostscript, Xdvi eta Ghostview
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.6
+Inprimagailua
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+LyX-en oinarriak
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Dokumentu-motak
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1.1
+Sarrera
+\layout Description
+3.1.2
+
+
+Zenbait dokumentu-klase
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1.2.1
+Azalpen laburra
+\layout Description
+3.1.2.2
+Klasea hautatzea
+\layout Description
+3.1.2.3
+Propietateak
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1.3
+Lehenetsitakoak egokitzea
+\layout Description
+3.1.4
+Paper tamaina, orientazioa eta marjinak
+\layout Description
+3.1.5
+Ohar garrantzitsua
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.2
+Paragrafoen koskatze eta bereizmena
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.2.1
+Sarrera
+\layout Description
+3.2.2
+Koskatze-metodo orokorra
+\layout Description
+3.2.3
+Fintzea
+\layout Description
+3.2.4
+Lerro-tartea aldatzea
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3
+Paragrafo-inguruneak
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.1
+Azalpen laburra
+\layout Description
+3.3.2
+Estandarra
+\layout Description
+3.3.3
+Dokumentu-tituluak
+\layout Description
+3.3.4
+Izenburuak
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.1
+Zenbatutako izenburuak
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.2
+Zenbatu gabeko izenburuak
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.3
+Zenbakera aldatzea
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.4
+Informazio berezia
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.5
+Eranskina sortzea
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.5
+Zitak eta bertsoak
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.5.1
+Zita eta zitazioa
+\layout Description
+3.3.5.2
+Bertsoa
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.6
+Zerrendak
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.1
+Ezaugarri orokorrak
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.2
+Elementua
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.3
+Zenbatuta
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.4
+Azalpena
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.5
+LyX-eko Zerrenda
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.7
+Gutunak
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.7.1
+Helbidea eta eskuin-helbidea: gainbegiratzea
+\layout Description
+3.3.7.2
+Erabilera
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.8
+Idazkera akademikoa
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.8.1
+Laburpena
+\layout Description
+3.3.8.2
+Bibliografia
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.9
+Xede berezia
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.9.1
+Epigrafea
+\layout Description
+3.3.9.2
+LyX kodea
+\layout Description
+3.3.9.3
+Iruzkina
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4
+Inguruneak habiaratzea
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.1
+Zertan datza bere garrantzia
+\layout Description
+3.4.2
+Zer habiaratu dezakezu, eta zer ez?
+\layout Description
+3.4.3
+Besteak habiaratzea: taulak, matematikak, mugikorrak, e.a.
+\layout Description
+3.4.4
+Erabilera eta ezaugarri orokorrak
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.4.1
+Habiaratze-mugak
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.5
+Adibide batzuk
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.5.1
+1.
+ adibidea: sei mailako habiaratze-sakonera
+\layout Description
+3.4.5.2
+2.
+ adibidea: herentzia
+\layout Description
+3.4.5.3
+3.
+ adibidea: etiketak, mailak eta Zenbatuta eta Elementua inguruneak.
+\layout Description
+3.4.5.4
+4.
+ adibidea: garunak astindu
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.5
+Letra-tipoak eta testu-estiloak
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.5.1
+Azalpen laburra
+\layout Description
+3.5.2
+Aukera globalak
+\layout Description
+3.5.3
+Beste karaktere-estiloak erabiltzea
+\layout Description
+3.5.4
+Karaktereen diseinua fintzea
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.6
+Aurrebista eta inprimatzea
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.6.1
+Azalpen laburra
+\layout Description
+3.6.2
+Aurrebista azkarra:
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\layout Description
+3.6.3
+PostScript®-en aurrebista:
+\family typewriter
+ghostview
+\layout Description
+3.6.4
+Fitxategia inprimatzea
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7
+Tipografiari buruzko aipamena
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7.1
+Hitz-zatiketa eta marratxoak
+\layout Description
+3.7.2
+Puntuazio-markak
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7.2.1
+Laburtzapenak eta sententzia-amaiera
+\layout Description
+3.7.2.2
+Komatxoak
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7.3
+Hizki-loturak
+\layout Description
+3.7.4
+Alargunak eta umezurtzak
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+Mugikorrak: taulak, irudiak, oin-oharrak eta albo-oharrak Taula, irudi eta
+ oharrak
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+Oin-oharrak
+\layout Description
+4.2
+Albo-oharrak
+\layout Description
+4.3
+4.3 Irudi eta grafiko inportatuak
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3.1
+Irudi mugikorrak
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3.1.1
+Irudi mugikorrak erabiltzea
+\layout Description
+4.3.1.2
+Mugikorraren kokalekua
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3.2
+XFig eta LyX
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4
+Taulak
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4.1
+Taula leihoa
+\layout Description
+4.4.2
+Zer jar dezaket gelaxka batean?
+\layout Description
+4.4.3
+Tauletan ebaki eta itsastea
+\layout Description
+4.4.4
+Hainbat lerro gelaxketan
+\layout Description
+4.4.5
+Taula mugikorrak
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5
+Gaien aurkibidea eta bestelako zerrendak
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.1
+Gaien aurkibidea
+\layout Description
+4.5.2
+Irudi, taula eta algoritmoen zerrendak
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Matematika-formulak
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+Oinarrizko matematika edizioa
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1.1
+Formula arakatzea
+\layout Description
+5.1.2
+Testua hautatzea
+\layout Description
+5.1.3
+Berretzaile eta azpindizeak
+\layout Description
+5.1.4
+Zatikiak
+\layout Description
+5.1.5
+Batura eta integralak
+\layout Description
+5.1.6
+Matematikako panela
+\layout Description
+5.1.7
+Beste matematika-ikurrak
+\layout Description
+5.1.8
+Tarteak eraldatzea
+\layout Description
+5.1.9
+Matematika funtzioak
+\layout Description
+5.1.10
+Azentuak
+\layout Description
+5.1.11
+Matematika editorea, LaTeX-eko erabiltzaileentzat
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2
+Kortxeteak eta apaingarriak
+\layout Description
+5.3
+Taldekatzea
+\layout Description
+5.4
+Matrizeak eta lerro anitzeko ekuazioak
+\layout Description
+5.5
+Ekuazioak zenbatu eta etiketatzea
+\layout Description
+5.6
+Makroak definitzea (matematika-eran)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.6.1
+Makroak erabiltzeko argibideak
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.6.1.1
+Nola sortu
+\layout Description
+5.6.1.2
+Nola arakatu
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.7
+Fintzea
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.7.1
+Letra-tipoak
+\layout Description
+5.7.2
+Matematikako testu-modua
+\layout Description
+5.7.3
+Letra-tamainak
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.8
+AMS LaTeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.8.1
+AMS euskarria gaitzea
+\layout Description
+5.8.2
+AMS ikurrak
+\layout Description
+5.8.3
+AMS formula-motak
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6
+Bestelako tresnak
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1
+Erreferentzia gurutzatuak
+\layout Description
+6.2
+URLak (Uniform Resource Locators)
+\layout Description
+6.3
+Titulu laburtuak aukerako argumentuekin
+\newline
+zehaztea
+
+
+\layout Description
+6.4
+Tartea, orrialdeztapen eta lerro-jauziak
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.1
+Tarte horizontal osagarria
+\layout Description
+6.4.2
+Tarte bertikal osagarria
+\layout Description
+6.4.3
+Paragrafo-lerrokadura aldatzea
+\layout Description
+6.4.4
+Orrialde-jauziak derrigortzea
+\layout Description
+6.4.5
+Zuriune babestuak
+\layout Description
+6.4.6
+Lerroa jauztea
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.5
+Zuzentzailea
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.5.1
+Zuzentzailearen aukerak
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.5.1.1
+Hiztegia
+\layout Description
+6.5.1.2
+Hiztegi pertsonala
+\layout Description
+6.5.1.3
+Aukera gehiago
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.5.2
+Mugapenak
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.6
+Nazioarteko euskarria
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.6.1
+Diseinua, hizkuntzaren aukerak
+\layout Description
+6.6.2
+Teklatu-mapa konfiguratzea
+\layout Description
+6.6.3
+6.6.3 Karaktereen taula
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7
+Aitorpena
+\layout Section*
+
+LyX Ezaugarri Hedatuak
+\layout Description
+1
+Sarrera
+\layout Description
+2
+LyX eta LaTeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+LyX-ek nola erabiltzen du LaTeX
+\layout Description
+2.2
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Lagundu! LyX-ek
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+ fitxategi irakurkaitza sortu du!
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+2.3
+LaTeX fitxategiak LyX-era bihurtzen
+\layout Description
+2.4
+LaTeX kodea LyX dokumentuetan txertatzea
+
+
+\layout Description
+2.5
+LyX eta LaTeX-eko hitzaurrea
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.5.1
+LaTeX-eko hitzaurreari buruz
+\layout Description
+2.5.2
+Hitzaurrea aldatzea
+\layout Description
+2.5.3
+Adibideak
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.5.3.1
+1.
+ adibidea: desplazamendua
+\layout Description
+2.5.3.2
+2.
+ adibidea: etiketak
+\layout Description
+2.5.3.3
+3.
+ adibidea: paragrafoak koskatzea
+\layout Description
+2.5.3.4
+4.
+ adibidea: dokumentu hau
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.6
+LyX eta LaTeX-eko erroreak
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+Tresna osagarriak
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+BibTeX-ekin bibliografia prestatzea
+\layout Description
+3.2
+Indize bat sortzea
+\layout Description
+3.3
+Zati anitzeko dokumentuak
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.1
+Eragiketa orokorra
+\layout Description
+3.3.2
+Fitxategien arteko erreferentzia gurutzatuak
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4
+Algoritmoak
+\layout Description
+3.5
+Azpirudiak
+\layout Description
+3.6
+Goiburuko eta orri-oin sofistikatuak
+\layout Description
+3.7
+Orritxoak
+\layout Description
+3.8
+Testua irudien inguruan egokitzea
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.9
+Taulen aukera osagarriak
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.9.1
+Zutabeko tarte gehigarria ezabatzea
+\layout Description
+3.9.2
+Zutabeko karaktere-bereizlea aldatzea
+\layout Description
+3.9.3
+Puntu dezimalean lerrokatutako zutabea sortzea
+\layout Description
+3.9.4
+Dezimalen lerrokadura hobea
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.10
+Elementuen bulet hautapena
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.10.1
+Sarrera
+\layout Description
+3.10.2
+Nolako itxura dauka
+\layout Description
+3.10.3
+Nola erabili
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+Dokumentu-klase bereziak
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+AMS LaTeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1.1
+Diseinuok eskaintzen dutena
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.2
+Dinbrief
+\layout Description
+4.3
+Paper
+\layout Description
+4.4
+A&A Paper
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4.1
+Sarrera
+\layout Description
+4.4.2
+Lanean hastea
+\layout Description
+4.4.3
+Goiburuko zatia
+\layout Description
+4.4.4
+Laburpena
+\layout Description
+4.4.5
+Onartutako inguruneak
+\layout Description
+4.4.6
+LyX-ek onartzen ez dituen komandoak
+\layout Description
+4.4.7
+Irudi eta taula mugikorrak
+\layout Description
+4.4.8
+Diseinua gainbegiratzea
+\layout Description
+4.4.9
+Artikuluaren adibidea
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5
+AASTeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.1
+Sarrera
+\layout Description
+4.5.2
+Artikulu berri bat hastea
+\layout Description
+4.5.3
+Artikulua amaitzea
+\layout Description
+4.5.4
+Komando zehatzei buruzko oharrak
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.4.1
+Aurreikusi bezala lantzen dira
+\layout Description
+4.5.4.2
+Badabiltzanak, baina iruzkinak behar dituztenak
+\layout Description
+4.5.4.3
+Garatu gabe daudenak, erabili ERT
+\layout Description
+4.5.4.4
+Garatu ezin daitezkeenak
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.5
+MEG, iradokizunak, trikimailuak eta bestelako hausnarketak
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.1
+LyX eta AASTeX elkarlanean jartzea
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.2
+LaTeX errorea taula bat prozesatzean
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.3
+Erreferentziak
+
+
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.4
+EPS fitxategiak gehitzea
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.5
+Egin nitzakeenak, egin gabe
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.6
+Azken
+\emph on
+ikuttua
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.6
+ijmpd
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.6.1
+Sarrera
+\layout Description
+4.6.2
+Artikulua idaztea
+\layout Description
+4.6.3
+Artikulua bidaltzeko prestatzea
+\layout Description
+4.6.4
+ERTen erabilera
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.7
+Kluwer
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.7.1
+Sarrera
+\layout Description
+4.7.2
+Artikulua idaztea
+\layout Description
+4.7.3
+Artikulua bidaltzeko prestatzea
+\layout Description
+4.7.4
+Kluwer paketearen
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+berezitasunak
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.8
+Koma-Script
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.8.1
+Sarrera
+\layout Description
+4.8.2
+article (koma-script), report (koma-script), eta book (koma-script)
+\layout Description
+4.8.3
+letter (koma-script)
+\layout Description
+4.8.4
+Gutun klase berria: letter (koma-script v.2)
+\layout Description
+4.8.5
+Arazoak
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.9
+Springer aldizkariak (svjour)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.9.1
+Azalpena
+\layout Description
+4.9.2
+Estilo berriak
+\layout Description
+4.9.3
+Onartutako aldizkariak
+\layout Description
+4.9.4
+Aitorpena
+\layout Description
+4.9.5
+Akatsak
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.10
+AGU aldizkariak (aguplus)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.10.1
+Azalpena
+\layout Description
+4.10.2
+Estilo berriak
+\layout Description
+4.10.3
+Mugikor berriak
+\layout Description
+4.10.4
+Onartutako aldizkariak
+\layout Description
+4.10.5
+Akatsak eta gogoratu beharrekoak
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.11
+EGS aldizkariak (egs)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.11.1
+Azalpena
+\layout Description
+4.11.2
+Estilo berriak
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12
+Gardenkiak (edo SliTeX)
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.1
+Sarrera
+\layout Description
+4.12.2
+Lanean hastea
+
+
+\layout Description
+4.12.3
+Paragrafoen inguruneak
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.3.1
+Onartutako inguruneak
+\layout Description
+4.12.3.2
+Ingurune berrien bitxikeriak
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.4
+Gardenkia, Gainjarria eta Ohar-ekin aurkezpena egitea
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.4.1
+Gardenkia ingurunea erabiltzea
+\layout Description
+4.12.4.2
+Gardenkiarekin Gainjarria erabiltzea
+\layout Description
+4.12.4.3
+Gardenkiarekin Ohar erabiltzea
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.5
+Gardenkiaren txantiloia
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13
+Foils (edo FoilTeX)
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.1
+Sarrera
+\layout Description
+4.13.2
+Lanean hastea
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.2.1
+Aukera osagarriak
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.3
+Onartutako inguruneak
+\layout Description
+4.13.4
+Gardenki-multzoa sortzea
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.1
+Eman titulu-orri bat
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.2
+Hasi gardenki berri bat
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.3
+Teoremak, lemak, frogapenak eta bestelakoak
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.4
+Zerrendak
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.5
+Irudi eta taulak
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.6
+Orriaren goiburukoak eta orri-oinak
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.5
+FoilTeX-eko onartu gabeko funtzioak
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.5.1
+Luzerak
+\layout Description
+4.13.5.2
+Goiburukoak eta orri-oinak
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.14
+Latex8 (IEEE jardunaldiko idazkiak)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.14.1
+Sarrera
+\layout Description
+4.14.2
+Lanean hastea
+\layout Description
+4.14.3
+Onartutako inguruneak
+\layout Description
+4.14.4
+Pantaila eta paperaren arteko ezberdintasunak
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.15
+Hollywood (Hollywood gidoi berezia)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.15.1
+Sarrera
+\layout Description
+4.15.2
+Arazo bereziak
+\layout Description
+4.15.3
+Ezaugarri bereziak
+\layout Description
+4.15.4
+Paper tamaina eta marjinak
+\layout Description
+4.15.5
+Inguruneak
+\layout Description
+4.15.6
+Gidoiko argota
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.16
+Broadway
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.16.1
+Sarrera
+\layout Description
+4.16.2
+Arazo bereziak
+\layout Description
+4.16.3
+Ezaugarri bereziak
+\layout Description
+4.16.4
+Paper tamainak eta marjinak
+\layout Description
+4.16.5
+Inguruneak
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.17
+RevTeX4
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.17.1
+Instalazioa
+\layout Description
+4.17.2
+Hitzaurreari buruz
+\layout Description
+4.17.3
+Diseinuak
+
+
+\layout Description
+4.17.4
+Ohar garrantzitsuak
+\layout Description
+4.17.5
+Eragozpenak
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.18
+Artikulua (mwart), liburua (mwbk) eta txostena (mwrep)
+
+
+\layout Description
+4.19
+Elsevier aldizkariak
+\layout Description
+4.20
+Memorandum (Memoir)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.20.1
+Laburpena
+\layout Description
+4.20.2
+Oinarrizko ezaugarriak eta murriztapenak
+\layout Description
+4.20.3
+Ezaugarri osagarriak
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Beste fitxategi formatuak inportatu eta esportatzea.
+
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+Gogoeta
+\layout Description
+5.2
+Beste formatuetatik inportatzea
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.1
+LaTeX
+\layout Description
+5.2.2
+ASCII Testua
+\layout Description
+5.2.3
+Noweb
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3
+Beste formatuetara esportatzea
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3.1
+LaTeX
+\layout Description
+5.3.2
+DVI fitxategiak (Gailutik askeak)
+\layout Description
+5.3.3
+PostScript®
+\layout Description
+5.3.4
+ASCII testua
+\layout Description
+5.3.5
+HTML
+\layout Description
+5.3.6
+PDF
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.1
+Erabili pdfLaTeX
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.2
+Zergatik ikusten da testua hain gaizki Acrobat Reader-ekin?
+
+
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.3
+Zergatik ez dabil
+\backslash
+boldsymbol{} komandoa pslatex erabiltzen dudanean?
+
+
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.4
+Nola idatzi latex kodea, pdfLaTeX exekutatzean bakarrik prozesatzeko?
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.5
+Zer egin dezaket URLak klikatu ahal izateko?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3.7
+Pertsonalizazioa
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4
+reLyX, xehetasunak
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.1
+Laburpena
+\layout Description
+5.4.2
+Aukerak
+\layout Description
+5.4.3
+Azalpena
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.1
+Sarrera
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.2
+Erabilera
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.3
+reLyX-ek kudea ditzakeena
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.4
+reLyX-ek kudeatu ezin ditzakena --- Baina ongi dagoena
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.5
+reLyX-ek gaizki kudeatzen duenak ---hots, AKATSAK
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.6
+LyX-ek kudea ezin dezakeena
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.4
+Adibideak
+\layout Description
+5.4.5
+Oharrak
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.1
+Errore-txostenak
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.2
+Garaketaren xehetasunak:
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.3
+Diseinuen fitxategiak
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.4
+Sintaxien fitxategiak
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.5
+Hainbat
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.6
+Diagnostikoak
+\layout Description
+5.4.7
+Abisuak
+\layout Description
+5.4.8 \pagebreak_top
+Fitxategiak
+\layout Description
+5.4.9
+Ikusi hauek ere
+\layout Description
+5.4.10
+Egileak
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6
+LyX-en funtzioentzako software osagarriak
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1
+LyX SGML-Tools-ekin erabiltzea (edo LinuxDoc)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.1
+Sarrera
+\layout Description
+6.1.2
+LinuxDoc dokumentua prestatu eta erabiltzea
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.2.1
+Hasi lanean
+\layout Description
+6.1.2.2
+LinuxDoc-en formatua
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.3
+LinuxDoc-eko inguruneak erabiltzea
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.3.1
+LinuxDoc dokumentuaren egitura
+\layout Description
+6.1.3.2
+LinuxDoc-eko paragrafo-inguruneak
+\layout Description
+6.1.3.3
+Beste funtzio batzuk
+\layout Description
+6.1.3.4
+Erreferentzia gurutzatuak eta HTML
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.4
+LinuxDoc-en sgml script-ak erabiltzea
+
+
+\layout Description
+6.1.5
+LinuxDoc-en erroreak
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.2
+TeX egiaztatzea
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.2.1
+Sarrera
+\layout Description
+6.2.2
+Nola erabili
+\layout Description
+6.2.3
+Nola findu
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3
+Bertsio-kontrola LyX-en
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3.1
+Sarrera
+\layout Description
+6.3.2
+RCS-ren komandoak LyX-en
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.1
+Erregistratu
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.2
+Egiaztatu aldaketak
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.3
+Egiaztatu editatzeko
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.4
+Itzuli azken bertsiora
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.5
+Desegin azken egiaztaketa
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.6
+Erakutsi historiala
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4
+Literaturaren programazioa
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.1
+Sarrera
+\layout Description
+6.4.2
+Literaturaren programazioa
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.2.1
+Erreferentziak
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.3
+LyX eta literaturaren programazioa
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.1
+Dokumentu eta kodea sortzea (weaving eta tangling)
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.2
+LyX konfiguratzea
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.3
+Arazketaren hedapenak
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.4
+Tresna-barraren hedapenak
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.5
+Koloreen pertsonalizazioa
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7
+LaTeX-eko adituen sekretuak
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.1
+Oin eta alboko oharrentzako trikimaluak
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.1.1
+Oin-oharrak
+\layout Description
+7.1.2
+Albo-oharrak
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.2
+Zutabe anitzak
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.2.1
+Xedea
+\layout Description
+7.2.2
+Murriztapenak
+\layout Description
+7.2.3
+Adibideak
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.2.3.1
+Bi zutabeko testua
+\layout Description
+7.2.3.2
+Hainbat zutabeko testua
+\layout Description
+7.2.3.3
+Zutabeak zutabeen barruan
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.3
+Zenbatua paragrafo-ingurunearen zenbakera
+
+
+\layout Description
+7.4
+Taulako errenkaden arteko tarteaErrenkaden tartea
+\layout Description
+7.5
+Letra kapitalak
+\layout Description
+7.6
+Paragrafoen estandarrak ez diren forma
+\layout Description
+7.7
+Laburpena
+\end_deeper
+\layout Section*
+
+LyX pertsonalizatzea:
+\newline
+erabiltzaile aurreratuentzako ezaugarriak
+\layout Description
+1
+Sarrera
+\layout Description
+2
+LyX-en konfigurazioko fitxategiak
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+Zer dago LyXDir-en?
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1.1
+Automatikoki sortutako fitxategiak
+\layout Description
+2.1.2
+Direktorioak
+\layout Description
+2.1.3
+Fitxategi hauek ez aldatu
+\layout Description
+2.1.4
+Lerro bat edo bi behar duten fitxategiak\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.2
+Zure konfigurazio lokaleko direktorioa
+\layout Description
+2.3
+LyX hainbat konfiguraziorekin exekutatzen
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+Hobespenak leihoa
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Leihoa lehen aldiz erabiltzea
+\layout Description
+3.2
+Pantailako letra-tipoak
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.2.1
+DPIren ezarpenak eta zooma
+\layout Description
+3.2.2
+Letra-tipoak definitzeko komandoak
+\layout Description
+3.2.3
+Letra-kodeketa
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3
+Lasterbideak
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.4
+Erabiltzailearen interfazea
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.5
+Bihurtzaileak, formatuak eta ikustaileak
+\layout Description
+3.6
+ASCIIra esportatzeko aukerak
+\layout Description
+3.7
+Inprimagailua
+\layout Description
+3.8
+Koloreak aldatzea
+\layout Description
+3.9
+Autodetektatutako ezarpenak
+\layout Description
+3.10
+Hainbat
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+LyX internazionalizatzea
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+Interfazea beste hizkuntza batekin
+\layout Description
+4.2
+LyX itzultzea
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.2.1
+GUI itzultzea (testuen mezuak)
+\layout Description
+4.2.2
+Dokumentazioa itzultzea
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3
+Teklatu internazionalaren euskarria
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3.1
+Zure teklatu-mapa definitzea: fitxategiaren formatua
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4
+Nazioarteko teklatu-mapa
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4.1
+
+\family typewriter
+.kmap
+\family default
+ fitxategia
+\layout Description
+4.4.2
+
+\family typewriter
+.cdef
+\series medium
+
+\family default
+\series default
+fitxategia
+\layout Description
+4.4.3
+Tekla hilak
+\layout Description
+4.4.4
+Hizkuntzaren konfigurazioa gordetzea
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Dokumentu-klase, diseinu eta txantiloi berriak instalatzea
+
+
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+LaTeX pakete berri bat instalatzea
+\layout Description
+5.2
+Diseinuak
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.1
+Dokumentu-klase berriak onartzea
+\layout Description
+5.2.2
+
+\family typewriter
+sty
+\family default
+ fitxategi baten diseinua
+\layout Description
+5.2.3
+
+\family typewriter
+cls
+\family default
+ fitxategi baten diseinua
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3
+Testu-klase berri bat deklaratzea
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3.1
+Testu-klaseen parametro orokorrak
+\layout Description
+5.3.2
+ClassOptions atala
+\layout Description
+5.3.3
+Paragrafo-ingurune jakin batzuk
+\layout Description
+5.3.4
+Mugikorrak
+\layout Description
+5.3.5
+Zenbatzaileak
+\layout Description
+5.3.6
+Letra-tipo deskripzioa
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4
+Txantiloiak sortzea
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6
+Kanpoko materiala gehitzea
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1
+Testuingurua
+\layout Description
+6.2
+Nola lantzen da?
+\layout Description
+6.3
+Kanpo-materiala leihoa
+\layout Description
+6.4
+Adibideak
+\layout Description
+6.5
+Kanpoko txantiloiaren konfigurazio fitxategia
+\layout Description
+6.6
+Ordezpen mekanismoa
+\layout Description
+6.7
+Segurtasunaren eztabaida
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7
+LyX zerbitzaria
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.1
+Sarrera
+\layout Description
+7.2
+LyX zerbitzaria abiatzea
+\layout Description
+7.3
+Komunikazio normala
+\layout Description
+7.4
+Jakinarazpena
+\layout Description
+7.5
+LYX zerbitzariaren protokoloa
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+8 \start_of_appendix
+Lasterbideak
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.1
+Tresna-barra
+\layout Description
+8.2
+Menua
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.2.1
+Fitxategia
+\layout Description
+8.2.2
+Editatu
+\layout Description
+8.2.3
+Txertatu
+\layout Description
+8.2.4
+Diseinua
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.2.4.1
+Diseinua
+\family sans
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family default
+Karakterea
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.2.5
+Ikusi
+\layout Description
+8.2.6
+Arakatu
+\layout Description
+8.2.7
+Laguntza
+\layout Description
+8.2.8
+Paragrafo-estiloa
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.3
+Teklatua
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.3.1
+
+\family typewriter
+emacs.bind
+\family default
+-i dagokionak
+\layout Description
+8.3.2
+
+\family typewriter
+cua.bind
+\family default
+-i dagokionak
+\layout Description
+8.3.3
+
+\family typewriter
+sciword.bind
+\family default
+-i dagozkionak
+\layout Description
+8.3.4
+A.3.4 Matematikako lasterbide estandarrak
+\layout Description
+8.3.5
+Beste azeleratzaileak
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+
+\the_end
--- /dev/null
+#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
+\lyxformat 221
+\textclass scrbook
+\begin_preamble
+\usepackage{multicol}
+\end_preamble
+\language basque
+\inputencoding latin1
+\fontscheme pslatex
+\graphics default
+\paperfontsize default
+\spacing single
+\papersize a4paper
+\paperpackage a4
+\use_geometry 0
+\use_amsmath 0
+\use_natbib 0
+\use_numerical_citations 0
+\paperorientation portrait
+\secnumdepth 3
+\tocdepth 3
+\paragraph_separation indent
+\defskip medskip
+\quotes_language english
+\quotes_times 2
+\papercolumns 1
+\papersides 2
+\paperpagestyle default
+
+\layout Title
+
+
+\noun on
+LyX Tutoretza
+\layout Author
+
+egilea: LyX taldea.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+ Fitxategi honen arduradun nagusia
+\family typewriter
+John Weiss
+\family default
+ da.
+ Bidali iradokizunak edo erroreei buruzko zuzenketak LyX dokumentazioko
+ posta-zerrendara: <lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org>.
+
+\newline
+Itzulpena: Iñaki Larrañaga Murgoitio (dooteo@euskalgnu.org) eta Sara Elorza,
+ 2004.
+\newline
+Zuzenketak: Hizkuntza Politikarako Sailburuordetza <hizpol@ej-gv.es>, 2004.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Chapter
+
+Sarrera
+\layout Section
+
+Ongi etorri LyX-era!
+\layout Standard
+
+Fitxategi hau LaTeX inoiz entzun barik edo ongi ezagutzen ez duten neska-mutilen
+tzat egina dago.
+ Lasai, ordea, LyX erabiltzeko LaTeX-i buruz ezer jakin beharrik ez daukazu.
+ Azken finean, LyX-en ezaugarrietako bat LaTeX-entzat ia WYSIWYG (
+\emph on
+What You See Is What You Get
+\emph default
+) interfazea eskaintzean datza.
+ Hori bai, LyX bere osotasunean erabiltzeko gauza batzuk ikasi beharko dituzu.
+\layout Standard
+
+Ziurrenik, bi paragrafo artean hiru lerro zuri edo puntu "." baten ondoren
+ bi hutsune ezartzen saiatzeagatik eskuliburu hau irakurtzen ari zara.
+ Hainbat buruhauste izan eta gero, ezinezkoa dela ohartuko zinen.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Gertatzen dena hau da: bestelako testu prozesadoreetako zenbait trikimailu
+ LyX-en ez direla erabilgarriak.
+ Hau da, erabili izan dituzun testu-prozesadore gehienetan tabulazioak,
+ zuriuneak, paragrafo-tarteak, letra-tipoak eta bestelako batzuk eskuz idatzi
+ behar dira.
+ Honekin jarraituz, dokumentuetako testua idazteaz gain beraren itxura eta
+ konposaketa-lanak ere erabiltzaile bakoitzak lantzen ditu.
+ LyX-ek, ordea, itxura eta konposaketa-arloak lantzen ditu, gauza garrantzitsuen
+a zuri utziz: dokumentuaren edukia idaztea.
+\layout Standard
+
+Beraz, zatoz gurekin eta jarraitu irakurtzen.
+ Tutoretza hau irakurrita denborari etekina aterako diozu.
+\layout Section
+
+Tutoretza hau zer da eta zer ez da.
+\layout Standard
+
+Atal honekin serioski hasi baino lehen, gauza bat argitu nahiko genuke.
+ Tutoretza honek
+\emph on
+Sarrera
+\emph default
+-n agertzen den idazkera erabiltzen du.
+ Lehenbizi eskuliburu hau irakurtzen ari bazara, hobe lehenago
+\emph on
+Sarrera
+\emph default
+ irakurtzen baduzu.
+ Bai, une honetantxe esan nahi dugu.
+\layout Standard
+
+Orain letra-tipo bakoitzaren esanahia dakizunez, tutoretza honen helburuez
+ zertxobait azaldu nahi dugu.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Tutoretza erabilgarria izan dadin.
+\layout Standard
+
+Tutoretza hau adibide eta ariketekin osatua dago.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Dokumentu honi zuku handiena ateratzeko irakurtzerakoan zenbait ariketa
+ idazteko esango dizugu, gauza guztiak ongi ulertu dituzula ziurtatzeko.
+ Berdin digu errazak badira ere (lehengusinari ez esan zure ordez idazteko,
+ horrek ez baitu balio eta\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+) idatzi ariketa guzti-guztiak gauza bakoitza
+ ulertu arte.
+ Zure erosotasunerako(bai jatorrak garela!), inprimatu txosten hau PostScript®
+ formatuan.
+\layout Standard
+
+LaTeX ezagutzen baduzu, tutoretza hau azkarrago irakur dezakezu, LyX-eko
+ burutazio ugari LaTeX-ekoak baitira.
+ Nola nahi ere, Lyx-ek ikasi beharreko halako jokaerak
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+edo, era dotoreago batean,"ezaugarriak"
+\end_inset
+
+ ditu.
+ Baldin eta tutoretza osoa irakurtzeko asmorik ez baduzu,
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:latexerabiltzaileak}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ atala begiratzea aholkatzen dizugu, LaTeX-eko adituei zuzendua baitago.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Aurkituko
+\emph on
+ez
+\emph default
+ duzuna:
+\layout Itemize
+
+LyX-en ezaugarri guztien azalpen zehatzak.
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+Zer?
+\emph on
+Erabiltzailearen Gida
+\emph default
+ birritan nahi duzu?
+\layout Itemize
+
+Serioski mintzatuz, zu ernatu eta tresna honekin idazten jartzea nahi dugu,
+
+\emph on
+Erabiltzailearen Gida
+\emph default
+ bakarrik behar izango duzu.
+ LyX-en ezaugarri guztiak hemen sartuz gero
+\emph on
+Tutoretza
+\emph default
+ luzeegia izateaz gain informazio errepikatua eduki eta beti ere zaharkitua
+ izango litzateke.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Alferrikako lan errepikakor eta aspergarria izango litzateke
+\emph on
+Erabiltzailearen Gida
+\emph default
+ bikoiztea, eta gainera zaharkitua geldituko litzateke (eta erabat luzea).
+ Gauzen sarrera egitea bakarrik nahi dugu; pentsatu atal bakoitzaren amaieran
+ "
+\emph on
+Erabiltzailearen Gida
+\emph default
+ ikusi" bezalako esaldia agertuko dela.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+LaTeX-en azalpen zehatza.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Premiagabekoak.
+ LaTeX-ekin egin daitezkeen trikimailu batzuk ikasteko gogoa edukiz gero,
+ berorri buruzko liburu bat lor dezakezu.
+ Gai honi buruz idatzita hainbat liburu on daude merkatuan (bai, alboko
+ kaleko frutategian adibidez).
+ Azken finean, zertarako gurpila berriz asmatu\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Beraz, gora bihotz ausartak, aurrera jarraitzeko ordua iritsi zaigu eta.
+ Zure lehenbiziko dokumentua egiteko unea da\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\layout Chapter
+
+LyX-ekin hastea
+\layout Section
+
+Lehenbiziko LyX dokumentua
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:lyxlehenidazkia}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ Oso ondo.
+ Idazten hasteko prest zaude.
+ Hasi aurretik, ordea, tutoretza hau hezigarri, erabilgarri eta atseginagoa
+ gertatuko zaizulakoan, gauza batzuk esan beharrean gaude.
+\layout Standard
+
+Dagoen informazio asko hemen azalduko ez dugunez, laguntzako beste fitxategi
+ batzuk bilatu beharrean egongo zara.
+ Zorionez, erraza da.
+ Abiatu LyX.
+ Aukeratu
+\emph on
+Erabiltzailearen Gida
+\emph default
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+aguntza
+\family default
+ menuan.
+ Horrela baderitzozu, kargatu
+\emph on
+Tutoretza
+\emph default
+ ere (une honetan pantailan irakurtzen ari ez bazara bederen).
+ Horrela, zure fitxategia LyX-en ezaugarrien erabilera gisa adibide ona
+ izango da, idazten ari zaren bitartean irakur baititzakezu.
+ Dokumentu bat baino gehiago irekita badituzu,
+\family sans
+Dokumentuak
+\family default
+ menua erabili hauen artean mugitzeko.
+ Tutoretza honek ez ditu zehatz-mehatz azalduko beste LyX eskuliburuetan
+ agertzen diren gaiak.
+ Hasera batean nahiz eta zuretzako zailagoa izan,
+\emph on
+Tutoretza
+\emph default
+ motzagoa izatea lortzen du.
+ Beste gidak erabiltzera bultzatuko zaitu, epe luzera denbora asko aurreztuz.
+\layout Standard
+
+Tutoretza-n programa hauek instalatuta dauzkazula onartuko dugu: ongi baino
+ hobekiago darabilen LyX-eko bertsio bat, LaTeX,
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\family default
+ edo dvi fitxategi-ikustailea eta
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+ tresna (dvi formatutik PostScript®-era bihurtzen duen beste programaren
+ bat) eta (nola ez) inprimagailu bat.
+ Agian gehiegi suposatzea izango da, baina aurreko programatariko bat falta
+ bada zuk (edo sistemako administratzaileak) instalatu beharko duzu.
+ Beste eskuliburuetan instalazio-lanak nola egin aurkitu ahal izango dituzu.
+\layout Standard
+
+Azkenik, zure trebezia lantzeko asmoz LyX-en fitxategi bat prestatu dugu.
+ Beraren izena
+\family typewriter
+eu_adibide_gordina.lyx
+\family default
+ da.
+ Pentsatu LyX-eko ezaugarri dotoreak ezagutzen ez dituen batek idatzi duela.
+ Funtzio berriak ikasten ari zaren heinean
+\family typewriter
+eu_adibide_gordina.lyx
+\family default
+ fitxategiko zati batzuk zuzentzeko eskatuko dizugu.
+ Gauzak zuzentzeko trikimailu politak dauzka
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Trikimailuak hori koloredun "oharretan" agertzen dira.
+ Horien gainean saguarekin klikatuz irakur ditzakezu.
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Tranpa egin nahi baduzu (edo egindakoa aztertzeko asmoz),
+\family typewriter
+eu_adibide_lyx-atua.lyx
+\family default
+ fitxategia daukazu; berton LyX-en aditua den norbaitek idatzitako testu
+ berdina dago.
+\layout Standard
+
+Adibide-fitxategiak
+\family typewriter
+examples/
+\family default
+ direktoriopean aurki Daiteke; hautatu
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+I
+\bar under
+r
+\bar default
+eki
+\family default
+ menua eta
+\family sans
+Adibideak
+\family default
+ botoian klikatuz lor ditzakezu.
+ Ireki Landugabeko dokumentua,
+\family typewriter
+eu_adibide_gordina.lyx
+\family default
+, eta horren gainean idazteko
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Gorde\SpecialChar ~
+honela
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+ aukera erabiliz zure "etxeko" direktorioan kopia bat gorde.
+ Dokumentua zuzentzen duzun heinean, aldaketak dvi irteeran nola eragiten
+ duten ikus dezakezu.
+\layout Standard
+
+Gainera,
+\family typewriter
+examples/
+\family default
+ direktorioan dauden beste adibide-fitxategiek LyX-ekin landuago dauden
+ gauza politak burutzen erakutsiko dizute.
+ Eskuliburuetan (bere luzera edo beste arrazoiengatik) agertzen ez diren
+ beste gauza erabilgarri batzuk erakusten dira.
+ Tutoretza hau irakurri ondoren, edo LyX-ekin gauza dotoreagoak egiteko
+ orduan zalantzarik edukiz gero, kontsultatu fitxategi hauek.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Idaztea, ikustea eta inprimatzea
+\layout Itemize
+
+Ireki fitxategi berria
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+erria
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+ erabiliz.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Idatzi honelako esaldi bat: Nere LyX lehen idazkia!.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Gorde dokumentua (
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Gorde\SpecialChar ~
+honela
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+)
+\layout Itemize
+
+Exekutatu LaTeX
+\family typewriter
+dvi
+\family default
+ fitxategia sortzeko
+\family sans
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+kusi\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+VI
+\family default
+.
+ Leiho nagusian unean lantzen ari diren komandoak ikusi ahal izango dituzu.
+ LaTeX-eko mezuak dira, oraingoz ezikusi ditzakezu.
+ LyX-ek xdvi programa (edo bestelako dvi ikustaria) abiatuko du; horrek
+ beste leiho berri bat sortuko du, berton zure dokumentua inprimatua nola
+ geldituko den erakutsiko dizun.
+
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+xdvi atzeko planoan exekutatzen utziz denbora aurrez dezakezu.
+ Ondoren,
+\family sans
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+kusi\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+guneratu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+VI
+\family default
+ erabili eta LaTeX-en ekitaldia amaitzean
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\family default
+-ko leihoan klikatu .
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+Inprimatzeko
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+In
+\bar under
+p
+\bar default
+rimatu
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+ menua hautatu eta
+\family sans
+Inprimatu
+\family default
+ botoian klikatu.
+\layout Standard
+
+Zorionak! Zure lehenbiziko LyX dokumentua idatzi eta inprimatu duzu.
+ Beste guztia huskeriak bakarrik dira,
+\emph on
+Tutoretza
+\emph default
+ ,
+\emph on
+Erabiltzailearen Gida
+\emph default
+ eta
+\emph on
+Ezaugarri hedatuak
+\emph default
+ eskuliburuetan zehar azalduko direnak.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Eragiketa bakunak
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-ek testu-prozesadore batekin egin ditzakezun gauza gehienak egin ditzake.
+ Automatikoki hitzak banandu eta paragrafoak koska ditzake.
+ Ondoren, ekintza sinple batzuen azalpen laburrak dauzkazu.
+\layout Description
+
+Desegin LyX-ek hainbat desegite-maila ditu, uneko dokumentua editatzen hasi
+ eta orain arteko guztiak desegin ditzakezu
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+esegin
+\family default
+ hautatuz behin eta berriz.
+ Gehiegi desegiten baduzu, aldaketak berreskuratzeko, hautatu
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+erregin
+\family default
+.
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Gaur egun, desegin komandoa 100 urratsetara mugatua dago.
+ Gauza guztientzako ez da erabilgarria (adibidez, dokumentuaren diseinuaren
+ aldaketan).
+ Horietariko bakoitza LyX errorea bezala onartuta dago.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+
+Ebaki/Itsatsi/Kopiatu Erabili
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+baki
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+tsatsi
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+K
+\bar default
+opiatu
+\family default
+ testua ebaki, itsatsi eta kopiatzeko.
+ Edo itsatsi automatikoki hautatutako testua (beste zenbait programetako
+ hautapenak ere bai) saguaren erdiko botoiarekin.
+\layout Description
+
+Bilatu/Ordeztu Erabili
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Bilatu\SpecialChar ~
+eta\SpecialChar ~
+ordeztu
+\family default
+ esaldi edo hitzak bilatzeko.
+ Elkarrizketa-koadroan, bilatu Bilatu hurrengoa botoiarekin, eta erabil
+ ezazu
+\family sans
+\bar under
+O
+\bar default
+rdeztu
+\family default
+ aurkitu den hitza ordezteko
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Amaitzean leihotxoa itxi.
+ Edo irekita utzi lagungarriagoa dela baderitzozu.
+ LyX-eko elkarrizketa-koadro gehienak (
+\series bold
+Bilatu eta ordeztu
+\series default
+,
+\series bold
+Gaien aurkibidea
+\series default
+,
+\series bold
+Diseinua
+\series default
+ edota matematikako hainbat bezala) modu honetan erabil ditzakezu.
+ Elkarrizketa-koadro gutxi batzuk,
+\series bold
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+reki...
+
+\series default
+ bezalakoak, itxi arte leiho nagusian ezer egiten ez dizute utziko.
+ Ziurtatu leiho nagusian fokoa daukazula, edo elkarrizketa-koadro batean
+ komando bat idazten ari zarela.
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Bilaketetan maiuskula eta minuskulak bereiz ditzan edo hitz osoak soilik
+ bilatzeko aukera eskaintzen zaizu.
+ Dokumentuan gorantz ere bilatu dezakezu.
+\layout Description
+
+Karaktereak\SpecialChar ~
+formateatzea Testua
+\emph on
+enfasiarekin
+\emph default
+ (karaktere etzanak),
+\series bold
+lodia
+\series default
+, edo
+\noun on
+Izen
+\noun default
+ estiloa (normalean maiuskula txikiak izaten dira, pertsonen izenentzako)
+ eran ezartzeko, erabili
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+K
+\bar default
+arakterea
+\family default
+ menua.
+\layout Description
+
+Tresna-barra Ekintza erabilgarrienak lantzeko botoiak dauzka (menuen azpian
+ dago), adibidez,
+\family sans
+Itsatsi
+\family default
+ edo
+\family sans
+Inprimatu
+\family default
+ botoiak.
+\layout Standard
+
+Noski, oraindik ez duzu nahikoa idatzi funtzio hauen erabilgarritasuna aztertzek
+o.
+ Gehiago idaztean desegin, itsatsi, kopiatu e.a.
+ erabiltzen saia zaitez.
+\layout Subsection
+
+WYSIWYM: zuriuneak LyX-en
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:zuriuneak}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Gauza zailenetariko bat (erabiltzaile berrientzako) LyX-ek zuriuneak erabiltzeko
+ modura ohitzea izaten da.
+ Nahiz eta mila bider
+\family sans
+lerro\SpecialChar ~
+itzulera
+\family default
+ (
+\family sans
+Enter
+\family default
+ edo
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+) sakatu, lerro zuri bakarra lortuko duzu.
+ Nahiz eta tua sutu arte zuriune (
+\family sans
+Spacebar
+\family default
+ izeneko 'luuuze' hori) astindu, zuriune bakar bat besterik ez duzu lortuko.
+ LyX-ek ez dizu lerro huts batean zuriune bat sartzen utziko.
+
+\family sans
+Tabuladoreak
+\family default
+ ez du testua koskatuko, gainera tabulaziorik ez dago! Orrialdearen gainean
+ marjinak edo tabulazioak ezartzeko erregelarik ere ez dago.
+\layout Standard
+
+Testu-prozesadore komertzial asko WYSIWYG izakeran oinarritzen dira: "ikusten
+ duzuna lortzen duzu".
+ LyX-ek, ordea, "Ikusten duzuna
+\emph on
+esan nahi
+\emph default
+ duzu" izakeran oinarritzen da.
+ Utzi LyX-en eskuetan idatzi nahi duzuna eta beste dena, konposaketa-lanak.
+ Lantxo hori txukun-txukun eta polit-polita uzten bera arduratuko baita.
+
+\family sans
+Lerro-itzulera
+\family default
+ batek paragrafoak gramatikalki bereizten ditu,
+\family sans
+Zuriune
+\family default
+ batek bi hitz bereizten dituen bezalaxe, eta gauzak horrela izanda, lerro-itzul
+era gehiago sartu beharrik ez dago; bestalde,
+\family sans
+Tabuladore
+\family default
+ batek gramatika-ikuspegitik zereginik ez dauka; beraz, LyX-ek ez du onartzen.
+ Azken finean, LyX erabiliz denborarik gehien dokumentuaren edukian buru-belarri
+ idazten igaroko duzu, eta gutxiengoa itxuran.
+ WYSIWYMen esanahia hobekiago ulertzeko, ikus
+\emph on
+Sarrera
+\emph default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-ek dokumentuaren egitura fintzeko lantzeko aukera (asko) eskaintzen
+ dizkizu.
+ Agian esan nahi zenuena ez du inprimatuko behar bezala.
+ Erabiltzailearen Gida-k honi buruzkoak argitzen dizkizu.
+ Horizontal eta bertikal betegarriei buruzko azalpenak ditu, hainbat zuriune
+ edo lerro hutsak baino gaitasun handiagoa daukate.
+ Paragrafo, lerrokatze, letra-tipo, letra-tamaina eta bestelakoak eskuz
+ alda ditzakezu.
+ Benetako ideia da zu zeu dokumentuaren edukian murgiltzea, eta amaitzean
+ soilik arduratzea gauzak fintzeaz.
+ Egungo testu-prozesadore estandarrekin, idazten zabiltzan unean dokumentuaren
+ itxurak arreta galarazten dizu.
+\layout Section
+
+Inguruneak
+\layout Standard
+
+Dokumentu bateko zati ezberdinek xede ezberdinak dituzte: zati horiei
+\emph on
+inguruneak
+\emph default
+ deritzogu.
+ Dokumentu bateko gehiengoa testu arrunta izan ohi da.
+ Ataleko (kapituluak, azpiatalak, e.a.) izenburuek azalduko den gai edo azpigai
+ berriak hastera doazela jakinarazten diote irakurleari.
+ Dokumentu-mota batzuek ingurune bereziak dauzkate.
+ Egunkari bateko artikulu batek titulu eta laburpen bat edukiko du.
+ Gutun batek, berriz, horietarikorik ez du edukiko, bidaltzailearen helbidea
+ edukitzeko ingurune aproposa edukiko du ziurrenik.
+\layout Standard
+
+Inguruneak LyX-en oinarrizko "Ikusten duzuna esan nahi duzu" filosofiaren
+ zati nagusiak dira.
+ Ingurune zehatz batek letra-tipo, letra-tamaina, koskatze, lerro-tarte
+ eta beste berezitasun batzuk eska ditzake.
+ Arazoa areagotzen da ingurune zehatz bat aldatzerakoan: egunkari batek
+ bere tituluentzako letra lodia, 18 tamainakoa eta paragrafo zentratuak
+ erabil ditzaken bitartean beste batzuk 15 tamainako letra etzana eta ezkerrera
+ lerrokatutakoa erabil dezakete; hizkuntza ezberdinek koska-estandar ezberdinak
+ eska ditzakete; eta bibliografietako egiturak asko alda daitezke.
+ LyX-ek formatu-estilo guztiak ikastea saihestuko dizu.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Ingurunea
+\family default
+ menua tresna-barraren ezkerrean kokatua dago (
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+itxategia
+\family default
+ menuaren azpian, hain zuzen ere).
+ Une bakoitzean zein ingurunetan idazten ari zaren erakusten du.
+ Zure lehen dokumentua idazten ari zinen bitartean "Estandarra" azaltzen
+ zuen, testuen ingurune lehenetsia.
+ Nola dabiltzan ikusteko, dokumentu berrian gune ezberdinak jar ditzakezu.
+ Ireki Ingurunea menua saguarekin klikatuz eta hautatu bertako edozein elementu.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Atalak eta azpiatalak
+\layout Standard
+
+Idatzi
+\family typewriter
+Sarrera
+\family default
+ zure LyX-eko fitxategiko lehen lerroan, eta
+\family sans
+Ingurunea
+\family default
+ menuan
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Ez daukazu lerro osoa hautatu beharrik.
+ Ezer ez baduzu hautatzen, LyX-ek unean dagoen paragrafoa hautatutako ingurunera
+ aldatuko du.
+ Bestalde, hainbat paragrafo-ingurune batera aldatzeko, hautatu lehenbizi
+ paragrafoak eta ondoren zehaztu ingurunea.
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Hautatu
+\family sans
+Atala
+\family default
+.
+ Ziurtatu zaitez
+\family sans
+Atala
+\family default
+ hautatzen duzula eta ez
+\family sans
+Atala*
+\family default
+, beherago azalduko da zergatia.
+ LyX-ek atala "1" bezala zenbatzen du eta atalaren izenburua letra-tamaina
+ handiagoz ezartzen du.
+ Orain lerro-itzulera sakatu.
+ Ikus dezakezuna
+\family sans
+Ingurunea
+\family default
+ menuan "Atala"tik "Estandarra" egoerara igarotzen da.
+ Ataleko izenburuak, ingurune asko bezala, lerro-itzulera sakatzerakoan
+ amaitzen direla onartzen da.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Idatzi dokumentuaren sarrera:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+Hau nire LyX-eko lehen dokumentuaren sarrera bat da.
+\layout Standard
+
+Sakatu
+\family sans
+Lerro-itzulera
+\family default
+ berriz, eta hautatu
+\family sans
+Atala
+\family default
+ Ingurunea menuan.
+ LyX zain dago "2" idatzi eta izenburu bat noiz idatziko.
+ Idatzi
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+gauza gehiago
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+, eta ikusiko duzu ataleko izenburu bezala ezarriko duela.
+\layout Standard
+
+Gauzak hobetuz doaz.
+ Joan 1.
+ atalaren amaierara ("nire LyX-eko lehen" paragrafoaren atzera), sakatu
+ lerro-itzulera, eta hautatu
+\family sans
+Atala
+\family default
+ Ingurunea menuan.
+ LyX berriro "2" eta ataleko izenburua noiz idatziko zain egongo da.
+ Idatzi
+\family typewriter
+Dokumentu honi buruz
+\family default
+.
+ "Gauza gehiago" atala, lehenxeago 2.
+ atala zena, automatikoki 3.
+ atal bezala berzenbatua izan da! WYSIWYM egiazko eran, dokumentuko testuak
+ atalen izenburu bezala identifikatu behar dituzu, LyX arduratuko baita
+ zenbatze-eta konposatze-lanez.
+\layout Standard
+
+Lerro itzulera sakatu, Estandarra ingurunera itzultzeko, eta datozen bost
+ lerroak idatzi:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+Atalak eta azpiatalak beherago azaltzen dira.
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+Atalaren azalpena
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+Atalak azpiatalen baino handiagoak dira.
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+Azpiatalaren azalpena
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+Azpiatalak atalak baino txikiagoak dira.
+\layout Standard
+
+Bigarren lerroan kurtsorea kokatu eta Ingurunea menuan
+\family sans
+Azpiatala
+\family default
+ hautatu.
+ LyX-ek azpiatala "2.1" zenbatuko du, eta letra-tamaina testu arruntarena
+ baino handiagoa eta atalen izenburuena baino txikiagoa ezarriko dio.
+ Laugarren lerroa
+\series bold
+Azpiatala
+\series default
+ ingurunera aldatuko du.
+ Pentsatzen zenuen bezala, LyX-ek azpiatala "2.2" bezala zenbatzen du.
+ Beste atal bat sartzen baduzu 2.aren aurretik, 2.
+ atala 3.
+ atalera berzenbatua izango da; beraren azpiatalak, berriz, "3.1" eta "3.2"ra.
+\layout Standard
+
+Zatitzeko maila sakonagoak
+\family sans
+Azpiazpiatala
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Paragrafo
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Azpiparagrafoak
+\family default
+ dira.
+ Beraiekin zure kasa jolasten utziko dizugu.
+ Paragrafo eta azpiparagrafoen izenburuek jatorriz zenbatugabe eta azpiparagrafo
+ak koskatuta daudela ohartuko zara; hori aldatzeko, irakurri
+\emph on
+Erabiltzailearen Gida
+\emph default
+.
+ Zatitze maila-altuena
+\family sans
+Kapitulua
+\family default
+ izenburuak dira,
+\family sans
+Atala
+\family default
+ gainetik, baina LyX dokumentuetako testu-klase batzuetan bakarrik erabil
+ ditzakezu (
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:testuklaseak}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ atala ikusi).
+\layout Standard
+
+Azkenik, baliteke zenbatu gabeko atal eta azpiatalak nahi izatea.
+ Horretarako ere badaude beste gune batzuk.
+ Atalen izenburuak
+\family sans
+Atala*
+\family default
+ ingurunera (agian Ingurunea menuan beherantz mugitu beharko duzu) aldatzen
+ badituzu, LyX-ek atal normaletako letra-tamaina berdina erabiliko du, baina
+ ez ditu zenbatuko.
+ Badaude "izardun" izenburuak
+\family sans
+Azpiatala
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Azpiazpiatala
+\family default
+ inguruneentzako.
+ Atal eta azpiatal bat edo beste izardun ingurunetara bihurtzen saiatu,
+ eta ohartuko zara nola beste zenbakiak eguneratzen diren.
+\layout Description
+
+Ariketa: konpondu
+\family typewriter
+eu_adibide_gordina.lyx
+\family default
+ fitxategiko atal eta azpiataleko izenburuak.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Zerrendak eta azpizerrendak
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-ek zerrendak osatzeko zenbait ingurune ditu.
+ Zerrenden hainbat ingurunek eskema bat idaztean,
+\family sans
+Tabuladoreari
+\family default
+ hainbat bider sakatzea edo zerrenda baten erdian puntu berri bat idaztean
+ beste denak berzenbatzea sahiestuko da.
+ Horrela, zerrendaren edukiaz arduratuko zara soilik
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Bai, badakigu hau
+\emph on
+Tutoretza
+\emph default
+ honetan behin eta berriz enfasia jartzen diogula azalpen honi.
+ LyX-en filosofia nagusia da, ordea; beraz, barka iezaguzu.
+\end_inset
+
+ Dokumentu-mota ezberdinek, noski, zerrenda ingurune ezberdinak behar dituzte:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Diapositiben aurkezpeneko puntu ezberdinak deskribatzeko
+\family sans
+Elementua
+\family default
+ inguruneko buleten
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series bold
+Bulet
+\series default
+ bat pinport formako apaingarri bat izaten da, eta hainbat itxura ezberdin
+ erabiltzen ditu: borobila, izartxoa, irukia, e.a.
+\end_inset
+
+ zerrenda erabili beharko luke.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Eskema batek
+\family sans
+Zenbatuta
+\family default
+ inguruneko zenbatutako zerrenda (eta hizkiz osatutako azpizerrendak) erabil
+ lezake.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Hainbat softwaretako paketeak azaltzen dituen dokumentu batek
+\family sans
+Azalpena
+\family default
+ ingurunea erabil dezake, eta zerrendako elementu bakoitza letra lodia duen
+ hitz batekin hasiko da.
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Zerrenda
+\family default
+ ingurunea (LaTeX-en ez dago)
+\family sans
+Azalpena
+\family default
+ ingurunearekin konparatuz apur bat ezberdina da.
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX beste testu-prozesadoreak baino hobeago izatearen arrazoiei buruzko
+ zerrenda bat idatziko dugu.
+ Idatzi hau zure dokumentuaren leku batean:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+LyX beste testu-prozesadoreak baino hobeagoa da zeren eta:
+\layout Standard
+
+eta sakatu lerro-itzulera.
+ Orain
+\family sans
+Ingurune
+\family default
+ menuan
+\family sans
+Elementua
+\family default
+ hautatu.
+ LyX-ek lerro-hasieran bulet bat idazten du (berez "izartxo" bat, baina
+ irteerako emaitzan borobil bihurtzen da).
+ Idatzi zure zergatiak:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+Konposaketa-lana zure ordez egiten du.
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+Matematikak WYSIWYG dira.
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+Oso erraza da zerrendak sortzea!
+\layout Standard
+
+Zerrenda-motako inguruneak, izenburuen ez bezala,
+\family sans
+lerro-itzulera
+\family default
+ sakatzerakoan ez dira amaitzen.
+ Horren ordez, LyX-ek zerrendako hurrengo elementuarekin jarraituko duzulakoan
+ dago.
+ Aurreko adibidea hiru elementuz osatutako zerrenda bat da.
+ Zerrendako elementu batean paragrafo bat baino gehiago edukitzeko jauzi
+ babestua erabili,
+\family sans
+C-Lerro-itzulera
+\family default
+ sakatuz.
+ Zerrenda ingurunetik irteteko, hautatu
+\family sans
+Estandarra
+\family default
+ ingurunea (edo erabili
+\family sans
+M-p s
+\family default
+ -elkartea).
+\layout Standard
+
+Zerrenda polita lortu duzu.
+ Inprimatzean zein itxura edukiko duen ikusteko, exekutatu LaTeX.
+ Baina, zer gertatzen da arrazoiak zenbatuta eduki nahi badituzu? Hautatu
+ zerrenda osoa
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-ek ez dizu lehenbiziko buleta aukeratzen utziko, zerrendaren aurreko
+ paragrafoa ez baduzu aukeratzen, bederen, eta ziurrenik ez duzu hori egin
+ nahiko.
+ Era berean, atalen izenburuen zenbakia ez du hautatzen utziko.
+ Ez zaitez kezkatu.
+\end_inset
+
+ eta aukeratu
+\family sans
+Zenbatuta
+\family default
+ Ingurune menuan.
+ Sinestezina, eh?! Esan genizun bezala, zerrendan elementu bat sartzean
+ edo ezabatzean LyX-ek zenbaketa guztia berregiten du.
+\layout Standard
+
+Zerrenda hautatuta dagoen bitartean, beste bi zerrenda-ingurunetara alda
+ dezakezu,
+\family sans
+Azalpena
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Zerrenda
+\family default
+, nolako itxura duten ikusteko.
+ Bi kasuetan, zerrendako elementu bakoitzak "termino" eta definizio bat
+ dauka, eta definizioa paragrafoan gelditzen den beste guztia da (lerro-itzulera
+ sakatu arte).
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Lehen terminoa letra lodiz (
+\family sans
+Azalpena
+\family default
+) edo paragrafotik "Tabuladore"
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Konposaketako tabuladorea da, ordea, eta zerrendako "termino" handienaren
+ neurrira moldatzeko aldatuko da, idazmakina bateko tabuladore lehor, goibel
+ eta aldagaitz bat ez bezala.
+\end_inset
+
+ (
+\family sans
+Zerrenda
+\family default
+) batekin bereiztua dago.
+ Zenbait hitzetako terminoa lortzeko hitzak zuriune babestuaz bereizi.
+
+\family sans
+C-Zuriunea
+\family default
+ (C-Spacebar) sakatzerakoan sortzen da.
+\layout Description
+
+Ariketa: zuzendu
+\family typewriter
+eu_adibide_gordina.lyx
+\family default
+ fitxategiko zerrenda.
+\layout Standard
+
+Itxura erakargarriak osatuz, zerrenda batzuk beste batzuen barnean sar ditzakezu.
+ Adibide gisa, eskemak.
+ Zerrenda sinplea eta zenbatuak azpizerrendetan buleta eta zenbatze-mota
+ ezberdinak eduki ditzakete.
+ Zerrenda-mota ezberdinen azalpenak eta habiaratze-mailari (adbz.
+ azpizerrenda beste baten barruan, eta azken hau beste baten barnean) buruko
+ xehetasunak
+\emph on
+Erabiltzailearen Gida
+\emph default
+-n aurkituko dituzu.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Beste inguruneak: Bertsoa, Zitazioa eta beste batzuk
+\layout Standard
+
+Zitak ezartzeko bi ingurune daude:
+\family sans
+Zita
+\family default
+ aipamen motzentzat eta
+\family sans
+Zitazioa
+\family default
+ luzeentzat.
+
+\family sans
+LyX-kodea
+\family default
+ (tutoretza honetako adibide luzeetan erabilia)
+\family typewriter
+idazmakinaren
+\family default
+ letra-tipoarekin idazten du; kodea koskatzeko nahi adina zuriune jarraian
+ idazteko baimena eskaintzen dizun LyX-eko ingurune bakarra da.
+ Olerkiak idatz ditzakezu
+\family sans
+Bertsoa
+\family default
+ ingurunea erabiliz, estrofak bereizteko lerro-itzulerak eta estrofa baten
+ barruan lerroak banatzeko
+\family sans
+C-Lerro-itzulerak
+\family default
+ erabiliz.
+ LyX-ek eskaintzen dizkizun inguruneen xehetasunak ezagutzeko, ikus
+\emph on
+Erabiltzailearen Gida
+\emph default
+.
+\layout Description
+
+Ariketa:
+\family sans
+Zita
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+LyX-kodea
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Bertso
+\family default
+ inguruneak honeko fitxategian konpondu:
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+linebreak
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+eu_adibide_gordina.lyx
+\layout Chapter
+
+Dokumentuak idaztea
+\layout Standard
+
+Aurreko kapitulua LyX-ekin idazten ohitzeko lagunduko zizulakoan gaude.
+ Oinarrizko editatze-eragiketaz gain inguruneen ahalmenekin idaztea ere
+ erakutsi dizugu.
+ LyX erabiltzen duen gehiengo batek dokumentuak idaztea dauka helburutzat:
+ egunkariak, artikuluak, liburuak, gutunak edo eskuliburuak.
+ Kapitulu honek testu bakun batetik dokumentu oso bat LyX-ekin idaztera
+ eramango zaitu.
+ Testu-klaseak aurkeztuko dizkizu, hainbat dokumentu-mota idazteko.
+ Testu bat dokumentu batera bihurtzeko behar dituzun ezaugarri asko azalduko
+ dizkizu, adibidez, tituluak, oin-oharrak, erreferentzia gurutzatuak, bibliograf
+i eta gaien aurkibideak.
+\layout Section
+
+Testu-klaseak
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:testuklaseak}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Dokumentu-mota bakoitza era ezberdin batean konposatzen da.
+ Adibidez, liburuak bi aldetatik inprimatu ohi diren bitartean, artikuluak
+ orrialde bakarrekoak izaten dira.
+ Gainera, dokumentu askok ingurune bereziak edukitzen dituzte: gutunak edukitzen
+ duten zenbait ingurune (bidaltzailearen helbidea eta sinadura bezala) liburu
+ edo artikulu batean ez daukate zentzurik.
+ LyX-eko
+\emph on
+testu-klaseak
+\emph default
+
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+LaTeX-eko erabiltzaileentzat: hau LaTeX-eko dokumentu-klasearen (documentclass)
+ antzekoa da
+\end_inset
+
+ hauen arteko ezberdintasunez arduratzen dira.
+ Tutoretza hau, adibidez,
+\family sans
+liburua
+\family default
+ (Book) testu-klasearekin idatzi da.
+ Testu-klaseak WYSIWYM filosofiaren zatirik garrantzitsuenetarikoak dira;
+ beraiek esaten baitiote LyX-i dokumentu bat nola konposatu, ondorioz hau
+ egiteko moduari buruz ez daukazu ezer jakin beharrik.
+\layout Standard
+
+Litekeena da zure dokumentua
+\family sans
+Artikulua
+\family default
+ (Article) testu-klasearekin
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Testu-klase lehenetsia izan ohi da.
+\end_inset
+
+ idaztea.
+ Saia zaitez beste testu-klase batera aldatzen (erabili
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Dokumentua
+\family default
+...
+ menua), beraien konposaketa ezberdinak ikusteko.
+ Aldatu zure dokumentua
+\family sans
+Book
+\family default
+ testu-klasera, eta
+\family sans
+Ingurunea
+\family default
+ menuan begiratzen baduzu dauden ingurune gehienak berdinak izango dira.
+ Orain, ordea,
+\family sans
+Kapitulua
+\family default
+ ingurunea erabil dezakezu.
+ Testu-klase batek zein ingurune eskaintzen dituen jakiteko,
+\family sans
+Ingurunea
+\family default
+ menua aztertzearekin nahikoa duzu.
+\layout Standard
+
+Egunkariek konposaketa-mota propioa eduki ohi dute: letra-tamainak, zutabe
+ bateko (edo biko) inprimaketa, edo orriaren izenburuak bezala.
+ Garai digital honetan, hauek artikulu elektronikoak onartzen hasi dira,
+ LaTeX estiloko fitxategiak sortu eta idazleak beraien artikuluak ongi konposatu
+ta bidal ditzaten.
+ Horretarako ere prestatuta dago LyX.
+ Adibidez, LyX-ek
+\family sans
+Article\SpecialChar ~
+(AMS)
+\family default
+ testu-klasearen bidez Amerikar Matematika Elkarteko egunkarientzat (eta
+ antzeko beste batzuentzat ere) konposaketa-euskarria eskaintzen du.
+\layout Standard
+
+Jarraian zenbait testu-motari buruzko erreferentzia laburra azaltzen da.
+ Xehetasun gehiagorako, ikus E
+\emph on
+zaugarri hedatuak
+\emph default
+ eskuliburuko
+\emph on
+Dokumentu-klase bereziak
+\emph default
+ atala.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="7" columns="2">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Izena
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Azalpena
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+article
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+orrialde bakarrekoa, kapitulurik gabe
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+article (AMS)
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Amerikar Matematika Elkarteko diseinu eta inguruneak
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+report
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+artikulua baino luzeagoa, bi orrialdetatik
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+book
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+txostena + azala + kontrazala
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+slides
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+gardenkiak (FoilTeX dauka)
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+letter
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+helbide, sinadura eta bestelako inguruneak dauzka
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Section
+
+Txantiloiak: eskutitza idaztea
+\layout Standard
+
+Testu-klase ospetsuena
+\family sans
+Letter
+\family default
+ (gutuna) da.
+ Gutun bat idazteko orduan, ireki fitxategi berria eta
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+okumentua
+\family default
+ elkarrizketa-koadroko
+\family sans
+Dokumentu\SpecialChar ~
+klasea
+\family default
+ eremuan
+\family sans
+Letter
+\family default
+ hautatu.
+ Eskutitza idazteko biderik errazena izan arren lan gehiago eskatzen duela
+ dirudi.
+ Negozio-gutun bakoitza idazterakoan jasotzailearen eta zure helbideak,
+ gorputza, sinadura e.a.
+ eduki nahi dituzu.
+ Beraz, LyX-ek gutunentzat txantiloi bat dauka, gutun-adibidea duena; behin
+ txantiloi bat eskuartean daukazula, gutun berri bat idazten duzun bakoitzean
+ zatiren bat edo beste aldatzen duzu soilik.
+\layout Standard
+
+Ireki fitxategi berri bat
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Berria\SpecialChar ~
+(txantiloitik)
+\family default
+ menua aukeratuz.
+ Hautatu
+\family typewriter
+letter.lyx
+\family default
+ txantiloi gisa.
+ Gorde eta inprima ezazu zenbait ingurune nola konposatzen diren aztertzeko.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Ingurunea
+\family default
+ menuan begiratzen duzunean beste testu-klase batzuetan ageri ez diren hainbat
+ ingurune ikusiko dituzu, adibidez,
+\family sans
+Nire\SpecialChar ~
+Helbidea
+\family default
+.
+
+\family sans
+Zita
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Azalpena
+\family default
+ bezalako beste batzuk ezagunak egingo zaizkizu.
+ Ingurune horiek nola erabiltzen diren ikusteko, beroriekin jolasten ibil
+ zaitezke.
+ Ohartuko zara, adibidez,
+\family sans
+Sinadura
+\family default
+ inguruneak gorri koloredun "
+\family typewriter
+signature:
+\family default
+" hitza testu aurretik agertzen duela.
+ Fitxategia inprimatzen baduzu, ohartuko zara hitz hori ez duela erakusten.
+ Sinaduraren kokapena jakiteko erabiltzen da.
+ Horrez gain, jakin ezazu berdin dela
+\family sans
+Signature
+\family default
+ lerroa non kokatzen den.
+ Gogoratu LyX programa WYSIWYM dela; nahi duzun lekuan
+\family sans
+Signature
+\family default
+ ingurunea kokatu, LyX-ek badaki inprimatzerakoan sinadurak gutunaren amaieran
+ egon behar duela.
+\layout Standard
+
+Txantiloi bat LyX fitxategi arrunt bat besterik ez da.
+ Hots, zure helbide eta sinadurekin bete eta txantiloi berri bat bezala
+ gorde dezakezu.
+ Hemendik aurrera, gutun bat idatzi nahi duzun bakoitzean sortu berri duzun
+ txantiloian oinarrituz denbora aurreztuko duzu.
+ Egiazko "ariketa" bat egitea ongi baino hobekiago etorriko zaizula esan
+ beharrik ez daukagu, idatz iezaiozu gutun bat lagun bati
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Abisu bat, txantiloitik idazten duzun kasurako.
+ Ingurune bateko testua ezabatuz (zure helbidea sartzeko
+\family sans
+Nire\SpecialChar ~
+helbidea
+\family default
+ eremua erabat ezabatzen baduzu) eta ondoren ezer idatzi gabe kurtsorea
+ beste nonbaitera mugituz gero, gune hori desagertuko da.
+ Ingurune gehienek testurik gabe ezin dute bizi.
+ Itzultzeko, hautatu berriro Ingurunea menuko elementua.
+\end_inset
+
+!
+\layout Standard
+
+Txantiloiek denbora asko aurrera dezaketenez, ahal duzun guztietan erabiltzea
+ aholkatzen dizugu.
+ Gainera, testu-klase dotore batzuk nola erabiltzen diren erakusten dute.
+ Azkenik, LyX ordenagailuekin trebetasun gutxi daukaten erabiltzaileentzat
+ lagungarri izan daiteke.
+ Erabiltzaileek gutun-txantiloi bat erabiltzen badute errazagoa izateaz
+ gain, LyX erabiltzeko beldurra galduko dute.
+\layout Section
+
+Dokumentuen tituluak
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-ek (LaTeX-ek bezala) titulua --- uneko izenburua, egilea, data eta laburpena
+ ere barne eduki ditzake --- dokumentutik bereizitako zati bezala hartzen
+ du.
+ Itzul zaitez zure
+\family typewriter
+fitxategiberria.lyx
+\family default
+ dokumentura eta ziurtatu
+\family sans
+Article
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Gutun mota ez darabilzula,
+\family sans
+Letter
+\family default
+ testu-klaseak titulurik ez baitu erabiltzen.
+\end_inset
+
+ testu-klasea erabiltzen ari dela.
+ Idatzi titulua lehenbiziko lerroan eta lerroa
+\family sans
+Titulua
+\family default
+ ingurunearekin ezarri.
+ Idatzi jurrengo lerroan zure izen-abizenak eta aldatu
+\family sans
+Egilea
+\family default
+ ingurunera.
+ Idatzi data hirugarren lerroan
+\family sans
+Data
+\family default
+ ingurunea erabiliz.
+ Hori egin ondoren, laburtu dokumentuaren edukia bizpahiru paragrafotan
+ (edo bakar batean) eta ezarri
+\family sans
+Laburpena
+\family default
+ ingurune bezala.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Orain, ikusi emaitza nola inprimatuko den.
+\layout Description
+
+Ariketa: Zuzendu titulua, egilea eta data
+\family typewriter
+eu_adibide_gordina.lyx
+\family default
+ fitxategian.
+\layout Section
+
+Etiketa eta erreferentzia gurutzatuak
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:etiketak}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Dokumentuko atal bati (edo azpiatala, edo edozein testu-zati bat) etiketa
+ jar diezaiokezu.
+ Etiketa bat jarritakoan, dokumentuko beste edozein lekutan atal honi buruzko
+ aipamenak sartzeko erreferentzia gurutzatuak erabil ditzakezu.
+ Atalaren zenbakira edo kokatuta dagoen orrialdeari erreferentzia dezakezu.
+ Atal eta oin-oharrekin gertatzen den bezala, erreferentzia gurutzatuetaz
+ LyX arduratuko da.
+ Etiketa eta erreferentzia gurutzatuak automatikoki kudeatzeko gaitasuna
+ LyX eta LaTeX programen abantailarik onenetariko bat da, beste testu-prozesador
+eekin konparatuz.
+\layout Subsection*
+
+Zure aurreneko etiketa
+\layout Standard
+
+Gure bigarren atala, "Dokumentu honi buruz" izenburua duena, markatuko dugu.
+ Klikatu ataleko izenburuaren amaieran eta hautatu
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+xertatu
+\bar under
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar default
+Etiketa\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\family default
+ menua.
+ Elkarrizketa-koadro batek etiketaren izena eskatuko dizu, eta berak iradokizuna
+k egingo dizkizu.
+ Ados klikatutakoan, etiketaren izena kutxa batean ataleko izenburutik gertu
+ ezarriko du.
+\layout Standard
+
+Ahaztu baino lehenago, etiketa ataleko edozein lekutan koka dezakezu; ataleko
+ erreferentziak etiketaren aurretik dagoen azken atal edo azpiataleko izenburura
+ zuzendua dago.
+ Nola nahi ere, ataleko izenburuaren lerroan ezartzeak (edo agian ataleko
+ aurreneko testu-lerroaren hasieran) atalaren hasierara zuzentzen du.
+\layout Standard
+
+Orain arte ez dugu gauza askorik egin (
+\family typewriter
+dvi
+\family default
+ fitxategiak itxura bera dauka, inprimatutako dokumentuan etiketarik ez
+ baita agertzen).
+ Hala ere, etiketa gehitu duzunez, honi buruz dokumentuan erreferentzia
+ gurutzatuak erabil ditzakezu.
+ Oraintxe egingo dugu.
+\layout Subsection*
+
+Zure lehen erreferentzia gurutzatua
+\layout Standard
+
+Kokatu kurtsorea zure dokumentuko 2.
+ ataleko lekuren batean.
+ Idatzi hau
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+Dokumentu honi buruz gehiago jakiteko asmoz,
+\newline
+ikus atala , orrialdean aurki dezakezu.
+\layout Standard
+
+Orain, kokatu kurtsorea "atala" hitzaren aurrean eta hautatu
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+xertatu
+\family default
+ menuko
+\family sans
+Erreferentzia gurutzatua
+\family default
+ elementua.
+
+\family sans
+Erreferentzia gurutzatua
+\family default
+ izeneko leihoa bistaratuko da.
+ Aipatu dezakezun etiketa-zerrenda bat dauka.
+ Oraingoz dagoena "
+\family typewriter
+atal:dokumburuz
+\family default
+" bakarrik da.
+ Hautatu hori (jatorriz aukeratuta egongo da) eta klikatu
+\family sans
+Ados
+\family default
+ botoia.
+ Orain jarri kurtsorea "orrialdean" hitzaren aurretik eta aldatu erreferentzi
+ mota orrialde zenbakira elkarrizketa-koadroan eta klikatu
+\family sans
+Ados
+\family default
+.
+ Erabat zuzenak izateko, erreferentzia eta "atala" hitzaren artean
+\family sans
+zuriune\SpecialChar ~
+babestu
+\family default
+ bat sartu beharko duzu.
+ Egin gauza bera orrialdearen erreferentziarekin.
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-ek erreferentzia-kutxa batean jartzen du, kurtsorea dagoen lekuan.
+ Inprimatutako dokumentuan erreferentzia markatzen duen kutxa hau orrialde
+ edo atal zenbakiagatik (
+\family sans
+Erreferentzia gurutzatua
+\family default
+ elkarrizketa-koadroan hautatutakoaren arabera) ordezten da.
+ Erabili
+\family sans
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+kusi\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+guneratu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+vi
+\family default
+, eta ikusiko duzu azken orrialdean "2 atala" eta "1 orrialdea"ri (edo 2.
+ atala kokatzen den orrialdea) erreferentzia egiten diogula.
+\layout Standard
+
+Era probetxugarri batean, LyX-ekin dokumentua editatzen duzunean, gurutzatutako
+ erreferentzia batek hiperesteka gisa dihardu; horren gainean klikatuta,
+
+\family sans
+Erreferentzia gurutzatua
+\family default
+ elkarrizketa-koadroa agertuko zaizu, eta klikatu Joan botoia kurtsorea
+ aipatzen den etiketara mugitzeko.
+\layout Subsection*
+
+Etiketekin jolastea
+\layout Standard
+
+Esan dizugu erreferentzia gurutzatuak zenbatzeaz LyX arduratzen dela; egiaztatze
+ko unea heldu zaizu.
+ Gehitu atal berri bat 2.
+ atalaren aurretik, jar iezaiozu izenburu panpox bat ("Neguko lore gardenak"
+ adibidez).
+ Orain exekutatu LaTeX berriro eta --- 'Voilà!'--- atalaren erreferentzia
+ gurutzatua "3" izatera aldatu da; sinesgaitza eh? Aldatu "Dokumentu honi
+ buruz" azpiatal batera, eta erreferentzia gurutzatua 3 atalaren ordez 2.1\SpecialChar ~
+azpiata
+la bezala aipatuko du.
+ Hori bai, orrialdearen erreferentzia aldatzeko etiketaren aurretik testu
+ asko daukan orrialde berri bat idatzi beharko duzu.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Etiketekin aritzeko, sartu etiketa berri bat lehenbiziko erreferentzia gurutzatu
+a zegoen lekuan, eta aipatu dokumentuko edozein lekutik.
+ Erreferentzia gurutzatu ugari txertatzen ibiltzen bazara (egunkarirako
+ artikulua idaztean, adibidez),
+\family sans
+Erreferentzia gurutzatua
+\family default
+ elkarrizketa-koadroa irekita edukitzea komeniko zaizu.
+\layout Standard
+
+Erreferentzia gurutzatuak dokumentu handietan ere ongi dabiltzala ziurtatu
+ nahi baduzu, kopiatu
+\emph on
+Erabiltzailearen Gida
+\emph default
+-ko orrialde batzuk eta itsatsi zure dokumentuan
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Gauza bat, kapitulu baten izenburua kopiatzeak errore bat sor dezake, zeren
+ eta artikulu testu-klaseak kapitulurik ez baitu onartzen.
+ Hori gertatzen bada, ezabatu kapituluaren izenburua.
+ Xehetasun gehiago
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:testuklaseak}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ atalean.
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Description
+
+Ariketa: zuzendu erreferentziak
+\family typewriter
+eu_adibide_gordina.lyx
+\family default
+fitxategian.
+\layout Section
+
+Oin-oharrak eta albokoak
+\layout Standard
+
+Oin-oharrak gehitzeko, tresna-barrako
+\family sans
+Txertatu\SpecialChar ~
+oin-oharra
+\family default
+ botoia
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Botoiak beltz koloreko testuaren azpian dagoen testu gorri batera zuzendutako
+ gezia irudikatzen du.
+\end_inset
+
+, edo
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+xertatu
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family sans
+Oi
+\bar under
+n
+\bar default
+-oharra
+\family default
+ menua erabil dezakezu.
+ Jarri kurtsorea dokumentuko "LyX" hitzaren atzean eta klikatu
+\family sans
+Txertatu\SpecialChar ~
+oin-oharra
+\family default
+ botoian.
+ Oin-orriari dagokion kutxa bat agertuko zaizu; idatzi bertan oineko oharrari
+ dagokion testua.
+ LyX-ek kurtsorea oin-ohar kutxaren hasieran kokatuko du.
+ Idatzi
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+LyX konposaketarako testu-prozesadorea da.
+\layout Standard
+
+Orain klikatu "oina" etiketadun botoia.
+ Oin-oharraren kutxa desagertuko da, oin-oharraren marka inprimatuko den
+ testuaren kokalekua erakusteko botoia utziko du.
+ Ekintza horri oin-oharra "tolestatzea" deitzen zaio.
+ Oin-oharra destolestu nahi duzunean, klikatu "oina" botoia; horrela beraren
+ testua editatzeko aukera daukazu.
+\layout Standard
+
+Oin-oharraren izendatzailea zenbaki bat izan beharrean hitz bat izatearen
+ zergatia galdetzen baduzu, erantzuna zera da: inprimatuko den testuan oin-orrie
+n zenbaketa egiteaz LyX arduratzen dela.
+ Zure kabuz egiazta dezakezu dvi fitxategian (edo inprimatutako orrialdeetan)
+ begiratuz.
+ Oin-oharrak gehitzen badiozu, LyX-ek birzenbatuko ditu.
+ Beraz, oin-oharren zenbaketa egiteaz LyX (LaTeX azken finean) arduratzen
+ denez, LyX fitxategietan zenbakirik jarri beharrik ez dago.
+\layout Standard
+
+Oin-oharrak testu arrunt bezala ebaki eta itsats daitezke.
+ Saia zaitez beldurrik gabe! Hautatu oin-ohar botoi bat
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Teklatuaren bitartez errazago hautatuko duzu.
+ Saguarekin saiatzean oin-oharraren kutxa irekitzeko arriskua baitaukazu.
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\family sans
+Ebaki
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Itsatsi
+\family default
+.
+ Horretaz gain, testu arrunta oin-ohar batera alda dezakezu: hautatu testua
+ eta klikatu
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+Txertatu
+\family default
+
+\family sans
+oin-oharra
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ izeneko botoia.
+ Oin-oharra testu arruntera bihurtzeko, klikatu
+\family sans
+Txertatu oin-oharra
+\family default
+ botoia, kurtsorea oin-oharrean kokatuta dagoela.
+\layout Standard
+
+Albo-oharrak gehitzeko, erabili
+\family sans
+Txertatu\SpecialChar ~
+albo-oharra
+\family default
+ botoia edo
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Albo-oharra
+\family default
+ menua.
+ Oin-oharrak bezala dihardute, honako hauek izan ezik:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Pantailan kutxek "oina" eduki beharrean "albo" daukate.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Oharrak alboetan kokatzen dira, testuaren behealdean ordez.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Ez dira zenbatzen.
+ Aldatu LyX-eko oin-ohar bat testu arrunt egoerara, ondoren hautatu testu
+ hori eta bihurtu ezazu albo-oharrera.
+ Albo-oharra nola inprimatzen diren ikusteko, exekutatu LaTeX.
+\layout Description
+
+Ariketa: zuzendu oin-oharrak
+\family typewriter
+eu_adibide_gordina.lyx
+\family default
+ fitxategian.
+\layout Section
+
+Bibliografiak
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:bibliografiak}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Bibliografiak erreferentzia gurutzatuak bezalakoak dira.
+ Bibliografiak erreferentzien zerrenda bat edukitzen du dokumentu amaieran,
+ eta dokumentuaren zehar elementu hauek aipa daiteke.
+ Ataletako izenburuekin gertatzen den bezala, LyX eta LaTeX-ek zure lana
+ errazten dute automatikoki bibliografiako elementuak zenbatuz eta zitazioak
+ aldatuz elementuen zenbakia aldatzen diren bakoitzean.
+\layout Standard
+
+Joan dokumentu-amaierara eta aldatu
+\family sans
+Bibliografia
+\family default
+ ingurunera.
+ Orain, idazten duzun paragrafo bakoitza erreferentzi bat izango da.
+ Idatzi
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+LyX Tutoretza, LyX-eko dokumentazio taldea
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ zure lehen bibliografiako erreferentzi gisa.
+ Ohartuko zarenez, LyX-ek automatikoki erreferentzia bakoitzaren aurretik
+ zenbaki bat daukan kutxa jartzen du.
+ Zuk lehen eremua erabiliko duzu, Giltza, erreferentzia horri LyX dokumentuan
+ zehar aipamenak egiteko.
+ Zenbaki bat izaten da lehenetsi gisa.
+ Errazago oroitzeko, alda ezazu
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+lyxtutoretza
+\family default
+"ra
+\family sans
+ Gakoa
+\family default
+ eremukoa.
+\layout Standard
+
+Orain, kokatu kurtsorea dokumentuko leku batean, erreferentzia txertatu
+ nahi duzun kokalekua hain zuzen.
+ Hautatu
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Zitazio\SpecialChar ~
+erreferentzia
+\family default
+.
+
+\family sans
+Zitazioa
+\family default
+ elkarrizketa-koadroa agertuko da.
+ Elkarrizketa-koadro honen eskuineko panelean bibliografiako sarrera guztiak
+ zerrendatzen dira, eta eremu honek aipatu nahi duzun bibliografiako elementua
+ aukeratzea eskaintzen dizu.
+ Hautatu
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+lyxtutoretza
+\family default
+" (oraintxe bertan, dagoen bibliografiako elementu bakarra baita), ondoren
+ erabili erdian dagoen ezker-gezia txertatzeko.
+ Kokapen berean nahi haina zitazio eduki ditzakezu honen bidez hainbat gako
+ transferituta.
+ Orain, exekutatu LaTeX, eta ikusiko duzu zitazioak testuan giltzen artean
+ agertzen direla, dokumentu amaierako bibliografia erreferentziatuz.
+\layout Standard
+
+Nola erabiltzen dira beste eremuak? Zitazioa elkarrizketa-koadroko
+\family sans
+Testua\SpecialChar ~
+ondoren
+\family default
+ eremuak erreferentziaren ondoren, baina giltza artean, testua sartuko du
+ (erreferentziatzen den liburu edo artikulu bateko orrialde edo kapitulua
+ zehazteko, adibidez).
+ Inprimatzerakoan erreferentziek zenbakien ordez etiketak edukitzea nahi
+ baduzu (adib.
+ egunkari batzuk Sorozabal andreak 1992an idatzitako dokumentu bat aipatzeko
+ "[Sor92]" idaztiko lukete)
+\family sans
+Bibliografia-elementua
+\family default
+ elkarrizketa-koadroko
+\family sans
+Etiketa
+\family default
+ eremua erabili.
+ Xehetasun gehiagorako, irakurri
+\emph on
+Erabiltzailearen Gida
+\emph default
+.
+\layout Description
+
+Ariketa: zuzendu bibliografia eta zitazioak
+\family typewriter
+eu_adibide_gordina.lyx
+\family default
+ fitxategian.
+\layout Section
+
+Gaien aurkibidea
+\layout Standard
+
+Dokumentu-hasieran gaien aurkibidea jartzeko burutazioa izango zenuen, ez?
+ LyX-ekin erraz egingo duzu.
+ Dokumentuko tituluaren ondoren eta testuaren aurretik lerro-itzulera sakatu
+ ostean, aukeratu
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family default
+Zerrendak\SpecialChar ~
+eta\SpecialChar ~
+
+\family sans
+Aurk.
+
+\family default
+ menuan
+\family sans
+Gaien\SpecialChar ~
+aurkibidea
+\family default
+ elementua.
+ Dokumentuko aurreneko lerroan "
+\family sans
+Gaien aurkibidea
+\family default
+" esaldia duen botoi bat agertuko da.
+\layout Standard
+
+Ez dirudi oso erabilkorra denik.
+ Hala ere,
+\family typewriter
+dvi
+\family default
+ fitxategian begiratzen baduzu, dokumentuko atal eta azpiatalak zerrendatzen
+ dituen gaien aurkibidea ikusiko duzu.
+ Ohitura den bezala, atalak berrantolatzean edo berriak sortzean, aldaketa
+ horiek
+\family typewriter
+dvi
+\family default
+ fitxategi eguneratuan ikusiko dituzu.
+\layout Standard
+
+Dokumentua pantailan editatzerakoan, ez da gaien aurkibidea testu gisa azaltzen,
+ ezinezkoa baita editatzea.
+ Gaien aurkibideari dagokion botoian, edo
+\family sans
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+kusi\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Gaien\SpecialChar ~
+aurkibidea
+\family default
+ menuan klikatuz banandutako leiho batean zerrendatzen da.
+ Nahiz eta dokumentuan "gaien aurkibidea" ez egon txertatuta, menuaren komandoak
+ funtzionatuko du.
+ Hori tresna eraginkorra da.
+ Dokumentuan zehar mugitzeko
+\family sans
+Gaien\SpecialChar ~
+aurkibidea
+\family default
+ leihoa erabil dezakezu: (azpi)atal baten izenburuan klikatuz bat elementuaren
+ lerroa nabarmendu eta kurtsorea (LyX editatzen den leihoan) dokumentuko
+ zati horretan kokatuko du.
+ Teklatuko geziak (kurtsorea mugitzeko erabiltzen direnak:
+\begin_inset Formula $\leftarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Formula $\uparrow$
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+eta
+\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+) ere erabil ditzakezu gaien aurkibidean gora eta behera mugitzeko.
+ Agian komenigarria izango duzu editatzen ari zarenean leiho hau irekita
+ uztea.
+ Antzeko gaitasuna Arakatu menutik lor dezakezu, eta gaien aurkibidea automatiko
+ki agertuko da.
+\layout Standard
+
+Aurkibidea kentzeko dagokion botoia, beste edozein testu bezala, ezabatzearekin
+ nahikoa da.
+\layout Description
+
+Ariketa: jarri gaien aurkibidea
+\family typewriter
+eu_adibide_gordina.lyx
+\family default
+ fitxategian.
+\layout Chapter
+
+Matematika erabiltzea
+\layout Standard
+
+Zientzialari askok LaTeX erabiltzen dute zeren eta ekuazioak era dotorre
+ batean kaleratzen baititu, testu prozesadoreek eta beraien ekuazio editoreak
+ erabiltzen duten kontrol karaktereak sahietsiz.
+ Zientzilari askok goibelduak sentitzen dira, LaTeX-ekin ekuazioak idatzi
+ baino programaketa lan bat gehiago delako.
+ Zorionez, LyX-ek ekuazioentzako WYSIWYM izaera dauka.
+ LaTeX erabiltzen baduzu, LaTeX-eko matematika komandoak bide normal batean
+ idatz daitekeela ikusiko duzu, eta horiek WYSIWYM eran erakutsiko dira.
+ Bestalde, LaTeX inoiz ez baduzu erabili, orduan
+\family sans
+Matematikako panela
+\family default
+rekin bide azkar eta erosoan profesional-itxurako adierazpen matematikoak
+ idazteko aukera izango duzu
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-ek ezin du egiaztatu idazten dituzun ekuazioak zuzenak al diren edo
+ ez.
+ Sentitzen da.
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Section
+
+Matematika-era
+\layout Standard
+
+Dokumentuko lekuren batean ondorengoa idatzi:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+Gogoko dut Einstein-ek esandakoa, E=mc^2, hain bakuna da.
+\layout Standard
+
+Ekuazioak,
+\family typewriter
+dvi
+\family default
+ fitxategian ere, ez dauka itxura onik; hizkien eta berdintasun ikurraren
+ artean ez dago zuriunerik, eta "2" benetako goi-indize bezala egotea nahiko
+ zenuke.
+ Konposatze okerra gertatu da, LyX-i matematikako ekuazio bat idazten ari
+ garela ez baitiogu esan, eta ekuazioa testu normala bezala konposatu du.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Horren ordez, egokiro konposatua izan dadin formula bat sortu dugu.
+ Ekuazio bat sortzeko, klikatu tresna-barrako kolore urdineko
+\begin_inset Formula $\frac{a+b}{c}$
+\end_inset
+
+ botoia.
+ LyX-ek laukitxo urdin bat txertatuko du; matematika-ekuazio hutsa izango
+ da, eta kurtsorea bertan kokatuko duenez, idatzi
+\family typewriter
+E=mc^2
+\family default
+ berriro.
+ Adierazpen matematikoa urdinez dago, eta laukitxo urdina ekuazioa hutsa
+ izateari uzten dion unean desagertuko da.
+ Sakatu
+\family sans
+Ihes
+\family default
+ (
+\family sans
+Esc
+\family default
+) ekuaziotik ateratzeko.
+ Markatzaile arrosa desagertuko da, kurtsorea adierazpenaren eskuinean kokatuz,
+ eta orain zerbait idazten baduzu testu arrunta izango da.
+\layout Standard
+
+Exekutatu LaTeX eta begiratu
+\family typewriter
+dvi
+\family default
+ fitxategian.
+ Konturatuko zarenez, adierazpen matematikoa era dotorean osatu da; hizki
+ eta berdintasun ikurraren artean zuriunea du, eta "2" goi-indize bezala
+ dauka.
+ Matematika-eran hizkiak aldagai gisa hartzen dira, eta letra etzanez azaltzen
+ dira.
+ Zenbakiak zenbaki izaten jarraitzen dute.
+\layout Standard
+
+Matematika editatzeko era berri hau WYSIWYM filosofiaren beste adibide bat
+ da.
+ LaTeX-en, matematika espresioak testuaren eta
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+sqrt
+\family default
+ bezalako komandoen bitartez idazten dira; LaTeX exekutatu arte ezin izango
+ duzu ikusi nola inprimatuko diren, eta falta den parentesi edo bestelako
+ zerbaiten bila denbora asko gal daiteke, edozein pertsona haserraraziz.
+ LyX-ek, ordea, adierazpen matematikoa WYSIWYG eran ez azaldu arren, inprimatzea
+n edukiko duen ia itxura berdina bistaratzen du.
+ Ondoren, LaTeX konposaketa profesionala lantzeaz arduratuko da.
+ Denboraren %99-an LaTeX-ek kaleratzen duenaren letra-tipo edo tarterik
+ ez duzu aldatzerik nahi izango.
+ Honela (barkatu hainbeste errepikatzeagatik) adierazpen matematikoez arduratuko
+ zara, eta ez beraien egituraz.
+\layout Section
+
+Ekuazioetan murgiltzea
+\layout Standard
+
+Orain
+\begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{2}$
+\end_inset
+
+aldatu
+\begin_inset Formula $E=1+mc^{2}$
+\end_inset
+
+ekuaziora.
+ Adierazpen barruan mugitzeko, erabili teklatuko geziak.
+ Sartzerakoan matematika-eran zaudela argitzeko markatzaile arrosa azaltzen
+ dela ohartu.
+ Erabili teklatuko
+\family sans
+Ezkerra
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Eskuina
+\family default
+ geziak berdintasun ikurraren mailan kurtsorea mugitzeko, idatzi eta "1+".
+ Erabili geziak ekuaziotik irteteko edo sakatu
+\family sans
+Ihes
+\family default
+.
+ Ezkerra, eskuina, gora eta behera geziak diren arren saguarekin klikatuz
+ ekuazioko edozein lekutan kurtsorea koka dezakezu.
+\layout Standard
+
+Matematika-eran idaztea testu normal bat editatzea bezala da, aurrerago
+ azalduko dizkizugun tekla bereziak kontutan hartzen ez baditugu bederen.
+ Ezabatzeko, erabili
+\family sans
+Ezabatu
+\family default
+ (Supr) edo
+\family sans
+Atzera-tekla
+\family default
+ (Backspace).
+ Testua hautatzeko bai teklatuko geziak bai sagua erabil ditzakezu.
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+esegin
+\family default
+ menua matematika-eran berdin erabiltzen da, gauza bera ebaki eta itsasteko.
+ Kontuz ibili gauza batekin: ekuazioaren eskuinaldean eta kanpoan kurtsorea
+ balego eta
+\family sans
+Ezabatu
+\family default
+ edo
+\family sans
+Atzera-tekla
+\family default
+ sakatzerakoan ekuazio osoa ezabatuko litzateke.
+ Eskerrak adierazpen matematikoa berreskuratzeko
+\family sans
+Desegin
+\family default
+ daukazun.
+\layout Standard
+
+Eta
+\begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{2}$
+\end_inset
+
+ ordez
+\begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{2.5}+1$
+\end_inset
+
+ ekuaziora aldatu nahi baduzu? Beste behin, klikatu saguarekin kokaleku
+ egokian.
+ Nahi izanez gero, erabili teklatuko geziak.
+ Kurtsorea "c" hizkiaren ondoren baina "2"-ren aurrean kokatuta balego,
+ sakatu
+\family sans
+Gora
+\family default
+ gezia goi-indizera igotzeko, "2"-ren aurretik kokatuko da.
+ Gehitu ".5" balioa.
+ Orain, sakatu
+\family sans
+Behera
+\family default
+ gezia kurtsorea maila arruntera itzultzeko.
+ Ekuazioko goi-indizean bazaude eta
+\family sans
+Zuriunea
+\family default
+ sakatzen baduzu, jaitsi maila arruntera eta goi-indize ondoren kurtsorea
+ kokatuko du, horrela "+1" idaztea bakarrik faltako zaizu.
+\layout Section
+
+Berretzaile eta indizeak
+\layout Standard
+
+Berretzaile bat
+\family sans
+Matematikako\SpecialChar ~
+panela
+\family default
+ erabiliz sar daitekeen arren (ikus ondogo atala), askoz ere azkarragoa
+ da "^" erabiltzea.
+ LyX-ek goi-indizean beste laukitxo urdin bat jarriko du, ondoren idazten
+ duzuna goi-indizea izango da (letra-tamaina txikiagoa edukiko du).
+
+\family sans
+Zuriunea
+\family default
+ edo
+\family sans
+Ihes
+\family default
+ sakatu bitartean idazten duzun guztia goi-indizean agertuko da.
+\layout Standard
+
+Azpindizea idazteko bidea ere erraza da:
+\family sans
+Azpimarra
+\family default
+ ("_") zapaldu.
+ Dagoeneko ikasi duzu ondoren agertzen den ekuazioko goi-indizeak eta azpindizea
+k idazten:
+\begin_inset Formula $A_{a_{0}+b^{2}}+C^{a_{0}+b^{2}}$
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Description
+
+Ariketa: ipini
+\family typewriter
+eu_adibide_gordina.lyx
+\family default
+ fitxategiko 1.
+ ekuazioa matematika-eran.
+\layout Section
+
+Matematikako panela
+\layout Standard
+
+Matematikako ikur eta funtzio osatuagoak sartzeko Matematikako panela erabiltzea
+ komenigarria izaten da.
+ Funtzio hauetariko asko tuarekin,
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Matematika
+\family default
+ edo
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+M
+\bar default
+atematika
+\family default
+ menuen bidez sor daiteke.
+ Matematikako panela erabiltzen irakatsiko dizugu; beste eskuliburuak irakurriz
+ lasterbideak erabiltzen ikasiko duzu.
+ Ireki ezazu
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+M
+\bar default
+atematika\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Matematikako\SpecialChar ~
+panela
+\family default
+ eta atal hau irakurtzen ari zaren bitartean irekita utzi.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Grekera eta ikurrak
+\layout Standard
+
+Matematika panela-ak matematikako ikur multzo handia aukeratzen uzten dizu:
+ hainbat gezi, erlazio, eragile, batura eta integral.
+ Jakin ezazu goi-indizeek eta azpindizeek batura eta integralen limitea
+ jartzea eskaintzen dizutela.
+\layout Standard
+
+" Ez dago egin ezin dezakezunik...
+ behar duzun guztia
+\begin_inset Formula $\heartsuit$
+\end_inset
+
+ da."
+\layout Subsection
+
+Erroketa, tilet eta mugatzaileak
+\layout Standard
+
+Erroketa bat idazteko, klikatu erroketa-ikurra daukan botoia.
+ Erro ikurra agertuko da, eta kurtsorea bere barnean kokatuko da.
+ Orain idatzi aldagaiak, zenbakiak, beste erroketak, zatiketak edota nahi
+ duzun guztia.
+ LyX-ek erroketaren tamaina automatikoki egokituko du edukieraren arabera.
+\layout Standard
+
+Karaktere (
+\begin_inset Formula $\overrightarrow{v}$
+\end_inset
+
+) edo karaktere taldean (
+\begin_inset Formula $\overrightarrow{a+b}$
+\end_inset
+
+) tilet ikurra ezartzeko bide berdina lantzen da.
+ Apaingarri-motak panelean eskuragarri daude.
+ Klikatu apaingarri batean, eta LyX-ek apaingarri hori txertatuko du txertatze-g
+une
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\emph on
+Itzultzailearen oharra
+\emph default
+: txertatze-gunea matematikako ekuazioa idazten den laukitxo urdinari deitzen
+ zaio.
+\end_inset
+
+ baten azpian (edo gainean).
+ Idatzi gogokoen duzun ekuazioa txertatze-gunean.
+ Bi apaingarri multzo daude: idazten duzun testuarekin bat tamainaz aldatzen
+ direnak, eta beraien tamaina finkatuta daukatenak, hizki soilentzako egokiagoak
+ direnak.
+\layout Standard
+
+Parentesiak, giltzak edota kortxeteak bezalako mugatzaileak antzera erabili
+ arren pitin bat zailtxoagoak dira erabiltzen.
+ Sakatu
+\family sans
+Mugatzailea
+\family default
+ botoia (kortxete artean laukitxo urdina dauka) eta
+\family sans
+Mugatzaileak
+\family default
+ elkarrizketa-koadroa agertuko da.
+ Unean hautatutako mugatzailea leiho erdialdean agertuko da.
+\layout Standard
+
+Parentesi-bikotea egoten da lehenetsi gisa, hautatu zuk nahi dituzun kortxete-bi
+koteak, kortxete eta parentesiak, edo botoi hutsa "
+\begin_inset Formula $a=\left\langle 7\right.$
+\end_inset
+
+" bezalako zerbait idazteko (huts-mugatzailea tartekako marra bertikala
+ bezala bistaratzen da LyX-en; inprimatzerakoan, ordea, ez da azaltzen).
+\layout Standard
+
+Alferra bazara, matematika-eran oraingo parentesiak idatz ditzakezu
+\family sans
+Mugatzailea
+\family default
+ leihoaren ordez.
+ Hala ere, parentesi horiek testu arruntaren letra-tamaina berdina izango
+ dute, parentesi barruan zatiketa edo matrize bat idazten baduzu oso itsusi
+ geldituko dira.
+ Mugatzailea leihoa erabiltzeak mugatzaileen tamaina edukiaren arabera egokituko
+ dela ziurtatzen da.
+\layout Standard
+
+Existitzen den testu batean mugatzaileak, erroketak edo apaingarriak txerta
+ ditzakezu.
+ Hautatu egokitu nahi duzun ekuazioa, ondoren klikatu
+\family sans
+Matematikako\SpecialChar ~
+panela
+\family default
+ leihoko nahi duzun botoia.
+ Saia zaitez
+\noun on
+Newton
+\noun default
+-en bigarren legea eskalar eratik (
+\begin_inset Formula $f=ma$
+\end_inset
+
+) bektore erara (
+\begin_inset Formula $\overrightarrow{f}=\overrightarrow{ma}$
+\end_inset
+
+) bihurtzen.
+ Matrizei buruz ikasitakoan parentesi edo kortxeteak modu honetan jar ditzakezu.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Zatikiak
+\layout Standard
+
+Matematika-eran zatikiak idaztea oso erraza da.
+ Klikatu
+\family sans
+Matematikako\SpecialChar ~
+panela
+\family default
+ leihoko
+\family sans
+Zatikia
+\family default
+ botoia (zenbatzaile eta zatitzailean lauki urdinak ditu).
+ LyX-ek bi txertatze-gune jarriko ditu.
+ Uste zenuen bezala, zatiki batean zehar kurtsorea mugitzeko teklatuko geziak
+ erabil ditzakezu.
+ Klikatu zenbatzaileari dagokion txertatze-gunean eta idatzi "1" zenbakia.
+ Orain, sakatu
+\family sans
+Behera
+\family default
+ gezia eta "2" zenbakia idatzi.
+ Zatiki bat lortu duzu !
+\layout Standard
+
+Jakingo duzunez, bi txertatze-gunetan nahi duzuna idazteko aukera daukazu:
+ berretzaileak dituzten aldagaiak, erro karratuak, beste zatiki batzuk,
+ integralak edo bururatzen zaizun beste edozer.
+\layout Description
+
+Ariketa: jarri
+\family typewriter
+eu_adibide_gordina.lyx
+\family default
+ fitxategiko 2.
+ ekuazioa matematika-eran.
+\layout Subsection
+
+TeX era: limiteak, log, sinu eta bestelakoak
+\layout Standard
+
+Matematika-eran hizkiak aldagaitzat hartzen direnez, matematika-eran "sin"
+ idazten baduzu LyX-ek hiru aldagaien arteko biderkaketa (
+\begin_inset Formula $s$
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Formula $i$
+\end_inset
+
+ eta
+\begin_inset Formula $n$
+\end_inset
+
+) idazten ari zarela usteko du.
+ Hirurak letra etzanarekin bistaratuko dira, baina "sin" hitza letra erromatarra
+rekin idatzi nahiko zenuen.
+ Gainera, LyX-ek ez du tarterik sartuko "sin" eta "x" hitzen artean (zuriunea
+ sakatuz matematika-eratik aterako zaitu).
+ Nola lor dezakezu
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\sin x$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ ekuazioa
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $sinx$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+-en ordez?
+\layout Standard
+
+Hautatu klik bikoitzarekin "sin"
+\family sans
+Matematikako panela
+\family default
+ leihoko
+\family sans
+Funtzioak
+\family default
+ zerrendan.
+ "sin" hitza letra beltz eta erromatarrez idatziko da.
+ Hitz osoa sinbolo soil baten gisa kudeatuko denez,
+\family sans
+Atzera-tekla
+\family default
+ sakatuz hitz osoa ezabatuko da.
+ Idatzi orain "x", letra etzan urdinez idatziko da, matematika-eran espero
+ zenuen bezala.
+ dvi fitxategian adierazpen matematikoa egokiro konposatuko da.
+ Saia zaitez.
+\layout Standard
+
+TeX eran idazteko behar dituzun komando gehiago
+\family sans
+Funtzioak
+\family default
+ zerrendan aurkituko dituzu: trigonometri funtzioak eta beraien alderantzizkoak,
+ hiperbole funtzioak, logaritmoak, limiteak eta bestelako gutxi batzuk.
+ Funtzio hauek goi-indize eta azpindizeak onartzen dituzte,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\cos^{2}\theta$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ edo
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\lim_{n\rightarrow\infty}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ bezalakoak idazteko garrantzitsuak izanik.
+\layout Description
+
+Ariketa: jarri
+\family typewriter
+eu_adibide_gordina.lyx
+\family default
+ fitxategiko 3.
+ ekuazioa matematika-eran.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Matrizeak
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:matrizeak}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Klikatu
+\family sans
+Matematikako panela
+\family default
+ leihoko
+\family sans
+Matrizea
+\family default
+ botoia.
+ Izen bereko elkarrizketa-koadroa agertuko da, bi barra higikorrez osatua
+ dago, matrizeko errenkada eta zutabe kopuruak zehazteko aukera eskainiz.
+ Aukeratu 2 errenkada eta 3 zutabe, eta klikatu
+\family sans
+Aplikatu
+\family default
+ edo
+\family sans
+Ados
+\family default
+.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-ek
+\begin_inset Formula $2\times3$
+\end_inset
+
+-ko matrize batean 6 txertatze-gune jarriko ditu.
+ Ohitura denez, txertatze-gune bakoitzean edozein adierazpen matematiko
+ sar dezakezu: erroketa bat, beste azpimatrizea, eta abar.
+ Beraietariko bakoitzean matematika ekuazio-mota ezberdinak ezarri diezazkiokezu.
+ Nahi izanez gero, txertatze-gune bat edo beste hutsik utz dezakezu.
+\layout Standard
+
+Matrize bateko zutabeetan zehar mugitzeko
+\family sans
+Tabuladorea
+\family default
+ erabil daiteke.
+ Beste aukera bat da teklatuko geziak erabiltzea: gune-amaieran
+\family sans
+Eskubira
+\family default
+ sakatuz kurtsorea hurrengora bidaliko du,
+\family sans
+Behera
+\family default
+ geziarekin azpiko errenkadara, eta abar.
+\layout Standard
+
+Bat-batean errenkada edo zutabe gehiago behar badituzu, erabili
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+M
+\bar default
+atematika
+\family default
+ menuan
+\family sans
+ Gehitu\SpecialChar ~
+errenkada
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Gehitu\SpecialChar ~
+zutabea
+\family default
+.
+ Uneko kokapenaren ondoren gehituko ditu.
+ Gehiegi direla? Erabili menu berdineko
+\family sans
+Ezabatu\SpecialChar ~
+errenkada
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Ezabatu\SpecialChar ~
+zutabea
+\family default
+ aukerak.
+\layout Standard
+
+Ikus
+\emph on
+Erabiltzailearen Gida
+\emph default
+ zutabe bakoitza lerrokatzen edo matrize osoaren kokapen bertikala nola
+ aldatzen den ikasteko.
+ Jabetu zaitez zeregin bakoitzarentzat tresna bat dagoela; testua daukan
+ taula bat idazteko, erabili LyX-en taula-euskarri harrigarria, taulak idazteko
+ ez da komeni matrizeak erabiltzea.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Adierazpen-era
+\layout Standard
+
+Orain arte idatzi ditugun ekuazioak, inguratzen zituzten testuaren lerro
+ berdinean zeuden, lerroko edo barneko ekuazioak bezala ere ezagutzen dira.
+ Ekuazio labur eta soilentzat ongi doa, baina gauza handiagoentzat, edo
+ testutik urruntzea nahi badituzu, adierazpen eran idatzi beharko dira.
+ Gainera, adierazpen erako ekuazioak etiketatu eta zenbatuak izan daiteke,
+ eta lerro anitzetako ekuazioak adierazpen eran egon behar dute (ikus
+\emph on
+Erabiltzailearen Gida
+\emph default
+).
+ Gainera hainbat lerrotako ekuazioak adierazpen-eran egon behar dute.
+\layout Standard
+
+Klikatu
+\family sans
+Matematikako\SpecialChar ~
+panela
+\family default
+ leihoko
+\family sans
+Adierazpen\SpecialChar ~
+era
+\family default
+ botoia, laukitxo urdin baten gainean eta azpian testu-marra bikotea marraztuta
+ duen irudia dauka.
+ LyX-ek lerro berri batean, eta erdialdean zentratuta, txertatze-gune bat
+ jartzen du.
+ Orain idatzi ekuazio bat eta exekutatu LaTeX bere itxura ikusteko.
+
+\family sans
+Adierazpen\SpecialChar ~
+era
+\family default
+ botoia era batetik bestera txandakatzeko erabiltzen da: adierazpen eratik
+ barneko erara aldatzeko, edo alderantziz.
+ Adierazpen erak barneko eratik bereizten dituen zenbait ezaugarri ditu:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Letra-tamaina lehenetsia handiagoa da,
+\begin_inset Formula $\sum$
+\end_inset
+
+ eta
+\begin_inset Formula $\int$
+\end_inset
+
+ bezalako ikur gutxi batzuentzako.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Batura eta limiteetan (integraletan ez) goi-indizeak eta azpindizeak ikurren
+ azpira gehiago hurbiltzen dira alboetara baino.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Testua zentratuta dago.
+\layout Standard
+
+Ezberdintasun hauek alde batera utziz, barneko eta adierazpen erako ekuazioak
+ oso antzekoak dira.
+\layout Standard
+
+Azken ohar bat adierazpen era konposatzeari buruz: argi ibili ekuazioa paragrafo
+ berri batean edo ez idazten duzunean.
+ Ekuazioa sententzi edo paragrafo baten erdian idazten baduzu, ez sakatu
+ lerro-itzulera.
+ Hori eginez gero, ekuazio osteko testua paragrafo berri batean hasiko baita.
+ Ondorioz, testu hau koskatuko da, eta litekeena da hori nahi ez izatea.
+\layout Description
+
+Ariketa: jarri
+\family typewriter
+eu_adibide_gordina.lyx
+\family default
+ fitxategiko ekuazio batzuk adierazpen eran, eta ikusi bestelako konposaketa
+ lantzen den.
+\layout Description
+
+Ariketa: atal honetan ikasitako zenbait tresnarekin, Hurrengo ekuazioa bezalako
+ bat idazteko gai izan beharko zenuke
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Bide zailenetik aritu ondoren, zergatik ez zara
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Matematika\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+K
+\bar default
+asu\SpecialChar ~
+ingurunea
+\family default
+ menuarekin saiatzen?
+\end_inset
+
+:
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula \[
+f(x)=\left\{ \begin{array}{cc}
+\log_{8}x & x>0\\
+0 & x=0\\
+\sum_{i=1}^{5}\alpha_{i}+\sqrt{-\frac{1}{x}} & x<0\end{array}\right.\]
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Section
+
+Matematikari buruzko gauza gehiago
+\layout Standard
+
+Matematika-eran gauza gehiago egin daiteke.
+ Oraindaino oinarrizkoa bakarrik ezagutu duzu, irakurri
+\emph on
+Erabiltzailearen Gida
+\emph default
+ trikimailu hauek nola egiten diren jakiteko:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Ekuazioak etiketatu eta zenbatzea.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Lerro anitzeko ekuazioak.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Letra-tipoak aldatzea, adibidez, adierazpen bat letra lodiz idaztea.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Ekuazio bateko letra-tipoa eta barruko tartea zehaztea (ez zaitez kezkatu
+ honelakoengatik amaierako ziriborroa arte).
+\layout Itemize
+
+Makroak idaztea.
+ Oso baliagarriak dira, dokumentu baten hasieran definitu eta dokumentuan
+ zehar erabili ahal izango dituzu.
+ Makro baten definizioa aldatuz, dokumentuko markoari dagokion erreferentzia
+ guztiak eguneratuko dira.
+ Makroek argumentuak jaso ditzakete.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Denboraz larri gabiltzanez, tutoretza honetan azaldu ezin dizugun beste
+ gauza pila bat.
+\layout Chapter
+
+Hainbat
+\layout Section
+
+LyX-en beste ezaugarri garrantzitsu batzuk
+\layout Standard
+
+Ez ditugu aipatu LyX-ekin erabil daitezken komando guztiak, eta ez daukagu
+ asmorik.
+ Informazio gehiagorako irakur ezazu
+\emph on
+Erabiltzailearen Gida
+\emph default
+.
+ LyX-ek egin ditzakeen zenbait gauza garrantzitsu bakarrik aipatuko ditugu...
+\layout Itemize
+
+LyX-ek taulentzako WYSIWYG euskarria dauka.
+ Taula bat lortzeko, erabili
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+aula
+\family default
+ menua.
+ Klikatu taulan saguaren eskuineko botoiarekin eta
+\family sans
+Editatu\SpecialChar ~
+taula
+\family default
+ elkarrizketa-koadroa irekiko da, eta taula editatzeko aukera izango duzula.
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+LyX-ek hainbat formatudun irudiak (JPEG eta bestelako bitmap formatuak,
+ PostScript® eta LaTeX gordina bezalakoak barne) txertatzeko euskarria dauka.
+ Asmatu duzu:
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+rudia
+\family default
+.
+ Ondoren, aukeratu txertatu, biratu edo eskalatu nahi duzun irudi-fitxategia.
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+Bai taulek bai irudiek epigrafeak eduki ditzakete, eta LyX-ek automatikoki
+ irudi edota taulen zerrenda sortuko du.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Bertsio-kontrolaren euskarria dauka, RCS erabiliz (exekutatu
+\family typewriter
+man rcsintro
+\family default
+ komandoa xehetasun gehiagorako).
+\layout Itemize
+
+LyX oso konfigurakorra da.
+ Gauza guztiak, LyX leihoen itxuratik hasita inprimatzeko irteera emaitza
+ arte, hainbat eratan konfigura daitezke.
+ Konfigurazio gehiena
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+ditatu
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+H
+\bar default
+obespenak
+\family default
+ menutik lantzen da.
+ Argitasun gehiagorako, kontsultatu
+\family sans
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+aguntza\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+ertsonalizazioa
+\family default
+.
+\layout Itemize
+
+LyX bost kontinenteetako programatzaile-talde baten eskutik garatzen ari
+ da.
+ Horregatik, hainbat testu- prozesadorerekin konparatuz, ingeles hizkuntzak
+ ez direnen euskarri hobeagoa dauka (alemanera, txekiera, grekera, euskara,
+ italiera, errusiera...).
+ Eskuinetik ezkerrera idazten diren hizkuntza batzuk ere onartzen ditu,
+ arabiera edo hebreera adibidez.
+ Dokumentuak beste hizkuntza batzuetan idatz ditzakezu; LyX-ek menuak eta
+ errore-mezuak beste hizkuntzetan erakuts ditzan ere konfigura dezakezu.
+\layout Itemize
+
+LyX-eko menuek laster- k erabiltzen dituzte.
+ Hots,
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+reki
+\family default
+ menua hautatzeko
+\family sans
+M-F
+\family default
+ idatzi eta ondoren
+\family sans
+I
+\family default
+ sakatu, edo menuaren alboan agertzen den lotura erabili (
+\family sans
+C-O
+\family default
+ lehenetsita dago).
+ laster-teklak ere konfiguragarriak dira.
+ Honi buruzko argitasunak
+\family sans
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+aguntza\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+ertsonalizazioa
+\family default
+ menuan aurkituko dituzu.
+\layout Itemize
+
+LyX-ek LaTeX formatuko dokumentuak irakur ditzake.
+ Ikus
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:relyx}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ atala.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Zuzentzaile ortografiko eta tesaurus-a erabilgarri daude.
+\layout Itemize
+
+LyX leiho nagusiaren behealdean dagoen testu-kutxari bufertxoa deitzen zaio
+ (emacs programak ere pareko ezaugarria dauka).
+ Erabilgarritasun handiko ezarpen zabala lantzeko aukera eskaintzen dizu,
+ zure dokumentua zatitzeko gaitasuna barne dela.
+ Beste hitzetan, hobe duzu bufertxoan ezer ez idaztea zertan ari zaren jakin
+ gabe.
+\layout Section
+
+LyX LaTeX-eko erabiltzaileentzat
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:latexerabiltzaileak}
+
+\end_inset
+
+LaTeX-i buruz ezer ez badakizu, atal hau irakurri beharrik ez daukazu.
+ Baliteke LaTeX buruzko zerbait ikasi nahi izatea, eta ondorioz atal hau
+ irakurtzea.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX erabiltzen hasten den askori LaTeX ezaguna egingo zaio.
+ Horietariko bat bazara, galde dezakezu ea LyX-ek LaTeX-ekin egin daitekeen
+ gauza guztiak egiteko ahalmena al daukan.
+ Erantzun labur bat da nola edo hala LyX hurbiltzen dela LaTeX-ekin egin
+ daitekeen gauzetara, eta LaTeX formatuko dokumentu baten zati gehiena idaztea
+ errazten duela.
+ Gaur egun, LaTeX-eko idazki zaharrak bihurtzeko arazoak daude, eta beste
+ zenbait gauzetan, baina etorriko diren bertsio garatuagoetan hau konponduko
+ dute.
+\layout Standard
+
+Hau tutoretza bat bakarrik denez, LyX-eko erabiltzaile berriek interesa
+ eduki dezaketen zenbait gauza aipatuko ditugu.
+ Tutoretza hori labur gordetzearren, azalpen xumeak izango dira.
+
+\emph on
+Ezaugarri hedatuak
+\emph default
+ eskuliburuak,
+\emph on
+LaTeX adituen sekretuak
+\emph default
+ kapitulupean, LyX eta LaTeX arteko ezberdintasunei, eta LyX-en LaTeX-eko
+ zenbait trikimailu nola erabili buruzko informazio asko dauka.
+\layout Subsection
+
+TeX era
+\layout Standard
+
+TeX eran idatzitako guztia pantailan gorriz agertuko da, eta zuzenean LaTeX-i
+ bidaliko zaio.
+ TeX komandoak LyX-en erabil ditzakezu
+\family sans
+Txertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+ex
+\family default
+ menua aukeratuz.
+ Honek testu-kutxa sortzen du eta barrukoa zuzenean LaTeX-i igorriko zaio.
+\layout Standard
+
+TeX-ek matematika-era zertxobait ezberdin erabiltzen du.
+ Sartu TeX eran alderantzizko barra, ("
+\backslash
+") bat idatziz.
+ Inprimatzerakoan ez da agertuko, ondoren idazten duzun guztia gorriz egongo
+ da.
+ Sakatu TeX eratik ateratzeko zuriunea edo edozein karaktere ez-alfabetiko
+ (zenbaki, azpimarra, berretzaile-ikurra edo parentesi gisakoak).
+ TeX eratik ateratzen zarenean LyX-ek badaki zein TeX komando idatzi duzun
+ eta WYSIWYM-era bihurtuko du.
+ Ekuazio batean
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+gamma
+\family default
+ idatzi eta ondoren zuriunea sakatzen baduzu LyX-ek "gamma" gorria
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\gamma$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ urdin bihurtuko du.
+ Hau oso konplexuak ez diren makro guztientzako balio du (kontutan hartu
+
+\backslash
+sin bezalako funtzioak gorriz jarraituko dutela, bere WYSIWYM itxura baita).
+
+\family sans
+Matematikako\SpecialChar ~
+panela
+\family default
+ erabiltzea baino azkarragoa izan daiteke, batipat LaTeX-eko erabiltzaile
+ adituentzako.
+\layout Standard
+
+Bitxikeri bat, TeX eran kortxete bat idazten baduzu, hasiera eta amaierako
+ kortxeteak gorriz txertatuko dira, TeX eratik aterako zaitu eta kurtsorea
+ kortxete artean kokatuko du.
+ LyX-ek ezagutzen ez dituen eta argumentuak jasotzen dituzten komandoak
+ idazteko komenigarria izaten da.
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-ek ezin ditu egin LaTeX-ekin egiten diren gauza guztiak (oraindik ez?).
+ Zenbait landutako funtzio ez dira erabat onartzen, beste batzuk erabilgarriak
+ dira baina ez dira WYSIWYM.
+ TeX erak erabiltzaileari LaTeX-en moldagarritasun osoa eskaintzeaz batera
+ LyX-eko ezaugarri erabilgarriekin gozatu (WYSIWYM matematikak, taulak eta
+ edizioa bezalakoak) dezake.
+ LyX-ek ezin izango ditu LaTeX-eko pakete guztiak onartu.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Hitzaurrean
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+usepackage{pakete_izena}
+\family default
+ idatziz (ikus
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:hitzaurrea}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+atala), nahi dituzun pakete guztiak erabiltzeko gaitasuna izango duzu (kontutan
+ izan pakete hauek WYSIWYM euskarria ez dutela izango).
+\layout Subsection
+
+LaTeX dokumentuak inportatzea: reLyX
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:relyx}
+
+\end_inset
+
+LaTeX fitxategi bat inportatzeko, erabili
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+nportatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+LaTeX
+\family default
+ komandoa.
+ Horrek
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+ izeneko Perl programa bati deituko dio:
+\family typewriter
+fitx.tex
+\family default
+ fitxategi batetik
+\family typewriter
+fitx.lyx
+\family default
+ bat sortu eta irekiko du.
+ Bihurketak ez badu funtzionatzen, komando lerrotik
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX instalatzen denean
+\family typewriter
+lyx
+\family default
+ programa exekutagarria dagoen direktoriopean
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+ izeneko programa kopiatzen du (adbz.
+
+\family typewriter
+/usr/local/bin/relyx
+\family default
+).
+
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+ abiatzeko Perl behar da ( dokumentu hau idaztean 5.002.
+ bertsioa)
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+ exekutatzen saia zaitez, argumentu konplexuagoak erabiliz.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+ programak LaTeX-eko legalak diren komando gehienak bihurtuko ditu, baina
+ ez guztiak.
+ Ulergaitz egiten zaizkionak TeX eran utziko ditu, beraz bihurtu ondoren
+ gorri koloredun testuak bilatu eta eskuz konpondu beharko dituzu.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+-ek bere eskuliburua dauka.
+ Irakurri jakiteko LaTeX-eko zein komando eta ingurune ez dituen onartzen,
+ dauden erroreak (nola saihestu), eta aukera ezberdinak nola erabiltzen
+ diren.
+\layout Subsection
+
+LyX dokumentua LaTeX-era bihurtu
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX dokumentu bat LaTeX formatura bihurtzea nahi izango duzu.
+ Adibidez, lankide edo eginkide batek LyX programa ez eduki arren dokumentuareki
+n lan egin behar du.
+ Hori egitea huskeria bat da LyX-entzako.
+ Hautatu
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+sportatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+LaTeX
+\family default
+.
+ Horrek editatzen ari zaren
+\family typewriter
+fitxa_izena.lyx
+\family default
+ fitxategia beste fitxategi honetan bihurtuko du:
+\family typewriter
+fitxa_izena.tex
+\family default
+.
+ Azken finean, LyX-ek dokumentuak bistaratu edo inprimatzerakoan beti LaTeX
+ behin-behineko fitxategiak sortzen dituenez, LaTeX sortzen trebea da.
+\layout Subsection
+
+LaTeX hitzaurrea
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Dokumentu-klasea
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+okumentua
+\family default
+ elkarrizketa-koadroak
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+documentclass
+\family default
+ komandoan sar ditzakezun hainbat aukeren gaineko ardura hartzen du.
+ Hemen aldatu klasea, letra-tipoa eta paper-tamaina.
+ Jarri
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+documentclass
+\family default
+ bidaliko zaizkion aukera-osagarriak
+\family sans
+LaTeX\SpecialChar ~
+hitzaurrea
+\family default
+ arean.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Hitzaurreko beste alderdi batzuk
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:hitzaurrea}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Hitzaurrean komando bereziak jarri behar badituzu LaTeX fitxategi baterako,
+ zuzenean LyX dokumentuan idatz ditzakezu.
+ Horretarako,
+\family sans
+Diseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Hitzaurrea
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\emph on
+Itzultzailearen oharra
+\emph default
+: litekeena da LyX bertsio berrietan bide hau horrela ezin lantzea.
+ Horretarako
+\family sans
+Diseinua
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family sans
+Dokumentua
+\family default
+ elkarrizketa-koadroa ireki eta bertan Hitzaurrea fitxan idatzi behar da.
+\end_inset
+
+ idatzi hautatu eta elkarrizketa-koadroan.
+ Hor idazten duzun dena zuzenean LaTeX-i bidaliko zaio.
+\layout Subsection
+
+BibTeX
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-ek BibTeX euskarria du, honekin erreferentzia bibliografikoen datu-baseak
+ sortu eta hainbat dokumentutan erabiltzeko aukera izango duzu.
+ Hautatu
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Zerrendak\SpecialChar ~
+eta\SpecialChar ~
+Aurk.\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+ibTeX\SpecialChar ~
+erreferentzia
+\family default
+ menua bib motako fitxategi bat gehitzeko.
+ Alde batetik,
+\family sans
+BibTeX
+\family default
+ izeneko elkarrizketa-koadro bat agerraraziko du.
+ Bestalde, dokumentuan "
+\family sans
+BibTeX-ek sortutako erreferentzia
+\family default
+k" izeneko botoia txertatuko du.
+ Elkarrizketa-koadroa ixten baduzu, sortu berri den botoian klikatuz berriro
+ irekiko zaizu.
+
+\family sans
+BibTeX
+\family default
+ leihoan
+\family sans
+Datu-baseak
+\family default
+ izeneko eremuan
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+bibliography{}
+\family default
+ komandoko
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+LaTeX arruntean bezala, bereiztu bi bibliografia edo gehiago komaz, eta
+ zuriunerik gabe.
+\end_inset
+
+ giltzetan idatziko zenuena idatzi.
+ Estiloa eremuan, berriz, idatzi
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+bibliographystyle{}
+\family default
+ komandoko giltzetan idatziko zenuena.
+\layout Standard
+
+Hori egindakoan, edozein bibliografia-sarreraren aipamenak egin ditzakezu
+ Txertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Zitazio\SpecialChar ~
+erreferentzia menua erabiliz (ikus
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:bibliografiak}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+atala).
+ LyX arduratuko da
+\family sans
+BibTeX
+\family default
+ exekutatzeaz.
+ Zitazioa elkarrizketa-koadroko kutxan zure bib fitxategiko erreferentzia
+ guztiak zerrendatuko dira.
+\layout Section
+
+Erroreak!
+\layout Standard
+
+Batzuetan dokumentu bat LaTeX formatura bihurtzerakoan erroreak gerta daiteke,
+ LyX-ek edo LaTeX-ek ulertzen ez dituzten gauzengatik.
+ Hori gertatzen bada, LyX-ek errore-kutxak ("errorea" hitzarekin) sortzen
+ ditu.
+ Kutxa horietan klikatuta, errorearen zergatia bistaratuko du.
+ LyX-ek LaTeX-en sortutako erroreak gehituko ditu.
+ Ohartu zaitez errore horien kokapenak askotan ez dutela garrantzirik izaten.
+\the_end
--- /dev/null
+#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
+\lyxformat 221
+\textclass scrbook
+\begin_preamble
+\usepackage{multicol}
+% DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!!
+%
+% I've designed this preamble to ensure that the User's Guide prints
+% out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
+% parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
+% have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
+% the documentation team intead of messing around in here. --jpw 4/97
+
+%% Widens the vertical table spacing
+%%
+\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.25}
+\setlength{\tabcolsep}{0.45em}
+
+
+%% Provides certain commands which are missing.
+%%
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\textyen}{%
+{\fontencoding{U}\fontfamily{msa}\selectfont\char85}%
+}
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\textcurrency}{%
+{\fontencoding{U}\fontfamily{wasy}\selectfont\char27}%
+}
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\textcent}{%
+{\fontencoding{U}\fontfamily{wasy}\selectfont\char103}%
+}
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\textbrokenbar}{%
+{\fontencoding{U}\fontfamily{wasy}\selectfont\char124}%
+}
+
+
+%% For some odd reason, this character isn't defined in T1-encoding.
+%%
+\DeclareInputText{"0AD}{\textendash}
+
+
+%% Accented characters missing in non-T1 encodings.
+%%
+\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\quotedblbase}{%
+\raisebox{-1ex}{\textquotedblright}
+\hspace{-0.7em}
+}
+\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\quotesinglbase}{%
+\raisebox{-1ex}{\textquoteright}
+\hspace{-0.7em}
+}
+\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\guillemotleft}{%
+\raisebox{0.27ex}{\ensuremath{\scriptscriptstyle \ll\!\!\!}}
+}
+\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\guillemotright}{%
+\raisebox{0.27ex}{\ensuremath{\scriptscriptstyle \gg}}
+}
+\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\guilsinglleft}{%
+\raisebox{0.27ex}{\ensuremath{\scriptscriptstyle <\!\!\!}}
+}
+\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\guilsinglright}{%
+\raisebox{0.27ex}{\ensuremath{\scriptscriptstyle >}}
+}
+\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\DH}{%
+D\hspace{-0.7em}\rule[0.8ex]{0.30em}{0.08ex}\hspace{0.40em}
+}
+\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\dh}{%
+\ensuremath{\mathrm{\partial}}
+\hspace{-0.65em}\rule[1.35ex]{0.3em}{0.08ex}\hspace{0.35em}
+}
+\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\TH}{%
+\textsc{I\hspace{-0.325em}p}
+}
+\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\th}{%
+p\hspace{-0.55em}l
+}
+\end_preamble
+\language basque
+\inputencoding latin1
+\fontscheme pslatex
+\graphics default
+\paperfontsize default
+\spacing single
+\papersize a4paper
+\paperpackage a4
+\use_geometry 0
+\use_amsmath 0
+\use_natbib 0
+\use_numerical_citations 0
+\paperorientation portrait
+\secnumdepth 3
+\tocdepth 3
+\paragraph_separation indent
+\defskip medskip
+\quotes_language english
+\quotes_times 2
+\papercolumns 1
+\papersides 2
+\paperpagestyle default
+
+\layout Title
+
+LyX Erabiltzailearen Gida
+\layout Author
+
+egilea: LyX taldea.
+
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Fitxategi honen arduradun nagusia
+\noun on
+Mike Ressler
+\noun default
+ da.
+ Bidali iradokizunak edo erroreei buruzko zuzenketak LyX dokumentazioko
+ posta-zerrendara: <lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org>.
+
+\newline
+Itzulpena: Iñaki Larrañaga Murgoitio, <dooteo@euskalgnu.org>, 2004.
+
+\newline
+Zuzenketak: Hizkuntza Politikarako Sailburuordetza <hizpol@ej-gv.es>, 2004.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Chapter
+
+Sarrera
+\layout Section
+
+LyX zer da?
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX dokumentuak prestatzeko sistema da.
+ Eskuizkribu, argitaratzeko liburuak, negozio-gutun eta eskaerak, eta olerki
+ dotorean ekoizteko tresna da.
+ Bestelako "testu-prozesadore" batzuk ez bezala, honek edizio-estiloaren
+ bihotzean markatze-hizkuntza erabiltzen du.
+ Hots, atal bateko goiburukoa idazten duzunean "Atala" bezala markatzen
+ duzu, ez "Letra lodia, 17 pt tamaina, ezkerrera justifikatua, 5 mm-tako
+ azpiko tartearekin".
+ LyX arduratuko da konposaketa-lanez, zure zeregin-kontzeptuekin zerikusia
+ izango du soilik, ez mekanikarekin.
+\layout Standard
+
+Izaera hori zehatz-mehatz
+\emph on
+"Sarrera"
+\emph default
+ dokumentuan azaltzen da.
+ Irakurtzea komeni zaizu, ez baduzu irakurri bederen.
+ Bai, orain esan nahi dugu.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\emph on
+"Sarrera"
+\emph default
+ LyX izaeraz gain bestelakoak ere azaltzen ditu: garrantzitsuena, eskuliburu
+ guztien egitura.
+ Ez baduzu irakurri, eskuliburu hau irakurtzen denbora galduko duzu.
+ Agian, egokiagoa izango duzu hau ez den beste eskuliburu bat begiratzea.
+
+\emph on
+"Sarrera"k
+\emph default
+ hau guztia azaltzen du.
+\layout Section
+
+Hasiera
+\layout Subsection
+
+LyX abiatzea
+\layout Standard
+
+Linux-eko (eta bestelako Unix banaketetan ere) programa askoren antzera,
+ idatzi
+\family typewriter
+lyx
+\family default
+ LyX abiatzeko komando-lerroan.
+ Komando lerrotik abiatzeko hainbat argumentu erabil ditzakezu, fitxategi
+ izenak barne.
+ Komando-lerroko aukerak ez ditugu zerrendatuko, horretarako LyX-en
+\family typewriter
+man
+\family default
+ orrialdeak daudelako.
+ Informazio gehiago eskuratzeko, idatzi komando lerroan
+\family typewriter
+man lyx
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Gauza bat aipatu nahiko genuke:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Komando-lerroan fitxategi bat baino gehiago gehitzen baduzu, LyX-ek guztiak
+ kargatuko ditu, nahiz eta aldi berean guztiak ez bistaratu.
+ Aldian bakarra erakutsiko du.
+\layout Subsection
+
+LyX-en itxura
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Leiho nagusia
+\layout Standard
+
+Aplikazio gehienak bezala, LyX-ek leihoaren goian ezaguna egingo zaizun
+ menu-barra dauka.
+ Menu-barraren azpian tresna-barra dago, eta hainbat botoi eta zerrenda-botoia
+ ditu.
+ Eskuinaldean korritze-barra bertikala eta erdian dokumentuak editatzeko
+ gunea.
+ Leihoaren behealdean leihotxoa bat; hor lerro bakarreko testua idatz daitekeen.
+ Hor
+\emph on
+buffertxoa
+\emph default
+ (termino hau GNU Emacs programatik hartuta dago) dago, "komando bufferra"
+ adierazi nahiko luke.
+ Sakatu
+\family sans
+M-x
+\family default
+ buffertxoan komando bat idazteko .
+\layout Standard
+
+Ez dago korritze-barra horizontalik.
+ Hori ez da errore bat, apropos egin da.
+ Liburu bat irakurtzerakoan lerro luze baten amaiera beste batean egotea
+ espero duzu.
+ Testua orrialde berrietan bertikalki zabaltzen denez, korritze-barra bertikala
+ soilik behar da.
+\layout Standard
+
+Hiru kasu daude korritze-barra horizontala nahi Izateko: lehena, irudi handiak,
+ WYSIWYG eran bistaratuak.
+ Hori, nola nahi ere, LyX-ek pantailan WYSIWYG erako grafikoak bistaratzeko
+ funtzioaren akatsa da; leihoan kokatzeko irudia berreskalatu beharko luke,
+ irudi bat orrialde batera berreskalatu behar duzun bezala.
+ Bigarren eta hirugarren kasuak, berriz, LyX-en leihoa baino handiagoak
+ diren taula eta ekuazioekin gertatzen dira.
+ Teklatuko geziak erabil ditzakezu taulan zehar horizontalki mugitzeko,
+ baina honek oraindik ez du ekuazioen kasuan funtzionatzen.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Laguntza!
+\layout Standard
+
+Lehenbizi, albiste txarrak: laguntza sistema ez da aplikazio komertzialetan
+ bezala erabiltzaile inozoentzako bere kasa agertzen.
+ Lasai, horretan gabiltza.
+\layout Standard
+
+Orain albiste onak: LyX eskuliburuek osatzen dute Laguntza-sistema.
+ LyX programan eskuliburu
+\emph on
+guztiak
+\emph default
+ irakur ditzakezu.
+ Hautatu Laguntza menuan irakurri nahi duzun eskuliburua.
+\layout Standard
+
+Horri buruz ari garenez, eskuliburuez zerbait aipatu nahiko genuke.
+ Ez daude erabiltzaile inozoei zuzenduta, ez behintzat xede horrekin.
+ Egileetariko batek,
+\noun on
+John Weiss
+\noun default
+-ek, eskuliburuei buruz hau azaldu zuen:
+\layout Quote
+
+Eskuliburuak gorroto ditut.
+\layout Quote
+
+Bai, guztiok eskuliburu kaskar, gaizki itzuliekin edo ulertezinekin aritu
+ izan gara.
+ Astunak dira.
+ Beraz, nire ustez, zenbat eta ganoradunagoak izan, orduan eta astunagoak
+ bihurtzen dira.
+ Lehenbizi, denbora erdian azaltzen dute erabiltzaileari sagua nola erabili,
+ menuak zer diren eta antzekoak xehetasunez, nazkagarria! Norbaitek bere
+ ordenagailua ez badaki erabiltzen, eseri eta ikas dezala ordenagailua erabiltze
+n bestelako softwareak ikasten hasi aurretik.
+\layout Quote
+
+Bigarrenik, azaltzen duten informazioaren arabera badirudi erabiltzailea
+ artaburutzat hartzen dutela.
+ Zentzugabekeria! Erabiltzaile gehienak, nire esperientziagatik, desinformatu
+ eta izutu egiten dituzte aldi berean, ez dira lerdoak.
+ Gainera, norbait motza bada gauzak ulertu eta bereganatzeko, softwareko
+ eskuliburu batek eskaini ezin diezaiokeen bestelako laguntza behar du.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+
+
+\emph on
+Editorearen\SpecialChar ~
+oharra:
+\emph default
+hori gogoan izanda, beste egile guztiei jakinarazi diet aurreiritziekin
+ ez hartzeko, eta sasi-maisu izan ordez pedagogikoak izateko.
+ Eskuliburuak irakurri eta ulertzen alferrak direnentzako (Ameriketan diogun
+ bezala, "there's no such thing as a free lunch"
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\emph on
+Itzultailearen oharra
+\emph default
+: esaldi hau zaila da euskaratzen: "Doaneko bazkari bat bezalakorik ez dago"
+\end_inset
+
+ ).- jw
+\end_deeper
+\layout Section
+
+LyX interfazea
+\layout Subsection
+
+Oinarrizko fitxategi-eragiketak
+\layout Standard
+
+Fitxategia menuan edozein testu-prozesadorek dituen 9 oinarrizko eragiketa
+ daude, beste eragiketa aurreratuago batzuen artean:
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+erria
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Berria (
+\bar under
+t
+\bar default
+xantiloitik)
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+reki
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+It
+\bar under
+x
+\bar default
+i
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+G
+\bar default
+orde
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Gorde
+\bar under
+h
+\bar default
+onela
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+It
+\bar under
+z
+\bar default
+uli
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+I
+\bar under
+n
+\bar default
+primatu
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+I
+\bar under
+r
+\bar default
+ten
+\layout Standard
+
+Beste testu-prozesadoretan bezala lantzen dira, gutxi gorabehera.
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Berria\SpecialChar ~
+(
+\bar under
+t
+\bar default
+xantiloitik)
+\family default
+ komandoak erabiliko den txantiloiaren izenaz galdetuko dizu.
+ Txantiloi bat hautatuta, dokumentuari diseinu-ezaugarri zehatzak automatikoki
+ ezarriko dizkio, bestela eskuz aldatu beharko dituzu.
+ Zenbait klasetarako erabil daiteke, batik bat gutunak idazteko (ikus
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:dok-klaseak}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+atala).
+\layout Description
+
+
+\emph on
+Oharra
+\emph default
+: hemen ez dago "fitxategi lehenetsirik" ez eta "izengabea" edo "sortu berria"
+ izeneko dokumenturik.
+ Fitxategi bat irekitzeko esaten ez diozun bitartean, LyX-ek editatzeko
+ gune huts handi bat aurkeztuko dizu (eta hori ez da dokumentu bat, baizik
+ eta area hutsa soilik).
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Aldi berean egile batek baino gehiagok dokumentu berdina editatzen dutenean
+ Itzuli komandoa oso erabilgarria izaten da
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Zure asmoa hori egitea bada, aztertu LyX-eko Bertsio-kontrola ezaugarria.
+ Irakurri
+\emph on
+Ezaugarri hedatuak
+\emph default
+.
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Horrek dokumentua diskotik birkargatzen du.
+ Dokumentuan aldaketak egin badituzu, gordetako azkena berreskuratzeko ere
+ erabil dezakezu.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+
+
+\emph on
+2.\SpecialChar ~
+oharra
+\emph default
+:
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+It
+\bar under
+x
+\bar default
+i
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+I
+\bar under
+r
+\bar default
+ten
+\family default
+ komandoei buruzkoa.
+ Bi hauek "ziurtatze-leihoa" ezaugarria dute, gure ankasartzeetatik babesteko.
+ Aldatu duzun fitxategia ixterakoan (edo LyX programatik irtetzerakoan)
+ gorde gabe dauden fitxategiei buruz galdetuko zaizu.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Oinarrizko edizio-ezaugarriak
+\layout Standard
+
+Testu-prozesadore gehienak bezala, LyX-ek testu-zatiak ebaki eta itsatsi
+ ditzake, pantailako karaktere, hitz edo testuetan mugi daiteke, eta bai
+ hitz osoak bai karaktereak ezaba ditzake.
+ Hurrengo lau atalak LyX-en edizio-ezaugarriei buruz mintzatuko dira.
+ Ebaki eta itsatsirekin hasiko gara.
+\layout Standard
+
+Aurrikusi duzun bezala, ebaki eta itsasteko komandoak
+\family sans
+Editatu
+\family default
+ menuan daude, beste batzuen artean.
+ Batzuk nahiko bereziak dira eta geroago azalduko ditugu.
+ Oinarrizkoak hauek dira:
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+baki
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+K
+\bar default
+opiatu
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+tsatsi
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Bilatu eta
+\bar under
+o
+\bar default
+rdeztu
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Lehenengo hirurak zertarako diren argi dago.
+ Ohar bat: hautatutako testu-zati bat ezabatzen denean automatikoki arbelean
+ kokatzen da.
+
+\family sans
+Atzera-tekla
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Ezabatu
+\family default
+ teklek
+\family sans
+Ebaki
+\family default
+ komandoa bezalakoak dira.
+ Beraz, kontuz ibili testu bat hautatzen duzunean.
+ Tekla bat sakatzen duzunean hautatutako testua erabat ezabatzen da eta
+ zuk idatzitakoak ordeztuko du (jokabide hau konfigura daiteke).
+ Galdutako testua berreskuratzeko,
+\family sans
+Desegin
+\family default
+ erabil dezakezu.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+ilatu\SpecialChar ~
+eta\SpecialChar ~
+ordeztu
+\family default
+ elementuak Bilatu elkarrizketa-koadroa irekitzen du.
+ Idatzi bilatu nahi duzun testua leihoko
+\family sans
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+ilatu
+\family default
+ eremuan.
+ LyX-ek aurkitzen den hitz edo espresioa hautatuko du.
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+O
+\bar default
+rdeztu
+\family default
+ botoia klikatuta hautatutako testua
+\family sans
+Ordeztu\SpecialChar ~
+
+\bar under
+h
+\bar default
+onekin
+\family default
+ eremukoarekin ordeztuko du.
+ Uneko hitza albo batera utziz hurrengoa bilatzeko, klikatu
+\family sans
+Bilatu\SpecialChar ~
+hurrengoa
+\family default
+ botoia.
+\layout Standard
+
+Klikatu
+\family sans
+Ordeztu\SpecialChar ~
+guztiak
+\family default
+ botoia dokumentuko gertaera guztiak automatikoki ordezteko.
+\layout Standard
+
+Erabili
+\family sans
+Maiuskula/Minuskula
+\family default
+ txandakatze-botoia bilaketan maiuskulak eta minuskulak bereizi nahi badituzu.
+ Aktibatuta badago,
+\family typewriter
+"Eguna"
+\family default
+ bilatzerakoan ez du
+\family typewriter
+"eguna"
+\family default
+ aurkituko.
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-ek hitza bere osotasunean bilatu dezan, aktibatu
+\family sans
+Hitz\SpecialChar ~
+osoak\SpecialChar ~
+bakarrik
+\family default
+ botoia.
+ Adib.
+
+\family typewriter
+"mahaia"
+\family default
+ bilatzean ez ditu
+\family typewriter
+"mahaian"
+\family default
+ edo
+\family typewriter
+"mahaiarentzako"
+\family default
+ hitzak aurkituko.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Desegin eta berregin
+\layout Standard
+
+Hutsegite bat egiten baduzu, aurreko egoera berreskura dezakezu.
+ LyX-ek desegin/berregin lantzeko ahalmen handiko bufferra dauka.
+ Hautatu
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+esegin
+\family default
+ hainbat hutsegite desegiteko.
+ Gehiegi desegiten baduzu
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+erregin
+\family default
+ erabil dezakezu "desegindakoa desegiteko".
+ Desegite-tresna 100 urratsetara mugatua dago, memoriaren gainkarga gutxitzeko.
+\layout Standard
+
+Jakin ezazu dokumentua gorde zenuen azken aldirainoko aldaketa guztiak desegiten
+ badituzu, dokumentuaren "aldatuta" egoera ez dela berrezarriko.
+ Hori gertatzen da desegitearen muga 100 urratsetara jarrita dagoelako.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Desegin
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Berregin
+\family default
+ ekintzek LyX guztian eragiten dute.
+ Zenbait jokabide dute gainera.
+ Ez dute karakterez karaktere desegin edo berregiten, testu zatiak baizik.
+
+\family sans
+Desegin
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Berregin
+\family default
+ probatuta, aldaketen gain nola eragiten duten ikasiko duzu.
+ Denboraren poderioz nola dabiltzan buruz ikasiko duzu.
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+Saguaren oinarrizko laster-teklak
+\layout Standard
+
+Ez ditugu saguaren laster-tekla guztiak azalduko.
+ Saguarekin egin ditzakezunak eskuliburu honetako beste atal batean xehetasun
+ gehiagoz azalduko dira.
+ Orain, saguarekin egin ditzakezun oinarrizko ekintzak bakarrik azalduko
+ ditugu.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Mugitu
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Klikatu
+\emph on
+saguaren ezker-botoia
+\emph default
+ edizio leihoko edozein lekutan.
+ Kurtsorea sagupean dagoen testuan kokatuko da.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Testua hautatu
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Eduki saguaren ezkerreko botoia sakatuta eta sagua mugitu.
+ LyX-ek saguaren kokaleku zahar eta berriaren arteko testua hautatuko du.
+ Erabili
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+K
+\bar default
+opiatu
+\family default
+ testuaren kopia LyX-en bufferrean sortzeko.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Kurtsorea beste nonbaiten kokatu eta
+\family sans
+Editatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Itsatsi
+\family default
+ erabiliz, itsatsi testua LyX dokumentuan.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Oin-oharrak, albo-oharrak, irudi eta taula mugikorrak, e.a.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Klikatu saguaren ezkerreko botoia horietariko bat ireki edo ixteko.
+ Xehetasun gehiagorako, ikus eskuliburu honetako atal egokia.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Taulak
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Klikatu saguaren eskuin-botoia taula birmoldatzea eskaintzen dizun elkarrizketa-
+koadroa irekitzeko.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Subsection
+
+Oinarrizko tekla-lasterbideak
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:tekla-lasterbideak}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Oraingoan ere, ez ditugu teklen laster-tekla guztiak azalduko.
+ Konturatu zaitez jatorrizko bi laster-teklentzako mapa daudela behintzat:
+ CUA eta Emacs.
+ Ziurtatzen dizut karaktere bat ezabatzeko
+\family sans
+C-d
+\family default
+ (Kontrol-d adierazten du) tekla sakatzen baduzu, DVI aurrebistako tresna
+ abiatuko duela.
+\layout Standard
+
+Zenbait teklek
+\family sans
+Orri-gora
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Orri-behera
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Ezkerra
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Eskuina
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Gora
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Behera
+\family default
+ bezalakoek, beren betebeharra lantzen dute.
+ Beste tekla batzuek, ez, ordea:
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+Tab LyX-en tabuladore bat bezalakorik ez dago.
+ Hori ez baduzu ulertzen, joan oraintxe bertan
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:parkoskabarne}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ eta
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:par-ingurunea}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ ataletara, bereziki
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:paringuzerren}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ atalera.
+ Bai, oraintxe.
+ Oraindik ere galduta bazabiltza, irakurri
+\emph on
+Tutoretza
+\emph default
+.
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+Ihes hori "utzi tekla" bezalakoa da.
+ Orokorrean eragiketak ezerezteko erabiltzen da.
+ Horri buruzko ezaugarri gehiago eskuliburuko beste zenbait zatitan aurkiko
+ duzu.
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+Hasiera\SpecialChar ~
+eta\SpecialChar ~
+Amaiera
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Hasiera teklak zenbait teklatutan beste izen bat edukiko du:
+\family sans
+Inicio
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Home
+\family default
+ edo bestelako bat.
+ Amaiera tekla, berriz,
+\family sans
+Fin
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+End
+\family default
+ edo antzeko zerbait izango da.
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Kurtsorea lerroaren hasieran eta amaieran kokatzeko erabiltzen dira hurrenez
+ hurren.
+ Emacs motako laster-teklak erabiltzen ari bazara fitxategiaren hasiera
+ eta amaieran kokatuko dute.
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+Atera-tekla\SpecialChar ~
+eta\SpecialChar ~
+Ezabatu.
+
+\emph on
+Baldin eta
+\emph default
+ teklatua X leiho sistemarako ongi konfiguratuta badaukazu,
+\family sans
+Atzera-tekla
+\family default
+ pentsatzen duzun bezala dabil eta
+\family sans
+Ezabatu
+\family default
+ teklak kurtsorepean dagoen karakterea ezabatuko du (testurik ez badago
+ hautatuta).
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Teklatua X sistemarren konfigurazioa edo diogunaren Gaineko aztarnik ez
+ baduzu, joan oraintxe
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:x-win-teklak}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+atalera.
+ Buruko mina edukitzetik aldenduko zara.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Ondorengoak aldarazle-teklak dira:
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+Kontrol- Hainbat erabilpen ditu, zein teklarekin batzen duzun arabera:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Atzera-tekla
+\family default
+ edo
+\family sans
+Ezabatu
+\family default
+ teklekin, hitz guztia ezabatuko du karaktere bakar baten ordez.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Ezkerra
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Eskuina
+\family default
+ geziekin, hitzez hitz mugituko da karakterez karaktere mugitu ordez.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Hasiera
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Amaiera
+\family default
+ teklekin, dokumentuaren hasiera eta amaierara mugituko da.
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+Shift- Hau erabili beste edozein mugitze-teklarekin batera kurtsorearen
+ kokapen zahar eta berriaren artekoa hautatzeko.
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+Meta- Teklatu-mota askoren
+\family sans
+Alt
+\family default
+ tekla izan ohi da, darabilzun teklatutak ez badu bestelako
+\family sans
+Meta
+\family default
+- teklarik bederen.
+ Zoritxarrez, X sistemak batzuetan beraien funtzionalitatea trukatuta du,
+ beraz zuk bi teklak badituzu saiakera eta errore
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Ingelesez "trial and error" deitzen diogu.
+ Hots, saiatu gauza bat lortzen, jorratu beste bide bat errorea gertatzen
+ denean, nahi duzun emaitza lortu arte (errorerik gertatzen ez den emaitza).
+\end_inset
+
+ irizpidea erabiliz
+\family sans
+Meta
+\family default
+- funtzioa lantzen duen tekla aurkitu beharko duzu.
+ Tekla horrek hainbat gauza egin ditzake, horien artean menua azeleratzeko
+ teklak aktibatzea.
+
+\family sans
+Meta
+\family default
+- tekla menuan azpimarratuta dauden hizkiekin batuz menuko elementu bat
+ hautatuko du.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Adibidez, "
+\family sans
+M-e i
+\family default
+" lasterbideak testua itsatsiko luke (lehendabizi sakatu "
+\family sans
+M
+\family default
+" (
+\family sans
+Meta
+\family default
+ edo
+\family sans
+Alt
+\family default
+) eta "
+\family sans
+e
+\family default
+" teklak batera, eta ondoren "
+\family sans
+i
+\family default
+" tekla).
+ "M-f" idatzita
+\family sans
+Fitxategia
+\family default
+ menua irekitzen du.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Meta
+\family default
+- teklarekin batu daitezkeen beste gauza batzuk ere badaude, informazio
+ gehiagorako, irakurri Pertsonalizazioa eskuliburua.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Zorionez, LyX erabiltzen duzun bitartean teklen loturei buruz geroz eta
+ gehiago ikasiko zara, zeren eta saguarekin egiten dituzun eragiketa gehienek
+ buffertxoan eragiketa-izena eta dagokion laster-teklak azalduko dituzte.
+ Laster-teklen idazkera dokumentu honetan erabilitakoaren oso antzekoa denez,
+ hau ulertzeko ez zenuke arazorik eduki behar.
+ Hala ere,
+\family sans
+Shift
+\family default
+ aldatzaileak esplizituki aipatzen dira, beraz "
+\family sans
+M-p S-A
+\family default
+"k zera esan nahi du:
+\family sans
+Meta-p
+\family default
+ bikotea sakatu ondoren hizki maiuskuletan "
+\family sans
+A
+\family default
+" idaztea.
+ "
+\family sans
+S-C-S
+\family default
+"
+\family sans
+Shift-Kontrol-s
+\family default
+ hirukotea batera sakatu behar dela esan nahi du.
+\layout Section
+
+LyX beste programa batzuekin erabiltzea
+\layout Subsection
+
+Inportatu ASCII fitxategiak
+\layout Standard
+
+ASCII fitxategi bateko testua eskura dezakezu
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Inportatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Ascii\SpecialChar ~
+testu\SpecialChar ~
+lerro\SpecialChar ~
+gisa
+\family default
+ edo
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Inportatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Ascii\SpecialChar ~
+testu\SpecialChar ~
+paragrafo\SpecialChar ~
+gisa
+\family default
+ aukerekin.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Inportatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Ascii\SpecialChar ~
+testu\SpecialChar ~
+lerro\SpecialChar ~
+gisa
+\family default
+ aukerak fitxategiko lerro bakoitza LyX-eko paragrafo bat bezala jartzen
+ du.
+ Testu-fitxategiak zerrenda sinple bat badu, orduan aukera hau egokia da.
+ Testuak paragrafoak baditu, LyX-ek paragrafoak bereiztuko ditu.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Inportatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Ascii\SpecialChar ~
+testu\SpecialChar ~
+paragrafo\SpecialChar ~
+gisa
+\family default
+ fitxategiko paragrafoak mantentzen ditu.
+ Maiz gertatzen da testu-fitxategi batean paragrafo bateko edukia lerro
+ bakar batean ez sartzea.
+ Lerro-itzulera erabiltzen duzu paragrafoa hainbat lerrotan bereizteko.
+ Paragrafo gisa erabiliz LyX-ek ez ditu paragrafo bezala bereiztuko.
+ Bi lerro-tartetan dagoena LyX paragrafo erara bihurtuko du.
+ Gogoratu: testu fitxategian paragrafoen artean lerro huts bat egon behar
+ duela.
+ Bestela, LyX-ek bi paragrafo batuko ditu.
+\layout Subsection
+
+LyX-en eta beste X programen artean ebaki eta itsastea
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Ebaki
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Kopiatu
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Itsatsi
+\family default
+ ekintzak testua LyX-etik LyX-era eramaten du.
+ LyX-etik beste leiho batera testua igortzeko, landu urrats hauek: hautatu
+ eta kopiatu testua, joan helburuko leihora eta itsatsi saguaren erdiko
+ botoiarekin.
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-en itsasteko lanak antzera egiten dira.
+ Hautatu saguarekin testua beste leihoan.
+ Joan LyX lehiora eta itsatsi testua
+\emph on
+saguaren erdiko
+\emph default
+ botoiarekin.
+\layout Chapter
+
+LyX konfigurazioa eta beharrezko aplikazioak
+\layout Section
+
+Sarrera
+\layout Standard
+
+Sistema baten LyX erabiltzen ari bazara, eta zu ez zaren beste norbaitek
+ instalatu eta konfiguratu badu, orduan kapitulu hau albo batean baztertuta
+ utz dezakezu.
+ Kapitulu honek LyX bitarra abiatzeko behar dituzun gauzak eta banatzen
+ diren fitxategiei buruzkoak azalduko ditu.
+\layout Standard
+
+Sisteman LyX instalatu nahi baduzu, lehenbizi irakurri LyX-en iturburuekin
+ datorren
+\family typewriter
+README
+\family default
+ fitxategia eta ondoren
+\family sans
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+aguntza\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+aTeX\SpecialChar ~
+konfigurazioa
+\family default
+.
+ Aurrenik hori egin.
+ Kapitulu honek ez du LyX kode bitarraren instalazio edo konfigurazioa azalduko
+ (ez bere osotasunean bederen).
+ Azaltzen duena hau da: LyX bere osotasun eta gaitasun guztiarekin erabiltzeko
+ behar dituzun gauzak
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Hori izan zen LyX exekutatzeari eta LyX erabilgarriagoa izateko behar diren
+ beste programei buruzko informazioa sortzearen arrazoi nagusia.
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Section
+
+2.2 Oinarrizko LyX konfigurazioa
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:konfigurazioa}
+
+\end_inset
+
+LyX exekutatzeko bi bide daude.
+ Aurrenekoa LyX eta eskatzen dituen fitxategi guztiak sisteman instalatzea
+ da.
+ Noski, horretarako supererabiltzailearen ("root") baimenak behar dituzu.
+ Bigarren bidea, supererabiltzailearen baimenik gabe zure etxe-direktorioan
+ instalatzea.
+ LyX-ek non kokatuta dagoen automatikoki jakiteaz gain erabiltzen dituen
+ direktorioen kokapen zuzenak ere non dauden aztertzen du.
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-en ezaugarri asko LyX-etik bertatik konfigura daiteke, konfigurazio-fitxateg
+iak erabili gabe.
+ Lehenbizi, LyX-ek sistema arakatzen du zein programa, LaTeX dokumentu-klase
+ eta LaTeX pakete dauden aztertzeko.
+ Lortzen duen informazio hori hainbat
+\family typewriter
+hobespen
+\family default
+ lehenetsitako aldagai gisa ezarriko du.
+ Horrekin batera, konfigurazioa LyX sisteman instalatzerakoan egiten da,
+ ondorioz LyX-ek ikusten ez dituen zenbait elementu instalatuta eduki ditzakezu.
+ LyX-ek zure sistema berriro aztertu dezan, erabili
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+B
+\bar default
+irkonfiguratu
+\family default
+.
+ Ondoren berrabiarazi LyX aldaketek eragina izan dezaten.
+ LaTeX klase eta paketeei buruzko informazio gehiago
+\family sans
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+aguntza\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+aTeX\SpecialChar ~
+konfigurazioa
+\family default
+ eskuliburuan aurkituko duzu.
+\layout Standard
+
+Bigarren konfigurazio-urratsa, dokumentu arloarekin zerikusi duen guztiarentzat,
+ erabili
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+iseinua
+\family default
+ menuko
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+okumentua
+\family default
+ aukera; horrek
+\family sans
+Dokumentu\SpecialChar ~
+ezarpenak
+\family default
+ izeneko leihoa irekiko du.
+ Hori egiteko, ireki garrantzirik gabeko dokumentu bat, ezarri aukera hauek
+ guztiak gogoko duzun bezala eta gorde
+\family sans
+Dokumentu\SpecialChar ~
+ezarpenak
+\family default
+ leihoan
+\family sans
+Gorde\SpecialChar ~
+dokumentu\SpecialChar ~
+lehenetsi\SpecialChar ~
+gisa
+\family default
+ botoian klikatuz.
+ Ekintza horrek
+\family typewriter
+default.lyx
+\family default
+ izeneko txantiloi bat sortuko du, LyX-ek hori kargatuko du txantoiloietan
+ oinarritu gabeko dokumentua bat irekitzerakoan, eta definitu dituzun ezarpenak
+ automatikoki ezarriko dizkio.
+\layout Standard
+
+Erabiltzaileak konfigura ditzakeen aukera gehiago daude.
+ Abiatzerakoan, LyX-ek
+\family typewriter
+lyxrc.defaults
+\family default
+ izeneko aukera orokorren fitxategia irakurtzen du.
+ Ondoren, zure etxean kokatuta egon beharko lukeen
+\family typewriter
+~/.lyx/preferences
+\family default
+ izenekoa irakurtzen saiatuko da.
+ Aukera hauetarako, erabili
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+H
+\bar default
+obespenak
+\family default
+ menua.
+
+\emph on
+Pertsonalizazioa
+\emph default
+ eskuliburuan hobespenerako elkarrizketa-koadroa eta konfigurazio-fitxategiei
+ buruzko azalpen sakonagoak azaltzen dira.
+\layout Section
+
+X teklatua konfiguratu
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:x-win-teklak}
+
+\end_inset
+
+LyX egokiro erabiltzeko X sistema zuzen konfiguratu behar da.
+ Ezinbestekoa da LyX-en nazioarteko euskarria erabili nahi baduzu eta ingelesa
+ ez den teklatu mapa badarabilzu.
+ Zoritxarrez, inor ez da honegatik kezkatzen, bereziki PC ordenagailu batean
+ GNU/Linux instalatzen bada.
+ Sistema handietako arduradunek horren errudun izan daiteke, beraz ez pentsatu
+ erabat babestuta zaudela sistema zabal batean.
+ Erabiltzaile bakoitzak X sistemari bere teklatua nola erabili erakuts diezaioke.
+\layout Subsection
+
+xmodmap eta xkeycaps
+\layout Standard
+
+Hasteko irakurri bi programa hauen man eskuliburua.
+ Lagunik onenak izango dituzu X sistemako teklatu mapa zuzen ezartzeko.
+ Ez badituzu, instala itzatzu.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+xmodmap
+\layout Standard
+
+Dokumentu honetan ez dago
+\family typewriter
+xmodmap
+\family default
+ nola erabiltzen den azaltzen duen informaziorik.
+
+\emph on
+Pertsonalizazioa
+\emph default
+ eskuliburuak
+\family typewriter
+.Xmodmap
+\family default
+ fitxategiaren adibide bat dauka.
+ Teklatu-mapa berria kargatzeko, kokatu
+\family typewriter
+xmodmap
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+.Xmodmap
+\family default
+ komandoa saioa abiatzeko script baten barruan, adib.\SpecialChar ~
+
+\family typewriter
+.cshrc
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+.profile
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+.login
+\family default
+ edo
+\family typewriter
+.xinitrc
+\family default
+ fitxategietariko batean.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+xkeycaps
+\layout Standard
+
+Programa hau egia bihurtutako ametsa da! Zure teklatuaren bertsio grafikoa
+ erakusten du, zenbait aldaketa egiten uzten du eta ondoren aldaketa horiek
+
+\family typewriter
+xmodmap
+\family default
+ programak irakur dezakeen formatu bateko estandar irteeran kaleratzen du.
+ Oso erabilgarria izaten da
+\family typewriter
+.Xmodmap
+\family default
+ fitxategi berria diseinatzerakoan, eskatzen duen bakarra ebaki-eta-itsatsi
+ ekintza gutxi batzuk egitea baita.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Aldatzaileak eta Modu_txandaketa
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-ek hiru aldatzaile onartzen ditu:
+\family sans
+Shift
+\family default
+ [S-],
+\family sans
+Kontrol
+\family default
+ [C-], eta
+\family sans
+Meta
+\family default
+ [M-].
+ Tekla horietariko bat
+\family sans
+Konposizio-tekla
+\family default
+ bezala konfiguratzen bada, zure teklatuak eskaintzen ez dituen beste zenbait
+ karaktere idatz ditzakezu.
+
+\family sans
+Konposizio
+\family default
+-
+\family sans
+tekla
+\family default
+ hau bai aldatzaile (
+\family sans
+Shift
+\family default
+ edo
+\family sans
+Kontrol
+\family default
+) bai gako-aurrizki bezala erabil daiteke.
+ Hona
+\family sans
+Konposizio-tekla
+\family default
+rekin egin ditzakezun adibideak:
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Konposizio+e+'
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+ é
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Konposizio+O+R
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+ ®
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Konposizio+1+2
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+ ½
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Konposizio+<+<
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+ «
+\layout Standard
+
+Idazteko metodo hau nahiko erosoa izaten da noizbehinka tiletdun karaktereak
+ idatzi nahi dituzunean.
+ Jatorriz latin1 motako karaktereekin lan egiten duen arren, zure hizkuntza
+ zuzen ezartzen baduzu, idazteko beste metodo batzuk erabil ditzakezu.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Argibide eta trikimailu lagungarriak
+\layout Standard
+
+Ireki bi terminal grafiko (
+\family typewriter
+xterm
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+gnome-terminal
+\family default
+ edo
+\family typewriter
+e-term
+\family default
+ bezalakoak).
+ Erabili bata
+\family typewriter
+.Xmodmap
+\family default
+ fitxategi berria editatzeko eta bestea
+\family typewriter
+xkeycaps
+\family default
+ exekutatzeko.
+
+\family typewriter
+xkeycaps
+\family default
+ erabiliz zure teklatuko mapa zure beharretara konfigura dezakezu.
+
+\family typewriter
+xkeycaps
+\family default
+ programan teklatu mapa berria sortzen duen botoi bat dago.
+ Klikatu botoi horretan,
+\family typewriter
+xkeycaps
+\family default
+-ek exekutatu duzun terminal grafikoan konfigurazioa kaleratuko du.
+ Kopiatu eta itsatsi informazio hori
+\family typewriter
+.Xmodmap
+\family default
+ fitxategian, eta kitto.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Hainbeste idatzi nahi ez baduzu, exekutatu komando hau:
+\family typewriter
+xkeycaps > .Xmodmap
+\family default
+
+\newline
+Mapa-fitxategi erabilgarri bat sortuko du.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Gainera, badaude gauza batzuk ongi bideratzen lagunduko dizutenak.
+ Saia zaitez
+\family typewriter
+xmodmap -v -pm
+\family default
+ komandoa exekutatzen.
+ Unean dauden aldatzaile aktiboak erakutsiko dizkizu, eta
+\family typewriter
+xmodmap -v -pke | more
+\family default
+ komandoarekin ere zein izen sinbolikok zein tekla-koderen zenbakiari dagokion
+ zerrendatzen du.
+ Horrek
+\family typewriter
+.Xmodmap
+\family default
+ fitxategiaren sintaxia nolakoa den argituko dizu.
+\layout Standard
+
+Gauza bat egiaztatzea komeni zaizu.
+ Ziurtatu
+\family sans
+Atzera-tekla
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Ezabatu
+\family default
+ teklak ez daudela X sistemako tekla sinbolo berdinean definituta! Jakin
+ ezazu bi tekla horiek izen sinboliko berdinarekin ezartzeak ez duela derrigorre
+z zure programen erabilera aldatzen.
+ Programa batzuk
+\family sans
+Ezabatu
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Atzera-tekla
+\family default
+ ekintza berean elkartzen dituzte, adibidez, Emacs-ek; beste batzuek, berriz,
+
+\family sans
+Atzera-tekla
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Ezabatu
+\family default
+ gauza ezberdinetarako erabiltzen dituzte.
+ LyX programa horietariko bat da, beraz
+\family sans
+Ezabatu
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Atzera-tekla
+\family default
+ izen sinboliko berdinarekin elkartuta badaude, LyX erabiltzean arazoak
+ eduki ditzakezu.
+\layout Section
+
+LaTeX
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-ekin dokumentuak eta
+\family typewriter
+ .tex
+\family default
+fitxategiak sortzea baino zerbait gehiago egin nahi baduzu, LaTeX beharko
+ duzu.
+\layout Standard
+
+Ez badakizu, LaTeX markatze hizkuntza duen TeX-entzako interfaze bat da,
+ 1984.
+ urtean Donald Knuth-ek sortutako sistema bat dokumentuak prestatzeko
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Ahoskerari buruz: jatorriz TeX grekerako hizkietatik dator,
+\begin_inset Formula $\tau\epsilon\chi$
+\end_inset
+
+ , eta "blech" bezala ahoskatzen da.
+ Euskaraz "teks" eta "lateks" bezala esan dezakegu.
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ ASCII fitxategian idatzitako komando-multzoa hartu eta 'dispositibotik
+ aske' ("device independent") izeneko formatura bihurtzen du, dvi laburrean
+ esanda.
+ Orduan dvi fitxategia inprimagailura bidal daiteke.
+ TeX programatzeko aukera dago, eta LaTeX, berriz, TeX-eko makro-multzo
+ zabal bat besterik ez da.
+ LaTeX normalean TeX banaketarekin batera dator, beraz TeX paketea beharko
+ duzu.
+\layout Standard
+
+Zenbait sistema zaharretan LaTeX 2.09 instalatuta egon daiteke (gaur egun
+ ordea LaTeX2e erabiltzen da).
+ Ezin da LaTeX 2.09 bertsioarekin LyX erabili.
+\layout Standard
+
+GNU/Linux erabiltzen ari bazara, litekeena da LaTeX2e edukitzea.
+ Bestelako sistemetan zeuk instalatu beharko duzu LaTeX.
+ Hori lortzeko (bai TeX bai LaTeX-ekin zerikusia duen guztia), zoaz CTAN
+ (Comprehensive TeX Archive Network) ispilu batera.
+ Ispiluen zerrenda oso bat hemen aurkituko duzu:
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.ctan.org}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:ctan}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Section
+
+Dvips eta Ghostscript
+\layout Subsection
+
+Behar duzuna
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX dokumentuak inprimatzeko beste urrats bat landu beharko duzu.
+ Agerikoa den bezala, ziurtatu inprimagailua ongi konfiguratuta daukazula
+ (ikus hurrengo atala).
+ Instalatu programa hauek (edo bateragarriak direnak), jadanik ez badauzkazu
+ instalatuta:
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+ghostscript
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+ghostview
+\layout Standard
+
+Azken biak Dvi eta PostScript®
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Adobe Systems Incorporated-ek erregistratutako marka bat dira, eta UN*X
+ munduan orrialde-deskripzioko hizkuntza nagusia da.
+\end_inset
+
+ formatuko fitxategien aurrebistako programak dira.
+ DVI fitxategi bat zer den ez badakizu, litekeena da LaTeX-ekin inoiz lanik
+ ez egin izana, eta aurrera jarraitu aurretik hobe duzu
+\emph on
+Tutoretza
+\emph default
+ dokumentua irakurri.
+
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+ programak DVI fitxategi bat PostScript® formatura bihurtzen du; gaur egun
+ inprimagailu gehienek erabiltzen dutena da.
+ Baldin eta zure inprimagailua tinta-zorrotadakoa edo puntu-matrize motakoa
+ bada, PostScript® iragazteko
+\family typewriter
+ghostscript
+\family default
+ erabili beharko duzu, hainbat inprimagailu-motatara prestatzeko gaitasuna
+ baitauka.
+ Aurrerago azaltzen da inprimagailuaren konfigurazio-atalean inprimatu behar
+ duzun bakoitzerako hau nola automatikoki egin.
+ Oraingoz
+\family typewriter
+divps
+\family default
+ programarekin jarraituko dugu.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Dvips
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:dvipskonfig}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Sistema zabal batean edo GNU/Linux duen lanpostu batean LyX exekutatzen
+ baduzu,
+\family typewriter
+divps
+\family default
+ konfiguratu dezakezu.
+
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+ tresnak bai fitxategira bai inprimagailura zuzenean inprima dezake, bere
+ konfigurazioaren arabera.
+ Fitxategira inprimatzeko ezarrita balego, eta ez bazaio fitxategi-izenik
+ esaten,
+\family typewriter
+fitxat1.dvi
+\family default
+ fitxategia
+\family typewriter
+fitxat1.ps
+\family default
+ fitxategira bihurtuko du.
+ Sistema gehienetan
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+ tresna inprimagailu lehenetsian inprimatzeko zehaztuta dago.
+ LyX-en ikuspuntutik, bietarako malgutasuna edukitzea nahi izango duzu.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+ irteera inprimagailura egokitzeko gogorik ez baduzu, atal hau salta dezakezu.
+ Jakin ezazu irteera ez dela inprimagailuak duen kalitate-mailara iritsiko.
+ Hori bai, inprimatuko du.
+\layout Standard
+
+teTeX erabiltzen ari bazara (GNU/Linux sisteman oso ezaguna den TeX banaketa
+ bat), orduan
+\family typewriter
+texconfig
+\family default
+ programa exekutatu beharko duzu.
+ Inprimagailu berri baten izena
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+-ek onartu dezan, hautatu
+\family sans
+Dvips
+\family default
+ menuko sarrera, eta gehitu iezaiozu.
+ Idatzi eskatzen dituen argumentuak, eta ez ahaztu irten aurretik
+\family sans
+Rehash
+\family default
+ funtzioa lantzeaz.
+\layout Standard
+
+Goazen orain eskuzko konfigurazioa lantzera:
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+ tresnak automatikoki
+\family typewriter
+.dvi
+\family default
+ fitxategia inprimag1 inprimagailuarekiko egokitutako
+\family typewriter
+.ps
+\family default
+ fitxategira bihurtu behar duela jakin dezan, inguruan kokatutako "
+\family typewriter
+config.inprimag1
+\family default
+" konfigurazioko fitxategia eduki behar duzu.
+ Normalean, TeX banaketa gehienetan, dvips tresnarentzako
+\family typewriter
+config.*
+\family default
+ fitxategiak
+\family typewriter
+/usr/lib/texmf/dvips
+\family default
+ direktorioan kokatzen dira.
+ Gerta daiteke zure sistemako beste leku batean egotea, beraz begiratu TeX
+ direktoriopeko
+\family typewriter
+"dvips"
+\family default
+ azpidirektorioan.
+ Hor inguruan egongo da.
+\layout Standard
+
+Fitxategi batek behintzat egon beharko luke:
+\family typewriter
+config.ps
+\family default
+.
+ Hori konfigurazioko fitxategi lehenetsia da, eta
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+ tresnak
+\emph on
+beti
+\emph default
+ irakurtzen du
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Fitxategi horrek ez dauka zertan
+\family typewriter
+ps
+\family default
+ izeneko fitxategi batera konektatuta egon behar.
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Irakur ezazu fitxategi hau, eta ikusi eskaintzen dituen aukerak zure inprimagai
+lura egokitzeko.
+ Ondoren sortu
+\family typewriter
+config.inprimag1
+\family default
+ fitxategia, dagozkion lerro garrantzitsuekin bakarrik.
+\layout Standard
+
+Konfigurazio-fitxategia sortzeko beste gauza bat beharko duzu.
+ Honelako lerro bat egongo da "
+\family typewriter
+o | lpr
+\family default
+" (komatxorik gabe, noski).
+ "
+\family typewriter
+o | lpr -Pinprimag1
+\family default
+" lerrora aldatuz gero, irteera lehenetsia
+\family typewriter
+inprimag1
+\family default
+ izango da.
+ Nola nahi ere, ikertu "M" eta "D" sarrerak, Metafont mota eta inprimagailuaren
+ bereizmena definitzen baitute, hurrenez hurren.
+ Ez badakizu Metafont mota zer den, ikusi inprimagailuaren kontrolatzailea:
+ TeX-ek letra-tipoen diseinuak inprimagailuan emaitzarik hoberenarekin emateko
+ egokitzen du.
+ Ohar bat, hainbat inprimagailurentzako Metafont ezberdinak zehazten badituzu,
+
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+-ek zure TeX letra-tipoen hainbat kopia sortuko ditu disko gogorrean, eta
+ leku dezente betetzen dute.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Inprimagailua egokiro konfiguratutakoan, esan LyX-i konfigurazio hau erabiltzeko.
+ Horretarako, abiatu
+\family sans
+Hobespenak
+\family default
+ leihoa (
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+ditatu
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+H
+\bar default
+obespenak
+\family default
+) eta ezarri
+\family sans
+Egokitu\SpecialChar ~
+irteera
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Spool\SpecialChar ~
+komandoa
+\family default
+ sarrerak.
+\layout Standard
+
+Nahi haina konfigurazio-fitxategi erabil ditzakezu, bat inprimagailuko.
+ LyX-en lehenetsitako inprimagailua hobespenak leihoko INPRIMAGAILUA inguruneko
+ aldagaian zehatz daiteke.
+ Gogokoen duzun inprimagailua LyX barruan aukera dezakezu, hori beste atal
+ batean deskribatzen da.
+ Hori guztia egindakoan, LyX-ek bai PostScript® motako inprimagailura bai
+ fitxategira inprimatzeko aukera izango du.
+\layout Standard
+
+Inprimagailuak ez badu PostScript® onartzen, zure inprimagailuaren spool-arentza
+t
+\family typewriter
+ghostscript
+\family default
+ iragazkia erabili beharko duzu.
+ Hainbat Nola (HowTo) eta eskuliburuk argitzen dute.
+ Hor azaltzen duen atal bat daukagu.
+\layout Standard
+
+Zenbaitek ez du atsegin
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+ eta
+\family typewriter
+ghostscript
+\family default
+ elkartuta erabiltzea.
+ Bestelako aukera DVI fitxategia zure inprimagailuaren hizkuntzara bihurtzen
+ duen programa erabiltzea da.
+
+\family sans
+Hobespenak
+\family default
+ elkarrizketa-koadroan programa hau zehatz dezakezu.
+ Metodo horren alde txarra da ezin duzula zure dokumentuan PostScript® fitxategi
+rik gehitu, grafiko batzuk adibidez, inprimagailu-zehatzerako bihurtzaile
+ programak ez baitu PostScript® ulertzen.
+ Hori dela eta, LyX taldekideok
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+ eta
+\family typewriter
+ghostscript
+\family default
+ erabiltzeko aholkatzen dizugu.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Ghostscript, Xdvi eta Ghostview
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+Xdvi
+\family default
+ eta
+\family typewriter
+ghostview
+\family default
+ ikustariak dira.
+ Lehenengoak
+\family typewriter
+.dvi
+\family default
+ fitxategiekin egiten du lan; bigarrena, ostera, PostScript® fitxategiekin
+ aritzen da.
+\layout Standard
+
+Ohartxo batzuk programa hauei buruz.
+ Biek automatikoki eguneratzen dute ikusitako fitxategia
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+.dvi
+\family default
+ edo
+\family typewriter
+.ps
+\family default
+ fitxategia esanahi du, ez hauek sortzeko erabiltzen diren fitxategiak.
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Gainera, biak oso antzekoak dira, eta ezaugarri berdinak eskaintzen dizkizute.
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-eko taldekideok dokumentuak fintzeko
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\family default
+ erabiltzea ahokatzen dizugu.
+ Zergatik? Azkarragoa da; prozesatze-maila bat gutxiago daukanez, aldaketak
+ azkarrago ikusi ahalko dituzu.
+ Hona adibide bat:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Erabili
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\family default
+ LyX-eko dokumentu baten aurrebista ikusteko, eta utzi exekutatzen (ez itxi).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+LyX erabiliz, egin zenbait aldaketa dokumentuan.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Aldaketak ikusteko, hautatu
+\family sans
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+kusi
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+guneratu
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family sans
+DVI
+\family default
+.
+ LaTeX-ek gauza guztiak lantzen dituenean,
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\family default
+ klikatu leihoan eta kitto!
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\family default
+-k bere burua eguneratuko du.
+\layout Standard
+
+Horrek ez du esanahi
+\family typewriter
+ghostscript
+\family default
+ ez denik erabiltzen.
+
+\family typewriter
+ghostview
+\family default
+ hobeto egokituta dago dokumentuaren PostScript® bertsioa ikusi behar duzunerako.
+ PostScript®-en menpeko ez diren aldaketentzako, hobe duzu
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\family default
+ tresnarekin aurrebista landu.
+ Badago
+\family typewriter
+ghostview
+\family default
+ antzeko interfaze dotoreago bat duen programa bat:
+\family typewriter
+gv
+\family default
+.
+ LyX-ek automatikoki
+\family typewriter
+gv
+\family default
+ erabiliko du (instalatuta egonez gero) ghostscript ordez.
+\layout Section
+
+Inprimagailua
+\layout Standard
+
+Sistema zabal batean lan egiten dutenek ez lukete arazorik eduki beharrik
+ izango.
+ Jadanik sistemako arduradunak (edo zuk, sistemako arduraduna bazara) inprimagai
+luak sistemarako konfiguratuta edukiko ditu.
+ Behar duzun bakarra da erabili nahi duzun inprimagailuaren izena aurkitzea,
+ eta azken atalean azaldu den bezala zure konfigurazioa ezartzea.
+\layout Standard
+
+GNU/Linux-eko erabiltzaileentzat zerbait gehiago landu beharra dago.
+ Askok CD-ROM batean
+\noun on
+Debian
+\noun default
+ edo
+\noun on
+Mandrake
+\noun default
+ bezalako banaketa bat eskuratzen dute.
+ Instalazio-urratsak jarraitu, GNU/Linux instalatu eta abiatzen dute, baina
+ ez dituzte lantzen beraien inprimagailua konfiguratzeko eskatzen diren
+ gauzak.
+ Zure egoerak hau eskuz lantzea eskatzen badu, laguntzeko azalpentxo bat
+ idatzi dugu: ikus
+\emph on
+Pertsonalizazioa
+\emph default
+ eskuliburuko "
+\emph on
+Inprimagailuaren tutoretza
+\emph default
+" kapitulua.
+\layout Chapter
+
+LyX-en oinarriak
+\layout Section
+
+Dokumentu-motak
+\layout Subsection
+
+Sarrera
+\layout Standard
+
+Beste ezer egin aurretik, dokumentu bat idazten hasi aurretik, erabaki zein
+ dokumentu-mota editatu nahi duzun.
+ Dokumentu-mota bakoitzak tarteak, izenburuak, eskemen zenbakerak e.a.
+ ezberdinak erabiltzen ditu.
+ Gainera, dokumentu ezberdinek paragrafo-inguruneak eta dokumentu-tituluaren
+ formatu ezberdinak erabiltzen dituzte.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\emph on
+Dokumentu-klase
+\emph default
+ bakoitzak dokumentu-multzo baten propietate orokorrak deskribatzen ditu.
+ Dokumentu-klase bat ezarriz, dagozkion propietateak automatikoki hautatzen
+ dituzu, eta nahi duzun dokumentu-mota errazago sortu.
+ Ez baduzu dokumentu-klaserik hautatzen, LyX-ek lehenetsitakoa erabiliko
+ du.
+ Beraz, komeni zaizu zure dokumentuaren klasea aukeratzea.
+\layout Standard
+
+Jarraitu irakurtzen jakiteko LyX-ekin aukeran dituzun dokumentu-klaseen
+ informazioa, eta beraien propietateak nola findu.
+\layout Subsection
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:dok-klaseak}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Zenbait dokumentu-klase
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Azalpen laburra
+\layout Standard
+
+Bost dokumentu-klase estandar daude LyX-en.
+ Hauek dira
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\emph on
+Itzultzailearen oharra
+\emph default
+: ingelesezko izenak mantentzen dira, aukeratzerakoan horrela agertzen direlako,
+ parentesi artean euskarako esanahia idatzi da.
+ LyX-ek erabili arren, LaTeX-ekin dute zerikusia.
+
+\end_inset
+
+:
+\layout Description
+
+Article\SpecialChar ~
+(artikulua) oinarrizko artikuluentzat
+\layout Description
+
+Report\SpecialChar ~
+(txostena) oinarrizko txostenentzat
+\layout Description
+
+Book\SpecialChar ~
+(liburua) liburu bat idazteko.
+
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Euskarazko liburuak idazteko dokumentu-klase egokiagoa dago: liburua.
+ Baina normalki ez da LaTeX-ekin batera banatzen.
+ Hori erabiltzeko, Internetetik jaitsi beharko duzu.
+ Biderik egokiena EuskalGNU elkartearen gunera joatea duzu, bertan joan
+ LyX atalera.
+ Edo bestela, joan
+\family typewriter
+liburua.cls
+\family default
+ prestatu duen Juan M.
+ Aguirregabiriaren gunera (mila esker Juan!):
+\newline
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://tp.lc.ehu.es/JMA/basque.html}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+
+Letter\SpecialChar ~
+(gutuna) US-estiloko gutunentzat
+\layout Description
+
+Slides\SpecialChar ~
+(gardenkia) gardenkiak egiteko erabiltzen da
+\layout Standard
+
+Estandarrak ez diren beste klase batzuk daude; LyX erabil ditzake baldin
+ eta LaTeX horiek onar ditzan konfiguratu baduzu:
+\layout Description
+
+Aapaper Astronomy & Astrophysics aldizkariak erabiltzen dituen artikulu
+ estilo eta formatua da.
+\layout Description
+
+Amsart AMS (Amerikar Matematika Elkartea) erabiltzen duen estilo eta formatua.
+ Hiru amsart diseinu daude.
+ Estandarrak teorementzako ohiko eskema zenbakera eta abar erabiltzen ditu,
+ non emaitzaren zenbakiari ataleko zenbakia aurrean jartzen dion.
+ Emaitza-mota sententzia guztiak (proposizio, korolario eta bestelakoak)
+ sekuentzialki jartzen dira, baina definizioak, adibideak eta antzekoak
+ bakoitzak bere sekuentzia dauka.
+ "zenbakera sekuentzia" eskemak ez dio atalaren zenbakia emaitz bakoitzari
+ jartzen, baina zenbakiak artikuluaren zehar sekuentzia bakarrean jartzen
+ ditu.
+ Emaitza-mota bakoitzak bere sekuentzia propioa dauka.
+ Sententzien zenbakera batera jartzen duen diseinu bat dago.
+\layout Description
+
+Amsbook AMS erabiltzen duen estilo eta formatuko liburua da.
+ Zenbakera-eskema estandarra eskaintzen da soilik, suposatzen da liburuan
+ zehar elkarren segidan emaitzak zenbatzea ez dituzula nahi, baina emaitzak
+ beraiek zenbatuta egotea nahi duzula.
+\layout Description
+
+Dinbrief für Briefe nach deutscher Art
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Itzultzailearen oharra: alemanierazko testuentzat erabiltzen da.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+
+Foils gardenkiak sortzeko erabiltzen da, slides baino hobeagoa da.
+\layout Description
+
+Linuxdoc SGML-tools paketearekin erabiltzen da (LinuxDoc bezala ezaguna).
+ Honen bitartez, SGML formatuko irteera sor dezake LyX-ek.
+ SGML markatze-hizkuntza da eta HTMLren aitzindaria da.
+ SGML tools paketeak SGML formatutik HTML formatura bihurtzen uzten dizu,
+ edo man eskuliburuek erabiltzen duten formatura.
+\layout Description
+
+Paper LaTeXeko papereko dokumentu-klaseak erabiltzen du (ez dago LaTeX banaketa
+ guztietan)
+\layout Description
+
+Revtex American Physical Society (APS) eta Optical Society of America (OSA)
+ elkarteen argitalpenetako artikuluak idazteko erabiltzen da.
+ Klase hau ez da LyX-en ezaugarriekin erabat bateragarria.
+\layout Standard
+
+Hemen ez dugu azalduko dokumentu-klaseak nola erabiltzen diren.
+ Estandarrak ez diren klaseei buruzko xehetasun gehiago
+\emph on
+Ezaugarri hedatuak
+\emph default
+ eskuliburuan aurkituko dituzu.
+ Hemen dokumentu-klase guztientzako orokorrak diren propietateak bakarrik
+ zerrendatuko ditugu.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Klasea hautatzea
+\layout Standard
+
+Klase bat hautatzeko erabili Dokumentu ezarpenak elkarrizketa-koadroa, irekitzek
+o
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+iseinua
+\family default
+ menuko
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+okumentua\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\family default
+ aukeratu.
+ Ondoren, erabili
+\family sans
+Dokumentu-klasea
+\family default
+ eremua nahi duzuna hautatzeko, eta behar dituzun aukerak egokitu.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Propietateak
+\layout Standard
+
+Klase bakoitzak bere lehenetsitako aukera-multzoa dauka.
+ Hona deskribatzen dituen taula laburra:
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_top bigskip \added_space_bottom bigskip \align center
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="5">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Orri-estiloa
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Aldeak
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Zutabeak
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Zatitze-maila gorena
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+article
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Laua
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Bakarra
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Bakarra
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Atala
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+report
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Laua
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Bakarra
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Bakarra
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Kapitulua
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+book
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Goiburukoak
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Bi
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Bakarra
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Kapitulua
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+letter
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Laua
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Bakarra
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Bakarra
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+bat ere ez
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+linuxdoc
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Laua
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Bakarra
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Bakarra
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Atala
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+aapaper
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Laua
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Bi
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Bi
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Atala
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+amsart
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Goiburukoak
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Bakarra
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Bakarra
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Atala
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+dinbrief
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Laua
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Bakarra
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Bakarra
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+bat ere ez
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+paper
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Goiburukoak
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Bakarra
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Bakarra
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Atala
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Klase hauetan ez dago
+\family sans
+Aukera\SpecialChar ~
+osagarriak
+\family default
+-entzako lehenetsitako baliorik.
+\layout Standard
+
+"Zatitze-maila gorena"k zer demontre adierazten duen galdetzen ariko zara.
+ Zatien izenburuak sortzeko paragrafo-ingurune ezberdinak daude.
+ Dokumentu-klase ezberdinek zatien izenburu-mota ezberdinak eskaintzen dituzte.
+ Birek bakarrik erabiltzen dute
+\family sans
+Kapitulua
+\family default
+ izenburua; beste guztiek ez, ordea, eta
+\family sans
+Atal
+\family default
+ izenburuekin hasten dira.
+ Zenbait dokumentu-klasek, gutunetako hiruk bezala, ez dute zatitzeko izenbururi
+k erabiltzen.
+ Horretaz gain,
+\family sans
+Kapitulu
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Atal
+\family default
+ izenburuekin batera badaude
+\family sans
+Azpiatal
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Azpiazpiatal
+\family default
+ eta antzekoentzako izenburuak.
+ Izenburuei buruzkoa
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:paringurizenburu}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+atalean zehatz-mehatz azaltzen ditugu.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Lehenetsitakoak egokitzea
+\layout Standard
+
+Ederto, badakigu ez dizugula inoiz
+\family sans
+Klasea
+\family default
+ botoiarekin ezartzen diren "lehenetsitako aukerak" gehienen gaineko aipamenik
+ egin.
+ Horretarako dago atal hau.
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+O
+\bar default
+rri-estiloa
+\family default
+ Hau beste zerrenda bat da, bost aukera ditu.
+ Orrialde bateko izenburua eta orrialde-zenbakiaren mota kontrolatzen ditu:
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+LaTeX-ek lantzen du zati hau.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+Lehenetsia\SpecialChar ~
+(Default)
+\family default
+ Uneko klasearen orri-estilo lehenetsia erabiltzen du.
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+Hutsa\SpecialChar ~
+(Empty)
+\family default
+ Goiburukorik eta orrialde-zenbakirik gabekoa.
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+Laua\SpecialChar ~
+(Plain)
+\family default
+ Orraialde-zenbakiak soilik.
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+Izenburuak\SpecialChar ~
+(Headings)
+\family default
+ Orrialde-zenbakiak eta uneko kapituluaren edo atalaren izenburu eta zenbakia.
+ LyX-ek uneko kapitulua edo uneko atala noiz erabiliko duen zatitze-maila
+ gorenaren menpe dago.
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+Sofistikatua\SpecialChar ~
+(Fancy)
+\family default
+ Honek goiburukoa eta orri-oina pertsonalizatzeko aukera eskaintzen dizu,
+ baldin eta
+\family sans
+fancyhdr
+\family default
+ instalatuta baduzu.
+ Oraingoz, LyX-en euskarria ezarpen hauetara mugatua dago.
+ Pakete honen gaitasun osoa erabiltzeko, zure hitzaurreko kode sorginduak
+ gainditu beharko dituzu.
+ Egiaztatu dokumentazioa
+\family sans
+fancyhdr
+\family default
+ paketeari buruzko xehetasunak irakurtzeko.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+Aldeak
+\family default
+ ez, LyX-ek ezin dio zure inprimagailuari paper bateko bi aldeetatik aldi
+ berean inprimatzeko agindu! Hala eta guztiz ere, orrialde bakoitientzat
+ darabilen formatua bikotientzat dabilenaren aldean ezberdina izan daiteke.
+ Horrela, inprimazio bikoitza duen inprimagailu bat badaukazu, adib.
+ orri bateko bi aldeetan inprimatzen du, orrialdetako zenbakiak beti goi
+ eta eskuineko ertzean azalduko dira, eta ezkerreko marjinak lotura batentzako
+ txokoa izango du.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Bi aukera-botoi daude hemen:
+\family sans
+Bat
+\family default
+ alde bateko dokumentuentzat,
+\family sans
+Bi
+\family default
+ bi aldetako dokumentuentzat.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+Zutabeak
+\family default
+ Bai, orrialde bakoitzean zenbat zutabe egongo diren kontrolatzen du.
+ Txandakatze-botoiak erabiliz, aukeratu
+\family sans
+Bat
+\family default
+ edo
+\family sans
+Bi
+\family default
+ zutabekoa izango den.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+
+
+\emph on
+Oharra
+\emph default
+: LyX-ek pantailan ez ditu bi zutabe bistaratzen.
+ Ez baitauka praktikotasunik, eta irakurgaitz bihurtu eta WYSIWYM izaeratik
+ at gelditzen da.
+ Hala ere, sortzen den irteerak bi zutabe izango ditu.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+Aukera\SpecialChar ~
+gehigarriak
+\family default
+ LaTeX
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+documentclass
+\family default
+ komandoak hainbat argumentu jaso ditzake.
+ LyX-ek horietariko batzuk automatikoki ezartzen ditu.
+ Testu- eremuak bestelakoak sartzea eskaintzen dizu.
+ Bereizi komaz argumentuen zerrenda.
+ Ikus LaTeX-i buruzko liburu on bat jakiteko nolako argumentu gehigarriak
+ erabil ditzakezun.
+
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+Bereizketa
+\family default
+ Bere zatia dauka, xehetasun gehiagorako, irakur
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:parkoskabarne}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+atala.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Paper tamaina, orientazioa eta marjinak
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Dokumentu-ezarpenak
+\family default
+ leihoan bestelako aukera asko daude.
+ Guztiak aukera orokorrak dira, bakoitzak zeregin berezia dauka eta ezaugarri
+ batzuei eragiten die.
+ Eragiten dieten ezaugarrien atalean aukera horiek egiten dutena azalduko
+ dugu.
+\layout Standard
+
+Dokumentu guztiaren diseinuari eragiten dioten bi aukera daude, horiek azalduko
+ ditugu lehenbizi.
+
+\family sans
+Diseinua
+\family default
+ menuko
+\family sans
+Dokumentu-ezarpenak
+\family default
+ leihoko
+\family sans
+Papera
+\family default
+ fitxan aurkituko dituzu:
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+Orientazioa
+\family default
+ Bi txandakatze-botoiek erabakitzen dute bertikalki edo horizontalki noiz
+ inprimatu.
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+Paper-tamaina
+\family default
+ Zein tamainako paperean inprimatuko den.
+ Hona aukerak:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Lehenetsia
+\layout Itemize
+
+A3, A4, A5
+\layout Itemize
+
+B3, B4, B5
+\layout Itemize
+
+US gutuna
+\layout Itemize
+
+US legala
+\layout Itemize
+
+US exekutiboa
+\layout Itemize
+
+Pertsonalizatua
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Ezarpen hauetariko batzuk
+\family sans
+geometry
+\family default
+ paketea instalatuta edukitzea eskatzen dute.
+ Pakete honek paperaren marjinak ezartzen ere utziko dizu.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Ohar garrantzitsua
+\layout Standard
+
+Dokumentu baten klasea aldatzen baduzu, LyX-ek gauza denak klase berrira
+ bihurtuko ditu.
+ Paragrafo-inguruneak ere bai.
+ Zenbait paragrafo-ingurune estandarrak dira; dokumentu-klase guztiek dauzkate.
+ Klase batzuek paragrafoen ingurune bereziak dituzte.
+ Hori bada kasua, eta dokumentuaren klasea aldatzen baduzu, LyX-ek galdutako
+ paragrafo-inguruneak
+\family sans
+Estandarra
+\family default
+ motakora bihurtuko ditu eta paragrafoaren hasieran errore-kutxa bat txertatuko
+ du.
+ Klikatu horietan eta mezu bat kaleratuko da, zertan huts egin duen azalduz.
+\layout Section
+
+Paragrafoen koskatze eta bereizmena
+\layout Subsection
+
+Sarrera
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:parkoskabarne}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Paragrafo-ingurune guztiak azaldu aurretik, paragrafoen koskatzea azaldu
+ nahiko genuke.
+\layout Standard
+
+Badirudi bakoitzak paragrafo bat bereizteko bere konbentzio propioa daukala.
+ Amerikar gehienek paragrafoaren lehen lerroa koskatzen dute.
+ Beste batzuek ez dute koskatzen, baina paragrafo artean tarte gehiago sartzen
+ dute.
+ LyX-ek tipografia-arloan erabiltzen dutenen hitzarmena darabil.
+ Atal bateko
+\emph on
+lehen
+\emph default
+ (edo irudi, ekuazio, taula, zerrenda edo bestelako batzuen ondorengo) paragrafo
+a
+\emph on
+ez
+\emph default
+ da koskatzen.
+ Bakarrik paragrafo bat, beste baten jarraian dagoena, koskatuta egongo
+ da.
+ Zenbaitek ez du hitzarmen hau gustuko, koskatutako paragrafoak erabiltzea
+ nahi baduzu honekin moldatu beharko duzu.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+ Derrigortu dezakezu LaTeX-ek paragrafo guztiak koska ditzan.
+ LyX-ek ez du erakusten, noski, baina LaTeX-ek era horretan inprima dezake.
+ Pakete berezi bat behar duzu eta hitzaurrean dagokion komandoa txertatu.
+ (
+\emph on
+Editorearen oharra
+\emph default
+: honi buruzko informazioa egunen batean sartuko dut, denbora dudanean.-
+ jw).
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Paragrafo, lerro, izenburu eta testu arteko tartea (eta beste edozeren artekoa
+ ere) LyX-ek aurre-finkatuta dauka.
+ Esan ohi dugunez, ez zaitez kezkatu horien arteko tarteez, LyX arduratuko
+ baita.
+ Izatez, aurre-finkatutako tarte bertikal hauek ez dira zenbaki soilak,
+ barruti bat baizik.
+ Horrela, lerro arteko tartea zabaldu edo gutxitu dezake testua daukan orrialde
+ batean irudia sartzen dela ziurtatzeko, atala ez dadin orrialdearen bukaeran
+ hasi, eta horrelakoak kudeatzeko
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Gaur egun, LaTeX-ek egiten du hori LyX-ek inprimagarria den fitxategia sortzerak
+oan.
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Nola nahi ere, aurre-finkatuta egoteak ez du esan nahi ezin denik aldatu.
+ LyX-ek aurre-ezarritako tarte guzti horiek aldatzeko aukera eskaintzen
+ dizu.
+ Xehetasun gehiago beherago azalduko ditugu.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Koskatze-metodo orokorra
+\layout Standard
+
+Paragrafoak bereizten duen metodo lehenetsia hautatzeko, joan
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+okumentua
+\family default
+ menura.
+ Hortik
+\family sans
+Dokumentu-ezarpenak
+\family default
+ leihoa irekitzen da.
+ Hautatu
+\family sans
+Koska
+\family default
+ paragrafoak koskatzeko, edo
+\family sans
+Jauzia
+\family default
+ paragrafo artean tartea gehitzeko.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Fintzea
+\layout Standard
+
+Paragrafo bakar baten bereizmena ere alda dezakezu.
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+aragrafoa
+\family default
+ menua aukeratuz
+\family sans
+Paragrafo\SpecialChar ~
+diseinua
+\family default
+ elkarrizketa-koadroa irekitzen da.
+ Uneko paragrafoaren egoera aldatzeko, txandakatu
+\family sans
+Koskarik\SpecialChar ~
+gabe
+\family default
+ botoia.
+ Lehenetsi gisa paragrafoa koskatuta bada, botoi hau sakatzean desaktibatuko
+ du.
+ Paragrafoak ez badira koskatzen baina bereizteko tarte gehigarria erabiltzen
+ badu, botoi honi ez zaio jaramonik egingo (ezin duzu hau txandakatuz paragrafo
+ bakar bat koskatu).
+\layout Standard
+
+Paragrafo bakar batentzako koskatze-metodoa aldatzea nahikoa izango duzu
+ zenbait fintasun landu nahi izanez gero.
+ Normalean, dokumentu osoarentzat
+\family sans
+Koska
+\family default
+ edo
+\family sans
+Jauzia
+\family default
+ hautatu beharko duzu eta berriro editatu.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Lerro-tartea aldatzea
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Dokumentu-ezarpenak
+\family default
+ leihoan lerro-tarteak aldatzeko aukera eskaintzen zaizu, instalatuta egotea
+ komeniko litzatekeen
+\family sans
+setspace
+\family default
+ paketearen bitartez.
+\layout Section
+
+Paragrafo-inguruneak
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:par-ingurunea}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+Azalpen laburra
+\layout Standard
+
+Paragrafoen inguruneak LaTeX fitxategi arrunt bateko hainbat
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{
+\family default
+\emph on
+ingurunea
+\family typewriter
+\emph default
+} ...
+
+\backslash
+end{
+\family default
+\emph on
+ingurunea
+\family typewriter
+\emph default
+}
+\family default
+ komando sekuentziei dagokie.
+ Ez baduzu LaTeX ezagutzen, edo paragrafo-inguruneak erabat arrotzak badituzu,
+
+\emph on
+Tutoretza
+\emph default
+ irakurtzea biziki aholkatzen dizugu.
+
+\emph on
+Tutoretzak
+\emph default
+ atal honetan agertzen direnak baino adibide gehiago ditu.
+\layout Standard
+
+Paragrafo-ingurune bat paragrafoaren "edukitzaile" bat da, paragrafo horri
+ propietate batzuk ematen dizkio.
+ Honek letra-estilo, marjina ezberdinak, zenbakera eskema, etiketak eta
+ bestelako propietateak ditu.
+ Horretaz gain, inguruneak elkarren artean, bata bestearen barruan, habiara
+ ditzakezu, ingurune batek beste baten propietateak heredatuz.
+\layout Standard
+
+Paragrafo-inguruneek tabuladorearen beharra, marjinak egokitzea eta idazmakinen
+ garai zahar haiek desagerrarazten dute.
+ Dokumentu-mota bakoitzarentzat bereziki prestatutako hainbat paragrafo-ingurune
+ daude.
+ Hemen horietariko orokorrenak aipatuko ditugu.
+\layout Standard
+
+Paragrafo-ingurune berri bat aukeratzeko, ireki tresna-barraren ezkerrean
+ dagoen zerrenda.
+ LyX-ek kurtsorea kokatuta dagoen paragrafo osoko ingurunea aldatuko du.
+ Paragrafo-multzo batean ere alda daiteke, hautatu horretarako paragrafo-multzoa
+, eta ondoren aukeratu ingurune berria.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Lerro-itzulera
+\family default
+ zapaltzen baduzu normalean
+\family sans
+Estandarra
+\family default
+ ingurunea darabilen paragrafo berri bat sortuko du.
+ "Normalean" esan dugu zeren eta hau ez baita kasua
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Ingurune hauetariko batean bazaude:
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+vspace{-2ex}
+\backslash
+parbox[t]{3cm}{
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Zita
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Zitazioa
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+}
+\backslash
+parbox[t]{3cm}{
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Bertsoa
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Elementua
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+}
+\backslash
+parbox[t]{3cm}{
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Zenbatuta
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Azalpena
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+}
+\backslash
+parbox[t]{3cm}{
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Zerrenda
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-ek aurreko paragrafo-ingurunea mantenduko du lerro itzulera sakatzen
+ duzunean,
+\family sans
+Estandarra
+\family default
+ ingurunera joan beharrean.
+ LyX-ek habiaratze-sakonera guztiak berrasieratuko ditu, hala ere.
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Gehienetan, paragrafo berri bat hasterakoan bai paragrafo-ingurunea bai
+ habiaratze-sakonera berrasieratzen dira (habiaratzeari buruzko azalpen
+ gehiago
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:habiaratu}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+atalean aurkituko duzu).
+ Oraingoz, hau dena testuinguruaren araberakoa da; hobe duzu Lerro-itzulera
+ erabiltzea paragrafo-ingurunea eta sakonera barrasieratzeko.
+ Uneko ingurunea darabilen paragrafo berri bat sortzea nahi baduzu, orduan
+ erabili
+\family sans
+M-Lerro-itzulera
+\family default
+.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Estandarra
+\layout Standard
+
+Lehenetsitako paragrafo-ingurunea
+\family sans
+Estandarra
+\family default
+ izan ohi da klase gehienentzako.
+ Paragrafo laua sortzen du.
+ LyX-ek paragrafo-ingurunea berrasieratuko balu, hau aukeratuko luke.
+ Egitez, orain irakurtzen ari zaren paragrafoa (eta eskuliburu honetako
+ gehiengoa)
+\family sans
+Estandarra
+\family default
+ ingurunean dago.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Estandarra
+\family default
+ ingurunea duen paragrafo bat beste gauza batean habiara dezakezu, baina
+ beste edozer gauza ezin da
+\family sans
+Estandarra
+\family default
+ ingurunean habiaratu.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Dokumentu-tituluak
+\layout Standard
+
+LaTeX-eko tituludun orri batek hiru zati ditu: titulu bera, egilearen izena
+ eta eskertzeko edo harremanetarako informaziorako "oin-ohar" bat.
+ Dokumentu-mota batzuentzat LaTeX-ek hauek denak eguneko datarekin bereiztutako
+ orrialde batean jartzen ditu.
+ Bestelako dokumentu motentzako, tituludun "orria" dokumentuko lehen orrialdeare
+n gainean doa.
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-ek tituludun orria kudeatzeko interfazea eskaintzen du, paragrafo-inguruneen
+ bitartez:
+\family sans
+Titulua
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Egilea
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Data
+\family default
+.
+ Ondoren nola erabiltzen diren azaltzen da:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Jarri zure dokumentuko titulua
+\family sans
+Titulua
+\family default
+ ingurunearekin.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Jarri egilearen izena
+\family sans
+Egilea
+\family default
+ ingurunearekin.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Data nolabaiteko itxurarekin jartzea, data finkoa erabiltzea edo bestelako
+ testua egungo dataren ordez eduki nahi baduzu, orduan jarri testu hori
+
+\family sans
+Data
+\family default
+ ingurunearekin.
+ Ohartu zaitez ingurune hau aukerazkoa dela.
+ Ez baduzu ezer ematen, LaTeX-ek automatikoki gaurko data txertatuko du.
+\layout Standard
+
+Ziurta zaitez hau dena dokumentuaren gainean jartzeaz.
+ Oin-oharrak erabil ditzakezu "esker onak" edo harremanetarako helbideak
+ txertatzeko.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Izenburuak
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:paringurizenburu}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Atalen izenburuak sortzeko bederatzi paragrafo-ingurune daude.
+ LyX arduratuko da guztien zenbaketaz, zure ordez.
+ Egin behar duzun bakarra zera da, 9.\SpecialChar ~
+kapituluko 3.\SpecialChar ~
+atalari zein izen jarriko
+ diozun erabakitzea.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Zenbatutako izenburuak
+\layout Standard
+
+Zenbatutako 6 izenburu-atal mota daude.
+\begin_inset Note
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Zergatik ez da
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Zatia
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ (Part) buruzkorik aipatzen?
+\end_inset
+
+ Hauek dira:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\family sans
+Kapitulua
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\family sans
+Atala
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\family sans
+Azpiatala
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\family sans
+Azpiazpiatala
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\family sans
+Paragrafoa
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\family sans
+Azpiparagrafoa
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-ek izenburu bakoitza zenbakien seriearekin etiketatzen du, puntuekin
+ bereiztuz.
+ Izenburu hauek dokumentua hainbat testu zati ezberdinetan zatitzen dute.
+ Adibidez, demagun liburu bat idazten ari zarela.
+ Liburua kapituluetan banatzen duzu.
+ LyX-ek antzeko banaketak egiten ditu:
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Kapitulua
+\family default
+ edo
+\family sans
+Atala
+\family default
+ zatitze-maila gorena da.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Kapitulua
+\family default
+ hainbat
+\family sans
+Ataletan
+\family default
+ zatitzen da.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Atalak
+\family default
+ hainbat
+\family sans
+Azpiataletan
+\family default
+ zatitzen dira.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Azpiatalak
+\family default
+ hainbat
+\family sans
+Azpiazpiataletan
+\family default
+ zatitzen dira.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Azpiazpiatalak hainbat Paragrafotan zatitzen dira.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Paragrafoak
+\family default
+ hainbat
+\family sans
+Azpiparagrafotan
+\family default
+ zatitzen dira.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\emph on
+Oharra
+\emph default
+: dokumentu guztiek ez dute
+\family sans
+Kapitulua
+\family default
+ izenburua erabiltzen zatitze-maila goren bezala.
+ Kasu horietan
+\family sans
+Atala
+\family default
+ izaten da mailarik goreneko izenburua.
+\layout Standard
+
+Beraz, azpiazpiatal berri bat etiketatzeko
+\family sans
+Azpiazpiatala
+\family default
+ ingurunea erabiltzen baduzu, LyX-ek dagokion zenbakiarekin etiketatuko
+ du.
+ Zenbaki horrek azpiataleko, ataleko eta kapituluaren (existituz gero) zenbakia
+ ere edukiko luke.
+ Adibidez, liburu honen bigarren kapituluko bosgarren atalak "2.5" etiketa
+ dauka.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Zenbatu gabeko izenburuak
+\layout Standard
+
+Zenbatu gabeko 3 izenburu atal-mota daude.
+ Hauek dira:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\family sans
+Atala*
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\family sans
+Azpiatala*
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\family sans
+Azpiazpiatala*
+\layout Standard
+
+Izen bakoitzaren ondorengo izartxoak ("*") izenburu horiek zenbatu gabekoak
+ direla esanahi du.
+ Horiek beraiei dagokien zenbatutako kopiak bezala lan egiten dute.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Zenbakera aldatzea
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{azpi:atal-sakon}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Zein atal maila mota zenbatuko den eta zeintzuk edukien aurkibidean azalduko
+ diren alda ditzakezu.
+ Orain, horrek ez du mailarik kentzen; dokumentu-klasean aurre-ezarrita
+ baitago.
+ Klase batzuk
+\family sans
+Kapitulua
+\family default
+-rekin hasi eta
+\family sans
+Azpiparagrafo
+\family default
+ mailaraino jaisten dira.
+ Beste batzuk
+\family sans
+Atala
+\family default
+ mailatik hasten dira.
+ Era berean, dokumentu-klase guztiek ez dituzte zatitze-maila guztiak zenbatzen.
+ Gehiengo batek ez du
+\family sans
+Paragrafo
+\family default
+ edo
+\family sans
+Azpiparagrafo
+\family default
+ mailarik zenbatzen.
+ Hori alda dezakezun gauza bat da.
+\layout Standard
+
+Ireki
+\family sans
+Dokumentu-ezarpenak
+\family default
+ elkarrizketa-koadroa (
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+okumentua
+\family default
+ menua).
+
+\family sans
+Zenbakera
+\family default
+ fitxako
+\family sans
+Zenbaki\SpecialChar ~
+sakonera
+\family default
+ markoan
+\family sans
+Atala
+\family default
+ izeneko zenbatzaile bat ikusiko duzu.
+ Zenbatzaile honek zatitze-hierarkian jaisten doan heinean LyX-ek zatitze-izenbu
+ruak noraino zenbatuko dituen kudeatzen du.
+ Zoritxarrez, aukera ditzakezun zenbakiak oso gutxi dira, ikus ondorengo
+ taulan zein baliok zer egiten duen:
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_top bigskip \added_space_bottom bigskip \align center
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Atal zbki.
+ sakonera
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-ek zenbatzen dituen
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+balioa
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+:
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+ataleko goiburukoak
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+:
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+-2
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+inolako zenbaketarik ez
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+-1
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+gehitu
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+
+\family sans
+\series default
+\shape default
+\size default
+\emph default
+\bar default
+\noun default
+\color default
+Zatiak
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+-0
+\series default
+\shape default
+\size default
+\emph default
+\bar default
+\noun default
+\color default
+eta
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+ 0
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+gehitu
+\family sans
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+
+\series default
+\shape default
+\size default
+\emph default
+\bar default
+\noun default
+\color default
+Kapituluak
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+1
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+gehitu
+\family sans
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+
+\series default
+\shape default
+\size default
+\emph default
+\bar default
+\noun default
+\color default
+Atalak
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+2
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+gehitu
+\family sans
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+
+\series default
+\shape default
+\size default
+\emph default
+\bar default
+\noun default
+\color default
+Azpiatalak
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+3
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+gehitu
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+
+\family sans
+\series default
+\shape default
+\size default
+\emph default
+\bar default
+\noun default
+\color default
+Azpiazpiatalak
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+4
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+gehitu
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+
+\family sans
+\series default
+\shape default
+\size default
+\emph default
+\bar default
+\noun default
+\color default
+Paragrafoak
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+5
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+gehitu
+\family sans
+ Azpiparagrafoak
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Zenbaki gorakorrak metatzen dira: "0" balioak zati eta kapituluak zenbatuko
+ ditu; "2" balioak, berriz, zati, kapitulu, atal eta azpiatalak.
+ Noski, zati edo kapitulurik erabiltzen ez duen dokumentu-klase bat (adib.
+ artikulu klasea)
+\family sans
+Atala
+\family default
+ izenburuarekin zenbatzen hasiko denez, "0" balio bat "ez zenbatzea"-ri
+ dagokio.
+\layout Standard
+
+Dokumentu-ezarpenen leihoan beste zenbatzaile bat dago, "
+\family sans
+Gaien\SpecialChar ~
+aurkibidea
+\family default
+" izenekoa.
+ Horrek
+\family sans
+Atala
+\family default
+ eremua bezala lan egiten du, eta gaien aurkibidean agertuko diren atalen
+ maila zehazten du.
+ Kontuan edukitzea komeni den kontrol bat da.
+ Demagun zatien izenburu guztiak zenbatu nahi dituzula, baina
+\family sans
+Kapituluak
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Atalak
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Azpiatalak
+\family default
+ bakarrik nahi dituzula edukien aurkibidean.
+ Horretarako, sartu
+\family sans
+Atala
+\family default
+ eremuan "5" eta
+\family sans
+ Gaien\SpecialChar ~
+aurkibidea
+\family default
+ eremuan "2" eta kitto! Egina duzu.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Informazio berezia
+\layout Standard
+
+Informazio hau bai
+\family sans
+Kapitulua
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Atala
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Azpiatala
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Azpiazpiatala
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Paragrafoa
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Azpiparagrafoa
+\family default
+ bai
+\family sans
+Atala*
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Azpiatala*
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Azpiazpiatala*
+\family default
+ inguruneei dagokie:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Ezin duzu albo-oharrik erabili ingurune hauetan.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Lerro-barneko matematikak erabil ditzakezu ingurune hauetan.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Ezin duzu inolako habiaraketarik landu ingurune hauetan.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Etiketa eta erreferentzia gurutzatuak erabil ditzakezu beraien zenbakiei
+ aipamena egiteko.
+\layout Standard
+
+Paragrafo-ingurune hauen adibideak aurkitzeko zure inguruan begiratu! Eskuliburu
+etako edozein lekutan erabiltzen ari gara.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Eranskina sortzea
+\layout Standard
+
+Eranskin bat sortzeko, gehitu kapitulu edo ataleko izenburu berri bat.
+ Mugitu kurtsorea izenburuaren hasierara eta hautatu
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Hasi\SpecialChar ~
+
+\bar under
+e
+\bar default
+ranskina\SpecialChar ~
+hemen
+\family default
+.
+ Gorri/marroi koloredun lauki bat marraztuko da fitxategiaren ertzetan zehar,
+ zerbait berezia dagoela esanez, eta kapitulu edo atalaren zenbakia hizki
+ batera aldatua izango da.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Zitak eta bertsoak
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-ek olerkiak eta zitazioak idazteko hiru paragrafo-ingurune dauzka.
+
+\family sans
+Zita
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Zitazioa
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Bertsoa
+\family default
+ inguruneak dira.
+ Ahaztu lerro-tarteak eta marjinekin jolasean ibiltzen zinen aspaldiko garai
+ haietaz.
+ Hiru paragrafo-ingurune hauek barnean daramatzate aldaketak.
+ Ezkerreko marjinatik urrundu eta daukaten testuari goi eta azpiko tartea
+ gehitzen diote.
+ Hauek ere habiara daitezke, beraz
+\family sans
+Bertso
+\family default
+ bat Zitazio baten barruan jar dezakezu, edo beste paragrafo-ingurune batean
+ ere.
+\layout Standard
+
+Hiru paragrafo-ingurune hauek beste ezaugarri bat dute: paragrafo berri
+ bat hasterakoan ez dira
+\family sans
+Estandarra
+\family default
+ ingurunera berrasieratzen.
+ Hori dela eta, olerki bat idatzi eta bizi-poz osoz
+\family sans
+Lerro-itzulera
+\family default
+ sakatzen jardun dezakezu paragrafo-ingurune aldaketari buruzko kezkarik
+ gabe.
+ Noski, esanahi duena da olerki bat idazten ari zarenean, zuk
+\family sans
+Estandarra
+\family default
+ ingurunera eskuz aldatu beharko duzula.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Zita eta zitazioa
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:zita}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Hiru inguruneen arteko berdintasunak erakutsi ditugunez, ezberdintasunetara
+ jotzeko garaia dugu.
+
+\family sans
+Zita
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Zitazioa
+\family default
+ antzekoak dira, gauza batean izan ezik:
+\family sans
+Zita
+\family default
+ inguruneak paragrafoen arteko tarte gehiago erabiltzen du eta aurreneko
+ lerroa ez du inoiz koskatzen.
+
+\family sans
+Zitazioak
+\family default
+, berriz, beti koskatzen du paragrafo bateko lehenbiziko lerroa eta lerro
+ arteko tarte berdina erabiltzen du.
+\layout Standard
+
+Ondoren,
+\family sans
+Zita
+\family default
+ ingurunearen adibide bat:
+\layout Quote
+
+Hau
+\family sans
+Zita
+\family default
+ ingurunea da.
+ Idazten jarraitu dezaket, lerro hau luzeagoa izateko eta ondorengora jaitsi
+ arte esaldia zerbaitekin bete behar dudalako.
+ Ikusten duzunez, ez du lerrorik koskatzen!
+\layout Quote
+
+
+\family sans
+Zita
+\family default
+ honetako bigarren paragrafoa duzu.
+ Berriro ere, aurreko paragrafoan gertatu den bezala, hemen ez da ezer koskatzen.
+ Hori bai, bi paragrafoen arteko tartea handiagoa dela esango genuke, ez?
+\layout Standard
+
+Adibidea hemen amaitu da.
+ Beste adibide bat dator ordea,
+\family sans
+Zitazioa
+\family default
+ inguruneari dagokiona, alegia:
+\layout Quotation
+
+Hau
+\family sans
+Zitazioa
+\family default
+ ingurunea da.
+ Idazten jarraitzen badut, lehenbiziko lerroa koskatua izan dela ikus ahal
+ izango duzu.
+ Zure herrialdean paragrafoaren lehenbiziko lerroa koskatzeko ohitura badu,
+ orduan
+\family sans
+Zitazioa
+\family default
+ ingurunea zuretzako eginda dago! Egia esanda, beste testu bat aipatu behar
+ duzunean erabitzeko sortua izan zen.
+\layout Quotation
+
+Ai ene, beste paragrafo berri bat! Gauzei biraka ibil ninteke, politikoak
+ bezala hauteskunde garaian.
+ Hori eginez gero aspertuko zintuzket.
+\layout Standard
+
+Hori izan da gure beste adibidea.
+ Adibidearekin jabetuko zinen
+\family sans
+Zita
+\family default
+ ingurunea paragrafoen arteko tarte gehigarria erabiltzen dutenentzat dela.
+ Beraz, zitak
+\family sans
+Zita
+\family default
+ ingurunean jartzen dituzte.
+ Paragrafo berria koskatuta hastea nahi dutenentzat
+\family sans
+Zitazioa
+\family default
+ ingurunea dago.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Bertsoa
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:bertsoa}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Bertsoa ingurunea olerki, errimak, bertsoak eta antzekoetarako da.
+ Hona adibide bat:
+\layout Verse
+
+Hau bertso bat da
+\newline
+baina ez da zortziko txikia!
+\layout Verse
+
+Okerrago izan zitekeen.
+ Lerro hau oso luzea, edo agian luzeegia izan zitekeen, pantaila guztia
+ berak estaltzeko adinakoa.
+ Pantailan oso ongi ikusten da, baina inprimatzeko bertsioan, lerro gehigarriak
+ lehenbizikoa baino zertxobait gehiago koskatzen dira.
+ Ongi, prosara itzuliko da, eta ez da gehiago errima bat izango.
+ Jarraitu niri, hori da eta!
+\layout Verse
+
+Lerro bat hausteko
+\newline
+Eta gauza txukunak azaltzeko
+\newline
+Erabili
+\family sans
+C-Lerro-itzulera
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Ikus dezakezunez,
+\family sans
+Bertsoak
+\family default
+ ez ditu bi marjinak koskatzen.
+ Bertso edo olerki bateko ahapaldi bakoitzak bere paragrafo propioa du.
+ Ahapaldi bat banakako lerrotan bereizteko, erabili
+\family sans
+break-line
+\family default
+ funtzioa,
+\family sans
+C-Lerro-itzulera
+\family default
+.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Zerrendak
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:paringuzerren}
+
+\end_inset
+
+LyX-ek lau paragrafo-ingurune ezberdin ditu zerrendekin lan egiteko.
+
+\family sans
+Elementua
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Zenbatuta
+\family default
+ inguruneetan LyX-ek zerrendako elementu bakoitza bulet edo zenbakiekin
+ etiketatzen du, hurrenez hurren.
+
+\family sans
+Azalpena
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Zerrenda
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Itzultzailearen oharra: dokumentu-klasearen arabea, batzuetan
+\family sans
+Zerrenda
+\family default
+ ingurunearen ordez
+\family sans
+Etiketatua
+\family default
+ ingurunera egongo da.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ ingurunetan LyX-ek zure etiketa propioa erabiltzen uzten dizu.
+ Zerrenda-mota bakoitza guztientzat orokorrak diren ezaugarrien deskribapenaren
+ ostean aurkeztuko dugu.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Ezaugarri orokorrak
+\layout Standard
+
+Zerrendentzat dauden lau paragrafo-inguruneak beste inguruneetatik gauza
+ askotan ezberdintzen dira.
+ Lehenik, LyX-ek paragrafo bakoitza zerrendako elementu gisa tratatzen du.
+
+\family sans
+Lerro-itzulera
+\family default
+ sakatuz ez du
+\family sans
+Estandarra
+\family default
+ ingurunera berrasieratzen, baizik eta uneko ingurunearekin jarraituz zerrendako
+ elementu berri bat sortzen du.
+ Nola nahi ere, normalean habiaratze-sakonera berrasieratzen da.
+ Uneko habiaratze-sakonera eta paragrafo-ingurunea erabiltzen jarraitu nahi
+ baduzu, erabili
+\family sans
+M-Lerro-itzulera
+\family default
+ paragrafoak bereizteko.
+\layout Standard
+
+Edozein motatako zerrenda beste zerrenda baten barruan habiara dezakezu.
+ Izan ere, LyX-ek zenbait zerrenda-elementuko etiketak aldatzen ditu, habiaratut
+a dauden moduaren arabera.
+ Edozein zerrenda-motatako paragrafo-ingurunea erabiltzeko asmoa edukiz
+ gero,
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:habiaratu}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+atal osoa irakurtzea aholkatzen dizugu.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Elementua
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:elementua}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Azalduko dugun aurreneko zerrenda-mota
+\family sans
+Elementua
+\family default
+ paragrafo-ingurunea izango da.
+ Propietate hauek ditu:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Elementu bakoitzak bereziki bulet edo ikur bat edukiko du bere etiketa gisa.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+LyX-ek ikur berdina erabiltzen du emandako habiaratze-maila bateko elementu
+ guztietan.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Ikurra lehenbiziko lerroaren hasieran agertzen da.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Elementuak edozein zabalerakoak izan daitezke.
+ LyX-ek automatikoki elementu bakoitzaren ezkerraldea desplazatzen du.
+ Desplazamendua
+\family sans
+Elementua
+\family default
+ zerrendan dagoen edozein ingurunerekiko izaten da beti.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Elementua
+\family default
+ ingurune bat beste
+\family sans
+Elementua
+\family default
+ ingurunean habiaratzen baduzu, etiketa ikur berri batera aldatuko da.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Lau ikur ezberdin daude, lau habiaratze-mailentzat.
+\layout Itemize
+
+LyX-ek pantailan beti ikur berdina agertuko du, izartxoa.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Habiaratzeari buruzko azalpen gehiago
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:habiaratu}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+atalean aurkituko duzu.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Noski, aurreko azalpenerako
+\family sans
+Elementua
+\family default
+ zerrenda-mota erabili da.
+
+\family sans
+Elementua
+\family default
+ ingurunea zerrendetarako dotoreena da, baldin eta ordenak ez badu garrantzirik.
+\layout Standard
+
+Esan dugu maila bakoitzak berari dagokion ikurra erabiltzen duela etiketatzat.
+ Ondoren erabil daitezkeen lau ikurren adibidea daukazu.
+ Konturatu zaitez eskuliburu hau pantailan irakurtzen ari bazara, horien
+ arteko ezberdintasunik ez duzula aurkituko.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Lehen mailako
+\family sans
+Elementua
+\family default
+-ren etiketa puntu beltz lodi bat da, edo buleta.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Bigarren mailako etiketa marra bat da.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Hirugarrengoaren etiketa izartxoa da.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Laugarrengoaren etiketa zentratutako puntua da.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Hirugarren mailara itzuli da.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Bigarren mailara itzuli da.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Kanpoeneko mailara itzuli da.
+\layout Standard
+
+Horiek
+\family sans
+Elementua
+\family default
+ zerrendarako etiketa lehenetsiak dira.
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+okumentua
+\family default
+ menura jo eta irekitzen den elkarrizketa-koadroko
+\family sans
+Buletak
+\family default
+ izeneko fitxan etiketak pertsonaliza ditzakezu.
+\layout Standard
+
+Ohartuko zinen elementuen arteko tartea gutxitzen dela sakonera handitzen
+ den heinean.
+ Habiaratze eta sakonerei buruzko trikimailuak
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:habiaratu}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+atalean azaltzen ditugu.
+ Ziurtatu zaitez hori irakurtzeaz!
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Zenbatuta
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:zenbatuta}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+Zenbatuta
+\family default
+ ingurunea eskemak eta zenbatutako zerrendak sortzeko erabiltzen den tresna
+ da.
+ Propietate hauek ditu:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Elementu bakoitzak zenbaki bat dauka bere etiketa gisa.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Zenbaki-mota habiaratze-sakoneraren arabera dago.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+LyX-ek elementuak automatikoki zenbatzen ditu, baita etiketak egokiro eguneratu
+ ere.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\family sans
+Zenbatuta
+\family default
+ ingurune berri bakoitzak zenbatzailea bat baliora berrasieratzen du.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\family sans
+Elementua
+\family default
+ ingurunea bezala,
+\family sans
+Zenbatuta
+\family default
+ inguruneak:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Elementuak ezkerraldearekiko desplazatzen ditu.
+ Elementuak edozein zabaleratakoak izan daiteke.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Elementuen arteko tartea gutxitzen du habiaratze-sakonera gehitzen doan
+ heinean.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Habiaratze-sakoneraren arabera etiketa-mota ezberdinak erabiltzen ditu.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Lau habiaratze-maila arte ezkontzen uzten du.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Elementua ingurunea ez bezala,
+\family sans
+Zenbatuta
+\family default
+-k elementu bakoitzarentzat hainbat etiketa erakusten ditu.
+ Hona hemen LyX-ek nola etiketatzen dituen
+\family sans
+Zenbatuta
+\family default
+ inguruneko lau mailak :
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Lehen mailak (
+\family sans
+Zenbatuta
+\family default
+ ingurunekoak) zenbaki arabiarrak (puntu batekin jarraituz) erabiltzen ditu.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Bigarren mailakoak parentesi artean hizki minuskulak erabiltzen ditu.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Hirugarrenak hizki xeheak eta
+\family sans
+Erromatar
+\family default
+ letra-tipokoa (segidan puntu bat jarriz) erabiltzen ditu.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Laugarren mailak hizki larriak (puntu batekin Jarraituz) erabiltzen ditu.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Berriro, jakin ezazu elementuen arteko tartea gutxitzen dela habiaratze-sakonera
+ handitzen den heinean.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Itzuli hirugarren mailara.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Bigarrenera itzuli.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Itzuli kanpokoenera.
+\layout Standard
+
+Beste behin,
+\family sans
+Zenbatuta
+\family default
+ inguruneak darabilen zenbakera-mota pertsonaliza dezakezu.
+ Horretarako LaTeX hitzaurrean komandoak gehitu behar dira (ikus
+\emph on
+Ezaugarri hedatuak
+\emph default
+ eskuliburua).
+ Egoera onean, pertsonalizatutakoa inprimatzeko bertsioan bakarrik erakutsiko
+ da, ez LyX-eko pantailan.
+\layout Standard
+
+Hemen azaldutakoak baino habiaratze-maila gehiago dago.
+ Habiatzeari buruzko gauza gehiago ikasteko,
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:habiaratu}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+atala irakurri beharko zenuke.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Azalpena
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:azalpzerren}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Aurreko bi inguruneak ez bezala,
+\family sans
+Azalpena
+\family default
+ zerrendak ez du etiketarik jartzen.
+ Horren ordez, LyX-ek lehenbiziko lerroko lehen "hitza" erabiltzen du etiketa
+ gisa.
+ Ikus adibidea:
+\layout Description
+
+Adibidea: Hau Azalpena inguruneko adibide bat da.
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-ek etiketa letra lodiarekin konposatzen du, eta etiketa eta lerroko
+ gainerakoaren artean tarte gehigarri bat jartzen dio.
+\layout Standard
+
+Orain, galde dezakezu ea zer esan nahi dugun "lerroko lehen 'hitza'" esaldiareki
+n.
+
+\family sans
+Zuriune
+\family default
+ teklak ez du zuriune karakterea gehitzen, hitz bat beste batetik bereizten
+ du bakarrik.
+
+\family sans
+Azalpena
+\family default
+ ingurunean,
+\family sans
+Zuriunea
+\family default
+ teklak LyX-i etiketaren amaiera non dagoen esaten dio, baldin eta elementuaren
+ lehenbiziko lerroaren hasieran bagaude.
+\layout Standard
+
+Hala ere, zer gertatzen da
+\family sans
+Azalpena
+\family default
+ ingurunean hitz bat baino gehiagok osatu behar badute etiketa? Erraza:
+ erabili
+\family sans
+Zuriune\SpecialChar ~
+babestua
+\family default
+ (
+\family sans
+C-Zuriunea
+\family default
+ edo erabili
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+xertatu
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family sans
+Hizki\SpecialChar ~
+
+\bar under
+b
+\bar default
+erezia
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+Z
+\bar default
+uriune\SpecialChar ~
+babestua
+\family default
+ menua.
+ Ikus
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:htartea}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+atala xehetasun gehiagorako).
+ Hemen daukazu adibide bat:
+\layout Description
+
+Bigarren\SpecialChar ~
+adibidea: Honek
+\family sans
+Azalpena
+\family default
+ zerrendako elementu bateko etiketan
+\family sans
+Zuriune\SpecialChar ~
+babestua
+\family default
+ nola erabiltzen duen erakusten du.
+\layout Description
+
+Erabilera:
+\family sans
+Azalpena
+\family default
+ ingurunea definizio eta teorementzako erabili beharko zenuke.
+ Hitz bat bere azalpenetik bereizteko erabiltzen da.
+ Ez da egokia deskribatzea nahi duzun sententzia oso baterako
+\family sans
+Azalpena
+\family default
+ ingurunea erabiltzea.
+ Hobe duzu
+\family sans
+Elementua
+\family default
+ edo
+\family sans
+Zenbatuta
+\family default
+ eta barruan habiaratuta hainbat
+\family sans
+Estandarra
+\family default
+ paragrafo-mota erabiltzea.
+\layout Description
+
+Habiaratu: Beste ingurune batzuen barruan
+\family sans
+Azalpena
+\family default
+ ingurunea habiara dezakezu.
+\layout Standard
+
+Jabetuko zinen LyX-ek, lehenbiziko lerroaren ostean, paragrafo berdineko
+ beste lerro guztiak lehenarekiko koskatzen dituela.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+LyX-eko Zerrenda
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:lyxzerren}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Zerrenda
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\emph on
+Itzultzailearen oharra
+\emph default
+: atal honetan adierazitakoa
+\family sans
+Etiketatua
+\family default
+ ingurunerako ere baliagarria da.
+\end_inset
+
+ ingurunea LaTeX-entzako LyX luzapen bat da.
+\layout Standard
+
+Orain,
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:elementua}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ eta
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:azalpzerren}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ atalak irakurri gabe honantz etorri bazara, ergelkeri bat egin duzu.
+
+\family sans
+Zerrenda
+\family default
+ inguruneak ez du zenbatutako zerrendarik sortzen.
+ Hori
+\family sans
+Zenbatuta
+\family default
+-k egiten du, eta
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:zenbatuta}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+atalean aurkituko duzu.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Azalpena
+\family default
+ ingurunean bezala,
+\family sans
+Zerrenda
+\family default
+ inguruneak erabiltzaileak definitutako etiketak erabiltzen ditu zerrendako
+ elementu bakoitzaren etiketa gisa.
+ Zenbait ezberdintasun daude bestelako hiru zerrenda-motekin konparatuz:
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+elementu-etiketak
+\family default
+ LyX-ek lerroaren aurreneko "hitza" elementu-etiketa bezala erabiltzen du.
+ Paragrafoko lehenbiziko zuriuneak etiketaren amaiera markatzen du.
+ Etiketa bezala hitz bat baino gehiago behar baduzu, erabili
+\family sans
+Zuriune\SpecialChar ~
+babestuak
+\family default
+, arestian azaldu den antzera.
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+marjinak
+\family default
+ Ikusi duzunez, LyX-ek hainbat marjina erabiltzen ditu elementuaren etiketa
+ eta gorputzarentzat.
+ Testuaren gorputzak ezkerraldetik desplazamendu handiagoa dauka, lehenetsitako
+ etiketa gehi zenbait zuriune gehituta bezalakoa izanik.
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+etiketa-zabalera
+\family default
+ LyX-ek etiketaren zabalerako bi hauetariko bat erabiltzen du: etiketa edo
+ lehenetsitako luzeretatik handiena erabiltzen du.
+ Oraingo etiketa luzeagoa bada, etiketa lehen lerrora "zabaldua" izango
+ da.
+ Beste era batera esanda, lehen lerroko testua ez da gainerakoak darabilen
+ marjinarekin lerrokatzen.
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+zabalera-lehenetsi
+\family default
+a Zabalera hau lehenetsi gisa ezar dezakezu.
+ Gaur egun nahiko erraza izaten da.
+ Horrela
+\family sans
+Zerrenda
+\family default
+ ingurune bateko elementuen testuek ezkerraldeko marjina berdina erabiltzen
+ dutela ziurta dezakezu.
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+erabilera
+\family default
+
+\family sans
+Zerrenda
+\family default
+ ingurunea
+\family sans
+Azalpena
+\family default
+ zerrenda bezala erabili beharko zenuke: erabili hitz baten deskripzioa
+ landu behar duzunean.
+ Hori egiteko,
+\family sans
+Zerrenda
+\family default
+ inguruneak beste bide bat eskaintzen dizu, amaierako diseinu ezberdin bat
+ erabiltzea.
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+habiaratzea
+\family default
+ Beste ingurune batzuen barruan
+\family sans
+Zerrenda
+\family default
+ ingurunea habiara dezakezu.
+ Beste zerrenda paragrafo-ingurune bezala lantzen dira.
+ Habiarazteari buruzko xehetasun gehiagorako, irakur
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:habiaratu}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+atala.
+\layout Standard
+
+Ikus dezakezunez, funtzio guztiak dituen paragrafo-ingurune bat da!
+\layout Standard
+
+Etiketaren zabalera lehenetsia aldatzeko, hautatu aldatu nahi diren zerrendako
+ elementuak.
+ Nahi baduzu, kurtsorea zerrendan mugitu aldatu nahi duzun elementuaren
+ gainean jarri arte.
+ Orain, ireki
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+aragrafoa
+\family default
+ menua eta joan
+\family sans
+Etiketa\SpecialChar ~
+zabalera
+\family default
+ eremura.
+ Eremu horretako testuak lehenetsitako etiketa-zabalera zehazten du.
+ Bene-benetan nahi baduzu, zure etiketarik luzeenaren testua hemen erabil
+ dezakezu, baina ez da beharrezkoa.
+ "
+\family sans
+M
+\family default
+" hizkia hainbat aldiz erabiltzea aholkatzen dizugu.
+ Zabalera handiena duen hizkia da eta LaTeX-eko zabalera-unitate estandarra
+ da.
+ Adibideko
+\family sans
+Zerrendaren
+\family default
+ lehenetsitako etiketa-zabalera 6 "
+\family sans
+M
+\family default
+" luzerakoa da.
+
+\family sans
+Etiketa-zabalera
+\family default
+ eremuan "
+\family sans
+M
+\family default
+" erabiltzeak beste abantaila bat dauka: ez daukazu
+\family sans
+Zerrenda
+\family default
+ ingurunea aldatzen duzun bakoitzean
+\family sans
+Etiketa-zabalera
+\family default
+ eremuaren edukia aldatu beharrik.
+\layout Standard
+
+Aipatu behar dizugun
+\family sans
+Zerrenda
+\family default
+ inguruneko beste ezaugarri bat dago.
+ Adibideetan ikusi ahal izan duzunez, LyX-ek ezker-justifikazioarekin jartzen
+ ditu elementuen etiketak.
+
+\family sans
+Lerro-betetzailea
+\family default
+k (edo
+\family sans
+HBete
+\family default
+) erabil ditzakezu LyX-ek etiketei ezartzen diren lerrokadura aldatzeko.
+ Lerro-betetzaileei buruzkoak
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:htartea}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+atalean ezartzen dira.
+ Ikus adibide batzuk:
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+Ezkerrean
+\family default
+
+\family sans
+Zerrendako
+\family default
+ elementu-etiketen lehenespena.
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+
+\hfill
+Eskuinean
+\family default
+
+\family sans
+Lerro\SpecialChar ~
+betetzailea
+\family default
+ etiketaren hasieran jarriz etiketa eskuinera lerrokatuko du.
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\hfill
+
+\family sans
+Erdian
+\hfill
+
+\family default
+
+\family sans
+Lerro\SpecialChar ~
+betetzaile
+\family default
+ bat etiketaren hasieran eta bestea amaieran jarriz, etiketa erdiratzen
+ du.
+\layout Standard
+
+Ez zaitez kezkatu
+\family sans
+Lerro\SpecialChar ~
+betetzaileak
+\family default
+ zer diren ez badakizu.
+ Gogoratu
+\family sans
+Zerrenda
+\family default
+ ingurunearen itxura pertsonalizatzeko erabiltzen direla.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Zerrenda
+\family default
+-motako lau paragrafo-ingurunetan erabiltzen da.
+ Esan al dizugu inguruneak habiarazteko xehetasunak
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:habiaratu}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+atalean aipatzen ditugula eta zerrenda inguruneetan erabiltzeko irakurtzea
+ komeni zaizula?
+\layout Subsection
+
+Gutunak
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Helbidea eta eskuin-helbidea: gainbegiratzea
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-ek gutunentzako dokumentu-klaseak dituenez, bi paragrafo-ingurune sortu
+ ditugu:
+\family sans
+Helbidea
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Eskuin-helbidea
+\family default
+ izenekoak.
+ Gutun-klasea erabiltzeko, ordena batean erabili behar dira paragrafo-ingurune
+ zehatz batzuk, bestela LaTeX dokumentuan zorabiatzen da.
+ Bestalde,
+\family sans
+Helbidea
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Eskuin-helbidea
+\family default
+ inguruneak nonnahi erabil ditzakezu, ez dago inolako arazorik.
+ Beste inguruneetan habiaratu daitekeen arren, hauen barruan ezin da ezer
+ habiaratu.
+\layout Standard
+
+Noski,
+\family sans
+Helbidea
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Eskuin-helbidea
+\family default
+ gutun eta bestelako dokumentuetan ere erabiltzeko aukera dago.
+ Adibidez,
+\family sans
+Eskuin-helbidea
+\family default
+ ingurunea artikuluen tituluak (Europako zenbait unibertsitatetako egunkariak
+ darabiltzatenak) sortzeko erabiltzen da.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Erabilera
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:helbi_erabil}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+Helbidea
+\family default
+ inguruneak testua helbide baten estiloarekin egituratzen du, eta zenbait
+ herrialdetan gutuna ireki eta sinatzeko erabiltzen dute.
+ Horren antzera,
+\family sans
+Eskuin-helbidea
+\family default
+ inguruneak testua eskuinera lerrokatutako helbide baten estiloarekin egituratze
+n du, herrialde batzuetan igorlearen helbidea eta eguneko data idazteko
+ erabiltzen da.
+ Hona bakoitzaren adibideak:
+\layout Right Address
+
+Eskuineko helbidea
+\newline
+Nor naiz?
+\newline
+Non nago?
+\newline
+Noiz da?
+\newline
+Zer da gaur?
+\layout Standard
+
+Gainekoa
+\family sans
+Eskuin-helbidea
+\family default
+ zen.
+ Jakin ezazu lerro guztiek ezkerraldeko marjina berdina daukatela, LyX-ek
+ testu luzeena lerro bakun batean egon dadin ezartzen du.
+ Hona Helbidea ingurunearen adibidea:
+\layout Address
+
+Zein zara zu?
+\newline
+Nora bidaliko dut hau?
+\newline
+Zure posta-kutxa eta herrialdea
+\layout Standard
+
+Ikusten duzunez, bai
+\family sans
+Helbidea
+\family default
+ bai
+\family sans
+Eskuin-helbidea
+\family default
+ inguruneek beraien eta hurrengo paragrafoen artean tarte zabalagoa gehitzen
+ dute.
+ Horiei buruz ari garela, ingurune hauetan
+\family sans
+Lerro-itzulera
+\family default
+ sakatzen baduzu, LyX-ek habiaratze-sakonera berrasieratu eta
+\family sans
+Estandarra
+\family default
+ ingurunera bihurtuko du.
+ Horrek badu zentzua,
+\family sans
+Lerro-itzulera
+\family default
+ tekla
+\family typewriter
+break-paragraph
+\family default
+ funtzioa baita, eta helbide bateko lerro bakoitza ez baita paragrafo bat.
+ Honela,
+\family sans
+C-Lerro\SpecialChar ~
+itzulera
+\family default
+ edo
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Hizki\SpecialChar ~
+
+\bar under
+b
+\bar default
+erezia\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Lerro\SpecialChar ~
+jauzia
+\family default
+ (
+\family typewriter
+break-line
+\family default
+) erabiliz
+\family sans
+Helbidea
+\family default
+ edo
+\family sans
+Eskuin-helbidea
+\family default
+ ingurunean lerro berri bat has dezakezu.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Idazkera akademikoa
+\layout Standard
+
+Idazkera akademiko gehienek laburpen batekin hasten dira eta bibliografia
+ edo erreferentzia-errenda batekin amaitzen dira.
+ LyX-ek bi hauentzako paragrafo-inguruneak ditu.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Laburpena
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Laburpena
+\family default
+ ingurunea artikulu bateko laburpenerako erabili ohi da.
+ Teknikoki, ingurune hau nahi duzun lekuan erabil dezakezun arren egokiena
+ dokumentuaren hasieran erabiltzea da, tituluaren ostean.
+ Alferrik ibiliko zara
+\family sans
+Laburpena
+\family default
+ beste ingurune baten barruan habiaratu nahian, edo alderantziz.
+ Ez baitabil.
+
+\family sans
+Laburpena
+\family default
+ ingurunea "artikulua" edo "txostena" dokumentu-klaseetan bakarrik erabil
+ daiteke ("amsart"-en ere erabilgarria da, "artikulua" klasearen bertsio
+ espezializatu bat baita).
+ "Liburua" klaseak
+\family sans
+Laburpena
+\family default
+ inguruneari ez ikusi egingo dio, eta "gutun" motako dokumentu-klasean erabiltze
+a erabateko zentzugabekeria da.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Laburpena
+\family default
+ inguruneak zuregatik hainbat gauza egin ditzake.
+ Lehenbizi, "Abstract"
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\emph on
+Itzultzailearen oharra
+\emph default
+: euskaraz "laburpena" izan arren, etiketa ingelesez agertuko da.
+\end_inset
+
+ izeneko etiketa erdian eta testuaren gainean jarriko du.
+ Etiketa eta laburpenaren testuak elkarrengandik bereizteko tarte bertikala
+ egongo da.
+ Bigarrena, letra-tipo denak tamaina txikiagoz konposatuko ditu, espero
+ zenuen bezala.
+ Azkenik, laburpenaren eta dagokion testuaren artean tarte bertikal bat
+ sartuko du.
+ Beno, horrela agertuko da behintzat LyX-eko pantailan.
+ Dokumentua "txostena" klasekoa bada, laburpena bereiztutako beste orrialde
+ batean agertuko da, fitxategiaren inprimatzeko bertsioan.
+\layout Standard
+
+Paragrafo berri bat hasteko
+\family sans
+Lerro-itzulera
+\family default
+ sakatzen bada, paragrafo-ingurunea ez da berrasieratuko.
+ Paragrafo berria
+\family sans
+Laburpena
+\family default
+ ingurunean jarraituko du.
+ Laburpenarekin amaitutakoan, zeu arduratu beharko zara hurrengo paragrafoak
+ nahi duzun paragrafo-ingurunera bihurtzen.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Laburpena
+\family default
+ ingurunearen adibidea bat jarri nahiko genuke, baina ezinezkoa zaigu, dokumentu
+ hau "liburu" klasekoa delako.
+ "Laburpena" entzuten duzun lehen aldia izango balitz, zuretzako ez dela
+ garrantzitsua esan nahiko luke.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Bibliografia
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:bibliografia}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+Bibliografia
+\family default
+ ingurunea erreferentziak zerrendatzeko erabiltzen da.
+ Teknikoki, ingurune hau nonnahi erabil dezakezun arren, dokumentuaren amaieran
+ erabili beharko zenuke.
+ Ez saiatu
+\family sans
+Bibliografia
+\family default
+ ingurunea beste ingurune batean habiarazten (edo alderantziz), ez baitabil.
+\layout Standard
+
+Lehen aldiz
+\family sans
+Bibliografia
+\family default
+ ingurunea irekitzerakoan, LyX-ek tarte bertikal handia gehituko du, ondoren
+ "Bibliography" edo "References" izenburua hitzarekin, dokumentu-klasearen
+ arabera.
+ Izenburua letra lodi handikoa da.
+
+\family sans
+Bibliografia
+\family default
+ inguruneko paragrafo bakoitza bibliografiako sarrera bat izango da.
+ Honela,
+\family sans
+Lerro-itzulera
+\family default
+ sakatuz ez du paragrafo-ingurunea berrasieratuko, eta paragrafo berri bakoitza
+
+\family sans
+Bibliografia
+\family default
+ ingurunekoa izango da.
+\layout Standard
+
+Paragrafo bakoitzaren lehen lerroko hasieran zenbaki bat agertzen duen gris
+ koloreko botoi bat ikusiko duzu.
+ Bertan klikatuz, elkarrizketa-koadro bat irekiko zaizu, eta
+\family sans
+Gako
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Etiketa
+\family default
+ bat ezar dezakezu.
+
+\family sans
+Gakoa
+\family default
+ izen sinbolikoa da, eta hori erabiltzen da bibliografia-sarrerari aipamena
+ egiteko.
+ Adibidez, demagun zure lehen bibliografiako sarrera LaTeX-i buruzko liburu
+ bat dela.
+ Sarrera honentzat gakoa "latexgida" aukera dezakezu.
+ Etiketa bat ere eman diezaiokezu, gris koloreko txertatze-kutxan erakutsiko
+ da.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Gakoa
+\family default
+ eremua ez da erabilgaitza.
+ Zure bibliografia-sarrerak aipatzeko, erabili
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+Z
+\bar default
+itazio\SpecialChar ~
+erreferentzia
+\family default
+ menua.
+ Aukeratu gakoen zerrendan dagoenetariko bat, ondoren gehitu erreferentzia
+ bat ezkerreko gezian klikatuz eta hautatutako gako zerrendan gehituko du.
+ Hainbat erreferentzia jar daiteke gako bat baino gehiago hautatuz.
+ Bibliografiaren adibidea dokumentu honen amaieran agertzen da.
+ Bi sarrera aipatzeko adibide bat hau da: "Ikus
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{latexgida}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ edo
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \cite[3. kapitulua]{latexlagunartea}
+
+\end_inset
+
+".
+ Bigarrenean, zitazioaren elkarrizketa-koadroko
+\family sans
+Testua\SpecialChar ~
+ondoren
+\family default
+ eremuan " 3.
+ kapitulua" esaldia sartu diogu.
+ Pantailan ikusten dituzun "latexgida" eta "latexlagunartea" testuak inprimatzer
+akoan bibliografiaren zenbaki edo etiketagatik ordeztuko dira.
+\layout Standard
+
+LaTeX-eko BibTeX bibliografiako pakete garatuena ere LyX-ek onartzen du.
+ BibTeX nola erabiltzen den jakiteko, irakurri
+\emph on
+Ezaugarri hedatuak
+\emph default
+ eskuliburua.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Xede berezia
+\layout Standard
+
+Inolako kategoriatan sailkatzen ez diren hiru ingurune estandar daude, xede
+ berezietarako prestatuak baitaude.
+ Zertarako eta nola erabiltzen diren argituko dugu.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Epigrafea
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:epigrafediseinua}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+Epigrafea
+\family default
+ ingurunea
+\family sans
+Irudi\SpecialChar ~
+mugikor
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Taula\SpecialChar ~
+mugikor
+\family default
+entzako paragrafo-ingurune lehenetsia da.
+ LyX-eko pantailan "Figure #:" edo "Table #:." etiketak ikusiko dituzu, dauden
+ mugikor-moten arabera.
+ Inprimatzeko irteerako dokumentuaren bertsioan oraingo
+\family sans
+Erreferentzia-zenbakia
+\family default
+ etiketa honetan ordeztua izango da.
+\layout Standard
+
+Ezin izango duzu
+\family sans
+Epigrafea
+\family default
+ ingurunean ezer habiaratu, edo alderantziz.
+ Gainera,
+\family sans
+Lerro-itzulera
+\family default
+ sakatzerakoan paragrafoa
+\family sans
+Estandarra
+\family default
+ ingurunera bihurtuko du, azken finean
+\family sans
+Epigrafea
+\family default
+ paragrafo bakar bat baita.
+\layout Standard
+
+Ezin duzu
+\family sans
+Epigrafea
+\family default
+ ingurunea
+\family sans
+Irudi\SpecialChar ~
+mugikor
+\family default
+ edo
+\family sans
+Taula\SpecialChar ~
+mugikor
+\family default
+retik at erabili.
+ Ikus
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:irudiak}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ eta
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:irudimugik}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+atalak
+\family sans
+Irudi\SpecialChar ~
+mugikor
+\family default
+ edo
+\family sans
+Taula\SpecialChar ~
+mugikor
+\family default
+ buruzko informazio gehiago eskuratzeko.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+LyX kodea
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX kodea ingurunea LyX programaren beste hedapen bat da.
+ Testua
+\family typewriter
+idazmakina
+\family default
+ letra-tipoarekin konposatzen du.
+ Teklatuko
+\family sans
+Zuriune
+\family default
+ tekla zuriune gisa ere badabil
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+LyX-kodea
+\family default
+ ingurunean,
+\family sans
+Zuriune
+\family default
+ tekla zuriune babestu bezala lantzen da, hitz baten amaiera markatu ordez.
+\end_inset
+
+; LyX-ek jarraian hainbat zuriune idazteko aukera eskaintzen dizun egoera
+ bakarra du.
+ Lerro zuriak txertatzeko,
+\family sans
+C-Lerro-itzulera
+\family default
+ (
+\family typewriter
+break-line
+\family default
+ funtzioa) erabiltzen jarraitu beharko duzu.
+ Lerro-itzulerak paragrafoa apurtzen du.
+ Ohartu zaitez
+\family sans
+Lerro-itzulera
+\family default
+ batek ez duela paragrafo-ingurunea berrasieratzen.
+ Hori dela eta, LyX kodea ingurunea erabiltzen amaitzen duzunean, paragrafo-ingu
+runea aldatzeaz zeu arduratu beharko duzu.
+ Horretaz gain, LyX kodea ingurunea beste batzuen barruan habiara dezakezu.
+\layout Standard
+
+Ingurune honek berezitasun gutxi batzuk ditu:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Ezin duzu
+\family sans
+C-Lerro
+\family default
+ itzulera paragrafo berri baten hasieran erabili (adib.
+ ez duzu
+\family sans
+Lerro-itzulera
+\family default
+ baten ondoren
+\family sans
+C-Lerro
+\family default
+ itzulera sartu).
+\layout Itemize
+
+Ezin duzu
+\family sans
+C-Lerro-itzulera
+\family default
+ baten ondoren
+\family sans
+Zuriunea
+\family default
+ sartu.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Erabili
+\family sans
+Lerro-itzulera
+\family default
+ paragrafo berri bat sortzeko, ondoren sartu
+\family sans
+Zuriunea
+\family default
+.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Edo, erabili
+\family sans
+C-Lerro-itzulera
+\family default
+ horren ordez.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Ezin duzu paragrafo edo lerro huts bat eduki.
+ Lerro zuria (edo hutsa) nahi duzun bakoitzean gutxienez Zuriune bat jarri
+ beharko duzu.
+ Bestela LaTeX-ek erroreak sortuko ditu.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Ezingo duzu idazmakinako komatxo bikoitzak
+\family sans
+"
+\family default
+ ikurra idatziz lortu, benetako komatxoak sartuko baititu.
+ Idazmakinaren komatxo bikoitzak
+\family sans
+C-"
+\family default
+ (edo
+\family sans
+C-q
+\family default
+ Emacs antzeko teklatu-mapa erabiliz gero) jokoarekin lortzen da.
+\layout Standard
+
+Hona adibide bat:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+int main(void)
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+{
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ /* hau
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+{}
+\end_inset
+
+nire C programaketa-hizkuntzako lehen programa da.
+ */
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ printf("Kaixo mundua
+\backslash
+n");
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ return 0;
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+}
+\layout Standard
+
+Hau hasiberrientzat "Kaixo mundua" izeneko programatxo bat da.
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX kodea inguruneak xede bat dauka: kodea konposatzea, programa baten jatorrizk
+o kodea, komando-lerroko script-a, rc-fitxategia, eta abar.
+ Erabili oso egoera berezietan bakarrik, idazmakina batekin bezalako testua
+ sortu behar duzunean, alegia.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Iruzkina
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Iruzkina
+\family default
+ ingurunea zure dokumentuari buruzko iruzkinak idazteko erabiltzen da, eta
+ inprimatzeko irteeran ez da agertzen.
+ Garbiago gelditu dadin, LyX-ek iruzkin ingurunearentzat beste kolore bat
+ aurkezten du, bestelako testuak darabiltzatenetik nabarmenduz.
+\layout Section
+
+Inguruneak habiaratzea
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:habiaratu}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+Zertan datza bere garrantzia
+\layout Standard
+
+Arestian azaldu den bezala, behin eta berriz aipatu dizugu "zoaz
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:habiaratu}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+atala irakurtzera".
+ Litekeena da zergatik duen hainbesteko garrantzia galdetzen egotea.
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX ohiko "testu-prozesadorea-goretsitako-idazmakinen-gisa" kontzeptutik
+ ezberdintzen duen ezaugarri garrantzitsuena dauka.
+ Idazmakina batekin testua zuzenean orri batean tintarekin idazten da.
+ Egungo testu-prozesadore asko ez dira askoz ere hobeak, testua pantailako
+ pixel eta memoriako byte bezala kudeatzen dute.
+ Aurkako jokaeran, LyX-ek testua bloke batu bat bezala, testuinguru zehatz
+ eta propietate bereziekin, lantzen du.
+ Hala ere, zer gertatzen da "bloke" batek beste "bloke" baten propietateak
+ eskuratu eta erabili nahi baditu?
+\layout Standard
+
+Adibide zehatz bat: eskemak.
+ Zure eskeman hiru gai nagusi dituzu, baina 2.
+ gaiak bere baitan bi azpigai ditu.
+ Hau da, zerrenda bat beste zerrenda baten barruan daukazu, 2.
+ gaiari barne-zerrenda bat erantsita:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+bat
+\layout Enumerate
+
+bi
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+azpizerrenda - 1.
+ elementua
+\layout Enumerate
+
+azpizerrenda - 2.
+ elementua
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+hiru
+\layout Standard
+
+Nola sartzen duzu zerrenda bat beste baten barruan? Oraingoz erantzuna agerikoa
+ da: bata beste baten barruan habiaratuz.
+\layout Standard
+
+Diotenez, ingurune bat habiaratzea nahiko samurra omen da: hautatu
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+iseinua
+\family default
+ menuan
+\family sans
+Handitu\SpecialChar ~
+ingurune-sakonera
+\family default
+ edo
+\family sans
+Gutxitu\SpecialChar ~
+ingurune-sakonera
+\family default
+ uneko paragrafoaren habiaratze-sakonera aldatzeko (egoera-barrak paragrafoak
+ duen sakonera-maila erakutsiko dizu).
+ Zaila egin zaizu?
+\layout Standard
+
+Tekla-elkarteak ere erabil ditzakezu,
+\family sans
+S-M-Ezkerra
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+S-M-Eskuina
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+M-p\SpecialChar ~
+Ezkerra
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+M-p \SpecialChar ~
+Eskuina
+\family default
+ ere erabil ditzakezu, atseginagoak badituzu bederen.
+
+\end_inset
+
+, habiaratze-maila aldatzeko.
+ Aldaketa egindako uneko hautapenean (hainbat paragrafo batera habiaratzeko)
+ edo uneko paragrafoan eragina izango du.
+\layout Standard
+
+Oroitu zaitez LyX-ek habiaratze-sakonera ahal badu aldatuko duela soilik.
+ Ezinezkoa bada, ez da ezer gertatuko sakonera aldatzen saiatzen bazara.
+ Gainera, paragrafo baten sakonera aldatzen baduzu, horren barruan habiaratuta
+ dagoen paragrafo bakoitzaren sakonera ere aldatuko da.
+ Zaila egiten zaigu egoera honetan LyX-ek zehazki jorratzen duena azaltzea.
+ Zure testuak duen itxuraren arabera baitago.
+ Egin dezakezun onena da habiaratze-sakonerak aldatu eta zer gertatzen den
+ ikusiz jolastea.
+\layout Standard
+
+Habiaratzea ez dago zerrendentzako bakarrik mugatua.
+ LyX-en edozer gauza nahi duzunaren barruan habiaratzeko aukera daukazu,
+ ikertuko duzun bezala.
+ Paragrafo-inguruneak habiaratzearen egiazko ahalmena da hau.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Zer habiaratu dezakezu, eta zer ez?
+\layout Standard
+
+Zuretzako paragrafo-inguruneak zerrendatu aurretik, habiaratze-sakonerak
+ lan egiteko duten moduari buruzko zerbait gehiago aurkeztu behar dizugu.
+\layout Standard
+
+Habiaratzeei buruzko galderak ezin dira bai edo ez, ahal duzu edo ezin duzu
+ batekin erantzun.
+ Galdera egokiagoa "nola" hitzak dauka.
+ Ingurune bat beste edozein ingurunetan habiara dezakezu? Eta horren barruan
+ beste bat habiaratu? Horietako bati "bai" erantzuteak ez du ziurtatzen
+ besteei "bai" erantzun dakiekeenik.
+\layout Standard
+
+Paragrafo-inguruneak, LyX-en, habiaratzerakoan hiru gauza hauetariko bat
+ egin dezake: lehenengoa, ingurune bat erabat habiagaitza izan daiteke;
+ bigarrena, badaude erabat habiarakorrak diren inguruneak, beraz batzuk
+ beste ingurunetan habiara ditzakezun bezala, beste horiek aurrekoen barruan
+ habiaratzeko aukera daukazu.
+ Azken ingurune-mota bat dago.
+ Mota hauetakoa beste ingurune batean habiara dezakezu, eta hori da dena.
+ Ezin duzu hauetan ezer habiaratu.
+\layout Standard
+
+Ondoren hiru motak, habiaratze-jokabidearen arabera sailkatuta, eta bakoitzean
+ zein paragrafo-ingurune dauden zerrendatzen ditugu
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Arrazoi bitxi bat dela eta, LyX-ek bai
+\family sans
+Bibliografia
+\family default
+ bai
+\family sans
+Laburpena
+\family default
+ habiarazteko aukera eskaintzen dizu.
+ Gainera, LyX-ek
+\family sans
+Titulua
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Egilea
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Data
+\family default
+ beste inguruneetan habiaratzen uzten dizu.
+ Hori ez egitea aholkatzen dizugu.
+ LaTeX-ek txahalarena egingo du (botaka) hori egiten saiatzen bazara.
+ Berriro diogu, ez egin! Ez dakigu zergatia.
+ Nola nahi ere, testuinguru aldetik ez dauka zentzurik ingurune horiek habiarazt
+ea; beraz, zergatik nahi izan dezakezu hori egin?
+\end_inset
+
+ :
+\layout Description
+
+Habiaragaitzak Ezin dira habiaratu.
+ Ezin da beroien barruan bestelakorik habiaratu.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Zatia
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Kapitulua
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Atala
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Azpiatala
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Azpiazpiatala
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Paragrafoa
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Azpiparagrafoa
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Zatia*
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Kapitulua*
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Atala*
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Azpiatala*
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Azpiazpiatala*
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Bibliografia
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Laburpena
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Titulua
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Egilea
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Data
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+
+Erabat\SpecialChar ~
+habiarakorra Habiara dezakezu.
+ Bestelakoak hauen barnean habiara ditzakezu.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Bertsoa
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Zita
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Zitazioa
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Elementua
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Zenbatuta
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Azalpena
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Zerrenda
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+LyX-kodea
+\layout Description
+
+Barne-habiarakorra Hauek besteen barruan habiara ditzakezu.
+ Ezin duzu hauen barruan bestelakorik habiaratu.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Estandarra
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Eskuin\SpecialChar ~
+helbidea
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Helbidea
+\layout Standard
+
+Epigrafea ingurunea ezin da inon sailkatu, zeren eta
+\family sans
+Taula\SpecialChar ~
+mugikor
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Irudi\SpecialChar ~
+mugikor
+\family default
+ elementuetan bakarrik erabiltzen baita.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Besteak habiaratzea: taulak, matematikak, mugikorrak, e.a.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:taula-eta-irud-habiara}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Paragrafo-inguruneak ez diren beste hainbat gauza daude, eta nolabait habiaratze
+ak eragiten diete.
+ Hauek dira:
+\layout Itemize
+
+ekuazioak
+\layout Itemize
+
+taulak
+\layout Itemize
+
+irudiak
+\layout Description
+
+
+\emph on
+Oharra
+\emph default
+: irudi edo taula bat
+\family sans
+Mugikor
+\family default
+ egoeran jartzen baduzu, ez da egia izango.
+ Xehetasun gehiagorako, ikus azpian edo
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:irudiak}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ edo begiratu
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:taulak}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+ataletan.
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-ek hiru elementu hauek hitz edo paragrafo bat bezala kudeatu ditzake.
+ Egia da taula bat lerro-barnean ezin duzula sartu, baina matematika eta
+ irudiak bai.
+ Irudi edo ekuazio bat lerro-barnean badago, dagoen paragrafoarekin batera
+
+\emph on
+sakonduko
+\emph default
+ da.
+\layout Standard
+
+Bestalde, ekuazio, irudi edo taula bat bere "paragrafo" propioan balego,
+ "barne-habiarakorra" motako paragrafo-ingurune baten bezalako jokabidea
+ izango dute.
+ Edozein ingurunetan habiaratu ahal izango dituzu, baina (zer esanik ez
+ dago) hauen barruan ezer habiaratzerik ezin izango duzu.
+\layout Standard
+
+Hona hemen taula duen adibidea:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Lehenengo elementua
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Hau
+\emph on
+(a)
+\emph default
+ da eta habiaratuta dago.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+a
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+b
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+c
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+d
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Hau
+\emph on
+(b)
+\emph default
+ da.
+ Une honetan, taula
+\emph on
+(a)
+\emph default
+ barruan habiaratuta dago.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Kanpora itzuli da.
+\layout Standard
+
+Taula ez badugu habiaratzen, zerrendak honako itxura hau edukiko du:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Lehenengo elementua
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Hau
+\emph on
+(a)
+\emph default
+ da eta habiaratuta dago.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+a
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+b
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+c
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+d
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Hau
+\emph on
+(b)
+\emph default
+ da.
+ Taula
+\emph on
+(a)
+\emph default
+ barruan
+\emph on
+ez
+\emph default
+ dago habiaratuta dago.
+ Egitez, erabat habiaratu gabe dago.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Kanpora itzuli da.
+\layout Standard
+
+Badakigu ohartuko zinela, baina badaezpada ere aipatuko dugu.
+ (b) elementua ez da habiaratu, zerrenda berri bateko lehenbiziko elementua
+ da!
+\layout Standard
+
+Hanka sartzeko arriskua duen beste gauza bat dago: taula habiaratzea, baina
+ nahiko sakonera ez ezartzea.
+ LyX-ek taularen ondoren doan edozer gauza (azpi)zerrenda berri batean bihurtuko
+ du.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Lehenengo elementua
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Hau
+\emph on
+(a)
+\emph default
+ da, eta habiaratuta dago.
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+a
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+b
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+c
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+d
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Hau
+\emph on
+(b)
+\emph default
+ da.
+ Dagoeneko, taula
+\emph on
+Lehenengo elementua
+\emph default
+ren barruan habiaratuta dago, baina ez
+\emph on
+(a)
+\emph default
+-ren barruan.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Kanpora itzuli da.
+\layout Standard
+
+Ikus dezakezunez, (b) elementua zerrenda berri bateko aurreneko elementua
+ izatera aldatu da, baina zerrenda berria 1.
+ elementuaren barruan dago.
+ Antzeko gauza gertatuko litzateke irudi edo ekuazio batekin.
+ Ondorioz, taula, irudi edo ekuazio batzuk habiaratzen badituzu, sakonera
+ egokian jartzen dituzula ziurta zaitez!
+\layout Standard
+
+Badaude
+\family sans
+Mugikorrak
+\family default
+ izenekoak ere.
+
+\family sans
+Mugikor
+\family default
+ bat etiketa antzeko batekin elkartuta dagoen testu-bloke bat da, baina
+ kokapen finkorik ez dauka.
+ Bloke hau orrialde bat edo bitan aurrerantz eta atzerantz "mugi" daiteke,
+ leku egokienean kokatuz.
+
+\family sans
+Oin-oharrak
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Albo-oharrak
+\family default
+ mugikorrak dira,
+\family sans
+Taula\SpecialChar ~
+mugikor
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Irudi\SpecialChar ~
+mugikor
+\family default
+ren antzera.
+ LyX-ekin dokumentu bat editatzen duzunean, itxitako
+\family sans
+Mugikor
+\family default
+ bat etiketa gorridun gris koloreko botoi baten itxura dauka eta dagoen
+ paragrafoarekin kokatzen da.
+ Hala ere,
+\family sans
+Mugikor
+\family default
+ bat irteerako testuan finkatutako kokalekurik ez daukanez, habiaratzeak
+ ez du dokumentua LaTeX-era igorritakoan uneko kokalekuan eragiten.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Erabilera eta ezaugarri orokorrak
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Habiaratze-mugak
+\layout Standard
+
+Mailez ari garenez, LyX-ek sei mailataraino habiara dezake.
+ Hots, "Sei.
+ maila" barrukoen sakonera da.
+ Esan nahi duguna adierazteko adibidea:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+1.
+ Bat.
+ maila - kanpokoa
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+(a) Bi.
+ maila
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+i.
+ Hiru.
+ maila
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+A.
+ Lau.
+ maila
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Bost.
+ maila
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Sei.
+ maila
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Berriro, LyX-ek gehienez 6 maila ditu, zein paragrafo-ingurunetan dagoen
+ ez dauka garrantzirik
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Zoritxarrez, LyX-ek ezin ditu muga horiek derrigortu.
+ Gainditzen saiatzen bazara, LaTeX-ek erroreak sortuko ditu zure dokumentuaren
+ irteera ekoizterakoan.
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Esanahi duena da
+\family sans
+Azalpena
+\family default
+ zerrendan, edo
+\family sans
+Bertso
+\family default
+ ingurunean, gehienez seigarren maila arte habiara dezakezula.
+ Aurrerago ikusiko dugun bezala, inguruneak nahastu ditzakezu.
+\layout Standard
+
+Bi salbuespen daude sei mailako habiaratze horretan, eta adibidean ikus
+ ditzakezu biak.
+ Erabat habiarakorrak ez bezala,
+\family sans
+Zenbatuta
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Elementua
+\family default
+ inguruneetan laugarren mailako sakonera arte irits zaitezke.
+ Arestiko adibidean, "A" elementuan beste
+\family sans
+Zenbatuta
+\family default
+ zerrenda habiaratuz gero, erroreak sortuko lizkiguke.
+
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Tamalez, LyX-ek ez du muga hori betetzera derrigortzen.
+ Gainezka egiten saiatzen bazara, eta zure dokumentua LaTeX-i igortzerakoan,
+ azken horrek erroreak itzuliko dizkigu zure jarreraren sari gisa.
+ Zintzo ibili!
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+Adibide batzuk
+\layout Standard
+
+Habiaratzearekin egin ditzakezunak azaltzeko biderik egokiena argibidea
+ da.
+ Hainbat habiaratutako ingurune dituzten adibideak ditugu.
+ Horietan, adibideak nola sortzen diren azalduko dizkizugu, horrela zeuk
+ modu eroso batean sortzeko aukera eskainiz.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+1.
+ adibidea: sei mailako habiaratze-sakonera
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+1.a Hau kanpoen dagoen maila da.
+
+\family sans
+Zerrenda
+\family default
+ ingurunekoa da.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+2.a Hau 2.
+ mailakoa da.
+ Sortzeko
+\family sans
+M-Lerro-itzulera
+\family default
+ ondoren
+\family sans
+M-p\SpecialChar ~
+Eskuina
+\family default
+ laster-tekla sakatu dugu.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+3.a Hau 3.
+ mailakoa da.
+ Oraingoan,
+\family sans
+Lerro-itzulera
+\family default
+ sakatu dugu soilik, gero birritan
+\family sans
+M-p\SpecialChar ~
+Eskuina
+\family default
+ erabili dugu errenkadan.
+ Aurreko mailan landu dugun bezala ere egin genezake,
+\family sans
+M-Lerro-itzulera
+\family default
+ ondoren
+\family sans
+M-p\SpecialChar ~
+Eskuina
+\family default
+ laster-tekla sakatuz.
+ Dagoeko konturatuko zinen hau ere Zerrenda ingurunea dela, eta automatikoki
+ dagoela egoera honetan, ez?
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Hau ordea
+\family sans
+Estandarra
+\family default
+ ingurunea da, "3.a" barruan habiaratuta dagoenez 4.
+ mailan kokatzen da.
+ Hori egiteko,
+\family sans
+M-Lerro-itzulera
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+M-p\SpecialChar ~
+Eskuina
+\family default
+ sakatu orduko paragrafoa
+\family sans
+Estandarra
+\family default
+ ingurunera bihurtu dugu.
+ Erabili bide hori paragrafo bat baino gehiago daukan zerrenda-elementuak
+ sortzeko.
+
+\family sans
+Azalpena
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Zenbatuta
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Elementua
+\family default
+ inguruneetan eta erabil dezakezu!
+\layout Standard
+
+Oraingo hau ere
+\family sans
+Estandarra
+\family default
+ paragrafoa izateaz gain, 4.
+ mailan dago.
+ Lortzeko
+\family sans
+M-Lerro-itzulera
+\family default
+ sakatzearekin nahikoa da.
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+4.a Hau 4.
+ mailan dago.
+
+\family sans
+M-Lerro-itzulera
+\family default
+ sakatu bezain azkar, paragrafoaren ingurunea
+\family sans
+Zerrendara
+\family default
+ itzuli dugu.
+ Gogoratu, ezin dezakegula
+\family sans
+Estandarra
+\family default
+ ingurunean ezer habiaratu, horregatik 4.
+ mailan jarraitzen dugu.
+ Nola nahi ere, "3.a" barruan gauzak habiarazten jarrai dezakegu.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+5.a Hau 5.
+ mailan kokatzen da\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+6.a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+eta hau 6.
+ mailakoa da.
+ Jadanik azken bi hauek nola landu ditugun jakin beharko zenuke.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+5.b Itzuli 5.
+ mailara.
+ Sakatu soilik
+\family sans
+M-Lerro-itzulera
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+M-p\SpecialChar ~
+Ezkerra
+\family default
+ batekin jarraituz.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+4.b Beste
+\family sans
+M-Lerro-itzulera
+\family default
+ baten ostean
+\family sans
+M-p\SpecialChar ~
+Ezkerra
+\family default
+ sakatuz, 4.\SpecialChar ~
+mailara itzuliko gara.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+3.b Itzuli gara 3.
+ mailara.
+ Jadanik jakingo duzu nola egin dugun miraritxo hau.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+2.b Itzuli 2.
+ mailara.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+1.b Eta azkenik, bidaia luze honetako kanporen dagoen mailara itzultzen gara,
+ 1.
+ mailara, alegia.
+ Sententzia horren ostean,
+\family sans
+Lerro-itzulera
+\family default
+ sakatu eta paragrafoa
+\family sans
+Estandarra
+\family default
+ ingurunera bihurtuko dugu zerrenda amaitutzat jotzeko.
+\layout Standard
+
+Hor daukazu.
+ Ene, bada!
+\family sans
+Azalpena
+\family default
+
+\family sans
+Zita
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Zitazioa
+\family default
+ edota
+\family sans
+Bertsoa
+\family default
+ ingurunean
+\family sans
+Zerrendaren
+\family default
+ ordez ere erabil genezake.
+ Adibidea antzera landuko zen.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+2.
+ adibidea: herentzia
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+Hau
+\family sans
+LyX-kodea
+\family default
+ ingurunea da, 1.
+ mailakoa (kanpokoena).
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+Orain
+\family sans
+Lerro-itzulera
+\family default
+ sakatu, ondoren
+\family sans
+M-p Eskuina
+\family default
+ eta gero
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\family sans
+Zenbatuta
+\family default
+ ingurunera aldatuko dugu.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Hau
+\family sans
+Zenbatuta
+\family default
+ ingurunea da, 2.
+ mailan dago.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Antzemango duzunez,
+\family sans
+Zenbatuta
+\family default
+-k bere gurasoa den
+\family sans
+LyX-kode
+\family default
+ ingurunetik ezkerraldeko marjina jasotzen du eta letra-tipoa eta tarteak
+ heredatu.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Adibidea amaitzeko,
+\family sans
+Lerro-itzulera
+\family default
+ sakatu dugu.
+ Gero, paragrafoaren ingurunea
+\family sans
+Estandarra
+\family default
+ izatera aldatu dugu eta habiaratze-sakonera berrasieratu dugu
+\family sans
+M-p\SpecialChar ~
+Ezkerra
+\family default
+ behin erabiliz.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+3.
+ adibidea: etiketak, mailak eta Zenbatuta eta Elementua inguruneak.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Hau 1.
+ mailakoa da, eta
+\family sans
+Zenbatuta
+\family default
+ ingurunea darabil.
+ Oraingoan hauen tropela habiaratuko ditugu.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Hau 2.
+ mailan dago.
+ Guk,
+\family sans
+M-Lerro-itzulera
+\family default
+ren ondoren,
+\family sans
+M-p\SpecialChar ~
+Eskuina
+\family default
+ erabili dugu, zer erabiliko duzu zuk? Txantxak alde batera utziz, honen
+ barruan
+\family sans
+Elementua
+\family default
+ ingurunea habiaratzen badugu, zer gertatuko litzateke? Bada, 3.
+ mailan kokatuko litzakeela, baina zein etiketarekin? Izartxo bat?
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Ez! Bulet bat da.
+ Hau lehen
+\family sans
+Elementua
+\family default
+ ingurunea da, eta esan bezala, 3.
+ mailan kokatu da.
+ Beraz, etiketatzat bulet bat dauka.
+ Ohartxo bat: hona iristeko
+\family sans
+M-Lerro-itzulera
+\family default
+ erabili dugu, ondoren
+\family sans
+M-p\SpecialChar ~
+Eskuina
+\family default
+ lasterbidea, eta gero ingurunea
+\family sans
+Elementua
+\family default
+ gisa jarri dugu.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Hona hemen 4.
+ maila,
+\family sans
+M-Lerro-itzulera
+\family default
+ ostean
+\family sans
+M-p\SpecialChar ~
+Eskuina
+\family default
+ erabiliz sortu dugu.
+ Bai jostagarria! Berriro egingo dugu...
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+...5.
+ maila lortzeko.
+ Oraingoan, nola nahi ere, paragrafoa
+\family sans
+Zenbatuta
+\family default
+ ingurunera itzuli dugu.
+ Ohartu zaitez nolako zenbatze-mota erabili duen! Minuskulaz dagoen Erromatar
+ letra-tipoa da, zeren eta hirugarren
+\family sans
+Zenbatuta
+\family default
+ ingurune-mailan baikaude (adib.
+
+\family sans
+Zenbatuta
+\family default
+ barruko
+\family sans
+Zenbatuta
+\family default
+ barneko
+\family sans
+Zenbatuta
+\family default
+ ingurunean gaude).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Zer gertatzen da paragrafo-ingurunea aldatu gabe habiaratze-sakonera gutxitzen
+ badugu? LyX-ek zelako zenbatze-mota erabiliko du?
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Ene! oraingoan ez baduzu asmatu ederki gabiltza!
+\family sans
+M-Lerro-itzulera
+\family default
+ bakarrik erabili dugu uneko ingurunea eta sakonera mantenduz elementu berri
+ bat sortzeko.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Goazen
+\family sans
+M-p\SpecialChar ~
+Ezkerra
+\family default
+ erabiltzera hurrengo
+\family sans
+M-Lerro-itzulera
+\family default
+ren ondoren sakonera gutxitzeko.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Hau 4.
+ mailan dago.
+ Begiratu LyX-ek zein etiketa-mota erabiltzen duen!
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Hau berriz, 3.ekoa da.
+ Mailak aldatu arren, Lyx-ek minuskulazko Erromatar letra-tipoko zenbakiekin
+ jarraitzen du etiketatzen.
+ Zergatik?
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Ez dakigu merezi ote duzun edo ez, baina hain jatorrak garenez erantzungo
+ dizugu: habiaratze-sakonera aldatu den arren oraindik hirugarren
+\family sans
+Zenbatuta
+\family default
+ ingurunean jarraitzen dugulako.
+ Gogoratu Lyx-ek etiketaren zenbatzailea berrasieratu duela.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Beste
+\family sans
+M-Lerro-itzulera
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+M-p\SpecialChar ~
+Ezkerra
+\family default
+ sekuentzia landuz 2.\SpecialChar ~
+mailara itzuli gara.
+ Hori da eta! Oraingoan habiaratze-sakonera aldatu eta bigarren mailako
+
+\family sans
+Zenbatuta
+\family default
+ ingurunera itzuli gara.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Berriro
+\family sans
+M-Lerro-itzulera
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+M-p\SpecialChar ~
+Ezkerra
+\family default
+ jorratzen baditugu antzeko zerbait gertatuko da: 1.\SpecialChar ~
+mailara (kanpoen dagoena)
+ itzuliko gara.
+\layout Standard
+
+Azkenik,
+\family sans
+Estandarra
+\family default
+ ingurunera berrezarriko dugu.
+ Bistakoa denez, mailaren zenbakiak ez du
+\family sans
+Zenbatuta
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Elementua
+\family default
+ ingurunetako etiketa motekin zerikusirik.
+
+\family sans
+Zenbatuta
+\family default
+ elementu batean erabiliko den etiketa-mota horren inguruan dauden
+\emph on
+beste
+\family sans
+Zenbatuta
+\family default
+ ingurune
+\emph default
+ kopuruek erabakitzen dute.
+ Era berean,
+\family sans
+Elementua
+\family default
+ inguruneari antzeko araua aplikatzen zaio.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+4.
+ adibidea: garunak astindu
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Orain erabat zoratuko zaitugu.
+ Beste adibideetan ez bezala, ez dugu hainbesteko sakonerarekin habiaratuko,
+ ezta gauzak horrelako xehetasunez azalduko ere.
+ (1.
+ maila:
+\family sans
+Zenbatuta
+\family default
+).
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+(
+\family sans
+Lerro-itzulera
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+M-p\SpecialChar ~
+Eskuina
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Estandarra
+\family default
+: 2.
+ maila) Lekuren batean, parentesi artean, adibidea nola sortu dugun buruzko
+ azalpen oso laburra jarri dugu.
+ Adibidez, bi laster-teklek aipatzen dute sakonera nola aldatu ditugun.
+ Ingurunearen izena unekoa inguruneari dagokio, jakina.
+ Aurretik edo atzetik zein mailatan kokatzen den ere ipini dugu.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+(
+\family sans
+Lerro-itzulera
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Zenbatuta
+\family default
+: 1.
+ maila) Hau zerrendako hurrengo elementua da.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Verse
+
+Oraingoan bertsoa gehitu dugu
+\newline
+Okerrago izan zitekeen.
+
+\newline
+(
+\family sans
+Lerro-itzulera
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+M-p Eskuina
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Bertsoa
+\family default
+: 2.
+ maila)
+\layout Verse
+
+Tripititai, trikitilai
+\newline
+Mendirik mendi lainoan
+\newline
+(
+\family sans
+M-Lerro-itzulera
+\family default
+)
+\layout Verse
+
+Zuretzat jarri dugu taula:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_top bigskip \align center
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+arrai bat
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+bi arrai
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+arrai gorria
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+arrai urdina
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Verse
+
+(
+\family sans
+M-Lerro-itzulera, Taula, M-p Eskuin
+\family default
+a 3 aldiz,
+\family sans
+M-Lerro-itzulera, Bertsoa, M-p Ezkerra
+\family default
+)
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+(
+\family sans
+Lerro-itzulera
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Zenbatuta
+\family default
+: 1.
+ maila) Hau beste elementu bat da.
+ Ohartu zaitez
+\family sans
+Taula
+\family default
+ bat hautatzeak habiaratze-sakonera 1.
+ mailara berrasieratzen duela; beraz, habiaratze-sakonera 3 aldiz handitu
+ dugu taula
+\family sans
+Bertsoa
+\family default
+ ingurunean jartzeko.
+\layout Quotation
+
+Orain, ordea,
+\family sans
+Zenbatuta
+\family default
+ zerrenda amaitu dugu eta
+\family sans
+Zitazioa
+\family default
+ ingurunera aldatu gara.
+ 1.
+ mailan jarraitzen dugu.
+ Inguruneak nahastuz egin ditzakezun zenbait gauza azaldu nahiko genuke.
+ Hurrengo paragrafo-multzoa " zitatutako gutun" bat da.
+ Bai Helbidea bai
+\family sans
+Eskuin-helbidea
+\family default
+ inguruneak honetan habiaratuko ditugu, ondoren gutunaren gorputzerako habiaratu
+tako
+\family sans
+Zitazioa
+\family default
+ erabiliko da.
+ Sakonera mantentzeko
+\family sans
+M-Lerro-itzulera
+\family default
+ erabiliko dugu.
+ Gogoratu
+\family sans
+Helbidea
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Eskuin-helbidea
+\family default
+ inguruneetan hainbat lerro edukitzeko
+\family sans
+C-Lerro-itzulera
+\family default
+ erabili behar dela.
+ Has gaitezen:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Right Address
+
+1234 Nonbait kalea
+\newline
+Sagugoitia, 010100
+\newline
+04-9-6
+\layout Address
+
+Kaixo Artaziluze jauna,
+\layout Quotation
+
+Gutun hau bidaltzen dizugu une honetan zure eskaria bete ezin dugula jakinarazte
+ko.
+ Gure eskuetatik at dagoen gertaera garrantzitsu bat dela medio, urteko
+ simaur pilo handia galdu berri dugu.
+ Zoritxarrez, gure behi gehienak gaixotu eta hil egin dira.
+ Ondorioz simaur-ekoizpena laurdenera jaitsi zaigu eta zure eskaria betetzen
+ oso atzeratuko gara.
+ Gutxi gorabehera bi hilabete beharko ditugu simaurra biltegiratzeko.
+ Bitartean, eta aldez aurretik zure arreta eskertuz, eskaera bertan behera
+ uzteko aukera daukazula oroitarazi nahiko genizuke.
+\layout Quotation
+
+Hala ere, eskaerarekin aurrera jarraitzea erabakiko bazenu, eskariaren salneurri
+a %20 gutxituko genuke.
+ Interesa edukiz gero, deitu telefonoz arazo honi irtenbidea emateko.
+\layout Quotation
+
+Berriro zure arretagatik eskerrak ematen dizkizugu.
+\layout Address
+
+Ongi izan,
+\layout Address
+
+Enbata Ondamendieta
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Honek adibidea amaitutzat jotzen du!
+\layout Standard
+
+Ikusi duzunez, LyX-en inguruneak habiaratzeak ahalmen handia eskaintzen
+ dizu, tekla gutxi batzuk sakatzearen truke.
+ Oso erraz
+\family sans
+Elementua
+\family default
+ zerrenda
+\family sans
+Zitazioa
+\family default
+ edo
+\family sans
+Zita
+\family default
+ barruan habiara dezakegu, edo
+\family sans
+Zita
+\family default
+ bat
+\family sans
+Elementua
+\family default
+ zerrenda baten barruan.
+ Zure eskura aukera aldaki asko dituzu.
+\layout Section
+
+Letra-tipoak eta testu-estiloak
+\layout Subsection
+
+Azalpen laburra
+\layout Standard
+
+Egungo konposatzeko eta markatzeko hizkuntza asko karaktere-estiloen zehaztapene
+ra hurbiltzen hasi dira, letra-tipo zehatzetara baino gehiago.
+ Adibidez, testuari enfasia emateko letra etzanean jarri ordez, "enfasi-estiloa"
+ darabilte.
+ Burutazio hau LyX-ekin bat dator.
+ LyX-en, gauzak testuinguruan oinarrituz lantzen dira, konposaketaren xehetasun
+ arloetan sakondu ordez.
+\layout Standard
+
+Oraintxe bertan, LyX-ek letra-tipo lehenetsi globala zehazten uzten dizu,
+ eta bi karaktere-estilo ditu:
+\family sans
+Enfasia
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Izena
+\family default
+.
+
+\family sans
+Enfasia
+\family default
+ estiloa letra etzanari dagokio;
+\family sans
+Izena
+\family default
+ estiloa, berriz, maiuskula txikian idatzitako letra-tipoari dagokio (hizkuntza
+ eta idazki-estilo batzuk izen propioak konposatzeko erabiltzen dute).
+ LyX taldeak egunen batean karaktere-estiloen multzo oso bat eduki, eta
+ estiloei dagokien letra-tipoak pertsonalizatzeko aukera eskaintzea espero
+ du.
+ Une honetan, ordea, dagoenarekin moldatu beharko zara.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Aukera globalak
+\layout Standard
+
+Letra-tipoa lehenetsi dezakezu,
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+iseinua
+\family default
+ menuko
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+okumentua
+\family default
+ hautatuz,
+\family sans
+Dokumentu\SpecialChar ~
+ezarpenak
+\family default
+ elkarrizketa-koadroan.
+ Interesgarriak diren bi aukera daude:
+\family sans
+Letra
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+tamaina
+\family default
+.
+
+\family sans
+Letra
+\family default
+peko aukeren artean daude "lehenetsia" ("default") eta sisteman eskuragarri
+ dituzun letra-tipoen zerrenda.
+ "Lehenetsia" aukerak TeX-en letra-tipo arrunta erabiltzen du, "computer
+ modern" (cm) edo "European modern" (em) bezala ezaguna.
+ Sistema gehienek normalean
+\family sans
+Times
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Helvetica
+\family default
+ letra-tipoen bertsioren bat eduki ohi dute, beste zenbait aldagairekin.
+ Zeuk aztertu beharko dituzu.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Tamaina
+\family default
+ aukerak hiru balio ezberdin eskaintzen dizkizu: 10, 11 eta 12.
+ Gogoratu hau letra-tamainaren oinarria dela.
+ LyX-ek balio honekin beste letra-tamaina guztiak eskala ditzake (oin-ohar,
+ goi-indize eta azpindizeetan erabiltzen dira).
+ Behar duzunean, dokumentuko letra-tamaina fintzeko aukera izango duzu.
+ Tentelkeria da 8pt edo 24pt letra-tamaina lehenespenez erabiltzea, normalean
+ dokumentua modu irakurgaitzean errendatzen baitu.
+\layout Standard
+
+Jabetu zaitez
+\family sans
+Letra
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+tamaina
+\family default
+ eremuetan balio berri bat aukeratzen baduzu, LyX-ek ez duela pantaila aldatzen.
+ Ezberdintasuna azken irteeran bakarrik ikusi ahal izango duzu.
+ Hori WYSIWYM izaeraren ondorioa da.
+ Bestalde, ohartuko zinen "Erromatarra" letra-tipoa duen testua LyX-eko
+ pantailan lehenetsitako letra-tipoari dagokiola.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Beste karaktere-estiloak erabiltzea
+\layout Standard
+
+Jadanik ikusi dugu LyX-ek automatikoki paragrafo-ingurune batzuetan karaktere-es
+tiloa aldatzen duela.
+ Arestian aipatu dugunez, beste bi karaktere-estilo daude:
+\family sans
+Enfasia
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Izena
+\family default
+.
+ Bi estilook laster-teklak, menuak eta tresna-barra erabiliz aktiba ditzakezu.
+\layout Standard
+
+Izena estiloa gaitzeko, landu hau:
+\layout Itemize
+
+hautatu
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+iseinua
+\family default
+ menuko
+\family sans
+ Izen-estiloa
+\family default
+ elementua
+\layout Itemize
+
+klikatu tresna-barrako pertsona itxura duen botoia
+\layout Itemize
+
+erabili
+\family sans
+M-c\SpecialChar ~
+c
+\family default
+laster-tekla
+\layout Standard
+
+Komando guzti hauek txandakorrak dira.
+
+\family sans
+Izena
+\family default
+ estiloa aktibatuta egonez gero, desaktibatuko dute.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Izena
+\family default
+ estiloa izen propioentzako erabili ohi da.
+ Adibidez, "
+\noun on
+Matthias Ettrich
+\noun default
+ LyX-eko jatorrizko egilea da".
+\layout Standard
+
+Gehien erabiltzen den karaktere-estiloa
+\family sans
+Enfasia
+\family default
+ da.
+
+\family sans
+Enfasia
+\family default
+ estiloa aktibatzeko (edo desaktibatzeko) aukera hauek dituzu:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Hautatu
+\family sans
+Diseinua
+\family default
+menuko
+\family sans
+ Enfasi-estiloa
+\family default
+ aukera
+\layout Itemize
+
+klikatu tresna-barrako
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+!
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ karakterea duen botoia
+\layout Itemize
+
+erabili
+\family sans
+M-c\SpecialChar ~
+e
+\family default
+laster-tekla
+\layout Standard
+
+Oraingoz,
+\family sans
+Enfasia
+\family default
+ estiloa letra etzanaren baliokidea da.
+ Etorkizunean elkargo hauek pertsonalizatzeko aukera egiteko asmoa daukagu.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Enfasia
+\family default
+ estiloa dokumentu honen zehar maiz erabili dugu.
+ Hona beste adibide bat:
+\layout Quotation
+
+
+\emph on
+Ez erabili gehiegi karaktere-estiloak!
+\layout Standard
+
+Abisu bat da adibidea izateaz gain.
+ Denbora guztian elkarri garrasika hitz egiten ez dugun bezala, karaktere-estilo
+a gehiegikerian erabiltzea saihestu behar dugu.
+\layout Description
+
+Ene!\SpecialChar ~
+(
+\emph on
+azken\SpecialChar ~
+oharra
+\emph default
+): letra-tipo lehenetsia berrasieratzeko
+\family sans
+M-c\SpecialChar ~
+Zuriunea
+\family default
+ laster-tekla erabil dezakezu.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Karaktereen diseinua fintzea
+\layout Standard
+
+Gerta daiteke noizbait zerbait findu behar izatea, horretarako LyX-ek karaktere-
+estilo pertsonalizatua sortzeko bidea eskaintzen dizu.
+ Adibidez, unibertsitateko egunkari edo lantegi batean
+\family sans
+sans-serif
+\family default
+ letra-tipoa zehazten duen estilo-gida sortzen du zenbait egoeratan erabiltzeko
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\noun on
+John Weiss
+\noun default
+-en oharra: badago estilo-gidaren antzekoa LyX Dokumentaziorako, eskuliburuek
+ nolabaiteko koherentzia behar dutelako.
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Gainera, idazleek batzuetan hainbat letra-tipo erabiltzen dute pertsonaien
+ pentsakizunak elkarrizketa arrunt batean zehar adierazteko.
+\layout Standard
+
+Karaktere-estilo pertsonalizatua nola erabiltzen den erakutsi aurretik,
+ berriro abisu bat emango dizugu: ez erabili gehiegi karaktere-estiloak.
+ Egungo testu-prozesadore askok letra-tipoen multzo handia eskuragarri dute,
+ argitaletxe baten inprimatzeko ahalmenak eskainiz.
+ Zoritxarrez, ahalmen hori gehiegikerian erabiltzeko joera dago.
+ "Itsasoan arbolak aldatu" esamoldea gogorarazi dit.
+ Eta esaera zaharrak dioen bezala, letra-tipo eta tamaina ezberdinak gehiegi
+ darabiltzaten dokumentuek takarren batek zapaldu eta hondatuko dituela
+ ematen du.
+\layout Standard
+
+Aieneka nahikoa ibili gara; goazen, bada, harira.
+\layout Standard
+
+Letra-tipo pertsonalizatuak erabiltzeko,
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+iseinua
+\family default
+ menuko
+\family sans
+\bar under
+K
+\bar default
+arakterea
+\family default
+ elementuan klikatuz
+\family sans
+Karakterea
+\family default
+ izeneko elkarrizketa-koadroa agertuko da.
+ Leihoan zazpi bat botoi egongo dira, aukera dezakezun letra-propietate
+ bakoitzeko bat alegia.
+ Zazpi horietatik aukera bat hauta dezakezu, edo
+\family sans
+Aldaketarik\SpecialChar ~
+gabe
+\family default
+ hautatuz uneko propietatearen egoera mantentzen du.
+
+\family sans
+Berrezarri
+\family default
+ elementuak propietate baten lehenetsitako egoerara berrasieratuko du, dagoen
+ paragrafo-ingurunearen arabera.
+ Hori hartutako paragrafo-ingurune ezberdinetan atributuak berrezartzeko
+ erabil dezakezu.
+\layout Standard
+
+Zazpi letra-propietate, eta beraien aukerak (
+\family sans
+Aldaketarik\SpecialChar ~
+gabe
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Berrezarri
+\family default
+-ri gehituz) hauek dira:
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+Familia
+\family default
+ Letra-tipoaren "erabateko itxura".
+ Dauden aukerak hauek dira:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+Erromatarra
+\family default
+ Hau Erromatar letra-tipoko familia da.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Familia lehenetsia da.
+ (laster-tekla: =
+\family sans
+M-c r
+\family default
+)
+\end_deeper
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+Sans\SpecialChar ~
+Serif
+\family default
+
+\family sans
+Hau Sans Serif letra-tipoko familia da
+\family default
+.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+(laster-tekla =
+\family sans
+M-c s
+\family default
+)
+\end_deeper
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+Idazmakina
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+Hau Idazmakina letra-tipoko familia da
+\family default
+.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+(laster-tekla =
+\family sans
+M-c p
+\family default
+)
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+Serieak
+\family default
+ Karakterearen lodierari dagokio.
+ Hauek dira aukerak:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+Ertaina
+\family default
+ Hau Ertaina letra-tipoko seriea da.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Lehenetsitako seriea ere bada.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+Lodia
+\family default
+
+\series bold
+Hau Lodia letra-tipoko seriea da
+\series default
+.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Serie hau txandakatzeko (aktibatu eta desaktibatzeko), erabili
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+iseinua
+\family default
+ menuko Lodi estiloa , edo
+\family sans
+M-c\SpecialChar ~
+b
+\family default
+ lasterbidea erabil dezakezu.
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+Forma
+\family default
+ Bere izenak azaltzen du.
+ Aukerak:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+Zutik
+\family default
+ Hau Zutik letra-forma da.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Lehenetsitako forma da.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+Etzana
+\family default
+
+\shape italic
+Hau Etzana letra-forma da
+\shape default
+.
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+Inklinatua
+\family default
+
+\shape slanted
+Hau Inklinatua letra-forma da
+\shape default
+ ( pantailan ez antzeman arren, etzanaren ezberdina da).
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+Maiuskula
+\family default
+\SpecialChar ~
+
+\family sans
+txikiak
+\family default
+
+\family sans
+\shape smallcaps
+Hau maiuskula txikiak letra-forma da
+\family default
+\shape default
+.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+Tamaina
+\family default
+ Letraren tamaina aldatzen du.
+ Hemen ez duzu zenbakizko baliorik aurkituko, aukeran dauden neurri guztiak
+ lehenetsitakoaren letra-tamainarekiko proportzionalak dira.
+ Berriro diogu, ez zaitez LyX-en xehetasunengatik arduratu, egin nahi duzuna
+ bakarrik azaltzearekin nahikoa duzu.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Aukerak (eta laster-teklak) hauek dira:
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+Ttipi-ttipia
+\family sans
+\size tiny
+Hau "Ttipi-ttipia" letra-tamaina da.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+(laster-tekla =
+\family sans
+M-s t
+\family default
+ edo
+\family sans
+M-s 1
+\family default
+)
+\end_deeper
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+Txikiena
+\family sans
+\size scriptsize
+Hau "Txikiena" letra-tamaina da.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+(laster-tekla =
+\family sans
+M-s 2
+\family default
+)
+\end_deeper
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+Txikiagoa
+\family sans
+\size footnotesize
+Hau "Txikiagoa" letra-tamaina da.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+(laster-tekla =
+\family sans
+M-s S
+\family default
+ edo
+\family sans
+M-s 3
+\family default
+)
+\end_deeper
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+Txikia
+\family sans
+\size small
+Hau "Txikia" letra-tamaina da.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+(laster-tekla =
+\family sans
+M-s s
+\family default
+ edo
+\family sans
+M-s 4
+\family default
+)
+\end_deeper
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+Normala Hau "Normala" letra-tamaina da.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Lehenetsitako tamaina da.
+ (laster-tekla =
+\family sans
+M-s n
+\family default
+ edo
+\family sans
+M-s 5
+\family default
+)
+\end_deeper
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+Handia
+\family sans
+\size large
+Hau "Handia" letra-tamaina da.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+(laster-tekla =
+\family sans
+M-s l
+\family default
+edo
+\family sans
+M-s 6
+\family default
+)
+\end_deeper
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+Handiagoa
+\family sans
+\size larger
+Hau "Handiagoa" letra-tamaina da.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+(laster-tekla =
+\family sans
+M-s S-L
+\family default
+ edo
+\family sans
+M-s 7
+\family default
+)
+\end_deeper
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+Handiena
+\family sans
+\size largest
+Hau "Handiena" letra-tamaina da.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+(laster-tekla =
+\family sans
+M-s 8
+\family default
+)
+\end_deeper
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+Eskerga
+\family sans
+\size huge
+Hau "Eskerga" letra-tamaina da .
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+(laster-tekla =
+\family sans
+M-s h
+\family default
+ edo
+\family sans
+M-s 9
+\family default
+)
+\end_deeper
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+Eskergena
+\family sans
+\size giant
+Hau "Eskergena" letra-tamaina da.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+(laster-tekla =
+\family sans
+M-s H
+\family default
+ edo
+\family sans
+M-s 0
+\family default
+)
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\emph on
+Berriro
+\emph default
+ abisatu nahi dizugu: ezaugarri honekin ez zaitez aztoratu.
+ Inoiz ere ez zenuke letra-tamaina aldatu beharrik izango.
+ LyX-ek paragrafo-ingurune ezberdinentzat automatikoki aldatzen ditu letra-tamai
+nak, eta erabil ezazu horrela.
+ Hori bakarrik fintzeko erabiltzen da!
+\end_deeper
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+Hainbat
+\family default
+ Karaktere mailan alda ditzakezun beste gauzatxo batzuk dira.
+ Hauek dira aukerak:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+Enfasia
+\family default
+
+\emph on
+Testu honek
+\family sans
+Enfasia
+\family default
+ aktibatuta dauka.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Honek letra etzanaren antzekoa dirudien arren, zertxobait ezberdina da.
+ Testu etzan batean enfasia erabiltzen baduzu, zutik jarriko du.
+ LyX-eko etorkizuneko bertsioetan, espero dugu propietate logiko honen jokabide
+ zehatza pertsonalizatzeko aukera eskaini ahal izatea.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+Azpimarratua
+\family default
+
+\bar under
+Testu honek Azpimarratua aktibatuta dauka.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+(laster-tekla =
+\family sans
+M-c u
+\family default
+)
+\end_deeper
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+Izena
+\family default
+
+\noun on
+Testu honek
+\family sans
+Izena
+\family default
+ aktibatuta dauka.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Enfasia bezala, hau ere atributu logiko bat da.
+ Oraingoz,
+\family sans
+Maiuskula\SpecialChar ~
+txikiak
+\family default
+-en baliokidea da, baina egunen batean beraren jokabidea aldatuko da.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Ahal baldin baduzu, ez erabili azpimarratua! Idazmakinen garaitik bizirik
+ atera da, letra-tipoak aldatu ezin zenituen garaikoa alegia.
+ Testua nabarmentzeko, ez dugu gehiago behar azpimarra karakterearekin azpimarra
+tzen jarraitzea.
+ LaTeX-en dagoelako dauka LyX-ek, eta zenbait idazlek artikuluak bidaltzeko
+
+\emph on
+beharrezkoa
+\emph default
+ dutelako (eta, egitez, eskuliburu hauetan menu-elementuen lasterbideak
+ erakusteko erabili ditugu).
+\end_deeper
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+Kolorea
+\family default
+ Testuaren kolorea kontrol hau erabiliz egokitu ahal izango duzu.
+ Noski, gaitasun honi etekina ateratzeko koloreetan inprimatzeko aukera
+ edukitzeaz gain color LaTeX paketea instalatuta eduki beharko duzu.
+ Jakin ezazu
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\family default
+ programak ez duela koloreak bistaratzeko gaitasunik.
+ Kolore gabea aukeraz gain, zein "kolore" estandar den hauta dezakezu
+\family sans
+Beltza
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Zuria
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Gorria
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Berdea
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Urdina
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Zian
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Arrosa
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Horia
+\family default
+ testu-koloreen artean.
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+Hizkuntza
+\family default
+ Hau testuaren zatiak hizkuntza ezberdinetan idatzita daudela markatzeko
+ erabiltzen da, dokumentuan erabiltzen denaren hizkuntza ezberdina.
+ Horrela, aldaketa nabarmentzeko, markatutako testua urdinez azpimarratzen
+ da.
+\layout Standard
+
+Konbinatzeko aukera asko dituzu.
+\layout Standard
+
+Behin karaktere-estilo berri bat aukeratzen duzunean,
+\family sans
+Karakterea
+\family default
+ leihoa erabiliz, tresna-barrako "Font" etiketa duen botoian klikatuz edo
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+A
+\bar default
+plikatu
+\family default
+ hautatuz aktiba dezakezu.
+ Tresna-barrako botoiak karaktere-estilo pertsonalizatuaren egoera txandakatzeko
+ aukera eskaintzen dizu, nahiz eta Karakterea elkarrizketa-koadroa ikusgai
+ ez egon.
+\layout Standard
+
+Karakterea erabat berrasieratzeko, erabili
+\family sans
+M-c\SpecialChar ~
+Zuriunea
+\family default
+.
+ Aldatu dituzun propietateak bakarrik txandakatu nahi badituzu (demagun
+ forma "inklinatua" eta serieak "lodia" bezala jarri dituzula), orduan gaitu
+
+\family sans
+Txandakatu\SpecialChar ~
+guztiak
+\family default
+ egiaztatze-kontrola eta sakatu
+\family sans
+Aplikatu
+\family default
+ botoia.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Azken aldian hainbeste errepikatzen ari garen abisuarekin amaituko dugu:
+ ez gehiegi erabili letra-tipoak.
+ Horiek batik bat idazkera onerako kaltegarriagoak izan daitezkeelako.
+ Idatzi zeure buruarekin hitz egiten duzun bezala, eta lortuko duzu.
+\layout Section
+
+Aurrebista eta inprimatzea
+\layout Subsection
+
+Azalpen laburra
+\layout Standard
+
+Dokumentuaren prestaketaren oinarria LyX erabiliz azaldu dugunez, jakin
+ nahiko duzu zure idazkiak nola inprimatzen diren.
+ Hori azaldu aurretik ordea, atzetikan zer duen buruzko deskripzio azkar
+ bat ematea nahiko genizuke.
+ Informazio hau zehatzago
+\emph on
+Ezaugarri hedatuak
+\emph default
+ eskuliburuan aurkituko duzu.
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-ek atzealdean "LaTeX" izeneko programa bat erabiltzen du (gaur egun,
+ LaTeX TeX konposaketa sistemarako makro pakete bat bakarrik da, baina gaizki
+ ez ulertzeko nahiago dugu guzti honi "LaTeX" deitzea).
+ Honela pentsatu: orain idazteko LyX erabiltzen duzu.
+ Gero, LyX-ek LaTeX-i deituko dio zure idazkia inprimatze-irteerara bihur
+ dezan.
+ Hau hainbat urratsetan lantzen da:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Aurrenik, LyX-ek zure dokumentua hainbat testu-komandotara bihurtzen ditu
+ LaTeX-entzako, "
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+" luzapeneko fitxategi bat sortuz.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Hurrengo urratsean, LaTeX-ek
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+ fitxategiko komandoak erabiltzen ditu inprimatze-irteera sortzeko.
+ Hala ere, berak ez daki ezer zure inprimagailuari buruz.
+ Hori dela eta, LaTeX-ek gailutik askea (
+\emph on
+device-independent
+\emph default
+ edo DVI laburrean) bezala ezagutzen den fitxategia sortzen du.
+ DVI motako
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+.dvi
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ fitxategiak edozein ordenagailutara eraman daitezke, eta ez du ordenagailuareki
+ko bihurketa zehatzik behar.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+
+
+\emph on
+Oharra
+\emph default
+: DVI fitxategiak bere barruan LaTeX fitxategiaren edukia dauka.
+ Zure dokumentuan PostScript® motako irudi batzuk txertatu badituzu, DVI
+ fixtategiak irudiak diren fitxategiei zuzenduriko estekak bakarrik edukiko
+ ditu, eta ez baititu irudi horiek bere barruan edukitzen.
+ Beraz, ez ahaztu zure
+\family typewriter
+.dvi
+\family default
+ fitxategiarekin batera irudiak diren fitxategi hauek ere beste ordenagailura
+ mugitu behar direla.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Hartu ezazu
+\family typewriter
+.dvi
+\family default
+ fitxategia "azken irteera"tzat.
+ Behin hori lortutakoan, ikusi, inprimatu edo beste zenbait formatutara
+ bihur dezakezu.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\family typewriter
+.dvi
+\family default
+ fitxategiak ikusteko,
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\family default
+ izeneko programa erabil dezakezu.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Inprimagailu eta Unix sistema batzuek DVI ulertzen dute, eta zuzenean zure
+
+\family typewriter
+.dvi
+\family default
+ fitxategia inprima dezakete.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Gaur egun, inprimagailu gehienek PostScript® formatua ulertzen dute.
+ LyX-ek automatikoki
+\family typewriter
+.dvi
+\family default
+ fitxategiak PostScript® fitxategira bihurtzen du, dokumentua inprimatu
+ nahi duzunean.
+ LyX-ek ere dokumentuaren PostScript® bertsioaren aurrebista ikusteko aukera
+ eskaintzen dizu, ghostview programa erabiliz.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+PostScript® erabiltzeak duen alde ona da programa-bihurtzaileak (
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+ izenekoa) dokumentuan sartu duzun edozein PostScript® grafiko hartu eta
+ dokumentuaren amaierako PostScript® bertsioan jartzen duela.
+ Erabili dituzun letra-tipo ezberdinak ere sartzen ditu.
+ Honela, PostScript® bertsioa DVI bertsioa baino askoz ere eramangarriagoa
+ da.
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-ek urrats hauek guztiak automatikoki lantzen dituenez, ez daukazu arduratu
+ beharrik.
+\layout Standard
+
+Ikusi duzunez, dokumentuaren inprimatze edo aurrebistako bertsioa eskuratzeko
+ hainbat gauza gertatzen dira.
+ Hori dela eta, ez zaitez kezkatu inprimatzeak beste testu-prozesadoreekin
+ baino denbora gehiago eskatzen badu.
+ Inprimatutako emaitzaren zain egotea merezi du.
+ Kalitatea beti ordaintzen da.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Aurrebista azkarra:
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\layout Standard
+
+Dokumentuaren azken bertsioa, orri-jauzi guztiak beraien lekuan, oin-oharrak
+ egokiro zenbatuta, eta beste hainbat gauza ikusteko, hautatu
+\family sans
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+kusi
+\family default
+ menuko
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+VI
+\family default
+ elementua.
+ Ondoren itxoin pixka batean.
+\layout Standard
+
+Atzealdeko eragiketa guztiak egindakoan, LyX-ek
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\family default
+ programari deituko dio.
+ Orain bai emaitzak ikusiko dituzula (
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\family default
+ programaren xehetasun gehiago eskuratzeko, ikus
+\family typewriter
+man
+\family default
+ eskuliburua).
+\layout Description
+
+
+\emph on
+Trikimailu\SpecialChar ~
+lagungarria
+\emph default
+: Utzi
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\family default
+ leihoa irekita, agian beste mahaigain batera eramanez.
+ Ondoren, dokumentuan zenbait aldaketa egindakoan, erabili Ikusi menuko
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+guneratu
+\bar under
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+D
+\bar default
+VI
+\family default
+ aukera.
+ Gero klikatu
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\family default
+ leihoan.
+
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\family default
+ programak automatikoki
+\family typewriter
+.dvi
+\family default
+ fitxategia berriz irakurri eta eguneratutako emaitza bistaratuko du.
+\layout Subsection
+
+PostScript®-en aurrebista:
+\family typewriter
+ghostview
+\layout Standard
+
+Orokorrean, dokumentua ikusteko biderik erosoen eta azkarrena
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\family default
+ erabiltzea da.
+ Hala ere, batzuetan PostScript® bertsioa begiratu nahiko duzu.
+ Zergatietariko bat letra-tipoetan datza
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\emph on
+John Weiss
+\family default
+-en oharra
+\emph default
+: beste arrazoi bat paranoia izan daiteke.
+ Inprimatu aurretik PostScript® bertsioari begiratzea atsegin dut, inprimagailua
+ri zehazki zer igorriko zaion ikusteko\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ LaTeX dokumentu batean PostScript® letra-tipoak erabil ditzakezun arren,
+
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\family default
+ programak ezin ditu erakutsi.
+ Uneko emaitzak ikusteko,
+\family typewriter
+ghostview
+\family default
+ edo beste PostScript® fitxategi-ikustaile bat beharko duzu.
+\layout Standard
+
+Dokumentuaren PostScript® bertsioa ikusteko, hautatu
+\family sans
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+kusi\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Pos
+\bar under
+t
+\bar default
+Script
+\family default
+ elementua.
+ Atzealdeko lan guztiak amaitutakoan, LyX-ek
+\family typewriter
+ghostview
+\family default
+ programari deituko dio.
+ Orain, emaitzak ikusteko gai zaingo zara.
+\layout Standard
+
+Ba al dakizu
+\family sans
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+kusi
+\family default
+ menuko
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+guneratu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Pos
+\bar under
+t
+\bar default
+Script
+\family default
+ komandoak zer egiten duen? Gogoratu komando hau landutakoan
+\family typewriter
+ghostview
+\family default
+ leihoan klikatu behar dela aurrebista eguneratzeko.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Fitxategia inprimatzea
+\layout Standard
+
+Fitxategi bat inprimatzeko, hautatu
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+itxategia
+\family default
+ menuko
+\family sans
+I
+\bar under
+n
+\bar default
+primatu
+\family default
+ aukera, edo klikatu inprimagailuaren irudia duen tresna-barrako botoian.
+ Horrek
+\family sans
+Inprimatu
+\family default
+ elkarrizketa-koadroa irekitzen du.
+\layout Standard
+
+Orrialde bakoitiak edo bikoitiak inprimatzeko aukera daukazu, oso erabilgarria
+ izaten da orri bateko bi aldeetan inprimatu nahi bada: inprimatutako lehen
+ orri-multzoa berriro inprimagailuan sar dezakezu, bestaldean inprimatzeko.
+\layout Standard
+
+Inprimagailu batzuek orriak gora begira ateratzen dituzte; beste batzuek,
+ berriz, behera begira.
+ Inprimatzeko antolaketa zehatz bat hautatzen baduzu, ez duzu orriak berrantolat
+zen jardun beharrik izango.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Inprimaketaren\SpecialChar ~
+helburua
+\family default
+ izeneko markoan honako Argumentu hauek ezar ditzakezu:
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+Inprimagailua
+\family default
+ Zein inprimagailutan inprimatuko den zehazteko
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Konturatu zaitez inprimagailuaren izena ez dela
+\family typewriter
+lpr
+\family default
+ komandoari igortzeko, baizik eta
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+-entzako dela.
+ Horrek esanahi du,
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+ inprimagailu-izen honentzako konfiguratu behar dela.
+ Xehetasun gehiagorako, ikus
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:dvipskonfig}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+atala edo
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+-ren dokumentazioa.
+ Inprimagailu lehenetsia
+\family typewriter
+lyxrc
+\family default
+ fitxategian ere zehatz daiteke.
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Inprimagailu horrek PostScript® fitxategiekin lan egin beharko du.
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+Fitxategia
+\family default
+ Zein fitxategitan inprimatuko den zehazteko da.
+ Irteera PostScript® formatukoa izango da.
+ Normalean fitxategia uneko direktorioan idatziko da, bide-izen osoa ez
+ baduzu zehazten bederen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Inprimatzeak bere denbora eskatzen du; dokumentua inprimatzeko, LaTeX,
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+ eta
+\family typewriter
+ghostscript
+\family default
+ (PostScript® motako inprimagailurik ez baduzu) tresnak urratsez urrats
+ landuko baitira.
+\layout Section
+
+Tipografiari buruzko aipamena
+\layout Subsection
+
+Hitz-zatiketa eta marratxoak
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:hitz-zatiak}
+
+\end_inset
+
+LyX-en "-" karakterea hiru luzeratan dator, marratxoa , marra motza eta
+ marra luzea bezala deitzen zaio.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+marratxoa
+\hfill
+-
+\hfill
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+-
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+-rekin egina
+\layout Enumerate
+
+marra motza
+\hfill
+--
+\hfill
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+-
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+/
+\end_inset
+
+-
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+-rekin egina
+\layout Enumerate
+
+marra luzea
+\hfill
+---
+\hfill
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+-
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+/
+\end_inset
+
+-
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+/
+\end_inset
+
+-
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+-rekin egina
+\layout Enumerate
+
+minus ikurra
+\hfill
+
+\begin_inset Formula $-$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\hfill
+matematika-erako
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+-
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+ ikurra
+\layout Standard
+
+Errenkada batean "-" karakterea hainbat aldiz erabiliz horiek sortzen dituzu.
+ LyX-ek automatikoki bihurtuko ditu dagokien marra luzera egokiarekin irteerako
+ emaitzan.
+\layout Standard
+
+Hiru marra mota horiek minus ikurraren ezberdinak dira, azken hori matematika-er
+an agertzen da eta berezko luzera dauka.
+ Hona "-" erabiltzen dituzten adibideak:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+lerro- eta orri-jauziak
+\hfill
+(
+\emph on
+marratxoa
+\emph default
+)
+\layout Enumerate
+
+A--Z barrutikoak
+\hfill
+(
+\emph on
+marra
+\emph default
+)
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Nire --- elkarrizketarako marra.
+\hfill
+(
+\emph on
+marra-luzea
+\emph default
+)
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\hfill
+(
+\emph on
+minus ikurra
+\emph default
+)
+\layout Standard
+
+Dokumentu hau LyX-eko pantailan irakurtzen ari bazara, ezberdintasunik ez
+ duzu antzemango, horretarako begiratu inprimatutako bertsioan.
+\layout Standard
+
+Hitzak zatitzeari buruzko azken oharra --- LyX-ek automatikoki hitzak zatitu
+ eta marratxoak txertatzen ditu ingelesezko testuetan.
+ Gaur egun, horretaz LaTeX arduratzen da, eta beste zenbait hizkuntzetan
+ ere hitzak zatitu ditzake.
+ Irteerako azken emaitza sortu arte hitzak ez dira zatituko.
+\layout Standard
+
+Baldin eta, arrazoi bat dela medio, LaTeX-ek ezingo balu hitzak era egokian
+ zatitu, zatitze-puntuak eskuz ezartzeko aukera daukazu.
+ Hori egiteko, joan
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Hizki\SpecialChar ~
+
+\bar under
+b
+\bar default
+erezia
+\family default
+ menuko
+\family sans
+\bar under
+H
+\bar default
+itz-zatitze\SpecialChar ~
+marra
+\family default
+ elementura.
+ Gogoratu hitzak zatitzeko puntu osagarri horiek LaTeX-entzat aholkuak baino
+ ez direla.
+ Hitzak zatitu behar ez badira, LaTeX-ek ez ditu zatituko eta beraietaz
+ ahaztuko da.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Puntuazio-markak
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Laburtzapenak eta sententzia-amaiera
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:laburtza}
+
+\end_inset
+
+LyX-ek LaTeX-i deitzen dionean dokumentuaren azken bertsioa sor dezan, LaTeX-ek
+ bere kasa hitzak, sententziak eta laburtzapenak bereizten ditu.
+ LaTeX-ek orduan "tarte-kopuru egokia" gehitzen du: sententziek puntuaren
+ eta hurrengo hitzaren arteko tartea handixeagoa edukitzen dute.
+ Laburtzapenek puntu osteko tartea hitzen artekoa bezalakoa dute.
+\layout Standard
+
+Zoritxarrez, zer den laburtzapena eta zer sententzia aztertzen duen arauak
+ nahiko buruhauste ematen ditu.
+ Baldin eta "." minuskulaz dagoen hizki baten ondorengoa bada, orduan sententzia
+ da.
+ Baina maiuskulaz dagoen hizki baten ostekoa bada, laburtzapena egoeran
+ aurkitzen gara.
+\layout Standard
+
+Adibide hauek laburtzapen eta sententzia-amaiera
+\emph on
+zuzenak
+\emph default
+ dituzte:
+\layout Itemize
+
+J.
+ M.
+ Barandiaran
+\layout Itemize
+
+Zu goxo-goxo.
+ Eta ni bero-bero.
+\layout Standard
+
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+eta honako hauek, berriz, araua apurtzen duten adibideak dira:
+\layout Itemize
+
+e.a.
+ hutsune gehiegi sortzen dute!
+\layout Itemize
+
+Erabili LyX.
+ Ongi dago.
+\layout Standard
+
+Ez duzu akatsik ikusiko dokumentuaren azken bertsioa aurreikusi edo inprimatu
+ arte.
+\layout Standard
+
+Arazoa konpontzeko, erabili aholku hauek:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Erabili
+\family sans
+Zuriune\SpecialChar ~
+babestua
+\family default
+ minuskuletako laburtzapenen ondoren (ikus
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:zuribabes-lerrojauzi-horlerro}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+atala).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Erabili
+\family sans
+Esaldi\SpecialChar ~
+amaiera
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Hizki\SpecialChar ~
+
+\bar under
+b
+\bar default
+erezia
+\family default
+ menupean aurkitzen da, sententzien arteko tartea derrigortzeko.
+
+\family sans
+C-puntua
+\family default
+ (C-.) laster-tekla ere baliagarria da.
+\layout Standard
+
+Zuzenketak eginda, arestiko adibideek honelako itxura izango dute:.
+\layout Itemize
+
+e.a.\SpecialChar ~
+hutsune gehiegi sortzen dute!
+\layout Itemize
+
+Erabili LyX.\SpecialChar ~
+Ongi dago.
+\layout Standard
+
+Zenbait hizkuntzek ez dute sententzien arteko tarte gehigarririk erabiltzen.
+ Zure hizkuntza horietariko bat bada, ez daukazu kezkatu beharrik.
+ Jolastea atsegin dutenentzat errore korapilatsu horiek harrapatzeko laguntza
+ dago: ikus
+\emph on
+Ezaugarri hedatuak
+\emph default
+ eskuliburuko
+\family sans
+Editatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Egiaztatu\SpecialChar ~
+TeX
+\family default
+ ezaugarriari buruzko azalpenak.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Komatxoak
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:komatxoak}
+
+\end_inset
+
+LyX-ek orokorki komatxo egokiak jartzen ditu.
+ Bereziki, testua irekitzeko eta ixteko komatxoak erabiltzen ditu.
+ Adibidez, "ireki itxi".
+ Teklatuko karaktereak, ", automatikoki sortzen du.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Nahi izanez gero, " teklaren jokabidea alda dezakezu Komatxoa elkarrizketa-koadr
+oa erabiliz.
+ Hautatu
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+okumentua
+\family default
+menuan
+\family sans
+ Hizkuntza
+\family default
+ fitxako
+\family sans
+Komatxo\SpecialChar ~
+estiloa
+\family default
+.
+
+\family sans
+Bikoitza
+\family default
+ botoia hautatuz
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+ teklak
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+" sekuentzia sortuko du.
+ Bakuna botoiarekin, bestalde, " teklak `' sortuko du.
+\layout Standard
+
+Hizkuntza ezberdinentzat
+\family sans
+\bar under
+M
+\bar default
+ota
+\family default
+ aukeran beste komatxo batzuk hautatzeko aukera daukazu.
+ Sei aukera daude:
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Testua
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ Erabili komatxoak
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+bikoitza
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ edo
+\begin_inset Quotes els
+\end_inset
+
+bakuna
+\begin_inset Quotes ers
+\end_inset
+
+ bezala.
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring MMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Quotes sld
+\end_inset
+
+Testua
+\begin_inset Quotes srd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ Erabili komatxoak
+\begin_inset Quotes sld
+\end_inset
+
+hau
+\begin_inset Quotes srd
+\end_inset
+
+ edo 'hau
+\begin_inset Quotes ers
+\end_inset
+
+ bezala.
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring MMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Testua
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ Erabili komatxoak
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+hau
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+ edo
+\begin_inset Quotes gls
+\end_inset
+
+hau
+\begin_inset Quotes grs
+\end_inset
+
+ bezala.
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring MMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Quotes pld
+\end_inset
+
+Testua
+\begin_inset Quotes prd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+Erabili komatxoak
+\begin_inset Quotes pld
+\end_inset
+
+hau
+\begin_inset Quotes prd
+\end_inset
+
+ edo
+\begin_inset Quotes pls
+\end_inset
+
+hau
+\begin_inset Quotes prs
+\end_inset
+
+ bezala.
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring MMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+Testua
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ Erabili komatxoak
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+hau
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ edo
+\begin_inset Quotes fls
+\end_inset
+
+hau
+\begin_inset Quotes frs
+\end_inset
+
+ bezala.
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring MMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Quotes ald
+\end_inset
+
+Testua
+\begin_inset Quotes ard
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ Erabili komatxoak
+\begin_inset Quotes ald
+\end_inset
+
+hau
+\begin_inset Quotes ard
+\end_inset
+
+ edo
+\begin_inset Quotes als
+\end_inset
+
+hau
+\begin_inset Quotes ars
+\end_inset
+
+ bezala.
+\layout Standard
+
+Berriz diogu: horrek " tekla sakatzean sortzen duenari eragiten dio.
+\layout Standard
+
+Bestalde, komatxo karaktere jatorra sortu nahi baduzu, C-" sakatzeak " sortzen
+ du.
+ Txertatu->Hizki berezia menuko Komatxo arrunta komandoa ere erabil dezakezu.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Hizki-loturak
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:hizki-loturak}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Testu konposaketa arloan zenbait hizki-talde bakarrean bateratu eta horiek
+ karaktere bakun bat bezala inprimatzeko ohitura arrunta da.
+ Talde horiek
+\emph on
+hizki-loturak
+\emph default
+ (edo ingelesez "ligatures") bezala ezagutzen dira.
+ LaTeX-ek hizki-loturei buruzkoak ezagutzen dituenez, LyX dokumentuetan
+ ere erabilgarriak dira.
+ Dauden hizki-loturak hauek dira:
+\layout Itemize
+
+ff
+\layout Itemize
+
+fi
+\layout Itemize
+
+fl
+\layout Itemize
+
+ffi
+\layout Itemize
+
+ffl
+\layout Standard
+
+Baina gerta daiteke hitz batean hizki-loturarik nahi ez izatea.
+ Hizki-lotura bat "graffiti" hitzean egokia izan daitekeen arren, beste
+ hitz batean, alemanerako "Dorffest" hitzan adibidez, desegokia izan daiteke.
+ Hizki-lotura bat eteteko, erabili
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Hizki\SpecialChar ~
+
+\bar under
+b
+\bar default
+erezia
+\family default
+ menuko
+\family sans
+Hizki-lotura\SpecialChar ~
+etena
+\family default
+.
+ Horrek "Dorffest" hitza
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
+fest
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ erara aldatuko du.
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+Alargunak eta umezurtzak
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:alargunak}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Oraindainoko testu-prozesadoreetan orrialdeen jauziak orria amaitzen diren
+ lekuan gertatzen dira.
+ Berdin zion testuarekin zer gertatzen zen.
+ Gogoratuko duzu dokumentu bat inprimatzean orrialdearen behean aurkitzen
+ zela atal berri bateko izenburua, edo paragrafo berri baten lehen lerroa
+ orrialde batean eta hurrengo lerroa beste orrialdean zegoela, edo paragrafo
+ bateko azken lerroa orrialde berri batean kokatzen zela.
+ Testua horrela astintzeari
+\emph on
+alargun
+\emph default
+ eta
+\emph on
+umezurtz
+\emph default
+ bezala deitzen zaie.
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-ek atal bateko izenburuaren ostean orri-jauziak saihesten ditu.
+ Hori paragrafo-inguruneen gaitasunetariko bat da.
+ Zer gertatzen da, ordea, alargun eta umezurtzekin (orri-jauziek paragrafo
+ bateko lerro bat bakar-bakarrik orrialde baten gainean edo azpian uzten
+ dute)? LaTeX-ek arauak ditu orri-jauziak kudeatzeko, eta arau horietariko
+ batzuk alargunak eta umezurtzak saihesteko bereziki garatu dira.
+ LyX-en onura bat da atzealdean LaTeX erabiltzea.
+\layout Standard
+
+Ez dugu azalduko TeX-ek eta LaTeX-ek noiz erabakitzen duten orri-jauzi bat
+ egitea, edo nola eragin dezakezun beraien jokabidean.
+ LaTeX-i buruzko zenbait liburuk bibliografian zerrendatzen diren
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{latexlagunartea}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ edo
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{latexgida}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ bezalakoak, argibide gehiago eskain diezazuke.
+ Hala eta guztiz ere, ez daukazu honi buruz kezkatu beharrik.
+\layout Chapter
+
+Mugikorrak: taulak, irudiak, oin-oharrak eta albo-oharrak Taula, irudi eta
+ oharrak
+\layout Section
+
+Oin-oharrak
+\layout Standard
+
+Konposaketarako beste programak ez bezala, LyX-ek
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+tolestu" egiten diren kutxak erabiltzen ditu, pantailaren azpian edo testuaren
+ beste leku batean erakutsi ordez.
+ Oin-ohar bat
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Oi
+\bar under
+n
+\bar default
+-oharra
+\family default
+ aukerarekin txertatzen duzunean, kutxa gris bat (
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+oina" etiketa gorriarekin) ikusiko duzu testu artean.
+ Kutxa hori LyX-ek zure oin-oharra aurkezteko erabiltzen du.
+ Idatzi nahi duzun testua kutxaren barruan.
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+oina" etiketan klikatzen baduzu, kutxa
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+tolestuko" da.
+ Berriro botoian klikatzerakoan
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+zabaldu" egingo da
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Oin-ohar hau pantailan ixteko, klikatu laukiluze gorriaren gainean dagoen
+ botoian.
+\end_inset
+
+ .
+ Ez duzu inolako zenbakirik ikusiko LyX barruan.
+ Ez daukazu kezkatu beharrik, zeren eta LyX-ek zure ordez zenbatu eta orrialde
+ egokiaren behean kokatuko du oin-oharra, zure fitxategia prozesatzen duenean.
+ Daukazun testu-zati bat oin-ohar bezala ezarri nahi baduzu, hautatu zatia
+ eta klikatu tresna-barrako oin-ohar botoiaren gainean (azpiko testu gorria
+ eta berorri zuzentzen dion gezia irudikatzen du).
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-ek oraingoz ezin du hau egin: oin-oharraren zenbatzailea 1 baliora itzuli
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+artikulua" dokumentu-klaseko atal berria hasten den bakoitzean, edo zenbatzaile-
+estiloa aldatu.
+ Horretarako LaTeX-eko komandoak txertatu beharko dituzu,
+\emph on
+Ezaugarri hedatuak
+\emph default
+ eskuliburuan argitzen duen
+\emph on
+Oin-ohar eta majinentzat trikimailuak
+\emph default
+ bezalakoak, alegia.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\emph on
+Oharra
+\emph default
+: Mugikor bat bai LaTeX bai LyX-en ez da paragrafo soil bat, testu-prozesadore
+ askotan gertatzen den bezala.
+ Testu-egitura konplexu bat da, mugikorra ez ezik gauza asko dituena.
+ Horrek esanahi du mugikorren barruan diseinu guztiak erabil ditzakezula,
+ irudi eta taulak barne.
+ Nahiz eta askotan behar izan ez, noizbehinka beharko duzu.
+ Ahalbide dotorea da.
+\layout Section
+
+Albo-oharrak
+\layout Standard
+
+Albo-oharrek, berriz, oin-oharrak bezalako itxura eta jokabidea daukate.
+ Albo-oharra txertatzen duzunean,
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+A
+\bar under
+l
+\bar default
+bo-oharra
+\family default
+ menua edo tresna-barrako botoia (alboan testua eta gezi bat gorantz begiratzen
+ irudikatzen du) klikatuz, kutxa gris bat -"albo" etiketa gorriarekin- agertuko
+ zaizu testuan.
+\begin_inset Marginal
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+\size footnotesize
+Hemen daukazu albo-ohar bat.
+\end_inset
+
+ LyX-ek kutxa honen bitartez albo-oharrak aurkezten dizkizu.
+ Nahi duzun testua sar dezakezu kutxa honetan.
+ "albo" etiketan klikatuz, kutxa "tolestuko" da.
+ Nahi duzunean berriro etiketan klikatuz alboko oharra "zabalduko" zaizu.
+\layout Standard
+
+Lehenetsi gisa, LyX-ek marjinarentzat 1.9 cm (0.75 atz) erabiltzen ditu, albo-ohar
+rentzako lekua utziz.
+ Agian hori ez da izango bilatzen ari zarena, baina oin-oharrekin bezala,
+ LyX-ek oraindino ezin du LaTeX-ek egiten duen guztia egin.
+ Komando gehigarrientzat LaTeX eskuliburu bat irakurtzea izango duzu egokiena.
+\layout Section
+
+4.3 Irudi eta grafiko inportatuak
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:irudiak}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Dokumentuak prestatzeko sistema bat ez da osoa izango baldin eta beste tresnekin
+ sortutako irudiak dokumentu batera inportatzeko gaitasunik ez badu.
+ LyX-en "irudiak" deitzen zaie (garai bateko zentzuan irudiak dira edo inportatu
+tako grafiko-mota bat izan daiteke).
+ LyX-ek Kapsulatutako PostScript® motako irudiak (.eps luzapena eduki ohi
+ dute) oso ongi kudeatzen ditu, eta
+\family typewriter
+ghostview
+\family default
+ erabiltzen du pantailako LyX leihoan irudia sortzeko, eta
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+includegraphics
+\family default
+ LaTeX komandoa dokumentuaren irteerako bertsioan irudia txertatzeko.
+\layout Standard
+
+Hemen aipatzen diren irudiak ez dute epigraferik eta dokumentuan jartzen
+ dituzun lekuan kokatzen dira.
+ Ezaugarri horietariko bat behar baduzu, ikus
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:irudimugik}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+atala.
+\layout Standard
+
+Dokumentuan irudi bat txertatzeko, klikatu tresna-barrako azken-aurreko
+ botoian (paragrafo artean iruditxoa duen lauki gorri bat dauka) edo hautatu
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+rudia
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+ menutik.
+\layout Standard
+
+Zure dokumentuan grafiko-marko bat gehituko da, eta elkarrizketa-koadro
+ bat agertuko zaizu hautatu nahi duzun fitxategia kargatzeko.
+ Elkarrizketa-koadro horretan nahi dituzun ezarpenak alda ditzakezu ere.
+\layout Standard
+\align center
+
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename mobius.eps
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Leiho honek hainbat argumentu ditu, eta bakoitzak bere azalpena dauka.
+
+\family sans
+Fitxategia
+\family default
+ eremua zure irudia aukeratzeko da (ohartu zaitez hainbat irudi-formatu
+ ezberdin automatikoki onartzen direla).
+ Irudi mugikorrak erabiltzeko,
+\family sans
+Azpirudia
+\family default
+ aukera ezar dezakezu: (ikus
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:irudimugik}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+atala).
+ Irudia eralda daiteke biratze-angelua ezarriz, txertatze-kutxa erabiliz
+ eta eskalatuz.
+ Aukera dago zenbait irudi-formaturentzat automatikoki txertatze-kutxa ezartzeko
+ (ikus
+\family sans
+Txertatze-kutxa
+\family default
+ fitxa).
+ Alde batetik, LyX-en irudia bistaratzeko kontrola eta bestaldetik dokumentuaren
+ irteerako bertsioan bistaratzekoa modu bereizi batean egin daiteke.
+ Hori oso erabilgarria izan ohi da irudi handientzat.
+ LaTeX-eko morroiak
+\family sans
+Aukera\SpecialChar ~
+osagarriak
+\family default
+ fitxan LaTeX aukera gehigarriak zehatz ditzake.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Irudi mugikorrak
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Irudi mugikorrak erabiltzea
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:irudimugik}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Testu batean zuzenean irudiak txertatzerakoan arazoak sortzen dira, dokumentuare
+n orrialdeztapena (konposaketa edo maketazioa) lantzea ikaragarri zailtzen
+ baitu.
+ LyX-en prozesuak automatizatzearen filosofiari jarraitzeko, egokiagoa izango
+ duzu
+\family sans
+Irudi\SpecialChar ~
+mugikorrak
+\family default
+ erabiltzea, horiekin LyX-ek (benetan LaTeX-ek) dokumentuan zehar leku egokietan
+ kokatzeko mugituko ditu.
+ Ordainez, LyX-ek irudion zerrenda eguneratuko du eta beraietan epigrafeak
+ idazteko aukera eskainiko dizu,
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:epigrafediseinua}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+atalean azaldutako
+\family sans
+Epigrafea
+\family default
+ ingurunea erabiliz.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Irudi\SpecialChar ~
+mugikor
+\family default
+ bat jartzeko, hautatu
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+M
+\bar default
+ugikorrak\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Irudia
+\family default
+ menutik.
+ Mugikor bat lortuko duzu, barruan ez dauka irudirik; erabili tresna-barrako
+ botoia nahi duzun irudia txertatzeko.
+\begin_inset Float figure
+placement htbp
+wide false
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Caption
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{irud:escher}
+
+\end_inset
+
+M.C.
+ Escher-en azidoa.
+\layout Standard
+\align center
+
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename escher-lsd.eps
+ display grayscale
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Float figure
+placement htbp
+wide false
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+\align center
+
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename platypus.eps
+ display color
+ rotateOrigin center
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Caption
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{irud:zapal-ornit}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Hainbat aldiz itxura-aldatutako ornitorrinkoa mugikor batean.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Erraza dirudien arren, epigrafea kokatzeko zorroztasun bat dago.
+ Epigrafea irudiaren azpian agertzea nahi baduzu, sakatu
+\family sans
+Lerro-itzulera
+\family default
+ kurtsorea epigrafearen hasieran dagoenean, eta txertatu irudia epigrafearen
+ gainean sortu den paragrafo berrian; edo epigrafea ezabatu eta txertatutako
+ irudiaren ostean
+\family sans
+Epigrafea
+\family default
+ ingurunea hautatuz, sortu berriro.
+ Horixe egin dugu
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{irud:zapal-ornit}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+irudiarekin.
+ Kurtsorea epigrafearen ondorengo paragrafoan balego irudia txertatzerakoan,
+ hori epigrafearen ostean kokatuko da,
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{irud:escher}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+kasuan bezala.
+ Egokiena
+\family sans
+Mugikor
+\family default
+ bakoitzeko Irudi bakar bat erabiltzea da; horrela LyX-ek (berez LaTeX-ek)
+ irudi bakoitzarentzako leku egokienean kokatuko du.
+\layout Standard
+
+Mugikor baten gainean saguaren eskuineko botoiarekin klikatuz elkarrizketa-koadr
+o bat irekiko du, bertan LaTeX-ek mugikorrak kokatzeko (ikusi
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:mugik-koka}
+
+\end_inset
+
+) erabiltzen dituen kokapen-aukerak alda ditzakezu.
+
+\family sans
+Hedatu\SpecialChar ~
+
+\bar under
+z
+\bar default
+utabeak
+\family default
+ bi zutabetako dokumentuentzat baino ez da erabilgarria: hautatzen baduzu,
+ mugikorra orrialdeko bi zutabetan hedatuko da zutabe bakar batera mugatu
+ ordez.
+\layout Standard
+
+Irudi honek etiketa bat eta berari dagokion erreferentzia gurutzatu bat
+ nola kokatu eta sortzen den erakusten du, hurrenez hurren; irakurri
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:erref-gurut}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+atala.
+ Txertatu
+\family sans
+Etiketa
+\family default
+ bat epigrafean eta berori aipatzeko, erabili
+\family sans
+Erreferentzia gurutzatua
+\family default
+.
+ Oso garrantzitsua da etiketak irudi mugikorrekin erabiltzea,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+arestiko irudia" bezalako aipamen adierazkaitzak erabili barik, zeren eta
+ LaTeX-ek dokumentuaren irteerako bertsioan mugikor guztiak birkokatuko
+ baititu eta ziurrenik ez dira erabat "arestiko" izango.
+ Ezin badira mugikorrak beraiei dagokien testuen orrialde berdinean kokatu,
+ irudiak beraientzat bereiztutako orrialde batean kokatuko dira.
+ Egon zaitez lasai, irteerako emaitzan oso dotore agertuko baitira.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Jabetu zaitez epigrafea
+\family sans
+Irudi-zerrenda
+\family default
+n (
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:zer-zerrend}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+atalean azaltzen den bezala) automatikoki erabilia izango denez, zure dokumentua
+n bat gehitzeko aukera daukazu.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Mugikorraren kokalekua
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:mugik-koka}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Orain
+\family sans
+Irudi\SpecialChar ~
+mugikor
+\family default
+ burutazioaren atzean (edo baita geroago azalduko dugun
+\family sans
+Taula\SpecialChar ~
+mugikor
+\family default
+rarentzat ere) LyX-i irudi (edo taula) bat orrialde batean itxura trinko
+ eta hautemangarriarekin jartzeko aukera eskaintzea da.
+ LaTeX-ek erabiltzen dituen arauak nahiko ulergaitzak dira; begiratu LaTeX-eko
+ dokumentazioa xehetasun zehatzak jakiteko.
+ Mugikorren elkarrizketa-koadroko kontrol-laukiak erabil ditzakezu mugikor
+ baten kokapena zehazteko.
+ Lehenespenez, mugikor bakoitzak dokumentuaren kokapen-arau lehenetsiak
+ erabiltzen ditu.
+ Nahi izanez gero alda ditzakezu
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+okumentua
+\family default
+ leihoan.
+
+\family sans
+Mugikor-kokapena
+\family default
+ eremuak LaTeX estiloko kokapen-zehaztapenak hartzen ditu.
+ Nahi dituzun ordenan lau hizkiren konbinazioa erabil dezakezu:
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+h
+\family default
+ erabili
+\emph on
+hemen
+\emph default
+-entzat
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+t
+\family default
+ erabili
+\emph on
+goia
+\emph default
+-rentzat (top)
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+b
+\family default
+erabili
+\emph on
+behea
+\emph default
+-rentzat
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+p
+\family default
+ erabili
+\emph on
+orrialdea
+\emph default
+-rentzat (page)
+\layout Standard
+
+Hizkiok jokabide hauei dagokie:
+\layout Description
+
+Hemen: LyX-ek
+\family sans
+Mugikorra
+\family default
+ jarri duzun testuan kokatzen saiatuko da.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Nahikoa leku ez egonez gero, LyX beste hiru kokapen- motekin saiatuko da.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+
+Goia:
+\family sans
+Mugikorra
+\family default
+ uneko orrialdearen goian jartzen saiatuko da LyX.
+ Irudia uneko orrialdean ezin bada doitu , hurrengoan joango da.
+\layout Description
+
+Behea:
+\family sans
+Mugikorra
+\family default
+ uneko orrialdearen behean jartzen saiatuko da LyX.
+ Lekurik ez balego, hurrengo orrialdera joango da.
+\layout Description
+
+Orrialdea:
+\family sans
+Mugikorra
+\family default
+ (edo
+\family sans
+Mugikor
+\family default
+ kopuru bat) berarentzako bereziki prestatutako orrialde batean jartzen
+ saiatuko da LyX.
+\layout Standard
+
+Hori guztia lantzeko zenbait zorroztasun daude.
+ Ordenak LyX-i zein kokapenekin saiatu behar duen zehazten dio lehenbizi.
+ Batek huts egiten badu, hurrengoarekin saiatuko da, eta horrela jarraituko
+ du; nola nahi ere,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+h
+\family default
+"k lehentasuna edukiko du beti zerrendan agertzen bada.
+ Kokapen-zerrenda lehenetsia
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+tbp
+\family default
+" izaten da: aurrenik saiatu orrialdearen goian, ondoren orrialdearen behean
+ eta azkenik beretzat prestatutako orrialdean.
+ LyX irudia jartzeko
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+benetako lan gogorra" egiten saiatzea nahi baduzu, sartu harridura ikurra
+ zerrendaren hasieran; adib.\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+!htbp
+\family default
+".
+ Hona sarrera batzuen adibide eta dagokien azalpenak:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\family sans
+hbp
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Testuan daukan uneko kokapenean irudi/taula jartzen saiatuko da.
+ Huts egiten badu, orrialdearen behean jarriko du.
+ Berriro huts eginez gero, orrialde bereizi batean jarriko du.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\family sans
+!hbp
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Irudia/Taula testuan daukan uneko lekuan jartzen saiatuko da.
+ Gero orrialde-behean, eta ondoren bereizitako orrialdean.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\family sans
+tp
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Irudia/Taula orrialde-goian jarriko du.
+ Luzeegia bada, orrialde bereizi batean jarriko du.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\family sans
+p
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Irudi eta taulak beraientzat prestatutako orrialdean jarriko ditu beti.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Subsection
+
+XFig eta LyX
+\layout Standard
+
+Galdera arrunta da "nola sor ditzaket irudiak?".
+ Zorionez GNU/Linux edota LaTeX banaketa gehienetan dago erantzuna.
+
+\family typewriter
+XFig
+\family default
+ ahalmen handiko tresna da marrazteko.
+
+\family typewriter
+XFig
+\family default
+ tresnarekin sortutako irudiak hainbat eratan txerta ditzakezu.
+ Bide hau jarraitzea aholkatzen dizugu:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Esportatu irudia Kapsulatutako PostScript® (Encapsulated PostScript®) formatuan.
+ Hori LyX-en oso erraz txertatzen da, arestiko ataletan azaldu dugunez.
+ Abantaila handi bat dauka: PostScript®-en ahalmen guztia eskuragarri duzu.
+ Bezier kurbak, koloreak, marra-lodiera guztiak eta gehiago esan nahi du.
+ Zure fig dokumentuan testua sartu baduzu, PostScript® motako letra-tipoekin
+ inprimatuko da, ederto! Irudia beste EPS irudien antzera itxuraldatu daiteke,
+ arestian azaldu dugun bezala.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Daukan alde txarra: PostScript® testu gisa ezin duzu ekuaziorik sortu, ez
+ bada eskuz.
+ Zure irudian ekuazioak, berreketak edo indizeak behar badituzu, bide hau
+ jarraitzea ahokatzen dizugu.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Esportatu irudia LaTeX gisa.
+ Hain erraza da LyX-en txertatzea, XFig barruko testuan LaTeX komandoa guztiak
+ erabil ditzakezula, horrek duen abantailarekin.
+ Horrela XFig-eko testuarentzat
+\emph on
+bandera berezia
+\emph default
+ ezar dezakezu.
+ Hori automatikoki egiteko, XFig abiatzerakoan
+\family typewriter
+xfig\SpecialChar ~
+-specialtext
+\family default
+ komandoa erabili.
+ Hau egiteaz gain LaTeX letra-tipoa aukeratzen baduzu, idatzi bakarrik
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+$H_2$
+\family default
+" XFig programan.
+ Irudia LaTeX gisa esportatu eta
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+artu\SpecialChar ~
+fitxategia
+\family default
+ (ikus
+\emph on
+Ezaugarri hedatuak
+\emph default
+) menuarekin LyX-en gehitzen baduzu, testua
+\begin_inset Formula $H_{2}$
+\end_inset
+
+ bezala agertuko da.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Tamalez, LaTeX-ek ez dauka PostScript®-ek duena bezalako ahalmen grafikoa.
+ Hori dela eta, ezingo dituzu marra-lodiera guztiak erabili eta, gogaikarriagoa
+ dena, ezta makurdura guztiak ere.
+ horregatik hirugarren bide bat aholkatzen dugu irudi konplexuagoekin lan
+ egiteko.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+3.
+ Esportatu irudia LaTeX/PostScript® konbinatu gisa.
+ Ondoren XFig-ek (berez
+\family typewriter
+transfig
+\family default
+) bi fitxategi sortuko ditu:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+PostScript® zatia
+\family typewriter
+iruditxoa.pstex
+\family default
+, marrazketa guztia edukiz.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+LaTeX zatia
+\family typewriter
+iruditxoa.pstex_t
+\family default
+, testu guztia edukitzeaz gain PostScript® zatira esteka bat dauka.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Ondoren, arestian azaldu dugun antzera, txertatu LaTeX zatia.
+ Horrek automatikoki PostScript® zatia ere txertatuko du.
+
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Honelako errore bat gertatzen bazaizu
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+unknown graphics extension pstex
+\family default
+" grafikoen luzapena aldarrikatu beharko duzu.
+ Uste dut
+\family typewriter
+transfig
+\family default
+-en errore bat dela, LaTeX2e-rekin gertatzen dena.
+ Gehitu honelako lerro bat
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+@namedef{Gin@rule@ps_tex}#1{{eps}{ps_tex}{#1}}
+\layout Standard
+
+fitxategian hauetan:
+\family typewriter
+/usr/lib/texmf/tex/latex/graphics/dvips.def
+\family default
+.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Ondoren gehitu
+\family typewriter
+pstex
+\family default
+ luzapenera:
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+def
+\backslash
+Gin@extensions{eps, ps, pstex, eps.gz, ps.gz, eps=2EZ}
+\layout Standard
+
+Horrela gehienei arazoa zuzenduko lieke.
+ Bestalde, PostScript® zatia
+\family typewriter
+iruditxoa.eps
+\family default
+ gisa esporta dezakezu eta LaTeX zatiko
+\family typewriter
+iruditxoa.pstex_t
+\family default
+ eskuz aldatu.
+ Baina hori erregarria izan daiteke.
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Horrela PostScript® eta LaTeX-en ahalmen konbinatu osoa edukiko duzu, sortu
+ orduko irudia eskalatzeko aukera izan ezik.
+ Eskala daitezkeen irudiak nahi badituzu, PostScript® formatua da zure aukera
+ bakarra.
+ Beste abantaila txiki bat: LaTeX-i letra-tipoaren konposaketa-lanak egiten
+ uztea, irudien letra-tipoak testuaren berdinak izango dira, eta hori askoz
+ ere xarmangarriagoa da.
+\layout Section
+
+Taulak
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:taulak}
+
+\end_inset
+
+LyX-ek taulen euskarri ahaltsua dauka, baina LaTeX-ek (LyX-ek gaur egun)
+ oraindik gauza gehiago egin ditzakeenez, LaTeX-en ahalmen guztia erabili
+ behar badituzu, irakurri LaTeX-i buruzko liburu on bat.
+\layout Standard
+
+Taula bat txertatzeko, bai
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+aula
+\family default
+ bai tresna-barrako botoia erabil ditzakezu.
+ Taulak zenbat zutabe eta errenkada eduki behar dituen galdetzen duen elkarrizke
+ta-koadro bat agertuko zaizu.
+ Lehenespenez, taulako gelaxka bakoitzeko ezkerreko eta gaineko marrak ditu,
+ eskuineko zutabearen eskuinean eta azpiko errenkadako behean ere marrak
+ daude, taularen inguruan lauki ba osatuz.
+ Gainera, gaineko lehenbiziko errenkadaren azpian ere marra bat dago, errenkada
+ hau taulatik bereizita dagoela irudikatuz.
+ Hona adibide bat:
+\layout Standard
+\align center
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0in">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+12
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+45
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+98
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+A
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+B
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+anitza
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+C
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+Taula leihoa
+\layout Standard
+
+Klikatu saguaren eskuineko botoiarekin taula bat eraldatzeko; ezarpen-leiho
+ bat agertuko da.
+ Dauden aukerak hauek dira:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Gehitu/Kendu ertzeko marrak errenkada edo zutabeetan.
+ Errenkada bateko marra kentzen baduzu, puntuz osatutako marra agertuko
+ zaizu LyX-en, baina inprimatzeko irteeran ez da azalduko.
+ Errenkada baten beheko marra eta azpiko errenkadaren gaineko marra ezarriz,
+ errenkaden artean tarte bat azalduko da, arestiko adibideko gaineko errenkadan
+ ikus daitekeen antzera.
+ Bertikalean ere gauza bera egin dezakezu, zutabe bateko eskuineko marra
+ eta eskuinean dagoen zutabearen ezkerreko marra ezarriz.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Testua lerrokatzea zutabe batean.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Gehitzea errenkada eta zutabeak.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Ezabatzea errenkada, zutabe edo taula osoa.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Zutabe anitza.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Ezarri zabalera finkoa zutabe batentzat.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Taula luzearen aukerak.
+ (oso erabilgarria izaten da taula papera baino handiagoa denean).
+ Orduan taula orrialdearen behea eta hurrengo orrialdearen artean zatitzen
+ da, orrialdearen amaieran jarraitu ordez.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Taula guztia edo gelaxka bakar bat alde batera biratu, 90 gradutan.
+\layout Standard
+
+Eragiketa horiek lantzeko, kurtsorea taularen barruan kokatuta dagoela
+\family sans
+Editatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Taula
+\family default
+ menua ere erabil dezakezu.
+\layout Standard
+
+Aukera gehienak hautapenekin ere badabiltza.
+ Gelaxka, zutabe edo errenkada bat baino gehiago hautatzen badituzu, hautapen
+ guztiei eragingo diela esan nahi du.
+ Konturatu zaitez ezberdintasuna dagoela gelaxkaren edukia hautatzea eta
+ gelaxka beraren artean.
+ Gelaxka baten barruan lauki gorria ikusten baduzu,
+\emph on
+edukia
+\emph default
+ hautatzen ari zarela esanahi du.
+
+\family sans
+Ihes
+\family default
+ tekla edo laukiaren kanpoan klikatuz, orduan gelaxkak hautatuko dituzu
+ (sagua edo teklatuko geziak erabil ditzakezu).
+\layout Standard
+
+Errenkada bat gehitzen duzunean, kurtsorea daukan errenkadaren
+\emph on
+azpian
+\emph default
+ gehituko du.
+ Zutabeak kurtsorearen
+\emph on
+eskuinean
+\emph default
+ gehitzen dira.
+ Horrek zutabeak taularen ezkerraldean gehitzea eragozten du, hainbat ebaki
+ eta itsatsi egin gabe.
+ Ezabatzea beti kurtsorea dagoen zutabe edo errenkadan gertatzen da.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Zutabe\SpecialChar ~
+anitza
+\family default
+ aukerak errenkada bateko auzokideak diren bi edo gelaxka gehiago batzen
+ ditu.
+ Arestiko adibidean "B" errenkadak zutabe anitza dauka, "45" eta "98" zutabeei
+ aplikatuta.
+ Erabiltzeko lehenbizi hautatu gelaxkak, ondoren aukeratu
+\family sans
+Zutabe\SpecialChar ~
+anitza
+\family default
+ menua.
+ Honek ez du bertikalki funtzionatzen (ikus
+\family typewriter
+eu_TaulaAdibideak.lyx
+\family default
+ dokumentua nola dabilen jakiteko).
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Zutabe\SpecialChar ~
+anitza
+\family default
+ ere erabil dezakezu taula bakun bateko goi eta azpiko gelaxketako ertzen
+ marra eta testu-lerroketak bereziki kudeatzeko.
+ Gelaxka baten kudeaketa berezia duen adibidea daukazu orain:
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_top bigskip \added_space_bottom bigskip \align center
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
+<features>
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series bold
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series bold
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+x
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series bold
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+y
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series bold
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+a
+\family default
+\shape default
+\size default
+\emph default
+\bar default
+\noun default
+\color default
+eta
+\family roman
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+ b
+\family default
+\shape default
+\size default
+\emph default
+\bar default
+\noun default
+\color default
+ gela
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+103
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+9
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series bold
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+b
+\family default
+\shape default
+\size default
+\emph default
+\bar default
+\noun default
+\color default
+eta
+\family roman
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+ a
+\family default
+\shape default
+\size default
+\emph default
+\bar default
+\noun default
+\color default
+ gela
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+599
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+340
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series bold
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+abc
+\family default
+\shape default
+\size default
+\emph default
+\bar default
+\noun default
+\color default
+ gela
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+1009
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+52
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series bold
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+abcd
+\family default
+\shape default
+\size default
+\emph default
+\bar default
+\noun default
+\color default
+ gela
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+96
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+11
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Hemen ikusi duzu nola goiburukoa den lehen errenkadako gelaxka erdira lerrokatut
+a dagoena, baina ezker zutabeko edukia ezkerrerantz eta beste gelaxketakoak,
+ berriz, eskuinerantz lerrokatu direla.
+ Bi gelaxketako azpi eta goiko marrak ere kendu dira.
+\layout Standard
+
+Zutabe batek zabalera finkoa edukitzea nahi baduzu,
+\family sans
+Taula
+\family default
+ leihoko
+\family sans
+Zabalera
+\family default
+ eremuan sar dezakezu.
+ Horrek gelaxka batean hainbat paragrafotako testua edukitzea eskaintzen
+ dizu.
+\layout Standard
+
+Zure taula handiegia bada dokumentuan bertikalki sartzeko, hautatu
+\family sans
+Biratu\SpecialChar ~
+90\SpecialChar ~
+gradu
+\family default
+ botoia, eta taula alboratuta agertuko da (bertikal estiloko dokumentuan
+ horizontalki agertuko dela esan nahi du).
+ Nahi baduzu, taulako gelaxka bakarra bira dezakezu tarte horizontal gehiago
+ eskaintzeko.
+ Hurrengo adibideak gelaxka bakarrak biratzearen erabilgarritasuna egiaztatzen
+ du.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\emph on
+Oharra
+\emph default
+:
+\family sans
+Biratu\SpecialChar ~
+90\SpecialChar ~
+gradu
+\family default
+ aukera ez da pantailan bistaratzen, eta bakarrik PostScript® motako irteeran
+ dabil.
+ Beraz, aurreikusi nahi baduzu, erabili
+\family sans
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+kusi\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Postscript
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+kusi\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+VI
+\family default
+ tresnak ez baitu taula modu egokiro batean erakusten.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="12">
+<features>
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Azalpena
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+1 bandera
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+2 bandera
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+3bandera
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+4 bandera
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+5 bandera
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+6 bandera
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+7 bandera
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+8 bandera
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+9 bandera
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+10 bandera
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Guztira
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+1
+\family default
+\series default
+\shape default
+\size default
+\emph default
+\bar default
+\noun default
+\color default
+.\SpecialChar ~
+azal.
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+7
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+2.\SpecialChar ~
+azal.
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+9
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+3.\SpecialChar ~
+azal.
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+8
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+4.\SpecialChar ~
+azal.
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+6
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Guztira
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+30
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+Zer jar dezaket gelaxka batean?
+\layout Standard
+
+Taula bateko gelaxka batean hainbat gauza jar daiteke.
+ Testu lerro bat, ekuazio bat (baina ez adierazpen Moduan, ezta lerro anitzetako
+ ekuazioak ere), edo irudi bat gelaxka batean egon daiteke; egitez, hiru
+ objektu-mota horiek guztiak sar daiteke gelaxka berdinean.
+ Letra-tamainak eta formak alda daitezke, eta taulak egokiro bistara ditzan
+ egokitu daitezke.
+ Hala ere, ezin duzu gelaxka batean ingurune berezirik sartu (adibidez
+\family sans
+Atala*
+\family default
+, e.a.) ez eta gelaxkaren paragrafoarentzat tarteko aukerak eta horrelakorik
+ ezarri.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Tauletan ebaki eta itsastea
+\layout Standard
+
+Taulen arteko ebakitze- eta itsaste-lanak nahiko ongi dabiltza.
+ Errenkada bat baino gehiago ebaki eta itsasteko aukera daukazu.
+ Hautatu saguarekin edo erabili
+\family sans
+Shift
+\family default
+ eta teklatuko geziak, beti bezala.
+ Azpian dagoen adibideko bigarren taula lehengotik ebaki eta itsatsi da,
+ hautatu eta itsasteko sagua erabiliz.
+\layout Standard
+\align center
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+1
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+2
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+3
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+4
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+5
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+6
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+7
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+8
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+9
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+\align center
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+1
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+2
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+3
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+4
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+5
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+6
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+7
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Jakin ezazu taula osoak unitate bakar bat bezala kopiatu eta itsats ditzakezula,
+ hautapena taularen kanpotik hasiz.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Hainbat lerro gelaxketan
+\layout Standard
+
+Tauletan lerro anitzeko sarrerak edukitzeko aukera dago, baina ez WYSIWYM
+ erabateko moduan.
+ Zehaztu balio bat Taula leihoan zutabearen
+\family sans
+Zabalera
+\family default
+ eremuan.
+ Horren ostean, zure testua hainbat lerrotan banatuko da, gelaxka bertikalki
+ luzatzen joango da testuaren luzera ezarritako zabalera gainditzen duenean.
+ Adibide bat:
+\layout Standard
+\align center
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
+<features islongtable="true">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="block" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="3cm">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+1
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+2
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+3
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+4
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Hau taula baten lerro anitzeko sarrera bat da.
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+5
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+6
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Hau luzeagoa da gainera.
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+7
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+8
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Hau taula baten lerro anitzeko sarrera bat da.
+
+\family default
+\series default
+\shape default
+\size default
+\emph default
+\bar default
+\noun default
+\color default
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Hau luzeagoa da gainera.
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+9
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Gelaxka bateko testua normalean ez da egokituko doitasunez orrialdera, ondorioz
+ taula bateko testua luzeegia bada, taula orrialdearen eskuin-marjinatik
+ kanpora hedatuko da.
+ Honen antzera, taulak orrialde baten behean beraien burua ez dutenez zatitzen,
+ azpiko marjinatik at hedatuko dira.
+ Arazo horiek gainditzeko aukera hauek dituzu:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Banatu bi tauletan.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Hautatu
+\family sans
+Taula\SpecialChar ~
+luzea
+\family default
+ botoia
+\family sans
+Taula
+\family default
+ leihoan.
+ Automatikoki hainbat orrialdeetan banatuko du taula, horrelako luzera badu
+ bederen.
+ Hori egin ondoren,
+\family sans
+Taula\SpecialChar ~
+luzea
+\family default
+-ko botoi-zerrendak gaituko dira eta zuk zehaztu nahi duzuna (edo ahal duzuna):
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\family sans
+Lehen goiburukoa
+\family default
+: uneko errenkada eta gaineko guztiak (aukera berezirik zehaztuta ez dutenak)
+ taula luzeko lehen orrialdeko goiburukoaren errenkadak izateko definitu
+ dira.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\family sans
+Goiburukoa
+\family default
+: uneko errenkada eta gaineko guztiak (aukera berezirik zehaztuta ez dutenak)
+ taula luzearen orrialde guztietako goiburukoen errenkadak izateko zehaztu
+ dira, lehen orrialderako izan ezik,
+\family sans
+Lehen\SpecialChar ~
+goiburukoa
+\family default
+ zehaztuta badago.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\family sans
+Orri-oina
+\family default
+: uneko errenkada eta azpiko guztiak (aukera berezirik zehaztuta ez dutenak)
+ taula luzearen orrialde guztietako oinen errenkadak izateko definitu dira,
+ azken orrialdekoa ezik, baldin eta
+\family sans
+Azken\SpecialChar ~
+orri-oina
+\family default
+ zehaztu bada.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\family sans
+Azken orri-oina
+\family default
+: uneko errenkada eta azpiko guztiak (aukera berezirik zehaztuta ez dutenak)
+ taula luzearen azken orrialdeko orri-oinaren errenkadak izateko definitu
+ dira.
+\layout Standard
+
+Taula bateko errenkada berdinari aukera bat baino gehiagorekin ezartzen
+ badiozu, jabetu zaitez lehenbizikoa bakarrik erabiliko dela taulako errenkadeta
+n.
+ Besteak baliogabeak bezala zehaztuko dira.
+ Testu-inguru honetan lehenbizikoak ordena honetako aurrenekoa esan nahi
+ du:
+\family sans
+Orri-oina
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Azken\SpecialChar ~
+orri-oina
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Goiburukoa
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Lehen\SpecialChar ~
+goiburukoa
+\family default
+.
+ Nola lantzen den jakiteko, ikus
+\family typewriter
+eu_TaulaAdibideak.lyx
+\family default
+ fitxategia.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Taula luzearen aukeretan dagoen kontrol-laukia, Orri-jauzia uneko errenkadan
+ izenekoa, erabiltzen da zein errenkada zehatzean egongo den orrialdearen
+ jauzia ezartzeko.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Taula bat mugikor batean ere jar daiteke, arestian azaldu den bezala, horrela
+ LaTeX-ek ahalik eta egokien kokatuko du orrialde batean.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Taula mugikorrak
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:taula-mugik}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Mugikor baten kanpoan, taula dokumentuan jartzen den lekuan kokatuko da.
+
+\family sans
+Taula\SpecialChar ~
+mugikor
+\family default
+ bat erabiltzeak,
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+M
+\bar default
+ugikorrak
+\family default
+ menutik, LaTeX-i taula leku egokienean doitzeko aukera eskaintzen dio,
+ zuk txertatutako leku zehatzaren ordez.
+ Taulentzako kokapen mugikor bat irudi mugikorrentzakoa
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:irudimugik}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ bezalakoa da, eta
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:mugik-koka}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+atalean argitzen da.
+ Epigrafeak irudi mugikorren antzera lantzen dira,
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:irudimugik}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+atalean xehetasunak aurkituko dituzu.
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{taula:taula mugikor bat}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+taula adibide bat da, taula mugikorrena alegia.
+\begin_inset Float table
+placement htbp
+wide false
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Caption
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{taula:taula mugikor bat}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Taula mugikor bat.
+\layout Standard
+\align center
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+1
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+2
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+3
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Iker
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Arantxa
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Agurtzane
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
+a & b\\
+c & d\end{array}\right]$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+
+\begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Section
+
+Gaien aurkibidea eta bestelako zerrendak
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:Gai-aurkib}
+
+\end_inset
+
+LaTeX-en ezaugarri miresgarrienetariko bat
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Zerrenda" motak sortzeko erraztasuna da, gaien aurkibidea bezalakoak.
+ Behar duzun guztia da ingurune batzuk erabiltzea eta erreferentziak zerrendan
+ agertzea nahi duzun lekuan txertatzeko.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Gaien aurkibidea
+\layout Standard
+
+Gaien aurkibidea lortzeko, lau gauza hauek landu beharko dituzu (lasai,
+ oso errazak dira):
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Erabili euskarria duen dokumentu-klase bat (
+\family sans
+gutuna
+\family default
+ edo
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+letter"
+\family default
+ ezik).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Ezarri paragrafo-inguruneak egokiro:
+\family sans
+Kapitulua
+\family default
+, (
+\family sans
+Azpi
+\family default
+...)
+\family sans
+Atala
+\family default
+, (
+\family sans
+Azpi
+\family default
+...)
+\family sans
+Paragrafoa
+\family default
+.
+ Jabetu zaitez izartxodun (
+\family sans
+*
+\family default
+) estiloak,
+\family sans
+Atala*
+\family default
+ bezalakoak, edukien aurkibidean ez direla agertuko.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Ziurtatu zaitez
+\family sans
+Dokumentu-ezarpena
+\family default
+ leihoko
+\family sans
+Zenbakera
+\family default
+ fitxako
+\family sans
+Atala
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Gaien\SpecialChar ~
+aurkibidea
+\family default
+ eremuetako balioa
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{azpi:atal-sakon}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+atalean azaldu den bezala egokiak direla.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Txertatu
+\family sans
+Gaien\SpecialChar ~
+aurkibidea
+\family default
+ komandoa dokumentuko leku batean.
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Zerrendak\SpecialChar ~
+eta\SpecialChar ~
+
+\bar under
+A
+\bar default
+urk
+\bar under
+
+\family default
+\bar default
+menuko
+\family sans
+\bar under
+ G
+\bar default
+aien\SpecialChar ~
+aurkibidea
+\family default
+ elementua, alegia.
+\layout Standard
+
+Dokumentuan zehar
+\family sans
+\bar under
+A
+\bar default
+rakatu
+\family default
+ menuaren bitartez mugi zaitezke.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Irudi, taula eta algoritmoen zerrendak
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:zer-zerrend}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Taula, irudi eta algoritmoen zerrendak gaien aurkibideen antzekoak dira.
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Zerrendak\SpecialChar ~
+eta\SpecialChar ~
+
+\bar under
+A
+\bar default
+urk
+\family default
+ menutik txerta ditzakezu.
+ Irudiak, taulak edo algoritmoak zerrendan agertzeko mugikorretan sartu
+ eta epigrafeak gehitu beharko dizkiezu.
+\layout Chapter
+
+Matematika-formulak
+\layout Section
+
+Oinarrizko matematika edizioa
+\layout Standard
+
+Matematika-formula sortzeko, klikatu tresna-barrako
+\begin_inset Formula $\frac{a+b}{c}$
+\end_inset
+
+ ikonoa duen botoian.
+ Horrek lauki urdina irekiko du, ertzetan arrosa koloreko markatzaileak
+ ditu laukia inguratuz.
+ Lauki urdin hori formula bera da.
+ Markatzaile arrosek formula barruan zein habiaratze-sakoneratan zauden
+ azaltzen dute.
+ Formula-mota berezi bat txertatzeko, erabili
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+M
+\bar default
+atematika
+\family default
+ menua, edo teklatuko
+\family sans
+M-c\SpecialChar ~
+m
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+M-m\SpecialChar ~
+m
+\family default
+ edo
+\family sans
+C-m
+\family default
+ (CUA teklatu mapan soilik) laster-teklak.
+\layout Standard
+
+Grekerako hizki bat soilik behar baduzu,
+\backslash
+alpha gisakoa, laster-tekla berezi bat dauka.
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
+\end_inset
+
+ lortzeko sakatu
+\family sans
+M-m\SpecialChar ~
+g\SpecialChar ~
+a
+\family default
+,
+\begin_inset Formula $\beta$
+\end_inset
+
+lortzeko
+\family sans
+ M-m\SpecialChar ~
+g\SpecialChar ~
+b
+\family default
+,
+\begin_inset Formula $\tau$
+\end_inset
+
+ lortzeko
+\family sans
+ M-m\SpecialChar ~
+g\SpecialChar ~
+t
+\family default
+ eta abar.
+\layout Standard
+
+Formula bateko argumentuak editatzeko, erabili
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+M
+\bar default
+atematika
+\family default
+ menuko
+\family sans
+Matematikako\SpecialChar ~
+panela
+\family default
+ leihoa, edo
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+M
+\bar default
+atematika
+\family default
+ menua.
+ Matematikako panela oso erabilgarria denez, litekeena da pantailako leku
+ batean leihoa irekita uztea.
+ Oraindik ez bazaude formula gunean, matematikako paneletik zerbait hautatuz
+ formula bat txertatuko du.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Formula arakatzea
+\layout Standard
+
+Dagoen formula batean kurtsorearen kokapena egokiago kontrolatzeko, erabili
+ teklatuko geziak.
+ Matematikak lauki txikiak erabiltzen ditu zerbait non txertatuko den azaltzeko.
+ Teklatuko geziekin formula bateko hainbat zatiren artean bizkor mugitzen
+ da.
+
+\family sans
+Zuriunea
+\family default
+ tekla sakatuz formula bateko (
+\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
+\end_inset
+
+ erroketa karratua, edo
+\begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
+\end_inset
+
+ parentesiak, edo
+\begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
+1 & 2\\
+3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
+\end_inset
+
+ matrizea edota bestelako) sakonera batetik gaineko sakoneran kokatuko du
+ kurtsorea, eta gain-gaineko sakoneran bazaude, formulatik kanpo utziko
+ du kurtsorea.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Ihes
+\family default
+ tekla sakatuz, formulatik kanpo kokatuko du kurtsorea (berdin dio formulako
+ zein sakoneran zegoen).
+
+\family sans
+Tab
+\family default
+ teklarekin formula batean horizontalki mugituko da, Adibidez, matrize bateko
+ gelaxken edo lerro anitzeko ekuazio bateko kokalekuen artean.
+\layout Standard
+
+Badirudi
+\family sans
+Zuriuneak
+\family default
+ matematika-eran ez duela eraginik, karaktereen artean tarterik ez baitu
+ sartzen, eta habiaratze-mailatik gainekora joanarazten du.
+ Horregatik, argi ibili
+\family sans
+Zuriunea
+\family default
+ erabiltzerakoan.
+ Adibidez,
+\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
+\end_inset
+
+ nahi baduzu, idatzi
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+sqrt
+\family sans
+\SpecialChar ~
+
+\family default
+ondoren
+\family sans
+Zuriunea
+\family default
+, ez
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+sqrt
+\family sans
+\SpecialChar ~
+Zuriunea\SpecialChar ~
+
+\family typewriter
+2x
+\family sans
+\SpecialChar ~
+Zuriunea\SpecialChar ~
+
+\family typewriter
++
+\family sans
+\SpecialChar ~
+Zuriunea\SpecialChar ~
+
+\family typewriter
+1
+\family default
+, zeren eta azken horretan erro karratuaren ikurpean
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Formula $2x$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ soilik egongo da,
+\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Tartea era honetan sartzen ikasi dutenei ohitura hori galtzea komeni zaie.
+\layout Standard
+
+Formula bateko zati batzuk beteta utz ditzakezu (besteak hutsik), matrize
+ batean gertatzen den bezala.
+ Adibidez:
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula \[
+\left(\begin{array}{ccc}
+\lambda_{1}\\
+ & \ddots\\
+ & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right).\]
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Zatiki bat erdi osatuta lagatzen baduzu, edo azpindize batek ezer ez badu,
+ emaitza ezin izango da aurretiaz esan, baina eraikin gehienetan horrek
+ ez du garrantzirik izango.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Testua hautatzea
+\layout Standard
+
+Formula bateko testua hautatzeko bi bide daude.
+ Kokatu kurtsorea nahi duzun testuaren amaieran, sakatu
+\family sans
+Shift
+\family default
+ eta teklatuko gezia batera, testua hautatu bitartean.
+ Horrek testu hautapen arruntaren antzera nabarmenduko du.
+ Bestalde, testua saguarekin hauta dezakezu, beti bezala.
+ Testu hori ebaki edo kopia daiteke, eta ondoren nahi duzun formula batean
+ itsatsi (ez ordea LyX-eko testu soileko gune batean).
+\layout Subsection
+
+Berretzaile eta azpindizeak
+\layout Standard
+
+Matematikako panela erabil dezakezu
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Goi-indize bat berretzaile bat da azken finean.
+\end_inset
+
+ eta azpindizeak gehitzeko, errazagoa da, ordea, TeX-en bide arrunta erabiltzea.
+
+\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
+\end_inset
+
+ lortzeko idatzi (matematika-eran)
+\family typewriter
+x^2
+\family default
+ eta ondoren
+\family sans
+Zuriunea
+\family default
+.
+ Gogoratu, azken
+\family sans
+Zuriuneak
+\family default
+ kurtsorea ekuazioaren gaineko habiaratze-sakonerara (ekuazioaren oinarrira)
+ itzultzen duen bitartean,
+\family sans
+Ihes
+\family default
+ batek ekuazioa dagoen lerroko testura itzuliko du, matematika-eratik at.
+
+\family typewriter
+x^2y
+\family default
+ idazten baduzu
+\begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
+\end_inset
+
+ lortuko duzu.
+
+\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
+\end_inset
+
+ lortzeko idatzi
+\family typewriter
+x^2,
+\family default
+ ondoren
+\family sans
+Zuriunea,
+\family default
+ eta gero
+\family sans
+\SpecialChar ~
+
+\family typewriter
+y
+\family default
+.
+ Azpindizeak antzekoak dira,
+\begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
+\end_inset
+
+ sortzeko idatzi (matematika-eran)
+\family typewriter
+a_1
+\family sans
+\SpecialChar ~
+
+\family default
+eta ondoren
+\family sans
+Zuriunea
+\family default
+.
+ Jabetu zaitez lehenetsi gisa, goi-indize edo azpindizea ezkerrean dagoen
+ ikur bakunarentzat bakarrik dela, eta tarte eta lerrokadura aldatzen ditu.
+ Hori aldatzeko, irakur
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:taldekatzea}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+atala.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Zatikiak
+\layout Standard
+
+Zatiki bat sortzeko
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+frac
+\family default
+ (matematika-eran) edo
+\family sans
+Matematikako\SpecialChar ~
+panela
+\family default
+ leihoko zatiki ikonoa erabili.
+ Zatiki huts bat agertuko zaizu, zatiketa-marraren gainean eta azpian matematika
+ txertatze-laukiekin.
+ Kurtsorea berehala kokatuko da zatikiaren gaineko zatian.
+ Beheko zatira joateko, erabili teklatuko
+\family sans
+Behera
+\family default
+ gezia.
+ Gora itzultzeko
+\family sans
+Gora
+\family default
+ gezia erabili.
+ Zatiki batean edozein matematika-egitura jar daiteke, honako adibide honetan
+ bezala::
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula \[
+\left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
+2 & 3\\
+4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+Batura eta integralak
+\layout Standard
+
+Batura (
+\begin_inset Formula $\sum$
+\end_inset
+
+) eta integral (
+\begin_inset Formula $\int$
+\end_inset
+
+) ikurrak askotan
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+mugatzaile" multzoekin apaindu ohi dira.
+ Mugatzaile hauek LyX-en sartzeko, egin goi-indize eta azpindizeak bezalaxe,
+ zuzenean ikurraren atzetik sartu.
+\layout Standard
+
+Nahiz eta agian LyX-eko pantailan ez antzeman (azken irteerako bertsioan
+ argiago ikusten da), baturak automatikoki bere
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+mugak" ikurraren gainean eta azpian kokatzen ditu, baldin eta adierazpen
+ moduan
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Adierazpen moduan dagoen formula paragrafo artean kokatzen da, eta ez dago
+ testu arruntaren lerroan.
+ Barneko moduan, berriz, testua dagoen lerro berdinean kokatzen da, eta
+ ez paragrafo artean.
+\end_inset
+
+ badago.
+ Baina barneko moduan balego ikurraren aldamenean kokatuko lituzke,
+\begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
+\end_inset
+
+ bezala.
+ Konparatu honako adierazpen modu honetan dagoenarekin:
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula \[
+\sum_{n=1}^{\infty}\frac{x^{n}}{n}=\ln\left(\frac{1}{1-x}\right).\]
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Integral ikurrek, ordea, lehenespenez ez dituzte mugak zuzenean gainean
+ eta azpian kokatzen, nahiz eta adierazpen moduan egon.
+ Konparatu barneko moduan dagoen
+\begin_inset Formula $\int_{a}^{x}f(t)dt:=F(x)$
+\end_inset
+
+ ekuazioa eta adierazpen modukoarekin:
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula \[
+\int_{-\infty}^{\infty}\frac{dx}{1+x^{2}}=\pi.\]
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Bi ikurrak adierazpen moduan daudenean automatikoki tamaina egokitzen da.
+ Adierazpen moduan, mugen kokapena (zuzenean gainean eta azpian, edo ikurraren
+ eskuinean) alda daiteke kurtsorea ikurraren aurrean kokatuz eta
+\family sans
+M-m\SpecialChar ~
+l
+\family default
+ sakatuz.
+ Gertatzen diren aldaketak ikurraren araberakoak dira.
+\layout Standard
+
+Matematikako beste espresio batzuk
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+mugak mugitzea" ezaugarria ere badaukate, honek bezala
+\begin_inset Formula \[
+\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
+
+\end_inset
+
+ non
+\begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+lim" azpian kokatzen den adierazpen moduan, baina ez barneko moduan,
+\begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Ohartu limitea funtzio gisa sartu dela (matematika-eran
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+lim
+\family default
+ idatziz lor dezakezu, edo matematikako paneletik
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Funtzioak" zerrendatik aukeratuta).
+ Ikus
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:mat-funtzioak}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+atala.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Matematikako panela
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:mat-panela}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+Matematikako\SpecialChar ~
+panela
+\family default
+ leihoak (
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+M
+\bar default
+atematika
+\family default
+ menutik eskura daiteke) ikur eta egitura hedatuagoen zerrenda dauka.
+ Hasteko, eduki irekita matematikako panela matematikak idazten zabiltzan
+ denboran.
+ Panelaren erabilera nahiko garbia da.
+ Hurrengo ataletan xehetasun gehiago azalduko ditugu.
+\layout Standard
+
+Jakin ezazu formula batean saguaren eskuineko botoiarekin klikatuz ere panela
+ irekitzen dela.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Beste matematika-ikurrak
+\layout Standard
+
+Matematikako ikur gehienak panelean aurkitu ahal izango dituzu, hainbat
+ eremutan sailkatuta:
+\family sans
+Grekoak
+\family default
+ (
+\begin_inset Formula $\Gamma\rho\epsilon\epsilon\kappa$
+\end_inset
+
+),
+\family sans
+eragileak
+\family default
+ (
+\begin_inset Formula $\pm\times$
+\end_inset
+
+),
+\family sans
+erlazioak
+\family default
+ (
+\begin_inset Formula $\leq\cong$
+\end_inset
+
+),
+\family sans
+geziak
+\family default
+ (
+\begin_inset Formula $\uparrow\Leftrightarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+),
+\family sans
+eragile\SpecialChar ~
+handiak
+\family default
+ (
+\begin_inset Formula $\sum\int$
+\end_inset
+
+) eta
+\family sans
+hainbat (
+\begin_inset Formula $\Im$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\natural$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\infty$
+\end_inset
+
+)
+\family default
+ ikaragarria, besteak beste.
+ Amerikar Matematika Elkarteak (AMS) eskainitako ikur gehigarriak ere hor
+ daude.
+ Ikur berezi batentzat LaTeX-eko zein makro estandar erabili behar duzun
+ badakizu, orduan ez daukazu panela erabili beharrik; panela, ordea, ikur
+ horientzat LaTeX-en izenik ez dakizunerako baliagarria izango duzu.
+ Konturatu AMS ikurrak ez direla ikur bezala bistaratzen LyX-en, ez badituzu
+ letra-tipo egokiak instalatzen, dagokion eskuliburuan argitzen den bezala.
+\layout Standard
+
+Badago n.\SpecialChar ~
+erroketa-ikurra lortzeko aukera.
+ Bufetxoan idatzi
+\family typewriter
+math-insert
+\backslash
+root
+\family default
+.
+ Horrek erro ikurra sortuko du, ikurraren gainean lauki osagarri bat duela.
+ Erabili
+\family sans
+Gora
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Behera
+\family default
+ teklak bi laukietan zehar mugitzeko.
+ M-m-r laster-tekla ere erabil dezakezu.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Tarteak eraldatzea
+\layout Standard
+
+Tarte zuriak sortu nahi izan dezakezu, LaTeX-ek eskaintzen duen tarte estandarre
+tik aldentzeko.
+ Hori ez dugu aholkatzen, zeren eta WYSIWYM izaeran ez baitaukazu konposatze-lan
+ez arduratu beharrik, baizik eta edukiaz soilik.
+ Hala ere, badaude zenbait egoera tarteak gehitu nahi izateko.
+ Lehen trikimailua, sakatu
+\family sans
+C-Zuriunea
+\family default
+ tartea sartzeko.
+ Horrek tarte txiki bat sortuko du, LyX-eko pantailan marka txiki bat agertuko
+ da:
+\begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Hurrengo trikimailua tarte hori luzera ezberdinetara aldatzea da.
+ Kurtsorea mugitu aurretik,
+\family sans
+C-Zuriunea
+\family default
+ sakatu ostean, berriro
+\family sans
+Zuriunea
+\family default
+ sakatzen baduzu tartearen luzera aldatuko duzu, horrela hainbat tamaina
+ ezberdinetara aldatuz.
+ Zerrendako azken tamaina gorri kolorekoak dira, eta tarte negatiboak dira:
+ adibidez,
+\begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
+\end_inset
+
+ edo
+\begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Matematikako panela erabiliz tarte hauek ere txerta ditzakezu.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Matematika funtzioak
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:mat-funtzioak}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Matematikako panela hainbat
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+funtzio" ditu, sin, lim eta abar bezalakoak (formula batean sartzeko
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+sin
+\family default
+ antzekoa idatzi).
+ Matematiketako praktika estandarretan funtzioak diren izenak, sin bezalakoak,
+ ez dira letra etzanaz jarri behar.
+ Matematika-eran
+\begin_inset Formula $sin$
+\end_inset
+
+ osatzen duten hizkiak
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Hau da, hiru aldagai bezala hartzen ditu:
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+s",
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+i" eta
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+n" aldagaiak bezala, eta ez
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+sin" funtzio bezala.
+\end_inset
+
+, besterik gabe idazten badira letra etzanaz agertuko dira, makro berezien
+ euskarria dagoelako gertatzen da.
+ Horiek azken irteeran letra-tipoa aldatu baino gehiago egiten dute.
+ Adibidez,
+\begin_inset Formula $\sin t$
+\end_inset
+
+ ekuazioan
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+n" eta
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+t" hizkien arteko tartea handiagoz konposatuko da.
+ Matematikako objektu sofistikatuagoak diren hitzentzat, lim bezalakoak,
+ makroak azpindizeen kokapena aldatzen du, adierazpen edo barneko moduan
+ egotearen arabera:
+\begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow0}f(x)=L$
+\end_inset
+
+ versus
+\begin_inset Formula \[
+\lim_{x\rightarrow0}f(x)=L.\]
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Bi ekuazio horiek antzera idatzi dira, baina
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+lim
+\family default
+ makroa erabiltzeak itxuraldatzen du (aldatuta dagoena lerro barnekoa da,
+ tartea gehitzeko).
+\layout Subsection
+
+Azentuak
+\layout Standard
+
+Formula batean azentudun karaktereak txerta ditzakezu, testu arruntean egin
+ daitekeenaren antzera.
+ Teklatuaren edo erabiltzen dituzun laster-teklen arabera dago.
+ Baliokideak diren TeX makroak erabil ditzakezu, makro gisa.
+ Teklatuak ez badu azenturik gaituta, eragin berdina lortzeko
+\begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
+\end_inset
+
+ sar dezakezu, matematika-eran
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+hat a
+\family default
+" idatziz.
+ Testuen izenak eta hainbat azentuentzat makroen izenen arteko baliokidetasunak
+ hauek dira:
+\layout Standard
+\align center
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+testua
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+mat.
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+adibidea
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+zirkunflexu
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+hat
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+kamuts
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+grave
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+zorrotz
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+acute
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+umlaut
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+ddot
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+tilet
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+tilde
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+puntu
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+dot
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+breve
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+breve
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+caron
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+check
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+macron
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+bar
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+---
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+vec
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Azkenik, azentu horietariko bat aukeratu dezakezu
+\family sans
+Matematikako\SpecialChar ~
+panela
+\family default
+ leihoko
+\family sans
+Marko-apaingarriak
+\family default
+ zerrendako elementu bat hautatuz.
+ Formula batean egindako hautapenaren gainean ere aplika dezakezu.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Matematika editorea, LaTeX-eko erabiltzaileentzat
+\layout Standard
+
+Matematikako ekuazioak editatzeko bi bide daude LyX-en.
+ LyX-ek eskaintzen duen WYSIWYM itxurako ekuazioen
+\emph on
+marrazketa
+\emph default
+-euskarria erabil dezakezu.
+ LaTeX-eko erabiltzaileek nahiago izango dute teklatua erabiltzea
+\family typewriter
+$
+\backslash
+alpha$
+\family default
+ (honek, TeX arruntean, dokumentuaren azken irteerako bertsioan
+\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
+\end_inset
+
+ bat irudikatuko luke) bezalakoak sartzeko, menuetan zehar ikur baten bila
+ ibiltzea baino azkarragoa delakoan.
+ Hona LaTeX-eko erabiltzaile zahar baten iritzia,
+\noun on
+David Johnson
+\noun default
+:
+\layout Quotation
+
+Azkenik ikusi dut matematika-editorea aurkitu nuenean hau zela erabili beharreko
+ bidea, aldaketa gutxi batzuekin, TeX-en idazten ohitu nintzan bezala erabil
+ dezaket.
+ Adibide gisa,
+\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
+\end_inset
+
+ sortzeko tekla-joko hau erabili dut: lehenik
+\family sans
+M-c\SpecialChar ~
+m
+\family default
+ idatzi matematika-eran jartzeko, ondoren idatzi
+\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
+\end_inset
+
+, eta gero
+\family sans
+Zuriunea
+\family default
+ eta
+\family sans
+Ihes
+\family default
+ teklak.
+ Zuriunea sakatu orduko
+\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
+\end_inset
+
+ hor zegoen pantailan.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+M-c\SpecialChar ~
+m
+\family default
+ laster-teklak formula txertatzen du (
+\family sans
+C-m
+\family default
+ edo
+\family sans
+M-m\SpecialChar ~
+m
+\family default
+ ere erabil ditzakezu),
+\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
+\end_inset
+
+ berriz Grekerako
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+alpha" hizkiarentzako TeX komando estandarra da, eta
+\family sans
+Ihes
+\family default
+ teklak formulatik kanpo uzten du kurtsorea.
+ Hurbilketa honen alde onak hauek dira:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Berehalako emaitza bistaratzen da TeX zuzena idatzi duzula ziurtatzeko.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Pantailan egiazko matematika espresioa daukazu, egokiro bistaratua, zure
+ matematikak zuzenak direla ziurtatzeko (zuzen idatzita, azken finean).
+\layout Itemize
+
+LaTeX-eko kemen berri guztiak beraien ingurune bereziekin, eta ardura LyX-en
+ eskuetan geldituz, ez zure eskuetan.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Ez duzu kodearen barruan galdutako
+\family typewriter
+$
+\family default
+ edo
+\family typewriter
+{
+\family default
+ osagarri baten bila arakatzen jardun beharrik gehiago.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Ikur batzuentzako LaTeX-en izenekin ez bazara oroitzen,
+\begin_inset Formula $\wp$
+\end_inset
+
+ adibidez, panelean aurki ditzakezu.
+\layout Section
+
+Kortxeteak eta apaingarriak
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-ek hainbat kortxete (edo parentesi) mota ezberdin eskaintzen dizkizu.
+ Xede gehienentzat
+\family typewriter
+[{]}()|
+\backslash
+<>
+\family default
+ nahikoa izan ohi diren arren, egitura handiak inguratzeko, matrize edo
+ zatiki bat bezala, edo hainbat kortxete-maila edukitzeko egokiagoa da matematik
+ako paneleko
+\family sans
+Mugatzaileak
+\family default
+ elkarrizketa-koadroa erabiltzea (ikus
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:mat-panela}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+atala).
+ Adibidez, matrize baten inguruan kortxeteak eraikitzeko hau egingo da
+\layout Standard
+
+:
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula \[
+\left[\begin{array}{cc}
+1 & 2\\
+3 & 4\end{array}\right],\]
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+eta honelako gauza zatar batean parentesi-mailak errazago ikusteko:
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula \[
+\frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
+
+\end_inset
+
+edo:
+\begin_inset Formula \[
+f\left(g\left(h\left(k\left(l\left(x\right)\right)\right)\right)\right).\]
+
+\end_inset
+
+Leiho horretatik txertatutako parentesiak, eta bestelako kortxeteak, automatikok
+i tamainara berregokitzen dira, barruan duten edukiaren tamainara doituz.
+ Hau LaTeX-ekin egiteko
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+left( blah
+\backslash
+right)
+\family default
+ moduko komandoa erabil beharko zatekeen.
+\layout Standard
+
+Nahi dituzun kortxeteak eraikitzea oso erraza da.
+ Klikatu nahi duzun kortxetean eta leihoaren azpian kortxete bikoitza (ireki
+ eta ixten dutenak) agertuko zaizkizu.
+ Leihoko
+\family sans
+Txertatu
+\family default
+ botoian klikatuz ekuazioan txertatuko da.
+ Gerta daiteke irekitzeko kortxete-mota bat eta ixteko beste bat erabiltzea
+ nahi izatea; horretarako, desaktibatu leihoko
+\family sans
+Mantendu\SpecialChar ~
+berdinak
+\family default
+ kontrol-laukia eta ondoren ezkerraldean dauden kortxete-mota bat (irekitzekoa
+ izango da) eta eskuinaldeko beste bat (itxierakoa) hautatuz leiho azpian
+ bi kortxete ezberdin daudela ikusiko duzu, ondoren txertatu itzazu.
+ Alde batean kortxeterik ez baduzu nahi (bestaldean baietz suposatzen da),
+ orduan hautatu eta txertatu
+\family sans
+Mugatzaileak
+\family default
+ leihoan dauden bi botoi hutsetariko bat (ezkerraldekoarekin ireki edo eskuinald
+ekoarekin itxi) .
+ LyX-en
+\emph on
+kortxete-huts
+\emph default
+ bezala agertuko da, puntuz osatutako marra batekin, baina irteerako bertsioan
+ ez da ezer agertuko, ez da inprimatzen, alegia.
+\layout Standard
+
+Ekuazio bat idatzita dagoela parentesi (edo beste matematika egitura bat,
+ erro karratua bezalakoa edo beste apaingarri bat) barruan sartu nahi baduzu,
+ lehenik hautatu parentesi barruan sartu nahi den ekuazio hori,
+\family sans
+Shift
+\family default
+ eta teklatuko gezien bitartez kurtsorea mugituz edo sagua erabiliz.
+ Ondoren, aukeratu
+\family sans
+Mugatzaileak
+\family default
+ leihoan ezkerreko eta eskuineko kortxeteak eta klikatu
+\family sans
+Txertatu
+\family default
+ botoian.
+ Parentesiak hautatutako egituraren inguruan kokatuko dira.
+\layout Standard
+
+LaTeX-eko
+\family sans
+
+\family typewriter
+{
+\family default
+ ikurra sartzen saiatzen ari bazara taldekatzeko,
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:taldekatzea}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+atala irakurri beharko zenuke.
+\layout Section
+
+Taldekatzea
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:taldekatzea}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Ikur multzo bat taldekatu nahi izan dezakezu.
+ LaTeX-en, adibidez,
+\family typewriter
+{x^y}^z
+\family default
+ edo
+\family typewriter
+x^{y^z}
+\family default
+ idaztea ezberdina da:
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula \[
+{x^{y}}^{z}\mathrm{\, eta\, x^{{y^{z}}}\, ezberdinak\, dira}\]
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Hala ere, LyX-en
+\family typewriter
+ }
+\family default
+ ikurra idazten saiatzeak uneko kortxetea ixtea dakar irteeran.
+ Taldekatzeko, matematika-eran
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+{
+\family default
+ sekuentzia erabili behar duzu, eta ondoren
+\family sans
+Zuriunea
+\family default
+ sartu.
+ LyX barruan, kortxete gorriak ikusiko dituzu taldekatzea gertatu dela adieraziz.
+ Arestiko adibideak nola dabilen den erakusten du.
+\layout Section
+
+Matrizeak eta lerro anitzeko ekuazioak
+\layout Standard
+
+Matrizeak, edo erraiak, errazki sartzen dira LyX-en.
+ Matematika panela leihoan matrize-botoi bat dago; horrek elkarrizketa-koadro
+ bat irekiz errenkada eta zutabe kopuruagatik galdetzen du.
+ Hona hemen adibide bat
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula \[
+\left(\begin{array}{ccc}
+1 & 2 & 3\\
+4 & 5 & 6\\
+7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right).\]
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Parentesiak ez dira automatikoki sartzen, betiko moduan zeuk gehitu beharko
+ dituzu.
+ Gogoratu matrizea sortuta dagoela parentesiak gehitu diezazkiokezula, matematik
+a barruan kokatu eta matrizea hautatuz.
+ Matrizea eraikitzerakoan, zutabeak (edo batzuk) ezkerrera, eskuinera edo
+ erdira lerrokatuko diren erabaki dezakezu.
+
+\family sans
+Txertatu\SpecialChar ~
+matrizea
+\family default
+ leihoan
+\family sans
+Lerrokadura
+\family default
+ marko barruko
+\family sans
+Horizontala
+\family default
+ eremuan lehenespenez
+\family typewriter
+ccc
+\family default
+ zehazten da.
+ Hizki bakoitza zutabe bati dagokio.
+ Adibidez,
+\family typewriter
+lcr
+\family default
+ (
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+left",
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+center" eta
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+right" ) hirukoteak adierazten du lehen zutabea ezkerrera, bigarrena erdira
+ eta hirugarrena eskuinera lerrokatuko direla.
+ Honela ikusiko da:
+\begin_inset Formula \[
+\begin{array}{lcr}
+zutabe & zutabe\, hau & zutabe\, hau\\
+hau & erdi\, lerrokatuta & eskuinera\\
+ezker\, lerrokatua\, da & dago & lerrokatu\, da\end{array}.\]
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Errenkada gehiago matrize bati gehitzeko barruan
+\family sans
+C-Lerro-itzulera
+\family default
+ sakatu, eta zutabea gehitzeko, edo ezabatzeko, Editatu-> Matematika menutik
+ landu.
+\layout Standard
+
+LaTe-ko matematika-motan bestelako array asko daude, AMS-LaTeX paketeak
+ bereziki
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+cases
+\family default
+ eta diagrama trukakorrak bezalakoak dakartza.
+ Guztiak ez daude LyX-en onartuta.
+ Hala ere, egitura hauek matrize batetik eraiki daiteke.
+\layout Standard
+
+Lerro anitzeko ekuazioak oso erraz eraikitzen dira LyX-en.
+ Formula bat automatikoki
+\family typewriter
+eqnarray
+\family default
+ formatura (LaTeX-ek daukan lerro anitzeko adierazpenaren ekuazio-formatua)
+ bihurtzen da
+\family sans
+C-Lerro-itzulera
+\family default
+ sakatzen duzunean.
+ Hori egiteko biderik egokiena, lerro anitzeko adierazpen-ekuazio bat nahi
+ duzula erabakitzen baduzu, berehala lerro berri bat (
+\family sans
+C-Lerro-itzulera
+\family default
+ sakatuz) txertatzea da.
+ Lerro bakoitzak hiru eskualde ditu: ezkerrekoa, erdikoa eta eskuinekoa;
+ horien artean teklatuko geziekin, saguarekin edo
+\family sans
+Tab
+\family default
+ teklarekin mugi zaitezke.
+ Hona adibide bat::
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
+3 & = & 1+2\\
+4+5 & = & 9.\end{eqnarray*}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Jadanik sortuta dagoen adierazpen-ekuazio bat lerro-anitzekora bihur dezakezu
+
+\family sans
+C-Lerro-itzulera
+\family default
+ sakatuz, kurtsorea jatorrizko ekuazioan kokatuta dagoenean.
+ Nola nahi ere, LyX-ek ezin du erabaki ekuazioko hiru zatiak non zatitu
+ behar dituen, horregatik guztia lerroaren ezkerraldean kokatzen du.
+ Ekuazioko lerrokatze-puntuak aldatzeko, kokatu kurtsorea lerroaren erdiko
+ zatia hastea nahi duzun lekuan, eta sakatu
+\family sans
+C-Tab
+\family default
+.
+ Orduan gauza guztiak kurtsorearen eskuinetara jarriko ditu, ekuazioaren
+ erdi-eskualdean (zein ez den LaTeX-ek konposatua izango matematika adierazpenar
+en tamainan, eta beraz hemen espresio luzerik ez zenuke jarri beharko, zatikiak
+ bezalakoak).
+ Mugitu zaitez lerroaren eskuinaldera hasteko, eta sakatu
+\family sans
+C-Tab
+\family default
+ berriro.
+ Lerroko txertatze-lauki osagarria desagertuko da.
+\layout Section
+
+Ekuazioak zenbatu eta etiketatzea
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:mat-etiketa}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Ekuazioak zenbatzea LyX-en oso erraza da.
+ Honelako adierazpen-ekuazioa
+\begin_inset Formula \[
+1+2=3\]
+
+\end_inset
+
+ zenbatutako ekuazioan aldatzeko
+\begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
+1+2=3\label{matem:lehen-ekuaz}\end{equation}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ joan
+\family sans
+Txertatu
+\family default
+ menura eta hautatu
+\family sans
+Etiketa
+\family default
+ aukera.
+ Horrek elkarrizketa-koadro bat irekiko du, bertan idatzi esaldi bat etiketarent
+zako.
+ Etiketan ez daukazu zenbaki zehatz bat sartu beharrik, ekuazioak zenbatzeaz
+ LaTeX arduratzen baita.
+ Etiketak ez dira azken irteeran bezala agertuko.
+ LaTeX-ek txertatuko ditu ekuazioentzako zenbaki egokiak.
+ Etiketak barneki erabiltzen dira erreferentzia gurutzatuetarako.
+ Ekuazio bat zenbatzeko, etiketa zehatz bat eduki gabe, erabili
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+M
+\bar default
+atematika\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Txandakatu\SpecialChar ~
+zenbakera
+\family default
+ menua kurtsorea ekuazioaren barruan dagoela, honen antzera:
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
+1+1=2.\end{equation}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Erabili menuko elementu horrekin ekuazioaren zenbatzailea jarri eta kentzeko.
+ Behin etiketa bat ekuazio bati jarri diozula, hori aipatzeko (ez bakarrik
+ zenbatzeko), erabili
+\family sans
+Erreferentzia\SpecialChar ~
+gurutzatua
+\family default
+ leihoa,
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+xertatu
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family sans
+Erreferentzia\SpecialChar ~
+g
+\bar under
+u
+\bar default
+rutzatua
+\family default
+ menutik.
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+ikus (
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{matem:lehen-ekuaz}
+
+\end_inset
+
+)" gisako aipamena sortuko du
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Ohitura izaten da matematikako aipamena parentesi artean egotea.
+ Parentesiak (eta adibideko
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+ikusi" hitza) zuk idatzi beharko dituzu, ordea.
+\end_inset
+
+ .
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Demagun ekuazio baten etiketako esaldia ez dela egokia eta zuzendu nahi
+ duzula.
+ Horretarako, kokatu kurtsorea ekuazioan eta hautatu
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+tiketa
+\family default
+.
+ Ireki elkarrizketa-koadroa eta sartu esaldi berria.
+\layout Standard
+
+Lerro anitzeko ekuazioak zenbatzeko (edo etiketatzeko), jatorriz lerro guztiak
+ bereiztuta zenbatzen dira.
+ Behin ekuazio bat zenbatzeko etiketa eransten zaionean, ondorengo lerro
+ guztiak
+\family sans
+ #
+\family default
+ ikurrarekin etiketatuko dira.
+ Ikur hori duten lerroen etiketak alda daiteke, lerro horiei aipamenak egin
+ ahal izateko, ondorengo (
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{matem:hirug-ekuaz.}
+
+\end_inset
+
+) bezala.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
+1 & = & 3-2\label{matem:bigarr-ekuaz.}\\
+2 & = & 4-2\label{matem:hirug-ekuaz.}\\
+4 & \leq & 7.\end{eqnarray}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Lerro anitzeko ekuazio bateko lerroan kurtsorea kokatuz, lerro horretako
+ zenbatzailea (edo etiketa) kentzeko, joan
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+M
+\bar default
+atematika
+\family default
+ menura eta aukeratu
+\family sans
+Txandakatu\SpecialChar ~
+lerro-zenbakera
+\family default
+.
+ Berriro jartzeko ere hori erabili.
+ Adibidez::
+\begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
+1 & = & 4-3\label{matem:laug-ekuaz.}\\
+2 & = & 7-5\\
+1 & = & e^{2\pi i}\nonumber \\
+16 & \equiv & 2\,(mod\,7)\label{matem:bostg-ekuaz.}\end{eqnarray}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ Jakin ezazu multzo honetako lehen ekuazioa (
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{matem:laug-ekuaz.}
+
+\end_inset
+
+) etiketatuta dagoela, hurrengoa zenbatuta dago baina ez etiketatuta, hirugarren
+ak ez du ez zenbatzailerik ez etiketarik, eta azkena (
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{matem:bostg-ekuaz.}
+
+\end_inset
+
+) ere etiketatu da.
+\layout Section
+
+Makroak definitzea (matematika-eran)
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX-ek erabiltzaileari matematika-eran makroak definitzeko aukera eskaintzen
+ dio.
+ Geroago ikusiko dugu makroak nola sortu, orain nolakoak diren aztertuko
+ dugu.
+ Makroaren definizio-kutxa bat pantailan arrosa koloreko lauki bat bezala
+ agertzen da, eta makroaren izena urdinez (matematika-erako kolorea) azaltzen
+ da.
+ Hasieran bi gelaxka huts ditu, laukitxo urdinekin markatuta daude, eta
+ lauki hauetan matematika arrunta izan balira bezalaxe editatzen dira.
+ Saiatu honekin:
+\begin_inset FormulaMacro
+\newcommand{\makrotxoa}[1]{a+b}
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Lehen gelaxkako edukia makroaren definizioa LaTeX-i igortzeko erabiltzen
+ da.
+ Bigarren gelaxkakoak, berriz, pantailan makroaren hedapena marrazteko erabiliko
+ da.
+ Kasu gehienetan, esportatzeko eta marrazteko adierazpen berdina erabiltzen
+ dutenean, bigarren gelaxka hutsik utz daiteke, eta LyX-ek lehen gelaxkako
+ edukia erabiliko luke automatikoki esportatu eta marrazteko.
+\layout Standard
+
+Orain, makro hau matematikako beste gune batzuetan erabiltzeko, idatzi beraren
+ izena TeX eran, adibide honetan
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+makrotxoa
+\family default
+ automatikoki honela hedatuko da:
+\begin_inset Formula $c=\makrotxoa{}\ $
+\end_inset
+
+ .
+ Egiazta dezakezunez, kurtsorea ezin da makroaren barruan kokatu, makro
+ osoa hizki bakun baten antzekoa baita, eta adierazpen honen TeX-ek sortutako
+ kodea hau da:
+\family typewriter
+c =
+\backslash
+makrotxoa
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Hala ere, kurtsorea zenbait makro-motaren barrura joan daiteke, argumentuak
+ dituztenetan.
+ Makroen definizio-kutxan argumentu batek
+\family typewriter
+#
+\family default
+ ikurra eta argumentu-zenbaki batekin bezalako itxura dauka:
+\begin_inset FormulaMacro
+\newcommand{\makroargu}[1]{2+\sqrt{#1}}
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Behin hedatutakoan, makro honek ohiko lauki hutsak ditu, nahi duzun guztia
+ sar dezakezula esanez:
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+makroargu =
+\begin_inset Formula $2+\sqrt{}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+.
+ Adibidez,
+\begin_inset Formula $b=\makroargu{x-2}$
+\end_inset
+
+.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+LaTeX-era esportatzen denean, makro definizio batek honelako komandoa sortuko
+ luke:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+newcommand{
+\backslash
+makroargu}[1]{2+
+\backslash
+sqrt{#1}}.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Makroak erabiltzeko argibideak
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Nola sortu
+\layout Standard
+
+Markoaren definizio-kutxa bat sortzeko, erabili sintaxi hau LyX-eko buffertxoan:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+math-macro <makroaren izena> [argumentu kopurua]
+\layout Standard
+
+Adibidez,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+makrotxoa
+\family default
+makroa
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+math-macro makrotxoa
+\family default
+" komandoarekin sortu da, eta
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+makroargu
+\family default
+ sortzeko, berriz,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+math-macro makroargu 1
+\family default
+".
+\layout Standard
+
+Argi ibili makro baten izena idazterakoan.
+ Ezin da eragiketa ikurrik erabili izenaren barruan: ez erabili "kaixo-politta"
+ edo "kaixo+politta" bezalakorik, zeren eta ikurrok ez baititu izenaren
+ zati gisa hartuko, eragiketak bezala hartuko ditu.
+ Izenean hutsunerik ere ezin dezakezu sartu, adib.\SpecialChar ~
+"kaixo\SpecialChar ~
+politta" zeren eta
+ "politta" argumentu bezala hartuko baitu.
+ Amaitzeko, esan behar da bestelako ikurrik ezin duzula erabili, adibidez
+ "$", "&", "_" , e.a.
+\layout Standard
+
+Argumentu-marka bat sartzeko (makroaren definizio-kutxan soilik) idatzi
+
+\family typewriter
+#<zenbakia>
+\family default
+ edo erabili
+\family typewriter
+math-macro-arg <zenbakia>
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Argumentu-marka honela sartu dugu:
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+math-macro-arg 1
+\family default
+",
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+makroargu
+\family default
+ adibidean.
+\layout Standard
+
+Ezin dituzu 9 argumentu baino gehiago erabili, 1etik 9raino zenbatuta.
+ Argumentu bat makroaren definizio-kutxan errepikatzeko aukera dago, baina
+ behin bakarrik edita daiteke.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Nola arakatu
+\layout Description
+
+Teklatuko\SpecialChar ~
+geziekin: Makroa ezkerraldetik irekitzen bada, kurtsorea lehen
+ argumentuan kokatuko da; bigarren argumentura mugitzeko, erabili
+\family sans
+Tab
+\family default
+ tekla.
+ Gogoratu
+\family sans
+Zuriunea
+\family default
+ tekla sakatuz gero, kurtsorea atera eta makroaren eskumaldean kokatuko
+ duela.
+\layout Description
+
+Saguarekin: ohitura denez, klikatu kokatu nahi duzun kutxan.
+ Batzuetan huts egingo du kutxak ezer ez badauka edo txikiegia bada.
+\layout Standard
+
+Une honetan makroen komandoak definitzeko aukera dago, baina ezin da makroen
+ ingurunerik definitu.
+\layout Section
+
+Fintzea
+\layout Subsection
+
+Letra-tipoak
+\layout Standard
+
+Formula batean letra-tipo ezberdin batzuk erabil ditzakezu.
+ Testuarentzako letra-tipo estandarra etzana da,
+\begin_inset Formula $testua$
+\end_inset
+
+, baina zenbakientzako erromatarra da.
+ Formula batean letra-tipoa ezartzeko, aukeratu
+\family sans
+Matematikako\SpecialChar ~
+panela
+\family default
+ leihotik, edo sartu LaTeX komandoa zuzenean, ondorengo taulan agertzen
+ den bezala:
+\layout Standard
+\align center
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Letra-tipoa
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+LaTeX komandoa
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Erromatarra}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+mathrm
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Lodia}}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+mathbf
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Etzana}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+mathit
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Idazmakina}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+mathtt
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+mathbb
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+mathfrak
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph on
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{KALIGRAFIA}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+mathcal
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+LaTeX-eko matematika-erak ez ditu letra-tipo guztietan karaktere guztiak
+ onartzen, eta letra-estilo hauekin hizkiak bakarrik onartzen dira; batzuek
+ maiuskulak bakarrik onartzen dituzte, adibidez "BLACKBOARD" eta "KALIGRAFIA"
+ motek.
+\layout Standard
+
+Kontuz ibili letra-tipo hauetarikoekin testua sartzerakoan.
+ Sarrerako puntuaren eskuinean testua balego, letra-tipoa estilo horretara
+ itzuliko da karaktere baten ostean.
+ Esaldi bat letra-tipo berezi batekin edukitzeko, ziurtatu zaitez kurtsorearen
+ eskuinera zuriune babestu bat dagoela.
+ Gainera, zuriune babestua sartzeak ondoko sekuentzia letra-tipo estandarrera
+ itzularaziko luke.
+ Hori nahiko korapilotsua izan daiteke, hautapen batentzako letra-tipo ezberdin
+ bat aukeratzen bada, ez du hautapena aldatuko, baina habiaratze-maila berri
+ bat letra-tipo berriarekin txertatuko du.
+\layout Standard
+
+AMS LaTeX-en zenbaki eta ikur bereziak letra lodiarekin jartzeko aukera
+ dago, baina ez letra etzanarekin.
+ Hala ere, LyX-ek oraindik WYSIWYM modurik ez dauka horretarako, egokiro
+ inprimatuko den arren.
+ Ikurrak letra lodiz jartzeko, adibidez,
+\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
+\end_inset
+
+ lodi bat, sartu
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+boldsymbol{
+\backslash
+alpha}
+\family default
+ matematika-eran.
+ Ixteko kortxetea (gorri kolorekoa) automatikoki sortzen da irekitzekoa
+ idazten duzunean.
+ Ikur eta zenbaki guztientzako baliagarria da hori.
+\layout Standard
+
+Dauden beste aukeratariko batzuk
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+M
+\bar default
+atematika\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Letra-tipoa\SpecialChar ~
+aldatzea
+\family default
+ azpimenuan aurkituko dituzu.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Matematikako testu-modua
+\layout Standard
+
+Letra-tipoak aldagaien izenak itxura batekin sartzeko erabilgarriak izaten
+ dira, baina ez beste ezertarako, eta ez bereziki testu baterako.
+ Testu luzeak sartzeko, erabili matematikako testu-modua, matematikako eran
+ zaudela
+\family sans
+M-m\SpecialChar ~
+m
+\family default
+ sakatuz lortuko duzu.
+ Komando berdinak matematikako testu-modutik aterako du.
+ Matematikako testu-moduan karaktereak beltz kolorez agertzen dira, urdinez
+ agertu ordez.
+ Ezin duzu testuan puntuaziorik sartu edo letra-tiporik aldatu
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Gainera, matematikako testu-moduak bere edukia
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+textrm{}
+\family default
+ barruan kaleratzen du,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+mbox
+\family default
+ (edo AMS LaTeX-eko
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+text
+\family default
+) aukera egokiagoa baita.
+\end_inset
+
+, testu bakunentzat da bakarrik.
+ Ikus adibide hau:
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula \[
+f(x)=\begin{array}{cc}
+x & \textrm{horrela badiot}\\
+-x & \textrm{bestela}\end{array}\]
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+Letra-tamainak
+\layout Standard
+
+Lau (erlatiboki) letra-tamaina (edo "estiloak") erabiltzen dira matematika-eran,
+ eta egoera gehienetan automatikoki aukeratzen dira.
+ Honela deitzen zaie:
+\emph on
+textstyle
+\emph default
+ (testu-estiloa),
+\emph on
+displaystyle
+\emph default
+ (adierazpen-estiloa),
+\emph on
+scriptstyle
+\emph default
+ (script-estiloa) eta
+\emph on
+scriptscriptstyle
+\emph default
+ (scriptscript-estiloa).
+ Karaktere gehienentzako
+\emph on
+textstyle
+\emph default
+-k eta
+\emph on
+displaystyle
+\emph default
+-k tamaina berdina daukate.
+ Baina zatiki, goi-indize eta azpindizeetan, eta bestelako zenbait efektutan,
+ handiagoak edo ezberdin kokatzen dira displaystyle motan.
+ Zenbait eragilerentzat izan ezik, norberak bere tamaina egoera ezberdinetara
+ egokitzen baitu, testu guztia tamaina horietatan ezarriko dira, LaTeX-ek
+ egokiena deritzonarekin.
+ Aukera horiek jokabidea alda dezakete, LyX-eko buffertxoan
+\family typewriter
+math-size
+\family default
+ funtzioa erabiliz.
+ Adibidez,
+\begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
+\end_inset
+
+ estilo normalarekin (
+\emph on
+textstyle
+\emph default
+) ezarriko duzu, edo handiagotzeko (lerro-tartea ere aldatzen da) buffertxoan
+
+\family typewriter
+math-size displaystyle
+\family default
+ sartu,
+\begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
+\end_inset
+
+, matematika-eran kurtsorea kokatua dagoela.
+ Kontuz ibili, ordea, kurtsorea zatikiaren izendatzailean (azpiko zatian)
+ egonez gero, zenbatzailea bakarrik handituko da, adib\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
+\end_inset
+
+!
+\layout Standard
+
+Horrek LaTeX-en "ezusteko ezaugarri" bat adierazten du
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Bai, akats bat da.
+\end_inset
+
+, ez LyX-ena.
+ Letra-tamaina hauek ez dira hain argi ikusten LyX-en, irteeran garbiago
+ antzematen dira.
+ Estilo ezberdinetan dauden zenbait testu jarri dizkizugu:
+\begin_inset Formula $adierazpen-estiloa$
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Formula $testu-estiloa$
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle script-estiloa}$
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscript-estiloa}$
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Matematika-erako letra-tamaina hauek erlatiboak dira, matematika barneko
+ guztia eta inguruko testua tamaina zehatz batekin ezartzen badira, tamaina
+ hauek denak egokituak izango dira.
+ Dokumentuaren oinarrizko letra-tamaina aldatzen bada, era berean letra-tipo
+ guztiak ere egokituak izango dira.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\size largest
+Hau letra-tipo
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+handiena
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ duen paragrafoa da,
+\family roman
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ ikurrarekin.
+
+\size default
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Honek matematikako titulu eta bestelakoen letra-tipoetan eragiten du.
+\layout Section
+
+AMS LaTeX
+\layout Standard
+
+Amerikar Matematika Elkarteak (AMS) gehien erabiltzen diren LaTeX paketeak
+ eskaintzen ditu.
+ LyX-ek pakete hauen zenbait euskarri dauzka.
+\layout Subsection
+
+AMS euskarria gaitzea
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+okumentua
+\family default
+ leihoan kontrol-lauki bat dago,
+\family sans
+Erabili\SpecialChar ~
+AMS\SpecialChar ~
+matematika
+\family default
+.
+ Hautatzen bada, AMS paketea dokumentuan gehituko du, erabilgarri jarriz.
+\layout Subsection
+
+AMS ikurrak
+\layout Standard
+
+AMS LaTeX paketeek matematikako hainbat ikur dakartzate, LaTeX soil batekin
+ (edo LyX-ek) erabil ezin direnak, baina askotan erabiltzen dira matematikako
+ konposaketetan.
+ Alemanera zaharreko Fraktur eta " blackboard lodia" letra-tipoetan bezala,
+ zeinek zenbaki erreal edo konplexuetan, edo integraletan, maiz erabiltzen
+ duten.
+ Behin gaituta dagoela, AMS LaTeX ikur eta ingurune guztiak erabilgarri
+ daude.
+ Arazoetan sartuko zara pakete hauek hitzaurrean gehitzen badituzu, zeren
+ eta LyX-ek orain pakete hauek bere kasa erabiltzeko makro batzuk definitzen
+ ditu.
+ AMS diseinuak pakete hauek automatikoki gehitzen ditu.
+\layout Subsection
+
+AMS formula-motak
+\layout Standard
+
+AMSek bestelako formula-motak eskaintzen ditu.
+ LyX-ek hauen artean aukeratzen uzten dizu:
+\family typewriter
+align
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+alignat
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+flalign
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+gather
+\family default
+, eta
+\family typewriter
+multline
+\family default
+.
+ Formula hauen arteko ezberdintasuna ezagutzeko, irakurri AMSren dokumentazioa.
+\layout Chapter
+
+Bestelako tresnak
+\layout Section
+
+Erreferentzia gurutzatuak
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:erref-gurut}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Eskuliburu hau LyX-eko leihoan irakurtzen ari bazara, paragrafo honen hasieran
+ kutxa gris bat ikusiko duzu, testu bat daukana.
+ Kutxa hau etiketa bat da.
+ Hobekiago adierazteko, erreferentzia gurutzatuaren zati erdia da.
+ Beste erdia
+\family sans
+Erreferentzia
+\family default
+ bera da, eta honelako itxura edukitzen du:
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:erref-gurut}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Berriro diogu, eskuliburu hau pantailako LyX-en leihoan irakurtzen ari
+ bazara, dokumentuko testu artean kutxa grisak ikusiko dituzu.
+ Inprimatutakoa irakurtzen ari bazara, ordea, zenbakiak ikusiko dituzu (oraingo
+ honetan, atal honi dagokion zenbakia).
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Bestelako erreferentzia-mota gurutzatuak ere badaude, adibidez,
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:erref-gurut}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Horrek etiketa dagoen orrialdearen zenbakia dauka.
+ Erreferentzia gurutzatuak honako hau egiten du: dokumentuko beste zati
+ bat aipatzea eskaintzen dute.
+ Ez daukazu atal zenbakirik gogoratu beharrik (LyX arduratzen da).
+ Behar duzun guztia
+\family sans
+Etiketa
+\family default
+ bat erabiltzea da, atal, irudi, taula, formula edo antzeko bat markatzeko,
+ eta gero horri aipamena egitea
+\family sans
+Erreferentzia
+\family default
+ bitartez.
+\layout Standard
+
+Erabili
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+tiketa
+\family default
+ etiketa bat txertatzeko.
+ Etiketaren izena edozein unetan alda dezakezu klikatu, kutxa grisean eta
+ ireki etiketaren elkarrizketa-koadroa.
+\layout Standard
+
+Erreferentzi bat txertatzeko, hautatu
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Erreferentzia\SpecialChar ~
+g
+\bar under
+u
+\bar default
+rutzatua
+\family default
+.
+ Horrek
+\family sans
+Erreferentzia\SpecialChar ~
+gurutzatua
+\family default
+ izeneko leihoa irekitzen du, eta etiketen zerrenda bat dauka.
+ Hautatu zerrendako elementu bat, erabaki zein formatu erabili nahi duzun
+ (erreferentzia, orrialde zenbakia, e.a.) eta klikatu
+\family sans
+Ados
+\family default
+ botoian.
+ Eta kitto! Erraza da erreferentziekin jolastea.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\emph on
+Oharra
+\emph default
+: beste dokumentu batetik testu-zati bat ebaki eta itsatsiz gero, eta testu
+ horrek
+\family sans
+Etiketa
+\family default
+ edo
+\family sans
+Erreferentziaren
+\family default
+ bat balu, edo zure testuko etiketa ezabatzen baduzu, LaTeX-ek honako hau
+ salatuko du:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+LaTeX Warning: Reference `X' on page Y undefined on input line Z.
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+LaTeX Warning: There were undefined references.
+\layout Standard
+
+Dokumentuaren irteerako bertsioan bi galdera ikur ikusiko dituzu erreferentziare
+n ordez.
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Etiketei buruzko gauza batzuk argitu nahiko genituzke.
+ Hauek beti gertuen duten ataleko izenburuaren zenbakia inprimatzen dute.
+ Beraz, etiketa jarri nahi baduzu
+\family sans
+Kapitulu
+\family default
+ batean, baina berehala
+\family sans
+Atal
+\family default
+ baten izenburuak jarraitzen badio,
+\family sans
+Kapitulua
+\family default
+ ingurunean
+\family sans
+Etiketa
+\family default
+ jarri beharko duzu.
+ Berdin dio lerro horretan non kokatzen duzun, LyX-eko pantailan ongi agertuko
+ baita.
+ Hala ere, hori egin beharra izango duzu
+\family sans
+Kapitulua
+\family default
+ etiketatzeko,
+\family sans
+Ataletik
+\family default
+ bereiztuz.
+ Gauza bera gertatzen da beste zatien (atal, azpiatal, e.a.) izenburu guztiekin.
+\layout Standard
+
+Gainera,
+\family sans
+Etiketa
+\family default
+ batek zenbatutako atalaren izenburuan bakarrik dauka zentzua, baita taula
+ eta irudi mugikorretan ere.
+ Irudi eta taula bakunak ez daudenez zenbatuta, zenbatu gabeko atalaren
+ izenburuak bezala, ezin da beraien gainean etiketarik erabili
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Tira, ahal duzu, baina
+\family sans
+Orrialde\SpecialChar ~
+zenbakia
+\family default
+ motako erreferentziarekin soilik erabil dezakezu.
+ Erreferentzia arrunta (atal, taula edo irudi-zenbakiari aipua egiten dionak)
+ ez dabil, ez daukalako zenbatuta dagoen gauzarik aipatzeko.
+
+\family sans
+Etiketa
+\family default
+ bakunak erabil ditzakezu orrialdeak markatzeko, eta ondoren hauek aipatzerakoan
+, erabili
+\family sans
+Orrialde\SpecialChar ~
+zenbakia
+\family default
+ motako erreferentzia .
+ Berriz diogu: Erreferentzia arrunta ez da egokiro ibiliko.
+ Zerbait aipatuko du, baina
+\emph on
+zerbait
+\emph default
+ hori aurreko zenbatutako atal-goiburukoaren zenbakia izango da.
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Ikus
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:irudimugik}
+
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:taula-mugik}
+
+\end_inset
+
+, eta
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:mat-etiketa}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ atalak,
+\family sans
+Etiketa
+\family default
+ bat irudi, taula eta ekuazioetan, hurrenez hurren, duten erabilerari buruzko
+ xehetasunak aurkituko dituzu.
+\layout Section
+
+URLak (Uniform Resource Locators)
+\layout Standard
+
+Askotan dokumentuan "hitzez hitz" motako elementu luzeak eduki nahi izaten
+ dira, web guneetako URL, helbide elektroniko, eta bestelakoen antzera.
+ Gauza hauek ez dute zuriunerik izaten eta egokiro idaztea zailtzen dute.
+ Elementuok askotan lerroaren muga gainditzen dute ezinezkoa bada hauek
+ zatitzea, egoeraren arabera lerroa gainkargatuz.
+ Erabili
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+U
+\bar default
+RLa
+\family default
+ menua URL luze bat sartzeko, eta gozoki zatitua (beharrezkoa bada) edukitzeko
+ automatikoki zehaztutako mugetan.
+\layout Standard
+
+Hautatu
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+U
+\bar default
+RLa
+\family default
+ dokumentuan URLa sartu nahi duzun lekuan (edo bestelako helbide gisako
+ elementua); elkarrizketa-koadro bat agertuko zaizu URL bat (
+\family sans
+URLa
+\family default
+: eremuan) sartzeko eskatuz.
+ Egin beharreko gauza bakarra duzu.
+ Klikatu hurrengo kutxa grisean LyX-eko gune nagusia nola sartu den ikusteko:
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.lyx.org}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+URL batekin behin betiko esaldi bat elkarri nahi baduzu, sartu elkarrizketa-koad
+roko Izena eremuan: URLaren aurretik testu soil gisa konposatuko da.
+ Adibidez, LaTeX-i buruzko gauza guztiak
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url[CTAN]{http://ctan.tug.org}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ gunean aurki ditzakezula esan nahi dugu.
+ Dokumentuaren irteerako bertsioan, azken esaldia honela amaituko zen: "gauza
+ guztiak CTAN
+\family typewriter
+http://ctan.tug.org
+\family default
+ gunean".
+\layout Section
+
+Titulu laburtuak aukerako argumentuekin
+\newline
+zehaztea
+\begin_inset OptArg
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Titulu laburrak
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Zenbait atal edo kapitulutako tituluak, honek duena bezalakoa, nahiko luzeak
+ izan daitezke, horizontalki lekurik ez dagoenean gainezka eginez.
+ Adibidez, orrialdeko goiburukoak uneko atalaren titulua erakusteko konfiguratut
+a balego, titulu luze batek ertzak gaindituko lituzke eta emaitza zatarra
+ kaleratuko luke.
+\layout Standard
+
+LaTeX-ek aukerako argumentu bat zehaztea eskaintzen du atalen komandoentzat,
+ tituluaren bertsio laburragoa zehaztuz
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+LaTeX, ez badakizu, komando honen antzekoa izaten da:
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+command[aukerakoargumentua]{edukia}
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Motzagoa den bertsio hau (titulu laburtua deritze) goiburukoetan eta gaien
+ aurkibidean erabiltzen da, arestian aipatutako arazoa saihestuz.
+ LyX-ekin aukerako argumentu hau zehazteko hautatu
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Titulu\SpecialChar ~
+laburtua
+\family default
+.
+ Honek "auk." etiketa duen ("aukerakoa" adierazi nahi du) kutxa bat txertatuko
+ du, erabil ezazu titulu laburtua sartzeko.
+ Mugikorren barruko epigrafetan ere erabilgarria da.
+\layout Standard
+
+Atal honetako titulua ezaugarri honen erabilera azaltzen duen adibide ederra
+ da.
+\layout Section
+
+Tartea, orrialdeztapen eta lerro-jauziak
+\layout Subsection
+
+Tarte horizontal osagarria
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:htartea}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+HBete
+\family default
+ LyX-en ezaugarri bereziak dira, itxura bateragarri batean tarte osagarria
+ gehitzeko.
+ Betegarri horizontal bat (
+\family sans
+HBete
+\family default
+) luzera aldakorreko tarte bat da, luzero hauek ezkerreko eta eskuineko
+ marjinen artean gelditzen den tartea berdintzen dute beti.
+ Lerro batean betegarri horizontal (
+\family sans
+HBete
+\family default
+) bat baino gehiago egonez gero, gelditzen den tartea berdinki zatituko
+ dute beraien artean.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Oharra:
+\family sans
+HBete
+\family default
+ bat lerroaren hasieran badago, eta paragrafo baten lehen lerroa ez bada,
+ LyX-ek ezikusi egingo dio.
+ Honela, ustekabez
+\family sans
+HBete
+\family default
+ lerro berri batean itzulbiratzeko aukera baztertzen da.
+\layout Standard
+
+Hori txertatzeko, erabili
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Hizkik\SpecialChar ~
+
+\bar under
+b
+\bar default
+erezia
+\family default
+ menuko
+\family sans
+HBete
+\family default
+ aukera.
+ Ondoren, adibide batzuk zerrendatzen dira:
+\layout Quote
+
+Hau ezkerrean dago
+\hfill
+Hau eskuinean dago
+\layout Quote
+
+Ezkerra
+\hfill
+Erdia
+\hfill
+ Eskuina
+\layout Quote
+
+Ezkerra
+\hfill
+1/3 Ezkerra
+\hfill
+
+\hfill
+ Eskuina
+\layout Standard
+
+Hori
+\family sans
+Zita
+\family default
+ ingurunean egindako adibidea izan da.
+ Hemen:
+\hfill
+, paragrafo estandarrean dago.
+ Agian inprimatze-bertsioan ez da nabarituko, edo agian bai, baina oraindik
+ ere ":" eta "," artea jarraitzen du.
+\layout Standard
+
+Gogoratzen duzu nola esan dugun
+\family sans
+HBete
+\family default
+-k beti bi marjinen arteko tartea osatzen duela? Ba lerro batean marjina
+ multzo bat baino gehiago egon daiteke.
+ Ondoren
+\family sans
+Zerrenda
+\family default
+ (edo
+\family sans
+Etiketatua
+\family default
+) ingurunean egindako adibidea.
+\layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+bat
+\hfill
+bi :hiru
+\hfill
+lau
+\hfill
+bost
+\hfill
+sei
+\layout Standard
+
+Elementuaren hasiera markatzeko ":" erabili dugu.
+ Zerrenda inguruneko etiketan ezkutako
+\family sans
+HBete
+\family default
+ bat dago ("bat" eta "bi" artean), horrek automatikoki etiketaren amaieran
+ jartzen du.
+
+\family sans
+HBete
+\family default
+ "marjina-anitz" egoeratan berdin dabil, bi zutabeko moduan bezala.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Tarte bertikal osagarria
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:btartea}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Paragrafo baten gainean edo azpian tarte bertikal osagarria sartzeko, erabili
+
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+aragrafoa
+\family default
+ menua, eta honek
+\family sans
+Paragrafo\SpecialChar ~
+diseinua
+\family default
+ leihoa irekiko du.
+\layout Standard
+
+Ez dugu
+\family sans
+BBete
+\family default
+ baten adibiderik erakutsiko, paperra alferrik botatzea baita.
+ Beste edozer iragazki bezala erabiltzen dira,
+\family sans
+HBete
+\family default
+ barne: orrialde bateko gelditzen den tarte bertikala zuriz betetzen dute.
+ Orrialde batean
+\family sans
+BBete
+\family default
+ bat baino gehiago egonez gero, gelditzen den tarte bertikala beraien artean
+ banatuko dute.
+ Horrela,
+\family sans
+BBete
+\family default
+ erabiliz orrialde bateko testua erdian zentratu dezakezu, edo kokatu testua
+ orrialdearen behetik 2/3-ra , edo 1/4, eta abar.
+\layout Standard
+
+Jabetu zaitez orrialde bateko gaineko eta azpiko paragrafoentzat, tarte
+ osagarria
+\family sans
+Paragrafo\SpecialChar ~
+diseinua
+\family default
+ leihoko
+\family sans
+mantendu\SpecialChar ~
+tartea
+\family default
+ kontrol-laukia aktibatuta badago soilik gehituko dela.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Paragrafo-lerrokadura aldatzea
+\layout Standard
+
+Paragrafo baten lerrokadura ere alda dezakezu, erabili
+\family sans
+Paragrafo\SpecialChar ~
+diseinua
+\family default
+ leihoa.
+ Lau aukera daude:
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Justifikatua
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Ezkerra
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Eskuina
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Erdia
+\layout Standard
+
+Orokorrean lerrokadura justifikatu motakoa da.
+ Mota horretan hitzen arteko tartea aldakorra izaten da eta paragrafoko
+ lerro bakoitzak ezkerreko eta eskuineko marjinen artekoa betetzen du.
+ Beste hiru lerrokadura-moten izenek argitzen dute zer diren, eta honelakoak
+ dira:
+\layout Standard
+\align right
+Paragrafo hau eskuinera lerrokatuta dago,
+\layout Standard
+\align center
+beste hau erdira lerrokatuta,
+\layout Standard
+\align left
+azken hau berriz ezkerrera lerrokatuta dago.
+\layout Standard
+
+Zenbait paragrafo-ingurunetan, justifikatua ez den beste lerrokadura bat
+ izaten da lehenespenez.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Orrialde-jauziak derrigortzea
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:orri-jauziak}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Ez baduzu atsegin LaTeX-ek dokumentuko orrialdeak nola zatitzen dituen,
+ nahi duzun lekuetan orrialdeen jauziak derrigor ditzakezu.
+ Orokorrean hori ez da beharrezkoa izaten, LaTeX orriak zatitzen oso ona
+ delako,
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:alargunak}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+atalean azaldu den bezala.
+\layout Standard
+
+Beraz, aukera hau erabili beharrik ez dago, eta testua amaitu arte ez erabiltzea
+ aholkatzen dizugu; eta hori egin baino lehenago, ikusi dokumentuaren aurrebista
+, ea benetan orrialdeen jauziak behar al dituzun jakiteko.
+ Paragrafo baten aurretik edo atzetik orrialde-jauzi bat Derrigortzeko,
+ aktibatu
+\family sans
+Paragrafo\SpecialChar ~
+diseinua
+\family default
+ leihoko kontrol-laukia, horrela txertatzen baitira orrialdeen jauziak.
+\layout Standard
+
+Beharbada orrialde-jauzi bat erabili nahi duzu irudi edo taula bat orrialdearen
+ goian agertu dadin ziurtatzeko.
+ Noski, hori egiteko bide okerra da.
+ LyX-ek bide automatiko bat eskaintzen dizu irudi eta taulak orrialde baten
+ gainean (behean edo beraientzako orrialde bereizi batean) agertuko direla
+ ziurtatzeko, irudi eta taula aurretik (edo ondoren) dagoenaz kezkatu gabe.
+ Ikus
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:irudiak}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ eta
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:taulak}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+atalak, eta gehiago jakiteko irakurri
+\family sans
+Mugikorrak
+\family default
+ buruzkoak.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Zuriune babestuak
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:zuribabes-lerrojauzi-horlerro}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+Zuriune\SpecialChar ~
+babestua
+\family default
+: hau LyX-i (eta LaTeX-i) puntu horretan lerroa eten ez dezan esateko erabiltzen
+ da.
+ Hori ezusteko lerro-jauziak saihesteko erabiltzen da.
+ Ondorengo adibideak nahi ez den lerro-jauzia adierazten du:
+\layout Quote
+
+Dokumentu on batek ez luke pisu hau baino gehiago eduki behar: 1
+\newline
+kg.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Zalantzarik gabe, egokia izango litzateke "1" eta "kg" tartean zuriune babestu
+ bat jartzea.
+ Zuriune babestu bat jartzeko,
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Hizki\SpecialChar ~
+
+\bar under
+b
+\bar default
+erezia
+\family default
+ menuko
+\family sans
+\bar under
+Z
+\bar default
+uriune\SpecialChar ~
+babestua
+\family default
+ aukerarekin edo
+\family sans
+C-Zuriunea
+\family default
+ laster-teklarekin.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Lerroa jauztea
+\layout Standard
+
+Paragrafo batean lerro-jauzia derrigortzeko, erabili
+\family sans
+\bar under
+T
+\bar default
+xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Hizki\SpecialChar ~
+
+\bar under
+b
+\bar default
+erezia
+\family default
+ menuko
+\family sans
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+erro-jauzia
+\family default
+ aukera, edo
+\family sans
+C-Lerro-itzulera
+\family default
+ laster-tekla.
+ Hala ere, ez zenuke hau erabili beharko LaTeX-en lerro-jauziak konpontzeko,
+ LaTeX oso ona baita lerroak eteten\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+ (ikus
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:orri-jauziak}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+atala).
+ Egoera batzuetan beharrezkoa izaten da lerro-jauziak ezartzea, adib.
+ olerki edo helbide batean (ikus
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:zita}
+
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:bertsoa}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+eta
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:helbi_erabil}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+atalak).
+\layout Section
+
+Zuzentzailea
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:zuzentzailea}
+
+\end_inset
+
+LyX-ek ez dauka zuzentzaile ortografikorik bere baitan.
+ Horretarako, atzealdean
+\family typewriter
+ispell
+\family default
+ izeneko programa erabiltzen du, edo, bestela,
+\family typewriter
+aspell
+\family default
+ programa berriagoa eta orokorrean hobea baita.
+ Atal honek programa horietariko bat instalatuta eta konfiguratuta daukazula
+ suposatzen du
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\emph on
+Itzultzailaren oharra
+\emph default
+: eskuliburu hau euskaratu den unean ez dago euskarazko zuzentzaile ortografiko
+ askerik
+\family typewriter
+aspell
+\family default
+ edo
+\family typewriter
+ispell
+\family default
+-en oinarrituta.
+ Beraz, ezin izango da oraingoz euskarazko zuzentzailerik erabili LyX-en.
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Zuzentzaile ortografiko bat abiatzeko, hautatu
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+Z
+\bar default
+uzentzailea
+\family default
+.
+ Zuzenketa kurtsorearen uneko kokalekutik hasiko da.
+ Leiho bat agertuko da aurkitutako hitz okerra (edo ezezaguna) erakutsiz,
+ bigarren eremuan editatzeko eta ordezkatzeko aukera izanik.
+ Hitz ezezagun bat aurkitzen duenean, hitza nabarmenduko da eta testu-bufferreko
+ ikuspegia eguneratuko da hitza ikusgai egon dadin.
+ Zuzentzailea leihoan zuzenketa egiteko aholkua erakusten duen kutxa bat
+ dauka, baldin eta bat edo beste aurkitzen badu.
+ Zuzenketa horietariko batean klikatuz sarrerako eremuan kopiatuko du (klik
+ bikoitza ordezteko).
+\layout Subsection
+
+Zuzentzailearen aukerak
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:zuzent-auk}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Ondorengo aukerak konfiguratzeko erabili
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+H
+\bar default
+obespenak
+\family default
+.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Hiztegia
+\layout Standard
+
+Lehenespenez erabiliko den hiztegi-fitxategia testuak darabilen hizkuntzaren
+ arabera zehazten da,
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+okumentua
+\family default
+n.
+ Dokumentuaren hizkuntzarentzat hiztegirik ez baduzu, zuzentzaileak ez du
+ lanik egingo.
+ Egoera honetan, leihoan bestelako hiztegi bat zehatz dezakezu
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+ordezko hizkuntza" eremuan.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+ispell
+\family default
+ erabiltzen ari bazara, esteka bat egin beharko duzu
+\family typewriter
+deutsch.(aff|hash)
+\family default
+ ordez
+\family typewriter
+german.(aff|hash)
+\family default
+ edukitzeko, edo zure hizkuntzari dagokiona aplikatuz.
+ Honen zergatia hau da:
+\family typewriter
+ispell
+\family default
+ motako fitxategiek normalean hizkuntzaren izena (
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+deutsch") erabiltzen dute, baina LyX-etik abiatzen bada
+\family typewriter
+ispell
+\family default
+ honek LaTeX-eko babel paketeko ingeles izenekoa (
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+german") erabiltzen saiatzen da.
+\layout Standard
+
+Erabiltzen duzun letra-kodeketa ez bada egokia hiztegi horrentzako, zenbait
+ arazo eduki ditzakezu.
+ Erabiltzen duzun hizkuntzak
+\family typewriter
+latin1
+\family default
+ kodeketa erabiltzen badu eta
+\family sans
+Dokumentu-ezarpenak
+\family default
+ leihoko
+\family sans
+Kodeketa
+\family default
+ eremuak
+\family typewriter
+latin1
+\family default
+ balioarekin ezarrita badago (edo lehenetsia ez den beste bat), zure hizkuntzare
+n hiztegian ere aukera hau eduki beharko duzu.
+ Hiztegiak ez badu hautatutako kodeketa onartzen, hurrengo errore-mezuaren
+ antzekoa kaleratuko du terminaleko stderr irteeran:
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ispell: unrecognized formatter type 'latin1'
+\layout Standard
+
+Zuzentzaile ortografikoak
+\family typewriter
+ispell
+\family default
+ prozesua ezin duela abiatu buruzko errore bat kaleratuko du, eta nonbait
+ hiztegi-fitxategiarekin arazoren bat daukazula.
+\layout Standard
+
+Arazo honentzako lau irtenbide daude.
+ Errazena,
+\family sans
+Erabili\SpecialChar ~
+sarrera\SpecialChar ~
+kodetua
+\family default
+ da.
+ Honek ez badu laguntzen, ezarri Kodeketa eremua lehenetsia gisa zuzentzaileari
+ deitzeko (erregarria izan daiteke).
+ Hirugarrena, zure hizkuntzako
+\emph on
+<hizkuntza>
+\family typewriter
+\emph default
+.aff
+\family default
+ hiztegian
+\family typewriter
+latin1
+\family default
+ aukera gehitzea da, eta hiztegia birkonpilatzea (litekeena da hain erraza
+ ez izatea banaketa batekin instalatu baduzu, eta
+\family typewriter
+ispell
+\family default
+ iturburuaren barruan zure hizkuntzaren direktoriorik ez badago).
+ Hori egiteko, irakurri
+\family typewriter
+ispell
+\family default
+ dokumentazioa.
+ Laugarrena, paketearen arduradunari mezu bat bidaltzea, edo hobeto hiztegi-fitx
+ategiko arduradunari zure arazoari buruz eta nola konpondu daitekeen galdetuz.
+
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Hiztegi pertsonala
+\layout Standard
+
+Zuzentzaile ortografikoak lehenetsi gisa daukanaren ordez bestelako fitxategi
+ bat erabiltzea nahi baduzu, zure hiztegi pertsonala, adibidez, leihoan
+ zehatz dezakezu.
+ Ez dagoen fitxategi baten izena zehaztuta, terminaleko
+\family typewriter
+stderr
+\family default
+ irteeran errore-mezu bat kaleratuko du; horri ezikusi egin dezaiokezu.
+
+\family typewriter
+ispell
+\family default
+ programak fitxategia sortuko du, zuzenketa ortografikoarekin amaitzen duenean.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Aukera gehiago
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Zuzentzaile ortografikoa
+\family default
+ fitxak aukera gehiago eskaintzen ditu:
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Onartu hitz konposatuak
+\family default
+
+\newline
+Zuzentzaileak hitz konposatuak akastunak bezala har ez ditzan erabiltzen
+ da.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Ihes-karaktereak
+\family default
+
+\newline
+Estandarrak ez diren karaktereak dituzten hitzak erabiltzeko aukera eskaintzen
+ dizu, zuzentzaile ortografikoak hitz bezala onartzen dituenak.
+ Normalki ez da behar izaten.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Mugapenak
+\layout Standard
+
+Erabiltzaile batzuk hitz bateko zuzenketa globalki aldatzeko aukera edukitzea
+ nahiago izaten dute, hitzaren agerpen bakoitzeko bereizitako zuzenketaren
+ aldaketa edukitzea baino.
+ Dokumentuko hitz-zerrenda edukitzea ere erabilgarria izan daiteke.
+ Eskuliburu hau idazterakoan horrelako ezaugarri ez dago.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+pspell
+\family default
+ zuzentzaile ortografikoa erabiltzen ez baduzu, LyX-ek ezin izango du dokumentuk
+o hainbat hizkuntzatan idatzitakoa zuzendu.
+ Horretarako,
+\family typewriter
+pspell
+\family default
+ programarekin lan egin beharko du, suposatuz testu-zati bakoitza dagokion
+ hizkuntzarekin markatuta daukazula.
+\layout Section
+
+Nazioarteko euskarria
+\layout Standard
+
+Atal honek LyX nahi dituzun hizkuntzekin nola erabili azaltzen du.
+ LyX lehenetsitako konfigurazioarekin dator, ingelesarekin eta Ameriketako
+ Estatu Batuetako (U.S.) teklatu motarekin, hango paper tamaina eta baita
+ zuzentzailearekin ere.
+ Horiek guztiak nahi dituzun bezala alda ditzakezu, eta aldaketak uneko
+ saioan aplikatu bakarrik, edo lehenetsitako konfigurazio berria bezala
+ erabili.
+\layout Standard
+
+Erabiltzen duzun hizkuntzarako teklatu egokia baduzu (alemaneraz idazteko
+ alemanerako teklatua, adibidez), eta zure X sistema grafikoa egokiro konfigurat
+uta, orduan LyX-i esan beharreko gauza bakarra da zein den zure hizkuntza,
+ karaktere-kodeketa eta paper-tamaina.
+ Ikus
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:hizkdiseinu}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+atala xehetasun gehiagorako.
+\layout Standard
+
+Hala ere, demagun U.S estiloko teklatua daukazula, eta ingelesa ez den beste
+ hizkuntza batean idaztea nahi duzula, ordezko teklatu-mapa erabil dezakezu.
+ Adibidez, U.S.
+ estiloko teklatua baduzu, eta italieraz idaztea nahi izanez gero, LyX italierak
+o mapa erabil dezan konfigura dezakezu.
+ Xehetasuna
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:auktekla}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+atalean aurkituko dituzu.
+\layout Standard
+
+Azkenik, tekla-mapa batzuk edo bestelako teklatu-mapa osoa sortu nahi izan
+ dezakezu (Vulkanerantzako, adibidez).
+ U.S teklatuarekin normalean, adibidearekin jarraituz, italieraz idatziko
+ duzu, baina baliteke zitazio bat alemaneraz idatzi nahi izatea.
+ Horretarako, zure teklatu-mapa propioa idatzi edo aldatu dagoen bat nahi
+ dituzun karaktereak onar ditzan.
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX nola pertsonaliza daiteken zure hizkuntza erabiltzeko eskuliburu honen
+ helburuetatik kanpo dago.
+ Zure teklatuaren diseinua aldatzeko aukera izateaz gain, zure menuko botoien
+ izenak eta abar alda ditzakezu zure hizkuntzan erabiltzeko.
+ Horiei buruzko xehetasun gehiago
+\emph on
+Pertsonalizazioa
+\emph default
+ eskuliburuan aurkituko dituzu.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Diseinua, hizkuntzaren aukerak
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:hizkdiseinu}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+Dokumentu-ezarpenak
+\family default
+ leihoak hizkuntza eta karaktereen kodeketa ezartzen dizu.
+ Leiho hau irekitzeko, hautatu
+\family sans
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+D
+\bar default
+okumentua
+\family default
+ menua.
+\layout Standard
+
+Aukeratu zure hizkuntza
+\family sans
+Dokumentu-ezarpenak
+\family default
+ leihoko
+\family sans
+Hizkuntza
+\family default
+ eremuan dagoen zerrendako elementu batean klikatuz.
+ Lehenetsia U.S.\SpecialChar ~
+Ingelesa izan ohi da.
+ Erabiltzea nahi duzun hizkuntzan klikatu, eta hizkuntza leihoan agertuko
+ da.
+ Ondoren
+\family sans
+Aplikatu
+\family default
+ botoian klikatu
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+LaTeX-en hitzetan, lehenetsitakoa ez den beste hizkuntza hautatuz
+\family sans
+Babel
+\family default
+ euskarria gehitzen du.
+
+\family sans
+Babel
+\family default
+ ez badago instalatua, aurkitzeko joan LaTeX-en bestelako banaketetara.
+\end_inset
+
+ .
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Kodeketa
+\family default
+-kutxak erabili nahi duzun karaktereen
+\family sans
+Kodeketa-mapa
+\family default
+ hautatzea eskaintzen dizu.
+ Lehenetsitakoa
+\family typewriter
+Latin1
+\family default
+ kodeketa da, europako mendebaldeko herri askok erabiltzen dutena.
+\layout Standard
+
+Paperaren tamaina aldatzeko, garai batean
+\family sans
+Diseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Papera
+\family default
+ menuan egoten zen, baina LyX-eko azken bertsioetan
+\family sans
+Dokumentu-ezarpenak
+\family default
+ leihoko
+\family sans
+Papera
+\family default
+ fitxan aurkitzen da.
+ Hor
+\family sans
+Paper-tamaina
+\family default
+ eremuan hautatu egokia dena.
+ Lehenetsi gisa U.S.\SpecialChar ~
+gutunari dagokion paper-tamaina izaten da.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Teklatu-mapa konfiguratzea
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:auktekla}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+Hobespenak
+\family default
+ leihoak bi teklatu-mapa aukeratzen uzten dizu.
+ Honela, daukazun teklatu-mapen artean aukera dezakezu, zure U.S.\SpecialChar ~
+estiloko
+ teklatuarentzat.
+ Lehenengo eta bigarren hizkuntzen teklatua aktibatu eta ondoren zein erabiltzea
+ nahi duzun hautatu.
+\layout Subsection
+
+6.6.3 Karaktereen taula
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:karak_tauka}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Hemen
+\family typewriter
+Latin1
+\family default
+ multzoko karaktereak zerrendatzen dituen taula dago.
+ Zure teklatua ongi konfiguratuta egonez gero, karaktere guzti hauek zuzenean
+ idazteko gaitasuna izan beharko zenuke, tekla aldarazle asko erabili gabe.
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+00
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+10
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+20
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+30
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+40
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+50
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+60
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+70
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+80
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+90
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+A0
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+B0
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+C0
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+D0
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+E0
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+F0
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+00
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+0
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+@
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+P
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+'
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+p
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+°
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+À
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Ð
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+à
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+ð
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+01
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+!
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+1
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+A
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Q
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+a
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+q
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+¡
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+±
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Á
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Ñ
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+á
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+ñ
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+02
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+2
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+B
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+R
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+b
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+r
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+¢
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+²
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Â
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Ò
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+â
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+ò
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+03
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+#
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+3
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+C
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+S
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+c
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+s
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+£
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+³
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Ã
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Ó
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+ã
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+ó
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+04
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+$
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+4
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+D
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+T
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+d
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+t
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+¤
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+´
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Ä
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Ô
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+ä
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+ô
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+05
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+%
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+5
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+E
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+U
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+e
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+u
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+¥
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+µ
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Å
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Õ
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+å
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+õ
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+06
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+&
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+6
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+F
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+V
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+f
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+v
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+¦
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+¶
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Æ
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Ö
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+æ
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+ö
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+07
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+`
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+7
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+G
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+W
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+g
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+w
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+§
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+·
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Ç
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+×
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+ç
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+÷
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+08
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+(
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+8
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+H
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+X
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+h
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+x
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+¨
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+¸
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+È
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Ø
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+è
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+ø
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+09
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+)
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+9
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+I
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Y
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+i
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+y
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+©
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+¹
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+É
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Ù
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+é
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+ù
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+0A
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+*
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+:
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+J
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Z
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+j
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+z
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+ª
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+º
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Ê
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Ú
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+ê
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+ú
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+0B
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
++
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+;
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+K
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+[
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+k
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+{
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+«
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+»
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Ë
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Û
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+ë
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+û
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+0C
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+,
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+<
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+L
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+
+\backslash
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+l
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+|
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+¬
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+¼
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Ì
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Ü
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+ì
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+ü
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+0D
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+-
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+=
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+M
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+]
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+m
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+}
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+½
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Í
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Ý
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+í
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+ý
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+0E
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+.
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+>
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+N
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+^
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+n
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+~
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+®
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+¾
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Î
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Þ
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+î
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+þ
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size tiny
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+0F
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+/
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+?
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+O
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+_
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+o
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+¯
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+¿
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Ï
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+ß
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+ï
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+ÿ
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Taula honi buruzko gauza batzuk jakitea komeni zaizu.
+ Eskuliburu hau karaktere guzti hauek inprimatzeko eskuz konfiguratuta dago.
+ Ez da lehenetsitakoa.
+ Buruan zenbait xehetasun gogoratu behar dituzu
+\family typewriter
+Latin1
+\family default
+ multzoko karaktereak erabiltzerakoan:
+\layout Itemize
+
+A2, A4, A5, A6 eta AD sarreren karaktereak (zentimoa, yen, moneta-ikurra,
+ bereizle bertikal marra eta marra motza) lehenetsitako kodeketan falta
+ direnak dira.
+ Ez dakigu non dauden edo egoera honen zergatia.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Dokumentu ezarpenak leihoan hautatu baduzu, LaTeX-entzako
+\family typewriter
+OT1
+\family default
+ letra-tipoa (edo
+\family typewriter
+T1
+\family default
+ letra-tipoa, baina ez direnak erabiltzen) bakarrik duten erabiltzaileei
+ karaktere gutxi batzuk faltako zaie: D0, F0, DE, AB eta BB ("eth" eta "thorn"
+ maiuskula eta minuskula, eta frantses komatxoak) ez dira agertuko.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+OT1
+\family default
+ letra-tipoa duten erabiltzaileek, nolanahi ere, frantses komatxoak lor
+ dezakete (AB eta BB) baldin eta dokumentuetan
+\family typewriter
+umlaute.sty
+\family default
+ edo
+\family typewriter
+german.sty
+\family default
+ paketeetariko bat gehitzen badituzte.
+
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Horrek komatxoak zeuk sartzea nahi dituzunean bakarrik balio du.
+ Komatxo automatikoen ezaugarriak,
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:komatxoak}
+
+\end_inset
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+atalean azaltzen dena, automatikoki LaTeX kodera egokitutakoak (dauden letra-tip
+o eta paketeentzako) sortuko ditu.
+\end_inset
+
+ .
+\layout Standard
+
+Ondorengoa LyX-en zuzenean agertu daitekeen azentudun karaktereen zerrenda
+ da.
+ Arestiko taulako azentudun karaktereak edukitzeaz gain
+\family typewriter
+ISO8859--2
+\family default
+-etik
+\family typewriter
+4
+\family default
+-rako karaktereak ere badauzka..
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+ISO8859--1
+\family default
+-etik:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
+\hfill
+dieresi
+\layout Standard
+
+^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
+\hfill
+zirkunflexu
+\layout Standard
+
+` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
+\hfill
+kamuts
+\layout Standard
+
+´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
+\hfill
+zorrotz
+\layout Standard
+
+~ Ã Ñ Õ ã ñ õ
+\hfill
+tilet
+\layout Standard
+
+¸Çç
+\hfill
+cetxoa (
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+cedilla
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+)
+\layout Standard
+
+¯
+\hfill
+macron
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Normalki hildako macron-a ez da beharrezkoa, tekla ez-hila erabil dezakezulako.
+ Adibidez, S-M-minus, edo
+\family typewriter
+\shape up
+.Xmodmap
+\family default
+\shape default
+ egokia bada, S-M-macron.
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+ISO8859--2
+\family default
+ -etik
+\family typewriter
+4
+\family default
+-ra:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+\i \^{H}
+\i \^{J}
+\i \^{h}
+\i \^{\j}
+\i \^{C}
+\i \^{G}
+\i \^{S}
+\i \^{c}
+\i \^{g}
+\i \^{s}
+
+\hfill
+zirkunflexu
+\layout Standard
+
+\i \'{S}
+\i \'{Z}
+\i \'{s}
+\i \'{z}
+\i \'{R}
+\i \'{L}
+\i \'{C}
+\i \'{N}
+\i \'{r}
+\i \'{l}
+\i \'{c}
+\i \'{n}
+
+\hfill
+zorrotz
+\layout Standard
+
+\i \~{I}
+\i \~{\i}
+\i \~{U}
+\i \~{u}
+
+\hfill
+tilet
+\layout Standard
+
+\i \c{S}
+\i \c{s}
+\i \c{T}
+\i \c{t}
+\i \c{R}
+\i \c{L}
+\i \c{G}
+\i \c{r}
+\i \c{l}
+\i \c{g}
+\i \c{N}
+\i \c{K}
+\i \c{n}
+\i \c{k}
+
+\hfill
+cetxoa
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Karaktere hauek pantailan ez dute itxura politik izango, baina LaTeX-etik
+ igarotakoan eta inprimatzen direnean oso ongi agertuko dira.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\i \={E}
+\i \={e}
+\i \={A}
+\i \={I}
+\i \={O}
+\i \={U}
+\i \={a}
+\i \={\i}
+\i \={o}
+\i \={u}
+
+\hfill
+macron
+\layout Standard
+
+\i \H{O}
+\i \H{U}
+\i \H{o}
+\i \H{u}
+
+\hfill
+hungarierako umlaut
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Arestiko karaktere guztiak TeX-eko letra-tipoetan onartuta daude.
+ Gainera, TeX-ek ia karaktere guztietan marka diakritikoak eskaintzen ditu.
+ Ziurtatu zaitez
+\family typewriter
+T1
+\family default
+ letra-kodeketa erabiltzen ari zarela eta
+\family typewriter
+umlaute.sty
+\family default
+ paketea
+\family typewriter
+iso.def
+\family default
+ definizioarekin instalatuta daukazula.
+\layout Chapter
+
+Aitorpena
+\layout Standard
+
+Dokumentazioa hainbat lagunen artean eginiko lanari esker lortu da (eta
+ nahiko genuke nahi duen edonori bertan ere lagundu dezan eskatzea).
+\layout Standard
+
+Aurrenik, gu baino lehenago aritu zirenei eskerrak eman beharrean gaude.
+ Eskuliburu berri hauentzako oinarria eman baitziguten, eta batzuek jarraitzen
+ dute informazioa eskaintzen:
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\noun on
+Matthias Ettrich
+\noun default
+-ek jatorrizko dokumentazioa idatzi zuen, bai eskuliburu hau bai sarrerakoa
+ (edo "LyX adierazpena", gutariko batzuk deitzen diogun bezala) sortzeko
+ erabili zen.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\noun on
+Lars Gullik Bjønnes
+\noun default
+-ek hainbat dokumentutxo idatzi zituen, LyX-en nazioarteko euskarriari buruzkoak
+ dituenak barne.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\noun on
+Ivan Schreter
+\noun default
+-ek ere nazioarteko euskarriari buruzko dokumentutxo bat idatzi zuen, nazioartek
+o teklatuari eta pertsonalizazioari buruzkoa bereziki.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\noun on
+Pascal André
+\noun default
+-ek LinuxDoc SGML interfazeari buruzko jatorrizko dokumentua idatzi zuen.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\noun on
+Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
+\noun default
+-k matematika-erari buruzko jatorrizko dokumentua idazteaz gain,
+\family typewriter
+Reference.lyx
+\family default
+ dokumentuarentzako matematika funtzioen sarrerak eskaini zituen.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Esker mila LyX taldeari
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{lyxospea}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ laguntzagatik eta galderei erantzuteagatik.
+\layout Standard
+
+Hurrengoa, iritsi da "LyX dokumentazio taldea"-ri eskerrak emateko ordua,
+ LyX 0.10 bertsioan idatzitako dokumentazio zaharkitua berridazten lagundu
+ ziguten guztiei:
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\noun on
+David Johnson
+\noun default
+:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+MEG (Maiz Egindako Galderak) eta (orain jarraipenik ez duen)
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+HowDoI-.lyx
+\family default
+"-eko idazlea.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Edizio orokorreko laguntza.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Ondorengoen dokumentazioa:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+matematika-era
+\layout Itemize
+
+taulak
+\layout Itemize
+
+zuzentzaile ortografikoa
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\noun on
+Rich Fields
+\noun default
+:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+Reference.lyx
+\family default
+-eko lehen idazlea.
+\layout Itemize
+
+LyX-en oinarrizko interfazearen dokumentazioa:
+\family typewriter
+UserGuide.lyx
+\family default
+.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\noun on
+Paul Evans
+\noun default
+:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+MEG eta (orain jarraipenik ez duen) zaharkitutako "
+\family typewriter
+HowDoI-.lyx
+\family default
+" -aren arduradun ohia.
+\layout Itemize
+
+LinuxDoc-en dokumentzioa
+\family typewriter
+UserGuide.lyx
+\family default
+-en.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\noun on
+Paul Russel
+\noun default
+:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Irudi eta inportatutako grafikoen dokumentazioa
+\family typewriter
+UserGuide.lyx
+\family default
+-en.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\noun on
+John Raithel
+\noun default
+:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Nazioarteko ezaugarrien dokumentazioa
+\family typewriter
+UserGuide.lyx
+\family default
+-en.
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\noun on
+Robin Socha
+\noun default
+:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Ondorengoen dokumentazioa:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+oin-oharrak.
+\layout Itemize
+
+albo-oharrak.
+\layout Itemize
+
+gaien aurkibidea.
+\layout Itemize
+
+erreferentzia gurutzatuak.
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\noun on
+Amir Karger:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+Tutorial.lyx
+\family default
+-en aurreneko idazlea.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\noun on
+Matthias Zenker
+\noun default
+:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Ondorengo dokumentazioa:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+eskuliburua finkatzea.
+\layout Itemize
+
+LyX-en LaTeX erabiltzea.
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\noun on
+John Weiss
+\noun default
+:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Antolaketa orokorra eta dokumentuen egitura.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Ondorengo dokumentazioa:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+LyX-en konfigurazioa.
+\layout Itemize
+
+paragrafoen inguruneak, dokumentuen diseinua, habiaratze-mailak, oharren
+ tipografia, letra-tipoak.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Baita ere
+\family typewriter
+Tutorial.lyx
+\family default
+-eko sarreraren arduraduna.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Dokumentuen editatzailea (96/6tik 1997ko udazkenera arte).
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+1997ko udazkenetik hona LyX taldeak dokumentazioa eguneratzeko eta mantentzeko
+ hartu zuen izugarrizko ardurapena.
+\layout Bibliography
+\bibitem {lyxospea}
+
+LyX iturburuaren zuhaitza.
+ Fitxategia: CREDITS.
+\layout Bibliography
+\bibitem {latexliburua}
+
+Leslie Lamport.
+
+\emph on
+LaTeX: A Document Preparation System
+\emph default
+.
+ Addison-Wesley, bigarren argitalpena, 1994
+\layout Bibliography
+\bibitem {latexlagunartea}
+
+Michel Goossens, Frank Mittelbach eta Alexander Samarin:
+\family typewriter
+The LaTeX Companion
+\family default
+.
+ Addison-Wesley, 1994
+\layout Bibliography
+\bibitem {latexgida}
+
+A Guide to LaTeX2e, Kopka eta Daly.
+
+\layout Bibliography
+\bibitem {TeXliburua}
+
+Donald E.
+ Knuth.
+
+\emph on
+The TeXbook
+\emph default
+.
+\the_end
--- /dev/null
+#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
+\lyxformat 221
+\textclass book
+\begin_preamble
+\usepackage{multicol}
+\newcommand{\extratablespace}[1]{\noalign{\vskip#1}}
+\usepackage{floatflt} % Temporaire - jusqu'à ce que LyX soit réparé
+\end_preamble
+\language frenchb
+\inputencoding latin1
+\fontscheme default
+\graphics default
+\paperfontsize default
+\spacing single
+\papersize a4paper
+\paperpackage a4
+\use_geometry 0
+\use_amsmath 0
+\use_natbib 0
+\use_numerical_citations 0
+\paperorientation portrait
+\secnumdepth 3
+\tocdepth 3
+\paragraph_separation indent
+\defskip medskip
+\quotes_language french
+\quotes_times 2
+\papercolumns 1
+\papersides 2
+\paperpagestyle default
+\bullet 0
+ 5
+ 9
+ -1
+\end_bullet
+
+\layout Title
+
+Options avancées de LyX
+\begin_inset Note
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Informations de révision :
+\layout Standard
+
+Traduction : Mise à jour OK, Date : 05/07/2003
+\layout Standard
+
+Original : Révision: 1.57.2.1, Date : 27/06/2003
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Author
+
+par l'équipe de LyX
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Le principal responsable de la rédaction de ce fichier est
+\noun on
+Mike Ressler
+\noun default
+.
+ Merci d'envoyer vos commentaires et corrections à la liste de diffusion
+ de la documentation de LyX,
+\family typewriter
+<lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org>
+\family default
+.
+\newline
+Traduction en français par :
+\noun on
+Olivier
+\noun default
+
+\noun on
+Faucheux
+\noun default
+,
+\noun on
+Adrien
+\noun default
+
+\noun on
+Rebollo
+\noun default
+
+\family typewriter
+<adrien.rebollo@gmx.fr>
+\family default
+.
+ Merci d'envoyer vos commentaires et corrections sur la traduction à cette
+ dernière adresse, ou à la liste de diffusion de LyX en français
+\family typewriter
+<lyx-fr@lists.lyx.org>
+\family default
+.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Chapter
+
+Introduction
+\layout Standard
+
+Le guide des
+\emph on
+Options\SpecialChar ~
+avancées
+\emph default
+ de LyX que vous êtes en train de lire est avant tout la deuxième partie
+ du
+\emph on
+Guide\SpecialChar ~
+de\SpecialChar ~
+l'Utilisateur
+\emph default
+.
+ La raison de la division en deux du document est très simple : le
+\emph on
+Guide\SpecialChar ~
+de\SpecialChar ~
+l'Utilisateur
+\emph default
+ est déjà énorme et il contient toutes les fonctions de base qu'il faut
+ connaître pour préparer la plupart des documents.
+ Cependant, l'Équipe de LyX a pour but à long terme de rendre LyX extensible
+ par différents fichiers de configuration et paquetages externes.
+ Cela signifie que si vous voulez utiliser le paquetage LaTeX Fizzwizzle,
+ vous pouvez créer un fichier de format qui lui soit dédié sans modifier
+ LyX lui-même.
+ Nous avons déjà reçu ainsi plusieurs contributions.
+ Toute cette histoire est documentée ici.
+\layout Standard
+
+Ce manuel décrit aussi quelques fonctions spéciales, comme la gestion d'un
+ fax, le contrôle de version et le support de SGML, qui nécessitent des
+ logiciels supplémentaires pour marcher convenablement.
+ Enfin, il y a un chapitre sur les trucs et astuces LaTeX, qui servent à
+ améliorer vos documents grâce à la puissance de LaTeX.
+ Après tout, LyX est seulement WYSIWYM
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+What You See Is What You Mean
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ :
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+Vous voyez ce que vous voulez dire
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_inset
+
+, et ne sera jamais qu'une interface à certaines des fonctions de LaTeX.
+\layout Standard
+
+Bien entendu, avec toute cette documentation supplémentaire,
+\emph on
+Options\SpecialChar ~
+avancées
+\emph default
+ peut lui-même devenir trop gros.
+ Dans ce cas, vous n'avez qu'à l'appeler
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+Options trop avancées
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ si ça vous amuse !
+\layout Standard
+
+Si vous n'avez pas encore lu l'
+\emph on
+Introduction
+\emph default
+, il est sûr que vous n'êtes pas au bon endroit.
+ L'
+\emph on
+Introduction
+\emph default
+ est la première chose à consulter, car elle vous mènera directement au
+ bon manuel.
+ Elle décrit aussi les notations et les formats de tous les manuels.
+ Vous devez aussi être à l'aise avec le
+\emph on
+Guide\SpecialChar ~
+de\SpecialChar ~
+l'Utilisateur
+\emph default
+ et avec toutes les fonctions de base de LyX.
+\layout Standard
+
+Certaines sections de ce document sont des articles écrits par des personnes
+ indépendantes, et sont alors indiquées comme telles.
+ Leur auteur est généralement celui qui a écrit le fichier de format pour
+ la nouvelle classe de document ou le nouveau paquetage LaTeX, ou qui a
+ implémenté la fonction.
+ Si l'auteur d'un chapitre (ou d'une section d'un chapitre) n'est pas indiqué,
+ c'est que ce chapitre a été écrit par l'équipe de documentation de LyX.
+\layout Standard
+
+Comme tous les sujets couverts par ce manuel dépendent étroitement de l'interact
+ion de LyX avec LaTeX, le premier chapitre traite du fonctionnement interne
+ de LyX et explique comment LyX peut générer exactement le code LaTeX que
+ vous désirez.
+ Il est évidemment destiné à des utilisateurs aguerris de LyX.
+\layout Chapter
+
+LyX et LaTeX
+\layout Section
+
+Comment LyX utilise LaTeX
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:lyx-et-latex}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Ce chapitre est à la fois pour les TeX-niciens et les curieux de LaTeX.
+ Nous allons y expliquer comment LyX et LaTeX fonctionnent ensemble pour
+ produire une sortie imprimable.
+ C'est le seul endroit de tous ces manuels où nous présumons que vous connaissez
+ quelque chose à LaTeX.
+\layout Standard
+
+À un moment, nous avions coutume d'appeler LyX une
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+interface WYSIWYM pour LaTeX
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+, mais ce n'est plus vrai désormais.
+ Des interfaces pour LaTeX existent.
+ Ce sont basiquement des éditeurs avec la possibilité de faire tourner LaTeX
+ et de marquer les erreurs dans le fichier que vous éditez.
+ Bien que LyX
+\emph on
+soit
+\emph default
+ un éditeur, et qu'il
+\emph on
+fasse tourner
+\emph default
+ LaTeX, et qu'il marque aussi les erreurs dans le fichier, il fait aussi
+ beaucoup, beaucoup d'autres choses.
+ Grâce au concept WYSIWYM, vous n'avez pas besoin de connaître LaTeX pour
+ utiliser LyX efficacement.
+ LyX a aussi ajouté quelques extensions à LaTeX.
+ Essayez un jour ceci : faites
+\family sans
+Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Exporter\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+LaTeX
+\family default
+, puis regardez le préambule du fichier
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+ obtenu.
+ Vous remarquerez une variété de nouvelles macros définies spécialement
+ par LyX.
+ Ces macros sont définies automatiquement, en fonction de ce que vous utilisez
+ dans le document.
+\layout Standard
+
+Il y a plusieurs commandes qui invoquent LaTeX automatiquement.
+ Ce sont :
+\layout Itemize
+
+V
+\family sans
+isualiser\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\emph on
+Format
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Visualiser\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Mise\SpecialChar ~
+à\SpecialChar ~
+jour\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\emph on
+Format
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Imprimer\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Fax\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Elles n'invoqueront LaTeX que si le fichier a changé depuis la dernière
+ fois que LaTeX l'a traité.
+\layout Standard
+
+Quand vous faites tourner LaTeX sur le fichier que vous éditez, LyX réalise
+ les étapes suivantes :
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Il convertit le document en LaTeX et l'enregistre dans un fichier avec l'extensi
+on
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+ au lieu de
+\family typewriter
+.lyx
+\family default
+.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Il fait tourner LaTeX sur le fichier
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+ (peut-être plusieurs fois).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+S'il y a des erreurs, il dispose des boîtes d'erreur dans le document pour
+ indiquer où elles se trouvent.
+ Ces boîtes sont temporaires et ne sont pas enregistrées avec le document.
+\layout Standard
+
+Si vous avez lancé LaTeX avec
+\family sans
+Visualiser\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+DVI
+\family default
+, LyX exécute alors
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\family default
+ sur le fichier DVI.
+ Si vous avez utilisé
+\family sans
+Visualiser\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+PostScript
+\family default
+ ou
+\family sans
+Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Imprimer
+\family default
+, LyX réalise deux étapes supplémentaires :
+\layout Itemize
+
+Il fait tourner
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+ pour convertir le fichier DVI en PostScript® :
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Pour
+\family sans
+Visualiser\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+PostScript
+\family default
+, le fichier généré a l'extension
+\family typewriter
+.ps_tmp
+\family default
+.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Pour
+\family sans
+Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Imprimer
+\family default
+, le fichier généré a l'extension normale
+\family typewriter
+.ps
+\family default
+.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Il exécute
+\family typewriter
+ghostview
+\family default
+ ou envoie le fichier PostScript® à l'imprimante.
+\layout Section
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+Au secours ! LyX a généré un fichier
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+ illisible !
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Les durs à cuire de LaTeX vont hurler, puis déclarer LyX sans intérêt, juste
+ parce qu'il n'ont pas lu tout le manuel de LyX.
+\layout Standard
+
+Nous allons mettre les choses au clair.
+ LyX produit deux sortes de fichiers LaTeX.
+ L'un est lisible par un humain.
+ L'autre est lisible par LyX.
+ À chaque fois que LyX exécute LaTeX, il produit un fichier LaTeX dans lequel
+ il peut facilement repérer les erreurs.
+ Le fichier
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+ obtenu n'est pas compréhensible par un humain.
+ N'essayez même pas de le lire.
+ Si vous voulez un fichier
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+ que vous puissiez envoyer à un collègue, faites
+\family sans
+Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Exporter\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+LaTeX
+\family default
+.
+\layout Section
+
+Traduire des fichiers LaTeX en LyX
+\layout Standard
+
+Vous pouvez importer un fichier LaTeX dans LyX en utilisant la commande
+
+\family sans
+Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Importer\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+LaTeX
+\family default
+.
+ Ceci appelle un script Perl appelé
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+ -- qui crée un fichier
+\family typewriter
+machin.lyx
+\family default
+ à partir du fichier
+\family typewriter
+machin.tex
+\family default
+ -- et ensuite ouvre ce fichier.
+ Si la traduction ne marche pas, vous pouvez essayer d'invoquer reLyX à
+ la ligne de commande, éventuellement en utilisant des options supplémentaires.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+ va traduire la plupart du LaTeX correct, mais pas tout.
+ Il laissera les choses qu'il ne comprend pas en mode TeX, de sorte qu'après
+ avoir traduit un fichier avec
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+, vous pouvez chercher le texte en rouge et l'éditer à la main pour obtenir
+ ce que vous désirez.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+ a une section dédiée dans le manuel d'
+\emph on
+Options\SpecialChar ~
+Avancées
+\emph default
+ (ainsi qu'une page de man équivalente), que vous devriez lire pour découvrir
+ les parties de LaTeX non traduites, les erreurs (et comment les contourner),
+ et comment utiliser les différentes options.
+\layout Standard
+
+Si vous ne parvenez pas à faire marcher reLyX, où que vous voulez juste
+ mettre un morceau de code LaTeX dans un fichier LyX, voyez la Section\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:code-LaTeX}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Section
+
+Insérer du code LaTeX dans des documents LyX
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:code-LaTeX}
+
+\end_inset
+
+C'est un point assez important : vous pouvez toujours insérer du code LaTeX
+ dans un document LyX.
+ Simplement LyX ne peut pas, et ne pourra probablement jamais, afficher
+ toutes les structures LaTeX possibles.
+ Si vous avez besoin d'insérer des commandes LaTeX dans votre document LyX,
+ vous pouvez utiliser la boîte d'ERT, que vous pouvez mettre dans votre
+ document avec
+\family sans
+Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+TeX
+\family default
+.
+ La boîte d'ERT se présente sous trois formes, fermée, ouverte, et en ligne.
+ Les deux premières sont comme toutes les autres boîtes refermables (repliables)
+, comme les notes en bas de page, et servent à mettre de grandes quantités
+ de commandes LaTeX.
+ Une boîte d'ERT en ligne affiche son contenu comme faisant partie du bouton,
+ et est utile pour de très courts morceaux de commandes LaTeX.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+% comme ceci
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Vous pouvez passer d'une forme à l'autre en cliquant sur la boîte d'ERT
+ avec le bouton droit.
+ Notez que si vous voulez plus d'une ligne de commandes LaTeX, vous ne pouvez
+ pas utiliser la forme en ligne.
+\layout Standard
+
+Voici un exemple d'insertion de commandes LaTeX dans un document LyX.
+ Le code ressemble à ceci :
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+begin{tabular}{ll}
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+begin{minipage}{5cm}
+\newline
+Un exemple d'environnement minipage.
+ Vous pouvez
+\newline
+mettre presque tout dedans, même des figures
+\newline
+et des tableaux (non flottants).
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+end{minipage}
+\newline
+&
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+begin{minipage}{5cm}
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+begin{verbatim}
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+begin{minipage}{5cm}
+\newline
+Un exemple ...
+
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+end{minipage}
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+end{verbatim}
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+end{minipage}
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+end{tabular}
+\layout Standard
+
+L
+\begin_inset Include \input{}
+preview false
+
+\end_inset
+
+a boîte d'ERT contenant ce texte est juste après ce paragraphe.
+ Ceux d'entre vous qui lisent le manuel en ligne verront seulement un paquet
+ de texte en rouge.
+ Ceux qui lisent une version imprimée du manuel verront le résultat final
+ :
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+begin{tabular}{ll}
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+begin{minipage}{5cm}
+\newline
+Un exemple d'environnement minipage. Vous pouvez mettre presque tout dedans, même des figures et des tableaux (non flottants).
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+end{minipage}
+\newline
+&
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+begin{minipage}{5cm}
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+begin{verbatim}
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+begin{minipage}{5cm}
+\newline
+Un exemple ...
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+end{minipage}
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+end{verbatim}
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+end{minipage}
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+end{tabular}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+En plus de ces deux méthodes, vous pouvez aussi créer un fichier séparé
+ contenant une structure LaTeX complexe.
+ Vous pouvez alors utiliser
+\family sans
+Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Inclure\SpecialChar ~
+Fichier
+\family default
+ pour inclure votre fichier (vous devez choisir le type
+\family sans
+Incorporation
+\family default
+).
+ Nous vous recommandons de ne faire cela que si vous avez un fichier
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+ dont vous
+\emph on
+savez
+\emph default
+ déjà qu'il marche.
+ Sinon, vous allez avoir du mal à partir à la chasse aux erreurs...
+\layout Standard
+
+Encore quelques notes pour insister :
+\layout Itemize
+
+Au sein de LyX, le code LaTeX apparaît
+\emph on
+en rouge
+\emph default
+.
+\layout Itemize
+
+LyX
+\emph on
+ne vérifie pas
+\emph default
+ si votre code LaTeX est correct.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Attention à ne pas réinventer la roue.
+\layout Standard
+
+La dernière note fait référence à deux choses.
+ Premièrement, LyX dispose déjà de pas mal de possibilités, et encore plus
+ sont en préparation.
+ Assurez-vous de vérifier dans les manuels que LyX n'a pas déjà telle ou
+ telle fonction avant de vous lancer joyeusement dans l'écriture de code
+ LaTeX.
+ Deuxièmement, il existe beaucoup de paquetages LaTeX pour faire toutes
+ sortes de choses, des étiquettes et enveloppes aux tableaux sur plusieurs
+ pages.
+ Voyez un site du CTAN pour plus de détails (voir la Section\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:ctan}
+
+\end_inset
+
+)
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Note de
+\noun on
+John Weiss
+\noun default
+ : Il paraît que ça m'arrive tout le temps.
+ Me mettre à coder avec enthousiasme quelque chose pour afficher des étiquettes,
+ juste pour apprendre qu'il y avait déjà 2 paquetages LaTeX différents qui
+ le faisaient.
+ Pire encore : je les avais déjà!
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Si vous avez effectivement besoin de faire quelque chose de bizarre avec
+ votre document, référez-vous à un bon livre sur LaTeX pour avoir de l'aide.
+ Un certain nombre sont cités dans la bibliographie du
+\emph on
+Guide\SpecialChar ~
+de\SpecialChar ~
+l'Utilisateur
+\emph default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Il y a de nombreuses commandes LaTeX qui doivent être placées avant le début
+ effectif du texte.
+ Elles vont dans le préambule, et font l'objet de la prochaine section.
+\layout Section
+
+LyX et le préambule LaTeX
+\layout Subsection
+
+À propos du préambule LaTeX
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:préambule}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Si vous connaissez déjà LaTeX, il n'y a pas besoin d'expliquer ici à quoi
+ sert le préambule.
+ Si vous ne le connaissez pas, ce qui suit vous en donnera une idée -- nous
+ vous recommandons encore de consulter un livre sur LaTeX pour plus d'informatio
+n.
+ Dans tous les cas, il vaut mieux lire les points ci-dessous, parce qu'ils
+ expliquent ce que vous pouvez faire et ce que vous n'avez pas besoin de
+ faire dans le préambule LaTeX d'un document LyX.
+\layout Standard
+
+Le préambule LaTeX vient au tout début d'un document,
+\emph on
+avant
+\emph default
+ le texte.
+ Il sert à :
+\layout Itemize
+
+déclarer la classe de document.
+ LyX l'a déjà fait à votre place.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Si vous êtes un LaTeX-nicien occasionnel, et que vous avez une classe de
+ document particulière dont vous voulez vous servir, voyez le manuel de
+
+\emph on
+Personnalisation
+\emph default
+ pour savoir comment la faire reconnaître par LyX.
+ Puis soumettez le fruit de vos efforts à l'Équipe LyX pour que cela paraisse
+ dans de prochaines versions !
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+déclarer les paquetages utilisés.
+ Les paquetages LaTeX fournissent des commandes spéciales, qui sont disponibles
+ dans un document seulement si le paquetage a été déclaré dans le préambule.
+ Par exemple, le paquetage
+\family typewriter
+indentfirst
+\family default
+ force l'indentation de tous les paragraphes.
+ Il y a d'autres paquetages pour des étiquettes, des enveloppes, des marges,
+ etc.
+\layout Itemize
+
+fixer les compteurs, variables, longueurs et largeurs.
+ Il y a plusieurs compteurs et variables LaTeX qui
+\emph on
+doivent
+\emph default
+ être fixés globalement depuis le préambule afin d'avoir l'effet désiré.
+ (Il y a aussi d'autres variables que vous pouvez ajuster dans le document.)
+ Les marges sont un bon exemple de ce qui doit être fixé dans le préambule.
+ Un autre exemple est le type de marqueur pour les listes.
+ Vous pouvez en fait régler cela n'importe où, mais il est préférable de
+ le faire une seule fois, dans le préambule.
+\layout Itemize
+
+déclarer les commandes définies par l'utilisateur (avec
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+newcommand
+\family default
+ ou
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand
+\family default
+), pour la plupart ce sont des abréviations pour des commandes LaTeX qui
+ apparaissent très souvent dans le document.
+ Bien que le préambule soit un bon endroit pour déclarer de telles commandes,
+ elles
+\emph on
+peuvent
+\emph default
+ être définies n'importe où ailleurs (mais
+\emph on
+avant
+\emph default
+ d'être utilisées pour la première fois, bien sûr...).
+ Ce peut être utile s'il y a beaucoup de code LaTeX brut dans votre document,
+ ce qui normalement ne devrait pas être le cas.
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX ajoute son propre lot de définitions au préambule du fichier
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+ qu'il engendre.
+ Ceci rend les fichiers LaTeX générés par LyX portables.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Changer le préambule
+\layout Standard
+
+Les commandes que LyX ajoute au préambule d'un fichier LaTeX sont déterminées
+ ; vous ne pouvez pas les changer sans modifier les sources de LyX.
+ Vous pouvez toutefois ajouter vos propres commandes au préambule.
+ Il y a deux moyens de le faire :
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Allez dans
+\family sans
+Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Préambule
+\family default
+.
+ Le comportement de cette fenêtre dépend de la bibliothèque d'interface
+ graphique.
+ Hélas les raccourcis clavier LyX n'y fonctionnent pas.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Utiliser le contenu du préambule que vous avez mis dans votre modèle par
+ défaut (voir la Section
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+Configuration de Base de LyX
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ dans le
+\emph on
+Guide\SpecialChar ~
+de\SpecialChar ~
+l'Utilisateur
+\emph default
+), pour que cela devienne le préambule par défaut pour tous les fichiers
+ que vous créerez.
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX ajoute tout ce qu'il y a dans la fenêtre
+\family sans
+Préambule
+\family default
+ à son propre préambule.
+ Avant d'ajouter vos propres déclarations, vous devriez vous assurer que
+ LyX ne fait pas déjà ce que vous voulez faire (rappelez-vous ce que nous
+ avons dit : ne réinventez pas la roue !).
+
+\emph on
+Assurez-vous aussi que votre préambule est correct.
+
+\emph default
+ LyX ne le vérifie pas.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Exemples
+\layout Standard
+
+Voici quelques exemples de ce que vous pouvez ajouter au préambule, et de
+ l'effet produit :
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Exemple 1 : Décalages
+\layout Standard
+
+Il y a deux variables dans LaTeX qui contrôlent la position de la page :
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+hoffset
+\family default
+ et
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+voffset
+\family default
+, c'est-à-dire décalage horizontal et décalage vertical.
+ Ces variables sont utiles si vous pensez par exemple à l'impression d'étiquette
+s.
+ Parfois, la taille d'un medium d'impression et l'aire effectivement imprimable
+ ne sont pas les mêmes.
+ C'est là qu'interviennent
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+hoffset
+\family default
+ et
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+voffset
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Les valeurs par défaut de
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+hoffset
+\family default
+ et
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+voffset
+\family default
+ sont toutes deux de 0\SpecialChar ~
+pt, c'est-à-dire que la page n'est pas décalée.
+\layout Standard
+
+Malheureusement, quelques pilotes DVI semblent toujours décaler la page.
+ Nous ne savons pas pourquoi, ni pourquoi l'administrateur système n'a pas
+ corrigé un tel comportement.
+ Si vous utilisez LyX sur un système que vous n'entretenez pas vous-même,
+ et si votre administrateur système est un paresseux
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+NdT : Traduction vraisemblable de
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+your sysadmin is a doofus
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+hoffse
+\family default
+t et
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+voffset
+\family default
+ peuvent sauver la mise.
+ Supposez que vos marges du haut et de gauche soient toujours 0,5\SpecialChar ~
+pouce trop
+ grandes.
+ Vous pouvez ajouter ceci au préambule :
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+setlength{
+\backslash
+hoffset}{-0.5 in}
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+setlength{
+\backslash
+voffset}{-0.5 in}
+\layout Standard
+
+...et vos marges devraient désormais être correctes.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Exemple 2 : Étiquettes
+\layout Standard
+
+Supposez que vous vouliez imprimer un paquet d'étiquettes d'adresse.
+ Il y a un paquetage plutôt sympathique, disponible à votre archive CTAN
+ la plus proche, pour imprimer des feuilles d'étiquettes, appelé
+\family typewriter
+labels.sty
+\family default
+.
+ Il est possible que votre système n'ait pas ce paquetage installé par défaut.
+ Nous vous laissons le vérifier.
+ Il vous faut aussi lire sa documentation ; nous n'allons pas le faire à
+ votre place.
+ Toutefois, comme c'est un exemple, nous allons vous montrer comment il
+ marche.
+\layout Standard
+
+D'abord, assurez-vous que vous utilisez la classe de document
+\family sans
+article
+\family default
+.
+ Ensuite, vous devez ajouter ce qui suit dans votre préambule :
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+usepackage{labels}
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+LabelCols=3
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+LabelRows=7
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+LeftBorder=8mm
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+RightBorder=8mm
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+TopBorder=9mm
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+BottomBorder=2mm
+\layout Standard
+
+Ceci est la configuration pour des feuilles d'étiquette Avery®, référence
+ #5360.
+ Vous êtes maintenant prêt à imprimer des étiquettes, mais si vous devez
+ insérer du code LaTeX, placez les commandes
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{labels}
+\family default
+ et
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+end{labels}
+\family default
+ autour de chaque étiquette.
+ C'est expliqué dans la documentation du paquetage, ainsi que d'autres fonctions
+ de celui-ci.
+\layout Standard
+
+Un jour, quelqu'un écrira peut-être une fonction de LyX pour supporter directeme
+nt ce paquetage.
+ Peut-être même que ce sera vous.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Exemple 3 : Indentation de paragraphe
+\layout Standard
+
+Les Américains ont l'habitude d'indenter la première ligne de
+\emph on
+chaque
+\emph default
+ paragraphe.
+ Comme avec toutes leurs autres moeurs étranges, la plupart des Américains
+ vont se plaindre et récriminer jusqu'à ce qu'ils aient ce qu'ils veulent,
+ et qu'ils puissent indenter la première ligne de chaque paragraphe
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Note de
+\noun on
+John Weiss
+\noun default
+ : C'est écrit par un Américain --
+\emph on
+moi
+\emph default
+ ! C'est ma sensation au sujet de mes concitoyens.
+ Dommage si ça ne vous plaît pas.
+ Blblblblblbblbl!
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Bien sûr, cette habitude n'est pas typographiquement correcte.
+ Dans des livres, vous n'indentez en général la première ligne d'un paragraphe
+
+\emph on
+que
+\emph default
+ s'il en suit un autre.
+ L'idée derrière l'indentation de la première ligne est de pouvoir distinguer
+ deux paragraphes consécutifs.
+ S'il y a pas de paragraphe précédent, par exemple s'il suit une figure,
+ ou si c'est le premier paragraphe d'une section, alors il n'y a pas d'indentati
+on spéciale.
+\layout Standard
+
+Si vous êtes un Américain typique
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+NdT : Ce qui m'étonnerait, mais on ne sait jamais!
+\end_inset
+
+, cependant, vous ne vous occupez pas de choses aussi ésotériques ; vous
+ voulez votre indentation ! Ajoutez ceci au préambule :
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+usepackage{indentfirst}
+\layout Standard
+
+Si votre distribution TeX n'est pas un vieux coucou, vous avez ce paquetage,
+ et tous vos paragraphes auront l'indentation que vous pensez qu'ils méritent.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Exemple 4 : Ce document
+\layout Standard
+
+Vous pouvez aussi aller voir le préambule de ce document pour avoir une
+ idée de certaines possibilités avancées.
+ La fenêtre
+\family sans
+Préambule
+\family default
+ risque de ne pas être visible en une fois, même en plein écran.
+ Il y a aussi d'autres exemples et un assortiment de
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+trucs et astuces
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ LaTeX dans le Chapitre\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{cha:secrets}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Section
+
+LyX et les erreurs LaTeX
+\layout Standard
+
+Quand LyX invoque LaTeX, il lui dit d'ignorer toute erreur et de continuer.
+ Il se sert ensuite du fichier log de LaTeX pour en faire l'autopsie.
+ Comme nous l'avons dit plus haut dans le chapitre, LyX génère des fichiers
+
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+ de deux sortes, dont l'un sert à localiser les erreurs dans le document.
+ S'il y a une erreur quelque part, LyX la met dans une boîte avec le mot
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+Erreur
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ à la place appropriée dans le document
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX fera occasionnellement des déductions fausses sur l'emplacement de l'erreur.
+ Ça arrivera surtout dans les tableaux, les figures, les math et le préambule.
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Il affichera aussi dans une fenêtre un message vous alertant sur la présence
+ d'erreurs.
+\layout Standard
+
+Vous pouvez naviguer dans les erreurs en faisant
+\family sans
+Naviguer\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Erreur
+\family default
+.
+ Vous pouvez
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+ouvrir
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ les boîtes d'erreur et voir le message d'erreur LaTeX en cliquant dessus.
+\layout Standard
+
+Quelques-uns préfèrent regarder le fichier log directement, il est accessible
+ par
+\family sans
+Visualiser\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Fichier\SpecialChar ~
+log\SpecialChar ~
+LaTeX
+\family default
+.
+ Il y a quelques erreurs et avertissements assez fréquents.
+ Nous allons les traiter ici.
+ Vous devriez vous reporter à un bon livre sur LaTeX pour une liste complète.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+LaTeX Warning
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Tout ce qui commence par ces mots est un message d'avertissement destiné
+ à
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+déboguer
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ le code LaTeX lui-même.
+ Vous aurez des messages de ce type si vous avez ajouté ou changé des références
+ croisées ou des entrées de bibliographie, auquel cas LaTeX essaye de vous
+ dire que vous devez l'exécuter une nouvelle fois.
+\layout Standard
+
+Vous pouvez en général les ignorer.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+LaTeX Font Warning
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Un autre message d'avertissement, cette fois au sujet de polices que LaTeX
+ n'a pas trouvées.
+ Le reste du message indiquera souvent la police de substitution que LaTeX
+ a choisi.
+\layout Standard
+
+Vous pouvez les ignorer sans crainte.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+Overfull
+\backslash
+hbox
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+LaTeX
+\emph on
+adore
+\emph default
+ cracher ce genre de messages.
+ Ils vous préviennent que les lignes sont trop longues et débordent sur
+ la marge de droite.
+ C'est presque toujours impossible à déceler dans le rendu final.
+ Ou bien seuls un ou deux caractères débordent sur la marge.
+ On dirait que LaTeX génère au moins un message de ce type pour chaque document
+ que vous écrivez.
+\layout Standard
+
+Vous pouvez ignorer ces messages stupides.
+ Vos yeux vous diront bien s'il y a quelque chose de trop large ; vous n'avez
+ qu'à regarder ce qui sort.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+Underfull
+\backslash
+hbox
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Pas aussi courant que son cousin.
+ LaTeX semble préférer imprimer des lignes un peu trop larges plutôt qu'un
+ peu trop étroites.
+ Nous ne savons pas pourquoi.
+\layout Standard
+
+Vous pouvez tout autant les ignorer que les précédents.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+Overfull
+\backslash
+vbox
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ et
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+Underfull
+\backslash
+vbox
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Des avertissements sur des problèmes de saut de page.
+ À nouveau, vous n'avez qu'à regarder ce qui sort.
+ Vous verrez bien si quelque chose ne va pas.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+LaTeX Error: File 'Xxxx' not found
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Le fichier
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+Xxxx
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ n'est pas présent sur ce système.
+ Ceci apparaît habituellement parce qu'un paquetage nécessaire à votre document
+ n'est pas installé.
+ Si vous n'avez pas touché au préambule ou si vous n'avez pas utilisé la
+ commande
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+usepackage{}
+\family default
+, alors un des paquetages que LyX a essayé de charger est manquant.
+ Faites
+\family sans
+Aide\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Configuration\SpecialChar ~
+LaTeX
+\family default
+ pour voir la liste des paquetages dont LyX a entendu parler.
+ Ce fichier est mis à jour à chaque fois que vous reconfigurez LyX (avec
+
+\family sans
+Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Reconfigurer
+\family default
+) et vous dit quels paquetages ont été détectés et à quoi ils servent.
+\layout Standard
+
+Si vous
+\emph on
+avez
+\emph default
+ utilisé la commande
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+usepackage{}
+\family default
+, et que le paquetage en question n'est pas installé, vous devez l'installer
+ vous-même.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+LaTeX Error: Unknown option
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Les messages d'erreur commençant ainsi essayent de vous dire que vous avez
+ spécifié une option impossible ou inexistante dans un paquetage.
+ Vérifiez dans sa documentation.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+Undefined control sequence
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Si vous avez inséré du code LaTeX dans votre document, et fait une faute
+ de frappe, vous aurez un de ceux-là.
+ Vous pouvez aussi avoir oublié de charger un paquetage.
+ Dans tous les cas, d'habitude ce message d'erreur veut dire que vous avez
+ utilisé une commande inconnue.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Il y a d'autres messages d'erreur et d'avertissement.
+ Quelques-uns sont explicites
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+NdT : Pour un anglophone...
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Ce sont souvent des messages LaTeX.
+ D'autres sont carrément incompréhensibles.
+ Ce sont en fait des messages d'erreur TeX, et nous n'avons vraiment
+\emph on
+aucune idée
+\emph default
+ de ce qu'ils signifient ou de comment les déchiffrer.
+\layout Standard
+
+Voici une liste de vérifications à effectuer si vous êtes confronté à des
+ messages d'erreur :
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Cherchez d'éventuelles fautes de frappe dans le code LaTeX que vous avez
+ inséré.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+S'il n'y a pas de fautes de frappe, vérifiez que vous avez utilisé les commandes
+ correctement.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Si vous avez un paquet de boîtes d'erreur entassées tout en haut du document,
+ ça veut dire qu'il y a des erreurs dans le préambule.
+ Commencez par corriger votre préambule.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Si vous n'avez rien ajouté au préambule et si vous n'avez pas ajouté de
+ code LaTeX au document, le suspect numéro un est votre distribution LaTeX
+ elle-même.
+ Vérifiez s'il manque des paquetages et rajoutez-les.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Très bien, il ne manque aucun paquetage.
+ Avez-vous utilisé une des options de réglage fin de LyX ? Plus précisément,
+ avez-vous
+\emph on
+mal utilisé
+\emph default
+ l'une d'entre elles, en essayant par exemple d'insérer manuellement des
+ tas de
+\family sans
+Blancs\SpecialChar ~
+Insécables
+\family default
+, de sauts de paragraphe ou de sauts de page ? Avez-vous essayé de bricoler
+ quelque chose avec tout ça au lieu d'utiliser les environnements de paragraphe
+ appropriés ?
+\layout Enumerate
+
+D'accord, vous n'avez utilisé aucune des options de réglage fin, vous avez
+ joué dans les règles.
+ Avez-vous essayé une manoeuvre bizarre ? Avez-vous fait quelque chose de
+ pas net dans un tableau ou une équation, comme insérer un graphique dans
+ une case de tableau ?
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Avez-vous de longues portions de texte dans lesquelles LaTeX ne peut pas
+ trouver d'endroit où passer à la ligne ? Par défaut, LaTeX est assez strict
+ avec la quantité d'espace entre les mots qu'il va ajouter pour passer à
+ la ligne.
+ Il est alors préférable que vous retravailliez le paragraphe pour éviter
+ le problème.
+ Si ce n'est pas envisageable, vous pouvez entourer votre texte par
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+sloppypar
+\family default
+ pour que les passages à la ligne de LaTeX soient plus souples.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Avez-vous exagéré avec l'imbrication ? LyX (actuellement) ne vérifie pas
+ que vous restez dans les limites de l'imbrication d'environnements.
+ Si vous avez imbriqué un tas d'environnements jusqu'au
+\begin_inset Formula $17^{e}$
+\end_inset
+
+ niveau, le problème est là.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Vous n'avez obtenu aucun message d'erreur, mais votre rendu ne ressemble
+ pas à grand chose.
+ Si vous avez un tableau ou une figure qui est trop large ou trop haute
+ pour la page, vous devez :
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+mettre la figure à l'échelle pour qu'elle tienne.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+rétrécir le tableau pour qu'il tienne.
+\layout Standard
+
+Si quelque chose d'autre ne va pas avec le rendu, et que vous n'avez rien
+ essayé de bizarre ni bricolé avec les réglages fins, nous ne savons pas
+ trop ce qui cloche.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Si vous n'êtes pas plus avancé avec tout ceci -- et bien,
+\emph on
+peut-être
+\emph default
+ que vous avez trouvé une erreur dans LyX\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\layout Chapter
+
+Outils supplémentaires
+\layout Section
+
+Préparer une bibliographie avec BibTeX
+\layout Standard
+
+par
+\noun on
+Mike Ressler
+\layout Standard
+
+STOP! Si vous ne savez pas ce qu'est BibTeX et ne savez pas vous en servir
+ assez convenablement (pour savoir par exemple mettre en place vos propres
+ bases de données bibliographiques), courez consulter la 2ème édition de
+
+\emph on
+LaTeX : A Document Preparation System
+\emph default
+ de Lamport, principalement l'appendice B.
+ Ce qui suit suppose que vous avez correctement créé un fichier de bibliographie
+, que toutes les variables en jeu ont des valeurs correctes (surtout
+\family typewriter
+BIBINPUTS
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+BSTINPUTS
+\family default
+ et
+\family typewriter
+TEXINPUTS
+\family default
+) et que vous savez créer et
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+TeXer
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ un fichier LaTeX avec une base de donnée BibTeX.
+\layout Standard
+
+Pour ceux qui ne savent pas ce qu'est BibTeX, il s'agit d'un système pour
+ créer une vaste base de données des références bibliographiques dont vous
+ vous servez le plus.
+ Pour tous les articles futurs que vous écrirez, vous n'aurez qu'à inclure
+ cette base de données standard et à associer une clef à chaque référence.
+ Même si vous n'écrivez que quelques articles avec une poignée de citations
+ dans chaque, ça vaut la peine de se pencher sur BibTeX pour voir s'il peut
+ vous être utile.
+\layout Standard
+
+Pour utiliser BibTeX avec LyX, lisez tout d'abord le
+\emph on
+Guide\SpecialChar ~
+de\SpecialChar ~
+l'Utilisateur
+\emph default
+ qui décrit comment insérer des citations.
+ Le mécanisme de base pour insérer des références BibTeX est le même.
+ Ensuite, à la fin de votre document, faites
+\family sans
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+nsérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Listes
+\family default
+\SpecialChar ~
+&
+\family sans
+\SpecialChar ~
+TdM\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Référence\SpecialChar ~
+BibTeX
+\family default
+.
+ Dans la fenêtre qui s'ouvre alors, remplir les champs comme suit :
+\layout Description
+
+Base\SpecialChar ~
+de\SpecialChar ~
+données\SpecialChar ~
+: saisir le nom de votre fichier
+\family typewriter
+.bib
+\family default
+
+\emph on
+sans
+\emph default
+ l'extension
+\family typewriter
+ .bib
+\family default
+.
+ Pour explorer plusieurs fichiers
+\family typewriter
+.bib
+\family default
+, saisir leur noms dans l'ordre désiré, séparés par des virgules.
+
+\layout Description
+
+Style\SpecialChar ~
+: saisir le nom de votre style BibTeX
+\emph on
+sans
+\emph default
+ l'extension
+\family typewriter
+ .bst
+\family default
+.
+ Le style par défaut est
+\family typewriter
+plain
+\family default
+ (qui est normalement inclus dans votre distribution LaTeX : vous n'avez
+ pas à vous inquiéter de le créer).
+\layout Standard
+
+Pour chaque citation, tant que la référence se trouve dans le fichier
+\family typewriter
+.bib
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\family default
+il suffit de faire
+\family sans
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+nsérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+C
+\bar default
+itation\SpecialChar ~
+bibliographique
+\family default
+ à l'endroit adéquat dans le texte, et de saisir la clef correspondante.
+ Il n'y a rien d'autre à faire ; avec
+\family sans
+\bar under
+V
+\bar default
+isualiser\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+DVI
+\family default
+, par exemple, vous devez constater que BibTeX et LaTeX sont invoqués automatiqu
+ement autant de fois que nécessaire.
+\layout Section
+
+Réalisation d'un index
+\layout Standard
+
+Un bon index est une des choses les plus difficiles à faire dans un document
+ important, mais LyX permet de simplifier relativement les opérations en
+ appelant le programme
+\family typewriter
+makeindex
+\family default
+ distribué avec LaTeX.
+ Insérer un index et marquer les mots à inclure est une tâche similaire
+ à la préparation d'une bibliographie, décrite dans le paragraphe précédent.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+D'abord, aller en fin de document (où se trouve en général l'index) et sélection
+ner
+\family sans
+
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+nsérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Listes
+\family default
+\SpecialChar ~
+&
+\family sans
+\SpecialChar ~
+TdM\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+ndex
+\family default
+.
+ Puis, pour chaque mot à inclure dans l'index, positionner le curseur en
+ fin de mot et sélectionner
+\family sans
+
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+nsérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Entrée\SpecialChar ~
+d'In
+\bar under
+d
+\bar default
+ex
+\family default
+.
+ Ceci insère une balise montrant le mot tel qu'il apparaîtra dans l'index.
+ C'est tout ; LyX appellera automatiquement
+\family typewriter
+makeindex
+\family default
+ et inclura le résultat sous forme d'un index.
+ Le texte dans la fenêtre accessible par un clic droit sur le bouton d'index
+ peut contenir du LaTeX, et vous devez donc faire attention en entrant des
+ caractères spéciaux.
+ D'un autre côté, vous pouvez utiliser des options avancées -- jetez un
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+oe{}
+\end_inset
+
+il sur la documentation de votre distribution LaTeX pour voir comment on
+ peut
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+emboîter des entrées
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ et faire plein d'autres choses.
+\layout Standard
+
+Attention toutefois à éviter les espaces entre le mot du texte et le marqueur
+ d'index, apparemment cela pourrait afficher un numéro de page erroné.
+\layout Section
+
+Documents en plusieurs fichiers
+\layout Subsection
+
+Généralités
+\layout Standard
+
+Quand on travaille sur un gros fichier avec de nombreux chapitres, il est
+ souvent pratique de diviser le document en plusieurs fichiers ; par ailleurs,
+ il arrive qu'un élément comme un tableau soit susceptible de modifications
+ ultérieures, alors que le reste du texte ne changera plus.
+ Dans ces cas-là, il est judicieux d'utiliser les possibilités de segmentation
+ de documents.
+ Ainsi, les communications scientifiques ont souvent cinq chapitres principaux
+ : introduction, observations, résultats, discussion, conclusion.
+ Chacun d'entre eux peut constituer un fichier LyX séparé, avec un fichier
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+maître
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ qui contient le titre, les auteurs, le résumé, les références, etc.
+ Il convient de noter que chacun des fichiers est un fichier LyX en lui-même,
+ qui peut aussi bien être mis en page et imprimé seul, qu'être inclus dans
+ le document maître.
+ Tous ces fichiers doivent cependant avoir la même classe de document --
+ n'essayez pas de mélanger la classe
+\family sans
+book
+\family default
+ avec la classe
+\family sans
+article
+\family default
+.
+ Il est également possible d'inclure des fichiers LaTeX : cependant, ces
+ fichiers doivent alors être sans leur préambule (c'est-à-dire sans la partie
+ jusqu'à la ligne
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{document}
+\family default
+ incluse, et sans la ligne
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+end{document}
+\family default
+) pour éviter des erreurs à la création du fichier DVI.
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX permet l'inclusion de fichiers en sélectionnant
+\family sans
+\bar under
+I
+\bar default
+nsérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+In
+\bar under
+c
+\bar default
+lure\SpecialChar ~
+Fichier
+\family default
+, ce qui positionne une balise à l'endroit du curseur.
+ Un clic sur cette balise ouvre une fenêtre qui permet de saisir le nom
+ du fichier et la méthode d'inclusion.
+\layout Standard
+
+Les trois méthodes d'inclusion sont
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+include
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+input
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+, et
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+mot à mot
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ La différence entre
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+include
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ et
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+input
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ nécessite une bonne connaissance de LaTeX, mais la différence pratique
+ est que les fichiers
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+inclus
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ commenceront sur une nouvelle page, alors que ceux qui utilisent
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+input
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ commenceront sur la page en cours.
+ Il se peut que les dénominations de LyX changent un jour pour devenir plus
+ explicites à ce sujet.
+\layout Standard
+
+Le fichier maître est généralement converti en un fichier LaTeX complet
+ avant d'être mis en page, tandis que les fichiers inclus sont convertis
+ en fichiers LaTeX sans les informations de préambule.
+ En cochant la case
+\family sans
+Formatage\SpecialChar ~
+désactivé
+\family default
+, cette conversion n'aura pas lieu.
+\layout Standard
+
+Un fichier inclus en
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+mot à mot
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ vous permet d'insérer un texte mis en forme exactement comme il apparaît
+ dans le fichier d'origine.
+ Normalement, les espaces dans ce fichier sont invisibles, cependant, deux
+ espaces consécutives sont conservées, a
+\emph on
+
+\emph default
+contrario des règles habituelles de LyX.
+ Cependant, cocher le bouton
+\family sans
+Espace\SpecialChar ~
+visible
+\family default
+ résoud toute incertitude.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Références croisées entre fichiers
+\layout Standard
+
+Il est possible de faire des références croisées entre différents fichiers.
+ D'abord, il faut ouvrir tous les fichiers concernés : appelons-les A et
+ B pour un exemple avec deux fichiers, avec B inclus dans A.
+ Supposons que nous ayons inséré une étiquette dans A, à laquelle nous voulons
+ faire référence dans B.
+ Il faut ouvrir la fenêtre de référence croisée à partir de B, et il est
+ alors possible de choisir le
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+tampon
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ à utiliser.
+\layout Section
+
+Algorithmes
+\layout Standard
+
+Avec le paquetage
+\family sans
+algorithm
+\family default
+, LyX peut produire des algorithmes flottants.
+ Ceux-ci servent à placer de courts algorithmes à cheval sur deux pages
+ et aussi pour éditer un index des algorithmes.
+\layout Section
+
+Sous-figures
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX fait appel au paquetage
+\family sans
+subfigure
+\family default
+ quand vous cochez
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+sous-figure
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ dans la fenêtre de
+\family sans
+Graphique
+\family default
+, et écrivez une
+\family sans
+Légende
+\family default
+.
+ Plusieurs figures ainsi marquées peuvent être groupées en un seul flottant
+ avec une légende pour chaque sous-figure.
+\layout Section
+
+En-têtes et pieds de page sur mesure
+\layout Standard
+
+Le format de page par défaut est assez banal : pour un document avec la
+ classe article, tout ce que vous obtenez se limite au numéro de page en
+ bas de la feuille.
+ Ce document-ci est de la classe
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+book
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ (livre), donc il est un peu plus fourni, mais pour réellement en mettre
+ plein la vue, il faut choisir la mise en page
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+fancy
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+, comme l'explique le
+\emph on
+Guide\SpecialChar ~
+de\SpecialChar ~
+l'Utilisateur
+\emph default
+.
+ Cette section décrit les codes LaTeX qu'il vous faudra insérer dans votre
+ préambule LaTeX ou dans le texte pour obtenir les effets désirés.
+\layout Standard
+
+L'en-tête est divisé en trois champs, appelés logiquement
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+gauche
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+centre
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ et
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+droit
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Le bas de page aussi a ces trois divisions.
+ Les commandes LaTeX pour éditer ces champs de la manière la plus simple
+ sont
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+lhead
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+chead
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+rhead
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+lfoot
+\family default
+, etc.
+ Si vous voulez mettre votre nom dans le coin en haut à gauche de chaque
+ page, insérez simplement cette commande dans le préambule :
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+lhead{Jean D.
+ Rédacteur}
+\layout Standard
+
+Vous verrez désormais votre nom dans le coin supérieur gauche.
+ Si un champ a une entrée par défaut que vous souhaitez supprimer (comme
+ le numéro de page apparaissant en bas, centré), insérez simplement une
+ commande avec un paramètre vide, par exemple :
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+cfoot{}
+\layout Standard
+
+Maintenant, plus dur : mettons le mot
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+Section
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ et le numéro de la section en cours (par exemple Section\SpecialChar ~
+3) dans le coin
+ supérieur gauche, le numéro de page en haut à droite, votre nom en bas
+ à gauche et la date en bas à droite.
+ Les commandes suivantes doivent donc apparaître dans votre préambule :
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+lhead{Section
+\backslash
+thesection}
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+chead{}
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+rhead{Page
+\backslash
+thepage}
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+lfoot{Jean D.
+ Rédacteur}
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+cfoot{}
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+rfoot{
+\backslash
+today}
+\layout Standard
+
+Les codes
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+thesection
+\family default
+ et
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+thepage
+\family default
+ permettent d'accéder aux compteurs LaTeX de section et de page, et d'afficher
+ ainsi les numéros de la section et de la page en cours.
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+today
+\family default
+ affiche simplement la date d'aujourd'hui.
+\layout Standard
+
+L'épaisseur de la barre horizontale dessinée au dessous de l'en-tête et
+ au dessus du pied de page peut elle aussi être modifiée.
+ Si vous n'en voulez pas, mettez sa largeur à 0.
+ Par défaut, la barre d'en-tête a une épaisseur de 0,4\SpecialChar ~
+pt, et celle de pied
+ de page une épaisseur de 0.
+ Pour régler l'épaisseur, utilisez les commandes
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand\SpecialChar \-
+{
+\backslash
+headrulewidth}\SpecialChar \-
+{0.4pt}
+\family default
+ et
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand\SpecialChar \-
+{
+\backslash
+footrulewidth}\SpecialChar \-
+{0.4pt}
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Vous pouvez activer ou désactiver les paramètres d'en-tête et de pied de
+ page pour une page donnée avec, par exemple :
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+thispagestyle\SpecialChar \-
+{empty}
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+thispagestyle\SpecialChar \-
+{plain}
+\family default
+, et
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+thispagestyle\SpecialChar \-
+{fancy}
+\family default
+.
+ Insérez simplement ces commandes dans le texte de la page que vous voulez
+ modifier, et mettez-les en mode TeX.
+ En fait, par défaut, si vous utilisez le style global
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+fancy
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+, les pages de titre sont en
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+plain
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+, alors que les autres sont en
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+fancy
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Il existe des commandes plus complexes qui vous permettent d'introduire
+ des choses dans le coin gauche des pages impaires, etc., mais nous vous
+ renvoyons à la documentation du paquetage
+\family typewriter
+fancyhdr
+\family default
+ pour plus de précisions.
+ Par exemple, si vous avez une installation teTeX, voyez
+\family typewriter
+/usr/share/texmf/\SpecialChar \-
+doc/latex/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.dvi
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Enfin, il est possible d'insérer un fichier PostScript® Encapsulé (EPS)
+ dans l'en-tête ou le pied de page.
+ Si vous voulez insérer un logo dans le coin supérieur gauche, vous pouvez
+ essayer quelque chose comme :
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+lhead{
+\backslash
+resizebox{1in}{!}{
+\backslash
+includegraphics{logo.eps}}}
+\family default
+
+\newline
+(il vous faudra peut-être ajouter
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+usepackage{graphics}
+\family default
+ avant si aucun autre fichier EPS n'est inséré dans votre document).
+\layout Section
+
+Minipages
+\layout Standard
+
+LaTeX fournit un mécanisme pour produire une page au sein d'une page, appelée
+ alors une minipage.
+ Dans une minipage, toutes les règles usuelles d'indentation, de justification,
+ etc.
+ s'appliquent.
+ LyX propose une partie des fonctionnalités de
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+minipage
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Les minipages dans LyX ont leur propre boîte refermable ; ajoutez-en un
+ avec
+\family sans
+Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Minipage
+\family default
+.
+ En cliquant avec le bouton droit sur la boîte, vous pouvez changer la largeur
+ de la minipage et l'alignement vertical dans la page.
+ Attention : si la minipage est trop longue pour tenir sur une page, elle
+ est tronquée, et en continue pas sur la page suivante.
+\layout Standard
+
+Si vous placez deux minipages côte à côte, vous pouvez utiliser
+\family sans
+Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Caractère\SpecialChar ~
+Spécial
+\family default
+ pour insérer une instruction spéciale connue dans le monde LaTeX sous le
+ nom de
+\family typewriter
+hfill
+\family default
+, traduit en français par
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+ressort horizontal
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+, pour que LyX laisse un maximum d'espace entre elles : l'une sera collée
+ à la marge de droite, l'autre à celle de gauche.
+ L'exemple ci-dessous montre la différence.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Minipage
+position 0
+inner_position 0
+height "0pt"
+width "1.5in"
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+C'est une minipage qui n'utilise pas de ressort horizontal.
+ C'est la seconde phrase de cette minipage.
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Minipage
+position 0
+inner_position 0
+height "0pt"
+width "1.5in"
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+C'est une seconde minipage qui n'utilise pas de ressort horizontal.
+ C'en est la seconde phrase.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_top medskip \added_space_bottom medskip
+Ça, c'est du texte normal pour séparer les deux exemples.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Minipage
+position 0
+inner_position 0
+height "0pt"
+width "1.5in"
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+C'est une minipage qui utilise un ressort horizontal.
+ C'est la deuxième phrase de cette minipage.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\hfill
+
+\begin_inset Minipage
+position 0
+inner_position 0
+height "0pt"
+width "1.5in"
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+C'est une seconde minipage utilisant un ressort horizontal.
+ Et ça, c'en est la deuxième phrase.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Section
+
+Enrober une Figure avec du Texte
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:floatflt}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Wrap figure
+width "6cm"
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename mobius.eps
+ display color
+ width 40col%
+ rotateOrigin center
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Caption
+
+C'est une figure enrobée et la superbe légende qui la décrit.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Il arrive souvent que l'on cherche à disposer le texte autour des figures
+ de telle sorte que la figure n'occupe qu'une partie de la colonne et le
+ texte le reste.
+ C'est possible dès lors que le paquetage
+\family typewriter
+floatflt
+\family default
+ est installé (vous verrez où l'obtenir dans le manuel de
+\emph on
+Configuration\SpecialChar ~
+LaTeX
+\emph default
+).
+\layout Standard
+
+À droite figure un ruban de Möbius -- vous devez l'avoir déjà vu dans le
+
+\emph on
+Guide\SpecialChar ~
+de\SpecialChar ~
+l'Utilisateur
+\emph default
+.
+ Pour enrober ainsi la figure dans le texte, il suffit d'ajouter une boîte
+ d'enrobage avec
+\family sans
+Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Flottant\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Figure Floatflt
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Note : ce paquetage est très fragile ! Ainsi il supporte mal qu'une figure
+ soit proche du bas de la page, ou que deux figures soient trop proches
+ l'une de l'autre.
+ Utilisez-le avec parcimonie et lisez la documentation qui l'accompagne
+ (qui vous expliquera aussi comment enrober un tableau dans du texte).
+\layout Section
+
+Options supplémentaires pour les tableaux
+\layout Standard
+
+Même si le format standard vous suffira pour 99% des tableaux que vous créerez,
+ il pourra arriver qu'un tableau vous demande un peu plus de travail.
+ La fenêtre
+\family sans
+Style\SpecialChar ~
+du\SpecialChar ~
+Tableau
+\family default
+ qui s'ouvre quand vous cliquez sur un tableau avec le bouton droit vous
+ autorise des réglages fins.
+ Elle vous permet d'accéder à divers paramètres d'alignement pour les colonnes.
+ Un peu de connaissance de LaTeX est utile ici : quand vous construisez
+ un tableau en LaTeX, chaque colonne est dotée d'un type d'alignement.
+ Par exemple, les lettres-clés
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+l
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+c
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+r
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ pour l'alignement à gauche, le centrage et l'alignement à droite respectivement
+ (ce qui correspond aux boutons à cocher de la fenêtre de LyX).
+ Un quatrième type d'alignement est
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+p
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+, qui impose la largeur de colonne (réglable dans LyX), et qui cadre le
+ texte dans le largeur imposée.
+ Une cinquième type est
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+|
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ (barre verticale) qui génère un trait vertical et non une colonne proprement
+ dite : ce comportement est obtenu dans LyX avec les boutons de bordures.
+ Enfin, il y a le type
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+@
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+
+\family default
+qui vous permet d'utiliser comme séparateur de colonnes tous les paramètres
+ entre accolades (il peut n'y en avoir aucun).
+ Les raisons de ce comportement peuvent ne pas sembler évidentes, mais à
+ l'occasion il se révèle très puissant.
+ Un bon exemple vaut mieux qu'un long discours.
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+Enlever les espaces supplémentaires des colonnes
+\layout Standard
+
+Voici un tableau standard :
+\layout Standard
+\align center
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="2">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Type
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Exemple
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Pierre
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Granit
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Minéral
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Quartz
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Remarquez que les traits horizontaux dépassent légèrement du texte des deux
+ côtés.
+ Si vous souhaitez que la ligne prenne fin au même niveau que le texte,
+ vous pouvez placer un séparateur nul à la fin pour enlever l'espace ajouté
+ par défaut par LaTeX.
+ Voici un exemple :
+\layout Standard
+\align center
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="2">
+<features>
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt" special="@{} l">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt" special="l @{}">
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Type
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Exemple
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Pierre
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Granit
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Minéral
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Quartz
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Ici, la description de la colonne de gauche contient :
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+@{} l
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+, alors que à droite on a :
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+l @{}
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ afin de mettre le caractère nul sur les bords.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Changer le caractère de séparation de colonnes
+\layout Standard
+
+Maintenant, si pour une obscure raison, vous voulez utiliser
+\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{\pi}$
+\end_inset
+
+ entouré de quelques espaces pour séparer des colonnes, enlevez la bordure
+ verticale et mettez dans le champs de la colonne droite
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+@{~$
+\backslash
+sqrt{
+\backslash
+pi}$~} l
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+.
+ Vous devriez obtenir quelque chose comme :
+\layout Standard
+\align center
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="2">
+<features>
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt" special="@{~$\sqrt{\pi}$~}l">
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Type
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Exemple
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Pierre
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Granit
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Minéral
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Quartz
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+Colonnes alignées sur le symbole décimal
+\layout Standard
+
+Bon, d'accord, le dernier exemple était complètement idiot, mais en voici
+ un qui ne l'est pas : supposons que vous voulez faire un tableau dont une
+ colonne est alignée sur le symbole décimal.
+ Pour ça, une astuce habituelle avec LaTeX est de mettre les parties entières
+ des nombres dans une colonne alignée à droite, d'utiliser une virgule comme
+ séparateur de colonne et de mettre la partie décimale dans une deuxième
+ colonne, alignée cette fois à gauche.
+ une variante est d'insérer la virgule décimale dans les parties entières
+ et de laisser le séparateur vide, comme dans cet exemple :
+\layout Standard
+\align center
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt" special="@{} l">
+<row bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Expression
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Valeur
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\pi$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+3,
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+1416
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\pi^{\pi}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+36,
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+462
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $(\pi^{\pi})^{\pi}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+80663,
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\pi^{\pi^{\pi}}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+1,
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+3402
+\begin_inset Formula $\times10^{18}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Même si ça paraît un peu bizarre dans LyX, à l'impression, le tableau semblera
+ avoir deux colonnes, dont la seconde centrée sur la virgule décimale.
+\layout Standard
+
+C'est peut-être mieux de décrire exactement comment procéder : d'abord,
+ créez un tableau 3
+\begin_inset Formula $\times$
+\end_inset
+
+3 et supprimez toutes les bordures.
+ Remettez seulement une bordure inférieure dans la rangée du haut, et une
+ bordure à droite de la première colonne.
+ Tapez les valeurs de la première colonne et choisissez l'alignement centré.
+ Entrez
+\family typewriter
+3,
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+36,
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+80663,
+\family default
+ et
+\family typewriter
+1,
+\family default
+ et mettez l'alignement à droite.
+ Entrez
+\family typewriter
+1416
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+462
+\family default
+ et
+\family typewriter
+3402
+\begin_inset Formula $\times10^{18}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ et mettez
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+@{} l
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ comme alignement pour la colonne restante.
+ Enfin tapez le mot
+\family typewriter
+Valeur
+\family default
+ dans la colonne du milieu, sélectionnez-le avec l'espace vide à sa droite,
+ et cochez
+\family sans
+Case\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Case\SpecialChar ~
+Spéciale\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Multicolonnes
+\family default
+.
+ Facile, non ?
+\layout Subsection
+
+Une meilleure solution pour l'alignement décimal
+\layout Standard
+
+Une autre façon d'obtenir de l'alignement décimal dans les tableaux est
+ de passer par le paquetage
+\family typewriter
+dcolumn
+\family default
+.
+ Ajoutez ce qui suit au préambule LaTeX
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+NdT : Si votre séparateur décimal est la virgule.
+ Si c'est le point, remplacez les virgules par des points.
+\end_inset
+
+ :
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+usepackage{dcolumn}
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+newcolumntype{d}[1]{D{,}{,}{#1}}
+\layout Standard
+
+Pour aligner une colonne sur le symbole décimal, mettez ce qui suit dans
+ le champ
+\family sans
+Paramètre\SpecialChar ~
+LaTeX
+\family default
+ de la fenêtre
+\family sans
+Tableau
+\family default
+ :
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+d{nombre de décimales des données}
+\layout Standard
+
+Pour créer de l'espace supplémentaire dans la colonne vous n'avez qu'à augmenter
+ le nombre de décimales dans
+\family typewriter
+d{}
+\family default
+.
+ Cocher l'attribut
+\family sans
+Multicolonne
+\family default
+ dans une case isolée la rend insensible à l'alignement décimal, ce qui
+ peut être bien pratique.
+ Un inconvénient de cette méthode est que le mode mathématique n'est pas
+ autorisé dans une colonne avec l'alignement décimal sauf si l'attribut
+
+\family sans
+Multicolonne
+\family default
+ est coché.
+\layout Standard
+
+Cette méthode offre la même flexibilité que le paquetage
+\family typewriter
+dcolumn
+\family default
+.
+ On peut, par exemple, changer le séparateur d'alignement, et avoir des
+ séparateurs d'alignement différents pour des colonnes différentes en définissan
+t plusieurs types de colonne dans le préambule.
+ La syntaxe est comme suit :
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+D{inputsep}{outputsep}{decimal places}
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+NdT : non traduit car je ne suis pas certain du sens
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Le lecteur intéressé est prié de se reporter à la documentation du paquetage
+
+\family typewriter
+dcolumn
+\family default
+ pour plus de détails.
+\layout Section
+
+Choix de puces dans
+\family sans
+ListePuces
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:puces}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+par
+\noun on
+ Allan Rae
+\layout Subsection
+
+Introduction
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX fournit 216 motifs de puces qui sont accessibles par une simple fenêtre.
+ Vous pouvez facilement y sélectionner la puce souhaitée pour chaque niveau
+ de profondeur dans l'environnement
+\family sans
+ListePuces
+\family default
+.
+ Ces choix sont valables pour tout le document, donc vous ne pouvez pas
+ spécifier différents types de puces pour différents paragraphes
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+En fait, c'est possible mais il faut le faire à la main.
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Subsection
+
+À quoi elles ressemblent
+\layout Standard
+
+Allez dans l'onglet
+\family sans
+Puces
+\family default
+ de la fenêtre
+\family sans
+Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document.
+\layout Standard
+
+La fenêtre vous présente un tableau avec des formes de puces.
+ À gauche du tableau, une colonne de boutons vous donne accès aux six panneaux
+ possibles.
+ La rangée de boutons du haut sert à choisir le niveau de profondeur sur
+ lequel vous agissez.
+ Une boîte de texte sous le tableau affiche l'équivalent LaTeX de la forme
+ de puce actuellement sélectionnée, et ce champ peut être édité.
+ Si vous modifiez le texte vous devrez aussi spécifier à la main dans le
+ préambule LaTeX les paquetages requis.
+\layout Standard
+
+Les six panneaux sont répartis selon les paquetages qu'ils nécessitent.
+ Le tableau suivant vous montre la correspondance entre le nom des boutons
+ et les paquetages LaTeX.
+\layout Standard
+\align center
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="7" columns="2">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Bouton
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Paquetages Requis
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Standard
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+LaTeX de base
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Maths
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+amssymb.sty
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Ding1
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+pifont.sty
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Ding2
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+pifont.sty
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Ding3
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+pifont.sty
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Ding4
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+pifont.sty
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX ne vous empêche pas d'utiliser les puces correspondant à des paquetages
+ que vous n'avez pas.
+ Si vous obtenez des erreurs LaTeX lorsque vous essayez de visualiser ou
+ d'imprimer le fichier, c'est sûrement qu'il vous manque un paquetage.
+ LyX ne vous empêche pas d'agir car vous pourriez vouloir éditer quelque
+ part et imprimer avec un autre système.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Comment s'en servir
+\layout Standard
+
+Sélectionnez le niveau de profondeur sur lequel vous voulez agir, puis le
+ motif de puce et la taille.
+ Les changements ne seront pas visibles dans LyX, mais seulement avec les
+ visionneuses
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\family default
+ ou
+\family typewriter
+ghostview
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Vous pouvez remettre une puce à sa valeur par défaut, en cliquant avec le
+ bouton droit de la souris sur la profondeur de la puce en question.
+\layout Standard
+
+Si vous voulez réellement avoir des paragraphes avec des puces différentes
+ dans chacun d'eux, vous devez mettre les mains dans le cambouis.
+ La fenêtre dont nous venons de parler est cependant utile car elle montre
+ en même temps l'aspect de la puce et son code LaTeX, ceci pour un grand
+ nombre de puces.
+ Pour personnaliser vos paragraphes, vous avez le choix :
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+let
+\backslash
+savelabelitemi=
+\backslash
+labelitemi
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand
+\backslash
+labelitemi[0]{
+\backslash
+small
+\backslash
+(
+\backslash
+sharp
+\backslash
+)}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+Utilisez la commande LaTeX
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand{}{}
+\family default
+ pour spécifier un nouveau format de puce pour une profondeur donnée.
+ Vous aurez aussi besoin d'enregistrer le format actuel pour le restaurer
+ plus tard.
+ Dans cette liste à puces, le code LaTeX suivant a été utilisé pour changer
+ les puces de profondeur 1 :
+\family typewriter
+
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+let
+\backslash
+savelabelitemi=
+\backslash
+labelitemi
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand
+\backslash
+labelitemi[0]{
+\backslash
+small
+\backslash
+(
+\backslash
+sharp
+\backslash
+)}
+\newline
+
+\family default
+Remarquez que la profondeur de puce est donnée en chiffres romains comme
+ partie intégrante de la commande
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+labelitem
+\family default
+.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+[
+\backslash
+(
+\backslash
+star
+\backslash
+)]
+\end_inset
+
+ Agissez sur chaque entrée individuellement en écrivant le motif de la puce
+ entre crochets en mode TeX.
+ Par exemple, cet élément a commencé par
+\family typewriter
+[
+\backslash
+(
+\backslash
+star
+\backslash
+)]
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand
+\backslash
+labelitemi[0]{
+\backslash
+savelabelitemi}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Vous aurez besoin de remettre le
+\family typewriter
+labelitem
+\family default
+ à sa valeur d'origine pour que les autres puces retrouvent les réglages
+ globaux.
+ Nous avons donc ici :
+\family typewriter
+
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand
+\backslash
+labelitemi[0]{
+\backslash
+savelabelitemi}
+\layout Chapter
+
+Classes de document spéciales
+\layout Section
+
+LaTeX AMS
+\layout Standard
+
+par
+\noun on
+David Johnson
+\layout Standard
+
+Les formats LaTeX AMS ont été écrits pour se conformer au style suggéré
+ pour les articles mathématiques à soumettre aux publications de l'American
+ Mathematical Society.
+ Les formats ne sont pas définis pour un journal particulier, mais peuvent
+ facilement y être adaptés.
+ Il faut vous référer à la documentation de l'AMS pour obtenir des instructions
+ spécifiques à chaque journal (habituellement il suffira de changer une
+ ligne dans la sortie TeX).
+ Cette documentation est disponible sur le réseau à
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.ams.org}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ ou par ftp à
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ftp.ams.org/pub/tex/amslatex/}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Ces formats sont appropriés, et utiles, pour tout écrit mathématique.
+ Il y a actuellement 4 formats LaTeX AMS distincts :
+\layout Enumerate
+
+amsart : Le format standard d'article AMS.
+ Tous les résultats et assertions sont numérotés dans l'ordre
+\begin_inset Formula $(n.m)$
+\end_inset
+
+, où le premier numéro fait référence à la section, et le second à l'ensemble
+ des résultats (Théorèmes, Corollaires, Propositions, Définitions, Remarques,
+ etc.) dans cette section.
+ Beaucoup des environnements (mais pas tous) sont disponibles sous forme
+ non numérotée, ce qui est parfois nécessaire.
+ Les environnements non numérotés sont indiqués par un astérisque à la fin.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+amsart-seq : Ici, la numérotation de chaque type d'assertion est numéroté
+ selon sa propre séquence, sans référence au numéro de la section.
+ Beaucoup des environnements (mais pas tous) sont disponibles sous forme
+ non numérotée, ce qui est parfois nécessaire.
+ Les environnements non numérotés sont indiqués par un astérisque à la fin.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+amsart-plain : Celui-ci est encore plus sobre, puisqu'aucun environnement
+ n'est numéroté.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+amsbook : Le format standard de livre AMS (en réalité de monographie).
+ La numérotation est similaire au format amsart, sauf que tous les numéros
+ sont sous la forme
+\begin_inset Formula $(n,m,p)$
+\end_inset
+
+, où le premier numéro fait référence au chapitre, le deuxième à la section
+ et le troisième à l'ensemble des résultats (Théorèmes, Corollaires, Proposition
+s, Définitions, Remarques, etc.) dans cette section.
+ Beaucoup des environnements (mais pas tous) sont disponibles sous forme
+ non numérotée, ce qui est parfois nécessaire.
+ Les environnements non numérotés sont indiqués par un astérisque à la fin.
+\layout Standard
+
+Tout fichier LyX AMS peut être converti dans l'un quelconque des schémas
+ de numérotation en changeant simplement la classe de document dans la fenêtre
+
+\family sans
+Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Ce qu'offrent ces formats
+\layout Standard
+
+La liste des environnements offerts par ces formats est longue.
+ La plupart des articles ou des livres mathématiques utiliseront ces environneme
+nts pour leurs différents types d'assertion, avec LaTeX AMS il y a la possibilit
+é de définir une variété illimitée de telles déclarations.
+ Cependant, l'AMS recommande les environnements disponibles dans LyX.
+ Voici la liste des environnements (non compris les environnements standard
+ comme
+\family sans
+section
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+bibliography
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+title
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+author
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+date
+\family default
+) :
+\layout Description
+
+Théorème (Theorem) Typiquement utilisé pour les résultats les plus importants.
+ Le mot
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+Theorem
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ apparaît en caractères gras, ainsi qu'un numéro automatiquement déterminé
+ (une version non numérotée est aussi disponible,
+\family sans
+Théorème*
+\family default
+).
+ Le texte est en italiques.
+\layout Description
+
+Corollaire (Corollary) Utilisé pour des assertions qui découlent assez directeme
+nt d'assertions précédentes.
+ Là encore, il peut s'agir de résultats importants.
+ La version non numérotée
+\family sans
+Corollaire*
+\family default
+ existe.
+\layout Description
+
+Lemme (Lemma) Ce sont des résultats moins forts, nécessaires à la preuve
+ d'autres assertions.
+\layout Description
+
+Proposition (Proposition) Ce sont des résultats moins importants qui apportent
+ quelque chose à la théorie générale dont il est question.
+\layout Description
+
+Conjecture (Conjecture) Ce sont des assertions fournies sans justification,
+ dont l'auteur ne connaît pas de preuve, mais qui semblent vraies (du moins
+ aux yeux de l'auteur).
+\layout Description
+
+Critère (Criterion) Une condition requise.
+\layout Description
+
+Algorithme (Algorithm) Une procédure générale à utiliser.
+\layout Description
+
+Axiome (Axiom) C'est une propriété ou assertion considérée comme vraie dans
+ la théorie dont il est question.
+\layout Description
+
+Définition (Definition) Devinez à quoi ça sert.
+ La police, à la fois à l'écran et à l'impression, est différente dans cet
+ environnement.
+ L'en-tête (
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+Definition
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+) est encore en caractères gras, ainsi que le numéro s'il y en a un, mais
+ le reste est comme du texte simple.
+\layout Description
+
+Exemple (Example) Typographie similaire à
+\family sans
+Définition
+\family default
+.
+\layout Description
+
+Condition (Condition)
+\layout Description
+
+Problème (Problem)
+\layout Description
+
+Exercice (Exercise)
+\layout Description
+
+Remarque (Remark) Cet environnement est également un nouveau type de théorème.
+ Le mot
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+Remark
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ apparaît en italique, et le reste comme du texte simple.
+\layout Description
+
+Note (Note) Typographie similaire à
+\family sans
+Remarque
+\family default
+.
+\layout Description
+
+Notation (Notation)
+\layout Description
+
+Affirmation (Claim)
+\layout Description
+
+Résumé (Summary)
+\layout Description
+
+Remerciement (Acknowledgement)
+\layout Description
+
+Cas (Case) En général, ils servent à diviser de longues preuves en examinant
+ des cas distincts.
+ Le schéma de numérotation des cas leur est spécifique : il n'appartient
+ pas à la même séquence que les autres assertions.
+\layout Description
+
+Conclusion (Conclusion)
+\layout Description
+
+Fait (Fact)
+\layout Description
+
+Preuve (Proof) Le mot
+\family sans
+\emph on
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+Preuve
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+\emph default
+ est en italiques, mais le reste est droit.
+ À la fin de cet environnement (dans lequel on peut bien sûr emboîter d'autres
+ environnements) est inséré un symbole CQFD (d'habitude un carré, mais ça
+ peut varier avec les différents styles).
+\layout Description
+
+Adresse (Address) Ça devrait être l'adresse permanente de l'auteur.
+\layout Description
+
+Adresse_Actuelle (Current_Address) Ça devrait être l'adresse temporaire
+ de l'auteur au moment de la soumission, si elle est différente de l'Adresse
+ ci-dessus.
+\layout Description
+
+Email L'adresse e-mail de l'auteur.
+\layout Description
+
+URL L'adresse de la page personnelle de l'auteur, s'il le souhaite.
+\layout Description
+
+Mots-Clés (Keywords) Mots-clés ou phrases-clés, utilisé pour identifier
+ les sujets discutés dans l'article.
+\layout Description
+
+Classe_Sujet (Subjectclass) Ça fait référence à la Classification des Sujets
+ de l'AMS, publiée et décrite dans
+\emph on
+Mathematical Reviews
+\emph default
+.
+ Elle est aussi disponible en ligne sur les sites de l'AMS cités plus haut.
+\layout Description
+
+Remerciements (Thanks)
+\layout Description
+
+Dédicace (Dedicatory)
+\layout Description
+
+Traducteur (Translator)
+\layout Standard
+
+En plus, ces environnements se servent automatiquement des paquetages de
+ polices AMS-LaTeX et AMS.
+ Il faut qu'ils soient disponibles sur votre système pour pouvoir utiliser
+ ces environnements.
+\layout Section
+
+Dinbrief
+\layout Standard
+
+La classe de document
+\family sans
+dinbrief
+\family default
+ peut servir à taper des lettres selon les conventions allemandes.
+ Un fichier modèle est inclus dans
+\family typewriter
+.../lyx/share/templates
+\family default
+ pour vous servir de point de départ.
+\layout Section
+
+Papier
+\layout Standard
+
+La classe de document
+\family sans
+paper
+\family default
+ (publication,
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+papier
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+) offre une alternative à la classe standard
+\family sans
+article
+\family default
+.
+ Elle a les mêmes fonctionalités, mais vous pouvez préférer ce format, avec
+ des sections et en-têtes en police sans empattement, ainsi que d'autres
+ particularités.
+\layout Section
+
+Papier A&A
+\layout Standard
+
+par
+\noun on
+Peter Sütterlin
+\layout Subsection
+
+Introduction
+\layout Standard
+
+Cette section décrit comment utiliser LyX pour écrire des articles à soumettre
+ au journal scientifique
+\emph on
+Astronomy and Astrophysics
+\emph default
+ (
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url[www.edpsciences.fr/aa/]{http://www.edpsciences.fr/aa/}
+
+\end_inset
+
+), avec la Version 5.01 de la classe de document
+\family typewriter
+aa.cls
+\family default
+.
+ Ce paquetage peut être téléchargé depuis le site ftp
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_top medskip \added_space_bottom medskip \align center
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ftp.edpsciences.org/pub/aa/readme.html}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Un manuel est fourni avec ce paquetage, et ce texte n'est pas censé remplacer
+ le manuel d'origine mais est simplement un bref guide à la réalisation
+ d'un papier dans un format correct.
+\layout Standard
+
+Notez que l'éditeur de ce journal a changé le 1er janvier 2001 : ce n'est
+ plus Springer mais EDP Sciences.
+ Ce changement a aussi entraîné quelques légères modifications aux fichiers
+ de style, notamment la suppression de la commande thesaurus.
+ La classe LyX
+\family typewriter
+aa
+\family default
+ supporte la dernière version de ces fichiers de style, V 5.01.
+ Si vous avez une ancienne version installée, veuillez la mettre à jour.
+ Par souci de compatibilité, l'ancien format (version 4) a été conservé
+ sous le nom de
+\family sans
+article (A&A V4)
+\family default
+.
+ Voyez les commentaires dans
+\family typewriter
+LyXDir/layouts/aapaper.layout
+\family default
+.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Pour commencer
+\layout Standard
+
+Il est recommandé de commencer à partir du modèle distribué avec LyX.
+ Si vous n'utilisez pas de modèle, jetez un oeil aux réglages suivants :
+\layout Itemize
+
+Choisissez
+\family sans
+article\SpecialChar ~
+(A&A)
+\family default
+ dans le champ
+\family sans
+Classe
+\family default
+ de
+\family sans
+Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document
+\family default
+.
+ (D'accord, c'est évident.)
+\layout Itemize
+
+Ne changez pas l'option
+\family sans
+Mise\SpecialChar ~
+en\SpecialChar ~
+page
+\family default
+ : laissez-la sur
+\family sans
+Défaut
+\family default
+.
+ La mise en page est prise en charge par les macros, vous n'avez rien à
+ changer.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Le bloc d'en-tête
+\layout Standard
+
+La première chose à entrer est l'information d'en-tête.
+ Elle consiste en sept entrées, dont certaines sont facultatives.
+ Ce sont
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Titre
+\family default
+ (Title) : (nécessaire)
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+SousTitre
+\family default
+ (Subtitle) : (facultatif)
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Auteur
+\family default
+ (Author) : (nécessaire)
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Adresse
+\family default
+ (Address) : (nécessaire)
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Tirés_À_Part
+\family default
+ (Offprint): (facultatif) Si plus d'un auteur : qui contacter pour demander
+ des tirés à part.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Mail
+\family default
+ : (facultatif) Adresse mail pour les contacts.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Date
+\family default
+ : (nécessaire) Format suggéré
+\family typewriter
+Received: <date>; Accepted <date>
+\layout Standard
+
+Il n'y a pas besoin de taper la commande
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+maketitle
+\family default
+, LyX le fait tout seul quand l'en-tête est fini.
+ Bien que l'ordre des entrées d'en-tête n'ait pas d'importance il est conseillé
+ de conserver la séquence ci-dessus, juste pour avoir un meilleur aspect
+ visuel et correspondre au format du document réel.
+\layout Standard
+
+Si vous voulez placer des notes de bas de page dans le bloc d'en-tête, par
+ exemple pour entrer votre adresse actuelle, utilisez les notes de bas de
+ page standard avec
+\family sans
+Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Note\SpecialChar ~
+en\SpecialChar ~
+Bas\SpecialChar ~
+de\SpecialChar ~
+Page
+\family default
+.
+ LyX utilisera automagiquement
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+thanks{}
+\family default
+ dans ce cas.
+\layout Standard
+
+En plus de ces points, les macros utilisent trois commandes LaTeX supplémentaire
+s qui n'ont pas d'équivalent dans LyX :
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+and
+\family default
+ pour séparer les noms quand il y a plusieurs auteurs et plusieurs instituts.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+inst{<numéro>}
+\family default
+ pour marquer les couples auteur/institut correspondants.
+ Les instituts sont numérotés dans l'ordre où ils apparaissent dans le champ
+
+\family sans
+Address
+\family default
+, vous devez donc mettre un marqueur à chaque auteur.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+email{<adresse>}
+\family default
+ pour fournir une adresse électronique pour être joignable rapidement.
+\layout Standard
+
+Dans tous les cas, la commande appropriée doit être tapée dans LyX en mode
+ TeX.
+ Voir les exemples.
+\layout Subsection
+
+L'abstract
+\layout Standard
+
+L'abstract devrait suivre immédiatement le bloc d'en-tête.
+ Avec la version 5 l'abstract est devenu une commande, et il est maintenant
+ limité à un seul paragraphe.
+ En plus, il doit contenir une entrée avec les mots-clés.
+ La seule chose spéciale à en dire est qu'il doit contenir une entrée avec
+ les mots-clés.
+ Ce n'est pas encore implémenté pour LyX, vous devez donc entrer la commande
+ LaTeX
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+keywords{}
+\family default
+ à la main en mode TeX.
+ Référez-vous au papier exemple.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Environnements supportés
+\layout Standard
+
+Le format
+\family sans
+paper\SpecialChar ~
+(A&A)
+\family default
+ supporte les environnements suivants pour structurer votre texte :
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Standard
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Section
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+SousSection
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+SousSousSection
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+ListePuces
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Énumération
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Description
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Légende
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Remerciement
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Bibliographie
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+LaTeX
+\layout Subsection
+
+Commandes non encore supportées par LyX
+\layout Standard
+
+Quelques commandes ne sont pas encore supportées par le format
+\family sans
+paper\SpecialChar ~
+(A&A)
+\family default
+ de LyX.
+ Quelques-unes ont déjà été mentionnées.
+ Par souci d'exhaustivité, elles sont toutes listées ici :
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+and
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+email
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+appendix
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+authorrunning
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+inst{}
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+keywords{}
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+object{}
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+titlerunning{}
+\layout Standard
+
+Si vous voulez utiliser l'une de ces commandes, vous devez les taper vous-mêmes.
+
+\series bold
+N'oubliez pas de les signaler comme code LaTeX !
+\layout Subsection
+
+Figures et Tableaux Flottants
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX fournit le support pour les environnements de flottants
+\family sans
+figure
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+figure*
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+table
+\family default
+ et
+\family sans
+table*
+\family default
+, nous n'en dirons donc pas beaucoup plus.
+ Référez-vous au
+\emph on
+Guide\SpecialChar ~
+de\SpecialChar ~
+l'Utilisateur
+\emph default
+.
+ Rappelez-vous juste que les tableaux devront être alignés à gauche.
+ Pour cela, sélectionnez le tableau et changez l'alignement dans
+\family sans
+Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Paragraphe
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Il y a une seule chose spéciale : les figures avec la légende à côté.
+ Pour créer une telle figure, vous devez faire ceci :
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Créez une grande figure flottante : faites
+\family sans
+Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Flottants\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Figure
+\family default
+, puis un clic droit sur la figure et cochez
+\family sans
+Couvrir plusieurs colonnes
+\family default
+.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Entrez votre légende.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Tapez
+\family sans
+Entrée
+\family default
+ pour déplacer le curseur au dessus de la figure.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Insérez votre figure.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Positionnez le curseur derrière la figure et insérez un ressort horizontal
+ :
+\family sans
+Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Caractère\SpecialChar ~
+Spécial\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Ressort\SpecialChar ~
+Horizontal
+\family default
+.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Passez en mode LaTeX :
+\family sans
+M-c\SpecialChar ~
+t
+\family default
+.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Entrez
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+parbox[b]{55mm}{
+\family default
+.
+
+\series bold
+Ne fermez pas l'accolade !
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Positionnez le curseur derrière le texte de la légende, passez en mode LaTeX
+ et insérez l'accolade fermante :
+\family sans
+M-c\SpecialChar ~
+t
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+}
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Là encore, voyez les figures dans le papier exemple.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Format du référé
+\layout Standard
+
+Pour la soumission, le papier doit être formaté dans un format spécial à
+ double interligne.
+ Pour ce faire, vous devez donner à la classe de document l'option
+\family typewriter
+referee
+\family default
+.
+ Il faut la mettre dans le champ
+\family sans
+Autres\SpecialChar ~
+Options
+\family default
+, dans
+\family sans
+Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document
+\family default
+.
+ Entrez-y juste le mot
+\family typewriter
+referee
+\family default
+.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Le papier exemple
+\layout Standard
+
+Le répertoire d'exemples contient un papier exemple écrit avec LyX.
+ C'est l'exemple venant du paquetage de macros d'origine, traduit pour LyX.
+ Utilisez-le comme source d'inspiration, et comparez le code LaTeX d'origine
+ avec la façon de l'écrire avec LyX.
+\layout Section
+
+AASTeX
+\layout Standard
+
+par
+\noun on
+Mike Ressler
+\layout Subsection
+
+Introduction
+\layout Standard
+
+AASTeX est un ensemble de macros produit par l'American Astronomical Society
+ pour faciliter la soumission électronique de manuscrits aux trois journaux
+ qu'elle publie : l'Astrophysical Journal (y compris les Letters et le Supplemen
+t), l'Astronomical Journal, et les Publications of the Astronomical Society
+ of the Pacific.
+ LyX a besoin de la version 5.0 (ou plus récente) de ces macros.
+ Les versions antérieures à la 5.0 sont destinées à être utilisées avec LaTeX2.09
+ et sont fondamentalement incompatibles avec LyX.
+ Le paquetage AASTeX peut être téléchargé depuis le site ftp de l'AAS
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_top medskip \added_space_bottom medskip \align center
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ftp.aas.org/pubs}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Un guide de l'utilisateur complet est compris dans ce paquetage et il vaut
+ mieux que vous vous familiarisiez sérieusement avec avant de vous embarquer
+ à écrire un papier en LyX.
+ LyX ne va pas vous dispenser de comprendre toutes les commandes AASTeX,
+ il vous dispensera seulement de la corvée de toutes les taper.
+ Il est de votre responsabilité de vous assurer que le document final exporté
+ en LaTeX soit complètement conforme aux recommandations du journal auquel
+ vous soumettez votre papier.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Commencer un Nouveau Papier
+\layout Standard
+
+Je vous suggère vivement de commencer avec le fichier de modèle AASTeX.
+ Cliquez sur
+\family sans
+Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Nouveau\SpecialChar ~
+avec\SpecialChar ~
+Modèle
+\family default
+, entrez le nouveau nom de fichier, puis choisissez le modèle
+\family typewriter
+aastex.lyx
+\family default
+.
+ Il montrera les champs les plus courants dans un manuscrit.
+ Écrivez par dessus le texte existant (y compris les crochets,
+\family typewriter
+<>
+\family default
+) les informations correctes.
+ Beaucoup des commandes et environnements AASTeX peuvent être implémentés
+ directement dans LyX, mais certains ne peuvent pas : notamment
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+altaffilmark
+\family default
+ et
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+altaffiltext
+\family default
+, qui devraient se voir comme le nez au milieu de la figure dans le fichier
+ de modèle.
+ Pour des commandes comme celles-là, le code LaTeX doit être entré directement
+ et signalé comme tel.
+ De telles commandes sont du Vilain Texte Rouge, ou ERT
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+NdT : Evil Red Text
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ J'essaye de minimiser la quantité de Vilain Texte Rouge nécessaire dans
+ un document AASTeX, mais il y en a toujours trop.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Finir votre Papier
+\layout Standard
+
+Quand le papier est fini, que vous en êtes satisfaits et qu'il se visualise
+ / s'imprime correctement, il y a quelques opérations de
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+post-production
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ à effectuer avant de le soumettre aux journaux.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Exportez votre papier en tant que fichier LaTeX (
+\family sans
+Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Exporter\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+LaTeX
+\family default
+).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Éditez le fichier
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+ résultant avec votre éditeur de texte favori.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+enlevez les lignes de commentaire avant la commande
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+documentclass
+\family default
+.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+enlevez la ligne
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+usepackage...{fontenc}
+\family default
+ si elle apparaît (en général juste après
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+documentclass
+\family default
+) ; enlevez aussi la ligne
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+secnumdepth
+\family default
+ si elle est présente.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+enlevez tout entre les commandes
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+makeatletter
+\family default
+ et
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+makeatother
+\family default
+ comprises, sauf les commandes que vous avez volontairement mises dans le
+ préambule LaTeX (qui devraient apparaître immédiatement après le commentaire
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+User specified LaTeX commands
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+NdT :
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+Commandes LaTeX spécifiées par l'utilisateur
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+
+ dans le fichier
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+recherchez toutes les commandes
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+figcaption
+\family default
+ et remplacez-y
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+FileName
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ par le véritable nom du fichier.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+changez toutes les commandes
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+cite
+\family default
+, si nécessaire (voir la Section\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:cite}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ plus bas).
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Faites tourner LaTeX sur ce fichier après modifications pour s'assurer qu'il
+ peut encore être compilé correctement.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Relisez les spécifications du journal pour vous assurer que vos noms de
+ fichier et vos formats sont corrects.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Soumettez-le.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Commentaires sur des Commandes Particulières
+\layout Standard
+
+Je ne vais pas décrire l'emploi détaillé de chaque commande AASTeX : le
+ Guide de l'Utilisateur d'AASTeX (
+\family typewriter
+aasguide.tex
+\family default
+) en donne une bonne description.
+ Il me sera donc probablement plus facile de parcourir la liste telle qu'on
+ la trouve dans le guide et de la commenter si nécessaire.
+ Allons-y...
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Les choses qui marchent comme prévu
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+begin{sloppypar}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Puisqu'elles marchent comme prévu, j'en fais simplement la liste avec la
+ section dans laquelle elles se trouvent :
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+documentclass
+\family default
+ (2.1.1),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{document}
+\family default
+ (2.2),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+title
+\family default
+ (2.3),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+author
+\family default
+ (2.3),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+affil
+\family default
+ (2.3),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+abstract
+\family default
+ (2.4),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+keywords
+\family default
+ (2.5),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+section
+\family default
+ (2.7),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+subsection
+\family default
+ (2.7),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+subsubsection
+\family default
+ (2.7),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+paragraph
+\family default
+ (2.7),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{displaymath}
+\family default
+ (2.11),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{equation}
+\family default
+ (2.11),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{eqnarray}
+\family default
+ (2.11),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{mathletters}
+\family default
+ (2.11),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{thebibliography}
+\family default
+ (2.12.1),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+bibitem
+\family default
+ (2.12.2),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{table}
+\family default
+ (2.14.4),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{tabular}
+\family default
+ (2.14.4),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+caption
+\family default
+ (2.14.4),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+label
+\family default
+ (2.14.4, entre autres),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+tablerefs
+\family default
+ (2.14.5),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+tablecomments
+\family default
+ (2.14.5),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+url
+\family default
+ (2.15.4),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+end{document}
+\family default
+ (2.16).
+\layout Standard
+
+Les options de style qui suivent marchent elles aussi correctement :
+\family typewriter
+preprint
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+preprint2
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+eqsecnum
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+flushrt
+\family default
+ (3, 3.1, 3.2).
+ Mettez-les simplement dans le champ
+\family sans
+Options\SpecialChar ~
+supplémentaires
+\family default
+ de
+\family sans
+Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+end{sloppypar}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Les choses qui marchent, mais qui nécessitent un commentaire
+\layout Standard
+
+Les éléments suivants marchent, mais requièrent un petit commentaire :
+\layout Itemize
+
+Ces éléments sont réservés à l'utilisation par les éditeurs du journal,
+ mais vous pouvez les mettre dans le préambule LaTeX si vous vous sentez
+ tenu de le faire :
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+received
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+revised
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+accepted
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+ccc
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+cpright
+\family default
+ (tous à partir de 2.1.3)
+\layout Itemize
+
+Ces éléments peuvent être placés dans le préambule LaTeX, et sont inclus
+ comme des blancs dans le fichier modèle :
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+slugcomment
+\family default
+ (2.1.4),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+shorttitle
+\family default
+ (2.1.5),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+shortauthors
+\family default
+ (2.1.5)
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+email
+\family default
+ (2.3) -- peut seulement être utilisé seul, pas au milieu d'un paragraphe.
+ Utilisez du Vilain Texte Rouge si vous devez l'insérer.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+and
+\family default
+ (2.3) -- aura un
+\family typewriter
+{}
+\family default
+ en trop après.
+ Ça ne devrait pas causer d'erreur.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+notetoeditor
+\family default
+ (2.6) -- peut seulement être utilisé seul, pas au milieu d'un paragraphe.
+ Utilisez du Vilain Texte Rouge si vous devez l'insérer.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+placetable
+\family default
+ (2.8) -- ne peut pas insérer une marque de référence croisée, vous devez
+ la placer à la main
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+placefigure
+\family default
+ (2.8) -- même chose que pour
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+placetable
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+acknowledgements
+\family default
+ (2.9) -- aura un
+\family typewriter
+{}
+\family default
+ en trop après.
+ Ça ne devrait pas causer d'erreur.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+appendix
+\family default
+ (2.10) -- aura un
+\family typewriter
+{}
+\family default
+ en trop après.
+ Ça ne devrait pas causer d'erreur.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+figcaption
+\family default
+ (2.13.2) -- vous devrez éditer le paramètre optionnel à la main dans le fichier
+ LaTeX final.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Les choses qui ne sont pas implémentées, utilisez du Vilain Texte Rouge
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+begin{sloppypar}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+altaffilmark
+\family default
+ (2.3),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+altaffiltext
+\family default
+ (2.3),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+eqnum
+\family default
+ (2.11),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+setcounter{equation}
+\family default
+ (2.11),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+citet
+\family default
+ (2.12),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+citep
+\family default
+ (2.12), les abréviations des noms de journaux (2.12.4),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+figurenum
+\family default
+ (2.13.1),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+epsscale
+\family default
+ (2.13.1),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+plotone
+\family default
+ (2.13.1),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+plottwo
+\family default
+ (2.13.1),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+tablenum
+\family default
+ (2.14.4),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+tableline
+\family default
+ (2.14.4, insérez-le comme le premier élément dans la case la plus à gauche
+ après l'endroit où vous voulez le placer.
+ N'utilisez pas les règles (bordures) LyX dans le tableau
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+NdT : Traduction incertaine.
+\end_inset
+
+),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+tablenotemark
+\family default
+ (2.14.5),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+tablenotetext
+\family default
+ (2.14.5), pratiquement tout dans Divers (2.15, sauf
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+url
+\family default
+ et
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+email
+\family default
+ ; voir ci-dessus),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+singlespace
+\family default
+ (3.1),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+doublespace
+\family default
+ (3.1),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+onecolumn
+\family default
+ (3.2),
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+twocolumn
+\family default
+ (3.2)
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+end{sloppypar}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Les choses qui ne peuvent pas être implémentées
+\layout Standard
+
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+au moins d'une façon qui ait un sens, et que je suggère donc d'ignorer.
+ Ce sont l'environnement
+\family typewriter
+references
+\family default
+ (2.12.3) et l'environnement
+\family typewriter
+deluxetable
+\family default
+ (2.14).
+ Si vous avez vraiment, vraiment besoin d'utiliser
+\family typewriter
+deluxetable
+\family default
+, je vous suggère de l'éditer avec un éditeur de texte dans un fichier séparé,
+ puis de faire
+\family sans
+Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Inclure\SpecialChar ~
+Fichier
+\family default
+ pour l'inclure dans votre document LyX.
+ Voyez le fichier
+\family typewriter
+aas_sample.lyx
+\family default
+ pour voir un exemple de cela.
+\layout Subsection
+
+FAQs, Conseils, Trucs et autres Astuces
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Faire coopérer LyX et AASTeX
+\layout Standard
+
+Il peut être un peu difficile de faire reconnaître à LyX un nouveau format
+ et une nouvelle classe de document.
+ Quand tout le reste échoue, faites ceci :
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Assurez-vous que LaTeX trouve AASTeX.
+ Copiez
+\family typewriter
+sample.tex
+\family default
+ (et peut-être
+\family typewriter
+table.tex
+\family default
+) de la distribution AASTeX vers un répertoire complètement indépendant
+ de LaTeX ou d'AASTeX et faites tourner LaTeX sur
+\family typewriter
+sample.tex
+\family default
+.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Assurez-vous qu'
+\family typewriter
+aastex.layout
+\family default
+ apparaît bien dans
+\family typewriter
+/usr/.../share/\SpecialChar \-
+lyx/layouts
+\family default
+ ou dans
+\family typewriter
+~/.lyx/layouts
+\family default
+.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Refaites
+\family sans
+Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Reconfigurer
+\family default
+ dans LyX, puis redémarrez celui-ci.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Ouvrez un nouveau fichier normal, pas avec un modèle.
+ AASTeX apparaît-il dans
+\family sans
+Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Classe
+\family default
+ ?
+\layout Standard
+
+Si vous obtenez un avertissement provenant d'un document AASTeX existant
+ vous disant qu'il n'arrive pas à trouver le format AASTeX ou un message
+ du genre
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+You should not mix title layouts with normal ones
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+NdT :
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+Il ne faut pas mélanger les formats de titre avec les formats normaux.
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+
+, c'est que les choses n'ont pas été installées correctement.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Erreur LaTeX lors du traitement d'un tableau
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX, par défaut, tente de centrer la légende/titre du tableau.
+ Ça semble produire une interférence négative dans AASTeX.
+ Vous devez donc cliquer quelque part dans la légende/titre, puis faire
+
+\family sans
+Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Paragraphe
+\family default
+, et régler l'
+\family sans
+Alignement
+\family default
+ sur
+\family sans
+Bloc
+\family default
+.
+ Pour moi ça a résolu le problème.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Références
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:cite}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Quelques petites choses :
+\layout Enumerate
+
+J'ai remarqué quelques espacements bizarres avec les entrées de bibliographie.
+ Quand vous entrez les données de bibliographie, assurez-vous qu'il n'y
+ a
+\emph on
+pas
+\emph default
+ d'espace entre le dernier auteur et la parenthèse indiquant l'année ; par
+ exemple tapez
+\family typewriter
+Ressler(1992)
+\family default
+ et non
+\family typewriter
+Ressler (1992)
+\family default
+.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Je suis vraiment malheureux de ne pas pouvoir rendre
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+citet
+\family default
+ et
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+citep
+\family default
+ plus automatiques, mais ça nécessiterait des changements au code source
+ de LyX.
+ Pour le moment vous pouvez faire deux choses :
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+entrez toutes vos citations en utilisant le mécanisme prédéfini
+\family sans
+Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Citation
+\family default
+ ; au moins vous pourrez tirer avantage des insertions automatiques.
+ Puis éditez à la main le fichier LaTeX exporté avant de le soumettre, en
+ changeant les entrées
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+cite
+\family default
+ en commandes
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+citet
+\family default
+ ou
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+citep
+\family default
+ appropriées (
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+cite
+\family default
+ est actuellement équivalent à
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+citet
+\family default
+, donc vous n'avez pas absolument besoin de changer ceux-là).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+ou vous pouvez simplement entrer toutes vos citations en Vilain Texte Rouge
+ en utilisant la même clef pour paramètre que celle que vous avez utilisée
+ dans la fenêtre de bibliographie, par exemple
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+citet{clef}
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Aucun des deux choix n'est plaisant, mais nous aurons à faire avec jusqu'à
+ ce que le mécanisme de citation de LyX ne comprenne
+\family typewriter
+natbib
+\family default
+.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Rien qu'entrer les références n'est pas du tout évident.
+ La façon la plus facile est de commencer à taper votre première référence
+ à la fin du document, puis de la marquer comme
+\family sans
+Citation
+\family default
+.
+ Ça mettra une petite boîte grise devant ce que vous venez de taper.
+ Cliquez sur la boîte pour remplir le reste.
+ Pour de nouvelles références, allez à la fin d'une référence existante
+ et appuyez sur
+\family sans
+Entrée
+\family default
+.
+ Ça créera une nouvelle ligne avec sa propre boîte, etc.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Inclure des fichiers EPS
+\layout Standard
+
+Avec tout le respect qui est dû à Chris Biemesderfer et aux autres qui ont
+ contribué à écrire le paquetage AASTeX, le mécanisme de gestion des figures
+ est vraiment mal foutu.
+ Vous pouvez insérer les commandes
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+plotone
+\family default
+, etc.
+ en Vilain Texte Rouge dans une Figure Flottante, mais je n'ai jamais vraiment
+ réussi à obtenir une apparence correcte.
+ Mon conseil serait d'éviter toute inclusion de fichier EPS dans le manuscrit
+ que vous soumettez au journal, mais d'utiliser le mécanisme d'inclusion
+ de fichier EPS standard de LyX quand vous voulez imprimer vos propres tirés
+ à part.
+ LyX va insérer une commande
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+usepackage{graphics}
+\family default
+ dans le préambule LaTeX et gérer les figures de la façon habituelle dans
+ LaTeX2e.
+ Ceux qui essaieront d'imprimer votre manuscrit AASTeX 5.0 doivent de toutes
+ façons avoir une installation de LaTeX2e, donc pourquoi ne pas profiter
+ du mécanisme infiniment meilleur de gestion de graphiques ? S'ils se plaignent
+ du choix de LaTeX2e ou du paquetage
+\family typewriter
+graphics
+\family default
+, faites valoir qu'il apparaît dans la deuxième édition de Lamport (1994),
+ et qu'il était temps de faire la mise à jour il y a bien longtemps.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Les choses qui auraient pu être faites, mais qui ne l'ont pas été
+\layout Standard
+
+Il y a quelques choses
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+sympathiques
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ que j'aurais pu implémenter, mais que j'ai choisi de laisser de côté.
+ Par exemple, je ne voyais pas l'utilité d'afficher le texte en double interlign
+e dans la fenêtre de LyX, même s'il l'est dans le manuscrit imprimé.
+ J'ai aussi choisi de ne pas faire des formats séparés pour les styles
+\family typewriter
+preprint
+\family default
+ et
+\family typewriter
+preprint2
+\family default
+.
+ Comme je suppose que vous passerez la plupart du temps en mode manuscrit
+ simple, j'ai décidé de ne pas bouffer plus d'espace disque avec tout ça.
+ Si vous pensez vraiment que je devrais écrire ces formats, je ne pourrai
+ que suivre les règles édictées par l'Association de Lanceurs de Boomerangs
+ de l'État du Wisconsin :
+\layout Quotation
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+Les décisions des juges seront sans appel sauf si elles sont conspuées par
+ une majorité écrasante de l'assistance.
+ Les réclamants ne doivent pas faire usage d'un vocabulaire obscène et injurieux
+ envers les membres du jury, ni les membres du jury envers les réclamants
+ (sauf s'ils viennent d'être frappés par un boomerang).
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+Touche Finale
+\layout Standard
+
+Pour utiliser la citation de Donald Knuth à propos d'un algorithme informatique,
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+j'ai seulement prouvé qu'il était correct, je ne l'ai pas vraiment essayé
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+, je crois que les procédures décrites plus haut permettent de produire
+ un document AASTeX acceptable, mais à l'heure de cette mise à jour (25
+ janvier 2000), je n'ai pas encore soumis de papier l'utilisant.
+ Espérons que dans les prochains mois\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\layout Section
+
+ijmpd
+\layout Standard
+
+par
+\noun on
+Panayotis Papasotiriou
+\layout Subsection
+
+En résumé
+\layout Standard
+
+Le paquetage
+\family typewriter
+ijmpd
+\family default
+ est un jeu de macros pour faciliter les soumissions électroniques de manuscrits
+ à l'
+\emph on
+International Journal of Modern Physics D
+\emph default
+ publié par World Scientific.
+ La classe de document s'appelle
+\family typewriter
+ws-ijmpd.cls
+\family default
+.
+ Vous pouvez télécharger ce fichier, ainsi que des recommandations aux auteurs,
+ sur le site
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.worldscinet.com/ijmpd/mkt/guidelines.shtml}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Le paquetage
+\family typewriter
+ijmpd
+\family default
+ est une version modifiée du paquetage standard
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+article
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ LyX sait gérer la plupart de ses fonctions.
+ J'ai récemment utilisé LyX avec succès pour écrire un article soumis à
+ l'
+\emph on
+International Journal of Modern Physics D
+\emph default
+.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Écrire un papier
+\layout Standard
+
+Comme d'habitude, la façon la plus simple d'écrire un papier est de commencer
+ par un modèle.
+ Faites
+\family sans
+Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Nouveau\SpecialChar ~
+avec\SpecialChar ~
+Modèle
+\family default
+, et choisissez le modèle
+\family typewriter
+ijmpd.lyx
+\family default
+.
+ Ça vous donnera un document (presque) vide comprenant les parties les plus
+ courantes d'un manuscrit.
+ Vous n'avez qu'à écrire votre texte par dessus le texte existant (en effaçant
+ aussi les crochets
+\family typewriter
+<>
+\family default
+).
+ Veuillez juste garder ce qui suit présent à l'esprit.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+LyX ne vous laissera pas changer la taille de police ni la mise en page
+ du document, car le paquetage
+\family typewriter
+ijmpd
+\family default
+ ne permet pas de telles modifications.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Le paquetage
+\family typewriter
+ijmpd
+\family default
+ nécessite que le langage du document soit toujours l'anglais.
+ Avant de visualiser votre papier, assurez-vous que vous n'utilisez pas
+ le paquetage
+\family typewriter
+babel
+\family default
+.
+ Pour cela, faites
+\family sans
+Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Préférences
+\family default
+, et dans l'onglet
+\family sans
+Langue\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Langue
+\family default
+, décochez la case
+\family sans
+Utiliser\SpecialChar ~
+Babel
+\family default
+ et cliquez sur
+\family sans
+Appliquer
+\family default
+ (ou
+\family sans
+Enregistrer
+\family default
+ si vous voulez retenir ce changement).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Il y a deux nouveaux environnements, appelés
+\family sans
+Théorème
+\family default
+ et
+\family sans
+Preuve
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+NdT : ou
+\family sans
+Theorem
+\family default
+ et
+\family sans
+Proof
+\family default
+ selon l'état de l'interface.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ dont le but est évident.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Vous pouvez ajouter des appendices au papier.
+ LyX propose un environnement spécial, appelé
+\family sans
+Appendice
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+NdT : ou
+\family sans
+Appendix
+\family default
+.
+\end_inset
+
+ qui indique le début de l'appendice.
+ Un appendice peut contenir des
+\family sans
+Section
+\family default
+s,
+\family sans
+SousSection
+\family default
+s et
+\family sans
+SousSousSection
+\family default
+s de la manière habituelle.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Le paquetage
+\family typewriter
+ijmpd
+\family default
+ gère les légendes des tableaux d'une façon assez différente de celle qu'adopte
+ LyX.
+ La conséquence en est qu'un tableau créé avec LyX est affiché correctement,
+ mais sans sa légende.
+ Si vous avez besoin de légendes de tableaux, vous devez construire tout
+ le tableau dans un fichier
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+, puis inclure celui-ci dans le document LyX (par
+\family sans
+Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Inclure\SpecialChar ~
+Fichier
+\family default
+).
+ Vous pouvez trouver des consignes pour la création d'un tableau flottant
+
+\family typewriter
+ijmpd
+\family default
+ dans le fichier
+\family typewriter
+ws-ijmpd.tex
+\family default
+, qui se trouve dans la distribution du paquetage.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Préparer un papier avant de le soumettre
+\layout Standard
+
+Avant de soumettre votre papier vous devez exporter le document LyX en tant
+ que fichier LaTeX (
+\family sans
+Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Exporter\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+LaTeX
+\family default
+), puis modifier le fichier
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+ exporté comme suit :
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Enlevez les lignes de commentaires avant la commande
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+documentclass
+\family default
+.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Enlevez tout ce qui se trouve entre les commandes
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+makeatletter
+\family default
+ et
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+makeatother
+\family default
+ comprises, sauf les commandes que vous avez vous-même ajoutées dans le
+ préambule LaTeX.
+\layout Standard
+
+Vous devez maintenant sauvegarder le fichier
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+ ainsi modifié, et lancer LaTeX dessus autant de fois que nécessaire.
+ Vous pouvez alors contrôler l'aspect du document
+\family typewriter
+.dvi
+\family default
+ correspondant.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Utilisation de l'ERT
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+NdT : Nous rappelons qu'ERT est une abréviation pour Evil Red Text, et désigne
+ le code TeX inséré dans votre document par
+\family sans
+Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+TeX
+\family default
+.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+L'usage de l'ERT est facultatif, et réduit à trois commandes, qui contrôlent
+ l'aspect de la mise en page.
+ Si vous avez commencé à écrire votre papier à partir du modèle
+\family typewriter
+ijmpd.lyx
+\family default
+, l'ERT nécessaire est déjà là, et vous n'avez normalement pas besoin de
+ l'effacer.
+ Vous pouvez seulement changer le premier ERT pour spécifier ce qui s'imprime
+ en haut des pages paires et impaires (respectivement le titre abrégé et
+ le nom des auteurs).
+ Cet ERT doit être de la forme
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+markboth{Noms des Auteurs}{Titre Abrégé du Papier}
+\family default
+.
+\layout Section
+
+Kluwer
+\layout Standard
+
+par
+\noun on
+Panayotis Papasotiriou
+\layout Subsection
+
+En résumé
+\layout Standard
+
+Le paquetage Kluwer est un jeu de macros produit par les éditions Kluwer
+ Academic Publishers, qui permet de soumettre sous format électronique des
+ manuscrits destinés à leurs publications.
+ Les plus connues d'entre elles (au moins dans mon domaine d'intérêt) sont
+
+\emph on
+Astrophysics and Space Science
+\emph default
+ et
+\emph on
+Solar Physics
+\emph default
+, mais il y en a beaucoup d'autres (voyez la liste complète à l'adresse
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.wkap.nl/jrnllist.htm/JRNLHOME}
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ On peut télécharger le paquetage Kluwer sur le site
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.wkap.nl/kaphtml.htm/STYLEFILES}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Ce paquetage contient un guide de l'utilisateur complet (qui peut également
+ être téléchargé séparément).
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX supporte de nombreuses fonctions de ce paquetage mais pas tout.
+ Cependant, le Texte Rouge nécessaire se résume à quelques commandes
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+particulières
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ du paquetage (voir
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{subsec:particularités_kluwer}
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ J'ai récemment utilisé LyX pour écrire un article soumis à
+\emph on
+Astrophysics and Space Science
+\emph default
+ sans aucun problème.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Écrire un papier
+\layout Standard
+
+La façon la plus simple d'écrire un papier est de partir du fichier modèle
+ Kluwer.
+ Faites
+\family sans
+Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Nouveau\SpecialChar ~
+avec\SpecialChar ~
+Modèle
+\family default
+, et choisissez
+\family typewriter
+kluwer.lyx
+\family default
+.
+ Ça vous donnera un document (presque) vide qui comprend les champs les
+ plus couramment utilisés dans un manuscrit avec une courte description
+ de leur emploi.
+ Comme dans la plupart des modèles, vous n'avez qu'à remplacer le texte
+ existant (y compris les crochets,
+\family typewriter
+<>
+\family default
+) par l'information correcte.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Préparer un papier avant de le soumettre
+\layout Standard
+
+Comme pour le paquetage AASTeX, avant de soumettre votre papier à la publication
+, vous devez le
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+traiter
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ comme suit.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Exportez votre papier comme fichier LaTeX.
+ Pour cela, faites
+\family sans
+\bar under
+F
+\bar default
+ichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+E
+\bar under
+x
+\bar default
+porter\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+L
+\bar default
+aTeX
+\family default
+.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Éditez avec un éditeur de texte le fichier
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+ obtenu, et faites les changements suivants
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+enlevez les lignes de commentaire avant la commande
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+documentclass
+\family default
+,
+\layout Enumerate
+
+enlevez tout ce qui se trouve entre les commandes
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+makeatletter
+\family default
+ et
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+makeatother
+\family default
+ comprises, sauf celles que vous avez explicitement incluses dans le préambule
+ LaTeX.
+\layout Standard
+
+Enregistrez le fichier
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+ obtenu.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Lancez LaTeX sur ce fichier
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+ autant de fois que nécessaire (d'habitude jusqu'à trois fois).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Visualisez le document
+\family typewriter
+.dvi
+\family default
+ obtenu avec, par exemple,
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\family default
+, et vérifiez si tout va bien (ce qui devrait être le cas si vous n'avez
+ pas fait d'erreur).
+\layout Subsection
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+Particularités
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ du paquetage Kluwer
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{subsec:particularités_kluwer}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Le paquetage Kluwer présente les
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+particularités
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ suivantes.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Il est possible d'écrire plusieurs articles dans le même fichier LaTeX
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Je ne vois aucune bonne raison de le faire.
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Chaque article doit être compris dans l'environnement
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+article
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Malheureusement, cet environnement ne peut pas être omis, même si vous
+ n'écrivez qu'un seul article.
+ Ainsi, chaque article commence par la commande
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{article}
+\family default
+ et, bien sûr, se termine par la commande
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+end{article}
+\family default
+.
+ Bien que cela puisse être implémenté dans LyX, je ne l'ai pas fait car
+ ce n'est pas beau, et peut prêter à confusion pour l'utilisateur novice.
+ Vous devez donc les entrer directement et les marquer comme code LaTeX
+ (le fameux
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+Texte Rouge
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+L'information donnée au début de l'article (c'est-à-dire le titre, le sous-titre
+, l'auteur, l'institution, le titre courant, l'auteur courant, l'abstract
+ et les mots-clés) doit être comprise dans un environnement appelé
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+opening
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Ce n'est pas implémenté dans LyX, vous devez donc entrer le titre, le sous-titr
+e, etc.
+ entre deux lignes de Texte Rouge (
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{opening}
+\family default
+ et
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+end{opening}
+\family default
+).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+D'après le manuel utilisateur, l'étiquette de chaque élément de bibliographie
+ doit être écrite ainsi :
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+protect
+\backslash
+citeauthoryear{
+\family default
+\emph on
+auteur(s)
+\family typewriter
+\emph default
+}{
+\family default
+\emph on
+année
+\family typewriter
+\emph default
+}
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Le modèle
+\family typewriter
+kluwer.lyx
+\family default
+ tient compte de toutes ces
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+particularités
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Si vous commencez un nouveau papier à partir de ce modèle vous n'aurez
+ rien besoin de faire de spécial.
+ Simplement
+\layout Enumerate
+
+n'effacez pas le Texte Rouge qui se trouve dans le modèle, et
+\layout Enumerate
+
+pour entrer de nouveaux éléments de bibliographie, copiez l'exemple d'élément
+ fourni et modifiez-le.
+\layout Section
+
+Koma-Script
+\layout Standard
+
+par
+\noun on
+ Bernd Rellermeyer
+\layout Subsection
+
+En résumé
+\layout Standard
+
+Les classes de document LyX
+\emph on
+article (koma-script)
+\emph default
+,
+\emph on
+report (koma-script)
+\emph default
+,
+\emph on
+book
+\emph default
+
+\emph on
+(koma-script)
+\emph default
+, et
+\emph on
+letter
+\emph default
+
+\emph on
+(koma-script)
+\emph default
+ correspondent respectivement aux classes LaTeX
+\family typewriter
+ scrartcl.cls
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+scrreprt.cls
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+scrbook.cls
+\family default
+ et
+\family typewriter
+scrlettr.cls
+\family default
+, de la famille Koma-Script.
+ Elles forment des alternatives aux classes standard, respectivement
+\family typewriter
+ article.cls
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+report.cls
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+book.cls
+\family default
+ et
+\family typewriter
+letter.cls
+\family default
+ et sont plus proches des conventions typographiques européennes en un certain
+ nombre de points :
+\layout Itemize
+
+La taille de caractère standard est de 11\SpecialChar ~
+pt dans
+\emph on
+ article (koma-script)
+\emph default
+,
+\emph on
+report (koma-script)
+\emph default
+, et
+\emph on
+book (koma-script)
+\emph default
+, et de 12\SpecialChar ~
+pt dans
+\emph on
+letter (koma-script)
+\emph default
+.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Les en-têtes, les marqueurs de l'environnement
+\family sans
+Description
+\family default
+ et d'autres éléments de la classe
+\emph on
+letter (koma-script)
+\emph default
+ sont en police grasse sans empattement
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Il y a une grande différence entre les anciennes polices cm grasses sans
+ empattement et les nouvelles polices ec, particulièrement pour les en-têtes.
+ En comparaison, les polices grasses sans empattement ec semblent un peu
+ plus fines.
+ Le paquetage LaTeX
+\family typewriter
+cmsd.sty
+\family default
+ de
+\shape smallcaps
+Walter Schmidt
+\shape default
+ permet de reproduire l'apparence
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+habituelle
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+, tout en utilisant les polices ec.
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ La numérotation des en-têtes de chapitre est rendue de la même manière
+ que celle des en-têtes de section, c'est-à-dire sans la ligne supplémentaire
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+Chapitre...
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ En outre, l'apparence des en-têtes peut être modifiée par un certain nombre
+ d'options (à entrer dans le champ
+\family sans
+ Options\SpecialChar ~
+supplémentaires
+\family default
+ de la fenêtre
+\family sans
+Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document
+\family default
+).
+ Une description détaillée de ces options, en allemand, est disponible dans
+ le
+\family typewriter
+scrguide
+\family default
+ de la documentation Koma-script
+\family sans
+.
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+Les classes de document LaTeX de la famille Koma-Script définissent un certain
+ nombre de commandes supplémentaires.
+ Celles d'entre elles qui ont une signification dans LyX sont implémentées
+ par des types de paragraphes y correspondant.
+\layout Standard
+
+Une description détaillée, en allemand, des classes de document LaTeX de
+ la famille Koma-Script se trouve dans le
+\family typewriter
+scrguide
+\family default
+ de la documentation Koma-Script
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Il y en a une traduction en anglais, incomplète,
+\family typewriter
+screnggu
+\family default
+.
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Les sections qui suivent décrivent seulement les aspects de ces classes
+ qui ont un sens dans LyX.
+\layout Subsection
+
+
+\family sans
+article (koma-script)
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+report (koma-script)
+\family default
+, et
+\family sans
+book (koma-script)
+\layout Standard
+
+Les classes de document
+\emph on
+article (koma-script)
+\emph default
+,
+\emph on
+report (koma-script)
+\emph default
+ et book
+\emph on
+(koma-script)
+\emph default
+ sont implémentées respectivement dans les fichiers de format
+\family typewriter
+scrartcl.layout
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+scrreprt.layout
+\family default
+ et
+\family typewriter
+scrbook.layout
+\family default
+.
+ Ils contiennent tous les types de paragraphe correspondant aux classes
+ standard respectives
+\emph on
+article
+\emph default
+,
+\emph on
+report
+\emph default
+, et
+\emph on
+book
+\emph default
+ mais partiellement modifiés, à l'exception du type
+\family sans
+Liste
+\family default
+, spécifique à LyX, qui est remplacé par le nouveau type
+\family sans
+Marquage
+\family default
+ (Labeling) qui a les mêmes fonctions.
+ En plus du type
+\family sans
+Marquage
+\family default
+, il y d'autres nouveaux types de paragraphe.
+ Ceux-ci cependant
+\emph on
+n'apparaissent pas
+\emph default
+ dans la classe
+\emph on
+letter (koma-script)
+\emph default
+.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+AjoutPartie
+\family default
+ (AddPart),
+\family sans
+AjoutChap
+\family default
+ (Addchap),
+\family sans
+AjoutSec
+\family default
+ (Addsec) : sont les équivalents respectifs de
+\family sans
+Partie*
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Chapter*
+\family default
+ et
+\family sans
+Section*
+\family default
+, ajoutant de plus une entrée dans la table des matières.
+
+\family sans
+AjoutPartie
+\family default
+ et
+\family sans
+AjoutChap
+\family default
+ n'existent pas dans
+\emph on
+article (koma-script)
+\emph default
+.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+AjoutChap*
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+AjoutSec*
+\family default
+ : ont le même role que, respectivement
+\family sans
+AjoutChap
+\family default
+ et
+\family sans
+AjoutSec
+\family default
+, mais sans indiquer de numéro de chapitre ou de section.
+
+\family sans
+AjoutChap*
+\family default
+ n'est pas disponible dans
+\emph on
+ article (koma-script)
+\emph default
+
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Il y a aussi une commande
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+addpart*
+\family default
+ dans
+\emph on
+book (koma-script)
+\emph default
+ et dans
+\emph on
+report (koma-script)
+\emph default
+, mais comme elle fait la même chose que
+\family sans
+Partie*
+\family default
+, elle n'a pas été implémentée dans LyX.
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+MiniSec
+\family default
+ : génère un en-tête écrit avec des caractères de taille standard, juste
+ au-dessus du paragraphe suivant et sans modifier la structure du document.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Légende_Dessus
+\family default
+ (Captionabove) et
+\family sans
+Légende_Dessous
+\family default
+ (Captionbelow) : sont des légendes spéciales qui respectent les différents
+ réglages d'espacement nécessaires pour des légendes placées au-dessus ou
+ au-dessous d'un élément (si vous suivez strictement les règles typographiques,
+ vous mettez toujours les légendes au-dessus des tableaux).
+ Vous pouvez aussi utiliser l'option de classe
+\family typewriter
+tablecaptionsabove
+\family default
+, qui transformera
+\family sans
+Légende
+\family default
+ en
+\family sans
+Légende_Dessus
+\family default
+ pour les tableaux et en
+\family sans
+Légende_Dessous
+\family default
+ pour les figures.
+ Il vous faut au minimum Koma-Script version 2.8q pour avoir cette fonction.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Maxime
+\family default
+ (Dictum) : sert à mettre une citation ou un proverbe, par exemple au début
+ d'un chapitre.
+ Si vous utilisez le paramètre optionnel (
+\family sans
+Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Titre\SpecialChar ~
+Court
+\family default
+), vous pouvez y mettre l'auteur de la maxime.
+ Maxime et auteur sont séparés par une ligne.
+ Il vous faut au minimum Koma-Script version 2.8q.
+
+\family sans
+Maxime
+\family default
+ n'est pas présent dans
+\emph on
+article (koma-script)
+\emph default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Les types qui sont présentés ci-dessous forment en compagnie des types
+\family sans
+Titre
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Auteur
+\family default
+ et
+\family sans
+Date
+\family default
+, la zone de titre du document.
+ Ils doivent être entrés au-dessus du premier paragraphe
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+normal
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Les commandes LaTeX correspondantes doivent apparaître avant la commande
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+maketitle
+\family default
+.
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Lorsqu'un tel type est utilisé plusieurs fois, la dernière instance annule
+ les précédentes, donc pour chaque type, seule compte la dernière occurrence.
+ L'ordre des différents types n'a, lui, aucune importance, tout comme celui
+ des
+\family sans
+Titre
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Auteur
+\family default
+ et
+\family sans
+Date
+\family default
+.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Sujet
+\family default
+ (Subject) : introduit au-dessus du titre ordinaire (
+\family sans
+Titre
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Auteur
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+ Date
+\family default
+) un paragraphe centré pour indiquer le sujet du document.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Éditeurs
+\family default
+ (Publishers) : introduit au-dessous du titre ordinaire (
+\family sans
+Titre
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Auteur
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+ Date
+\family default
+) un paragraphe centré indiquant le nom de l'éditeur.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Dédicace
+\family default
+ (Dedication) : dans
+\emph on
+ report (koma-script)
+\emph default
+ et
+\emph on
+book (koma-script)
+\emph default
+, dispose un paragraphe centré, sur une page à part après la page de titre,
+ pour la dédicace.
+ Dans
+\emph on
+article (koma-script)
+\emph default
+, dispose un paragraphe centré, en-dessous du titre normal (
+\family sans
+Titre
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Auteur
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Date
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Éditeurs
+\family default
+) pour la dédicace.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+En-tête_Titre
+\family default
+ (Titlehead) : produit un paragraphe aligné à gauche au-dessus du titre
+ normal (
+\family sans
+Titre
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Auteur
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Date
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Sujet
+\family default
+) pour un en-tête de document.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Verso_Titre_Haut
+\family default
+ (Uppertitleback) : dans un document
+\emph on
+report (koma-script)
+\emph default
+ imprimé recto-verso, dispose un paragraphe aligné à gauche, en haut du
+ verso de la page de titre.
+ N'a aucun effet dans un document imprimé en recto seul ni dans
+\emph on
+article (koma-script).
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Verso_Titre_Bas
+\family default
+ (Lowertitleback) : dans un document
+\emph on
+report (koma-script)
+\emph default
+ imprimé recto-verso, dispose un paragraphe aligné à gauche, en bas du verso
+ de la page de titre.
+ N'a aucun effet dans un document imprimé en recto seul ni dans
+\emph on
+article (koma-script).
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Titre_Suppl.
+
+\family default
+ (Extratitle) : introduit une page
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+moche
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ qui précède le document réel, comprenant un paragraphe sans formatage spécial.
+\layout Standard
+
+Les fichiers de configuration correspondant aux classes
+\emph on
+article (koma-script)
+\emph default
+,
+\emph on
+report (koma-script)
+\emph default
+, et
+\emph on
+book (koma-script)
+\emph default
+ comprennent le fichier
+\family typewriter
+scrmacros.inc
+\family default
+.
+ C'est là que vous définirez vos propres types.
+ Copiez
+\family typewriter
+scrmacros.inc
+\family default
+ dans votre répertoire personnel de formats, et éditez-le !
+\layout Subsection
+
+
+\family sans
+letter (koma-script)
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+begin{sloppypar}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+La classe de document
+\emph on
+letter (koma-script)
+\emph default
+ est implémentée dans le fichier
+\family typewriter
+scrlettr.layout
+\family default
+.
+ Elle contient tous les paragraphes de la classe standard
+\emph on
+letter
+\emph default
+ correspondante, partiellement modifiés, à l'exception des types
+\family sans
+LyX-Code
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Commentaire
+\family default
+et
+\family sans
+ Liste
+\family default
+, spécifiques à LyX et qui sont remplacés par le nouveau type
+\family sans
+Marquage
+\family default
+.
+ En plus par rapport à la classe standard, elle contient les types connus
+
+\family sans
+Citation
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Cite
+\family default
+, et
+\family sans
+Vers
+\family default
+ déjà .
+ En outre, il y a un certain nombre de nouveaux types spécifiques pour les
+ lettres.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+end{sloppypar}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+L'apparence de la lettre produite par cette classe de document peut-être
+ contrôlée par des commandes LaTeX (qui dans LyX seront insérées avec
+\family sans
+Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Préambule
+\family default
+)
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+On obtient un en-tête
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+ordinaire
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+, comportant le nom et l'adresse, avec les commandes LaTeX suivantes dans
+ le préambule :
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+firsthead{
+\backslash
+parbox[b]{
+\backslash
+textwidth}
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ {
+\backslash
+ignorespaces
+\backslash
+fromname
+\backslash
+
+\backslash
+
+\backslash
+ignorespaces
+\backslash
+fromaddress}}
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+nexthead{
+\backslash
+parbox[b]{
+\backslash
+textwidth}
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ {
+\backslash
+ignorespaces
+\backslash
+fromname
+\backslash
+hfill
+\backslash
+ignorespaces
+\backslash
+pagename
+\backslash
+
+\backslash
+thepage}}
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Une description détaillée de ces commandes se trouve en langue allemande
+ dans la documentation de Koma-Script
+\emph on
+scrguide
+\emph default
+.
+
+\family sans
+\emph on
+
+\family default
+\emph default
+Grâce à elles, l'auteur de la lettre peut créer son propre format.
+\layout Standard
+
+Les types
+\family sans
+Lettre
+\family default
+ et
+\family sans
+Ouverture
+\family default
+ définissent le début de la lettre et doivent être présents dans toute lettre.
+ Pour les identifier dans LyX, les lettres
+\emph on
+L
+\emph default
+ et
+\emph on
+O
+\emph default
+ apparaissent dans la marge.
+ Il est possible d'écrire plusieurs lettres en un seul fichier.
+ Un type
+\family sans
+Ouverture
+\family default
+ provoque le passage à une nouvelle lettre au même destinataire, et le type
+
+\family sans
+Lettre
+\family default
+ permet de changer de destinataire.
+ Les types
+\family sans
+Fermeture
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+PS
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+CC
+\family default
+ et
+\family sans
+P.J.
+
+\family default
+ sont des types de paragraphe ordinaires et peuvent aussi être utilisés
+ plusieurs fois dans une même lettre.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Lettre
+\family default
+(Letter) : introduit un paragraphe pour le destinataire et définit implicitement
+ le début d'une lettre.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Ouverture
+\family default
+ (Opening) : introduit un paragraphe pour la formule de politesse initiale
+ et produit implicitement une nouvelle lettre.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Fermeture
+\family default
+ (Closing
+\family sans
+)
+\family default
+ : introduit un paragraphe pour la formule de politesse finale.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+PS
+\family default
+ : introduit un post-scriptum.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+CC
+\family default
+ : introduit un paragraphe pour les co-destinataires.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+P.J.
+
+\family default
+ (Encl) : introduit un paragraphe pour les pièces jointes.
+\layout Standard
+
+Les types
+\family sans
+N
+\family default
+om,
+\family sans
+Signature
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Adress
+\family default
+e,
+\family sans
+ Téléphone
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Lieu
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Adresse_Retour
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Courrier_Spécial
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Emplacement
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Titre
+\family default
+, et
+\family sans
+Sujet
+\family default
+ sont des types qui présentent une invite et qui servent à entrer des renseignem
+ents qui seront utilisés par la classe de document.
+ Nous les appellerons
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+types à invite
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+NdT : Mais si quelqu'un a une meilleure idée pour traduire
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+input type
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+, je ne dis pas non.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+On pourrait considérer que les types
+\family sans
+Letter
+\family default
+ et
+\family sans
+Opening
+\family default
+ devraient être des types à invite.
+ Cependant, à cause de la signification particulière de ces types, je les
+ ai implémentés comme des types de paragraphe ordinaires marqués d'une lettre
+ dans la marge.
+ En plus, cela choquerait mon sens de la symétrie si les types
+\family sans
+Opening
+\family default
+ et
+\family sans
+Closing
+\family default
+ avaient une apparence très différente.
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Ces types doivent être présents avant le type
+\family sans
+Ouverture
+\family default
+ correspondant.
+\layout Standard
+
+Une implémentation de ces types dans une logique WYSIWYG n'aurait pas de
+ sens, car l'aspect réel de la lettre produite ne dépendra pas seulement
+ de l'utilisation d'un type donné, mais aussi d'autres facteurs.
+ Par exemple, dans le comportement par défaut, une signature entrée avec
+ le type
+\family sans
+Signature
+\family default
+ n'apparaîtra dans la lettre que si celle-ci contient aussi le type
+\family sans
+Fermeture
+\family default
+.
+ La valeur indiquée pour
+\family sans
+Téléphone
+\family default
+n'apparaîtra même pas dans la lettre.
+ Nous avons déjà signalé plus haut la possibilité de décrire son propre
+ environnement de lettre.
+\layout Standard
+
+Les types à invite peuvent être utilisés comme des paragraphes vides.
+ Cela a un sens par exemple pour le type
+\family sans
+Signature
+\family default
+ : si ce type n'est pas présent du tout, c'est par défaut la valeur spécifiée
+ dans
+\family sans
+Name
+\family default
+ qui est prise comme signature, tandis que si l'on utilise un paragraphe
+
+\family sans
+Signature
+\family default
+ vide, il n'y a réellement pas de signature spécifiée.
+\layout Standard
+
+Il est possible en utilisant ces types à invite de créer un patron de lettre
+ contenant des types pré-remplis avec vos coordonnées personnelles (nom,
+ adresse, etc.) et des types vides pour d'autres données que vous entrerez.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Nom
+\family default
+ (Name) : nom de l'expéditeur.
+ Par défaut, apparaît comme un paragraphe centré, en petites majuscules,
+ dans l'en-tête de la lettre.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Signature
+\family default
+ : signature de l'expéditeur.
+ Par défaut, apparaît en dessous du type
+\family sans
+Fermeture.
+
+\family default
+ Si le type
+\family sans
+Signature
+\family default
+ est absent, c'est la valeur du type
+\family sans
+Nom
+\family default
+ qui apparaît.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Adresse
+\family default
+ (Address) : adresse de l'expéditeur.
+ Par défaut, apparaît dans un paragraphe centré, dans l'en-tête de la lettre,
+ en dessous du nom de l'expéditeur.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Téléphone
+\family default
+ (Telephone) : numéro de téléphone de l'expéditeur.
+ Par défaut, correspond à la variable
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+telephonenum
+\family default
+ de LaTeX.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Lieu
+\family default
+ (Place) : lieu d'écriture de la lettre.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Date
+\family default
+ : date d'écriture de la lettre.
+
+\family sans
+Lieu
+\family default
+ et
+\family sans
+Date
+\family default
+ disposent par défaut le lieu et la date sur une ligne alignée à droite,
+ en dessous du destinataire.
+ Si le paragraphe
+\family sans
+Date
+\family default
+ est vide, ni date, ni lieu n'apparaissent, et ce quelle que soit la valeur
+ de
+\family sans
+Lieu
+\family default
+.
+ S'il n'y a pas de paragraphe
+\family sans
+Date
+\family default
+, la date du jour est utilisée.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Adresse_Retour
+\family default
+ (Backaddress) : adresse pour le retour du courrier.
+ Par défaut, apparaît au-dessus du destinataire, en petits caractères sans
+ empattement.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Courrier_Spécial
+\family default
+ (Specialmail) : informations spéciales sur le courrier.
+ Par défaut, apparaît souligné au-dessus du destinataire, en dessous de
+ l'adresse de retour du courrier.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Emplacement
+\family default
+ (Location) : informations supplémentaires.
+ Par défaut, apparaît à droite en dessous du champ du destinataire.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Titre
+\family default
+ : le titre de la lettre.
+ par défaut, apparaît en grands caractères gras sans empattement, au-dessus
+ du sujet.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Sujet
+\family default
+ : le sujet de la lettre.
+ Par défaut, apparaît en caractères gras au-dessus du paragraphe
+\family sans
+Ouverture
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Les types
+\family sans
+Votre_réf
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Votre_courrier
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Notre_réf
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Client
+\family default
+ et
+\family sans
+Facture
+\family default
+ génèrent comme dans les lettres commerciales, au-dessus de la ligne de
+ titre, une ligne qui contient les champs
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+Votre réf.
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+Votre courrier du
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+Notre réf.
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+Numéro de Client
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+Numéro de Facture
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ et
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+Date
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Pour le champ
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+Date
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+, LyX reprend la valeur donnée dans
+\family sans
+Date
+\family default
+.
+ Si l'un quelconque de ces types
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+pour lettre commerciale
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ est utilisé, la valeur donnée pour
+\family sans
+Place
+\family default
+ n'apparaîtra pas, seule est définie la variable LaTeX
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+fromplace
+\family default
+.
+ L'affichage normal du lieu et de la date (une ligne alignée à droite sous
+ le champ du destinataire) est supprimée.
+ Les types sont implémentés comme des types à invite, avec les invites correspon
+dantes, et doivent être utilisés avant le type
+\family sans
+Opening
+\family default
+ correspondant.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Votre_réf
+\family default
+ (Yourref) : Votre référence
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Votre_courrier
+\family default
+ (Yourmail) : Votre courrier du
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Notre_réf
+\family default
+ (Myref) : Notre référence
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Client
+\family default
+ (Customer) : Numéro de client
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Facture
+\family default
+ (Invoice) : Numéro de facture
+\layout Subsection
+
+La nouvelle classe lettre :
+\family sans
+letter (koma-script v.2)
+\layout Standard
+
+par
+\noun on
+Jürgen Spitzmüller
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_top medskip
+Koma-Script version 2.8 a introduit une nouvelle classe de lettres
+\family typewriter
+scrlttr2
+\family default
+ qui remplace
+\family typewriter
+scrlettr
+\family default
+, désormais périmée.
+ Elle a -- du côté LaTeX -- une interface complètement nouvelle et n'est
+ pas compatible avec l'ancienne classe.
+ LyX supporte les deux, mais il est recommandé d'utiliser la nouvelle.
+\layout Standard
+
+Cette classe recouvre les mêmes fonctionnalités que
+\emph on
+letter (koma-script)
+\emph default
+, plus quelques autres.
+ Les éléments de base sont
+\family sans
+Adresse
+\family default
+ (adresse du destinataire, comme
+\family sans
+Lettre
+\family default
+ dans le précédent format),
+\family sans
+Ouverture
+\family default
+ et
+\family sans
+Fermeture
+\family default
+.
+
+\family sans
+Adresse_Suivante
+\family default
+ (NextAddress) démarre une nouvelle lettre (vous pouvez donc écrire plusieurs
+ lettres dans un même document).
+ Les nouveaux éléments concernent l'expéditeur, ce sont :
+\family sans
+E-Mail
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+URL
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Fax
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Banque
+\family default
+ et la possibilité de mettre un
+\family sans
+Logo
+\family default
+ (par
+\family sans
+Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Graphique
+\family default
+) dans l'en-tête.
+\layout Standard
+
+La plus grande amélioration est la possibilité de configurer la mise en
+ page de la lettre pour s'adapter à presque tous les besoins, soit dans
+ le préambule (
+\family sans
+Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Préambule\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\family default
+) soit avec un fichier de style spécial (Option de la Classe Lettre, d'extension
+
+\family typewriter
+.lco
+\family default
+), qui sera lu comme une option de classe
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Le paquetage KOMA est livré avec quelques fichiers
+\family typewriter
+.lco
+\family default
+ par défaut.
+ Il y a par exemple un fichier
+\family typewriter
+DIN.lco
+\family default
+ qui suit les règles typographiques allemandes, et un
+\family typewriter
+KOMAold.lco
+\family default
+ qui permet de retrouver la mise en page par défaut de l'ancienne classe
+
+\family typewriter
+scrlettr
+\family default
+.
+ Vous pouvez charger cette dernière avec l'option de classe
+\family typewriter
+KOMAold
+\family default
+, mise dans le champ
+\family sans
+Autres\SpecialChar ~
+Options
+\family default
+ dans
+\family sans
+Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document
+\family default
+.
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Jetez donc un
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+oe{}
+\end_inset
+
+il sur le modèle
+\emph on
+koma-letter2
+\emph default
+ fourni avec LyX, qui vous donnera des exemples.
+ Vous trouverez une description détaillée dans la documentation de Koma-Script
+ (
+\emph on
+scrguide
+\emph default
+).
+\layout Subsection
+
+Problèmes
+\layout Standard
+
+Avec LyX, la visualisation d'un document de classe Koma-Script peut poser
+ quelques problèmes :
+\layout Itemize
+
+Le numéro de chapitre pour un type
+\family sans
+Chapitre
+\family default
+ apparaît sur une ligne à part, au-dessus de l'en-tête de chapitre, au lieu
+ d'être sur la même ligne juste avant.
+ C'est causé par le comportement interne de LyX face au marqueur de type
+
+\family sans
+Counter_Chapter
+\family default
+ dans le fichier de format.
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+Les en-têtes des types
+\family sans
+AjoutChap
+\family default
+ et
+\family sans
+AjoutSec
+\family default
+ sont uniquement dans la
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+vraie
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ table des matières LaTeX, et pas dans la table des matières LyX (
+\family sans
+Visualiser\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Table\SpecialChar ~
+des\SpecialChar ~
+matières
+\family default
+).
+\layout Itemize
+
+Les paragraphes avec la classe de document
+\emph on
+letter
+\emph default
+ apparaissent séparés par de l'interligne supplémentaire, et non par une
+ indentation.
+ C'est le comportement par défaut, qui se passe de commande LaTeX spécifique.
+ Mais dans la fenêtre
+\family sans
+Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document
+\family default
+ le bouton à cocher correspondant indique
+\family sans
+Indentation
+\family default
+.
+ Cocher
+\family sans
+Interligne
+\family default
+ insère toujours des commandes LaTeX supplémentaires dans le document pour
+ causer cet espacement, ce qui ne serait pas le comportement désiré dans
+ ce cas.
+\layout Section
+
+Publications Springer sur deux colonnes (
+\family sans
+svjour
+\family default
+)
+\layout Standard
+
+par
+\noun on
+Martin Vermeer
+\layout Subsection
+
+Description
+\layout Standard
+
+Ce sont les fichiers de format pour certains types de journaux édités par
+ Springer Verlag et dont la liste apparaît à
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.springer.de/author/tex/help-journals.html}
+
+\end_inset
+
+, où vous devrez aussi aller récupérer les fichiers de classe (eh oui, c'est
+ maintenant du LaTeX2e !).
+ C'est un système modulaire : ce qui est commun à tous les journaux est
+ implémenté dans
+\family typewriter
+svjour.inc
+\family default
+, et les fichiers de format particuliers à un journal (comme, par exemple,
+
+\family typewriter
+svjog.layout
+\family default
+ pour le Journal of Geodesy) peuvent l'inclure.
+\layout Standard
+
+Ça veut dire qu'ajouter le support de n'importe quel autre journal Springer
+ présent dans cette liste n'est rien d'autre qu'écrire votre propre fichier
+
+\family typewriter
+sv<
+\family default
+mon_journal
+\family typewriter
+>.layout
+\family default
+ en suivant le schéma donné dans
+\family typewriter
+svjog.layout
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Ce n'a raisonnablement bien été testé que pour le Journal of Geodesy.
+
+\family typewriter
+svjour
+\family default
+ et
+\family typewriter
+svjog
+\family default
+ sont fournis avec la distribution standard de LyX.
+ Installez le fichier de classe correspondant (téléchargé chez Springer)
+ dans un répertoire approprié, reconfigurez LaTeX (en lançant
+\family typewriter
+texhash
+\family default
+ dans le cas de teTeX, en tant que super-utilisateur si nécessaire -- LyX
+ ne s'occupe-t-il pas tout seul de ça ?), reconfigurez LyX et ça devrait
+ marcher.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Nouveaux styles
+\layout Standard
+
+Un grand nombre de styles de type théorème --
+\family sans
+Affirmation
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Conjecture
+\family default
+, \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\family sans
+Théorème
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Note_En_Tête
+\family default
+ (Headnote
+\family sans
+)
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Dédicace
+\family default
+ (Dedication),
+\family sans
+SousTitre
+\family default
+ (Subtitle
+\family sans
+)
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Titre_LaTeX_Courant
+\family default
+ (Running_LaTeX_Title
+\family sans
+)
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Auteur_Courant
+\family default
+ (Author_Running),
+\family sans
+Institut
+\family default
+ (Institute),
+\family sans
+Mail
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Tirés_À_Part
+\family default
+ (Offprints),
+\family sans
+Mots-Clés
+\family default
+ (Keywords),
+\family sans
+Remerciements
+\family default
+ (Acknowledgements),
+\family sans
+Remerciement
+\family default
+ (Acknowledgement).
+ Voir la documentation du fichier de classe de Springer pour les détails.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Publications supportées
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\emph on
+Journal of Geodesy
+\emph default
+ :
+\family typewriter
+svjog.layout
+\family default
+ -- Martin Vermeer
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\emph on
+Probability Theory and Related Fields
+\emph default
+ :
+\family typewriter
+svprobth.layout
+\family default
+ -- Jean-Marc Lasgouttes
+\layout Standard
+
+Ajoutez le vôtre, ce n'est pas si dur !
+\layout Subsection
+
+Crédits
+\layout Standard
+
+Ces fichiers sont partiellement basés sur l'ancien
+\family typewriter
+ejour2.layout
+\family default
+, qui était lui-même basé sur une version bricolée d'un vieux fichier de
+ style LaTeX 2.09 de Springer.
+ Tout ceci, ainsi que le format
+\family typewriter
+ejour2
+\family default
+, est maintenant dépassé.
+ Jean-Marc Lasgouttes a été d'un grand secours pour me guider dans le mécanisme
+ des fichiers de format LyX.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Bogues
+\layout Standard
+
+Sans doute.
+ Mais probablement moins que dans l'ancien
+\family typewriter
+ejour2
+\family default
+ bricolé.
+\layout Standard
+
+Limitations par exemple : n'affiche pas le numéro pour les formats de type
+ théorème, seulement #.
+\layout Section
+
+Publications de l'AGU (
+\family sans
+aguplus
+\family default
+)
+\layout Standard
+
+par
+\shape smallcaps
+Martin Vermeer
+\layout Subsection
+
+Description
+\layout Standard
+
+Ce sont les fichiers de format correspondant à certaines publications de
+ l'American Geophysical Society.
+ Nous supposons que vous avez déjà installé les fichiers de classe propres
+ à l'AGU, ainsi qu'AGUplus (tout ceci se trouve à
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ftp.agu.org/journals/latex/journals}
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+\layout Subsection
+
+Nouveaux environnements
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Paragraphe
+\family default
+ et
+\family sans
+Paragraphe*
+\family default
+ sont redéfinis.
+ Ils portent toujours ce nom dans l'interface LyX, bien que leurs équivalents
+ LaTeX dans les classes AGU soient
+\family sans
+Subsubsubsection
+\family default
+ et
+\family sans
+Subsubsubsection*
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Les environnements nouvellement définis sont
+\family sans
+En-tête_Gauche
+\family default
+ (Left_Header
+\family sans
+)
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+En-tête_Droite
+\family default
+ (Right_Header
+\family sans
+)
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Reçu
+\family default
+ (Received
+\family sans
+)
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Révisé
+\family default
+ (Revised
+\family sans
+)
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Accepté
+\family default
+ (Accepted
+\family sans
+)
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+CCC
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Id_Papier
+\family default
+ (PaperId
+\family sans
+)
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Adresse_Auteur
+\family default
+ (AuthorAddr) et
+\family sans
+SlugComment
+\family default
+.
+ Ce sont pour la plupart des paramètres du manuscrit qui sont expliqués
+ dans la documentation des classes AGU.
+\layout Standard
+
+Je soupçonne que tout ceci soit encore relativement incomplet.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Nouveaux flottants
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Planotable
+\family default
+ et
+\family sans
+Planche
+\family default
+ (Plate).
+ Nous avons également une nouvelle
+\family sans
+Légende_Table
+\family default
+ (Table_Caption).
+\layout Subsection
+
+Publications supportées
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\emph on
+Journal of Geophysical Research
+\emph default
+ :
+\family typewriter
+jgrga.layout
+\family default
+-- Martin Vermeer
+\layout Standard
+
+Ajoutez les vôtres, ce n'est pas si dur ! Regardez l'exemple
+\family typewriter
+jgrga.layout
+\family sans
+
+\family default
+ainsi que
+\family typewriter
+aguplus.inc
+\family default
+.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Bogues et choses à retenir
+\layout Standard
+
+Pour utiliser les nouveaux environnements, vous devez faire ce qui suit
+ à chaque nouveau document :
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\emph on
+Désactiver babel
+\emph default
+, ce que vous ferez dans
+\family sans
+Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document
+\family default
+.
+ (Les articles AGU sont écrits en anglais de toutes façons, il ne faut donc
+
+\emph on
+pas
+\emph default
+ choisir de langue.)
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Tapez
+\family typewriter
+jgrga
+\family default
+ dans le champ
+\family sans
+Options
+\family default
+ de la classe de document.
+ (C'est effectivement un bogue.)
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Assurez-vous que vous utilisez le style de bibliographie
+\family typewriter
+agu.bst
+\family default
+, en tapant
+\family sans
+agu
+\family default
+ dans le deuxième champ de l'insert BibTeX.
+ Aucun des styles standard ne conviendra.
+\layout Section
+
+Publications de l'EGS (
+\family sans
+egs
+\family default
+)
+\layout Standard
+
+par
+\shape smallcaps
+Martin Vermeer
+\layout Subsection
+
+Description
+\layout Standard
+
+C'est le fichier de format pour les publications de l'European Geophysical
+ Society.
+ Vous pouvez télécharger la classe
+\family typewriter
+egs.cls
+\family default
+ (nécessaire) depuis le site de l'EGS à
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{www.copernicus.org}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Nouveaux environnements
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Adresse_À_Droite
+\family default
+ (Right_address)
+\family sans
+, Titre_Latex
+\family default
+ (Latex_Title)
+\family sans
+, Affil., Journal, numéro_ms
+\family default
+ (msnumber)
+\family sans
+, PremierAuteur
+\family default
+ (FirstAuthor)
+\family sans
+, Reçu
+\family default
+ (Received)
+\family sans
+, Accepté
+\family default
+ (Accepted) et
+\family sans
+Offsets
+\family default
+.
+ L'actuel fichier de format est malheureusement très peu modulaire et devrait
+ plus utiliser les inclusions
+\family typewriter
+std*.inc
+\family default
+.
+\layout Section
+
+Diapos Slides (alias SliTeX)
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:slitex}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+par
+\noun on
+John Weiss
+\noun default
+.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Introduction
+\layout Standard
+
+Cette section décrit comment utiliser LyX pour préparer des transparents
+ pour rétroprojecteurs.
+ Il y a deux classes de document qui le permettent : la classe par défaut
+
+\family sans
+slides
+\family default
+ et la classe
+\family sans
+FoilteX
+\family default
+.
+ Cette section décrit la première.
+\layout Standard
+
+Je le redis, clairement et distinctement, qu'il n'y ait pas de malentendu
+ :
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_top bigskip \align center
+
+\size large
+Cette section décrit
+\emph on
+uniquement
+\emph default
+ la classe
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+slides\SpecialChar ~
+(default)
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Si vous cherchez une documentation sur
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+slides\SpecialChar ~
+(FoilTeX)
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+, voyez la section\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:foiltex}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ La classe
+\family sans
+foils
+\family default
+ (pour
+\family sans
+FoilTeX
+\family default
+, vous l'aurez compris) est en fait un peu meilleure que la classe par défaut
+
+\family sans
+slides
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+...
+ enfin, c'est ce que m'ont dit et répété ses défenseurs.
+ Ne l'ayant jamais utilisée, je n'ai aucune idée de la validité de cette
+ affirmation.
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\family default
+ dont parle cette section.
+\layout Standard
+
+Cette classe est l'évolution en LaTeX2e du vieux package S
+\noun on
+li
+\noun default
+TeX.
+ Toutes les distributions de LaTeX2e comprennent cette classe (qu'à partir
+ de maintenant j'appellerais simplement
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+slides
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+), donc vous devez logiquement l'avoir.
+ Comme je l'ai déjà dit, il existe d'autres classes qui produisent aussi
+ des transparents pour rétroprojecteurs et font du meilleur boulot, comme
+
+\family sans
+foils
+\family default
+.
+ Cependant, il y a des choses que
+\family sans
+slides
+\family default
+ fait et que les autres ne font pas, comme générer des sur-couches.
+ Continuez la lecture pour en savoir plus !
+\layout Subsection
+
+Pour Commencer
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:demarrer-slides}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Avant tout, pour utiliser cette classe de document, vous devez sélectionner
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+slides\SpecialChar ~
+(default)
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ comme
+\family sans
+Classe
+\family default
+ dans la fenêtre
+\family sans
+Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document
+\family default
+.
+ Il y a quelques particularités qu'il faut connaître à propos de cette classe
+ :
+\layout Itemize
+
+Ne vous fatiguez pas à changer les options
+\family sans
+Pagination
+\family default
+ et
+\family sans
+Colonnes
+\family default
+ dans
+\family sans
+Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document
+\family default
+ : de toute façon, elles ne sont pas supportées par la classe
+\family sans
+slides.
+\layout Itemize
+
+L'option
+\family sans
+Mise\SpecialChar ~
+en\SpecialChar ~
+page
+\family default
+ de la fenêtre
+\family sans
+Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document
+\family default
+ a un comportement un peu différent pour cette classe.
+ Voici les choix possibles et leurs effets :
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family sans
+plain
+\family default
+ Le rendu final contient des numéros de page dans le coin inférieur droit.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family sans
+headings
+\family default
+ Comme
+\family sans
+plain
+\family default
+, mais imprime aussi tous les marqueurs temporels que vous aurez placés.
+ C'est le choix par défaut.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family sans
+empty
+\family default
+ Le rendu final ne contient pas de numéros de page, de marqueurs temporels
+ ni de marqueurs d'alignement.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+La classe
+\family sans
+slides
+\family default
+ a une option supplémentaire :
+\family typewriter
+clock
+\family default
+.
+ Pour l'utiliser, mettez
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+clock
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ dans les
+\family sans
+Options\SpecialChar ~
+supplémentaires
+\family default
+ de la
+\family sans
+
+\family default
+fenêtre
+\family sans
+Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document
+\family default
+.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Utiliser cette option vous permet d'ajouter des marqueurs temporels aux
+
+\family sans
+Note
+\family default
+s.
+ Voir la section\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:note-slides}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ pour plus de détails.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Vous pouvez aussi utiliser le fichier modèle
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+slides.lyx
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ pour mettre en place automatiquement un document de la classe
+\family sans
+slides
+\family default
+ (avec
+\family sans
+Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Nouveau\SpecialChar ~
+avec\SpecialChar ~
+modèle
+\family default
+ pour créer votre document).
+ Le fichier modèle contient aussi quelques exemples d'environnements de
+ paragraphe spéciaux utilisés par cette classe.
+ Je vais maintenant décrire ces derniers.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Environnements de Paragraphe
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Environnements supportés
+\layout Standard
+
+La première chose que vous allez remarquer en commençant un nouveau document
+
+\family sans
+slides
+\family default
+ est la taille et le type de police : il est équivalent à la taille
+\family sans
+Grand\SpecialChar ~
+(3)
+\family default
+ dans la police
+\family sans
+Sans\SpecialChar ~
+empattement
+\family default
+.
+ C'est aussi la police qui est utilisée pour le rendu final.
+ Dites-vous que c'est un
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+indice visuel
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ pour vous rappeler que c'est une diapositive.
+ Vos transparents finaux utiliseront une grande police, donc vous aurez
+ moins de place.
+ Bien sûr, la police plus grande à l'écran n'est pas WYSIWYG, mais juste
+ un aide-mémoire.
+\layout Standard
+
+La deuxième chose qui frappe est le changement du menu des environnements
+ (tout à gauche de la barre d'outils).
+ La plupart des environnements de paragraphe que vous avez l'habitude d'y
+ voir sont absents.
+ Il y en a aussi cinq nouveaux.
+ C'est parce que la classe
+\family sans
+slides
+\family default
+ elle-même ne supporte que certains environnements de paragraphe :
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Standard
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+ListePuces
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Énumeration
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Description
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Liste
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Citation
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Cite
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Vers
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Légende
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+LyX-Code
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Commentaire
+\layout Standard
+
+Tous les autres environnements standard, comme les en-têtes de section,
+ ne servent pas dans la classe
+\family sans
+slides
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+D'autre part, vous remarquerez de nouveaux environnements :
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Diapo
+\family default
+ (
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+)
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+SurCouche
+\family default
+ (
+\family sans
+Overlay)
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Note
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Texte_Invisible
+\family default
+ (
+\family sans
+InvisibleText
+\family default
+)
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Texte_Visible
+\family default
+ (
+\family sans
+VisibleText
+\family default
+)
+\layout Standard
+
+Ces cinq-là présentent des subtilités, dues à une
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+fonction
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ de LyX.
+ LyX, voyez-vous, ne vous autorise pas à inclure un environnement de paragraphe
+ dans un environnement vide.
+ C'est sympa et marrant, mais cela signifie que vous ne pourrez pas commencer
+ une diapo par autre chose que du texte.
+ Pour contourner cela, j'ai fait un peu de
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+magie LaTeX
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Subtilités des nouveaux environnements
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:subtilité-slides}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Les cinq nouveaux environnements de paragraphe présentent tous des bizarreries,
+ dues aux limitations inhérentes à la version actuelle de LyX.
+ Comme je viens de le dire, LyX interdit les environnements qui commencent
+ par un autre environnement.
+ Pour contourner ceci, l'environnement
+\family sans
+Diapo
+\family default
+ n'en est pas vraiment un, si l'on se fie à la description du
+\emph on
+Guide\SpecialChar ~
+de\SpecialChar ~
+l'Utilisateur.
+\layout Standard
+
+Il faut considérer
+\family sans
+Diapo
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+SurCouche
+\family default
+ et
+\family sans
+Note
+\family default
+ comme des
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+pseudo-environnements
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Ils ressemblent à des en-têtes de section ou à une
+\family sans
+Légende
+\family default
+, mais en fait commencent un environnement de paragraphe (et terminent le
+ précédent si nécessaire).
+ De la même manière, considérez
+\family sans
+Texte_Invisible
+\family default
+et
+\family sans
+ Texte_Visible
+\family default
+ comme des
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+pseudo-commandes
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Ces deux objets réalisent en effet des actions.
+\layout Standard
+
+Un propriété commune aux cinq environnements
+\family sans
+Diapo
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+SurCouche
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Note
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Texte_Invisible
+\family default
+ et
+\family sans
+Texte_Visible
+\family default
+est un marqueur plutôt longuet.
+ Le texte suivant ce marqueur -- d'ordinaire le contenu de l'environnement
+ de paragraphe -- n'est pas pris en compte par
+\family sans
+Diapo
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+SurCouche
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Note
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Texte_Invisible
+\family default
+ et
+\family sans
+Texte_Visible
+\family default
+.
+
+\family sans
+
+\family default
+LyX l'ignore totalement.
+ En fait, vous pouvez laisser ces cinq environnements complètement vides.
+\layout Standard
+
+Bien qu'il ne soit pas obligatoire de mettre du texte après ces marqueurs,
+ vous pouvez le faire.
+ Ça peut être une brève description du contenu de la
+\family sans
+Diapo
+\family default
+, par exemple.
+ Dans ce cas, entrez votre description et tapez
+\family sans
+Entrée
+\family default
+ comme vous le feriez normalement.
+\layout Standard
+
+Si, par contre, vous ne souhaitez pas entrer de texte descriptif, vous allez
+ rencontrer une autre subtilité de LyX.
+ LyX, comme la nature, a horreur du vide, et ne vous laissera pas entamer
+ un nouvel environnement de paragraphe si vous n'avez rien mis dans le précédent.
+ Vous ferez donc ainsi :
+\layout Itemize
+
+Commencez à entrer le texte qui
+\emph on
+suivra
+\emph default
+le nouveau paragraphe
+\family sans
+Diapo
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+SurCouche
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Note
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Texte_Invisible
+\family default
+ ou
+\family sans
+Texte_Visible
+\family default
+.
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+Placez-vous maintenant au début de ce paragraphe.
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+Tapez ensuite
+\family sans
+Entrée
+\family default
+.
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+Changez enfin ce nouveau paragraphe vide en un
+\family sans
+Diapo
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+SurCouche
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Note
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Texte_Invisible
+\family default
+ ou
+\family sans
+Texte_Visible
+\family default
+.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Espérons qu'une future version de LyX résoudra cette bizarrerie\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+Réaliser une présentation grâce à
+\family sans
+Diapo
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+ SurCouche
+\family default
+ et
+\family sans
+Note
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Utiliser l'environnement
+\family sans
+Diapo
+\layout Standard
+
+Si vous espérez apprendre dans cette section comment faire une présentation
+ orale, vous serez amèrement déçu.
+ Naturellement, je vais vous décrire en quoi la classe
+\family sans
+slides
+\family default
+ pourra vous aider à préparer les supports de la présentation.
+ En revanche, le contenu de celle-ci est entièrement de votre ressort.
+ (C'est ça aussi, la philosophie LyX !)
+\layout Standard
+
+Sélectionnez l'environnement
+\family sans
+Diapo
+\family default
+ (de la manière décrite à la section\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:subtilité-slides}
+
+\end_inset
+
+) pour dire à LyX de commencer une nouvelle diapo (eh oui).
+ Le marqueur pour cet environnement /
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+pseudo-commande
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ est une
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+ligne ASCII
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ en bleu, suivie de l'indication
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+NewSlide:
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Tout texte ou paragraphe qui suivra cette dernière fera partie de la nouvelle
+ diapo.
+ C'est aussi simple que ça.
+\layout Standard
+
+Les diapos sont sûrement les seules fois dans LyX où vous aurez à forcer
+ la fin des pages (vous pouvez toujours le faire dans
+\family sans
+Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Paragraphe
+\family default
+).
+ En fait, vous devrez le faire une fois vous aurez fini d'entrer le contenu
+ d'une diapo.
+ Si vous avez entré plus de texte qu'un transparent ne peut physiquement
+ en contenir, le surplus débordera sur une nouvelle diapo.
+ Je vous déconseille de le faire, cependant, car la diapo
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+de surplus
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ ne présentera aucun numéro de page.
+ De plus, elle peut interférer avec une
+\family sans
+SurCouche
+\family default
+ que vous aurez préparé pour accompagner la
+\family sans
+Diapo
+\family default
+ trop remplie.
+\layout Standard
+
+Les environnements
+\family sans
+SurCouche
+\family default
+ et
+\family sans
+Note
+\family default
+ fonctionnent comme l'environnement
+\family sans
+Diapo.
+
+\family default
+ Tous deux créent une
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+ligne ASCII
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ suivie par un marqueur (
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+NewOverlay:
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ et
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+NewNote:
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+, respectivement).
+ La couleur n'est plus le bleu, mais un magenta éclatant et la
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+ligne ASCII
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ se présente différemment, dans son style et sa longueur.
+ Les trois marqueurs diffèrent par leur police.
+\layout Standard
+
+Comme pour l'environnement
+\family sans
+Diapo
+\family default
+, si le contenu d'une
+\family sans
+Note
+\family default
+ ou d'une
+\family sans
+SurCouche
+\family default
+ dépasse la taille physique d'un transparent ou d'une feuille de papier,
+ le surplus sera disposé sur une nouvelle page.
+ À nouveau, je vous le déconseille, les
+\family sans
+Notes
+\family default
+ et
+\family sans
+SurCouches
+\family default
+ n'auraient plus aucune utilité.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Utiliser des
+\family sans
+SurCouches
+\family default
+ avec des
+\family sans
+Diapos
+\layout Standard
+
+L'idée d'une
+\family sans
+SurCouche
+\family default
+ est de créer une diapo qui vienne se superposer à une autre.
+ Vous pouvez vouloir présenter une figure sur la
+\family sans
+Diapo
+\family default
+ principale avant d'afficher le texte qui va avec.
+ Une façon de faire est de poser une feuille de papier noire sur la partie
+ de la
+\family sans
+Diapo
+\family default
+ que vous souhaitez cacher.
+ Cette méthode, cependant, n'est pas valable si vous voulez par exemple
+ superposer un graphique à un autre.
+ Vous auriez alors à vous bagarrer, tout en parlant, avec les deux
+\family sans
+Diapos
+\family default
+ pour que les graphiques se superposent.
+ L'utilisation des
+\family sans
+SurCouches
+\family default
+ rend les choses bien plus faciles.
+\layout Standard
+
+Chaque
+\family sans
+SurCouche
+\family default
+ reçoit le numéro de page de la
+\family sans
+Diapo
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+parent
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+, agrémenté d'un
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+-a
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Des
+\family sans
+SurCouches
+\family default
+ multiples auront donc
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+-b
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+-c
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+, etc.
+ accolé au numéro de page.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+.
+ En effet, vous voulez que la
+\family sans
+Diapo
+\family default
+ et sa
+\family sans
+SurCouche
+\family default
+ paraissent n'en former plus qu'une ! Vous pouvez considérérer une
+\family sans
+SurCouche
+\family default
+ comme
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+faisant partie
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ d'une
+\family sans
+Diapo
+\family default
+.
+ En fait, la classe
+\family sans
+slides
+\family default
+ le laisse voir : le marqueur qui débute un environnement
+\family sans
+SurCouche
+\family default
+ est moins long que celui d'une
+\family sans
+Diapo
+\family default
+.
+ Enfin, sur le document imprimé apparaîtront des marques d'alignement aux
+ quatre coins de la
+\family sans
+SurCouche
+\family default
+ et de la
+\family sans
+Diapo
+\family default
+.
+ Ces marques vous aideront à aligner les deux transparents.
+\layout Standard
+
+Le principal problème de la superposition de transparents est d'aligner
+ les contenus de ces diapos.
+ Quel espace devez-vous laisser pour le graphique sur la deuxième diapo
+ ? Pire encore : que faire si sur le deuxième transparent vous voulez un
+ graphique et du texte, mais qu'une phrase du premier doit venir s'intercaler
+ entre les deux ? Vous pourriez essayer d'insérer un espace vertical de
+ la bonne taille entre les deux, mais le meilleur moyen est d'utiliser les
+ environnements
+\family sans
+Texte_Visible
+\family default
+ et
+\family sans
+Texte_Invisible
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Comme leur nom l'indique,
+\family sans
+Texte_Visible
+\family default
+ et
+\family sans
+Texte_Invisible
+\family default
+ sont deux environnements de paragraphe, qui rendent le texte respectivement
+ visible et invisible.
+ Remarquez à la section\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:subtilité-slides}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ que vous ne placez rien
+\emph on
+dans
+\emph toggle
+ ces environnements.
+ Lorsque vous créez un
+\family sans
+Texte_Invisible
+\family default
+, LyX insère un marqueur centré, bleu clair, indiquant
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+ <Invisible Text Follows>
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Les paragraphes suivant ce marqueur ne seront pas affichés sur la diapo
+ (ou la
+\family sans
+SurCouche
+\family default
+), mais l'espace qu'ils auraient occupé sera laissé vide.
+\layout Standard
+
+Pour
+\family sans
+Texte_Visible
+\family default
+, l'étiquette centrée sera
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+ <Visible Text Follows>
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+, en vert.
+ Les paragraphes qui suivent cette étiquette se comporteront normalement.
+ Remarquez qu'au début d'une nouvelle
+\family sans
+Diapo
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Note
+\family default
+, ou
+\family sans
+SurCouche
+\family default
+, la fonction
+\family sans
+Texte_Invisible
+\family default
+ est automatiquement désactivée.
+ Il n'est donc pas nécessaire d'utiliser
+\family sans
+Texte_Visible
+\family default
+ à la fin d'une
+\family sans
+Diapo
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Maintenant, voyons comment utiliser les commandes
+\family sans
+Texte_Visible
+\family default
+ et
+\family sans
+Texte_Invisible
+\family default
+ avec les environnements
+\family sans
+Diapo
+\family default
+ et
+\family sans
+SurCouche
+\family default
+ pour créer des diapos superposées :
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Créez une
+\family sans
+Diapo
+\family default
+ (environnement
+\family sans
+Diapo
+\family default
+) avec tout ce qui devra apparaître autant sur la
+\family sans
+Diapo
+\family default
+ elle-même que sur les
+\family sans
+SurCouches
+\family default
+.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Avant chaque figure ou paragraphe qui ne devra apparaître que sur la
+\family sans
+SurCouche
+\family default
+, insérez un environnement
+\family sans
+Texte_Invisible
+\family default
+.
+ Si nécessaire, insérez un environnement
+\family sans
+Texte_Visible
+\family default
+ là où le texte devra de nouveau apparaître sur la
+\family sans
+Diapo
+\family default
+ principale.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Commencez un environnement
+\family sans
+SurCouche
+\family default
+ juste après l'environnement
+\family sans
+Diapo
+\family default
+.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Copiez le contenu de l'environnement
+\family sans
+Diapo
+\family default
+ dans l'environnement
+\family sans
+SurCouche
+\family default
+.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Dans la
+\family sans
+SurCouche
+\family default
+, changez tous les
+\family sans
+Texte_Invisible
+\family default
+par des
+\family sans
+Texte_Visible
+\family default
+ et vice versa.
+\layout Standard
+
+C'est bon, vous avez votre superposition.
+\layout Standard
+
+Il reste un problème avec la façon dont j'ai conçu la classe
+\family sans
+slides
+\family default
+ de LyX : vous ne pouvez pas rendre invisible du texte au milieu d'un paragraphe
+, ni rendre visible du texte au milieu d'un paragraphe invisible.
+ Pour ce faire, vous devrez insérer du code LaTeX
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Les commandes en question sont :
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+{
+\backslash
+invisible ...}
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+{
+\backslash
+visible ...}
+\layout Standard
+
+...
+ et devront être entrées en mode TeX.
+ Le texte dont vous voulez changer la
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+visibilité
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ sera à l'intérieur des accolades, derrière la commande
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+invisible
+\family default
+ ou
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+visible
+\family default
+.
+ Si vous ne savez pas comment entrer du TeX sous LyX, voyez la section approprié
+e dans le
+\emph on
+Guide\SpecialChar ~
+de\SpecialChar ~
+l'Utilisateur
+\family sans
+\emph toggle
+.
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Utiliser des
+\family sans
+Notes
+\family default
+ avec des
+\family sans
+Diapos
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:note-slides}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Comme une
+\family sans
+SurCouche
+\family default
+, une
+\family sans
+Note
+\family default
+ est toujours associée à une
+\family sans
+Diapo
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+parent
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Ici aussi, la classe
+\family sans
+slides
+\family default
+ de LyX fournit des indices visuels.
+ Le marqueur d'une
+\family sans
+Note
+\family default
+ est magenta éclatant, comme celui d'une
+\family sans
+SurCouche
+\family default
+ ; et en longueur, il est intermédiaire entre celui d'une
+\family sans
+Diapo
+\family default
+ (qui est plus long) et celui d'une
+\family sans
+SurCouche
+\family default
+ (qui est plus court).
+ De plus, une fois imprimée, une
+\family sans
+Note
+\family default
+ aura le numéro de page de sa
+\family sans
+Diapo
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+parent
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ avec
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+-1
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+-2
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+-3
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+, etc.
+ accolé.
+ Vous pouvez avoir plusieures
+\family sans
+Notes
+\family default
+ associées à une seule
+\family sans
+Diapo
+\family default
+, et, comme pour les
+\family sans
+Diapos
+\family default
+ et les
+\family sans
+SurCouches
+\family default
+, vous voudrez sûrement couper les longues
+\family sans
+Notes
+\family default
+ de manière à ce qu'elles tiennent sur une seule page.
+\layout Standard
+
+L'utilité d'une
+\family sans
+Note
+\family default
+ est évidente : elle contient toute sortes d'informations que vous voulez
+ ajouter à propos d'une
+\family sans
+Diapo
+\family default
+.
+ Elle peut aussi servir d'aide-mémoire pour une
+\family sans
+Diapo
+\family default
+ donnée.
+ Dans ce dernier cas, vous serez peut-être intéressé par les marqueurs temporels.
+ Actuellement, la classe
+\family sans
+slides
+\family default
+ de LyX ne supporte pas d'origine les marqueurs temporels, qui sont une
+ fonction
+\noun on
+Sli
+\noun default
+TeX.
+ Il faudra donc passer par le code LaTeX.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Pour utiliser des marqueurs temporels, spécifiez avant tout l'option supplémenta
+ire
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+clock
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ (voir la section\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:demarrer-slides}
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ Cette option active les marqueurs temporels qui apparaîtront alors dans
+ le coin inférieur gauche de toutes les
+\family sans
+Notes
+\family default
+ que vous générerez.
+ Pour choisir ce qui apparaîtra dans ces indicateurs, utilisez les commandes
+ LaTeX
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+settime{}
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ et
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+addtime{}
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Le paramètre de chacune de ces commandes est un temps mesuré en secondes.
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+settime{}
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ sert à indiquer le temps voulu, tandis que
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+addtime{}
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ est utilisé pour ajouter une certaine durée.
+ En utilisant les
+\family sans
+Notes
+\family default
+ et les marqueurs temporels, vous pouvez vous rappeler combien de temps
+ vous voulez passer sur chaque
+\family sans
+Diapo
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Il reste une fonction à décrire.
+ Vous voudrez forcément imprimer toutes vos
+\family sans
+Diapos
+\family default
+ et
+\family sans
+SurCouches
+\family default
+ sur des transparents et toutes vos
+\family sans
+Notes
+\family default
+ sur des feuilles blanches.
+ Cependant, une
+\family sans
+Note
+\family default
+ doit suivre la
+\family sans
+Diapo
+\family default
+ à laquelle elle est associée.
+ Comment faire ?
+\layout Standard
+
+Heureusement il existe deux commandes LaTeX qui vous permettent de sélectionner
+ ce qu'il faut imprimer.
+ Toutes deux doivent être placées dans le préambule de votre document.
+ La commande
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+onlyslides{
+\backslash
+slides}
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ n'imprimera que les
+\family sans
+Diapos
+\family default
+ et les
+\family sans
+SurCouches
+\family default
+.
+ De même, la commande
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+onlynotes{notes}
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ n'imprimera que les
+\family sans
+Notes
+\family default
+.
+ Je vous conseille de mettre les deux commandes en commentaire dans votre
+ préambule et de
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+décommenter
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ celle dont vous avez besoin à l'impression.
+ J'ai l'habitude de : décommenter
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\backslash
+onlyslides{
+\backslash
+slides}
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+, imprimer dans un fichier dont le nom contient
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+-slides
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+, la recommenter et décommenter
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\backslash
+onlynotes{
+\backslash
+notes}
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ et imprimer dans un fichier
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+*-notes
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+.
+ Je peux ensuite envoyer l'un ou l'autre fichier à l'imprimante, en mettant
+ des transparents ou des feuilles blanches selon le cas.
+\layout Standard
+
+Vous pouvez aussi donner d'autres paramètres à
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+onlyslides{}
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ et
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+onlynotes{}
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Reportez-vous à un bon livre sur LaTeX pour plus de détails.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Le fichier modèle pour la classe
+\family sans
+slides
+\layout Standard
+
+J'ai aussi créé un fichier modèle,
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+slides.lyx
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ avec la classe
+\family sans
+ slides
+\family default
+.
+ Pour l'utiliser, créez votre document avec
+\family sans
+Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Nouveau\SpecialChar ~
+avec\SpecialChar ~
+modèle
+\family default
+.
+ Votre fichier de présentation LyX contiendra un exemple du triplet
+\family sans
+Diapo -- SurCouche -- Note
+\family default
+.
+ De plus, la
+\family sans
+Diapo
+\family default
+ et la
+\family sans
+SurCouche
+\family default
+ contiennent un exemple de
+\family sans
+Texte_Invisible
+\family default
+ et de
+\family sans
+Texte_Visible
+\family default
+.
+ Enfin, le préambule contient :
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+% Uncomment to print out only slides and overlays
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+NdT :
+\family typewriter
+Décommentez pour n'imprimer que les diapos et les sur-couches
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+%
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+%
+\backslash
+onlyslides{
+\backslash
+slides}
+\newline
+
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+% Uncomment to print out only notes
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+NdT :
+\family typewriter
+Décommentez pour n'imprimer que les notes
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+%
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+%
+\backslash
+onlynotes{
+\backslash
+notes}
+\layout Standard
+
+Un dernier point : j'ai créé cette classe pour l'utilisation de la classe
+ de LaTeX2e
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+émulation de
+\noun on
+SliTeX
+\noun default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Ni moi ni le reste de l'Équipe LyX n'impose d'utiliser ou de ne pas utiliser
+ cette classe.
+ Elle est là si vous en avez besoin.
+ Il y a d'autres classes de LaTeX2e pour créer des présentations, comme
+ la classe
+\family sans
+Foils
+\family default
+ (cf.
+ la section\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:foiltex}
+
+\end_inset
+
+) ou le paquetage
+\family sans
+seminar
+\family default
+\noun toggle
+ (présent sur certaines distributions TeX).
+ Ce dernier n'est pas encore supporté par LyX
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Si vous voulez vous y mettre...
+\end_inset
+
+.
+
+\noun default
+ Je ne connais rien à ces classes.
+ Essayez-les pour voir quelles alternatives elles représentent.
+\layout Section
+
+Diapos Foils (alias
+\family sans
+Foil
+\family default
+\noun on
+TeX
+\noun default
+)
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:foiltex}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+par
+\noun on
+Allan Rae
+\layout Subsection
+
+Introduction
+\layout Standard
+
+Cette section décrit comment utiliser LyX pour préparer des transparents
+ pour rétroprojecteurs.
+ Il y a deux classes de document qui le permettent : la classe par défaut
+
+\family sans
+slides
+\family default
+ et la classe
+\family sans
+FoilteX
+\family default
+.
+ Cette section décrit la classe
+\family sans
+Foil
+\family default
+TeX.
+\layout Standard
+
+Redisons-le donc bien clairement :
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_top bigskip \added_space_bottom bigskip \align center
+
+\size large
+Cette section concerne la classe
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+slides
+\family default
+\SpecialChar ~
+(
+\family sans
+Foil
+\family default
+TeX)
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ uniquement.
+\layout Standard
+
+Si vous voulez une documentation sur
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+slides\SpecialChar ~
+(default)
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+, voyez la section\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:slitex}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Si votre machine n'a pas la classe
+\family sans
+foils
+\family default
+ installée, il vous faudra sûrement utiliser la classe
+\family sans
+slides
+\family default
+ par défaut, qui n'est pas aussi bonne.
+\layout Standard
+
+La classe
+\family sans
+foils
+\family default
+ est conçue pour être utilisée avec la version 2.1 du fichier de classe LaTeX
+
+\family sans
+foils.cls
+\family default
+.
+ Celui-ci fait maintenant partie intégrante de LaTeX2e.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Pour commencer
+\layout Standard
+
+Bien entendu, pour utiliser cette classe de document, il vous faut sélectionner
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+slides\SpecialChar ~
+(Foil
+\family default
+TeX
+\family sans
+)
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ dans le champ
+\family sans
+Classe
+\family default
+ de la fenêtre
+\family sans
+Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document
+\family default
+.
+ Il y a quelques autres réglages qui ont une signification spéciale avec
+ cette classe :
+\layout Itemize
+
+Ne changez pas les options
+\family sans
+Pagination
+\family default
+ et
+\family sans
+Colonnes
+\family default
+ dans la fenêtre
+\family sans
+Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document
+\family default
+.
+ Elles sont ignorées par la classe
+\family sans
+foils
+\family default
+.
+\layout Itemize
+
+La taille par défaut est de 20\SpecialChar ~
+pt, les autres choix étant respectivement
+ 17\SpecialChar ~
+pt, 25\SpecialChar ~
+pt et 30\SpecialChar ~
+pt.
+\layout Itemize
+
+La police par défaut est
+\family sans
+Sans\SpecialChar ~
+empattement
+\family default
+ mais toutes les équations mathématiques restent formatées dans la police
+ habituelle
+\family sans
+Roman
+\family default
+.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Foil
+\family default
+TeX accepte les formats de papier A4 et Letter, ainsi qu'un format particulier
+ pour travailler avec des diapos 35mm.
+ Les tailles A5, B5,
+\emph on
+legal
+\emph toggle
+ ou
+\emph on
+excutive
+\emph toggle
+ ne sont pas supportées.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Ne vous occupez pas de
+\family sans
+Placement\SpecialChar ~
+des\SpecialChar ~
+flottants
+\family default
+ : l'option est de toute façon ignorée.
+ Tous les flottants apparaîtront là où ils sont définis dans le texte.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Les réglages
+\family sans
+Mise\SpecialChar ~
+en\SpecialChar ~
+page
+\family default
+ se comportent un peu différemment avec cette classe.
+
+\family sans
+Foil
+\family default
+TeX propose en effet des possibilités plus étendues pour les en-têtes et
+ pieds de page, comme l'insertion d'un logo défini par l'utilisateur.
+ Voyez la section\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:foil-en-tetes}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ pour de plus amples détails.
+ La page de titre est traitée différemment de toutes les autres pages du
+ document et n'est
+\emph on
+jamais
+\emph toggle
+ numérotée.
+ L'éventuel logo y est
+\emph on
+toujours
+\emph toggle
+ centré au bas de la page.
+ Les différentes mises en page possibles sont les suivantes :
+\begin_deeper
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+\series bold
+empty
+\family default
+\series default
+ Les diapos ne présenteront ni numéro de page, ni en-tête ou pied de page
+ (sauf évidemment les notes de bas de page).
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
+
+
+\family sans
+\series bold
+plain
+\family default
+\series default
+ Les diapos auront un numéro de page centré en bas de la page.
+ Ni en-tête, ni pied de page (à part les notes).
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
+
+
+\series bold
+foilheadings
+\series default
+ Le numéro apparaît en bas à droite.
+ Les en-têtes et pieds de page seront présents.
+ C'est le choix par défaut.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
+
+
+\series bold
+fancy
+\series default
+ Vous donne accès au paquetage
+\family sans
+fancyheadings
+\family default
+, et ce même si son utilisation est déconseillée par l'auteur de
+\family sans
+Foil
+\family default
+TeX car certaines incompatibilités apparaissent.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Options Supplémentaires
+\layout Standard
+
+Les options suivantes peuvent être activées dans le champ
+\family sans
+Autres\SpecialChar ~
+Options
+\family default
+ de la fenêtre
+\family sans
+Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document
+\family default
+.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
+
+
+\series bold
+35mmSlide
+\series default
+ Règle le format de page à 7,33\SpecialChar ~
+pouces sur 11\SpecialChar ~
+pouces, ce qui donne le même
+ rapport largeur/hauteur qu'une diapo 35\SpecialChar ~
+mm, facilitant ainsi le travail
+ avec ce support.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
+
+
+\series bold
+headrule
+\series default
+ Trace une ligne horizontale le long de la page, au-dessous de l'en-tête,
+ sur toutes les pages sauf celle de titre.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
+
+
+\series bold
+footrule
+\series default
+ Trace une ligne horizontale le long de la page, au-dessus du pied de page,
+ sur toutes les pages sauf celle de titre.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
+
+
+\series bold
+dvips
+\series default
+ Cette option indique à
+\family sans
+Foil
+\family default
+TeX d'utiliser le pilote dvips pour effectuer les rotations des pages en
+ format paysage.
+ (Elle est automatiquement activée à la création d'un nouveau document
+\family sans
+foils
+\family default
+).
+
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
+
+
+\series bold
+landscape
+\series default
+ Change simplement la taille des pages au format paysage, mais sans effectuer
+ de rotation.
+ Si vous utilisez cette option, vous aurez besoin d'un programme externe
+ pour effectuer une rotation de chaque page, ou bien il vous faudra alimenter
+ votre imprimante directement en format paysage.
+ Remarquez que cette option renverse les rôles respectifs des environnements
+
+\family sans
+En-tête_Diapo
+\family default
+ et
+\family sans
+En-tête_Diapo_Tourné
+\family default
+ (ne vous inquiétez pas, ils sont décrits plus loin).
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
+
+
+\series bold
+leqno
+\series default
+ Numéros des équations à gauche.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
+
+
+\series bold
+fleqn
+\series default
+ Équations alignées à gauche.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Environnements supportés
+\layout Standard
+
+La plupart des environnements courants sont supportés par la classe
+\family sans
+foils
+\family default
+.
+ Il y a des environnements supplémentaires fournis par
+\family sans
+Foil
+\family default
+TeX ainsi que deux apportés par LyX.
+ Les environnements suivants sont partagés avec d'autres classes :
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+begin{multicols}{2}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Standard
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+ListePuces
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Énumeration
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Description
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Liste
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+LyX-Code
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Vers
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Cite
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Citation
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Titre
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Auteur
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Date
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Bibliographie
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Adresse
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Adresse_À_Droite
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Légende
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Commentaire
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+end{multicols}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+En gros, il s'agit de tous les environnements, mis à part ceux de section.
+ En effet, dans un diaporama, les sections sont en fait les diapos elles-mêmes.
+
+\family sans
+Foil
+\family default
+TeX propose des commandes pour commencer de nouvelles diapos :
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+En-Tête_Diapo
+\family default
+ (Foilhead)
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+En-Tête_Diapo_Tourné (RotateFoilhead)
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX a aussi des versions légèrement modifiées de ces deux environnements
+ :
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+En-tête_Diapo_Court
+\family default
+ (ShortFoilhead)
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+En-tête_Diapo_Court_Tourné
+\family default
+ (ShortRotateFoilhead)
+\layout Standard
+
+Les différences seront expliquées dans une autre section.
+\layout Standard
+
+De plus, les diapos sont souvent utilisées pour exposer des idées, ou de
+ nouveaux théorèmes.
+ De ce fait,
+\family sans
+Foil
+\family default
+TeX fournit aussi un ensemble d'outils pour les présenter :
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+begin{multicols}{2}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Théorème
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Lemme
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Corollaire
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Proposition
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Définition
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Preuve
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Théorème*
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Lemme*
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Corollaire*
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Proposition*
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Définition*
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+end{multicols}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Les versions sans étoiles sont numérotées, tandis que celles avec étoiles
+ ne le sont pas.
+ Il y a enfin des environnements de liste ajoutés par LyX :
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+ListeCochés
+\family default
+ (TickList)
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+ListeCroix
+\family default
+ (CrossList)
+\layout Standard
+
+FoilTeX offre aussi de nombreuses possibilités pour les en-têtes et pieds
+ de pages, qu'il vaut mieux définir dans le préambule, bien que vous puissiez
+ le faire à tout moment dans le document.
+ Si vous souhaitez changer ces réglages en cours de document, il est préférable
+ de le faire au tout début d'une diapo, donc juste après l'
+\family sans
+En-tête_Diapo
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Pour ces réglages, vous disposez des environnements suivants [
+\noun on
+Martin Vermeer
+\noun default
+] :
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+begin{multicols}{2}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Mon_Logo
+\family default
+ (My_Logo)
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Restriction
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Pied_Droite
+\family default
+ (Right_Footer)
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+En-tête_Droite
+\family default
+ (Right_Header)
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+En-tête_Gauche
+\family default
+ (Left_Header)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+\SpecialChar ~
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+end{multicols}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Certaines commandes de
+\family sans
+Foil
+\family default
+TeX ne sont pas directement supportées par LyX, mais vous pourrez tout de
+ même les utiliser, comme l'explique la section\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:foil-non-supporte}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Création de diapos
+\layout Standard
+
+Cette section est une rapide introduction aux différents environnements
+ qui permettent de construire un ensemble de diapos.
+ Si vous voulez un exemple, ouvrez
+\family typewriter
+Foils.lyx
+\family default
+ via
+\family sans
+Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Ouvrir\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\family default
+ et le bouton
+\family sans
+Exemples
+\family default
+.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Donner un titre de page
+\layout Standard
+
+À la différence des autres classes qui proposent les environnements
+\family sans
+Titre
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Auteur
+\family default
+ et
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\family default
+, la classe
+\family sans
+foils
+\family default
+ crée le titre sur une page à part.
+ Si vous laissez l'environnement
+\family sans
+Date
+\family default
+ vide, LaTeX lui substituera la date du jour (et ce, à chaque fois que vous
+ générerez le rendu).
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Débuter une nouvelle diapo
+\layout Standard
+
+Comme il est dit plus haut, il existe quatre manières de commencer une nouvelle
+ diapo.
+ Pour les formats portrait, utilisez
+\family sans
+En-tête_Diapo
+\family default
+ ou
+\family sans
+En-tête_Diapo_Court
+\family default
+.
+ La différence entre ces deux environnements est la quantité d'espace entre
+ le titre (l'
+\family sans
+En-tête_Diapo
+\family default
+) et le corps de la diapo.
+\layout Standard
+
+Les diapos en position paysage seront créées via les environnements
+\family sans
+ En-tête_Diapo_Tourné
+\family default
+ et
+\family sans
+En-tête_Diapo_Court_Tourné
+\family default
+.
+ À nouveau, la seule différence est l'espace entre le titre et le corps.
+ Les deux versions courtes ont 0,5\SpecialChar ~
+pouce de séparation en moins.
+\layout Standard
+
+Il vous faut
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+ pour générer des sorties PostScript® de diapos en format paysage, sans
+ quoi la rotation de ces diapos ne sera pas exécutée.
+ Il vous sera possible d'obtenir des diapos en format paysage sans
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+, mais il vous faudra introduire les feuilles en position couchée dans l'imprima
+nte ;-)
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Théorèmes, lemmes, preuves et tutti quanti
+\layout Standard
+
+Un petit bogue de LyX fait que deux de ces environnements ne peuvent se
+ suivre directement.
+ Ils doivent être séparés par quelque chose.
+ Si vous essayez d'en coller deux, ça semblera marcher sous LyX, mais la
+ sortie LaTeX aura fusionné les deux environnements en un seul.
+ Alors, comment contourner le problème ? L'option la plus simple est d'insérer
+ du texte entre les deux environnements ou d'ajouter un environnement
+\family sans
+LaTeX
+\family default
+ entre les deux paragraphes avec juste un
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+%
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ dedans.
+ Cela forcera LyX à produire la bonne sortie LaTeX.
+ Il y en a un exemple dans le fichier d'exemple inclus dans la distribution
+ LyX.
+ Nous rappelons que ce problème n'apparaît que lorsque vous essayez de placer
+ deux environnements de type théorème juste l'un derrière l'autre.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Listes
+\layout Standard
+
+Vous pouvez profiter de tous les types de listes que l'on trouve dans les
+ autres classes plus deux nouvelles.
+ Je ne décrirai ici que ces dernières.
+ Si vous voulez plus d'informations sur les autres environnements de liste,
+ voyez le
+\emph on
+Guide\SpecialChar ~
+de\SpecialChar ~
+l'Utilisateur
+\emph toggle
+.
+ Si vous voulez utiliser les listes à puce, lisez aussi le paragraphe sur
+ le choix des puces, à la section\SpecialChar ~
+
+\emph default
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:puces}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Les deux nouveaux environnements de liste,
+\family sans
+ListeCochés
+\family default
+ et
+\family sans
+ListeCroix
+\family default
+, ont pour but de faciliter l'utilisation de listes
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+À\SpecialChar ~
+faire\SpecialChar ~
+/\SpecialChar ~
+À\SpecialChar ~
+éviter
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ ou
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+Oui\SpecialChar ~
+/\SpecialChar ~
+Non
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+, bref, qui utilisent comme puces des coches (
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+ding{51}
+\end_inset
+
+) ou des croix (
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+ding{55}
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ Ces listes sont en fait des versions spécialisées de l'environnement
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\family default
+.
+ Elles nécessitent cependant que vous disposiez du paquetage
+\family typewriter
+psnfss
+\family default
+.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Figures et tableaux
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+Foil
+\family default
+TeX redéfinit la notion de figures et tables flottantes afin qu'elles apparaisse
+nt exactement là où elles sont dans le texte plutôt qu'en haut des pages
+ où en une quelconque autre position prédéfinie.
+ En fait, si vous changez les réglages de positionnement des flottants,
+ ces modifications ne seront pas prises en compte.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+En-têtes et pieds de pages
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:foil-en-tetes}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Les deux commandes
+\family sans
+Mon_Logo
+\family default
+ et
+\family sans
+Restriction
+\family default
+ servent à définir le texte en pied de page à gauche.
+ La première vous permet d'insérer un logo sur vos diapos.
+ Vous aurez par défaut comme logo
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+-Typeset by FoilTeX-
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ La seconde sert à classifier des documents en fonction du type de public,
+ par exemple
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+Confidentiel
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Par défaut elle ne contient rien.
+\layout Standard
+
+Vous pouvez remplir les autres coins de la page avec
+\family sans
+Pied_Droite
+\family default
+ (qui par défaut contient le numéro de page),
+\family sans
+En-tête_Droite
+\family default
+ et
+\family sans
+En-tête_Gauche
+\family default
+.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Fonctions de
+\family sans
+FoilTeX
+\family default
+ non-supportées
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:foil-non-supporte}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Toutes les commandes décrites ci-dessous doivent être entrées dans un environnem
+ent
+\family sans
+LaTeX
+\family default
+, ou en mode
+\family sans
+TeX
+\family default
+ dans un autre environnement.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Longueurs
+\layout Standard
+
+Toutes les longueurs sont ajustées en utilisant la commande
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+setlength\SpecialChar \-
+{
+\family default
+\emph on
+nom_longeur
+\family typewriter
+\emph toggle
+}\SpecialChar \-
+{
+\family default
+\emph on
+nouvelle_longeur
+\family typewriter
+\emph toggle
+}
+\family default
+ où
+\emph on
+nom_longeur
+\emph toggle
+sera remplacé par le nom de la variable de longueur que vous voulez modifier,
+ et
+\emph on
+nouvelle_longeur
+\emph toggle
+ par la valeur de la variable.
+ Toutes les variables de longueur doivent être indiquées dans des unités
+ comme le pouce\SpecialChar ~
+(
+\family typewriter
+in
+\family default
+), le millimètre\SpecialChar ~
+(
+\family typewriter
+mm
+\family default
+) ou le point\SpecialChar ~
+(
+\family typewriter
+pt
+\family default
+), ou bien dans une unité dépendant du document ou de la police employée,
+ comme
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+textwidth
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Il est possible de changer l'espacement entre l'en-tête et le corps d'une
+ diapo en ajustant la longueur spécifiée par
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+foilheadskip
+\family default
+.
+ Par exemple, pour rendre
+\emph on
+tous
+\emph toggle
+ les titres plus proches des corps de 0,5\SpecialChar ~
+pouce, mettez dans le préambule
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+setlength{
+\backslash
+foilheadskip}{-0.5in}
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+L'espacement autour des flottants peut être modifié via
+\emph toggle
+ ces variables :
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+abovefloatskip
+\family default
+Séparation entre le texte et le haut du flottant ;
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+abovecaptionskip
+\family default
+Séparation entre le flottant et sa légende ;
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+belowcaptionskip
+\family default
+Séparation entre la légende et le texte qui la suit ;
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+captionwidth
+\family default
+ Vous pouvez rendre les légendes plus étroites que le texte alentour en
+ réglant cette valeur.
+ Le mieux est sûrement de la définir en fonction de
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+textwidth
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Il y a aussi plusieurs variables de longueur relatives à la page de titre.
+ Elles vous seront utiles dans le cas d'un titre long, ou de plusieurs auteurs
+ :
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+abovetitleskip
+\family default
+ Séparation entre les en-têtes et le titre (environnement
+\family sans
+Titre
+\family default
+) ;
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+titleauthorskip
+\family default
+ entre les environnements
+\family sans
+Titre
+\family default
+ et
+\family sans
+Auteur
+\family default
+;
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+authorauthorskip
+\family default
+ entre différentes lignes de l'environnement
+\family sans
+Auteur
+\family default
+ ;
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+authordateskip
+\family default
+ entre l'auteur et la date ;
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+dateabstractskip
+\family default
+ entre la date et le résumé (
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\family default
+).
+\layout Standard
+
+La dernière des commandes d'ajustement de longueur agit sur tous les environneme
+nts de liste.
+ Si vous placez
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+zerolistvertdimens
+\family default
+
+\emph on
+dans
+\emph toggle
+ un environnement de liste, tout l'espacement vertical entre les éléments
+ de la liste est supprimé.
+ Remarquez qu'il s'agit d'une commande et non d'une variable, donc on n'utilise
+ pas ici
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+setlength
+\family default
+.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+En-têtes et pieds
+\layout Standard
+
+Les commandes
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+LogoOn
+\family default
+ et
+\family sans
+
+\backslash
+
+\family typewriter
+LogoOff
+\family default
+ permettent de préciser dans une page donnée si le logo de
+\family typewriter
+
+\family sans
+Mon_Logo
+\family default
+ apparaîtra ou non.
+ Si vous mettez
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+LogoOff
+\family default
+ dans le préambule, aucune des diapos n'aura de logo.
+ Si c'est uniquement sur une diapo particulière que vous ne voulez pas de
+ logo, mettez
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+LogoOff
+\family default
+ juste après le début de cette diapo et
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+LogoOn
+\family default
+ juste après le début de la suivante.
+\layout Standard
+
+Si vous voulez utiliser la mise en page
+\family sans
+fancy
+\family default
+ dans la fenêtre
+\family sans
+Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document
+\family default
+, il vous faudra sûrement ajouter
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+let
+\backslash
+headwidth
+\backslash
+textwidth
+\family default
+ à votre préambule.
+ Ainsi, en format paysage, les en-têtes et les pieds de page seront positionnés
+ correctement une fois les pages retournées.
+ C'est obligatoire à cause d'incompatibilités entre le paquetage
+\family sans
+fancyheadings
+\family default
+ et la classe
+\family sans
+foils
+\family default
+.
+\layout Section
+
+Latex8 (Papiers des Conférences de l'IEEE)
+\layout Standard
+
+par
+\noun on
+Allan Rae
+\layout Subsection
+
+Introduction
+\layout Standard
+
+Comme cette classe est spécifiquement destinée à écrire des soumissions
+ à des conférences sous l'égide de l'IEEE, je vous recommande vivement de
+ vous procurer une copie de leur
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+Kit de l'Auteur
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Le paquetage
+\family sans
+latex.sty
+\family default
+ et le fichier de style de bibliographie associé sont inclus dans ce kit.
+ Le
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+Kit de l'Auteur
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ est en général envoyé par e-mail une fois que votre soumission initiale
+ a été acceptée.
+ Il y a dedans beaucoup d'informations utiles, qui expliquent les restrictions
+ de mise en page et ainsi de suite, et je vais supposer que vous l'avez
+ lu pour ne pas avoir à tout répéter ici.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Pour commencer
+\layout Standard
+
+(AR.
+ plus à l'avenir)
+\layout Subsection
+
+Environnements supportés
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Standard
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Titre
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Auteur
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+E-mail
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Affiliation
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Section
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+SousSection
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Légende
+\layout Subsection
+
+Différences entre écran et impression
+\layout Standard
+
+Il y a quelques légères différences d'apparence principalement pour la présentat
+ion des compteurs de section.
+ À l'écran le point final du compteur de section est absent mais il apparaîtra
+ à l'impression : ne vous affolez donc pas.
+\layout Section
+
+Hollywood (scripts d'Hollywood)
+\layout Standard
+
+par
+\shape smallcaps
+Garst Reese
+\layout Subsection
+
+Introduction
+\layout Standard
+
+Maîtriser le format d'un script d'Hollywood est un
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+rite de passage
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Ce format est destiné à laisser le lecteur se concentrer sur le contenu
+ et à être facile à lire et familier pour les acteurs.
+ Chaque page d'un script doit représenter une minute de film.
+ Il n'y a rien dans le script qui ne soit pas visible ou audible à l'écran.
+ La police courier 12\SpecialChar ~
+pt doit être utilisée tout le long.
+ Pas d'italiques.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Problèmes particuliers
+\layout Standard
+
+Les lignes de dialogue ne doivent JAMAIS être coupées au milieu d'une phrase.
+ Si le texte d'un personnage
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+NdT :
+\family sans
+Speaker
+\end_inset
+
+ franchit un saut de page, repétez le nom du personnage suivi de (Cont'd)
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+NdT : (suite)
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Fonctions particulières
+\layout Standard
+
+Entrez les noms des personnages comme étiquettes, puis faites des références
+ croisées sur ces étiquettes pour insérer le nom.
+ La fenêtre de référence croisée montrera l'ensemble des personnages.
+ Vous pouvez utiliser cette méthode également pour insérer le nom d'un personnag
+e dans les parties narratives.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Taille de papier et Marges
+\layout Standard
+
+USLetter, gauche 1,6\SpecialChar ~
+in, droite 0,75\SpecialChar ~
+in, haut 0,5\SpecialChar ~
+in, bas 0,75\SpecialChar ~
+in.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Environnements
+\layout Standard
+
+Les environnements suivants sont disponibles.
+ Vous pouvez utiliser
+\family typewriter
+hollywood.bind
+\family default
+ pour accéder aux touches de raccourci indiquées à droite.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+
+\family sans
+
+\newline
+
+\family default
+Quand rien d'autre ne convient.
+ Essayez de l'éviter.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+FADE_IN
+\family default
+ (Fondu
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+NdT : Incertain.
+\end_inset
+
+):
+\hfill
+
+\family sans
+M-z S-I
+\family default
+
+\newline
+Suivi en général de quelque chose comme
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+sur Sally qui se lève
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+INT :
+\hfill
+M-z i
+\newline
+
+\family default
+Introduit une nouvelle séquence INTÉRIEUR.
+ Toujours suivi par JOUR ou NUIT, ou quelque chose d'approchant pour définir
+ l'éclairage nécessaire.
+ Toute cette ligne en MAJUSCULES.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+EXT :
+\hfill
+M-z e
+\newline
+
+\family default
+Introduit une nouvelle séquence EXTÉRIEUR.
+ Toute cette ligne en MAJUSCULES.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Speaker
+\hfill
+M-z s
+\newline
+
+\family default
+Le personnage qui parle.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Parenthetical
+\hfill
+M-z p
+\newline
+
+\family default
+Instructions au personnage intervenant.
+ Les () sont insérées automatiquement, mais seule la ( sera affichée dans
+ LyX.
+ Les deux seront imprimées.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Dialogue
+\hfill
+M-z d
+\newline
+
+\family default
+Ce qui dit le personnage.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Transition
+\hfill
+M-z t
+\newline
+
+\family default
+Instruction de mouvement de caméra.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+FADE OUT:
+\hfill
+M-z S-I
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Auteur
+\hfill
+M-z S-A
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Titre
+\hfill
+M-z S-T
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Right_Address
+\hfill
+M-z r
+\layout Subsection
+
+Jargon de script
+\layout Itemize
+
+(O.S) -- off screen (hors écran)
+\layout Itemize
+
+(V.0) -- voice over (voix off)
+\layout Itemize
+
+b.g.
+ -- background (arrière-plan)
+\layout Itemize
+
+C.U.
+ -- close-up (plan rapproché)
+\layout Itemize
+
+PAN -- mouvement de caméra
+\layout Itemize
+
+INSERT -- insérez un plan rapproché
+\layout Section
+
+Broadway
+\layout Standard
+
+par
+\shape smallcaps
+Garst Reese
+\layout Subsection
+
+Introduction
+\layout Standard
+
+Broadway est destiné à l'écriture de pièces de théâtre.
+ Le format est plus décoratif que Hollywood, et beaucoup moins standardisé.
+ Ce format devrait convenir à des ateliers.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Problèmes particuliers
+\layout Standard
+
+Les mêmes que dans Hollywood.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Fonctions particulières
+\layout Standard
+
+Entrez les noms des personnages comme étiquettes puis faites des références
+ croisées sur ces étiquettes pour insérer le nom.
+ La fenêtre de référence croisée montrera l'ensemble des personnages.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Taille de papier et Marges
+\layout Standard
+
+USLetter, gauche 1,6\SpecialChar ~
+in, droite 0,75\SpecialChar ~
+in, haut 0,5\SpecialChar ~
+in, bas 0,75\SpecialChar ~
+in.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Environnements
+\layout Standard
+
+Les environnements suivants sont disponibles.
+ Vous pouvez utiliser
+\family typewriter
+broadway.bind
+\family default
+ pour accéder aux touches de raccourci indiquées à droite.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Standard
+\newline
+
+\family default
+Vous ne devriez pas avoir à l'utiliser, mais il est là pour tout ce qui
+ n'a pas sa place ailleurs.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Narrative
+\hfill
+M-z n
+\newline
+
+\family default
+Utilisé pour décrire le décor et l'action.
+ La première occurrence des noms des personnages en MAJUSCULES.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+ACT
+\family default
+ (Acte)
+\hfill
+M
+\family sans
+-z a
+\newline
+
+\family default
+Automatiquement numéroté.
+ À l'écran sera en chiffres arabes, mais imprimé en chiffres romains.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+ACT*
+\family default
+ (Acte*)
+\hfill
+M
+\family sans
+-z S at
+\newline
+
+\family default
+Sous-titre pour
+\family sans
+ACT
+\family default
+.
+ C'est juste du texte centré.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+SCENE
+\hfill
+M-z S-S
+\newline
+
+\family default
+Pas automatiquement numéroté.
+ Vous donnez le numéro.
+ C'est parce que je n'ai pas trouvé comment faire.
+\layout Itemize
+
+AT_RISE (Lever de Rideau)
+\hfill
+M
+\family sans
+-z S-R
+\newline
+
+\family default
+Un cas particulier de
+\family sans
+Narrative
+\family default
+ pour décrire le décor et l'action quand le rideau se lève.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Speaker
+\hfill
+M-z s
+\newline
+
+\family default
+Le nom du personnage, centré en MAJUSCULES.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Parenthetical
+\family default
+ (Didascalies)
+\hfill
+M
+\family sans
+-z p
+\newline
+
+\family default
+Instructions au personnage.
+ Les () sont insérées automatiquement, mais seule la ( sera affichée dans
+ LyX.
+ Les deux seront imprimées.
+ Cet environnement n'est utilisé qu'à l'intérieur de
+\family sans
+Dialogue
+\family default
+.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Dialogue
+\hfill
+M-z d
+\newline
+
+\family default
+Ce que dit le personnage.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+CURTAIN
+\family default
+ (Rideau)
+\hfill
+M
+\family sans
+-z S-C
+\newline
+
+\family default
+Le rideau tombe.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Titre
+\hfill
+M-z S-T
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Auteur
+\hfill
+M-z S-A
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Right_Address
+\hfill
+M-z r
+\layout Standard
+
+Salut tout le monde.
+\layout Section
+
+RevTeX4
+\layout Standard
+
+par
+\noun on
+Amir Karger
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_top bigskip \noindent
+La classe de texte
+\family sans
+Revtex\SpecialChar ~
+4
+\family default
+ marche avec la classe RevTeX 4.0 (version
+\begin_inset Formula $\beta$
+\end_inset
+
+ de mai 1999) de l'American Physical Society.
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX a une classe de texte
+\family sans
+Revtex
+\family default
+, qui marche avec RevTeX 3.1.
+ Cependant, la version 3.1 est périmée, car elle fonctionne avec LaTeX 2.09.
+ Ce qui signifie qu'elle n'interagit pas très bien avec LyX, qui a besoin
+ de LaTeX2e, même si on l'a trafiqué pour qu'elle marche.
+ Comme RevTeX 4.0 a été étudiée pour marcher beaucoup mieux avec LaTeX2e,
+ LyX avec la classe de texte
+\family sans
+Revtex\SpecialChar ~
+4
+\family default
+ devrait être assez facile à utiliser.
+\layout Standard
+
+Cette documentation est censée servir en
+\emph on
+plus
+\emph default
+ de la documentation de RevTeX 4.0, nous ne décrirons donc aucune des macros
+ spéciales RevTeX, et supposerons que vous savez ce qu'il faut mettre dans
+ le préambule si besoin.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Installation
+\layout Standard
+
+Tout ce que vous avez à faire est d'installer RevTeX 4, comme c'est décrit
+ dans le fichier README du paquetage.
+ Le paquetage est disponible sur
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url[le site de RevTeX 4]{http://publish.aps.org/revtex4/}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Installez-le quelque part où LaTeX puisse le voir.
+ Testez-le en essayant de LaTeXer un court document RevTeX 4 dans un répertoire
+ au hasard (c'est-à-dire pas dans celui où vous avez installé le fichier
+ de classe).
+ Ensuite, si vous reconfigurez LyX, il trouvera le fichier de classe et
+ vous laissera utiliser la classe de texte
+\family sans
+Revtex4
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Probablement la façon la plus simple de démarrer est soit d'importer un
+ document RevTeX 4 avec
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+, soit d'utiliser le modèle
+\family sans
+Revtex\SpecialChar ~
+4
+\family default
+, qui se trouve dans le répertoire de modèles.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Dans le préambule
+\layout Standard
+
+Les paramètres optionnels de
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+documentclass
+\family default
+, comme
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+preprint
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ et
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+aps
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+, vont dans le champ d'
+\family sans
+Autres\SpecialChar ~
+Options
+\family default
+ de la fenêtre
+\family sans
+Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document
+\family default
+, comme d'habitude.
+ Rappelez-vous que dans RevTeX, il faut au moins un paramètre optionnel
+ !
+\layout Standard
+
+Le reste de ce qui va dans le préambule, comme
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+draft
+\family default
+ etc., va comme d'habitude dans la fenêtre
+\family sans
+Préambule
+\family default
+.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Champs
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+NdT : Dans la section sur RevTeX, j'ai traduit
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+layout
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ par
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+champ
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ à de nombreux endroits.
+ Ce que l'auteur indiquait était peut-être un environnement, mais ressemble
+ de toute façon à un champ à remplir.
+ N'ayant pas RevTeX, je ne peux pas aller vérifier.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Les champs correspondent basiquement aux commandes dans RevTeX 4.0.
+ Par exemple, le champ
+\family sans
+Email
+\family default
+ correspond à
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+email{}
+\family default
+.
+ Notez que (au moins pour RevTeX 4.0 Beta), les champs
+\family sans
+Adresse
+\family default
+ et
+\family sans
+Affiliation
+\family default
+ sont exactement équivalents, vous n'avez donc pas besoin d'utiliser les
+ deux
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Au cas où ça vous intéresse, les deux sont inclus pour que
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\family default
+ puisse traduire à la fois
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+address
+\family default
+ et
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+affiliation
+\family default
+.
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Notes importantes
+\layout Standard
+
+Il y a un ou deux aspects spécifiques de RevTeX 4 qui peuvent causer des
+ erreurs qui sont encore plus troublantes dans LyX.
+\layout Standard
+
+Dans RevTeX, la commande
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+thanks
+\family default
+ va
+\emph on
+en dehors
+\emph default
+ de la commande
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+author
+\family default
+.
+ L'équivalent LyX en est qu'il y a un champ
+\family sans
+Remerciements
+\family default
+ séparé.
+ N'écrivez
+\emph on
+pas
+\emph default
+ de notes de bas de page dans le champ
+\family sans
+Auteur
+\family default
+, ou des choses étranges apparaîtront.
+ Voyez la documentation de RevTeX 4 pour plus de détails.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Également, les champs
+\family sans
+Email_Auteur
+\family default
+ (Author_Email
+\family sans
+)
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+URL_Auteur
+\family default
+ (Author\SpecialChar ~
+URL) et
+\family sans
+Remerciements
+\family default
+ (Thanks) doivent être placés
+\emph on
+entre
+\emph default
+ le champ
+\family sans
+Auteur
+\family default
+ et le champ
+\family sans
+Adresse
+\family default
+ correspondant (ou son équivalent
+\family sans
+Affiliation
+\family default
+).
+ Si vous mettez les
+\family sans
+Remerciements
+\family default
+ après l'
+\family sans
+Adresse
+\family default
+, la compilation LaTeX échouera.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Inconvénients
+\layout Standard
+
+Le principal problème avec ce format est que vous ne pouvez pas utiliser
+ les paramètres optionnels de certains champs comme
+\family sans
+Email
+\family default
+ et
+\family sans
+Titre
+\family default
+.
+ (Ce problème n'est pas particulier à ce format ; vous ne pouvez pas non
+ plus utiliser les paramètres optionnels des environnements
+\family sans
+Section
+\family default
+.) Ça signifie qu'après avoir exporté le fichier en LaTeX (ce que vous devrez
+ faire de toutes façons pour l'envoyer à l'APS), vous aurez à éditer le
+ fichier LaTeX avec un éditeur de texte et ajouter les paramètres optionnels
+ qui restent à spécifier, par exemple le titre en cours pour les en-têtes
+ de page.
+ Faute de cette possibilité, les commandes
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+altaffiliation
+\family default
+ (et l'équivalent
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+altaddress
+\family default
+) sont inutiles, donc les champs correspondants n'existent pas, et ces commandes
+ devront être ajoutées à la main
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\emph on
+Note de Jean-Marc :
+\emph default
+ en fait, LyX 1.3.0 gère certains types de paramètres optionnels, mais ce
+ format n'a pas encore été mis à jour.
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Section
+
+Article (mwart), book (mwbk) and report (mwrep)
+\begin_inset OptArg
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Les classes
+\family sans
+mw
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+par
+\noun on
+Tomasz Luczak
+\layout Standard
+
+Les classes de document LyX
+\emph on
+article (mwart)
+\emph default
+,
+\emph on
+report (mwrep)
+\emph default
+ et
+\emph on
+book (mwbk)
+\emph default
+ correspondent aux classes de document LaTeX
+\family typewriter
+mwart.cls
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+mwrep.cls
+\family default
+ et
+\family typewriter
+mwbk.cls
+\family default
+ respectivement.
+ Elles remplacent les classes de document standard
+\family typewriter
+article.cls
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+report.cls
+\family default
+ et
+\family typewriter
+book.cls
+\family default
+ et sont mieux adaptées en bien des aspects aux conventions typographiques
+ polonaises.
+\layout Standard
+
+Les différences principales sont :
+\layout Itemize
+
+Les titres non numérotés (avec une étoile, comme
+\family sans
+Section*
+\family default
+) sont présents dans la table des matières.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Des styles de mise en page supplémentaires :
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+
+uheadings en-têtes sur plusieurs lignes,
+\layout Description
+
+myheadings en-têtes personnalisés, définis par les commandes
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+markright
+\family default
+ et
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+markboth
+\family default
+,
+\layout Description
+
+myuheadings en-têtes personnalisés sur plusieurs lignes
+\layout Description
+
+outer le numéro de page est placé du côté extérieur de la page
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Options
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+
+rmheadings titres avec empattement -- par défaut,
+\layout Description
+
+sfheadings titres sans empattement,
+\layout Description
+
+authortitle sur la page de titre, d'abord l'auteur puis le titre -- par
+ défaut,
+\layout Description
+
+titleauthor sur la page de titre, d'abord le titre puis l'auteur,
+\layout Description
+
+withmarginpar réserver de la place sur la page pour les marges.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Section
+
+Elsevier Journals
+\layout Standard
+
+par
+\noun on
+Rod Pinna
+\layout Standard
+
+Elsevier Science Publishers B.V.
+ met une classe de document LaTeX standard (
+\family typewriter
+elsart.cls
+\family default
+) à disposition de ceux qui veulent soumettre des articles à leurs différentes
+ publications.
+ Vous pouvez directement télécharger le fichier de style sur leur page web
+ :
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \htmlurl{http://authors.elsevier.com/}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Des instructions sont fournies avec le fichier de classe, qui précisent
+ les desiderata de l'éditeur.
+ LyX peut fonctionner avec cette classe, grâce à un fichier de format et
+ un modèle de document.
+ L'installation de la classe est identique à n'importe quel autre paquetage
+ LaTeX, tout ceci est expliqué dans la documentation d'Elsevier.
+\layout Standard
+
+Pour utiliser
+\family typewriter
+elsart.cls
+\family default
+, vous disposez d'un fichier
+\family typewriter
+elsart.layout
+\family default
+.
+ Comme la classe Elsevier est construite à partir de la classe standard
+
+\family sans
+article
+\family default
+, la plupart des fonctions de base sont les mêmes.
+ La classe Elsevier définit un certain nombre d'environnements mathématiques,
+ semblables à ceux de l'AMS.
+ Ces commandes sont toutes décrites dans la documentation d'Elsevier, et
+ disponibles depuis LyX.
+\layout Standard
+
+La façon la plus simple d'utiliser la classe Elsevier est de construire
+ vos documents à partir du modèle fourni.
+ Il est préférable de ne pas utiliser les options d'en-têtes
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+fancy
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ ou le paquetage geometry, car Elsevier définit des fonctions similaires
+ dans le fichier de style.
+ Idéalement, vous ne devriez pas utiliser d'autre paquetage que ceux mentionnés
+ dans la documentation d'Elsevier.
+ Basiquement, Elsevier souhaite recevoir un fichier LaTeX le plus
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+propre
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ possible, car ils vont prendre le fichier que vous aurez soumis et remplacer
+ le fichier de classe par celui du journal auquel vous soumettez votre article.
+ Cela signifie aussi qu'il ne faut pas que vous passiez trop de temps à
+ mettre en forme votre document : de toute manière, il aura changé à la
+ publication.
+ Pour tout le reste, vous utilisez ce format de la même façon que la classe
+
+\family sans
+article
+\family default
+.
+ Pour plus de détails sur ce qu'Elsevier accepte et n'accepte pas, reportez-vous
+ à leur documentation.
+\layout Chapter
+
+Importer et Exporter d'autres Formats de Fichier
+\begin_inset OptArg
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Importer et Exporter
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Section
+
+Considérations Générales
+\layout Standard
+
+L'importation et l'exportation de documents LyX à partir de ou vers d'autres
+ formats a été abordée brièvement dans le
+\emph on
+Guide\SpecialChar ~
+de\SpecialChar ~
+l'Utilisateur
+\emph default
+.
+ Nous allons décrire ici les détails plus sanglants qu'il faut connaître
+ pour comprendre ce qui se passe quand on clique sur
+\family sans
+Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Importer
+\family default
+ ou
+\family sans
+Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Exporter
+\family default
+.
+\layout Section
+
+Importer d'autres Formats
+\layout Subsection
+
+LaTeX
+\layout Standard
+
+La traduction de LaTeX en LyX est assurée par un script Perl appelé reLyX.
+ Bien qu'il s'agisse d'un programme indépendant qui peut être invoqué à
+ la ligne de commande, LyX l'appelle automatiquement quand on importe un
+ document LaTeX.
+ Voir la section\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:reLyX}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ pour une description complète.
+ Il n'y a pas pour reLyX de paramètres réglables par l'utilisateur à partir
+ de LyX.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Texte ASCII
+\layout Standard
+
+Quand vous importez du texte ASCII brut, il y a deux méthodes pour lire
+ le fichier.
+ Importer en tant que lignes préserve tous les passages à la ligne dans
+ la source ASCII ; dans LyX, chaque ligne ressemble alors à un paragraphe.
+ Importer en tant que paragraphes suppose que des lignes consécutives séparées
+ par un seul passage à la ligne forment un même paragraphe.
+ Plusieurs passages à la ligne successifs sans texte sont donc considérés
+ comme étant les délimiteurs de paragraphe.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Noweb
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\emph on
+(Note de l'Éditeur : Il faut évidemment l'écrire - des volontaires ? --
+ mer)
+\layout Section
+
+Exporter d'autres formats
+\layout Subsection
+
+LaTeX
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX génère deux types de fichiers LaTeX : des versions allégées pour le
+ traitement normal (
+\family sans
+Visualiser\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+DVI
+\family default
+, etc.), que l'on ne lit normalement jamais
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Le fichier ainsi généré est un fichier LaTeX parfaitement valide, mais le
+ préambule peut paraître un peu étrange car il fait apparaître des définitions
+ utilisées par LyX, qui ne seraient pas là dans un fichier écrit par un
+ humain.
+\end_inset
+
+, et des versions lisibles par un humain, qui conviennent pour échanger
+ avec vos collègues.
+ La seule option paramétrable pour la traduction est la longueur des lignes
+ du fichier généré.
+ Par défaut c'est 65 caractères, mais cette valeur peut être modifiée dans
+
+\family sans
+Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Préférences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Sorties\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Divers
+\family default
+, avec le champ
+\family sans
+Longueur de ligne ASCII
+\family default
+.
+\layout Subsection
+
+DVI (Device Independent Files : Fichiers Indépendants de l'Appareil)
+\layout Standard
+
+Les fichiers DVI sont produits en faisant tourner LaTeX sur votre document.
+ Il n'y a pas d'options paramétrables.
+\layout Subsection
+
+PostScript®
+\layout Standard
+
+L'étape suivante de la chaîne de conversion est de passer du fichier DVI
+ au PostScript®.
+ Vous pouvez soit faire
+\family sans
+Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Exporter\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Postscript
+\family default
+, soit
+\family sans
+Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Imprimer
+\family default
+, si vous voulez avoir plus de contrôle sur le résultat.
+ Dans ce dernier cas, vous pouvez configurer les options passées au programme
+
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+ dans la fenêtre
+\family sans
+Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Préférences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Sorties\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Imprimante
+\family default
+.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Texte ASCII
+\layout Standard
+
+L'exportation en texte ASCII tente de préserver la
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+forme
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ du document autant que possible, mais des choses comme le centrage et l'indenta
+tion disparaissent ; les paragraphes sont séparés par des lignes vides.
+ La numérotation de section et les références croisées sont mises en place
+ correctement, de sorte que les fichiers texte résultant sont remarquablement
+ lisibles.
+ La seule option paramétrable est la longueur des lignes, comme dans le
+ cas de l'export LaTeX.
+\layout Subsection
+
+HTML
+\layout Standard
+
+Les documents LyX peuvent être convertis en HTML, en général en les convertissan
+t d'abord en LaTeX, puis en convertissant celui-ci en HTML\SpecialChar \@.
+ LyX reconnaît
+ actuellement trois convertisseurs LaTeX
+\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+HTML :
+\family typewriter
+tth
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+latex2html
+\family default
+ et
+\family typewriter
+hevea
+\family default
+.
+ Leur détection est automatique, mais vous pouvez l'outrepasser dans
+\family sans
+Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Préférences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Conversion\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Convertisseurs
+\family default
+.
+ Vous pouvez aussi inclure des options supplémentaires de ligne de commande
+ dans cette fenêtre.
+\layout Subsection
+
+PDF
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_bottom bigskip
+par
+\noun on
+Dekel Tsur
+\noun default
+ (pour la plupart)
+\layout Standard
+
+La façon la plus rapide de générer un fichier PDF basique (pas de balise,
+ de lien, etc.) avec n'importe quelle version de LyX est d'enregistrer ce
+ document comme fichier PostScript®, puis de faire tourner dessus la commande
+
+\family typewriter
+ps2pdf
+\family default
+.
+ À partir de la version 1.1.6, ça marche tout seul avec
+\family sans
+Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Exporter\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+PDF
+\family default
+.
+ Vous devez prêter attention aux polices, qui peuvent poser quelques problèmes
+ : voyez la section\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:mauvaises-polices}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Toujours à partir de la version 1.1.6, il y a aussi une meilleure méthode
+ qui permet de générer des fichiers beaucoup plus sophistiqués.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Utiliser pdfLaTeX
+\layout Standard
+
+Avec pdfLaTeX vous devez convertir vos figures eps en PDF (voir la section\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:pdf-eps}
+
+\end_inset
+
+), et vous ne pouvez pas utiliser pstricks.
+ D'un autre côté, avec pdfLaTeX vous pouvez insérer directement des images
+ aux formats JPEG ou PNG, utiliser des polices TrueType, et bien plus encore.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Pourquoi mon texte a-t-il l'air si moche quand je le visionne avec Acrobat
+ Reader ?
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:mauvaises-polices}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset OptArg
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Mauvaises polices avec Acrobat Reader
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Le problème est que les polices bitmap sont mal affichées par Acrobat Reader.
+ Quand vous créez un fichier PDF à partir d'un fichier LyX, vous devez utiliser
+ des polices vectorielles au lieu des polices bitmap par défaut (en fait,
+ vous devriez aussi utiliser des polices vectorielles pour les fichiers
+ PostScript®).
+ Les distributions LaTeX récentes sont fournies avec la version PostScript®
+ Type 1 des polices standard (Computer Modern).
+ pdfLaTeX utilise par défaut ces polices.
+ Dvips ne les utilise pas par défaut, pour changer ce comportement, ajoutez
+ les lignes suivantes à votre fichier
+\family typewriter
+~/.dvipsrc
+\family default
+ :
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+p+ psfonts.cmz
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+p+ psfonts.amz
+\layout Standard
+
+Si vous utilisez l'encodage de police LaTeX par défaut (OT1), il n'y a rien
+ d'autre à faire.
+ Cependant, si vous utilisez l'encodage de police T1, alors LaTeX utilise
+ les polices EC plus récentes, pour lesquelles il n'existe pas de version
+ Type1.
+ La solution est dans le paquetage ae qui émule les polices codées T1 en
+ utilisant les polices CM standard.
+ Vous activez ce paquetage en ajoutant
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+usepackage{ae,aecompl}
+\family default
+ au préambule de votre fichier LyX.
+ Cependant, certains caractères sont manquants dans les polices CM (par
+ exemple eth, thorn), et sont empruntés aux polices EC.
+ Ces caractères seront donc sous la forme bitmap.
+\layout Standard
+
+Note : LyX utilise normalement l'encodage de police T1.
+ Si vous voulez utiliser l'encodage de police LaTeX par défaut (ce n'est
+ pas recommandé, sauf si vous n'écrivez qu'en anglais), effacez le contenu
+ du champ
+\family sans
+Encodage\SpecialChar ~
+TeX
+\family default
+ dans la fenêtre
+\family sans
+Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Préférences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Sorties\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Divers
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Une autre solution est d'utiliser les polices PostScript® standard à la
+ place des polices Computer Modern.
+ Pour ce faire, vous devez sélectionner
+\family sans
+pslatex
+\family default
+ comme police globale dans la fenêtre
+\family sans
+Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document
+\family default
+.
+ Quand vous utilisez les polices PostScript®, le fichier PDF résultant est
+ plus petit car les polices n'y sont pas enregistrées.
+ En outre, les polices PostScript® comprennent tous les caractères T1.
+ D'un autre côté, les polices PostScript® n'ont pas de police symbole grasse,
+ on doit donc utiliser la police grasse du pauvre (voir la Section\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:pdf-gras}
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ Les polices PostScript® ont également un aspect différent des polices Computer
+ Modern.
+\layout Standard
+
+En résumé, les polices Computer Modern comme les polices PostScript® donnent
+ toutes deux de bons résultats (avec quelques exceptions).
+ Le choix de l'une ou l'autre est une affaire de goût.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Pourquoi la commande
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+boldsymbol{}
+\family default
+ ne marche pas quand j'utilise pslatex ?
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:pdf-gras}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset OptArg
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+boldsymbol{}
+\family default
+ et
+\family typewriter
+pslatex
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Les polices PostScript® n'ont pas de police symbole grasse.
+ La solution est d'utiliser la commande
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+pmb{}
+\family default
+ (le gras du pauvre :
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+poor man's bold
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+).
+\layout Standard
+
+Il est possible de redéfinir la commande
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+boldsymbol
+\family default
+ pour utiliser
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+pmb
+\family default
+ en mettant
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+boldsymbol}[1]{
+\backslash
+pmb{#1}}
+\layout Standard
+
+dans le préambule.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Est-il possible d'écrire du code LaTeX qui ne soit lu que par pdfLaTeX ?
+\begin_inset OptArg
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Code spécifique à pdfLaTeX
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Oui.
+ En voici un exemple :
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+newif
+\backslash
+ifpdf
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+ifx
+\backslash
+pdfoutput
+\backslash
+undefined
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+pdffalse
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+else
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+pdftrue
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+fi
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+ifpdf
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+pdfinfo { /Author (vos nom et adresse e-mail)
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ /Title (titre)
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ /Subject (description en une ligne du document)
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ }
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+pdfcatalog { /PageMode (/UseNone)
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ % /OpenAction (fitbh)
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ }
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+usepackage[pdftex]{hyperref}
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+else
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+usepackage[ps2pdf]{hyperref}
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+fi
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Comment puis-je rendre les URL cliquables ?
+\layout Standard
+
+Voir la référence ici :
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://wiki.lyx.org/pmwiki.php/FAQ/PDF}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+Personnalisé
+\layout Standard
+
+Des exportations personnalisées sont possibles si vous avez un format particuliè
+rement bizarre vers lequel vous voudriez opérer une conversion, du moment
+ bien sûr que vous disposez du convertisseur adapté.
+ Le format du fichier
+\emph on
+d'entrée
+\emph default
+ de la conversion est choisi dans la fenêtre
+\family sans
+Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Exporter\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Personnalisé
+\family default
+ ; LyX va convertir tout seul le fichier vers ce format, puis passer le
+ résultat à votre convertisseur.
+ Les valeurs possibles sont tous les formats que LyX soit capable de produire
+ à partir de ses propres documents.
+\layout Standard
+
+La commande du convertisseur est spécifiée dans la même fenêtre.
+ Il doit s'agir d'une ligne de commande complète qui utilise la variable
+
+\family typewriter
+$$FNAME
+\family default
+ pour désigner le nom du fichier.
+ Si cette variable n'est pas présente, le fichier sera envoyé à l'entrée
+ standard de votre commande.
+ Vous aurez peut-être à faire preuve d'un peu d'ingéniosité pour protéger
+ cette séquence correctement de telle sorte qu'elle soit compatible avec
+ votre shell.
+\layout Standard
+
+Il n'est pas possible d'enregistrer cette commandes dans la fenêtre
+\family sans
+Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Préférences
+\family default
+, mais vous pouvez éditer votre fichier
+\family typewriter
+.lyx/preferences
+\family default
+ à la main et y ajouter la ligne
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+custom_export_command "ma_commande $$FName"
+\layout Section
+
+Description complète de reLyX
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:reLyX}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Subsection
+
+Synopsis
+\layout Standard
+
+La façon la plus simple d'utiliser reLyX est via la commande
+\family sans
+Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Importer
+\family default
+ dans LyX.
+ Ça lance reLyX sur le fichier concerné et charge le fichier résultant dans
+ LyX.
+ Vous devriez d'abord essayer ça, et ne l'appeler depuis la ligne de commande
+ que si vous avez besoin d'options plus compliquées.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series bold
+reLyX
+\series default
+ [
+\series bold
+-c
+\series default
+
+\shape italic
+classe
+\shape default
+ ] [
+\series bold
+-df
+\series default
+ ] [
+\series bold
+-o
+\series default
+
+\shape italic
+répertoire_de_sortie
+\shape default
+ ] [
+\series bold
+ -r
+\series default
+\shape italic
+ env_rég1
+\shape default
+[,
+\shape italic
+env_rég2
+\shape default
+...]] [
+\series bold
+ -s
+\series default
+\shape italic
+ fichier_syn1
+\shape default
+[,
+\shape italic
+fichier_syn2
+\shape default
+...]]
+\emph on
+fichier_d'entrée
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series bold
+reLyX
+\series default
+
+\series bold
+-p
+\series default
+
+\series bold
+-c
+\series default
+
+\shape italic
+classe
+\shape default
+ [
+\series bold
+-df
+\series default
+ ] [
+\series bold
+-o
+\series default
+
+\shape italic
+répertoire_de_sortie
+\shape default
+ ] [
+\series bold
+ -r
+\series default
+\shape italic
+ env_rég1
+\shape default
+[,
+\shape italic
+env_rég2
+\shape default
+...]] [
+\series bold
+ -s
+\series default
+\shape italic
+ fichier_syn1
+\shape default
+[,
+\shape italic
+fichier_syn2
+\shape default
+...]]
+\emph on
+fichiers_d'entrée
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\series bold
+reLyX
+\series default
+
+\series bold
+-h
+\layout Subsection
+
+Options
+\layout Description
+
+-c Classe.
+ Par défaut, quand reLyX voit une commande
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+documentclass{machin}
+\family default
+, il crée un fichier avec la classe
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+machin
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ et lit le fichier de format LyX pour cette classe.
+ Utilisez
+\series bold
+-c
+\series default
+ pour déclarer une classe de document différente (et lire un autre fichier
+ de format).
+\layout Description
+
+-d Déboguage.
+ Par défaut, reLyX donne peu d'informations et efface les fichiers temporaires
+ créés durant la traduction.
+ Avec l'option
+\series bold
+-d
+\series default
+ il sera beaucoup plus bavard (à la fois vers stdout et vers stderr) et
+ n'effacera pas les fichiers temporaires.
+\layout Description
+
+-f Forcer.
+ reLyX ne tourne pas si le fichier
+\family typewriter
+.lyx
+\family default
+ qu'il générerait existe déjà.
+ Utilisez l'option
+\series bold
+-f
+\series default
+ (avec précaution) pour écraser tout fichier préexistant.
+\layout Description
+
+-h Aide (Help).
+ Affiche l'information sur l'utilisation et s'arrête.
+\layout Description
+
+-o Répertoire de sortie (Output).
+ Avec cette option, tous les fichiers temporaires et les fichiers LyX générés
+ (pour le fichier d'entrée demandé, pour tout fichier inclus, ou pour tout
+ fragment de fichier donné par l'option
+\series bold
+-p
+\series default
+) seront mis dans le répertoire
+\emph on
+répertoire_de_sortie
+\emph default
+.
+ Autrement, pour chaque fichier
+\family typewriter
+répertoire/machin.tex
+\family default
+, les fichiers temporaires et les sorties LyX sont créés dans
+\family typewriter
+répertoire
+\family default
+.
+ Cette option peut être utile si un fichier inclut des fichiers d'autres
+ répertoires que vous voulez regrouper dans un seul répertoire, ou si vous
+ n'avez pas les droits d'écriture dans le répertoire où se trouvent les
+ fichiers LaTeX.
+\layout Description
+
+-p Fichier partiel.
+ Les fichiers d'entrée sont des fragments de LaTeX, sans préambule ni commande
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{document}
+\family default
+.
+ Cette option nécessite également l'option
+\series bold
+-c
+\series default
+ ; puisqu'il n'y a pas de commande
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+documentclass
+\family default
+ dans les fichiers que reLyX va traduire.
+ Quand vous utilisez cette option, vous pouvez traduire plus d'un fichier
+ à la fois, tant que tous les fichiers sont de la même classe.
+ Le fichier LyX créé par reLyX peut être inclus dans un fichier LyX existant
+ en utilisant dans LyX l'entrée de menu
+\family sans
+Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Inclure\SpecialChar ~
+Fichier
+\family default
+.
+\layout Description
+
+-r Environnements réguliers (voir la Section\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:syntaxe-reLyX}
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ Si vous donnez plus d'un environnement, séparez-les par des virgules (pas
+ par des espaces).
+ Vous devrez probablement mettre la liste d'environnements entre guillemets,
+ surtout s'il y a dedans des environnements avec un astérisque (
+\family typewriter
+machin*
+\family default
+).
+ Si vous utilisez souvent cette commande, envisagez la création d'un fichier
+ de syntaxe personnel.
+\layout Description
+
+-s Fichiers de syntaxe.
+ Les fichiers de syntaxe passés en entrée (un ou plusieurs entre guillemets,
+ séparés par des virgules) à lire en plus de celui par défaut (voir la Section\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:syntaxe-reLyX}
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+\layout Subsection
+
+Description
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Introduction
+\layout Standard
+
+reLyX va créer un fichier LyX
+\family typewriter
+répertoire/machin.lyx
+\family default
+ à partir du fichier LaTeX
+\family typewriter
+répertoire/machin.tex
+\family default
+ (sauf si l'on utilise l'option
+\series bold
+-o
+\series default
+).
+\layout Standard
+
+Les extensions
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+.ltx
+\family default
+ et
+\family typewriter
+.latex
+\family default
+ sont supportées.
+ Si
+\emph on
+fichier_d'entrée
+\emph default
+ n'existe pas et n'a pas l'une de ces extensions, reLyX va essayer de traduire
+
+\family typewriter
+fichier_d'entrée.tex
+\family default
+.
+ (C'est le même comportement que LaTeX.)
+\layout Standard
+
+Le but de reLyX est de traduire du LaTeX2e
+\emph on
+correct
+\emph default
+ en LyX.
+ Si votre fichier LaTeX ne peut pas être compilé -- ou si vous faites des
+ choses bizarres, comme redéfinir les commandes LaTeX standard -- il peut
+ ne pas apprécier.
+ Le LaTeX209 sera souvent traduit correctement, mais ce n'est pas garanti.
+\layout Standard
+
+reLyX a quelques bogues et il lui manque quelques fonctions.
+ Cependant, ses objectifs principaux sont :
+\layout Itemize
+
+Traiter un fichier LaTeX2e correct sans se planter.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Traduire une bonne partie de ce fichier.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Localiser les portions qu'il ne sait pas traduire et les recopier en mode
+ TeX.
+\layout Standard
+
+Il atteint assez bien ces objectifs avec la plupart des fichiers.
+\layout Standard
+
+Beaucoup d'améliorations pourront être et seront apportées à reLyX à l'avenir.
+ Cependant, nous voulions sortir reLyX assez vite, pour faciliter aux nouveaux
+ utilisateurs de LyX l'utilisation de leurs fichiers LaTeX déjà existants.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Usage
+\layout Standard
+
+Voici une description plus longue de ce qu'il faut faire pour traduire un
+ document LaTeX en LyX.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Lancez reLyX.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+reLyX vous informera de sa progression et affichera les avertissements sur
+ stderr.
+ Si vous ne voulez pas de sortie du tout, essayez (avec csh)
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+reLyX machin.tex >& /dev/null
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ ou (en bash)
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+reLyX machin.tex 2>&1 > /dev/null
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+.
+ Vous ne devez PAS rediriger la sortie standard sur
+\family typewriter
+machin.lyx
+\family default
+.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Lancez LyX sur le fichier
+\family typewriter
+.lyx
+\family default
+ résultant.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+En théorie, la majorité du fichier aura été traduite, et tout ce qui n'est
+ pas traduisible aura été signalé en rouge (mode TeX).
+ En théorie, LyX sera capable de lire le fichier, et d'en obtenir des versions
+ imprimées, car tout ce qui n'aura pas été traduit sera passé directement
+ à LaTeX, que LyX utilise en arrière-plan.
+ Malheureusement, la réalité contredit parfois la théorie.
+ Si reLyX se plante, ou si LyX ne peut pas lire le fichier LyX généré, voyez
+ la Section\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:bogues-reLyX}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ ou le fichier
+\emph on
+BUGS
+\emph default
+ dans la distribution de reLyX.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Changez à la main ce qui est dans des boîtes ERT (mode TeX) dans LyX.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Comme il est dit plus haut, vous devriez pouvoir imprimer le fichier LyX
+ même sans passer par cette étape.
+ Cependant, en changeant les commandes en mode TeX en objets LyX correspondants,
+ vous profiterez mieux de l'édition WYSIWYM de LyX.
+\layout Standard
+
+Il n'est pas garanti que reLyX produise un fichier LyX qui génère exactement
+ le même rendu que le fichier LaTeX, mais le résultat devrait être très
+ approchant.
+ reLyX aura plutôt tendance à ne pas en traduire assez pour s'assurer que
+ les fichiers DVI ou ps sont corrects, même si cela donne plus de Vilain
+ Texte Rouge et moins de WYSIWYM.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+RELISEZ ET CORRIGEZ LE DOCUMENT !!
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Je suis sûr que vous aviez prévu de le faire de toutes façons, mais c'est
+ particulièrement important après traduction à partir d'un document LaTeX.
+ reLyX est, aujourd'hui tout au moins, meilleur en
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+macro-traduction
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ (traduction d'un document complet) qu'en
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+micro-traduction
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ (traduction du moindre détail).
+ Par exemple, vous trouverez peut-être des espaces en trop ou des espaces
+ effacées.
+ La gestion des espaces a été améliorée, mais n'est toujours pas parfaite.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Ce que reLyX sait gérer
+\layout Standard
+
+reLyX comprend beaucoup de commandes LaTeX.
+ Il va traduire :
+\layout Itemize
+
+le texte normal, y compris les mini-commandes comme
+\family typewriter
+~
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+''
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+@
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+TeX
+\family default
+, ainsi que les caractères accentués comme
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+'{a}
+\family default
+ et les caractères spéciaux
+\family typewriter
+?`
+\family default
+ et
+\family typewriter
+!`
+\layout Itemize
+
+les commandes de titre comme
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+author
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+date
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+title
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+thanks
+\family default
+ et l'environnement d'abstract
+\layout Itemize
+
+les commandes d'en-têtes comme
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+section
+\family default
+, y compris les étoilés (
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+section*
+\family default
+)
+\layout Itemize
+
+les environnements :
+\family typewriter
+quote
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+quotation
+\family default
+ et
+\family typewriter
+verse
+\family default
+ ;
+\family typewriter
+center
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+flushright
+\family default
+ et
+\family typewriter
+flushleft
+\layout Itemize
+
+les environnements
+\family typewriter
+itemize
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+enumerate
+\family default
+ et
+\family typewriter
+description
+\family default
+, et leurs commandes
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+item
+\family default
+ ; également, les listes emboîtées de façon correcte
+\layout Itemize
+
+les commandes de références croisées :
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+ref
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+pageref
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+label
+\family default
+ et
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+cite
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+footnote
+\family default
+ et
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+margin
+\layout Itemize
+
+les commandes de changement de police dont
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+em
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+emph
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+textit
+\family default
+ et les commandes correspondantes pour changer la famille, la taille, la
+ série et la forme
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+input{machin}
+\family default
+ (ou
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+input{machin.truc}
+\family default
+) et
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+include{machin}
+\family default
+ ; la commande TeX brut
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+input
+\family default
+ (par exemple
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\backslash
+input machin.tex
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+) est aussi supportée
+\layout Itemize
+
+l'environnement
+\family typewriter
+tabular
+\family default
+, et les commandes qui vont avec comme
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+hline
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+cline
+\family default
+ et
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+multicolumn
+\family default
+ (mais voyez plus bas)
+\layout Itemize
+
+les environnements flottants
+\family typewriter
+table
+\family default
+ et
+\family typewriter
+table*
+\family default
+, ainsi que les commandes
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+caption
+\family default
+ à l'intérieur
+\layout Itemize
+
+l'environnement
+\family typewriter
+thebibliography
+\family default
+ et la commande
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+bibitem
+\family default
+, ainsi que les commandes
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+bibliography
+\family default
+ et
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+bibliographystyle
+\family default
+ de BibTeX
+\layout Itemize
+
+diverses commandes :
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+hfill
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+
+\backslash
+
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+noindent
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+ldots
+\family default
+...
+\layout Itemize
+
+des environnements (et certaines commandes) spécifiques à une classe de
+ document qui peuvent être traduites en formats LyX
+\layout Itemize
+
+les paramètres de certaines commandes intraduisibles (par exemple
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+mbox
+\family default
+)
+\layout Standard
+
+Parmi tout cela, il peut y avoir des éléments qui ne sont pas encore supportés
+ à 100%.
+ Voyez plus bas pour les détails.
+\layout Standard
+
+reLyX recopie les maths (presque) texto de votre fichier LaTeX.
+ Par chance, LyX sait lire les maths LaTeX, donc (presque) toutes les maths
+ supportées par LyX marcheront bien.
+ Quelques commandes mathématiques qui ne sont pas supportées par LyX seront
+ remplacées par leurs équivalents, par exemple
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+to
+\family default
+ est converti en
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+rightarrow
+\family default
+.
+ Voyez la Section\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:syntaxe-reLyX}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ pour plus de détails.
+\layout Standard
+
+reLyX recopie aussi texto toute commande de préambule (c'est-à-dire tout
+ ce qui se trouve avant
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{document}
+\family default
+), donc ce que vous avez personnalisé dans votre préambule devrait être
+ présent dans les versions DVI et imprimées, même si ça ne sera bien sûr
+ pas affiché dans la fenêtre LyX.
+ Faites
+\family sans
+Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Préambule
+\family default
+ pour vérifier.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Ce que reLyX ne sait pas gérer -- Mais ça marche quand même
+\layout Itemize
+
+les figures et les tableaux
+\family typewriter
+tabular*
+\layout Itemize
+
+les mini-pages
+\layout Itemize
+
+les commandes d'espacement (
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+vspace
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+pagebreak
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+par
+\family default
+)
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+centering
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+raggedleft
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+raggedright
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+verb
+\family default
+ et l'environnement
+\family typewriter
+verbatim
+\family default
+ ; reLyX fait attention à tout recopier
+\emph on
+exactement
+\emph default
+ dans
+\emph on
+
+\emph default
+ce cas, y compris les commentaires et les espaces
+\layout Itemize
+
+quelques environnements et commandes inconnus (par exemple définis par l'utilisa
+teur)
+\layout Standard
+
+reLyX recopie les commandes inconnues, ainsi que leurs paramètres, texto
+ dans le fichier LyX.
+ Également, s'il voit un
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{machin}
+\family default
+ où il ne reconnaît pas l'environnement
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+machin
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+, il recopie texto jusqu'à ce qu'il voit
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+end{machin}
+\family default
+ (sauf si vous utilisez l'option
+\series bold
+-r
+\series default
+).
+ Alors la plupart de ces commandes inconnues ne feront pas planter reLyX
+ ; elles nécessiteront seulement un peu de travail d'édition une fois que
+ vous aurez chargé le fichier dans LyX.
+ Ça devrait être moins pénible que d'éditer le fichier
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+ ou
+\family typewriter
+.lyx
+\family default
+ avec un éditeur de texte.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Ce que reLyX gère mal -- c'est-à-dire les BOGUES
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:bogues-reLyX}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Comme reLyX est assez récent, il a un certain nombre de problèmes.
+ Au fur et à mesure de sa maturation, ces bogues seront éliminés.
+ Un certain nombre de bogues et de fonctions manquantes se trouvent sur
+ le traceur de bogues de LyX,
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url[LyX Bugzilla]{http://bugzilla.lyx.org/}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Si reLyX bute contre quelque chose, ou si LyX n'arrive pas à lire ce que
+ reLyX vient de traduire, la meilleure chose à faire est de taper
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{reLyXskip}
+\family default
+ avant le texte en cause, et
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+end{reLyXskip}
+\family default
+ après.
+ J'appellerai cela un bloc
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+skippé
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ reLyX recopiera exactement ce bloc, en mode TeX.
+ Éditez alors le fichier LyX résultant, et traduisez ce qui pose problème
+ à la main.
+ L'environnement
+\family typewriter
+reLyXskip
+\family default
+ est magique ; les commandes
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin
+\family default
+ et
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+end
+\family default
+ ne seront pas mises dans le fichier LyX.
+\layout Itemize
+
+La recopie
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+exacte
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ d'environnements et de commandes inconnus n'est pas complètement exacte.
+ Plus précisément, les passages à la ligne et les commentaires peuvent être
+ perdus.
+ Ça va produire du LyX moche, mais dans presque tous les cas le rendu final
+ sera le même.
+ Cependant, certaines parties du fichier seront recopiées parfaitement,
+ y compris les espaces et les commentaires.
+ Ces parties comprennent : le préambule LaTeX, les environnements
+\family typewriter
+verbatim
+\family default
+ et les commandes
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+verb
+\family default
+, et les blocs
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+skippés
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Itemize
+
+reLyX traduit seulement quelques-unes des options de la commande
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+documentclass
+\family default
+.
+ (Précisément
+\family sans
+1[012]pt
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+[letter|legal|executive|a4|a5|b5]paper
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+[one|two]side
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+landscape
+\family default
+ et
+\family sans
+[one|two]column
+\family default
+.) Les autres options sont placées dans le champ
+\family sans
+Options\SpecialChar ~
+supplémentaires
+\family default
+ de la fenêtre
+\family sans
+Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document
+\family default
+.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Ce qui est plus important, reLyX ne traduit pas les commandes
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+usepackage
+\family default
+, les commandes de marge, les
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+newcommand
+\family default
+ ou, en fait, toutes les autres commandes du préambule.
+ Il les recopie simplement dans le préambule LaTeX.
+ Si vous avez des commandes de marge dans votre préambule, alors le fichier
+ LyX générera les bonnes marges.
+ Cependant, ces marges ne tiendront pas compte de ce qui aura été indiqué
+ dans la fenêtre LyX
+\family sans
+Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Papier
+\family default
+.
+ Vous devez donc enlever ces options du préambule (
+\family sans
+Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Préambule
+\family default
+) pour avoir la paix.
+ Il en va de même de la langue spécifiée avec babel, des
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+inputencoding
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+pagestyle
+\family default
+, etc.
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+La classe
+\family typewriter
+foil
+\family default
+ a quelques bogues.
+ reLyX fait des choses bizarres avec les paramètres optionnels des commandes
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+foilhead
+\family default
+.
+ Il gère aussi parfois les
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{dinglist}
+\family default
+ de façon incorrecte (bien que ce qui se trouve dans l'environnement soit
+ traduit normalement).
+\layout Standard
+
+Il y a une liste de bogues moins significatifs dans le fichier
+\emph on
+BUGS
+\emph default
+ de la distribution de reLyX.
+\layout Standard
+
+reLyX est heureusement assez solide.
+ Comme nous venons de le voir, il ne traduira peut-être pas parfaitement
+ votre fichier, mais il ne devrait pas se planter.
+ S'il se plante -- et que le problème n'est mentionné ni ci-dessus ni dans
+ le fichier
+\emph on
+BUGS
+\emph default
+ -- voyez la Section\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:rapports-bogue-reLyX}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Ce que LyX ne sait pas gérer
+\layout Standard
+
+Dans LyX lui-même, il manque quelques fonctions, de sorte que même si reLyX
+ traduit des choses parfaitement, LyX peut encore avoir du mal à les lire.
+ Si vous avez vraiment besoin de ces fonctions, vous pouvez exporter votre
+ document final en LaTeX, et les y remettre.
+ Voyez
+\emph on
+BUGS
+\emph default
+ pour plus de détails sur ces bogues.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Pour un certain nombre de commandes, LyX ne supporte pas de paramètre optionnel.
+ Des exemples sont
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+sqrt
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+chapter
+\family default
+ (et les autres commandes de section), et
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+
+\backslash
+
+\family default
+.
+ reLyX laissera automatiquement de côté les paramètres optionnels en émettant
+ un avertissement sur la sortie standard.
+ LyX ignore aussi le paramètre de largeur pour l'environnement
+\family typewriter
+thebibliography
+\family default
+.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Le centrage (ou l'alignement à droite ou à gauche) marche par paragraphes
+ entiers.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Le support des tableaux dans LyX n'est pas parfait.
+ Pour des tableaux compliqués, utilisez un bloc
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+skippé
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+, pour qu'ils soient recopiés en mode TeX.
+\layout Itemize
+
+L'éditeur mathématique de LyX ne peut pas gérer les environnements mathématiques
+ AMS-LaTeX
+\family typewriter
+align
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+split
+\family default
+, etc.
+ Ces environnements seront donc recopiés en mode TeX.
+ Vous pouvez changer les environnements
+\family typewriter
+equation*
+\family default
+ en maths hors ligne exactement équivalentes, et ils seront alors traduits
+ correctement.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Exemples
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+reLyX -df -o
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+mon/répertoire
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ -r
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+mon_environnement
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ machin.tex > machin.debug
+\layout Standard
+
+Ce qui précède va créer un fichier
+\family typewriter
+mon/répertoire/machin.lyx
+\family default
+ à partir de
+\family typewriter
+machin.tex
+\family default
+, en écrasant tout fichier préexistant.
+ Quand il trouve un bloc
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{mon_environnement} ...
+
+\backslash
+end{mon_environnement}
+\family default
+, il traduit ce qui se trouve à l'intérieur, mais recopie les commandes
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin
+\family default
+ et
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+end
+\family default
+ en mode TeX.
+ Finalement, il garde les fichiers temporaires (également dans
+\family typewriter
+mon/répertoire/
+\family default
+) et fournit un tas d'information de déboguage dans le fichier
+\family typewriter
+machin.debug
+\family default
+.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Notes
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Rapports de bogue
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:rapports-bogue-reLyX}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Si reLyX se plante ou se comporte d'une manière étrange -- d'une façon différent
+e de celles décrites dans la Section\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:bogues-reLyX}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ ou dans le traceur de bogues -- alors veuillez lancer reLyX
+\series bold
+-d
+\series default
+.
+ Ça vous permettra de savoir où il s'est planté dans la procédure de reLyXage.
+ Ce qui, ensuite, vous permettra d'écrire un meilleur rapport de bogue,
+ qui permettra aux développeurs de le résoudre plus vite et plus facilement.
+\layout Standard
+
+Les rapports de bogue doivent être envoyés à la liste de diffusion des développe
+urs de LyX.
+ Son adresse est actuellement
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Si vous faites tourner reLyX sur un fichier énorme, n'envoyez pas toute
+ la sortie avec votre rapport d'erreur.
+ Joignez juste les dix ou vingt dernières lignes de la sortie, avec le morceau
+ du fichier LaTeX où il s'est planté.
+ Ou, encore mieux, attachez un fichier léger mais complet qui cause le même
+ problème que votre fichier d'origine.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Détails de l'Implémentation
+\layout Standard
+
+reLyX procède à plusieurs passes pour traduire un fichier TeX.
+ À chaque passe, il crée un ou deux fichiers.
+\layout Description
+
+Passe\SpecialChar ~
+0 \SpecialChar ~
+
+\newline
+Avant de faire quoi que ce soit, lit le fichier (ou les fichiers) de syntaxe.
+\layout Description
+
+Passe\SpecialChar ~
+1a \SpecialChar ~
+
+\newline
+Sépare le préambule (tout ce qui précède une commande
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{document}
+\family default
+) du reste du fichier.
+ Il enregistre les deux morceaux dans des fichiers séparés.
+ C'est nécessaire car il peut y avoir des choses très bizarres dans le préambule.
+ Il ignore aussi tout ce qui suit le
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+end{document}
+\family default
+, présumant que ce n'est pas du LaTeX.
+\layout Description
+
+Passe\SpecialChar ~
+1b \SpecialChar ~
+
+\newline
+Traduit le préambule.
+ Pour l'instant, ça signifie juste traduire la commande
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+documentclass
+\family default
+ et recopier exactement le reste dans le préambule LyX.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Une fois que l'on sait quelle est la classe du document, lit le fichier
+ de format LyX pour cette classe.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+
+Passe\SpecialChar ~
+2 \SpecialChar ~
+
+\newline
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+Nettoie
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ le fichier TeX, générant du LaTeX un peu plus strict.
+ Ceci comprend :
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+Changer, par exemple,
+\family typewriter
+x^2
+\family default
+ en l'équivalent mais plus clair
+\family typewriter
+x^{2}
+\layout Itemize
+
+Enlever les paramètres optionnels que LyX ne sait pas gérer (par exemple
+ ceux de
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+sqrt
+\family default
+)
+\layout Itemize
+
+Changer
+\family typewriter
+{
+\backslash
+em machin}
+\family default
+ en
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+emph{machin}
+\family default
+, etc.
+ C'est nécessaire car LyX écrit toujours les formes non locales quoi qu'il
+ arrive
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+NdT : Traduction incertaine.
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Ça ne devrait que très rarement changer quelque chose.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+
+Passe\SpecialChar ~
+3 \SpecialChar ~
+
+\newline
+Traduit le texte LaTeX, les commandes et les environnements en LyX.
+\layout Description
+
+Passe\SpecialChar ~
+4 \SpecialChar ~
+
+\newline
+Recolle les deux morceaux ensemble, et fait quelques derniers réglages,
+ pour générer le fichier LyX.
+\layout Standard
+
+S'il y a des commandes
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+input
+\family default
+ ou
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+include
+\family default
+, reLyX va recommencer en boucle et les traduire.
+ Ceci présume que les fichiers inclus sont de la même classe que le fichier
+ principal, et qu'il n'ont pas de préambule.
+ (Si vous avez une commande
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+input
+\family default
+ dans le préambule d'un fichier, la commande sera recopiée exactement dans
+ la partie de préambule LaTeX du fichier LyX, le fichier inclus ne sera
+ donc pas traduit.) Quand il traduit des fichiers inclus, il saute donc les
+ passes 0 et 1.
+\layout Standard
+
+Si reLyX ne trouve pas un fichier que vous voulez inclure, il émettra un
+ avertissement, mais continuera à traduire tous les fichiers qu'il trouve.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Fichiers de Format
+\layout Standard
+
+reLyX lit un fichier de format LyX pour savoir comment gérer les environnements
+ et commandes LaTeX qui sont traduites en formats LyX.
+ Ce fichier comprend tous les environnements
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+normaux
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ non mathématiques (c'est-à-dire, y compris
+\family typewriter
+quote
+\family default
+ et
+\family typewriter
+itemize
+\family default
+, mais pas
+\family typewriter
+tabular
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+minipage
+\family default
+, et d'autres environnements originaux), et les commandes comme
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+section
+\family default
+ et
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+title
+\family default
+.
+ Si vous voulez reLyXer une classe pour laquelle il n'existe pas de fichier
+ de format, vous devez d'abord en créer un.
+ Mais vous devez de toutes façons le faire pour lire le fichier avec LyX,
+ puisque LyX compte sur les fichiers de format pour savoir comment afficher
+ et traiter les fichiers.
+ Voyez la documentation de LyX pour être aidé dans cette tâche (qui peut
+ être aisée ou difficile, selon la classe concernée).
+ Si votre classe est assez similaire à une classe qui possède déjà un fichier
+ de format, alors vous pouvez essayer d'utiliser l'option
+\series bold
+-c
+\series default
+.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Fichiers de Syntaxe
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:syntaxe-reLyX}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+reLyX lit toujours au moins un fichier de syntaxe, appelé le fichier de
+ syntaxe par défaut.
+ reLyX lira votre fichier de syntaxe personnel s'il existe ; autrement il
+ lira le fichier du système.
+ reLyX lira des fichiers de syntaxe supplémentaires si vous les spécifiez
+ avec l'option
+\series bold
+-s
+\series default
+.
+ (Ces fichiers supplémentaires doivent avoir le même format que le fichier
+ par défaut, mais tendront à être plus courts, car ils n'ont à spécifier
+ que des commandes supplémentaires qui ne se trouvent pas dans le fichier
+ par défaut.) Un fichier de syntaxe indique à reLyX un certain nombre de
+ choses.
+\layout Standard
+
+Premièrement, il décrit la syntaxe de chaque commande, c'est-à-dire, combien
+ la commande prend-elle de paramètres obligatoires et de paramètres optionnels.
+ Sachant cela, reLyX pourra plus facilement recopier (en mode TeX) les commandes
+ qu'il ne sait pas traduire.
+ Le fichier de syntaxe contient simplement une commande, suivi par des crochets
+ ou des accolades décrivant les paramètres dans le bon ordre.
+ Par exemple, l'entrée de fichier de syntaxe
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+bibitem[]{}
+\family default
+ signifie que la commande
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+bibitem
+\family default
+ prend un paramètre optionnel suivi par un paramètre obligatoire, tandis
+ que l'entrée
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+bf
+\family default
+ signifie que la commande
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+bf
+\family default
+ ne prend pas de paramètre du tout.
+ Quand reLyX rencontre un élément qu'il ne sait pas traduire en LyX, il
+ recopie cet élément exactement -- avec le nombre correct de paramètres.
+ Si l'élément n'est pas dans le fichier de syntaxe, alors reLyX recopie
+ juste autant de paramètres qu'il en trouve.
+ Ça signifie qu'il peut en recopier trop.
+ Mais comme l'utilisateur peut spécifier des fichiers de syntaxe additionnels,
+ ça ne devrait pas arriver souvent.
+\layout Standard
+
+Quelques commandes qui ne peuvent pas être traduites en LyX, comme
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+mbox
+\family default
+, ont un de leurs paramètres qui est du texte LaTeX standard.
+ S'il y a le mot
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+translate
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ dans un paramètre d'une commande (intraduisible) dans le fichier de syntaxe,
+ reLyX va traduire ce paramètre au lieu de le recopier texto.
+ Ainsi, par exemple, le fichier de syntaxe par défaut contient
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+raisebox{}[][]\SpecialChar \-
+{translate}
+\family default
+.
+ Ça signifie que la commande
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+raisebox
+\family default
+ et le premier paramètre (et les paramètres optionnels s'ils existent) sont
+ recopiés en mode TeX, mais que le dernier paramètre (qui peut contenir
+ des maths, du LaTeX compliqué, d'autres commandes intraduisibles, etc.)
+ sera traduit en LyX.
+ Vous ne pouvez pas utiliser
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+translate
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ avec des paramètres optionnels.
+\layout Standard
+
+Les fichiers de syntaxe définis par l'utilisateur servent à définir de nouvelles
+ commandes et leur syntaxe, ou pour passer outre le nombre de paramètres
+ d'une commande définie dans le fichier de syntaxe par défaut.
+ (Par exemple, si vous utilisez un style qui donne un paramètre supplémentaire
+ à une commande donnée...) Cependant, ça ne sera utile que pour des commandes
+ recopiées en mode TeX.
+ Les commandes qui sont traduites par reLyX (comme
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+item
+\family default
+) ont une syntaxe prédéfinie pour leurs paramètres.
+ Les commandes prédéfinies sont identifiées comme telles dans le fichier
+ de syntaxe par défaut.
+\layout Standard
+
+Deuxièmement, le fichier de syntaxe décrit des
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+environnements réguliers
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ D'habitude, un environnement inconnu sera recopié tout entier en mode TeX.
+ Toutefois, si vous définissez un environnement régulier
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+machin
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+, alors seules les commandes
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{machin}
+\family default
+ et
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+end{machin}
+\family default
+ seront recopiées en mode TeX ; le texte à l'intérieur de l'environnement
+ sera traité (c'est-à-dire traduit) par reLyX comme du LaTeX normal, plutôt
+ qu'être recopié en mode TeX.
+ N'essayez pas de déclarer
+\family typewriter
+tabbing
+\family default
+ et
+\family typewriter
+picture
+\family default
+ comme environnements réguliers, car ce qu'il y a à l'intérieur de ces environne
+ments mettra reLyX dans l'embarras ; utilisez cette possibilité pour de
+ nouveaux environnements que vous créez, qui contiennent du texte brut ou
+ des maths ou des commandes simples.
+ Vous ne pouvez pas non plus déclarer des environnements mathématiques inconnus
+ (comme
+\family typewriter
+equation*
+\family default
+) comme environnements réguliers, car l'éditeur mathématique de LyX ne les
+ comprendra pas.
+ Les noms des environnements réguliers apparaissent séparés par des espaces
+ entre les éléments
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{reLyXre}
+\family default
+ et
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+end{reLyXre}
+\family default
+ dans le fichier de syntaxe.
+ (Si vous avez un environnement régulier que vous n'utilisez pas très souvent,
+ vous pouvez passer par l'option
+\series bold
+-r
+\series default
+ plutôt que d'écrire un fichier de syntaxe.)
+\layout Standard
+
+Troisièmement, le fichier de syntaxe décrit une table de traduction mathématique.
+ Il y a quelques commandes que l'éditeur mathématique de LyX ne supporte
+ pas.
+ Par exemple,
+\family typewriter
+_
+\family default
+ est supporté, mais l'équivalent
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+sb
+\family default
+ ne l'est pas.
+ Mettez les commandes que vous voulez traduire entre
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{reLyXmt}
+\family default
+ et
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+end{reLyXmt}
+\family default
+.
+ La ligne
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\backslash
+| {
+\backslash
+Vert}
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ signifie que tout
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+|
+\family default
+ en mode mathématique sera converti en
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\backslash
+Vert
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ (dans les cas où un élément formé d'un antislash et d'un caractère autre
+ qu'une lettre est traduit en quelque chose avec des lettres à la fin, une
+ espace est ajoutée par reLyX ; ainsi,
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\backslash
+|a
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ est correctement traduit en
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\backslash
+Vert a
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+).
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Divers
+\layout Standard
+
+Il vous faut Perl version 5.002 ou plus pour faire tourner reLyX.
+ Si vous n'avez pas Perl, ce serait de toute façon une bonne chose de vous
+ le procurer (à
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url[Perl]{http://www.perl.com/}
+
+\end_inset
+
+) car c'est un outil vraiment utile pour bien des choses.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Diagnostics
+\layout Standard
+
+reLyX devrait toujours expliquer pourquoi il s'est planté, s'il se plante.
+ Certains diagnostics peuvent toutefois être très techniques, s'ils proviennent
+ des entrailles du code.
+ reLyX donne beaucoup plus d'informations quand vous le lancez avec l'option
+
+\series bold
+-d
+\series default
+, mais vous ne devriez en avoir besoin que si quelque chose tourne mal.
+\layout Standard
+
+Quand c'est fini, reLyX vous dit s'il s'est terminé normalement ou s'il
+ s'est planté suite à une erreur.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Avertissements
+\layout Standard
+
+Gardez toujours une copie de vos fichiers LaTeX originaux soit sous un nom
+ différent soit dans un répertoire différent.
+ Il y a quelques cas où l'utilisation de LyX pourrait aboutir à l'écrasement
+ du fichier LaTeX d'origine.
+\layout Standard
+
+Si vous importez
+\family typewriter
+machin.tex
+\family default
+ pour créer
+\family typewriter
+machin.lyx
+\family default
+, puis éditez
+\family typewriter
+machin.lyx
+\family default
+ et voulez le réexporter, notez qu'il écrasera l'original
+\family typewriter
+machin.tex
+\family default
+.
+ (LyX ne vous demandera
+\emph on
+pas
+\emph default
+ si vous voulez l'écraser.)
+\layout Standard
+
+Si vous avez choisi dans
+\family sans
+Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Préférences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Entrées\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Répertoires
+\family default
+ de ne pas utiliser de répertoire temporaire, alors LyX va créer ses répertoires
+ temporaires dans votre répertoire de travail, ce qui signifie que votre
+ original LaTeX peut être écrasé (sans avertissement de la part de LyX)
+ quand vous
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+visualisez le DVI
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ ou imprimez le document LyX.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Fichiers
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+MON_RÉPERTOIRE_LYX/layouts/*.layout
+\family default
+\series default
+\SpecialChar ~
+
+\series bold
+
+\newline
+
+\series default
+Les fichiers de format personnels de l'utilisateur pour les classes de document
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+MON_RÉPERTOIRE_LYX/reLyX/syntax.default
+\family default
+\series default
+\SpecialChar ~
+
+\newline
+Le fichier de syntaxe personnel de l'utilisateur
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+LIBDIR/layouts/*.layout
+\family default
+\series default
+\SpecialChar ~
+
+\newline
+Les fichiers de format du système pour les classes de document
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+LIBDIR/reLYX/syntax.default
+\family default
+\series default
+\SpecialChar ~
+
+\newline
+Le fichier de syntaxe LaTeX du système
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+LIBDIR
+\family default
+ est le répertoire LyX de votre système, en général quelque chose comme
+
+\family typewriter
+/usr/local/share/lyx/
+\family default
+.
+
+\family typewriter
+MON_RÉPERTOIRE_LYX
+\family default
+ est votre répertoire LyX personnel, quelque chose comme
+\family typewriter
+.lyx/
+\family default
+ dans votre répertoire
+\family typewriter
+$HOME
+\family default
+.
+ Vous pouvez vérifier où ils se trouvent dans
+\family sans
+Aide\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+À\SpecialChar ~
+Propos\SpecialChar ~
+de\SpecialChar ~
+LyX
+\family default
+.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Voir aussi
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\shape italic
+lyx
+\shape default
+(1),
+\shape italic
+latex
+\shape default
+(1)
+\layout Subsection
+
+Auteurs
+\layout Standard
+
+Copyright (c) 1998-9
+\noun on
+Amir Karger
+\noun default
+ (
+\family typewriter
+karger@voth.chem.utah.edu
+\family default
+)
+\layout Standard
+
+Ont contribué au code :
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\noun on
+John Weiss
+\noun default
+ a écrit la passe CleanTeX d'origine.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\noun on
+Étienne Grossmann
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\noun on
+José Ab\i \'{\i}
+lio Oliveira Matos
+\layout Itemize
+
+David Suarez de Lis
+\layout Standard
+
+Autres contributeurs :
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\noun on
+Jean-Marc Lasgouttes
+\noun default
+ a travaillé sur le script d'emballage
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+NdT : Mauvaise traduction de
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+wrapper script
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+
+ et a offert de nombreux rapports de bogue, conseils et suggestions de nouvelles
+ fonctions.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\noun on
+Asger K.
+ Alstrup Nielsen
+\noun default
+ et
+\noun on
+Marc Pavese
+\noun default
+ ont donné des conseils.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Divers membres des listes de développeurs et d'utilisateurs LyX ont fourni
+ des rapports de bogue et des suggestions de fonctions.
+\layout Standard
+
+reLyX utilise une version modifiée du paquetage
+\family typewriter
+Text::TeX
+\family default
+, interpréteur TeX écrit en Perl par
+\noun on
+Ilya Zakharevich
+\noun default
+ (
+\family typewriter
+ilya@math.ohio-state.edu
+\family default
+), disponible sur le CPAN.
+\layout Chapter
+
+LyX et applications extérieures
+\layout Section
+
+LyX avec les outils SGML (alias LinuxDoc)
+\layout Standard
+
+par
+\noun on
+Paul Evans
+\layout Subsection
+
+En résumé
+\layout Standard
+
+LinuxDoc est une classe de document accessible dans LyX si vous avez installé
+ le paquetage
+\family typewriter
+sgml-tools
+\family default
+.
+ Vous pouvez l'utiliser pour créer des documents en SGML (Standardized General
+ Mark-up Language), langage utilisé dans le projet de documentation de Linux
+ (Linux Documentation Project).
+ C'est donc utile si vous participez à ce projet.
+ Vous pouvez utiliser le format SGML avec le paquetage
+\family typewriter
+sgml-tools
+\family default
+ qui contient des scripts et des programmes (pour produire d'autres formats,
+ notamment du Latex, du HTML, du texte brut, des pages de man...).
+ Vous pouvez donc utiliser ce paquetage à chaque fois que vous voulez écrire
+ un document qui sera facilement transcriptible en différents formats.
+\layout Standard
+
+Vous remarquerez que LinuxDoc a moins d'options de formatage que les autres
+ classes de LyX.
+ C'est voulu afin que les transcriptions vers d'autres formats aient des
+ chances d'aboutir.
+ Dans cette section, nous décrirons :
+\layout Itemize
+
+comment configurer et utiliser un document dans LinuxDoc ;
+\layout Itemize
+
+comment utiliser les balises dans LinuxDoc pour mettre en forme votre document
+ ;
+\layout Itemize
+
+comment utiliser les paquetages SGML pour obtenir des formats variés ;
+\layout Itemize
+
+comment résoudre certains problèmes.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Préparer et utiliser un document LinuxDoc
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Pour commencer
+\layout Standard
+
+En premier lieu, sélectionnez la classe LinuxDoc dans la fenêtre
+\family sans
+Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document
+\family default
+.
+ Vous verrez alors que le nombre des environnements de paragraphe disponibles
+ a diminué ; vous les trouverez comme toujours dans le menu déroulant en
+ haut à gauche.
+ Le fonctionnement général des environnements de paragraphe est décrit dans
+ la section\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:sgml-paragraphes}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Il vous
+\emph on
+faut
+\emph toggle
+ entrer un titre de document, ainsi que le nom d'un auteur, en utilisant
+ à chaque fois l'environnement de paragraphe approprié.
+ Si vous ne le faites pas, vous obtiendrez des erreurs à l'impression du
+ document.
+ Vous pouvez ensuite entrer une date et un résumé.
+ Le document en lui-même doit commencer par un environnement de
+\family sans
+Section
+\family default
+, et non par un environnement standard.
+\layout Standard
+
+Ensuite, vous pouvez composer votre document comme d'habitude en utilisant
+ les différents environnements de paragraphe.
+ Voyez la section\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:sgml-paragraphes}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ pour en avoir la liste complète ainsi que leur rôle.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Le format LinuxDoc
+\layout Standard
+
+Vous pouvez imprimer et enregistrer ces documents de la manière habituelle,
+ mais pour utiliser les autres fonctionalités du paquetage SGML, vous devrez
+ enregistrer votre document sous le format LinuxDoc.
+ Dans ce cas, votre document sera transcrit en langage SGML.
+ Pour cela, utilisez
+\family sans
+Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Exporter\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+LinuxDoc
+\family default
+.
+ Vous obtiendrez un fichier avec le même nom, mais avec
+\family typewriter
+.sgml
+\family default
+ pour extension à la place de
+\family typewriter
+.lyx
+\family default
+.
+ Voyez la section\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:scripts-sgml}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ pour apprendre comment utiliser ce nouveau fichier.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Utilisation des environnements de paragraphe dans LinuxDoc
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Structure des documents LinuxDoc
+\layout Standard
+
+Les documents LinuxDoc ont une structure formelle qui limite les endroits
+ ou vous placerez les balises.
+ Chaque document a deux parties :
+\layout Description
+
+Header\SpecialChar ~
+(l'en-tête)\SpecialChar ~
+: On désigne sous ce nom tout ce qui précède la première
+ section.
+ L'en-tête peut comprendre le titre, l'auteur, la date, un résumé, et la
+ Table des Matières.
+ Vous devez remplir les deux premiers.
+\layout Description
+
+Body\SpecialChar ~
+(le\SpecialChar ~
+corps)\SpecialChar ~
+: Tout ce qui suit le début de la première section.
+ Toutes les autres balises y sont admises.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Environnements de paragraphe LinuxDoc
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:sgml-paragraphes}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Voici une liste de toutes les balises que vous trouverez dans le même ordre
+ dans le menu de la barre d'outils, ainsi que quelques remarques sur leur
+ usage :
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+ :
+\family roman
+
+\family default
+Fonctionne comme c'est décrit dans (référence croisée).
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Titre
+\family default
+ : Va apparaître en haut à gauche du document imprimé, au dessus d'un trait
+ horizontal, trait que vous ne verrez pas sous LyX.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Section
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+SousSection
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+SousSousSection
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Paragraph
+\family default
+ et
+\family sans
+Subparagraph
+\family default
+ :
+\family sans
+
+\family default
+Tout cela fonctionne comme normalement et avec la hiérarchie habituelle.
+ La présence ou l'absence de numérotation est contrôlée par le réglage de
+ la
+\family sans
+Profondeur\SpecialChar ~
+de\SpecialChar ~
+la\SpecialChar ~
+numérotation
+\family default
+ dans
+\family sans
+Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Extra
+\family default
+.
+ Vous ne pourrez pas obtenir de titres non numérotés autrement : il n'y
+ a pas d'équivalent à
+\family sans
+Section*
+\family default
+.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+ : Comme d'habitude, produit une liste numérotée et indentée comme indiqué
+ dans le
+\emph on
+Guide\SpecialChar ~
+de\SpecialChar ~
+l'Utilisateur
+\emph default
+.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\family default
+ :
+\family sans
+
+\family default
+De nouveau, même effet qu'avec les autres classes : voir le
+\emph on
+Guide\SpecialChar ~
+de\SpecialChar ~
+l'Utilisateur
+\emph default
+.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Description
+\family default
+ : Comme indiqué dans le
+\emph on
+Guide\SpecialChar ~
+de\SpecialChar ~
+l'Utilisateur
+\emph toggle
+.
+ Rappelez-vous que si vous voulez que l'élément en gras fasse plus d'un
+ mot, il vous faudra mettre des espaces insécables entre les mots.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Verbatim
+\family default
+ :
+\family sans
+
+\family default
+Comme d'habitude.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Code
+\family default
+ : Comparable à l'environnement
+\family sans
+Lyx-Code
+\family default
+.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Auteur
+\family default
+ : Tout ce que vous y entrez apparaîtra à gauche de l'en-tête du document,
+ sous la ligne épaisse.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Date
+\family default
+: Tout ce que vous y entrerez apparaîtra à droite de l'en-tête, sous la
+ ligne.
+ Ce ne sera pas forcément une date : vous pouvez entrer tout type de texte,
+ par exemple un numéro de version.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\family default
+ : Vous pouvez utiliser cet environnement pour obtenir un paragraphe libre
+ après l'auteur et la date, et avant la première section.
+ Vous n'avez le droit qu'à un seul paragraphe de ce type
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\emph on
+Note de l'auteur :
+\emph toggle
+Ce point est à vérifier --
+\emph on
+pe
+\emph default
+.
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Displaymath
+\family default
+ :
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\emph on
+Note de l'auteur :
+\emph toggle
+Je ne l'ai pas encore essayé
+\emph default
+ --
+\emph on
+ pe.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Autres possibilités avec ces documents
+\layout Standard
+
+Vous pouvez utiliser le menu
+\family sans
+Format
+\family default
+ pour choisir une police de caractère ou pour mettre des mots en valeur.
+ Vous pouvez aussi utiliser la table des matières comme d'habitude ; voir
+ la section correspondante du
+\emph on
+Guide\SpecialChar ~
+de\SpecialChar ~
+l'Utilisateur
+\emph default
+.
+ Vous pouvez trouver d'autres fonctions dans les menus de LyX.
+ Certaines fonctionneront, d'autres pas
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\emph on
+Note de l'auteur :
+\emph toggle
+ A moins que ça ne vienne de mon système...
+ --
+\emph on
+pe.
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Références croisées et HTML
+\layout Standard
+
+Vous trouverez dans le menu
+\family sans
+Insérer
+\family default
+ deux nouvelles options relatives aux inclusions d'adresses URL.
+ Si vous utilisez l'une de ces options, du code TeX sera inséré dans votre
+ document, en trois blocs séparés par des espaces.
+ Les trois blocs seront :
+\layout Quote
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+htmlurl{
+\family default
+ ou
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+url{
+\family roman
+
+\hfill
+
+\family default
+espace
+\family typewriter
+
+\hfill
+}{
+\family roman
+
+\hfill
+
+\family default
+espace
+\family roman
+
+\hfill
+
+\family typewriter
+}
+\layout Standard
+
+Vous pouvez insérer une adresse HTML entre le premier et le deuxième bloc.
+ Ça peut être
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://adresse.quelconque}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ ou d'autres balises valides comme
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{mailto:moi@mon.adresse}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Ensuite vous pouvez mettre une description entre le deuxième et le troisième
+ bloc.
+ Les différences sont :
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+URL:
+\family roman
+
+\family default
+L'adresse HTML et la description apparaîtront toutes deux dans le document
+ ;
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+HTML\SpecialChar ~
+URL:
+\family default
+seule la description apparaîtra dans la version imprimée.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Utiliser les scripts Sgml pour LinuxDoc
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:scripts-sgml}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+NdT : Ce paragraphe n'est pas du tout à jour, les adresses fournies sont
+ périmées.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Vous pouvez utiliser LinuxDoc comme une classe de texte sans script ou programme
+ supplémentaire, mais ça ne présente pas grand intérêt.
+ Ce que vous voulez obtenir est un document qui ressemblera à un
+\emph on
+Howto
+\emph default
+ du
+\emph on
+Linux Doucmentation Project
+\emph toggle
+.
+ Pour effectuer la transcription du document, vous devez avoir installé
+ le paquetage
+\family typewriter
+sgml-tools-1.0.x.tar.gz
+\family default
+ (avec
+\begin_inset Formula $x\geq3$
+\end_inset
+
+) que vous trouverez sur la page des SGML-Tools à l'adresse
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\family roman
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://pobox.com/~cg/sgmltools}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Vous pouvez aussi le trouver sur les archives
+\family typewriter
+sunsite
+\family default
+ à
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Notez que, au moment où ceci est écrit (janvier 1998), la version 1.0.3 de
+ sgml-tools n'était pas encore disponible sur
+\family typewriter
+sunsite
+\family default
+.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\family roman
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://sunsite.unc.edu/pub/Linux/utils/text/sgml-tools-1.0.x.tar.gz}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Le fichier
+\family typewriter
+sgml-tools-1.0.x.tar.gz
+\family default
+ contient tout ce dont vous avez besoin pour écrire des documents SGML et
+ les convertir en groff, LaTeX, HTML, GNU info, LyX ou RTF.
+\layout Standard
+
+Ce paquetage a été renommé en janvier 1997.
+ Il s'appelait auparavant
+\family typewriter
+linuxdoc-\SpecialChar \-
+sgml-\SpecialChar \-
+1.5.tar.gz
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Suivez les instructions de ce paquetage pour l'installer et l'utiliser.
+ Tout ceci devra être fait en dehors de LyX, avant que vous ne puissiez
+ utiliser la fonction
+\family sans
+Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Exporter\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+LinuxDoc
+\family default
+.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Erreurs avec LinuxDoc
+\layout Standard
+
+Lorsque vous visualisez ou imprimez un document LinuxDoc, certaines vérification
+s sont effectuées avant de lancer LaTeX.
+ Quelques erreurs sont détectées à ce moment-là, notamment celles concernant
+ la structure des documents.
+ LyX peut produire un message d'erreur, mais ne laisse pas de boîte d'erreur
+ que vous puissiez ouvrir dans le document.
+ Il vous faudra donc regarder directement le fichier pour trouver ce qui
+ ne va pas.
+ La plupart des problèmes semblent venir de l'utilisation d'options qui
+ ne sont pas disponibles dans cette classe de texte.
+\layout Section
+
+Correcteur TeX
+\layout Standard
+
+par
+\noun on
+Asger Alstrup
+\layout Subsection
+
+Introduction
+\layout Standard
+
+Vous trouverez dans le menu
+\family sans
+Éditer
+\family default
+ la commande
+\family sans
+Correction\SpecialChar ~
+TeX
+\family default
+.
+ Cette fonctionnalité requière le programme
+\family typewriter
+chktex
+\family default
+ et la commande est donc grisée si celui-ci n'est pas installé.
+ Vous pouvez vous le procurer sur le miroir du CTAN le plus proche, ou à
+ l'adresse
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.ifi.uio.no/~jensthi/chktex/}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Le paquetage
+\family sans
+ChkTeX
+\family default
+ est un programme qui a été écrit par
+\noun on
+Jens T.
+ Berger Thielemann
+\noun default
+ qui se plaignait que certaines commandes de LaTeX n'étaient pas naturelles
+ et s'oubliaient facilement.
+ Ce programme parcourt votre fichier LaTeX et en vérifie la bonne écriture.
+ C'est donc l'équivalent de
+\family typewriter
+Lint
+\family default
+\noun toggle
+, mais pour LaTeX.
+\layout Standard
+
+La question est donc : mais que vient faire ce logiciel sous LyX alors que
+ LyX est déjà censé produire du LaTeX exempt de fautes ? La réponse est
+ simple : tout comme
+\family typewriter
+Lint
+\family default
+ ne vérifie pas seulement la
+\emph on
+syntaxe
+\emph toggle
+ d'un fichier C, mais aussi la bonne utilisation des types,
+\family sans
+ChkTeX
+\family default
+ détecte en plus des erreurs syntaxiques quelques erreurs typographiques.
+ Entre autres,
+\family sans
+ChkTeX
+\family default
+ est à même de détecter des erreurs courantes comme
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+NdT : Certaines de ces règles me sont totalement inconnues.
+ Il est possible qu'elles ne s'appliquent pas à la langue française.
+
+\emph on
+-- of
+\end_inset
+
+ :
+\layout Itemize
+
+De mauvais points de suspension :
+\newline
+Utiliser \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+ et non pas ...
+\layout Itemize
+
+Des espaces à l'intérieur des parenthèses :
+\newline
+( mauvais espacement )
+\layout Itemize
+
+L'utisation d'espaces normaux dans des abréviations courantes :
+\newline
+Par exemple il y a ici trop d'espaces dans l'abréviation C.
+ N.
+ R.
+ S.
+\layout Itemize
+
+L'utilisation d'un mauvais espacement à la fin d'une phrase dont la dernière
+ lettre est une majuscule :
+\newline
+Voici un TEST.
+ Et l'espacement n'est pas bon.
+\layout Itemize
+
+L'insertion d'une espace avant une étiquette ou un autre objet de ce type
+ :
+\newline
+L'étiquette ou la note doit être collée au texte, sans quoi elle risque
+ d'apparaître sur une mauvaise page.
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:chktex}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Cette note peut apparaître sur une mauvaise page, car son appel (le petit
+ numéro dans le texte) n'est pas collé au mot le précédant.
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ L'étiquette est ici trop séparée.
+\layout Itemize
+
+L'utilisation d'espaces simples au lieu d'espaces insécables devant des
+ références :
+\newline
+Si vous n'avez pas de chance, le saut de ligne aura lieu exactement entre
+ le mot
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+section
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ et le numéro, et ça ferait le plus mauvais effet...
+ : voyez la section
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:chktex}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Itemize
+
+L'utilisation d'un
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+x
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ au lieu du symbole
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\times$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ entre deux nombres :
+\newline
+2x2 rend beaucoup moins bien que
+\begin_inset Formula $2\times2$
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+et bien plus encore...
+ C'est un outil très utile pour le
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+polissage final
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ du document avant son impression, et vous devriez l'utiliser après l'inévitable
+ correction de l'orthographe et avant d'affiner la typographie.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Comment l'utiliser
+\layout Standard
+
+Si le programme est installé, l'employer est un jeu d'enfant : faites
+\family sans
+Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Correction\SpecialChar ~
+TeX
+\family default
+.
+ LyX générera alors une version LaTeX de votre document, lancera
+\family sans
+ChkTeX
+\family default
+ pour la corriger, puis insérera des
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+boîtes d'erreurs
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ avec les avertissements de
+\family sans
+ChkTeX
+\family default
+, s'il y en a.
+ Ces avertissements seront placés au plus près de l'erreur, et vous pourrez
+ facilement les trouver avec
+\family sans
+Naviguer\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Erreur
+\family default
+, ou par le raccourci clavier
+\family sans
+C-g
+\family default
+ (d'après le fichier de raccourcis par défaut
+\family typewriter
+cua
+\family default
+).
+ Ouvrez les boîtes d'erreur en cliquant dessus, ou par le raccourci
+\family typewriter
+cua
+\family default
+
+\family sans
+C-i
+\family default
+, ou le raccourci
+\family typewriter
+emacs
+\family default
+
+\family sans
+C-o
+\family default
+.
+ Lisez l'avertissement, et corrigez l'erreur si c'en est bien une.
+ Si vous ne comprenez pas l'avertissement, ignorez-le.
+ En effet, il y a des différences entre ce qu'il y a à l'écran et les détails
+ techniques que
+\family sans
+ChkTeX
+\family default
+ vérifie, et ça peut amener certains de ses avertissements à paraître mystérieux
+ ou même stupides.
+\layout Standard
+
+Ce document est un excellent terrain d'entraînement, et sa vérification
+ lèvera sûrement quelques avertissements.
+ Les ordinateurs sont idiots : la plupart de ces avertissements seront donc
+ des fausses alertes.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Réglages fins
+\layout Standard
+
+Vous trouverez parfois que
+\family sans
+ChkTeX
+\family default
+ est plus bavard qu'il ne devrait l'être.
+ Vous pouvez alors choisir de ne pas l'utiliser, ou alors le configurer
+ à vos propres goûts.
+ Une possibilité dans les situations les plus désespérées est de faire
+\family sans
+Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Enlever\SpecialChar ~
+Toutes\SpecialChar ~
+les\SpecialChar ~
+Marques\SpecialChar ~
+d'Erreur
+\family default
+, ce qui se débarrasse instantanément de tous les avertissements.
+\layout Standard
+
+Mais, même si
+\family sans
+ChkTeX
+\family default
+ est vraiment configurable et extensible, vous ne pourrez pas résoudre tous
+ les problèmes de
+\family sans
+ChkTeX
+\family default
+ dans LyX de cette manière.
+ En effet, LyX génère un fichier LaTeX un peu particulier pour être ensuite
+ capable de faire correspondre les numéros de lignes indiqués par
+\family sans
+ChkTeX
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Vous pouvez trouver toutes les indications de
+\family typewriter
+chktex
+\family default
+ en faisant
+\family sans
+Visualiser\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Fichier\SpecialChar ~
+Journal\SpecialChar ~
+LaTeX
+\family default
+ après avoir lancé
+\family typewriter
+chktex
+\family default
+.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ avec la structure interne du document.
+ De ce fait, certains avertissements ne sembleront pas apparaître correctement.
+ Vous pouvez faire deux choses contre cela :
+\layout Itemize
+
+Paramétrez l'appel à
+\family sans
+ChkTeX
+\family default
+ dans
+\family sans
+Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Préférences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Sorties\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Divers
+\family default
+, ou alors dans le fichier de configuration de l'installation de
+\family sans
+ChkTeX
+\family default
+ (souvent, le fichier
+\family typewriter
+/usr/local/share/chktexrc
+\family default
+).
+ Voyez ci-dessous pour savoir quels avertissements peuvent être activés
+ ou désactivés à la ligne de commande.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Exportez votre document en tant que fichier LaTeX normal par
+\family sans
+Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Exporter\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+LaTeX
+\family default
+ et lancer manuellement
+\family typewriter
+chktex
+\family default
+ dessus.
+ S'il est invoqué de cette façon, ça peut être pénible de trouver l'endroit
+ correspondant dans le document LyX, mais avec un peu de patience, vous
+ devriez y arriver.
+\layout Standard
+
+Voici maintenant les messages d'avertissement qui peuvent être activés ou
+ désactivés dans
+\family sans
+Préférences
+\family default
+.
+ Utilisez
+\family typewriter
+-n#
+\family default
+ pour désactiver un avertissement, et
+\family typewriter
+-w#
+\family default
+ pour l'activer.
+ Les entrées en italiques sont désactivées par défaut, car le réglage de
+ base est
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+chktex -n1 -n3 -n6 -n9 -n22 -n25 -n30 -n38
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Remarquez que vous ne devriez toucher qu'à ces options d'activation et de
+ désactivation d'avertissements, et pas aux autres.
+ En effet, LyX utilise les autres options à sa convenance pour dialoguer
+ avec
+\family typewriter
+chktex
+\family default
+.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+\emph on
+Command terminated with space.
+ (La commande se termine par une espace.)
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+Non-breaking space (
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+~
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+) should have been used.
+ (Il faut utiliser ici une espace insécable (
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+~
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+).)
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+\emph on
+You should enclose the previous parenthesis with
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+{}
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ (Vous devriez entourer les parenthèses précédentes par
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+{}
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ .)
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+Italic correction (
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+/
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+) found in non-italic buffer.
+ (Une correction d'italique (
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\backslash
+/
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+) est dans un groupe qui n'est pas en italique.)
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+Italic correction (
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+/
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+) found more than once.
+ (Il y a plus d'une correction d'italique (
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\backslash
+/
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+) .)
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+\emph on
+No italic correction (
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+/
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+) found.
+ (Il n'y a pas de correcteur d'italique (
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\backslash
+/
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ ) .)
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+Accent command
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+cmd
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ needs use of
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+cmd
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ (La commande
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+cmd
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ requière l'utilisation de
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+cmd
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+.)
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+Wrong length of dash may have been used.
+ (Il se peut que le tiret ne soit pas de la bonne longueur.)
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+\emph on
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+%s
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ expected, found
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+%s
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ (Attendait
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+%s
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+, a trouvé
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+%s
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+.)
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+Solo
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+%s
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ found.
+ (Un seul
+\size default
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\size small
+%s
+\size default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+\size small
+ a été trouvé.)
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+You should use
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+%s
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ to achieve an ellipsis.
+ (Vous devriez utiliser
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+%s
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ pour une ellipse (points de suspension).)
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+Inter-word spacing (
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+) should perhaps be used.
+ (Une espace d'entre mots (
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\backslash
+\SpecialChar ~
+
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+) devrait peut-être être utilisé.)
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+Inter-sentence spacing (
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+@
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+) should perhaps be used.
+ (Une espace d'entre phrases (
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\backslash
+@
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+) devrait peut-être être utilisé.)
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+Could not find argument for command.
+ (N'a pas trouvé de paramètre à la commande.)
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+No match found for
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+%s
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ (Aucune occurrence de
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+%s
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ n'a été trouvée.)
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+Math mode still on at end of LaTeX file.
+ (Le fichier LaTeX se termine dans le mode Math.)
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+Number of
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+char
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ doesn't match the number of
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+char
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ (Le numéro de
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+char
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ ne correspond pas à celui de
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+char
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+.)
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+You should use either
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ or
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ as an alternative to
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+"
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ (Vous devriez utiliser
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ ou
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ plutôt que
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+"
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+.)
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+You should use "
+\family typewriter
+'
+\family default
+" (ASCII 39) instead of "
+\family typewriter
+´
+\family default
+" (ASCII 180).
+ (Vous devriez utiliser
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+'
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ (ASCII 39) au lieu de
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+´
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ (ASCII 180).)
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+User-specified pattern found.
+ (A trouvé un format défini par l'utilisateur.)
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+This command might not be intended.
+ (Cette commande n'est peut-être pas volontaire.)
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+\emph on
+Comment displayed.
+ (Un commentaire est affiché.)
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+Either
+\family typewriter
+''
+\backslash
+,'
+\family default
+ or
+\family typewriter
+'
+\backslash
+,''
+\family default
+ will look better.
+ (
+\family typewriter
+''
+\backslash
+,'
+\family default
+ ou
+\family typewriter
+'
+\backslash
+,''
+\family default
+ présentera mieux.)
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+Delete this space to maintain correct page references.
+ (Enlevez cette espace pour avoir une pagination correcte.)
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+\emph on
+You might wish to put this between a pair of
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+{}
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ (Ce serait peut-être mieux entre deux accolades
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+{}
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+.)
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+You ought to remove spaces in front of punctuation.
+ (Il n'y a pas d'espace devant cette ponctuation.)
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+Could not execute LaTeX command.
+ (Ne peut pas exécuter la commande LaTeX.)
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+Don't use
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+/
+\family default
+ in front of small punctuation.
+ (N'utilisez pas
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+/
+\family default
+ devant la ponctuation basse.)
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\size small
+$
+\backslash
+times$
+\family default
+ may look prettier here.
+ (
+\family typewriter
+$
+\backslash
+times$
+\family default
+ serait mieux ici.)
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+\emph on
+Multiple spaces detected in output.
+ (La sortie affiche ici plusieurs espaces.)
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+This text may be ignored.
+ (Ce texte ne sera peut-être pas pris en compte.)
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+Use
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ to begin quotation, not
+\family typewriter
+'
+\family default
+.
+ (Utilisez
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ pour ouvrir une citation et non
+\family typewriter
+'
+\family default
+.)
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+Use
+\family typewriter
+'
+\family default
+ to end quotation, not
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+.
+ (Utilisez
+\family typewriter
+'
+\family default
+ pour clore une citation et non
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+.)
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+Don't mix quotes.
+ (Ne mélangez pas les différents types de guillemets.)
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+You should perhaps use
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+cmd
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ instead.
+ (Il vaudrait peut-être mieux utiliser
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+cmd
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+.)
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+You should put a space in front of/after parenthesis.
+ (Il faut des espaces à l'extérieur des parenthèses.)
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+You should avoid spaces in front of/after parenthesis.
+ (Ne mettez pas d'espaces à l'intérieur des parenthèses.)
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+\emph on
+You should not use punctuation in front of/after quotes.
+ (La ponctuation ne doit pas apparaître derrière les guillemets.)
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+Double space found.
+ (Double espace !)
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+You should put punctuation outside inner/inside display math mode.
+ (La ponctuation devrait se trouver à l'extérieur du mode mathématique.)
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+You ought to not use primitive TeX in LaTeX code.
+ (Vous ne devez pas utiliser de primitives TeX dans du code LaTeX.)
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+You should remove spaces in front of
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+%s
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ (Ne mettez pas d'espaces devant
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+%s
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+.)
+\layout Enumerate
+
+
+\size small
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+%s
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ is normally not followed by
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+%c
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ (
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+%s
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ n'est normalement pas suivi de
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+%c
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+.)
+\layout Standard
+
+Nous espérons fournir dans les versions futures de LyX une interface plus
+ complète à cet outil (ainsi qu'à son petit cousin
+\family typewriter
+lacheck
+\family default
+) pour pouvoir en exploiter toute la puissance.
+ Mais, , il est dès maintenant utilisable : lancez-le sur l'un de vos documents
+ de bonne taille, et voyez le résultat.
+\layout Section
+
+Contrôle de Version sous LyX
+\layout Standard
+
+par
+\noun on
+ Lars Gullik Bjønnes
+\layout Subsection
+
+Introduction
+\layout Standard
+
+Un de mes amis voulut essayer LyX pour un projet de groupe, mais lorsqu'il
+ s'aperçut qu'il n'y avait pas de contrôle de version ou de verrou de fichier,
+ il laissa tomber.
+ Cela me chagrina un peu, et je me mis à travailler au support de RCS par
+ LyX (avec la perspective future d'un support de CVS et/ou SCCS).
+ Maintenant, c'est fait.
+ LyX accepte la plupart des commandes simples de RCS.
+ Si vous voulez utiliser des fonctions plus sophistiquées, il vous faudra
+ cependant encore passer par une console xterm.
+\layout Standard
+
+Avant de vous lancer dans l'utilisation du contrôle de version sous LyX,
+ lisez d'abord
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+rcsintro
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ (c'est un fichier man : lisez-le avec
+\family typewriter
+man rcsintro
+\family default
+).
+ Ce fichier décrit toutes les fonctions de base de RCS\SpecialChar \@.
+ Voyez particulièrement
+ le paragraphe sur le répertoire RCS, et la notion de fichier RCS maître
+ (le fichier finissant par
+\family typewriter
+,v
+\family default
+).
+\layout Standard
+
+Le support assuré dans LyX a été réalisé pour des versions récentes des
+ paquetages GNU RCS\SpecialChar \@.
+ Il n'est pas garanti que cela fonctionne avec des versions
+ plus anciennes.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Les commandes RCS sous LyX
+\layout Standard
+
+Les sections suivantes décrivent les commandes RCS supportées par LyX.
+ Vous pouvez les trouver dans
+\family sans
+Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Contrôle\SpecialChar ~
+de\SpecialChar ~
+Version
+\family default
+.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+
+\family sans
+Initialiser le contrôle de versions
+\layout Standard
+
+Si votre document n'est pas sous le mode
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+contrôle des version
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+, c'est le seul choix qui vous soit proposé.
+ Si vous êtes déjà sous ce mode, cet élément est grisé et inaccessible.
+\layout Standard
+
+Cette commande intialise le contrôle de version avec RCS\SpecialChar \@.
+ Il vous est alors
+ demandé de donner une description initiale du document.
+ Le document est alors mis en mode
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+lecture seule
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ et il vous faudra faire
+\family sans
+Nouvelle\SpecialChar ~
+Version\SpecialChar ~
+Éditable
+\family default
+ avant de le modifier.
+ Un document sous contrôle de version a dans le minibuffer
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+[RCS:<version><locker>]
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ accolé au nom de fichier.
+\layout Standard
+
+En arrière-plan, la commande RCS qui a été lancée est
+\family typewriter
+ci -q -u -i -t-\SpecialChar \-
+"<description_\SpecialChar \-
+initiale>" <nom_fichier>.
+\layout Standard
+
+Lisez
+\family typewriter
+man ci
+\family default
+ pour comprendre le sens des paramètres.
+
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+
+\family sans
+Figer cette Version
+\layout Standard
+
+RCS command:
+\family typewriter
+ci -q -u -m"<description>" <file-name>
+\layout Standard
+
+Lorsque vous avez fini de modifier un fichier, vous figez vos modifications
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+NdT : check-in
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Il vous sera alors demandé une description de celles-ci.
+ Cette information est conservée dans le fichier d'historique.
+ Le numéro de version est alors incrémenté, vos modifications sont appliquées
+ au fichier RCS maître et le document est déverrouillé et remis en mode
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+lecture seule
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Commande RCS :
+\family typewriter
+ci -q -u -m"<description>" <nom_fichier>
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+
+\family sans
+Nouvelle Version Éditable
+\layout Standard
+
+En utilisant cette commande, vous verrouillez le document de manière à ce
+ que vous soyez le seul à pouvoir l'éditer.
+ Vous seul en possédez les droits d'écriture.
+ Vous continuez donc à éditer le fichier un moment, puis vous figez vos
+ changements.
+ La ligne d'état est modifiée pour indiquer que le fichier est verrouillé.
+\layout Standard
+
+Commande RCS :
+\family typewriter
+co -q -l <nom_fichier>
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+
+\family sans
+Recharger la Version Précédente
+\layout Standard
+
+Ceci annule tous les changements réalisés sur le document depuis que le
+ document a été figé la dernière fois.
+ Une demande de confirmation apparaît alors, avant que tous les changements
+ soient perdus.
+\layout Standard
+
+Commande RCS :
+\family typewriter
+co -f -u<version> <nom_fichier>
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+
+\family sans
+Annuler Figer
+\layout Standard
+
+Fait comme si la dernière modification n'avait jamais été faite.
+ Aucune modification n'apparaît sur le document LyX, mais la dernière version
+ est effacée du fichier maître RCS.
+\layout Standard
+
+Commande RCS :
+\family typewriter
+rcs -o<version> <nom_fichier>
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+
+\family sans
+Visualiser Historique
+\layout Standard
+
+Montre l'historique complet du document RCS.
+ La sortie de
+\family typewriter
+rlog <nom_fichier>
+\family default
+ est ainsi affichée dans une fenêtre.
+ Voyez
+\family typewriter
+man rlog
+\family default
+ pour plus d'informations.
+\layout Section
+
+Programmation littéraire
+\layout Standard
+
+Mise à jour par
+\noun on
+Kayvan Sylvan
+\noun default
+ (kayvan@sylvan.com), document d'origine écrit par
+\noun on
+Edmar Wienskoski Jr.
+
+\noun default
+ (edmar-w-jr@technologist.com)
+\layout Subsection
+
+Introduction
+\layout Standard
+
+Le but principal de cette documentation est de montrer comment utiliser
+ LyX pour la programmation littéraire.
+ Nous supposerons que vous êtes familiers de cette technique de programmation,
+ et savez donc ce que
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+tangling
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ et
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+weaving
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ signifient
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+NdT : Respectivement la génération du code et de la documentation.
+ -- ar
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Si ce n'est pas le cas, veuillez lire les pages web dont les adresses sont
+ indiquées un peu plus loin.
+ Vous y trouverez une bonne documentation, allant de l'histoire du développement
+ aux derniers trucs et astuces.
+\layout Standard
+
+Nous supposerons aussi que vous êtes assez familiarisés avec LyX pour pouvoir
+ changer vos préférences, et le fichier de ressources X.
+ Si ce n'est pas le cas, voyez le reste de la documentation de LyX qui couvre
+ ces domaines.
+\layout Subsection
+
+La programmation littéraire
+\layout Standard
+
+Extrait de la FAQ de la Programmation Littéraire :
+\layout Quotation
+
+La programmation littéraire est la combinaison de la documentation et des
+ sources en une forme lisible par un être humain.
+ En fait, la programmation littéraire doit être agréable à lire, et même
+ aguicheuse ! (Désolé, Bob, je n'ai pas pu résister...) En général, la programmatio
+n littéraire combine la source et la documentation dans un seul et unique
+ fichier.
+ Des outils de programmation littéraire permettent ensuite de produire séparémen
+t le fichier source et la documentation.
+ Le style WEB de programmation littéraire fut créé par D.E.Knuth lors du développe
+ment de son logiciel de typographie, TeX.
+\layout Standard
+
+Un autre extrait :
+\layout Quotation
+
+
+\emph on
+En quoi la programmation littéraire diffère-t-elle du commentaire ?
+\layout Quotation
+
+Il y a trois signes distinctifs qui sont, dans l'ordre d'importance :
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Itemize
+
+un ordre d'élaboration flexible
+\layout Itemize
+
+le support automatique pour la visualisation
+\layout Itemize
+
+une documentation mise en forme, notamment les diagrammes et les mathématiques
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Maintenant que j'ai éveillé votre curiosité, voyons les références :
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Références
+\layout Standard
+
+La FAQ complète de la Programmation Littéraire se trouve à :
+\layout Quote
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url[FAQ de la Programmation Littéraire]{http://shelob.ce.ttu.edu/daves/lpfaq/faq.html}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+La FAQ dénombre 23 (vingt-trois !) outils différents pour la programmation
+ littéraire.
+ Certains sont spécialisés pour certains langages de programmation, d'autre
+ ont une portée plus générale.
+ J'ai sélectionné
+\family typewriter
+NoWeb
+\family default
+\noun toggle
+ pour mon usage personnel pour plusieures raisons :
+\layout Itemize
+
+Il sait générer la documentation aussi bien en LaTeX qu'en HTML.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Il a une architecture ouverte, c'est-à-dire qu'il est facile d'y ajouter
+ de nouveaux filtres et de réaliser des opérations spéciales au besoin.
+\layout Itemize
+
+Un grand nombre de filtres est déjà disponible (dont celui pour le HTML).
+\layout Itemize
+
+Il est libre.
+\layout Standard
+
+La page web de Noweb se trouve à :
+\layout Quote
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url[Page d'accueil de Noweb]{http://www.cs.virginia.edu/~nr/noweb/}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+À partir de là, vous trouverez de nombreux liens intéressants et mêmes quelques
+ exemples de programmation littéraire.
+\layout Subsection
+
+LyX et la Programmation Littéraire
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX supporte la Programmation Littéraire par l'intermédiaire du mécanisme
+ de gestion des convertisseurs.
+ Ce support est
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+indépendant de Noweb
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+, c'est-à-dire que vous pourrez utiliser cette nouvelle fonction de LyX
+ avec un autre outil de programmation littéraire de votre choix, en changeant
+ juste vos préférences LyX.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Génération des documents et du code (weaving and tangling)
+\layout Paragraph
+
+Sélection de la classe de document
+\layout Standard
+
+Si vous avez installé Noweb et LyX avec succès, vous devez trouver trois
+ nouvelles classes de document :
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Article\SpecialChar ~
+(Noweb)
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Book\SpecialChar ~
+(Noweb)
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Report\SpecialChar ~
+(Noweb)
+\layout Standard
+
+Il vous faut sélectionner l'une d'entre elles pour créer votre document
+ littéraire.
+\layout Standard
+
+Remarquez bien que les documents littéraires ne sont pas limités à ces trois
+ classes.
+ De nouvelles classes peuvent être générées à partir d'autres styles, comme
+ les lettres, ou à partir d'autres variantes d'une classe, comme
+\family sans
+Article\SpecialChar ~
+(AMS)
+\family default
+.
+ Si vous avez des besoins particuliers qui ne peuvent être couverts par
+ ces classes, faites-le savoir à
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \url[la liste de diffusion des développeurs de LyX]{lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ et nous nous arrangerons pour ajouter une nouvelle entrée, ou vous expliquer
+ comment le faire vous-même
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+C'est très simple, ça ne demande que la création d'un fichier de quatre
+ lignes, et la relance de l'auto-configuration.
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ De plus, si vous utilisez un outil littéraire autre que Noweb, vous voudrez
+ peut-être créer un nouvel ensemble de classes de document prévues pour.
+\layout Paragraph
+
+Ajout de code
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX vous permet d'entrer du code par l'intermédiaire d'un format nommé
+\family sans
+Scrap
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family sans
+\noun on
+Le terme équivalent sous Noweb est
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+Chunk
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Pour des raisons historiques, j'ai gardé le terme
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+scrap
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ d'un autre outil littéraire appelé Nuweb, que j'ai utilisé bien des années
+ avant de me convertir à Noweb.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+.
+ Noweb délimite les scraps ainsi :
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+<<Mon scrap>>=
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ code
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ encore du code
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ toujours du code
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ @
+\layout Standard
+
+Le problème est que tout ce qui est compris entre le
+\family typewriter
+<<
+\family default
+ et l'arobase
+\family typewriter
+@
+\family default
+ doit être pris tel quel, c'est-à-dire que LyX ne doit faire aucune interprétati
+on de ce qui a été écrit.
+ C'est géré par un environnement spécial appelé
+\family sans
+Scrap
+\family default
+, qui fonctionne comme un paragraphe normal mais qui présente une totale
+ liberté en ce qui concerne l'espacement.
+\layout Standard
+
+L'inconvénient de l'environnement de paragraphe
+\family sans
+Scrap
+\family default
+ est que des paragraphes consécutifs de code vont être séparés par une ligne
+ vide dans le code source et dans la documentation imprimée.
+ Pour éviter ça, il faut donc, dans un
+\family sans
+Scrap
+\family default
+ donné, finir chaque ligne de code par un saut de ligne (
+\family sans
+C-Entrée
+\family default
+) et non un
+\family sans
+Entrée
+\family default
+ normal.
+ L'exemple ci-dessus donnera donc
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Sur un document imprimé, il n'y a aucune différence entre cet exemple et
+ le précédent.
+\end_inset
+
+ :
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+<<Mon scrap>>=
+\newline
+ code
+\newline
+ encore du code
+\newline
+ toujours du code
+\newline
+ @
+\layout Standard
+
+Cet environnement fonctionne bien.
+ Le seul réel inconvénient est de devoir taper
+\family sans
+C-Entrée
+\family default
+ et non un simple
+\family sans
+Entrée
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Régler ce problème fait partie de la liste des améliorations à apporter.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Il est à noter que vous pouvez aussi utiliser la construction
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+%def
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ de Noweb dans vos scraps pour ajouter des éléments de référence croisée
+ :
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+<<Mon scrap>>=
+\newline
+ def une_fonction(param):
+\newline
+ "C'est la documentation de cette fonction."
+\newline
+ print "Mes paramètres : ", param
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+@ %def une_fonction
+\layout Standard
+
+Pour avoir un exemple de cette construction et des références croisées engendrée
+s, regardez le programme littéraire python dans
+\family typewriter
+\emph on
+LIBDIR
+\emph default
+/examples/listerrors.lyx
+\family default
+ qui devrait clarifier tout ça.
+\layout Paragraph
+
+Génération de la documentation
+\layout Standard
+
+Arrivé ici, vous avez déjà un nouveau fichier avec sa propre classe de document,
+ et vous avec tapé un peu de code et de texte dedans.
+ Bien ; et maintenant, comment je l'imprime ? La réponse est simple : vous
+ faites
+\family sans
+Visualiser\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+DVI
+\family default
+, etc.
+ comme vous le feriez pour un document quelconque.
+ Il n'y a aucune procédure particulière.
+\layout Standard
+
+Pour vous aider à vous y retrouver, je vais vous expliquer ce qui se passe
+ à l'intérieur de LyX :
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Quand vous choisissez
+\family sans
+Visualiser\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Mise\SpecialChar ~
+à\SpecialChar ~
+Jour\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+DVI
+\family default
+, un fichier LaTeX est généré.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Si le document est d'un type littéraire, le fichier généré sera nommé avec
+ l'extension définie par le format
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+littéraire
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ (défini dans la fenêtre de
+\family sans
+Préférences
+\family default
+), sinon le fichier aura l'extension habituelle
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Remarquez que la seule différence est cette extension : LyX n'a rien de
+ particulier à faire.
+ Tant que vous avez utilisé l'environnement
+\family sans
+Scrap
+\family default
+ en entrant le texte, tout se passera sans problème.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Si le document est d'une classe littéraire, LyX utilisera ensuite le convertisse
+ur interne LyX vers Noweb, suivi par le convertisseur Noweb vers LaTeX
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Les convertisseurs sont définis dans la fenêtre
+\family sans
+Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Préférences
+\family default
+, dans l'onglet
+\family sans
+Conversion
+\family default
+.
+\end_inset
+
+ pour générer le fichier LaTeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Sinon, il saute simplement cette étape.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Enfin, LaTeX est invoqué et le processus continue comme s'il s'agissait
+ d'un document quelconque.
+\layout Standard
+
+Vous êtes donc indépendant d'un
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+outil littéraire
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ donné, car vous pouvez changer les commandes correspondant aux différents
+ convertisseurs.
+\layout Paragraph
+
+Génération du code
+\layout Standard
+
+Quand on demande de
+\family sans
+Compiler
+\family default
+ dans les menus, ou quand on appuie sur le bouton correspondant de la barre
+ d'outils, un fichier LaTeX est généré comme dans l'étape\SpecialChar ~
+1 ci-dessus.
+ LyX invoque ensuite le convertisseur
+\family typewriter
+NoWeb->Program
+\family default
+.
+ Celui-ci (comme tout convertisseur) est invoqué en deux parties :
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Le programme de conversion proprement dit.
+ Ce programme procède à la conversion d'un format à un autre (ici, du format
+
+\family typewriter
+NoWeb
+\family default
+ au pseudo-format
+\family typewriter
+Program
+\family default
+).
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Le filtre de messages d'erreur.
+ C'est un programme dont le seul rôle est de réécrire les messages d'erreur
+ dans un format compréhensible par LyX.
+ Ça permet à LyX de placer des boîtes d'erreur au bon endroit dans le tampon
+ du fichier.
+\layout Standard
+
+La première partie, déterminée par le champ
+\family sans
+Convertisseur
+\family default
+, doit contenir
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+build-script $$i
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+.
+ Ça signifie que LyX va appeler
+\family typewriter
+build-script
+\family default
+ (un programme ou un script) avec le nom du fichier Noweb (en général un
+ fichier dans le répertoire temporaire de LyX).
+\layout Standard
+
+Voici une implémentation de
+\family typewriter
+build-script
+\family default
+ que vous pouvez mettre dans un répertoire de votre chemin d'accès par défaut
+ :
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+#!/bin/sh
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+#
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+notangle -Rbuild-script $1 | env NOWEB_SOURCE=$1 sh
+\layout Standard
+
+L'autre partie de la définition du convertisseur est le champ
+\family sans
+Autres\SpecialChar ~
+Options
+\family default
+ qui doit contenir
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+originaldir,parselog=listerrors
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+.
+ Ça fera passer toutes les erreurs générées par
+\family typewriter
+build-script
+\family default
+ à travers le programme
+\family typewriter
+listerrors
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+La gestion des convertisseurs cherche le programme
+\family typewriter
+listerrors
+\family default
+ d'abord dans
+\family typewriter
+\emph on
+MON_RÉPERTOIRE_LYX
+\emph default
+/scripts
+\family default
+, puis dans
+\family typewriter
+\emph on
+LIBDIR
+\emph default
+/scripts
+\family default
+ puis dans le chemin d'accès par défaut.
+\layout Paragraph
+
+Instructions de compilation dans le document
+\layout Standard
+
+La dernière partie de l'interface entre LyX et noweb est le scrap
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+build-script
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ En général, les instructions de compilation de votre programme doivent
+ être regroupées dans un scrap à part.
+ Le
+\family typewriter
+build-script
+\family default
+ vu plus haut est spécifique à noweb et utilise la commande
+\family typewriter
+notangle
+\family default
+ pour rechercher ce scrap (appelé
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+build-script
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+) et passer son contenu dans
+\family typewriter
+sh
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Typiquement, un tel scrap ressemble à ceci :
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+<<build-script>>=
+\newline
+#!/bin/sh
+\newline
+
+\newline
+if [ -z "${NOWEB_SOURCE}" ]
+\newline
+then
+\newline
+ NOWEB_SOURCE=mon_fichier.nw
+\newline
+fi
+\newline
+[...
+ code pour extraire les fichiers ...]
+\newline
+[...
+ code pour compiler les fichiers ...]
+\newline
+@
+\layout Standard
+
+Voyez dans
+\family typewriter
+\emph on
+LIBDIR
+\emph default
+/examples/listerrors.lyx
+\family default
+ ou dans
+\family typewriter
+\emph on
+LIBDIR
+\emph default
+/examples/Literate.lyx
+\family default
+ qui implémentent deux versions du programme
+\family typewriter
+listerrors
+\family default
+ pour avoir des exemples de comment tout cela va ensemble.
+ Vous pouvez encore consulter
+\family typewriter
+\emph on
+LIBDIR
+\emph default
+/examples/noweb2lyx.lyx
+\family default
+.
+ Il est intéressant de constater que ces trois fichiers démontrent l'indépendanc
+e de LyX relativement au langage de programmation littéraire adopté car
+ ils sont écrits respectivement en Python, C et Perl.
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Configurer LyX
+\layout Standard
+
+Vous pouvez configurer ce qui concerne la Programmation Littéraire dans
+ l'onglet
+\family sans
+Conversion
+\family default
+ de la fenêtre
+\family sans
+Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Préférences
+\family default
+.
+ Les parties importantes sont :
+\layout Description
+
+le\SpecialChar ~
+format\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+littéraire
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ Choisi dans l'onglet
+\family sans
+Formats
+\family default
+, où vous mettez ce qui est spécifique à Noweb.
+ Le
+\family sans
+Nom\SpecialChar ~
+d'interface
+\family default
+ est
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+NoWeb
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+, l'
+\family sans
+Extension
+\family default
+ est
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+nw
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+.
+ LyX créera donc un fichier d'extension
+\family typewriter
+.nw
+\family default
+ lors de la première étape du processus de conversion.
+\layout Description
+
+le\SpecialChar ~
+format\SpecialChar ~
+
+\family sans
+Programme
+\family default
+ C'est un format fictif dont le seul but est d'être le point d'arrivée d'une
+ conversion (ce qui permet ainsi de mettre en place un convertisseur pointant
+ vers lui).
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family sans
+NoWeb
+\family default
+->
+\family sans
+LaTeX
+\family default
+ Ce convertisseur assure la génération de la documentation (
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+weaving
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ Pour Noweb, il faut mettre
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+noweave -delay -index $$i > $$o
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+
+
+\family sans
+NoWeb
+\family default
+->
+\family sans
+Program
+\family default
+ Celui-ci assure la génération du code (
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+tangling
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ Comme vu plus haut, il faut mettre
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+build-script $$i
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+, avec comme
+\family sans
+Autres\SpecialChar ~
+Options
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+originaldir,parselog=listerrors
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Fonctions pour le déboguage
+\layout Standard
+
+Une nouvelle fonction est aussi implémentée dans le serveur LyX, la fonction
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+serveur va à la bonne ligne
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ que l'on utilisera avec
+\family typewriter
+ddd
+\family default
+/
+\family typewriter
+gdb
+\family default
+ ou un autre débogueur.
+\layout Standard
+
+Lorsque vous déboguez du code avec
+\family typewriter
+ddd
+\family default
+/
+\family typewriter
+gdb
+\family default
+, il est possible d'appeler un éditeur de texte à la position actuelle d'exécuti
+on, avec un seul appui clavier.
+ La configuration par défaut de
+\family typewriter
+ddd
+\family default
+ est
+\family sans
+Shift-Ctrl-V
+\family default
+.
+ Il se trouve que vous pouvez choisir l'éditeur appelé par
+\family typewriter
+ddd
+\family default
+ dans la fenêtre
+\family sans
+Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Préférences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Helpers
+\family default
+ en changeant l'entrée
+\family sans
+Edit\SpecialChar ~
+Sources
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+J'ai trouvé avantageux d'utiliser LyX avec
+\family typewriter
+ddd
+\family default
+ en réglant
+\family sans
+Edit\SpecialChar ~
+Sources
+\family default
+ sur :
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+echo "LYXCMD:monitor:server-goto-file-row:@FILE@ @LINE@" >~/.lyxpipe.in
+\layout Standard
+
+Ainsi, quand vous utilisez
+\family typewriter
+ddd
+\family default
+ et que vous vous apercevez qu'il faut modifier le code, vous pressez juste
+
+\family sans
+Shift-Ctrl-V
+\family default
+ (dans la fenêtre
+\family typewriter
+ddd
+\family default
+), et
+\family typewriter
+ddd
+\family default
+ renvoie cette information à LyX via le serveur LyX.
+ La fenêtre LyX montrera le fichier en question, avec le curseur pile poil
+ là où se trouvait
+\family typewriter
+ddd
+\family default
+.
+ Plus besoin de jouer aux devinettes ou de faire défiler tout le document
+ pour savoir où se situait le problème !
+\layout Standard
+
+Notez cependant qu'il vous faut activer cette fonction du serveur LyX, inactive
+ par défaut.
+ Pour cela, allez dans
+\family sans
+Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Préférences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Entrées\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Répertoires
+\family default
+ et mettez un chemin du genre
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+/home/<votre-réperoire-home>/\SpecialChar \-
+.lyx/lyxpipe
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ dans le champ
+\family sans
+Tubes du Serveur LyX
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Lisez la documentation sur le serveur LyX dans le manuel de
+\emph on
+Personnalisation
+\emph default
+ pour plus d'information.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Ajouts à la barre d'outils
+\layout Standard
+
+Il y a six nouveaux boutons qui peuvent être ajoutés à la barre d'outils
+ de LyX.
+ Cinq de ces boutons sont des raccourcis vers les styles
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Section
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+LaTeX
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+LyX-Code
+\family default
+ et
+\family sans
+Scrap
+\family default
+.
+ Le dernier bouton est un raccourci vers la commande
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+Compiler
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX a tout une série de boutons qui peuvent être intégrés dans la barre
+ d'outils.
+ Personnellement, j'ai combiné les six raccourcis ci-dessus avec deux autres
+ : un pour
+\family sans
+Visualiser\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Mise\SpecialChar ~
+à\SpecialChar ~
+Jour\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+DVI
+\family default
+ et un autre pour
+\family sans
+Visualiser\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+DVI
+\family default
+.
+ Voilà comment cela se présente :
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+Toolbar
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Layouts
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Icon "layout Standard"
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Icon "layout Section"
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Icon "layout LaTeX"
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Icon "layout LyX-Code"
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Icon "layout Scrap"
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Separator
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Icon "buffer-view"
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Icon "buffer-typeset"
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Icon "build-program"
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+ Separator
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+.
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+.
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+.
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+End
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Couleurs personnalisées
+\layout Standard
+
+Un certain nombre de couleurs de LyX peuvent être personnalisées dans la
+ fenêtre
+\family sans
+Préférences
+\family default
+.
+ Une des choses qui ennuient nombre d'entre nous est la couleur du code
+ LaTeX.
+ La couleur par défaut est le rouge, or les scraps utilisent la police LaTeX,
+ et comme il y a beaucoup de scraps dans un document de programmation littéraire
+, vous en aurez sûrement marre de tout voir en rouge.
+ Vous pouvez la changer dans l'onglet
+\family sans
+Aspect\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Couleurs
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Le problème suivant est la présence visible des caractères
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+nouvelle ligne
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ sur l'écran.
+ Vous pouvez aussi choisir la couleur de ces caractères particuliers et
+ donc les faire se confondre avec le fond.
+ Je vous conseille de choisir une couleur qui est proche de celle du fond,
+ mais pas la même : vous pourrez toujours les voir, mais ils ne vous dérangeront
+ plus.
+\layout Chapter
+
+Secrets des Maîtres du LaTeX
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{cha:secrets}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Même si LyX est un outil puissant, il ne faut pas s'attendre à ce qu'il
+ puisse supporter tout ce qui peut être fait avec TeX ou LaTeX.
+ Cependant, la plupart des trucs et astuces de TeX et LaTeX peuvent resservir
+ dans LyX, à condition de ne pas avoir peur d'utiliser le bouton
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+TeX
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ de la barre d'outils ou d'ajouter des lignes au préambule LaTeX (avec
+\family sans
+Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Préambule
+\family default
+).
+ Cette section présente un ensemble de conseils, d'astuces et d'idées sympa
+ pour donner un petit quelque chose en plus à votre document.
+
+\emph on
+Mais essayez-les à la maison !
+\emph toggle
+ Faites vos premières tentatives sur quelque chose de plus court et de moins
+ important que votre thèse !
+\layout Standard
+
+La plupart des idées présentées dans cette section requièrent des fichiers
+ un peu moins courants dans les installations LaTeX.
+ Si vous avez un système comme teTeX, la plupart seront sûrement présents.
+ Certains, cependant, devront être téléchargés sur les archives CTAN.
+ Il y a souvent plusieures manières de faire la même chose, ou plusieurs
+ fichiers de style LaTeX qui ont le même rôle.
+ Nous ne recommandons pas une méthode plutôt qu'une autre, nous affirmons
+ simplement que tel fichier permet de faire telle chose.
+ Enfourchez votre destrier, ceignez votre heaume et lancez-vous !
+\layout Section
+
+Trucs pour les notes de bas de page ou les notes en marge
+\layout Standard
+
+suggéré par
+\noun on
+Robin Socha
+\layout Subsection
+
+Notes de bas de page
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX ne peut pas encore se charger de remettre le compteur des notes à 1
+ après chaque section dans un document de classe
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+article
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+, ou de changer le style de numérotation.
+ Il vous faudra le faire à la main :
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+setcounter{footnote}{0}
+\end_inset
+
+ L'utilisation de
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+setcounter{footnote}{0}
+\family roman
+
+\family default
+remet le compteur à
+\family roman
+1
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Le compteur a été réinitialisé à 1.
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+La commande suivante va abandonner les chiffres au profit de petites lettres.
+ Visualisez la note suivante avec
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\family default
+ ou
+\family typewriter
+ghostview
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+thefootnote}{
+\backslash
+alph{footnote}}
+\end_inset
+
+ :
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+C'est un exemple de note avec une numérotation alphabétique.
+\newline
+Pour cela, utilisez la commande
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+thefootnote {
+\backslash
+alph{footnote}}
+\family default
+.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+On va revenir à la numérotation par défaut, à savoir
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+arabic
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Utilisez
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+thefootnote}{
+\backslash
+arabic{footnote}}
+\family roman
+
+\family default
+pour faire revenir le style des notes à sa valeur par défaut.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand {
+\backslash
+thefootnote} {
+\backslash
+arabic{footnote}}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Vous pouvez utiliser
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+arabic
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+roman
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+Roman
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+alph
+\family default
+ ou
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+Alph
+\family default
+ et même d'autres styles de compteur.
+ Pour voir ce que donnent ces choix, modifiez la commande LaTeX dans l'exemple
+ précedent et relancez la visualisation DVI.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Notes en marge
+\layout Standard
+
+Voici deux exemples de ce que vous pouvez faire avec les commandes LaTeX
+ pour les notes en marge.
+\layout Standard
+
+La commande suivante fait apparaître une ligne verticale le long du texte
+ -- idéal pour pointer quelque chose du doigt :
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+marginpar{
+\backslash
+rule[-10mm]{3mm}{50mm}}
+\family roman
+.
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+marginpar{
+\backslash
+rule[-10mm]{1mm}{50mm}}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Visualisez la sortie avec
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\family default
+ ou
+\family typewriter
+ghostview
+\family default
+ pour voir ce que la commande
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+reversemarginpar
+\family default
+ fait sur la note en marge qui suit.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+reversemarginpar
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Marginal
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+C'est une
+\newline
+note en marge.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Section
+
+MultiColonnes
+\layout Standard
+
+par
+\noun on
+Lars Gullik Bjønnes
+\layout Subsection
+
+But
+\layout Standard
+
+Le but de ce chapitre
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Note de l'Éditeur : Le chapitre original de Lars était une magistrale descriptio
+n de comment utiliser le paquetage
+\family typewriter
+multicol
+\family default
+.
+ Il était cependant trop long pour s'insérer sans heurt dans ce document.
+ J'ai donc choisi d'en extraire ici les sections les plus importantes (désolé,
+ Lars) ; vous pouvez lire le chapitre original (et un peu plus de l'histoire
+ !) dans le fichier exemple
+\family typewriter
+examples/fr_MultiColonnes.lyx
+\family default
+.
+ -- mer
+\end_inset
+
+ est de montrer comment utiliser le paquetage LaTeX
+\family typewriter
+multicol
+\family default
+ dans un document LyX.
+ Comme LyX ne le supporte pas encore d'origine, il faut utiliser quelques
+ trucs, qui devraient vous paraître clairs quand vous aurez lu cette section.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Limitations
+\layout Standard
+
+Le paquetage
+\family typewriter
+multicol
+\family default
+ permet de basculer dans une même page entre le format sur une colonne et
+ sur plusieurs.
+ Les notes de bas de page sont gérées correctement (pour la plus grande
+ part), mais seront placées en bas de la page et non en bas de chaque colonne.
+ Le mécanisme de gestion des flottants de LaTeX, cependant, est partiellement
+ désactivé dans l'implémentation actuelle.
+ Aujourd'hui seuls des flottants couvrant en largeur toute la page peuvent
+ être utilisés au sein de l'environnement.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Exemples
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Deux Colonnes
+\layout Standard
+
+Si vous voulez avoir deux colonnes dans votre texte, il faut pour insérer
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{multicols}{2}
+\family default
+ en mode LaTeX à l'endroit où vous voulez démarrer la disposition en deux
+ colonnes, et
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+end{multicols}
+\family default
+ là où vous voulez qu'elle se termine.
+ Comme ceci
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+NdT : Les lecteurs anglophobes me pardonneront, mais je ne me lance pas
+ à traduire des passages de Sherlock Holmes.
+ :-) -- of
+\end_inset
+
+ :
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+begin{multicols}{2}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+\noindent
+
+\series bold
+\size small
+The Adventure of the Empty House
+\series default
+
+\newline
+by
+\noun on
+Sir Arthur Conan Doyle
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\size small
+It was in the spring of the year 1894 that all London was interested, and
+ the fashionable world dismayed, by the murder of the Honourable Ronald
+ Adair under most unusual and inexplicable circumstances.
+ The public has already learned those particulars of the crime which came
+ out in the police investigation, but a good deal was suppressed upon that
+ occasion, since the case for the prosecution was so overwhelmingly strong
+ that it was not necessary to bring forward all the facts.
+ Only now, at the end of nearly ten years, am I allowed to supply those
+ missing links which make up the whole of that remarkable chain.
+ The crime was of interest in itself, but that interest was as nothing to
+ me compared to the inconceivable sequel, which afforded me the greatest
+ shock and surprise of any event in my adventurous life.
+ Even now, after this long interval, I find myself thrilling as I think
+ of it, and feeling once more that sudden flood of joy, amazement, and increduli
+ty which utterly submerged my mind.
+ Let me say to that public, which has shown some interest in those glimpses
+ which I have occasionally given them of the thoughts and actions of a very
+ remarkable man, that they are not to blame me if I have not shared my knowledge
+ with them, for I should have considered it my first duty to do so, had
+ I not been barred by a positive prohibition from his own lips, which was
+ only withdrawn upon the third of last month.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+end{multicols}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Colonnes Multiples
+\layout Standard
+
+Le même schéma s'applique si vous voulez plus de deux colonnes.
+ (Vous pouvez avoir plus de 3 colonnes si vous voulez, mais ça risque de
+ ne pas être très agréable à regarder.)
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+begin{multicols}{3}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\size footnotesize
+It can be imagined that my close intimacy with Sherlock Holmes had interested
+ me deeply in crime, and that after his disappearance I never failed to
+ read with care the various problems which came before the public.
+ And I even attempted, more than once, for my own private satisfaction,
+ to employ his methods in their solution, though with indifferent success.
+ There was none, however, which appealed to me like this tragedy of Ronald
+ Adair.
+ As I read the evidence at the inquest, which led up to a verdict of willful
+ murder against some person or persons unknown, I realized more clearly
+ than I had ever done the loss which the community had sustained by the
+ death of Sherlock Holmes.
+ There were points about this strange business which would, I was sure,
+ have specially appealed to him, and the efforts of the police would have
+ been supplemented, or more probably anticipated, by the trained observation
+ and the alert mind of the first criminal agent in Europe.
+ All day, as I drove upon my round, I turned over the case in my mind and
+ found no explanation which appeared to me to be adequate.
+ At the risk of telling a twice-told tale, I will recapitulate the facts
+ as they were known to the public at the conclusion of the inquest.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+end{multicols}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Vous pouvez sans problème avoir plus de 3 colonnes, si vous le voulez, mais
+ ce n'est plus très agréable à lire.
+\layout Subsubsection
+
+Des Colonnes dans une Colonne
+\layout Standard
+
+Vous pouvez même avoir des colonnes dans une colonne :
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+begin{multicols}{2}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\size footnotesize
+The Honourable Ronald Adair was the second son of the Earl of Maynooth,
+ at that time governor of one of the Australian colonies.
+ Adair's mother had returned from Australia to undergo the operation for
+ cataract, and she, her son Ronald, and her daughter Hilda were living together
+ at 427 Park Lane.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+begin{multicols}{2}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\size footnotesize
+The youth moved in the best society--had, so far as was known, no enemies
+ and no particular vices.
+ He had been engaged to Miss Edith Woodley, of Carstairs, but the engagement
+ had been broken off by mutual consent some months before, and there was
+ no sign that it had left any very profound feeling behind it.
+ For the rest {sic} the man's life moved in a narrow and conventional circle,
+ for his habits were quiet and his nature unemotional.
+ Yet it was upon this easy-going young aristocrat that death came, in most
+ strange and unexpected form, between the hours of ten and eleven-twenty
+ on the night of March 30, 1894.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+end{multicols}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\size footnotesize
+Ronald Adair was fond of cards--playing continually, but never for such
+ stakes as would hurt him.
+ He was a member of the Baldwin, the Cavendish, and the Bagatelle card clubs.
+ It was shown that, after dinner on the day of his death, he had played
+ a rubber of whist at the latter club.
+ He had also played there in the afternoon.
+
+\size default
+
+\size footnotesize
+The evidence of those who had played with him-- Mr.
+ Murray, Sir John Hardy, and Colonel Moran--showed that the game was whist,
+ and that there was a fairly equal fall of the cards.
+ Adair might have lost five pounds, but not more.
+ His fortune was a considerable one, and such a loss could not in any way
+ affect him.
+ He had played nearly every day at one club or other, but he was a cautious
+ player, and usually rose a winner.
+ It came out in evidence that, in partnership with Colonel Moran, he had
+ actually won as much as four hundred and twenty pounds in a sitting, some
+ weeks before, from Godfrey Milner and Lord Balmoral.
+ So much for his recent history as it came out at the inquest.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+end{multicols}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Veuillez lire le fichier
+\family typewriter
+example/fr_MultiColonnes.lyx
+\family default
+ pour des exemples plus complexes avec l'espacement des colonnes et de l'en-tête
+, les lignes de séparation verticale, et plus encore.
+\layout Section
+
+Numérotation dans l'Environnement de Paragraphe
+\family sans
+Énumération
+\begin_inset OptArg
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Numérotation dans les
+\family sans
+Énumérations
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_bottom bigskip
+par
+\noun on
+John Weiss
+\layout Standard
+
+La numérotation par défaut dans l'environnement de paragraphe
+\family sans
+Énumération
+\family default
+ commence par les chiffres arabes et finit par les lettres majuscules.
+ Supposons cependant que vous vouliez un autre schéma de numérotation.
+ Voici un rapide exemple de ce qu'il vous faudra écrire :
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+labelenumi}{
+\backslash
+Roman{enumi}.}
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+labelenumii}{
+\backslash
+Alph{enumii}.}
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+labelenumiii}{
+\backslash
+arabic{enumiii}.}
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+labelenumiv}{
+\backslash
+alph{enumiv}.)}
+\layout Standard
+
+Ceci remplace le schéma existant par, dans l'ordre, les chiffres romains,
+ les lettres majuscules, les chiffres arabes et les lettres minuscules.
+\layout Standard
+
+En fait, cet exemple n'est pas seulement une redéfinition de la numérotation.
+ Par exemple, le marqueur du premier niveau devient en fait
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+I.
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+.
+ Pour faciliter la lecture, nous allons décrire les schémas de numérotation
+ avec cette notation :
+\family sans
+<
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+I.
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+A.
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+1.
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+a.)
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+>
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Comme vous pouvez le voir dans l'exemple, il existe pour chaque niveau d'emboîte
+ment une commande :
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+labelenumi
+\family default
+ \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+labelenumiv
+\family default
+, et un compteur :
+\family typewriter
+enumi
+\family default
+ \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\family typewriter
+enumiv
+\family default
+.
+ Il existe aussi cinq commandes de mise en forme des numéros :
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+arabic{}
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+roman{}
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+Roman{}
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+alph{}
+\family default
+, et
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+Alph{}
+\family default
+, chacune prenant un compteur pour paramètre.
+ Vous pouvez ajouter des caractères avant et après celui-ci, les espaces
+ étant quant à elles générées automatiquement.
+\layout Standard
+
+Ça peut devenir vraiment amusant avec, par exemple :
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+labelenumi}{
+\backslash
+#
+\backslash
+Alph{enumi}
+\backslash
+#}
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+labelenumii}{
+\backslash
+Alph{enumi}.
+\backslash
+arabic{enumii}}
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+labelenumiii}{
+\backslash
+alph{enumiii}+}
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+labelenumiv}{(
+\backslash
+roman{enumiv})}
+\layout Standard
+
+qui donne le schéma de numérotation :
+\family sans
+<
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+#A#
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+A.1
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+a+
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+(i)
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+>
+\family default
+.
+\layout Section
+
+Ajout d'Espace entre les Rangées d'un Tableau
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_bottom bigskip
+par
+\noun on
+Mike Ressler
+\layout Standard
+
+LaTeX vous permet d'ajouter de l'espace entre les rangées d'un tableau en
+ donnant un paramètre optionnel à la commande de fin de rangée (
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+
+\backslash
+
+\family default
+).
+ LyX n'a pas encore intégré cette fonction, mais il y a tout de même deux
+ manières d'y parvenir.
+\layout Standard
+
+La première est la plus formelle, mais la plus longue.
+ Dans le préambule LaTeX, ajoutez la définition suivante :
+\layout LyX-Code
+
+
+\backslash
+newcommand{
+\backslash
+extratablespace}[1]{
+\backslash
+noalign{vskip#1}}
+\layout Standard
+
+Cette commande prend un seul paramètre : la quantité d'espace que vous voulez
+ insérer.
+ Insérez la commande dans la première colonne de la rangée
+\emph on
+après laquelle
+\emph default
+ l'espace devra apparaître.
+ Voici un exemple (j'ai retiré toutes les bordures dans la fenêtre
+\family sans
+Style\SpecialChar ~
+du\SpecialChar ~
+Tableau
+\family default
+):
+\layout Standard
+\align center
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Minéraux
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Calcite
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Dolomite
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Quartz
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Graphite
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+extratablespace{2ex}
+\end_inset
+
+Roches
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Calcaire
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Grès
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Granite
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Andesite
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+La seconde méthode est plus rapide, mais ferait bondir les typographes et
+ les experts de TeX.
+ Insérez simplement un symbole
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+fin de rangée
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ avec un paramètre optionnel.
+ Contrairement à l'exemple précédent, il n'y a besoin d'aucune définition
+ préalable, mais vous insérerez trop d'espace, car vous ajoutez une ligne
+ blanche plus cet espace.
+ Si cet espace est trop important, vous n'avez qu'à mettre un nombre négatif,
+ comme ici :
+\layout Standard
+\align center
+
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
+<features>
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Minéraux
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Calcite
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Dolomite
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Quartz
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Graphite
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+
+\backslash
+[-1ex]
+\end_inset
+
+ Roches
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Calcaire
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Grès
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Granite
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Andesite
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+C'est court, simple et vite fait, mais c'est vraiment affreux.
+ Je ne sais même pas pourquoi je vous ai indiqué cette méthode.
+ Je ne le ferai plus, c'est promis !
+\layout Section
+
+Lettrines
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+newfont{
+\backslash
+tmpfont}{cmr17 scaled 2500}{
+\backslash
+tmpfont C}
+\backslash
+vspace*{-8.4ex}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+\noindent
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+hangindent=4.5em
+\backslash
+hangafter=-3
+\end_inset
+
+ eux d'entre vous qui aiment les vieux écrits aiment aussi certainement
+ les lettrines, ces grandes lettres majuscules qui ouvrent un nouveau chapitre.
+ L'implémentation de celles-ci se fait assez bien, à condition que vous
+ connaissiez un peu le TeX pur et dur, mais demande un peu de travail, comme
+ vous pouvez le voir à l'abominable code TeX qui entame ce paragraphe.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+verb+(
+\backslash
+bigdrop{-1em}{3}{ptmri}{I})+
+\end_inset
+
+ l existe bien entendu une manière plus facile de s'en servir.
+ Le paquetage
+\family typewriter
+dropcaps
+\family default
+ (ou le plus récent
+\family typewriter
+dropping
+\family default
+) du CTAN en est un exemple.
+ Ce paquetage n'étant pas dans la distribution standard de teTeX, je ne
+ peux pas en faire la démonstration dans ce document, mais si vous copiez
+ ce paragraphe dans un nouveau document, enlevez le
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\backslash
+verb
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ et les caractères
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
++
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ du code TeX et ajoutez
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+usepackage{dropcaps}
+\family default
+ à votre préambule LaTeX, vous obtiendrez un magnifique
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+I
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ en Times Roman italique, dont la hauteur sera trois fois celle d'une ligne
+ de texte et qui dépasse de 1\SpecialChar ~
+em dans la marge.
+ (Il faut donc avoir copié
+\family typewriter
+dropcaps.sty
+\family default
+ dans un répertoire ou TeX pourra le trouver.) Le premier paramètre indique
+ le retrait par rapport à la marge.
+ Dans le cas d'un nombre négatif, la lettrine dépassera dans celle-ci.
+ Le deuxième paramètre donne la hauteur de la lettrine en nombre de lignes
+ de texte.
+ Le troisième est le nom de la police à utiliser.
+ Normalement, un quelconque fichier tfm peut convenir (voyez le répertoire
+
+\family typewriter
+.../texmf/fonts/tfm
+\family default
+ pour en avoir la liste).
+ Ma préférence personnelle va à
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+yinit
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+, une police gothique spécialement créée pour les lettrines.
+ Le quatrième et dernier paramètre est la (les) lettre(s) à mettre en lettrine.
+ Le paquetage
+\family typewriter
+dropping
+\family default
+ offre aussi la commande
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+bigdrop
+\family default
+ ainsi qu'une commande
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+dropping
+\family default
+ légèrement plus simple.
+\layout Section
+
+Paragraphes de Forme Inhabituelle
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_bottom bigskip
+par
+\noun on
+Mike Ressler
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+begin{sloppypar}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+newdimen
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+
+\backslash
+setlength{
+\backslash
+varunit}{4.5in}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+\noindent
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Collapsed
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+parshape 19 0.45
+\backslash
+varunit 0.367
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+0.40
+\backslash
+varunit 0.335
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+0.35
+\backslash
+varunit 0.328
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+0.30
+\backslash
+varunit 0.335
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+0.25
+\backslash
+varunit 0.352
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+0.20
+\backslash
+varunit 0.377
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+0.15
+\backslash
+varunit 0.408
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+0.10
+\backslash
+varunit 0.445
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+0.05
+\backslash
+varunit 0.488
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+0.00
+\backslash
+varunit 0.535
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+0.05
+\backslash
+varunit 0.488
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+0.10
+\backslash
+varunit 0.445
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+0.15
+\backslash
+varunit 0.408
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+0.20
+\backslash
+varunit 0.377
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+0.25
+\backslash
+varunit 0.352
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+0.30
+\backslash
+varunit 0.335
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+0.35
+\backslash
+varunit 0.328
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+0.40
+\backslash
+varunit 0.335
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+0.45
+\backslash
+varunit 0.367
+\backslash
+varunit
+\newline
+
+\end_inset
+
+Il y a des fois où il faut en finir avec la tyrannie des paragraphes rectangulai
+res.
+ Dans de telles situations, il faut recourir à la délicieuse commande TeX
+
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+parshape
+\family default
+.
+ Comme vous voyez, on peut construire des formes complètement arbitraires
+ en déclarant un ensemble de longueurs de ligne.
+ Cette forme de paragraphe peut sembler un peu idiote et sans utilité, mais
+ on peut imaginer des situations, comme des lettrines finement ajustées,
+ l'enrobage de graphiques non rectangulaires, etc.
+ qui bénéficieraient d'une telle opération.
+
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_top bigskip
+La syntaxe est
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+parshape nombre_lignes #1indentation #1longueur #2indentation #2longueur
+ \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+ #nindentation #nlongueur
+\family default
+, où
+\family typewriter
+nombre_lignes
+\family default
+ est le nombre de lignes du texte qui définit le paragraphe.
+ S'il n'y a pas assez de lignes, la forme est tronquée ; s'il y en a trop,
+ les lignes en surplus ont les mêmes dimensions que la dernière ligne ainsi
+ définie.
+ Les entrées
+\family typewriter
+#nindentation
+\family default
+ et
+\family typewriter
+#nlongueur
+\family default
+ spécifient l'indentation de la ligne à compter de la marge de gauche, et
+ la longueur de la ligne à partir de ce point.
+ La forme ne s'applique qu'au paragraphe en cours ; tout est remis à la
+ normale pour le paragraphe suivant.
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status Inlined
+
+\layout Standard
+
+\backslash
+end{sloppypar}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Section
+
+Résumé
+\layout Standard
+
+Comme vous voyez, les exemples dans cette section vont de l'utile au futile.
+ Je ne m'attends pas à ce que qui que ce soit ait un jour besoin des formes
+ de paragraphe présentées dans la dernière section, mais le point essentiel
+ est que vous pouvez presque tout faire avec LyX : il vous suffit de trouver
+ comment procéder en TeX et LaTeX.
+ TeX est un système de typographie incroyablement puissant et toute cette
+ puissance vous est acquise puisque LyX s'en sert en arrière-plan.
+ LyXez en paix !
+\the_end
--- /dev/null
+#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
+\lyxformat 221
+\textclass article
+\language english
+\inputencoding default
+\fontscheme default
+\graphics default
+\paperfontsize default
+\spacing single
+\papersize Default
+\paperpackage a4
+\use_geometry 0
+\use_amsmath 0
+\use_natbib 0
+\use_numerical_citations 0
+\paperorientation portrait
+\secnumdepth 3
+\tocdepth 3
+\paragraph_separation indent
+\defskip medskip
+\quotes_language english
+\quotes_times 2
+\papercolumns 1
+\papersides 1
+\paperpagestyle default
+
+\layout Title
+
+LyX Documentation Table of Contents
+\layout Section*
+
+ä÷ãîä ììé÷ñ
+\layout Description
+1
+äôéìåñåôéä ùì ìé÷ñ
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.1
+îä äéà ìé÷ñ?
+\layout Description
+1.2
+äáãìéí áéï ìé÷ñ ìîòáãé úîìéìéí àçøéí
+
+
+\layout Description
+1.3
+îä ìòæàæì æä
+\lang english
+LaTeX
+\lang hebrew
+ )åìîä ùéäéä ìé àëôú(?
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2
+ùéîåù áúéòåã
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+ôåøîè äîãøéëéí
+\layout Description
+2.2
+äîãøéëéí
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+àéê ìúøåí ìôøåé÷è äìé÷ñ
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+ìúøåí ììé÷ñ äúåëðä
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+àéê ìãååç òì áàâ
+\begin_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1.1
+àéê ìúøåí úé÷åðéí åúëåðåú çãùåú
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.2
+úøåîä ìúòåã
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.2.1
+ãéååç òì ùâéàåú
+\layout Description
+3.2.2
+ìäöèøó ìöååú äúòåã
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Section*
+
+LyX Frequently Asked Questions with Answers
+\newline
+Version 0.3.7
+\layout Description
+1
+Introduction and General Information
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.1
+What is LyX?
+\layout Description
+1.2
+That's fine, but is it useful?
+\layout Description
+1.3
+Where do I start?
+\layout Description
+1.4
+Does LyX run on my computer?
+\layout Description
+1.5
+How much hard disk space does LyX need?
+\layout Description
+1.6
+Is LyX really Open Source?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2
+Internet Resources
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+Where should I look on the World Wide Web for LyX stuff?
+\layout Description
+2.2
+Where can I get LyX material by FTP?
+\layout Description
+2.3
+What mailing lists are there?
+\layout Description
+2.4
+Are the mailing lists archived anywhere?
+\layout Description
+2.5
+Okay, wise guy! Where are they archived?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+Compatibility with other word/document processors
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Can I read/write LaTeX files?
+\layout Description
+3.2
+Can I read/write Word files?
+\layout Description
+3.3
+Can I read/write HTML files?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+Obtaining and Compiling LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+What do I need?
+\layout Description
+4.2
+How do I compile it?
+\layout Description
+4.3
+I hate compiling.
+ Where are precompiled binaries?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Questions about Evil Red Text (IMPORTANT!)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+What is Evil Red Text (aka ERT)?
+\layout Description
+5.2
+How do I enter Evil Red Text?
+\layout Description
+5.3
+The new ERT inset is really inconvenient !
+\layout Description
+5.4
+Is there an alternative?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6
+Questions Related to Using LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1
+General questions
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.1
+How do I get rid of the date under the title?
+\layout Description
+6.1.2
+How do I change the spacing in an Itemize/\SpecialChar \-
+Enumerate/\SpecialChar \-
+Description list environment
+?
+\layout Description
+6.1.3
+How do I number equations by section?
+\layout Description
+6.1.4
+Is it possible to do this for figures and tables as well?
+\layout Description
+6.1.5
+How do I change to footnote numbers to symbols (star, dagger, etc.)?
+\layout Description
+6.1.6
+How do I kill widows and orphans?
+\layout Description
+6.1.7
+How do I get a formatted list which starts with e.g.
+ 1.
+ a)?
+\layout Description
+6.1.8
+How do I count words in LyX?
+\layout Description
+6.1.9
+How do I insert a fixed amount of horizontal space?
+\layout Description
+6.1.10
+How can I make citations show up as [1,2,3,6] or [1-3,6] rather than [1][2][3][6
+]?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.2
+Figure related questions
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.2.1
+What is the difference between a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+figure
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ and a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+figure float
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+?
+\layout Description
+6.2.2
+How do I get LyX to put the figure exactly where I want it?
+\layout Description
+6.2.3
+What does
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Too many unprocessed floats
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ mean?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3
+Math related questions
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3.1
+How do I put normal text inside a mathematical equation?
+\layout Description
+6.3.2
+How do I make a cube root (or higher)?
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7
+Questions Related to Running LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.1
+How do I convert LyX files to LaTeX from the command line?
+\layout Description
+7.2
+How do I create PDF files from my LyX document?
+\layout Description
+7.3
+Why do the fonts in my document look so bad in
+\family typewriter
+acroread
+\family default
+ ?
+\layout Description
+7.4
+Why doesn't my latest and greatest version of Ghostscript render EPS inline
+ figures properly?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+8
+Questions Related to LyX on Windows
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.1
+Why do the menus and the toolbar flicker ?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+9
+How to get further assistance
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+9.1
+You still haven't answered my question!
+\layout Description
+9.2
+I want to mail someone about my problem.
+
+\layout Description
+9.3
+What to put in a request for help.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+10
+Administrative information and acknowledgments
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+10.1
+Feedback is invited.
+
+\layout Description
+10.2
+Formats in which this FAQ is available.
+
+\layout Description
+10.3
+Authorship and acknowledgments.
+\layout Description
+10.4
+Disclaimer and Copyright.
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Section*
+
+ùòåø îåãøê
+\layout Description
+1
+îáåà
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.1
+áøåê äáà ììé÷ñ
+\layout Description
+1.2
+îä äîñîê äæä, åîä äåà ìà
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.2.1
+ìäåöéà àú äîéøá îäùòåø äîåãøê
+\layout Description
+1.2.2
+îä ìà úîöà ôä
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2
+ääúçìä
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+äîñîê äøàùåï ùìê òí ìé÷ñ
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1.1
+ä÷ìãä, öôééä, äãôñä
+
+
+\layout Description
+2.1.2
+ôòåìåú ôùåèåú
+\layout Description
+2.1.3
+øååçéí áìé÷ñ:
+\lang english
+WYSIWYM
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.2
+ñáéáåú
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.2.1
+ñòéôéí åúúé-ñòéôéí
+\layout Description
+2.2.2
+øùéîåú åøùéîåú îùðä
+\layout Description
+2.2.3
+ñáéáåú àçøåú: ùéøä, öéèèåú åòåã.
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+ëúéáú îñîëéí
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+îçì÷åú
+\layout Description
+3.2
+úáðéåú: îëúá
+\layout Description
+3.3
+ùòø äîñîê
+\layout Description
+3.4
+úåéåú åäôðéåú
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.1
+äúåéú äøàùåðä ùìê
+\layout Description
+3.4.2
+ääôðéä äøàùåðä ùìê
+\layout Description
+3.4.3
+ùòùåòé úåéåú ðåñôéí
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.5
+äòøåú ùåìééí åöã
+\layout Description
+3.6
+áéáìéåâøôéä
+\layout Description
+3.7
+úåëï äòðééðéí
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+îúîèé÷ä
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+îöá îúîèé÷ä
+\layout Description
+4.2
+ðéååè áîùååàä
+\layout Description
+4.3
+çæ÷åú åàéðã÷ñéí
+\layout Description
+4.4
+ôàðì äðåñçàåú
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4.1
+éååðéú åòåã
+\layout Description
+4.4.2
+ùåøùéí, ëåáòéí åñåâøééí
+\layout Description
+4.4.3
+ùáøéí
+\layout Description
+4.4.4
+îöá
+\lang english
+TeX
+\lang hebrew
+: âáåìåú, ìåâ, ñéðåñ åçáøéí
+\layout Description
+4.4.5
+îèøéöåú
+\layout Description
+4.4.6
+ðåñçàåú îîåøëæåú
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5
+ðåñçàåú òì ëîä ùåøåú
+\layout Description
+4.6
+òåã òì îúîèé÷ä
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+ùåðåú
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+úëåðåú îøëæéåú àçøåú ùì ìé÷ñ
+\layout Description
+5.2
+ìé÷ñ ìîùúîùé
+\lang english
+LaTeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.1
+îåã
+\lang english
+TeX
+\layout Description
+5.2.2
+éáåà îñîëé
+\lang english
+LaTeX
+\lang hebrew
+:
+\family typewriter
+\lang english
+reLyX
+\layout Description
+5.2.3
+úøâåí îñîëé ìé÷ñ ì-
+\lang english
+LaTeX
+\layout Description
+5.2.4
+ä÷ãîú
+\lang english
+LaTeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.4.1
+îçì÷ú äîñîê
+\layout Description
+5.2.4.2
+ô÷åãåú ä÷ãîä àçøåú
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.5
+
+
+
+\lang english
+BibTeX
+\layout Description
+5.2.6
+ùåðåú
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3
+ùâéàåú!
+\end_deeper
+\layout Section*
+
+The LyX User's Guide
+\layout Description
+1
+Introduction
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.1
+What is LyX?
+\layout Description
+1.2
+Getting Started
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.2.1
+Invoking LyX
+\layout Description
+1.2.2
+How LyX Looks
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.2.2.1
+The Main Window
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.2.3
+HELP!
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.3
+The LyX Interface
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.3.1
+Basic File Operations
+\layout Description
+1.3.2
+Basic Editing Features
+\layout Description
+1.3.3
+Undo and Redo
+\layout Description
+1.3.4
+Basic Mouse Bindings
+\layout Description
+1.3.5
+Basic Key Bindings
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.4
+Using LyX with Other Programs
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.4.1
+Importing ASCII files
+\layout Description
+1.4.2
+Cut and Paste Between LyX and Other X Programs
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2
+LyX Setup and Supporting Applications
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+2.2
+Basic LyX Setup
+\layout Description
+2.3
+Setting Up the X Keyboard
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.3.1
+
+\family typewriter
+xmodmap
+\family default
+ and
+\family typewriter
+xkeycaps
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.3.1.1
+
+\family typewriter
+xmodmap
+\layout Description
+2.3.1.2
+
+\family typewriter
+xkeycaps
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.3.2
+Modifiers and Mode_switch
+\layout Description
+2.3.3
+Helpful Hints and Tips
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.4
+LaTeX
+\layout Description
+2.5
+Dvips and Ghostscript
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.5.1
+What You Need
+\layout Description
+2.5.2
+Dvips
+\layout Description
+2.5.3
+Ghostscript, Xdvi and Ghostview
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.6
+The Printer
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+LyX Basics
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Document Types
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+3.1.2
+
+
+The Various Document Classes
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1.2.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+3.1.2.2
+Selecting a Class
+\layout Description
+3.1.2.3
+Properties
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1.3
+Fine-tuning the Defaults
+\layout Description
+3.1.4
+Paper Size, Orientation, and Margins
+\layout Description
+3.1.5
+Important Note:
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.2
+Paragraph Indentation and Separation
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.2.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+3.2.2
+Global Indentation Method
+\layout Description
+3.2.3
+Fine-Tuning
+\layout Description
+3.2.4
+Changing Line Spacing
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3
+Paragraph Environments
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+3.3.2
+Standard
+\layout Description
+3.3.3
+Document Titles
+\layout Description
+3.3.4
+Headings
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.1
+Numbered Headings
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.2
+Unnumbered Headings
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.3
+Changing the Numbering
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.4
+Special Information
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.5
+Creating an Appendix
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.5
+Quotes and Poetry
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.5.1
+
+\family sans
+Quote
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Quotation
+\layout Description
+3.3.5.2
+
+\family sans
+Verse
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.6
+Lists
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.1
+General Features
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.2
+
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.3
+
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.4
+
+\family sans
+Description
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.5
+The LyX
+\family sans
+List
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.7
+Letters
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.7.1
+
+\family sans
+Address
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Right\SpecialChar ~
+Address
+\family default
+: An Overview
+\layout Description
+3.3.7.2
+Usage
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.8
+Academic Writing
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.8.1
+
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\layout Description
+3.3.8.2
+
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.9
+Special Purpose
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.9.1
+
+\family sans
+Caption
+\layout Description
+3.3.9.2
+
+\family sans
+LyX-Code
+\layout Description
+3.3.9.3
+Comment
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4
+Nesting Environments
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.1
+The Big Deal
+\layout Description
+3.4.2
+What You Can and Can't Nest
+\layout Description
+3.4.3
+Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
+\layout Description
+3.4.4
+Usage and General Features
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.4.1
+Nesting limits
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.5
+Some Examples
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.5.1
+Example #1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
+\layout Description
+3.4.5.2
+Example #2: Inheritance
+\layout Description
+3.4.5.3
+Example #3: Labels, Levels, and the
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\family default
+ Environments.
+\layout Description
+3.4.5.4
+Example #4: Going Bonkers
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.5
+Fonts and Text Styles
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.5.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+3.5.2
+Global Options
+\layout Description
+3.5.3
+Using Different Character Styles
+\layout Description
+3.5.4
+Fine-Tuning with the
+\family sans
+Character Layout
+\family default
+ dialog
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.6
+Printing and Previewing
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.6.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+3.6.2
+Quick Viewing with
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\layout Description
+3.6.3
+Viewing the PostScript® Version with
+\family typewriter
+ghostview
+\layout Description
+3.6.4
+Printing the File
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7
+A Few Words about Typography
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7.1
+Hyphens and Hyphenation
+\layout Description
+3.7.2
+Punctuation Marks
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7.2.1
+Abbreviations and End of Sentence
+\layout Description
+3.7.2.2
+Quotes
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7.3
+Ligatures
+\layout Description
+3.7.4
+Widows and Orphans
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+Floats: Tables, Figures, Footnotes and Margin Notes
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+Footnotes
+\layout Description
+4.2
+Margin Notes
+\layout Description
+4.3
+Figures and Imported Graphics
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3.1
+Figure Floats
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3.1.1
+Using Figure Floats
+\layout Description
+4.3.1.2
+Float Placement
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3.2
+
+\family typewriter
+XFig
+\family default
+ and LyX
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4
+Tables
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4.1
+The Table dialog
+\layout Description
+4.4.2
+What can be placed inside a table cell?
+\layout Description
+4.4.3
+Cut & Paste in Tables
+\layout Description
+4.4.4
+Multiple lines in cells
+\layout Description
+4.4.5
+Table Floats
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5
+Table of Contents and other Listings
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.1
+The Table of Contents
+\layout Description
+4.5.2
+List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Mathematical Formulae
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+Basic Math Editing
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1.1
+Navigating a Formula
+\layout Description
+5.1.2
+Selecting Text
+\layout Description
+5.1.3
+Exponents and Subscripts
+\layout Description
+5.1.4
+Fractions
+\layout Description
+5.1.5
+Sums and Integrals
+\layout Description
+5.1.6
+The Math Panel
+\layout Description
+5.1.7
+Other Math Symbols
+\layout Description
+5.1.8
+Altering spacing
+\layout Description
+5.1.9
+Math functions
+\layout Description
+5.1.10
+Accents
+\layout Description
+5.1.11
+The math editor for LaTeX users
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2
+Brackets and decorations
+\layout Description
+5.3
+Grouping
+\layout Description
+5.4
+Arrays and Multi-line Equations
+\layout Description
+5.5
+Equation Numbering and Labels
+\layout Description
+5.6
+User defined macros in math mode
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.6.1
+Directions on using macros
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.6.1.1
+How to create them
+\layout Description
+5.6.1.2
+How to navigate
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.7
+Fine-Tuning
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.7.1
+Typefaces
+\layout Description
+5.7.2
+Math Text Mode
+\layout Description
+5.7.3
+Font Sizes
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.8
+AMS LaTeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.8.1
+Enabling AMS Support
+\layout Description
+5.8.2
+AMS Symbols
+\layout Description
+5.8.3
+AMS Formula Types
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6
+More Tools
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1
+Cross-References
+\layout Description
+6.2
+URLs (Uniform Resource Locators)
+\layout Description
+6.3
+Specifying Short Titles with Optional Arguments
+
+
+\layout Description
+6.4
+Spacing, pagination and line breaks
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.1
+Extra Horizontal Space
+\layout Description
+6.4.2
+Extra Vertical Space
+\layout Description
+6.4.3
+Changing Paragraph Alignment
+\layout Description
+6.4.4
+Forcing Page Breaks
+\layout Description
+6.4.5
+Protected blanks
+\layout Description
+6.4.6
+Line breaking
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.5
+Spellchecking
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.5.1
+Spellchecker Options
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.5.1.1
+Dictionary
+\layout Description
+6.5.1.2
+Personal dictionary
+\layout Description
+6.5.1.3
+Further Options
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.5.2
+Limitations
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.6
+International Support
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.6.1
+Language Options
+\layout Description
+6.6.2
+Keyboard mapping configuration
+\layout Description
+6.6.3
+Character Tables
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7
+Credits
+\layout Section*
+
+Extended LyX Features
+\layout Description
+1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+2
+LyX and LaTeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+How LyX Uses LaTeX
+\layout Description
+2.2
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Help! LyX generated an unreadable
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+ file!
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+2.3
+Translating LaTeX files into LyX
+\layout Description
+2.4
+Inserting LaTeX Code into LyX Documents
+
+
+\layout Description
+2.5
+LyX and the LaTeX Preamble
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.5.1
+About the LaTeX Preamble
+\layout Description
+2.5.2
+Changing the Preamble
+\layout Description
+2.5.3
+Examples
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.5.3.1
+Example #1: Offsets
+\layout Description
+2.5.3.2
+Example #2: Labels
+\layout Description
+2.5.3.3
+Example #3: Paragraph Indentation
+\layout Description
+2.5.3.4
+Example #4: This Document
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.6
+LyX and LaTeX Errors
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+Supplemental Tools
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Preparing a Bibliography with BibTeX
+\layout Description
+3.2
+Making an Index
+\layout Description
+3.3
+Multipart Documents
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.1
+General Operation
+\layout Description
+3.3.2
+Cross-References Between Files
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4
+Algorithms
+\layout Description
+3.5
+Subfigures
+\layout Description
+3.6
+Fancy Headers and Footers
+\layout Description
+3.7
+Minipages
+\layout Description
+3.8
+Wrapping Text Around Figures
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.9
+Extra Table Options
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.9.1
+Removing Extra Column Space
+\layout Description
+3.9.2
+Changing the Column Separator Character
+\layout Description
+3.9.3
+Making a Decimal Point Aligned Column
+\layout Description
+3.9.4
+A Better Decimal-Alignment Solution
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.10
+Itemize Bullet Selection
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.10.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+3.10.2
+How it looks
+\layout Description
+3.10.3
+How to use it
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+Special Document Classes
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+AMS LaTeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1.1
+What these layouts provide
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.2
+Dinbrief
+\layout Description
+4.3
+Paper
+\layout Description
+4.4
+A&A Paper
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.4.2
+Getting started
+\layout Description
+4.4.3
+The header block
+\layout Description
+4.4.4
+The abstract
+\layout Description
+4.4.5
+Supported environments
+\layout Description
+4.4.6
+Commands not supported by LyX
+\layout Description
+4.4.7
+Figure and Table Floats
+\layout Description
+4.4.8
+Referee layout
+\layout Description
+4.4.9
+The example paper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5
+AASTeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.5.2
+Starting a New Paper
+\layout Description
+4.5.3
+Finishing Your Paper
+\layout Description
+4.5.4
+Comments On Specific Commands
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.4.1
+Things that work as expected
+\layout Description
+4.5.4.2
+Things that work, but require more comment
+\layout Description
+4.5.4.3
+Things not implemented, use ERT
+\layout Description
+4.5.4.4
+Things that cannot be implemented
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.5
+FAQs, Tips, Tricks, and Other Ruminations
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.1
+Getting LyX and AASTeX to cooperate
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.2
+LaTeX error processing a table
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.3
+References
+
+
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.4
+Including EPS files
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.5
+Things I could have done, but didn't
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.6
+Final Caveat
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.6
+ijmpd
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.6.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+4.6.2
+Writing a paper
+\layout Description
+4.6.3
+Preparing a paper for submission
+\layout Description
+4.6.4
+Use of ERT
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.7
+Kluwer
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.7.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+4.7.2
+Writing a paper
+\layout Description
+4.7.3
+Preparing a paper for submission
+\layout Description
+4.7.4
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Peculiarities
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ of the Kluwer package
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.8
+Koma-Script
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.8.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+4.8.2
+article (koma-script), report (koma-script), and book (koma-script)
+\layout Description
+4.8.3
+letter (koma-script)
+\layout Description
+4.8.4
+The new letter class: letter (koma-script v.2)
+\layout Description
+4.8.5
+Problems
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.9
+Springer Journals (
+\family sans
+svjour
+\family default
+)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.9.1
+Description
+\layout Description
+4.9.2
+New styles
+\layout Description
+4.9.3
+Supported journals
+\layout Description
+4.9.4
+Credits
+\layout Description
+4.9.5
+Bugs
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.10
+AGU journals (
+\family sans
+aguplus
+\family default
+)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.10.1
+Description
+\layout Description
+4.10.2
+New styles
+\layout Description
+4.10.3
+New floats
+\layout Description
+4.10.4
+Supported journals
+\layout Description
+4.10.5
+Bugs and things to remember
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.11
+EGS journals (
+\family sans
+egs
+\family default
+)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.11.1
+Description
+\layout Description
+4.11.2
+New styles
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12
+Slides [aka
+\noun on
+Sli
+\noun default
+TeX]
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.12.2
+Getting Started
+
+
+\layout Description
+4.12.3
+Paragraph Environments
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.3.1
+Supported Environments
+\layout Description
+4.12.3.2
+Quirks of the New Environments
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.4
+Making a Presentation with
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+ Overlay
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Note
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.4.1
+Using the
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+ Environment
+\layout Description
+4.12.4.2
+Using
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+ with
+\family sans
+Slide
+\layout Description
+4.12.4.3
+Using
+\family sans
+Note
+\family default
+ with
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.5
+The
+\family sans
+slides
+\family default
+ Class Template File
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13
+Foils [aka
+\family sans
+Foil
+\family default
+\noun on
+TeX
+\noun default
+]
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.13.2
+Getting Started
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.2.1
+Extra Options
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.3
+Supported Environments
+\layout Description
+4.13.4
+Building a Set of Foils
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.1
+Give It a Title Page
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.2
+Start a New Foil
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.3
+Theorems, Lemmas, Proofs and more
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.4
+Lists
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.5
+Figures and Tables
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.6
+Page Headers and Footers
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.5
+Unsupported
+\family sans
+Foil
+\family default
+TeX Goodies
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.5.1
+Lengths
+\layout Description
+4.13.5.2
+Headers and Footers
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.14
+Latex8 (IEEE Conference Papers)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.14.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.14.2
+Getting Started
+\layout Description
+4.14.3
+Supported Environments
+\layout Description
+4.14.4
+Differences Between Screen and Paper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.15
+Hollywood (Hollywood spec scripts)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.15.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.15.2
+Special problems
+\layout Description
+4.15.3
+Special features
+\layout Description
+4.15.4
+Paper size and Margins
+\layout Description
+4.15.5
+Environments
+\layout Description
+4.15.6
+Script jargon
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.16
+Broadway
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.16.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.16.2
+Special problems
+\layout Description
+4.16.3
+Special features
+\layout Description
+4.16.4
+Paper size and Margins
+\layout Description
+4.16.5
+Environments
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.17
+RevTeX4
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.17.1
+Installation
+\layout Description
+4.17.2
+Preamble Matter
+\layout Description
+4.17.3
+Layouts
+\layout Description
+4.17.4
+Important Notes
+\layout Description
+4.17.5
+Drawbacks
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.18
+Article (mwart), book (mwbk) and report (mwrep)
+
+
+\layout Description
+4.19
+Elsevier Journals
+\layout Description
+4.20
+Memoir
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.20.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+4.20.2
+Basic features and restrictions
+\layout Description
+4.20.3
+Extra features
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Importing and Exporting Alternate File Formats
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+Considerations
+\layout Description
+5.2
+Importing Other Formats
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.1
+LaTeX
+\layout Description
+5.2.2
+ASCII Text
+\layout Description
+5.2.3
+Noweb
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3
+Exporting Other Formats
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3.1
+LaTeX
+\layout Description
+5.3.2
+Device Independent Files
+\layout Description
+5.3.3
+PostScript®
+\layout Description
+5.3.4
+ASCII text
+\layout Description
+5.3.5
+HTML
+\layout Description
+5.3.6
+PDF
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.1
+Use pdfLaTeX
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.2
+Why does the text look so bad when viewed with Acrobat Reader?
+
+
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.3
+Why doesn't the
+\backslash
+boldsymbol{} command work when I use pslatex?
+
+
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.4
+Is it possible to do write latex code which is processed only when running
+ pdfLaTeX?
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.5
+How can I make URLs clickable ?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3.7
+Custom
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4
+The Complete reLyX Description
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.1
+Synopsis
+\layout Description
+5.4.2
+Options
+\layout Description
+5.4.3
+Description
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.2
+Usage
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.3
+What reLyX Can Handle
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.4
+What reLyX Can't Handle --- But it's OK
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.5
+What reLyX Handles Badly --- a.\SpecialChar ~
+k.\SpecialChar ~
+a.
+ BUGS
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.6
+What LyX Can't Handle
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.4
+Examples
+\layout Description
+5.4.5
+Notes
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.1
+Bug Reports
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.2
+Implementation Details:
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.3
+Layout Files
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.4
+Syntax Files
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.5
+Miscellaneous
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.6
+Diagnostics
+\layout Description
+5.4.7
+Warnings
+\layout Description
+5.4.8
+Files
+\layout Description
+5.4.9
+See also
+\layout Description
+5.4.10
+Authors
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6
+LyX Features needing Extra Software
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1
+Using LyX with SGML-Tools (aka LinuxDoc)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+6.1.2
+Preparing and using a LinuxDoc document
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.2.1
+Getting started
+\layout Description
+6.1.2.2
+Output from LinuxDoc
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.3
+Using the paragraph environments in LinuxDoc
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.3.1
+The Structure of a LinuxDoc Document
+\layout Description
+6.1.3.2
+The LinuxDoc Paragraph Environments
+\layout Description
+6.1.3.3
+Other document features
+\layout Description
+6.1.3.4
+Cross references and HTML
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.4
+Using the LinuxDoc Sgml scripts
+
+
+\layout Description
+6.1.5
+Troubleshooting LinuxDoc
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.2
+Checking TeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.2.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+6.2.2
+How to use it
+\layout Description
+6.2.3
+How to fine tune it
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3
+Version Control in LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+6.3.2
+RCS commands in LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.1
+
+\family sans
+Register
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.2
+
+\family sans
+Check In Changes
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.3
+
+\family sans
+Check Out For Edit
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.4
+
+\family sans
+Revert To Last Version
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.5
+
+\family sans
+Undo Last Checkin
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.6
+
+\family sans
+Show History
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4
+Literate Programming
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+6.4.2
+Literate Programming
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.2.1
+References
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.3
+LyX and Literate Programming
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.1
+Generating documents and code (weaving and tangling)
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.2
+Configuring LyX
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.3
+Debug extensions
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.4
+Toolbar extensions
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.5
+Colors customization
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7
+Secrets of the LaTeX Masters
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.1
+Tricks for Footnotes and Margin Notes
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.1.1
+Footnotes
+\layout Description
+7.1.2
+Margin Notes
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.2
+Multiple Columns
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.2.1
+Purpose
+\layout Description
+7.2.2
+Limitations
+\layout Description
+7.2.3
+Examples
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.2.3.1
+Two columns
+\layout Description
+7.2.3.2
+Multiple columns
+\layout Description
+7.2.3.3
+Columns inside columns
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.3
+Numbering in the
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+ Paragraph Environment
+
+
+\layout Description
+7.4
+Extra Space Between Table Rows
+\layout Description
+7.5
+Dropped Capitals
+\layout Description
+7.6
+Non-standard Paragraph Shapes
+\layout Description
+7.7
+Summary
+\end_deeper
+\layout Section*
+
+Customizing LyX: Features for the Advanced User
+\layout Description
+1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+2
+LyX configuration files
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+What's in
+\family typewriter
+LyXDir
+\family default
+?
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1.1
+Automatically generated files
+\layout Description
+2.1.2
+Directories
+\layout Description
+2.1.3
+Files you don't want to modify
+\layout Description
+2.1.4
+Other files needing a line or two...
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.2
+Your local configuration directory
+\layout Description
+2.3
+Running LyX with multiple configurations
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+The
+\family sans
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+references
+\family default
+ dialog
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Using the dialog for the first time
+\layout Description
+3.2
+On-screen fonts
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.2.1
+DPI setting and Font Zoom
+\layout Description
+3.2.2
+Font definition commands
+\layout Description
+3.2.3
+Font encoding
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3
+Bindings
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.4
+User Interface
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.5
+Converters, Formats and Viewers
+\layout Description
+3.6
+ASCII export options
+\layout Description
+3.7
+Printer
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7.1
+Changing Colors
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.8
+The autodetected settings
+\layout Description
+3.9
+The rest
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+Internationalizing LyX
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+Selecting an alternative language for the user interface
+\layout Description
+4.2
+Translating LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.2.1
+Translating the graphical user interface (text messages).
+\layout Description
+4.2.2
+Translating the documentation.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3
+International Keyboard Support
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3.1
+Defining Own Keymaps: Keymap File Format
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4
+International Keymap Stuff
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4.1
+The .kmap File
+\layout Description
+4.4.2
+The .cdef File
+\layout Description
+4.4.3
+Dead Keys
+\layout Description
+4.4.4
+Saving your Language Configuration
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Installing New Document Classes, Layouts, and Templates
+
+
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+Installing a new LaTeX package
+\layout Description
+5.2
+Layouts
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.1
+Supporting new document classes
+\layout Description
+5.2.2
+A layout for an
+\family sans
+sty
+\family default
+ file
+\layout Description
+5.2.3
+Layout for a
+\family sans
+cls
+\family default
+ file
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3
+Declaring a new text class
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3.1
+General text class parameters
+\layout Description
+5.3.2
+
+\family typewriter
+ClassOptions
+\family default
+ section
+\layout Description
+5.3.3
+Specific Paragraph Layouts
+\layout Description
+5.3.4
+Floats
+\layout Description
+5.3.5
+Counters
+\layout Description
+5.3.6
+Font description
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4
+Creating Templates
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6
+Including External Material
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1
+Background
+\layout Description
+6.2
+How does it work?
+\layout Description
+6.3
+The external material dialog
+\layout Description
+6.4
+Examples
+\layout Description
+6.5
+The external template configuration file
+\layout Description
+6.6
+The substitution mechanism
+\layout Description
+6.7
+Security discussion
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7
+The LyX Server
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+7.2
+Starting the LyX Server
+\layout Description
+7.3
+Normal communication
+\layout Description
+7.4
+Notification
+\layout Description
+7.5
+The simple LyX Server Protocol
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+8 \start_of_appendix
+Bindings
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.1
+Toolbar
+\layout Description
+8.2
+Menu
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.2.1
+File
+\layout Description
+8.2.2
+Edit
+\layout Description
+8.2.3
+Insert
+\layout Description
+8.2.4
+Layout
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.2.4.1
+L
+\family sans
+ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Character
+\family default
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.2.5
+View
+\layout Description
+8.2.6
+Navigate
+\layout Description
+8.2.7
+Help
+\layout Description
+8.2.8
+Paragraph Style
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.3
+Keyboard
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.3.1
+Specific to
+\family typewriter
+emacs.bind
+\layout Description
+8.3.2
+Specific to
+\family typewriter
+cua.bind
+\layout Description
+8.3.3
+Specific to
+\family typewriter
+sciword.bind
+\layout Description
+8.3.4
+Standard math bindings
+\layout Description
+8.3.5
+Other Accelerators
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+
+\the_end
--- /dev/null
+#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
+\lyxformat 221
+\textclass article
+\language english
+\inputencoding default
+\fontscheme default
+\graphics default
+\paperfontsize default
+\spacing single
+\papersize Default
+\paperpackage a4
+\use_geometry 0
+\use_amsmath 0
+\use_natbib 0
+\use_numerical_citations 0
+\paperorientation portrait
+\secnumdepth 3
+\tocdepth 3
+\paragraph_separation indent
+\defskip medskip
+\quotes_language english
+\quotes_times 2
+\papercolumns 1
+\papersides 1
+\paperpagestyle default
+
+\layout Title
+
+LyX Documentation Table of Contents
+\layout Section*
+
+Bevezetés a LyX használatába,
+\newline
+avagy
+\newline
+Hogyan használjuk ezeket a dokumentumokat
+\layout Description
+1
+Eligazodás a dokumentumok között
+\layout Description
+2
+A kézikönyvek formátuma
+\layout Description
+3
+A kézikönyvek
+\layout Description
+4
+
+
+Közremûködés a Dokumentációs Projektben
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+A kézikönyvben talált hibák jelentése
+\layout Description
+4.2
+Csatlakozás a Dokumentációs Csapathoz
+\layout Description
+4.3
+Csatlakozás a dokumentációk fordításához
+\end_deeper
+\layout Section*
+
+LyX Frequently Asked Questions with Answers
+\newline
+Version 0.3.7
+\layout Description
+1
+Introduction and General Information
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.1
+What is LyX?
+\layout Description
+1.2
+That's fine, but is it useful?
+\layout Description
+1.3
+Where do I start?
+\layout Description
+1.4
+Does LyX run on my computer?
+\layout Description
+1.5
+How much hard disk space does LyX need?
+\layout Description
+1.6
+Is LyX really Open Source?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2
+Internet Resources
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+Where should I look on the World Wide Web for LyX stuff?
+\layout Description
+2.2
+Where can I get LyX material by FTP?
+\layout Description
+2.3
+What mailing lists are there?
+\layout Description
+2.4
+Are the mailing lists archived anywhere?
+\layout Description
+2.5
+Okay, wise guy! Where are they archived?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+Compatibility with other word/document processors
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Can I read/write LaTeX files?
+\layout Description
+3.2
+Can I read/write Word files?
+\layout Description
+3.3
+Can I read/write HTML files?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+Obtaining and Compiling LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+What do I need?
+\layout Description
+4.2
+How do I compile it?
+\layout Description
+4.3
+I hate compiling.
+ Where are precompiled binaries?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Questions about Evil Red Text (IMPORTANT!)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+What is Evil Red Text (aka ERT)?
+\layout Description
+5.2
+How do I enter Evil Red Text?
+\layout Description
+5.3
+The new ERT inset is really inconvenient !
+\layout Description
+5.4
+Is there an alternative?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6
+Questions Related to Using LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1
+General questions
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.1
+How do I get rid of the date under the title?
+\layout Description
+6.1.2
+How do I change the spacing in an Itemize/\SpecialChar \-
+Enumerate/\SpecialChar \-
+Description list environment
+?
+\layout Description
+6.1.3
+How do I number equations by section?
+\layout Description
+6.1.4
+Is it possible to do this for figures and tables as well?
+\layout Description
+6.1.5
+How do I change to footnote numbers to symbols (star, dagger, etc.)?
+\layout Description
+6.1.6
+How do I kill widows and orphans?
+\layout Description
+6.1.7
+How do I get a formatted list which starts with e.g.
+ 1.
+ a)?
+\layout Description
+6.1.8
+How do I count words in LyX?
+\layout Description
+6.1.9
+How do I insert a fixed amount of horizontal space?
+\layout Description
+6.1.10
+How can I make citations show up as [1,2,3,6] or [1-3,6] rather than [1][2][3][6
+]?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.2
+Figure related questions
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.2.1
+What is the difference between a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+figure
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ and a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+figure float
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+?
+\layout Description
+6.2.2
+How do I get LyX to put the figure exactly where I want it?
+\layout Description
+6.2.3
+What does
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Too many unprocessed floats
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ mean?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3
+Math related questions
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3.1
+How do I put normal text inside a mathematical equation?
+\layout Description
+6.3.2
+How do I make a cube root (or higher)?
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7
+Questions Related to Running LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.1
+How do I convert LyX files to LaTeX from the command line?
+\layout Description
+7.2
+How do I create PDF files from my LyX document?
+\layout Description
+7.3
+Why do the fonts in my document look so bad in
+\family typewriter
+acroread
+\family default
+ ?
+\layout Description
+7.4
+Why doesn't my latest and greatest version of Ghostscript render EPS inline
+ figures properly?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+8
+Questions Related to LyX on Windows
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.1
+Why do the menus and the toolbar flicker ?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+9
+How to get further assistance
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+9.1
+You still haven't answered my question!
+\layout Description
+9.2
+I want to mail someone about my problem.
+
+\layout Description
+9.3
+What to put in a request for help.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+10
+Administrative information and acknowledgments
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+10.1
+Feedback is invited.
+
+\layout Description
+10.2
+Formats in which this FAQ is available.
+
+\layout Description
+10.3
+Authorship and acknowledgments.
+\layout Description
+10.4
+Disclaimer and Copyright.
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Section*
+
+The LyX Tutorial
+\layout Description
+1
+Introduction
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.1
+Welcome to LyX!
+\layout Description
+1.2
+What the Tutorial
+\emph on
+is
+\emph default
+ and What it
+\emph on
+isn't
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.2.1
+Getting the Most out of the Tutorial
+\layout Description
+1.2.2
+What You
+\emph on
+Won't
+\emph default
+ Find:
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2
+Getting Started with LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+Your First LyX Document
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1.1
+Typing, Viewing, and Printing
+\layout Description
+2.1.2
+Simple Operations
+\layout Description
+2.1.3
+WYSIWYM: Whitespace in LyX
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.2
+Environments
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.2.1
+Sections and Subsections
+\layout Description
+2.2.2
+Lists and sublists
+\layout Description
+2.2.3
+Other Environments: Verses, Quotations, and More
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+Writing Documents
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Text classes
+\layout Description
+3.2
+Templates: Writing a Letter
+\layout Description
+3.3
+Document Titles
+\layout Description
+3.4
+Labels and Cross-References
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.1
+Your first label
+\layout Description
+3.4.2
+Your first cross-references
+\layout Description
+3.4.3
+More fun with labels
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.5
+Footnotes and Margin Notes
+\layout Description
+3.6
+Bibliographies
+\layout Description
+3.7
+Table of Contents
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+Using Math
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+Math Mode
+\layout Description
+4.2
+Navigating an Equation
+\layout Description
+4.3
+Exponents and Indices
+\layout Description
+4.4
+The
+\family sans
+Math Panel
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4.1
+Greek and symbols
+\layout Description
+4.4.2
+Square roots, accents, and delimiters
+\layout Description
+4.4.3
+Fractions
+\layout Description
+4.4.4
+TeX mode: Limits, log, sin and others
+\layout Description
+4.4.5
+Matrices
+\layout Description
+4.4.6
+Display mode
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5
+More Math Stuff
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Miscellaneous
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+Other Major LyX Features
+\layout Description
+5.2
+LyX for LaTeX Users
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.1
+TeX Mode
+\layout Description
+5.2.2
+Importing LaTeX Documents---
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\layout Description
+5.2.3
+Converting LyX Documents to LaTeX
+\layout Description
+5.2.4
+LaTeX Preamble
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.4.1
+Document Class
+\layout Description
+5.2.4.2
+Other Preamble Matter
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.5
+BibTeX
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3
+Errors!
+\end_deeper
+\layout Section*
+
+The LyX User's Guide
+\layout Description
+1
+Introduction
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.1
+What is LyX?
+\layout Description
+1.2
+Getting Started
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.2.1
+Invoking LyX
+\layout Description
+1.2.2
+How LyX Looks
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.2.2.1
+The Main Window
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.2.3
+HELP!
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.3
+The LyX Interface
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.3.1
+Basic File Operations
+\layout Description
+1.3.2
+Basic Editing Features
+\layout Description
+1.3.3
+Undo and Redo
+\layout Description
+1.3.4
+Basic Mouse Bindings
+\layout Description
+1.3.5
+Basic Key Bindings
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.4
+Using LyX with Other Programs
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.4.1
+Importing ASCII files
+\layout Description
+1.4.2
+Cut and Paste Between LyX and Other X Programs
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2
+LyX Setup and Supporting Applications
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+2.2
+Basic LyX Setup
+\layout Description
+2.3
+Setting Up the X Keyboard
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.3.1
+
+\family typewriter
+xmodmap
+\family default
+ and
+\family typewriter
+xkeycaps
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.3.1.1
+
+\family typewriter
+xmodmap
+\layout Description
+2.3.1.2
+
+\family typewriter
+xkeycaps
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.3.2
+Modifiers and Mode_switch
+\layout Description
+2.3.3
+Helpful Hints and Tips
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.4
+LaTeX
+\layout Description
+2.5
+Dvips and Ghostscript
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.5.1
+What You Need
+\layout Description
+2.5.2
+Dvips
+\layout Description
+2.5.3
+Ghostscript, Xdvi and Ghostview
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.6
+The Printer
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+LyX Basics
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Document Types
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+3.1.2
+
+
+The Various Document Classes
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1.2.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+3.1.2.2
+Selecting a Class
+\layout Description
+3.1.2.3
+Properties
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1.3
+Fine-tuning the Defaults
+\layout Description
+3.1.4
+Paper Size, Orientation, and Margins
+\layout Description
+3.1.5
+Important Note:
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.2
+Paragraph Indentation and Separation
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.2.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+3.2.2
+Global Indentation Method
+\layout Description
+3.2.3
+Fine-Tuning
+\layout Description
+3.2.4
+Changing Line Spacing
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3
+Paragraph Environments
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+3.3.2
+Standard
+\layout Description
+3.3.3
+Document Titles
+\layout Description
+3.3.4
+Headings
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.1
+Numbered Headings
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.2
+Unnumbered Headings
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.3
+Changing the Numbering
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.4
+Special Information
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.5
+Creating an Appendix
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.5
+Quotes and Poetry
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.5.1
+
+\family sans
+Quote
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Quotation
+\layout Description
+3.3.5.2
+
+\family sans
+Verse
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.6
+Lists
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.1
+General Features
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.2
+
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.3
+
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.4
+
+\family sans
+Description
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.5
+The LyX
+\family sans
+List
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.7
+Letters
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.7.1
+
+\family sans
+Address
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Right\SpecialChar ~
+Address
+\family default
+: An Overview
+\layout Description
+3.3.7.2
+Usage
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.8
+Academic Writing
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.8.1
+
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\layout Description
+3.3.8.2
+
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.9
+Special Purpose
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.9.1
+
+\family sans
+Caption
+\layout Description
+3.3.9.2
+
+\family sans
+LyX-Code
+\layout Description
+3.3.9.3
+Comment
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4
+Nesting Environments
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.1
+The Big Deal
+\layout Description
+3.4.2
+What You Can and Can't Nest
+\layout Description
+3.4.3
+Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
+\layout Description
+3.4.4
+Usage and General Features
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.4.1
+Nesting limits
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.5
+Some Examples
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.5.1
+Example #1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
+\layout Description
+3.4.5.2
+Example #2: Inheritance
+\layout Description
+3.4.5.3
+Example #3: Labels, Levels, and the
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\family default
+ Environments.
+\layout Description
+3.4.5.4
+Example #4: Going Bonkers
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.5
+Fonts and Text Styles
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.5.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+3.5.2
+Global Options
+\layout Description
+3.5.3
+Using Different Character Styles
+\layout Description
+3.5.4
+Fine-Tuning with the
+\family sans
+Character Layout
+\family default
+ dialog
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.6
+Printing and Previewing
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.6.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+3.6.2
+Quick Viewing with
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\layout Description
+3.6.3
+Viewing the PostScript® Version with
+\family typewriter
+ghostview
+\layout Description
+3.6.4
+Printing the File
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7
+A Few Words about Typography
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7.1
+Hyphens and Hyphenation
+\layout Description
+3.7.2
+Punctuation Marks
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7.2.1
+Abbreviations and End of Sentence
+\layout Description
+3.7.2.2
+Quotes
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7.3
+Ligatures
+\layout Description
+3.7.4
+Widows and Orphans
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+Floats: Tables, Figures, Footnotes and Margin Notes
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+Footnotes
+\layout Description
+4.2
+Margin Notes
+\layout Description
+4.3
+Figures and Imported Graphics
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3.1
+Figure Floats
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3.1.1
+Using Figure Floats
+\layout Description
+4.3.1.2
+Float Placement
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3.2
+
+\family typewriter
+XFig
+\family default
+ and LyX
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4
+Tables
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4.1
+The Table dialog
+\layout Description
+4.4.2
+What can be placed inside a table cell?
+\layout Description
+4.4.3
+Cut & Paste in Tables
+\layout Description
+4.4.4
+Multiple lines in cells
+\layout Description
+4.4.5
+Table Floats
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5
+Table of Contents and other Listings
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.1
+The Table of Contents
+\layout Description
+4.5.2
+List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Mathematical Formulae
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+Basic Math Editing
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1.1
+Navigating a Formula
+\layout Description
+5.1.2
+Selecting Text
+\layout Description
+5.1.3
+Exponents and Subscripts
+\layout Description
+5.1.4
+Fractions
+\layout Description
+5.1.5
+Sums and Integrals
+\layout Description
+5.1.6
+The Math Panel
+\layout Description
+5.1.7
+Other Math Symbols
+\layout Description
+5.1.8
+Altering spacing
+\layout Description
+5.1.9
+Math functions
+\layout Description
+5.1.10
+Accents
+\layout Description
+5.1.11
+The math editor for LaTeX users
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2
+Brackets and decorations
+\layout Description
+5.3
+Grouping
+\layout Description
+5.4
+Arrays and Multi-line Equations
+\layout Description
+5.5
+Equation Numbering and Labels
+\layout Description
+5.6
+User defined macros in math mode
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.6.1
+Directions on using macros
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.6.1.1
+How to create them
+\layout Description
+5.6.1.2
+How to navigate
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.7
+Fine-Tuning
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.7.1
+Typefaces
+\layout Description
+5.7.2
+Math Text Mode
+\layout Description
+5.7.3
+Font Sizes
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.8
+AMS LaTeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.8.1
+Enabling AMS Support
+\layout Description
+5.8.2
+AMS Symbols
+\layout Description
+5.8.3
+AMS Formula Types
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6
+More Tools
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1
+Cross-References
+\layout Description
+6.2
+URLs (Uniform Resource Locators)
+\layout Description
+6.3
+Specifying Short Titles with Optional Arguments
+
+
+\layout Description
+6.4
+Spacing, pagination and line breaks
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.1
+Extra Horizontal Space
+\layout Description
+6.4.2
+Extra Vertical Space
+\layout Description
+6.4.3
+Changing Paragraph Alignment
+\layout Description
+6.4.4
+Forcing Page Breaks
+\layout Description
+6.4.5
+Protected blanks
+\layout Description
+6.4.6
+Line breaking
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.5
+Spellchecking
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.5.1
+Spellchecker Options
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.5.1.1
+Dictionary
+\layout Description
+6.5.1.2
+Personal dictionary
+\layout Description
+6.5.1.3
+Further Options
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.5.2
+Limitations
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.6
+International Support
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.6.1
+Language Options
+\layout Description
+6.6.2
+Keyboard mapping configuration
+\layout Description
+6.6.3
+Character Tables
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7
+Credits
+\layout Section*
+
+Extended LyX Features
+\layout Description
+1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+2
+LyX and LaTeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+How LyX Uses LaTeX
+\layout Description
+2.2
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Help! LyX generated an unreadable
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+ file!
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+2.3
+Translating LaTeX files into LyX
+\layout Description
+2.4
+Inserting LaTeX Code into LyX Documents
+
+
+\layout Description
+2.5
+LyX and the LaTeX Preamble
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.5.1
+About the LaTeX Preamble
+\layout Description
+2.5.2
+Changing the Preamble
+\layout Description
+2.5.3
+Examples
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.5.3.1
+Example #1: Offsets
+\layout Description
+2.5.3.2
+Example #2: Labels
+\layout Description
+2.5.3.3
+Example #3: Paragraph Indentation
+\layout Description
+2.5.3.4
+Example #4: This Document
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.6
+LyX and LaTeX Errors
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+Supplemental Tools
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Preparing a Bibliography with BibTeX
+\layout Description
+3.2
+Making an Index
+\layout Description
+3.3
+Multipart Documents
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.1
+General Operation
+\layout Description
+3.3.2
+Cross-References Between Files
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4
+Algorithms
+\layout Description
+3.5
+Subfigures
+\layout Description
+3.6
+Fancy Headers and Footers
+\layout Description
+3.7
+Minipages
+\layout Description
+3.8
+Wrapping Text Around Figures
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.9
+Extra Table Options
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.9.1
+Removing Extra Column Space
+\layout Description
+3.9.2
+Changing the Column Separator Character
+\layout Description
+3.9.3
+Making a Decimal Point Aligned Column
+\layout Description
+3.9.4
+A Better Decimal-Alignment Solution
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.10
+Itemize Bullet Selection
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.10.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+3.10.2
+How it looks
+\layout Description
+3.10.3
+How to use it
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+Special Document Classes
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+AMS LaTeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1.1
+What these layouts provide
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.2
+Dinbrief
+\layout Description
+4.3
+Paper
+\layout Description
+4.4
+A&A Paper
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.4.2
+Getting started
+\layout Description
+4.4.3
+The header block
+\layout Description
+4.4.4
+The abstract
+\layout Description
+4.4.5
+Supported environments
+\layout Description
+4.4.6
+Commands not supported by LyX
+\layout Description
+4.4.7
+Figure and Table Floats
+\layout Description
+4.4.8
+Referee layout
+\layout Description
+4.4.9
+The example paper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5
+AASTeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.5.2
+Starting a New Paper
+\layout Description
+4.5.3
+Finishing Your Paper
+\layout Description
+4.5.4
+Comments On Specific Commands
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.4.1
+Things that work as expected
+\layout Description
+4.5.4.2
+Things that work, but require more comment
+\layout Description
+4.5.4.3
+Things not implemented, use ERT
+\layout Description
+4.5.4.4
+Things that cannot be implemented
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.5
+FAQs, Tips, Tricks, and Other Ruminations
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.1
+Getting LyX and AASTeX to cooperate
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.2
+LaTeX error processing a table
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.3
+References
+
+
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.4
+Including EPS files
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.5
+Things I could have done, but didn't
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.6
+Final Caveat
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.6
+ijmpd
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.6.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+4.6.2
+Writing a paper
+\layout Description
+4.6.3
+Preparing a paper for submission
+\layout Description
+4.6.4
+Use of ERT
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.7
+Kluwer
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.7.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+4.7.2
+Writing a paper
+\layout Description
+4.7.3
+Preparing a paper for submission
+\layout Description
+4.7.4
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Peculiarities
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ of the Kluwer package
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.8
+Koma-Script
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.8.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+4.8.2
+article (koma-script), report (koma-script), and book (koma-script)
+\layout Description
+4.8.3
+letter (koma-script)
+\layout Description
+4.8.4
+The new letter class: letter (koma-script v.2)
+\layout Description
+4.8.5
+Problems
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.9
+Springer Journals (
+\family sans
+svjour
+\family default
+)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.9.1
+Description
+\layout Description
+4.9.2
+New styles
+\layout Description
+4.9.3
+Supported journals
+\layout Description
+4.9.4
+Credits
+\layout Description
+4.9.5
+Bugs
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.10
+AGU journals (
+\family sans
+aguplus
+\family default
+)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.10.1
+Description
+\layout Description
+4.10.2
+New styles
+\layout Description
+4.10.3
+New floats
+\layout Description
+4.10.4
+Supported journals
+\layout Description
+4.10.5
+Bugs and things to remember
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.11
+EGS journals (
+\family sans
+egs
+\family default
+)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.11.1
+Description
+\layout Description
+4.11.2
+New styles
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12
+Slides [aka
+\noun on
+Sli
+\noun default
+TeX]
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.12.2
+Getting Started
+
+
+\layout Description
+4.12.3
+Paragraph Environments
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.3.1
+Supported Environments
+\layout Description
+4.12.3.2
+Quirks of the New Environments
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.4
+Making a Presentation with
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+ Overlay
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Note
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.4.1
+Using the
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+ Environment
+\layout Description
+4.12.4.2
+Using
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+ with
+\family sans
+Slide
+\layout Description
+4.12.4.3
+Using
+\family sans
+Note
+\family default
+ with
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.5
+The
+\family sans
+slides
+\family default
+ Class Template File
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13
+Foils [aka
+\family sans
+Foil
+\family default
+\noun on
+TeX
+\noun default
+]
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.13.2
+Getting Started
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.2.1
+Extra Options
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.3
+Supported Environments
+\layout Description
+4.13.4
+Building a Set of Foils
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.1
+Give It a Title Page
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.2
+Start a New Foil
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.3
+Theorems, Lemmas, Proofs and more
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.4
+Lists
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.5
+Figures and Tables
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.6
+Page Headers and Footers
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.5
+Unsupported
+\family sans
+Foil
+\family default
+TeX Goodies
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.5.1
+Lengths
+\layout Description
+4.13.5.2
+Headers and Footers
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.14
+Latex8 (IEEE Conference Papers)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.14.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.14.2
+Getting Started
+\layout Description
+4.14.3
+Supported Environments
+\layout Description
+4.14.4
+Differences Between Screen and Paper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.15
+Hollywood (Hollywood spec scripts)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.15.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.15.2
+Special problems
+\layout Description
+4.15.3
+Special features
+\layout Description
+4.15.4
+Paper size and Margins
+\layout Description
+4.15.5
+Environments
+\layout Description
+4.15.6
+Script jargon
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.16
+Broadway
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.16.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.16.2
+Special problems
+\layout Description
+4.16.3
+Special features
+\layout Description
+4.16.4
+Paper size and Margins
+\layout Description
+4.16.5
+Environments
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.17
+RevTeX4
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.17.1
+Installation
+\layout Description
+4.17.2
+Preamble Matter
+\layout Description
+4.17.3
+Layouts
+\layout Description
+4.17.4
+Important Notes
+\layout Description
+4.17.5
+Drawbacks
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.18
+Article (mwart), book (mwbk) and report (mwrep)
+
+
+\layout Description
+4.19
+Elsevier Journals
+\layout Description
+4.20
+Memoir
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.20.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+4.20.2
+Basic features and restrictions
+\layout Description
+4.20.3
+Extra features
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Importing and Exporting Alternate File Formats
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+Considerations
+\layout Description
+5.2
+Importing Other Formats
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.1
+LaTeX
+\layout Description
+5.2.2
+ASCII Text
+\layout Description
+5.2.3
+Noweb
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3
+Exporting Other Formats
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3.1
+LaTeX
+\layout Description
+5.3.2
+Device Independent Files
+\layout Description
+5.3.3
+PostScript®
+\layout Description
+5.3.4
+ASCII text
+\layout Description
+5.3.5
+HTML
+\layout Description
+5.3.6
+PDF
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.1
+Use pdfLaTeX
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.2
+Why does the text look so bad when viewed with Acrobat Reader?
+
+
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.3
+Why doesn't the
+\backslash
+boldsymbol{} command work when I use pslatex?
+
+
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.4
+Is it possible to do write latex code which is processed only when running
+ pdfLaTeX?
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.5
+How can I make URLs clickable ?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3.7
+Custom
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4
+The Complete reLyX Description
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.1
+Synopsis
+\layout Description
+5.4.2
+Options
+\layout Description
+5.4.3
+Description
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.2
+Usage
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.3
+What reLyX Can Handle
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.4
+What reLyX Can't Handle --- But it's OK
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.5
+What reLyX Handles Badly --- a.\SpecialChar ~
+k.\SpecialChar ~
+a.
+ BUGS
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.6
+What LyX Can't Handle
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.4
+Examples
+\layout Description
+5.4.5
+Notes
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.1
+Bug Reports
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.2
+Implementation Details:
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.3
+Layout Files
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.4
+Syntax Files
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.5
+Miscellaneous
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.6
+Diagnostics
+\layout Description
+5.4.7
+Warnings
+\layout Description
+5.4.8
+Files
+\layout Description
+5.4.9
+See also
+\layout Description
+5.4.10
+Authors
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6
+LyX Features needing Extra Software
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1
+Using LyX with SGML-Tools (aka LinuxDoc)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+6.1.2
+Preparing and using a LinuxDoc document
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.2.1
+Getting started
+\layout Description
+6.1.2.2
+Output from LinuxDoc
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.3
+Using the paragraph environments in LinuxDoc
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.3.1
+The Structure of a LinuxDoc Document
+\layout Description
+6.1.3.2
+The LinuxDoc Paragraph Environments
+\layout Description
+6.1.3.3
+Other document features
+\layout Description
+6.1.3.4
+Cross references and HTML
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.4
+Using the LinuxDoc Sgml scripts
+
+
+\layout Description
+6.1.5
+Troubleshooting LinuxDoc
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.2
+Checking TeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.2.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+6.2.2
+How to use it
+\layout Description
+6.2.3
+How to fine tune it
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3
+Version Control in LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+6.3.2
+RCS commands in LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.1
+
+\family sans
+Register
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.2
+
+\family sans
+Check In Changes
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.3
+
+\family sans
+Check Out For Edit
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.4
+
+\family sans
+Revert To Last Version
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.5
+
+\family sans
+Undo Last Checkin
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.6
+
+\family sans
+Show History
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4
+Literate Programming
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+6.4.2
+Literate Programming
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.2.1
+References
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.3
+LyX and Literate Programming
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.1
+Generating documents and code (weaving and tangling)
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.2
+Configuring LyX
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.3
+Debug extensions
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.4
+Toolbar extensions
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.5
+Colors customization
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7
+Secrets of the LaTeX Masters
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.1
+Tricks for Footnotes and Margin Notes
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.1.1
+Footnotes
+\layout Description
+7.1.2
+Margin Notes
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.2
+Multiple Columns
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.2.1
+Purpose
+\layout Description
+7.2.2
+Limitations
+\layout Description
+7.2.3
+Examples
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.2.3.1
+Two columns
+\layout Description
+7.2.3.2
+Multiple columns
+\layout Description
+7.2.3.3
+Columns inside columns
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.3
+Numbering in the
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+ Paragraph Environment
+
+
+\layout Description
+7.4
+Extra Space Between Table Rows
+\layout Description
+7.5
+Dropped Capitals
+\layout Description
+7.6
+Non-standard Paragraph Shapes
+\layout Description
+7.7
+Summary
+\end_deeper
+\layout Section*
+
+Customizing LyX: Features for the Advanced User
+\layout Description
+1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+2
+LyX configuration files
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+What's in
+\family typewriter
+LyXDir
+\family default
+?
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1.1
+Automatically generated files
+\layout Description
+2.1.2
+Directories
+\layout Description
+2.1.3
+Files you don't want to modify
+\layout Description
+2.1.4
+Other files needing a line or two...
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.2
+Your local configuration directory
+\layout Description
+2.3
+Running LyX with multiple configurations
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+The
+\family sans
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+references
+\family default
+ dialog
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Using the dialog for the first time
+\layout Description
+3.2
+On-screen fonts
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.2.1
+DPI setting and Font Zoom
+\layout Description
+3.2.2
+Font definition commands
+\layout Description
+3.2.3
+Font encoding
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3
+Bindings
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.4
+User Interface
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.5
+Converters, Formats and Viewers
+\layout Description
+3.6
+ASCII export options
+\layout Description
+3.7
+Printer
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7.1
+Changing Colors
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.8
+The autodetected settings
+\layout Description
+3.9
+The rest
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+Internationalizing LyX
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+Selecting an alternative language for the user interface
+\layout Description
+4.2
+Translating LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.2.1
+Translating the graphical user interface (text messages).
+\layout Description
+4.2.2
+Translating the documentation.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3
+International Keyboard Support
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3.1
+Defining Own Keymaps: Keymap File Format
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4
+International Keymap Stuff
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4.1
+The .kmap File
+\layout Description
+4.4.2
+The .cdef File
+\layout Description
+4.4.3
+Dead Keys
+\layout Description
+4.4.4
+Saving your Language Configuration
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Installing New Document Classes, Layouts, and Templates
+
+
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+Installing a new LaTeX package
+\layout Description
+5.2
+Layouts
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.1
+Supporting new document classes
+\layout Description
+5.2.2
+A layout for an
+\family sans
+sty
+\family default
+ file
+\layout Description
+5.2.3
+Layout for a
+\family sans
+cls
+\family default
+ file
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3
+Declaring a new text class
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3.1
+General text class parameters
+\layout Description
+5.3.2
+
+\family typewriter
+ClassOptions
+\family default
+ section
+\layout Description
+5.3.3
+Specific Paragraph Layouts
+\layout Description
+5.3.4
+Floats
+\layout Description
+5.3.5
+Counters
+\layout Description
+5.3.6
+Font description
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4
+Creating Templates
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6
+Including External Material
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1
+Background
+\layout Description
+6.2
+How does it work?
+\layout Description
+6.3
+The external material dialog
+\layout Description
+6.4
+Examples
+\layout Description
+6.5
+The external template configuration file
+\layout Description
+6.6
+The substitution mechanism
+\layout Description
+6.7
+Security discussion
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7
+The LyX Server
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+7.2
+Starting the LyX Server
+\layout Description
+7.3
+Normal communication
+\layout Description
+7.4
+Notification
+\layout Description
+7.5
+The simple LyX Server Protocol
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+8 \start_of_appendix
+Bindings
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.1
+Toolbar
+\layout Description
+8.2
+Menu
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.2.1
+File
+\layout Description
+8.2.2
+Edit
+\layout Description
+8.2.3
+Insert
+\layout Description
+8.2.4
+Layout
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.2.4.1
+L
+\family sans
+ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Character
+\family default
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.2.5
+View
+\layout Description
+8.2.6
+Navigate
+\layout Description
+8.2.7
+Help
+\layout Description
+8.2.8
+Paragraph Style
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.3
+Keyboard
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.3.1
+Specific to
+\family typewriter
+emacs.bind
+\layout Description
+8.3.2
+Specific to
+\family typewriter
+cua.bind
+\layout Description
+8.3.3
+Specific to
+\family typewriter
+sciword.bind
+\layout Description
+8.3.4
+Standard math bindings
+\layout Description
+8.3.5
+Other Accelerators
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+
+\the_end
--- /dev/null
+#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
+\lyxformat 221
+\textclass article
+\language english
+\inputencoding default
+\fontscheme default
+\graphics default
+\paperfontsize default
+\spacing single
+\papersize Default
+\paperpackage a4
+\use_geometry 0
+\use_amsmath 0
+\use_natbib 0
+\use_numerical_citations 0
+\paperorientation portrait
+\secnumdepth 3
+\tocdepth 3
+\paragraph_separation indent
+\defskip medskip
+\quotes_language english
+\quotes_times 2
+\papercolumns 1
+\papersides 1
+\paperpagestyle default
+
+\layout Title
+
+LyX Documentation Table of Contents
+\layout Section*
+
+Introduzione a LyX
+\newline
+ovvero
+\newline
+Come utilizzare questi files di documentazione!
+\layout Description
+1
+Navigare attraverso la documentazione
+\layout Description
+2
+Il formato dei manuali
+\layout Description
+3
+I manuali
+\layout Description
+4
+
+
+Come contribuire al progetto di documentazione
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+Riportare gli errori nei manuali.
+\layout Description
+4.2
+Partecipare al team di documentazione.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Section*
+
+LyX Frequently Asked Questions with Answers
+\newline
+Version 0.3.7
+\layout Description
+1
+Introduction and General Information
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.1
+What is LyX?
+\layout Description
+1.2
+That's fine, but is it useful?
+\layout Description
+1.3
+Where do I start?
+\layout Description
+1.4
+Does LyX run on my computer?
+\layout Description
+1.5
+How much hard disk space does LyX need?
+\layout Description
+1.6
+Is LyX really Open Source?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2
+Internet Resources
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+Where should I look on the World Wide Web for LyX stuff?
+\layout Description
+2.2
+Where can I get LyX material by FTP?
+\layout Description
+2.3
+What mailing lists are there?
+\layout Description
+2.4
+Are the mailing lists archived anywhere?
+\layout Description
+2.5
+Okay, wise guy! Where are they archived?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+Compatibility with other word/document processors
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Can I read/write LaTeX files?
+\layout Description
+3.2
+Can I read/write Word files?
+\layout Description
+3.3
+Can I read/write HTML files?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+Obtaining and Compiling LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+What do I need?
+\layout Description
+4.2
+How do I compile it?
+\layout Description
+4.3
+I hate compiling.
+ Where are precompiled binaries?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Questions about Evil Red Text (IMPORTANT!)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+What is Evil Red Text (aka ERT)?
+\layout Description
+5.2
+How do I enter Evil Red Text?
+\layout Description
+5.3
+The new ERT inset is really inconvenient !
+\layout Description
+5.4
+Is there an alternative?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6
+Questions Related to Using LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1
+General questions
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.1
+How do I get rid of the date under the title?
+\layout Description
+6.1.2
+How do I change the spacing in an Itemize/\SpecialChar \-
+Enumerate/\SpecialChar \-
+Description list environment
+?
+\layout Description
+6.1.3
+How do I number equations by section?
+\layout Description
+6.1.4
+Is it possible to do this for figures and tables as well?
+\layout Description
+6.1.5
+How do I change to footnote numbers to symbols (star, dagger, etc.)?
+\layout Description
+6.1.6
+How do I kill widows and orphans?
+\layout Description
+6.1.7
+How do I get a formatted list which starts with e.g.
+ 1.
+ a)?
+\layout Description
+6.1.8
+How do I count words in LyX?
+\layout Description
+6.1.9
+How do I insert a fixed amount of horizontal space?
+\layout Description
+6.1.10
+How can I make citations show up as [1,2,3,6] or [1-3,6] rather than [1][2][3][6
+]?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.2
+Figure related questions
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.2.1
+What is the difference between a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+figure
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ and a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+figure float
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+?
+\layout Description
+6.2.2
+How do I get LyX to put the figure exactly where I want it?
+\layout Description
+6.2.3
+What does
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Too many unprocessed floats
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ mean?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3
+Math related questions
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3.1
+How do I put normal text inside a mathematical equation?
+\layout Description
+6.3.2
+How do I make a cube root (or higher)?
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7
+Questions Related to Running LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.1
+How do I convert LyX files to LaTeX from the command line?
+\layout Description
+7.2
+How do I create PDF files from my LyX document?
+\layout Description
+7.3
+Why do the fonts in my document look so bad in
+\family typewriter
+acroread
+\family default
+ ?
+\layout Description
+7.4
+Why doesn't my latest and greatest version of Ghostscript render EPS inline
+ figures properly?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+8
+Questions Related to LyX on Windows
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.1
+Why do the menus and the toolbar flicker ?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+9
+How to get further assistance
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+9.1
+You still haven't answered my question!
+\layout Description
+9.2
+I want to mail someone about my problem.
+
+\layout Description
+9.3
+What to put in a request for help.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+10
+Administrative information and acknowledgments
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+10.1
+Feedback is invited.
+
+\layout Description
+10.2
+Formats in which this FAQ is available.
+
+\layout Description
+10.3
+Authorship and acknowledgments.
+\layout Description
+10.4
+Disclaimer and Copyright.
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Section*
+
+Il Tutorial di LyX
+\layout Description
+1
+Introduzione
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.1
+Benvenuti in Lyx!
+\layout Description
+1.2
+Che cosa aspettarsi da questo Tutorial (e cosa non ...)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.2.1
+Trarre il massimo dal Tutorial
+\layout Description
+1.2.2
+Tutto ciò che non troverete:
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.3
+Che cosa è LyX?
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.3.1
+Sguardo d'insieme
+\layout Description
+1.3.2
+Differenze tra LyX e gli altri programmi di videoscrittura
+
+
+\layout Description
+1.3.3
+Ma cosa è LaTeX?
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2
+Primi passi in LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+Il vostro primo documento con LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1.1
+Digitazione, Lettura e Stampa
+\layout Description
+2.1.2
+Operazioni Elementari
+\layout Description
+2.1.3
+WYSIWYM: Spaziatura in LyX
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.2
+Ambienti
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.2.1
+Sezioni e sottosezioni
+\layout Description
+2.2.2
+Liste e sottoliste
+\layout Description
+2.2.3
+Ulteriori ambienti: Versi, Citazioni e altro ancora
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+Scriviamo un documento
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Classi di testo e Modelli: Le Lettere
+\layout Description
+3.2
+Modelli: Scrivere una Lettera
+\layout Description
+3.3
+I Titoli di un Documento
+\layout Description
+3.4
+Etichette e Riferimenti Incrociati
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.1
+La vostra prima etichetta
+\layout Description
+3.4.2
+Il vostro primo riferimento incrociato
+\layout Description
+3.4.3
+Divertiamoci con le etichette
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.5
+Note a Piè di pagina e Note al Margine
+\layout Description
+3.6
+Bibliografie
+\layout Description
+3.7
+Indice
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+L'uso della matematica
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+Modalità matematica
+\layout Description
+4.2
+Navigare una Equazione
+\layout Description
+4.3
+Esponenti e Indici
+\layout Description
+4.4
+Il
+\family sans
+Pannello Matematico
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4.1
+Lettere greche e simboli
+\layout Description
+4.4.2
+Radici quadrate, accenti e separatori
+\layout Description
+4.4.3
+Frazioni
+\layout Description
+4.4.4
+Modalità TeX: Limiti, logaritmi, seni e altro ancora
+\layout Description
+4.4.5
+Matrici
+\layout Description
+4.4.6
+Modalità centrata
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5
+Equazioni su più righe
+\layout Description
+4.6
+Ulteriori Sciocchezze Matematiche
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Miscellanea
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+Ulteriori Caratteristiche Importanti di LyX
+\layout Description
+5.2
+LyX per gli Utilizzatori di LaTeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.1
+Modalità TeX
+\layout Description
+5.2.2
+Importazione di Documenti LaTeX ---
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\layout Description
+5.2.3
+Conversione di Documenti LyX in LaTeX
+\layout Description
+5.2.4
+Preambolo LaTeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.4.1
+Classe di Documento
+\layout Description
+5.2.4.2
+Altri Elementi del Preambolo
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.5
+BibTeX
+\layout Description
+5.2.6
+Miscellanea
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3
+Errori!
+\end_deeper
+\layout Section*
+
+La Guida dell'Utente di LyX
+\layout Description
+1
+Introduzione
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.1
+Cos'è LyX?
+\layout Description
+1.2
+Iniziare ad utilizzare LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.2.1
+Eseguire LyX
+\layout Description
+1.2.2
+L'Interfaccia di LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.2.2.1
+La Finestra Principale
+\layout Description
+1.2.2.2
+Le finestre di dialogo
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.2.3
+AIUTO!
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.3
+L'Interfaccia di LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.3.1
+Operazioni di Base sui File
+\layout Description
+1.3.2
+Caratteristiche di Base
+\layout Description
+1.3.3
+Annulla e Ripristina
+\layout Description
+1.3.4
+Operazioni Basilari con il Mouse
+\layout Description
+1.3.5
+Operazioni Basilari con la Tastiera
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.4
+Utilizzare LyX con altri programmi
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.4.1
+L'importazione di file ASCII
+\layout Description
+1.4.2
+Taglia e Incolla tra LyX ed altri Programmi X
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2
+Il Setup di LyX e le Applicazioni di Supporto
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+Introduzione
+\layout Description
+2.2
+Requisiti di Sistema
+\layout Description
+2.3
+Setup Elementare di LyX
+\layout Description
+2.4
+Impostare la Tastiera sotto X
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.4.1
+
+\family typewriter
+xmodmap
+\family default
+ e
+\family typewriter
+xkeycaps
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.4.1.1
+
+\family typewriter
+xmodmap
+\layout Description
+2.4.1.2
+
+\family typewriter
+xkeycaps
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.4.2
+Modificatori e cambio modalità
+\layout Description
+2.4.3
+Suggerimenti Utili e Piccoli Trucchi
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.5
+LaTeX
+\layout Description
+2.6
+Dvips e Ghostscript
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.6.1
+Elementi indispensabili
+\layout Description
+2.6.2
+Dvips
+\layout Description
+2.6.3
+Ghostscript, Xdvi e Ghostview
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.7
+La Stampante
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+Nozioni Fondamentali su LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+I Tipi di Documento
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1.1
+Introduzione
+\layout Description
+3.1.2
+
+
+Le Varie Classi di Documento
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1.2.1
+Introduzione
+\layout Description
+3.1.2.2
+Selezionare una Classe
+\layout Description
+3.1.2.3
+Proprietà
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1.3
+Analisi dettagliata dei parametri per le classi
+\layout Description
+3.1.4
+Dimensione della pagina, orientamento e margini
+\layout Description
+3.1.5
+Nota Importante:
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.2
+Indentazione e Separazione di Paragrafi
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.2.1
+Introduzione
+\layout Description
+3.2.2
+Modalità di indentazione predefinita
+\layout Description
+3.2.3
+Regolazione puntuale
+\layout Description
+3.2.4
+Interlinea
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3
+Gli Ambienti Paragrafo
+
+
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.1
+Introduzione
+\layout Description
+3.3.2
+L'ambiente Standard
+\layout Description
+3.3.3
+I Titoli
+\layout Description
+3.3.4
+Intestazioni
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.1
+Intestazioni Numerate
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.2
+Intestazioni Non Numerate
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.3
+Cambiare la Numerazione
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.4
+Informazioni Speciali
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.5
+Creare un'Appendice
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.5
+Citazioni e Poesia
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.5.1
+
+\family sans
+Quote
+\family default
+ e
+\family sans
+Quotation
+\layout Description
+3.3.5.2
+
+\family sans
+Verse
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.6
+Le Liste
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.1
+Caratteristiche generali
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.2
+
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.3
+
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.4
+
+\family sans
+Description
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.5
+L'ambiente
+\family sans
+List
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.7
+Lettere
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.7.1
+
+\family sans
+Address
+\family default
+ e
+\family sans
+Right\SpecialChar ~
+Address
+\family default
+: una visione di insieme
+\layout Description
+3.3.7.2
+Utilizzo
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.8
+Scrittura Accademica
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.8.1
+
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\layout Description
+3.3.8.2
+
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.9
+Ambienti speciali
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.9.1
+
+\family sans
+Caption
+\layout Description
+3.3.9.2
+
+\family sans
+LyX-Code
+\layout Description
+3.3.9.3
+Comment
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4
+Annidamento degli ambienti
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.1
+La grande scommessa
+\layout Description
+3.4.2
+Annidamenti permessi e proibiti
+\layout Description
+3.4.3
+Annidamento di altri elementi: tabelle, formule matematiche, oggetti flottanti,
+ etc.
+\layout Description
+3.4.4
+Utilizzo e caratteristiche generali
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.4.1
+Casi possibili
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.5
+Alcuni Esempi
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.5.1
+Esempio #1: Annidamento di sei elementi e Misto
+\layout Description
+3.4.5.2
+Esempio #2: Ereditarietà
+\layout Description
+3.4.5.3
+Esempio #3: Etichette e livelli con gli ambienti
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+ e
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\family default
+.
+\layout Description
+3.4.5.4
+Esempio #4: Per farvi impazzire un po'...
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.5
+Fonts e stili di testo
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.5.1
+Introduzione
+\layout Description
+3.5.2
+Opzioni Globali
+\layout Description
+3.5.3
+Impiego degli stili di carattere
+\layout Description
+3.5.4
+Controllo più accurato con la finestra
+\family sans
+Struttura del Carattere
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.6
+Stampa e anteprima
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.6.1
+Introduzione
+\layout Description
+3.6.2
+Anteprima veloce con
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\layout Description
+3.6.3
+Anteprima della versione PostScript® con
+\family typewriter
+ghostview
+\layout Description
+3.6.4
+Stampa di un file
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7
+Poche parole su alcune notazioni tipografiche
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7.1
+Hyphens and Hyphenation
+\layout Description
+3.7.2
+I Punti
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7.2.1
+Abbreviazioni e fine di una frase
+\layout Description
+3.7.2.2
+Virgolette
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7.3
+Ligatures
+\layout Description
+3.7.4
+Vedove e Orfani
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+Oggetti flottanti: tabelle, figure, note a piè di pagina e al margine
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+Note a piè di pagina
+\layout Description
+4.2
+Note a Margine
+\layout Description
+4.3
+Figure e Grafici Importati
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3.1
+Figure Flottanti
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3.1.1
+Usare le Figure Flottanti
+\layout Description
+4.3.1.2
+Collocazione degli elementi flottanti
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3.2
+
+\family typewriter
+XFig
+\family default
+ e LyX
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4
+Tabelle
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4.1
+La finestra Struttura\SpecialChar ~
+della\SpecialChar ~
+tabella
+\layout Description
+4.4.2
+Cosa possiamo inserire dentro una tabella?
+\layout Description
+4.4.3
+Taglia & Incolla & Tabelle
+\layout Description
+4.4.4
+Celle con righe multiple
+\layout Description
+4.4.5
+Tabelle Flottanti
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4.5.1
+Didascalia di una tabella flottante.
+\layout Description
+4.4.5.2
+Disposizione del flottante
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5
+Sommario ed altri elenchi
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.1
+Il Sommario
+\layout Description
+4.5.2
+Liste delle Figure, delle Tabelle e delle Equazioni
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Formule Matematiche
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+Elementi base
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1.1
+Attivazione di Mathed
+\layout Description
+5.1.2
+Navigare una Equazione
+\layout Description
+5.1.3
+Selezione del testo
+\layout Description
+5.1.4
+Esponenti e Pedici
+\layout Description
+5.1.5
+Frazioni
+\layout Description
+5.1.6
+Sommatorie ed Integrali
+\layout Description
+5.1.7
+Il pannello matematico
+\layout Description
+5.1.8
+Ulteriori simboli matematici
+\layout Description
+5.1.9
+Funzioni matematiche
+\layout Description
+5.1.10
+Simboli aggiuntivi
+\layout Description
+5.1.11
+Accenti
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2
+Parentesi e decorazioni
+\layout Description
+5.3
+Vettori ed equazioni multilinea
+\layout Description
+5.4
+Numerazione delle equazioni ed etichette
+\layout Description
+5.5
+Macro definite dall'utente in modalità matematica
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.5.1
+Direttive sull'uso delle macro
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.5.1.1
+Come creare le macro
+\layout Description
+5.5.1.2
+Come navigare una macro
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.6
+Controllo dei dettagli
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.6.1
+Tipi di carattere
+\layout Description
+5.6.2
+Modalità testuale-matematica
+\layout Description
+5.6.3
+Dimensioni dei font
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6
+Altre Funzionalità
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1
+Riferimenti Incrociati
+\layout Description
+6.2
+URLs (Uniform Resource Locators)
+\layout Description
+6.3
+Controllo manuale dei dettagli
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3.1
+Spazi orizzontali aggiuntivi
+\layout Description
+6.3.2
+Spazi verticali aggiuntivi
+\layout Description
+6.3.3
+Modificare l'allineamento di un paragrafo
+\layout Description
+6.3.4
+Forzare una interruzione di pagina
+\layout Description
+6.3.5
+Altre funzioni
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4
+Controllo ortografico
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.1
+Opzioni del correttore ortografico
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.1.1
+Dizionario
+\layout Description
+6.4.1.2
+Dizionario personale
+\layout Description
+6.4.1.3
+Ulteriori opzioni
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.2
+Problemi
+\layout Description
+6.4.3
+Limitazioni
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.5
+Supporto Internazionale
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.5.1
+Opzioni per la lingua presenti in
+\family sans
+\bar under
+S
+\bar default
+truttura
+\layout Description
+6.5.2
+Configurazione della mappa di tastiera
+\layout Description
+6.5.3
+Tabelle dei Caratteri
+\layout Description
+6.5.4
+Supporto internazionale del correttore ortografico
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7
+Crediti
+\layout Section*
+
+Extended LyX Features
+\layout Description
+1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+2
+LyX and LaTeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+How LyX Uses LaTeX
+\layout Description
+2.2
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Help! LyX generated an unreadable
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+ file!
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+2.3
+Translating LaTeX files into LyX
+\layout Description
+2.4
+Inserting LaTeX Code into LyX Documents
+
+
+\layout Description
+2.5
+LyX and the LaTeX Preamble
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.5.1
+About the LaTeX Preamble
+\layout Description
+2.5.2
+Changing the Preamble
+\layout Description
+2.5.3
+Examples
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.5.3.1
+Example #1: Offsets
+\layout Description
+2.5.3.2
+Example #2: Labels
+\layout Description
+2.5.3.3
+Example #3: Paragraph Indentation
+\layout Description
+2.5.3.4
+Example #4: This Document
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.6
+LyX and LaTeX Errors
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+Supplemental Tools
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Preparing a Bibliography with BibTeX
+\layout Description
+3.2
+Making an Index
+\layout Description
+3.3
+Multipart Documents
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.1
+General Operation
+\layout Description
+3.3.2
+Cross-References Between Files
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4
+Algorithms
+\layout Description
+3.5
+Subfigures
+\layout Description
+3.6
+Fancy Headers and Footers
+\layout Description
+3.7
+Minipages
+\layout Description
+3.8
+Wrapping Text Around Figures
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.9
+Extra Table Options
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.9.1
+Removing Extra Column Space
+\layout Description
+3.9.2
+Changing the Column Separator Character
+\layout Description
+3.9.3
+Making a Decimal Point Aligned Column
+\layout Description
+3.9.4
+A Better Decimal-Alignment Solution
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.10
+Itemize Bullet Selection
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.10.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+3.10.2
+How it looks
+\layout Description
+3.10.3
+How to use it
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+Special Document Classes
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+AMS LaTeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1.1
+What these layouts provide
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.2
+Dinbrief
+\layout Description
+4.3
+Paper
+\layout Description
+4.4
+A&A Paper
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.4.2
+Getting started
+\layout Description
+4.4.3
+The header block
+\layout Description
+4.4.4
+The abstract
+\layout Description
+4.4.5
+Supported environments
+\layout Description
+4.4.6
+Commands not supported by LyX
+\layout Description
+4.4.7
+Figure and Table Floats
+\layout Description
+4.4.8
+Referee layout
+\layout Description
+4.4.9
+The example paper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5
+AASTeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.5.2
+Starting a New Paper
+\layout Description
+4.5.3
+Finishing Your Paper
+\layout Description
+4.5.4
+Comments On Specific Commands
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.4.1
+Things that work as expected
+\layout Description
+4.5.4.2
+Things that work, but require more comment
+\layout Description
+4.5.4.3
+Things not implemented, use ERT
+\layout Description
+4.5.4.4
+Things that cannot be implemented
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.5
+FAQs, Tips, Tricks, and Other Ruminations
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.1
+Getting LyX and AASTeX to cooperate
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.2
+LaTeX error processing a table
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.3
+References
+
+
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.4
+Including EPS files
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.5
+Things I could have done, but didn't
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.6
+Final Caveat
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.6
+ijmpd
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.6.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+4.6.2
+Writing a paper
+\layout Description
+4.6.3
+Preparing a paper for submission
+\layout Description
+4.6.4
+Use of ERT
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.7
+Kluwer
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.7.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+4.7.2
+Writing a paper
+\layout Description
+4.7.3
+Preparing a paper for submission
+\layout Description
+4.7.4
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Peculiarities
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ of the Kluwer package
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.8
+Koma-Script
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.8.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+4.8.2
+article (koma-script), report (koma-script), and book (koma-script)
+\layout Description
+4.8.3
+letter (koma-script)
+\layout Description
+4.8.4
+The new letter class: letter (koma-script v.2)
+\layout Description
+4.8.5
+Problems
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.9
+Springer Journals (
+\family sans
+svjour
+\family default
+)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.9.1
+Description
+\layout Description
+4.9.2
+New styles
+\layout Description
+4.9.3
+Supported journals
+\layout Description
+4.9.4
+Credits
+\layout Description
+4.9.5
+Bugs
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.10
+AGU journals (
+\family sans
+aguplus
+\family default
+)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.10.1
+Description
+\layout Description
+4.10.2
+New styles
+\layout Description
+4.10.3
+New floats
+\layout Description
+4.10.4
+Supported journals
+\layout Description
+4.10.5
+Bugs and things to remember
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.11
+EGS journals (
+\family sans
+egs
+\family default
+)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.11.1
+Description
+\layout Description
+4.11.2
+New styles
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12
+Slides [aka
+\noun on
+Sli
+\noun default
+TeX]
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.12.2
+Getting Started
+
+
+\layout Description
+4.12.3
+Paragraph Environments
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.3.1
+Supported Environments
+\layout Description
+4.12.3.2
+Quirks of the New Environments
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.4
+Making a Presentation with
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+ Overlay
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Note
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.4.1
+Using the
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+ Environment
+\layout Description
+4.12.4.2
+Using
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+ with
+\family sans
+Slide
+\layout Description
+4.12.4.3
+Using
+\family sans
+Note
+\family default
+ with
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.5
+The
+\family sans
+slides
+\family default
+ Class Template File
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13
+Foils [aka
+\family sans
+Foil
+\family default
+\noun on
+TeX
+\noun default
+]
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.13.2
+Getting Started
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.2.1
+Extra Options
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.3
+Supported Environments
+\layout Description
+4.13.4
+Building a Set of Foils
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.1
+Give It a Title Page
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.2
+Start a New Foil
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.3
+Theorems, Lemmas, Proofs and more
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.4
+Lists
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.5
+Figures and Tables
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.6
+Page Headers and Footers
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.5
+Unsupported
+\family sans
+Foil
+\family default
+TeX Goodies
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.5.1
+Lengths
+\layout Description
+4.13.5.2
+Headers and Footers
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.14
+Latex8 (IEEE Conference Papers)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.14.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.14.2
+Getting Started
+\layout Description
+4.14.3
+Supported Environments
+\layout Description
+4.14.4
+Differences Between Screen and Paper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.15
+Hollywood (Hollywood spec scripts)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.15.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.15.2
+Special problems
+\layout Description
+4.15.3
+Special features
+\layout Description
+4.15.4
+Paper size and Margins
+\layout Description
+4.15.5
+Environments
+\layout Description
+4.15.6
+Script jargon
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.16
+Broadway
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.16.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.16.2
+Special problems
+\layout Description
+4.16.3
+Special features
+\layout Description
+4.16.4
+Paper size and Margins
+\layout Description
+4.16.5
+Environments
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.17
+RevTeX4
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.17.1
+Installation
+\layout Description
+4.17.2
+Preamble Matter
+\layout Description
+4.17.3
+Layouts
+\layout Description
+4.17.4
+Important Notes
+\layout Description
+4.17.5
+Drawbacks
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.18
+Article (mwart), book (mwbk) and report (mwrep)
+
+
+\layout Description
+4.19
+Elsevier Journals
+\layout Description
+4.20
+Memoir
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.20.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+4.20.2
+Basic features and restrictions
+\layout Description
+4.20.3
+Extra features
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Importing and Exporting Alternate File Formats
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+Considerations
+\layout Description
+5.2
+Importing Other Formats
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.1
+LaTeX
+\layout Description
+5.2.2
+ASCII Text
+\layout Description
+5.2.3
+Noweb
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3
+Exporting Other Formats
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3.1
+LaTeX
+\layout Description
+5.3.2
+Device Independent Files
+\layout Description
+5.3.3
+PostScript®
+\layout Description
+5.3.4
+ASCII text
+\layout Description
+5.3.5
+HTML
+\layout Description
+5.3.6
+PDF
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.1
+Use pdfLaTeX
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.2
+Why does the text look so bad when viewed with Acrobat Reader?
+
+
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.3
+Why doesn't the
+\backslash
+boldsymbol{} command work when I use pslatex?
+
+
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.4
+Is it possible to do write latex code which is processed only when running
+ pdfLaTeX?
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.5
+How can I make URLs clickable ?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3.7
+Custom
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4
+The Complete reLyX Description
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.1
+Synopsis
+\layout Description
+5.4.2
+Options
+\layout Description
+5.4.3
+Description
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.2
+Usage
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.3
+What reLyX Can Handle
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.4
+What reLyX Can't Handle --- But it's OK
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.5
+What reLyX Handles Badly --- a.\SpecialChar ~
+k.\SpecialChar ~
+a.
+ BUGS
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.6
+What LyX Can't Handle
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.4
+Examples
+\layout Description
+5.4.5
+Notes
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.1
+Bug Reports
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.2
+Implementation Details:
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.3
+Layout Files
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.4
+Syntax Files
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.5
+Miscellaneous
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.6
+Diagnostics
+\layout Description
+5.4.7
+Warnings
+\layout Description
+5.4.8
+Files
+\layout Description
+5.4.9
+See also
+\layout Description
+5.4.10
+Authors
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6
+LyX Features needing Extra Software
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1
+Using LyX with SGML-Tools (aka LinuxDoc)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+6.1.2
+Preparing and using a LinuxDoc document
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.2.1
+Getting started
+\layout Description
+6.1.2.2
+Output from LinuxDoc
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.3
+Using the paragraph environments in LinuxDoc
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.3.1
+The Structure of a LinuxDoc Document
+\layout Description
+6.1.3.2
+The LinuxDoc Paragraph Environments
+\layout Description
+6.1.3.3
+Other document features
+\layout Description
+6.1.3.4
+Cross references and HTML
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.4
+Using the LinuxDoc Sgml scripts
+
+
+\layout Description
+6.1.5
+Troubleshooting LinuxDoc
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.2
+Checking TeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.2.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+6.2.2
+How to use it
+\layout Description
+6.2.3
+How to fine tune it
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3
+Version Control in LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+6.3.2
+RCS commands in LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.1
+
+\family sans
+Register
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.2
+
+\family sans
+Check In Changes
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.3
+
+\family sans
+Check Out For Edit
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.4
+
+\family sans
+Revert To Last Version
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.5
+
+\family sans
+Undo Last Checkin
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.6
+
+\family sans
+Show History
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4
+Literate Programming
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+6.4.2
+Literate Programming
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.2.1
+References
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.3
+LyX and Literate Programming
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.1
+Generating documents and code (weaving and tangling)
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.2
+Configuring LyX
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.3
+Debug extensions
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.4
+Toolbar extensions
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.5
+Colors customization
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7
+Secrets of the LaTeX Masters
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.1
+Tricks for Footnotes and Margin Notes
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.1.1
+Footnotes
+\layout Description
+7.1.2
+Margin Notes
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.2
+Multiple Columns
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.2.1
+Purpose
+\layout Description
+7.2.2
+Limitations
+\layout Description
+7.2.3
+Examples
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.2.3.1
+Two columns
+\layout Description
+7.2.3.2
+Multiple columns
+\layout Description
+7.2.3.3
+Columns inside columns
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.3
+Numbering in the
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+ Paragraph Environment
+
+
+\layout Description
+7.4
+Extra Space Between Table Rows
+\layout Description
+7.5
+Dropped Capitals
+\layout Description
+7.6
+Non-standard Paragraph Shapes
+\layout Description
+7.7
+Summary
+\end_deeper
+\layout Section*
+
+Personalizzazione di LyX: Caratteristiche per l'utente avanzato
+\layout Description
+1
+Introduzione
+\layout Description
+2
+File di configurazione di LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+
+\size larger
+Cosa c'è in
+\family typewriter
+\size default
+LyXDir
+\family default
+\size larger
+?
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1.1
+Files generati automaticamente
+\layout Description
+2.1.2
+Directories
+\layout Description
+2.1.3
+Files che non volete modificare
+\layout Description
+2.1.4
+Altri files che necessitano di una riga o due di spiegazioni...
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.2
+
+\size larger
+La vostra directory di configurazione
+\layout Description
+2.3
+Lanciare LyX con configurazioni multiple
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+Il popup
+\family sans
+\bar under
+E
+\bar default
+dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+references
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Usare il popup per la prima volta
+\layout Description
+3.2
+Schermo & Fonts
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.2.1
+Settaggi DPI e Zoom di Font
+\layout Description
+3.2.2
+Comandi di definizione dei Fonts
+\layout Description
+3.2.3
+Codifica dei Fonts
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3
+Bindings
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.4
+User Interface
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.5
+Convertitori, Formati e Visualizzatori
+\layout Description
+3.6
+Anteprima sullo schermo
+\layout Description
+3.7
+Opzioni ASCII-Export
+\layout Description
+3.8
+Stampante
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.8.1
+Changing Colors
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.9
+TeX
+\layout Description
+3.10
+I settaggi autorilevati
+\layout Description
+3.11
+Il resto
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+Il Server LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+Introduzione
+\layout Description
+4.2
+Iniziare il Server LyX
+\layout Description
+4.3
+Comunicazione normale
+\layout Description
+4.4
+Notifica
+\layout Description
+4.5
+Il Protocollo Server LyX semplice
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Internazionalizzare LyX
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+Selezionare un linguaggio alternativo per l'interfaccia utente
+\layout Description
+5.2
+Usare scorciatoie per linguaggi alternativi
+\layout Description
+5.3
+Tradurre LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3.1
+Tradurre l'interfaccia grafica utente (messaggi di testo).
+\layout Description
+5.3.2
+Tradurre la documentazione.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4
+Supporto Tastiere Internazionali
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.1
+Definire una propria Mappa della Tastiera: Formato File Keymap
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.5
+Materiale sulle tastiere internazionali
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.5.1
+Il File .kmap
+\layout Description
+5.5.2
+Il file .cdef
+\layout Description
+5.5.3
+Tasti morti
+\layout Description
+5.5.4
+Salvare la vostra configurazione di Linguaggio
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6
+Installare Nuove Classi di Documento, Layouts e Templates
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1
+Installare un nuovo pacchetto LaTeX
+\layout Description
+6.2
+Layouts
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.2.1
+Supportare nuove classi di documento
+\layout Description
+6.2.2
+File sty LaTex2e
+\layout Description
+6.2.3
+File cls LaTeX2e
+\layout Description
+6.2.4
+File sty LaTeX 2.09
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3
+Dichiarare una nuova textclass
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3.1
+Parametri generali di textclass
+\layout Description
+6.3.2
+Sezione
+\family typewriter
+ClassOption
+\layout Description
+6.3.3
+Layouts specifici di paragrafo
+\layout Description
+6.3.4
+Descrizione dei Font
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4
+Creare Templates
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7
+Un Tutorial sulla Stampante
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.1
+Introduzione
+\layout Description
+7.2
+Il file
+\family typewriter
+/etc/printcap
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.2.1
+Descrizione
+\layout Description
+7.2.2
+Il Nome della Stampante
+\layout Description
+7.2.3
+Il Dispositivo di Stampa
+\layout Description
+7.2.4
+La Directory Spool e il File Log
+\layout Description
+7.2.5
+Il Filter File
+\layout Description
+7.2.6
+Entrate Addizionali
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.3
+Creare un Filtro di Stampa
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.3.1
+Stampare Files PostScript® Usando Ghostscript
+\layout Description
+7.3.2
+Se Già avete una Stampante PostScript®\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.4
+Il Demone Print Spool,
+\family typewriter
+lpd
+\layout Description
+7.5
+Assemblando il Tutto
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+8
+Il materiale esterno
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.1
+Background
+\layout Description
+8.2
+Come funziona?
+\layout Description
+8.3
+La finestra di dialogo Materiale Esterno
+\layout Description
+8.4
+Esempi
+\layout Description
+8.5
+Il file di configurazione external template
+\layout Description
+8.6
+Il meccanismo di sostituzione
+\layout Description
+8.7
+Discussione sulla sicurezza
+\layout Description
+8.8
+Il futuro dell'insieme esterno
+\end_deeper
+
+\the_end
--- /dev/null
+#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
+\lyxformat 221
+\textclass article
+\language english
+\inputencoding default
+\fontscheme default
+\graphics default
+\paperfontsize default
+\spacing single
+\papersize Default
+\paperpackage a4
+\use_geometry 0
+\use_amsmath 0
+\use_natbib 0
+\use_numerical_citations 0
+\paperorientation portrait
+\secnumdepth 3
+\tocdepth 3
+\paragraph_separation indent
+\defskip medskip
+\quotes_language english
+\quotes_times 2
+\papercolumns 1
+\papersides 1
+\paperpagestyle default
+
+\layout Title
+
+LyX Documentation Table of Contents
+\layout Section*
+
+Inleiding tot LyX
+\newline
+of
+\newline
+Hoe gebruik je de Documentatie!!
+\layout Description
+1
+Door de Documentatie Navigeren
+\layout Description
+2
+Het formaat van de Handleidingen
+\layout Description
+3
+De Handleidingen
+\layout Description
+4
+
+
+Meehelpen met het Documentation Project
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+Fouten in de Handleidingen Rapporteren
+\layout Description
+4.2
+Jezelf Aanmelden bij het Documentation Team.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Section*
+
+LyX Frequently Asked Questions with Answers
+\newline
+Version 0.3.7
+\layout Description
+1
+Introduction and General Information
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.1
+What is LyX?
+\layout Description
+1.2
+That's fine, but is it useful?
+\layout Description
+1.3
+Where do I start?
+\layout Description
+1.4
+Does LyX run on my computer?
+\layout Description
+1.5
+How much hard disk space does LyX need?
+\layout Description
+1.6
+Is LyX really Open Source?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2
+Internet Resources
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+Where should I look on the World Wide Web for LyX stuff?
+\layout Description
+2.2
+Where can I get LyX material by FTP?
+\layout Description
+2.3
+What mailing lists are there?
+\layout Description
+2.4
+Are the mailing lists archived anywhere?
+\layout Description
+2.5
+Okay, wise guy! Where are they archived?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+Compatibility with other word/document processors
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Can I read/write LaTeX files?
+\layout Description
+3.2
+Can I read/write Word files?
+\layout Description
+3.3
+Can I read/write HTML files?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+Obtaining and Compiling LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+What do I need?
+\layout Description
+4.2
+How do I compile it?
+\layout Description
+4.3
+I hate compiling.
+ Where are precompiled binaries?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Questions about Evil Red Text (IMPORTANT!)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+What is Evil Red Text (aka ERT)?
+\layout Description
+5.2
+How do I enter Evil Red Text?
+\layout Description
+5.3
+The new ERT inset is really inconvenient !
+\layout Description
+5.4
+Is there an alternative?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6
+Questions Related to Using LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1
+General questions
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.1
+How do I get rid of the date under the title?
+\layout Description
+6.1.2
+How do I change the spacing in an Itemize/\SpecialChar \-
+Enumerate/\SpecialChar \-
+Description list environment
+?
+\layout Description
+6.1.3
+How do I number equations by section?
+\layout Description
+6.1.4
+Is it possible to do this for figures and tables as well?
+\layout Description
+6.1.5
+How do I change to footnote numbers to symbols (star, dagger, etc.)?
+\layout Description
+6.1.6
+How do I kill widows and orphans?
+\layout Description
+6.1.7
+How do I get a formatted list which starts with e.g.
+ 1.
+ a)?
+\layout Description
+6.1.8
+How do I count words in LyX?
+\layout Description
+6.1.9
+How do I insert a fixed amount of horizontal space?
+\layout Description
+6.1.10
+How can I make citations show up as [1,2,3,6] or [1-3,6] rather than [1][2][3][6
+]?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.2
+Figure related questions
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.2.1
+What is the difference between a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+figure
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ and a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+figure float
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+?
+\layout Description
+6.2.2
+How do I get LyX to put the figure exactly where I want it?
+\layout Description
+6.2.3
+What does
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Too many unprocessed floats
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ mean?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3
+Math related questions
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3.1
+How do I put normal text inside a mathematical equation?
+\layout Description
+6.3.2
+How do I make a cube root (or higher)?
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7
+Questions Related to Running LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.1
+How do I convert LyX files to LaTeX from the command line?
+\layout Description
+7.2
+How do I create PDF files from my LyX document?
+\layout Description
+7.3
+Why do the fonts in my document look so bad in
+\family typewriter
+acroread
+\family default
+ ?
+\layout Description
+7.4
+Why doesn't my latest and greatest version of Ghostscript render EPS inline
+ figures properly?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+8
+Questions Related to LyX on Windows
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.1
+Why do the menus and the toolbar flicker ?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+9
+How to get further assistance
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+9.1
+You still haven't answered my question!
+\layout Description
+9.2
+I want to mail someone about my problem.
+
+\layout Description
+9.3
+What to put in a request for help.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+10
+Administrative information and acknowledgments
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+10.1
+Feedback is invited.
+
+\layout Description
+10.2
+Formats in which this FAQ is available.
+
+\layout Description
+10.3
+Authorship and acknowledgments.
+\layout Description
+10.4
+Disclaimer and Copyright.
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Section*
+
+De LyX Tutorial
+\layout Description
+1
+Inleiding
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.1
+Welkom bij LyX!
+\layout Description
+1.2
+Wat deze Tutorial
+\emph on
+wel
+\emph default
+ is en wat het
+\emph on
+niet
+\emph default
+ is
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.2.1
+Hoe je het maximale uit deze Tutorial kunt halen.
+\layout Description
+1.2.2
+Wat je
+\emph on
+niet
+\emph default
+ zult vinden:
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.3
+Wat is LyX?
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.3.1
+Overzicht
+\layout Description
+1.3.2
+Verschillen tussen LyX en Tekstverwerkers
+
+
+\layout Description
+1.3.3
+Wat
+\emph on
+is
+\emph default
+ dat LaTeX eigenlijk?
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2
+Beginnen met LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+Je Eerste LyX Document.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1.1
+Schrijven, Bekijken, en Printen
+\layout Description
+2.1.2
+Eenvoudige Bewerkingen
+\layout Description
+2.1.3
+WYSIWYM: Witruimte in LyX
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.2
+Omgevingen
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.2.1
+Secties en Subsecties
+\layout Description
+2.2.2
+Lijsten en Deel-lijsten
+\layout Description
+2.2.3
+Andere Omgevingen: Poëzie, Citaten en Meer
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+Documenten Schrijven
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Tekstklassen en Sjablonen: Brieven Schrijven
+\layout Description
+3.2
+Sjablonen: Een Brief Schrijven
+\layout Description
+3.3
+Document titels
+\layout Description
+3.4
+Labels en Kruisverwijzingen
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.1
+Je eerste label
+\layout Description
+3.4.2
+Je eerste kruisverwijzingen
+\layout Description
+3.4.3
+Leuke dingen met labels
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.5
+Voetnoten en Margenoten
+\layout Description
+3.6
+Bibliografieën
+\layout Description
+3.7
+Inhoudsopgave
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+Wiskundige Uitdrukkingen Gebruiken
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+Math Modus
+\layout Description
+4.2
+Navigeren in een Vergelijking
+\layout Description
+4.3
+Exponenten en Indices
+\layout Description
+4.4
+Het
+\family sans
+Math Panel
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4.1
+Griekse Symbolen
+\layout Description
+4.4.2
+Vierkantswortels, accenten en afbakeningen
+\layout Description
+4.4.3
+Breuken
+\layout Description
+4.4.4
+TeX modus: Limieten, log, sin, en andere
+\layout Description
+4.4.5
+Matrices
+
+
+\layout Description
+4.4.6
+Weergave Modus
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5
+Multi-lijn vergelijkingen
+
+
+\layout Description
+4.6
+Meer Wiskundige Dingen
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Overige
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+Andere belangrijke mogelijkheden van LyX
+\layout Description
+5.2
+LyX voor LaTeX Gebruikers
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.1
+TeX Modus
+\layout Description
+5.2.2
+LaTeX Documenten Importeren---
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\layout Description
+5.2.3
+LyX Documenten naar LaTeX Converteren.
+\layout Description
+5.2.4
+LaTeX Preambule
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.4.1
+Document klasse
+\layout Description
+5.2.4.2
+Extra Preambule Codes
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.5
+BibTeX
+\layout Description
+5.2.6
+Overige
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3
+Fouten!
+\end_deeper
+\layout Section*
+
+The LyX User's Guide
+\layout Description
+1
+Introduction
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.1
+What is LyX?
+\layout Description
+1.2
+Getting Started
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.2.1
+Invoking LyX
+\layout Description
+1.2.2
+How LyX Looks
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.2.2.1
+The Main Window
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.2.3
+HELP!
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.3
+The LyX Interface
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.3.1
+Basic File Operations
+\layout Description
+1.3.2
+Basic Editing Features
+\layout Description
+1.3.3
+Undo and Redo
+\layout Description
+1.3.4
+Basic Mouse Bindings
+\layout Description
+1.3.5
+Basic Key Bindings
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.4
+Using LyX with Other Programs
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.4.1
+Importing ASCII files
+\layout Description
+1.4.2
+Cut and Paste Between LyX and Other X Programs
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2
+LyX Setup and Supporting Applications
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+2.2
+Basic LyX Setup
+\layout Description
+2.3
+Setting Up the X Keyboard
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.3.1
+
+\family typewriter
+xmodmap
+\family default
+ and
+\family typewriter
+xkeycaps
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.3.1.1
+
+\family typewriter
+xmodmap
+\layout Description
+2.3.1.2
+
+\family typewriter
+xkeycaps
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.3.2
+Modifiers and Mode_switch
+\layout Description
+2.3.3
+Helpful Hints and Tips
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.4
+LaTeX
+\layout Description
+2.5
+Dvips and Ghostscript
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.5.1
+What You Need
+\layout Description
+2.5.2
+Dvips
+\layout Description
+2.5.3
+Ghostscript, Xdvi and Ghostview
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.6
+The Printer
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+LyX Basics
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Document Types
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+3.1.2
+
+
+The Various Document Classes
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1.2.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+3.1.2.2
+Selecting a Class
+\layout Description
+3.1.2.3
+Properties
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1.3
+Fine-tuning the Defaults
+\layout Description
+3.1.4
+Paper Size, Orientation, and Margins
+\layout Description
+3.1.5
+Important Note:
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.2
+Paragraph Indentation and Separation
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.2.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+3.2.2
+Global Indentation Method
+\layout Description
+3.2.3
+Fine-Tuning
+\layout Description
+3.2.4
+Changing Line Spacing
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3
+Paragraph Environments
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+3.3.2
+Standard
+\layout Description
+3.3.3
+Document Titles
+\layout Description
+3.3.4
+Headings
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.1
+Numbered Headings
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.2
+Unnumbered Headings
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.3
+Changing the Numbering
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.4
+Special Information
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.5
+Creating an Appendix
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.5
+Quotes and Poetry
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.5.1
+
+\family sans
+Quote
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Quotation
+\layout Description
+3.3.5.2
+
+\family sans
+Verse
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.6
+Lists
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.1
+General Features
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.2
+
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.3
+
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.4
+
+\family sans
+Description
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.5
+The LyX
+\family sans
+List
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.7
+Letters
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.7.1
+
+\family sans
+Address
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Right\SpecialChar ~
+Address
+\family default
+: An Overview
+\layout Description
+3.3.7.2
+Usage
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.8
+Academic Writing
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.8.1
+
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\layout Description
+3.3.8.2
+
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.9
+Special Purpose
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.9.1
+
+\family sans
+Caption
+\layout Description
+3.3.9.2
+
+\family sans
+LyX-Code
+\layout Description
+3.3.9.3
+Comment
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4
+Nesting Environments
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.1
+The Big Deal
+\layout Description
+3.4.2
+What You Can and Can't Nest
+\layout Description
+3.4.3
+Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
+\layout Description
+3.4.4
+Usage and General Features
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.4.1
+Nesting limits
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.5
+Some Examples
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.5.1
+Example #1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
+\layout Description
+3.4.5.2
+Example #2: Inheritance
+\layout Description
+3.4.5.3
+Example #3: Labels, Levels, and the
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\family default
+ Environments.
+\layout Description
+3.4.5.4
+Example #4: Going Bonkers
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.5
+Fonts and Text Styles
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.5.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+3.5.2
+Global Options
+\layout Description
+3.5.3
+Using Different Character Styles
+\layout Description
+3.5.4
+Fine-Tuning with the
+\family sans
+Character Layout
+\family default
+ dialog
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.6
+Printing and Previewing
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.6.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+3.6.2
+Quick Viewing with
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\layout Description
+3.6.3
+Viewing the PostScript® Version with
+\family typewriter
+ghostview
+\layout Description
+3.6.4
+Printing the File
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7
+A Few Words about Typography
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7.1
+Hyphens and Hyphenation
+\layout Description
+3.7.2
+Punctuation Marks
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7.2.1
+Abbreviations and End of Sentence
+\layout Description
+3.7.2.2
+Quotes
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7.3
+Ligatures
+\layout Description
+3.7.4
+Widows and Orphans
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+Floats: Tables, Figures, Footnotes and Margin Notes
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+Footnotes
+\layout Description
+4.2
+Margin Notes
+\layout Description
+4.3
+Figures and Imported Graphics
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3.1
+Figure Floats
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3.1.1
+Using Figure Floats
+\layout Description
+4.3.1.2
+Float Placement
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3.2
+
+\family typewriter
+XFig
+\family default
+ and LyX
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4
+Tables
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4.1
+The Table dialog
+\layout Description
+4.4.2
+What can be placed inside a table cell?
+\layout Description
+4.4.3
+Cut & Paste in Tables
+\layout Description
+4.4.4
+Multiple lines in cells
+\layout Description
+4.4.5
+Table Floats
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5
+Table of Contents and other Listings
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.1
+The Table of Contents
+\layout Description
+4.5.2
+List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Mathematical Formulae
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+Basic Math Editing
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1.1
+Navigating a Formula
+\layout Description
+5.1.2
+Selecting Text
+\layout Description
+5.1.3
+Exponents and Subscripts
+\layout Description
+5.1.4
+Fractions
+\layout Description
+5.1.5
+Sums and Integrals
+\layout Description
+5.1.6
+The Math Panel
+\layout Description
+5.1.7
+Other Math Symbols
+\layout Description
+5.1.8
+Altering spacing
+\layout Description
+5.1.9
+Math functions
+\layout Description
+5.1.10
+Accents
+\layout Description
+5.1.11
+The math editor for LaTeX users
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2
+Brackets and decorations
+\layout Description
+5.3
+Grouping
+\layout Description
+5.4
+Arrays and Multi-line Equations
+\layout Description
+5.5
+Equation Numbering and Labels
+\layout Description
+5.6
+User defined macros in math mode
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.6.1
+Directions on using macros
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.6.1.1
+How to create them
+\layout Description
+5.6.1.2
+How to navigate
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.7
+Fine-Tuning
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.7.1
+Typefaces
+\layout Description
+5.7.2
+Math Text Mode
+\layout Description
+5.7.3
+Font Sizes
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.8
+AMS LaTeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.8.1
+Enabling AMS Support
+\layout Description
+5.8.2
+AMS Symbols
+\layout Description
+5.8.3
+AMS Formula Types
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6
+More Tools
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1
+Cross-References
+\layout Description
+6.2
+URLs (Uniform Resource Locators)
+\layout Description
+6.3
+Specifying Short Titles with Optional Arguments
+
+
+\layout Description
+6.4
+Spacing, pagination and line breaks
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.1
+Extra Horizontal Space
+\layout Description
+6.4.2
+Extra Vertical Space
+\layout Description
+6.4.3
+Changing Paragraph Alignment
+\layout Description
+6.4.4
+Forcing Page Breaks
+\layout Description
+6.4.5
+Protected blanks
+\layout Description
+6.4.6
+Line breaking
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.5
+Spellchecking
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.5.1
+Spellchecker Options
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.5.1.1
+Dictionary
+\layout Description
+6.5.1.2
+Personal dictionary
+\layout Description
+6.5.1.3
+Further Options
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.5.2
+Limitations
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.6
+International Support
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.6.1
+Language Options
+\layout Description
+6.6.2
+Keyboard mapping configuration
+\layout Description
+6.6.3
+Character Tables
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7
+Credits
+\layout Section*
+
+Extended LyX Features
+\layout Description
+1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+2
+LyX and LaTeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+How LyX Uses LaTeX
+\layout Description
+2.2
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Help! LyX generated an unreadable
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+ file!
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+2.3
+Translating LaTeX files into LyX
+\layout Description
+2.4
+Inserting LaTeX Code into LyX Documents
+
+
+\layout Description
+2.5
+LyX and the LaTeX Preamble
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.5.1
+About the LaTeX Preamble
+\layout Description
+2.5.2
+Changing the Preamble
+\layout Description
+2.5.3
+Examples
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.5.3.1
+Example #1: Offsets
+\layout Description
+2.5.3.2
+Example #2: Labels
+\layout Description
+2.5.3.3
+Example #3: Paragraph Indentation
+\layout Description
+2.5.3.4
+Example #4: This Document
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.6
+LyX and LaTeX Errors
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+Supplemental Tools
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Preparing a Bibliography with BibTeX
+\layout Description
+3.2
+Making an Index
+\layout Description
+3.3
+Multipart Documents
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.1
+General Operation
+\layout Description
+3.3.2
+Cross-References Between Files
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4
+Algorithms
+\layout Description
+3.5
+Subfigures
+\layout Description
+3.6
+Fancy Headers and Footers
+\layout Description
+3.7
+Minipages
+\layout Description
+3.8
+Wrapping Text Around Figures
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.9
+Extra Table Options
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.9.1
+Removing Extra Column Space
+\layout Description
+3.9.2
+Changing the Column Separator Character
+\layout Description
+3.9.3
+Making a Decimal Point Aligned Column
+\layout Description
+3.9.4
+A Better Decimal-Alignment Solution
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.10
+Itemize Bullet Selection
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.10.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+3.10.2
+How it looks
+\layout Description
+3.10.3
+How to use it
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+Special Document Classes
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+AMS LaTeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1.1
+What these layouts provide
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.2
+Dinbrief
+\layout Description
+4.3
+Paper
+\layout Description
+4.4
+A&A Paper
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.4.2
+Getting started
+\layout Description
+4.4.3
+The header block
+\layout Description
+4.4.4
+The abstract
+\layout Description
+4.4.5
+Supported environments
+\layout Description
+4.4.6
+Commands not supported by LyX
+\layout Description
+4.4.7
+Figure and Table Floats
+\layout Description
+4.4.8
+Referee layout
+\layout Description
+4.4.9
+The example paper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5
+AASTeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.5.2
+Starting a New Paper
+\layout Description
+4.5.3
+Finishing Your Paper
+\layout Description
+4.5.4
+Comments On Specific Commands
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.4.1
+Things that work as expected
+\layout Description
+4.5.4.2
+Things that work, but require more comment
+\layout Description
+4.5.4.3
+Things not implemented, use ERT
+\layout Description
+4.5.4.4
+Things that cannot be implemented
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.5
+FAQs, Tips, Tricks, and Other Ruminations
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.1
+Getting LyX and AASTeX to cooperate
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.2
+LaTeX error processing a table
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.3
+References
+
+
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.4
+Including EPS files
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.5
+Things I could have done, but didn't
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.6
+Final Caveat
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.6
+ijmpd
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.6.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+4.6.2
+Writing a paper
+\layout Description
+4.6.3
+Preparing a paper for submission
+\layout Description
+4.6.4
+Use of ERT
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.7
+Kluwer
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.7.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+4.7.2
+Writing a paper
+\layout Description
+4.7.3
+Preparing a paper for submission
+\layout Description
+4.7.4
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Peculiarities
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ of the Kluwer package
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.8
+Koma-Script
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.8.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+4.8.2
+article (koma-script), report (koma-script), and book (koma-script)
+\layout Description
+4.8.3
+letter (koma-script)
+\layout Description
+4.8.4
+The new letter class: letter (koma-script v.2)
+\layout Description
+4.8.5
+Problems
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.9
+Springer Journals (
+\family sans
+svjour
+\family default
+)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.9.1
+Description
+\layout Description
+4.9.2
+New styles
+\layout Description
+4.9.3
+Supported journals
+\layout Description
+4.9.4
+Credits
+\layout Description
+4.9.5
+Bugs
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.10
+AGU journals (
+\family sans
+aguplus
+\family default
+)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.10.1
+Description
+\layout Description
+4.10.2
+New styles
+\layout Description
+4.10.3
+New floats
+\layout Description
+4.10.4
+Supported journals
+\layout Description
+4.10.5
+Bugs and things to remember
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.11
+EGS journals (
+\family sans
+egs
+\family default
+)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.11.1
+Description
+\layout Description
+4.11.2
+New styles
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12
+Slides [aka
+\noun on
+Sli
+\noun default
+TeX]
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.12.2
+Getting Started
+
+
+\layout Description
+4.12.3
+Paragraph Environments
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.3.1
+Supported Environments
+\layout Description
+4.12.3.2
+Quirks of the New Environments
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.4
+Making a Presentation with
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+ Overlay
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Note
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.4.1
+Using the
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+ Environment
+\layout Description
+4.12.4.2
+Using
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+ with
+\family sans
+Slide
+\layout Description
+4.12.4.3
+Using
+\family sans
+Note
+\family default
+ with
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.5
+The
+\family sans
+slides
+\family default
+ Class Template File
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13
+Foils [aka
+\family sans
+Foil
+\family default
+\noun on
+TeX
+\noun default
+]
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.13.2
+Getting Started
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.2.1
+Extra Options
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.3
+Supported Environments
+\layout Description
+4.13.4
+Building a Set of Foils
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.1
+Give It a Title Page
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.2
+Start a New Foil
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.3
+Theorems, Lemmas, Proofs and more
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.4
+Lists
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.5
+Figures and Tables
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.6
+Page Headers and Footers
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.5
+Unsupported
+\family sans
+Foil
+\family default
+TeX Goodies
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.5.1
+Lengths
+\layout Description
+4.13.5.2
+Headers and Footers
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.14
+Latex8 (IEEE Conference Papers)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.14.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.14.2
+Getting Started
+\layout Description
+4.14.3
+Supported Environments
+\layout Description
+4.14.4
+Differences Between Screen and Paper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.15
+Hollywood (Hollywood spec scripts)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.15.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.15.2
+Special problems
+\layout Description
+4.15.3
+Special features
+\layout Description
+4.15.4
+Paper size and Margins
+\layout Description
+4.15.5
+Environments
+\layout Description
+4.15.6
+Script jargon
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.16
+Broadway
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.16.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.16.2
+Special problems
+\layout Description
+4.16.3
+Special features
+\layout Description
+4.16.4
+Paper size and Margins
+\layout Description
+4.16.5
+Environments
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.17
+RevTeX4
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.17.1
+Installation
+\layout Description
+4.17.2
+Preamble Matter
+\layout Description
+4.17.3
+Layouts
+\layout Description
+4.17.4
+Important Notes
+\layout Description
+4.17.5
+Drawbacks
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.18
+Article (mwart), book (mwbk) and report (mwrep)
+
+
+\layout Description
+4.19
+Elsevier Journals
+\layout Description
+4.20
+Memoir
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.20.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+4.20.2
+Basic features and restrictions
+\layout Description
+4.20.3
+Extra features
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Importing and Exporting Alternate File Formats
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+Considerations
+\layout Description
+5.2
+Importing Other Formats
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.1
+LaTeX
+\layout Description
+5.2.2
+ASCII Text
+\layout Description
+5.2.3
+Noweb
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3
+Exporting Other Formats
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3.1
+LaTeX
+\layout Description
+5.3.2
+Device Independent Files
+\layout Description
+5.3.3
+PostScript®
+\layout Description
+5.3.4
+ASCII text
+\layout Description
+5.3.5
+HTML
+\layout Description
+5.3.6
+PDF
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.1
+Use pdfLaTeX
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.2
+Why does the text look so bad when viewed with Acrobat Reader?
+
+
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.3
+Why doesn't the
+\backslash
+boldsymbol{} command work when I use pslatex?
+
+
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.4
+Is it possible to do write latex code which is processed only when running
+ pdfLaTeX?
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.5
+How can I make URLs clickable ?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3.7
+Custom
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4
+The Complete reLyX Description
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.1
+Synopsis
+\layout Description
+5.4.2
+Options
+\layout Description
+5.4.3
+Description
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.2
+Usage
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.3
+What reLyX Can Handle
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.4
+What reLyX Can't Handle --- But it's OK
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.5
+What reLyX Handles Badly --- a.\SpecialChar ~
+k.\SpecialChar ~
+a.
+ BUGS
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.6
+What LyX Can't Handle
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.4
+Examples
+\layout Description
+5.4.5
+Notes
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.1
+Bug Reports
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.2
+Implementation Details:
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.3
+Layout Files
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.4
+Syntax Files
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.5
+Miscellaneous
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.6
+Diagnostics
+\layout Description
+5.4.7
+Warnings
+\layout Description
+5.4.8
+Files
+\layout Description
+5.4.9
+See also
+\layout Description
+5.4.10
+Authors
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6
+LyX Features needing Extra Software
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1
+Using LyX with SGML-Tools (aka LinuxDoc)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+6.1.2
+Preparing and using a LinuxDoc document
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.2.1
+Getting started
+\layout Description
+6.1.2.2
+Output from LinuxDoc
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.3
+Using the paragraph environments in LinuxDoc
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.3.1
+The Structure of a LinuxDoc Document
+\layout Description
+6.1.3.2
+The LinuxDoc Paragraph Environments
+\layout Description
+6.1.3.3
+Other document features
+\layout Description
+6.1.3.4
+Cross references and HTML
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.4
+Using the LinuxDoc Sgml scripts
+
+
+\layout Description
+6.1.5
+Troubleshooting LinuxDoc
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.2
+Checking TeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.2.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+6.2.2
+How to use it
+\layout Description
+6.2.3
+How to fine tune it
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3
+Version Control in LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+6.3.2
+RCS commands in LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.1
+
+\family sans
+Register
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.2
+
+\family sans
+Check In Changes
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.3
+
+\family sans
+Check Out For Edit
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.4
+
+\family sans
+Revert To Last Version
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.5
+
+\family sans
+Undo Last Checkin
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.6
+
+\family sans
+Show History
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4
+Literate Programming
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+6.4.2
+Literate Programming
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.2.1
+References
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.3
+LyX and Literate Programming
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.1
+Generating documents and code (weaving and tangling)
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.2
+Configuring LyX
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.3
+Debug extensions
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.4
+Toolbar extensions
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.5
+Colors customization
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7
+Secrets of the LaTeX Masters
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.1
+Tricks for Footnotes and Margin Notes
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.1.1
+Footnotes
+\layout Description
+7.1.2
+Margin Notes
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.2
+Multiple Columns
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.2.1
+Purpose
+\layout Description
+7.2.2
+Limitations
+\layout Description
+7.2.3
+Examples
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.2.3.1
+Two columns
+\layout Description
+7.2.3.2
+Multiple columns
+\layout Description
+7.2.3.3
+Columns inside columns
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.3
+Numbering in the
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+ Paragraph Environment
+
+
+\layout Description
+7.4
+Extra Space Between Table Rows
+\layout Description
+7.5
+Dropped Capitals
+\layout Description
+7.6
+Non-standard Paragraph Shapes
+\layout Description
+7.7
+Summary
+\end_deeper
+\layout Section*
+
+Customizing LyX: Features for the Advanced User
+\layout Description
+1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+2
+LyX configuration files
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+What's in
+\family typewriter
+LyXDir
+\family default
+?
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1.1
+Automatically generated files
+\layout Description
+2.1.2
+Directories
+\layout Description
+2.1.3
+Files you don't want to modify
+\layout Description
+2.1.4
+Other files needing a line or two...
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.2
+Your local configuration directory
+\layout Description
+2.3
+Running LyX with multiple configurations
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+The
+\family sans
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+references
+\family default
+ dialog
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Using the dialog for the first time
+\layout Description
+3.2
+On-screen fonts
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.2.1
+DPI setting and Font Zoom
+\layout Description
+3.2.2
+Font definition commands
+\layout Description
+3.2.3
+Font encoding
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3
+Bindings
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.4
+User Interface
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.5
+Converters, Formats and Viewers
+\layout Description
+3.6
+ASCII export options
+\layout Description
+3.7
+Printer
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7.1
+Changing Colors
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.8
+The autodetected settings
+\layout Description
+3.9
+The rest
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+Internationalizing LyX
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+Selecting an alternative language for the user interface
+\layout Description
+4.2
+Translating LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.2.1
+Translating the graphical user interface (text messages).
+\layout Description
+4.2.2
+Translating the documentation.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3
+International Keyboard Support
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3.1
+Defining Own Keymaps: Keymap File Format
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4
+International Keymap Stuff
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4.1
+The .kmap File
+\layout Description
+4.4.2
+The .cdef File
+\layout Description
+4.4.3
+Dead Keys
+\layout Description
+4.4.4
+Saving your Language Configuration
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Installing New Document Classes, Layouts, and Templates
+
+
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+Installing a new LaTeX package
+\layout Description
+5.2
+Layouts
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.1
+Supporting new document classes
+\layout Description
+5.2.2
+A layout for an
+\family sans
+sty
+\family default
+ file
+\layout Description
+5.2.3
+Layout for a
+\family sans
+cls
+\family default
+ file
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3
+Declaring a new text class
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3.1
+General text class parameters
+\layout Description
+5.3.2
+
+\family typewriter
+ClassOptions
+\family default
+ section
+\layout Description
+5.3.3
+Specific Paragraph Layouts
+\layout Description
+5.3.4
+Floats
+\layout Description
+5.3.5
+Counters
+\layout Description
+5.3.6
+Font description
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4
+Creating Templates
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6
+Including External Material
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1
+Background
+\layout Description
+6.2
+How does it work?
+\layout Description
+6.3
+The external material dialog
+\layout Description
+6.4
+Examples
+\layout Description
+6.5
+The external template configuration file
+\layout Description
+6.6
+The substitution mechanism
+\layout Description
+6.7
+Security discussion
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7
+The LyX Server
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+7.2
+Starting the LyX Server
+\layout Description
+7.3
+Normal communication
+\layout Description
+7.4
+Notification
+\layout Description
+7.5
+The simple LyX Server Protocol
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+8 \start_of_appendix
+Bindings
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.1
+Toolbar
+\layout Description
+8.2
+Menu
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.2.1
+File
+\layout Description
+8.2.2
+Edit
+\layout Description
+8.2.3
+Insert
+\layout Description
+8.2.4
+Layout
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.2.4.1
+L
+\family sans
+ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Character
+\family default
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.2.5
+View
+\layout Description
+8.2.6
+Navigate
+\layout Description
+8.2.7
+Help
+\layout Description
+8.2.8
+Paragraph Style
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.3
+Keyboard
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.3.1
+Specific to
+\family typewriter
+emacs.bind
+\layout Description
+8.3.2
+Specific to
+\family typewriter
+cua.bind
+\layout Description
+8.3.3
+Specific to
+\family typewriter
+sciword.bind
+\layout Description
+8.3.4
+Standard math bindings
+\layout Description
+8.3.5
+Other Accelerators
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+
+\the_end
--- /dev/null
+#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
+\lyxformat 221
+\textclass book
+\language norsk
+\inputencoding default
+\fontscheme default
+\graphics default
+\paperfontsize default
+\spacing single
+\papersize Default
+\paperpackage a4
+\use_geometry 0
+\use_amsmath 0
+\use_natbib 0
+\use_numerical_citations 0
+\paperorientation portrait
+\secnumdepth 2
+\tocdepth 2
+\paragraph_separation indent
+\defskip medskip
+\quotes_language french
+\quotes_times 2
+\papercolumns 1
+\papersides 2
+\paperpagestyle default
+
+\layout Title
+
+Introduksjon til LyX
+\layout Author
+
+av LyX-teamet
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\noun on
+John Weiss
+\noun default
+ er hovedansvarlig for denne filen.
+ Bruk epostlisten for LyX-dokumentasjon, <lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org>, om du har
+ kommentarer eller forslag til rettelser.
+
+\newline
+Oversatt til norsk av
+\shape smallcaps
+Helge Hafting
+\shape default
+.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Chapter
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{cha:LyX-filosofien}
+
+\end_inset
+
+LyX-filosofien
+\layout Section
+
+Hva er LyX?
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX er et program for å produsere dokumenter.
+ Det egner seg bra til komplekse tekniske og vitenskapelige artikler med
+ formler, kryssreferanser, bibliografier, indekser m.m.
+ Det er utmerket for dokumenter av enhver lengde, hvor vanlige tekstbehandlingsf
+unksjoner ønskes: automatisk side- og avsnittsnummerering, stavekontroll
+ osv.
+ LyX kan også brukes for å skrive et brev til mor, selvom det finnes enklere
+ programmer for slike formål.
+ Det er ikke det beste programmet for plakater, brosjyrer eller reklamemateriale
+, (vi kommer tilbake til hvorfor), men slikt er også mulig med litt ekstra
+ arbeid.
+ Eksempler på hva LyX brukes til: brev, avhandlinger, lærebøker, forelesningsnot
+ater, seminar- og konferansemateriale, programdokumentasjon, bøker (om PostgreSQ
+L, kryptologi, romaner, poesi, og til og med en barnebok eller to), artikler
+ i vitenskapelige tidsskrifter, filmmanuskripter, forretningsplaner\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+ og mye
+ annet.
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX gir oss en moderne måte å skrive dokumenter på datamaskinen, et markeringspa
+radigme som bryter med
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+skrivemaskin-modellen
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Det er laget for tekstforfattere som vil ha et profesjonelt resultat raskt,
+ med minimal innsats, uten å måtte være spesialister i typesetting.
+ Typesettingen gjøres hovedsaklig av datamaskinen, ikke forfatteren; med
+ LyX kan forfatteren konsentrere seg om innholdet.
+\layout Standard
+
+Noe av utfordringen med å ta i bruk LyX er å måtte tenke på en ny måte.
+ En gang i tiden var skrivemaskinen alt vi hadde, så vi lærte oss noen triks
+ for å komme rundt dens begrensninger.
+ Understreking med
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+_
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ var en måte å fremheve tekst.
+ Du måtte lære kolonnebredder og tabulatorposisjoner, og stille inn disse,
+ for å lage tabeller.
+ Det samme gjaldt brev og annen høyrejustert tekst.
+ Orddeling ved linjeskift krevde fremsyn og et trenet øye.
+\layout Standard
+
+Med andre ord, vi er trent opp til å bekymre oss om små detaljer om hvor
+ vi skal sette hvilket tegn.
+ Derfor virker de fleste tekstbehandlere på denne måten.
+ De bruker fremdeles tabulatorer for å lage avstand.
+ Du må fremdeles bekymre deg om nøyaktig hvor på siden ting havner.
+ Å utheve tekst betyr å bytte skrifttype, omtrent som når man bytter skrivehode
+ på en skrivemaskin.
+ Dette er filosofien bak tekstbehandlere av typen WYSIWYG
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+What you see is what you get
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ (Det du ser er det du får) .
+ Dessverre er resultatet av dette paradigmet ofte
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+Det du ser er alt du får
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Du får ikke noe mer.
+\layout Standard
+
+Det er her LyX er anderledes enn annen tekstbehandling.
+ Du bekymrer deg ikke om hva som skal hvor.
+ Du forteller LyX
+\emph on
+hva du skriver
+\emph default
+ og LyX ordner resten etter et regelsett kalt en
+\emph on
+stil.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Riktignok har andre populære kontorprogrammer også fått seg noen slags stiler
+ som kan brukes på lignende vis.
+ Men de brukes sjelden i praksis.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\emph default
+ La oss ta et eksempel:
+\layout Standard
+
+Du skriver en rapport.
+ Først vil du ha et avsnitt kalt
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+Introduksjon
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Så du bruker menyen i tekstbehandleren og velger en større skrift.
+ Deretter aktiverer du fet skrift, og skriver
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+1.
+ Introduksjon
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Hvis du senere skulle finne ut at dette hører hjemme et annet sted i dokumentet
+, eller hvis du skriver et nytt avsnitt foran det, må du forandre numrene
+ for dette og alle etterfølgende avsnitt både i teksten og innholdsfortegnelsen.
+\layout Standard
+
+I Lyx velger du
+\family sans
+Seksjon
+\family default
+ i menyen til venstre for knapperaden og skriver
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+Introduksjon
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Det er alt! Hvis du flytter avsnittet et annet sted oppdateres numrene
+ automatisk, overalt.
+ Og hvis du refererer til avsnittet på rett vis, ved å sette inn kryssreferanser
+, vil LyX oppdatere dem automatisk så du aldri noensinne trenger skrive
+ et avsnittsnummer selv.
+\layout Standard
+
+La oss så se på konsistensproblematikken.
+ Fem dager senere åpner du dokumentet igjen, for å skrive seksjon\SpecialChar ~
+4.
+ Men du har glemt at du brukte 18pt fet skrift i stedet for 16pt, så overskrifte
+n for seksjon\SpecialChar ~
+4 får en annen skrifttype enn for seksjon\SpecialChar ~
+1.
+ Det problemet eksisterer ikke i LyX.
+ Datamaskinen husker på detaljer, som hvilke ting som skal ha hvilken skrifttype.
+ Det er slikt maskinene er flinke til.
+\layout Standard
+
+Et annet eksempel.
+ Du lager en liste.
+ I andre tekstbehandlere er en liste en mengde tabulatorer og linjeskift.
+ Du må selv passe på å sette et merke foran hvert punkt, passe på at det
+ blir riktig merke, hvor mange blanke linjer det skal være mellom punktene,
+ og så videre.
+ I LyX tenker du bare på to ting: hva slags liste det er, og hva det skal
+ stå i den.
+ Det er det hele.
+\layout Standard
+
+Så den grunnleggende ideen bak LyX er: angi
+\emph on
+hva
+\emph default
+du lager, ikke
+\emph on
+hvordan
+\emph default
+ du gjør det.
+ I stedet for
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+Det du ser er det du får
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ er LyX-filosofien
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+Det du ser er det du
+\emph on
+mener
+\emph default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ (What You See Is What You Mean, WYSIWYM).
+ Den gjør det mye enklere å skrive dokumenter.
+ Dette er også grunnen til at LyX ikke er så godt egnet til plakater og
+ brosjyrer --- i slike tilfeller
+\emph on
+ønsker
+\emph default
+ du å spesifisere nøyaktig hvor alt skal stå, fordi det ikke er noen funksjonell
+e enheter som avsnitt, seksjoner, osv.
+ Det betyr ikke at LyX mangler noe vesentlig, det er simpelthen ikke riktig
+ verktøy for jobben.
+ Du bruker heller ikke en skrutrekker til å slå inn spiker med.
+\layout Section
+
+Forskjeller mellom LyX og andre tekstbehandlere
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Nei, vi prøver ikke å starte (eller vinne) en tekstbehandlingskrig, men
+ vi mener det er viktig å beskrive LyXs egenskaper.
+ Og en av LyXs viktigste egenskaper, WYSIWYM, er grunnleggende anderledes
+ enn det tekstbehandlingskonsept folk flest kjenner.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Dette finner du ikke i LyX:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Formateringslinjal
+\layout Itemize
+
+Tabulatorer
+\layout Itemize
+
+Ekstra mellomrom (f.eks.
+ ved å trykke
+\family sans
+Enter
+\family default
+ eller
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+ to eller flere ganger på rad.)
+\layout Standard
+
+Tabulatorer er, sammen med en linjal som viser posisjonen på siden, ubrukelige
+ i LyX.
+ Programmet bestemmer selv hvor på siden ting plasseres.
+ Det samme gjelder ekstra mellomrom, LyX legger dem inn når det er nødvendig,
+ avhengig av konteksten.
+ I starten kan det være irriterende å ikke kunne sette inn to blanke linjer
+ på rad, men det gir mening når du tenker i WYSIWYM.
+\layout Standard
+
+Her er noen ting som fins i LyX, men brukes anderledes enn en skulle tro:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Innrykk
+\layout Itemize
+
+Sideskift
+\layout Itemize
+
+Linjeavstand (f.eks.
+ enkelt, dobbelt, osv.)
+\layout Itemize
+
+Avstand, vannrett og loddrett
+\layout Itemize
+
+Skrifttyper og -størrelser
+\layout Itemize
+
+Skriftjustering (fet, kursiv, understreket, osv.)
+\layout Standard
+
+Selv om de fins i LyX, trenger du dem vanligvis ikke.
+ LyX tar seg av slikt avhengig av hva du holder på med.
+ Forskjellige deler av dokumentet settes automatisk med andre skrifttyper
+ og -størrelser.
+ Avsnittsinnrykk avhenger av konteksten; ulike avsnittstyper rykkes inn
+ forskjellig.
+ Sideskift skjer også automatisk.
+ Generelt er avstanden mellom linjer, ord og avsnitt fleksibel, styrt av
+ LyX.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Alle disse egenskapene kan finjusteres (noen krever kjennskap til LaTeX),
+ enten for hele dokumentet eller deler av det.
+ Se
+\emph on
+Brukermanualen
+\emph default
+ eller
+\emph on
+Avanserte funksjoner.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Til slutt noen områder hvor vi mener LyX (og LaTeX) overgår mange andre
+ tekstbehandlere:
+\layout Itemize
+
+Orddeling
+\layout Itemize
+
+Lister av alle slag
+\layout Itemize
+
+Matematikk
+\layout Itemize
+
+Tabeller
+\layout Itemize
+
+Kryssreferanser
+\layout Standard
+
+Riktig nok kan mange moderne tekstbehandlere håndtere matematiske symboler,
+ tabeller og orddeling, og mange har beveget seg mot stildefinisjoner og
+ WYSIWYM-filosofien.
+ Men det har skjedd nylig, mens Lyx bygger på dokumentutviklingssystemet
+ LaTeX.
+ LaTeX har eksistert i over 15 år, og
+\emph on
+virker
+\emph default
+.
+\layout Section
+
+Hva
+\emph on
+er
+\emph default
+ LaTeX
+\emph on
+,
+\emph default
+(og hva angår det meg)?
+\layout Standard
+
+LaTeX er et dokumentutviklingssystem designet av Leslie Lamport i 1985.
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Informasjonen i dette avsnittet kommer fra
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+A Guide to LaTeX2e,
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ av Helmut Kopka og Patrick Dal, som er nevnt i
+\emph on
+Brukermanualens
+\emph default
+litteraturliste.
+\end_inset
+
+ Det bygger igjen på et typesettingsspråk kalt TeX, som Donald Knuth lagde
+ i 1984.
+ TeX uttales
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+Tech
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+, med samme
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+ch
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+-lyd som i tysk
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+ach
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ De fleste vet ikke hva TeX er.
+ TeX leser typesettingskommandoer fra en tekstfil, og utfører dem.
+ Det er mer komplisert enn en skrivemaskin, men ikke så komplisert som en
+ trykkpresse; men mange av pressens
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+triks
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ er implementert som algoritmer av Knuth, dette er grunnen til den fremragende
+ kvaliteten på utskrifter fra TeX.
+ TeX produserer en såkalt
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+utstyrsuavhengig
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ (device independent) fil,
+\family typewriter
+dvi
+\family default
+.
+ Du kan bruke
+\family typewriter
+dvi
+\family default
+-filen i programmer som forstår
+\family typewriter
+dvi
+\family default
+, eller konvertere den til andre formater som PostScript®, PDF, o.l.
+\layout Standard
+
+Hvis det ikke var for en funksjon til, ville TeX bare vært et typesettingsprogra
+m.
+ Men TeX har også muligheter for å definere makroer.
+ Dermed blir det straks mer interessant.
+\layout Standard
+
+De fleste TeX-brukere bruker egentlig en makro-pakke Knuth lagde for å skjule
+ detaljene omkring typesetting.
+ Det er dette folk flest kjenner som Tex.
+ Vanlige brukere arbeider ikke med rå TeX, som kun er grunnleggende typesettings
+kommandoer.
+ Det er bare de som lager nye makropakker som gjør det, og det er her Leslie
+ Lamport kommer inn.
+ Han ville ha en makro-pakke som var mer brukerorientert og mindre typesetter-or
+ientert, et kommandosett for å sette ting som seksjoner, tabeller og formler
+ på en ensartet konsistent måte.
+ Slik ble LaTeX til.
+\layout Standard
+
+Samtidig med utviklingen av LaTeX lagde andre sine egne makropakker for
+ TeX, for å lage slides, artikler til matematiske tidsskrifter, osv.
+ Noen brukte rå TeX, andre gjorde forandringer i LaTeX.
+ For å rydde opp i det resulterende rotet begynte endel LaTeX-folk, blant
+ dem Lamport, å arbeide på LaTeX2e, den nåværende utgaven av LaTeX.
+ Denne utgaven har kommandoer som gjør det lettere å opprette TeX-makroer,
+ bruke nye skrifttyper, m.m.
+ LaTeX er faktisk et omfattende språk i seg selv! Brukere verden over har
+ lagd sine egne tillegg til LaTeX utover de vanlige.
+\layout Standard
+
+Det er to måter å utvide LaTeX: klasser og stiler.
+ En
+\emph on
+klasse
+\emph default
+ er et sett LaTeX- (og TeX-) makroer som beskriver en type dokument, f.eks.
+ en bok eller artikkel.
+ Det fins klasser for slides, for fysiske og matematiske tidsskrifter \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+ mange
+ universiteter har til og med sine egne klasser for sine avhandlinger! En
+
+\emph on
+stil
+\emph default
+ avviker fra en klasse ved at den ikke definerer en ny dokumenttype, men
+ en annen
+\emph on
+oppførsel
+\emph default
+ ethvert dokument kan ha.
+ For eksempel styrer LyX marger og linjeavstand med to LaTeX stil-filer.
+ Det fins stilfiler for en lang rekke ting: utskrift av etiketter eller
+ konvolutter, endring av innrykk, nye skrifttyper, håndtering av grafikk,
+ design av sideoppsett, justering av litteraturlister, forandring av utseende
+ og plassering for fotnoter, tabeller og figurer, listeoppsett, osv., osv.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Her er en oppsummering:
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+TeX: Typesettingsspråk med makrofunksjonalitet.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+LaTeX: Makropakke bygd på TeX.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+klasser: Beskrivelser av dokumenttyper for LaTeX.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+stiler: Forandrer LaTeX's standardoppførsel på en eller annen måte.
+\layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+LyX: Visuell, WYSIWYM tekstbehandler som bruker LaTeX for utskrift.
+\layout Standard
+
+Tanken bak denne seksjonen var å prøve å forklare
+\emph on
+hvorfor
+\emph default
+ LyX er anderledes enn andre tekstbehandlere.
+ Forklaringen er enkel: LyX bruker LaTeX for å skrive ut.
+ Som LaTeX fokuserer LyX på konteksten i det du skriver ---
+\emph on
+hva
+\emph default
+ du skriver.
+ Datamaskinen ordner deretter utseendet.
+\layout Chapter
+
+Finne frem i dokumentasjonen
+\layout Standard
+
+For å gjøre det lettere å svare på dine spørsmål og beskrive alle mulighetene
+ i LyX, er dokumentasjonen delt opp i flere filer.
+ Hver tjener sitt formål, som beskrevet under.
+ Du bør lese dette kapitlet grundig før du pløyer gjennom dem, det inneholder
+ mye nyttig informasjon og kommentarer som kan spare tid for deg.
+\layout Standard
+
+Selv om LyX er godt forbi
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+versjon 1.0
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+, kan noe av dokumentasjonen kan ha mangler eller være foreldet, men vi
+ prøver å holde følge.
+ Som for resten av LyX produseres manualene av frivillige, som har
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+virkelige jobber
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+, familier, oppvask, kattekasser å tømme, osv.
+ Hvis du vil hjelpe, les kapittel\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{cha:Bidra}
+
+\end_inset
+
+ i tillegg til resten av dokumentet.
+\layout Standard
+
+Og gjør oss en tjeneste --- hvis noe i manualene forvirrer deg, er uklart
+ eller feil, la oss få vite det! Du kan kontakte oss ved å skrive til
+\family typewriter
+lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
+\family default
+.
+ Hvis du har spørsmål som ikke har opplagte svar i dokumentasjonen og trenger
+ hjelp fort, kan du bruke postlisten for LyX-brukere, som har adressen
+\family typewriter
+lyx-users@lists.lyx.org
+\family default
+.
+\layout Section
+
+Formatet
+\layout Standard
+
+Noen trykker manualene, andre leser dem på skjermen i LyX.
+ Utseendet på skjermen avviker en del fra det trykte.
+ For det første står tittelen øverst i dokumentet, ikke på en egen side
+ som i visse trykte versjoner.
+ Hverken fotnoter eller innholdsfortegnelse er synlig.
+ For å åpne en fotnote, som ser slik ut,
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Hei!
+\layout Standard
+
+For å lukke denne fotnoten, klikk på den grå boksen over til venstre som
+ det står
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+fot
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ på.
+\end_inset
+
+ klikker du på den med venstre museknapp.
+ For innholdsfortegnelsen kan du enten klikke på den grå knappen, eller
+ bruke menyen
+\family sans
+\bar under
+N
+\bar default
+aviger
+\family default
+ hvor innholdet vises automatisk.
+ (Prøv det!)
+\layout Standard
+
+I de trykte manualene opptrer alle kryssreferanser som kapittelnumre, seksjonsnu
+mre, underseksjonsnumre osv.
+ På skjermen vil derimot kryssreferanser være en grå firkant som den følgende:
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{cha:Bidra}
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ (Den trykte manualen viser bare et nummer.) Hvis du klikker på firkanten
+ med venstre museknapp får du et vindu med liste over alle kryssreferanser
+ i dokumentet.
+ Denne introduksjonen har bare en, kalt
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+cha:Bidrag
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ Du kan hoppe til dette kapitlet ved å klikke på knappen
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+Gå til
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Det er like lett å komme tilbake.
+ Klikk på knappen
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+Tilbake
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ eller trykk
+\family sans
+C-<
+\family default
+.
+ (Hva betyr
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+C-<
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+? Se under.)
+\layout Standard
+
+Nå som vi har gjort rede for noen av forskjellene mellom den trykte versjonen
+ og det på skjermen, kan vi begynne å se på dette dokumentets format.
+ Du vil støte på ord i forskjellige skrifter:
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\emph on
+Uthevet stil
+\emph default
+ brukes for generell utheving, boktitler, titler på avsnitt i de andre manualene
+, og notater fra forfatterne.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+Skrivemaskin
+\family default
+ brukes til program- og filnavn, LaTeX- og LyX-kode, og funksjoner.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Grotesk (Sans Serif)
+\family default
+ brukes for navn på menyer, knapper, vinduer, og taster på tastaturet.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\noun on
+Kapiteler
+\noun default
+ brukes til personnavn.
+\layout Standard
+
+For hurtigtaster og lignende henvises du til avsnittet
+\emph on
+Key Bindings
+\emph default
+ i
+\emph on
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+Avanserte funksjoner
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\emph default
+ (filen
+\family typewriter
+Extended.lyx
+\family default
+).
+ Når vi beskriver taster, bruker vi følgende konvensjon:
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+C-
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ betyr
+\family sans
+Ctrl-
+\family default
+ tasten.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+S-
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ betyr
+\family sans
+Shift-
+\family default
+ tasten.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+M-
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ betyr
+\family sans
+Meta-
+\family default
+ tasten, som på mange tastaturer er
+\family sans
+Alt-
+\family default
+ tasten.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+F1
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+F12
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ er funksjonstastene.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+Esc
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ er escape-tasten.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+Venstre
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\family default
+
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+Høyre
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\family default
+
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+Opp
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+og
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+Ned
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+: piltaster.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+Insert
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+Delete
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+Home
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+End
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+PageUp
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+PageDown
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+: 6 taster som fins over piltastene på endel PC-tastaturer.
+
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+PageUp
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ og
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+PageDown
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ kalles
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+Prior
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ og
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+Next
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ på enkelte tastaturer.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ og
+\family sans
+Enter
+\family default
+ refererer til samme tast.
+ Noen tastaturer bruker navnet
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+Return
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+, noen bruker
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+Enter
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ i stedet, noen har to taster.
+ LyX behandler begge som samme tast, og kaller dem både
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ og
+\family sans
+ Enter
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+Du kan også støte på fraser som
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+(Se
+\emph on
+'Avanserte funksjoner'
+\emph default
+)
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ fra tid til annen.
+ Vi har listet opp de mulige standard-hurtigtastene for funksjoner i
+\emph on
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+Avanserte funksjoner
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\emph default
+så se der også.
+ Legg merke til at det fins to tastaturoppsett for LyX:
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+CUA
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+-typen som er den vanlige og vel kjent for PC-brukere, og
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+emacs
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+-typen for de som har vokst opp med unix og Emacs.
+ Medmindre det står noe annet refererer dokumentasjonen til CUA-typen.
+ Hvis du kjenner Emacs klarer du sannsynligvis selv å finne frem i dokumentasjon
+en og aktivere emacs-oppsettet.
+\layout Section
+
+Manualene
+\layout Standard
+
+Følgende liste beskriver innholdet i hver av filene i dokumentasjonen.
+ Ikke alle er oversatt til norsk ennå.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\emph on
+Introduksjon
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Denne filen.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+
+
+\emph on
+Begynnermanual (Tutorial)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Hvis LyX og LaTeX er nytt for deg, bør du starte her.
+ Hvis du tror LaTeX er råmateriale for kondomer bør du definitivt lese kapittel\SpecialChar ~
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{cha:LyX-filosofien}
+
+\end_inset
+
+, omigjen, og deretter
+\emph on
+begynnermanualen
+\emph default
+.
+ Etter å ha lest
+\emph on
+Begynnermanualen,
+\emph default
+ vil du muligens fremdeles tro LaTeX er et elastisk materiale --- men du
+
+\emph on
+vil
+\emph default
+ vite hvordan du bruker LyX.
+\layout Standard
+
+Hvis du
+\emph on
+har
+\emph default
+ brukt LaTex før, bør du likevel lese
+\emph on
+Begynnermanualen,
+\emph default
+fra og med avsnittet
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+LyX for LaTeX users.
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ Det skader ikke å skumlese resten av dokumentet heller.
+\layout Standard
+
+Hvis du til noen tid føler deg usikker på LyX, bør du sjekke
+\emph on
+Begynnermanualen
+\emph default
+ før du går løs på de andre.
+ Den er et godt springbrett.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+
+
+\emph on
+Brukermanual (User's\SpecialChar ~
+Guide)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Den primære dokumentasjonen.
+ Den dekker
+\emph on
+de fleste
+\emph default
+av de grunnleggende funksjonene i LyX.
+ Brukermanualen forutsetter at du har lest
+\emph on
+Begynnermanualen.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+
+
+\emph on
+Avanserte\SpecialChar ~
+funksjoner (Extended Features)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Utvidelse av
+\emph on
+Brukermanualen.
+
+\emph default
+ Dokumenterer hvordan du bruker LaTeX-kommandoer, mer om layout, spesielle
+ redigeringsfunksjoner.
+ og noen av de (underlige men praktiske) triksene LaTeX-eksperter har adgang
+ til.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+
+
+\emph on
+Tilpassing (Customization)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+En beskrivelse av avanserte Lyx-funksjoner, herunder hvordan du tilpasser
+ LyX' generelle oppførsel til dine behov.
+ Dette omfatter tastaturutlegg, språktilpasning og konfigurasjonsfiler.
+ Du bør ikke engang tenke på å se her før du har lest
+\emph on
+Begynnermanualen.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+
+
+\emph on
+LaTeX\SpecialChar ~
+konfigurasjon (LaTeX\SpecialChar ~
+configuration)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX undersøker systemet under installasjonen.
+ Denne filen inneholder det LyX fant ut om ditt system.
+ Ta en titt for å se om du mangler noe du muligens vil ha.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Disse filene refererer til hverandre når det er nødvendig.
+
+\emph on
+Brukermanualen
+\emph default
+ har for eksempel litt informasjon om installering og tilpasning, men henviser
+ leseren til
+\emph on
+Tilpassing
+\emph default
+ for mer informasjon.
+\layout Standard
+
+Vi gjentar et viktig poeng:
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_top bigskip \added_space_bottom bigskip \align center
+Les
+\emph on
+Begynnermanualen
+\emph default
+nå, hvis du ikke kjenner LyX fra før.
+\layout Standard
+
+Ellers skaffer du deg unødvendige frustrasjoner.
+ LyX kan alt en tekstbehandler trenger å kunne gjøre, men krever en annen
+ tenkemåte.
+\layout Chapter
+
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{cha:Bidra}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Bidrag til LyX-prosjektet
+\layout Section
+
+Å bidra til LyX
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX er stort sett skrevet i C++ (LaTeX-import er skrevet i Perl).
+ Det er et stort prosjekt og derfor ikke fritt for feil og behov for forbedringe
+r i kildekoden.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Rapporter feil
+\layout Standard
+
+Under bruk av lyx kan det hende det skjer noe du mener er feil.
+ Kræsj kan forekomme, selvom de er sjeldne.
+ Feil i brukergrensesnittet regnes som alvorlige feil; det er spesielt interessa
+nt å få vite om deler av brukergrensesnittet du finner forvirrende eller
+ uklart.
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX har et feilrapporteringssystem, som du finner på
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \htmlurl[LyX bug tracker]{http://bugzilla.lyx.org/}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+.
+ Sjekk her før du rapporterer feil, i fall feilen allerede er rapportert.
+ Hvis du har kommentarer til en kjent feil, eller ønsker å rapportere en
+ ny, bruker du enten feilrapporteringssystemet eller sender en engelskspråklig
+ e-post til utviklingslisten
+\family typewriter
+lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org
+\family default
+.
+ Du finner arkivet for denne postlisten via LyX-hjemmesiden,
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset LatexCommand \htmlurl[LyX website]{http://www.lyx.org/}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+.
+\layout Standard
+
+En god (brukbar) feilrapport må som minimum fortelle hvilken versjon av
+ LyX det er du har problemer med.
+ Nøyaktige detaljerte feilrapporter foretrekkes - jo mer tid utviklerne
+ trenger på å finne ut hva som er galt, jo mindre tid får de til andre forbedrin
+ger.
+ Nevn hva slags system og hvilken versjon du kjører LyX på.
+ Opplys om versjonen på programbiblioteker du bruker, og hvis det er relevant,
+ versjonene for eksterne programmer LyX bruker.
+ Hvis det er et kompilerings- eller konfigurasjonsproblem legger du ved
+ filen
+\family typewriter
+config.log
+\family default
+, og nevner hvilken kompilator du bruker.
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Hvis du kan få LyX til å kræsje, ber vi deg om å spore opp feilen med gdb.
+ Skriv f.eks.
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+\size small
+gdb /users/steve/lyx-1.0.x/src/lyx
+\family default
+\size default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ og deretter
+\family typewriter
+\size small
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+run
+\family default
+\size default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Få LyX til å kræsje, og du kommer tilbake til gdb igjen.
+ skriv
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+bt
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ for å lage en
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+backtrace
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+-fil og ta den med i feilrapporten
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Hvis du vil være grundig, bruk kommandoene
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+info locals
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ og
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+up
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ for å skrive ut innholdet i lokale variabler og noen få stack-nivåer.
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Hvis der er mulig, er en oppskrift på hvordan du kræsjer LyX enda bedre
+ enn enn
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+backtrace
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+-fil fra gdb, da kan utviklerne spore opp feilen selv.
+ Hvis feilen derimot er vanskelig å reprodusere er
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+backtrace
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+-filen viktig, da har vi ikke noe annet å gå ut ifra.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Bidra med retting og nye funksjoner
+\layout Standard
+
+Hvis du har gjort forandringer i kildekoden som du synes bør bli med i LyX,
+ kan du sende inn endringene i form av en diff-fil (i
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+unified
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ format) til listen referert ovenfor, sammen med en beskrivelse av hva forandrin
+gene dine består i.
+\layout Section
+
+Bidrag til dokumentasjonen
+\layout Standard
+
+LyX har omfattende dokumentasjon; men LyX er under konstant utvikling og
+ hver ny utgave føyer til nye funksjoner.
+ Kanhende finner du ut at dokumentasjonen kan forbedres.
+ Dette avsnittet beskriver hva du gjør hvis du finner en feil eller har
+ forslag om å forbedre dokumentasjonen.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Rapporter feil i manualene
+\layout Standard
+
+Hvis du finner feil i en manual, send et engelskspråklig brev til postlisten
+
+\family typewriter
+lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
+\family default
+.
+ Dokumentasjonsteamet tar seg av rettingen.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Delta i dokumentasjonsteamet.
+\layout Standard
+
+Som alt annet i LyX-prosjektet, har også dokumentasjonsprosjektet alltid
+ bruk for hjelp! Hvis du er interessert i å bidra, skal du gjennomføre det
+ følgende først:
+\layout Enumerate
+
+skaff deg den nyeste LyX-kildekoden, og pakk den ut.
+
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed false
+
+\layout Standard
+
+De mer eventyrlystne kan hente den nyeste dokumentasjonen fra LyX's CVS-arkiv
+ -- den ligger i
+\family typewriter
+lyxdoc
+\family default
+-modulen.
+\end_inset
+
+ I katalogtreet finner du en katalog kalt
+\family typewriter
+lib/doc/
+\family default
+.
+ I den finner du filen
+\family typewriter
+DocStyle.lyx
+\family default
+.
+ Les den, den er malen for hvordan dokumentasjonen skal se ut.
+
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Les deretter
+\emph on
+Brukermanualen
+\emph default
+ og
+\emph on
+Begynnermanualen.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Meningen med dette er å gi deg idéer.
+
+\emph on
+Begynnermanualen
+\emph default
+og
+\emph on
+Brukermanualen
+\emph default
+er sannsynligvis de mest oppdaterte filene i dokumentasjonen.
+ Du vil få et godt inntrykk av hvordan vi vil at manualene skal se ut og
+ leses.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Kontakt teamet på engelsk på:
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
+\layout Standard
+
+for å diskutere de endringer du foreslår, og få tilbakemelding.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Endringene du ønsker kan være alt fra å gjøre teksten klarere, til større
+ omstruktureringer.
+ Alle forbedringer mottas med takk.
+\the_end
--- /dev/null
+#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
+\lyxformat 221
+\textclass article
+\language english
+\inputencoding default
+\fontscheme default
+\graphics default
+\paperfontsize default
+\spacing single
+\papersize Default
+\paperpackage a4
+\use_geometry 0
+\use_amsmath 0
+\use_natbib 0
+\use_numerical_citations 0
+\paperorientation portrait
+\secnumdepth 3
+\tocdepth 3
+\paragraph_separation indent
+\defskip medskip
+\quotes_language english
+\quotes_times 2
+\papercolumns 1
+\papersides 1
+\paperpagestyle default
+
+\layout Title
+
+LyX Documentation Table of Contents
+\layout Section*
+
+Introduksjon til LyX
+\layout Description
+1
+
+
+LyX-filosofien
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.1
+Hva er LyX?
+\layout Description
+1.2
+Forskjeller mellom LyX og andre tekstbehandlere
+
+
+\layout Description
+1.3
+Hva
+\emph on
+er
+\emph default
+ LaTeX
+\emph on
+,
+\emph default
+(og hva angår det meg)?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2
+Finne frem i dokumentasjonen
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+Formatet
+\layout Description
+2.2
+Manualene
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+
+
+Bidrag til LyX-prosjektet
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Å bidra til LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1.1
+Rapporter feil
+\layout Description
+3.1.2
+Bidra med retting og nye funksjoner
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.2
+Bidrag til dokumentasjonen
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.2.1
+Rapporter feil i manualene
+\layout Description
+3.2.2
+Delta i dokumentasjonsteamet.
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Section*
+
+LyX Frequently Asked Questions with Answers
+\newline
+Version 0.3.7
+\layout Description
+1
+Introduction and General Information
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.1
+What is LyX?
+\layout Description
+1.2
+That's fine, but is it useful?
+\layout Description
+1.3
+Where do I start?
+\layout Description
+1.4
+Does LyX run on my computer?
+\layout Description
+1.5
+How much hard disk space does LyX need?
+\layout Description
+1.6
+Is LyX really Open Source?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2
+Internet Resources
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+Where should I look on the World Wide Web for LyX stuff?
+\layout Description
+2.2
+Where can I get LyX material by FTP?
+\layout Description
+2.3
+What mailing lists are there?
+\layout Description
+2.4
+Are the mailing lists archived anywhere?
+\layout Description
+2.5
+Okay, wise guy! Where are they archived?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+Compatibility with other word/document processors
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Can I read/write LaTeX files?
+\layout Description
+3.2
+Can I read/write Word files?
+\layout Description
+3.3
+Can I read/write HTML files?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+Obtaining and Compiling LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+What do I need?
+\layout Description
+4.2
+How do I compile it?
+\layout Description
+4.3
+I hate compiling.
+ Where are precompiled binaries?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Questions about Evil Red Text (IMPORTANT!)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+What is Evil Red Text (aka ERT)?
+\layout Description
+5.2
+How do I enter Evil Red Text?
+\layout Description
+5.3
+The new ERT inset is really inconvenient !
+\layout Description
+5.4
+Is there an alternative?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6
+Questions Related to Using LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1
+General questions
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.1
+How do I get rid of the date under the title?
+\layout Description
+6.1.2
+How do I change the spacing in an Itemize/\SpecialChar \-
+Enumerate/\SpecialChar \-
+Description list environment
+?
+\layout Description
+6.1.3
+How do I number equations by section?
+\layout Description
+6.1.4
+Is it possible to do this for figures and tables as well?
+\layout Description
+6.1.5
+How do I change to footnote numbers to symbols (star, dagger, etc.)?
+\layout Description
+6.1.6
+How do I kill widows and orphans?
+\layout Description
+6.1.7
+How do I get a formatted list which starts with e.g.
+ 1.
+ a)?
+\layout Description
+6.1.8
+How do I count words in LyX?
+\layout Description
+6.1.9
+How do I insert a fixed amount of horizontal space?
+\layout Description
+6.1.10
+How can I make citations show up as [1,2,3,6] or [1-3,6] rather than [1][2][3][6
+]?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.2
+Figure related questions
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.2.1
+What is the difference between a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+figure
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ and a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+figure float
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+?
+\layout Description
+6.2.2
+How do I get LyX to put the figure exactly where I want it?
+\layout Description
+6.2.3
+What does
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Too many unprocessed floats
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ mean?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3
+Math related questions
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3.1
+How do I put normal text inside a mathematical equation?
+\layout Description
+6.3.2
+How do I make a cube root (or higher)?
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7
+Questions Related to Running LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.1
+How do I convert LyX files to LaTeX from the command line?
+\layout Description
+7.2
+How do I create PDF files from my LyX document?
+\layout Description
+7.3
+Why do the fonts in my document look so bad in
+\family typewriter
+acroread
+\family default
+ ?
+\layout Description
+7.4
+Why doesn't my latest and greatest version of Ghostscript render EPS inline
+ figures properly?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+8
+Questions Related to LyX on Windows
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.1
+Why do the menus and the toolbar flicker ?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+9
+How to get further assistance
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+9.1
+You still haven't answered my question!
+\layout Description
+9.2
+I want to mail someone about my problem.
+
+\layout Description
+9.3
+What to put in a request for help.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+10
+Administrative information and acknowledgments
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+10.1
+Feedback is invited.
+
+\layout Description
+10.2
+Formats in which this FAQ is available.
+
+\layout Description
+10.3
+Authorship and acknowledgments.
+\layout Description
+10.4
+Disclaimer and Copyright.
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Section*
+
+The LyX Tutorial
+\layout Description
+1
+Introduction
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.1
+Welcome to LyX!
+\layout Description
+1.2
+What the Tutorial
+\emph on
+is
+\emph default
+ and What it
+\emph on
+isn't
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.2.1
+Getting the Most out of the Tutorial
+\layout Description
+1.2.2
+What You
+\emph on
+Won't
+\emph default
+ Find:
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2
+Getting Started with LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+Your First LyX Document
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1.1
+Typing, Viewing, and Printing
+\layout Description
+2.1.2
+Simple Operations
+\layout Description
+2.1.3
+WYSIWYM: Whitespace in LyX
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.2
+Environments
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.2.1
+Sections and Subsections
+\layout Description
+2.2.2
+Lists and sublists
+\layout Description
+2.2.3
+Other Environments: Verses, Quotations, and More
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+Writing Documents
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Text classes
+\layout Description
+3.2
+Templates: Writing a Letter
+\layout Description
+3.3
+Document Titles
+\layout Description
+3.4
+Labels and Cross-References
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.1
+Your first label
+\layout Description
+3.4.2
+Your first cross-references
+\layout Description
+3.4.3
+More fun with labels
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.5
+Footnotes and Margin Notes
+\layout Description
+3.6
+Bibliographies
+\layout Description
+3.7
+Table of Contents
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+Using Math
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+Math Mode
+\layout Description
+4.2
+Navigating an Equation
+\layout Description
+4.3
+Exponents and Indices
+\layout Description
+4.4
+The
+\family sans
+Math Panel
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4.1
+Greek and symbols
+\layout Description
+4.4.2
+Square roots, accents, and delimiters
+\layout Description
+4.4.3
+Fractions
+\layout Description
+4.4.4
+TeX mode: Limits, log, sin and others
+\layout Description
+4.4.5
+Matrices
+\layout Description
+4.4.6
+Display mode
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5
+More Math Stuff
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Miscellaneous
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+Other Major LyX Features
+\layout Description
+5.2
+LyX for LaTeX Users
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.1
+TeX Mode
+\layout Description
+5.2.2
+Importing LaTeX Documents---
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\layout Description
+5.2.3
+Converting LyX Documents to LaTeX
+\layout Description
+5.2.4
+LaTeX Preamble
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.4.1
+Document Class
+\layout Description
+5.2.4.2
+Other Preamble Matter
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.5
+BibTeX
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3
+Errors!
+\end_deeper
+\layout Section*
+
+The LyX User's Guide
+\layout Description
+1
+Introduction
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.1
+What is LyX?
+\layout Description
+1.2
+Getting Started
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.2.1
+Invoking LyX
+\layout Description
+1.2.2
+How LyX Looks
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.2.2.1
+The Main Window
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.2.3
+HELP!
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.3
+The LyX Interface
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.3.1
+Basic File Operations
+\layout Description
+1.3.2
+Basic Editing Features
+\layout Description
+1.3.3
+Undo and Redo
+\layout Description
+1.3.4
+Basic Mouse Bindings
+\layout Description
+1.3.5
+Basic Key Bindings
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.4
+Using LyX with Other Programs
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.4.1
+Importing ASCII files
+\layout Description
+1.4.2
+Cut and Paste Between LyX and Other X Programs
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2
+LyX Setup and Supporting Applications
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+2.2
+Basic LyX Setup
+\layout Description
+2.3
+Setting Up the X Keyboard
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.3.1
+
+\family typewriter
+xmodmap
+\family default
+ and
+\family typewriter
+xkeycaps
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.3.1.1
+
+\family typewriter
+xmodmap
+\layout Description
+2.3.1.2
+
+\family typewriter
+xkeycaps
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.3.2
+Modifiers and Mode_switch
+\layout Description
+2.3.3
+Helpful Hints and Tips
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.4
+LaTeX
+\layout Description
+2.5
+Dvips and Ghostscript
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.5.1
+What You Need
+\layout Description
+2.5.2
+Dvips
+\layout Description
+2.5.3
+Ghostscript, Xdvi and Ghostview
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.6
+The Printer
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+LyX Basics
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Document Types
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+3.1.2
+
+
+The Various Document Classes
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1.2.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+3.1.2.2
+Selecting a Class
+\layout Description
+3.1.2.3
+Properties
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1.3
+Fine-tuning the Defaults
+\layout Description
+3.1.4
+Paper Size, Orientation, and Margins
+\layout Description
+3.1.5
+Important Note:
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.2
+Paragraph Indentation and Separation
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.2.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+3.2.2
+Global Indentation Method
+\layout Description
+3.2.3
+Fine-Tuning
+\layout Description
+3.2.4
+Changing Line Spacing
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3
+Paragraph Environments
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+3.3.2
+Standard
+\layout Description
+3.3.3
+Document Titles
+\layout Description
+3.3.4
+Headings
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.1
+Numbered Headings
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.2
+Unnumbered Headings
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.3
+Changing the Numbering
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.4
+Special Information
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.5
+Creating an Appendix
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.5
+Quotes and Poetry
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.5.1
+
+\family sans
+Quote
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Quotation
+\layout Description
+3.3.5.2
+
+\family sans
+Verse
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.6
+Lists
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.1
+General Features
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.2
+
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.3
+
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.4
+
+\family sans
+Description
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.5
+The LyX
+\family sans
+List
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.7
+Letters
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.7.1
+
+\family sans
+Address
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Right\SpecialChar ~
+Address
+\family default
+: An Overview
+\layout Description
+3.3.7.2
+Usage
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.8
+Academic Writing
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.8.1
+
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\layout Description
+3.3.8.2
+
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.9
+Special Purpose
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.9.1
+
+\family sans
+Caption
+\layout Description
+3.3.9.2
+
+\family sans
+LyX-Code
+\layout Description
+3.3.9.3
+Comment
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4
+Nesting Environments
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.1
+The Big Deal
+\layout Description
+3.4.2
+What You Can and Can't Nest
+\layout Description
+3.4.3
+Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
+\layout Description
+3.4.4
+Usage and General Features
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.4.1
+Nesting limits
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.5
+Some Examples
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.5.1
+Example #1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
+\layout Description
+3.4.5.2
+Example #2: Inheritance
+\layout Description
+3.4.5.3
+Example #3: Labels, Levels, and the
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\family default
+ Environments.
+\layout Description
+3.4.5.4
+Example #4: Going Bonkers
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.5
+Fonts and Text Styles
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.5.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+3.5.2
+Global Options
+\layout Description
+3.5.3
+Using Different Character Styles
+\layout Description
+3.5.4
+Fine-Tuning with the
+\family sans
+Character Layout
+\family default
+ dialog
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.6
+Printing and Previewing
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.6.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+3.6.2
+Quick Viewing with
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\layout Description
+3.6.3
+Viewing the PostScript® Version with
+\family typewriter
+ghostview
+\layout Description
+3.6.4
+Printing the File
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7
+A Few Words about Typography
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7.1
+Hyphens and Hyphenation
+\layout Description
+3.7.2
+Punctuation Marks
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7.2.1
+Abbreviations and End of Sentence
+\layout Description
+3.7.2.2
+Quotes
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7.3
+Ligatures
+\layout Description
+3.7.4
+Widows and Orphans
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+Floats: Tables, Figures, Footnotes and Margin Notes
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+Footnotes
+\layout Description
+4.2
+Margin Notes
+\layout Description
+4.3
+Figures and Imported Graphics
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3.1
+Figure Floats
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3.1.1
+Using Figure Floats
+\layout Description
+4.3.1.2
+Float Placement
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3.2
+
+\family typewriter
+XFig
+\family default
+ and LyX
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4
+Tables
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4.1
+The Table dialog
+\layout Description
+4.4.2
+What can be placed inside a table cell?
+\layout Description
+4.4.3
+Cut & Paste in Tables
+\layout Description
+4.4.4
+Multiple lines in cells
+\layout Description
+4.4.5
+Table Floats
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5
+Table of Contents and other Listings
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.1
+The Table of Contents
+\layout Description
+4.5.2
+List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Mathematical Formulae
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+Basic Math Editing
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1.1
+Navigating a Formula
+\layout Description
+5.1.2
+Selecting Text
+\layout Description
+5.1.3
+Exponents and Subscripts
+\layout Description
+5.1.4
+Fractions
+\layout Description
+5.1.5
+Sums and Integrals
+\layout Description
+5.1.6
+The Math Panel
+\layout Description
+5.1.7
+Other Math Symbols
+\layout Description
+5.1.8
+Altering spacing
+\layout Description
+5.1.9
+Math functions
+\layout Description
+5.1.10
+Accents
+\layout Description
+5.1.11
+The math editor for LaTeX users
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2
+Brackets and decorations
+\layout Description
+5.3
+Grouping
+\layout Description
+5.4
+Arrays and Multi-line Equations
+\layout Description
+5.5
+Equation Numbering and Labels
+\layout Description
+5.6
+User defined macros in math mode
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.6.1
+Directions on using macros
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.6.1.1
+How to create them
+\layout Description
+5.6.1.2
+How to navigate
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.7
+Fine-Tuning
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.7.1
+Typefaces
+\layout Description
+5.7.2
+Math Text Mode
+\layout Description
+5.7.3
+Font Sizes
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.8
+AMS LaTeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.8.1
+Enabling AMS Support
+\layout Description
+5.8.2
+AMS Symbols
+\layout Description
+5.8.3
+AMS Formula Types
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6
+More Tools
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1
+Cross-References
+\layout Description
+6.2
+URLs (Uniform Resource Locators)
+\layout Description
+6.3
+Specifying Short Titles with Optional Arguments
+
+
+\layout Description
+6.4
+Spacing, pagination and line breaks
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.1
+Extra Horizontal Space
+\layout Description
+6.4.2
+Extra Vertical Space
+\layout Description
+6.4.3
+Changing Paragraph Alignment
+\layout Description
+6.4.4
+Forcing Page Breaks
+\layout Description
+6.4.5
+Protected blanks
+\layout Description
+6.4.6
+Line breaking
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.5
+Spellchecking
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.5.1
+Spellchecker Options
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.5.1.1
+Dictionary
+\layout Description
+6.5.1.2
+Personal dictionary
+\layout Description
+6.5.1.3
+Further Options
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.5.2
+Limitations
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.6
+International Support
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.6.1
+Language Options
+\layout Description
+6.6.2
+Keyboard mapping configuration
+\layout Description
+6.6.3
+Character Tables
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7
+Credits
+\layout Section*
+
+Extended LyX Features
+\layout Description
+1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+2
+LyX and LaTeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+How LyX Uses LaTeX
+\layout Description
+2.2
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Help! LyX generated an unreadable
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+ file!
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+2.3
+Translating LaTeX files into LyX
+\layout Description
+2.4
+Inserting LaTeX Code into LyX Documents
+
+
+\layout Description
+2.5
+LyX and the LaTeX Preamble
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.5.1
+About the LaTeX Preamble
+\layout Description
+2.5.2
+Changing the Preamble
+\layout Description
+2.5.3
+Examples
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.5.3.1
+Example #1: Offsets
+\layout Description
+2.5.3.2
+Example #2: Labels
+\layout Description
+2.5.3.3
+Example #3: Paragraph Indentation
+\layout Description
+2.5.3.4
+Example #4: This Document
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.6
+LyX and LaTeX Errors
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+Supplemental Tools
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Preparing a Bibliography with BibTeX
+\layout Description
+3.2
+Making an Index
+\layout Description
+3.3
+Multipart Documents
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.1
+General Operation
+\layout Description
+3.3.2
+Cross-References Between Files
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4
+Algorithms
+\layout Description
+3.5
+Subfigures
+\layout Description
+3.6
+Fancy Headers and Footers
+\layout Description
+3.7
+Minipages
+\layout Description
+3.8
+Wrapping Text Around Figures
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.9
+Extra Table Options
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.9.1
+Removing Extra Column Space
+\layout Description
+3.9.2
+Changing the Column Separator Character
+\layout Description
+3.9.3
+Making a Decimal Point Aligned Column
+\layout Description
+3.9.4
+A Better Decimal-Alignment Solution
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.10
+Itemize Bullet Selection
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.10.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+3.10.2
+How it looks
+\layout Description
+3.10.3
+How to use it
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+Special Document Classes
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+AMS LaTeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1.1
+What these layouts provide
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.2
+Dinbrief
+\layout Description
+4.3
+Paper
+\layout Description
+4.4
+A&A Paper
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.4.2
+Getting started
+\layout Description
+4.4.3
+The header block
+\layout Description
+4.4.4
+The abstract
+\layout Description
+4.4.5
+Supported environments
+\layout Description
+4.4.6
+Commands not supported by LyX
+\layout Description
+4.4.7
+Figure and Table Floats
+\layout Description
+4.4.8
+Referee layout
+\layout Description
+4.4.9
+The example paper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5
+AASTeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.5.2
+Starting a New Paper
+\layout Description
+4.5.3
+Finishing Your Paper
+\layout Description
+4.5.4
+Comments On Specific Commands
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.4.1
+Things that work as expected
+\layout Description
+4.5.4.2
+Things that work, but require more comment
+\layout Description
+4.5.4.3
+Things not implemented, use ERT
+\layout Description
+4.5.4.4
+Things that cannot be implemented
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.5
+FAQs, Tips, Tricks, and Other Ruminations
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.1
+Getting LyX and AASTeX to cooperate
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.2
+LaTeX error processing a table
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.3
+References
+
+
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.4
+Including EPS files
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.5
+Things I could have done, but didn't
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.6
+Final Caveat
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.6
+ijmpd
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.6.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+4.6.2
+Writing a paper
+\layout Description
+4.6.3
+Preparing a paper for submission
+\layout Description
+4.6.4
+Use of ERT
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.7
+Kluwer
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.7.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+4.7.2
+Writing a paper
+\layout Description
+4.7.3
+Preparing a paper for submission
+\layout Description
+4.7.4
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Peculiarities
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ of the Kluwer package
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.8
+Koma-Script
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.8.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+4.8.2
+article (koma-script), report (koma-script), and book (koma-script)
+\layout Description
+4.8.3
+letter (koma-script)
+\layout Description
+4.8.4
+The new letter class: letter (koma-script v.2)
+\layout Description
+4.8.5
+Problems
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.9
+Springer Journals (
+\family sans
+svjour
+\family default
+)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.9.1
+Description
+\layout Description
+4.9.2
+New styles
+\layout Description
+4.9.3
+Supported journals
+\layout Description
+4.9.4
+Credits
+\layout Description
+4.9.5
+Bugs
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.10
+AGU journals (
+\family sans
+aguplus
+\family default
+)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.10.1
+Description
+\layout Description
+4.10.2
+New styles
+\layout Description
+4.10.3
+New floats
+\layout Description
+4.10.4
+Supported journals
+\layout Description
+4.10.5
+Bugs and things to remember
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.11
+EGS journals (
+\family sans
+egs
+\family default
+)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.11.1
+Description
+\layout Description
+4.11.2
+New styles
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12
+Slides [aka
+\noun on
+Sli
+\noun default
+TeX]
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.12.2
+Getting Started
+
+
+\layout Description
+4.12.3
+Paragraph Environments
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.3.1
+Supported Environments
+\layout Description
+4.12.3.2
+Quirks of the New Environments
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.4
+Making a Presentation with
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+ Overlay
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Note
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.4.1
+Using the
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+ Environment
+\layout Description
+4.12.4.2
+Using
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+ with
+\family sans
+Slide
+\layout Description
+4.12.4.3
+Using
+\family sans
+Note
+\family default
+ with
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.5
+The
+\family sans
+slides
+\family default
+ Class Template File
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13
+Foils [aka
+\family sans
+Foil
+\family default
+\noun on
+TeX
+\noun default
+]
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.13.2
+Getting Started
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.2.1
+Extra Options
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.3
+Supported Environments
+\layout Description
+4.13.4
+Building a Set of Foils
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.1
+Give It a Title Page
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.2
+Start a New Foil
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.3
+Theorems, Lemmas, Proofs and more
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.4
+Lists
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.5
+Figures and Tables
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.6
+Page Headers and Footers
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.5
+Unsupported
+\family sans
+Foil
+\family default
+TeX Goodies
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.5.1
+Lengths
+\layout Description
+4.13.5.2
+Headers and Footers
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.14
+Latex8 (IEEE Conference Papers)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.14.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.14.2
+Getting Started
+\layout Description
+4.14.3
+Supported Environments
+\layout Description
+4.14.4
+Differences Between Screen and Paper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.15
+Hollywood (Hollywood spec scripts)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.15.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.15.2
+Special problems
+\layout Description
+4.15.3
+Special features
+\layout Description
+4.15.4
+Paper size and Margins
+\layout Description
+4.15.5
+Environments
+\layout Description
+4.15.6
+Script jargon
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.16
+Broadway
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.16.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.16.2
+Special problems
+\layout Description
+4.16.3
+Special features
+\layout Description
+4.16.4
+Paper size and Margins
+\layout Description
+4.16.5
+Environments
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.17
+RevTeX4
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.17.1
+Installation
+\layout Description
+4.17.2
+Preamble Matter
+\layout Description
+4.17.3
+Layouts
+\layout Description
+4.17.4
+Important Notes
+\layout Description
+4.17.5
+Drawbacks
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.18
+Article (mwart), book (mwbk) and report (mwrep)
+
+
+\layout Description
+4.19
+Elsevier Journals
+\layout Description
+4.20
+Memoir
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.20.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+4.20.2
+Basic features and restrictions
+\layout Description
+4.20.3
+Extra features
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Importing and Exporting Alternate File Formats
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+Considerations
+\layout Description
+5.2
+Importing Other Formats
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.1
+LaTeX
+\layout Description
+5.2.2
+ASCII Text
+\layout Description
+5.2.3
+Noweb
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3
+Exporting Other Formats
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3.1
+LaTeX
+\layout Description
+5.3.2
+Device Independent Files
+\layout Description
+5.3.3
+PostScript®
+\layout Description
+5.3.4
+ASCII text
+\layout Description
+5.3.5
+HTML
+\layout Description
+5.3.6
+PDF
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.1
+Use pdfLaTeX
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.2
+Why does the text look so bad when viewed with Acrobat Reader?
+
+
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.3
+Why doesn't the
+\backslash
+boldsymbol{} command work when I use pslatex?
+
+
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.4
+Is it possible to do write latex code which is processed only when running
+ pdfLaTeX?
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.5
+How can I make URLs clickable ?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3.7
+Custom
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4
+The Complete reLyX Description
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.1
+Synopsis
+\layout Description
+5.4.2
+Options
+\layout Description
+5.4.3
+Description
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.2
+Usage
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.3
+What reLyX Can Handle
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.4
+What reLyX Can't Handle --- But it's OK
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.5
+What reLyX Handles Badly --- a.\SpecialChar ~
+k.\SpecialChar ~
+a.
+ BUGS
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.6
+What LyX Can't Handle
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.4
+Examples
+\layout Description
+5.4.5
+Notes
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.1
+Bug Reports
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.2
+Implementation Details:
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.3
+Layout Files
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.4
+Syntax Files
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.5
+Miscellaneous
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.6
+Diagnostics
+\layout Description
+5.4.7
+Warnings
+\layout Description
+5.4.8
+Files
+\layout Description
+5.4.9
+See also
+\layout Description
+5.4.10
+Authors
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6
+LyX Features needing Extra Software
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1
+Using LyX with SGML-Tools (aka LinuxDoc)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+6.1.2
+Preparing and using a LinuxDoc document
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.2.1
+Getting started
+\layout Description
+6.1.2.2
+Output from LinuxDoc
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.3
+Using the paragraph environments in LinuxDoc
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.3.1
+The Structure of a LinuxDoc Document
+\layout Description
+6.1.3.2
+The LinuxDoc Paragraph Environments
+\layout Description
+6.1.3.3
+Other document features
+\layout Description
+6.1.3.4
+Cross references and HTML
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.4
+Using the LinuxDoc Sgml scripts
+
+
+\layout Description
+6.1.5
+Troubleshooting LinuxDoc
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.2
+Checking TeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.2.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+6.2.2
+How to use it
+\layout Description
+6.2.3
+How to fine tune it
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3
+Version Control in LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+6.3.2
+RCS commands in LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.1
+
+\family sans
+Register
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.2
+
+\family sans
+Check In Changes
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.3
+
+\family sans
+Check Out For Edit
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.4
+
+\family sans
+Revert To Last Version
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.5
+
+\family sans
+Undo Last Checkin
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.6
+
+\family sans
+Show History
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4
+Literate Programming
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+6.4.2
+Literate Programming
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.2.1
+References
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.3
+LyX and Literate Programming
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.1
+Generating documents and code (weaving and tangling)
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.2
+Configuring LyX
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.3
+Debug extensions
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.4
+Toolbar extensions
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.5
+Colors customization
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7
+Secrets of the LaTeX Masters
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.1
+Tricks for Footnotes and Margin Notes
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.1.1
+Footnotes
+\layout Description
+7.1.2
+Margin Notes
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.2
+Multiple Columns
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.2.1
+Purpose
+\layout Description
+7.2.2
+Limitations
+\layout Description
+7.2.3
+Examples
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.2.3.1
+Two columns
+\layout Description
+7.2.3.2
+Multiple columns
+\layout Description
+7.2.3.3
+Columns inside columns
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.3
+Numbering in the
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+ Paragraph Environment
+
+
+\layout Description
+7.4
+Extra Space Between Table Rows
+\layout Description
+7.5
+Dropped Capitals
+\layout Description
+7.6
+Non-standard Paragraph Shapes
+\layout Description
+7.7
+Summary
+\end_deeper
+\layout Section*
+
+Customizing LyX: Features for the Advanced User
+\layout Description
+1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+2
+LyX configuration files
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+What's in
+\family typewriter
+LyXDir
+\family default
+?
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1.1
+Automatically generated files
+\layout Description
+2.1.2
+Directories
+\layout Description
+2.1.3
+Files you don't want to modify
+\layout Description
+2.1.4
+Other files needing a line or two...
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.2
+Your local configuration directory
+\layout Description
+2.3
+Running LyX with multiple configurations
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+The
+\family sans
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+references
+\family default
+ dialog
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Using the dialog for the first time
+\layout Description
+3.2
+On-screen fonts
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.2.1
+DPI setting and Font Zoom
+\layout Description
+3.2.2
+Font definition commands
+\layout Description
+3.2.3
+Font encoding
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3
+Bindings
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.4
+User Interface
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.5
+Converters, Formats and Viewers
+\layout Description
+3.6
+ASCII export options
+\layout Description
+3.7
+Printer
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7.1
+Changing Colors
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.8
+The autodetected settings
+\layout Description
+3.9
+The rest
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+Internationalizing LyX
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+Selecting an alternative language for the user interface
+\layout Description
+4.2
+Translating LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.2.1
+Translating the graphical user interface (text messages).
+\layout Description
+4.2.2
+Translating the documentation.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3
+International Keyboard Support
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3.1
+Defining Own Keymaps: Keymap File Format
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4
+International Keymap Stuff
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4.1
+The .kmap File
+\layout Description
+4.4.2
+The .cdef File
+\layout Description
+4.4.3
+Dead Keys
+\layout Description
+4.4.4
+Saving your Language Configuration
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Installing New Document Classes, Layouts, and Templates
+
+
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+Installing a new LaTeX package
+\layout Description
+5.2
+Layouts
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.1
+Supporting new document classes
+\layout Description
+5.2.2
+A layout for an
+\family sans
+sty
+\family default
+ file
+\layout Description
+5.2.3
+Layout for a
+\family sans
+cls
+\family default
+ file
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3
+Declaring a new text class
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3.1
+General text class parameters
+\layout Description
+5.3.2
+
+\family typewriter
+ClassOptions
+\family default
+ section
+\layout Description
+5.3.3
+Specific Paragraph Layouts
+\layout Description
+5.3.4
+Floats
+\layout Description
+5.3.5
+Counters
+\layout Description
+5.3.6
+Font description
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4
+Creating Templates
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6
+Including External Material
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1
+Background
+\layout Description
+6.2
+How does it work?
+\layout Description
+6.3
+The external material dialog
+\layout Description
+6.4
+Examples
+\layout Description
+6.5
+The external template configuration file
+\layout Description
+6.6
+The substitution mechanism
+\layout Description
+6.7
+Security discussion
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7
+The LyX Server
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+7.2
+Starting the LyX Server
+\layout Description
+7.3
+Normal communication
+\layout Description
+7.4
+Notification
+\layout Description
+7.5
+The simple LyX Server Protocol
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+8 \start_of_appendix
+Bindings
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.1
+Toolbar
+\layout Description
+8.2
+Menu
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.2.1
+File
+\layout Description
+8.2.2
+Edit
+\layout Description
+8.2.3
+Insert
+\layout Description
+8.2.4
+Layout
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.2.4.1
+L
+\family sans
+ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Character
+\family default
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.2.5
+View
+\layout Description
+8.2.6
+Navigate
+\layout Description
+8.2.7
+Help
+\layout Description
+8.2.8
+Paragraph Style
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.3
+Keyboard
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.3.1
+Specific to
+\family typewriter
+emacs.bind
+\layout Description
+8.3.2
+Specific to
+\family typewriter
+cua.bind
+\layout Description
+8.3.3
+Specific to
+\family typewriter
+sciword.bind
+\layout Description
+8.3.4
+Standard math bindings
+\layout Description
+8.3.5
+Other Accelerators
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+
+\the_end
--- /dev/null
+#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
+\lyxformat 221
+\textclass article
+\language english
+\inputencoding default
+\fontscheme default
+\graphics default
+\paperfontsize default
+\spacing single
+\papersize Default
+\paperpackage a4
+\use_geometry 0
+\use_amsmath 0
+\use_natbib 0
+\use_numerical_citations 0
+\paperorientation portrait
+\secnumdepth 3
+\tocdepth 3
+\paragraph_separation indent
+\defskip medskip
+\quotes_language english
+\quotes_times 2
+\papercolumns 1
+\papersides 1
+\paperpagestyle default
+
+\layout Title
+
+LyX Documentation Table of Contents
+\layout Section*
+
+Introdução ao LyX
+\newline
+ou
+\newline
+Como Usar estes Arquivos !
+\layout Description
+1
+Navegando pela documentação
+\layout Description
+2
+O Formato dos Manuais
+\layout Description
+3
+Os Manuais
+\layout Description
+4
+
+
+Contribuindo para o Projeto de documentação
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+Reportando Erros no Manual
+\layout Description
+4.2
+Juntando-se ao Time de documentação.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Section*
+
+LyX Frequently Asked Questions with Answers
+\newline
+Version 0.3.7
+\layout Description
+1
+Introduction and General Information
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.1
+What is LyX?
+\layout Description
+1.2
+That's fine, but is it useful?
+\layout Description
+1.3
+Where do I start?
+\layout Description
+1.4
+Does LyX run on my computer?
+\layout Description
+1.5
+How much hard disk space does LyX need?
+\layout Description
+1.6
+Is LyX really Open Source?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2
+Internet Resources
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+Where should I look on the World Wide Web for LyX stuff?
+\layout Description
+2.2
+Where can I get LyX material by FTP?
+\layout Description
+2.3
+What mailing lists are there?
+\layout Description
+2.4
+Are the mailing lists archived anywhere?
+\layout Description
+2.5
+Okay, wise guy! Where are they archived?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+Compatibility with other word/document processors
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Can I read/write LaTeX files?
+\layout Description
+3.2
+Can I read/write Word files?
+\layout Description
+3.3
+Can I read/write HTML files?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+Obtaining and Compiling LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+What do I need?
+\layout Description
+4.2
+How do I compile it?
+\layout Description
+4.3
+I hate compiling.
+ Where are precompiled binaries?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Questions about Evil Red Text (IMPORTANT!)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+What is Evil Red Text (aka ERT)?
+\layout Description
+5.2
+How do I enter Evil Red Text?
+\layout Description
+5.3
+The new ERT inset is really inconvenient !
+\layout Description
+5.4
+Is there an alternative?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6
+Questions Related to Using LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1
+General questions
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.1
+How do I get rid of the date under the title?
+\layout Description
+6.1.2
+How do I change the spacing in an Itemize/\SpecialChar \-
+Enumerate/\SpecialChar \-
+Description list environment
+?
+\layout Description
+6.1.3
+How do I number equations by section?
+\layout Description
+6.1.4
+Is it possible to do this for figures and tables as well?
+\layout Description
+6.1.5
+How do I change to footnote numbers to symbols (star, dagger, etc.)?
+\layout Description
+6.1.6
+How do I kill widows and orphans?
+\layout Description
+6.1.7
+How do I get a formatted list which starts with e.g.
+ 1.
+ a)?
+\layout Description
+6.1.8
+How do I count words in LyX?
+\layout Description
+6.1.9
+How do I insert a fixed amount of horizontal space?
+\layout Description
+6.1.10
+How can I make citations show up as [1,2,3,6] or [1-3,6] rather than [1][2][3][6
+]?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.2
+Figure related questions
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.2.1
+What is the difference between a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+figure
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ and a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+figure float
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+?
+\layout Description
+6.2.2
+How do I get LyX to put the figure exactly where I want it?
+\layout Description
+6.2.3
+What does
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Too many unprocessed floats
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ mean?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3
+Math related questions
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3.1
+How do I put normal text inside a mathematical equation?
+\layout Description
+6.3.2
+How do I make a cube root (or higher)?
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7
+Questions Related to Running LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.1
+How do I convert LyX files to LaTeX from the command line?
+\layout Description
+7.2
+How do I create PDF files from my LyX document?
+\layout Description
+7.3
+Why do the fonts in my document look so bad in
+\family typewriter
+acroread
+\family default
+ ?
+\layout Description
+7.4
+Why doesn't my latest and greatest version of Ghostscript render EPS inline
+ figures properly?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+8
+Questions Related to LyX on Windows
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.1
+Why do the menus and the toolbar flicker ?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+9
+How to get further assistance
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+9.1
+You still haven't answered my question!
+\layout Description
+9.2
+I want to mail someone about my problem.
+
+\layout Description
+9.3
+What to put in a request for help.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+10
+Administrative information and acknowledgments
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+10.1
+Feedback is invited.
+
+\layout Description
+10.2
+Formats in which this FAQ is available.
+
+\layout Description
+10.3
+Authorship and acknowledgments.
+\layout Description
+10.4
+Disclaimer and Copyright.
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Section*
+
+O Tutorial de LyX
+\layout Description
+1
+Introdução
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.1
+Benvindo ao LyX!
+\layout Description
+1.2
+O que
+\shape italic
+é
+\shape default
+ o Tutorial e o que
+\shape italic
+não é
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.2.1
+Tirando o maior proveito possível do Tutorial
+\layout Description
+1.2.2
+O que
+\shape italic
+não vai
+\shape default
+ encontrar:
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.3
+O que é o LyX?
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.3.1
+Visão geral
+\layout Description
+1.3.2
+Diferenças entre o LyX e outros processadores de texto
+
+
+\layout Description
+1.3.3
+Que raio é o LaTeX?
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2
+Começando com o LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+O seu primeiro documento em LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1.1
+Escrever, Visualizar e Imprimir
+\layout Description
+2.1.2
+Operações Simples
+\layout Description
+2.1.3
+WYSIWYM: Espaços Em Branco No LyX
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.2
+Ambientes
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.2.1
+Secções e Subsecções
+\layout Description
+2.2.2
+Listas e sub-listas
+\layout Description
+2.2.3
+Outros Ambientes: Versos, Citações e Outros
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+Escrevendo Documentos
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Classes de Texto e Templates: Escrevendo Cartas
+\layout Description
+3.2
+Templates: Escrevendo uma Carta
+\layout Description
+3.3
+Títulos de Documentos
+\layout Description
+3.4
+Etiquetas e Referências Cruzadas
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.1
+Criando a sua primeira etiqueta
+\layout Description
+3.4.2
+A sua primeira Referência Cruzada
+\layout Description
+3.4.3
+Explorando um pouco mais sobre Etiquetas
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.5
+Notas de Rodapé e Margem
+\layout Description
+3.6
+Bibliografia
+\layout Description
+3.7
+Indíces
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+Usando Matemática
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+Modo Matemático
+\layout Description
+4.2
+Navegando numa Equação
+\layout Description
+4.3
+Expoentes e Índices
+\layout Description
+4.4
+O
+\family sans
+Math Panel
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4.1
+Grego e símbolos
+\layout Description
+4.4.2
+Raizes quadradas, acentos, delimitadores
+\layout Description
+4.4.3
+Fracções
+\layout Description
+4.4.4
+Modo TeX: Limites, log, sin e outros
+\layout Description
+4.4.5
+Matrizes
+\layout Description
+4.4.6
+O modo
+\family sans
+Display
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5
+Equações em várias linhas
+\layout Description
+4.6
+Mais acerca da matemática
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Vários
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+Outras Funções Importantes do LyX
+\layout Description
+5.2
+O LyX para utilizadores de LaTeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.1
+Modo TeX
+\layout Description
+5.2.2
+Importação De Documentos LaTeX --
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\layout Description
+5.2.3
+Converter Documentos LyX para LaTeX
+\layout Description
+5.2.4
+Preâmbulo LaTeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.4.1
+
+\emph on
+Classe
+\emph default
+ de documentos
+\layout Description
+5.2.4.2
+Outros assuntos
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.5
+BibTeX
+\layout Description
+5.2.6
+Miscelânia
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3
+Erros !
+\end_deeper
+\layout Section*
+
+The LyX User's Guide
+\layout Description
+1
+Introduction
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.1
+What is LyX?
+\layout Description
+1.2
+Getting Started
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.2.1
+Invoking LyX
+\layout Description
+1.2.2
+How LyX Looks
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.2.2.1
+The Main Window
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.2.3
+HELP!
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.3
+The LyX Interface
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.3.1
+Basic File Operations
+\layout Description
+1.3.2
+Basic Editing Features
+\layout Description
+1.3.3
+Undo and Redo
+\layout Description
+1.3.4
+Basic Mouse Bindings
+\layout Description
+1.3.5
+Basic Key Bindings
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.4
+Using LyX with Other Programs
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.4.1
+Importing ASCII files
+\layout Description
+1.4.2
+Cut and Paste Between LyX and Other X Programs
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2
+LyX Setup and Supporting Applications
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+2.2
+Basic LyX Setup
+\layout Description
+2.3
+Setting Up the X Keyboard
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.3.1
+
+\family typewriter
+xmodmap
+\family default
+ and
+\family typewriter
+xkeycaps
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.3.1.1
+
+\family typewriter
+xmodmap
+\layout Description
+2.3.1.2
+
+\family typewriter
+xkeycaps
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.3.2
+Modifiers and Mode_switch
+\layout Description
+2.3.3
+Helpful Hints and Tips
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.4
+LaTeX
+\layout Description
+2.5
+Dvips and Ghostscript
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.5.1
+What You Need
+\layout Description
+2.5.2
+Dvips
+\layout Description
+2.5.3
+Ghostscript, Xdvi and Ghostview
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.6
+The Printer
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+LyX Basics
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Document Types
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+3.1.2
+
+
+The Various Document Classes
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1.2.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+3.1.2.2
+Selecting a Class
+\layout Description
+3.1.2.3
+Properties
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1.3
+Fine-tuning the Defaults
+\layout Description
+3.1.4
+Paper Size, Orientation, and Margins
+\layout Description
+3.1.5
+Important Note:
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.2
+Paragraph Indentation and Separation
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.2.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+3.2.2
+Global Indentation Method
+\layout Description
+3.2.3
+Fine-Tuning
+\layout Description
+3.2.4
+Changing Line Spacing
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3
+Paragraph Environments
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+3.3.2
+Standard
+\layout Description
+3.3.3
+Document Titles
+\layout Description
+3.3.4
+Headings
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.1
+Numbered Headings
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.2
+Unnumbered Headings
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.3
+Changing the Numbering
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.4
+Special Information
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.5
+Creating an Appendix
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.5
+Quotes and Poetry
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.5.1
+
+\family sans
+Quote
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Quotation
+\layout Description
+3.3.5.2
+
+\family sans
+Verse
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.6
+Lists
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.1
+General Features
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.2
+
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.3
+
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.4
+
+\family sans
+Description
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.5
+The LyX
+\family sans
+List
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.7
+Letters
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.7.1
+
+\family sans
+Address
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Right\SpecialChar ~
+Address
+\family default
+: An Overview
+\layout Description
+3.3.7.2
+Usage
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.8
+Academic Writing
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.8.1
+
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\layout Description
+3.3.8.2
+
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.9
+Special Purpose
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.9.1
+
+\family sans
+Caption
+\layout Description
+3.3.9.2
+
+\family sans
+LyX-Code
+\layout Description
+3.3.9.3
+Comment
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4
+Nesting Environments
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.1
+The Big Deal
+\layout Description
+3.4.2
+What You Can and Can't Nest
+\layout Description
+3.4.3
+Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
+\layout Description
+3.4.4
+Usage and General Features
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.4.1
+Nesting limits
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.5
+Some Examples
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.5.1
+Example #1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
+\layout Description
+3.4.5.2
+Example #2: Inheritance
+\layout Description
+3.4.5.3
+Example #3: Labels, Levels, and the
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\family default
+ Environments.
+\layout Description
+3.4.5.4
+Example #4: Going Bonkers
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.5
+Fonts and Text Styles
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.5.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+3.5.2
+Global Options
+\layout Description
+3.5.3
+Using Different Character Styles
+\layout Description
+3.5.4
+Fine-Tuning with the
+\family sans
+Character Layout
+\family default
+ dialog
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.6
+Printing and Previewing
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.6.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+3.6.2
+Quick Viewing with
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\layout Description
+3.6.3
+Viewing the PostScript® Version with
+\family typewriter
+ghostview
+\layout Description
+3.6.4
+Printing the File
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7
+A Few Words about Typography
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7.1
+Hyphens and Hyphenation
+\layout Description
+3.7.2
+Punctuation Marks
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7.2.1
+Abbreviations and End of Sentence
+\layout Description
+3.7.2.2
+Quotes
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7.3
+Ligatures
+\layout Description
+3.7.4
+Widows and Orphans
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+Floats: Tables, Figures, Footnotes and Margin Notes
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+Footnotes
+\layout Description
+4.2
+Margin Notes
+\layout Description
+4.3
+Figures and Imported Graphics
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3.1
+Figure Floats
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3.1.1
+Using Figure Floats
+\layout Description
+4.3.1.2
+Float Placement
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3.2
+
+\family typewriter
+XFig
+\family default
+ and LyX
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4
+Tables
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4.1
+The Table dialog
+\layout Description
+4.4.2
+What can be placed inside a table cell?
+\layout Description
+4.4.3
+Cut & Paste in Tables
+\layout Description
+4.4.4
+Multiple lines in cells
+\layout Description
+4.4.5
+Table Floats
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5
+Table of Contents and other Listings
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.1
+The Table of Contents
+\layout Description
+4.5.2
+List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Mathematical Formulae
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+Basic Math Editing
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1.1
+Navigating a Formula
+\layout Description
+5.1.2
+Selecting Text
+\layout Description
+5.1.3
+Exponents and Subscripts
+\layout Description
+5.1.4
+Fractions
+\layout Description
+5.1.5
+Sums and Integrals
+\layout Description
+5.1.6
+The Math Panel
+\layout Description
+5.1.7
+Other Math Symbols
+\layout Description
+5.1.8
+Altering spacing
+\layout Description
+5.1.9
+Math functions
+\layout Description
+5.1.10
+Accents
+\layout Description
+5.1.11
+The math editor for LaTeX users
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2
+Brackets and decorations
+\layout Description
+5.3
+Grouping
+\layout Description
+5.4
+Arrays and Multi-line Equations
+\layout Description
+5.5
+Equation Numbering and Labels
+\layout Description
+5.6
+User defined macros in math mode
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.6.1
+Directions on using macros
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.6.1.1
+How to create them
+\layout Description
+5.6.1.2
+How to navigate
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.7
+Fine-Tuning
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.7.1
+Typefaces
+\layout Description
+5.7.2
+Math Text Mode
+\layout Description
+5.7.3
+Font Sizes
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.8
+AMS LaTeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.8.1
+Enabling AMS Support
+\layout Description
+5.8.2
+AMS Symbols
+\layout Description
+5.8.3
+AMS Formula Types
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6
+More Tools
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1
+Cross-References
+\layout Description
+6.2
+URLs (Uniform Resource Locators)
+\layout Description
+6.3
+Specifying Short Titles with Optional Arguments
+
+
+\layout Description
+6.4
+Spacing, pagination and line breaks
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.1
+Extra Horizontal Space
+\layout Description
+6.4.2
+Extra Vertical Space
+\layout Description
+6.4.3
+Changing Paragraph Alignment
+\layout Description
+6.4.4
+Forcing Page Breaks
+\layout Description
+6.4.5
+Protected blanks
+\layout Description
+6.4.6
+Line breaking
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.5
+Spellchecking
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.5.1
+Spellchecker Options
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.5.1.1
+Dictionary
+\layout Description
+6.5.1.2
+Personal dictionary
+\layout Description
+6.5.1.3
+Further Options
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.5.2
+Limitations
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.6
+International Support
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.6.1
+Language Options
+\layout Description
+6.6.2
+Keyboard mapping configuration
+\layout Description
+6.6.3
+Character Tables
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7
+Credits
+\layout Section*
+
+Extended LyX Features
+\layout Description
+1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+2
+LyX and LaTeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+How LyX Uses LaTeX
+\layout Description
+2.2
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Help! LyX generated an unreadable
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+ file!
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+2.3
+Translating LaTeX files into LyX
+\layout Description
+2.4
+Inserting LaTeX Code into LyX Documents
+
+
+\layout Description
+2.5
+LyX and the LaTeX Preamble
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.5.1
+About the LaTeX Preamble
+\layout Description
+2.5.2
+Changing the Preamble
+\layout Description
+2.5.3
+Examples
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.5.3.1
+Example #1: Offsets
+\layout Description
+2.5.3.2
+Example #2: Labels
+\layout Description
+2.5.3.3
+Example #3: Paragraph Indentation
+\layout Description
+2.5.3.4
+Example #4: This Document
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.6
+LyX and LaTeX Errors
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+Supplemental Tools
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Preparing a Bibliography with BibTeX
+\layout Description
+3.2
+Making an Index
+\layout Description
+3.3
+Multipart Documents
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.1
+General Operation
+\layout Description
+3.3.2
+Cross-References Between Files
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4
+Algorithms
+\layout Description
+3.5
+Subfigures
+\layout Description
+3.6
+Fancy Headers and Footers
+\layout Description
+3.7
+Minipages
+\layout Description
+3.8
+Wrapping Text Around Figures
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.9
+Extra Table Options
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.9.1
+Removing Extra Column Space
+\layout Description
+3.9.2
+Changing the Column Separator Character
+\layout Description
+3.9.3
+Making a Decimal Point Aligned Column
+\layout Description
+3.9.4
+A Better Decimal-Alignment Solution
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.10
+Itemize Bullet Selection
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.10.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+3.10.2
+How it looks
+\layout Description
+3.10.3
+How to use it
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+Special Document Classes
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+AMS LaTeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1.1
+What these layouts provide
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.2
+Dinbrief
+\layout Description
+4.3
+Paper
+\layout Description
+4.4
+A&A Paper
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.4.2
+Getting started
+\layout Description
+4.4.3
+The header block
+\layout Description
+4.4.4
+The abstract
+\layout Description
+4.4.5
+Supported environments
+\layout Description
+4.4.6
+Commands not supported by LyX
+\layout Description
+4.4.7
+Figure and Table Floats
+\layout Description
+4.4.8
+Referee layout
+\layout Description
+4.4.9
+The example paper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5
+AASTeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.5.2
+Starting a New Paper
+\layout Description
+4.5.3
+Finishing Your Paper
+\layout Description
+4.5.4
+Comments On Specific Commands
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.4.1
+Things that work as expected
+\layout Description
+4.5.4.2
+Things that work, but require more comment
+\layout Description
+4.5.4.3
+Things not implemented, use ERT
+\layout Description
+4.5.4.4
+Things that cannot be implemented
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.5
+FAQs, Tips, Tricks, and Other Ruminations
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.1
+Getting LyX and AASTeX to cooperate
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.2
+LaTeX error processing a table
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.3
+References
+
+
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.4
+Including EPS files
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.5
+Things I could have done, but didn't
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.6
+Final Caveat
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.6
+ijmpd
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.6.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+4.6.2
+Writing a paper
+\layout Description
+4.6.3
+Preparing a paper for submission
+\layout Description
+4.6.4
+Use of ERT
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.7
+Kluwer
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.7.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+4.7.2
+Writing a paper
+\layout Description
+4.7.3
+Preparing a paper for submission
+\layout Description
+4.7.4
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Peculiarities
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ of the Kluwer package
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.8
+Koma-Script
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.8.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+4.8.2
+article (koma-script), report (koma-script), and book (koma-script)
+\layout Description
+4.8.3
+letter (koma-script)
+\layout Description
+4.8.4
+The new letter class: letter (koma-script v.2)
+\layout Description
+4.8.5
+Problems
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.9
+Springer Journals (
+\family sans
+svjour
+\family default
+)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.9.1
+Description
+\layout Description
+4.9.2
+New styles
+\layout Description
+4.9.3
+Supported journals
+\layout Description
+4.9.4
+Credits
+\layout Description
+4.9.5
+Bugs
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.10
+AGU journals (
+\family sans
+aguplus
+\family default
+)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.10.1
+Description
+\layout Description
+4.10.2
+New styles
+\layout Description
+4.10.3
+New floats
+\layout Description
+4.10.4
+Supported journals
+\layout Description
+4.10.5
+Bugs and things to remember
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.11
+EGS journals (
+\family sans
+egs
+\family default
+)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.11.1
+Description
+\layout Description
+4.11.2
+New styles
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12
+Slides [aka
+\noun on
+Sli
+\noun default
+TeX]
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.12.2
+Getting Started
+
+
+\layout Description
+4.12.3
+Paragraph Environments
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.3.1
+Supported Environments
+\layout Description
+4.12.3.2
+Quirks of the New Environments
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.4
+Making a Presentation with
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+ Overlay
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Note
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.4.1
+Using the
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+ Environment
+\layout Description
+4.12.4.2
+Using
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+ with
+\family sans
+Slide
+\layout Description
+4.12.4.3
+Using
+\family sans
+Note
+\family default
+ with
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.5
+The
+\family sans
+slides
+\family default
+ Class Template File
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13
+Foils [aka
+\family sans
+Foil
+\family default
+\noun on
+TeX
+\noun default
+]
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.13.2
+Getting Started
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.2.1
+Extra Options
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.3
+Supported Environments
+\layout Description
+4.13.4
+Building a Set of Foils
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.1
+Give It a Title Page
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.2
+Start a New Foil
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.3
+Theorems, Lemmas, Proofs and more
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.4
+Lists
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.5
+Figures and Tables
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.6
+Page Headers and Footers
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.5
+Unsupported
+\family sans
+Foil
+\family default
+TeX Goodies
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.5.1
+Lengths
+\layout Description
+4.13.5.2
+Headers and Footers
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.14
+Latex8 (IEEE Conference Papers)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.14.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.14.2
+Getting Started
+\layout Description
+4.14.3
+Supported Environments
+\layout Description
+4.14.4
+Differences Between Screen and Paper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.15
+Hollywood (Hollywood spec scripts)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.15.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.15.2
+Special problems
+\layout Description
+4.15.3
+Special features
+\layout Description
+4.15.4
+Paper size and Margins
+\layout Description
+4.15.5
+Environments
+\layout Description
+4.15.6
+Script jargon
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.16
+Broadway
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.16.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.16.2
+Special problems
+\layout Description
+4.16.3
+Special features
+\layout Description
+4.16.4
+Paper size and Margins
+\layout Description
+4.16.5
+Environments
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.17
+RevTeX4
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.17.1
+Installation
+\layout Description
+4.17.2
+Preamble Matter
+\layout Description
+4.17.3
+Layouts
+\layout Description
+4.17.4
+Important Notes
+\layout Description
+4.17.5
+Drawbacks
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.18
+Article (mwart), book (mwbk) and report (mwrep)
+
+
+\layout Description
+4.19
+Elsevier Journals
+\layout Description
+4.20
+Memoir
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.20.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+4.20.2
+Basic features and restrictions
+\layout Description
+4.20.3
+Extra features
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Importing and Exporting Alternate File Formats
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+Considerations
+\layout Description
+5.2
+Importing Other Formats
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.1
+LaTeX
+\layout Description
+5.2.2
+ASCII Text
+\layout Description
+5.2.3
+Noweb
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3
+Exporting Other Formats
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3.1
+LaTeX
+\layout Description
+5.3.2
+Device Independent Files
+\layout Description
+5.3.3
+PostScript®
+\layout Description
+5.3.4
+ASCII text
+\layout Description
+5.3.5
+HTML
+\layout Description
+5.3.6
+PDF
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.1
+Use pdfLaTeX
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.2
+Why does the text look so bad when viewed with Acrobat Reader?
+
+
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.3
+Why doesn't the
+\backslash
+boldsymbol{} command work when I use pslatex?
+
+
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.4
+Is it possible to do write latex code which is processed only when running
+ pdfLaTeX?
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.5
+How can I make URLs clickable ?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3.7
+Custom
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4
+The Complete reLyX Description
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.1
+Synopsis
+\layout Description
+5.4.2
+Options
+\layout Description
+5.4.3
+Description
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.2
+Usage
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.3
+What reLyX Can Handle
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.4
+What reLyX Can't Handle --- But it's OK
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.5
+What reLyX Handles Badly --- a.\SpecialChar ~
+k.\SpecialChar ~
+a.
+ BUGS
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.6
+What LyX Can't Handle
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.4
+Examples
+\layout Description
+5.4.5
+Notes
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.1
+Bug Reports
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.2
+Implementation Details:
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.3
+Layout Files
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.4
+Syntax Files
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.5
+Miscellaneous
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.6
+Diagnostics
+\layout Description
+5.4.7
+Warnings
+\layout Description
+5.4.8
+Files
+\layout Description
+5.4.9
+See also
+\layout Description
+5.4.10
+Authors
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6
+LyX Features needing Extra Software
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1
+Using LyX with SGML-Tools (aka LinuxDoc)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+6.1.2
+Preparing and using a LinuxDoc document
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.2.1
+Getting started
+\layout Description
+6.1.2.2
+Output from LinuxDoc
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.3
+Using the paragraph environments in LinuxDoc
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.3.1
+The Structure of a LinuxDoc Document
+\layout Description
+6.1.3.2
+The LinuxDoc Paragraph Environments
+\layout Description
+6.1.3.3
+Other document features
+\layout Description
+6.1.3.4
+Cross references and HTML
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.4
+Using the LinuxDoc Sgml scripts
+
+
+\layout Description
+6.1.5
+Troubleshooting LinuxDoc
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.2
+Checking TeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.2.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+6.2.2
+How to use it
+\layout Description
+6.2.3
+How to fine tune it
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3
+Version Control in LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+6.3.2
+RCS commands in LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.1
+
+\family sans
+Register
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.2
+
+\family sans
+Check In Changes
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.3
+
+\family sans
+Check Out For Edit
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.4
+
+\family sans
+Revert To Last Version
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.5
+
+\family sans
+Undo Last Checkin
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.6
+
+\family sans
+Show History
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4
+Literate Programming
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+6.4.2
+Literate Programming
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.2.1
+References
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.3
+LyX and Literate Programming
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.1
+Generating documents and code (weaving and tangling)
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.2
+Configuring LyX
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.3
+Debug extensions
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.4
+Toolbar extensions
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.5
+Colors customization
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7
+Secrets of the LaTeX Masters
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.1
+Tricks for Footnotes and Margin Notes
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.1.1
+Footnotes
+\layout Description
+7.1.2
+Margin Notes
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.2
+Multiple Columns
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.2.1
+Purpose
+\layout Description
+7.2.2
+Limitations
+\layout Description
+7.2.3
+Examples
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.2.3.1
+Two columns
+\layout Description
+7.2.3.2
+Multiple columns
+\layout Description
+7.2.3.3
+Columns inside columns
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.3
+Numbering in the
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+ Paragraph Environment
+
+
+\layout Description
+7.4
+Extra Space Between Table Rows
+\layout Description
+7.5
+Dropped Capitals
+\layout Description
+7.6
+Non-standard Paragraph Shapes
+\layout Description
+7.7
+Summary
+\end_deeper
+\layout Section*
+
+Customizing LyX: Features for the Advanced User
+\layout Description
+1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+2
+LyX configuration files
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+What's in
+\family typewriter
+LyXDir
+\family default
+?
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1.1
+Automatically generated files
+\layout Description
+2.1.2
+Directories
+\layout Description
+2.1.3
+Files you don't want to modify
+\layout Description
+2.1.4
+Other files needing a line or two...
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.2
+Your local configuration directory
+\layout Description
+2.3
+Running LyX with multiple configurations
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+The
+\family sans
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+references
+\family default
+ dialog
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Using the dialog for the first time
+\layout Description
+3.2
+On-screen fonts
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.2.1
+DPI setting and Font Zoom
+\layout Description
+3.2.2
+Font definition commands
+\layout Description
+3.2.3
+Font encoding
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3
+Bindings
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.4
+User Interface
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.5
+Converters, Formats and Viewers
+\layout Description
+3.6
+ASCII export options
+\layout Description
+3.7
+Printer
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7.1
+Changing Colors
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.8
+The autodetected settings
+\layout Description
+3.9
+The rest
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+Internationalizing LyX
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+Selecting an alternative language for the user interface
+\layout Description
+4.2
+Translating LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.2.1
+Translating the graphical user interface (text messages).
+\layout Description
+4.2.2
+Translating the documentation.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3
+International Keyboard Support
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3.1
+Defining Own Keymaps: Keymap File Format
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4
+International Keymap Stuff
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4.1
+The .kmap File
+\layout Description
+4.4.2
+The .cdef File
+\layout Description
+4.4.3
+Dead Keys
+\layout Description
+4.4.4
+Saving your Language Configuration
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Installing New Document Classes, Layouts, and Templates
+
+
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+Installing a new LaTeX package
+\layout Description
+5.2
+Layouts
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.1
+Supporting new document classes
+\layout Description
+5.2.2
+A layout for an
+\family sans
+sty
+\family default
+ file
+\layout Description
+5.2.3
+Layout for a
+\family sans
+cls
+\family default
+ file
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3
+Declaring a new text class
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3.1
+General text class parameters
+\layout Description
+5.3.2
+
+\family typewriter
+ClassOptions
+\family default
+ section
+\layout Description
+5.3.3
+Specific Paragraph Layouts
+\layout Description
+5.3.4
+Floats
+\layout Description
+5.3.5
+Counters
+\layout Description
+5.3.6
+Font description
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4
+Creating Templates
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6
+Including External Material
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1
+Background
+\layout Description
+6.2
+How does it work?
+\layout Description
+6.3
+The external material dialog
+\layout Description
+6.4
+Examples
+\layout Description
+6.5
+The external template configuration file
+\layout Description
+6.6
+The substitution mechanism
+\layout Description
+6.7
+Security discussion
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7
+The LyX Server
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+7.2
+Starting the LyX Server
+\layout Description
+7.3
+Normal communication
+\layout Description
+7.4
+Notification
+\layout Description
+7.5
+The simple LyX Server Protocol
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+8 \start_of_appendix
+Bindings
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.1
+Toolbar
+\layout Description
+8.2
+Menu
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.2.1
+File
+\layout Description
+8.2.2
+Edit
+\layout Description
+8.2.3
+Insert
+\layout Description
+8.2.4
+Layout
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.2.4.1
+L
+\family sans
+ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Character
+\family default
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.2.5
+View
+\layout Description
+8.2.6
+Navigate
+\layout Description
+8.2.7
+Help
+\layout Description
+8.2.8
+Paragraph Style
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.3
+Keyboard
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.3.1
+Specific to
+\family typewriter
+emacs.bind
+\layout Description
+8.3.2
+Specific to
+\family typewriter
+cua.bind
+\layout Description
+8.3.3
+Specific to
+\family typewriter
+sciword.bind
+\layout Description
+8.3.4
+Standard math bindings
+\layout Description
+8.3.5
+Other Accelerators
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+
+\the_end
--- /dev/null
+#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
+\lyxformat 221
+\textclass article
+\language romanian
+\inputencoding latin2
+\fontscheme default
+\graphics none
+\paperfontsize 12
+\spacing single
+\papersize letterpaper
+\paperpackage a4
+\use_geometry 0
+\use_amsmath 0
+\use_natbib 0
+\use_numerical_citations 0
+\paperorientation portrait
+\secnumdepth 3
+\tocdepth 3
+\paragraph_separation indent
+\defskip medskip
+\quotes_language english
+\quotes_times 2
+\papercolumns 0
+\papersides 1
+\paperpagestyle plain
+
+\layout Title
+
+Introducere în LyX sau cum sã utilizaþi acest document
+\layout Author
+
+de John Weiss ºi echipa LyX
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+traducere Gabriel Cristache <cristache@adcomm.pub.ro>
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Section
+
+Navigarea prin documentaþie
+\layout Standard
+
+Bine aþi venit în lumea LyX !
+\layout Standard
+
+Pentru a uºura rãspunsul la întrebãrile dumneavoastrã ºi pentru a descrie
+ caracteristicile LyX-ului, documentaþia a fost împãrþitã în mai multe
+ fiºiere.
+ Fiecare fiºier are rostul sãu, aºa cum se va putea observa din descrierea
+ care urmeazã.
+ Înainte de a citi oricare dintre aceste fiºiere ar trebui, totuºi, sã-l
+ citiþi mai întâi pe acesta, deoarece conþine foarte multã informaþie utilã
+ ºi pentru cã în acest mod puteþi economisi timp.
+
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_top bigskip \align center
+ATENÞIE!!!!!ATENÞIE!!!!!!ATENÞIE!!!!!
+\layout Standard
+
+Documentaþia, ca un întreg, nu este completã în acest moment! Ca ºi programul,
+ ea poate fi consideratã în faza beta.
+ Puteþi fi siguri cã totul va fi complet odatã cu versiunea 1.0.
+\layout Standard
+
+Dacã în lectura acestui manual întâlniþi neclaritãþi sau vi se pare ceva
+ confuz, puteþi contacta echipa LyX:
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+LyX@via.ecp.fr
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Vã rugãm sã puneþi cuvintele:
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+LyX Docs
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ undeva în subiectul mesajului.
+ Pentru eventuale sugestii privind traducerea, puteþi contacta:
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+cristache@ADComm.pub.ro
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Mulþumim!
+\layout Subsection
+
+Formatul manualelor
+\layout Standard
+
+Unii dintre cititorii acestui articol vor tipãri aceastã documentaþie.
+ Alþii o vor citi
+\emph on
+online
+\emph toggle
+, cu LyX-ul, ca pe un fiºier.
+ Pentru cei care citesc documentaþia
+\emph on
+online
+\emph toggle
+, existã câteva diferenþe faþã de versiunea tipãritã.
+ În primul rând, titlul este pur ºi simplu la începutul documentului, nu
+ formatat pe o paginã separatã ca în unele dintre versiunile tipãrite.
+ Cuprinsul ºi notele de subsol nu sunt vizibile.
+ Pentru a-l afiºa selectaþi
+\family sans
+ Structura documentului
+\family default
+ din
+\family sans
+meniul
+\family default
+
+\family sans
+Editare
+\family default
+.
+ Pentru a deschide o notã de subsol, care aratã ca aceasta,
+\begin_inset Foot
+collapsed true
+
+\layout Standard
+
+Salut!
+\end_inset
+
+ apãsaþi pe ea cu butonul stânga al mouse-ului.
+\layout Standard
+
+Acum, dupa ce am clarificat câteva dintre diferenþele dintre versiunea tipãritã
+ ºi cea
+\emph on
+online
+\emph toggle
+, putem sã aruncãm o privire asupra formatului acestui document.
+ Puteþi remarca, uneori, diferite fonturi:
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\emph on
+Stilul evidenþiat
+\emph default
+este folosit pentru accentuãri generale, argumente generice, titluri de
+ cãrþi, nume de secþiuni ale manualelor ºi note din partea autorilor.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family typewriter
+Maºinã de scris
+\family default
+ este folosit pentru nume de programe ºi de fiºiere, cod LaTeX ºi pentru
+ cod sursã ºi funcþii LyX.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Sans Serif
+\family default
+ este utilizat pentru meniu, butoane, nume de meniuri
+\emph on
+ popup
+\emph toggle
+ ºi nume ale tastelor.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\noun on
+Stilul substantiv
+\noun default
+ este utilizat pentru nume de persoane.
+\layout Standard
+
+Pentru a afla diferitele asocieri dintre taste ºi comenzi ar trebui sã citiþi
+ secþiunea
+\emph on
+Maparea
+\emph toggle
+
+\emph on
+tastelor
+\emph toggle
+din
+\emph default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\emph on
+Manualul de referinþã
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\emph default
+ [fiºierul
+\family typewriter
+Reference.
+\family default
+LyX].
+ Când vom face referire la taste, vom folosi urmãtoarele convenþii:
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+C-
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+ indicã tasta
+\family sans
+ Control.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+S-
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+indicã tasta
+\family sans
+Shift.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+M-
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+ indicã tasta
+\family sans
+Meta
+\family default
+, care pentru unele tastaturi este reprezentatã de tasta
+\family sans
+Alt
+\family default
+.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+F1
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+F12
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ sunt tastele funcþie.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+Esc
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ este tasta Escape.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+Left
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+Right
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+Up
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+Down
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+: reprezintã tastele cursor.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Insert
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+Delete
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+Home
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+End
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+PageUp
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+PageDown
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+: acestea sunt cele 6 taste ce apar deasupra tastelor curente la majoritatea
+ tastaturilor PC.
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+PageUp
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ ºi
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+PageDown
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ sunt denumite
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+Prior
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ ºi
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+Next
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ la anumite tastaturi.
+\layout Itemize
+
+
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ ºi
+\family sans
+Enter
+\family default
+ se referã amândouã la aceiaºi tastã.
+ Unele tastaturi eticheteazã tasta
+\family sans
+ Return
+\family default
+ ca
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Return,
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ altele ca
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Enter,
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ pe când altele le au pe amîndouã.
+ LyX le trateazã pe toate ca fiind aceiaºi tastã, astfel încît le vom putea
+ utiliza pe oricare din ele.
+\layout Standard
+
+Veþi vedea texte ca
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+[Vezi
+\emph on
+
+\begin_inset Quotes els
+\end_inset
+
+Manualul de referinþã
+\begin_inset Quotes ers
+\end_inset
+
+
+\emph default
+]
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ din când în când.
+ Am listat mapãrile posibile de taste pentru o funcþie în secþiunea corespunzãto
+are din
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\emph on
+Manualul de referinþã
+\emph default
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ deci cãutaþi ºi acolo.
+\layout Section
+
+Manualele
+\layout Standard
+
+Urmãtoarea listã descrie conþinutul fiecãrui fiºier din documentaþie:
+\layout Description
+
+
+\emph on
+Introducere
+\emph toggle
+
+\emph default
+Acest fiºier.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\emph on
+Tutorial
+\emph default
+ Dacã sunteþi nou în LyX, ºi nu aþi utilizat niciodatã LaTeX înainte, atunci
+ ar trebui sã începeþi cu acest fiºier.
+
+\layout Description
+
+
+\emph on
+Cum\SpecialChar ~
+sã\SpecialChar ~
+fac
+\emph toggle
+
+\emph default
+Acesta este un fiºier cu cele mai frecvente întrebãri referitoare la LyX
+ [
+\emph on
+sau va fi, la timpul potrivit
+\emph default
+].
+ În tot ceea ce înseamnã procesare de text sunt câteva operaþii comune cu
+ care aproape toþi utilizatorii sunt familiarizaþi.
+ Nu toate acestea sunt valabile însã ºi în LyX, ºi de aceea, nu au nici
+ un sens în LyX sau LaTeX.
+ Acest fiºier încearcã sã explice, prin întrebãri ºi rãspunsuri, care sunt
+ operaþiile echivalente în LyX\SpecialChar \@.
+ De asemenea, tot aici se pot gãsi, din când
+ în când, referinþe la manualul principal.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\emph on
+Ghidul\SpecialChar ~
+utilizatorului
+\emph toggle
+
+\emph default
+Aceasta este o documentaþie primarã.
+ Este de aºteptat ca aceastã documentaþie sã acopere
+\emph on
+
+\emph toggle
+elementele
+\emph default
+ de bazã ce privesc operarea în LyX ºi caracteristile lui.
+ Manualul principal presupune cã aveþi cunostinþe de LaTeX sau cã aþi citit
+\emph on
+ Tutorialul
+\emph default
+\SpecialChar \@.
+
+\layout Description
+
+
+\emph on
+Editare\SpecialChar ~
+avansatã
+\emph toggle
+
+\emph default
+Aceasta este o extensie a
+\emph on
+Ghidului utilizatorului
+\emph default
+.
+ El include informaþii adiþionale privind tehnoredactarea documentelor ºi
+ caracteristici ale editãrilor specializate, printre aceste incluzând ºi
+ câteva trucuri ale specialiºtilor LaTeX.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\emph on
+Personalizare
+\emph default
+O descriere avansatã a caracteristicilor LyX-ului, incluzând informaþii
+ despre cum sã vã personalizaþi întregul comportament al LyX-ului.
+ Aceasta include chestiuni legate de mapãri, internaþionalizãri ºi fiºiere
+ de configurare.
+\layout Description
+
+
+\emph on
+Manualul\SpecialChar ~
+de\SpecialChar ~
+referinþã
+\emph default
+ Acesta contine o descriere exhaustivã ºi detaliatã a caracteristicilor
+ LyX-ului, dar fãrã aluziile ºi descrierile ajutãtoare pe care le gãsiþi
+ în
+\emph on
+ Ghidul utilizatorului
+\emph default
+\SpecialChar \@.
+
+\layout Description
+
+
+\emph on
+Erori\SpecialChar ~
+cunoscute
+\emph toggle
+
+\emph default
+Acest fiºier conþine o listã a erorilor cunoscute în LyX ºi informaþii despre
+ ce trebuie sã faceþi dacã depistaþi o eroare în LyX\SpecialChar \@.
+
+\layout Description
+
+
+\emph on
+Configuraþia\SpecialChar ~
+LaTeX
+\emph default
+Acest fiºier conþine informaþii pe care LyX-ul le-a aflat despre instalarea
+ pe care aþi fãcut-o dumneavoastrã.
+ Verificaþi pentru a afla dacã vã lipseºte ceva ce aþi dori sã aveþi.
+\layout Standard
+
+Aceste fiºiere fac referire unul la celãlalt.
+ De exemplu,
+\emph on
+Ghidul utilizatorului
+\emph default
+ conþine
+\emph on
+unele
+\emph default
+ informaþii despre instalare ºi personalizare, dar face referire la manualul
+
+\emph on
+Personalizare
+\emph default
+ pentru a oferi mai multe informaþii.
+\layout Standard
+
+Reamintim un lucru foarte important:
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_top 0.51cm \added_space_bottom 0.51cm \align center
+Dacã nu aþi utilizat LaTeX înainte citiþi
+\emph on
+ Tutorialul.
+\layout Standard
+
+Altfel, LyX-ul vi se va pãrea bizar ºi greu de utilizat.
+\layout Section
+
+Contribuþii la proiectul de documentare
+\layout Subsection
+
+Raportarea erorilor
+\layout Standard
+
+Destul de uºor de fãcut.
+ Va trebui sã trimiteþi un mesaj pe Developer's Mailing List sau pe User's
+ Mailing List.
+ Dacã începeþi linia din subiect cu
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Doc Error
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ sau ceva în genul acesta, ne va ajuta foarte mult sã o gãsim
+\layout Standard
+\added_space_top 1.06cm \added_space_bottom 1.06cm \align center
+
+\emph on
+Nu faceþi nici o modificare în aceste manuale fãrã un acord prealabil al
+ autorilor!
+\layout Standard
+
+Orice modificare aleatoare a acestor manuale ar fi fãrã rost pentru cã,
+ oricum, echipa de documentare deþine originalul.
+\layout Subsection
+
+Cum sã începeþie
+\layout Standard
+
+Proiectul de documentare al LyX, ca ºi orice alt proiect LyX, poate fi susþinut!
+ Dacã sunteþi interesat sã contribuiþi la Proiectul de documentare al LyX,
+ va trebui sã urmaþi aceste etape :
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Obþineþi ultimul cod sursã LyX.
+ Dezarhivaþi-l.
+ Veþi gãsi un director în calea principalã numit
+\family typewriter
+development
+\family default
+.
+ În interiorul acestui director este un fiºier numit
+\family typewriter
+DocStyle.lyx
+\family default
+.
+ Citiþi-l.
+ Conþine
+\emph on
+stylesheet
+\emph toggle
+-ul documentaþiei.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Citiþi
+\family typewriter
+DocStyle.lyx
+\family default
+ din nou.
+\layout Enumerate
+
+Apoi, citiþi,
+\emph on
+Ghidul utilizatorului
+\emph default
+.
+ În întregime.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Scopul acestui exerciþiu este sa vã dãm câteva idei.
+
+\emph on
+Ghidul utilizatorului
+\emph default
+ este cel mai complet manual din aceastã documentaþie.
+ Va trebui sa vã însuºiþi câteva idei referitoare la modul în care se citeºte
+ sau aratã acest manual.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Enumerate
+
+În cele din urmã, contactaþi echipa LyX :
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+
+\family typewriter
+LyX@via.ecp.fr
+\end_deeper
+\layout Standard
+
+Vrem sã fim siguri cã aþi înþeles
+\emph on
+stylesheet
+\emph toggle
+-ul
+\series bold
+înainte
+\series default
+\emph default
+ de a începe sã scrieþi.
+\the_end
--- /dev/null
+#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
+\lyxformat 221
+\textclass article
+\language english
+\inputencoding default
+\fontscheme default
+\graphics default
+\paperfontsize default
+\spacing single
+\papersize Default
+\paperpackage a4
+\use_geometry 0
+\use_amsmath 0
+\use_natbib 0
+\use_numerical_citations 0
+\paperorientation portrait
+\secnumdepth 3
+\tocdepth 3
+\paragraph_separation indent
+\defskip medskip
+\quotes_language english
+\quotes_times 2
+\papercolumns 1
+\papersides 1
+\paperpagestyle default
+
+\layout Title
+
+LyX Documentation Table of Contents
+\layout Section*
+
+Introducere în LyX sau cum sã utilizaþi acest document
+\layout Description
+1
+Navigarea prin documentaþie
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.1
+Formatul manualelor
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2
+Manualele
+\layout Description
+3
+Contribuþii la proiectul de documentare
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Raportarea erorilor
+\layout Description
+3.2
+Cum sã începeþie
+\end_deeper
+\layout Section*
+
+LyX Frequently Asked Questions with Answers
+\newline
+Version 0.3.7
+\layout Description
+1
+Introduction and General Information
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.1
+What is LyX?
+\layout Description
+1.2
+That's fine, but is it useful?
+\layout Description
+1.3
+Where do I start?
+\layout Description
+1.4
+Does LyX run on my computer?
+\layout Description
+1.5
+How much hard disk space does LyX need?
+\layout Description
+1.6
+Is LyX really Open Source?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2
+Internet Resources
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+Where should I look on the World Wide Web for LyX stuff?
+\layout Description
+2.2
+Where can I get LyX material by FTP?
+\layout Description
+2.3
+What mailing lists are there?
+\layout Description
+2.4
+Are the mailing lists archived anywhere?
+\layout Description
+2.5
+Okay, wise guy! Where are they archived?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+Compatibility with other word/document processors
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Can I read/write LaTeX files?
+\layout Description
+3.2
+Can I read/write Word files?
+\layout Description
+3.3
+Can I read/write HTML files?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+Obtaining and Compiling LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+What do I need?
+\layout Description
+4.2
+How do I compile it?
+\layout Description
+4.3
+I hate compiling.
+ Where are precompiled binaries?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Questions about Evil Red Text (IMPORTANT!)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+What is Evil Red Text (aka ERT)?
+\layout Description
+5.2
+How do I enter Evil Red Text?
+\layout Description
+5.3
+The new ERT inset is really inconvenient !
+\layout Description
+5.4
+Is there an alternative?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6
+Questions Related to Using LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1
+General questions
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.1
+How do I get rid of the date under the title?
+\layout Description
+6.1.2
+How do I change the spacing in an Itemize/\SpecialChar \-
+Enumerate/\SpecialChar \-
+Description list environment
+?
+\layout Description
+6.1.3
+How do I number equations by section?
+\layout Description
+6.1.4
+Is it possible to do this for figures and tables as well?
+\layout Description
+6.1.5
+How do I change to footnote numbers to symbols (star, dagger, etc.)?
+\layout Description
+6.1.6
+How do I kill widows and orphans?
+\layout Description
+6.1.7
+How do I get a formatted list which starts with e.g.
+ 1.
+ a)?
+\layout Description
+6.1.8
+How do I count words in LyX?
+\layout Description
+6.1.9
+How do I insert a fixed amount of horizontal space?
+\layout Description
+6.1.10
+How can I make citations show up as [1,2,3,6] or [1-3,6] rather than [1][2][3][6
+]?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.2
+Figure related questions
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.2.1
+What is the difference between a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+figure
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ and a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+figure float
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+?
+\layout Description
+6.2.2
+How do I get LyX to put the figure exactly where I want it?
+\layout Description
+6.2.3
+What does
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Too many unprocessed floats
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ mean?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3
+Math related questions
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3.1
+How do I put normal text inside a mathematical equation?
+\layout Description
+6.3.2
+How do I make a cube root (or higher)?
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7
+Questions Related to Running LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.1
+How do I convert LyX files to LaTeX from the command line?
+\layout Description
+7.2
+How do I create PDF files from my LyX document?
+\layout Description
+7.3
+Why do the fonts in my document look so bad in
+\family typewriter
+acroread
+\family default
+ ?
+\layout Description
+7.4
+Why doesn't my latest and greatest version of Ghostscript render EPS inline
+ figures properly?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+8
+Questions Related to LyX on Windows
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.1
+Why do the menus and the toolbar flicker ?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+9
+How to get further assistance
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+9.1
+You still haven't answered my question!
+\layout Description
+9.2
+I want to mail someone about my problem.
+
+\layout Description
+9.3
+What to put in a request for help.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+10
+Administrative information and acknowledgments
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+10.1
+Feedback is invited.
+
+\layout Description
+10.2
+Formats in which this FAQ is available.
+
+\layout Description
+10.3
+Authorship and acknowledgments.
+\layout Description
+10.4
+Disclaimer and Copyright.
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Section*
+
+The LyX Tutorial
+\layout Description
+1
+Introduction
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.1
+Welcome to LyX!
+\layout Description
+1.2
+What the Tutorial
+\emph on
+is
+\emph default
+ and What it
+\emph on
+isn't
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.2.1
+Getting the Most out of the Tutorial
+\layout Description
+1.2.2
+What You
+\emph on
+Won't
+\emph default
+ Find:
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2
+Getting Started with LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+Your First LyX Document
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1.1
+Typing, Viewing, and Printing
+\layout Description
+2.1.2
+Simple Operations
+\layout Description
+2.1.3
+WYSIWYM: Whitespace in LyX
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.2
+Environments
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.2.1
+Sections and Subsections
+\layout Description
+2.2.2
+Lists and sublists
+\layout Description
+2.2.3
+Other Environments: Verses, Quotations, and More
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+Writing Documents
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Text classes
+\layout Description
+3.2
+Templates: Writing a Letter
+\layout Description
+3.3
+Document Titles
+\layout Description
+3.4
+Labels and Cross-References
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.1
+Your first label
+\layout Description
+3.4.2
+Your first cross-references
+\layout Description
+3.4.3
+More fun with labels
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.5
+Footnotes and Margin Notes
+\layout Description
+3.6
+Bibliographies
+\layout Description
+3.7
+Table of Contents
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+Using Math
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+Math Mode
+\layout Description
+4.2
+Navigating an Equation
+\layout Description
+4.3
+Exponents and Indices
+\layout Description
+4.4
+The
+\family sans
+Math Panel
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4.1
+Greek and symbols
+\layout Description
+4.4.2
+Square roots, accents, and delimiters
+\layout Description
+4.4.3
+Fractions
+\layout Description
+4.4.4
+TeX mode: Limits, log, sin and others
+\layout Description
+4.4.5
+Matrices
+\layout Description
+4.4.6
+Display mode
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5
+More Math Stuff
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Miscellaneous
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+Other Major LyX Features
+\layout Description
+5.2
+LyX for LaTeX Users
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.1
+TeX Mode
+\layout Description
+5.2.2
+Importing LaTeX Documents---
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\layout Description
+5.2.3
+Converting LyX Documents to LaTeX
+\layout Description
+5.2.4
+LaTeX Preamble
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.4.1
+Document Class
+\layout Description
+5.2.4.2
+Other Preamble Matter
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.5
+BibTeX
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3
+Errors!
+\end_deeper
+\layout Section*
+
+The LyX User's Guide
+\layout Description
+1
+Introduction
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.1
+What is LyX?
+\layout Description
+1.2
+Getting Started
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.2.1
+Invoking LyX
+\layout Description
+1.2.2
+How LyX Looks
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.2.2.1
+The Main Window
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.2.3
+HELP!
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.3
+The LyX Interface
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.3.1
+Basic File Operations
+\layout Description
+1.3.2
+Basic Editing Features
+\layout Description
+1.3.3
+Undo and Redo
+\layout Description
+1.3.4
+Basic Mouse Bindings
+\layout Description
+1.3.5
+Basic Key Bindings
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.4
+Using LyX with Other Programs
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.4.1
+Importing ASCII files
+\layout Description
+1.4.2
+Cut and Paste Between LyX and Other X Programs
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2
+LyX Setup and Supporting Applications
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+2.2
+Basic LyX Setup
+\layout Description
+2.3
+Setting Up the X Keyboard
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.3.1
+
+\family typewriter
+xmodmap
+\family default
+ and
+\family typewriter
+xkeycaps
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.3.1.1
+
+\family typewriter
+xmodmap
+\layout Description
+2.3.1.2
+
+\family typewriter
+xkeycaps
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.3.2
+Modifiers and Mode_switch
+\layout Description
+2.3.3
+Helpful Hints and Tips
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.4
+LaTeX
+\layout Description
+2.5
+Dvips and Ghostscript
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.5.1
+What You Need
+\layout Description
+2.5.2
+Dvips
+\layout Description
+2.5.3
+Ghostscript, Xdvi and Ghostview
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.6
+The Printer
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+LyX Basics
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Document Types
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+3.1.2
+
+
+The Various Document Classes
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1.2.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+3.1.2.2
+Selecting a Class
+\layout Description
+3.1.2.3
+Properties
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1.3
+Fine-tuning the Defaults
+\layout Description
+3.1.4
+Paper Size, Orientation, and Margins
+\layout Description
+3.1.5
+Important Note:
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.2
+Paragraph Indentation and Separation
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.2.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+3.2.2
+Global Indentation Method
+\layout Description
+3.2.3
+Fine-Tuning
+\layout Description
+3.2.4
+Changing Line Spacing
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3
+Paragraph Environments
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+3.3.2
+Standard
+\layout Description
+3.3.3
+Document Titles
+\layout Description
+3.3.4
+Headings
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.1
+Numbered Headings
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.2
+Unnumbered Headings
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.3
+Changing the Numbering
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.4
+Special Information
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.5
+Creating an Appendix
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.5
+Quotes and Poetry
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.5.1
+
+\family sans
+Quote
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Quotation
+\layout Description
+3.3.5.2
+
+\family sans
+Verse
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.6
+Lists
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.1
+General Features
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.2
+
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.3
+
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.4
+
+\family sans
+Description
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.5
+The LyX
+\family sans
+List
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.7
+Letters
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.7.1
+
+\family sans
+Address
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Right\SpecialChar ~
+Address
+\family default
+: An Overview
+\layout Description
+3.3.7.2
+Usage
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.8
+Academic Writing
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.8.1
+
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\layout Description
+3.3.8.2
+
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.9
+Special Purpose
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.9.1
+
+\family sans
+Caption
+\layout Description
+3.3.9.2
+
+\family sans
+LyX-Code
+\layout Description
+3.3.9.3
+Comment
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4
+Nesting Environments
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.1
+The Big Deal
+\layout Description
+3.4.2
+What You Can and Can't Nest
+\layout Description
+3.4.3
+Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
+\layout Description
+3.4.4
+Usage and General Features
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.4.1
+Nesting limits
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.5
+Some Examples
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.5.1
+Example #1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
+\layout Description
+3.4.5.2
+Example #2: Inheritance
+\layout Description
+3.4.5.3
+Example #3: Labels, Levels, and the
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\family default
+ Environments.
+\layout Description
+3.4.5.4
+Example #4: Going Bonkers
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.5
+Fonts and Text Styles
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.5.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+3.5.2
+Global Options
+\layout Description
+3.5.3
+Using Different Character Styles
+\layout Description
+3.5.4
+Fine-Tuning with the
+\family sans
+Character Layout
+\family default
+ dialog
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.6
+Printing and Previewing
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.6.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+3.6.2
+Quick Viewing with
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\layout Description
+3.6.3
+Viewing the PostScript® Version with
+\family typewriter
+ghostview
+\layout Description
+3.6.4
+Printing the File
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7
+A Few Words about Typography
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7.1
+Hyphens and Hyphenation
+\layout Description
+3.7.2
+Punctuation Marks
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7.2.1
+Abbreviations and End of Sentence
+\layout Description
+3.7.2.2
+Quotes
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7.3
+Ligatures
+\layout Description
+3.7.4
+Widows and Orphans
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+Floats: Tables, Figures, Footnotes and Margin Notes
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+Footnotes
+\layout Description
+4.2
+Margin Notes
+\layout Description
+4.3
+Figures and Imported Graphics
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3.1
+Figure Floats
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3.1.1
+Using Figure Floats
+\layout Description
+4.3.1.2
+Float Placement
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3.2
+
+\family typewriter
+XFig
+\family default
+ and LyX
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4
+Tables
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4.1
+The Table dialog
+\layout Description
+4.4.2
+What can be placed inside a table cell?
+\layout Description
+4.4.3
+Cut & Paste in Tables
+\layout Description
+4.4.4
+Multiple lines in cells
+\layout Description
+4.4.5
+Table Floats
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5
+Table of Contents and other Listings
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.1
+The Table of Contents
+\layout Description
+4.5.2
+List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Mathematical Formulae
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+Basic Math Editing
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1.1
+Navigating a Formula
+\layout Description
+5.1.2
+Selecting Text
+\layout Description
+5.1.3
+Exponents and Subscripts
+\layout Description
+5.1.4
+Fractions
+\layout Description
+5.1.5
+Sums and Integrals
+\layout Description
+5.1.6
+The Math Panel
+\layout Description
+5.1.7
+Other Math Symbols
+\layout Description
+5.1.8
+Altering spacing
+\layout Description
+5.1.9
+Math functions
+\layout Description
+5.1.10
+Accents
+\layout Description
+5.1.11
+The math editor for LaTeX users
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2
+Brackets and decorations
+\layout Description
+5.3
+Grouping
+\layout Description
+5.4
+Arrays and Multi-line Equations
+\layout Description
+5.5
+Equation Numbering and Labels
+\layout Description
+5.6
+User defined macros in math mode
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.6.1
+Directions on using macros
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.6.1.1
+How to create them
+\layout Description
+5.6.1.2
+How to navigate
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.7
+Fine-Tuning
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.7.1
+Typefaces
+\layout Description
+5.7.2
+Math Text Mode
+\layout Description
+5.7.3
+Font Sizes
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.8
+AMS LaTeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.8.1
+Enabling AMS Support
+\layout Description
+5.8.2
+AMS Symbols
+\layout Description
+5.8.3
+AMS Formula Types
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6
+More Tools
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1
+Cross-References
+\layout Description
+6.2
+URLs (Uniform Resource Locators)
+\layout Description
+6.3
+Specifying Short Titles with Optional Arguments
+
+
+\layout Description
+6.4
+Spacing, pagination and line breaks
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.1
+Extra Horizontal Space
+\layout Description
+6.4.2
+Extra Vertical Space
+\layout Description
+6.4.3
+Changing Paragraph Alignment
+\layout Description
+6.4.4
+Forcing Page Breaks
+\layout Description
+6.4.5
+Protected blanks
+\layout Description
+6.4.6
+Line breaking
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.5
+Spellchecking
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.5.1
+Spellchecker Options
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.5.1.1
+Dictionary
+\layout Description
+6.5.1.2
+Personal dictionary
+\layout Description
+6.5.1.3
+Further Options
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.5.2
+Limitations
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.6
+International Support
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.6.1
+Language Options
+\layout Description
+6.6.2
+Keyboard mapping configuration
+\layout Description
+6.6.3
+Character Tables
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7
+Credits
+\layout Section*
+
+Extended LyX Features
+\layout Description
+1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+2
+LyX and LaTeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+How LyX Uses LaTeX
+\layout Description
+2.2
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Help! LyX generated an unreadable
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+ file!
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+2.3
+Translating LaTeX files into LyX
+\layout Description
+2.4
+Inserting LaTeX Code into LyX Documents
+
+
+\layout Description
+2.5
+LyX and the LaTeX Preamble
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.5.1
+About the LaTeX Preamble
+\layout Description
+2.5.2
+Changing the Preamble
+\layout Description
+2.5.3
+Examples
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.5.3.1
+Example #1: Offsets
+\layout Description
+2.5.3.2
+Example #2: Labels
+\layout Description
+2.5.3.3
+Example #3: Paragraph Indentation
+\layout Description
+2.5.3.4
+Example #4: This Document
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.6
+LyX and LaTeX Errors
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+Supplemental Tools
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Preparing a Bibliography with BibTeX
+\layout Description
+3.2
+Making an Index
+\layout Description
+3.3
+Multipart Documents
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.1
+General Operation
+\layout Description
+3.3.2
+Cross-References Between Files
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4
+Algorithms
+\layout Description
+3.5
+Subfigures
+\layout Description
+3.6
+Fancy Headers and Footers
+\layout Description
+3.7
+Minipages
+\layout Description
+3.8
+Wrapping Text Around Figures
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.9
+Extra Table Options
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.9.1
+Removing Extra Column Space
+\layout Description
+3.9.2
+Changing the Column Separator Character
+\layout Description
+3.9.3
+Making a Decimal Point Aligned Column
+\layout Description
+3.9.4
+A Better Decimal-Alignment Solution
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.10
+Itemize Bullet Selection
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.10.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+3.10.2
+How it looks
+\layout Description
+3.10.3
+How to use it
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+Special Document Classes
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+AMS LaTeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1.1
+What these layouts provide
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.2
+Dinbrief
+\layout Description
+4.3
+Paper
+\layout Description
+4.4
+A&A Paper
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.4.2
+Getting started
+\layout Description
+4.4.3
+The header block
+\layout Description
+4.4.4
+The abstract
+\layout Description
+4.4.5
+Supported environments
+\layout Description
+4.4.6
+Commands not supported by LyX
+\layout Description
+4.4.7
+Figure and Table Floats
+\layout Description
+4.4.8
+Referee layout
+\layout Description
+4.4.9
+The example paper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5
+AASTeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.5.2
+Starting a New Paper
+\layout Description
+4.5.3
+Finishing Your Paper
+\layout Description
+4.5.4
+Comments On Specific Commands
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.4.1
+Things that work as expected
+\layout Description
+4.5.4.2
+Things that work, but require more comment
+\layout Description
+4.5.4.3
+Things not implemented, use ERT
+\layout Description
+4.5.4.4
+Things that cannot be implemented
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.5
+FAQs, Tips, Tricks, and Other Ruminations
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.1
+Getting LyX and AASTeX to cooperate
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.2
+LaTeX error processing a table
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.3
+References
+
+
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.4
+Including EPS files
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.5
+Things I could have done, but didn't
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.6
+Final Caveat
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.6
+ijmpd
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.6.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+4.6.2
+Writing a paper
+\layout Description
+4.6.3
+Preparing a paper for submission
+\layout Description
+4.6.4
+Use of ERT
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.7
+Kluwer
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.7.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+4.7.2
+Writing a paper
+\layout Description
+4.7.3
+Preparing a paper for submission
+\layout Description
+4.7.4
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Peculiarities
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ of the Kluwer package
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.8
+Koma-Script
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.8.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+4.8.2
+article (koma-script), report (koma-script), and book (koma-script)
+\layout Description
+4.8.3
+letter (koma-script)
+\layout Description
+4.8.4
+The new letter class: letter (koma-script v.2)
+\layout Description
+4.8.5
+Problems
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.9
+Springer Journals (
+\family sans
+svjour
+\family default
+)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.9.1
+Description
+\layout Description
+4.9.2
+New styles
+\layout Description
+4.9.3
+Supported journals
+\layout Description
+4.9.4
+Credits
+\layout Description
+4.9.5
+Bugs
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.10
+AGU journals (
+\family sans
+aguplus
+\family default
+)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.10.1
+Description
+\layout Description
+4.10.2
+New styles
+\layout Description
+4.10.3
+New floats
+\layout Description
+4.10.4
+Supported journals
+\layout Description
+4.10.5
+Bugs and things to remember
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.11
+EGS journals (
+\family sans
+egs
+\family default
+)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.11.1
+Description
+\layout Description
+4.11.2
+New styles
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12
+Slides [aka
+\noun on
+Sli
+\noun default
+TeX]
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.12.2
+Getting Started
+
+
+\layout Description
+4.12.3
+Paragraph Environments
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.3.1
+Supported Environments
+\layout Description
+4.12.3.2
+Quirks of the New Environments
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.4
+Making a Presentation with
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+ Overlay
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Note
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.4.1
+Using the
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+ Environment
+\layout Description
+4.12.4.2
+Using
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+ with
+\family sans
+Slide
+\layout Description
+4.12.4.3
+Using
+\family sans
+Note
+\family default
+ with
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.5
+The
+\family sans
+slides
+\family default
+ Class Template File
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13
+Foils [aka
+\family sans
+Foil
+\family default
+\noun on
+TeX
+\noun default
+]
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.13.2
+Getting Started
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.2.1
+Extra Options
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.3
+Supported Environments
+\layout Description
+4.13.4
+Building a Set of Foils
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.1
+Give It a Title Page
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.2
+Start a New Foil
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.3
+Theorems, Lemmas, Proofs and more
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.4
+Lists
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.5
+Figures and Tables
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.6
+Page Headers and Footers
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.5
+Unsupported
+\family sans
+Foil
+\family default
+TeX Goodies
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.5.1
+Lengths
+\layout Description
+4.13.5.2
+Headers and Footers
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.14
+Latex8 (IEEE Conference Papers)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.14.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.14.2
+Getting Started
+\layout Description
+4.14.3
+Supported Environments
+\layout Description
+4.14.4
+Differences Between Screen and Paper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.15
+Hollywood (Hollywood spec scripts)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.15.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.15.2
+Special problems
+\layout Description
+4.15.3
+Special features
+\layout Description
+4.15.4
+Paper size and Margins
+\layout Description
+4.15.5
+Environments
+\layout Description
+4.15.6
+Script jargon
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.16
+Broadway
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.16.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.16.2
+Special problems
+\layout Description
+4.16.3
+Special features
+\layout Description
+4.16.4
+Paper size and Margins
+\layout Description
+4.16.5
+Environments
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.17
+RevTeX4
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.17.1
+Installation
+\layout Description
+4.17.2
+Preamble Matter
+\layout Description
+4.17.3
+Layouts
+\layout Description
+4.17.4
+Important Notes
+\layout Description
+4.17.5
+Drawbacks
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.18
+Article (mwart), book (mwbk) and report (mwrep)
+
+
+\layout Description
+4.19
+Elsevier Journals
+\layout Description
+4.20
+Memoir
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.20.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+4.20.2
+Basic features and restrictions
+\layout Description
+4.20.3
+Extra features
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Importing and Exporting Alternate File Formats
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+Considerations
+\layout Description
+5.2
+Importing Other Formats
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.1
+LaTeX
+\layout Description
+5.2.2
+ASCII Text
+\layout Description
+5.2.3
+Noweb
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3
+Exporting Other Formats
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3.1
+LaTeX
+\layout Description
+5.3.2
+Device Independent Files
+\layout Description
+5.3.3
+PostScript®
+\layout Description
+5.3.4
+ASCII text
+\layout Description
+5.3.5
+HTML
+\layout Description
+5.3.6
+PDF
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.1
+Use pdfLaTeX
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.2
+Why does the text look so bad when viewed with Acrobat Reader?
+
+
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.3
+Why doesn't the
+\backslash
+boldsymbol{} command work when I use pslatex?
+
+
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.4
+Is it possible to do write latex code which is processed only when running
+ pdfLaTeX?
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.5
+How can I make URLs clickable ?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3.7
+Custom
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4
+The Complete reLyX Description
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.1
+Synopsis
+\layout Description
+5.4.2
+Options
+\layout Description
+5.4.3
+Description
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.2
+Usage
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.3
+What reLyX Can Handle
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.4
+What reLyX Can't Handle --- But it's OK
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.5
+What reLyX Handles Badly --- a.\SpecialChar ~
+k.\SpecialChar ~
+a.
+ BUGS
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.6
+What LyX Can't Handle
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.4
+Examples
+\layout Description
+5.4.5
+Notes
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.1
+Bug Reports
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.2
+Implementation Details:
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.3
+Layout Files
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.4
+Syntax Files
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.5
+Miscellaneous
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.6
+Diagnostics
+\layout Description
+5.4.7
+Warnings
+\layout Description
+5.4.8
+Files
+\layout Description
+5.4.9
+See also
+\layout Description
+5.4.10
+Authors
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6
+LyX Features needing Extra Software
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1
+Using LyX with SGML-Tools (aka LinuxDoc)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+6.1.2
+Preparing and using a LinuxDoc document
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.2.1
+Getting started
+\layout Description
+6.1.2.2
+Output from LinuxDoc
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.3
+Using the paragraph environments in LinuxDoc
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.3.1
+The Structure of a LinuxDoc Document
+\layout Description
+6.1.3.2
+The LinuxDoc Paragraph Environments
+\layout Description
+6.1.3.3
+Other document features
+\layout Description
+6.1.3.4
+Cross references and HTML
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.4
+Using the LinuxDoc Sgml scripts
+
+
+\layout Description
+6.1.5
+Troubleshooting LinuxDoc
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.2
+Checking TeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.2.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+6.2.2
+How to use it
+\layout Description
+6.2.3
+How to fine tune it
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3
+Version Control in LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+6.3.2
+RCS commands in LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.1
+
+\family sans
+Register
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.2
+
+\family sans
+Check In Changes
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.3
+
+\family sans
+Check Out For Edit
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.4
+
+\family sans
+Revert To Last Version
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.5
+
+\family sans
+Undo Last Checkin
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.6
+
+\family sans
+Show History
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4
+Literate Programming
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+6.4.2
+Literate Programming
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.2.1
+References
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.3
+LyX and Literate Programming
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.1
+Generating documents and code (weaving and tangling)
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.2
+Configuring LyX
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.3
+Debug extensions
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.4
+Toolbar extensions
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.5
+Colors customization
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7
+Secrets of the LaTeX Masters
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.1
+Tricks for Footnotes and Margin Notes
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.1.1
+Footnotes
+\layout Description
+7.1.2
+Margin Notes
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.2
+Multiple Columns
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.2.1
+Purpose
+\layout Description
+7.2.2
+Limitations
+\layout Description
+7.2.3
+Examples
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.2.3.1
+Two columns
+\layout Description
+7.2.3.2
+Multiple columns
+\layout Description
+7.2.3.3
+Columns inside columns
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.3
+Numbering in the
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+ Paragraph Environment
+
+
+\layout Description
+7.4
+Extra Space Between Table Rows
+\layout Description
+7.5
+Dropped Capitals
+\layout Description
+7.6
+Non-standard Paragraph Shapes
+\layout Description
+7.7
+Summary
+\end_deeper
+\layout Section*
+
+Customizing LyX: Features for the Advanced User
+\layout Description
+1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+2
+LyX configuration files
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+What's in
+\family typewriter
+LyXDir
+\family default
+?
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1.1
+Automatically generated files
+\layout Description
+2.1.2
+Directories
+\layout Description
+2.1.3
+Files you don't want to modify
+\layout Description
+2.1.4
+Other files needing a line or two...
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.2
+Your local configuration directory
+\layout Description
+2.3
+Running LyX with multiple configurations
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+The
+\family sans
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+references
+\family default
+ dialog
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Using the dialog for the first time
+\layout Description
+3.2
+On-screen fonts
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.2.1
+DPI setting and Font Zoom
+\layout Description
+3.2.2
+Font definition commands
+\layout Description
+3.2.3
+Font encoding
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3
+Bindings
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.4
+User Interface
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.5
+Converters, Formats and Viewers
+\layout Description
+3.6
+ASCII export options
+\layout Description
+3.7
+Printer
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7.1
+Changing Colors
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.8
+The autodetected settings
+\layout Description
+3.9
+The rest
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+Internationalizing LyX
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+Selecting an alternative language for the user interface
+\layout Description
+4.2
+Translating LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.2.1
+Translating the graphical user interface (text messages).
+\layout Description
+4.2.2
+Translating the documentation.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3
+International Keyboard Support
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3.1
+Defining Own Keymaps: Keymap File Format
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4
+International Keymap Stuff
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4.1
+The .kmap File
+\layout Description
+4.4.2
+The .cdef File
+\layout Description
+4.4.3
+Dead Keys
+\layout Description
+4.4.4
+Saving your Language Configuration
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Installing New Document Classes, Layouts, and Templates
+
+
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+Installing a new LaTeX package
+\layout Description
+5.2
+Layouts
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.1
+Supporting new document classes
+\layout Description
+5.2.2
+A layout for an
+\family sans
+sty
+\family default
+ file
+\layout Description
+5.2.3
+Layout for a
+\family sans
+cls
+\family default
+ file
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3
+Declaring a new text class
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3.1
+General text class parameters
+\layout Description
+5.3.2
+
+\family typewriter
+ClassOptions
+\family default
+ section
+\layout Description
+5.3.3
+Specific Paragraph Layouts
+\layout Description
+5.3.4
+Floats
+\layout Description
+5.3.5
+Counters
+\layout Description
+5.3.6
+Font description
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4
+Creating Templates
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6
+Including External Material
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1
+Background
+\layout Description
+6.2
+How does it work?
+\layout Description
+6.3
+The external material dialog
+\layout Description
+6.4
+Examples
+\layout Description
+6.5
+The external template configuration file
+\layout Description
+6.6
+The substitution mechanism
+\layout Description
+6.7
+Security discussion
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7
+The LyX Server
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+7.2
+Starting the LyX Server
+\layout Description
+7.3
+Normal communication
+\layout Description
+7.4
+Notification
+\layout Description
+7.5
+The simple LyX Server Protocol
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+8 \start_of_appendix
+Bindings
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.1
+Toolbar
+\layout Description
+8.2
+Menu
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.2.1
+File
+\layout Description
+8.2.2
+Edit
+\layout Description
+8.2.3
+Insert
+\layout Description
+8.2.4
+Layout
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.2.4.1
+L
+\family sans
+ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Character
+\family default
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.2.5
+View
+\layout Description
+8.2.6
+Navigate
+\layout Description
+8.2.7
+Help
+\layout Description
+8.2.8
+Paragraph Style
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.3
+Keyboard
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.3.1
+Specific to
+\family typewriter
+emacs.bind
+\layout Description
+8.3.2
+Specific to
+\family typewriter
+cua.bind
+\layout Description
+8.3.3
+Specific to
+\family typewriter
+sciword.bind
+\layout Description
+8.3.4
+Standard math bindings
+\layout Description
+8.3.5
+Other Accelerators
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+
+\the_end
--- /dev/null
+#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
+\lyxformat 221
+\textclass article
+\language russian
+\inputencoding koi8-r
+\fontscheme default
+\graphics default
+\paperfontsize default
+\spacing single
+\papersize Default
+\paperpackage a4
+\use_geometry 0
+\use_amsmath 0
+\use_natbib 0
+\use_numerical_citations 0
+\paperorientation portrait
+\secnumdepth 3
+\tocdepth 3
+\paragraph_separation indent
+\defskip medskip
+\quotes_language english
+\quotes_times 2
+\papercolumns 1
+\papersides 1
+\paperpagestyle default
+
+\layout Title
+
+LyX Documentation Table of Contents
+\layout Section*
+
+÷×ÅÄÅÎÉÅ × LyX
+\layout Description
+1
+æÉÌÏÓÏÆÉÑ LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.1
+þÔÏ ÔÁËÏÅ LyX?
+\layout Description
+1.2
+òÁÚÌÉÞÉÑ ÍÅÖÄÕ LyX É ÄÒÕÇÉÍÉ ÔÅËÓÔÏ×ÙÍÉ ÐÒÏÃÅÓÓÏÒÁÍÉ
+
+
+\layout Description
+1.3
+þÔÏ ÖÅ ÔÁËÏÅ LaTeX? (é ÐÏÞÅÍÕ Ñ ÄÏÌÖÅÎ ÂÙÔØ ÏÓÔÏÒÏÖÅÎ?)
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2
+ïÂÚÏÒ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁÃÉÉ
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+æÏÒÍÁÔ ÒÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×
+\layout Description
+2.2
+òÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×Á
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+
+
+óÏÄÅÊÓÔ×ÉÅ ÐÒÏÅËÔÕ LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+óÏÄÅÊÓÔ×ÉÅ LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1.1
+éÚ×ÅÝÅÎÉÅ Ï ÏÛÉÂËÁÈ
+\layout Description
+3.1.2
+óÏÄÅÊÓÔ×ÉÅ × ÉÓÐÒÁ×ÌÅÎÉÉ É ÄÏÂÁ×ÌÅÎÉÉ ÎÏ×ÙÈ ×ÏÚÍÏÖÎÏÓÔÅÊ
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.2
+óÏÄÅÊÓÔ×ÉÅ × ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÉÒÏ×ÁÎÉÉ
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.2.1
+éÚ×ÅÝÅÎÉÅ Ï ÏÛÉÂËÁÈ × ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁÃÉÉ
+\layout Description
+3.2.2
+ðÒÉÓÏÅÄÉÎÅÎÉÅ Ë ËÏÍÁÎÄÅ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÉÒÏ×ÁÎÉÑ
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Section*
+
+LyX.
+ þÁÓÔÏ ÚÁÄÁ×ÁÅÍÙÅ ×ÏÐÒÏÓÙ Ó ÏÔ×ÅÔÁÍÉ.
+
+\newline
+÷ÅÒÓÉÑ 0.3.6
+\layout Description
+1
+÷×ÅÄÅÎÉÅ É ÏÂÝÁÑ ÉÎÆÏÒÍÁÃÉÑ
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.1
+þÔÏ ÔÁËÏÅ LyX?
+\layout Description
+1.2
+üÔÏ ×Ó£ ËÏÎÅÞÎÏ ÚÄÏÒÏ×Ï, ÎÏ ÐÒÉÍÅÎÑÅÔÓÑ ÌÉ ÎÁ ÐÒÁËÔÉËÅ?
+\layout Description
+1.3
+ó ÞÅÇÏ ÎÁÞÁÔØ?
+\layout Description
+1.4
+âÕÄÅÔ ÌÉ LyX ÒÁÂÏÔÁÔØ ÎÁ ÍÏ£Í ËÏÍÐØÀÔÅÒÅ?
+\layout Description
+1.5
+óËÏÌØËÏ ÄÉÓËÏ×ÏÇÏ ÐÒÏÓÔÒÁÎÓÔ×Á ÎÕÖÎÏ ÄÌÑ LyX?
+\layout Description
+1.6
+äÅÊÓÔ×ÉÔÅÌØÎÏ ÌÉ LyX Ñ×ÌÑÅÔÓÑ Ó×ÏÂÏÄÎÏ ÒÁÓÐÒÏÓÔÒÁÎÑÅÍÙÍ?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2
+òÅÓÕÒÓÙ éÎÔÅÒÎÅÔ
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+çÄÅ × ÓÅÔÉ éÎÔÅÒÎÅÔ ÉÓËÁÔØ ÞÔÏ-ÌÉÂÏ Ï LyX?
+\layout Description
+2.2
+çÄÅ Ñ ÍÏÇÕ ÐÏÌÕÞÉÔØ ÍÁÔÅÒÉÁÌÙ ÐÏ LyX ÞÅÒÅÚ FTP?
+\layout Description
+2.3
+ëÁËÉÅ ÅÓÔØ ÓÐÉÓËÉ ÒÁÓÓÙÌËÉ?
+\layout Description
+2.4
+åÓÔØ ÌÉ ÇÄÅ-ÌÉÂÏ ÁÒÈÉ×Ù ÒÁÓÓÙÌËÉ?
+\layout Description
+2.5
+èÏÒÏÛÏ, ÕÍÎÉËÉ! çÄÅ ÏÎÉ?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+óÏ×ÍÅÓÔÉÍÏÓÔØ Ó ÄÒÕÇÉÍÉ ÔÅËÓÔÏ×ÙÍÉ ÒÅÄÁËÔÏÒÁÍÉ/ÐÒÏÃÅÓÓÏÒÁÍÉ
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+íÏÇÕ Ñ ÞÉÔÁÔØ/ÐÉÓÁÔØ ÆÁÊÌÙ LaTeX?
+\layout Description
+3.2
+íÏÖÎÏ ÌÉ ÞÉÔÁÔØ/ÓÏÚÄÁ×ÁÔØ ÆÁÊÌÙ Word?
+\layout Description
+3.3
+íÏÖÎÏ ÌÉ ÞÉÔÁÔØ/ÓÏÚÄÁ×ÁÔØ ÆÁÊÌÙ HTML?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+õÓÔÁÎÏ×ËÁ É ËÏÍÐÉÌÑÃÉÑ LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+þÔÏ ÎÅÏÂÈÏÄÉÍÏ?
+\layout Description
+4.2
+ëÁË ËÏÍÐÉÌÉÒÏ×ÁÔØ?
+\layout Description
+4.3
+ôÅÒÐÅÔØ ÎÅ ÍÏÇÕ ËÏÍÐÉÌÉÒÏ×ÁÔØ.
+ çÄÅ ×ÚÑÔØ ÕÖÅ ÏÔËÏÍÐÉÌÉÒÏ×ÁÎÎÙÅ Ä×ÏÉÞÎÙÅ ÐÁËÅÔÙ?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+þÔÏ ÜÔÏ ÚÁ ÎÅÐÒÉÑÔÎÙÊ ËÒÁÓÎÙÊ ÔÅËÓÔ? (÷áöîï!)
+\layout Description
+6
+÷ÏÐÒÏÓÙ, ÏÔÎÏÓÑÝÉÅÓÑ Ë ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÎÉÀ LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1
+ïÓÎÏ×ÎÙÅ ×ÏÐÒÏÓÙ
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.1
+ëÁË ÍÏÇÕ Ñ ÉÚÍÅÎÉÔØ ÐÒÏÍÅÖÕÔËÉ × ÏËÒÕÖÅÎÉÑÈ ÓÐÉÓËÏ× ðÅÒÅÞÉÓÌÅÎÉÅ/\SpecialChar \-
+îÕÍÅÒÁÃÉÑ/\SpecialChar \-
+ïÐÉÓÁ
+ÎÉÅ?
+\layout Description
+6.1.2
+ëÁË ÐÒÏÎÕÍÅÒÏ×ÁÔØ ÕÒÁ×ÎÅÎÉÑ ÐÏ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÁÍ?
+\layout Description
+6.1.3
+÷ÏÚÍÏÖÎÏ ÌÉ ÓÄÅÌÁÔØ ÜÔÏ ÖÅ ÄÌÑ ÉÚÏÂÒÁÖÅÎÉÊ É ÔÁÂÌÉÃ?
+\layout Description
+6.1.4
+ëÁË ÚÁÍÅÎÉÔØ ÎÏÍÅÒÁ ÓÎÏÓÏË ÎÁ ÓÉÍ×ÏÌÙ (Ú×£ÚÄÏÞËÉ É Ô.Ä.)?
+\layout Description
+6.1.5
+ëÁË ÚÁÐÒÅÔÉÔØ ÐÏÑ×ÌÅÎÉÅ ×ÉÓÑÞÉÈ ÓÔÒÏË?
+\layout Description
+6.1.6
+ëÁË ÐÏÌÕÞÉÔØ ÆÏÒÍÁÔÉÒÏ×ÁÎÎÙÊ ÓÐÉÓÏË, ÎÁÞÉÎÁÀÝÉÊÓÑ, Ë ÐÒÉÍÅÒÕ, Ó 1.
+ a?
+\layout Description
+6.1.7
+ëÁË ÓÏÓÞÉÔÁÔØ ÓÌÏ×Á × LyX?
+\layout Description
+6.1.8
+ëÁË ×ÓÔÁ×ÉÔØ ÏÐÒÅÄÅÌ£ÎÎÏÅ ËÏÌÉÞÅÓÔ×Ï ÇÏÒÉÚÏÎÔÁÌØÎÏÇÏ ÐÒÏÓÔÒÁÎÓÔ×Á?
+\layout Description
+6.1.9
+ëÁË ÚÁÓÔÁ×ÉÔØ ÃÉÔÁÔÙ ÐÏËÁÚÙ×ÁÔØÓÑ, ËÁË [1,2,3,6] ÉÌÉ [1-3,6] ×ÍÅÓÔÏ [1][2][3][6]
+?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.2
+÷ÏÐÒÏÓÙ ÏÔÎÏÓÉÔÅÌØÎÏ ÉÚÏÂÒÁÖÅÎÉÊ
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.2.1
+þÅÍ ÏÔÌÉÞÁÅÔÓÑ
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+ÉÚÏÂÒÁÖÅÎÉÅ
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ É
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+ÐÌÁ×ÁÀÝÅÅ ÉÚÏÂÒÁÖÅÎÉÅ
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+?
+\layout Description
+6.2.2
+ëÁË Ó ÐÏÍÏÝØÀ LyX ÒÁÚÍÅÓÔÉÔØ ÉÚÏÂÒÁÖÅÎÉÅ ÔÁÍ, ÇÄÅ Ñ ÈÏÞÕ?
+\layout Description
+6.2.3
+þÔÏ ÏÚÎÁÞÁÅÔ
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+óÌÉÛËÏÍ ÍÎÏÇÏ ÎÅÏÂÒÁÂÏÔÁÎÎÙÈ ÐÌÁ×ÁÀÝÉÈ ÏÂßÅËÔÏ×
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
+
+ ?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3
+÷ÏÐÒÏÓÙ ÏÔÎÏÓÉÔÅÌØÎÏ ÍÁÔÅÍÁÔÉËÉ
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3.1
+ëÁË ×ÓÔÁ×ÉÔØ ÐÒÏÓÔÏÊ ÔÅËÓÔ ×ÎÕÔÒÉ ÍÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÏÇÏ ÕÒÁ×ÎÅÎÉÑ?
+\layout Description
+6.3.2
+ëÁË ÉÚ×ÌÅÞØ ËÕÂÉÞÅÓËÉÊ ËÏÒÅÎØ É (×ÙÛÅ)?
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7
+÷ÏÐÒÏÓÙ ÐÏ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÎÉÀ LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.1
+ëÁË ÐÒÅÏÂÒÁÚÏ×Ù×ÁÔØ ÆÁÊÌÙ LyX × LaTeX ÉÚ ËÏÍÁÎÄÎÏÊ ÓÔÒÏËÉ?
+\layout Description
+7.2
+ëÁË ÐÒÅÏÂÒÁÚÏ×ÁÔØ ÍÏÊ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔ × ÆÁÊÌ PDF?
+\layout Description
+7.3
+ðÏÞÅÍÕ ÛÒÉÆÔ × ÍÏ£Í ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÅ ×ÙÇÌÑÄÉÔ ÔÁË ÕÖÁÓÎÏ × Acrobat Reader?
+\layout Description
+7.4
+ðÏÞÅÍÕ ÍÏÑ ÌÕÞÛÁÑ É ÐÏÓÌÅÄÎÑÑ ×ÅÒÓÉÑ Ghostscript ÎÅ ÏÔÏÂÒÁÖÁÅÔ ËÏÒÒÅËÔÎÏ
+ ×ÎÕÔÒÅÎÎÉÅ ÉÚÏÂÒÁÖÅÎÉÑ × ÆÏÒÍÁÔÅ EPS?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+8
+÷ÏÐÒÏÓÙ ÐÏ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÎÉÀ LyX ÐÏÄ Windows
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.1
+ðÏÞÅÍÕ ÍÅÎÀ É ÐÁÎÅÌØ ÉÎÓÔÒÕÍÅÎÔÏ× ÍÅÒÃÁÀÔ ?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+9
+ëÁË ÐÏÌÕÞÉÔØ ÄÁÌØÎÅÊÛÕÀ ÐÏÍÏÝØ
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+9.1
+ñ ÐÏËÁ ÎÅ ÐÏÌÕÞÉÌ ÏÔ×ÅÔÙ ÎÁ ÍÏÉ ×ÏÐÒÏÓÙ!
+\layout Description
+9.2
+ñ ÈÏÞÕ ÐÏÄÅÌÉÔØÓÑ Ó×ÏÉÍÉ ÐÒÏÂÌÅÍÁÍÉ.
+
+\layout Description
+9.3
+þÔÏ ÎÅÏÂÈÏÄÉÍÏ ÓÏÏÂÝÉÔØ, ÏÂÒÁÝÁÑÓØ ÚÁ ÐÏÍÏÝØÀ.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+10
+áÄÍÉÎÉÓÔÒÁÔÉ×ÎÁÑ ÉÎÆÏÒÍÁÃÉÑ
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+10.1
+ïÂÒÁÔÎÁÑ Ó×ÑÚØ ÐÒÉ×ÅÔÓÔ×ÕÅÔÓÑ.
+
+\layout Description
+10.2
+æÏÒÍÁÔÙ, × ËÏÔÏÒÙÈ ÒÁÓÐÒÏÓÔÒÁÎÑÅÔÓÑ ÄÁÎÎÙÊ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔ.
+
+\layout Description
+10.3
+á×ÔÏÒÓÔ×Ï É ÂÌÁÇÏÄÁÒÎÏÓÔÉ.
+\layout Description
+10.4
+Disclaimer and Copyright.
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Section*
+
+óÁÍÏÕÞÉÔÅÌØ ÐÏ LyX
+\layout Description
+1
+÷×ÅÄÅÎÉÅ
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.1
+äÏÂÒÏ ÐÏÖÁÌÏ×ÁÔØ × LyX!
+\layout Description
+1.2
+þÅÍ
+\emph on
+Ñ×ÌÑÅÔÓÑ
+\emph default
+ ÓÁÍÏÕÞÉÔÅÌØ É ÞÅÍ
+\emph on
+ÎÅ Ñ×ÌÑÅÔÓÑ
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.2.1
+ïÂÝÅÅ ÐÒÅÄÓÔÁ×ÌÅÎÉÅ Ï óÁÍÏÕÞÉÔÅÌÅ
+\layout Description
+1.2.2
+þÔÏ ×Ù
+\emph on
+ÎÅ
+\emph default
+ ÎÁÊÄ£ÔÅ:
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2
+îÁÞÉÎÁÅÍ ÒÁÂÏÔÁÔØ Ó LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+÷ÁÛ ÐÅÒ×ÙÊ LyX ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔ
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1.1
+îÁÂÏÒ, ÐÒÏÓÍÏÔÒ É ÐÅÞÁÔØ
+\layout Description
+2.1.2
+ðÒÏÓÔÙÅ ÏÐÅÒÁÃÉÉ
+\layout Description
+2.1.3
+WYSIWYM: ðÒÏÂÅÌØÎÏÅ ÐÒÏÓÔÒÁÎÓÔ×Ï × LyX
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.2
+ïËÒÕÖÅÎÉÑ
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.2.1
+òÁÚÄÅÌÙ É ÐÏÄÒÁÚÄÅÌÙ
+\layout Description
+2.2.2
+óÐÉÓËÉ É ÐÏÄÓÐÉÓËÉ
+\layout Description
+2.2.3
+äÒÕÇÉÅ ÏËÒÕÖÅÎÉÑ: ÓÔÉÈÉ, ÃÉÔÁÔÙ É ÐÒÏÞÅÅ
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+îÁÐÉÓÁÎÉÅ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÏ×
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+ëÌÁÓÓÙ ÔÅËÓÔÁ É ÛÁÂÌÏÎÙ: îÁÐÉÓÁÎÉÅ ÐÉÓÅÍ
+\layout Description
+3.2
+ûÁÂÌÏÎÙ: îÁÐÉÓÁÎÉÅ ÐÉÓØÍÁ
+\layout Description
+3.3
+úÁÇÏÌÏ×ËÉ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÏ×
+\layout Description
+3.4
+íÅÔËÉ É ÐÅÒÅËÒ£ÓÔÎÙÅ ÓÓÙÌËÉ
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.1
+÷ÁÛÁ ÐÅÒ×ÁÑ ÍÅÔËÁ
+\layout Description
+3.4.2
+÷ÁÛÁ ÐÅÒ×ÁÑ ÐÅÒÅËÒ£ÓÔÎÁÑ ÓÓÙÌËÁ
+\layout Description
+3.4.3
+âÏÌÅÅ ÉÎÔÅÒÅÓÎÁÑ ÉÎÆÏÒÍÁÃÉÑ Ï ÍÅÔËÁÈ
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.5
+óÎÏÓËÉ É ÐÒÉÍÅÞÁÎÉÑ ÎÁ ÐÏÌÑÈ
+\layout Description
+3.6
+âÉÂÌÉÏÇÒÁÆÉÉ
+\layout Description
+3.7
+óÏÄÅÒÖÁÎÉÅ
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+éÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÎÉÅ ÍÁÔÅÍÁÔÉËÉ
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+íÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÉÊ ÒÅÖÉÍ
+\layout Description
+4.2
+îÁ×ÉÇÁÃÉÑ ÐÏ ÆÏÒÍÕÌÁÍ
+\layout Description
+4.3
+ðÏËÁÚÁÔÅÌÉ ÓÔÅÐÅÎÉ É ÉÎÄÅËÓÙ
+\layout Description
+4.4
+íÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÁÑ ÐÁÎÅÌØ
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4.1
+çÒÅÞÅÓËÉÊ ÁÌÆÁ×ÉÔ É ÚÎÁÞËÉ
+\layout Description
+4.4.2
+ë×ÁÄÒÁÔÎÙÅ ËÏÒÎÉ, ÄÉÁËÒÉÔÉÞÅÓËÉÅ ÚÎÁËÉ, É ÏÇÒÁÎÉÞÉÔÅÌÉ
+\layout Description
+4.4.3
+äÒÏÂÉ
+\layout Description
+4.4.4
+òÅÖÉÍ LaTeX: ðÒÅÄÅÌÙ, ÌÏÇÁÒÉÆÍÙ, ÓÉÎÕÓÙ É ÐÒÏÞÅÅ
+\layout Description
+4.4.5
+íÁÔÒÉÃÙ
+\layout Description
+4.4.6
+òÅÖÉÍ ÏÔÏÂÒÁÖÅÎÉÑ.
+ ÷ÙËÌÀÞÎÙÅ ÆÏÒÍÕÌÙ
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5
+íÎÏÇÏÓÔÒÏÞÎÙÅ ÆÏÒÍÕÌÙ
+\layout Description
+4.6
+äÏÐÏÌÎÉÔÅÌØÎÙÅ ÍÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÉÅ ×ÏÚÍÏÖÎÏÓÔÉ
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+òÁÚÎÏÅ
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+ðÒÏÞÉÅ ×ÁÖÎÙÅ Ó×ÏÊÓÔ×Á LyX
+\layout Description
+5.2
+LyX ÄÌÑ ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÅÊ LaTeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.1
+òÅÖÉÍ LaTeX
+\layout Description
+5.2.2
+éÍÐÏÒÔÉÒÏ×ÁÎÉÅ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÏ× LaTeX ---
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\layout Description
+5.2.3
+ðÒÅÏÂÒÁÚÏ×ÁÎÉÅ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÏ× LyX × ÆÏÒÍÁÔ LaTeX
+\layout Description
+5.2.4
+ðÒÅÁÍÂÕÌÁ LaTeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.4.1
+ëÌÁÓÓ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁ
+\layout Description
+5.2.4.2
+äÒÕÇÉÅ ×ÏÐÒÏÓÙ ÏÔÎÏÓÉÔÅÌØÎÏ ÐÒÅÁÍÂÕÌÙ
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.5
+BibTeX
+\layout Description
+5.2.6
+òÁÚÎÏÅ
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3
+ïÛÉÂËÉ!
+\end_deeper
+\layout Section*
+
+The LyX User's Guide
+\layout Description
+1
+Introduction
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.1
+What is LyX?
+\layout Description
+1.2
+Getting Started
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.2.1
+Invoking LyX
+\layout Description
+1.2.2
+How LyX Looks
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.2.2.1
+The Main Window
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.2.3
+HELP!
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.3
+The LyX Interface
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.3.1
+Basic File Operations
+\layout Description
+1.3.2
+Basic Editing Features
+\layout Description
+1.3.3
+Undo and Redo
+\layout Description
+1.3.4
+Basic Mouse Bindings
+\layout Description
+1.3.5
+Basic Key Bindings
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.4
+Using LyX with Other Programs
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.4.1
+Importing ASCII files
+\layout Description
+1.4.2
+Cut and Paste Between LyX and Other X Programs
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2
+LyX Setup and Supporting Applications
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+2.2
+Basic LyX Setup
+\layout Description
+2.3
+Setting Up the X Keyboard
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.3.1
+
+\family typewriter
+xmodmap
+\family default
+ and
+\family typewriter
+xkeycaps
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.3.1.1
+
+\family typewriter
+xmodmap
+\layout Description
+2.3.1.2
+
+\family typewriter
+xkeycaps
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.3.2
+Modifiers and Mode_switch
+\layout Description
+2.3.3
+Helpful Hints and Tips
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.4
+LaTeX
+\layout Description
+2.5
+Dvips and Ghostscript
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.5.1
+What You Need
+\layout Description
+2.5.2
+Dvips
+\layout Description
+2.5.3
+Ghostscript, Xdvi and Ghostview
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.6
+The Printer
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+LyX Basics
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Document Types
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+3.1.2
+
+
+The Various Document Classes
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1.2.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+3.1.2.2
+Selecting a Class
+\layout Description
+3.1.2.3
+Properties
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1.3
+Fine-tuning the Defaults
+\layout Description
+3.1.4
+Paper Size, Orientation, and Margins
+\layout Description
+3.1.5
+Important Note:
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.2
+Paragraph Indentation and Separation
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.2.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+3.2.2
+Global Indentation Method
+\layout Description
+3.2.3
+Fine-Tuning
+\layout Description
+3.2.4
+Changing Line Spacing
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3
+Paragraph Environments
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+3.3.2
+Standard
+\layout Description
+3.3.3
+Document Titles
+\layout Description
+3.3.4
+Headings
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.1
+Numbered Headings
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.2
+Unnumbered Headings
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.3
+Changing the Numbering
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.4
+Special Information
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.5
+Creating an Appendix
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.5
+Quotes and Poetry
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.5.1
+
+\family sans
+Quote
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Quotation
+\layout Description
+3.3.5.2
+
+\family sans
+Verse
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.6
+Lists
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.1
+General Features
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.2
+
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.3
+
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.4
+
+\family sans
+Description
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.5
+The LyX
+\family sans
+List
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.7
+Letters
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.7.1
+
+\family sans
+Address
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Right\SpecialChar ~
+Address
+\family default
+: An Overview
+\layout Description
+3.3.7.2
+Usage
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.8
+Academic Writing
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.8.1
+
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\layout Description
+3.3.8.2
+
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.9
+Special Purpose
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.9.1
+
+\family sans
+Caption
+\layout Description
+3.3.9.2
+
+\family sans
+LyX-Code
+\layout Description
+3.3.9.3
+Comment
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4
+Nesting Environments
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.1
+The Big Deal
+\layout Description
+3.4.2
+What You Can and Can't Nest
+\layout Description
+3.4.3
+Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
+\layout Description
+3.4.4
+Usage and General Features
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.4.1
+Nesting limits
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.5
+Some Examples
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.5.1
+Example #1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
+\layout Description
+3.4.5.2
+Example #2: Inheritance
+\layout Description
+3.4.5.3
+Example #3: Labels, Levels, and the
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\family default
+ Environments.
+\layout Description
+3.4.5.4
+Example #4: Going Bonkers
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.5
+Fonts and Text Styles
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.5.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+3.5.2
+Global Options
+\layout Description
+3.5.3
+Using Different Character Styles
+\layout Description
+3.5.4
+Fine-Tuning with the
+\family sans
+Character Layout
+\family default
+ dialog
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.6
+Printing and Previewing
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.6.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+3.6.2
+Quick Viewing with
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\layout Description
+3.6.3
+Viewing the PostScript® Version with
+\family typewriter
+ghostview
+\layout Description
+3.6.4
+Printing the File
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7
+A Few Words about Typography
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7.1
+Hyphens and Hyphenation
+\layout Description
+3.7.2
+Punctuation Marks
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7.2.1
+Abbreviations and End of Sentence
+\layout Description
+3.7.2.2
+Quotes
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7.3
+Ligatures
+\layout Description
+3.7.4
+Widows and Orphans
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+Floats: Tables, Figures, Footnotes and Margin Notes
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+Footnotes
+\layout Description
+4.2
+Margin Notes
+\layout Description
+4.3
+Figures and Imported Graphics
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3.1
+Figure Floats
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3.1.1
+Using Figure Floats
+\layout Description
+4.3.1.2
+Float Placement
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3.2
+
+\family typewriter
+XFig
+\family default
+ and LyX
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4
+Tables
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4.1
+The Table dialog
+\layout Description
+4.4.2
+What can be placed inside a table cell?
+\layout Description
+4.4.3
+Cut & Paste in Tables
+\layout Description
+4.4.4
+Multiple lines in cells
+\layout Description
+4.4.5
+Table Floats
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5
+Table of Contents and other Listings
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.1
+The Table of Contents
+\layout Description
+4.5.2
+List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Mathematical Formulae
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+Basic Math Editing
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1.1
+Navigating a Formula
+\layout Description
+5.1.2
+Selecting Text
+\layout Description
+5.1.3
+Exponents and Subscripts
+\layout Description
+5.1.4
+Fractions
+\layout Description
+5.1.5
+Sums and Integrals
+\layout Description
+5.1.6
+The Math Panel
+\layout Description
+5.1.7
+Other Math Symbols
+\layout Description
+5.1.8
+Altering spacing
+\layout Description
+5.1.9
+Math functions
+\layout Description
+5.1.10
+Accents
+\layout Description
+5.1.11
+The math editor for LaTeX users
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2
+Brackets and decorations
+\layout Description
+5.3
+Grouping
+\layout Description
+5.4
+Arrays and Multi-line Equations
+\layout Description
+5.5
+Equation Numbering and Labels
+\layout Description
+5.6
+User defined macros in math mode
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.6.1
+Directions on using macros
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.6.1.1
+How to create them
+\layout Description
+5.6.1.2
+How to navigate
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.7
+Fine-Tuning
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.7.1
+Typefaces
+\layout Description
+5.7.2
+Math Text Mode
+\layout Description
+5.7.3
+Font Sizes
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.8
+AMS LaTeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.8.1
+Enabling AMS Support
+\layout Description
+5.8.2
+AMS Symbols
+\layout Description
+5.8.3
+AMS Formula Types
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6
+More Tools
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1
+Cross-References
+\layout Description
+6.2
+URLs (Uniform Resource Locators)
+\layout Description
+6.3
+Specifying Short Titles with Optional Arguments
+
+
+\layout Description
+6.4
+Spacing, pagination and line breaks
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.1
+Extra Horizontal Space
+\layout Description
+6.4.2
+Extra Vertical Space
+\layout Description
+6.4.3
+Changing Paragraph Alignment
+\layout Description
+6.4.4
+Forcing Page Breaks
+\layout Description
+6.4.5
+Protected blanks
+\layout Description
+6.4.6
+Line breaking
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.5
+Spellchecking
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.5.1
+Spellchecker Options
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.5.1.1
+Dictionary
+\layout Description
+6.5.1.2
+Personal dictionary
+\layout Description
+6.5.1.3
+Further Options
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.5.2
+Limitations
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.6
+International Support
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.6.1
+Language Options
+\layout Description
+6.6.2
+Keyboard mapping configuration
+\layout Description
+6.6.3
+Character Tables
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7
+Credits
+\layout Section*
+
+Extended LyX Features
+\layout Description
+1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+2
+LyX and LaTeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+How LyX Uses LaTeX
+\layout Description
+2.2
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Help! LyX generated an unreadable
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+ file!
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+2.3
+Translating LaTeX files into LyX
+\layout Description
+2.4
+Inserting LaTeX Code into LyX Documents
+
+
+\layout Description
+2.5
+LyX and the LaTeX Preamble
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.5.1
+About the LaTeX Preamble
+\layout Description
+2.5.2
+Changing the Preamble
+\layout Description
+2.5.3
+Examples
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.5.3.1
+Example #1: Offsets
+\layout Description
+2.5.3.2
+Example #2: Labels
+\layout Description
+2.5.3.3
+Example #3: Paragraph Indentation
+\layout Description
+2.5.3.4
+Example #4: This Document
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.6
+LyX and LaTeX Errors
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+Supplemental Tools
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Preparing a Bibliography with BibTeX
+\layout Description
+3.2
+Making an Index
+\layout Description
+3.3
+Multipart Documents
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.1
+General Operation
+\layout Description
+3.3.2
+Cross-References Between Files
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4
+Algorithms
+\layout Description
+3.5
+Subfigures
+\layout Description
+3.6
+Fancy Headers and Footers
+\layout Description
+3.7
+Minipages
+\layout Description
+3.8
+Wrapping Text Around Figures
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.9
+Extra Table Options
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.9.1
+Removing Extra Column Space
+\layout Description
+3.9.2
+Changing the Column Separator Character
+\layout Description
+3.9.3
+Making a Decimal Point Aligned Column
+\layout Description
+3.9.4
+A Better Decimal-Alignment Solution
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.10
+Itemize Bullet Selection
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.10.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+3.10.2
+How it looks
+\layout Description
+3.10.3
+How to use it
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+Special Document Classes
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+AMS LaTeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1.1
+What these layouts provide
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.2
+Dinbrief
+\layout Description
+4.3
+Paper
+\layout Description
+4.4
+A&A Paper
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.4.2
+Getting started
+\layout Description
+4.4.3
+The header block
+\layout Description
+4.4.4
+The abstract
+\layout Description
+4.4.5
+Supported environments
+\layout Description
+4.4.6
+Commands not supported by LyX
+\layout Description
+4.4.7
+Figure and Table Floats
+\layout Description
+4.4.8
+Referee layout
+\layout Description
+4.4.9
+The example paper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5
+AASTeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.5.2
+Starting a New Paper
+\layout Description
+4.5.3
+Finishing Your Paper
+\layout Description
+4.5.4
+Comments On Specific Commands
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.4.1
+Things that work as expected
+\layout Description
+4.5.4.2
+Things that work, but require more comment
+\layout Description
+4.5.4.3
+Things not implemented, use ERT
+\layout Description
+4.5.4.4
+Things that cannot be implemented
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.5
+FAQs, Tips, Tricks, and Other Ruminations
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.1
+Getting LyX and AASTeX to cooperate
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.2
+LaTeX error processing a table
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.3
+References
+
+
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.4
+Including EPS files
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.5
+Things I could have done, but didn't
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.6
+Final Caveat
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.6
+ijmpd
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.6.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+4.6.2
+Writing a paper
+\layout Description
+4.6.3
+Preparing a paper for submission
+\layout Description
+4.6.4
+Use of ERT
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.7
+Kluwer
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.7.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+4.7.2
+Writing a paper
+\layout Description
+4.7.3
+Preparing a paper for submission
+\layout Description
+4.7.4
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Peculiarities
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ of the Kluwer package
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.8
+Koma-Script
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.8.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+4.8.2
+article (koma-script), report (koma-script), and book (koma-script)
+\layout Description
+4.8.3
+letter (koma-script)
+\layout Description
+4.8.4
+The new letter class: letter (koma-script v.2)
+\layout Description
+4.8.5
+Problems
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.9
+Springer Journals (
+\family sans
+svjour
+\family default
+)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.9.1
+Description
+\layout Description
+4.9.2
+New styles
+\layout Description
+4.9.3
+Supported journals
+\layout Description
+4.9.4
+Credits
+\layout Description
+4.9.5
+Bugs
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.10
+AGU journals (
+\family sans
+aguplus
+\family default
+)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.10.1
+Description
+\layout Description
+4.10.2
+New styles
+\layout Description
+4.10.3
+New floats
+\layout Description
+4.10.4
+Supported journals
+\layout Description
+4.10.5
+Bugs and things to remember
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.11
+EGS journals (
+\family sans
+egs
+\family default
+)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.11.1
+Description
+\layout Description
+4.11.2
+New styles
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12
+Slides [aka
+\noun on
+Sli
+\noun default
+TeX]
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.12.2
+Getting Started
+
+
+\layout Description
+4.12.3
+Paragraph Environments
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.3.1
+Supported Environments
+\layout Description
+4.12.3.2
+Quirks of the New Environments
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.4
+Making a Presentation with
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+ Overlay
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Note
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.4.1
+Using the
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+ Environment
+\layout Description
+4.12.4.2
+Using
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+ with
+\family sans
+Slide
+\layout Description
+4.12.4.3
+Using
+\family sans
+Note
+\family default
+ with
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.5
+The
+\family sans
+slides
+\family default
+ Class Template File
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13
+Foils [aka
+\family sans
+Foil
+\family default
+\noun on
+TeX
+\noun default
+]
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.13.2
+Getting Started
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.2.1
+Extra Options
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.3
+Supported Environments
+\layout Description
+4.13.4
+Building a Set of Foils
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.1
+Give It a Title Page
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.2
+Start a New Foil
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.3
+Theorems, Lemmas, Proofs and more
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.4
+Lists
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.5
+Figures and Tables
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.6
+Page Headers and Footers
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.5
+Unsupported
+\family sans
+Foil
+\family default
+TeX Goodies
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.5.1
+Lengths
+\layout Description
+4.13.5.2
+Headers and Footers
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.14
+Latex8 (IEEE Conference Papers)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.14.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.14.2
+Getting Started
+\layout Description
+4.14.3
+Supported Environments
+\layout Description
+4.14.4
+Differences Between Screen and Paper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.15
+Hollywood (Hollywood spec scripts)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.15.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.15.2
+Special problems
+\layout Description
+4.15.3
+Special features
+\layout Description
+4.15.4
+Paper size and Margins
+\layout Description
+4.15.5
+Environments
+\layout Description
+4.15.6
+Script jargon
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.16
+Broadway
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.16.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.16.2
+Special problems
+\layout Description
+4.16.3
+Special features
+\layout Description
+4.16.4
+Paper size and Margins
+\layout Description
+4.16.5
+Environments
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.17
+RevTeX4
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.17.1
+Installation
+\layout Description
+4.17.2
+Preamble Matter
+\layout Description
+4.17.3
+Layouts
+\layout Description
+4.17.4
+Important Notes
+\layout Description
+4.17.5
+Drawbacks
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.18
+Article (mwart), book (mwbk) and report (mwrep)
+
+
+\layout Description
+4.19
+Elsevier Journals
+\layout Description
+4.20
+Memoir
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.20.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+4.20.2
+Basic features and restrictions
+\layout Description
+4.20.3
+Extra features
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Importing and Exporting Alternate File Formats
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+Considerations
+\layout Description
+5.2
+Importing Other Formats
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.1
+LaTeX
+\layout Description
+5.2.2
+ASCII Text
+\layout Description
+5.2.3
+Noweb
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3
+Exporting Other Formats
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3.1
+LaTeX
+\layout Description
+5.3.2
+Device Independent Files
+\layout Description
+5.3.3
+PostScript®
+\layout Description
+5.3.4
+ASCII text
+\layout Description
+5.3.5
+HTML
+\layout Description
+5.3.6
+PDF
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.1
+Use pdfLaTeX
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.2
+Why does the text look so bad when viewed with Acrobat Reader?
+
+
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.3
+Why doesn't the
+\backslash
+boldsymbol{} command work when I use pslatex?
+
+
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.4
+Is it possible to do write latex code which is processed only when running
+ pdfLaTeX?
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.5
+How can I make URLs clickable ?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3.7
+Custom
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4
+The Complete reLyX Description
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.1
+Synopsis
+\layout Description
+5.4.2
+Options
+\layout Description
+5.4.3
+Description
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.2
+Usage
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.3
+What reLyX Can Handle
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.4
+What reLyX Can't Handle --- But it's OK
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.5
+What reLyX Handles Badly --- a.\SpecialChar ~
+k.\SpecialChar ~
+a.
+ BUGS
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.6
+What LyX Can't Handle
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.4
+Examples
+\layout Description
+5.4.5
+Notes
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.1
+Bug Reports
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.2
+Implementation Details:
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.3
+Layout Files
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.4
+Syntax Files
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.5
+Miscellaneous
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.6
+Diagnostics
+\layout Description
+5.4.7
+Warnings
+\layout Description
+5.4.8
+Files
+\layout Description
+5.4.9
+See also
+\layout Description
+5.4.10
+Authors
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6
+LyX Features needing Extra Software
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1
+Using LyX with SGML-Tools (aka LinuxDoc)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+6.1.2
+Preparing and using a LinuxDoc document
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.2.1
+Getting started
+\layout Description
+6.1.2.2
+Output from LinuxDoc
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.3
+Using the paragraph environments in LinuxDoc
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.3.1
+The Structure of a LinuxDoc Document
+\layout Description
+6.1.3.2
+The LinuxDoc Paragraph Environments
+\layout Description
+6.1.3.3
+Other document features
+\layout Description
+6.1.3.4
+Cross references and HTML
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.4
+Using the LinuxDoc Sgml scripts
+
+
+\layout Description
+6.1.5
+Troubleshooting LinuxDoc
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.2
+Checking TeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.2.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+6.2.2
+How to use it
+\layout Description
+6.2.3
+How to fine tune it
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3
+Version Control in LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+6.3.2
+RCS commands in LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.1
+
+\family sans
+Register
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.2
+
+\family sans
+Check In Changes
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.3
+
+\family sans
+Check Out For Edit
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.4
+
+\family sans
+Revert To Last Version
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.5
+
+\family sans
+Undo Last Checkin
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.6
+
+\family sans
+Show History
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4
+Literate Programming
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+6.4.2
+Literate Programming
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.2.1
+References
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.3
+LyX and Literate Programming
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.1
+Generating documents and code (weaving and tangling)
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.2
+Configuring LyX
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.3
+Debug extensions
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.4
+Toolbar extensions
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.5
+Colors customization
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7
+Secrets of the LaTeX Masters
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.1
+Tricks for Footnotes and Margin Notes
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.1.1
+Footnotes
+\layout Description
+7.1.2
+Margin Notes
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.2
+Multiple Columns
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.2.1
+Purpose
+\layout Description
+7.2.2
+Limitations
+\layout Description
+7.2.3
+Examples
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.2.3.1
+Two columns
+\layout Description
+7.2.3.2
+Multiple columns
+\layout Description
+7.2.3.3
+Columns inside columns
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.3
+Numbering in the
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+ Paragraph Environment
+
+
+\layout Description
+7.4
+Extra Space Between Table Rows
+\layout Description
+7.5
+Dropped Capitals
+\layout Description
+7.6
+Non-standard Paragraph Shapes
+\layout Description
+7.7
+Summary
+\end_deeper
+\layout Section*
+
+Customizing LyX: Features for the Advanced User
+\layout Description
+1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+2
+LyX configuration files
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+What's in
+\family typewriter
+LyXDir
+\family default
+?
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1.1
+Automatically generated files
+\layout Description
+2.1.2
+Directories
+\layout Description
+2.1.3
+Files you don't want to modify
+\layout Description
+2.1.4
+Other files needing a line or two...
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.2
+Your local configuration directory
+\layout Description
+2.3
+Running LyX with multiple configurations
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+The
+\family sans
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+references
+\family default
+ dialog
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Using the dialog for the first time
+\layout Description
+3.2
+On-screen fonts
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.2.1
+DPI setting and Font Zoom
+\layout Description
+3.2.2
+Font definition commands
+\layout Description
+3.2.3
+Font encoding
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3
+Bindings
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.4
+User Interface
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.5
+Converters, Formats and Viewers
+\layout Description
+3.6
+ASCII export options
+\layout Description
+3.7
+Printer
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7.1
+Changing Colors
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.8
+The autodetected settings
+\layout Description
+3.9
+The rest
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+Internationalizing LyX
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+Selecting an alternative language for the user interface
+\layout Description
+4.2
+Translating LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.2.1
+Translating the graphical user interface (text messages).
+\layout Description
+4.2.2
+Translating the documentation.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3
+International Keyboard Support
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3.1
+Defining Own Keymaps: Keymap File Format
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4
+International Keymap Stuff
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4.1
+The .kmap File
+\layout Description
+4.4.2
+The .cdef File
+\layout Description
+4.4.3
+Dead Keys
+\layout Description
+4.4.4
+Saving your Language Configuration
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Installing New Document Classes, Layouts, and Templates
+
+
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+Installing a new LaTeX package
+\layout Description
+5.2
+Layouts
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.1
+Supporting new document classes
+\layout Description
+5.2.2
+A layout for an
+\family sans
+sty
+\family default
+ file
+\layout Description
+5.2.3
+Layout for a
+\family sans
+cls
+\family default
+ file
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3
+Declaring a new text class
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3.1
+General text class parameters
+\layout Description
+5.3.2
+
+\family typewriter
+ClassOptions
+\family default
+ section
+\layout Description
+5.3.3
+Specific Paragraph Layouts
+\layout Description
+5.3.4
+Floats
+\layout Description
+5.3.5
+Counters
+\layout Description
+5.3.6
+Font description
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4
+Creating Templates
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6
+Including External Material
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1
+Background
+\layout Description
+6.2
+How does it work?
+\layout Description
+6.3
+The external material dialog
+\layout Description
+6.4
+Examples
+\layout Description
+6.5
+The external template configuration file
+\layout Description
+6.6
+The substitution mechanism
+\layout Description
+6.7
+Security discussion
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7
+The LyX Server
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+7.2
+Starting the LyX Server
+\layout Description
+7.3
+Normal communication
+\layout Description
+7.4
+Notification
+\layout Description
+7.5
+The simple LyX Server Protocol
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+8 \start_of_appendix
+Bindings
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.1
+Toolbar
+\layout Description
+8.2
+Menu
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.2.1
+File
+\layout Description
+8.2.2
+Edit
+\layout Description
+8.2.3
+Insert
+\layout Description
+8.2.4
+Layout
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.2.4.1
+L
+\family sans
+ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Character
+\family default
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.2.5
+View
+\layout Description
+8.2.6
+Navigate
+\layout Description
+8.2.7
+Help
+\layout Description
+8.2.8
+Paragraph Style
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.3
+Keyboard
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.3.1
+Specific to
+\family typewriter
+emacs.bind
+\layout Description
+8.3.2
+Specific to
+\family typewriter
+cua.bind
+\layout Description
+8.3.3
+Specific to
+\family typewriter
+sciword.bind
+\layout Description
+8.3.4
+Standard math bindings
+\layout Description
+8.3.5
+Other Accelerators
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+
+\the_end
--- /dev/null
+#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
+\lyxformat 221
+\textclass article
+\language english
+\inputencoding default
+\fontscheme default
+\graphics default
+\paperfontsize default
+\spacing single
+\papersize Default
+\paperpackage a4
+\use_geometry 0
+\use_amsmath 0
+\use_natbib 0
+\use_numerical_citations 0
+\paperorientation portrait
+\secnumdepth 3
+\tocdepth 3
+\paragraph_separation indent
+\defskip medskip
+\quotes_language english
+\quotes_times 2
+\papercolumns 1
+\papersides 1
+\paperpagestyle default
+
+\layout Title
+
+LyX Documentation Table of Contents
+\layout Section*
+
+Introduction to LyX
+\layout Description
+1
+The Philosophy of LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.1
+What is LyX?
+\layout Description
+1.2
+Differences between LyX and Other Word
+\newline
+Processors
+
+
+
+
+\layout Description
+1.3
+What the heck
+\emph on
+is
+\emph default
+ LaTeX (and why do I care)?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2
+Navigating the Documentation
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+The Format of the Manuals
+\layout Description
+2.2
+The Manuals
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+
+
+Contributing to the LyX Project
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Contributing to LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1.1
+Reporting a bug
+\layout Description
+3.1.2
+Contributing fixes and new features
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.2
+Contributing to the Documentation
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.2.1
+Reporting Errors in the Manuals
+\layout Description
+3.2.2
+Joining the Documentation Team.
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Section*
+
+LyX Frequently Asked Questions with Answers
+\newline
+Version 0.3.7
+\layout Description
+1
+Introduction and General Information
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.1
+What is LyX?
+\layout Description
+1.2
+That's fine, but is it useful?
+\layout Description
+1.3
+Where do I start?
+\layout Description
+1.4
+Does LyX run on my computer?
+\layout Description
+1.5
+How much hard disk space does LyX need?
+\layout Description
+1.6
+Is LyX really Open Source?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2
+Internet Resources
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+Where should I look on the World Wide Web for LyX stuff?
+\layout Description
+2.2
+Where can I get LyX material by FTP?
+\layout Description
+2.3
+What mailing lists are there?
+\layout Description
+2.4
+Are the mailing lists archived anywhere?
+\layout Description
+2.5
+Okay, wise guy! Where are they archived?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+Compatibility with other word/document processors
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Can I read/write LaTeX files?
+\layout Description
+3.2
+Can I read/write Word files?
+\layout Description
+3.3
+Can I read/write HTML files?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+Obtaining and Compiling LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+What do I need?
+\layout Description
+4.2
+How do I compile it?
+\layout Description
+4.3
+I hate compiling.
+ Where are precompiled binaries?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Questions about Evil Red Text (IMPORTANT!)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+What is Evil Red Text (aka ERT)?
+\layout Description
+5.2
+How do I enter Evil Red Text?
+\layout Description
+5.3
+The new ERT inset is really inconvenient !
+\layout Description
+5.4
+Is there an alternative?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6
+Questions Related to Using LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1
+General questions
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.1
+How do I get rid of the date under the title?
+\layout Description
+6.1.2
+How do I change the spacing in an Itemize/\SpecialChar \-
+Enumerate/\SpecialChar \-
+Description list environment
+?
+\layout Description
+6.1.3
+How do I number equations by section?
+\layout Description
+6.1.4
+Is it possible to do this for figures and tables as well?
+\layout Description
+6.1.5
+How do I change to footnote numbers to symbols (star, dagger, etc.)?
+\layout Description
+6.1.6
+How do I kill widows and orphans?
+\layout Description
+6.1.7
+How do I get a formatted list which starts with e.g.
+ 1.
+ a)?
+\layout Description
+6.1.8
+How do I count words in LyX?
+\layout Description
+6.1.9
+How do I insert a fixed amount of horizontal space?
+\layout Description
+6.1.10
+How can I make citations show up as [1,2,3,6] or [1-3,6] rather than [1][2][3][6
+]?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.2
+Figure related questions
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.2.1
+What is the difference between a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+figure
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ and a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+figure float
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+?
+\layout Description
+6.2.2
+How do I get LyX to put the figure exactly where I want it?
+\layout Description
+6.2.3
+What does
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Too many unprocessed floats
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ mean?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3
+Math related questions
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3.1
+How do I put normal text inside a mathematical equation?
+\layout Description
+6.3.2
+How do I make a cube root (or higher)?
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7
+Questions Related to Running LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.1
+How do I convert LyX files to LaTeX from the command line?
+\layout Description
+7.2
+How do I create PDF files from my LyX document?
+\layout Description
+7.3
+Why do the fonts in my document look so bad in
+\family typewriter
+acroread
+\family default
+ ?
+\layout Description
+7.4
+Why doesn't my latest and greatest version of Ghostscript render EPS inline
+ figures properly?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+8
+Questions Related to LyX on Windows
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.1
+Why do the menus and the toolbar flicker ?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+9
+How to get further assistance
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+9.1
+You still haven't answered my question!
+\layout Description
+9.2
+I want to mail someone about my problem.
+
+\layout Description
+9.3
+What to put in a request for help.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+10
+Administrative information and acknowledgments
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+10.1
+Feedback is invited.
+
+\layout Description
+10.2
+Formats in which this FAQ is available.
+
+\layout Description
+10.3
+Authorship and acknowledgments.
+\layout Description
+10.4
+Disclaimer and Copyright.
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Section*
+
+Sprievodca programom LyX
+\layout Description
+1
+Úvod
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.1
+Vítajte v LyXe!
+\layout Description
+1.2
+O tomto dokumente
+\layout Description
+1.3
+Èo tento Sprievodca
+\emph on
+je
+\emph toggle
+ a èo
+\emph on
+nie je
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.3.1
+Slovo od ná¹ho patróna\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\layout Description
+1.3.2
+Ako vy»a¾i» èo najviac zo Sprievodcu
+\layout Description
+1.3.3
+Èo tu
+\emph on
+ne
+\emph toggle
+nájdete:
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.4
+Èo je LyX?
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.4.1
+Prehµad
+\layout Description
+1.4.2
+Rozdiely medzi LyXom a textovými procesormi
+\layout Description
+1.4.3
+Èo do kelu
+\emph on
+je
+\emph toggle
+ LaTeX?
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2
+Zaèíname s LyXom
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+Vá¹ prvý LyX dokument
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1.1
+Písanie, prezeranie a tlaè
+\layout Description
+2.1.2
+Jednoduché operácie
+\layout Description
+2.1.3
+WYSIWYM: Priestor v LyXe
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.2
+Prostredia
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.2.1
+Sekcie a podsekcie
+\layout Description
+2.2.2
+Zoznamy a podzoznamy
+\layout Description
+2.2.3
+Ïal¹ie prostredia: ver¹e, citáty a ïal¹ie
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+Písanie dokumentov
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Triedy dokumentov a ¹ablóny: písanie listov
+\layout Description
+3.2
+©ablóny: písanie listu
+\layout Description
+3.3
+Titulné strany dokumentov
+\layout Description
+3.4
+Návestia a krosreferencie
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.1
+Va¹e prvé návestie
+\layout Description
+3.4.2
+Va¹a prvá krosreferencia
+\layout Description
+3.4.3
+Viac zábavy s návestiami
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.5
+Poznámky pod èiarou a na okraji
+\layout Description
+3.6
+Citácie
+\layout Description
+3.7
+Obsah
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+Pou¾ívanie matematiky
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+Matematický mód
+\layout Description
+4.2
+Pohyb vo výraze
+\layout Description
+4.3
+Exponenty a indexy
+\layout Description
+4.4
+Matematický panel
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4.1
+Grécke písmená a symboly
+\layout Description
+4.4.2
+Odmocniny, zdôraznenia a oddeµovaèe
+\layout Description
+4.4.3
+Zlomky
+\layout Description
+4.4.4
+Re¾im TeX: limity, logaritmy, sínusy a ïal¹ie
+\layout Description
+4.4.5
+Matice
+\layout Description
+4.4.6
+Re¾im rovnice
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5
+Viacriadkové výrazy
+\layout Description
+4.6
+Ïal¹ie matematické mo¾nosti
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Rôzne
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+Ïal¹ie hlavné èrty LyXu
+\layout Description
+5.2
+LyX pre pou¾ívateµov LaTeXu
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.1
+Re¾im TeX
+\layout Description
+5.2.2
+Konvertovanie LaTeXových dokumentov do LyXu
+\layout Description
+5.2.3
+Konvertovanie LyXových dokumentov do LaTeXu
+\layout Description
+5.2.4
+LaTeX preambula
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.4.1
+Trieda dokumentu
+\layout Description
+5.2.4.2
+Ïal¹ie mo¾nosti preambuly
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.5
+BibTeX
+\layout Description
+5.2.6
+Rôzne
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3
+Chyby!
+\end_deeper
+\layout Section*
+
+U¾ívateµská príruèka LyXu
+\layout Description
+1
+Predstavenie
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.1
+Èo je LyX?
+\layout Description
+1.2
+O tomto dokumente
+\layout Description
+1.3
+Zaèíname
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.3.1
+Spustenie LyXu
+\layout Description
+1.3.2
+Ako LyX vyzerá
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.3.2.1
+Hlavné okno
+\layout Description
+1.3.2.2
+Dialógy
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.3.3
+POMOC!
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.4
+Prostredie LyXu
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.4.1
+Základné operácie so súbormi
+\layout Description
+1.4.2
+Základy editovania
+\layout Description
+1.4.3
+
+\family sans
+Vráti» spä»
+\family default
+ a
+\family sans
+Opakova» vrátené
+\layout Description
+1.4.4
+Základy ovládania my¹ou
+\layout Description
+1.4.5
+Základy ovládania klávesnicou
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.5
+Pou¾ívanie LyXu s ïal¹ími programami
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.5.1
+Importovanie ASCII súborov
+\layout Description
+1.5.2
+Vystrihovanie a vkladanie medzi LyXom a inými X programami
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2
+Nastavenia LyXu a podporné aplikácie
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+Predstavenie
+\layout Description
+2.2
+Po¾iadavky
+\layout Description
+2.3
+Základné nastavenia LyXu
+\layout Description
+2.4
+Nastavenie X klávesnice
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.4.1
+
+\family typewriter
+xmodmap
+\family default
+ a
+\family typewriter
+xkeycaps
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.4.1.1
+
+\family typewriter
+xmodmap
+\layout Description
+2.4.1.2
+
+\family typewriter
+xkeycaps
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.4.2
+Modifikátory a Mode_switch
+\layout Description
+2.4.3
+Pomocné tipy a triky
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.5
+LaTeX
+\layout Description
+2.6
+Dvips a Ghostscript
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.6.1
+Èo potrebujete
+\layout Description
+2.6.2
+
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\layout Description
+2.6.3
+
+\family typewriter
+ghostscript
+\layout Description
+2.6.4
+
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\family default
+ a
+\family typewriter
+ghostview
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.7
+Tlaèiareò
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+Základy LyXu
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Typy dokumentov
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1.1
+Predstavenie
+\layout Description
+3.1.2
+
+
+Rôzne triedy dokumentov
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1.2.1
+Prehµad
+\layout Description
+3.1.2.2
+Vybratie triedy
+\layout Description
+3.1.2.3
+Vlastnosti
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1.3
+Dolaïovanie preddefinovaných hodnôt
+\layout Description
+3.1.4
+Veµkos» papiera, orientácia a okraje
+\layout Description
+3.1.5
+Dôle¾ité poznámky:
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.2
+Zarovnanie a oddeµovanie odsekov
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.2.1
+Predstavenie
+\layout Description
+3.2.2
+Globálna zmena odsadenia
+\layout Description
+3.2.3
+Dolaïovanie
+\layout Description
+3.2.4
+Zmena riadkovania
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3
+Prostredia odsekov
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.1
+Prehµad
+\layout Description
+3.3.2
+
+\family sans
+Standard
+\layout Description
+3.3.3
+Titulné strany dokumentov
+\layout Description
+3.3.4
+Názvy sekcií
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.1
+Èíslované názvy
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.2
+Neèíslované názvy
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.3
+Zmena èíslovania
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.4
+©peciálne informácie
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.5
+Citáty a poézia
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.5.1
+
+\family sans
+Quote
+\family default
+ a
+\family sans
+Quotation
+\layout Description
+3.3.5.2
+
+\family sans
+Verse
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.6
+Zoznamy
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.1
+V¹eobecné vlastnosti
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.2
+
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.3
+
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.4
+
+\family sans
+Description
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.5
+
+\family sans
+List
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.7
+Listy
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.7.1
+
+\family sans
+Address
+\family default
+ a
+\family sans
+Right\SpecialChar ~
+Address
+\family default
+: Prehµad
+\layout Description
+3.3.7.2
+Pou¾itie
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.8
+Akademické písanie
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.8.1
+
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\layout Description
+3.3.8.2
+
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\family default
+ (literatúra)
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.9
+©peciálny úèel
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.9.1
+
+\family sans
+Caption
+\layout Description
+3.3.9.2
+
+\family sans
+LyX-Code
+\layout Description
+3.3.9.3
+
+\family sans
+Comment
+\layout Description
+3.3.9.4
+
+\family sans
+LaTeX
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4
+Vnáranie prostredí
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.1
+O èo ide
+\layout Description
+3.4.2
+Èo mô¾ete a nemô¾ete vnára»
+\layout Description
+3.4.3
+Vnáranie iných vecí: tabuliek, vzorcov, insetov atï.
+\layout Description
+3.4.4
+Pou¾itie a v¹eobecné vlastnosti
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.4.1
+Rôzne väzby
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.5
+Zopár príkladov
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.5.1
+Príklad è.
+ 1: ©es» úrovní a zmie¹ané vnáranie
+\layout Description
+3.4.5.2
+Príklad è.
+ 2: Dedenie
+\layout Description
+3.4.5.3
+Príklad è.
+ 3: Èíslovanie (znaèky), úrovne a prostredia Enumerate a Itemize
+\layout Description
+3.4.5.4
+Príklad è.
+ 4: Ideme na to
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.5
+Písma a ¹týly textu
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.5.1
+Prehµad
+\layout Description
+3.5.2
+Globálne voµby
+\layout Description
+3.5.3
+Pou¾ívanie rôznych ¹týlov znakov
+\layout Description
+3.5.4
+Dolaïovanie pomocou okna
+\family sans
+©týl znaku
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.6
+Tlaè a náhµad
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.6.1
+Prehµad
+\layout Description
+3.6.2
+Náhµad s
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\layout Description
+3.6.3
+Prezeranie PostScriptovej verzie s programom
+\family typewriter
+ghost\SpecialChar \-
+view
+\layout Description
+3.6.4
+Tlaè dokumentu
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7
+Zopár slov o typografii.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7.1
+Spojovník a rozdeµovanie
+\layout Description
+3.7.2
+Interpunkèné znamienka
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7.2.1
+Skratky a konce viet
+\layout Description
+3.7.2.2
+Úvodzovky
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7.3
+Ligatúry
+\layout Description
+3.7.4
+Vdovy a siroty
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+Insety: tabuµky, obrázky, poznámky
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+Poznámky pod èiarou
+\layout Description
+4.2
+Poznámky na okraji
+\layout Description
+4.3
+Obrázky a importovaná grafika
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3.1
+Insety s obrázkami
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3.1.1
+Pou¾ívanie insetov s obrázkami
+\layout Description
+4.3.1.2
+Umiestnenie insetov
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3.2
+
+\family typewriter
+XFig
+\family default
+ a LyX
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4
+Tabuµky
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4.1
+Menu na manipuláciu s tabuµkou
+\layout Description
+4.4.2
+Èo mô¾e by» v tabuµke umiestnené?
+\layout Description
+4.4.3
+Vystrihovanie a vkladanie a tabuµky
+\layout Description
+4.4.4
+Viacriadkový text v bunke
+\layout Description
+4.4.5
+Insety s tabuµkou
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4.5.1
+Popisy tabuliek
+\layout Description
+4.4.5.2
+Umiestnenie insetov
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5
+Obsah a ïal¹ie zoznamy
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.1
+Obsah
+\layout Description
+4.5.2
+Zoznam obrázkov, tabuliek a algoritmov
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Matematické vzorce
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+Základy editovania matematiky
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1.1
+Vyvolanie matematického editora
+\layout Description
+5.1.2
+Navigácia v rovnici
+\layout Description
+5.1.3
+Oznaèovanie textu
+\layout Description
+5.1.4
+Exponenty a indexy
+\layout Description
+5.1.5
+Zlomky
+\layout Description
+5.1.6
+Sumy a integrály
+\layout Description
+5.1.7
+Panel matematických nástrojov
+\layout Description
+5.1.8
+Ïal¹ie matematické symboly
+\layout Description
+5.1.9
+Matematické funkcie
+\layout Description
+5.1.10
+Viac symbolov
+\layout Description
+5.1.11
+Akcenty
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2
+Zátvorky
+\layout Description
+5.3
+Polia a viacriadkové rovnice
+\layout Description
+5.4
+Èíslovanie rovníc
+\layout Description
+5.5
+U¾ívateµsky definované makrá v matematic\SpecialChar \-
+kom re¾ime
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.5.1
+Návod na pou¾ívanie makier
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.5.1.1
+Ako ich vytvori»
+\layout Description
+5.5.1.2
+Ako sa pohybova»
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.6
+Dolaïovanie
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.6.1
+Písmo
+\layout Description
+5.6.2
+Veµkosti písiem
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6
+Ïal¹ie nástroje
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1
+Krosreferencie
+\layout Description
+6.2
+Manuálne dolaïovanie
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.2.1
+Extra horizontálna medzera
+\layout Description
+6.2.2
+Extra vertikálna medzera
+\layout Description
+6.2.3
+Zmena zarovnania odseku
+\layout Description
+6.2.4
+Pevné zlomy strán
+\layout Description
+6.2.5
+Ïal¹ie nástroje
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3
+Kontrola pravopisu
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3.1
+Parametre kontroly pravopisu
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3.1.1
+Slovník
+\layout Description
+6.3.1.2
+Osobný slovník
+\layout Description
+6.3.1.3
+Ïal¹ie mo¾nosti
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3.2
+Problémy
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4
+Medzinárodná podpora
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.1
+
+\family sans
+Rozlo¾enie Dokumentu
+\layout Description
+6.4.2
+
+\family sans
+Parametre klávesnice
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7
+LyX a LaTeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.1
+Ako LyX pou¾íva LaTeX
+\layout Description
+7.2
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+Pomoc! LyX vygeneroval neèítateµný
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+ súbor.
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+7.3
+Preklad LaTeXových súborov do LyXu
+\layout Description
+7.4
+Vkladanie LaTeXového kódu do dokumentov LyXu
+\layout Description
+7.5
+LyX a LaTeX preambula
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.5.1
+O LaTeX preambule
+\layout Description
+7.5.2
+Zmena preambuly
+\layout Description
+7.5.3
+Príklady
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.5.3.1
+Príklad è.
+ 1: Posunutie
+\layout Description
+7.5.3.2
+Príklad è.
+ 2: ©títky
+\layout Description
+7.5.3.3
+Príklad è.
+ 3: Odsadenie odsekov
+\layout Description
+7.5.3.4
+Príklad è.
+ 4: Èíslovanie v prostredí odseku
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\layout Description
+7.5.3.5
+Príklad è.
+ 5: Tento dokument
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.6
+Chyby LyXu a LaTeXu
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+8
+Zásluhy
+\layout Section*
+
+Extended LyX Features
+\layout Description
+1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+2
+LyX and LaTeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+How LyX Uses LaTeX
+\layout Description
+2.2
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Help! LyX generated an unreadable
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+ file!
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+2.3
+Translating LaTeX files into LyX
+\layout Description
+2.4
+Inserting LaTeX Code into LyX Documents
+
+
+\layout Description
+2.5
+LyX and the LaTeX Preamble
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.5.1
+About the LaTeX Preamble
+\layout Description
+2.5.2
+Changing the Preamble
+\layout Description
+2.5.3
+Examples
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.5.3.1
+Example #1: Offsets
+\layout Description
+2.5.3.2
+Example #2: Labels
+\layout Description
+2.5.3.3
+Example #3: Paragraph Indentation
+\layout Description
+2.5.3.4
+Example #4: This Document
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.6
+LyX and LaTeX Errors
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+Supplemental Tools
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Preparing a Bibliography with BibTeX
+\layout Description
+3.2
+Making an Index
+\layout Description
+3.3
+Multipart Documents
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.1
+General Operation
+\layout Description
+3.3.2
+Cross-References Between Files
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4
+Algorithms
+\layout Description
+3.5
+Subfigures
+\layout Description
+3.6
+Fancy Headers and Footers
+\layout Description
+3.7
+Minipages
+\layout Description
+3.8
+Wrapping Text Around Figures
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.9
+Extra Table Options
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.9.1
+Removing Extra Column Space
+\layout Description
+3.9.2
+Changing the Column Separator Character
+\layout Description
+3.9.3
+Making a Decimal Point Aligned Column
+\layout Description
+3.9.4
+A Better Decimal-Alignment Solution
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.10
+Itemize Bullet Selection
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.10.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+3.10.2
+How it looks
+\layout Description
+3.10.3
+How to use it
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+Special Document Classes
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+AMS LaTeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1.1
+What these layouts provide
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.2
+Dinbrief
+\layout Description
+4.3
+Paper
+\layout Description
+4.4
+A&A Paper
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.4.2
+Getting started
+\layout Description
+4.4.3
+The header block
+\layout Description
+4.4.4
+The abstract
+\layout Description
+4.4.5
+Supported environments
+\layout Description
+4.4.6
+Commands not supported by LyX
+\layout Description
+4.4.7
+Figure and Table Floats
+\layout Description
+4.4.8
+Referee layout
+\layout Description
+4.4.9
+The example paper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5
+AASTeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.5.2
+Starting a New Paper
+\layout Description
+4.5.3
+Finishing Your Paper
+\layout Description
+4.5.4
+Comments On Specific Commands
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.4.1
+Things that work as expected
+\layout Description
+4.5.4.2
+Things that work, but require more comment
+\layout Description
+4.5.4.3
+Things not implemented, use ERT
+\layout Description
+4.5.4.4
+Things that cannot be implemented
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.5
+FAQs, Tips, Tricks, and Other Ruminations
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.1
+Getting LyX and AASTeX to cooperate
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.2
+LaTeX error processing a table
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.3
+References
+
+
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.4
+Including EPS files
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.5
+Things I could have done, but didn't
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.6
+Final Caveat
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.6
+ijmpd
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.6.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+4.6.2
+Writing a paper
+\layout Description
+4.6.3
+Preparing a paper for submission
+\layout Description
+4.6.4
+Use of ERT
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.7
+Kluwer
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.7.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+4.7.2
+Writing a paper
+\layout Description
+4.7.3
+Preparing a paper for submission
+\layout Description
+4.7.4
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Peculiarities
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ of the Kluwer package
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.8
+Koma-Script
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.8.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+4.8.2
+article (koma-script), report (koma-script), and book (koma-script)
+\layout Description
+4.8.3
+letter (koma-script)
+\layout Description
+4.8.4
+The new letter class: letter (koma-script v.2)
+\layout Description
+4.8.5
+Problems
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.9
+Springer Journals (
+\family sans
+svjour
+\family default
+)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.9.1
+Description
+\layout Description
+4.9.2
+New styles
+\layout Description
+4.9.3
+Supported journals
+\layout Description
+4.9.4
+Credits
+\layout Description
+4.9.5
+Bugs
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.10
+AGU journals (
+\family sans
+aguplus
+\family default
+)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.10.1
+Description
+\layout Description
+4.10.2
+New styles
+\layout Description
+4.10.3
+New floats
+\layout Description
+4.10.4
+Supported journals
+\layout Description
+4.10.5
+Bugs and things to remember
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.11
+EGS journals (
+\family sans
+egs
+\family default
+)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.11.1
+Description
+\layout Description
+4.11.2
+New styles
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12
+Slides [aka
+\noun on
+Sli
+\noun default
+TeX]
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.12.2
+Getting Started
+
+
+\layout Description
+4.12.3
+Paragraph Environments
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.3.1
+Supported Environments
+\layout Description
+4.12.3.2
+Quirks of the New Environments
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.4
+Making a Presentation with
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+ Overlay
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Note
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.4.1
+Using the
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+ Environment
+\layout Description
+4.12.4.2
+Using
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+ with
+\family sans
+Slide
+\layout Description
+4.12.4.3
+Using
+\family sans
+Note
+\family default
+ with
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.5
+The
+\family sans
+slides
+\family default
+ Class Template File
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13
+Foils [aka
+\family sans
+Foil
+\family default
+\noun on
+TeX
+\noun default
+]
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.13.2
+Getting Started
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.2.1
+Extra Options
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.3
+Supported Environments
+\layout Description
+4.13.4
+Building a Set of Foils
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.1
+Give It a Title Page
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.2
+Start a New Foil
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.3
+Theorems, Lemmas, Proofs and more
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.4
+Lists
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.5
+Figures and Tables
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.6
+Page Headers and Footers
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.5
+Unsupported
+\family sans
+Foil
+\family default
+TeX Goodies
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.5.1
+Lengths
+\layout Description
+4.13.5.2
+Headers and Footers
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.14
+Latex8 (IEEE Conference Papers)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.14.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.14.2
+Getting Started
+\layout Description
+4.14.3
+Supported Environments
+\layout Description
+4.14.4
+Differences Between Screen and Paper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.15
+Hollywood (Hollywood spec scripts)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.15.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.15.2
+Special problems
+\layout Description
+4.15.3
+Special features
+\layout Description
+4.15.4
+Paper size and Margins
+\layout Description
+4.15.5
+Environments
+\layout Description
+4.15.6
+Script jargon
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.16
+Broadway
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.16.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.16.2
+Special problems
+\layout Description
+4.16.3
+Special features
+\layout Description
+4.16.4
+Paper size and Margins
+\layout Description
+4.16.5
+Environments
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.17
+RevTeX4
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.17.1
+Installation
+\layout Description
+4.17.2
+Preamble Matter
+\layout Description
+4.17.3
+Layouts
+\layout Description
+4.17.4
+Important Notes
+\layout Description
+4.17.5
+Drawbacks
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.18
+Article (mwart), book (mwbk) and report (mwrep)
+
+
+\layout Description
+4.19
+Elsevier Journals
+\layout Description
+4.20
+Memoir
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.20.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+4.20.2
+Basic features and restrictions
+\layout Description
+4.20.3
+Extra features
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Importing and Exporting Alternate File Formats
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+Considerations
+\layout Description
+5.2
+Importing Other Formats
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.1
+LaTeX
+\layout Description
+5.2.2
+ASCII Text
+\layout Description
+5.2.3
+Noweb
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3
+Exporting Other Formats
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3.1
+LaTeX
+\layout Description
+5.3.2
+Device Independent Files
+\layout Description
+5.3.3
+PostScript®
+\layout Description
+5.3.4
+ASCII text
+\layout Description
+5.3.5
+HTML
+\layout Description
+5.3.6
+PDF
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.1
+Use pdfLaTeX
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.2
+Why does the text look so bad when viewed with Acrobat Reader?
+
+
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.3
+Why doesn't the
+\backslash
+boldsymbol{} command work when I use pslatex?
+
+
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.4
+Is it possible to do write latex code which is processed only when running
+ pdfLaTeX?
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.5
+How can I make URLs clickable ?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3.7
+Custom
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4
+The Complete reLyX Description
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.1
+Synopsis
+\layout Description
+5.4.2
+Options
+\layout Description
+5.4.3
+Description
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.2
+Usage
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.3
+What reLyX Can Handle
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.4
+What reLyX Can't Handle --- But it's OK
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.5
+What reLyX Handles Badly --- a.\SpecialChar ~
+k.\SpecialChar ~
+a.
+ BUGS
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.6
+What LyX Can't Handle
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.4
+Examples
+\layout Description
+5.4.5
+Notes
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.1
+Bug Reports
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.2
+Implementation Details:
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.3
+Layout Files
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.4
+Syntax Files
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.5
+Miscellaneous
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.6
+Diagnostics
+\layout Description
+5.4.7
+Warnings
+\layout Description
+5.4.8
+Files
+\layout Description
+5.4.9
+See also
+\layout Description
+5.4.10
+Authors
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6
+LyX Features needing Extra Software
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1
+Using LyX with SGML-Tools (aka LinuxDoc)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+6.1.2
+Preparing and using a LinuxDoc document
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.2.1
+Getting started
+\layout Description
+6.1.2.2
+Output from LinuxDoc
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.3
+Using the paragraph environments in LinuxDoc
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.3.1
+The Structure of a LinuxDoc Document
+\layout Description
+6.1.3.2
+The LinuxDoc Paragraph Environments
+\layout Description
+6.1.3.3
+Other document features
+\layout Description
+6.1.3.4
+Cross references and HTML
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.4
+Using the LinuxDoc Sgml scripts
+
+
+\layout Description
+6.1.5
+Troubleshooting LinuxDoc
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.2
+Checking TeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.2.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+6.2.2
+How to use it
+\layout Description
+6.2.3
+How to fine tune it
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3
+Version Control in LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+6.3.2
+RCS commands in LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.1
+
+\family sans
+Register
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.2
+
+\family sans
+Check In Changes
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.3
+
+\family sans
+Check Out For Edit
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.4
+
+\family sans
+Revert To Last Version
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.5
+
+\family sans
+Undo Last Checkin
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.6
+
+\family sans
+Show History
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4
+Literate Programming
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+6.4.2
+Literate Programming
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.2.1
+References
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.3
+LyX and Literate Programming
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.1
+Generating documents and code (weaving and tangling)
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.2
+Configuring LyX
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.3
+Debug extensions
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.4
+Toolbar extensions
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.5
+Colors customization
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7
+Secrets of the LaTeX Masters
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.1
+Tricks for Footnotes and Margin Notes
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.1.1
+Footnotes
+\layout Description
+7.1.2
+Margin Notes
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.2
+Multiple Columns
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.2.1
+Purpose
+\layout Description
+7.2.2
+Limitations
+\layout Description
+7.2.3
+Examples
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.2.3.1
+Two columns
+\layout Description
+7.2.3.2
+Multiple columns
+\layout Description
+7.2.3.3
+Columns inside columns
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.3
+Numbering in the
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+ Paragraph Environment
+
+
+\layout Description
+7.4
+Extra Space Between Table Rows
+\layout Description
+7.5
+Dropped Capitals
+\layout Description
+7.6
+Non-standard Paragraph Shapes
+\layout Description
+7.7
+Summary
+\end_deeper
+\layout Section*
+
+Customizing LyX: Features for the Advanced User
+\layout Description
+1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+2
+LyX configuration files
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+What's in
+\family typewriter
+LyXDir
+\family default
+?
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1.1
+Automatically generated files
+\layout Description
+2.1.2
+Directories
+\layout Description
+2.1.3
+Files you don't want to modify
+\layout Description
+2.1.4
+Other files needing a line or two...
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.2
+Your local configuration directory
+\layout Description
+2.3
+Running LyX with multiple configurations
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+The
+\family sans
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+references
+\family default
+ dialog
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Using the dialog for the first time
+\layout Description
+3.2
+On-screen fonts
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.2.1
+DPI setting and Font Zoom
+\layout Description
+3.2.2
+Font definition commands
+\layout Description
+3.2.3
+Font encoding
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3
+Bindings
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.4
+User Interface
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.5
+Converters, Formats and Viewers
+\layout Description
+3.6
+ASCII export options
+\layout Description
+3.7
+Printer
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7.1
+Changing Colors
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.8
+The autodetected settings
+\layout Description
+3.9
+The rest
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+Internationalizing LyX
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+Selecting an alternative language for the user interface
+\layout Description
+4.2
+Translating LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.2.1
+Translating the graphical user interface (text messages).
+\layout Description
+4.2.2
+Translating the documentation.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3
+International Keyboard Support
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3.1
+Defining Own Keymaps: Keymap File Format
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4
+International Keymap Stuff
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4.1
+The .kmap File
+\layout Description
+4.4.2
+The .cdef File
+\layout Description
+4.4.3
+Dead Keys
+\layout Description
+4.4.4
+Saving your Language Configuration
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Installing New Document Classes, Layouts, and Templates
+
+
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+Installing a new LaTeX package
+\layout Description
+5.2
+Layouts
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.1
+Supporting new document classes
+\layout Description
+5.2.2
+A layout for an
+\family sans
+sty
+\family default
+ file
+\layout Description
+5.2.3
+Layout for a
+\family sans
+cls
+\family default
+ file
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3
+Declaring a new text class
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3.1
+General text class parameters
+\layout Description
+5.3.2
+
+\family typewriter
+ClassOptions
+\family default
+ section
+\layout Description
+5.3.3
+Specific Paragraph Layouts
+\layout Description
+5.3.4
+Floats
+\layout Description
+5.3.5
+Counters
+\layout Description
+5.3.6
+Font description
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4
+Creating Templates
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6
+Including External Material
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1
+Background
+\layout Description
+6.2
+How does it work?
+\layout Description
+6.3
+The external material dialog
+\layout Description
+6.4
+Examples
+\layout Description
+6.5
+The external template configuration file
+\layout Description
+6.6
+The substitution mechanism
+\layout Description
+6.7
+Security discussion
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7
+The LyX Server
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+7.2
+Starting the LyX Server
+\layout Description
+7.3
+Normal communication
+\layout Description
+7.4
+Notification
+\layout Description
+7.5
+The simple LyX Server Protocol
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+8 \start_of_appendix
+Bindings
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.1
+Toolbar
+\layout Description
+8.2
+Menu
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.2.1
+File
+\layout Description
+8.2.2
+Edit
+\layout Description
+8.2.3
+Insert
+\layout Description
+8.2.4
+Layout
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.2.4.1
+L
+\family sans
+ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Character
+\family default
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.2.5
+View
+\layout Description
+8.2.6
+Navigate
+\layout Description
+8.2.7
+Help
+\layout Description
+8.2.8
+Paragraph Style
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.3
+Keyboard
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.3.1
+Specific to
+\family typewriter
+emacs.bind
+\layout Description
+8.3.2
+Specific to
+\family typewriter
+cua.bind
+\layout Description
+8.3.3
+Specific to
+\family typewriter
+sciword.bind
+\layout Description
+8.3.4
+Standard math bindings
+\layout Description
+8.3.5
+Other Accelerators
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+
+\the_end
--- /dev/null
+#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
+\lyxformat 221
+\textclass article
+\options dvips
+\language slovene
+\inputencoding latin2
+\fontscheme default
+\graphics dvips
+\paperfontsize default
+\spacing single
+\papersize a4paper
+\paperpackage a4
+\use_geometry 1
+\use_amsmath 0
+\use_natbib 0
+\use_numerical_citations 0
+\paperorientation portrait
+\headsep 0pt
+\footskip 0pt
+\secnumdepth 3
+\tocdepth 3
+\paragraph_separation skip
+\defskip medskip
+\quotes_language german
+\quotes_times 2
+\papercolumns 1
+\papersides 1
+\paperpagestyle default
+
+\layout Title
+
+Kazalo dokumentacije LyXa
+\layout Section*
+
+Uvod v LyX
+\newline
+ali
+\newline
+Kako uporabljati dokumentacijo!
+\layout Description
+1
+Pot po dokumentaciji
+\layout Description
+2
+Oblika priroènikov
+\layout Description
+3
+Priroèniki
+\layout Description
+4
+
+
+Prispevki k dokumentacijskem projektu
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+Poroèanje o napakah v priroènikih
+\layout Description
+4.2
+Pridru¾itev dokumentacijski skupini
+\end_deeper
+\layout Section*
+
+LyX Frequently Asked Questions with Answers
+\newline
+Version 0.3.7
+\layout Description
+1
+Introduction and General Information
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.1
+What is LyX?
+\layout Description
+1.2
+That's fine, but is it useful?
+\layout Description
+1.3
+Where do I start?
+\layout Description
+1.4
+Does LyX run on my computer?
+\layout Description
+1.5
+How much hard disk space does LyX need?
+\layout Description
+1.6
+Is LyX really Open Source?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2
+Internet Resources
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+Where should I look on the World Wide Web for LyX stuff?
+\layout Description
+2.2
+Where can I get LyX material by FTP?
+\layout Description
+2.3
+What mailing lists are there?
+\layout Description
+2.4
+Are the mailing lists archived anywhere?
+\layout Description
+2.5
+Okay, wise guy! Where are they archived?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+Compatibility with other word/document processors
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Can I read/write LaTeX files?
+\layout Description
+3.2
+Can I read/write Word files?
+\layout Description
+3.3
+Can I read/write HTML files?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+Obtaining and Compiling LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+What do I need?
+\layout Description
+4.2
+How do I compile it?
+\layout Description
+4.3
+I hate compiling.
+ Where are precompiled binaries?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Questions about Evil Red Text (IMPORTANT!)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+What is Evil Red Text (aka ERT)?
+\layout Description
+5.2
+How do I enter Evil Red Text?
+\layout Description
+5.3
+The new ERT inset is really inconvenient !
+\layout Description
+5.4
+Is there an alternative?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6
+Questions Related to Using LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1
+General questions
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.1
+How do I get rid of the date under the title?
+\layout Description
+6.1.2
+How do I change the spacing in an Itemize/\SpecialChar \-
+Enumerate/\SpecialChar \-
+Description list environment
+?
+\layout Description
+6.1.3
+How do I number equations by section?
+\layout Description
+6.1.4
+Is it possible to do this for figures and tables as well?
+\layout Description
+6.1.5
+How do I change to footnote numbers to symbols (star, dagger, etc.)?
+\layout Description
+6.1.6
+How do I kill widows and orphans?
+\layout Description
+6.1.7
+How do I get a formatted list which starts with e.g.
+ 1.
+ a)?
+\layout Description
+6.1.8
+How do I count words in LyX?
+\layout Description
+6.1.9
+How do I insert a fixed amount of horizontal space?
+\layout Description
+6.1.10
+How can I make citations show up as [1,2,3,6] or [1-3,6] rather than [1][2][3][6
+]?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.2
+Figure related questions
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.2.1
+What is the difference between a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+figure
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ and a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+figure float
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+?
+\layout Description
+6.2.2
+How do I get LyX to put the figure exactly where I want it?
+\layout Description
+6.2.3
+What does
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Too many unprocessed floats
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ mean?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3
+Math related questions
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3.1
+How do I put normal text inside a mathematical equation?
+\layout Description
+6.3.2
+How do I make a cube root (or higher)?
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7
+Questions Related to Running LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.1
+How do I convert LyX files to LaTeX from the command line?
+\layout Description
+7.2
+How do I create PDF files from my LyX document?
+\layout Description
+7.3
+Why do the fonts in my document look so bad in
+\family typewriter
+acroread
+\family default
+ ?
+\layout Description
+7.4
+Why doesn't my latest and greatest version of Ghostscript render EPS inline
+ figures properly?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+8
+Questions Related to LyX on Windows
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.1
+Why do the menus and the toolbar flicker ?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+9
+How to get further assistance
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+9.1
+You still haven't answered my question!
+\layout Description
+9.2
+I want to mail someone about my problem.
+
+\layout Description
+9.3
+What to put in a request for help.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+10
+Administrative information and acknowledgments
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+10.1
+Feedback is invited.
+
+\layout Description
+10.2
+Formats in which this FAQ is available.
+
+\layout Description
+10.3
+Authorship and acknowledgments.
+\layout Description
+10.4
+Disclaimer and Copyright.
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Section*
+
+Uèbenik LyXa
+\layout Description
+1
+Uvod
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.1
+Dobrodo¹li v LyX!
+\layout Description
+1.2
+Kaj
+\emph on
+je
+\emph default
+ Uèbenik in kaj
+\emph on
+ni
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.2.1
+Kar najbolj izkoristite Uèbenik
+\layout Description
+1.2.2
+Naslednjega
+\emph on
+ne boste
+\emph default
+ na¹li:
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.3
+Kaj je LyX?
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.3.1
+Pregled
+\layout Description
+1.3.2
+Razlike med LyXom in urejevalniki besedil
+
+
+\layout Description
+1.3.3
+Kaj, zaboga,
+\emph on
+je
+\emph default
+ LaTeX?
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2
+Prvi koraki v LyXu
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+Va¹ prvi sestavek v LyXu
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1.1
+Tipkanje, pregledovanje in tiskanje
+\layout Description
+2.1.2
+Preproste operacije
+\layout Description
+2.1.3
+WYSIWYM: Nevidni znaki v LyXu
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.2
+Okolja
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.2.1
+Razdelki in podrazdelki
+\layout Description
+2.2.2
+Seznami in podseznami
+\layout Description
+2.2.3
+Druga okolja: verzi, citati in ¹e veè
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+Pisanje spisov
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Razredi besedil in vzorci: pisanje pisem
+\layout Description
+3.2
+Vzorci: pisanje pisma
+\layout Description
+3.3
+Naslovi spisov
+\layout Description
+3.4
+Oznake in navzkri¾na sklicevanja
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.1
+Va¹a prva oznaka
+\layout Description
+3.4.2
+Va¹i prvi navzkri¾ni sklici
+\layout Description
+3.4.3
+©e veè zabave z oznakami
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.5
+Opombe v nogi in na robu
+\layout Description
+3.6
+Bibliografije
+\layout Description
+3.7
+Kazalo vsebine
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+Uporaba matematike
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+Matematièni naèin
+\layout Description
+4.2
+Plovba po enaèbi
+\layout Description
+4.3
+Eksponenti in indeksi
+\layout Description
+4.4
+
+\family sans
+Matematièna plo¹èa
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4.1
+Gr¹ke èrke in simboli
+\layout Description
+4.4.2
+Kvadratni koreni, poudarki in oklepaji
+\layout Description
+4.4.3
+Ulomki
+\layout Description
+4.4.4
+Naèin TeX: Limite, log, sin in drugi
+\layout Description
+4.4.5
+Matrike
+\layout Description
+4.4.6
+Prikazni naèin
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5
+Veèvrstiène enaèbe
+\layout Description
+4.6
+©e veè matematike
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Razno
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+Druge poglavitne odlike LyXa
+\layout Description
+5.2
+LyX za uporabnike LaTeXa
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.1
+Naèin TeX
+\layout Description
+5.2.2
+Uvoz spisov v LaTeXu --
+\family typewriter
+reLyX
+\layout Description
+5.2.3
+Prevajanje spisov v LyXa v LaTeX
+\layout Description
+5.2.4
+Vzglavje LaTeXa
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.4.1
+Razred spisa
+\layout Description
+5.2.4.2
+Drugo v vzglavju
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.5
+BibTeX
+\layout Description
+5.2.6
+Razno
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3
+Napake!
+\end_deeper
+\layout Section*
+
+The LyX User's Guide
+\layout Description
+1
+Introduction
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.1
+What is LyX?
+\layout Description
+1.2
+Getting Started
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.2.1
+Invoking LyX
+\layout Description
+1.2.2
+How LyX Looks
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.2.2.1
+The Main Window
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.2.3
+HELP!
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.3
+The LyX Interface
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.3.1
+Basic File Operations
+\layout Description
+1.3.2
+Basic Editing Features
+\layout Description
+1.3.3
+Undo and Redo
+\layout Description
+1.3.4
+Basic Mouse Bindings
+\layout Description
+1.3.5
+Basic Key Bindings
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.4
+Using LyX with Other Programs
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.4.1
+Importing ASCII files
+\layout Description
+1.4.2
+Cut and Paste Between LyX and Other X Programs
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2
+LyX Setup and Supporting Applications
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+2.2
+Basic LyX Setup
+\layout Description
+2.3
+Setting Up the X Keyboard
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.3.1
+
+\family typewriter
+xmodmap
+\family default
+ and
+\family typewriter
+xkeycaps
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.3.1.1
+
+\family typewriter
+xmodmap
+\layout Description
+2.3.1.2
+
+\family typewriter
+xkeycaps
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.3.2
+Modifiers and Mode_switch
+\layout Description
+2.3.3
+Helpful Hints and Tips
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.4
+LaTeX
+\layout Description
+2.5
+Dvips and Ghostscript
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.5.1
+What You Need
+\layout Description
+2.5.2
+Dvips
+\layout Description
+2.5.3
+Ghostscript, Xdvi and Ghostview
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.6
+The Printer
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+LyX Basics
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Document Types
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+3.1.2
+
+
+The Various Document Classes
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1.2.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+3.1.2.2
+Selecting a Class
+\layout Description
+3.1.2.3
+Properties
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1.3
+Fine-tuning the Defaults
+\layout Description
+3.1.4
+Paper Size, Orientation, and Margins
+\layout Description
+3.1.5
+Important Note:
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.2
+Paragraph Indentation and Separation
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.2.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+3.2.2
+Global Indentation Method
+\layout Description
+3.2.3
+Fine-Tuning
+\layout Description
+3.2.4
+Changing Line Spacing
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3
+Paragraph Environments
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+3.3.2
+Standard
+\layout Description
+3.3.3
+Document Titles
+\layout Description
+3.3.4
+Headings
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.1
+Numbered Headings
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.2
+Unnumbered Headings
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.3
+Changing the Numbering
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.4
+Special Information
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.5
+Creating an Appendix
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.5
+Quotes and Poetry
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.5.1
+
+\family sans
+Quote
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Quotation
+\layout Description
+3.3.5.2
+
+\family sans
+Verse
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.6
+Lists
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.1
+General Features
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.2
+
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.3
+
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.4
+
+\family sans
+Description
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.5
+The LyX
+\family sans
+List
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.7
+Letters
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.7.1
+
+\family sans
+Address
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Right\SpecialChar ~
+Address
+\family default
+: An Overview
+\layout Description
+3.3.7.2
+Usage
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.8
+Academic Writing
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.8.1
+
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\layout Description
+3.3.8.2
+
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.9
+Special Purpose
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.9.1
+
+\family sans
+Caption
+\layout Description
+3.3.9.2
+
+\family sans
+LyX-Code
+\layout Description
+3.3.9.3
+Comment
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4
+Nesting Environments
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.1
+The Big Deal
+\layout Description
+3.4.2
+What You Can and Can't Nest
+\layout Description
+3.4.3
+Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
+\layout Description
+3.4.4
+Usage and General Features
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.4.1
+Nesting limits
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.5
+Some Examples
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.5.1
+Example #1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
+\layout Description
+3.4.5.2
+Example #2: Inheritance
+\layout Description
+3.4.5.3
+Example #3: Labels, Levels, and the
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\family default
+ Environments.
+\layout Description
+3.4.5.4
+Example #4: Going Bonkers
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.5
+Fonts and Text Styles
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.5.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+3.5.2
+Global Options
+\layout Description
+3.5.3
+Using Different Character Styles
+\layout Description
+3.5.4
+Fine-Tuning with the
+\family sans
+Character Layout
+\family default
+ dialog
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.6
+Printing and Previewing
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.6.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+3.6.2
+Quick Viewing with
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\layout Description
+3.6.3
+Viewing the PostScript® Version with
+\family typewriter
+ghostview
+\layout Description
+3.6.4
+Printing the File
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7
+A Few Words about Typography
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7.1
+Hyphens and Hyphenation
+\layout Description
+3.7.2
+Punctuation Marks
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7.2.1
+Abbreviations and End of Sentence
+\layout Description
+3.7.2.2
+Quotes
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7.3
+Ligatures
+\layout Description
+3.7.4
+Widows and Orphans
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+Floats: Tables, Figures, Footnotes and Margin Notes
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+Footnotes
+\layout Description
+4.2
+Margin Notes
+\layout Description
+4.3
+Figures and Imported Graphics
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3.1
+Figure Floats
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3.1.1
+Using Figure Floats
+\layout Description
+4.3.1.2
+Float Placement
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3.2
+
+\family typewriter
+XFig
+\family default
+ and LyX
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4
+Tables
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4.1
+The Table dialog
+\layout Description
+4.4.2
+What can be placed inside a table cell?
+\layout Description
+4.4.3
+Cut & Paste in Tables
+\layout Description
+4.4.4
+Multiple lines in cells
+\layout Description
+4.4.5
+Table Floats
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5
+Table of Contents and other Listings
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.1
+The Table of Contents
+\layout Description
+4.5.2
+List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Mathematical Formulae
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+Basic Math Editing
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1.1
+Navigating a Formula
+\layout Description
+5.1.2
+Selecting Text
+\layout Description
+5.1.3
+Exponents and Subscripts
+\layout Description
+5.1.4
+Fractions
+\layout Description
+5.1.5
+Sums and Integrals
+\layout Description
+5.1.6
+The Math Panel
+\layout Description
+5.1.7
+Other Math Symbols
+\layout Description
+5.1.8
+Altering spacing
+\layout Description
+5.1.9
+Math functions
+\layout Description
+5.1.10
+Accents
+\layout Description
+5.1.11
+The math editor for LaTeX users
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2
+Brackets and decorations
+\layout Description
+5.3
+Grouping
+\layout Description
+5.4
+Arrays and Multi-line Equations
+\layout Description
+5.5
+Equation Numbering and Labels
+\layout Description
+5.6
+User defined macros in math mode
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.6.1
+Directions on using macros
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.6.1.1
+How to create them
+\layout Description
+5.6.1.2
+How to navigate
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.7
+Fine-Tuning
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.7.1
+Typefaces
+\layout Description
+5.7.2
+Math Text Mode
+\layout Description
+5.7.3
+Font Sizes
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.8
+AMS LaTeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.8.1
+Enabling AMS Support
+\layout Description
+5.8.2
+AMS Symbols
+\layout Description
+5.8.3
+AMS Formula Types
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6
+More Tools
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1
+Cross-References
+\layout Description
+6.2
+URLs (Uniform Resource Locators)
+\layout Description
+6.3
+Specifying Short Titles with Optional Arguments
+
+
+\layout Description
+6.4
+Spacing, pagination and line breaks
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.1
+Extra Horizontal Space
+\layout Description
+6.4.2
+Extra Vertical Space
+\layout Description
+6.4.3
+Changing Paragraph Alignment
+\layout Description
+6.4.4
+Forcing Page Breaks
+\layout Description
+6.4.5
+Protected blanks
+\layout Description
+6.4.6
+Line breaking
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.5
+Spellchecking
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.5.1
+Spellchecker Options
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.5.1.1
+Dictionary
+\layout Description
+6.5.1.2
+Personal dictionary
+\layout Description
+6.5.1.3
+Further Options
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.5.2
+Limitations
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.6
+International Support
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.6.1
+Language Options
+\layout Description
+6.6.2
+Keyboard mapping configuration
+\layout Description
+6.6.3
+Character Tables
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7
+Credits
+\layout Section*
+
+Extended LyX Features
+\layout Description
+1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+2
+LyX and LaTeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+How LyX Uses LaTeX
+\layout Description
+2.2
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Help! LyX generated an unreadable
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+ file!
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+2.3
+Translating LaTeX files into LyX
+\layout Description
+2.4
+Inserting LaTeX Code into LyX Documents
+
+
+\layout Description
+2.5
+LyX and the LaTeX Preamble
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.5.1
+About the LaTeX Preamble
+\layout Description
+2.5.2
+Changing the Preamble
+\layout Description
+2.5.3
+Examples
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.5.3.1
+Example #1: Offsets
+\layout Description
+2.5.3.2
+Example #2: Labels
+\layout Description
+2.5.3.3
+Example #3: Paragraph Indentation
+\layout Description
+2.5.3.4
+Example #4: This Document
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.6
+LyX and LaTeX Errors
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+Supplemental Tools
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Preparing a Bibliography with BibTeX
+\layout Description
+3.2
+Making an Index
+\layout Description
+3.3
+Multipart Documents
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.1
+General Operation
+\layout Description
+3.3.2
+Cross-References Between Files
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4
+Algorithms
+\layout Description
+3.5
+Subfigures
+\layout Description
+3.6
+Fancy Headers and Footers
+\layout Description
+3.7
+Minipages
+\layout Description
+3.8
+Wrapping Text Around Figures
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.9
+Extra Table Options
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.9.1
+Removing Extra Column Space
+\layout Description
+3.9.2
+Changing the Column Separator Character
+\layout Description
+3.9.3
+Making a Decimal Point Aligned Column
+\layout Description
+3.9.4
+A Better Decimal-Alignment Solution
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.10
+Itemize Bullet Selection
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.10.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+3.10.2
+How it looks
+\layout Description
+3.10.3
+How to use it
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+Special Document Classes
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+AMS LaTeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1.1
+What these layouts provide
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.2
+Dinbrief
+\layout Description
+4.3
+Paper
+\layout Description
+4.4
+A&A Paper
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.4.2
+Getting started
+\layout Description
+4.4.3
+The header block
+\layout Description
+4.4.4
+The abstract
+\layout Description
+4.4.5
+Supported environments
+\layout Description
+4.4.6
+Commands not supported by LyX
+\layout Description
+4.4.7
+Figure and Table Floats
+\layout Description
+4.4.8
+Referee layout
+\layout Description
+4.4.9
+The example paper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5
+AASTeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.5.2
+Starting a New Paper
+\layout Description
+4.5.3
+Finishing Your Paper
+\layout Description
+4.5.4
+Comments On Specific Commands
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.4.1
+Things that work as expected
+\layout Description
+4.5.4.2
+Things that work, but require more comment
+\layout Description
+4.5.4.3
+Things not implemented, use ERT
+\layout Description
+4.5.4.4
+Things that cannot be implemented
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.5
+FAQs, Tips, Tricks, and Other Ruminations
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.1
+Getting LyX and AASTeX to cooperate
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.2
+LaTeX error processing a table
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.3
+References
+
+
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.4
+Including EPS files
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.5
+Things I could have done, but didn't
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.6
+Final Caveat
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.6
+ijmpd
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.6.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+4.6.2
+Writing a paper
+\layout Description
+4.6.3
+Preparing a paper for submission
+\layout Description
+4.6.4
+Use of ERT
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.7
+Kluwer
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.7.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+4.7.2
+Writing a paper
+\layout Description
+4.7.3
+Preparing a paper for submission
+\layout Description
+4.7.4
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Peculiarities
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ of the Kluwer package
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.8
+Koma-Script
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.8.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+4.8.2
+article (koma-script), report (koma-script), and book (koma-script)
+\layout Description
+4.8.3
+letter (koma-script)
+\layout Description
+4.8.4
+The new letter class: letter (koma-script v.2)
+\layout Description
+4.8.5
+Problems
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.9
+Springer Journals (
+\family sans
+svjour
+\family default
+)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.9.1
+Description
+\layout Description
+4.9.2
+New styles
+\layout Description
+4.9.3
+Supported journals
+\layout Description
+4.9.4
+Credits
+\layout Description
+4.9.5
+Bugs
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.10
+AGU journals (
+\family sans
+aguplus
+\family default
+)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.10.1
+Description
+\layout Description
+4.10.2
+New styles
+\layout Description
+4.10.3
+New floats
+\layout Description
+4.10.4
+Supported journals
+\layout Description
+4.10.5
+Bugs and things to remember
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.11
+EGS journals (
+\family sans
+egs
+\family default
+)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.11.1
+Description
+\layout Description
+4.11.2
+New styles
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12
+Slides [aka
+\noun on
+Sli
+\noun default
+TeX]
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.12.2
+Getting Started
+
+
+\layout Description
+4.12.3
+Paragraph Environments
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.3.1
+Supported Environments
+\layout Description
+4.12.3.2
+Quirks of the New Environments
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.4
+Making a Presentation with
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+ Overlay
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Note
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.4.1
+Using the
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+ Environment
+\layout Description
+4.12.4.2
+Using
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+ with
+\family sans
+Slide
+\layout Description
+4.12.4.3
+Using
+\family sans
+Note
+\family default
+ with
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.5
+The
+\family sans
+slides
+\family default
+ Class Template File
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13
+Foils [aka
+\family sans
+Foil
+\family default
+\noun on
+TeX
+\noun default
+]
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.13.2
+Getting Started
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.2.1
+Extra Options
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.3
+Supported Environments
+\layout Description
+4.13.4
+Building a Set of Foils
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.1
+Give It a Title Page
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.2
+Start a New Foil
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.3
+Theorems, Lemmas, Proofs and more
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.4
+Lists
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.5
+Figures and Tables
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.6
+Page Headers and Footers
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.5
+Unsupported
+\family sans
+Foil
+\family default
+TeX Goodies
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.5.1
+Lengths
+\layout Description
+4.13.5.2
+Headers and Footers
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.14
+Latex8 (IEEE Conference Papers)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.14.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.14.2
+Getting Started
+\layout Description
+4.14.3
+Supported Environments
+\layout Description
+4.14.4
+Differences Between Screen and Paper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.15
+Hollywood (Hollywood spec scripts)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.15.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.15.2
+Special problems
+\layout Description
+4.15.3
+Special features
+\layout Description
+4.15.4
+Paper size and Margins
+\layout Description
+4.15.5
+Environments
+\layout Description
+4.15.6
+Script jargon
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.16
+Broadway
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.16.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.16.2
+Special problems
+\layout Description
+4.16.3
+Special features
+\layout Description
+4.16.4
+Paper size and Margins
+\layout Description
+4.16.5
+Environments
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.17
+RevTeX4
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.17.1
+Installation
+\layout Description
+4.17.2
+Preamble Matter
+\layout Description
+4.17.3
+Layouts
+\layout Description
+4.17.4
+Important Notes
+\layout Description
+4.17.5
+Drawbacks
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.18
+Article (mwart), book (mwbk) and report (mwrep)
+
+
+\layout Description
+4.19
+Elsevier Journals
+\layout Description
+4.20
+Memoir
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.20.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+4.20.2
+Basic features and restrictions
+\layout Description
+4.20.3
+Extra features
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Importing and Exporting Alternate File Formats
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+Considerations
+\layout Description
+5.2
+Importing Other Formats
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.1
+LaTeX
+\layout Description
+5.2.2
+ASCII Text
+\layout Description
+5.2.3
+Noweb
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3
+Exporting Other Formats
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3.1
+LaTeX
+\layout Description
+5.3.2
+Device Independent Files
+\layout Description
+5.3.3
+PostScript®
+\layout Description
+5.3.4
+ASCII text
+\layout Description
+5.3.5
+HTML
+\layout Description
+5.3.6
+PDF
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.1
+Use pdfLaTeX
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.2
+Why does the text look so bad when viewed with Acrobat Reader?
+
+
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.3
+Why doesn't the
+\backslash
+boldsymbol{} command work when I use pslatex?
+
+
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.4
+Is it possible to do write latex code which is processed only when running
+ pdfLaTeX?
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.5
+How can I make URLs clickable ?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3.7
+Custom
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4
+The Complete reLyX Description
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.1
+Synopsis
+\layout Description
+5.4.2
+Options
+\layout Description
+5.4.3
+Description
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.2
+Usage
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.3
+What reLyX Can Handle
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.4
+What reLyX Can't Handle --- But it's OK
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.5
+What reLyX Handles Badly --- a.\SpecialChar ~
+k.\SpecialChar ~
+a.
+ BUGS
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.6
+What LyX Can't Handle
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.4
+Examples
+\layout Description
+5.4.5
+Notes
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.1
+Bug Reports
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.2
+Implementation Details:
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.3
+Layout Files
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.4
+Syntax Files
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.5
+Miscellaneous
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.6
+Diagnostics
+\layout Description
+5.4.7
+Warnings
+\layout Description
+5.4.8
+Files
+\layout Description
+5.4.9
+See also
+\layout Description
+5.4.10
+Authors
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6
+LyX Features needing Extra Software
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1
+Using LyX with SGML-Tools (aka LinuxDoc)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+6.1.2
+Preparing and using a LinuxDoc document
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.2.1
+Getting started
+\layout Description
+6.1.2.2
+Output from LinuxDoc
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.3
+Using the paragraph environments in LinuxDoc
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.3.1
+The Structure of a LinuxDoc Document
+\layout Description
+6.1.3.2
+The LinuxDoc Paragraph Environments
+\layout Description
+6.1.3.3
+Other document features
+\layout Description
+6.1.3.4
+Cross references and HTML
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.4
+Using the LinuxDoc Sgml scripts
+
+
+\layout Description
+6.1.5
+Troubleshooting LinuxDoc
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.2
+Checking TeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.2.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+6.2.2
+How to use it
+\layout Description
+6.2.3
+How to fine tune it
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3
+Version Control in LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+6.3.2
+RCS commands in LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.1
+
+\family sans
+Register
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.2
+
+\family sans
+Check In Changes
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.3
+
+\family sans
+Check Out For Edit
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.4
+
+\family sans
+Revert To Last Version
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.5
+
+\family sans
+Undo Last Checkin
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.6
+
+\family sans
+Show History
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4
+Literate Programming
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+6.4.2
+Literate Programming
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.2.1
+References
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.3
+LyX and Literate Programming
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.1
+Generating documents and code (weaving and tangling)
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.2
+Configuring LyX
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.3
+Debug extensions
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.4
+Toolbar extensions
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.5
+Colors customization
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7
+Secrets of the LaTeX Masters
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.1
+Tricks for Footnotes and Margin Notes
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.1.1
+Footnotes
+\layout Description
+7.1.2
+Margin Notes
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.2
+Multiple Columns
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.2.1
+Purpose
+\layout Description
+7.2.2
+Limitations
+\layout Description
+7.2.3
+Examples
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.2.3.1
+Two columns
+\layout Description
+7.2.3.2
+Multiple columns
+\layout Description
+7.2.3.3
+Columns inside columns
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.3
+Numbering in the
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+ Paragraph Environment
+
+
+\layout Description
+7.4
+Extra Space Between Table Rows
+\layout Description
+7.5
+Dropped Capitals
+\layout Description
+7.6
+Non-standard Paragraph Shapes
+\layout Description
+7.7
+Summary
+\end_deeper
+\layout Section*
+
+Customizing LyX: Features for the Advanced User
+\layout Description
+1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+2
+LyX configuration files
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+What's in
+\family typewriter
+LyXDir
+\family default
+?
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1.1
+Automatically generated files
+\layout Description
+2.1.2
+Directories
+\layout Description
+2.1.3
+Files you don't want to modify
+\layout Description
+2.1.4
+Other files needing a line or two...
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.2
+Your local configuration directory
+\layout Description
+2.3
+Running LyX with multiple configurations
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+The
+\family sans
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+references
+\family default
+ dialog
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Using the dialog for the first time
+\layout Description
+3.2
+On-screen fonts
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.2.1
+DPI setting and Font Zoom
+\layout Description
+3.2.2
+Font definition commands
+\layout Description
+3.2.3
+Font encoding
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3
+Bindings
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.4
+User Interface
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.5
+Converters, Formats and Viewers
+\layout Description
+3.6
+ASCII export options
+\layout Description
+3.7
+Printer
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7.1
+Changing Colors
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.8
+The autodetected settings
+\layout Description
+3.9
+The rest
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+Internationalizing LyX
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+Selecting an alternative language for the user interface
+\layout Description
+4.2
+Translating LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.2.1
+Translating the graphical user interface (text messages).
+\layout Description
+4.2.2
+Translating the documentation.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3
+International Keyboard Support
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3.1
+Defining Own Keymaps: Keymap File Format
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4
+International Keymap Stuff
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4.1
+The .kmap File
+\layout Description
+4.4.2
+The .cdef File
+\layout Description
+4.4.3
+Dead Keys
+\layout Description
+4.4.4
+Saving your Language Configuration
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Installing New Document Classes, Layouts, and Templates
+
+
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+Installing a new LaTeX package
+\layout Description
+5.2
+Layouts
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.1
+Supporting new document classes
+\layout Description
+5.2.2
+A layout for an
+\family sans
+sty
+\family default
+ file
+\layout Description
+5.2.3
+Layout for a
+\family sans
+cls
+\family default
+ file
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3
+Declaring a new text class
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3.1
+General text class parameters
+\layout Description
+5.3.2
+
+\family typewriter
+ClassOptions
+\family default
+ section
+\layout Description
+5.3.3
+Specific Paragraph Layouts
+\layout Description
+5.3.4
+Floats
+\layout Description
+5.3.5
+Counters
+\layout Description
+5.3.6
+Font description
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4
+Creating Templates
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6
+Including External Material
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1
+Background
+\layout Description
+6.2
+How does it work?
+\layout Description
+6.3
+The external material dialog
+\layout Description
+6.4
+Examples
+\layout Description
+6.5
+The external template configuration file
+\layout Description
+6.6
+The substitution mechanism
+\layout Description
+6.7
+Security discussion
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7
+The LyX Server
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+7.2
+Starting the LyX Server
+\layout Description
+7.3
+Normal communication
+\layout Description
+7.4
+Notification
+\layout Description
+7.5
+The simple LyX Server Protocol
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+8 \start_of_appendix
+Bindings
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.1
+Toolbar
+\layout Description
+8.2
+Menu
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.2.1
+File
+\layout Description
+8.2.2
+Edit
+\layout Description
+8.2.3
+Insert
+\layout Description
+8.2.4
+Layout
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.2.4.1
+L
+\family sans
+ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Character
+\family default
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.2.5
+View
+\layout Description
+8.2.6
+Navigate
+\layout Description
+8.2.7
+Help
+\layout Description
+8.2.8
+Paragraph Style
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.3
+Keyboard
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.3.1
+Specific to
+\family typewriter
+emacs.bind
+\layout Description
+8.3.2
+Specific to
+\family typewriter
+cua.bind
+\layout Description
+8.3.3
+Specific to
+\family typewriter
+sciword.bind
+\layout Description
+8.3.4
+Standard math bindings
+\layout Description
+8.3.5
+Other Accelerators
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+
+\the_end
--- /dev/null
+#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
+\lyxformat 221
+\textclass article
+\language english
+\inputencoding default
+\fontscheme default
+\graphics default
+\paperfontsize default
+\spacing single
+\papersize Default
+\paperpackage a4
+\use_geometry 0
+\use_amsmath 0
+\use_natbib 0
+\use_numerical_citations 0
+\paperorientation portrait
+\secnumdepth 3
+\tocdepth 3
+\paragraph_separation indent
+\defskip medskip
+\quotes_language english
+\quotes_times 2
+\papercolumns 1
+\papersides 1
+\paperpagestyle default
+
+\layout Title
+
+LyX Documentation Table of Contents
+\layout Section*
+
+Introduktion till LyX
+\newline
+eller
+\newline
+Hur använda dessa manualer!
+\layout Description
+1
+Att navigera runt i dokumentationen
+\layout Description
+2
+Formen på manualerna
+\layout Description
+3
+Manualerna
+\layout Description
+4
+Att bidra till dokumentationsprojektet
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+Rapportera fel
+\layout Description
+4.2
+Att sätta igång
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Svenska
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+Svenska typografiska fackord
+\layout Description
+5.2
+Svensk typografi
+\end_deeper
+\layout Section*
+
+LyX Frequently Asked Questions with Answers
+\newline
+Version 0.3.7
+\layout Description
+1
+Introduction and General Information
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.1
+What is LyX?
+\layout Description
+1.2
+That's fine, but is it useful?
+\layout Description
+1.3
+Where do I start?
+\layout Description
+1.4
+Does LyX run on my computer?
+\layout Description
+1.5
+How much hard disk space does LyX need?
+\layout Description
+1.6
+Is LyX really Open Source?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2
+Internet Resources
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+Where should I look on the World Wide Web for LyX stuff?
+\layout Description
+2.2
+Where can I get LyX material by FTP?
+\layout Description
+2.3
+What mailing lists are there?
+\layout Description
+2.4
+Are the mailing lists archived anywhere?
+\layout Description
+2.5
+Okay, wise guy! Where are they archived?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+Compatibility with other word/document processors
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Can I read/write LaTeX files?
+\layout Description
+3.2
+Can I read/write Word files?
+\layout Description
+3.3
+Can I read/write HTML files?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+Obtaining and Compiling LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+What do I need?
+\layout Description
+4.2
+How do I compile it?
+\layout Description
+4.3
+I hate compiling.
+ Where are precompiled binaries?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Questions about Evil Red Text (IMPORTANT!)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+What is Evil Red Text (aka ERT)?
+\layout Description
+5.2
+How do I enter Evil Red Text?
+\layout Description
+5.3
+The new ERT inset is really inconvenient !
+\layout Description
+5.4
+Is there an alternative?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6
+Questions Related to Using LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1
+General questions
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.1
+How do I get rid of the date under the title?
+\layout Description
+6.1.2
+How do I change the spacing in an Itemize/\SpecialChar \-
+Enumerate/\SpecialChar \-
+Description list environment
+?
+\layout Description
+6.1.3
+How do I number equations by section?
+\layout Description
+6.1.4
+Is it possible to do this for figures and tables as well?
+\layout Description
+6.1.5
+How do I change to footnote numbers to symbols (star, dagger, etc.)?
+\layout Description
+6.1.6
+How do I kill widows and orphans?
+\layout Description
+6.1.7
+How do I get a formatted list which starts with e.g.
+ 1.
+ a)?
+\layout Description
+6.1.8
+How do I count words in LyX?
+\layout Description
+6.1.9
+How do I insert a fixed amount of horizontal space?
+\layout Description
+6.1.10
+How can I make citations show up as [1,2,3,6] or [1-3,6] rather than [1][2][3][6
+]?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.2
+Figure related questions
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.2.1
+What is the difference between a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+figure
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ and a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+figure float
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+?
+\layout Description
+6.2.2
+How do I get LyX to put the figure exactly where I want it?
+\layout Description
+6.2.3
+What does
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Too many unprocessed floats
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ mean?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3
+Math related questions
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3.1
+How do I put normal text inside a mathematical equation?
+\layout Description
+6.3.2
+How do I make a cube root (or higher)?
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7
+Questions Related to Running LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.1
+How do I convert LyX files to LaTeX from the command line?
+\layout Description
+7.2
+How do I create PDF files from my LyX document?
+\layout Description
+7.3
+Why do the fonts in my document look so bad in
+\family typewriter
+acroread
+\family default
+ ?
+\layout Description
+7.4
+Why doesn't my latest and greatest version of Ghostscript render EPS inline
+ figures properly?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+8
+Questions Related to LyX on Windows
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.1
+Why do the menus and the toolbar flicker ?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+9
+How to get further assistance
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+9.1
+You still haven't answered my question!
+\layout Description
+9.2
+I want to mail someone about my problem.
+
+\layout Description
+9.3
+What to put in a request for help.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+10
+Administrative information and acknowledgments
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+10.1
+Feedback is invited.
+
+\layout Description
+10.2
+Formats in which this FAQ is available.
+
+\layout Description
+10.3
+Authorship and acknowledgments.
+\layout Description
+10.4
+Disclaimer and Copyright.
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Section*
+
+Nybörjarkurs i LyX
+\layout Description
+1
+Introduktion
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.1
+Välkommen till LyX!
+\layout Description
+1.2
+Om detta dokument
+\layout Description
+1.3
+Vad nybörjarkursen
+\emph on
+är
+\emph default
+ och vad den
+\emph on
+inte
+\emph default
+är.
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.3.1
+Att få ut mesta möjliga av nybörjarkursen
+\layout Description
+1.3.2
+Vad du
+\emph on
+inte
+\emph default
+hittar:
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.4
+Vad är LyX?
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.4.1
+Överblick
+\layout Description
+1.4.2
+Skillnader mellan LyX och ordbehandlare
+\layout Description
+1.4.3
+Vad sjutton är LaTeX?
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2
+Börja med LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+Ditt första dokument
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1.1
+Inmatning, förhandsvisning och utskrift
+\layout Description
+2.1.2
+Enkla operationer
+\layout Description
+2.1.3
+WYSIWYM: Tomrum i LyX
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.2
+Miljöer
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.2.1
+Avsnitt och underavsnitt
+\layout Description
+2.2.2
+Listor och underlistor
+\layout Description
+2.2.3
+Andra miljöer: Vers, Citat och annat
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+Att skriva dokument
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Textklasser och mallar: Att skriva brev
+\layout Description
+3.2
+Mallar: Skriva brev
+\layout Description
+3.3
+Dokumenttitlar
+\layout Description
+3.4
+Märken och hänvisningar
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.1
+Ditt första märke
+\layout Description
+3.4.2
+Din första hänvisning
+\layout Description
+3.4.3
+Mer kul med märken
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.5
+Fotnoter och anteckningar i marginalen
+\layout Description
+3.6
+Referenser (Litteraturförteckning)
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.7
+Innehållsförteckning
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+Matematikredigering
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+Matematikläge
+\layout Description
+4.2
+Markörförflyttningar i matematikläge
+\layout Description
+4.3
+Exponenter och index
+\layout Description
+4.4
+
+\family sans
+Matematikpanelen
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4.1
+Grekiska tecken och andra symboler
+\layout Description
+4.4.2
+Kvadratrötter, vektorer och skiljetecken
+\layout Description
+4.4.3
+Bråk
+\layout Description
+4.4.4
+TeX-läge: Gränsvärden, log, sin och annat
+\layout Description
+4.4.5
+Matriser
+\layout Description
+4.4.6
+Uttryck på egen rad
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5
+Flerradiga ekvationer
+\layout Description
+4.6
+Mera matematik
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Smått och gott
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+Andra viktiga finesser i LyX
+\layout Description
+5.2
+
+
+LyX för LaTeXperter
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.1
+TeX-läge
+\layout Description
+5.2.2
+Att konvertera LaTeX-dokument till LyX
+\layout Description
+5.2.3
+Att konvertera LyX-dokument till LaTeX
+\layout Description
+5.2.4
+LaTeX Preamble
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.4.1
+Dokumentklass
+\layout Description
+5.2.4.2
+Annat i preamblen
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.5
+BibTeX
+\layout Description
+5.2.6
+Övrigt
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3
+Fel!
+\end_deeper
+\layout Section*
+
+The LyX User's Guide
+\layout Description
+1
+Introduction
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.1
+What is LyX?
+\layout Description
+1.2
+Getting Started
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.2.1
+Invoking LyX
+\layout Description
+1.2.2
+How LyX Looks
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.2.2.1
+The Main Window
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.2.3
+HELP!
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.3
+The LyX Interface
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.3.1
+Basic File Operations
+\layout Description
+1.3.2
+Basic Editing Features
+\layout Description
+1.3.3
+Undo and Redo
+\layout Description
+1.3.4
+Basic Mouse Bindings
+\layout Description
+1.3.5
+Basic Key Bindings
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.4
+Using LyX with Other Programs
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+1.4.1
+Importing ASCII files
+\layout Description
+1.4.2
+Cut and Paste Between LyX and Other X Programs
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2
+LyX Setup and Supporting Applications
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+2.2
+Basic LyX Setup
+\layout Description
+2.3
+Setting Up the X Keyboard
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.3.1
+
+\family typewriter
+xmodmap
+\family default
+ and
+\family typewriter
+xkeycaps
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.3.1.1
+
+\family typewriter
+xmodmap
+\layout Description
+2.3.1.2
+
+\family typewriter
+xkeycaps
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.3.2
+Modifiers and Mode_switch
+\layout Description
+2.3.3
+Helpful Hints and Tips
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.4
+LaTeX
+\layout Description
+2.5
+Dvips and Ghostscript
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.5.1
+What You Need
+\layout Description
+2.5.2
+Dvips
+\layout Description
+2.5.3
+Ghostscript, Xdvi and Ghostview
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.6
+The Printer
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+LyX Basics
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Document Types
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+3.1.2
+
+
+The Various Document Classes
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1.2.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+3.1.2.2
+Selecting a Class
+\layout Description
+3.1.2.3
+Properties
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1.3
+Fine-tuning the Defaults
+\layout Description
+3.1.4
+Paper Size, Orientation, and Margins
+\layout Description
+3.1.5
+Important Note:
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.2
+Paragraph Indentation and Separation
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.2.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+3.2.2
+Global Indentation Method
+\layout Description
+3.2.3
+Fine-Tuning
+\layout Description
+3.2.4
+Changing Line Spacing
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3
+Paragraph Environments
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+3.3.2
+Standard
+\layout Description
+3.3.3
+Document Titles
+\layout Description
+3.3.4
+Headings
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.1
+Numbered Headings
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.2
+Unnumbered Headings
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.3
+Changing the Numbering
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.4
+Special Information
+\layout Description
+3.3.4.5
+Creating an Appendix
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.5
+Quotes and Poetry
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.5.1
+
+\family sans
+Quote
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Quotation
+\layout Description
+3.3.5.2
+
+\family sans
+Verse
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.6
+Lists
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.1
+General Features
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.2
+
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.3
+
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.4
+
+\family sans
+Description
+\layout Description
+3.3.6.5
+The LyX
+\family sans
+List
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.7
+Letters
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.7.1
+
+\family sans
+Address
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Right\SpecialChar ~
+Address
+\family default
+: An Overview
+\layout Description
+3.3.7.2
+Usage
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.8
+Academic Writing
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.8.1
+
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\layout Description
+3.3.8.2
+
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.9
+Special Purpose
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.9.1
+
+\family sans
+Caption
+\layout Description
+3.3.9.2
+
+\family sans
+LyX-Code
+\layout Description
+3.3.9.3
+Comment
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4
+Nesting Environments
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.1
+The Big Deal
+\layout Description
+3.4.2
+What You Can and Can't Nest
+\layout Description
+3.4.3
+Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
+\layout Description
+3.4.4
+Usage and General Features
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.4.1
+Nesting limits
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.5
+Some Examples
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4.5.1
+Example #1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
+\layout Description
+3.4.5.2
+Example #2: Inheritance
+\layout Description
+3.4.5.3
+Example #3: Labels, Levels, and the
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\family default
+ Environments.
+\layout Description
+3.4.5.4
+Example #4: Going Bonkers
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.5
+Fonts and Text Styles
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.5.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+3.5.2
+Global Options
+\layout Description
+3.5.3
+Using Different Character Styles
+\layout Description
+3.5.4
+Fine-Tuning with the
+\family sans
+Character Layout
+\family default
+ dialog
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.6
+Printing and Previewing
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.6.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+3.6.2
+Quick Viewing with
+\family typewriter
+xdvi
+\layout Description
+3.6.3
+Viewing the PostScript® Version with
+\family typewriter
+ghostview
+\layout Description
+3.6.4
+Printing the File
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7
+A Few Words about Typography
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7.1
+Hyphens and Hyphenation
+\layout Description
+3.7.2
+Punctuation Marks
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7.2.1
+Abbreviations and End of Sentence
+\layout Description
+3.7.2.2
+Quotes
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7.3
+Ligatures
+\layout Description
+3.7.4
+Widows and Orphans
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+Floats: Tables, Figures, Footnotes and Margin Notes
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+Footnotes
+\layout Description
+4.2
+Margin Notes
+\layout Description
+4.3
+Figures and Imported Graphics
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3.1
+Figure Floats
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3.1.1
+Using Figure Floats
+\layout Description
+4.3.1.2
+Float Placement
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3.2
+
+\family typewriter
+XFig
+\family default
+ and LyX
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4
+Tables
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4.1
+The Table dialog
+\layout Description
+4.4.2
+What can be placed inside a table cell?
+\layout Description
+4.4.3
+Cut & Paste in Tables
+\layout Description
+4.4.4
+Multiple lines in cells
+\layout Description
+4.4.5
+Table Floats
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5
+Table of Contents and other Listings
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.1
+The Table of Contents
+\layout Description
+4.5.2
+List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Mathematical Formulae
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+Basic Math Editing
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1.1
+Navigating a Formula
+\layout Description
+5.1.2
+Selecting Text
+\layout Description
+5.1.3
+Exponents and Subscripts
+\layout Description
+5.1.4
+Fractions
+\layout Description
+5.1.5
+Sums and Integrals
+\layout Description
+5.1.6
+The Math Panel
+\layout Description
+5.1.7
+Other Math Symbols
+\layout Description
+5.1.8
+Altering spacing
+\layout Description
+5.1.9
+Math functions
+\layout Description
+5.1.10
+Accents
+\layout Description
+5.1.11
+The math editor for LaTeX users
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2
+Brackets and decorations
+\layout Description
+5.3
+Grouping
+\layout Description
+5.4
+Arrays and Multi-line Equations
+\layout Description
+5.5
+Equation Numbering and Labels
+\layout Description
+5.6
+User defined macros in math mode
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.6.1
+Directions on using macros
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.6.1.1
+How to create them
+\layout Description
+5.6.1.2
+How to navigate
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.7
+Fine-Tuning
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.7.1
+Typefaces
+\layout Description
+5.7.2
+Math Text Mode
+\layout Description
+5.7.3
+Font Sizes
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.8
+AMS LaTeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.8.1
+Enabling AMS Support
+\layout Description
+5.8.2
+AMS Symbols
+\layout Description
+5.8.3
+AMS Formula Types
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6
+More Tools
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1
+Cross-References
+\layout Description
+6.2
+URLs (Uniform Resource Locators)
+\layout Description
+6.3
+Specifying Short Titles with Optional Arguments
+
+
+\layout Description
+6.4
+Spacing, pagination and line breaks
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.1
+Extra Horizontal Space
+\layout Description
+6.4.2
+Extra Vertical Space
+\layout Description
+6.4.3
+Changing Paragraph Alignment
+\layout Description
+6.4.4
+Forcing Page Breaks
+\layout Description
+6.4.5
+Protected blanks
+\layout Description
+6.4.6
+Line breaking
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.5
+Spellchecking
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.5.1
+Spellchecker Options
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.5.1.1
+Dictionary
+\layout Description
+6.5.1.2
+Personal dictionary
+\layout Description
+6.5.1.3
+Further Options
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.5.2
+Limitations
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.6
+International Support
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.6.1
+Language Options
+\layout Description
+6.6.2
+Keyboard mapping configuration
+\layout Description
+6.6.3
+Character Tables
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7
+Credits
+\layout Section*
+
+Extended LyX Features
+\layout Description
+1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+2
+LyX and LaTeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+How LyX Uses LaTeX
+\layout Description
+2.2
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Help! LyX generated an unreadable
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+ file!
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\layout Description
+2.3
+Translating LaTeX files into LyX
+\layout Description
+2.4
+Inserting LaTeX Code into LyX Documents
+
+
+\layout Description
+2.5
+LyX and the LaTeX Preamble
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.5.1
+About the LaTeX Preamble
+\layout Description
+2.5.2
+Changing the Preamble
+\layout Description
+2.5.3
+Examples
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.5.3.1
+Example #1: Offsets
+\layout Description
+2.5.3.2
+Example #2: Labels
+\layout Description
+2.5.3.3
+Example #3: Paragraph Indentation
+\layout Description
+2.5.3.4
+Example #4: This Document
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.6
+LyX and LaTeX Errors
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+Supplemental Tools
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Preparing a Bibliography with BibTeX
+\layout Description
+3.2
+Making an Index
+\layout Description
+3.3
+Multipart Documents
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3.1
+General Operation
+\layout Description
+3.3.2
+Cross-References Between Files
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.4
+Algorithms
+\layout Description
+3.5
+Subfigures
+\layout Description
+3.6
+Fancy Headers and Footers
+\layout Description
+3.7
+Minipages
+\layout Description
+3.8
+Wrapping Text Around Figures
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.9
+Extra Table Options
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.9.1
+Removing Extra Column Space
+\layout Description
+3.9.2
+Changing the Column Separator Character
+\layout Description
+3.9.3
+Making a Decimal Point Aligned Column
+\layout Description
+3.9.4
+A Better Decimal-Alignment Solution
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.10
+Itemize Bullet Selection
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.10.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+3.10.2
+How it looks
+\layout Description
+3.10.3
+How to use it
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+Special Document Classes
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+AMS LaTeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1.1
+What these layouts provide
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.2
+Dinbrief
+\layout Description
+4.3
+Paper
+\layout Description
+4.4
+A&A Paper
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.4.2
+Getting started
+\layout Description
+4.4.3
+The header block
+\layout Description
+4.4.4
+The abstract
+\layout Description
+4.4.5
+Supported environments
+\layout Description
+4.4.6
+Commands not supported by LyX
+\layout Description
+4.4.7
+Figure and Table Floats
+\layout Description
+4.4.8
+Referee layout
+\layout Description
+4.4.9
+The example paper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5
+AASTeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.5.2
+Starting a New Paper
+\layout Description
+4.5.3
+Finishing Your Paper
+\layout Description
+4.5.4
+Comments On Specific Commands
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.4.1
+Things that work as expected
+\layout Description
+4.5.4.2
+Things that work, but require more comment
+\layout Description
+4.5.4.3
+Things not implemented, use ERT
+\layout Description
+4.5.4.4
+Things that cannot be implemented
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.5
+FAQs, Tips, Tricks, and Other Ruminations
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.1
+Getting LyX and AASTeX to cooperate
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.2
+LaTeX error processing a table
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.3
+References
+
+
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.4
+Including EPS files
+\layout Description
+4.5.5.5
+Things I could have done, but didn't
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.5.6
+Final Caveat
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.6
+ijmpd
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.6.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+4.6.2
+Writing a paper
+\layout Description
+4.6.3
+Preparing a paper for submission
+\layout Description
+4.6.4
+Use of ERT
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.7
+Kluwer
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.7.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+4.7.2
+Writing a paper
+\layout Description
+4.7.3
+Preparing a paper for submission
+\layout Description
+4.7.4
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Peculiarities
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ of the Kluwer package
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.8
+Koma-Script
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.8.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+4.8.2
+article (koma-script), report (koma-script), and book (koma-script)
+\layout Description
+4.8.3
+letter (koma-script)
+\layout Description
+4.8.4
+The new letter class: letter (koma-script v.2)
+\layout Description
+4.8.5
+Problems
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.9
+Springer Journals (
+\family sans
+svjour
+\family default
+)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.9.1
+Description
+\layout Description
+4.9.2
+New styles
+\layout Description
+4.9.3
+Supported journals
+\layout Description
+4.9.4
+Credits
+\layout Description
+4.9.5
+Bugs
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.10
+AGU journals (
+\family sans
+aguplus
+\family default
+)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.10.1
+Description
+\layout Description
+4.10.2
+New styles
+\layout Description
+4.10.3
+New floats
+\layout Description
+4.10.4
+Supported journals
+\layout Description
+4.10.5
+Bugs and things to remember
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.11
+EGS journals (
+\family sans
+egs
+\family default
+)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.11.1
+Description
+\layout Description
+4.11.2
+New styles
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12
+Slides [aka
+\noun on
+Sli
+\noun default
+TeX]
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.12.2
+Getting Started
+
+
+\layout Description
+4.12.3
+Paragraph Environments
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.3.1
+Supported Environments
+\layout Description
+4.12.3.2
+Quirks of the New Environments
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.4
+Making a Presentation with
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+ Overlay
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Note
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.4.1
+Using the
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+ Environment
+\layout Description
+4.12.4.2
+Using
+\family sans
+Overlay
+\family default
+ with
+\family sans
+Slide
+\layout Description
+4.12.4.3
+Using
+\family sans
+Note
+\family default
+ with
+\family sans
+Slide
+\family default
+
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.12.5
+The
+\family sans
+slides
+\family default
+ Class Template File
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13
+Foils [aka
+\family sans
+Foil
+\family default
+\noun on
+TeX
+\noun default
+]
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.13.2
+Getting Started
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.2.1
+Extra Options
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.3
+Supported Environments
+\layout Description
+4.13.4
+Building a Set of Foils
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.1
+Give It a Title Page
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.2
+Start a New Foil
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.3
+Theorems, Lemmas, Proofs and more
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.4
+Lists
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.5
+Figures and Tables
+\layout Description
+4.13.4.6
+Page Headers and Footers
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.5
+Unsupported
+\family sans
+Foil
+\family default
+TeX Goodies
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.13.5.1
+Lengths
+\layout Description
+4.13.5.2
+Headers and Footers
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.14
+Latex8 (IEEE Conference Papers)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.14.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.14.2
+Getting Started
+\layout Description
+4.14.3
+Supported Environments
+\layout Description
+4.14.4
+Differences Between Screen and Paper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.15
+Hollywood (Hollywood spec scripts)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.15.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.15.2
+Special problems
+\layout Description
+4.15.3
+Special features
+\layout Description
+4.15.4
+Paper size and Margins
+\layout Description
+4.15.5
+Environments
+\layout Description
+4.15.6
+Script jargon
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.16
+Broadway
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.16.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+4.16.2
+Special problems
+\layout Description
+4.16.3
+Special features
+\layout Description
+4.16.4
+Paper size and Margins
+\layout Description
+4.16.5
+Environments
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.17
+RevTeX4
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.17.1
+Installation
+\layout Description
+4.17.2
+Preamble Matter
+\layout Description
+4.17.3
+Layouts
+\layout Description
+4.17.4
+Important Notes
+\layout Description
+4.17.5
+Drawbacks
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.18
+Article (mwart), book (mwbk) and report (mwrep)
+
+
+\layout Description
+4.19
+Elsevier Journals
+\layout Description
+4.20
+Memoir
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.20.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+4.20.2
+Basic features and restrictions
+\layout Description
+4.20.3
+Extra features
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Importing and Exporting Alternate File Formats
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+Considerations
+\layout Description
+5.2
+Importing Other Formats
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.1
+LaTeX
+\layout Description
+5.2.2
+ASCII Text
+\layout Description
+5.2.3
+Noweb
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3
+Exporting Other Formats
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3.1
+LaTeX
+\layout Description
+5.3.2
+Device Independent Files
+\layout Description
+5.3.3
+PostScript®
+\layout Description
+5.3.4
+ASCII text
+\layout Description
+5.3.5
+HTML
+\layout Description
+5.3.6
+PDF
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.1
+Use pdfLaTeX
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.2
+Why does the text look so bad when viewed with Acrobat Reader?
+
+
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.3
+Why doesn't the
+\backslash
+boldsymbol{} command work when I use pslatex?
+
+
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.4
+Is it possible to do write latex code which is processed only when running
+ pdfLaTeX?
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.3.6.5
+How can I make URLs clickable ?
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3.7
+Custom
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4
+The Complete reLyX Description
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.1
+Synopsis
+\layout Description
+5.4.2
+Options
+\layout Description
+5.4.3
+Description
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.2
+Usage
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.3
+What reLyX Can Handle
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.4
+What reLyX Can't Handle --- But it's OK
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.5
+What reLyX Handles Badly --- a.\SpecialChar ~
+k.\SpecialChar ~
+a.
+ BUGS
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.4.3.6
+What LyX Can't Handle
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.4
+Examples
+\layout Description
+5.4.5
+Notes
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.1
+Bug Reports
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.2
+Implementation Details:
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.3
+Layout Files
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.4
+Syntax Files
+
+
+\layout Description
+5.4.5.5
+Miscellaneous
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4.6
+Diagnostics
+\layout Description
+5.4.7
+Warnings
+\layout Description
+5.4.8
+Files
+\layout Description
+5.4.9
+See also
+\layout Description
+5.4.10
+Authors
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6
+LyX Features needing Extra Software
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1
+Using LyX with SGML-Tools (aka LinuxDoc)
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.1
+Overview
+\layout Description
+6.1.2
+Preparing and using a LinuxDoc document
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.2.1
+Getting started
+\layout Description
+6.1.2.2
+Output from LinuxDoc
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.3
+Using the paragraph environments in LinuxDoc
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.3.1
+The Structure of a LinuxDoc Document
+\layout Description
+6.1.3.2
+The LinuxDoc Paragraph Environments
+\layout Description
+6.1.3.3
+Other document features
+\layout Description
+6.1.3.4
+Cross references and HTML
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1.4
+Using the LinuxDoc Sgml scripts
+
+
+\layout Description
+6.1.5
+Troubleshooting LinuxDoc
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.2
+Checking TeX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.2.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+6.2.2
+How to use it
+\layout Description
+6.2.3
+How to fine tune it
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3
+Version Control in LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+6.3.2
+RCS commands in LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.1
+
+\family sans
+Register
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.2
+
+\family sans
+Check In Changes
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.3
+
+\family sans
+Check Out For Edit
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.4
+
+\family sans
+Revert To Last Version
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.5
+
+\family sans
+Undo Last Checkin
+\layout Description
+6.3.2.6
+
+\family sans
+Show History
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4
+Literate Programming
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+6.4.2
+Literate Programming
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.2.1
+References
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.3
+LyX and Literate Programming
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.1
+Generating documents and code (weaving and tangling)
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.2
+Configuring LyX
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.3
+Debug extensions
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.4
+Toolbar extensions
+\layout Description
+6.4.3.5
+Colors customization
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7
+Secrets of the LaTeX Masters
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.1
+Tricks for Footnotes and Margin Notes
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.1.1
+Footnotes
+\layout Description
+7.1.2
+Margin Notes
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.2
+Multiple Columns
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.2.1
+Purpose
+\layout Description
+7.2.2
+Limitations
+\layout Description
+7.2.3
+Examples
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.2.3.1
+Two columns
+\layout Description
+7.2.3.2
+Multiple columns
+\layout Description
+7.2.3.3
+Columns inside columns
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.3
+Numbering in the
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+ Paragraph Environment
+
+
+\layout Description
+7.4
+Extra Space Between Table Rows
+\layout Description
+7.5
+Dropped Capitals
+\layout Description
+7.6
+Non-standard Paragraph Shapes
+\layout Description
+7.7
+Summary
+\end_deeper
+\layout Section*
+
+Customizing LyX: Features for the Advanced User
+\layout Description
+1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+2
+LyX configuration files
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1
+What's in
+\family typewriter
+LyXDir
+\family default
+?
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.1.1
+Automatically generated files
+\layout Description
+2.1.2
+Directories
+\layout Description
+2.1.3
+Files you don't want to modify
+\layout Description
+2.1.4
+Other files needing a line or two...
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+2.2
+Your local configuration directory
+\layout Description
+2.3
+Running LyX with multiple configurations
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3
+The
+\family sans
+\bar under
+P
+\bar default
+references
+\family default
+ dialog
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.1
+Using the dialog for the first time
+\layout Description
+3.2
+On-screen fonts
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.2.1
+DPI setting and Font Zoom
+\layout Description
+3.2.2
+Font definition commands
+\layout Description
+3.2.3
+Font encoding
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.3
+Bindings
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.4
+User Interface
+
+
+\layout Description
+3.5
+Converters, Formats and Viewers
+\layout Description
+3.6
+ASCII export options
+\layout Description
+3.7
+Printer
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.7.1
+Changing Colors
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+3.8
+The autodetected settings
+\layout Description
+3.9
+The rest
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4
+Internationalizing LyX
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.1
+Selecting an alternative language for the user interface
+\layout Description
+4.2
+Translating LyX
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.2.1
+Translating the graphical user interface (text messages).
+\layout Description
+4.2.2
+Translating the documentation.
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3
+International Keyboard Support
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.3.1
+Defining Own Keymaps: Keymap File Format
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4
+International Keymap Stuff
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+4.4.1
+The .kmap File
+\layout Description
+4.4.2
+The .cdef File
+\layout Description
+4.4.3
+Dead Keys
+\layout Description
+4.4.4
+Saving your Language Configuration
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5
+Installing New Document Classes, Layouts, and Templates
+
+
+
+
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.1
+Installing a new LaTeX package
+\layout Description
+5.2
+Layouts
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.2.1
+Supporting new document classes
+\layout Description
+5.2.2
+A layout for an
+\family sans
+sty
+\family default
+ file
+\layout Description
+5.2.3
+Layout for a
+\family sans
+cls
+\family default
+ file
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3
+Declaring a new text class
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.3.1
+General text class parameters
+\layout Description
+5.3.2
+
+\family typewriter
+ClassOptions
+\family default
+ section
+\layout Description
+5.3.3
+Specific Paragraph Layouts
+\layout Description
+5.3.4
+Floats
+\layout Description
+5.3.5
+Counters
+\layout Description
+5.3.6
+Font description
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+5.4
+Creating Templates
+
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+6
+Including External Material
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+6.1
+Background
+\layout Description
+6.2
+How does it work?
+\layout Description
+6.3
+The external material dialog
+\layout Description
+6.4
+Examples
+\layout Description
+6.5
+The external template configuration file
+\layout Description
+6.6
+The substitution mechanism
+\layout Description
+6.7
+Security discussion
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+7
+The LyX Server
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+7.1
+Introduction
+\layout Description
+7.2
+Starting the LyX Server
+\layout Description
+7.3
+Normal communication
+\layout Description
+7.4
+Notification
+\layout Description
+7.5
+The simple LyX Server Protocol
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+8 \start_of_appendix
+Bindings
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.1
+Toolbar
+\layout Description
+8.2
+Menu
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.2.1
+File
+\layout Description
+8.2.2
+Edit
+\layout Description
+8.2.3
+Insert
+\layout Description
+8.2.4
+Layout
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.2.4.1
+L
+\family sans
+ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Character
+\family default
+
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.2.5
+View
+\layout Description
+8.2.6
+Navigate
+\layout Description
+8.2.7
+Help
+\layout Description
+8.2.8
+Paragraph Style
+\end_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.3
+Keyboard
+\begin_deeper
+\layout Description
+8.3.1
+Specific to
+\family typewriter
+emacs.bind
+\layout Description
+8.3.2
+Specific to
+\family typewriter
+cua.bind
+\layout Description
+8.3.3
+Specific to
+\family typewriter
+sciword.bind
+\layout Description
+8.3.4
+Standard math bindings
+\layout Description
+8.3.5
+Other Accelerators
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+
+\the_end
projects / lyx.git / commitdiff